EUR-Lex Access to European Union law

Back to EUR-Lex homepage

This document is an excerpt from the EUR-Lex website

Document C(2021)9128

COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION amending Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 final on the adoption of the work programme for 2021-2022 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing, as regards Missions

C/2021/9128 final

COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION

of 15.12.2021

amending Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 final on the adoption of the work programme for 2021-2022 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing, as regards Missions

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 966/2012 1 , and in particular Article 110 thereof,

Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/695 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, laying down its rules for participation and dissemination, and repealing Regulations (EU) No 1290/2013 and (EU) No 1291/2013 2  (hereinafter referred to as “Regulation (EU) 2021/695”), and in particular Article 8 thereof, 

Having regard to Council Decision (EU) 2021/764/EU of 10 May 2021 establishing the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, and repealing Decision 2013/743/EU 3 , and in particular Article 13(2), point (b), thereof,

Whereas:

(1)Decision C(2021)1940 final 4 , as amended by Decision C(2021)4200 5 and Decision C(2021)7804 6 , and rectified by corrigendum C(2021)6096 7 , sets out the work programme for 2021 and 2022, within the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe, for the programme parts ‘General Introduction’, ‘Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions’, ‘Research infrastructures’, ‘Health’, ‘Culture, creativity and inclusive society’, ‘Civil security for society’, ‘Digital, industry and space’, ‘Climate, energy and mobility’, ‘Food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment’, ‘European innovation ecosystems’, ‘Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area’, ‘Missions’ and ‘General Annexes’.

(2)Annex XII to Decision C(2021)1940 final included actions to support the preparatory phase of the five identified missions 8 , namely ‘Adaptation to climate change’, ‘Cancer’, ‘Climate-neutral and smart cities’, ‘Ocean, seas and waters’ and ‘Soil health and food’. Following the Commission’s assessment during the second and third Quarter of 2021 of the implementation plans developed for each mission after the adoption of Regulation (EU) 2021/695, and the adoption of the Commission’s Communication on European missions 9 , the missions should now enter the implementation phase.

(3)It is therefore necessary to add a number of specific actions and designate budgetary resources to the ‘Missions’ work programme part and to adjust the budgetary overview tables in the contributing work programme parts ‘Health’, ‘Culture, creativity and inclusive society’, ‘Civil security for society’, ‘Digital, industry and space’, ‘Climate, energy and mobility’, and ‘Food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment’. 

(4)In particular, a new topic should be included in the ‘Research infrastructures’ work programme part to support the implementation of the European Research Area (ERA) policy agenda.

(5)The ‘European partnership fostering a European Research Area (ERA) for health research’ in the work programme part ‘Health’ should also be updated.   

(6)In the work programme part ‘Digital, industry and space’, the opening and submission dates for five topics should be modified in order to allow applicants to prepare properly.

(7)Two new actions should be included in the work programme part ‘Climate, energy and mobility’, notably an indirectly managed action aiming at mobilising investments to build large-scale commercial demonstration projects for clean technologies and a grant to identified beneficiary ‘Support for the SET Plan Conference 2022’. 

(8)In the work programme part ‘Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area’ a new grant ‘Presidency event – Conference on international cooperation in research and innovation’ should be added and the public procurement action ‘Study on the link between research careers and the Research and Innovation framework programmes’ should be deleted.

(9)To reflect all the changes, Annex I (‘General Introduction’), Annex III (‘Research infrastructures’, Annex IV (‘Health’), Annex V (‘Culture, creativity and inclusive society’), Annex VI (‘Civil security for society’), Annex VII (‘Digital, industry and space’), Annex VIII (‘Climate, energy and mobility’), Annex IX (‘Food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment’), Annex XI (‘Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area’) and Annex XII (‘Missions’) to Decision C(2021)1940 final should be amended accordingly.

(10)Decision C(2021)1940 final allocated to the work programme for 2021-2022 a total of EUR 7 316 621 468 from the 2021 budget and a total of EUR 7 378 430 964 from the 2022 budget.

(11)In view of the introduction of those actions, the requirement for timely and comprehensive implementation and the need for additional funding, the total amount from the 2021 budget allocated to the 2021-2022 work programme should be increased by an amount of EUR 548 641 728.77. The new total amount from the 2021 budget should therefore be set at EUR 7 865 263 196.77. Similarly, the total amount from the 2022 budget allocated to the 2021-2022 work programme should be increased by an amount of EUR 174 650 000.35. The new total amount from the 2022 budget should therefore be set at EUR 7 553 080 964.35.

(12)Decision C(2021)1940 final should be amended accordingly.

(13)The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Programme Committee established by Article 14 of Council Decision 2021/764/EU.

HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Sole Article

Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 final is amended as follows:

(1)Article 2 is replaced by the following:

‘Article 2
Union contribution

1. The maximum Union contribution for the implementation of the actions in the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe for 2021 is set at EUR 7 865 263 196.77, and shall be financed from the appropriations entered in the following lines of the general budget of the Union:

- budget line 01.020102: EUR 817 102 660;

- budget line 01.020103:EUR 289 240 000;

- budget line 01.020210: EUR 1 132 148 806.00, of which EUR 440 170 479.00 from NGEU appropriations;

- budget line 01.020220: EUR 167 682 800.17;

- budget line 01.020230: EUR 232 088 483.04;

- budget line 01.020240: EUR 1 814 750 895.15, of which EUR 440 331 901.00 from NGEU appropriations;

- budget line 01.020250: EUR 1 729 996 673.79, of which EUR 439 803 077.00 from NGEU appropriations;

- budget line 01.020260: EUR 1 165 909 971.62;

- budget line 01.020302: EUR 60 142 907;

- budget line 01.020401: EUR 366 400 000;

- budget line 01.020402: EUR 89 800 000.00.

The appropriations provided for in the first subparagraph may also cover interest due for late payment.

The implementation of this Decision for 2021 is subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for 2021.

2. The maximum Union contribution for the implementation of the actions in the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe for 2022 is set at EUR 7 553 080 964.35, and shall be financed from the appropriations entered in the following lines of the general budget of the Union:

- budget line 01.020102: EUR 874 726 125;

- budget line 01.020103: EUR 318 500 000;

- budget line 01.020210: EUR 936 520 350.00, of which EUR 441 157 083.00 from NGEU appropriations;

- budget line 01.020220: EUR 266 864 849.00;

- budget line 01.020230: EUR 195 853 031.35;

- budget line 01.020240: EUR 1 782 474 283.00, of which EUR 440 827 081.00 from NGEU appropriations;

- budget line 01.020250: EUR 1 702 263 796.00, of which EUR 440 044 081.00 from NGEU appropriations;

- budget line 01.020260: EUR 927 737 125.00

- budget line 01.020302: EUR 69 791 405;

- budget line 01.020401: EUR 391 500 000;

- budget line 01.020402: EUR 86 850 000.

The appropriations provided for in the first subparagraph may also cover interest due for late payment.

The implementation of this Decision for 2022 is subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the draft general budget of the Union for 2022, following the adoption of that budget by the budgetary authority or as provided for in the system of provisional twelfths.’;

(2)Annex I is replaced by the text set out in Annex I to this Decision;

(3)Annex III is replaced by the text set out in Annex II to this Decision;

(4)Annex IV is replaced by the text set out in Annex III to this Decision;

(5)Annex V is replaced by the text set out in Annex IV to this Decision;

(6)Annex VI is replaced by the text set out in Annex V to this Decision;

(7)Annex VII is replaced by the text set out in Annex VI to this Decision;

(8)Annex VIII is replaced by the text set out in Annex VII to this Decision;

(9)Annex IX is replaced by the text set out in Annex VIII to this Decision;

(10)Annex XI is replaced by the text set out in Annex IX to this Decision;

(11)Annex XII is replaced by the text set out in Annex X to this Decision.

Done at Brussels, 15.12.2021

   For the Commission

   Mariya GABRIEL
   Member of the Commission

(1)    OJ L 193, 30.7.2018, p. 1.
(2)    OJ L 170, 12.5.2021, p. 1.
(3)    OJ L 167, 12.5.2021, p. 1.
(4)    Commission Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 of 31 March 2021 on the adoption of the work programme for 2021-2022 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing.
(5)    Commission Implementing Decision C(2021)4200 of 15 June 2021 amending Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 on the adoption of the work programme for 2021-2022 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing.
(6)    Commission Implementing Decision C(2021)7804 of 28 October 2021 amending Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 on the adoption of the work programme for 2021-2022 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing with regards to 21 actions for ‘Digital, Industry and Space’.
(7)    Corrigendum C(2021)6096 of 23 August 2021 to Commission Implementing Decision C(2021)4200 of 15 June 2021 amending Implementing Decision C(2021)1940 on the adoption of the work programme for 2021-2022 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing.
(8)    The mission areas are set out in Annex VI p. I to Regulation (EU) 2021/695: Missions Area 1: Adaptation to Climate Change, including Societal Transformation; Mission Area 2: Cancer; Mission Area 3: Healthy Oceans, Seas, Coastal and Inland Waters; Mission Area 4: Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities; Mission Area 5: Soil Health and Food.
(9)    COM(2021)609 of 29 September 2021
Top

EN

ANNEX I

“Annex I

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

1.General Introduction


General introduction

Welcome to Horizon Europe!

Horizon Europe is the new EU flagship programme for research and innovation. It sets the best minds in Europe and the rest of the world to work on delivering excellent solutions to the key issues of our time, supporting the EU’s policy priorities and building a better future for the next generation in Europe.

This work programme will cover the years 2021-2022. It will foster excellence in research and support fellowships, training and exchanges for researchers through Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, build more connected and efficient European innovation ecosystems, create world-class research infrastructures, and support the green and digital transitions and target global challenges while supporting European industrial competiveness, not least through the introduction of EU missions. Finally, it will widen participation in the programme and strengthen the European Research Area.

This introduction describes how these actions will underpin EU policy priorities, and presents the main features of this work programme, which are aimed in particular at enhancing its impact and delivering results.




Horizon Europe is the most ambitious EU research and innovation programme ever

With Horizon Europe, the EU will invest €95.5 billion in research and innovation that will shape the future of Europe, making it the most ambitious research and innovation programme ever introduced by the EU.

A substantial part of this funding will be dedicated to targeted actions that support the green and digital transitions for our societies and economies as well as a sustainable recovery from the global crisis that has emerged following the COVID-19 pandemic. The aim of Horizon Europe in general, and this work programme in particular, is to create opportunities for the EU and the world of tomorrow from the challenges of today.

In line with the commitment made in the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) Incubator Communication 1 , a first version of this work programme was launched in March 2021 with focused action to target Covid-19 variants, securing the safety and effectiveness of our vaccines. €123 million was devoted to bring an additional concerted EU effort to further speed up the process of understanding the occurrence and spread of variants and their effect on disease severity and vaccine effectiveness. 2   This work programme introduces five EU missions to target some of the greatest societal challenges with coordinated effort in order to create deep societal transformations and social impact

In order to support our commitment to make EU the world’s first climate-neutral continent by 2050, Horizon Europe will direct a minimum of 35 % of the funding available to climate objectives. These funds will be used for projects that advance the science of climate change, develop solutions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and to adapt to the changing climate. For example, activities will accelerate the transition towards clean energy and mobility in a sustainable and fair way, help adapt food systems and support the circular and bio-economy, maintain and enhance natural carbon sinks in ecosystems, and foster adaptation to climate change. Jointly such activities will be fundamental to create the new products, services and business models needed to sustain or enable EU industrial leadership and competitiveness, and to create new markets for climate neutral and circular products.

Investing in the green transition, climate action and biodiversity

The green transition guides significant parts of Horizon Europe’s investments. The commitment to spend at least 35% of resources on climate action and strengthen investments in biodiversity applies to the entirety of Horizon Europe including the European Research Council (ERC), the European Innovation Council (EIC) and institutional partnerships. These are not included in this work programme.

Taking into account all work programmes and planning documents for Horizon Europe 2021-2022 3 it is estimated that overall 37.6% of funds will contribute to climate action; and 7.2% to biodiversity related policy objectives.

The parts of the present work programme dedicated to the six clusters, research infrastructures, widening participation & strengthening the European research area, European innovation ecosystems and the EU missions together contribute €6.3 billion to climate action, equal to 49.6% of the present work programme budget. Furthermore, these parts will contribute €1.45 billion to biodiversity, equal to 10.7% of the present work programme budget. €181 mio of the contributions to biodiversity are from the activities described in the EU missions. The investment in climate action is a good approximation of investments in the green transitions, monitoring of expenditure will provide more precise data also on other aspects like investments in ‘clean air’ or specific SDGs.

Contributions to climate action are made by 87% of the budget of cluster ‘Climate, energy, transport’ (€2.68 billion), 73% of the cluster ‘Agriculture, environment’ (€1.38 billion), 41% of the cluster ‘Industry and digital technologies’ (€1.38 billion) and 17% of the cluster ‘Health’ (€332 million).  The actions described in the work programme part on EU missions allocate €493 million, equal to 69% of the missions’ allocated budget, to climate action.

To ensure a contribution over 35% in the lifetime of the Horizon Europe programme the expenditure estimates will be updated continuously. The methodology to generate these estimates is based on the ‘EU-markers’ methodology 4 .

The New European Bauhaus is an important initiative, which will greatly contribute greatly to the abovementioned objectives. This movement will blend sustainability, accessibility and inclusiveness with aesthetics to make the European Green Deal a ‘tangible’ experience, by exploring innovative, co-created solutions to complex problems.

In support of the digital transition, this work programme will foster research and innovation to make this decade Europe’s digital decade, and lay the ground work for new digital enterprises even further into the future. For instance, actions supported by this work programme will help to maximise the full potential of digital tools and data-enabled research and innovation in a wide range of sectors, such as healthcare, media, energy and mobility as well as food production, and support the deep transformations required for the modernisation of traditional industrial models. Using an EU-marker type calculation systems it is estimated that 33% of funds in the presented work programme, and 35% of funds across all parts of Horizon Europe contribute to the digital transition. This equals overall investments of €8.9 billion during 2021/22. The overall investment into main digital activities, i.e. the development of core digital technologies, is estimated at €4.0 billion in 2021/22.

Finally, this work programme will direct investments to build the NextGeneration EU helping repair the immediate economic and social damage brought about by the coronavirus pandemic and to create a post-COVID-19 Europe that is greener, more digital, more resilient and better fit for the current and forthcoming challenges. This includes topics contributing to a green, digitally-enabled recovery through modernising health systems, topics contributing to research capacities, in particular for vaccine development, and the European Health Data Space, and supporting a new potential Pandemic Preparedness Partnership.

In order to achieve these and other targets, Horizon Europe introduces a new level of ambition to maximise the impact of EU research and innovation investments for the benefit of European science, economy and the wider society, in line with EU values and in adherence with the highest ethics and integrity standards. Horizon Europe marks a paradigm change in the design of the EU research and innovation programmes by moving from an activity-driven to an impact-driven approach, which allows it to make targeted interventions, based on mutually agreed priorities. This is, for instance, reflected in the so-called destinations and topics of this work programme, which put forward the impacts we want to achieve and the outcomes we expect, but leave the manner of achieving them to the imagination and skills of the applicant.

As such, the new, impact-driven design of Horizon Europe aims at maximising the effects of its research and innovation investments, ensuring that they truly deliver on the EU’s policy priorities. It is about making sure that priorities are effectively met and translated into concrete action, while giving applicants maximum flexibility on how to achieve these goals.

Horizon Europe delivers on EU policy priorities

This work programme for 2021-2022 is the first step in delivering on the priorities set out in the first Strategic Plan for Horizon Europe for 2021-2024 5 . Based on the overarching EU policy priorities, the Strategic Plan sets out four key strategic orientations and 15 impact areas, which are based on 32 expected impacts that have been defined in an inclusive and ambitious strategic planning process. Each expected impact is targeted via dedicated packages of actions in the work programme. These are termed ‘destinations’, because they indicate both the specific direction and the ultimate point of arrival of the projects to be supported through Horizon Europe. An overview of all expected impacts of the Strategic Plan and the corresponding destinations in the work programme parts for clusters 1 to 6 can be found in the appendix to this introduction.

From EU priorities to work programme destinations

The four key strategic orientations in the Strategic Plan for Horizon Europe each define a set of higher-level objectives where research and innovation investments are expected to make a difference. The four key strategic orientations are:

 

   

Below, each key strategic orientation is presented along with its impact areas. For each impact area, some examples are given to illustrate the activities in the work programme that will implement it.

A - Promoting an open strategic autonomy 6 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains

The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of digitalisation across all areas of EU society and economy. New technologies have kept our businesses and public services running and our family and social bonds afloat. Already today, the data economy lies at the heart of innovation and job creation, and the European Union has the ambition of empowering European citizens with digital solutions rooted in our common values and enriching the lives of all of us. This work programme will help shape innovative technologies and solutions in a wide range of applications. It will also underpin the open strategic autonomy of Europe and its global leadership in digital and emerging enabling technologies.

A total number of eleven expected impacts contribute to this key strategic objective and its four impact areas, all of which are being put into effect through this work programme. The following examples provide an illustration of how this is achieved:

ØTo promote industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people, the co-programmed Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics will drive the development of trustworthy, safe and robust technologies that will boost new markets and applications and that are compatible with Europe’s ethical standards and values.

ØIn order to attain secure and cybersecure digital technology, this work programme supports research and innovation on cybersecure technology and its consequences. It includes topics such as ‘Secure and resilient digital infrastructures and interconnected systems’, ‘Artificial Intelligence for cybersecurity reinforcement’ and ‘Human-centric security, privacy and ethics’.

ØWith a view to supporting a competitive and secure data-economy, this work programme paves the way for a digitised, resource efficient and resilient industry, for example through research and innovation on earth-observation, remote sensing and digital platforms for the small-scale extractive industry.

ØTo make available high quality digital services for all, it fosters research and innovation on health-supporting technologies, for example on ‘Smart medical devices and their surgical implantation’ and ‘Innovative tools for use and re-use of health data’.

B - Restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources

Human activities create pressures on natural resources that go far beyond sustainable levels. This is affecting ecosystems and their capacity to provide multiple services for human well-being, while natural resources are being further degraded because of the impacts of climate change. The European Union has the ambition to halt biodiversity decline, protect and preserve ecosystems, manage natural resources on land and sea in a sustainable way, thereby ensuring food and nutrition security as well as a clean and healthy environment for all. Horizon Europe will thus advance knowledge, build capacities and provide innovative technologies and solutions to support the state and functioning of ecosystems, to ensure a clean and healthy environment and sustainable management of natural resources that provides for our needs and contributes to climate neutrality and adaptation.

The following examples give an idea of how the three impact areas under this orientation are being implemented through this work programme:

ØWith a view to developing sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea, this work programme supports research and innovation on sustainable farming, fisheries and aquaculture as well as the transformation of food systems.  It does so through topics such as ‘Agroecological approaches for sustainable weed management’, ‘Digital transition supporting inspection and control for sustainable fisheries’ and ‘Transition to healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour.

ØAs a contribution to clean and healthy air, water and soil, this work programme will support research and innovation to prevent environmental contamination, for example with the topics ‘Regional nitrogen and phosphorus load reduction approach within safe ecological boundaries’ and ‘Increasing the circularity in textiles, plastics and/or electronics value chains’

ØTo enhance ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in waters, the European Partnership ‘Rescuing Biodiversity to Safeguard Life on Earth’ will provide a powerful platform to help bring biodiversity back on its path to recovery. With topics such as ‘Natural capital accounting: Measuring the biodiversity footprint of products and organizations’, the work programme will also support research and innovation to take into account better the value of biodiversity and ecosystem services in economic activities.

C - Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy

The European Union has the ambition to substantially reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 55 % in 2030, to become climate neutral by 2050 and turn into a more sustainable, bio-based, climate-neutral, circular, non- toxic and competitive economy. This requires unprecedented changes in the way we produce, trade, build, move around and consume, which will spur our technological, economic and societal transformation and contribute to a green recovery. This work programme will help transform the EU into a provider of green solutions for the benefit of all, and position Europe as a technological and industrial leader in the green transition industry, in order to make the EU climate neutral by transitioning all economic sectors.

This work programme contributes significantly to achieving the four impact areas under this orientation through seven expected impacts, as shown by the following examples:

ØTo promote climate change mitigation and adaptation, this work programme supports climate sciences and responses and cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition through dedicated destinations.

ØWith a view to affordable and clean energy, it supports a broad portfolio of clean and efficient demand side technologies as well as renewable energy technologies – helping to improve the competitiveness of more mature technologies, and nurturing emerging technology solutions – and their smart integration into the overall energy system, thus boosting the energy transition in all its dimensions.

ØTo further advance smart and sustainable transport, research and innovation activities will pave the way for zero-emission, safe, resilient transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods, for example in the field of Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM).

ØAs a considerable contribution to circular and clean economy, this work programme will advance research and innovation on climate neutral, circular and digitised production and support a Partnership for Clean Steel, which will demonstrate EU leadership in the transformation of the steel industry into a carbon-neutral sector.

D - Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society

Social cohesion and inclusiveness and the health, well-being, rights and security of its citizens are central aims of the EU’s policies and programmes. To uphold such objectives, the EU needs to tackle the negative consequences of manifold challenges, such as those arising from demographic change, globalisation, climate changes, evolving security threats and rapid technological change. These are putting the well-being of citizens and communities under strain, thereby challenging business models, public services, as well as the foundations of the Single Market and Social Rights. Investments under Horizon Europe will be instrumental for the EU to develop stronger health systems, improve health technologies and develop the knowledge and innovations that underpin the health and well-being of all its citizens. Furthermore, Horizon Europe will develop innovations, policies and institutions to safeguard democratic governance, foster civic participation and enhance trust in democratic institutions, tackling polarisation and extremism. These will safeguard and promote Europe’s common values and cultural heritage, and support creative ways of cultivating independent critical thinking and inclusive debates. It will support innovative solutions for connecting education and training to emerging social and labour market needs while improving societal adaptation and citizens’ engagement in the green and digital transitions. It will also reinforce disaster risk management, border management and law enforcement while mitigating the negative effects of acute crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic.

This key strategic objective and four impact areas encompasses ten expected impacts, all of which become operative through the Horizon Europe work programme, as these examples illustrate:

ØTo secure good health and high-quality accessible healthcare, this work programme will contribute to research and innovation on tackling diseases and reducing their burden, through topics such as ‘Personalised medicine and infectious diseases’ and ‘Vaccines 2.0’.

ØTo promote a secure, open and democratic EU society, it will foster research on how to protect, nurture and reshape democracies, through topics such as ‘The impact of inequalities on democracy’, ‘The future of democracy and civic participation’ and ‘Politics and the impact of online social networks and new media’.

ØTo create a resilient EU prepared for emerging threats, research and innovation will enhance Europe’s disaster-resilience, through topics such as ‘Improved impact forecasting and early warning’ and ‘Disaster Risk Management and Governance’.

ØFinally, to foster inclusive growth and new job opportunities, research and innovation under this work programme will examine integration of emerging new technologies into education and training and inclusive labour markets and their impact on inequalities through specific topics.

Introducing EU missions

Horizon Europe introduces EU missions as a new concept for the EU framework programmes. EU missions address some of the greatest global challenges that affect our daily lives. They have ambitious, clear and targeted objectives that are time-bound, realistic and measurable. They are rooted in research and innovation and employ a large portfolio of instruments across diverse disciplines and policy areas in a joined-up way.

With this work programme, the Commission launches the first fully-fledged research and innovation actions that will form the basis for the first years of the missions with an investment of more than €1.2 billion for 2021-2022. The investment is expected to result in, for example, better prepared local and regional authorities to face climate-related risks, restoration of at least 25 000 km of free-flowing rivers, Climate City Contracts with 100 cities, roll-out of robust soil monitoring programmes or the setting up of the UNCAN.eu (European Initiative to Understand Cancer) platform to help identify individuals at high risk from common cancers. The actions included directly support key overarching EU priorities such as the European Green Deal, a Europe fit for the Digital Age, the Beating Cancer action plan and an Economy that works for people..

The Commission invites researchers and innovators as well as citizens and all interested stakeholders to take part in the five missions:

Adaptation to Climate Change: support at least 150 European regions and communities to become climate resilient by 2030.

This mission will turn the urgent challenge of adapting to climate change into an opportunity to make Europe resilient, fair and prepared to deal with climate disruptions, such as extreme weather, wildfires and infectious diseases. The mission will support European regions to be prepared for the inevitable changes and extreme events and share experiences and solutions to prevent loss of lives and livelihoods.

Cancer: improving the lives of more than 3 million people by 2030 through prevention, cure and for those affected by cancer including their families, to live longer and better.

The mission will support Member States, regions and communities on cancer control even more so in light of the disruptive effect of the COVID-19 pandemic. It will enhance understanding of cancer, boost prevention, optimise diagnosis and treatment, improve quality of lives of patients and their families and ensure equitable access to care across Europe. The mission will put citizens, including patients, at the centre of research and innovation, and research and innovation at the centre of policy development.

Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030

Man-made and climate-driven changes are putting our ocean and waters and consequently our societies at a serious risk. The mission’s new, systemic approach will address the ocean and waters as one and play a key role in achieving climate neutrality and restoring nature. The mission will protect aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity by protecting 30% of the EUs sea area as well as restoring marine eco-systems and 25.000 km of free flowing rivers, prevent and eliminate pollution by reducing plastic litter at sea, nutrient losses and use of chemical pesticides by 50% and make the blue economy climate-neutral and circular with net-zero maritime emissions.

100 Climate neutral and smart cities by 2030

Producing more than 70% of global CO2 emissions, cities play a pivotal role in achieving climate neutrality by 2050. Through Climate City Contracts that closely involve citizens, at least 100 cities will be supported in their ambition to become climate-neutral by 2030. They will lead in climate and digital innovation and they will demonstrate solutions that will enable all other cities to follow suit by 2050.

A Soil Deal for Europe: 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030

Life on Earth depend on healthy soils, but they are under threat, making us more vulnerable to food insecurity and extreme weather events. The mission will engage with people, create effective partnerships across sectors and territories to protect and restore soils. It will contribute to Green Deal targets relating to sustainable farming, climate resilience, biodiversity and zero-pollution.

Supporting priorities through international cooperation

International cooperation in research and innovation is essential for tackling global challenges such as climate change or global health security more effectively and underpins all the key strategic orientations of the Strategic Plan for Horizon Europe. It also enables Europe to access resources, know-how, scientific excellence, value chains and markets that are developing outside the EU.

This work programme will tap into the opportunities offered by international cooperation in order to maximise the impact of its actions. It includes dedicated actions to support and strengthen cooperation through multilateral initiatives in areas such as biodiversity and climate protection, environmental observations, ocean research or global health. It also includes targeted actions with key third-country partners, including the first ever ambitious and comprehensive ‘Africa Initiative’ that will draw on topics across the six clusters of Pillar II.

The openness of the work programme to international cooperation will be balanced with the need to safeguard EU interests in strategic areas, in particular to promote the EU’s open strategic autonomy and its technological leadership and competitiveness where it is necessary. Joint and coordinated calls will advance research and innovation in areas of mutual benefit, based on common approaches to the framework conditions. In a limited number of cases for actions related to Union strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security, actions will be limited to cooperation between Member States only, Member States and Associated Countries, and/or certain third countries. For duly justified and exceptional reasons participation can also be limited to legal entities established in the Union or in associated countries that are not directly or indirectly controlled by non-associated third countries or by legal entities of non-associated third countries, or make the participation of the controlled entities subject to conditions set out in the work programme.

Strengthening framework conditions for research and innovation

The four key strategic orientations identified in the Strategic Plan apply first and foremost to Pillar II of Horizon Europe, ‘Global challenges and European industrial competitiveness’, but due to their overarching relevance, they extend to other parts of Horizon Europe as well. Thanks to this integrated approach, synergies between different programme parts, even across pillars, are greatly facilitated. While other programme components will contribute greatly to the key strategic orientations, they will also address a number of other priorities described below. Overall, they will contribute to a stronger European research and innovation ecosystem through wider participation, greater mobility for researchers and world class research infrastructures.

The Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA) respond to Europe’s continuing need for a highly-skilled and resilient human capital base in research and innovation that can easily adapt to, and find sustainable solutions for, current and future challenges. The COVID-19 crisis has highlighted once more that the EU relies on talents who are experts in their field but able to think across disciplines, while naturally regarding cross-border and international cooperation as a fundamental part of their work. The MSCA make an important contribution by equipping researchers with new knowledge and skills and providing them with international and inter-sectoral exposure. This is achieved by supporting researchers’ training and mobility through bottom-up and excellence-driven research in the framework of doctoral networks, postdoctoral fellowships 7 , staff exchanges and citizen outreach. The MSCA also have a structuring impact on higher education institutions and other R&I entities way beyond academia by widely spreading excellence and setting standards for high-quality researcher education and training, not only across the European Research Area (ERA) but also worldwide.

Europe’s research and innovation system depends on world-class research infrastructures that are open and accessible to all researchers in Europe and beyond. To fully tap their potential for ground-breaking research and innovation, it is important to reduce fragmentation, avoid duplication of effort, and better coordinate the design, development, accessibility and use of research infrastructures. This includes supporting open access for all European researchers and stimulating the up-take of open science and open data practices. The destinations of the work programme part on European research infrastructures cater exactly to these needs and will guide concrete action towards filling knowledge gaps and addressing emerging needs and science breakthroughs, notably in the field of health and in support of the green and digital transitions. In addition, efforts for further development and consolidation of research infrastructures will provide the ERA with a more effective, accessible, interlinked and well-functioning Research Infrastructure landscape. The use of research infrastructures across the Horizon Europe pillars is strongly encouraged.

Innovation ecosystems provide a stimulating environment within which innovation can flourish. Well-functioning innovation ecosystems provide a flow of ideas and knowledge, and they motivate a broad range of actors to join forces and develop innovative solutions. The work programme part on European Innovation Ecosystems (EIE) supports concrete actions to facilitate the extension and strengthening of these ecosystems. By pulling in new and under-represented actors and territories and reinforcing connectivity within and between ecosystems on a national, regional or local level, it aims at achieving collective ambitions for the benefit of society and sustainable business growth. The work programme encourages synergies with related EU funds and programmes and will act in complement with the European Innovation Council (EIC) and the European Institute for Innovation & Technology (EIT). In particular, the EIC Forum will promote coordination and dialogue on the development of the EU's innovation ecosystem, connecting the existing ecosystems with the EIC. Synergies also include the European Partnership on Innovative SMEs, which will help innovative SMEs to increase their research and innovation (R&I) capacity and productivity and to become embedded in global value chains and new markets.

The innovation ecosystems created by the EIT Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) can in particular contribute to building communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and fostering the exploitation of project results. Where relevant, it is encouraged to explore possible forms and means of service provisions distinct to the EIT KICs, that can be complementary to proposals and their activities. The collaboration with other innovation communities that can support project implementation and impact is also encouraged.

Despite much progress in developing the European Research Area, Europe still has a fragmented research and innovation landscape, and Member States face bottlenecks in their research and innovation systems, which require policy reforms. Similarly, the level of research and innovation investment in Europe is still far below the policy objective of 3% of GDP and continues to grow slowly. Hence, it is necessary to fully exploit the research and innovation potential of the ERA. The work programme part on Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area contributes to the expected impacts of Horizon Europe by reducing the research and innovation divide and geographical disparities in research and innovation performance. It supports Member States in building the necessary capacities that allow them to successfully participate in research and innovation processes and, eventually, translate the results into the society and the economy.

Horizon Europe ensures continuity and brings in new features

The Horizon Europe work programme for 2021-2022 is shaped around the successes of and lessons learned from the EU’s previous research and innovation framework programmes. It continues and builds on a number of key elements, such as open access to research data and results, which have proven their worth and relevance. It also features a number of important novelties to further streamline and enhance the programme:

Gender equality – Gender equality is a cross-cutting priority in Horizon Europe and concerns all programme parts. The appropriate consideration of the gender dimension in research and innovation content 8 is mandatory for all applicants across the whole programme, unless the non-relevance of sex and/or gender analysis is indicated at topic level. Furthermore, Horizon Europe is promoting gender equality through sustainable institutional change by requesting that applicants (public bodies, research organisations and higher education establishments) have in place a gender equality plan.

Widening participation - While keeping excellence as the main feature, a wide spectrum of measures will foster participation in the work programme actions and facilitate collaborative links. For instance, the ex-post ‘Hop on’ feature will allow existing project consortia to expand by including participants from so-called ‘low R&I performing countries’, in order to build collaborative links and reduce the research and innovation divide across Europe.

A new generation of European Partnerships: Horizon Europe rationalises the number of partnerships that the EU co-programmes or co-funds involving a wide range of public and private partners, including national governments, industry, civil society organisations and funding organisations. This new approach ensures that the partnerships instrument of Horizon 2020 can continue in a simplified and more transparent form, reaching a broader set of stakeholders and creating stronger links with EU and national policies.

Making it easier for applicants – Horizon Europe will increase legal certainty and reduce administrative burden for beneficiaries and programme administrators. The aim is to provide a strong measure of continuity from Horizon 2020 while incorporating improvements across the project life cycle, from submission to efficient reporting and exploitation of results, as set out in the Implementation Strategy for Horizon Europe.

Synergies by design – The deployment and uptake of research results and innovative solutions developed in this work programme, and Horizon Europe in general, will be facilitated with the support of other European Union funding programmes. To make synergies between Horizon Europe and other programmes and policies happen, they are considered in design and strategic planning, project selection, management, communication, dissemination and exploitation of results.

Making sustainable investments – Horizon Europe’s objective is to support research and innovation activities that fully respect climate and environmental standards and priorities of the Union and cause no significant harm to any of them. The adoption of the EU Taxonomy Regulation 9 creates a common science-based classification system defining under which conditions economic activities in a given sector can be considered as environmentally sustainable. Horizon Europe projects will play an important role in helping economic operators reach or go beyond the standards and thresholds set up in the Regulation as technical screening criteria and to keep them up-to-date. This includes setting the bases for systemic changes over time delivering greater environmental benefits in the sector as compared to improving the environmental performance of individual economic activities. Most importantly, research and innovation activities’ compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle 10 will ensure consistency with the European Green Deal objectives and promote the transition to a safe, climate-neutral, climate-resilient, more resource-efficient and circular economy.

Social innovation – i.e. innovation for societal impact and innovation with citizens as co-designers, co-developers, and co-implementers is a cross-cutting priority in Horizon Europe. Social innovation recognises the sociotechnical nature of all innovations, benefits the need for society to own innovation, and serves the profound changes in social practices required, inter alia, to achieve, the digital and energy transition, climate-neutrality, sustainable management of natural resources, and greater societal resilience in the face of health, climatic and other hazards.

Trustworthy technologies - All projects supported by this work programme will be in line with EU values and adhere to the highest ethics and integrity standards. Horizon Europe is spearheading the artificial intelligence ethics by design agenda. Due diligence will be required to make sure all AI-based systems or techniques used or developed will be trustworthy: ethical, lawful and robust, with particular attention to safety, accuracy, reliability and explainability.

Stakeholder involvement - The work programme for 2021 – 2022 is based on the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan, which has been designed with and for stakeholders. In an ambitious co-design process, involving Member States of the EU and the European Economic Area (EEA), the European Parliament and stakeholders from all over Europe and beyond, more than 8 000 contributions from a broad range of stakeholders have been synthesised into the first Strategic Plan for Horizon Europe that guides the first work programmes and ensures they focus on the issues that matter most to Europeans.



What you will find in this work programme

Each part of this work programme, except for this Introduction, the MSCA part and the General Annexes, is designed around a series of coherent packages of calls for proposals and impact-driven destinations and topics.

Each destination describes socio-economic challenges to be addressed and the related expected impacts that R&I activities will contribute to.

In many cases, destinations correspond directly to an expected impact identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024, as shown in the overview below. Together, the destinations of this work programme cover the 32 expected impacts in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan.

Under each destination, one or more topics describe the expected outcomes and the scope of the research and innovation activities to be supported. The expected outcomes are the desired effects of the project in the medium term such as the uptake, diffusion, use and/or deployment of the project’s results by direct target groups. The scope describes the area of research/innovation that needs to be tackled if the expected outcomes are to be successfully addressed, without prescribing the method to achieve them. It is therefore up to the creativity and skill of the applicants to design a project that will generate results and substantially contribute to the expected outcomes and impacts.

Each topic also sets out the general conditions, deadlines, budget, and any specific conditions that may apply. The topics are grouped under calls for proposals, which is a technical term for a number of topics that share the deadline for the opening of the topic for submission of applications.

The graphic below gives an overview of the relationship between policy priorities and project results and explains the various terms used in this context.

Horizon Europe implementation logic – overview



Getting started

Are you interested in applying for funding through Horizon Europe? On the Funding and Tenders Portal you can see which topics are currently open for applications. The network of National Contact Points stands ready to answer any questions you might have on the application process in your own language.

You can also find more about the Horizon Europe programme at the Horizon Europe web page .



Overview of Strategic Plan’s key strategic orientations, expected impacts and corresponding work programme destinations

11

(1)

 COM(2021) 78 final: “HERA Incubator: Anticipating together the threat of COVID-19 variants”.    

(2)

As part of the EU response to the COVID-19 pandemic, for activities specifically linked to COVID-19, grants may be awarded without a call for proposals since that pandemic constitutes an exceptional emergency within the meaning of Article 195(b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046. Further conditions may be set out in the different work programme parts. Specific derogations and additional conditions may be also announced or communicated to the potential applicants. Such conditions that are set out in the different work programme parts may include additional exploitation obligations to ensure that the resulting products will be available and accessible as soon as possible, additional dissemination obligations, such as open access for research data needed to address the public health emergency, and justified derogations from the standard limits to financial support to third parties. The Commission will assess how the applicants propose to fulfil these conditions. The implementation of these conditions will be appropriately monitored. Where applicable, the relevant grant agreement options will be applied.

(3)

The Horizon Europe components European Research Council, Marie Sklodowska Curie Actions, the European Innovation Council, the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, as well as the institutionalised partnerships based on Articles 185/187 TFEU and the direct actions by the Joint Research Centre have a combined budget of 12.043 billion equal to 46.81% of Horizon Europe total.

(4)

EU-markers are based on the internationally recognized Rio-markers methods originally developed by OECD (see http://www.oecd.org/dac/environment-development/Revised%20climate%20marker%20handbook_FINAL.pdf). The EU markers assigns 0-40-100% markers to actions and their budgets depending on climate action having a major impact (100%), a significant impact (40%) or a marginal impact (0%) of an activity. In this work programme the - markers are applied to every topic described for climate action, biodiversity, clean air, digital transition and artificial intelligence. For other parts of Horizon Europe they are applied to larger groups of actions and in general to awarded projects for expenditure monitoring and documentation. Actions can be assigned more than one marker if they contribute substantially to more than one of the related objectives.

(5)

C(2021)1602 : COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION adopting the 2021-2024 strategic research and innovation plan in the framework of the specific programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation. The Strategic Plan can be found here .

(6)

‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1–2 October 2020.

(7)

 Aiming to enhance nuclear expertise and excellence as well as synergies between Horizon Europe and the Euratom Programme, nuclear researchers are eligible to participate in MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships supported by an annual financial contribution from the Euratom Programme.

(8)

Integrating the gender dimension in research and innovation content is an umbrella term for integrating sex and/or gender analysis, that is, ensuring that the biological characteristics and the social/cultural features of both women and men are taken into account as relevant in the content of research and innovation projects. For more information see: https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/gendered-innovations-2-2020-nov-24_en

(9)

Regulation  (EU)  2020/852  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the Council  of  18  June  2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088

(10)

As defined in Articles 17  of  Regulation  (EU)  2020/852  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the Council  of  18  June  2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088

(11)
Top

EN

ANNEX II

“Annex III

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

3. Research Infrastructures

Table of contents

Introduction    

DESTINATION – DEVELOPING, CONSOLIDATING AND OPTIMISING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURES LANDSCAPE, MAINTAINING GLOBAL LEADERSHIP (INFRADEV)    

Call - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-01: Support to the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-02: Strengthen the bilateral cooperation on research infrastructures with Africa: improving the knowledge base on climate change in Africa    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-03: Transition to digital/remote research infrastructure service provision: lessons learnt, needs and best practices    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-04: Support to National Contact Points (NCPs) for Research Infrastructures    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-05: Support to the e-Infrastructure Reflection Group (e-IRG)    

Call - Developing and consolidating the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02-01: Preparatory phase of new ESFRI research infrastructure projects    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02-02: Consolidation of the research infrastructure landscape – Individual support for ESFRI projects    

Call - Developing the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01-01: Research infrastructure concept development    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01-02: Cooperation, synergies and networking between research infrastructures and technology infrastructures    

DESTINATION – ENABLING AN OPERATIONAL, OPEN AND FAIR EOSC ECOSYSTEM (INFRAEOSC)    

Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

Open Science practices and a digitally-skilled workforce    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-01: Supporting an EOSC-ready digitally skilled workforce    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-02: Supporting the development and coordination of activities of the EOSC Partnership    

Supporting EOSC-Core: Enabling access to the Web of FAIR data and services    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-03: Deploying EOSC-Core components for FAIR    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-04: Innovative and customizable services for EOSC    

Building with the scientific community a Web of FAIR data for open science    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05: Enabling discovery and interoperability of federated research objects across scientific communities    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-06: FAIR and open data sharing in support of cancer research    

Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

Open Science practices and a digitally-skilled workforce    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-01: Services and tools to underpin a research assessment system that incentivises open science practices    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-02: Improving and coordinating technical infrastructure for institutional open access publishing across Europe    

Building with the scientific community a Web of FAIR data for open science    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-04: Support for initiatives helping to generate global standards, specifications and recommendations for open sharing of FAIR research data, publications and software    

DESTINATION – RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES TO SUPPORT HEALTH RESEARCH, ACCELERATE THE GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION, AND ADVANCE FRONTIER KNOWLEDGE (INFRASERV)    

Call - Research infrastructure services to support health research, accelerate the green and digital transformation, and advance frontier knowledge (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

A challenge-driven provision of research infrastructure services    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01: Research infrastructures services to support research addressing cancer    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02: Research infrastructures services for a sustainable and resilient agriculture and agro-ecological transitions    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03: Research infrastructures services for responding to climate-related risks on the environment    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04: Research infrastructures services enabling the development of materials for a circular economy    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05: Research infrastructures services for sustainable and inclusive Global Value Chain and Europe recovery from socio-economic crises    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-06: Enabling research infrastructure services for better use of imaging data to address challenges in thematic research areas    

Research infrastructures services advancing frontier knowledge    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-07: Research infrastructures services advancing frontier knowledge    

Call - Research infrastructure services to support health research and accelerate the digital transformation (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-SERV-01-01: Implementing digital services to empower neuroscience research for health and brain inspired technology via EBRAINS    

DESTINATION – NEXT GENERATION OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION, TOOLS AND METHODS AND ADVANCED DIGITAL SOLUTIONS (INFRATECH)    

Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-TECH-01-01: Interdisciplinary digital twins for modelling and simulating complex phenomena at the service of research infrastructure communities    

Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01-01: R&D for the next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods    

DESTINATION – NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN RESEARCH AND EDUCATION - ENABLING COLLABORATION WITHOUT BOUNDARIES (INFRANET)    

Call - Network connectivity in Research and Education - Enabling collaboration without boundaries (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-NET-01-01-FPA: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for Research and Education Networks    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. Conference on European Research Infrastructures: 20 years of ESFRI, achievements and future insights    

2. International Conference on Research Infrastructures – ICRI 2022    

Specific Grant Agreements to the FPA for Research and Education Networks    

1. SGA for networking and collaboration services and investments in long-term capacity for Research and Education Networks in Europe    

2. SGA for investments on International connectivity and collaboration    

Other grants awarded without a call for proposals    

1. FAIR and open data sharing in support to European preparedness for COVID-19 and other infectious diseases    

2. Research infrastructure services for rapid research responses to COVID-19 and other infectious disease epidemics    

Public procurement    

1. Delivering the EOSC core infrastructure and services    

Expert contract actions    

1. External expertise 2021    

2. External expertise 2022    

Budget    

Specific Features for Research Infrastructure    

Introduction

The overall objective of the Research Infrastructures Programme under Horizon Europe is to empower Europe through world-class and accessible research infrastructures, as part of an integrated European research and technology infrastructures landscape.

Research infrastructures (RIs) 1 , including the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC), and technology infrastructures (TIs) are crucial enablers of research and technological innovation and drivers of multidisciplinary and data-intensive science.

Europe will benefit from an integrated, inter-operable and effective ecosystem of RIs and TIs that helps covering the continuum of needs from fundamental knowledge creation to technology deployment and supports the implementation of Open Science policies as well as European technology leadership.

Previous European Framework Programmes have made a significant contribution towards a more efficient, open and effective use of national research infrastructures and have developed, with the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI), a coherent and strategy-led approach to policy making and national investments on pan-European research infrastructures. The work with ESFRI triggered, so far, the development of 55 European research infrastructures, of which 37 have already been implemented, across all fields of science, mobilising close to €20 billion in investments 2 .

Twenty-one of these research infrastructures have been established as European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERIC) – a legal form enshrined in EU law and the only EU regulation in the European Research Area (ERA) framework – that enables joint funding and integration of resources from Member States (MSs) and Associated Countries (ACs) and secures their commitment to continuing support. The EU, its MSs and the ACs invest together in the research infrastructures also through the Cohesion Policy, building research capacities at regional/national level with a view to deploy research results into markets.

Europe has a rich landscape of research infrastructures. For the future, smart investments will be required to drive the development of new research infrastructures to fill knowledge gaps, support emerging needs and scientific breakthroughs, and respond to new challenges, notably in the field of health and in the context of the green and digital transitions. At the same time, efforts to optimise and consolidate the existing capacities, avoiding fragmentation and unnecessary duplications, will provide the ERA with a more effective and interlinked and well-functioning research infrastructure landscape. Such RIs landscape and its continuous evolution and upgrade will make the ERA increasingly attractive for researchers and talents from all over the world. It is therefore necessary to foster synergies between RI funding instruments (European and national) to align R&I investments, ensure access to excellence and translate research results for the benefit of the society and the economy.

The recently published ESFRI White Paper also puts a new emphasis on the consolidation of a European research infrastructure ecosystem underpinning the ERA, on the role the existing facilities at European and national level can play to address the EU’s broad policy priorities and on the needs to integrate new research infrastructures in strategic areas to enhance R&I capacities in Europe. RIs, as highlighted in the ESFRI White Paper, have the potential to contribute to local and regional socio-economic development by triggering the creation of and playing a central role in knowledge innovation hubs. In this context, closely interacting with local businesses and industry, RIs support regional research priorities and the implementation of the Smart Specialization Strategies (S3), thus contributing to the alignment of priorities at EU level.

In the RI landscape, the EOSC offers a horizontal, pan-European, inter-operable, federated ecosystem of standards, technologies and services, along with rules of engagement, which will enable and enhance seamless access to and reliable re-use of research outputs, i.e. data, software and other digital objects, included those generated or collected by other research infrastructures, supporting the whole research data life-cycle from discovery and mining to analysis, storage and management. High-speed connectivity (GÉANT) underpins the development of EOSC and provides fast, trusted and reliable connectivity for researchers in Europe and beyond. Activities to deliver the EOSC as a trusted virtual environment supporting Open Science and data and service-driven research will be co-designed with MS/ACs and stakeholders in the framework of the proposed EOSC European partnership. This will allow Europe to seize data-intensive research and innovation opportunities and enable breakthroughs at the crossroads of different disciplines by a broad interdisciplinary user community. The deployment of an EOSC will be ensured through a platform based on a federated core, enabling access to a wider ecosystem of data and services, as well as use of integrated High-Performance Computing (HPC), Cloud, data, networks and Artificial Intelligence (AI) resources.

EU Framework Programmes have so far fostered the opening at EU level of RIs to trans-national users, enabling all researchers in Europe and beyond to have access to the best RIs they need for their research. These efforts have radically transformed the availability of state-of-the-art facilities for researchers, reinforcing Europe’s strong research performance and its ability to react rapidly, for example in providing reference materials worldwide to respond to the coronavirus outbreak. Up to now, this approach has been mainly science driven.

As European RIs have the potential to enhance society’s long term and consistent problem-solving capacity, new efforts are now needed to maintain Europe at the forefront of science and to ensure the provision of customised, multidisciplinary, impact-oriented and integrated RI services and resources to accelerate the transition towards a socially inclusive green and digital future and to support an effective and responsive health system as well as evidence-based policy-making. In this regard, Research Infrastructures can substantially contribute to the objectives of Horizon Europe clusters, missions and partnerships in Pillar II as well as to support its innovation dimension.

The Research Infrastructures work programme under Horizon Europe will address the global environmental, social and economic challenges, in line with the renewed ERA, which requires an explicit contribution of research and technology infrastructures to Europe’s wider policy objectives, thus maximizing the contribution of science and technology to the needs of the society and increasing Europe’s competitiveness.

To cope with new challenges and ensure leadership of Europe in frontier research, RIs need to be maintained at the forefront of science and technological developments. To this extent, the Research Infrastructures work programme will support the development of innovative cutting-edge scientific instrumentation, software and methods. These developments, carried out in cooperation and co-creation with industry, will advance the industrial technological level in Europe and lead to breakthrough technological and societal innovation.

Training for RI users, as well as strengthening the RI scientific, technical and managerial competencies of staff, will underpin all the activities implemented under the Research Infrastructures work programme, thus contributing to the education and employment opportunities of the next generation of researchers, technologists and high level science managers. A well-functioning RIs landscape and its continuous evolution and upgrade will make the ERA attractive for researchers and talents from all over the world.

The Research Infrastructures work programme is structured around the following five destinations:

1.Destination - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (INFRADEV), to contribute to a strong, excellent and impactful European Research Area, by reinforcing RI capacities in Europe, their role at the global level and the policy-making in this field;

2.Destination - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (INFRAEOSC), aiming at delivering a “Web of FAIR Data and Services” for Science: a trusted virtual environment supporting Open Science, based on key horizontal core functions, with their corresponding e-infrastructures, and service layers accessible to researchers across disciplines throughout Europe;

3.Destination - RI services to support health research, accelerate the green and digital transformation, and advance frontier knowledge (INFRASERV), with a focus on the provision of integrated RI services to enable R&I addressing major societal challenges, notably in health, in support of the green and digital transformation and ensuring resilience to crises as well as to support curiosity-driven research and advancement of frontier knowledge in broad scientific domains;

4.Destination - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods and advanced digital solutions (INFRATECH), to enable new discoveries and keep Europe’s RIs at the highest level of excellence, while paving the way to innovative solutions to societal challenges and new industrial applications, products and services;

5.Destination - Network connectivity in Research and Education – Enabling collaboration without boundaries (INFRANET), providing high-bandwidth networks and network services to interconnect researchers, data and computing resources in a non-discriminatory way regardless of the location of the users and the resources to allow scientists to conduct excellent research.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Applicants should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF 3 , ESF+ 4 , JTF 5 , EMFF 6 , EAFRD 7 and InvestEU 8 ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

DESTINATION – DEVELOPING, CONSOLIDATING AND OPTIMISING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURES LANDSCAPE, MAINTAINING GLOBAL LEADERSHIP (INFRADEV)

Over recent years, the European Commission, Member States (MS) and Associated Countries (AC) have been closely collaborating, in particular within the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI), to develop an integrated and efficient ecosystem of research infrastructures (RIs) in Europe, which encompasses single-sited facilities, distributed facilities integrating resources across the European Research Area, as well as networks of national facilities and which serves researchers and engineers in all S&T fields, from basic to applied research. To facilitate integration and pooling of resources for the development of new capacities, a legal instrument has also been developed at European level, the European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) that provides favourable conditions for the establishment and operation of large European infrastructures supported jointly by several MSs and ACs as well as by third countries. While Member States remain central in the development and financing of public RIs, the Union and ESFRI play a catalysing and leveraging role in driving the integration between national efforts.

The challenges for the near future are to consolidate and optimise the European Research Infrastructure landscape and enhance its capacity to support frontier research and address the emerging and new scientific and societal objectives associated with the transition towards a sustainable and resilient Europe. In addition, there is the need to define and implement an effective and sound RI strategy in Europe, in close cooperation with ESFRI, MSs and ACs, which is complemented by and interlocks with the long-term ambition of creating an integrated Technology Infrastructure (TI) landscape, the latter is supported in Pillar II of Horizon Europe Programme (HE). Such a strategy would also help in exploiting synergies between RI and TI financed from Horizon and massive investments in infrastructures from ERDF.

This destination aims to create a world-leading coherent, agile and attractive RI landscape in Europe, by reducing its fragmentation at European, national and regional level, ensuring coordination of efforts and fostering alignment of priorities among MSs and ACs, connecting RIs to the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC), and which is able to support national and regional R&I ecosystems. The support to a European strategy for Research Infrastructures as well as activities to enhance the role of RIs for international cooperation and science diplomacy will also be covered under this destination.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Disruptive research and breakthrough science and innovation through cutting-edge, interconnected and sustainable Research Infrastructures;

2.Strengthened scientific excellence and performance and efficiency of the European Research Area, increasing its attractiveness to researchers from all over the world;

3.Coordinated research infrastructure capacity among countries and regions, also by exploiting possibilities given by the smart specialisation processes;

4.Reinforced R&I capacities enabling systemic changes needed for a truly transformative societal and economic recovery and a strengthened resilience of critical sectors, as outlined in the Recovery Plan;

5.Improved European response, in cooperation with international players, to emerging socio-economic and related scientific and technological challenges at global level.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01

7.80

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02

33.50

10.00

20 Jan 2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01

21.80

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

41.30

31.80

Call - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2021)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 9

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 10

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-01

CSA

2.50

1.50 to 2.50

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-02

CSA

1.50

0.80 to 1.50

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-03

CSA

1.50

0.80 to 1.50

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-04

CSA

2.00

1.50 to 2.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-05

CSA

0.30

Around 0.30

1

Overall indicative budget

7.80

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-01: Support to the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced efficiency, impact and visibility of ESFRI strategy and actions;

2.better structured and strengthened European research infrastructure ecosystem;

3.reinforced global competitiveness of the European Research Area;

4.coordination and alignment of EU and national priorities for RIs.

Scope: The European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI) brings together policy makers, funding bodies and the scientific community to identify joint investment priorities for pan-European research infrastructures as well as foster their implementation, sustainability and impact. A comprehensive and efficient support structure is essential for the effective execution of ESFRI tasks and activities.

In this respect, proposals should support ESFRI in carrying out the following activities:

1.development and publishing of the ESFRI Roadmap;

2.development and execution of the ESFRI communication and outreach strategy, including organisation of ESFRI-led conferences and outreach events;

3.strengthen ESFRI analytical capacity, including through the use of external expertise in support of ESFRI policy and the ESFRI Roadmap processes;

4.effective evaluation and monitoring of research infrastructures on the ESFRI Roadmap through appropriate ICT and analytical tools;

5.fostering cooperation, exchange of experiences and good practices between the research infrastructures, their managers and stakeholders, as well as the funding bodies, including managing authorities of Cohesion policy programmes and policy makers;

6.ensuring cooperation of ESFRI with the EOSC as well as with any other relevant bodies and stakeholders at European or international level.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-02: Strengthen the bilateral cooperation on research infrastructures with Africa: improving the knowledge base on climate change in Africa

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: in order to achieve the expected objectives of the action, the consortium must include, as a beneficiary or as an associated partner, at least one legal entity established in an African country.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.contribution to the new Commission strategy with Africa, notably to the following specific objectives: maximise the benefits of the green transition and minimise threats to the environment in full compliance with the Paris Agreement; rapidly enhance learning, knowledge and skills, research and innovation capacities (with attention to female and young researchers);

2.enhanced research capacities in Africa for climate change observation;

3.enhanced Euro-African cooperation in R&I on measurements for climate change observation.

Scope: This topic aims at fostering EU-Africa cooperation to enhance climate (including Green House Gas and Short Lived Climate Forcers – GHG and SLCF) observation capacity across Africa. EU-Africa cooperation in the field of GHG observation will also include sharing of good practices and experiences to facilitate the development of a strategic approach for structuring R&I capacities at pan-African level. Particular attention should be given to tropical and sub-tropical Africa, which are currently the least covered regions in terms of climate observation. The participation of African partners is mandatory.

Proposals should address all following aspects:

1.establish a concept for a Pan-African climate observation RI including the underlying data infrastructure and the related digital transformation;; attention should be paid to open and FAIR principles in data management policies.

2.support the exchange of staff between several African countries and European research infrastructures to create expertise for the design, the governance and the operation of an integrated Pan-African RI for climate observation;

Proposals should build on existing cooperation activities between African and European countries and take into account the outcomes of previous and ongoing initiatives. The potential contribution to the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) should be taken into account.

Proposals are encouraged to take advantage of Copernicus 11 , its Data and Information Access Services (DIAS), the Integrated Carbon Observation System (ICOS) infrastructure, the European Commission Atmospheric Observatory for Greenhouse Gases 12 of the Joint Research Centre (JRC), as well as of the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) observation systems and networks 13 , or other existing data access solutions to optimise use of resources.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-03: Transition to digital/remote research infrastructure service provision: lessons learnt, needs and best practices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.increased resilience of research infrastructures during crisis;

2.reduced ecological footprint of research infrastructure activities;

3.wider access to research infrastructures and enlargement of their user base;

Scope: The provision of digital and remote research infrastructure services has proved its effectiveness during the COVID-19 emergency/lockdown. Such an approach would also contribute to a sustainable and effective ecosystem of research infrastructures, and, more in general, to a more sustainable society.

Building on the resilience strategies and approaches developed during the COVID-19 emergency by research infrastructures in Europe, proposals under this topic should adopt a broad approach, covering a wide range of different research infrastructures in many fields and address the following aspects:

1.investigate good practices, strategies and lessons learned as well as needs, risks and threats and further technological developments necessary to support the transition to digital/remote research infrastructure service provision;

2.identify solutions, technologies and software enabling secure remote control of instrumentation and measurement as well as strategies for providing support to remote users;

3.develop guidelines to foster the transition to a digital/remote provision of research infrastructure services.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-04: Support to National Contact Points (NCPs) for Research Infrastructures

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for Research Infrastructures and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country.

Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated, national support structures responsible for Research Infrastructures nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.improved professionalisation/skills of NCPs across Europe, helping to simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

2.harmonised and improved trans-national cooperation between NCPs;

3.increased awareness across the research communities about the opportunities for access to research infrastructures offered by the Horizon Europe;

4.strengthen the links between research infrastructures and smart specialisation strategies;

5.seek complementarities between ERDF funded research infrastructures and research infrastructures funded under the Framework Programme.

Scope: Proposals should aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between National Contact Points (NCPs) with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants.

Proposals should address issues specific to research infrastructures, such as the promotion of trans-national and virtual access opportunities, including specific activities targeting widening countries, and the awareness of the access provision rules. Cooperation with other policy and international cooperation oriented measures for research infrastructures (such as financed by ERDF) and synergies with other NCPs networks is encouraged. Proposals should build on the past experience and achievements gained in the Horizon 2020 grants.

The consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs. Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries.

Proposals should cover the whole duration of Horizon Europe

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-05: Support to the e-Infrastructure Reflection Group (e-IRG)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.30 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must — under fair and reasonable conditions — grant access to its results to the EOSC Association and its members for developing, implementing and monitoring the European Open Science Cloud.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.cross-disciplinary and independent policy advice on digital matters related to EOSC and the digital transformation of the European Research Area;

2.a more inclusive e-Infrastructure ecosystem, well coordinated with the ESFRI thematic clusters;

3.improved coordination among National Open Science Clouds (NOSCs), National Research and Education Networks (NRENs), National HTC/Grid Infrastructures (NGIs) and all other national actors with national/pan-European links;

Scope: The e-Infrastructure Reflection Group (e-IRG) brings together representatives from policy makers, funding bodies and the scientific community from the Member States and Associated Countries to provide advice on policy-making towards inclusive, federated, user-driven and resilient e-Infrastructures and connected services.

Proposals should support e-IRG members in carrying out the following activities:

1.strengthen e-IRG analytical capacity, including through the use of external expertise in support of e-IRG policy documents;

2.developing and publishing policy papers, providing complementary advice and recommendations in the development of the e-Infrastructure area;

3.developing and implementing the e-IRG communication and outreach strategy, and disseminating the results throughout the European Research Area;

4.liaising with ESFRI to jointly underpin the interworking of e-Infrastructures with the ESFRI thematic clusters;

Following the setup of new constructs in the European landscape, notably the EOSC Association and the EOSC European Partnership, the e-IRG will conclude its work in the transitional period of 2021-2022 whereafter its expertise should assimilate to the relevant operational entities in Europe.

Call - Developing and consolidating the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2021)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 14

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 15

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 30 Sep 2021

Deadline(s): 20 Jan 2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02-01

CSA

26.00

10.00

1.50 to 3.00

12

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02-02

CSA

7.50

1.00 to 1.50

5

Overall indicative budget

33.50

10.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02-01: Preparatory phase of new ESFRI research infrastructure projects

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

1.structuring effect on ERA;

2.the scientific excellence of the European landscape of sustainable RI enhances problem-solving capacities to address challenges in science, industry and society;

3.solid ground for the decision making on new research infrastructures, is available to MS/ACs, their funding bodies and other relevant stakeholders (e.g.: international organisations, third countries; foundations; etc.);

4.long-term perspective for RI investments;

5.consistent and well-functioning European research infrastructures ecosystem through the development of synergies and complementarities between new and existing research infrastructures, including technology infrastructures and infrastructures financed by ERDF.

Scope: This topic supports the preparatory phase of new ESFRI research infrastructure projects identified in the 2021 update of the ESFRI Roadmap. These ESFRI projects have been selected for the excellence of their scientific case and for their strategic importance for the European Research Area and the structuring of the European research infrastructure ecosystem.

Proposal consortia should involve all the stakeholders necessary to move the project forward, to take the decisions, and to make financial commitments, before construction can start (including, but not limited to, national/regional ministries/governments, research councils or funding agencies from the countries that have already declared their commitment in the application to ESFRI). Operators of research facilities, research centres, universities, and industry may also be involved whenever appropriate.

Proposals for research infrastructure preparatory phases will tackle all key questions concerning legal, financial and technical issues leading to the establishment of a new research infrastructure and ensuring commitment of Member States/Associated Countries to their long-term operation and use in all fields of science.

In this respect, proposals should address all following aspects:

1.the development of legal and financial frameworks/plans relating to the setting-up, construction and/or integration of national resources, operation and decommissioning of the research infrastructure as well as its Governance structure; the complementarities between national and EU instruments (such as the European Structural and Investment Funds or the European Investment Bank) and/or innovative financing solutions (e.g.: pre-commercial procurement; public-private partnerships);

2.the preparation of legal and financial agreements, including site, governance, internal rules, financing of the new research infrastructures. These are deliverables that should be finalised before the end of the project (e.g.: through a Memorandum of Understanding; a 'signature-ready' document for the setting-up and the actual implementation of the research infrastructure);

3.the establishment of plans for logistics and human resources management, in relation to the construction/integration and future operation, including RI service provision as well as for an efficient data curation and preservation and for the provision of access to data collected or produced by the future infrastructure, in line with the FAIR principles;

4.the technical challenges concerning the joint development, transfer of knowledge and implementation of key RI technologies and the completion of the final technical design of the infrastructure;

5.the development of plans for the provision of RI services to identified scientific user communities;

6.the relevance of the RI for science and society, including its socio-economic impacts at local/regional level and links with the smart specialisation strategies at regional level.

Environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as the optimisation of resource and energy use should be integrated in the Preparatory phase of new research infrastructures.

Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02-02: Consolidation of the research infrastructure landscape – Individual support for ESFRI projects

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced ERA excellence and attractiveness;

2.consistent and well-structured research infrastructures ecosystem in Europe;

3.solid Member States/Associated Country engagement in fully-fledged pan-European research infrastructures;

4.long-term perspective for investments in research infrastructures;

5.synergies and complementarities between new and existing research infrastructures, including technology infrastructures and infrastructures financed by ERDF.

Scope: This topic targets the research infrastructure projects retained in the 2016 ESFRI Roadmap, for the excellence of their scientific case and for their strategic importance for the European Research Area and the structuring of the European research infrastructure ecosystem.

The recent ESFRI Monitoring exercise carried out for the update of the ESFRI Roadmap 2021 assessed the overall progress towards implementation of these 2016 ESFRI projects and highlighted a number of key aspects that could hamper their implementation and start of the operation phase.

Although these ESFRI projects have received EU funding for their preparatory phase and initial commitment from Member States/Associated Countries, the early stages of the research infrastructure life-cycle are particularly challenging, also considering additional difficulties linked to the COVID-19 pandemic. These ESFRI projects may suffer from the transition to the Horizon Europe new framework programme and the possible lack of opportunities for supporting their development as fully-fledged pan-European research infrastructures. Proposals are expected to specifically address the bottlenecks identified in the ESFRI Monitoring report and in the Report 16 of the Commission High Level Expert Group, and allow these ESFRI projects to enter into the implementation phase. The extent to which these critical issues are addressed will be considered in evaluating proposals.

Based on the recommendations stemming from these monitoring exercises, support can be provided for activities, such as enlargement of the membership; establishment of the governance structure; securing the funding; finalisation of the distributed architecture; development of ICT and data management solutions (including possible open access to data); development of access policies and users’ strategies; consolidation of the international dimension; addressing staff and procurement related issues.

Proposal consortia should involve all stakeholders necessary to move the project forward and ensure financial commitments (including national/regional ministries/governments, research councils or funding agencies).

Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants. ESFRI projects currently benefitting from individual support under Horizon 2020 cannot apply to this topic.

Call - Developing the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2022)

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 17

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 18

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 19 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01-01

RIA

20.30

1.00 to 3.00

7

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01-02

CSA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

Overall indicative budget

21.80

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01-01: Research infrastructure concept development

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.30 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.sound science cases for new research infrastructures, including expected scientific breakthrough, gap analysis and feasibility/design studies to support planning and decision making at the national level (e.g. funding bodies, governments) and at European level (e.g. ESFRI);

2.a better alignment of the development of the research infrastructure landscape with the advancement of excellent science and frontier research;

3.new services and access opportunities available to the research community, allowing to better tackle scientific and societal challenges.

Scope: This topic aims at supporting the development of new concepts for the next generation of research infrastructures of European interest 19 , single/multi sited, distributed or virtual, that none or few countries might individually be able to afford. All fields of research can be considered.

Major upgrades of existing infrastructures may also be considered if the end result is significantly transformative and equivalent to a new infrastructure concept.

Proposals for RI concept development will tackle all key questions concerning the technical and conceptual feasibility of new or upgraded fully fledged user facilities.

In this respect, proposals should address all following aspects:

1.demonstrate relevance in relation to ERA, including to the existing landscape, and the advancement with respect to the state-of-art of the new infrastructure;

2.highlight the research challenges the new research infrastructures will make possible to address, including at global level;

3.indicate the gaps in the research infrastructure landscape the new infrastructure will cover and the synergies with existing infrastructures at European and global level, including those co-financed from other EU instruments (e.g.: Cohesion policy);

4.indicate, when relevant, the potential impact of the new research infrastructure at regional level.

Proposals should also provide evidence that the project will effectively:

1.identify technologies and develop research infrastructure architecture (e.g. single site or distributed, …);

2.identify scientific user communities (and their related needs) that will benefit from access to RI services, including scientific data and instrumentation, and develop the planning of research services to users;

3.identify governance options and strategic approaches for institutional/stakeholders’ commitment and engagement;

4.develop initial financial plans for the RI construction (or major upgrades) and operation as well as preliminary ideas for long-term sustainability, including synergies with other funds and programmes (e.g.: ERDF);

5.develop plans for an efficient data curation and preservation and for the provision of access to data collected or produced by the future infrastructure, in line with the FAIR principles.

Proposals considering just a new component of a research infrastructure are not in scope of this topic.

When relevant, environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as the optimisation of resource and energy use should be integrated in the concept development of new research infrastructures. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01-02: Cooperation, synergies and networking between research infrastructures and technology infrastructures

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.strengthened collaboration between research infrastructures and technology infrastructures, leading to better identification and integration of services available to industrial users;

2.enhanced visibility and accessibility of research infrastructures and technology infrastructures for industry and SMEs;

3.better structured and strengthened European technology infrastructure landscape and its governance;

4.alignment and connection of research and technology infrastructure actions with other relevant actions in the European Research Area, in industrial policies, and other policies;

5.stronger synergies between public and private investment plans for technology infrastructures and for research infrastructures;

6.reinforced global competitiveness of the European Research Area.

Scope: Research infrastructures and technology infrastructures are among the key elements in the successful establishment of innovation ecosystems. Ranging from exploratory research facilities to testing, validation, and upscaling platforms, they enable technology development and innovation, providing SMEs and industry with the essential services that are needed to accelerate the entry into the market of innovative solutions supporting the twin green and digital transition and other socio-economic challenges. Research infrastructures and technology infrastructures provide important complementary activities in this respect. However, they are often developing services in isolation from each other, not fully taking into account the needs of industrial users along the entire innovation cycle.

Prior to the formulation of a specific European Research Area action 20 and the Council conclusion 21 mentioning the development of a European strategy on technology infrastructures, a Commission staff working document 22 took stock of existing, though un-coordinated, initiatives at regional, national and European level and identified key challenges that need to be addressed to create a well functioning technology infrastructures landscape.

The development of the research infrastructure landscape as well as access to research infrastructure services is significantly more advanced due to both the strategic priority setting process, through the Roadmap of the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures, and the significant effort at the EU level to open up national facilities and laboratories to international users. It is important to draw relevant lessons from these processes in order to further develop and implement the governance of technology infrastructures at European level.

In this respect, activities proposed should support policy development in the following main areas:

Mapping and prioritisation

1.Consolidation and integration of existing technology infrastructure mappings to increase visibility of technology infrastructures and facilitate gap analyses.

2.Gap analysis and prioritisation at EU and Member States' level towards high priority areas in synergy with the common industrial technology roadmaps, industrial alliances, partnerships, and industrial ecosystems under the EU industrial strategy.

3.Identification of good practices (with focus on services) to improve linkages and complementarity between research infrastructures and technology infrastructures in specific priority areas and ecosystems.

Operations and guidelines

1.Preparation of pilot strategic action plans for technology infrastructures in selected priority areas, for instance linked with the green and digital transition, in partnership with relevant actors and including options for their long-term sustainability, taking into account private and public investments and networking with relevant pan-European research infrastructures.

2.Development of an investment agenda for technology infrastructures taking into account private and public investments, as well as investments in relevant research infrastructures.

3.Development of guidelines and recommendations to help networks of technology infrastructures connecting with other existing research infrastructures and technology infrastructures to facilitate access and to integrate services for specific technology areas or industrial ecosystems.

Governance

1.Identification of best practices of the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures, in order to further develop and implement the governance of technology infrastructures at European level, adapted to their specificities (i.e. ecosystem and value chain approach, different stakeholders involved including industry, SMEs and research performing organisations).

2.Networking of relevant actors and infrastructures including for the identified priority areas.

3.Analysis of how technology infrastructures and research infrastructures could be better integrated in relevant existing frameworks and instruments, such as industrial technology roadmaps, Partnerships, Industrial Alliances, or IPCEIs.

Outreach and communication

1.Identification and liaising with relevant stakeholders related to research infrastructures and technology infrastructures in general, as well as to specific priority areas, and collecting stakeholder input through targeted surveys and workshops.

2.Development and execution of communication and outreach activities, including organisation of workshops and outreach events.

DESTINATION – ENABLING AN OPERATIONAL, OPEN AND FAIR EOSC ECOSYSTEM (INFRAEOSC)

The European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) is an ecosystem of research data and related services. It encompasses rules of engagement, standards, abstractions, technologies, and services, which will enable and enhance seamless access to and reliable re-use of FAIR 23 research outputs (i.e. data and other digital objects), including those generated or collected by other research infrastructures, and covering the whole research data life cycle from generation or discovery and mining to storage, processing, management, analysis, and re-use. The EOSC will contribute to the European Strategy for Data, including its thematic common interoperable data spaces, and the provision of secure and FAIR-enabling European cloud services.

EOSC development has been supported through a series of Horizon 2020 projects and an interim EOSC governance structure preparing the next stage of EOSC development for the period after 2020. These projects have contributed to the creation of a pan-European access mechanism; coordination of national activities for EOSC on-boarding; connection of European research infrastructures (e.g. ERIC and other world-class RIs) and existing e-infrastructures; initial development and operationalisation of the FAIR principles and a FAIR-compliant certification scheme for research data; the EOSC portal providing access to a range of services, guidelines and training; and the development and provision of a number of research-enabling value-added services, including distributed data processing and management (both public and commercial). From 2021, the EOSC partnership will help ensuring directionality (common vision and objectives) and additionality (complementary commitments and contributions) of the stakeholders involved.

Building on this progress, the INFRAEOSC destination aims to continue to develop the EOSC in a more cohesive and structured manner so that it becomes a fully operational enabling ecosystem for the whole research data lifecycle. This ecosystem includes FAIR research data commons (e.g. data, services, tools), based on key horizontal core functions, with corresponding e-infrastructures and service layers accessible to researchers across disciplines throughout Europe, leading to a “Web of FAIR Data and Services” for Science. The EOSC ecosystem will contribute a data space for science, research and innovation articulated with the other data spaces described in the European Strategy for Data.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Transforming the way researchers as well as the public and private sectors create, share and exploit research outputs (data, publications, protocols, methodologies, software, code, etc.) within and across research disciplines, leading to better quality, validation, more innovation and higher productivity of research;

2.Facilitating scientific multi-disciplinary cooperation, leading to discoveries in basic research and solutions in key application areas;

3.Seamless access to and management of increasing volumes of research data following FAIR principles (that are open as possible) and other research outputs stimulating the development and uptake of a wide range of new innovative and value-added services from public and commercial providers

4.Improving trust in science through increased FAIRness, openness and quality of scientific research in Europe, supported by more meaningful monitoring and better facilitators for reproducibility, validation and re-use of research results, and by improving pathways for the communication of science to the public.

All software developed under this destination should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source licence as recommended by the Free Software Foundation 24 and the Open Source Initiative 25 .

All projects that will be financed under this destination are expected to participate in concertation activities in the framework of the EOSC Partnership.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01

59.00

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01

30.00

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

59.00

30.00

Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2021)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 26

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 27

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-01

CSA

7.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-02

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-03

RIA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-04

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05

CSA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-06

RIA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

Overall indicative budget

59.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Open Science practices and a digitally-skilled workforce

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-01: Supporting an EOSC-ready digitally skilled workforce

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.availability of highly and appropriately skilled professionals enabling the practice of Open Science with adequate knowledge of standards, applications and tools and best practices for delivering, managing, re-using, sharing and analysing FAIR data, as well as other digital research objects;

2.researchers are able to transform the way they carry out research and exploit research outputs, leading to better quality and more productivity of research;

3.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership.

Scope: Development of new support material, curricula and learning pathways for researchers, data curators, and data stewards and new types of professionals. To ensure an efficient uptake and exploitation of data by Public Authorities (e.g. for evidence-based policy making), policy makers should also become skilled in data acquisition, management and analysis. Proposals should therefore cover the following activities:

1.Engage with the relevant stakeholders at national and institutional level in order to co-create, promote, broker and ensure the recognition of digital career profiles specifically related to Open Science. This includes the development of quality assurance mechanisms for professional training and qualifications.

2.Promote existing and develop new curricula (at undergraduate, PhD and professional level) that meet the demands of open and data-intensive science, and the establishment of advanced learning environments, in order to train the next generation of scientists, librarians and infrastructure professionals on topics such as the management and integration of diverse data flows and artificial intelligence for FAIR data management.

3.Foster the development of a distributed pan-European user support network, supporting the collaboration of existing networks of competence and data curation centres, in order to provide expertise on storing, sharing and reusing digital outputs, as well as on the onboarding of EOSC services and the provision of open science resources.

4.Support the development of a quality assurance and certification framework for learning material taking into account the life cycle of materials to ensure that training is up to date with technology and policy changes, as part of lifelong learning programmes.

5.Promote the training of civil servants, policy makers and agencies, as well as their engagement with researchers, in order to foster the efficient uptake of relevant scientific data by public administration and encourage its use for evidence-based policy making, building on best practices where appropriate 28 .

Proposals should take into account and collaborate with the resulting project/s from the topic H2020-INFRAEOSC-03-2020 29 and building on the results of the projects funded under the topic H2020-INFRAEOSC-05-2020 30 on training, earmarking the necessary resources to do so. In addition, similar collaboration should be envisaged with the resulting grant/s from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05. They should establish synergies with national and regional programmes on digital skills and training as well as with other parts of Horizon Europe (e.g. Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, activities of EIT KICs 31 ) and other EU funding sources (e.g. Digital Europe Programme (DEP), Erasmus+), and policies (e.g. European Higher Education Area (EHEA)). They should be credible in that the necessary funds for hiring or continuing the employment of staff, such as “data curators and stewards” in universities and research performing institutions, have been ensured at institutional, regional or national level, as these funds are not to be provided by the Commission.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-02: Supporting the development and coordination of activities of the EOSC Partnership

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.EOSC has a consolidated and engaged community across the European Research Area with an increasing number of users and service providers able to offer and consume resources based on the EOSC rules of participation;

2.well-coordinated activities underpinned by a consistent monitoring framework contribute to the achievement of the EOSC Partnership objectives;

3.effective business models are defined to guarantee future sustainability and development of EOSC as a key element of open science;

4.facilitated access to information to and from all EOSC stakeholders across countries, institutions, networks and initiatives.

Scope: Support the development of an effective pan-European cooperation framework and a thriving EOSC ecosystem in which stakeholders from all parts of the European Research Area pull together in a strategic and coordinated manner to ensure the achievement of the EOSC Partnership objectives. Proposals should support the EOSC community at large by engaging and interacting with a large number of users and stakeholder communities, to monitor the uptake and (re)use of EOSC resources.

Proposals are expected to cover the following activities:

1.Further develop and update the Strategic Research and Innovation agenda (SRIA) for EOSC and corresponding detailed roadmaps in early consultation with the wider research community in Europe in full transparency and openness. The agenda should cover all aspects required for the development of the EOSC-Core, Minimum Viable EOSC and the future widening to the public and private sector as well as support the alignment of the contributions to EOSC at national, regional, institutional and scientific community level.

2.Facilitate an effective cooperation between and organise the concertation of EOSC-relevant projects, monitoring their results and ensuring that relevant outcomes are identified and serve as a baseline for future developments. Beyond EOSC-relevant projects, proposals should engage with the community through the organisation of a Stakeholders forum targeting research communities across disciplines and countries, including the ESFRI clusters, national and regional infrastructures and the long tail of science.

3.Based on the work already undertaken in the context of the EOSC Partnership and of the EOSC Landscape Working Group 32 , consolidate, continuously update and monitor EOSC key performance indicators (KPI's), investments and FAIR data production and management, in order to assess the success of EOSC and its implementation at the different levels (national, regional, institutional and scientific community). The monitoring activities should also consider the results of the European Research Data Landscape study launched by the European Commission 33 in order to provide a living picture of the research data ecosystem in Europe.

4.Develop a cooperation framework to implement the EOSC rules of participation.

5.Effectively cooperate and establish links with other selected Horizon Europe Partnerships as well as with other relevant initiatives, including sectoral data spaces. Participate and represent EOSC Partnership stakeholders in international cooperation activities to foster global Open Science commons avoiding any overlap with existing efforts by the communities.

6.Develop and test cost models and future business models for a lasting long-term sustainability framework, building on the work performed by the EOSC Sustainability Working Group 34 and the studies already conducted as well as on the findings in this area of EOSC related projects.

The selected project will be expected to align with the EOSC Partnership. Proposals should involve and be driven by one or more representatives of the relevant actors of the field, in particular those directly involved in the EOSC Partnership.

Supporting EOSC-Core: Enabling access to the Web of FAIR data and services

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-03: Deploying EOSC-Core components for FAIR

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.European researchers can find, access and re-use an increasing amount of research outputs across borders and disciplines through state-of-the-art technologies underpinning discoverability and interoperability of research outputs;

2.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership.

Scope: Enable the enforcement and implementation of the EOSC Persistent Identifier (PID) policy 35 by developing tools, processes and additional infrastructure required to support use of PIDs to a maximal extent, for both the management and analysis of data, and also the publication, curation and tracking of research outputs. This should include a PID ‘meta resolver’ for EOSC or tools to support the alignment of PID infrastructure with the EOSC PID Policy. In addition, and building on community efforts on metadata and ontologies and on the work developed under topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05, this topic aims at ensuring the adoption and use of coherent metadata frameworks and deploying a common dataset search to enhance discovery via EOSC. Proposals under this topic should also cover other research outputs, such as software, developing services based on open standards and common practices adopted by the different disciplines.

Proposals should address all of the following activities:

1.Contribute to the consolidation of an interoperable ecosystem of PID Infrastructures based on open specification and standards to support machine actionability and offer sufficient flexibility and capacity e.g. by developing a common PID ‘meta resolver’ and standardised interfaces and open protocols for exchanging information on PIDs to support the creation and use of a PID Graph 36 .

2.Develop EOSC PID services to address a wide variety of applications appropriate to community needs.

3.Develop schemas and APIs based on open specifications and metadata framework as well as related crosswalks for improved discovery and interoperability.

4.Develop and deploy a flexible and scalable federated search service across the EOSC repositories, exploiting the aforementioned building blocks (PIDs resolution, APIs and metadata schemas). Such service should ensure customisability of querying (e.g. interfaces, APIs and scripts) and, when possible, ranking of queries results according to FAIRness of data and other prioritisations responding to the users’ needs.

5.Develop services and tools to archive, reference, describe and cite research software, based on standards and common practices of the different disciplines.

6.Develop services that build on metadata registries, starting from those that support communities in the uptake of metadata schemas and crosswalks and facilitate their maintenance; services to validate data sources against metadata schemes and to monitor data sharing, notably across communities and disciplines, are also expected.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, projects should take into account and coordinate the technical work with the ongoing grants under topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05, earmarking the necessary resources to do so. They should build on the EOSC PID policy from the PID Task force of the EB Architecture WG 37 and FAIR WG 38 and should coordinate with the awarded grants under the topic H2020-INFRAEOSC-03-2020 39 and the future procurement activity under Other Actions 40 . In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-04: Innovative and customizable services for EOSC

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

The focus is on technologies aiming to reach TRL7 or higher by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.increased service offer and capabilities beyond the present landscape in addressing the current and anticipated needs of the research community at large;

2.increased availability of (pre)operational services that can be customised and integrated in the existing workflows of researchers across different disciplines, facilitating the cross-disciplinary collaboration, reducing the time to results and increasing productivity.

Scope: The aim is to provide researchers with a set of highly innovative new services that would exploit, in a structural way, cloud-based EOSC technologies and European compute and data management capacities.

Proposals should cover the following activities:

1.Development and improvement of existing pre-operational software, tools and open source services, aiming to be integrated to the service-based architecture offered through the EOSC;

2.Iterative and inclusive development in close cooperation/co-design with the relevant user communities;

3.Improving the TRL of the components and adding new features based on requirements from research communities, use of open source software and tools for wide availability and uptake;

The application range of these services for data intensive science is wide (e.g. automated extraction of information from scientific literature, experimentation, optimising experimental design, collection and analysis of heterogeneous and/or large-scale data, validation of data quality, repeatability and reproducibility in science, discovery and on-demand provisioning of open science resources and their reuse; storing, sharing and reusing research data, enabling secure data use and transactions, workflow management) making use of various enabling technologies, e.g. artificial intelligence and machine learning, natural language processing, automation, simulation, big data analytics or blockchain.

To be robust, customizable and scalable, all developments should be tested against 2-3 real life use cases from a variety of scientific domains. The projects should cooperate with other relevant and related projects and e-Infrastructures and large user communities. Joint use cases and testing across individual project boundaries are encouraged.

The services should be integrated in the EOSC core service platform 41 and proposals should include sufficient provisions to address the integration, including, appropriate IPR and licence agreements. The resources that the services will offer should be clearly identified in the proposals. The sustainability model for the long-term availability of services can rely on EOSC. Participation of industry players, including SMEs, is recommended for both the development and further exploitation of the project results.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Building with the scientific community a Web of FAIR data for open science

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05: Enabling discovery and interoperability of federated research objects across scientific communities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.improved findability, accessibility, interoperability and re-usability (“FAIRness”) of data and other research outputs by coordinating the implementation of frameworks and the alignment of FAIR data practices on metadata, persistent identifiers, etc.;

2.wide uptake of and compliance with FAIR data principles and practices by national and European research data and metadata providers and repositories, leading to the development of the Web of FAIR data and related services;

3.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership.

Scope: Align and support the development and implementation of common EOSC methodologies, open standards and frameworks to ensure wide uptake and coherent implementation of the FAIR principles, to support the FAIRness of the research digital objects made accessible through EOSC.

Proposals should cover all of the following areas and activities:

a) Persistent identifiers:

1.Support the creation of a coordination mechanism of EOSC PID Service Providers to respond to the needs of research and Open Science, in a way that ensures sustainability, continuity of services and innovation.

2.Promote the alignment of PID infrastructures in line with the EOSC PID Policy.

3.Support the continuous standardisation of resource types and promotion of new practices to expand the range of identifiable objects e.g. instruments, services, organisations and software.

b) Metadata and ontologies:

1.Support the development of governance structures at discipline level for coordinating the work on metadata and ontologies and ensure overall coordination within EOSC.

2.Develop EOSC guidelines for a minimum metadata description for data discovery and metadata exchange, based on existing or emerging metadata schemas and tools.

3.Develop EOSC guidelines for common standards to archive, run, reference, describe and cite research software.

4.Collect information about existing metadata schemas, ontologies, crosswalks, and tools for metadata management and disseminate best practices amongst EOSC-relevant repository operators.

5.Support all research communities to develop and adopt disciplinary standards, to generate clear and precise definitions for the terms they use, and to consolidate common metadata and data schemata for use in the EOSC context. Provide support to make these definitions publicly available and referenceable by persistent identifiers for machine actionability.

6.In carrying out the previous actions, proposals should take into account, and build collaboratively on, existing actions by established initiatives and organisations.

c) Metrics, certification and guidelines for FAIR:

1.Support research communities to implement existing or emerging metrics and make use of the FAIR data maturity model 42 to develop assessment methods or to assess FAIR digital objects and iterate based on testing. Building on previous and current developments, for instance, by the ESFRI clusters, proposals should engage with new communities to accelerate the uptake of these best practices broadly.

2.Translate FAIR guidelines and frameworks to make them applicable to other digital objects, such as software, code, data management plans, protocols, etc.

d) Interoperability:

1.Agree and implement a common set of rules to ensure data and services within EOSC support interoperability.

2.Promoting the use of already existing common technical specifications, standards or infrastructure, endorsed by the various scientific communities.

3.Foster alignments with existing frameworks and standards from non-scientific large data sources of interest for research and, where appropriate, promote in such context the implementation of the FAIR principles as means to improve interoperability.

The research communities can be additionally supported through financial support to third parties in the form of grants to carry out or contribute to some of the actions under the areas and activities listed above.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, proposals should build on the work developed by the FAIRsFAIR project 43 and by the FAIR Working Group 44 of the EOSC Executive Board. In addition, they should map and incorporate all relevant outputs, services and results produced by the ESFRI Cluster projects, e-Infrastructures and the national initiatives in the above mentioned areas, as well as establish the necessary coordination and bidirectional feedback mechanism with the projects resulting from the Horizon Europe topics HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-06, HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 and the Other action "FAIR and open data sharing in support of European preparedness for COVID-19 and other infectious diseases" under this Work Programme, that will incorporate FAIR to challenge driven use cases. In addition, this topic should aim to develop concrete proposals for the cross-linking of EOSC with the other envisioned European data spaces foreseen in the European strategy for data (COM/20202/66 final). Finally, projects will need to be flexible in order to take into account and coordinate the technical work with the ongoing grant/s under topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-03, earmarking the necessary resources to do so.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-06: FAIR and open data sharing in support of cancer research

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) in compliance with EOSC requirements.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.researchers, healthcare professionals, cancer patients and survivors contributing to cancer research regularly interact with EOSC to store, share, access, analyse and process research data and other research digital objects from their own discipline, across disciplines and national borders;

2.open and FAIR data are the new norm for research conducted under this mission area;

3.EU-wide sharing of research data relevant to this area is shown to be a critical mechanism to facilitate cancer research across Member States and Associated Countries;

4.contribute to guaranteeing safety of patients’ data while at the same time contributing to research advancement. Engaging with patients/survivors in the sharing, access and use of data;

5.EOSC grows into a trusted research and innovation data space and service platform in Europe that supports the interdisciplinary community involved in this mission area;

6.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership and other relevant partnerships related to cancer research.

Scope: Reuse of research, clinical, epidemiological and socio-economic data within and across disciplines and borders require openness, infrastructure capacity, better handling, careful management, machine actionability and seamless access to services all along the data life cycle. The Horizon Europe mission areas recognise upfront that providing access to data, knowledge and digital services through federated infrastructures is a key enabling condition for success. In addition, European Partnerships tackling complex societal challenges through multi-disciplinary approaches are facing important challenges in the European R&I systems, including poor data interoperability. In recent years, different scientific communities have started developing ‘thematic clouds’ or ‘data spaces’ within their domain of research and innovation. The EOSC provides the enabling framework to share, connect and upscale best practices and services by the communities to implement FAIR principles for (open, when possible) data sharing and management. The development of this framework is advancing rapidly as EOSC enters its second phase of implementation. Access to an initial EOSC federation of research infrastructures and their services is being consolidated and concepts such as FAIR data management and FAIR-by-design digital research outputs (data, publications, software, code, protocols, etc.) become more prominent.

The overall objective of this topic is to accelerate research and innovation under this mission area through better access, management, interoperability and reuse of digital information, to be achieved by using and integrating EOSC resources ranging from EOSC federated infrastructures, services and data to guidelines, best practices, tools and metrics for the management of FAIR and open data. This should be achieved through cross-domain, strategic use cases of direct relevance to the mission areas and the European Partnerships supporting this mission area on cancer.

The use cases should demonstrate the value of sharing FAIR and open research data, help to establish data sharing and management practices within the involved communities and across the Member States and Associated Countries, leveraging European research infrastructures and e-infrastructures. The use cases should provide feedback to the EOSC Partnership on the desired future evolution of EOSC. Special attention shall be put on aspects of data harmonisation, integration of data collection, data quality assurance, data privacy and security, big-data analysis and machine learning methods, as well as on the socio-economic dimension of the use case. Proposals should also foster the creation of user environments that researchers in this field can then use in order to seamlessly interact with digital information in the framework of the EOSC ecosystem.

Proposals should provide for activities to collaborate with relevant European Partnerships. Synergies with Horizon Europe Cluster 1 activities and other relevant initiatives, including actions stemming from Cohesion policy programmes are welcome. The activities should contribute to the consolidation of a European Health Data Space which is well articulated with the EOSC. They should build on results of relevant Horizon 2020 projects, including those providing pilots/models for linking clinical data and samples to cancer research, on initiatives for cancer such as the European Cancer Information System with the European Network of Cancer Registries, the European Reference Networks, the Innovative Partnership for Action Against Cancer (iPAAC) Joint Action and on the lessons learned from the ongoing European COVID-19 Data Platform, the EU Platform for Rare Diseases’ Registration and other initiatives in other disease areas. Proposers should consider already established ESFRI research infrastructures and efforts by relevant ESFRI cluster projects.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, in areas such as data interoperability, metadata and vocabularies, the use of persistent identifiers or Authentication and Authorisation Infrastructure (AAI), proposals should coordinate and establish a feedback mechanism with the awarded proposal/s from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05 in order to ensure alignment with EOSC policies and to identify common useful tools and resources as well as relevant data repositories that comply with EOSC guidelines. Proposals are also expected to engage and/or align where appropriate with projects funded under the Other action "FAIR and open data sharing in support of European preparedness for COVID-19 and other infectious diseases" in this Work Programme, for a synergetic development of the area of Health within EOSC.

Grants awarded under this topic should also cooperate with the actions awarded under topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01 to identify and better exploit related synergies, share results and to avoid overlaps. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2022)

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 45

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 46

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 19 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-01

RIA

6.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-02

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03

RIA

16.00

6.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-04

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

30.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Open Science practices and a digitally-skilled workforce

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-01: Services and tools to underpin a research assessment system that incentivises open science practices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.enable a rewards and recognition system based on a new generation of (qualitative or quantitative) metrics and indicators 47 , leading to a culture and system change that increases the quality and impact, the creativity and the transparency of and trust in science;

2.establish a system of qualitative information based on community-led curation and annotations of research outcomes that feeds into a revamped rewards and recognition system;

3.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership.

Scope: A coherent corpus of reports and recommendations 48 shows a broad consensus among researchers and policy makers that changes in the evaluation of research and researchers’ performance are necessary in order to incentivise higher quality research, collaboration and open science practices.

This topic supports the development of EOSC-federated services and tools that allow the gathering and monitoring of information and data on the use and uptake of research outputs and of open science practices across borders and disciplines. Such tools and services are essential to collect the information to be used for next generation metrics 49 , together with qualitative indicators, in an assessment system that valorises open science.

Services and tools should collect data on the different usages of research outputs such as data sets, models, software, etc., on the usage of EOSC services, research infrastructures, data platforms, etc., and on open science practices such as those identified in the context of the Open Science Policy Platform registry of pilots and implementations of responsible metrics 50 and the RDA Interest Group on Open Science Graphs for FAIR Data 51 .

Proposals should also aim to promote the adoption of community-led curation and annotation systems to foster qualitative aspects of a new generation research assessment system. Related services should be developed, considering for example FAIRness evaluation and the use of machine learning algorithms and AI, to provide qualitative information that will enrich the meta-information of all research outputs.

The tools and services may support research-performing and/or research-funding organisations in measuring the usage, relevance, quality and impact of research outputs, research infrastructures and open science practices, thereby providing the necessary data and information for next-generation metrics and indicators for the implementation of a new research assessment system.

In developing the services and the tools, it is important to integrate a level of flexibility that allows research-performing and research-funding organisations to set their own recruitment and evaluation policies, respecting also the differences among scientific disciplines, taking into account the specificities of the different career stages and allowing for diversity in practices.

Proposals should take into account existing services, tools and infrastructures in order not to duplicate efforts, e.g. on data collection, on discipline based metadata schemas, on AAI and on Persistent Identifiers developed by projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-03.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-02: Improving and coordinating technical infrastructure for institutional open access publishing across Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.a robust pan-European network of infrastructures, with all necessary relevant service-provision, that brings together already existing not-for-profit and no APC 52 -based (‘diamond’) open access publishing initiatives in order to become an integral part of EOSC – in particular through effective support to the FAIR principles and sharing common technical infrastructure standards;

2.a comprehensive toolbox to implement common standards for technical infrastructure and service provision available in open source repositories and adopted within the network and beyond;

3.interoperable data exchange and crosslinking among the network and with FAIR-compliant data repositories and other open access infrastructures already used by the research community in order to foster the concept of ”single-point of access to services and content”;

4.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership.

Scope: This topic is addressed to not-for-profit institutions (such as universities, research centres, funders and other institutions supporting research and the dissemination of research outputs within national remits, e.g. national libraries) that run open access publishing initiatives for the public interest (non-commercial), in particular, publishing activities of journals and/or publishing platforms, and which do not levy article processing charges (APCs). Recent years have witnessed a sharp increase in open access publishing activities. Alongside commercial publishers who are in the business for publishing for profit, technology advances have enabled research-performing and other related organisations working for research to develop scholarly publishing infrastructures and services in the new digital environment, either continuing existing activities in print or in an entirely digitally-born environment. Such open access services operate in most European countries, in some cases with a national remit.

This topic aims to improve efficiency, coordination and technological alignment among the network of institutional open access publishing infrastructures and to develop and provide the technical specifications to ensure interoperability, interconnection and improved quality of services to researchers. Proposals shall build on already existing and operational publishing services across Europe and embed the open access publishing network into the EOSC ecosystem.

Proposals should cover each of the following activities:

1.improve the understanding of technologies and services in such institutional not-for profit services across Europe and provide recommendations for further alignment and interoperability;

2.coordinate the development and adoption of common technical solutions for interoperability, cross-referencing, cross-linking, and sharing metadata across the European Research Area and beyond;

3.support the implementation of technical specifications required to provide services through the EOSC, and the adoption of the essential solutions and standards (e.g. APIs, PIDs, metadata frameworks, ontologies, AAI etc.) to improve findability, accessibility, interoperability and re-usability of digital objects within the network of publishing infrastructures and in the EOSC federation.

Projects under this topic should liaise with Horizon Europe funded initiatives in the Work Programme Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area which address the non-technological aspects of institutional publishing under topics HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-43: Capacity-building for institutional open access publishing across Europe and HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-42: Supporting the development of aligned policies for open access books and monographs.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Building with the scientific community a Web of FAIR data for open science

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) in compliance with EOSC requirements.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.seamless interactions between EOSC, operational dataspaces or environments (e.g. EMODnet, Copernicus Marine Service, Global Ocean Observation System (GOOS), etc.), researchers and other stakeholders contributing to restoring healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters to store, share, access, analyse and process research data and other research digital objects from their own discipline, across research infrastructures, disciplines and national borders;

2.open and FAIR data is the new norm for research contributing to restoring healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters;

3.EU-wide sharing of research data relevant to this area is shown to be a critical mechanism to facilitate ocean and water restoration across Member States and Associated Countries;

4.EOSC grows into a trusted research and innovation data space and service platform in Europe that supports the interdisciplinary research community involved in this mission area;

5.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership and other relevant partnerships related to restoring healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters.

Scope: Reuse of research data within and across disciplines and borders require openness, infrastructure capacity, better handling, careful management, machine actionability and seamless access to services all along the data life cycle. The Horizon Europe mission areas recognise upfront that providing access to data, knowledge and digital services through federated infrastructures is a key enabling condition for success. In addition, European Partnerships tackling complex societal challenges through multi-disciplinary approaches are facing important challenges in the European R&I systems, including poor data interoperability. In recent years, different scientific communities have started developing ‘thematic clouds’ or ‘data spaces’ within their domain of research and innovation. The EOSC provides the enabling framework to share, connect and upscale best practices and services by the communities to implement FAIR principles for (open, where possible) data sharing and management. The development of this framework is advancing rapidly as EOSC enters its second phase of implementation. Access to an initial EOSC federation of research infrastructures and their services is being consolidated and concepts such as FAIR data management and FAIR-by-design digital research outputs (data, publications, software, code, protocols, etc.) become more prominent.

The overall objective of this topic is to accelerate research and innovation under this mission area through better access, management, interoperability, reuse and citation of digital information, to be achieved by using and integrating EOSC resources ranging from EOSC federated infrastructures, services and data to guidelines, best practices, tools and metrics for the management of FAIR and open data, and to extend these resources to the relevant marine and maritime domains that are less familiar with EOSC.

This should be achieved through cross-domain, strategic use cases of direct relevance to the Digital Twin of the Ocean 53 , the mission areas and the European Partnerships supporting this mission area on healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters.

The use cases should demonstrate the value of sharing FAIR and open research data, help to establish data sharing and management practices within the involved communities and across the Member States and Associated Countries, leveraging European research infrastructures and e-Infrastructures. The use cases should provide feedback to the EOSC Partnership on the desired future evolution of EOSC. Special attention shall be put on aspects of data harmonisation, data quality assurance, integration of data collection, data privacy and security, big-data analysis and machine learning methods, data and model validation, as well as on the socio-economic dimension of the use. Proposals should also foster the creation of user environments that researchers in this field can then use in order to seamlessly interact with digital information in the framework of the EOSC ecosystem.

Proposals should provide for activities to collaborate with relevant European Partnerships. Synergies with Horizon Europe Cluster 6 activities and other relevant initiatives, including actions stemming from Cohesion policy programmes, are welcome. Research and innovation should build on results of Horizon 2020 (e.g. the Blue Cloud project, the Odyssea project) and support the development of the Digital Twin of the Ocean. Proposers should consider already established ESFRI research infrastructures and efforts by relevant ESFRI cluster projects.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, in areas such as data interoperability, metadata and vocabularies, the use of persistent identifiers or AAI, proposals should coordinate and establish a feedback mechanism with the awarded proposal/s from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05 in order to ensure alignment with EOSC policies and to identify common useful tools and resources as well as relevant data repositories that comply with EOSC guidelines. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-04: Support for initiatives helping to generate global standards, specifications and recommendations for open sharing of FAIR research data, publications and software

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.standards, recommendations and methodologies essential for putting FAIR principles into practice and supporting the development of the EOSC ecosystem are developed in alignment with international efforts and practices;

2.contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership.

Scope: Support, directly or in combination with financial support to third parties, the community-driven processes that involve the research community and other stakeholders from across the world to foster the development, adoption and maintenance of generic and/or domain specific research data solutions suited to the EOSC context as well as to similar initiatives being built by other international partners. Proposals should facilitate and promote the participation of European stakeholders in such international processes.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, actions funded under this topic should coordinate with the awarded grant/s under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05 and the future procurement activity under Other Actions 54 .

DESTINATION – RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES TO SUPPORT HEALTH RESEARCH, ACCELERATE THE GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION, AND ADVANCE FRONTIER KNOWLEDGE (INFRASERV)

Inclusive access to the services provided by research infrastructures in the European Research Area is essential both for the quality of the research produced and for the training of researchers. Easy access to high-quality resources, based on clear conditions and with appropriate funding, is an important and attractive feature of the EU research and innovation system, allowing researchers to move within or from outside Europe to perform their research. An open landscape of RIs in Europe contributes to the circulation of skills and attraction of talents and promotes European cohesion.

The support under past Framework Programmes of trans-national and virtual access to RIs has opened to research communities across Europe state-of-the-art services and resources for their scientific activities. RIs are key players in the generation of knowledge and drivers of scientific excellence in Europe. In conjunction with the European Open Science Cloud and Technology Infrastructures, they are crucial enablers of research and innovation. The provision of services at EU level has been so far mainly organised per types of infrastructures or disciplines. The complexity and urgency of the socio-economic and environmental transition that Europe is facing requires interdisciplinary approaches and a new challenge-driven provision of customised services able to accelerate the pace of the research cycle and the delivery of solutions.

Actions under this destination will provide efficient and customised research infrastructure services to drive and enable the transition toward a sustainable Europe and a prosperous economy. RI services (e.g. access to unique scientific tools and facilities, samples provision, processing and analysis, data and modelling services) will be directed to support an effective and responsive health system and to accelerate the transition towards a green and digital future. Specific alignments and synergies with priorities in Pillar 2 will be developed and research infrastructure support will duly contribute to the identified missions and partnerships under Horizon Europe. At the same time, research infrastructures, which are key players in the generation of fundamental knowledge and drivers of scientific excellence in Europe, will also continue enabling the advancement of frontier knowledge in areas complementary to those addressed through a challenge-driven approach.

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to several of the following impacts:

1.Reinforced research infrastructures capacity to provide at scale and across the EU services to support excellent research to address societal challenges, and Horizon Europe missions and partnerships’ objectives;

2.Enhanced and increased society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making in areas linked to health, and the green and digital transition, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications, through the provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services;

3.New discoveries and knowledge breakthroughs enabled by access provision to the best and in some cases unique state-of-the-art RIs;

4.A new generation of researchers trained to optimally exploit all the essential and advanced tools for their research;

5.Cross-fertilisation and a wider sharing of knowledge and technologies across disciplines and between academia and industry and businesses.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01

112.20

10.30

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-SERV-01

38.00

21 Sep 2022

Overall indicative budget

112.20

48.30

Call - Research infrastructure services to support health research, accelerate the green and digital transformation, and advance frontier knowledge (2021)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 55

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 56

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01

RIA

70.00

10.00 to 15.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02

RIA

70.00

10.00 to 15.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03

RIA

70.00

10.00 to 15.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04

RIA

70.00

10.00 to 15.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05

RIA

70.00

7.00 to 10.00

1

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-06

RIA

9.00

2.50 to 4.50

3

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-07

RIA

33.20

10.30

10.00 to 14.50

3

Overall indicative budget

112.20

10.30

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Topics under this call bring together several complementary and interdisciplinary research infrastructures to provide trans-national access (in-person, when the user visits the infrastructure to make use of it or remote access) and/or virtual access to integrated and customised research infrastructures services for challenge-driven research and innovation or advancing frontier knowledge. Access also includes ad hoc users’ training and scientific and technical support. Harmonisation, customisation and virtualisation of research infrastructures services will also be supported.

A challenge-driven provision of research infrastructure services

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01: Research infrastructures services to support research addressing cancer

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 70.00 million. 57

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

·The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

·The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services enhancing and increasing society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making in the health areas, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications;

2.advancement of knowledge for personalised cancer prevention strategies and treatments;

3.accelerated availability of solutions and products to patients in need;

4.wider access to specialised R&I services to underpin the competitiveness of the European industry and of biotech SMEs developing new personalised cancer prevention strategies and treatments.

Scope: Proposals under this topic aim at integrating at EU level and providing access to a wide and inclusive portfolio of complementary research infrastructure services, including data services, and customised workflows supporting R&I projects along the development pipeline from discovery research to personalised treatment of cancer. Services should also support activities addressing the socio-economic dimension of cancer, the development of evidence-based public health measures and patient-centred approaches, as well as regulatory aspects of novel biomedical products or relevant biomarkers.

Proposals will support the provision of trans-national and/or virtual access to researchers as well as training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and combine the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services.

In order to facilitate user access, different interfaces could be developed, offering tailored resources and services for different types of cancer or different classes of users.

Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 58 .

Proposals could foster cross-fertilisation by offering technologies involved in cancer advanced therapies to research projects targeting other major chronic disease.

Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be duly addressed.

Appropriate links and complementarities will be ensured with the Horizon Europe Mission on cancer 59 . Other major European or international initiatives, including the EU Beating Cancer Plan and the new EU biomedical research agency recently announced by the European Commission, should be duly taken into account. Whenever appropriate, proposals should foster the use and deployment of (open) global standards.

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for the scope. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 60 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructures services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

Proposals should also look to establish active collaboration with clinical centres to facilitate translation of research results into clinical practice.

Research infrastructures from third countries 61 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

Proposals should consider the inclusion of infrastructures that can facilitate a rapid transition of research findings to innovations and therefore, to society.

Proposals should include an outreach and engagement plan to actively advertise its services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

To identify and better exploit related synergies, share results and avoid overlaps, grants awarded under this topic should cooperate with those awarded under topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-06. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 62 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02: Research infrastructures services for a sustainable and resilient agriculture and agro-ecological transitions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 70.00 million. 63

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services enhancing and increasing society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making for resilient and sustainable agriculture systems and its nexus with environment, health and food security, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications;

2.wider understanding of the main threats (e.g.: emerging pests and diseases, antimicrobial resistance, climate change;) and socio-economic benefits (e.g.: high quality, safe, accessible and affordable food; improved human and animal wellbeing; resilience of local communities;) of a systemic approach to sustainable and resilient agriculture and agroecological transition;

3.higher levels of integration between RIs services to better support the development of sustainable agroecological systems for a healthy planet as well as the protection and preservation of natural resources and biodiversity under changing climate conditions;

4.wider catalogues of RI services and capacities enabling researchers to access, generate, share, analyse and interpret various and heterogeneous factors influencing agro-ecological systems and thus paving the way to ambitious and sustainable advancements in the field and foster trans-disciplinarity;

5.strengthened climate-change resilience, sustainability and the development of smart innovation in agriculture for sustainable rural transformation;

6.effective support to the Green Deal objectives, the One Planet Summit’s commitments, the implementation of the Farm to Fork strategy and enhanced contribution to related SDGs, notably poverty, hunger, ecosystems’ sustainability and climate action.

Scope: This topic aims at integrating and providing trans-national and/or virtual access to a complementary and interdisciplinary research infrastructures services to support R&I in view of achieving a sustainable and resilient agriculture and support agro-ecological transitions, in line with the One-Health approach. This approach appears to be particularly relevant to provide evidence to restore biodiversity, increase efficiency in the use of resources and prevent future crises. Research infrastructures should integrate, customise and offer a wide range of services to support agricultural research also in relation with agroforestry, aquaculture, horticulture, husbandry and pastoralism, taking into account the value chain, social and behavioural aspects and possibly human and animal nutrition dimensions.

Appropriate links and complementarities will be ensured with Horizon Europe Missions, in particular the one on Soil health and food 64 , on Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation 65 and with the relevant Horizon Europe partnerships identified in the Horizon Europe strategic plan, in particular the ones on “accelerating farming systems transitions: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures”, “animal health and welfare” and “agriculture of data 66 ”. Other major European or international initiatives relevant for the scope should be taken into account. Whenever appropriate, proposals should foster the use and deployment of global standards.

Proposals will support access provision to researchers as well as training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and integrate the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services.

Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 67 .

RIs services will include access to agricultural data, tools and models relevant for human, plants and animal health and wellbeing; tools for rapid and precise analysis of agronomic and husbandry practices’ performance and main threats on agriculture (i.e. emerging pests and diseases, climate change, including drought, soil health, pollution and contaminants, etc.); methods to assess socio-economic impact of moving to more sustainable and resilient agriculture including agroecological transition (e.g. quality and safe food, health and wellbeing of people, animals and plants, farm and rural resilience). RI services will also support the development of mitigation and adaptation strategies and policy frameworks for a more resilient and sustainable agriculture.

Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant. Appropriate links and complementarities will be ensured with the relevant data spaces.

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for the scope. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 68 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructures services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

Research infrastructures from third countries 69 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 70 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03: Research infrastructures services for responding to climate-related risks on the environment

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 70.00 million. 71

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced and increased society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making in areas of climate-related risks, risk management, health and green transition, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications, through the provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services;

2.enhanced and integrated cross-disciplinary R&I capacities addressing climate related-risks in Europe and in particular support relevant R&I objectives of Horizon Europe clusters, missions or partnerships;

3.harmonisation of data policies and management of IPRs and ethical issues; interoperability across disciplines and with risk management platforms;

4.researchers in the environment and climate change able to optimally exploit the research infrastructure services relevant for their research.

Scope:  

Climate change and land use are increasing the occurrence and severity of natural hazards notably floods, storm surges, landslides, droughts, desertification, cryosphere melting and fires in Europe and their negative impacts. Research to understand the interlinked processes and to develop new knowledge and tools necessary to better predict, mitigate and adapt to these risks requires an integrated and strongly cross-disciplinary approach and access to very diverse research infrastructures (such as observatories, experimental facilities, modelling capacities or data infrastructures). However, necessary research infrastructures, including those prioritised by ESFRI, are often targeting primarily one or few disciplines, scientific communities or risks and cannot, individually, sufficiently serve a truly integrated and cross-disciplinary approach.

Proposals will bring together key complementary and possibly heterogeneous national and European research infrastructures to provide effective access to an integrated wide range of RI services (e.g.: observations, models and experimental platforms) necessary for highly cross-disciplinary research and innovation addressing climate-related multi-hazards risks in Europe including their social dimension. Actions will in particular offer, when appropriate, fit-for-purpose access modalities facilitating the joint selection and or coherent scheduling of cross-disciplinary user project(s) by several research infrastructures, ad-hoc support and training of (new) users, customised RI data, data products, scientific services including joint services by complementary infrastructures. Actions will develop interoperability among the research infrastructures as well as with relevant initiatives and programmes and facilitate the use of external data and services, such as Copernicus services, to further develop their portfolio of multi- and cross-disciplinary scientific services.

Proposals aim at supporting the provision of trans-national and/or virtual access to researchers as well as training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and integrate the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services.

Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 72 .

Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

Proposals should duly take into account major European or international initiatives relevant in the field/for the scope. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of global standards.

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for the scope. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 73 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructures services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

Research infrastructures from third countries 74 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Actions should design customised and/or new RI services taking into account the needs of ongoing research in the field and of existing disaster risk management knowledge platforms and networks (e.g. the JRC Disaster Risk Management Knowledge Centre). Due attention to the latest development of Horizon Europe priorities, its Missions and Partnerships will ensure appropriate links and complementarities. Actions should provide for a flexible approach to address ad-hoc R&I specific requests and to respond to long-term or recurrent needs.

Proposals could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its Molecular Ecotoxicology and Microbiology laboratory  75 , for the detection of antimicrobial resistance genes, viral RNA in water by quantitative PCR, metagenomics analysis of water samples, as well as in-house bioassays systems for detection of chemical pollutants’ mixture analysis.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 76 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04: Research infrastructures services enabling the development of materials for a circular economy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 70.00 million. 77

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced and increased society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making in areas of sustainable materials and green transition, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications, through the provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services;

2.development of a world-class European research and technology ecosystem underpinning the development of materials and materials processing and the related value chains;

3.optimum exploitation of R&I services relevant for materials research for a circular economy;

4.enhanced competitiveness of current and emerging industries through the availability of the most advanced research and technology infrastructures R&I services;

5.breakthrough research and innovation in materials development and materials processing;

6.materials enabling products with increased durability and/or reusability 78 ;

7.cross-fertilisation and a wider sharing of knowledge and technologies across the various disciplines that contribute to materials for a circular economy;

8.enhanced socio-economic impact of investments in research infrastructures from EU countries and from the European Structural and Investment Funds.

Scope: This action brings together several complementary and interdisciplinary key research infrastructures relevant for materials research and innovation for a circular economy. The facilities will provide coordinated and integrated transnational and/or virtual access to technically advanced instrumentation and scientific methods in a user-friendly way. The facilities will also jointly develop and provide specific service workflows that are relevant for the R&I activities. The services should address different TRLs and they should be relevant for stakeholders along the whole value chain and in view of possible industrial applications. The facilities will provide training for their use including for services such as materials modelling, data mining, and experiment design.

Proposals aim at supporting the provision of trans-national and/or virtual access to researchers as well as training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and integrate the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services.

Access provision activities will also contribute to address the objectives of European initiatives, such as the Circular Economy Action Plan and the EU Strategy for Plastics in the Circular Economy, to tackle critical issues such as materials design, processing, recycling, and recovery in a cradle-to-cradle cycle.

Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 79 .

Proposals should clearly identify research communities and potential industrial users, which can benefit from this pan-European open access to research services and advanced instrumentations offered by internationally renowned facilities and strengthen the cooperation among academic and industrial researchers.

Proposals are expected to take into account relevant major European initiatives, such as the Open Innovation Test Beds, to exploit synergies or to build partnerships. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of global standards.

Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for the scope. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 80 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructures services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

Research infrastructures from third countries 81 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 82 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05: Research infrastructures services for sustainable and inclusive Global Value Chain and Europe recovery from socio-economic crises

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 70.00 million. 83

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.scientific evidence for developing the European Recovery Plan and the design of European policies for trade, production, employment and investments in relation to Global Value Chain;

2.enhanced society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacities to recover from socio-economic crises;

3.strengthened EU position on the global market;

4.contribution to the definition of standards in evolving markets;

5.provision of evidence on labour market patterns and needed skills.

Scope: Global value chains (GVCs) nowadays account for almost half of all international trade. In this age of global value chains, and especially at a time when the world economy and supply chains are challenged by the COVID-19 crisis, GVCs and their role in international trade and economic growth across the world as well as their impact on employment and skill are more important than ever.

Proposals will bring together complementary and possibly heterogeneous national and European research infrastructures to provide effective access to an integrated wide range of RI services providing insights into the functioning, characteristics and impacts of Global Value Chains. Research infrastructures services will allow to assess to what extent the configuration of value chains helps to reinforce the resilience of production processes, investments and employment. They will also enable research in and analysis of the consequences of the international fragmentation of production.

Proposals will support the provision of trans-national and/or virtual access to researchers as well as training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and integrate the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures, and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services. Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 84 .

Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

Proposals should duly take into account major European or international initiatives relevant in the field/for the scope. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of global standards.

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for the scope. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 85 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructures services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

Research infrastructures from third countries 86 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 87 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation.

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-06: Enabling research infrastructure services for better use of imaging data to address challenges in thematic research areas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.improved acquisition, quality, interoperability and analysis of imaging data from different disciplines (e.g.: health & food, climate and environmental research, digital transformation);

2.wider use of image analysis services based on AI in different scientific areas.

Scope: The availability of high-performance image analysis tools, including those based on AI, through the provision of RI services, has a great potential to improve the use of image data for research purposes. These services enable better use of imaging data by aligning data formats, ensuring better data quality and noise reduction, improving interoperability, applying advanced data analysis, interpretation and potentially visualisation, as well as by integrating imaging data with other data sets of different types.

Use of artificial intelligence as enabler for better exploitation of data sets for research queries will be an important contribution from research infrastructures to the Commission’s AI strategy proposed in the Commission’s White Paper On Artificial Intelligence - A European approach to excellence and trust (COM(2020) 65 final). Proposals under this topic bring together several complementary and interdisciplinary RIs to provide trans-national access (in-person, when the user visits the infrastructure to make use of it or remote access) and/or virtual access to integrated and customised RI services for challenge-driven research and innovation. Access also includes ad hoc users’ training and scientific and technical support. Harmonisation, customisation and virtualisation of RI services will also be supported.

Successful proposals will offer services, including AI-based services for improved analysis of imaging data in different thematic areas (e.g. environmental monitoring, life sciences, chemistry, physics,...). Appropriate links and complementarities must be ensured with the existing AI4EU platform 88 and relevant activities under Pillar II of Horizon Europe.

AI-based tools and services will make use of the EOSC commons as working environment where these tools, services and relevant data sets will be made findable and accessible for use, thus making EOSC operational for the delivery of research infrastructure data services for thematic research challenges.

Research infrastructures services advancing frontier knowledge

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-07: Research infrastructures services advancing frontier knowledge

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 14.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 43.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following application of the general award criteria including any weighting and thresholds applies:

For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering different scientific domains, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those projects that are the highest ranked within each scientific domain, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.wider, simplified, and more efficient access to the best research infrastructures available to researchers to conduct curiosity-driven research, irrespective of location;

2.breakthrough and leading-edge research enabled by advanced research infrastructure services made available to a wider user community;

3. improved and harmonised RI services and broader use of RI resources across Europe deriving from the exploitation of synergies and complementarities;

4.a new generation of researchers trained to optimally exploit all the essential tools for their research;

5.cross-disciplinary fertilisations and a wider sharing of information, knowledge and technologies across scientific fields fostered by closer interactions between researchers active in and around research infrastructures;

6.better management, including implementing FAIR data principle, of the continuous flow of data collected or produced by research infrastructures.

Scope: This topic aims at providing trans-national access (on-site or remote) and/or virtual access to integrated and customised RI services for curiosity-driven research in wide scientific domains, offered by a wide range of complementary and interdisciplinary top level research infrastructures. Scientific domains are identified on the basis of a Multi-Annual Priority Setting (MAPS) exercise aiming at achieving a balanced coverage of scientific disciplines addressed under the INFRASERV destination as well as complementarities with Horizon 2020 ongoing grants offering access provision. Within identified domains, emerging areas of research can also be served. The MAPS follows the taxonomy used in the ESFRI Roadmap.

In 2021, the scientific domains called under this topic are:

1.Geosphere, including geo-hazards and geo-resources;

2.Biosphere: terrestrial biodiversity and ecosystems, including Arctic and forest;

3.Particle and nuclear physics.

Training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and harmonise the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures, and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services may also be supported.

Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 89 .

Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

Proposals should duly take into account major European or international initiatives relevant in the domain. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of (open) global standards.

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for frontier research in the domain. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 90 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructures services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

Proposals in the Geosphere domain could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its European Laboratory for Structural Assessment (ELSA) 91 , for testing full-scale large structures under earthquakes and other threats to structural stability. The unique dimensions and testing capabilities of the ELSA Reaction Wall permit bi-directional testing of real size multi-storey buildings and critical elements of even larger structures, such as bridges.

Research infrastructures from third countries 92 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 93 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users.

Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - Research infrastructure services to support health research and accelerate the digital transformation (2022)

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-SERV-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 94

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 95

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 01 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-SERV-01-01

RIA

38.00

Around 38.00

1

Overall indicative budget

38.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

EBRAINS 96 is an integrative, distributed digital research infrastructure (RI) of pan-European relevance, designed and prepared as part of the Human Brain Project 97 (HBP) during Horizon 2020 to cross-fertilise progress in neuroscience, medicine and advanced computing including AI.

While EBRAINS is a candidate ESFRI RI, the topic below is to support the RI implementation and enrichment to ensure the delivery of a cloud-based wide-range of integrated facilities and distributed specialised competence centres, for comprehensively serving the European communities for neuroscience and research in brain medicine, including for dementia and other neurodegenerative conditions, and brain-inspired cognitive technologies.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-SERV-01-01: Implementing digital services to empower neuroscience research for health and brain inspired technology via EBRAINS

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 38.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 38.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000 except for the actual development of the new services where it can be up to EUR 200 000 for each third party.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.integrated multi-disciplinary collaborative tools and services widely serving the European neuroscientific community, providing them with FAIR data indexing and archival, multilevel data mining and modelling/simulation of brain functions, and empowering workflows for reproducible research;

2.a rich collection of multilevel human brain models, atlases and workflows, directly supporting the research and development for personalised brain medical treatments e.g. target binding drugs, precise neuro-stimulation positioning and guided surgery, regarding brain diseases such as epilepsy, Parkinson, consciousness disorders, or rare or multi-factor diseases;

3.a comprehensive set of cognitive brain model scaffolds and associated modular / large-size neuromorphic and neurorobotic facilities for assisting the design and validation of applicative cognitive technologies benefitting from neurosciences latest knowledge, as enablers for autonomous and adaptive robotics approaches that use fast sensory processing and decision-making capabilities;

4.supplementary population of EBRAINS facilities with multidisciplinary services/applications that answer well-identified new neuroscience related S&T needs, in correlation with national and European research priorities for neuroscience, brain medicine and cognitive-technologies;

5.integration of EBRAINS with EOSC and linkage with common European data spaces in the life science and health sector;

6.better-aligned national investments in neuroscience across Europe, building on the Member States’ and Associated Countries’ specialised competence centres, which in turn will help creating additional synergies and enabling further research activities around the EBRAINS services.

Scope: Building on the EBRAINS architecture and base facilities developed under Horizon 2020, the scope of this action is to:

1. To implement a user-friendly service infrastructure along the principles of Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and Platform as a Service (PaaS) to widely serve the research communities in neurosciences, brain medicine and brain-inspired cognitive technologies. This includes the following dimensions:

1.Enabling the EBRAINS research infrastructure digital facilities supporting neuroscience dedicated tools and services, with a high quality of service including robustness, security, scalability, flexibility, usability and user-centricity. This includes a sustainable system for allocation and management of data capacities and of simulation and computing service resources.

2.Establishing in-depth collaboration with teams from other European research and testing infrastructures and of EOSC, in order to ensure efficiency and harmonisation, e.g. regarding Authorisation, Authentication and Identification (AAI), Persistent Identifiers (PID), discovery ontologies and API for both services and data.

3.Directly interfacing with the European HPC capacities towards exascale, deployed in EuroHPC and capitalising on the FENIX 98 developments for big-data integration and interactive use.

4.Delivering an efficient Europe-wide service to researchers, based on promoting excellence and innovation, and supporting users’ digital experiments with the assistance of high-level support teams and feedback mechanisms, and guiding communities in developing novel software solutions that build on the EBRAINS base offering.

5.Deploying an open metrics framework to assess the EBRAINS performances reached, the efficiency of the facilities offered in particular regarding the human-based services, and the uptake especially regarding the enabled science excellence and related results and the medical and technological innovation empowerment.

2. To develop, integrate in EBRAINS, and operate:

1.Constantly improving open science services/applications that respond to up-to-date and upcoming identified needs of the neuroscientific community, with a co-design approach and in-depth engagement with scientific, medical and industrial stakeholders and the establishment of an appropriate and transparent prioritisation mechanism. This includes ensuring openness to other research groups and new applications; reaching out to scientific and industrial communities, including with tailored training and skills development programmes.

2.The deployment of complementary S&T services from regional or national competence nodes, supporting and enriching the cloud-based deliveries and facilitating the sharing of produced data and use of national resources.

In addition to the above, EBRAINS should open its approaches to other communities, going beyond neuroscience, for example by supporting compute-intensive simulation to identify candidate drugs addressing new disease targets in other explicit medical domains where this approach is justified.

The financial support to third parties mechanism (see specific call conditions) can be used to design and develop new services (under item 2) and/or to facilitate the co-design approaches and/or the targeted involvement of broader stakeholders, user communities and competence nodes.

DESTINATION – NEXT GENERATION OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION, TOOLS AND METHODS AND ADVANCED DIGITAL SOLUTIONS (INFRATECH)

Scientific communities cannot adequately respond to current research challenges without having access to state-of-the-art scientific instruments and tools. Their constant adaptation, upgrading and innovation, as the underlying technologies develop at a very rapid pace, is critical for providing the optimal conditions for scientific advancements and discoveries in Europe.

The aim of this destination is the development of ground-breaking RI technologies, including scientific instruments, tools, methods, and advanced digital solutions, to enable new discoveries and keep Europe’s RIs at the highest level of excellence in science, while paving the way to innovative solutions to societal challenges and new industrial applications, products and services. New instruments and tools (such as advanced sensors, imaging devices, light source detectors, high-tech developments for accelerators, robots/automated solutions) and advanced digital solutions (e.g. digital twins, data analytics and AI tools, etc.) for RI upgrade, will enable solutions to be found even for the most demanding scientific and societal challenges.

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Enhanced global competitiveness and technological excellence of Europe in an extremely fast-moving environment through investments into the development, of forward-looking technical instruments and tools for European RIs.

2.Enhanced competitiveness of European industry through co-development with industrial actors of advanced RI technologies and technology transfer;

3.Opening up of new areas of research and development of new industrial applications/products;

4.Development of skills of RI staff aligned with the advancements of the RI technologies;

5.Transdisciplinarity, cross-fertilisation and a wider sharing of knowledge and technologies between academia and industry;

6.Wider use of AI in research and enhanced data-based research across Europe.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-TECH-01

28.00

8.00

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01

110.00

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

28.00

118.00

Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods (2021)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-TECH-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 99

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 100

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-TECH-01-01

RIA

28.00

8.00

9.00 to 12.00

4

Overall indicative budget

28.00

8.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-TECH-01-01: Interdisciplinary digital twins for modelling and simulating complex phenomena at the service of research infrastructure communities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 9.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Co-design approach with the intended user communities is required due to the specific nature of this topic.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 or higher by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Research infrastructures are not only thematically very diverse but also in terms of size, ranging from the long tail of science, often characterised by individual laboratories or small groups of researchers, to large, “big science” collaborations. Scientists and researchers, including the long-tail of science, lack capabilities enabling complex simulations, combining simulations with observations and dealing with very large volumes of diverse data from various and distributed sources. The availability of high-quality Digital Twins 101 across a wide range of thematic applications could fill this gap.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.availability of a pre-operational prototype of an interdisciplinary Digital Twin, using a combination of the latest digital technologies, relevant to addressing challenges where multi-disciplinarity is the defining element of complexity;

2.availability of latest modelling and prediction technologies in a number of different areas widely serving research communities and supporting interoperability of data and software, integration and collaboration across different scientific domains, disciplines and across the different research infrastructures involved;

3.a robust framework enabling Researchers to ensure the quality, reliability, verifiability of the data, information and outputs of such Digital Twins and to exploit to the maximum the existing and new data made available through the Common European Data Spaces and the European Open Science Cloud.

Scope: Actions should develop digital twins that provide advanced modelling, simulation and prediction capabilities to RIs and their research communities through a convergent use of advanced digital technologies such as high performance computing, software, AI methods and big data analytics.

With the advent of big data analytics and supercomputing, AI methods have the potential to allow exploiting the full potential of simulations and observations at significantly enhanced scales and to substantially increase the value, which can be extracted from investments into digital infrastructures and hardware. This fusion of models and real-time data is of crucial importance in many scientific areas, which – due to the complexity of the underlying phenomena – are heavily dependent on converging traditional modelling with the increasing amount of real-time data in order to arrive at more accurate present-state assessments and predictions (e.g. high energy physics, astrophysics, environmental research, security applications, materials research, resource efficiency, econometrics, population dynamics and related global changes).

Achieving this will require a co-design approach with user communities. Target should be the development of more integrated systems and a consistent set of standard methods and protocols in the areas of (a) model and data fusion for optimal synergy between observations and models, including provisions to include information from the entire digital continuum (from smart sensors, IoT, big data to citizen science type of information, high-performance computing; and (b) visualisation and artificial intelligence based knowledge generation from spatio-temporal information.

Given the emerging nature of the Digital Twin concept as applied to more complex phenomena, work should also cover the development of quality measures and trust, development of standard quality mapping and indicators for appropriately communicating differences in qualities of inputs and outputs from digital twins, addressing issues such as data and model pedigree, accuracy and lack of knowledge.

In addition to addressing pertinent priority areas in an interdisciplinary manner, proposals should also demonstrate the following:

·Deliver a breakthrough in terms of accuracy and realism

·Optimally fuse observations and models

·Integrate downstream sectors at the source of data production (adjacent science sectors)

·Include a rigorous handling of quality and confidence of information

·Develop capabilities of the new digital continuum enabling research communities to continuously learn and update themselves from data and information originating from different sources

Work under this topic should reach a sufficiently high TRL level (6-7) to be considered for integration into operational activities of for example existing research infrastructures, the EOSC platform, and undertaken in related fields.

Work under this topic should link to relevant actions, when appropriate, under Digital Europe Programme (e.g. Destination Earth).

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods (2022)

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 102

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 103

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 19 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01-01

RIA

110.00

5.00 to 10.00

11

Overall indicative budget

110.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01-01: R&D for the next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 110.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: consortia must include at least 3 different research infrastructures, each of them being an ESFRI infrastructure, and/or a European Research Infrastructures Consortium (ERIC) or another research infrastructure of European interest (i.e. a research infrastructure 104 which is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The specific conditions are described in General Annex H.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced scientific competitiveness of European research infrastructures

2.foundations for the development of innovative companies;

3.increase of the technological level of industries through the co-development of advanced technologies for research infrastructures and creation of potential new markets;

4.integration of research infrastructures into local, regional and global innovation systems.

Scope: The aim of this topic is to deliver innovative scientific instrumentation, tools and methods, which advance the state-of-art of European RIs, and show transformative potential in RIs operation. The related developments, which underpin the provision of improved and advanced services, should lead research infrastructures to support new areas of research and/or a wider community of users, including industrial users.

Cutting-edge technologies will also enhance the potential of RIs to contribute addressing EU policy objectives and socio-economic challenges.

Proposals should address all following aspects:

1.Research and development of new scientific instrumentation, tools and methods for research infrastructures taking into due account resource efficiency (e.g. energy consumption) and environmental (including climate-related) impacts;

2.their technology validation and prototyping;

3.training of RI staff for the operation and use of these new solutions;

4.the innovative potential for industrial exploitation of the solutions and/or for the benefits of the society.

Consortia must be built around a leading core of at least 3 world-class research infrastructures, being ESFRI infrastructures, European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) and/or other world-class research infrastructures of European interest 105 and can include a wider set of RIs. Other technological partners, including industry and SMEs, should also be involved, thus promoting innovation and knowledge sharing through co-development of new technical solutions for research infrastructures.

Proposals may include PCP 106 subcontracting activities as described in part H of the General Annexes of the Work Programme. This option encourages the use of public procurements for the competitive development of new specific solutions, whilst opening market opportunities for industry and researchers active in Europe. By establishing the procurement process in consecutive phases, the PCP activity can support the development of competing designs, prototypes, and solution testing. This ensures that investment risks do not prevent tackling specific scientific and technological issues, and allows to approach a problem from different angles and to test different solutions.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

DESTINATION – NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN RESEARCH AND EDUCATION - ENABLING COLLABORATION WITHOUT BOUNDARIES (INFRANET)

The way scientific research is conducted has dramatically changed over the last years. Network, storage and computing services provide the foundation to conduct modern scientific research. Today the data for research is generated from countless sources and large instruments across the globe (e.g. CERN/Copernicus/Galileo/ESO 107 /SKA 108 ) and stored in data repositories. Allowing scientists to conduct excellent research requires high-bandwidth networks and network services to interconnect researchers, data and computing resources in a non-discriminatory way regardless of the location of the users and the resources.

The federation of National Research and Education Networks shape a fundamental building-block of Europe’s e-infrastructure landscape, delivering a pan-European network for scientific excellence, research, education and innovation by providing an integrated catalogue of services for connectivity, collaboration, security and trust-and-identity that ensure Europe remains at the forefront of research.

This community has the potential to develop a new pan-European investment programme to reach Terabit capacity and meet the huge growth in network capacity and demand for advanced services for Research and Education. This programme will set the basis for a paradigm shift in the digital science and computational infrastructures planned for research and education over the next 10 years.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-NET-01-FPA

02 Sep 2021

Overall indicative budget

Call - Network connectivity in Research and Education - Enabling collaboration without boundaries (2021)

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-NET-01-FPA

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 109

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

Number of projects expected to be funded

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 02 Sep 2021

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-NET-01-01-FPA

FPA

1

Overall indicative budget

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-NET-01-01-FPA: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for Research and Education Networks

Specific conditions

Type of Action

Framework Partnership Agreement

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.very high-bandwidth, end-to-end connectivity among research and education users all over Europe, and cross-border collaboration services that are reliable and secure, enabling Europe to overcome the remaining Digital Divide and to be at the forefront of global Research and Education, attracting data and talent;

2.secure access to computing facilities and data repositories for European and International research infrastructures (RIs) and paving the way for widespread access to common European Data Spaces;

3.an integrated portfolio of services for connectivity, collaboration, security, trust and identity;

4.collaboration with international partners, to foster global RI connectivity in line with Europe’s international cooperation policy objectives.

Scope: Building on the successful former partnership in this field and the achievements delivered under the Horizon 2020 framework programme, and considering the need for continuing the provision of critical services for the scientific and research community without disruption, the Commission calls for a new partnership with the National Research and Education Networks that would cover the whole duration of Horizon Europe, with the following general objectives:

1.Provide faster, resilient, agile and secure connectivity services for enabling scientists, researchers and students to access near real-time applications that support development of solutions and evidence-based decision-making for society and a worldwide effective collaboration of virtual research communities. The aim is to provide connectivity in the European Research Area (ERA) in multiples of 100 Gbps, paving the way for Terabit connectivity in certain areas where higher bandwidth is required for both disciplinary and interdisciplinary research collaboration amongst the researchers and scientists across Europe and beyond. Both the cross-European educational dimension and providing ERA scientists and researchers with optimal and secure access to research infrastructures (RI) and data resources worldwide are within the scope of the FPA.​

The scope of the partnership activities should be to deliver an action plan on basis of jointly agreed objectives, covering the next 7 years of work. The action plan should cover the following areas of activity:

1. High quality connectivity and collaboration services for excellence in Research and Education

1.Provide operational excellence by delivering and developing high quality, secure, trusted, interoperable and cost-effective services, connectivity and collaboration services for both Research and Education sectors and align service offering for supporting the policy agenda of ERA 110 , EEA 111 and EHEA 112 : to enable borderless collaboration, and attract talent from anywhere in the world to cooperate and exchange data with their peers.

2.Provide core services on security and identity federation, in coordination with other e-infrastructure and heterogeneous identity providers to enable service interoperability and a trusted and seamless user experience. National and European regulation in electronic identity (e.g., such e-IDAS) should be considered in particular for the development of Trust & Identity service in order to maximise societal impact beyond the research and scientific community.

3.Innovation of the service portfolio, including possible activities at lower TRL levels, in order to support researchers working on new network and added-value services such as super high transfer speeds, quantum network testing, etc.

4.Stimulating the development of consortium partners’ human capital (including training, secondment and exchange schemes) will be an important pillar in fostering service innovation and assuring expertise in all Member States and Associated Countries.

2. State-of-the-art connectivity for the wider European Digital Infrastructure

1.Push the boundaries of the state-of-the-art of the communication commons by constant development of both innovative multi-domain services and their use, and by translating this innovation into a competitive European ICT sector. This can include interconnection with key European data spaces and data repositories, including the Common European data spaces 113 and with a wide spectrum of actors, e.g. industry and SMEs in collaboration with commercial operators.

2.Adapt to the changing environment by the continuous development of the service portfolio of the European communications commons while maintaining the high level of accountability, security, measurability, transparency and sustainability. Actions should align with and contribute to the regulatory, standardisation and policy framework in order to enable full exploitation of the communications commons.

3.Progressive upgrade from a Gigabit to a Terabit network as a critical part of the main public digital infrastructures in the EU.

3. International connectivity and collaboration

1.Services and network architecture shall enable European driven researchers and scientists unconstrained access to data and resources worldwide while attracting data and talent. Activities in the international realm shall clearly foster international cooperation among researchers, contribute to the objectives of other relevant EU programmes and policies, and leverage the existing resources to maximise impact. Capacity building activities will be a crosscutting element in international cooperation.

Wherever necessary in implementing the action plan, the partnership should make recourse to procurement as a fundamental tool for maximising the utility of available resources and broadening the offer of state-of-the-art digital services to scientific, research and education communities. The action plan should specify the main areas where procurement is expected to take place. Whenever the partnership makes recourse to procurement activities, it should explore broader scenarios and business models (including the participation in innovative procurement actions) for the benefit of the research and education community and potentially the wider user base.

The partnership should also develop close synergies with EU Policy and EU Programmes, wherever these are relevant for its activities, for instance with Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA) or the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its KICs, for activities related to human capital development, training, and international collaboration. It may also seek synergies with other programmes and funding lines of the EU that demonstrate greater impact potential and or better efficiency in the use of resources in the implementation of the action plan.

The long-term cooperation between the Commission and the selected partners will be formalised within a Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) covering the entire duration of Horizon Europe. The extended duration of the partnership is justified by the need to provide a stable environment for the implementation of a European communications commons and uninterrupted provisioning of digital services.

Through the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA), the Commission intends to award specific grants to implement the action plan agreed in the FPA, in accordance with the procedures laid down in the FPA (see also section on "Other actions").

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grants to identified beneficiaries

1. Conference on European Research Infrastructures: 20 years of ESFRI, achievements and future insights

Expected outcomes:

The conference will contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Valorisation of the impact of ESFRI on European R&I system over the 20 years

2.Reinforcement of the role of ESFRI and the European RIs in the renewed ERA

3.Increased awareness of the research and innovation actors of the opportunities provided by European RIs

Scope:

The conference is planned in France, under the French Presidency of the European Union, in the first semester of 2022.

The conference will focus on the following issues: (1) presentation of main achievements of ESFRI over the 20 years, (2) ESFRI process as catalyst for alignment of national RI priorities and funding, (3) changing landscape of R&I in Europe – challenges and opportunities for RIs, (4) ESFRI as a model for effective governance of R&I policy.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals, according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation, to the legal entity identified below, as this is the ministry responsible for the event designated by France.

Legal entities:

Ministère de l'Enseignement supérieur, de la Recherche et de l'Innovation, Rue Descartes 1 - 75005 Paris, France

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Second quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget

2. International Conference on Research Infrastructures – ICRI 2022

Expected outcomes: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.Contribution to address global challenges with a global dimension;

2.Increased capacity of Europe to respond, in cooperation with international players, to emerging challenges at global level;

3.Development of further cooperation with ongoing key international partners for research infrastructures;

4.Enhanced role of the Union in international organisations and multilateral fora;

5.Progress towards the development of global research infrastructures.

Scope:

The International Conference on Research Infrastructures (ICRI) is organised alternatively in EU and in a Third Country, in cooperation with the European Commission. ICRI 2022 will contribute to the objectives of the INFRADEV destination.

The next ICRI Conference is planned in the Czech Republic, under the Czech Presidency, in the second semester 2022.

The objectives of the conference are (1) to provide an international forum for the discussion on the development of global research infrastructures, in particular, on issues of common interest such as the long-term sustainability of research infrastructures and their innovation potential; (2) to facilitate strategic international cooperation between European research infrastructures and their International counterparts; (3) to address the role of RIs to tackle global challenges and to contribute to the SDGs; (4) to analyse the resilience and adaptability of RIs in times of crisis.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entities identified below, as they have been designated by the Czech Republic and include the ministry responsible for the event.

Legal entities:

Ministerstvo školství, mládeže a tělovýchovy (Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports), Karmelitska 7, 11812 Prague, Czechia

Masarykova univerzita (MU), Zerotinovo namesti 9, 60177 Brno Stred, Czechia

Vysoké učení technické v Brně (Brno University of Technology), Antoninska 548/1, 60190 Brno Stred, Czechia

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Second quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2021 budget

Specific Grant Agreements to the FPA for Research and Education Networks

The consortium of the selected Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for Research and Education Networks, is invited to submit proposals for two Specific Grant Agreements (SGA) for the first period of the partnership (2021-2023). The expected outcomes of the SGAs should be in line with the objectives defined in the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) action plan. The proposals will be assessed according to the evaluation criteria described in the specific conditions of the action and the requirements listed in the invitation letter from the Commission.

Two separate proposals for SGAs should be submitted, one addressing the first and second areas of activity of the FPA (namely, “High quality connectivity and collaboration services for excellence in Research and Education” and “State-of-the-art connectivity for the wider European Digital Infrastructure”) and another one addressing the third area of activity of the FPA (“International connectivity and collaboration”).

1. SGA for networking and collaboration services and investments in long-term capacity for Research and Education Networks in Europe

(1.a) This part of the action aims at implementing the first period of the FPA action plan, and in particular related to the action related to (1) high quality connectivity for excellence in Research and Education and (2) state-of-the-art connectivity for the wider European Digital Infrastructure 114 .

The scope will be further defined once the FPA is in place. The possible activities, in line with the final action plan, may include:

1.Maintenance, operation and upgrade of the production network infrastructure by pursuing a cost-effective approach in advance of demand growth and progressing quality requirements.

2.Pan-European innovative procurement efforts to assure access for researchers and students to state-of-the-art commercial services.

3.Operations of core network services (TRL8) and development of new ones (minimum TRL6) to cater for the new needs of institutions, research centres and end users

4.Support the current (TRL8) and development and prototyping (TRL6+) of added-value services (such as security services) and collaborative tools on top of core connectivity required by scientists, researchers and higher education students.

5.Support researchers by developing new network and added-value services (including those based on lower TRLs) such as super high transfer speeds, quantum network testing, high precision time distribution, and other metrology services for example.

6.Service level metrics, baseline and targets on quality of service for every service (connectivity and collaboration) in production stage.

7.Expansion of the agreements with operators and service providers (public and private) that enable scientists and researchers access to a broader set of data sources (including European Data spaces) and digital tools, and facilitate collaboration with SME’s and industry.

8.Maintain and evolve the current core operations on identity federations and ensuring support of more complex services.

9.Alignment of the AAI systems across various communities and RIs in Europe and assistance in deployment of community AAIs, including synergies with EU policies beyond the scientific and research domains, such as e-IDAS or ERASMUS+.

10.Effective communication and dissemination activities across domains and target audiences across Europe

11.Collaboration activities with other NRENs and RRNEs (National/Regional Research and Education Networks) outside the EU not covered in this or other programmes and that will contribute to the objectives of the action, including capacity development for researchers and scientists.

The aim is to provide faster, resilient, agile and secure connectivity and collaboration services for enabling scientists, researchers and students access to near real-time applications that support evidence-based decision-making in society and worldwide effective collaboration of virtual research communities.

The network infrastructure must offer state-of-the-art services for extracting the full potential and maximise value from the investments in data sources, research infrastructures and computing resources. The network services have to cater for virtual research teams from different domains and affiliations, providing trusted and secure access to heterogeneous digital resources and allowing collaboration with the private sector and SME’s, when necessary. The provision should cover overall connectivity within the ERA, including HPC connectivity.

Expected Outcomes of the activities under part 1.a:

1.pan-European unconstrained and non-discriminatory secure and trusted access to data sources, storage and computing services, allowing scientists to conduct excellent research regardless of their location and the location of data and computing resources;

2.evolved existing services and newly developed services to assure State-of-the art trusted and secure connectivity and collaboration services within Europe across the full spectrum of research and education networks in Europe;

3.high quality, cost-effective, secure and resilient connectivity services providing unconstrained capacity ahead of demand in the backbone network and NREN 115 access in multiples of 100Gbps, paving the way for Terabit connectivity;

4.exchange points for users beyond the traditional scientific and research communities within the remit of NRENs mandate, enabling data interoperability with for example SMEs and industry;

5.networking and access facilities to the European open Data Spaces;

6.authentication and authorisation Infrastructure (AAI) services and interoperability mechanisms with other well-accepted authentication systems and e-ID standards (in particular e-IDAS and its future evolution);

7.access for researchers and students to commercial services required for Open Science under European data requirements and at a good value;

8.support to training, dissemination for consolidating and expanding the cooperation and community building and for alignment with EU policy and participation with standardisation bodies.

(1.b) The activities in this part of the SGA should follow the action plan developed under the FPA for Research and Education Networks.

They should cover upfront investments for long-term acquisitions of capacity and associated equipment (excluding operating costs) for covering connectivity within Europe for new research technologies that have requirements beyond existing networking. These activities follow the successful models (e.g. BELLA-S1 & GN4-3N projects) with a dedicated action for covering full costs of equipment and acquisition of links (e.g. through IRU).

Activities within this part should be restricted to the procurement and launch into service of digital links. The selection of these should be fully aligned with the overall connectivity approach, which is developed and operated in part 1.a of the SGA.

Expected Outcomes of the activities under part 1.b:

1.procurement of new long-term network capacity in the most suitable contractual form (e.g., IRU, Indefeasible Rights of Use, for spectrum, dark fibre, etc.). The duration of the IRUs or participation/contract agreement shall minimise the TCO (Total Cost of Ownership) of links and provide for a minimum service of 7-10 years;

2.procurement of necessary equipment to operate and exploit the capacity acquired under the action;

3.a resilient topology that contributes in preserving European leadership in Research and education networking and aligns with EU principles on digital autonomy and sovereignty. The action will veil in particular avoiding systemic dependencies from non-associated countries.

Specific conditions:

7-years Framework Partnership Agreement for Research and Education Networks with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Purchases of equipment, infrastructure, services or other assets used for the action under activities covering part 1.a should be declared as depreciation costs.

Equipment, infrastructure, services or other assets (such as IRUs) purchased specifically for the activities covered under part 1.b may be declared as full capitalised costs taking into account that their life span may extend after the duration of the action and beyond the FPA coverage.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts D and G of the General Annexes with the following exceptions for the evaluation criteria:

For the criterion Excellence the following sub-criteria apply:

1.Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives, including their relevance to the overarching goals of the FPA. Extent to which the proposed work is ambitious, and goes beyond the state-of-the-art.

2.Soundness of the proposed methodology, including the business model approach on service delivery and provision of innovative services and the related metrics.

3.Effectiveness and agility in developing new services according to the needs of a wide user base across multiple disciplines for excellent science and research.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 55.00 million from the 2022 budget

2. SGA for investments on International connectivity and collaboration

The activities under this SGA should follow the action plan developed under the FPA for Research and Education Networks.

The action should mainly cover upfront investments for long-term acquisitions of capacity and associated equipment (excluding operating costs) for covering connectivity outside Europe. This action follows the successful models (e.g. BELLA-S1 & GN4-3N projects) with a dedicated action for covering full costs of equipment and acquisition of links (e.g. through IRU). It should be carried out in close partnership with key Regional European and International Partners and collaborations in Mediterranean, North and Latin American, Asian or other world regions where the EU and the Member States and Associated Countries have significant collaboration for research activities and/or investments in research infrastructures.

Activities within this action should be restricted to the procurement and launch into service of digital links. The selection of these should be fully aligned with the overall connectivity approach, which is developed and operated under the FPA.

Expected Outcomes of the action:

1.Maintenance, operation and upgrade of the existing production intercontinental network infrastructure by pursuing a cost-effective approach in advance of demand growth and progressing requirements from international research infrastructures (such as SKA etc.).

2.Procurement of new long-term network capacity in the most suitable contractual form (e.g., IRU, Indefeasible Rights of Use, for spectrum, dark fibre, etc.). The duration of the IRUs or participation/contract agreement shall minimise the TCO (Total Cost of Ownership) of links and provide for a minimum service of 7 years.

3.Procurement of necessary equipment to operate and exploit the capacity acquired under the action.

4.A resilient topology that contributes in preserving European digital autonomy and sovereignty, in particular avoiding systemic dependencies from non-associated countries, based on reciprocity and the international cooperation rules of Horizon Europe.

Specific conditions:

7-years Framework Partnership Agreement for Research and Education Networks with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This action should cover full-cost of procurement of goods and services that are not covered already by the SGA.1. Equipment, infrastructure, services or other assets (such as IRUs) purchased specifically for the activities covered under SGA.2 must be declared as full capitalised costs taking into account that their life span may extend after the duration of the action and beyond the FPA coverage. As a transitory measure, recurrent costs of existing links or depreciation cost of existing equipment will be eligible under this action.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts D and G of the General Annexes with the following exceptions for the evaluation criteria:

For the criterion Excellence the following sub-criteria apply:

1.Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives, including their relevance to the overarching goals of the FPA. Extent to which the proposed work is ambitious, and goes beyond the state-of-the-art.

2.Soundness of the proposed methodology, including the approach on service delivery and provision of innovative services and the related metrics.

3.Extent to which the project proposes or makes use of innovative business models and optimises the utility of available resources on a global scale.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 15.00 million from the 2021 budget

Other grants awarded without a call for proposals

1. FAIR and open data sharing in support to European preparedness for COVID-19 and other infectious diseases

As part of the EU response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and to the rising spread of SARS-CoV-2 variants, grants will be awarded without a call for proposal in accordance with Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 to address this exceptional emergency. An invitation to apply for funding will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal that will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances (‘extreme urgency’ due the COVID-19 pandemic).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.European researchers and public health actors fighting the spread of infectious diseases, e.g. COVID-19 and emerging infectious diseases are able to store, share, access, analyse, process and cite research and clinical data and other research digital objects across disciplines and national borders and to collaborate with global partners;

2.federation of viral and human infectious disease data from national and international centres enables pan-European and global sharing and combination of research and clinical data, thereby catalysing and accelerating research advances to combat the COVID-19 pandemic and prepare for future outbreaks;

3.development of digital tools and data analytics for pandemic and outbreak preparedness, including tracking genomic variations of SARS-CoV-2, linking genomic and clinical data to support timely identification of variants of concern, and subsequent rapid characterisation of such strains to inform public health action;

4.linking of FAIR data and metadata on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19, on other related viruses and diseases, and on socio-economic consequences, across research fields, from omics, clinical, and epidemiological research, to Social Sciences and Humanities accelerate infectious disease research, surveillance and outbreak investigation;

5.contribute to the Horizon Europe European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) Partnership and to the development of the European Health Data Space (EHDS).

Expected impact

Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

1.transforming the way researchers as well as relevant actors in the public and private sectors create, share and exploit research outputs (data, publications, protocols, methodologies, software, code, etc.) within and across research disciplines, and with the public health sector, leading to improved timeliness, better quality, more innovation, higher productivity of research and a better integration between research outputs and public health policy;

2.seamless access to and management of increasing volumes of research data following FAIR principles (and that are as open as possible, as closed as necessary) and other research outputs stimulating the development and uptake of a wide range of new innovative and value-added services from public and commercial providers;

3.improving trust in science through increased FAIRness, openness and quality of scientific research in Europe, supported by more meaningful monitoring and better facilitators for reproducibility, validation and re-use of research results, and by improving pathways for the communication of science to the public.

Scope: This action responds to the need to enable researchers, health care professionals and society at large to share, access, analyse, link and process research data and other research digital objects across disciplines and national borders in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. As seen with other infectious disease outbreaks, such as haemorrhagic fevers, COVID-19 will likely remain a societal challenge beyond the immediate outbreak, considering its destructive and disruptive impact on healthcare systems and the economy. In addition to the ongoing health threat from SARS-CoV-2, the risk from other emerging pathogens also persists, which will also require similar concerted action to identify and characterise infections with pandemic potential, and enable rapid public health action to mitigate health and societal impact. Provision of comprehensive open data on infectious agents and diseases during outbreaks support evidence-based quality assessment - across scientific, medical, public health and policy domains and promotes reproducibility of research outcomes. Particular importance should be placed on mobilising raw viral sequences and identifying and monitoring the spread of SARS-CoV-2 variants. European readiness for future pandemics is of utmost importance and should be addressed to ensure the preparedness of infrastructure building on already existing frameworks for broader use such as the EOSC.

Proposals should facilitate and accelerate the access to, and the linking of data and metadata on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19, including through the European COVID-19 Data Portal 116 , the Versatile Emerging infectious disease Observatory 117 (VEO) and other relevant initiatives, with the emphasis on identifying and tracking of new SARS-CoV-2 variants and creating appropriate links with serology and other host data. The scope of the initiative should further expand to other relevant infectious diseases, and incorporate epidemiological, clinical (including Real World Data), and socio-economic data, spanning from molecular biology to other disciplines, including Social Sciences and Humanities. A One-Health approach building on the latest technological advances, covering epidemics and epizootics is encouraged. Particular importance should be given to the need of federating data between national centres to effectively manage data protection.

To ensure the interoperability of the data, community best practices including the use of community-endorsed standards and community metadata schemas should be encouraged. Newly implemented domain specific research data solutions from the project should feed into the work of established international initiatives. Particular attention should be given to the harmonisation and management of meta-data and sample- identifiers to ensure interoperability of national and regional efforts into the EOSC and the long-term cataloguing of data resources within the EOSC.

A strong focus should be placed on exploiting and contributing to EOSC capabilities for data access and federation as well as relevant standards and policies for managing, sharing and reusing research data from different disciplines. As such, the proposals should demonstrate the value of sharing FAIR research data that is as open as possible through EOSC, help consolidating data-sharing and data management practices across the Member States, Associated Countries and beyond, and provide feedback to the EOSC Partnership for the future evolution of EOSC.

Proposals should build on the European COVID-19 Data Platform 118 and support, directly or in combination with financial support to third parties, the creation of national and regional structures to coordinate and promote in-country actions, such as to further enhance genomic surveillance and rapid-response capabilities.

Cooperation with the grant awarded under the Other action “Research infrastructure services for rapid research responses to COVID-19 and other infectious disease epidemics” should be developed from the outset to identify and better exploit related synergies, share results, avoid overlaps and ensure that data generated from access to infectious disease services can be available for re-use through the EOSC. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources. Proposals should consider already established national and European infrastructures and build on existing efforts, including actions stemming from Cohesion policy programmes. Proposals should seek to establish synergies with the European Health Data Space as well as relevant initiatives under Digital Europe.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, alignment with EOSC policies, and a synergetic development of different thematic areas within EOSC, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC, particularly in the areas of data interoperability.

All software developed under this action should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source license as recommended by the Free Software Foundation and the Open Source Initiative.

This action seeks to address the challenges linked to the COVID-19 variants. As such, the granting authority hereby requests activation of the public emergency provisions, meaning that the beneficiaries must comply with the public emergency related provisions listed in the General Annexes concerning the project implementation under - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), background and results, access rights and rights of use (article 16 and Annex 5) for the duration of the pandemic; and under Communication, dissemination, open science and visibility (article 17 and Annex 5) during the entire duration of the action and for four years after the end of the action.

Specific Conditions

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes. The following topic specific conditions apply:

Eligibility conditions

Due to the urgency and geographical relevance of this action, and considering the Union’s interest to retain, in principle, relations with the countries associated to Horizon 2020 and other third countries in the process of association to Horizon Europe, legal entities established in Albania, Armenia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Faroe Islands, Georgia, Iceland, Israel, Kosovo 119 , Moldova, Montenegro, Morocco, North Macedonia, Norway, Serbia, Switzerland, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine and United Kingdom are eligible for funding from the Union even if the Horizon Europe association agreement with the third country concerned does not apply at the time of signature of the grant agreement.

The consortium must include at least one independent legal entity established in a Member State and at least two other independent legal entities each established in different Member States or countries listed above.

Award criteria

Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary resources and efforts to coordinate with other relevant projects and the EOSC governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

Procedure

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the EOSC in compliance with EOSC requirements.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Research and Innovation Actions - Grant awarded without call for proposals in accordance with Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation

Indicative timetable: Second quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 12.00 million from the 2021 budget

2. Research infrastructure services for rapid research responses to COVID-19 and other infectious disease epidemics

As part of the EU response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and to the rising spread of SARS-CoV-2 variants, grants will be awarded without a call for proposal in accordance with Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 to address this exceptional emergency. An invitation to apply for funding will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal that will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances (‘extreme urgency’ due the COVID-19 pandemic).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.comprehensive catalogue of research infrastructure services relevant to tackle infectious diseases epidemics is available, including services supporting pertinent social sciences research;

2.fast assembly and provision of innovative, customised and efficient research infrastructure services to support research linked to detecting, assessing and combatting newly emerging SARS-CoV-2 variants;

3.challenge driven integration of research infrastructures to better support research addressing infectious diseases and face epidemics, including for use by epidemics risk assessment and risk management bodies (such as the European Centre for Disease prevention and Control (ECDC), the World Health Organisation (WHO), the World Organisation of Animal Health (OIE) and national epidemics management bodies);

4.rapid response to epidemics outbreaks through research infrastructure services underpinning and supporting research aiming to understand causes and development of the epidemic;

5.development of novel/adapted epidemics intervention tools and measures enabled by relevant research infrastructure (RI) services;

6.availability of research data emerging from access provision activities for re-use on common data platforms and registries, according to FAIR principles and compliant with legal provisions under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).

Expected Impact: Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to several of the following impacts

1.enhancement of EU capacity to identify, characterise and mitigate the effects of COVID-19 virus variants of concern, and future emerging pathogens of public health concern;

2.reinforced research infrastructures capacity to provide at scale and across the EU services to support excellent research to address societal challenges, and Horizon Europe objectives;

3.enhanced and increased society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making in areas linked to health, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications, through the provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services;

4.new discoveries and knowledge breakthroughs enabled by access provision to the best and in some cases unique state-of-the-art RIs;

5.a new generation of researchers trained to optimally exploit all the essential and advanced tools for their research.

Scope: Proposals under this action, will integrate research infrastructure services to form a comprehensive and inclusive portfolio to support research in response to infectious disease epidemics or underpinning respective forefront research in the field. As a first immediate challenge, the delivered services should support research targeting newly emerging SARS-Cov-2 variants and addressing the on-going COVID-19 pandemic.

Proposals will support the provision of trans-national and/or virtual access to researchers as well as training for using the infrastructures, and activities to improve, customise and integrate the services the infrastructures provide, so as to facilitate and integrate the access procedures and to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services.

Access to research infrastructure services will be provided to users to support their research projects targeting the development of new or adapted prevention and/or intervention tools and measures, such as new or adapted diagnostic procedures and therapies, drugs, vaccines, clinical disease management or disease vector control, or evidence-based public health, socio-behavioural and socio-economic measures. Priority should be given to supporting research projects targeting newly emerging virus variants, focusing on their detection, characterisation, surveillance and assessment (changes in transmissibility and disease manifestation) and on the adaptation of intervention and prevention measures (medication, vaccines, public health measures) which likely also requires additional regulatory and clinical trials support.

Following the One-Health concept, services supporting research on transmission of pathogens from animals to humans (or vice versa animals as host reservoir), including vector-borne transmission, should be covered. Research infrastructures dealing with social science should be involved to enable data acquisition enhancing understanding of individual and population perceptions and behaviours in an epidemic setting, including public response to intervention measures such as social distancing, vaccine campaigns, etc., over the course of an epidemic. Flexibility in the provision of services should be properly demonstrated to ensure fast re-orientation and expansion of the portfolio in response to unexpected epidemics situations, including emerging threats posed by new SARS-CoV-2 variants. Effective operational links to epidemics risk assessment and management bodies like ECDC, WHO, OIE, a possible future EU Health Emergency preparedness and Response Authority (EU-HERA) and national authorities are essential. Global standards, relevant data platforms and registries should be used to make user project results openly available and usable, thus enabling further research on pathogens, disease manifestation, behavioural research and other epidemics related social science research.

Appropriate links should be ensured with the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC), the European COVID-19 Data Platform and the newly established Population Health Information Research Infrastructure for COVID-19 (PHIRI). Data management (and related ethics issues) and interoperability should be addressed.

To identify and better exploit related synergies, share results and avoid overlaps, grants awarded under this action should cooperate with those awarded under the Other action “FAIR and open data sharing in support of European preparedness for COVID-19 and other infectious diseases”. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

Pandemics are global challenges and collaboration with relevant international partners should be envisaged.

Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 120 .

Proposals should make available to researchers the widest and most comprehensive portfolio of research infrastructures services which are relevant for the scope. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries or as third parties, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 121 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score.

Research infrastructures from third countries 122 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services, including data, than those available in Europe.

Proposals could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its Nanobiotechnology laboratories 123 , on high-end characterisation of therapeutics against pandemics, including antibodies, viral antigens, vaccine nanocarriers, and, more in general, on characterisation of nanomaterials, nanomedicines and advanced materials.

Grants awarded under this action are expected to duly contribute to any future Partnership for Pandemic Preparedness that might be established under Horizon Europe.

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

Proposals will include the list of services/installations 124 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users.

Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation.

Specific Conditions

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes. The following topic specific conditions apply:

Admissibility conditions

Applicants are not required to submit a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results, as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Given the specific nature of this action, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

Due to the urgency and geographical relevance of this action and considering the Union’s interest to retain, in principle, relations with the countries associated to Horizon 2020 and other third countries in the process of association to Horizon Europe, legal entities established in Albania, Armenia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Faroe Islands, Georgia, Iceland, Israel, Kosovo 125 , Moldova, Montenegro, Morocco, North Macedonia, Norway, Serbia, Switzerland, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine and United Kingdom are eligible for funding from the Union even if the Horizon Europe association agreement with the third country concerned does not apply at the time of signature of the grant agreement.

The consortium must include at least one independent legal entity established in a Member State and at least two other independent legal entities each established in different Member States or countries listed above.

Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Russia, Singapore and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

Award criteria

For the ‘Excellence’ criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

Procedure

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Research and Innovation Actions - Grant awarded without call for proposals in accordance with Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation

Indicative timetable: Second quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 21.00 million from the 2021 budget

Public procurement

1. Delivering the EOSC core infrastructure and services

Expected Results:

1.A fully operational, secure cloud-based EOSC infrastructure, including a federated core platform and the EOSC Exchange 126 , offering high quality professional services and providing for a superior user experience, usability and ease of use for a very large number of users, with the functionalities available 24/7.

2.Population of EOSC with a rich set of innovative, modular, customisable and composable services for a wide variety of users from the research communities and beyond.

3.A large number of data and service communities aligned in terms of standards and consolidated at subdomain, domain and interdisciplinary levels.

4.Established links with common European data spaces in crucial sectors, such as green deal or health, and synergies with the work on the European cloud federation as described in the Member States’ joint declaration on building the next generation of cloud in Europe 127 .

5.Increased discovery and reuse of European research output as a result of FAIR data and services provided through EOSC, and cross-fertilisation and a wider sharing of knowledge and technologies.

Scope:

This action should build and deploy a fully operational enabling infrastructure for EOSC, providing access to a rich portfolio of FAIR data and professional quality FAIR services in all relevant domains from data handling to computing, processing, analysis and storing.

The infrastructure should be robust, secure, scalable, flexible and user-centric. It is constantly improved and upgraded following user feedback and the state-of-the-art of the underlying core technologies. It offers high quality of service management compliant with industrial standards, providing for a superior user experience, usability and ease of use for a very large number of users (i.e. hundreds of parallel user sessions per day), with the functionalities available 24/7. It offers seamless access to data, software and services through customised user interfaces, allowing users to navigate with built-in guidance tools and analytics for (re)use and service composition. It builds on the key concept of federation, standards and processes for Open Science, such as the EOSC Interoperability Framework and FAIR-by-design data and services.

The objective:

The infrastructure should build closely on the outcome of the H2020-INFRAEOSC-03-2020 call and will cover at least 128 the following elements:

a) Deployment and operationalisation of the EOSC infrastructure for access to and exploitation of FAIR data and services

The EOSC infrastructure should be based on a cloud-based core platform that will serve as a point of access to the EOSC resources, enabling the federation of existing and planned research data infrastructures and allowing cross-border and cross-sectoral discovery of resources in the EOSC ecosystem. The platform should interface with a large number of data and service communities, including with thematic portals created by the ESFRI and national clusters, to allow users to benefit from EOSC in a customised manner.

To ensure scalability and effective federation of e-Infrastructures, data and services and use of the resources, the core platform should utilise an Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and Platform as a Service (PaaS) approach.

The main features and functions of the core platform will include at least the following:

1.Authorisation, Authentication and Identification (AAI) standards and services, ensuring security and privacy;

2.Persistent Identifier services, compatible with the EOSC PID policy, and mechanisms for resolution of different PID types;

3.Advanced discoverability, service catalogue management and orchestration services for all types of resources, metadata services and ontologies for discovery of and access to data and services across the federated EOSC ecosystem;

4.Efficient workflow management, mechanisms allowing data inter-linking and application of data sharing policies;

5.Standardised Application Programming Interfaces (APIs), including the development of new ones if needed, for machine-actionable and interoperable data, for interfacing with a large number of data and service communities, at subdomain, domain and interdisciplinary levels;

6.User-friendly, responsive and easy to use visualisation services, data analytics and downloading tools designed for improved user experience;

7.Thorough testing and reporting procedures;

8.Auditing and reporting processes and services;

9.Service quality management, monitoring and accounting, performance management;

10.Helpdesk for data/service providers and users, including advice on data ownership, licensing and privacy issues;

11.Services to ensure scalability and availability, allowing simultaneous use by hundreds of individual concurrent user sections per day with a standard response time;

12.Services, processes and policies for availability and capacity management to ensure business continuity and disaster recovery;

13.Application of firm cybersecurity policies and measures for systems’ hardening and regular assessments regarding potential threats and the infrastructure’s vulnerabilities and overall attack surface, and well defined procedures for incident reporting and notification;

14.Support for an open metrics framework to assess the EOSC uptake (usage, performance, value for money, user satisfaction, etc.) through the platform;

15.Feedback mechanism to allow users to comment on the EOSC-core and EOSC-Exchange functionalities.​

b) Provision of innovative, modular, customisable and composable services to serve a wide variety of users

The service provision of the EOSC infrastructure should be provided through two main service modalities (to be identified according to the specific needs, users and service areas):

Platform as a Service (PaaS)

The EOSC platform should provide secure, cloud-based access to the required resources (computing power, data, storage, programming tools and libraries, operating systems etc.) for the various user groups to exploit these resources, develop their own services, tools and applications of added value, and make them available to the wider EOSC community, across disciplines and countries.

Software as a Service (SaaS)

Under this service provisioning model, the users will be able to use, directly and on-demand, the whole range of available services provided by the EOSC Exchange. This service layer should make an extensive use of appropriate interfaces and the service workflow and catalogue management components of the core platform.

To ensure a rich set of services, applications and tools, covering both generic and thematic research needs, the EOSC Infrastructure should include at least the following functions:

1.Assistance to data and service providers to comply with the EOSC Rules of Participation, align with its interoperability and FAIR standards, and prepare high quality datasets and services for reuse through EOSC;

2.Validation and certification schemes for FAIR data;

3.Onboarding and management services for the EOSC Exchange;

4.Mechanism to link EOSC with the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking for high performance computing services;

5.Mechanism to link EOSC with the European cloud federation;

6.Procurement mechanism for e-infrastructures services, like computing, storage, and processing;

7.Tools and services to allow researchers to find, access, reuse and combine their data with non-research data and resources, like the European Common Data Spaces.

The contractor will ensure continuity and professionalisation of the outcomes of the projects selected from the H2020-INFRAEOSC-03-2020 call and improve the service offering model through a close cooperation approach with the users. All necessary baseline information will be made available in the tender specifications.

The contractor will also work closely with the EOSC Association, the EOSC community under the EOSC co-programmed Partnership, including eInfrastructures, and the representatives of the Member States and Associated Countries in the governance of EOSC, to ensure engagement of the community, involvement of the users and alignment with national initiatives.

The European Commission will oversee the operations of the infrastructure.

The use of common Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) is required, in line with both the open source strategy of the European Commission and the recommendation of the European Interoperability Framework.

Following the service contract, the final EOSC-core infrastructure and service platform will be property of the European Union, and it will be made available for its Member States and Associated Countries.

The duration of the performance of the contract should not exceed 36 months (including 2 months for approval of deliverables and payment).

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 35.00 million from the 2022 budget

Expert contract actions

1. External expertise 2021

This action will support:

1.The use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

2.The use of individual experts to advise on, or support, the design and implementation of EU policies on research infrastructures. The activities carried out by the experts will be essential to the development and monitoring of the Union policy and initiatives in this area. The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, remote drafting and possible preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified, specialised, independent experts selected on the basis of their competence and knowledge of the field. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts, including the number of meetings to be attended and possible preparatory work.

3.The use of individual experts for the assessment of ERIC applications, as required under the ERIC Regulation 129 . The experts will be highly qualified independent experts selected on the basis of their specific competence. The experts will provide a report for each of the assessed ERIC application. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.34 million from the 2021 budget

2. External expertise 2022

This action will support:

1.The use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

2.The use of individual experts to advise on, or support, the design and implementation of EU policies on research infrastructures. The activities carried out by the experts will be essential to the development and monitoring of the Union policy and initiatives in this area. The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, remote drafting and possible preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified, specialised, independent experts selected on the basis of their competence and knowledge of the field. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts, including the number of meetings to be attended and possible preparatory work.

3.The use of individual experts for the assessment of ERIC applications, as required under the ERIC Regulation 130 . The experts will be highly qualified independent experts selected on the basis of their specific competence. The experts will provide a report for each of the assessed ERIC application. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2022 budget

Budget 131

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01

7.80

from 01.020103

7.80

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-02

33.50

10.00

from 01.020103

33.50

10.00

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-DEV-01

21.80

from 01.020103

21.80

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01

59.00

from 01.020103

59.00

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01

30.00

from 01.020103

30.00

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01

112.20

10.30

from 01.020103

112.20

10.30

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-SERV-01

38.00

from 01.020103

38.00

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-TECH-01

28.00

8.00

from 01.020103

28.00

8.00

HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01

110.00

from 01.020103

110.00

HORIZON-INFRA-2021-NET-01-FPA

Other actions

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

0.40

from 01.020103

0.40

Specific grant agreement

15.00

55.00

from 01.020103

15.00

55.00

Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

33.00

from 01.020103

33.00

Public procurement

35.00

from 01.020103

35.00

Expert contract action

0.34

0.40

from 01.020103

0.34

0.40

Estimated total budget

289.24

318.50

Specific Features for Research Infrastructure

This section provides further conditions and requirements on access provision that applicants must comply with, for different topics under the INFRASERV destination and for the ‘Research Infrastructure services for rapid research responses to COVID-19 and other infectious disease epidemics’ action of the Research Infrastructures Work Programme. Compliance with these provisions will also be taken into account during evaluation.

Trans-national and/or virtual access 132 activities.

Trans-national access activities

Trans-national access provision must be implemented as follows:

Trans-national access to infrastructure services offered under the grant is provided 'free of charge' to selected researchers or research teams (user-groups) including from industry. Access activities should be implemented in a coordinated way so as to improve the overall service provision to the research community. Access may be made available to external users, either in person (‘hands-on’), when the user visits the infrastructure to make use of it, or through the provision to the user of remote scientific services, such as the provision of reference materials or samples, the remote access to a high-performance computing facility, the performance of sample analysis or sample deposition.

The research infrastructures must publicise widely the access offered under the grant agreement to ensure that researchers who might wish to have access to the infrastructures are made aware of the possibilities open to them. They must open specific calls to invite researchers to apply for access. The research infrastructures must promote equal opportunities in advertising the access and take into account gender issues when defining the support provided to visitors. They must maintain appropriate documentation to support and justify the amount of access reported. This documentation must include records of the names, nationalities, and home institutions of the users within the research teams, as well as the nature and quantity of access provided to them. To this extent, a unit of access to each infrastructure service/installation 133 needs to be identified and precisely defined in the proposal.

The selection of researchers or research teams must be carried out through an independent peer-review evaluation of the research projects (user projects) they wish to carry out at the infrastructure. The research team, or its majority, must work in countries other than the country(ies) where the infrastructure is located (when the infrastructure is composed of several research facilities, operated by different legal entities, this condition must apply to each facility) except when access is provided by an International organisation, the Joint Research Centre (JRC), an ERIC or similar legal entities with international membership. User teams where all or the majority of users work in third countries can be supported as long as the cumulative access provided to them is below 20% of the total amount of units of access provided under the grant. In exceptional and well justified cases a higher percentage of access to third-country user teams can be set out in the proposal.

Only user groups that are allowed to disseminate the results they have generated under the action may be eligible for access (unless the users are working for SMEs).

The duration of stay at a research infrastructure must normally be limited to three months, unless otherwise provided for in the proposal.

The EU financial support to trans-national access will cover the access costs 134 incurred by the access provider in providing access to the selected researchers, as well as the travel and subsistence costs incurred in supporting visits to the infrastructure of these researchers.

The access costs charged to the grant will not include capital investments (including depreciation costs of equipment, infrastructure or other assets) nor internally invoiced goods and services, unless otherwise specified in the Work Programme, while they may cover the running costs of the infrastructure as well as the cost for the logistical, technological and scientific support for users’ access. This includes costs for ad-hoc training users need to use the infrastructure and for preparatory and closing activities that may be necessary to carry out users’ work on the infrastructure.

Virtual access activities

Virtual access provision must be implemented as follows:

Virtual access to research infrastructure is provided through communication networks to users complying with the RI’s access policy, without selecting them. Examples of virtual access activities are provision of access to databases available via Internet, or data deposition services.

The research infrastructures must publicise widely the access offered under the grant agreement to ensure that researchers who might wish to have access to the infrastructures are made aware of the possibilities open to them.

The EU financial support to virtual access will cover the access costs 135 incurred by the infrastructure in providing access under the project, including the technological and scientific support researchers need to effectively use the services. Capital investments (including depreciation costs of equipment, infrastructure or other assets) as well as internally invoiced goods and services will not be eligible costs unless otherwise specified under the specific call or topic, in which case only the portion used to provide virtual access under the project can be eligible. A unit of access to each research infrastructure service must be identified and precisely defined in the proposal. The provision of virtual access during the project lifetime will be measured through the units of access defined in the grant agreement and must be periodically assessed by an external board. Eligibility criteria (e.g. affiliation to a research or academic institution) for users can be defined in the proposal, to take into account the access policies of the different RIs.

(1)    Research infrastructures (RIs) are facilities that provide resources and services for the research communities to conduct research and foster innovation in their fields. Their definition is given in art. 2 of the EU Regulation 2021/695 of 28 April 2021 establishing Horizon Europe.
(2)    See http://roadmap2018.esfri.eu/ .
(3)    European Regional Development Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/erdf/
(4)    European Social Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/social-fund/
(5)    Just Transition Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/just-transition-mechanism/just-transition-funding-sources_en
(6)     European Maritime and Fisheries Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/fisheries/cfp/emff_en
(7)     European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development; https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/rural-development_en
(8)     InvestEU Programme; https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/jobs-growth-and-investment/investment-plan-europe-juncker-plan/whats-next-investeu-programme-2021-2027_en
(9) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(10)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(11)    Under the Copernicus administrative arrangement with the African Union Commission, Copernicus data is made available to African stakeholders via dedicated regional centres in Africa. Copernicus data and services are available free, full and open and should be exploited.
(12)     https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/research-facility/greenhouse-gas-monitoring
(13)     https://public.wmo.int/en/about-us/vision-and-mission/wmo-integrated-global-observing-system ; https://public.wmo.int/en/media/press-release/new-global-basic-observing-network-gets-go-ahead
(14) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(15)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(16)     Report of the High-Level Expert Group to Assess the Progress of ESFRI and Other World Class Research Infrastructures Towards Implementation and Long-Term Sustainability
(17) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(18)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(19)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located.
(20) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2020%3A628%3AFIN    COM(2020) 628 final,
(21) https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-13567-2020-INIT/en/pdf    Council conclusions on the New European Research Area from 1 December 2020,
(22) https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/documents-register/detail?ref=SWD(2019)158&lang=en    SWD(2019) 158 final,
(23)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable, https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/
(24)     https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list#SoftwareLicenses
(25)     https://opensource.org/licenses
(26) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(27)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(28)    e.g. Scientific Advice to European Policy in a Complex World
(29)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/wp/2018-2020/main/h2020-wp1820-infrastructures_en.pdf
(30)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/wp/2018-2020/main/h2020-wp1820-infrastructures_en.pdf
(31)    Knowledge and Innovation Communities of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology
(32)     https://www.eoscsecretariat.eu/working-groups/landscape-working-group
(33)    RTD/2020/SC/018 – “European research data landscape”, study procured via the Framework Contract 2018/RTD/A2/OP/PP-07001-2018 “Impact Assessments, Evaluations, foresight and Strategic Analyses of Research and Innovation policies and programmes”: https://etendering.ted.europa.eu/cft/cft-display.html?cftId=3490 . Results of the study will be published openly in the first quarter of 2022 and interim reports will be shared with the EOSC Association.
(34)     https://www.eoscsecretariat.eu/working-groups/sustainability-working-group
(35)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/35c5ca10-1417-11eb-b57e-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
(36)    The details of this will be further defined as part of the outcomes of the EOSC Architecture Working Group and the recommendations of the RDA Working Groups on PID Information Types and PID Kernel Information.
(37)     https://www.eoscsecretariat.eu/working-groups/architecture-working-group
(38)     https://www.eoscsecretariat.eu/working-groups/fair-working-group
(39)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/wp/2018-2020/main/h2020-wp1820-infrastructures_en.pdf
(40)    See Public Procurement 1.Delivering the EOSC core infrastructure and services
(41)    See Public Procurement 1. Delivering the EOSC core infrastructure and services, under Other Actions
(42)    FAIR Data Maturity Model specification and guidelines: 10.15497/RDA0050
(43)     https://www.fairsfair.eu/
(44)     https://www.eoscsecretariat.eu/working-groups/fair-working-group
(45) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(46)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(47)    Indicator frameworks for fostering open knowledge practices in science and scholarship: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b69944d4-01f3-11ea-8c1f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-108756824
(48)    For example, 2017 Commission report “Evaluation of research careers fully acknowledging Open Science practices” https://doi.org/10.2777/75255 ; 2018 “Open Science Policy Platform recommendations” https://doi.org/10.2777/958647 ; 2019 Commission report “Indicator frameworks for fostering open knowledge practices in science and scholarship” https://doi.org/10.2777/445286 ; 2018 LERU report “Open Science and its role in Universities” https://www.leru.org/files/LERU-AP24-Open-Science-full-paper.pdf ; 2020 Final Report of the Open Science Policy Platform https://ec.europa.eu/research/openscience/pdf/ec_rtd_ospp-final-report.pdf .
(49)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/openscience/pdf/report.pdf
(50)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/openscience/pdf/ec_rtd_ospp-final-report.pdf
(51)     https://www.rd-alliance.org/groups/open-science-graphs-fair-data-ig
(52)    Article processing charges
(53)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-9-3-2020
(54)    See Public procurement 1. Delivering the EOSC core infrastructure and services
(55) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(56)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(57)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05
(58)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(59)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/cancer_en
(60)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(61)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
(62)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(63)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05
(64)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/soil-health-and-food_en
(65)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/adaptation-climate-change-including-societal-transformation_en
(66)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/agriculture-forestry-and-rural-areas/partnership-agroecology_en
(67)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(68)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(69)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
(70)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(71)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05
(72)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(73)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(74)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
(75)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
(76)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(77)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-05
(78)    In line with the Circular Economy Action Plan
(79)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(80)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(81)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
(82)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(83)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-01, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-02, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-03, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01-04
(84)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(85)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(86)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
(87)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(88)     https://www.ai4eu.eu/
(89)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(90)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(91)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
(92)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
(93)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(94) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(95)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(96)    https://ebrains.eu
(97)    https://www.humanbrainproject.eu
(98)    https://fenix-ri.eu
(99) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(100)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(101)    A Digital Twin is defined as a digital replica of a living or a non-living physical entity.
(102) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(103)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(104)    See definition in footnote 1 of this Work Programme part.
(105)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located.
(106) 'Risk-benefit sharing under market conditions' refers to the PCP approach in which procurers share with suppliers at market price the risks and the benefits related to the IPR resulting from the R&D. 'Competitive development in phases' refers to the competitive approach to buy the R&D from several competing R&D providers in parallel and to compare and identify the best value for money solutions on the market to address the PCP challenge. To reduce the investment risk for the procurer, reward the most competitive solutions and facilitate the participation of smaller innovative companies, the R&D is also split into phases (solution design, prototyping, original development and validation / testing of the first products), with the number of competing R&D providers being reduced after each phase.     'Pre-commercial procurement' is defined as procurement of R&D services involving risk-benefit sharing under market conditions and competitive development in phases. PCP focuses on the R&D phase before wide commercialisation.
(107)    European Southern Observatory
(108)    Square Kilometer Array
(109) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(110)    See COM(2020)628, "A new ERA for Research and Innovation"
(111)    European Economic Area
(112)    European Higher Education Area
(113)    A European strategy for data, COM(2020)66 final
(114)    Subject to modifications following the final scope of the FPA action plan.
(115)    National Research and Education Networks.
(116)     https://www.covid19dataportal.org
(117)     https://www.veo-europe.eu/
(118)     https://www.covid19dataportal.org
(119)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
(120)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/infrastructures/pdf/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
(121)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
(122)    See the Eligibility conditions for this action.
(123)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
(124)    ‘Installation’ means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(125)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
(126)    “EOSC-Exchange” builds on the EOSC-Core and comprises Common (horizontal) and Thematic services that enable researchers to exploit FAIR data. Service providers that participate in EOSC-Exchange are required to conform to predefined Rules of Participation.
(127)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/towards-next-generation-cloud-europe
(128)    The final scope of the call for tender will be defined in 2022 taking into account the level of progress achieved through the selected project of the H2020-INFRAEOSC-03-2020 call.
(129)    Council Regulation (EC) No 723/2009 of 25 June 2009 on the Community Legal Framework for a European Research Infrastructure Consortium.
(130)    Council Regulation (EC) No 723/2009 of 25 June 2009 on the Community Legal Framework for a European Research Infrastructure Consortium.
(131) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
(132)    See Annex 5 (Article 18) of Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement
(133)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
(134)    Access costs will be supported through the reimbursement of the eligible costs specifically incurred by a research infrastructure for providing access to the research teams selected for support under the project, or on the basis of unit costs calculated according to the methodology indicated in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the costs of providing trans-national and virtual access in Research Infrastructures actions under the Horizon Europe Programme. In the latter case the access costs will be calculated multiplying the unit cost by the quantity of access provided under the grant. The cost of the unit of access to the infrastructure, i.e. the unit cost, must then be indicated in the proposal. A combination of the two methods mentioned above will also be possible.
(135)    Access costs will be supported through the reimbursement of the eligible actual costs specifically incurred by a research infrastructure for providing virtual access to identified users under the project, or on the basis of unit costs calculated according to the methodology indicated in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the costs of providing trans-national and virtual access in Research Infrastructures actions under the Horizon Europe Programme. In the latter case, the access costs will be calculated multiplying the unit cost by the quantity of access provided under the grant. The cost of the unit of access to the research infrastructure, i.e. the unit cost, must then be indicated in the proposal. A combination of the two methods mentioned above will also be possible.
Top

EN

ANNEX III

“Annex IV

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

4. Health

Table of contents

Introduction    

Destination 1 – Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society    

Call - Staying Healthy (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-02: Towards a molecular and neurobiological understanding of mental health and mental illness for the benefit of citizens and patients    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-03: Healthy Citizens 2.0 - Supporting digital empowerment and health literacy of citizens    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-04: A roadmap for personalised prevention    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-05: Mobilising a network of National Contact Points (NCPs) for the Health Cluster    

Call - Staying healthy (Two stage - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-01-two-stage: Boosting mental health in Europe in times of change    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-04-two-stage: Trustworthy artificial intelligence (AI) tools to predict the risk of chronic non-communicable diseases and/or their progression    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage: Prevention of obesity throughout the life course    

Call - Staying healthy (Single stage, 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-02-01: Personalised blueprint of chronic inflammation in health-to-disease transition    

Destination 2. Living and working in a health-promoting environment    

Call - Environment and health (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-01: Exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMF) and health    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-02: Indoor air quality and health    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-03: Health impacts of climate change, costs and benefits of action and inaction    

Call - Partnerships in Health (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-03-01: European partnership for the assessment of risks from chemicals (PARC)    

Call - Environment and health (Single Stage - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04-01: Methods for assessing health-related costs of environmental stressors    

Destination 3. Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden    

Call - Tackling diseases (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-01: Improved supportive, palliative, survivorship and end-of-life care of cancer patients    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-02: Building a European innovation platform for the repurposing of medicinal products    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-03: Innovative approaches to enhance poverty-related diseases research in sub-Saharan Africa    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-04: Clinical validation of artificial intelligence (AI) solutions for treatment and care    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-07: Personalised medicine and infectious diseases: understanding the individual host response to viruses (e.g. SARS-CoV-2)    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-05: A roadmap towards the creation of the European partnership on One Health antimicrobial resistance (OH AMR)    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-06: Building a European partnership for pandemic preparedness    

Call - Tackling diseases (Two Stage - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-02-two-stage: Pre-clinical development of the next generation of immunotherapies for diseases or disorders with unmet medical needs    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-03-two-stage: Vaccines 2.0 - developing the next generation of vaccines    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-04-two-stage: Development of new effective therapies for rare diseases    

Call - Tackling diseases (Single Stage - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-02: Pandemic preparedness    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-03: Non-communicable diseases risk reduction in adolescence and youth (Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases - GACD)    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-01: Support for the functioning of the Global Research Collaboration for Infectious Disease Preparedness (GloPID-R)    

Call - Partnerships in Health (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-03-01: European partnership fostering a European Research Area (ERA) for health research    

Destination 4. Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care    

Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-01: Enhancing quality of care and patient safety    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-02: Data-driven decision-support tools for better health care delivery and policy-making with a focus on cancer    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-04: Health care innovation procurement network    

Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (Single Stage - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-02: Pre-commercial research and innovation procurement (PCP) for building the resilience of health care systems in the context of recovery    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-03: Public procurement of innovative solutions (PPI) for building the resilience of health care systems in the context of recovery    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-04: Better financing models for health systems    

Call - Partnerships in Health (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-10-01: European partnership on transforming health and care systems    

Destination 5. Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society    

Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-01: Smart medical devices and their surgical implantation for use in resource-constrained settings    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-02: Next generation advanced therapies to treat highly prevalent and high burden diseases with unmet medical needs    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-03: Innovative tools for use and re-use of health data (in particular of electronic health records and/or patient registries)    

Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Single Stage - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11-01: Optimising effectiveness in patients of existing prescription drugs for major diseases (except cancer) with the use of biomarkers    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11-02: New methods for the effective use of real-world data and/or synthetic data in regulatory decision-making and/or in health technology assessment    

Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (two-stages - 2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-12-01-two-stage: Computational models for new patient stratification strategies    

Destination 6. Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry    

Call - A competitive health-related industry (2021)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-01: Green pharmaceuticals    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-02: Development, procurement and responsible management of new antimicrobials    

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-03: Promoting a trusted mHealth label in Europe: uptake of technical specifications for quality and reliability of health and wellness apps    

Call - A competitive health-related industry (2022)    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-01: Enhancing cybersecurity of connected medical devices    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-02: Scaling up multi-party computation, data anonymisation techniques, and synthetic data generation    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-03: New pricing and payment models for cost-effective and affordable health innovations    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-04: Setting up a European Smart Health Innovation Hub    

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-05: Setting up a European Electronic Health Record Exchange Format (EEHRxF) Ecosystem    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. Grant to the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD)    

2. European registry for human pluripotent stem cell lines    

3. CEPI 3 - Contribution to the Coalition for Epidemics Preparedness Initiative    

4. CEPI 4 - Contribution to the Coalition for Epidemics Preparedness Initiative    

Other Instruments    

1. Mobilisation of Research funds in case of Public Health Emergencies: COVID-19, second quarter of 2021    

2. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities    

3. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Public Health Emergencies    

4. Subscription to the Human Frontier Science Program Organization    

5. External expertise    

6. Implement, expand and improve the Global Observatory on Health R&D    

Budget    

Introduction

The Union and the world are challenged by the COVID-19 pandemic. While it has uncovered vulnerabilities in our social and economic systems, it has also provided new impetus, visibility and recognition of the critical role that health care systems and health professionals play in responding to the needs of people, serving society and underpinning the economy. It also underlined the power of research and innovation in uncovering the knowledge and developing the technologies to respond rapidly and effectively to public health emergencies. In addition to the direct suffering that COVID-19 is causing to symptomatic patients and their families, including long-term COVID-19 symptoms in survivors, the social distancing measures and lockdowns are causing major disruptions in social and economic life aggravating inequalities, loneliness and neglect, but also increasing existential fears, anxieties and distress, with serious negative impact on mental health and well-being. Population groups who are at risk of COVID-19, such as people suffering from co-morbidities and the elderly, are affected by these measures disproportionately but also young people entering and establishing their adult life. There is thus an urgent need for research and innovation to understand the long-term effects of both COVID-19 and the social distancing measures on people’s health and well-being, and in turn develop effective responses for a solid recovery of the Union. Research conducted during the pandemic and following its sequels is pivotal to inform preparedness for potential similar events in the future. The pandemic has also demonstrated the downside of globalisation in which the dependence on global value chains can quickly result in shortages of critical supplies, such as essential medicines or other health technologies.

To help repair the economic and social damage caused by the coronavirus pandemic, the European Commission, the European Parliament and EU Member States leaders have agreed on a Recovery Plan for Europe that will lead the way out of the crisis and lay the foundations for a modern and more sustainable Union. The Health cluster will put the focus of this work programme mainly to this endeavour, which will benefit from financial resources from this Multiannual Financial Framework and from NextGenerationEU (NGEU), the Union’s financing instrument to boost the recovery. It requires research and innovation supporting the recovery of people and communities from COVID-19 but also for making society more resilient and national health systems better prepared to any future public health emergency. The Recovery Plan aims the Union to building back better, which also entails supporting the twin digital and green transitions by unlocking the full potential of data-enabled research and innovation for digitised health systems and a competitive and secure data-economy, including on the basis of European Electronic Health Records as well as the establishment of the European Health Data Space. The digital transformation of health and care will certainly help to increase the capacity of health care systems to deliver more personalised and effective health care with less resource wasting. It will contribute but is not sufficient for making the Union the first climate-neutral continent by 2050, with zero pollution and zero waste. Additional efforts are needed to make also the delivery of health care, the design of health technologies and their manufacturing more sustainable by reducing energy consumption, waste, pollution and the release of harmful substances, including pharmaceuticals, into the environment.

Even though research and innovation has the power to uncovering the knowledge and developing the technologies to serve societal well-being, economic prosperity and environmental sustainability, it only can succeed through cooperation of the best research teams with the prospective users of such knowledge and technologies. It is thus of outmost importance to involve those users - like patients and healthy citizens, health care professionals providers and payers, public health authorities and regulators, researchers or innovators from academia and industry - early in the knowledge generation or technology development process, including through patient/citizen engagement, community involvement or other forms of social innovation approaches, such that research and innovation activities are adjusted to the users’ particular expectations, needs, constraints and potential. Any cooperation would benefit from adequate intellectual property management strategies. Beyond cooperating along the value chain of knowledge and know-how production and valorisation or within the knowledge triangle (research-education-innovation), it is in the EU’s strategic interest to also reach out and cooperate with other countries outside the EU and on other continents. This applies in particular for multi-lateral cooperation on (global) health issues with countries associated to Horizon Europe but also with other partner countries and regions in the world. In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding to support its participation in projects funded under the Health cluster.

Nevertheless, the pandemic shows also the importance of effective coordination among EU Member States in the area of health. The European Commission is building a strong European Health Union, in which all EU Member States prepare and respond together to health crises, in synergy with national activities in the area of crisis preparedness and response; medical supplies are available, affordable and innovative, and countries work together to improve prevention, diagnosis, treatment and aftercare for any diseases, including cancer. Stronger common preparedness and response will rely on greater input from the Union’s agencies and bodies, including any future EU Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (EU-HERA) for which the HERA incubator foresees preparatory actions 1 . Likewise, some research and innovation actions under the Health Cluster should deliver relevant complementary inputs to the announced “Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan” 2 , contributing to actions covering the entire cancer care pathway, including prevention, early detection, diagnosis, treatment, cancer data monitoring, as well as quality of life of cancer patients and survivors.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that share policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention is given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium-sized enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Moreover, accelerating the performance and boosting the use and impact of research and innovation also requires it to make use of complementary capacities, such as European research, innovation and space infrastructures and services, or to develop complementary activities in synergy with other European Union funding programmes. Applicants could consider and actively seek complementarities and synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding of additional activities not covered by their proposal from EU, national or regional programmes such as: EU4Health, Digital Europe Programme, European Regional Development Fund (ERDF), European Social Fund (ESF+), Structural Reform Support Programme (SRSP), Just Transition Fund (JTF), European Maritime and Fisheries Fund (EMFF), European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) or InvestEU. This could involve dedicated calls (EU synergies calls), meaning that actions that have been awarded a grant under such a call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. Additionally, to encourage multi-actors approaches and to be more effective in achieving impact, applicants could consider synergies with other relevant initiatives funded under the Horizon Europe programme, including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT). The innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT-KICs can in particular contribute to building communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and fostering the exploitation of the project results (the proposals are also encouraged to explore other forms and means of service provisions distinct to the EIT-KICs, in particular EIT-KIC Health and EIT-KIC Digital).

All could help to support the development of skills and capacities in research or health systems, as well as accelerating the take-up and use of scientific evidences, new technologies and best practices in health care and by health systems, industries and markets, at national or regional level.

As examples, the EU4Health programme could help to ensure that the best use is made of research results and facilitate the uptake, scaling-up and deployment of health innovations in healthcare systems and clinical practice. Thereby unlocking the potential of innovation in health, and improving efficiency by avoiding the duplication of activities and optimising the use of financial resources.

The ERDF focuses, amongst others, on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) offers support to Member States in financing reforms and investments that improve their resilience and their growth potential, mitigate the economic and social impacts from the COVID-19 crisis, including in the area of health, and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that go beyond the remits of an R&I proposal and directly contribute to the objectives of the RRF it is advisable to check access to funding available at national level in line with the Member States’ recovery and resilience plans for a fast and targeted support.

Notwithstanding the synergies mentioned above, the work programme 2021-2022 of cluster 1 ‘Health’ captures synergies with other clusters based on the challenges and areas of intervention of each destination. Further synergies are encouraged with regard to complementary funding opportunities provided by topics in other clusters and other pillars of Horizon Europe, notably in the European Research Infrastructure work programme (under pillar I) 3 and the European Innovation Council work programme (under pillar III) 4 . Additional synergies could also be explored at project-level, i.e. between the portfolio of projects funded either under the same topic or by establishing a portfolio of projects funded under different topics (of the health cluster, of the other clusters 2-6, or of the pillars I/III of Horizon Europe). In particular, applicants to calls of the health cluster are encouraged to consider, where relevant, the services offered by the current and future EU-funded European Research Infrastructures, including the European Open Science Cloud. 5 , 6 Moreover, if projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, they must make use of European space technologies and services provided by Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). 7

The work programme 2021-2022 of cluster 1 ‘Health’ is directed towards two Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs) for research and innovation set by Horizon Europe’s strategic plan 2021-2024, notably to creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society (KSO-D) and promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains (KSO-A). It aims to mainly contribute to four impact areas of the strategic plan: Good health and high-quality accessible health care; A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats; High quality digital services for all; and A competitive and secure data-economy. More specifically, cluster 1 aims to contribute to six expected impacts as set out by the strategic plan, which are the following six destinations of this work programme:

Destination 1 - Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society: Citizens of all ages stay healthy and independent in a rapidly changing society thanks to healthier lifestyles and behaviours, healthier diets, healthier environments, improved evidence-based health policies, and more effective solutions for health promotion and disease prevention.

Destination 2 - Living and working in a health-promoting environment: Living and working environments are health-promoting and sustainable thanks to better understanding of environmental, occupational, social and economic determinants of health.

Destination 3 - Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden: Health care providers are able to better tackle and manage diseases (infectious diseases, including poverty-related and neglected diseases, non-communicable and rare diseases) and reduce the disease burden on patients effectively thanks to better understanding and treatment of diseases, more effective and innovative health technologies, better ability and preparedness to manage epidemic outbreaks and improved patient safety.

Destination 4 - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care: Health care systems provide equal access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care thanks to the development and uptake of safe, cost-effective and people-centred solutions, with a focus on population health, health systems resilience, as well as improved evidence-based health policies.

Destination 5 - Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society: Health technologies, new tools and digital solutions are applied effectively thanks to their inclusive, secure and ethical development, delivery, integration and deployment in health policies and health care systems.

Destination 6 - Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health-related industry: EU health industry is innovative, sustainable and globally competitive thanks to improved up-take of breakthrough technologies and innovations, which makes the EU with its Member States more resilient and less dependent from imports with regard to the access to and supply of critical health technologies.

Destination 1 – Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society

Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘citizens of all ages stay healthy and independent in a rapidly changing society thanks to healthier lifestyles and behaviours, healthier diets, healthier environments, improved evidence-based health policies, and more effective solutions for health promotion and disease prevention’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘High quality digital services for all’, ‘Sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea’, and ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’.

People´s health care needs are different, depending on their age, stage of life and socio-economic background. Their physical and mental health and well-being can be influenced by their individual situation as well as the broader societal context they are living in. Furthermore, health education and behaviour are important factors. Currently, more than 790 000 deaths per year in Europe are due to risk factors such as smoking, drinking, physical inactivity, and obesity. Upbringing, income, education levels, social and gender aspects also have an impact on health risks and how disease can be prevented. Moreover, people´s health can be impacted by a rapidly changing society, making it challenging to keep pace and find its way through new technological tools and societal changes, which both are increasing demands on the individual´s resilience. In order to leave no one behind, to reduce health inequalities and to support healthy and active lives for all, it is crucial to provide suitable and tailor-made solutions, including for people with specific needs.

In this work programme, destination 1 will focus on major societal challenges that are part of the European Commission’s political priorities, notably diet and health (obesity), ageing and demographic change, mental health, digital empowerment in health literacy, and personalised prevention. Research and innovation supported under this destination will provide new evidences, methodologies and tools for understanding the transition from health to disease. This will allow designing better strategies and personalised tools for preventing diseases and promoting health, including through social innovation approaches. Specific measures will also be developed to educate and empower citizens of all ages and throughout their life, to play an active role in the self-management of their own health and self-care, to the benefit of an active and healthy ageing. In 2022, it will also call for proposals for improving the availability and use of artificial intelligence (AI) tools to predict the risk for onset and progression of chronic diseases. Key to achieving the expected impacts is the availability and accessibility of health data from multiple sources, including real-world health data, which will require appropriate support by research and data infrastructures, AI-based solutions, and robust and transparent methodologies for analysis and reporting.

Dialogue and coordination between stakeholders and policy makers as well as integration across different settings will be needed to develop more effective cross-sectoral solutions for health promotion and disease prevention and deliver improved evidence-based health for all.

In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 2 “Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society” such as on health inequalities, on other inequalities affecting health, or on citizens’ behaviour and engagement; with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on digital tools, telemedicine or smart homes; with cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility” such as on urban health or on mitigating the impact of road traffic accidents and related injuries; with cluster 6 “Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment” such as on the role of nutrition for health (incl. human microbiome, mal- and over-nutrition, safe food), personalised diets (incl. food habits in general and childhood obesity in particular) and the impact of food-related environmental stressors on human health (incl. marketing and consumer habits). 8

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to staying healthy in a rapidly changing society, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Citizens adopt healthier lifestyles and behaviours, make healthier choices and maintain longer a healthy, independent and active life with a reduced disease burden, including at old ages or in other vulnerable stages of life.

2.Citizens are able and empowered to manage better their own physical and mental health and well-being, monitor their health, and interact with their doctors and health care providers.

3.Citizens´ trust in knowledge-based health interventions and in guidance from health authorities is strengthened, including through improved health literacy (including at young ages), resulting in increased engagement in and adherence to effective strategies for health promotion, diseases prevention and treatment, including increased vaccination rates and patient safety.

Health policies and actions for health promotion and disease prevention are knowledge-based, people-centred and thus targeted and tailored to citizens' needs, and designed to reduce health inequalities.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01

69.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-two-stage

170.00

01 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-02

50.00

21 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

69.00

220.00

Call - Staying Healthy (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 9

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 10

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-02

RIA

60.00 11

Around 10.00

6

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-03

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-04

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-05

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

69.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-02: Towards a molecular and neurobiological understanding of mental health and mental illness for the benefit of citizens and patients

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to one or several of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers, health care professionals and developers of medical interventions have a much better understanding of how genetic, epigenetic and environmental risk and resilience factors interact to drive or prevent the transition from mental health to mental illness throughout the life course. Developers of medical interventions make use of this understanding to develop novel classes of medications and non-pharmaceutical interventions for the prevention and treatment of mental illnesses (including relapse prevention).

2.Mental health professionals have access to different types of validated biomarkers for making more accurate diagnoses (beyond current symptom-based criteria) and for optimising and personalising preventive and therapeutic treatment decisions. As a result, patients receive more targeted therapies and relapse less frequently. They experience less stigma due to more accurate and objective diagnoses and increased public awareness about the molecular and neurobiological basis of mental health and mental illness.

3.Citizens have the possibility to undergo laboratory testing for assessing their mental health and their predisposition to mental illnesses, and are given timely evidence-based guidance on personalised preventive measures that underpin their active engagement and adherence to effective strategies for promoting their mental health.

4.Public health authorities and policy makers have access to comprehensive clinical trial data on the effectiveness of different types of pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies for the promotion of mental health and prevention of mental illnesses, helping them draft evidence-based clinical guidelines and best practices as well as design tailor-made prevention policies and campaigns.

Scope: Mental illnesses represent a huge and growing burden for Europe, both at individual and societal level. There is an enormous stigma and they often remain undetected as diagnoses largely depend on symptom-based criteria without any biological markers linked to causative mechanisms. Currently available medications are primarily used by trial and error (rather than in a targeted and personalised manner) and they are all very similar in their mechanisms of action with rather little breakthrough innovation in the last few decades. There is further a lack of evidence base on the optimal use of different pharmacological and non-pharmacological prevention strategies. A deeper molecular and neurobiological understanding of the interplay between genetic, epigenetic and environmental risk and resilience factors, including neural circuit alterations, is critical for the development of objective biomarkers and evidence-based interventions that will significantly improve mental health outcomes.

Accordingly, the proposed research is expected to deliver on several of the following:

1.Significantly advance the molecular and neurobiological understanding of how genetic, epigenetic and environmental risk and resilience factors (such as psychosocial experiences, diet, sleep, natural and artificial light, use or abuse of drugs, infections and other exposures) interact to drive or prevent the transition from mental health to mental illness 12 throughout the life course as well as how such molecular and neurobiological changes could be reversed. The use of computational modelling and/or artificial intelligence tools is encouraged for the analysis of big, complex and heterogeneous data 13 .

2.Develop relevant predictive models through federated analysis of large European cohorts of psychiatric disorders and investigate the biological and neural basis of pathogenetic mechanisms and symptoms shared by different disorders. If relevant to the disorders studied, develop neurobiologically-grounded models of cognition and social behaviour and apply these models and their simulation potential to the understanding and improved management of mental health conditions associated with behavioural or emotional dysfunction.

3.Identify, validate and document different types or combinations of biomarkers for all of the following purposes:

1.development of robust quantitative, clinical measures of mental health;

2.identification of signatures, for example genetic and epigenetic blueprints, conferring susceptibility to and protection against mental illnesses;

3.establishment of more objective diagnostic and monitoring criteria (complementing current symptom-based criteria) to improve patient outcomes and reduce the stigma associated with mental illness;

4.prediction of treatment response and risk of relapse for better, more scientifically-guided and targeted use of currently available preventive and therapeutic interventions for different population groups.

For biomarker discovery, applicants are encouraged to take stock of advances in disciplines such as for instance neuropsychology, neurophysiology, neuroendocrinology, neuroimaging, electrophysiological monitoring, e-health/m-health, -omics (genomics, epigenomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, metabolomics, lipidomics, exposomics, microbiomics including the role of the microbiota-gut-brain axis), optogenetics, nanomedicine, stem cell biology, neuroimmunology and immunopsychiatry.

1.Discover new disease pathways and drug targets (including pathways involved in maintaining mental health) to boost the development of new (or repurposed) classes of safer and more effective medications 14 for the prevention and treatment of mental illnesses (including relapse prevention).

2.Establish the molecular and neurobiological effects as well as cognitive and psychological consequences of both pharmacological and non-pharmacological prevention strategies (for example: neurostimulation, neurofeedback, psychotherapy and other psychological/behavioural interventions, light therapy, diet, exercise, lifestyle, mindfulness or a combination of them) and assess their efficacy and side effects as part of clinical trials (also determining windows of opportunity when preventive actions are most effective throughout the life course).

Proposals may cover different stages in the continuum of the innovation cycle (from basic and translational research to the validation of findings in real-world settings) and should ensure strong involvement of end-users, including citizens and patients. Sex and gender differences and the effects of age should be duly taken into account. International cooperation is encouraged and the proposed research is expected to be multidisciplinary, including through the involvement of medical sciences, psychological sciences, social sciences and the humanities.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-03: Healthy Citizens 2.0 - Supporting digital empowerment and health literacy of citizens

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.European citizens are educated, motivated and empowered to use digital tools for monitoring and managing their own physical, mental and social health and well-being. As a result, they take on a more active role in achieving their health potential and in adopting healthy lifestyles at home, in the community and at work, and they also interact better with their doctors and carers (receiving and providing feedback). Citizens are more health literate, are more autonomous and active, participate more in social life, have better employment opportunities, take on a more active role in achieving their health potential and in turn have a higher quality of life.

2.Member States actively contribute to health literacy efforts, monitor and evaluate them.

3.Health care and social services are better integrated, affordable, open to diversity and inclusion: they comply with precautionary protections concerning sensitive health data, consider the needs of end users (citizens, formal and informal carers) and innovation carriers (SMEs, hospitals) and favour tools of social innovation.

4.Health promotion and disease prevention are enhanced by the awareness of healthier lifestyle behaviours, and overall there are better health outcomes throughout the life-course. There is a greater involvement of non-health sectors (including environment, food, safety and occupational health) and this has a direct impact on the determinants of health. Overall, there is a boost in the transition from treatment to prevention and this contributes to the reengineering of prevention into health care.  

Scope: Digital technologies are a driving force for empowering citizens in taking on an active role in the management of their own health and well-being as well as for supporting innovations for coordinated person-centred care models.

There is a growing body of evidence demonstrating the value of digital health interventions and solutions for health promotion, disease prevention and treatment. However, in parallel, it is vital to ensure that online-based patient-centred programmes do not leave behind the very people they are primarily designed to empower. Moreover, citizen’s digital health literacy is essential for the successful transformation of health care systems.

Accordingly, the proposed activities should address all of the following:

1.Map health literacy research in the EU (and beyond).

2.Develop a comprehensive and inclusive European strategy in improving (digital) health literacy for the benefit of all citizens focusing on health promotion, disease prevention, treatment and (self-)care as well as on monitoring its impact on the quality of life, wellbeing, productivity and the economy, taking into account geographic, social and economic determinants of inequities in digital health literacy.

3.Help patients navigate the health care systems, interact with their doctors and carers as well as better manage their own health at home, in the community and at work.

4.Create a network of champions in digital health literacy across the EU (and beyond) to foster exchange and uptake of best practices.

5.Set concrete targets as well as areas for improvement on health literacy levels across Europe.

6.Develop monitoring mechanisms and indicators to assess health literacy levels and their evolution across Member States.

7.Include stakeholders from all relevant sectors (including but not limited to education, innovation, health care, Medtech, media) and involve also citizens in the co-creation, design, planning, implementation and evaluation of the strategy, including through social innovation tools and approaches.

In all instances, gender as well as demographic, geographic and socio-economic aspects should be duly taken into account.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-04: A roadmap for personalised prevention

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers, research funders and policy-makers implement a Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda.

2.Policy makers, public health services, industrial stakeholders and citizen associations across Europe work together with a coordinated, harmonised and comprehensive research approach towards personalised prevention for all.

3.Public health services, health systems and citizen associations are aware and adopt personalised prevention strategies.

4.Insurers and public authorities take evidence-based policy decisions for implementing personalised prevention strategies for all.

Scope: The progress in medicine over the past decades has been impressive. Nevertheless, many promising advancements have not yet been taken up in health care. Thanks to personalised approaches and the development of targeted interventions, several health conditions that were until recently very serious or even fatal, can now be cured, attenuated or turned into a chronic health condition. However, more could be achieved if we could identify individuals at higher risk of developing a particular condition early on and before symptoms occur. In this regard, it is worth noting that two thirds of chronic diseases are thought to be preventable.

Personalised prevention therefore holds many promises and would allow for a paradigm shift in the provision and management of health care if efforts are co-ordinated and concentrated at the European and global levels. A number of successful individual preventive approaches are already deployed, for example in the field of cancer. However, more insight is needed on the underlying human biology, taking stock of the rich data accumulated from the biomedical sciences. Furthermore, successful strategies will require holistic approaches, taking into account behavioural and life style factors. Most importantly, better co-ordination is essential to foster and accelerate the development and adoption of personalised prevention strategies for the years to come. It will also be important to assess the value of prevention in terms of savings in the health system.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Identification and networking of key stakeholders for the co-creation of strategies for personalised prevention.

2.Literature mapping, research gap analysis and mapping of existing research programmes for personalised prevention in Europe and beyond.

3.Identification of existing bottlenecks, analysis of evidences and examples of successful implementation of personalised prevention approaches and assessment of their transferability.

4.Analysis of how personalised prevention can be delivered most effectively, efficiently and cost-effective.

5.Robust, professional communication strategy to maximise the impact of the findings and the uptake of personalised prevention strategies.

6.A Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda on personalised prevention throughout the life course to inform research funders and other prospective partners of the expected future European partnership on personalised medicine.

Proposals should engage with related research initiatives (e.g. ICPerMed) and provide input to prospective partners of the expected future European partnership on personalised medicine.

Proposals should encourage a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, patients and their families, and unleashes the potential of social innovation.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01-05: Mobilising a network of National Contact Points (NCPs) for the Health Cluster

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for Health and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country.

Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated, national support structures responsible for Health (SC1) nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to all of the expected impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”, as well as the expected impacts of all other destinations of the health cluster. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.An improved and professionalised NCP service across Europe, thereby helping simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted.

2.A more consistent level of NCP support services across Europe.

3.The network of National Focal Points (NFPs) 15 supporting the implementation of the EU Health programmes and the Enterprise Europe Network (EENs) 16 providing support for small and medium-sized enterprises will be closely collaborating with the network of National Contact Points (NCPs) for the Health Cluster based on identified complementarities and synergies.

Scope: Proposals should aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between National Contact Points (NCPs) with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants.

The network will organise NCP Information Days, NCP trainings, brokerage events for potential participants and provide appropriate tools and instruments to support NCPs and researchers. Activities will support researchers of the social sciences and humanities to connect into all Clusters of Horizon Europe. To achieve its expected outcomes and objectives, the NCP network could cooperate with but should not duplicate actions foreseen in other thematic and horizontal Horizon Europe NCP networks.

Proposals should include a work package to implement matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in the domain of the Health Cluster. Matchmaking should take place by means of online tools, brokerage events, info days and bilateral meetings between project initiators and candidate participants from widening countries. Other matchmaking instruments may be used as appropriate. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles.

The proposed structure and activities of the HE Health NCP network, should be closely interlinked with and associated to (at national and regional level) with those of the National Focal Points (NFPs) supporting the EU Health programmes. It is important to facilitate cooperation, identify and use synergies between the work of these two NCP and NFP networks - but also with other NCPs/NFPs responsible for different EU programmes providing funding available for health-related actions. This cooperation would not only improve the quality of the relevant actions funded by Horizon Europe and EU4Health but also the overall EU-level public health impact of all health-related actions using any EU funding.

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries.

The consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs.

The proposal should cover the whole duration of Horizon Europe plus one year.

Call - Staying healthy (Two stage - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 17

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 18

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 01 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-01-two-stage

RIA

50.00 19

Around 7.00

7

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-04-two-stage

RIA

60.00 20

Around 6.00

10

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage

RIA

60.00 21

Around 10.00

6

Overall indicative budget

170.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-01-two-stage: Boosting mental health in Europe in times of change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care professionals, national/regional public authorities and other relevant actors in key settings (e.g. schools, workplaces, etc.):

1.Have access to and apply evidence-based, innovative, cost-effective/cost-neutral, large-scale, comprehensive strategies and interventions for the promotion of mental health and the prevention of mental ill health, targeting the most vulnerable populations;

2.Adopt clinical guidelines, best practices, implementation strategies and policy recommendations (as applicable to them) to mitigate the mental health burden and help cope with the (combined) effects of a transforming Europe (e.g. the socio-economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, climate change, environmental degradation, energy transition, demographic and migration factors, digitalisation, and exponential technological advancements);

2.The scientific community together with the public authorities anticipate new and emerging risks to mental health associated with a transforming Europe, contributing to better and inclusive public mental health preparedness.

3.Citizens have access to and make use of new tools and services to take informed decisions about their wellbeing and mental health care needs (including for self-management and self-care).

4.Citizens feel less stigmatised and marginalised due to their mental ill health.

Scope: Against the backdrop of a transforming Europe and in the midst of a global pandemic, the EU is committed to lead the transition to a healthier planet and a new digital world. The health and wellbeing of its citizens is a prerequisite to achieve this aspiration.

On the one hand, extreme weather and environmental disasters have risen dramatically over the last decade. Links between these events and serious mental health problems, including anxiety, depression, post-traumatic disorder and suicide, have been reported. Moreover, several new words such as “eco-anxiety”, “ecoparalysis” and “ecological grief” have been coined to express the acute and/or chronic effects on mental health caused by climate and environmental changes.

On the other hand, digital technologies and the achievement of the Digital Single Market – one of the EU’s key priorities – are transforming our economy, our industries as well as our culture and lifestyle. Digitalisation, including digitally-enabled technologies such as robotics and artificial intelligence, are penetrating much faster into societies than in the past and affect us all. Accordingly, the “Fourth Industrial Revolution”’ is changing the way we work (e.g. workplaces, working practices and patterns, the workforce and its skills, and how we perceive work) as well as the way we live. The exponential incorporation of digital technologies in our daily lives has already caused profound changes in the way we communicate and is likely to have significant impact (both positive and negative) on mental health and intellectual/cognitive ability, in particular of the youth. Digital platforms can provide mental health support as well as increase social inclusiveness. However, digital technologies also introduce new risks, such as continuous connectivity, cyberbullying and exposure to inappropriate or fake content.

Accordingly, the proposed research should aim to deliver in all three dimensions listed below, focusing on one or several of the (combined) effects of a transforming Europe highlighted in the “Expected Outcomes” 22 .

1.Provide a comprehensive knowledge base of how a transforming Europe can influence mental health in a fast-evolving society, especially in the most vulnerable populations, by consolidating data from relevant sources and/or acquiring new data, and by reviewing existing methodologies.

2.Develop and implement (pilot and/or scale-up) interventions, which promote wellbeing and prevent mental illness to help cope with and mitigate the stress of a changing society, including digitalisation, climate change and/or other factors highlighted in the “Expected Outcomes”.8 The interventions should target relevant settings (e.g. workplaces, schools) and the most vulnerable populations (e.g. children and adolescents, the elderly, people with pre-existing health conditions and co-morbidities and other high-risk groups such as socio-economic disadvantaged groups, migrants, etc.). Integration of care and coordination among different settings from communities to health care is desirable. The effectiveness of the interventions should be evaluated, inter alia, in terms of health outcomes, (comparative) cost-effectiveness, implementation facilitators and barriers. Depending on the aspects covered by the proposed research, desired outputs may include, but are not limited to:

1.Evidence-based guidelines for health care professionals on the promotion of mental wellbeing and prevention of mental illness related to ICT and climate and environment change (including screening methods).

2.Evidenced-based pedagogical practices for education professionals to foster mental health promotion in schools (including higher education) and/or via eLearning.

3.Consultation during school time to educate students (e.g. on coping with change) and to detect early students at risk.

4.Educational material and campaigns targeting the most vulnerable groups, (e.g. children and the elderly), disseminated via the most appropriate and effective media and communication channels, to improve health literacy, skills, attitudes and self-awareness leading to a better (self-)management of wellbeing and/or mental ill health.

5.Studies on occupational mental health in the workplace, in particular in small and medium-sized enterprises, e.g.: i) understanding the impact of a 24-hour digital economy on workers’ well-being, also in terms of managerial control mechanisms, work-life balance and privacy and developing/piloting new methods to protect and support workers’ well-being in this respect; ii) designing information and training campaigns for workers to integrate the already visible impacts of digitalisation-induced changes into the professional risk assessment processes; iii) developing return-to-work programmes, also exploring innovative collaboration between mental health services, (life-long) education, and employment sectors. This will ensure appropriate support to better integrate individuals affected by mental ill health in the workforce and the society.

3.Inform policy-makers and regulators on: i) the prevalence and burden of mental ill health related to a transforming European society (e.g. digital technologies, climate change, etc); and/or ii) the effects of a transforming European society (e.g. digitalisation, climate change and transition to “green jobs”) on occupational mental health; and/or iii) the (comparative) cost-effectiveness of public mental health interventions/policy choices.

Research should be multidisciplinary, including medical sciences, social sciences, the humanities, and the arts, if relevant. It is important to consider aspects such as (associated) behavioural patterns, stigma and novel social dynamics as well as different socioeconomic, cultural and geographical contexts. In all instances, sex and gender-related issues must be taken into account. All data should be disaggregated by sex, age and other relevant variables, such as by measures of socioeconomic status (i.e. take into account the socioeconomic gradient in mental health). International collaboration is encouraged.

Proposals should involve end-users (including civil society organisations) and/or strategic partners in the design and during the course of the project. Possible end-users and strategic partners could include local or regional authorities, community services, employers, schools/universities, cultural institutions, insurance companies, civil society organisations, communities, among others. Proposals should adopt a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, patients and their families, and unleashes the potential of social innovation.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-04-two-stage: Trustworthy artificial intelligence (AI) tools to predict the risk of chronic non-communicable diseases and/or their progression

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes.

1.Clinicians, medical professionals and citizens have access to and use validated AI tools for disease risk assessment. Hence, citizens are better informed for managing their own health.

2.Health care professionals utilise robust, trustworthy and privacy-preserving AI tools that help them to assess and predict the risk for and/or progression of chronic non-communicable diseases. Hence, citizens benefit from improved health outcomes.

3.Health care professionals develop evidence-based recommendations and guidelines for the implementation of AI-based personalised prevention strategies. Hence, citizens benefit from optimized health care measures superior to the standard-of-care.

4.Health care professionals employ quantitative indicators in order to identify and follow-up on individuals with high risk for the development and/or risk for the progression of chronic non-communicable diseases.

Scope: It is widely recognised that health systems must put more emphasis on prevention and adopt a person-centred approach. Artificial intelligence (AI) along with the increased availability of health data hold great potential to pave the way for personalised prevention and enable progress towards risk prediction and early detection of chronic non-communicable diseases.

This topic will support multidisciplinary research, build on broad stakeholder engagement and support proposals developing novel robust and trustworthy 23 AI tools to enable timely personalised prevention approaches for chronic non-communicable diseases/disorders. The topic does not exclude any diseases/disorders.

Proposals are expected to develop and test AI tools for assessing and predicting the risk of developing a disease and/or the risk of disease progression once it is diagnosed, taking into account the individuals’ (or groups) genotypes, phenotypes, life-style, occupational/environmental stressors and/or socio-economic and behavioural characteristics, as necessary. Sex and gender aspects should be considered, wherever relevant.

The AI tools may include a broad range of technological solutions on their own and/or in combination with other relevant state-of-the-art technologies (i.e. AI algorithms, mobile apps and sensors, robotics, e-health tools, telemedicine etc.)

Proposals should implement proof-of-concept studies to test and validate the performance of their AI tools in the real-world setting and compare their performance to the established practice.

The applicants should ensure that the AI tools developed are driven by relevant end-users/citizens/health care professionals needs. Therefore, the proposals are expected to introduce concrete measures for the involvement of the end-users throughout the AI development process and not only in the last phases of development. SME(s) participation is encouraged with the aim to strengthen the scientific and technological basis of SME(s) and valorise their innovations for the people’s benefit.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Leverage existing high-quality health-relevant data from multiple sources (i.e. cohorts, electronic health records and registries, taking into account the individual’s genotypic/phenotypic, medical, life-style, socio-economic, behavioural data etc.) and/or generation of new high-quality health data necessary for the rigorous development of the AI disease-risk tools.

2.Develop the adequate performance metrics to assess the technical robustness of the developed AI tools for risk assessment of disease and/or disease progression and in particular their accuracy, reliability, reproducibility and generalisability. Proposals should assess the possible inherent bias introduced to the AI tools originating from the data quality used for their development.

3.Develop the criteria to assess the effectiveness of the AI tools for disease risk assessment in terms of improving health outcomes and enabling personalised prevention strategies.

4.Implement proof of concept and/or feasibility studies to validate the AI tools for risk assessment of disease and/or disease progression in a relevant end-users environment and/or real-world setting and assess their performance in comparison to the standard-of-care.

Proposals should adhere to the FAIR 24 data principles and apply good practices for GDPR-compliant personal data protection. Proposals are encouraged to implement international standards and best practices used in the development of AI solutions.

Integration of ethics and health humanities perspectives to ensure an ethical approach to the development of AI solutions. In relation to the use and interpretation of data, special attention should be paid to systematically assess for gender and ethnic bias and/or discrimination when developing and using data-driven AI tools.

To ensure citizens’ trust, wide uptake by user communities and scalability of the solutions across clinical contexts, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness of the AI tool, going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, architecture, code and underlying data.

Applicants are highly encouraged to deliver a plan for the regulatory acceptability of their technologies and to interact at an early stage with the regulatory bodies, whenever relevant.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage: Prevention of obesity throughout the life course

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers, developers of medical interventions, and health care professionals have a much better understanding of basic biological pathways (genetic and epigenetic blueprints) conferring susceptibility to and protecting against overweight/obesity, i.e. how genetic, epigenetic, environmental, socio-economic and lifestyle factors interact to drive or prevent the transition from normal weight to overweight/obesity throughout the life course.

2.Health care professionals, national/regional/local public authorities and other relevant actors (e.g. schools, canteens, hospitals, work places, shopping malls, sport centres):

1.Have access to, adopt and implement evidence-based clinical guidelines, best practices, coordinated, pan-European, multidisciplinary preventive strategies, policy recommendations and/or new policies to fight overweight/obesity and their co-morbidities throughout the life course.

2.Have access to and make use of a robust outcomes framework and tool-kit for standardised collection of economic and cost data related to the prevention and treatment of overweight/obesity and its co-morbidities at population level across European regions and countries.

3.Adopt and implement tailor-made prevention campaigns to tackle overweight/obesity, including campaigns for improving integration of health education into academic learning and raising awareness of health care providers and citizens.

3.Citizens have access to and make use of new tools and services to make informed decisions about lifestyle choices that will prevent them from becoming overweight/obese.

Scope: Obesity is one of the most serious public health challenges of the 21st century. Although health has improved in the EU over the last decades, the prevalence of obesity has tripled in many countries of the EU. It is known that once individuals become overweight or obese, they are at risk of developing related diseases (diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, cancer). Overweight and obesity are largely preventable. In the current pandemic, the issue of overweight/obesity has become even more prominent, highlighting the need for prevention of overweight/obesity.

Increased efforts in research and innovation are critical for developing and testing the impact of tools, initiatives, interventions, strategies, programmes, policies and their implementation to prevent overweight/obesity. The use of best practices, harmonisation guidelines and/or standard operating procedures, developed at various levels (from local to national) in the EU and beyond, will be the foundation for new research.

Cultural diversity, urban/rural dichotomy, socio-economic status, age groups, sex and gender differences should be investigated, where relevant. Strong collaborations across sectors and with other European projects dealing with issues such as agriculture, aquaculture, food, environment, etc. are welcome. Proposals should engage citizens, civil society organisations (e.g. employers/employee organisations, charities), authorities (e.g. municipalities and health authorities) and institutions (schools, canteens, hospitals, work places, shopping malls, sport centres), local producers, etc. in the development of their actions to ensure acceptability and deployment. Proposals should aim to develop scientifically robust and transparent methodologies, building on achievements from previous research activities.

Proposals should address several of the following research bottlenecks:

1.A comprehensive understanding of biological pathways (genetic, epigenetic, molecular, microbiome, and/or neuroimmune) conferring susceptibility to and protecting against uncontrolled “weight gain".

2.Identification of socio-economic and lifestyle factors influencing consumer behaviour and their association to overweight/obesity prevention.

3.Identification of pre-obesity biomarkers (genetic, laboratory, imaging, etc.) and their association to lifestyle and environmental interventions aiming at obesity prevention and tailored to specific target populations.

4.Mapping existing implementation research activities to prevent overweight/obesity, outcome analyses and identification of best practices.

5.Conducting a thorough meta-review of information from available scientific literature and identification of the relationship between the risk for overweight/obesity and the biology of obesity, lifestyle habits, exposures, susceptibility to co-morbidities and/or all of their combinations.

6.Developing recommendations and guidelines for what constitutes an appropriate healthy diet for different age and health groups.

7.Understanding the causal links between overweight/obesity and sedentary behaviour, quality and quantity and types of food/drinks, physical activity, and personality traits.

8.Designing a creative and engaging programme to reach the optimal balance between diets and physical activity for the prevention of overweight/obesity.

9.Analysing obesity stigma, stress and work-life balance, circadian rhythm disruption, mental health (including psychological problems), screen-time dependency, drugs and side effect of drugs, for the prevention of overweight/obesity.

10.Addressing inequality aspects of overweight/obesity at multiple levels, taking into account vulnerable groups, gender and socio-economic factors.

11.Setting up pilots to assess the effectiveness of obesity management strategies, including cost-effectiveness, and analyse the impact of inactions, taking into account co-morbidities and value-based care system.

12.Developing a system for monitoring population indicators relevant to overweight/obesity by extending European Core Health Indicators.

Proposals should adopt a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, patients and their families, and unleashes the potential of social innovation.

Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added-value regarding aspects of healthier school environments, effectiveness of policies influencing food preferences as well as improving the food offer and food environment.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

Call - Staying healthy (Single stage, 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 25

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 26

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-02-01

RIA

50.00

Around 7.00

7

Overall indicative budget

50.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-02-01: Personalised blueprint of chronic inflammation in health-to-disease transition

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to several of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers and medical professionals understand the chronic inflammation factors triggering the health-to-disease transition and subsequently provide optimal counselling to citizens for improving their health.

2.Health care professionals have access to and employ objective health indicators of chronic inflammation for monitoring the health status, establishing personalised prevention measures and improving the health outcomes for citizens.

3.Health care professionals have the scientific evidence and understanding of health-to-disease transition to develop and use improved guidelines for personalised prevention strategies to tackle chronic diseases.

4.Citizens are better informed to actively manage their own health, have the tools to maintain their healthy status, improve their health and reduce their risk for developing chronic diseases.

Scope: Personalised approaches for disease prevention seek to determine the predisposition to disease and deliver timely and targeted prevention measures. Understanding the risk factors that trigger the health-to-disease transition is essential for delivering personalized prevention measures or reducing the burden of chronic diseases.

A large body of clinical evidence has accumulated over the past decade demonstrating that chronic inflammation is a process implicated in chronic diseases/disorders. Inflammatory response is a physiological process helping the body to heal against harmful entities, but when dysregulated it could lead to unresolved chronic local or systemic inflammation. The later in combination with the person’s genotype, phenotype, medical history, nutritional and well-being status, life-style and/or occupational/environmental/life stressors is likely to be involved in driving the health-to-disease transition, leading to the onset of chronic diseases.

Proposals should be of multidisciplinary nature involving all relevant stakeholders and may cover several different stages in the continuum of the innovation path (from translational research to validation of the findings in human studies etc.), as relevant.

Proposals are expected to develop and implement data-driven, personalised approaches to identify the drivers of chronic inflammation that may determine the transition from health to pre-symptomatic and early stages of chronic diseases/disorders. The topic does not exclude any diseases/disorders. The human studies and human data utilised/generated should be compatible to an age range as representative as possible to the pre-disease phase and onset of the disease to be studied, in order to boost the fast translation of the research results into proof-of-concept studies.

Proposals should develop personalised diagnosis and/or prevention strategies linked to chronic systemic/local inflammation and assess the effects of different types of interventions and/or their combinations i.e. pharmacological, non-pharmacological, nutritional supplements, diet and life-style modifications, as relevant. Sex and gender differences should be investigated, wherever relevant.

The proposals should address several of the following areas:

1.Integrate state-of-the-art knowledge and data from suitable human studies (i.e. medical/clinical, well-being, life-style etc.) to identify actionable factors linking chronic systemic and/or local inflammation to the health-to-disease transition. Take stock of omics (i.e. genomics, metabolomics, nutrigenomics, microbiomics etc.), of dynamic measurements of the health and well-being status, and of data-driven analytical tools in order to identify biomarkers and other health indicators linked to the health-to-disease transition.

2.Understand at the systems-level the human biology and physiology underlying chronic inflammation in connection to the tissues/organ dysregulation, organ cross-talk and homeostasis breakdown triggering the health-to-disease transition, taking into account the person’s genotype, phenotype, medical history, nutritional and well-being status, life-style and/or occupational/environmental/life stressors.

3.Develop and deploy robust sensors, devices and/or mobile apps and other innovative technologies to monitor dynamically the individual’s health status and to identify objective indicators of chronic inflammation correlative to the health-to-disease transition.

4.Implement proof-of-concept human studies to assess the beneficial effect of diverse prevention and/or interventions strategies with the aim to demonstrate improved health outcomes.

5.Test suitable interventions with the aim to demonstrate the reduction and/or reversion of the pre-disease state linked to chronic systemic and/or local inflammation.

Proposals should adopt a patient-centred approach to inform and empower patients, promote a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, patients and their families, and unleash the potential for social innovation.

The proposals should adhere to the FAIR 27 data principles and adopt wherever relevant, data standards and data sharing/access good practices developed by existing European health research infrastructures.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

Destination 2. Living and working in a health-promoting environment

Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘living and working environments are health-promoting and sustainable thanks to better understanding of environmental, occupational, social and economic determinants of health’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘Good health and high quality accessible health care’, ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’, and ‘Clean and healthy air, water and soil’.

The environment we live and work in is a major determinant of our health and well-being. It has direct or indirect beneficial or adverse impact on our health and well-being. Environmental factors are estimated to account for almost 20% of all deaths in Europe. Opinion surveys have shown that European citizens are concerned about the impact of pollution on their health. The impacting factors on both physical and mental health and well-being are not all identified nor their effects comprehensively understood and accounted for to support evidence-based policy- and decision-making. Furthermore, agreed methodologies to estimate health-related costs of exposure to environmental stressors are lacking.

Therefore, Destination 2 aims at filling knowledge gaps in the understanding of the impacts on our health and well-being of those environmental, occupational and socio-economic risk factors that have the most significant or widespread societal impacts. In this work programme, Destination 2 focuses on indoor and outdoor air pollution, chemicals, non-ionizing radiation (electromagnetic fields), urbanisation, climate and other environmental changes, socio-economic inequalities, and changing working environments. Furthermore, under this work programme a topic is dedicated to the creation of a European partnership for the assessment of risks from chemicals, which should establish the EU as an internationally recognised driver of innovative chemical risk assessment for an optimal protection of human health and the environment. The results will support the EU’s environment and health policies and overarching policy frameworks such as the European Green Deal, the Chemical Strategy for Sustainability, the 8th Environment Action Programme, the EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work as well as the WHO European Environment and Health Process (EHP).

Strong collaborations across sectors and with other Horizon Europe clusters dealing with issues such as agriculture, food, environment, climate, mobility, security, urban planning, social inclusion and gender will be needed to ensure that maximal societal benefits are reached. Thus, in view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe).

All topics are open to international collaboration to address global environment and health challenges.

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to living and working in a health-promoting environment, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Policy-makers and regulators are aware and well informed about environmental, socio-economic and occupational risk factors as well as health-promoting factors across society;

2.Environmental, occupational, social, economic, fiscal and health policies and practices at the EU, national and regional level are sustainable and based on solid scientific evidence. These include overarching policy frameworks such as the European Green Deal, the Chemical Strategy for Sustainability, the 8th Environment Action Programme, the EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work and the European Environment and Health Process led by the World Health Organization;

3.The upstream determinants of disease - related to choices in energy generation, agricultural practices, industrial production, land use planning, built environment and construction - are known, understood and reduced;

4.The health threats and burden resulting from hazardous chemicals and air, water and soil pollution and contamination is reduced, so that the related number of deaths and illnesses is substantially reduced by 2030;

5.Living and working environments in European cities and regions are healthier, more inclusive, safer, resilient and sustainable;

6.The adaptive capacity and resilience of populations and health systems in the EU to climate and environmental change-related health risks is strengthened;

7.Citizens’ health and well-being is protected and promoted, and premature deaths, diseases and inequalities related to environmental pollution and degradation are prevented;

8.Citizens understand better complex environment and health issues, and effective measures to address them and support related policies and regulations.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02

130.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-03

200.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04

20.00

21 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

330.00

20.00

Call - Environment and health (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 28

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 29

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-01

RIA

30.00 30

Around 8.00

4

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-02

RIA

40.00 31

Around 8.00

5

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-03

RIA

60.00 32

Around 10.00

6

Overall indicative budget

130.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-01: Exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMF) and health

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Public authorities and regulators are supported with scientific evidence to implement the Council Recommendation 1999/519/EC on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) as well as Directive 2013/35/EU on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields), in particular the implementation of article 1.4 of the Directive, as well as the most recent ICNIRP guidelines 33 for limiting exposure to electromagnetic fields;

2.Public authorities improve their risk assessment, management and communication through access to FAIR 34 data and robust evidence on the exposure to EMF, in particular for the new generation radio-communication networks (e.g. 5G networks), and on the causal links between level and duration of exposures and health effects;

3.Public authorities and the scientific community take advantage of novel and robust methodologies, including models, for the assessment of health impact of exposures;

4.Stakeholders consistently use quality criteria and standards (CEN/ISO 35 ) for the analytical methodologies in the assessment of exposure to EMF, including 5G, and their impact on human health and on the environment;

5.Public authorities, employers and citizens rely on practical guidelines for exposure prevention and reduction;

6.Citizens are effectively engaged and informed about the health impact of EMF exposures and risk-preventing behaviours.

Scope: Digital technologies and electronic communication services are a critical enabler for attaining the sustainability goals of the European Green Deal in many different sectors. The use of the new generation radio-communication networks, e.g. 5G (the fifth generation of mobile phone technology), promise higher data transfer rates and increased network capacity compared with previous generations. While digitalisation presents new opportunities, e.g. distance monitoring of air and water pollution and health outcomes, it also presents potential health risks. Europe needs a digital sector that puts sustainability at its heart: when deploying new technologies, the potential risks related to human health should also be assessed, in addition to the significant benefits.

There has been an exponential increase in the use of wireless personal communication devices (mobile phones, WiFi or Bluetooth-enabled devices etc.) by almost all citizens in private and professional settings and in the supporting infrastructures. The number of other applications using EMF has also increased such as security scanners, smart meters and medical equipment. This has resulted in an increase in man-made electromagnetic radiation in our surroundings.

The International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) issues guidelines for limiting exposure to electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields. EU member states are subject to Council Recommendation 1999/519/EC and the Directive 2013/35/EU, which follow basic rules on EMF exposure evaluation provided by ICNIRP guidelines. Nevertheless, there is some concern over the possible impact on health and safety from potentially higher exposure to EMF, e.g. arising from the deployment of 5G technology. Increased exposure may result from, for instance, the additional use of higher frequencies, and from the potential aggregation of different signals, especially in cities.

Research actions under this topic should provide forward-looking information on potential hazards and risks of existing and emerging EMF exposures through innovative monitoring techniques, experimental evidence and modelling and should include all of the following activities:

1.Monitoring of exposures of the general population and specific groups at risk such as children and workers using innovative technologies;

2.Establishment of potentially new exposure patterns and comparison with existing patterns, e.g. those generated by the use of previous generations of mobile phone technologies. It should be documented how exposures to EMF changes over time due to the introduction of new technologies, including 5G, supporting infrastructure, radiofrequency bands, modulation techniques and applications;

3.Investigating evidence of local and systemic biological effects and health impacts across the lifecycle using in vitro and in vivo approaches, respecting the 3Rs 36 principle, and taking into account combined exposures and changing patterns of device use;

4.Delivering FAIR 37 data on the causal links between level and duration of exposures and potential health (biological) effects, including potential mechanisms, in living and working environments, considering also vulnerable groups, particularly children;

5.Proposing new quality criteria and standards (CEN/ISO 38 ) for the analytical methodologies used for the assessment of exposure to EMF and their impact on human health and on the environment;

6.Undertaking case studies on solutions for exposure reduction based on acquired evidence and deliver practical guidelines for exposure prevention along the stakeholder chain;

7.Proposing and testing efficient communication methods and tools for engaging citizens in preventive actions and addressing their concerns.

Aspects such as gender, age, regional variations, socio-economics and culture should be considered, where appropriate.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-02: Indoor air quality and health

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Public authorities, consumer protection entities and patient associations have access to FAIR 39 data on air pollutants, including both chemical and microbiological determinants, and their main sources for relevant and representative indoor environments and settings in Europe;

2.Society has access to user-friendly solutions to monitor indoor air quality, a knowledge base of risk factors associated to human health impacts related to the main indoor air determinants and guidelines for interventions to improve air quality;

3.Policy-makers are provided with proposals for revised indoor air quality standards for the main determinants identified to support regulatory measures and improve regulatory monitoring;

4.The Zero-Pollution Action Plan of the European Green Deal is supported by science-based evidence.

Scope: Air quality is primarily monitored in outdoor locations, often for regulatory targets compliance purposes. However, people spend the majority of their lives in indoor environments: e.g. at home, in the workplace, in schools and inside transport vehicles. Whereas improving outdoor air quality leads to general improvements of indoor air quality as well, certain sources of air pollution not covered by ambient air quality standards can dominate in some indoor environments. In the current pandemic situation, the issue of good indoor air quality has become even more prominent, encompassing issues such as the need of good ventilation of indoor spaces.

In addition to identifying determinants for indoor air quality, it is important to assess their health impacts in the levels reached indoors to facilitate setting of purposeful indoor air quality standards. The mere presence of a determinant may not mean harmful health effects and some (biological) determinants may even have beneficial health effects.

Applicants should propose research actions that advance the understanding of the indoor air quality and related health and safety issues and should include all of the following activities:

1.Identification and characterisation of sources and routes of exposure and dispersion of chemical and biological indoor air pollution, e.g. indoor air microbiome and allergens, viral pathogens, household chemicals, biocides in building materials, particulate matter, radon as well as emerging pollutants;

2.Identification of differences and modes of interaction between indoor and outdoor air quality at relevant and representative locations;

3.Development and deployment of technologies enabling cost-effective monitoring of indoor air quality (e.g. air quality sensors) and user-friendly alert systems;

4.Development and deployment of effect-based test systems for the detection of synergistic effects of different biogenic particles and substances as well as additional chemical substances such as volatile organic compounds, including in vitro and in vivo approaches with respect to 3Rs 40 ;

5.Identification of body burdens resulting from multipollutant (real-life scenario) indoor exposures and associated health effects, with specific focus on vulnerable population groups and sensitive life stages;

6.Conducting dose-response studies to facilitate the setting of purposeful quality standards;

7.Development of cost-effective, environment-friendly and scalable technologies to improve indoor air quality to reduce disease burdens;

8.Preparation of guidelines and training materials for interventions, supporting health promotion and disease prevention in various sectors, e.g. construction and transport, and in various socio-economic settings;

9.Delivery of FAIR 41 data and databases structured to allow user-friendly access to information about exposures, sources and risk factors.

Aspects such as gender, regional variations, socio-economics and culture should be considered, where appropriate.

Proposals should ensure that chemical monitoring data are shared in IPCHEM 42 through involvement with the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC).

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-03: Health impacts of climate change, costs and benefits of action and inaction

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Global and EU climate policies 43 , the EU Observatory for Climate and Health 44 , and the Green Deal activities are supported with up-to-date scientific evidence;

2.Public authorities and surveillance organisations have access to predictive and early warning systems for direct and indirect health impacts caused by climate-change induced events and dispose of indicators for improved monitoring of policy actions;

3.Public authorities, employers and risk managers draw benefit from user-friendly tools for integrated risk assessments and cost-benefit analysis of climate change mitigation and adaptation actions to support decisions across policy sectors;

4.Public and private health authorities and care providers use guidelines and training materials produced to adapt and innovate health systems and practices to prevent and mitigate climate change related health risks in cost-efficient and effective ways.

Scope: The European Green Deal refocused the European Commission’s commitment of tackling climate and environment-related challenges. It also aims to protect, conserve and enhance the EU's natural capital, and protect the health and well-being of citizens from environment-related risks and impacts. In addition to aiming for climate neutrality by 2050, the Commission adopted a more ambitious EU strategy on adaptation to climate change on 24 February 2021. This is essential, as climate change will continue to create significant stress in Europe in spite of the mitigation efforts.

The World Health Organization estimates that climate change will cause at least 250 000 additional deaths per year globally between 2030 and 2050 45 . Climate change, together with other natural and man-made health stressors, can influence human health and disease patterns in numerous ways. Some existing health threats will intensify and new health threats will emerge, with variable impact on different socio-economic groups. Climate changes induce events such as changes in biodiversity, disruption of ecosystems, habitats and land use, global warming and heat waves, changes in UV exposure or flooding. These events are influencing globally the incidence and spread of infectious diseases and increasing pollution, thereby causing new threats to human health.

The aim of this topic is the identification, monitoring and quantification of direct and indirect impacts on human health, including in occupational settings, and related risk factors correlated to climate change, especially in vulnerable population groups such as children or in groups at risk such as workers. Innovative surveillance tools are further required to ensure a timely response to emerging threats, to feed and strengthen early warning systems, and to enable the design, monitoring and evaluation of interventions. This may include mathematical modelling with big data and artificial intelligence (AI), remote sensing, citizen science and biomarkers of exposure or virulence.

Proposals must choose and address one of the following areas of research:

1.Research on the relationships between changes in environmental hazards caused by climate change, the impacts on interrelated ecosystems and their influence on human health;

2.Climate induced emergence and transmission of pathogens and spread of zoonotic pathogens using Eco-health 46 and One Health 47 approaches.

Proposals should include all of the following activities:

1.Development of suitable indicators and monitoring mechanisms to assess the health-relevant outcomes of climate policies and actions;

2.Development of predictive models and early warning systems for exposure and health impacts of climate change based on transparent assumptions and architecture;

3.Development of tools for health impact and cost-benefit assessment of climate-change adaptation and mitigation measures;

4.Investigation of health co-benefits of adaptation and mitigation policy measures outside the health sector;

5.Demonstration of the validity of tools and methods developed in the above listed activities in policy-relevant case studies;

6.Determination of the societal implications of climate change on health systems, including occupational health, and development of adaptation measures;

7.Development of training materials and guidelines to educate relevant actors in citizens’ daily life on climate change health impacts and to facilitate adaptation of health systems and practices;

8.Delivery of FAIR 48 data on positive and negative health impacts of climate change, including impact on groups at higher risk or vulnerability.

International cooperation is encouraged with the specific aim to support international climate policies. If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, they must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). 49 .

Aspects such as gender, age, regional variations, socio-economics and culture should be considered, where appropriate.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

Call - Partnerships in Health (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 50

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 51

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-03-01

COFUND

200.00 52

Around 200.00

1

Overall indicative budget

200.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-03-01: European partnership for the assessment of risks from chemicals (PARC)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 200.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 200.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Funding rate will be 50%. This is justified by the pooling of proposers' in-kind contributions and in-house activities.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, the proposal under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.The EU is reinforced as an internationally recognised driver of innovation in chemicals risk assessment and thereby substantially contributing to the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals related to chemicals;

2.EU and national chemicals risk assessment and management authorities rely on a sustainable Europe-wide research and innovation platform for chemicals risk assessment, as identified in the Council Conclusions 53 of June 2019 ‘Towards a Sustainable Chemicals Policy Strategy of the Union’ and in the ‘Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability’ 54 , to provide joint new knowledge and innovate risk assessment processes;

3.EU and national chemical risk assessment agencies and the scientific community enhance their collaboration and move towards ‘one substance – one assessment’ with shared evidence, tools and methodologies cutting across sectors;

4.The Common European Green Deal Data Space is empowered, by providing it with reliable, relevant, curated and FAIR 55 data on chemicals in line with the European Strategy for Data 56 ;

5.Synergies are established with relevant activities derived from other European Green Deal policy areas, such as the ‘Farm to Fork strategy’, the ‘Biodiversity Strategy for 2030’, the ‘8th Environment Action Programme’ and the ‘Zero Pollution Action Plan for Air, Water and Soil’, to understand and address their needs for research and innovation in chemicals risk assessment and ensure a better protection of the environment and human health from hazardous chemical exposures;

6.Public authorities and industry engaged in developing a circular economy, including better waste management, as defined in the EU’s ‘Industrial Strategy’ 57 and the ‘New Circular Economy Action Plan’ 58 , are supported with innovation in chemicals risk assessment.

7.Workers are better protected from chemical risks as set out in the ‘EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work 2014-2020’ 59 through better insight into exposures and health impacts and improved safety measures.

Scope: Chemicals risk assessors and managers are faced with data and knowledge gaps and lack of tools and methods, to speed up and prioritise risk assessments and capture risks from existing and emerging substances across regulatory domains. The lack of available or accessible information increases the risk of ‘regrettable’ substitutions and slows down the design of safer chemicals. A diverse landscape of regulatory frameworks and actors carrying out risk assessment of chemicals for their specific purpose has resulted in a fragmented approach. Risks to human and environmental health are still in certain cases considered separately, while in most cases they are inherently interrelated.

To enable risk assessors and risk managers to respond to current and future challenges, the Partnership 60 should stimulate research and innovation in chemicals risk assessment by developing a collaborative network with public research entities. A common research and innovation programme should be established by national and EU risk assessors and risk managers in consultation with relevant stakeholders (academia, industry, associations and others).

Activities of the Partnership should be complementary and subsidiary to obligations under existing regulatory frameworks, and should coordinate with these as relevant. The Partnership should become a reference centre for research questions related to chemicals risk assessment, including those emerging from other Horizon Europe partnerships or missions. The Partnership is expected to establish relevant collaborations with other Horizon Europe partnerships and missions as set out in the working document on ‘Coherence and Synergies of candidate European partnerships under Horizon Europe’ 61 as well as to explore collaborations with other relevant activities at EU and international level. The Partnership should align with EU-wide initiatives on open access and FAIR data 62 .

The Partnership’s governance structure should engage upfront risk managers and risk assessors to coordinate, steer and frame the research and innovation activities, facilitate the use and uptake of the results in a regulatory context and contribute to a science based communication of the risk of chemicals. The Partnership’s governance and operational structures should also foster a dialogue on sustainability, beyond funding from EU research and innovation framework programmes, with political decision-makers and risk assessors.

Main blocks of activity:

1. Set-up and operate an EU-wide cross-disciplinary network to identify and agree on research and innovation needs and support research uptake into regulatory chemical risk assessment.

A dialogue and priority-setting process should be established, bringing together European regulatory entities and risk assessment agencies to develop a strategic research and innovation agenda for chemicals risk assessment in collaboration with the scientific community. This process should also facilitate access and uptake of new scientific knowledge that can contribute to regulatory science by policy-makers and risk assessors.

Relevant synergies should be fostered with other initiatives at national, EU or international level and targeted communication and dissemination should be implemented to ensure openness and transparency of this Partnership towards all concerned stakeholders. The Partnership should build on and extend the concept of National Hubs developed under the European Joint Programme on Human Biomonitoring, HBM4EU 63 . Targeted citizen actions should be envisaged to increase their understanding of risks related to exposure to chemicals and reinforce their trust in risk assessment and risk management processes.

2. Carry out joint EU research and innovation activities on identified priorities to support the current regulatory risk assessment processes and respond to emerging challenges.

The Partnership should drive innovation in environmental and human exposure assessment. . New tools and methods for environmental and human exposure monitoring, including in occupational settings, and to gather data on lifestyle and consumption behaviour, should be developed, validated and their harmonised use promoted. Biomarkers of effects in environment and in human should be developed as a proxy of environmental and health outcomes. Collaborations with existing programmes should be fostered; however, when required and relevant, the partnership can carry out monitoring and exposure assessment activities. This could entail monitoring of environmental media and human exposure to chemicals from various sources and exposure routes. For human biomonitoring, the Partnership should build on the results of HBM4EU and further exploit these as well as perform new studies for prioritised chemicals and regulatory questions. Moreover, human biomonitoring activities should be integrated in the wider exposure assessment and risk assessment contexts.

Toxicological or eco-toxicological studies to generate new data for chemical substances and mixtures relevant to public health (mechanistic, in silico, in vitro or in vivo), beyond the data required from industry under REACH or by other regulations, should be designed and performed, taking into account the Reduce-Refine-Replace (3Rs) principle and any regulatory requirements for their relevance. Novel methods for toxicological hazard assessment aligned with identified needs should be developed, and existing methods improved, including methods that can reliably screen (groups of) substances allowing to select the substances for which a full safety assessment is required. New Approach Methodologies (NAMs) should be integrated with classical experimental designs to improve hazard characterization and their regulatory acceptance promoted through validation or applicability studies.

The performance of current methodologies employed in regulatory risk assessment should be assessed to identify methodological knowledge gaps and R&I needs. Validation and standardisation of results and methods of the Partnership or from collaborating projects should be pursued, e.g. development of OECD Test Guidelines, to encourage their use in regulatory risk assessment. Integrated Approaches to Testing and Assessment (IATA), integrative exposure and exposure reconstruction models and practical approaches for regulatory risk assessment of single, aggregated or combined exposure should be developed and their regulatory uptake fostered. Causal associations between (combined) exposures to chemicals and health outcomes should be investigated.

3. Strengthen existing capacities and build EU-wide, transdisciplinary research and innovation platforms to support chemical risk assessment

A data policy in line with FAIR data principles, taking into account General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) related challenges, should be developed and implemented in the Partnership for data management, harmonisation, interoperability and exchange. Building on accepted data formats and existing data platforms 64 , solutions to collect, store, manage and permit access to new data generated by R&I activities in the partnership should be proposed. Access and linkage to existing data collections should be facilitated. Innovative methods for data analysis should be pursued, including uncertainty analysis, data mining, and machine learning.

Innovative approaches in chemical risk assessment should be investigated and, if validated, promoted including at least the following: 1) supporting the European Commission’s work on defining the Safe-and-Sustainable-by-Design concept and implementation criteria and proposing a toolbox to support the application of these criteria; 2) investigating how to further support the initial pilot study on an EU Early Warning System launched by the European Commission in 2019; and 3) making models and modelling approaches accessible and compliant with FAIR principles via an open source repository.

The Partnership should, in cooperation with appropriate EU and National reference laboratory networks, identify, and, when needed, enhance existing networks and develop new networks. These networks should aim at standardising methods, making available Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) schemes and promoting the uptake of new methods and tools through training and peer-to-peer learning. In addition, specific training should be undertaken for different groups of stakeholders, including own partners, to ensure a wide use of data, methods, tools and models promoted by the Partnership.

Partner composition, geographical coverage and funding conditions:

The Partnership is open to all EU Member States as well as countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to those wanting to join during the Partnership’s lifetime.

Beneficiaries should preferably be:

1.National institutions in charge of chemical risk assessment and carrying out related research and innovation activities.

2.Exceptionally, if the national risk assessors prefer not to participate as beneficiaries and manage a network of affiliated entities, other solutions can be envisaged but must be duly justified and, when to conditions for participating as affiliated entities exists, the national risk assessor may participate under such status.

To encourage national coordination, participation as beneficiary should be limited to two entities per country; the use of affiliated entities is thus strongly encouraged, when the conditions for participating as affiliated entity exist.

Affiliated entities are defined under the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement and, in this specific topic, should be:

1.Academia and research organisations that are part of the national networks on research for chemicals risk assessment and have established links to the risk-assessing institutions.

2.National risk assessors or government agencies in the exceptional case they will not be beneficiaries as mentioned above.

Depending on their individual legal and operational frameworks and in agreement with the relevant services of the European Commission (partner DGs), EU Agencies involved in chemicals risk assessment and/or producing knowledge on chemicals’ safety may also join the Partnership, e.g. as beneficiaries.

Collaboration with the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) should be considered to facilitate the sharing of chemical monitoring data in IPCHEM 65 , and in other areas of mutual interest, such as (bio)monitoring, novel approaches for risk assessment including non-animal approaches, safe and sustainable design of chemicals, training and capacity building.

The expected duration of the partnership is seven years.

The Horizon Europe contribution will be limited to a maximum of 50% of the total eligible costs of the action with a maximum of EUR 200 million of EU contribution.

Call - Environment and health (Single Stage - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 66

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 67

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04-01

RIA

20.00 68

Around 4.00

5

Overall indicative budget

20.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04-01: Methods for assessing health-related costs of environmental stressors

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.EU and national public authorities regularly use economic and health modelling in policy impact assessments and policy evaluation, and promote the use of these to other stakeholders;

2.Stakeholders agree on the most relevant population health and quality of life metrics, including DALYs (Disability Adjusted Life Years) or QALYs (Quality Adjusted Life Years) 69 , and economic metrics;

3.The stakeholder community follows common guidelines and methodologies for integrative socio-economic assessments and cost-benefit analysis of environmental pollution in Europe.

Scope: Policy-makers face challenges when devising pollution mitigation measures and having to assess the health costs emerging from life-long exposures to environmental stressors or the benefits from clean environments. Deaths and disabilities resulting from pollution carry a quantifiable economic cost to society, but there are significant uncertainties in the cost estimates methodologies. There is also paucity of data to evaluate the economic benefits of clean environments.

Impact Pathway Analysis 70 and Health Impact Assessment (HIA) 71 are methodologies, which can be useful in linking scientific knowledge with environmental economics for informing policy action in diverse sectors such as transport, energy, chemicals, occupational health etc.

Proposed research activities should mainly aim to improve the calculation of the socio-economic costs (and/or benefits) of health impacts during the life-course associated to environmental stressors, or combinations of these, advance methodological approaches and foster their acceptance as common good practice.

Proposals should consider all of the following activities:

1.Systematic review and exploitation of latest evidence of exposure-response functions and causation resulting from published medical and scientific research accumulated data from the past 10-20 years, including results published based on EU-funded research projects;

2.Identification of data gaps as regards environment and health risk factors and health-related tangible and intangible costs and recommendations on priorities for new data collections;

3.Advancement of methodological rigor and consistency in accounting for morbidity and mortality, disabilities, linking valuation of statistical life and/or life-years with quality adjustments within a unified framework, based on the most recent data available and adapted to the needs and circumstances in Europe;

4.Application of experimental approaches addressing the potential link of quality of life and the burden of disease indicators with more integrative impact indicators (e.g. reflecting subjective well-being, health, work-life balance, education, housing, etc.) and identification of how national contexts can impact on health-related costs of the same environmental and occupational exposure;

5.Enhancement of the understanding of the role of discounting and other methods for weighing present and future costs and benefits;

6.Development of innovative tools, methods and models, and associated guidelines for health impact assessments and related cost-benefit analysis;

7.Consultation of experts and stakeholders on tools, models, methods and assessments developed towards a shared agreement of these;

8.Development of case studies involving public authorities comparing the costs of action and non-action in at least three EU or associated countries;

9.Delivery of FAIR 72 data and a user-friendly access to an open knowledge base including results, methodologies and data appropriate for use in public policies and budget allocations.

Projects could consider the involvement of the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) in the field of health impacts of environmental stressors.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

Whenever appropriate, the use of environmental data and products coming from the Copernicus 73 programme, specifically the Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service (CAMS) and the Copernicus Climate Change Service (C3S), is encouraged.

Destination 3. Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden

Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘Good health and high-quality accessible healthcare’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘health care providers are able to better tackle and manage diseases (infectious diseases, including poverty-related and neglected diseases, non-communicable and rare diseases) and reduce the disease burden on patients effectively thanks to better understanding and treatment of diseases, more effective and innovative health technologies, better ability and preparedness to manage epidemic outbreaks and improved patient safety’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’, ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’, and ‘High quality digital services for all’.

Communicable and non-communicable diseases cause the greatest amounts of premature death and disability in the EU and worldwide. They pose a major health, societal and economic threat and burden. Many people are still suffering from these diseases and too often dying prematurely. Non-communicable diseases, including mental illnesses and neurodegenerative diseases, are responsible for up to 80% of EU health care costs 74 . These costs are spent on the treatment of such diseases that to a large extent are preventable. Furthermore, only around 3% of the health care budgets are currently spent on preventive measures although there is a huge potential for prevention. Infectious diseases, including infections resistant to antimicrobials, remain a major threat to public health in the EU but also to global health security. Deaths caused by antimicrobial resistance (AMR) could exceed 10 million per year worldwide according to some predictions 75 .

To further advance, there is an urgent need for research and innovation to develop new prevention measures, public health interventions, diagnostics, vaccines, therapies, alternatives to antimicrobials, as well as to improve existing prevention strategies to create tangible impacts, taking into account sex/gender-related issues. This will require international cooperation to pool the best expertise and know-how available worldwide, to access world-class research infrastructures and to leverage critical scales of investments on priority needs through a better alignment with other funders of international cooperation in health research and innovation. The continuation of international partnerships and cooperation with international organisations is particularly needed to combat infectious diseases, to address antimicrobial resistances, to respond to major unmet medical needs for global health security, including the global burden of non-communicable diseases, and to strengthen patient safety.

In this work programme, destination 3 will focus on major societal challenges linked to the Commission’s political priorities such as the fight against cancer and other non-communicable diseases, better diagnosis and treatment of rare diseases, preparedness and response to and surveillance of health threats and epidemics, reduction of the number of antimicrobial-resistant infections, improving vaccination rates, demographic change, mental health and digital empowerment in health literacy. In particular, the topics under this destination will support activities aiming at: i) better understanding of diseases, their drivers and consequences, including pain and the causative links between health determinants and diseases, and better evidence-base for policy-making; ii) better methodologies and diagnostics that allow timely and accurate diagnosis, identification of personalised treatment options and assessment of health outcomes, including for patients with a rare disease; iii) development and validation of effective intervention for better surveillance, prevention, detection, treatment and crisis management of infectious disease threats; iv) innovative health technologies developed and tested in clinical practice, including personalised medicine approaches and use of digital tools to optimise clinical workflows; v) new and advanced therapies for non-communicable diseases, including rare diseases developed in particular for those without approved options, supported by strategies to make them affordable for the public payer; and vi) scientific evidence for improved/tailored policies and legal frameworks and to inform major policy initiatives at global level (e.g. WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control; UNEA Pollution Implementation Plan).

In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 3 “Civil security for society” such as on health security/emergencies (preparedness and response, medical counter measures, epidemic outbreaks/pandemics, natural disasters and technological incidents, bioterrorism); with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on decision-support systems or on geo-observation and monitoring (e.g. of disease vectors, epidemics); or with cluster 6 “Food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment” such as on health security and AMR (one-health: human/animal/plant/soil/water health).

Some research and innovation actions under Destination 3 should deliver relevant complementary inputs to the announced “Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan” 76 , contributing to actions covering the entire cancer care pathway, including prevention, early detection, diagnosis, treatment, cancer data monitoring, as well as quality of life of cancer patients and survivors. Furthermore, synergies and complementarities will be sought between Destination 3 and the implementation of the EU4Health Programme (2021-2027) 77 . These synergies and complementarities could be achieved, notably through mechanisms based on feedback loops, enabling on the one hand to identify policy needs that should be prioritised in research and innovation actions and facilitating on the other hand the implementation of research results into policy actions and clinical practice, thereby providing an integrated response across sectors and policy fields.

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to tackling diseases and reducing disease burden, and more specifically to several of the following impacts:

1.Health burden of diseases in the EU and worldwide is reduced through effective disease management, including through the development and integration of innovative diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, personalised medicine approaches, digital and other people-centred solutions for health care. In particular, patients are diagnosed early and accurately and receive effective, cost-efficient and affordable treatment, including patients with a rare disease, due to effective translation of research results into new diagnostic tools and therapies.

2.Premature mortality from non-communicable diseases is reduced by one third (by 2030), mental health and well-being is promoted, and the voluntary targets of the WHO Global Action Plan for the Prevention and Control of NCDs 2013-2020 are attained (by 2025), with an immediate impact on the related disease burden (DALYs) 78 , 79 , 80 .

3.Health care systems benefit from strengthened research and innovation expertise, human capacities and know-how for combatting communicable and non-communicable diseases, including through international cooperation. In particular, they are better prepared to respond rapidly and effectively to health emergencies and are able to prevent and manage communicable diseases transmissions epidemics, including within healthcare settings.

4.Citizens benefit from reduced (cross-border) health threat of epidemics and AMR pathogens, in the EU and worldwide 81 , 82 . In particular, the epidemics of AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and neglected tropical diseases are contained and hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases are being combated 83 .

5.Patients and citizens are knowledgeable of disease threats, involved and empowered to make and shape decisions for their health, and better adhere to knowledge-based disease management strategies and policies (especially for controlling outbreaks and emergencies).

The EU benefits from high visibility, leadership and standing in international fora on global health and global health security, especially in partnership with Africa.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04

263.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-two-stage

160.00

01 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07

37.00

21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-03

30.00

21 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

263.00

227.00

Call - Tackling diseases (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 84

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 85

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-01

RIA

50.00 86

Around 6.00

8

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-02

RIA

50.00 87

Around 25.00

2

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-03

RIA

40.00 88

Around 8.00

5

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-04

RIA

60.00 89

Around 6.00

10

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-05

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-06

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-07

RIA

60.00 90

Around 7.00

9

Overall indicative budget

263.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-01: Improved supportive, palliative, survivorship and end-of-life care of cancer patients

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reduced health-related suffering and improved well-being and quality of life for cancer patients in need of supportive, palliative, survivorship or end-of-life care as well as for their professional and family caregivers.

2.Cancer patients (independently of their age) have early and better access to supportive, palliative, survivorship or end-of-life care services of higher quality and (cost)effectiveness.

3.Reduced societal, healthcare and economic burden associated with increasing demands of supportive, palliative, survivorship or end-of-life care services that is beneficial for citizens and preserves the sustainability of the health care systems.

4.Health care providers and health policy makers have access to and use improved clinical guidelines and policies with respect to pain management, psychological and/or spiritual support, and supportive, palliative, survivorship or end-of-life care for cancer patients.

5.Cancer patients and their professional and family caregivers use the improved evidence-based and information-driven palliative care decision-making process.

Scope: The complexity of health conditions related to cancer and late or long-term side effects as consequences of its treatments affect the quality of life of cancer patients and their families and pose a significant societal and economic burden. Palliative 91 , supportive 92 , survivorship and end-of-life care approaches improve the quality of life for cancer patients and professional and family caregivers through the prevention and relief of suffering by means of early identification, assessment and treatment of pain and other problems such as physical, psychosocial and spiritual problems. Although a variety of interventions are in use, they are often insufficiently validated or adapted to the specific needs of cancer patients and cancer survivors, often affected by co- or multi-morbidities. Thus, there is a need to strengthen the evidence base for patient-centred, effective interventions improving the quality of life and outcomes of cancer patients and cancer survivors of all ages in the domains of supportive, palliative, survivorship and end-of-life care.

Proposals should address all of the following activities:

1.Demonstrate the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of newly proposed or specifically adapted pharmacological and/or non-pharmacological interventions to improve well-being and the quality of life of cancer patients. Serious late and long-term side effects of cancer treatments or symptoms that occur at the end of life of those patients as well as of cancer survivors should be considered. The legal and ethical aspects of the proposed interventions should be taken into consideration and be fully addressed.

2.Prove the feasibility of integrating the proposed interventions in current pain management, palliative, supportive, survivorship and/or end-of-life care regimes and healthcare systems across Europe. The complex human, social, cultural and ethical aspects that are necessarily managed by those care regimes and healthcare systems should be reflected from the patients’ perspectives as well as those of their professional and family caregivers. The views and values of patients and their caregivers (including families, volunteers, nurses and others) should also be appropriately taken into account in patient-centred care decisions.

3.Identify and analyse relationships between sex, gender, age, disabilities and socio-economic factors in health and any other relevant factors (e.g. ethical, familial, cultural considerations, including personal beliefs and religious perspectives, etc.) that could affect health equity 93 of the proposed interventions, including equitable access.

4.Analyse the barriers and opportunities to re-invigorating and enhancing timely social inclusion and active engagement of cancer patients in need of supportive, palliative, survivorship and end-of-life care and their caregivers.

5.Provide guidelines for patient-centred communication as well as standards for evidence-based communication trainings for caregivers, considering the potential of social innovation approaches or tools.

6.When relevant, provide policy recommendations for pain management, psychological and/or spiritual support, and supportive, palliative, survivorship or end-of-life care of cancer patients afflicted by late and long-term side effects of cancer treatments.

Randomised clinical trials and observational studies, targeting children or adults or elderly, should be considered for this topic. Proposals should give a sound feasibility assessment, provide details of the methodology, including an appropriate patient selection and realistic recruitment plans, justified by available publications and/or preliminary results.

This topic requires effective contributions from the social sciences and humanities (SSH) through the involvement of SSH experts and institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Proposals should consider a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, patients and their families, and unleashes the potential for social innovation.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-02: Building a European innovation platform for the repurposing of medicinal products

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers continue to use the platform as an effective and sustained approach to coordinate and manage their efforts on the repurposing of medicines, making the best use of scientific knowledge and resources.

2.Patients have new and effective therapeutic options addressing unmet medical needs, both for communicable and non-communicable diseases.

3.Health care systems and payers have available more cost-effective treatments that reduce the financial burden in the medium- to long-term.

4.The public sector and the pharmaceutical industry engage in new models of sustainable collaboration, at European level and beyond.

5.Policy-makers adjust the EU’s regulatory landscape for pharmaceuticals towards further harmonisation and increased fitness for purpose.

Scope: Development of therapeutics is a lengthy process that requires a large amount of efforts, time and financial resources. It is often burdened by delays and barriers that account for an average of almost 15 years until a promising candidate molecule becomes an approved medicine. It is therefore of paramount importance to define strategies that facilitate the reduction of timeframes, decrease costs and improve the success rate of this complex and lengthy process. One efficient strategy towards this direction is the repurposing of already approved medicinal products 94 and repositioning of investigational products 95 beyond their original indication. This approach has already proved successful 96 in several instances but its potential is far from having been fully exploited.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Set up a platform 97 supporting an innovative repurposing model with a harmonized and sustainable dimension in the EU, attracting investments and taking a position of leadership at global level. This model should integrate the scientific, methodological, financial, legal, regulatory, and intellectual property aspects of the repurposing approach.

2.Provide robust and transparent selection mechanisms for prioritising already approved medicinal products or investigational products for repurposing, based on recognized unmet medical needs and sound preliminary data, and identify research priorities for the better understanding of mechanisms of action.

3.Leverage, pool and share existing high quality data assets in the European repurposing landscape, also by using pharmacogenomics, in silico, and artificial intelligence (AI) approaches, innovative preclinical human in vitro cellular/multi-organ validation methods, and deliver new computational tools.

4.Resolve the fragmentation and lack of ownership of the repurposing approach that greatly impedes the efficient exploitation of its potential, networking existing projects 98 and initiatives in the field. Particular attention should be given in supporting and strengthening academic driven research.

5.Devise and test a European innovation platform to enhance the collaboration among relevant European stakeholders, including academia, non-profit organisations, patients, health-care professionals, regulators, health technology assessment bodies, payers, industry, and European Research Infrastructures.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-03: Innovative approaches to enhance poverty-related diseases research in sub-Saharan Africa

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

In order to achieve the expected objectives, namely that more clinicians and researchers in sub-Saharan Africa have the capacity to develop and design large-scale studies, the consortium must include at least one legal entity established in a sub-Saharan African country.*

*Angola, Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo (Democratic People’s Republic), Congo (Republic), Côte d’Ivoire, Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Lesotho, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Nigeria, Rwanda, São Tomé and Príncipe, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Somalia, South Africa, South Sudan, Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Togo, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care providers and professionals in sub-Saharan Africa have a better understanding of poverty-related infectious diseases affecting these countries and use new evidences and advanced innovative health technologies or concepts to prevent, treat or diagnose poverty-related infectious diseases in sub-Saharan Africa.

2.Health authorities and health care systems have access to health data and evidences to better develop and implement informed health policies and improved clinical guidelines for health care in sub-Saharan Africa.

3.Health care systems, clinicians and researchers have access to improved clinical research capacities and strengthened infrastructures for clinical research, development and implementation in sub-Saharan Africa, enabling in particular an accelerated development of new, low-cost, easy-to-implement solutions for improved delivery of medical interventions for vulnerable populations in low-resource settings.

4.More researchers at the early stages of their career (e.g. Master’s, PhD or post-doctoral level) are able to develop their own scientific career in sub-Saharan Africa and/or establish themselves as scientific leaders in sub-Saharan Africa.

5.More clinicians and researchers in sub-Saharan Africa have the capacity to develop and design large-scale studies.

Scope: The European and Developing Countries Clinical Trials Partnership (EDCTP) has established itself as the focal point of cooperation in clinical research on infectious disease between the EU and sub-Saharan Africa. To continue these investments after the last calls of the EDCTP2 programme, there is a need to further support research on the major infectious disease threats facing sub-Saharan Africa. Despite large-scale investments in product development for poverty-related infectious diseases (PRDs), progress in achieving public health gain is slow, while sub-Saharan Africa bears the highest burden of these diseases. There is a need to support product development and to encourage the use of new, innovative approaches and emerging technologies in sub-Saharan Africa to achieve rapid progress and impact. The COVID-19 pandemic is generating novel knowledge that could also advance prevention, treatment or diagnosis of PRDs in this part of the world.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Any PRD disease or group of PRDs affecting sub-Saharan Africa (within the scope of EDCTP2 99 or the proposed EDCTP3 and its draft strategic research and innovation agenda 100 ).

2.Combine health technologies with other scientific areas such as mobile technologies and digital technologies (mHealth and eHealth), big data processing, and other emerging technologies.

3.Implement one or more medium-scale clinical trials and/or clinical research studies that can deliver the proof-of-concept or validate smart, highly innovative health technologies or concepts to prevent, treat or diagnose PRDs in sub-Saharan Africa, drawing lessons from the COVID-19 experience.

4.Increase collaboration with investors in development cooperation and international partnerships to create solutions for improved development or delivery of medical interventions for vulnerable populations in low-resource settings.

5.Proposals involving pharmaceutical companies and small- or medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) are encouraged.

6.Develop solutions that are easily integrated or linked to existing electronic or digital systems that are used in the implementation of clinical research and health systems’ patient management.

7.Include activities that promote collaboration with ongoing and future EDCTP projects. In this context the granting authority may share project-relevant information with the EDCTP Association and the future EDCTP3 Joint Undertaking.

8.Promote the integration of research work and health care service delivery.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-04: Clinical validation of artificial intelligence (AI) solutions for treatment and care

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care professionals employ safer and evidence-based clinical decision support systems for affordable treatment, including home-based care.

2.Health care professionals better predict patients’ (long-term) response, including adverse side effects of a specific personalised treatment.

3.Patients and carers have access to disease-specific communication packages informing about a disease and the proposed treatment.

4.Clinical guidelines are enhanced thanks to novel, clinically validated and (cost-) effective AI solutions.

Scope: Applying trustworthy-AI 101 in healthcare contexts generate a multitude of benefits, including more effective disease management by optimised personalised treatments and assessment of health outcomes.

Based on existing (pre)clinical evidence, proposals should focus on implementing clinical studies to validate AI-based solutions comparing their benefits versus standard-of-care treatments in non-communicable diseases. Proposals should pay special attention to the usability, performance and safety of the AI-based solutions developed, and above all to their clinical evaluation and (cost-)effectiveness in view of their inclusion into current clinical guidelines for personalised treatments following current EU regulatory framework.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Supporting the clinical development, testing and validation of AI-assisted treatment and care options, hereby assisting in clinical decision-making;

2.Timely end-user inclusion (e.g. patient, caregiver and health care professional) along the clinical development of the AI-based solutions and the clinical validation process, considering the potential of social innovation approaches to support inclusion and dialogue between patients, carers and health care professionals;

3.Enhancing accurate prognosis for and response to a specific personalised treatment, hereby providing a solid risk assessment (e.g. potential adverse events, side effects, expected treatment compliance and adherence over the time compared to standard care);

4.Inclusion of sex and gender aspects, age, socio-economic, lifestyle and behavioural factors and other social determinants of health, as soon as possible considering also early stages/phases of development;

5.Assessing potential manual or automated biases for large uptake;

6.Integration of an extensive information and communication package about AI-assisted treatment options;, highlighting their relevance for the patients and carers;

7.Measuring the (cost-)effectiveness of AI-assisted development of therapeutic strategies and its implementation in clinical practice.

Proposals should describe a pathway for establishing standard operating procedures for the integration of AI in health care (e.g. for supporting clinical decision-making in treatment and care). Proposals are encouraged to consider multidisciplinary approaches and allow for intersectoral representation. Proposals have to ensure that resulting data comply with the FAIR 102 principles and data generated by the AI-based solutions are in line with established international standards.

Integration of ethics and health humanities perspectives are essential to ensure an ethical approach to the development of robust, fair and trustworthy AI solutions in health care, taking into account underrepresented patient populations. In relation to the use and interpretation of data, special attention should be paid to systematic discrimination or bias (e.g. due to gender or ethnicity) when developing and using AI solutions. Proposals should also focus on traceability, transparency, and auditability of AI algorithms in health. The international perspective should be taken into account, preferably through international collaboration, to ensure the comprehensiveness, interoperability and transferability of the developed solutions.

Where relevant, applicants are highly encouraged to deliver a plan for the regulatory acceptability of their technologies and to interact at an early stage with the relevant regulatory bodies. SME(s) participation is encouraged.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-07: Personalised medicine and infectious diseases: understanding the individual host response to viruses (e.g. SARS-CoV-2)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.All stakeholders along the health care value chain dispose of enhanced knowledge of risk factors, symptoms expression, disease progression and clinical outcomes in relation to host and viral characteristics, and host-pathogen interaction (i.e., the mechanistic understanding of the interplay between host and virus).

2.Clinicians, regulators and other stakeholders along the health care value chain have access to decision support based on characterized diversity of host response at the level of genetic patterns, molecular pathways and physiological mechanisms, in relation to a large number of variables that inform disease predisposition, disease progression, symptoms expression and clinical outcomes.

3.Clinicians and researchers use information on the deep characterization of the dynamics of the immune responses to the chosen virus(es), identifying factors critical for viral control and immune protection. This will provide a robust and common evidence base for the development of personalised therapeutic interventions and vaccines in the future.

4.Clinicians use biomarkers 103 in the broad sense for personalised patient management.

5.Clinicians and other stakeholders along the healthcare value chain have access to and use guidance on preventive measures and for the early identification of patients at risk of developing severe symptoms.

Scope: Proposals are expected to characterize the host response and host-pathogen interaction to a virus (or viruses) at the level of genetic patterns, physiological mechanisms and molecular pathways involving different organs and systems to identify factors that predispose to different clinical symptoms, different progression of the viral disease and different clinical outcomes. The study should include patient follow-up to identify conditions (including long-term ones) that may appear after the patient has recovered from the viral disease.

In all cases, actions should cover deep immunological phenotyping of the host response, including the use of animal models or in-vitro models if relevant. The latter should cover the dynamics of the innate and adaptive immune responses to the chosen virus(es) (comprising immunity duration, the effect of potential subsequent infections, etc.) including, if relevant, the association of HLA assets of patients with protective or harmful immune responses. Ultimately, this research should inform disease progression and the development of personalised prophylactic and therapeutic strategies.

The analysis should address the effect of differences in age, sex, gender, ethnicity, chronic conditions, co-morbidities, treatments offered and other relevant characteristics. The sample should be geographically representative for Europe. Where relevant, the sample could also include the data of subjects from outside Europe.

The data used should be standardized following the best available international practices and standards. Equally, sample collection and processing should be done following recognised standard operating procedures. All data should be treated in accordance with GDPR and ethical principles.

Proposals that focus on COVID-19 are strongly encouraged to build links with the EU-funded project ORCHESTRA 104 . Proposals should pay special attention and link to the newly established European COVID-19 data sharing platform 105 and collaborate with the existing network of COVID-19 projects 106 funded under Horizon 2020.

Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) on modelling the pathogenesis of COVID-19 using Adverse Outcome Pathways.

Collaboration with other relevant initiatives, such as the International Consortium for Personalised Medicine (ICPerMed) 107 , the 1+ Million Genomes initiative 108 and the EBrains 109 research infrastructure is encouraged, where relevant. Whenever the proposed data sources or fields of application include genomics, the proposals should consider the data standards, and legal, ethical and technical interoperability requirements and guidelines agreed within the 1+ Million Genomes initiative where relevant.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-05: A roadmap towards the creation of the European partnership on One Health antimicrobial resistance (OH AMR)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Research funders, policy makers, relevant agencies and authorities, and the research community have a Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) to be implemented by the expected future European partnership on One Health antimicrobial resistance (OH AMR).

2.Research funders, policy makers, relevant agencies and authorities, and the research community profit from a strengthened coordination and collaboration among different fields of research and innovation with relevance to antimicrobial resistance (AMR) maintaining Europe's leading role in combating AMR.

3.Academics, innovators, end-users, researchers, public health authorities and citizens form a strong ecosystem that improves the implementation of the European One Health AMR strategy and its contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals.

4.Research funders, policy makers, relevant agencies and authorities, and the research community are in a position to close the current gaps and break existing silos on AMR in accordance with the European One Health Action Plan against AMR 110 .

Scope: The increasing levels of AMR present a major threat to human health with serious consequences also to animal and environmental health. Tackling AMR in bacteria, fungi, viruses and parasites requires a strong and coordinated response to protect citizens in Europe and beyond, as indicated in the European One Health Action Plan against AMR. This action plan provides the framework within which actions should be taken against this threat. It is recognised that combatting AMR requires a One Health approach, recognizing that human and animal health and the environment are interconnected. Many diseases affected by AMR are transmitted from animals to humans and vice versa, encompassing the environment as a link between humans and animals and as a reservoir of resistant microorganisms. Tackling AMR has also become a key priority as part of the Green Deal, including through the Farm to Fork Strategy 111 . Of importance are also the socio-economic drivers that affect the use of antimicrobials in human and animal healthcare veterinary medicine. However, the challenge in the current situation is that the AMR research and innovation landscape is still too fragmented addressing human health, animal health, feed, food safety and environment in silos, and it is also fragmented across Member States. Therefore, there is the need to move towards the integration of the various disciplines to overcome this fragmentation, thus tackling the problem of AMR with a comprehensive One Health approach bringing the diverse actors together.

Importantly, better co-ordination is essential to foster and accelerate the development and adoption of solutions to reverse the rising levels of AMR. This should allow generating the capacity and the ecosystem to improve the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of drug-resistant infections in humans.

Accordingly, proposals should cover all of the following activities:

1.Development of a Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) for a comprehensive approach to inform the expected future European partnership on One Health antimicrobial resistance (OH AMR).

2.Integration of key actors for AMR encompassing the field of human, veterinary and environmental disciplines and the broad spectrum of pathogens, including fungi and viruses.

3.Robust communication and effective information exchange between diverse scientific disciplines and among multiple sectors of the society that are implicated such as patients, clinicians, veterinarians, pharmacists, food producers, pharmaceutical industry, policy makers and researchers (including those working in the social sciences and humanities).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation, including with low- and middle-income countries where AMR is highly prevalent and prone to spread to Europe, is strongly encouraged. Proposals should build on, be complementary to and go beyond existing initiatives such as the JPIAMR 112 [1], the One Health EJP 113 [2] and ICARS 114 [3]. It should also implement collaborative activities with International organisations such as the World Health Organization, the World Animal Health Organisation (OIE), the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), and the G7 and G20 fora, with the aim to avoid duplication of efforts.

As regards integration and coordination activities, the proposal should be ambitious in its inclusiveness, encompassing the broad spectrum of pathogens, and mobilise experts from diverse disciplines, including from the social sciences and humanities, to address understanding, prevention, monitoring, epidemiology (e.g. emergence, spread, persistence), treatments and detection of AMR. It should also be a pan-European consortium with a large geographical coverage of European countries.

Proposals are expected to explore links with the following expected future European partnership of Horizon Europe: Pandemic preparedness; Innovative Health Initiative; EU-Africa Global Health; Personalised Medicine; Animals and Health; Safe and Sustainable Food Systems for People; Planet and Climate; Biodiversity, Towards more Sustainable Farming: Agro-ecology Living Labs and Research Infrastructures; Water4All – Water Security for the Planet.

The project selected for funding is expected to inform the expected future European partnership on OH AMR. To that end, the proposal selected for funding is also expected to interact with other relevant projects funded under other topics and other clusters to ensure synergies on cross-cutting challenges of common interest such as those from the health cluster’s destination 2 “Living and working in a health-promoting environment”.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-06: Building a European partnership for pandemic preparedness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Research funders, policy-makers and the research community have established a consolidated research and innovation framework that provides the foundation of the expected future European partnership for pandemic preparedness, including the Partnership’s scope, objectives, governance and ways of working/operationalisation;

2.Research funders, policy-makers and the research community are aligned towards common objectives and have a common understanding of the long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for the Partnership, developed in consultation with future partners and relevant stakeholders;

3.Healthcare providers, European and international stakeholders engage with the appropriate partners through the research and innovation framework for the partnership

Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic illustrated how unilateral research initiatives may lead to a fragmented research landscape, with substantial room for efficiency gains in the development of the highly needed evidence to guide policy actions when facing an emergency. The expected future European partnership for pandemic preparedness should aim to improve the EU’s preparedness to predict and respond to emerging infectious health threats by better coordinating funding for research and innovation at EU, national (and regional) level towards common objectives and an agreed Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda.

Such a partnership should contribute to building a coherent European Research Area (ERA), enabling Member States, Associated Countries and the European Commission to rapidly and jointly support research and innovation in pandemic preparedness. Aligned around a multi-annual Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda with common objectives for research and innovation in pandemic preparedness, the prospective partners – in close collaboration with ECDC, EMA and other relevant actors – will define research needs in the medium- to long-term. The Partnership is expected to build on existing pandemic preparedness networks, and work in synergy with the future Health Emergency Response Authority (HERA) 115 . Collaboration with the private sector is anticipated.

The specifics of the European partnership for pandemic preparedness are being discussed with Member States and Associated Countries, and will be shared as they become available. It is anticipated that in its initial phase, the Partnership will primarily focus on epidemics/pandemics preparedness, although its scope may be revised to include further health threats that would be in scope of the activities of the future HERA. As relevant, the Partnership will apply a cross-cutting, interdisciplinary One Health approach.

Proposals should foresee the establishment of a secretariat to coordinate the creation the expected future European partnership for pandemic preparedness, with a strong involvement of public authorities (policy makers, research funders).

Proposals should include all of the following activities:

1.Perform the preparatory groundwork to inform an innovative and visionary Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for pandemic preparedness;

2. Actively engage with all prospective partners of the expected future Partnership to support alignment on its scope, common objectives, governance and ways of working/operationalisation;

3. Actively engage with relevant stakeholders and initiatives in the area of pandemic preparedness, ensuring collaboration and coordination, and avoiding duplication; e.g. GloPID-R, WHO R&D blueprint, ACT-Accelerator, etc.

4. Implement strong communication and dissemination activities on the purpose, foreseen activities and outputs of the expected future European partnership for pandemic preparedness, both outside and during epidemic/pandemic episodes.

5. Establish coordination and collaboration with relevant initiatives related to pandemic preparedness such as the future HERA to ensure complementarity and avoid overlaps.

6. As relevant, apply a cross-cutting, interdisciplinary One Health approach.

7. Communication activities at EU level and in Member States and Associated Countries to raise and maintain awareness of the importance of increased pandemic preparedness.

The proposal selected for funding is expected to engage with other relevant research and innovation initiatives, such as the expected future European partnerships on Transforming Health and Care Systems, One Health antimicrobial resistance, ERA for Health research and Animal Health and Welfare, or other relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe.

Call - Tackling diseases (Two Stage - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 116

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 117

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 01 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-02-two-stage

RIA

60.00 118

Around 6.00

10

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-03-two-stage

RIA

40.00 119

Around 8.00

5

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-04-two-stage

RIA

60.00 120

Around 8.00

8

Overall indicative budget

160.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-02-two-stage: Pre-clinical development of the next generation of immunotherapies for diseases or disorders with unmet medical needs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.The scientific and clinical communities make effective use of the pre-clinical validation of new immunotherapies for high burden diseases or disorders with unmet medical needs.

2.The scientific and clinical communities have access to new knowledge allowing for a better understanding of the mode of action of the next generation of immunotherapies and/or combinatorial treatments, which enables further development and optimisation of treatments.

3.The scientific and clinical communities have access to and use new personalized models (in vitro and in vivo) for high burden diseases or disorders as well as protocols for the next generation of immunotherapies.

4.Health care professionals have access to and use new evidence-based safety and efficacy guidelines for immunotherapies. Proof-of-clinical concept, when applicable, as single or combinatorial treatment, should be compared to existing approaches.

Scope: Immunotherapy is defined as a treatment able to stimulate or restore the ability of the immune (defence) system to fight infection, disease or disorder. It has proved to be a valuable medical treatment notably when preventive interventions are not available. Passive and active immunotherapies (such as antibody-based, RNA-based and cell-based therapies, respectively) are covered by this topic, which is aiming at the pre-clinical to first-in human development of next generation immunotherapies for unmet needs.

Proposals should build on existing knowledge in the field, when available, in order to save time and to avoid spilling resources, and could build on the knowledge of the interaction between the immune system (innate and adaptive arms) and the microbiota, or take advantage of key enabling technologies such as biotechnology and nanotechnology, advanced manufacturing, imaging, 5G, internet of things, artificial intelligence and existing databases.

The next generation of immunotherapies are needed in order to improve and diversify the capabilities of health care for several communicable and non-communicable diseases 121 that cannot be effectively tackled with the currently available treatments.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following research gaps for the development of the next generation of effective and safe immunotherapies:

1.Preclinical development and study of new immunotherapeutic agents in vitro and in relevant animal model(s) of the disease(s). This includes understanding of the therapy’s agent(s) mode of action, its toxicity, the development of related potency assay(s), and its/their validation in vitro and in vivo. A robust regulatory and Health Technology Assessment (HTA) strategy should be in place at the start of the proposal.

2.Off-the-shelf therapies, including the cell-based therapies, will be considered as assets during the evaluation.

3.Proposals could include proof-of-concept (PoC)/first-in-human studies for testing the new therapies, with a clear regulatory and clinical pathway 122 and should address as appropriate the therapy-related potential for adverse side effects. PoC and clinical studies in humans should take sex, gender, age and socio-economic factors into account, where relevant. Phase II studies or later phase trials will not be supported.

4.Development of a standardised framework for assays and data usage to enable a robust assessment of the safety and efficacy.

5.In case treatments are already available for the proposed targeted disease(s), a justification of the need for development of a new immunotherapy treatment is requested.

6.The proposed action should include a pathway of the necessary steps to ensure sustainable therapeutic agent production (considering intellectual property management if relevant) and uptake by health systems and rapid access to patients.

Projects may consider the use of the nanobiotechnology infrastructure platform of the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre, in particular for the accurate physicochemical characterization of therapeutic proteins and antibodies.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

Projects could consider the use of the Nanobiotechnology infrastructure platform of the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre, in particular for the accurate physicochemical characterization of therapeutic proteins and antibodies.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-03-two-stage: Vaccines 2.0 - developing the next generation of vaccines

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.The scientific and clinical communities use the increased knowledge on pathogens and better understanding of the immune system’s role in infectious diseases to develop vaccines with improved efficacy.

2.Vaccine manufacturers use more innovative and sustainable manufacturing technologies and improved GMP manufacturing know-how for producing the next generation of vaccines.

3.A diversified portfolio of vaccine candidates ready for testing in clinical trials help policy makers and funders to make informed decisions about support to vaccine development.

4.New innovative and improved design of preclinical/clinical studies that match the features of the next generation of vaccines is available for clinical community and regulators, and will shorten vaccine development time.

Scope: Infectious diseases, including antimicrobial resistant (AMR) infections, remain a major threat to health and health security in the EU and globally. The availability of more effective, accessible and affordable vaccines would provide the most cost-effective preventive measure against the health threat of epidemics and AMR pathogens. Vaccines against diseases, such as AIDS, tuberculosis (TB), malaria, neglected tropical diseases, hepatitis C and water-borne diseases are essential to achieve the WHO targets to control the spread of infectious diseases. The first generation of vaccines against some of the pathogens have proven to be suboptimal and not effective enough to protect the population. Many viruses of pandemic potential are variable in their surface antigen composition, and novel technologies are required to develop efficient vaccines against each new variant efficiently and in a short timeframe. To ensure that more effective, accessible and affordable vaccines against all major infectious diseases become a reality, it is essential to sustain a diverse and modernised vaccine development pipeline.

Proposals should aim to diversify and accelerate the global vaccine research and development pipeline, and to strengthen the current leading role of the EU in vaccine research and development. Proposals should cover those pathogens, which still lack vaccines of sufficient efficacy, but where earlier efforts have already produced promising vaccine candidates.

The proposals should address several of the following areas:

1.Innovation and integration of expertise and capabilities, including alignment of preclinical and clinical models, biomarker studies and new vaccine approaches from discovery to late stage development, from bench-based research to clinical development of promising preventive candidates.

2.Application of iterative processes (including cross-learning, back-translation steps, integrative analysis of data) to allow exploitation and integration of novel findings between clinical, preclinical and discovery research and development.

3.Deciphering mechanisms of protection of candidates, new approaches to antigen discovery and immunogen engineering, reverse vaccinology, evaluation of vaccines in novel platforms and technologies, novel adjuvants, innovative vaccine manufacturing approaches, relevant animal models, evaluation of alternative vaccine delivery routes.

4.Effective, evidence-based decision-making for progression of vaccine candidates in the pipeline based on transparent and objective portfolio management. Regulatory requirements be considered. Sex, gender, age and socio-economic factors should be taken into account.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-04-two-stage: Development of new effective therapies for rare diseases

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers and developers make the best use of the state-of-the-art knowledge and resources for a fast and effective development of new therapies for rare diseases.

2.Researchers and developers increase the development success rate of therapies for rare diseases by employing robust preclinical models, methods, technologies, validated biomarkers, reliable patient reported outcomes and/or innovative clinical trials designs.

3.Developers and regulators move faster towards market approval of new therapies for rare diseases (with currently no approved treatment option) due to an increased number of interventions successfully tested in late stages of clinical development.

4.Healthcare professionals and people living with a rare disease get access to new therapeutic interventions and/or orphan medicinal products.

Scope: Despite the considerable amount of knowledge that has been accumulated and the new orphan medicines developed in recent years, the number of available therapies for rare diseases remains low, as fewer than 6% of rare diseases have an approved treatment option.

The joint evaluation 123 of the regulations on orphan medicinal products and paediatric medicines concluded that those regulations have boosted the development for new therapies for rare diseases but have not yet adequately managed to direct research and innovation in areas of greatest unmet medical need. Actually, there is an urgent unmet medical need for the development of therapies for rare diseases, where there is still no approved therapeutic option available.

Therefore, proposals should aim to develop therapies for rare diseases with no approved therapeutic option. Proposals should focus on group(s) of rare diseases with commonalities, such as shared biological features, possibly within the same and/or across different medical areas within the rare diseases landscape 124 . Thus, proposals should not address a single disease only (for example with an Orphacode representing a single disease).

The therapies to be developed may include a broad family of therapeutic interventions such as small molecule(s), advanced therapy medicinal products, repurposing of existing medicinal products, including non-pharmacological interventions and/or their combinations, as relevant. Sex and gender aspects should be considered, where relevant. To ensure that the needs of people living with a rare disease are adequately addressed, the involvement of patient representatives in all phases of the research and development process is strongly encouraged. Rare infectious diseases and rare cancers are excluded from this topic and will not be considered.

The topic will support proposals covering several different stages in the continuum of the innovation pathway (i.e. translational, preclinical, clinical research, validation in the clinical and/or real-world setting etc.), as relevant. SME(s) participation is encouraged with the aim to strengthen the scientific and technological basis of SME(s) and valorise their innovations for the benefit of people living with a rare disease.

The proposals should address most of the following research activities:

1.Establish multidisciplinary collaborations between all relevant stakeholders by integrating disciplines, technological developments and existing knowledge. Integrate harmonised data from multiple sources (i.e. natural history studies/clinical trials, multi-omics, medical imaging, registries etc.) by utilising data analytics and/or other suitable methods, with the aim to understand the pathophysiology/heterogeneity of the rare diseases concerned and to identify therapeutically actionable mechanisms.

2.Develop and utilise relevant preclinical models and/or innovative tools/technologies to: verify molecular/cellular pathways/genes that can be therapeutically targeted, increase the confidence in the targets selection and/or perform toxicity studies. When using disease models the applicants should describe how well the model replicates the pathology or the human condition.

3.Develop and/or execute innovative clinical trials designs for small populations and novel approaches to assess and monitor the safety and efficacy of the proposed interventions. Such approaches may include but are not limited to: biomarkers defining robust surrogate and clinical endpoints; artificial intelligence tools/medical devices/biosensors/ companion/ complementary diagnostics for defining reliable patient reported outcomes; modelling and simulation and in-silico trials methodologies.

4.Carry out preclinical proof-of-concept (PoC) studies and/or multinational interventional clinical studies 125 to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the therapeutic interventions under study. Preclinical PoC studies should include late-stage preclinical studies (i.e. toxicological properties, adverse effects etc.). Clinical studies may cover all necessary development stages. Applicants should propose a clear exploitation pathway through the different necessary steps (research, manufacturing, regulatory approvals and licensing, IP management etc.) in order to accelerate marketing authorisation and uptake by the health systems.

Proposals should involve group(s) of rare diseases (i.e. a rare disease being individually defined in the European Union as affecting not more than five in 10.000 persons). Proposals that plan to run clinical trials should demonstrate that they have already taken into account scientific advice 126 or protocol assistance from EMA. In particular, proposals planning the clinical development of orphan medicinal products should demonstrate that they have been granted approval for an orphan designation at the latest on the date of the call deadline.

Proposals should adhere to the FAIR 127 data principles and take stock, wherever relevant, of data standards, harmonisation guidelines and good practices for data sharing/access developed by existing European health research infrastructures (i.e. ESFRI infrastructures 128 ). Proposals should take stock, where relevant, of the FAIR guidance, of good practices for analytical methods and preclinical models and of good exploitation strategies for the translation of research results into high impact interventions, developed by the European Joint Programme on Rare Diseases 129 (EJP RD) and other relevant EU-funded projects. Whenever the proposed data sources or fields of application include genomics, the proposals should take into account, where relevant, the data standards, and legal, ethical and technical interoperability requirements and guidelines agreed within the 1+ Million Genomes initiative 130 . Data-intensive proposals, particularly those using data from patient registries, could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) and take stock of the tools and services provided by the European Platform on Rare Disease Registration (EU RD Platform), including the adoption, where relevant, of the European standards such as the "set of common data elements” 131 . In addition, synergies should be sought with the European Reference Networks 132 , where relevant.

Projects funded under this topic will contribute towards the goals of the International Rare Diseases Research Consortium (IRDiRC) that supports the development of 1000 new therapies for rare diseases by 2027 and may take stock of the IRDiRC Orphan Drug Development Guidebook 133 , where relevant.

Call - Tackling diseases (Single Stage - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 134

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 135

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-01

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-02

RIA

10.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-03

RIA

25.00 136

Around 3.00

8

Overall indicative budget

37.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-02: Pandemic preparedness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.The scientific community has better understanding of the biology of the pathogens (virus, bacteria etc.), its transmission, its interaction with humans, animals and plants, in particular in view of emerging threats to human health, such as infectious diseases and anti-microbial resistance.

2.Health care providers and practitioners have access to and use appropriate medical countermeasures, e.g. vaccines, diagnostics, therapeutics and digital solutions.

3.Health authorities have the evidence-base and tools for better public health measures.

Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic has revealed weaknesses in the ability of the Union and its Member States to respond quickly and effectively to such an unprecedented health emergency. Therefore, the Commission is stepping up its efforts in supporting the Union’s ability to respond to serious cross-border threats.

Member States agreed to step up their coordination in the area of pandemic preparedness research and aim to establish a European partnership on pandemic preparedness. A dedicated coordination support action 137 will help develop a common long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for such a partnership.

A key component for the European Health Union will be the establishment of the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) for which the Commission will put forward a legislative proposal by the end of 2021. It should build on experiences dealing with COVID-19, SARS and influenza, and consider emerging biological threats to human health, e.g. in the context of climate change, deforestation and biodiversity loss.

This topic aims to contribute and complement both of these initiatives, notably by addressing priority research and innovation gaps also identified by Member States and that would contribute and support the establishment and work of a potential future Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

Research focussing on ‘pathogen X’ from threat assessment, horizon scanning for the identification of potential medical countermeasures and innovative technologies, including the development of standardised research protocols would be in the scope of this topic.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-03: Non-communicable diseases risk reduction in adolescence and youth (Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases - GACD)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care practitioners and providers in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) and those in high-income countries (HICs) serving vulnerable populations have access to and use specific guidelines to implement prevention interventions able to support adolescents and young people to decrease future risks of developing NCDs.

2.Public health managers and authorities have access to improved insights and evidences on the NCDs related to behaviours and conditions in youth and adolescence. They establish improved health policies to diminish these risks, including to facilitate the deployment of effective public health interventions.

3.Researchers, clinicians and authorities have an improved understanding of the factors that influence the implementation of preventive actions that address risk behaviours in youth and adolescence.

4.Communities and local stakeholders and authorities are fully engaged in implementing and taking up health interventions and thus contribute to deliver better health.

Scope: The European Commission is a member of the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD), an alliance of international funding agencies representing over 80% of the world’s public health research funding and the first collaboration of its kind to specifically address non-communicable diseases (NCDs). The GACD supports implementation science to improve health outcomes. This topic is launched in concertation with the other GACD members funding agencies and aligned with the GACD call 2021.

The topic is focused on implementation research about common risk prevention interventions targeting adolescents and youth to reduce the impact of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) and vulnerable populations in high-income countries (HICs). Proposals should focus on implementation science around evidence-based interventions that promote healthy behaviours, and that have the potential to profoundly reduce the risk of chronic diseases and multimorbidity.

The GACD Alliance is particularly interested in funding projects that focus on interventions that reduce health risk and/or enhance a healthy lifestyle in young people, which the WHO defines as the period from ages 10-24 and includes adolescence (ages 10-19) and youth (15-24). Adolescence and youth mark a period of emerging independence and an important time for laying the foundations of good health. Adolescence and youth is a period in life where patterns of behaviour are established around diet, physical activity, substance use and sexual activity, which can affect their health in the present; in their future adult lives; and even in the next generation. In the transition from childhood to adulthood, young people become increasingly exposed to harmful products such as tobacco, alcohol and drugs, and can experience devastating mental health issues such as depression, anxiety, self-harm, substance abuse and addictions, as well as eating disorders and suicide. Over 150 million young people smoke; 81% adolescents do not meet physical activity guidelines; 11.7% of adolescents partake in heavy episodic drinking; and suicide has emerged as a leading cause of death in young people globally.

All proposals must make the case for why their selected life stage is a critical period for the reduction of NCD risk in the communities where the research will be undertaken. There are a range of evidence-based interventions, including the WHO Best Buys, which aim to reduce the health risks associated with common NCD risk factors. Implementation research is necessary to understand the uptake, accessibility, acceptability, adaption, sustainability and costs of known interventions for use in young adults and adolescents. Applicants are invited to consider interventions at the individual, family, community (e.g., work or school) or population level. Multi-sectoral approaches and a combination of different types of interventions, including biomedical, digital (such as artificial intelligence and big data), socio-behavioural, and/or structural 138 are encouraged. Projects will be expected to build on evidence-based interventions that focus on prevention interventions and strategies that reduce common risk factors for chronic non-communicable diseases, or that promote healthy behaviours. Such interventions/strategies might include, but are not limited to, those in the following three areas: nutrition, physical activity, and/or sleep; tobacco, substance abuse and/or alcohol use; social wellbeing and loneliness . Proposals should be gender-responsive and consider socioeconomic, racial or other factors that relate to equitable impacts of the intervention or barriers to equitable implementation.

Proposals should include implementation research outcomes (e.g. feasibility, fidelity and/or adaptation, spread and/or penetration, acceptability, sustainability, uptake, and cost effectiveness) and where relevant, include service outcomes (e.g. efficiency, safety, effectiveness, patient-centeredness, timeliness). The aim is to harmonise the research common goals and the outcomes assessment of GACD-funded projects in order to maximise the potential for learning across the network and the impact of the initiative as a whole. To this end, all funded teams are expected to use explicit indicators and measures of project context, reach, outcomes evaluation and scale-up potential in their plans and protocols. In this topic, the use of the following measures is encouraged: evidence of uptake of promoted healthy behaviours; evidence of reduction in harmful behaviours; and proxy mental and/or physical health outcomes, if appropriate (pre- and post- intervention PHQ-9 scores, blood pressure, HbA1C, etc.).

Proposals should include a strategy to include policy makers and local authorities, as well as other relevant stakeholders such as community groups. Such engagement should inform the conception and development of the project and should continue throughout the duration of project and afterwards during the knowledge translation phase. Participants that are local stakeholders can be powerful assets to the projects indeed. Their contributions should be nurtured through meaningful engagement throughout all phases of the project, not only as participants in the research undertaken.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07-01: Support for the functioning of the Global Research Collaboration for Infectious Disease Preparedness (GloPID-R)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.International research funders are supported by a dynamic and efficient secretariat in their coordination efforts for a rapid research response when a pandemic or a severe epidemic strikes.

2.International research funders can rely on a tested framework underpinning a rapid and effective research response, and as such ensure stronger research preparedness and response for public health emergencies, including in cross-cutting areas such as data sharing, social science, clinical trial networks and others.

3.Research funders, policy makers and the research community are well informed of the activities of GloPID-R members, both as a group and individually.

Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic has been a confronting reality-check of the potential extent of threats posed by new or emerging infectious diseases. The pandemic overwhelmingly confirmed that to fight such international challenges, global collaboration and coordination is crucial. The Global Research Collaboration for Infectious Disease Preparedness (GloPID-R) 139 was established in 2013 for this reason, in response to a request for coordination by the Heads of International Research Organisations. Years on, GloPID-R now provides a widely recognised platform for infectious disease research funders to work together to better tackle severe epidemics such as Ebola or Zika, as well as global pandemics such as COVID-19.

The COVID-19 pandemic response illustrated the value added by GloPID-R, by enabling coordination between funders and with relevant global actors such as the World Health Organization (WHO) or the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation (CEPI); or by promoting exchanges and synergies between funded researchers. Ongoing efforts with the network include reflections on improved data sharing during outbreaks, creating links between clinical trial networks, addressing specificities of research in low and middle-income countries, and the inclusion of social sciences into the research response to public health emergencies.

Proposals should foresee administrative and technical support through a secretariat to maintain, but above all to support GloPID-R’s continuous evolution for an optimal value added.

Proposals are expected to cover all of the following activities:

1.Provide administrative and organisational support to the Chair and Vice Chairs of GloPID-R, in close collaboration with the European Commission;

2.Provide strong scientific support on topics requested by the GloPID-R Chairs, scientific advisors or (working) groups;

3.Facilitate the work of the scientific advisors, ISG and GloPID-R working groups, using earlier experience in research preparedness and response to infectious disease outbreaks;

4.Manage information dissemination and communication between the Chairs, Members, Scientific Advisors, Industry Stakeholder Group (ISG), working groups, enquiries, and outside stakeholders;

5.Reinforce GloPID-R’s external communications activities, such as the website and newsletter, as requested by the Chairs;

6.Submit an annual work plan to the Commission each year following the annual meeting of GloPID-R, taking into account the conclusions of the annual meeting.

7.Ensure a high level of adaptability to respond to rapidly evolving situations, following the guidance of the Chairs of GloPID-R.

Call - Partnerships in Health (2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 140

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 141

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-03-01

COFUND

30.00 142

Around 30.00

1

Overall indicative budget

30.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-03-01: European partnership fostering a European Research Area (ERA) for health research

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 30.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
Financial support provided by the participants to third
parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 million. The funding rate is 30 % of the eligible costs.

Total indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the duration of this co-funded European Partnership is EUR 110 million, of which EUR 30 million from the 2022 budget.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden” and destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Based on a trusted governance and effective working modalities, research funders, health policy-makers and the research community work together in order to identify and prioritise topics of common interest and European benefit;

2.Research funders and policy-makers:

1.support the generation of knowledge related, but not limited, to cardiovascular diseases, diet related diseases and nano medical technologies, and have access to and make use of the evidence on the benefits and drawbacks of health interventions, in particular for optimising clinical management, personalised medicine (coordinating with the future Partnership on Personalised Medicine) and avoiding overtreatment;

2. overcome the main obstacles to test health interventions at European level. Therefore, the research community, independently from private interest, can conduct large-scale Investigator-Initiated Clinical Studies (IICSs) 143 of various health interventions addressing important public health needs in a seamless way, effectively addressing known challenges related to, for example, appropriate study design, ethics (including special patient groups 144 ), regulatory and institutional approvals, patient recruitment, management of informed consent, as well as, bio banking of human samples;

3.Public health research systems in the ERA are more effective and integrated. Utilization of health services, preventative measures, technologies, tools and digital solutions are more cost-effective;

4.Health and care authorities, policymakers and other stakeholders use the research results to develop evidence-based strategies and policies, and deploy good practices to European countries and regions;

5.Patients and citizens are more knowledgeable about disease threats and contribute to a patient-centred decision-making process, assuring better adherence to knowledge-based disease management strategies and policies (including for controlling outbreaks and emergencies);

6.Countries cooperate better and use context-specific knowledge and evidence to make their health and care systems more sustainable and resilient with respect to upcoming needs and crises (Complementary with the Co-Funded Partnership on Transforming Health and Care Systems with which strong links will be established).

Scope: The “ERA for Health” Partnership will be a leading European initiative for the flexible joint programming of health related research and innovation programmes, effectively involving a wide variety of European funding organisations.

This Partnership will be open in particular to public funders of Health research at both national and regional level in the Member States, countries associated to Horizon Europe and to other funders such as philanthropic organisations. Special attention will be placed on engaging with and including many research funders with relatively small budgets.

The Partnership will integrate research and innovation areas covered by previous ERANET co-fund actions, Joint Programming Initiatives (JPIs), as well as IICSs. It will be composed of two phases.

Phase 1 will integrate European initiatives selected as most relevant by the partners 145 and initially implement joint calls on nutrition- and lifestyle-related diseases, cardiovascular diseases and nano-medicine. In parallel, it will test the possibility to carry out joint calls for proposals for R&I activities on IICSs. Phase 1 will last for 2 years. After this period, the Horizon Europe Health Programme Committee will decide whether to extend and intensify the focus on IICSs. This decision will be based on objective criteria to be specified in the final proposals. They will only affect the focus area and budget of the partnership, not its existence over the 7 years.

Phase 1 will start by co-creating an accepted and effective governance mechanism to achieve the following objectives:

1. To jointly identify and implement a common good/best practice funding strategy in priority areas of common interest and European benefit to advance health research and develop innovation. Partners will implement jointly calls to be funded each year. These will prioritize areas that are not adequately covered by (or can complement) existing programmes (i.e. Horizon Europe Work Programmes, other existing or planned partnerships and other actions).

2. To define and have a first measure of coordinated investment in Public Health Research for the European Research Area (EU and Associated countries). This entails agreeing towards the end of Phase 1, on (i) boundaries (what is and what is not “Health research”), (ii) a taxonomy (which programmes are in or out) and (iii) a methodology according to the JOREP 146 data, JRC and EUROSTAT standards for measuring the baseline of this Key Performance Indicator.

3. To develop new approaches that overcome known bottlenecks and challenges to implement multinational IICS. This will be achieved in close collaboration with ongoing initiatives 147 to support the conduct of multinational non-commercial studies. This would result in establishing appropriate mechanism(s) to identify topics, pool-funding sources, and to launch (joint) calls for EU wide multinational IICSs on various health interventions 148 addressing important public health needs.

By the end of Phase 1, all necessary procedures and support should be operational to launch a first call for IICSs involving several countries on selected health interventions that address important public health needs.

During Phase 2, additional multinational calls for IICSs and joint calls for other priority areas will be launched in accordance with the decision of the Health Programme Committee taken at the end of Phase 1 on the focus of the Partnership and the distribution of the budget between IICSs and other areas.

The Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) 536/2014 will become applicable in January 2022. The overall aim of the new Regulation is to make Europe more attractive for clinical trials. With these changes, the Regulation intends to provide additional support to multinational trials. As a new concept, it also introduces low-interventional trials (e.g. pragmatic trials to optimise treatment) with risk-proportionate regulatory requirements. This type of trials can also be supported by actions of this partnership.

The continuously growing arsenal of health interventions, whether it is a new pharmaceutical product, a medical device, a surgical intervention, or other measures utilised during health and care provision, reflecting the increasing demand for better quality of care by citizens, force decision makers of public health systems to optimally allocate limited resources in a well-informed manner. Large-scale IICSs generate data on safety and effectiveness of a health intervention, often in real-world settings, and thus provide evidence to answer questions that clinicians face in their day-to-day practice in order to optimise the clinical management of patients beyond the context of marketing authorisation application for medicinal products. Such studies deal with potential diagnostic and therapeutic interventions that do not attract, or could go counter commercial interest. These clinical studies are critical to support endorsement of healthcare strategies (repurposing, comparative effectiveness, treatment combination or optimisation studies, personalised medicine trials).

By pooling existing resources, eliminating redundancies and reducing fragmentation, the implementation of multinational IICSs covered by this Partnership will benefit from better access to high number of study participants/patients, medical expertise and facilities, enhanced methodological standards; and shared costs, tools and procedures. All these aspects will contribute to generate robust and reliable clinical evidence, increase the potential for broad implementation of research outcomes; prevent duplication of research efforts and allow broad uptake by health systems.

IICSs supported by this partnership should i) establish new indications of a given existing health intervention for a condition where alternative solutions do not exist or are sub-optimal; ii) optimise or develop new, personalised care pathways including for high-priced medical interventions/treatment modalities; iii) introduce new health interventions with clear relative clinical efficacy/effectiveness compared to existing alternatives (including preventative measures); iv) accelerate the uptake of new interventions by health care systems.

Support by European research infrastructures, required to perform multinational clinical studies at scale, will, in particular, build on the asset of existing research infrastructures, such as the European Clinical Research Infrastructure Network (ECRIN) 149 for sponsor-delegated study responsibilities, and Biobanking and Biomolecular Resources Research Infrastructure (BBMRI) 150 for the management of biosamples and linked data that are generated under the studies.

The partnership should bring together a broad range of actors with a common vision of future. Through the objectives of Horizon Europe, the partnership should contribute to achieving the following European Commission priorities:

1.Promoting our European way of life

2.An economy that works for people

3.A Europe fit for the digital age

The Partnership should contribute to priorities of the “Communication on effective, accessible and resilient health systems” (COM(2014) 215 final), the “Communication on enabling the digital transformation of health and care in the Digital Single Market; empowering citizens and building a healthier society” (COM(2018) 233 final) and support the objectives of the Commission proposal for the new EU4Health Programme (COM(2020) 405 final).

This partnership should also contribute to achieving the objectives of the Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe 151 , in terms of fulfilling unmet medical needs and ensuring that the benefits of innovation reach patients in the EU.

Thanks to its capacity to bring together different stakeholders (e.g. research funders, health authorities, health and care institutions, innovators, policy makers), to create a critical mass of resources and to implement a long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA), the partnership will address the following objectives:

1.Improve the utilisation of existing health technologies in clinical practice

2.Support research in relevant medical fields and intervention areas (prevention, diagnosis, treatment)

3.Implement and develop Responsible Research & Innovation (RRI) in multiple ways (in partnership operationalization, in calls and in project evaluation and monitoring)

1.Engage society through citizens and patients

2.Promote formal and informal science education

3.Ensure gender equality, in both the research process and research content

4.Provide support and build capacity, in particular in conducting IICSs at European scale

5.Promote open access and data sharing 152

6.Communicate and disseminate research outcomes, in particular to decision makers

This Partnership should be implemented through a joint programme of activities ranging from research to coordination and networking activities, including training, demonstration, piloting and dissemination activities, to be structured along the following main building blocks:

1.Joint implementation of the SRIA;

2.Joint annual calls for R&I activities;

3.Framework to overcome challenges in conducting IICSs

4.Capacity building activities;

The Partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to those countries wishing to join. The Partnership should include or engage with the following actors:

1.Ministries in charge of R&I policy, as well as national and regional R&I and technology funding agencies and foundations;

2.Ministries in charge of health and care policy, as well as national and regional health and care authorities, organisations and providers.

The Partnership may also encourage engagement with other relevant Ministries and research funders. It will involve other key actors from civil society and end-users, research and innovation community, innovation owners, health and care systems owners/organisers and health and care agencies.

The Partnership’s governance structure should enable an upfront strategic steering, effective management and coordination, daily implementation of activities and ensure the use and uptake of the results. The governance should involve key stakeholders, including but not limited to the research and innovation community, patients and citizens, health and care professionals, formal and informal care organisations, and innovation owners.

To ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage knowledge and investment possibilities, the Partnership is expected to establish relevant collaborations with other Horizon Europe partnerships (institutionalized and co-funded) and missions as set out in the working document on ‘Coherence and Synergies of candidate European partnerships under Horizon Europe’ 153 as well as to explore collaborations with other relevant activities at EU and international level. On top of this, the proposal should consider synergies with EU programmes, including but not limited to EU4Health 154 , the Digital Europe Programme (DIGITAL) 155 , the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) 156 , the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) 157 , InvestEU 158 , the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) 159 and the Technical Support Instrument (TSI) 160 .

Cooperation with international organisations, and non-European institutions and experts may be considered. Participation of third countries is encouraged. Their commitments to the Partnership would not be eligible for the calculation of EU funding. Applicants should describe in their proposal the methodology for their collaboration and the aims they want to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives.

The expected duration of the partnership is seven years.

For Phase 1 (2 years) the EU contribution will be limited to a maximum of 30% of the total eligible costs of the action with a maximum of EUR 30 million. The total EU contribution for the overall duration (2 years of Phase 1 + 5 years of Phase 2) is expected to be EUR 110 million (EUR 30 million for Phase 1 and EUR 80 million for Phase 2, provided Member State commit matching funds).

Destination 4. Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care

Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact areas ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’ and ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’, and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘Health care systems provide equal access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care thanks to the development and uptake of safe, cost-effective and people-centred solutions, with a focus on population health, health systems resilience, as well as improved evidence-based health policies’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’, ‘High quality digital services for all’ and ‘A Competitive and secure data economy’.

Health systems are affected by limitations in sustainability and resilience, challenges which have been reinforced by the COVID-19 crisis that has also revealed inequalities in access to high-quality health care services. Our health systems need to become more effective, efficient, accessible, fiscally and environmentally sustainable, and resilient in order to cope with public health emergencies, to adapt to environmental challenges like climate change and to contribute to social justice and cohesion. Therefore, the transformation and modernisation of our health systems will be one of the biggest challenges in the economic recovery-bound future, but it will also be a time of opportunity for generating evidence, taking advantage of digital and data-driven innovation and developing more flexible and equitable health systems.

Under this destination, research and innovation aims at supporting health care systems in their transformation to ensure fair access to sustainable health care services of high quality for all citizens. Funded activities should support the development of innovative, feasible, implementable, financially sound and scalable solutions in the various dimensions of health care systems (e.g. governance, financing, human and physical resources, health service provision, and patient empowerment). Ultimately, these activities should provide decision-makers with new evidence, methods, tools and technologies for uptake into their health care systems and, consequently, allow improving governance of the European health care systems, supporting health care professionals and providers and allocating resources according to citizens’ health needs and preferences, while ensuring fiscal and environmental sustainability to assure those needs can be met on the long-term. Funded activities should adopt a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between citizens, patients, caregivers, health care providers and other relevant stakeholders, and unleashes the potential for social innovation.

In this work programme, destination 4 will focus on the following issues:

1.Modernising health care systems in the EU, especially through a European public-public partnership on transforming health and care systems;

2.Improving the quality of health care along the entire health care continuum and being people-centred;

3.Supporting evidence-based health care decisions both for health care providers and policy-makers, fostering improved foresight and enabling sound planning of health care resources;

4.Enhancing development and uptake of innovative health care services and solutions, including environmentally sustainable ones that contribute to the European Green Deal.

In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 2 “Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society” such as on health economics and economic models, on cost-effectiveness, fiscal sustainability and accessibility of health care, or on adaptation of public health systems to societal challenges (climate change, environmental degradation, migration, demographic change, emerging epidemics and One Health AMR) thereby contributing to building resilience; with cluster 3 “Civil Security for Society” such as on security of health care infrastructures, incl. digital health infrastructures, health systems preparedness and response to disasters and other emergencies, and quality and safety of medicine (counterfeit and substandard medicine, illicit drugs, One Health AMR); with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on cybersecurity of (public) health systems, products and infrastructures of digitalised health and care, or on health impact assessment (e.g. related to consumer products, working place innovation).

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Health and social care services and systems have improved governance mechanisms and are more effective, efficient, accessible, resilient, trusted and sustainable, both fiscally and environmentally. Health promotion and disease prevention will be at their heart, by shifting from hospital-centred to community-based, people-centred and integrated health care structures and successfully embedding technological innovations that meet public health needs, while patient safety and quality of services is increased.

2.Health care providers are trained and equipped with the skills and competences suited for the future needs of health care systems that are modernised, digitally transformed and equipped with innovative tools, technologies and digital solutions for health care. They save time and resources by integrating and applying innovative technologies, which better involve patients in their own care, by reorganising workflows and redistributing tasks and responsibilities throughout the health care system, and by monitoring and analysing corresponding health care activities.

3.Citizens are supported to play a key role in managing their own health care, informal carers (including unpaid carers) are fully supported (e.g. by preventing overburdening and economic stress) and specific needs of more vulnerable groups are recognised and addressed. They benefit from improved access to health care services, including financial risk protection, timely access to quality essential health care services, including safe, effective, and affordable essential medicines and vaccines.

4.Health policy and systems adopt a holistic approach (individuals, communities, organisations, society) for the evaluation of health outcomes and value of public health interventions, the organisation of health care, and decision-making.

5.The actions resulting from the calls under this destination will also create strong opportunities for synergies with the EU4Health programme and in particular to contribute to the goals under general objectives 1a “protecting people in the Union from serious cross-border threats to health and strengthening the responsiveness of health systems and coordination among the Member States to cope with those threats” and 3 “strengthening health systems by improving their resilience and resource efficiency, in particular through: i) supporting integrated and coordinated work between Member States; ii) promoting the implementation of best practices on data sharing; iii) reinforcing the healthcare workforce; iv) tackling the implications of demographic challenges; and v) advancing digital transformation”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05

70.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08

70.00

21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-10

100.00

21 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

70.00

170.00

Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 161

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 162

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-01

RIA

25.00 163

Around 5.00

5

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-02

RIA

40.00 164

Around 10.00

4

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-04

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

70.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-01: Enhancing quality of care and patient safety

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health policymakers use context specific knowledge and evidence to develop inclusive, effective and affordable interventions ensuring patient safety;

2.Health care professionals know how to prevent, identify, evaluate and address risks for patient safety, and use harmonised or standardised patient-centred procedures and practice guidelines for improving patient safety developed in partnership with empowered patients;

3.Health care providers integrate harmonised and standardised practices with personalised treatment schemes;

4.Health care providers use quality assured processes to bridge inter-sectorial gaps in the clinical pathways of patients to improve patient safety;

5.An increased number of health care professionals and patients/citizens adhere to recommendations for improved patient safety.

Scope: Patient safety remains an issue of increasing concern for EU health systems. The Commission estimates that between 8% and 12% of patients admitted to hospitals in the EU suffer from adverse effects of health care 165 .

Overall, the most common types of in-hospital adverse effects are operative/surgical related, medication or drug related, and health care associated infections, half of them being preventable 166 . According to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), more than 7 million admissions in the OECD countries result from safety lapses in primary and ambulatory care 167 . Diagnostic errors persist throughout all settings of care and contribute to increased risks and harms from the treatment 168 . Therefore, it is necessary to develop and implement coherent quality improvement and patient safety strategies in Europe. Harmonisation and standardisation of health care processes (Guidelines and Standard Operating Procedures) along the continuum of care contribute to improve quality and safety of health services, minimise the risk of errors and at the same time ensure the quality and comparability of health data. It is also a mean to address inequities in health care delivery.

The proposals should take into consideration the already existing EU-funded initiatives in this area and must address in a coherent manner at least three of the following items, but may also contain other research and innovations activities for improving patient safety:

1.Fill knowledge and practice gaps in quality of care and patient safety, including through harmonisation and standardisation of health care delivery, optimizing inter-sectoral clinical pathways and decision-making processes and tools across regions and countries.

2.Development and piloting of harmonised evidence-based interventions in a uniform and structured way in health care institutions of different EU regions and countries. This should be addressed in case studies at hospital, primary and outpatient care levels, and it should also take into consideration the diverse health care landscape across European Union and Associated Countries.

3.Research on translation of international standards and clinical guidelines into national practice for improved quality of care and patient safety.

4.Provide context-specific evidence on facilitators and barriers for transferring identified good practices across regions and countries.

5.Comprehensive comparison of practices related to clinical guidelines in European Union and Associated Countries, including the regulatory basis underpinning guidelines in each health system, the guideline development process, mechanisms of quality control, implementation modalities, and evaluation of produced recommendations.

6.Development of innovative approaches for the integration of harmonised and standardised practices with personalised treatment plans.

Proposals should consider a patient-centred approach that empowers patients/citizens, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals and citizens/ patients, and unleashes the potential for social innovation.

The proposals should contribute to improved patient safety along the continuum of care in European Union and Associated Countries. The proposal should present a clear strategy for empowering and involving patients and caregivers in addressing the selected item(s), giving attention to both PROMs (Patient-Reported Outcome Measures) and PREMs (Patient-Reported Experience Measures). The research design, including the expected results, should carefully analyse and tackle the sex and gender dimension. The proposed evidence-based interventions, including clinical guidelines and standards, should meet health care providers’ needs and goals to increase patient safety and health care quality.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-02: Data-driven decision-support tools for better health care delivery and policy-making with a focus on cancer

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed at, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care organisations and policymakers adopt robust and transparent modelling (including data collection, storage and analysis), planning algorithms and artificial intelligence (AI) solutions in support of health care decision-making processes;

2.Health care providers, caregivers (formal and informal), citizens, and other relevant stakeholders take better informed decisions about their health or the health of persons they are responsible for and/or about the organisation of the health care service or system they are involved in or in charge of;

3.Health system owners are provided with evidence-based participative decision-making processes that take into consideration all relevant values, needs and perspectives, enabling to deliver health care services to patients in the most suitable and efficient manner;

4.Policymakers access evidence-based, interoperable decision support tools for public health policy-making and health care delivery.

Scope: This call topic will contribute to Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan activities 169 and other relevant initiatives such as the European Cancer Information System 170 . For this reason, proposals must focus on one or more phases of the cycle of the disease, starting from prevention and early diagnosis to treatment and quality of life of patients and survivors.

An ever-increasing amount of data is at the disposal of decision- and policy-makers, which, if analysed, pooled and used, could lead to novel data-driven approaches in health care delivery and policy-making, thus improving quality of life, health equity and producing better health outcomes. The collection, access, processing, and (primary and secondary) use of data is still very fragmented across national health systems. The availability and use of structured and unstructured health data represents an opportunity for the implementation of data-driven innovation and it provides new opportunities for developing, monitoring and evaluating decisions, and providing feedback into decision-making processes and policy strategies.

In this topic, research and innovation actions should aim at optimising and/or transforming health care delivery decision-making processes, supporting policy-making, and/or empowering citizens and cancer patients. The development of innovations, including tools, processes and services, should be done together with end-users (i.e. citizens, health professionals and policymakers), and represent both a support-base and scientific evidence for data-driven innovation. Design thinking and other relevant design methodologies should be considered.

The proposals should adhere to the FAIR data 171 principles and adopt data quality standards, data integration operating procedures and GDPR-compliant data sharing/access best practices developed by the European research infrastructures, if relevant. In addition, the proposals are encouraged to adopt best practices of international standards used in the development of computational models.

Data-driven algorithms should be explainable, unbiased and inclusive. Caution needs to be paid to systematically control for gender and racial bias and/or discrimination bias, when developing and using data and algorithms. The actions should ensure that the novel ideas are accompanied by frameworks/guidelines for new forms of collaboration and incentivising mechanisms/tools in order to support implementation of the innovations in the public sector. The tools should aim to improve health outcomes and quality of life, not only to lower health care costs.

Actions should pursue a multi-disciplinary and multi-stakeholder approach to integrate health care research, health services research, innovation, health economics, implementation science, operations management/research, data science and other relevant disciplines (i.e. sociology and anthropology) to ensure more equitable, innovative and sustainable health care systems.

Applicants should propose activities underpinned by health care data in one or more of the following areas:

1.The development of data-driven, interactive policy and visualisation tools (i.e. through creation of digital twins/virtual models) bringing novel insights on populations, systems and services as a whole, to help policymakers make data-driven decisions. These can be foreseen to be used solely for health care decisions or constitute health-relevant inputs for other sectorial approaches, and promote multi-disciplinary knowledge exchange;

2.The development of data-driven solutions (i.e scenario-building tools and models) helping health care organisations take evidence-informed decisions on cancer care delivery processes such as logistics planning and management, capacity, utilisation of health services and allocation of resources and infrastructures (i.e. human resources, health goods, etc.), and availability of and access to health care technologies (i.e. pharmaceuticals, vaccines, medical devices, etc.) and interventions;

3.The development of data-driven solutions empowering citizens' and cancer patients' interaction with the health care systems, including feedback mechanisms, guidance on health care pathways and on managing health care data, supporting patients in making health care decisions and treatment adherence;

4.The development of digital toolkits and indicators to improve the reporting and assessment of outputs from end-user involvements, including those of patient-reported outcomes measures (PROMs) and patient-reported experience measures (PREMs), and help gauge the actual impact in health care (including interaction between patients and health care providers).

Applicants are encouraged to establish dynamic relations and synergies with the following areas, where applicable:

1.Decision-making processes and tools, including social innovation;

2.Monitoring and evaluating the budgetary impact of health care interventions (i.e. innovative solutions, digital services and health care models);

3.Health technology assessment and cost-effectiveness analysis;

4.Artificial intelligence/deep learning tools in social medicine to determine causal factors of disease/conditions and develop interventions;

5.Data sharing between different institutions;

6.European Health Data Space (EHDS);

7.Open source and/or common building blocks used in Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) (e.g. eDelivery, eID);

8.Standards and mechanisms to allow for interoperability between primary and secondary use of data;

9.Privacy-preserving protocols for secondary use of data for public health policy-making and research;

10.Federated/distributed access or data processing protocols for data-driven decision-support tools for better health care delivery and policy-making.

Proposals should adopt a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between citizens/patients, caregivers, health care providers and other relevant stakeholders, and unleashes the potential for social innovation.

Whenever the data sources proposed to be used by the applicants include genomics data, the proposals should consider the data standards and legal, ethical and technical interoperability requirements and guidelines agreed under the 1+ Million Genomes Initiative 172 where relevant.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-04: Health care innovation procurement network

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be
granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Stakeholders involved in the demand side of health and social care innovations (such as procurement agencies, health care providers, payers/health insurers, public authorities, health care professionals, citizens) reach a common understanding that reflects their key clinical, procurement/supply, organisational and coordination priorities.

2.Public/private procurers and decision makers at a local, regional, national and EU level collectively develop and adopt optimal, cost-efficient and flexible innovation procurement strategies, taking into account the ongoing changes in the organisational procedures of health care structures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

3.Procurers and decision makers in procurement organisations mainstream health care-related Innovation Procurement best practices in their respective policy and investment strategies.

4.Health care procurers from participating Member States and associated countries scale up cross-border collaborations in research and deployment of innovative solutions, thereby minimising investment risks.

Scope: This call aims to support the creation of a network of public 173 and private procurers that are responsible for deploying health care innovations across the EU, in order to identify potential areas of interest for innovation procurement.

Health care stakeholders on the demand side can address their clinical or organisational challenges through networking and the coordinated use of innovation procurement tools and policies. A network’s scale, internal transfer of knowledge and engagement with external stakeholders in health, research and industry would facilitate the development of a holistic approach in innovation procurement and an increased collective capacity to procure solutions, which improve health outcomes for patients in inclusive, flexible and fiscally sustainable ways.

This network should assemble a critical mass of European procurers with a strong track record, processes and resources for deploying innovative solutions in health and social care, as well as less experienced ones (due, for example, to budget constraints, lack of expertise or language barriers) who are interested to venture into this area. Through collaboration, experience sharing and in particular through twinning activities, the network should offer the opportunity to less experienced procurers in health innovation to build up capacity on innovation procurement. To this aim, beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. This support can only be given in the form of grants and the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will apply. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

These goals are particularly relevant in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, which highlighted issues such as the timing, financing and coordination of cross-border/emergency procurement in the EU, supply chain diversity and security, as well as the benefits of digital solutions for patients, health professionals and citizens. The ongoing pandemic has demonstrated that new critical challenges for health care systems may arise in the future, which will need to be addressed properly and swiftly, sometimes with innovative tools and flexible approaches.

The proposals should present a credible plan for a network, which will:

1.Create a sustainable mechanism for decision-makers in the health and social care sector to enable and facilitate the use of Innovation Procurement as a tool to tackle current and future challenges faced by the procurers involved;

2.Develop a holistic innovation procurement action plan for key health care challenges ahead, that is adaptable to the procurement strategies of most public organizations in the health care sector in Europe and covering all stages of Innovation Procurement implementation (from the identification of a need and pre-tender market consultation, until evaluation of the procurement’s impact);

3.Set the ground for mainstreaming (cross-border) Innovation Procurement implementation in Europe’s health sector (EU-funded or not), by engaging, in an appropriate way, other key stakeholders, such as patients, industry (including SMEs/start-ups), policymakers (local, regional and/or national authorities) or investors (e.g. private investors, National Promotional Banks and Economic Development Agencies etc.).

Applicant consortia should be composed primarily of public and/or private procurers, dealing with or interested in the purchase of health care innovations. Consortia may also include health authorities or innovation procurement competence centres, which support these health care procurers in implementing innovation procurement 174 . The composition of the applicant consortia should ensure a broad and balanced geographical representation of Member States and Associated Countries.

Proposals should not promote a silo mentality but should interconnect different types of procurers with their counterparts in other countries across Europe and with the wider healthcare/eHealth ecosystem and an enlarged group of stakeholders critical to the success of Innovation Procurement activities. Applicants should demonstrate that they have the mandate and capacity to procure and can engage key decision-makers from their organisation (e.g. procurement departments, clinical, academic and research departments) who would provide the backbone for such an innovation procurement policy and coordination mechanism to operate effectively (e.g. leverage funds and external expertise, recruit stakeholders, develop/adapt strategies, provide policy recommendations, facilitate emergency procurement procedures).

Proposals should include all of the following aspects:

1.Hold an open market consultation with the industry across Europe on the current state of the art for the shared unmet needs for innovative solutions identified by the procurers, including on technical and service readiness;

2.Develop capacity and cooperation models for implementing Innovation Procurement (in the form of Innovation Partnerships, PCP/PPI or other relevant instruments), which overcome potential differences among the legal public procurement frameworks of the participating procurers in health and social care;

3.Conduct a user analysis of Innovation Procurement, identify barriers and propose solutions to overcome these barriers (e.g.: standardisation, certification, regulatory requirements, intellectual property rights, contracting models, payment/reimbursement models) and facilitate uptake of such solutions;

4.Plan for procurement(s) based on identified common needs;

5.Take measures ensuring the sustainability of outcomes beyond the lifespan of the proposed project and their integration into the procurement strategies of participating organisations, taking into account acceptance with users and professionals as well as health economics considerations.

Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (Single Stage - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 175

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 176

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-02

PCP

25.00

Around 5.00

5

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-03

PPI

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-04

RIA

30.00

Around 5.00

6

Overall indicative budget

70.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-02: Pre-commercial research and innovation procurement (PCP) for building the resilience of health care systems in the context of recovery

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Pre-commercial Procurement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Specific conditions for actions implementing pre-commercial procurement or procurement of innovative solutions (see General Annex H).

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Public and private procurers in the area of health care procure the competitive development of market-ready, sustainable, innovative solutions (materials, equipment, technologies and systems/practices) which are made in Europe and can improve the preparedness and resilience of health care systems in the context of the recovery;

2.European health and technology industry actors (including start-ups/SMEs) bring to the market secure, interoperable digital health care solutions (complying with relevant ethical and privacy protection standards) which are proven to improve health outcomes and access to care for patients;

3.Procurers facilitate the commercialisation of innovative solutions at a large scale (EU/international) by their successful suppliers through providing them with first customer references for the validation and first pilot deployment in multiple countries and health care settings;

4.Policymakers, health care providers and professionals, patients and their carers – each in their respective areas – exchange and adopt good practices and the best solutions the market can deliver to improve the resilience of health care systems.

Scope: Pre-commercial procurement (PCP) can boost innovation in health care systems, while building the capacity of providers and increasing resilience and preparedness in the context of cross-border public health emergencies. Through the competitive development of a range of breakthrough innovations for a concrete health care challenge, PCP can strengthen the security of the supply chain in the health care sector. At the same time, these instruments can support the economic recovery of the EU by providing incentives to the EU health and technology industry (especially spin-offs, start-ups and SMEs) to innovate and commercialise their products or services at a larger scale than they normally would. Fostering the development of such innovative solutions in Europe can reinforce EU strategic autonomy in strategic health technologies and lead to the creation of new markets for the EU industry, thereby contributing to EU growth, employment and competitiveness. At the same time, joint/collaborative demand-side initiatives can help create economies of scale and early adoption of innovations by the health sector. Advances in this area can help EU health care systems build resilience and respond to public health threats better than if they would act individually.

Pre-commercial procurement actions in the area of health care gather relevant public and private procurers to address a common, unmet need through the cross-border public and private procurement of research and development for demand-driven innovative solutions. Specific guidance on PCP actions and minimum eligibility requirements can be found in General Annex H 177 of the Horizon Europe work programme.

Proposals should therefore be based on clearly identified user needs and well-structured work plans, explaining how the procured research and development will contribute to the expected outcomes. In addition, proposals should clearly state the expected health benefits of the solutions that will be developed during the course of the action. In this context, applicants should also consider aspects of accessibility and affordability of the solution, efficiency of the technology when implemented in the relevant contexts and how it contributes to health systems resilience.

This topic prioritises areas of health care such as health promotion, preparedness, prevention, surveillance and rapid response to cross-border health threats. Promoting coordination, cooperation and common standards in the procurement of innovation in health care (including emergency procurement) should be at the heart of any proposal submitted as well as facilitating the digital and green transition of EU health systems.

A wide variety of settings are potentially relevant for the implementation of such innovative solutions, such as: primary health care settings, ambulatory care, hospitals, specialised centres, and long-term health care facilities. The involvement of end-users and the use of cross-sectorial approaches are essential in the area of health. They can lead to more impactful proposals, especially if combined with cost-effectiveness/cost-benefit analyses in comparison with the status quo.

Within this topic, it is possible to provide for the transfer and adaptation of solutions and/or interventions from other sectors to health care. It is open both to proposals requiring: i) improvements mainly based on one specific solution/technology field; and ii) end-to-end solutions that need combinations of different types of innovation.

Proposals should demonstrate the potential and any future plans for the sustainability of good practices developed or implemented during the action, beyond its life. Such good practices could include cooperation with policy makers to reinforce relevant national policy frameworks, relevant actions to improve the skills of health professionals, patients or carers in the use of the solutions and collaboration with stakeholders for standardisation purposes or in order to leverage additional national funds or private investment for procuring solutions.

Synergies with the Technical Support Instrument 178 and the European Structural and Investment Fund are encouraged.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-03: Public procurement of innovative solutions (PPI) for building the resilience of health care systems in the context of recovery

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Public Procurement of Innovative Solutions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Specific conditions for actions implementing pre-commercial procurement or procurement of innovative solutions (see General Annex H).

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes specified below:

1.Public and private procurers in the area of health care deploy at a critical scale, innovative, market-ready solutions (materials, technologies and systems/practices), that are relevant to the preparedness and resilience of health care systems;

2.European health and technology industry actors (including start-ups/SMEs) bring to the market secure, interoperable digital health care solutions (complying with relevant ethical and privacy protection standards) which are proven to improve health outcomes and access to care for patients;

3.Procurers facilitate the commercialisation of innovative solutions at a large scale (EU/international) by their successful suppliers through providing them with customer references for the validation and first pilot deployment in multiple countries and health care settings;

4.Policymakers, health care providers and professionals, patients and their carers – each in their respective areas – exchange and adopt good practices and the best solutions the market can deliver to improve the resilience of health care systems.

Scope: Public procurement of innovative solutions (PPI) can boost the wider market uptake of high impact innovations in health care systems, while building the capacity of providers and increasing resilience and preparedness in the context of cross-border public health emergencies. This can support the economic recovery of the EU by providing incentives to the EU health and technology industry (especially spin-offs, start-ups and SMEs) to innovate and by providing business opportunities to commercialise innovative products or services at a larger scale than they would normally have. By acting as early adopters of such innovative solutions, procurers can open up new growth markets for the EU industry, thereby contributing to EU growth, employment and competitiveness. At the same time, joint/collaborative demand-side initiatives can help create economies of scale and scale up the wider adoption of innovations by the health sector. Advances in this area can help EU health care systems build resilience and respond to public health threats better than if they would act individually.

The actions supported will target critical-scale deployment of relevant health care solutions across different regions in Europe by engaging public and/or private procurers from each participating country (at national, regional or local level) that have deployment responsibilities and budget control in the relevant area of care or supply of services. Procurers will specify, purchase and deploy solutions addressing their relevant, shared unmet needs, while engaging together in a supply and demand side dialogue, in order for the deployed solutions to deliver sustainable, new or improved health care services and outcomes, always taking into account patient feedback. Specific guidance on PPI actions and minimum eligibility requirements can be found in General Annex Hof the Horizon Europe work programme.

Proposals should therefore be based on clearly identified user needs and well-structured work plans, explaining how the procurement of the innovative solutions will contribute to the expected outcomes. In addition, proposals should clearly state the benefits of the solutions that will be developed during the course of the project. In this context, applicants should consider aspects of accessibility and affordability of the solution, efficiency of the technology when implemented in the relevant contexts and how it contributes to health systems resilience.

This topic prioritises areas of health care such as health promotion, preparedness, prevention, surveillance and rapid response to cross-border health threats. Promoting coordination, cooperation and common standards in the procurement of innovation in health care (including emergency procurement) should be at the heart of any proposal submitted as well as facilitating the digital and green transition of EU health systems.

Activities covered should include cooperation with policymakers to reinforce the national policy frameworks and mobilise substantial additional national budgets for the PPI, searching support and collaborating with respective coordination and networking projects. Likewise, awareness raising, technical assistance and/or capacity building beyond the project to mainstream PPI implementation and removing obstacles for introducing the innovative solutions to be procured into the market could be included.

A wide variety of settings are potentially relevant for the implementation of such innovative solutions, for example primary health care settings, hospitals, specialised centres, and long-term health care facilities. The involvement of end-users and the use of cross-sectorial approaches are necessary in the area of health. They can lead to more impactful proposals, especially if combined with cost-effectiveness analyses in comparison with the status quo.

Within this topic, it is possible to foresee the transfer and adaptation of solutions and/or interventions from other sectors to health care. It is open both to proposals requiring improvements mainly based on one specific solution/technology field, as well as to proposals requiring end-to-end solutions that need combinations of different types of innovation.

Synergies with the Technical Support Instrument 179 and the European Structural and Investment Fund are encouraged.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08-04: Better financing models for health systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. More specifically, this topic aims at supporting activities that are contributing to some of the following expected impacts:

1.Health and social care services and systems have improved governance mechanisms and are more effective, efficient, accessible, resilient, trusted and sustainable, both fiscally and environmentally. Health promotion and disease prevention will be at their heart, by shifting from hospital-centred to community-based, people-centred and integrated health care structures and successfully embedding technological innovations that meet public health needs, while patient safety and quality of services is increased.

2.Health policy and systems adopt a holistic approach (individuals, communities, organisations, society) for the evaluation of health outcomes and value of public health interventions, the organisation of health care, and decision-making.

To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Decision and policymakers in the field of health care avail of new approaches to financial planning and financing mechanisms that provide flexibility to stretched health budgets, including alternative procurement and contractual methods;

2.Decision and policymakers in the field of health care apply cost-effective spending strategies based on the optimisation of the use of resources, while maintaining or improving health outcomes in an equitable way;

3.Decision and policymakers in the field of health care access tools that enable them to better remunerate, contract and incentivise health care professionals and providers;

4.Decision and policymakers in the field of health care take evidence-based and socially equitable health care financial decisions.

Scope: In 2017, spending on health care in the EU stood at 9.6% of gross domestic product, ranging from over 11% in France and Germany to less than 6% in Romania. In most countries, in-patient care services made up the bulk of health spending, while spending on pharmaceuticals also accounted for a large share of health expenditure in some countries. 180

Due to demographic changes in the EU with a population projected to continue ageing and higher expectations regarding provision of health care services, public health threats with relevant repercussions for society and the introduction of innovative and digital solutions to improve health care systems’ functioning, the demand for health care services as well as the budgetary pressures on health care systems are and will keep increasing.

Future models of care delivery will have to take into account both the systemic and multi-dimensional performance perspective and to look at relevant outcome and quality indicators, structure of care delivery, and knowledge base regarding optimal care delivery systems,

Therefore, research and innovation should tackle the challenges of financing health care services in the EU by addressing one or more of the following:

1.Financing of health care – development of new cost-effective models for financing and reimbursement, including incentive mechanisms and outcome-based financing in order to promote good performance of the health care systems.

2.Financing of preventive health care – novel models and appropriate structure of financial incentives for effective health promotion and disease prevention, financial incentives for stronger co-operation between primary care and public health services, long-term sustainable financing mechanism for local- and municipality-run promotion programmes and the assessment of personal health risk behaviour and its potential impact on health costs.

3.Innovative purchasing and contract methods – new strategies for contracting provision of health care services (public sector hired services) as well as solutions to better assess provision capacity and quality, to assess markets, and cost-effectiveness as well as equal access of contracting-out services. This can help align the incentives of providers with those of patients and the public good.

4.New and improved tools for better design of incentives for health care professionals – incentives that minimise differentiation between services and “cream-skimming” by patients, fostering better health care planning, optimized use of health care services and avoidance of resources’ overconsumption and -waste.

Value-based pricing- and payment models for health technologies are not in the scope of this topic; such models are covered by topic “New pricing and payment models for cost-effective and affordable health innovation” (HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-03) under destination 6.

Research and innovation in these areas should take into account the potential impact of public health emergencies and threats on the sustainability, financing, as well as the effective and efficient functioning of EU health care systems.

To ensure wide uptake by user communities and scalability of the models and methods across health systems, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, architecture, code and any underlying data.

Applicants are highly encouraged to actively involve public authorities (i.e. ministries of finances and health, procurement agencies/procurers and agencies responsible for the management of health services contracts, public health and health-policy institutes, health administrations, among other) in the proposals.

Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate, and in particular they are expected to liaise with successful applicants under topic “New pricing and payment models for cost-effective and affordable health innovation” (HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-03) and the consortium to be created under the planned “European Partnership on Transforming Health and Care Systems” (HORIZON-HLTH-CARE-2022-IND-10-01). These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activity without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

Call - Partnerships in Health (2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-10

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 181

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 182

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-10-01

COFUND

100.00 183

Around 100.00

1

Overall indicative budget

100.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-10-01: European partnership on transforming health and care systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 100.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 100.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Artic
le 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 184 does not apply.

The funding rate is 30 % of the eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4, notably “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”, “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats” and “High-quality digital services for all”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers across European countries and regions are engaged in enhanced collaborative research on transforming health and care systems;

2.Health and care authorities, policymakers and other stakeholders use the research results to develop evidence-based strategies and policies on transforming health care systems and learn from good practices of European countries and regions;

3.Health and care providers and professionals implement innovative ways of delivering care and maintaining population health;

4.Health and care authorities, policymakers and other stakeholders plan and carry out efficient investments in health and care systems at national/regional level to use innovative solutions and care models;

5.An increased number of innovators and stronger local/regional ecosystems of stakeholders are in place and facilitate uptake of successful innovations for health and care;

6.Citizens and health and care professionals have increased digital and health literacy;

7.Countries cooperate better and use context-specific knowledge and evidence to make their health and care systems more resilient with respect to upcoming needs and crises.

Scope: For many reasons (demographic changes, technological progress, fiscal constraints, public health emergencies etc.) the European health and care systems are expected to be subject to severe stress. In particular, the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted existing structural weaknesses in health and care systems, and emphasised areas where not enough effort, planning and resources had been directed to. In addition, rapid technological and societal evolutions call for urgent responses to increasing demands and expectations from citizens. There is a need to accelerate the transition towards more efficient, sustainable, resilient, innovative and accessible health and care systems in Europe. To this end, the creation of a research and innovation (R&I) partnership with a focus on health and care systems’ transformation represents a unique strategic opportunity to bring together stakeholders, create synergies, coordinate R&I actions, facilitate the digitization of health and care services and support the transformation of health and care systems with innovative solutions driven by knowledge and evidence. The partnership should build on knowledge gained from initiatives taken under Horizon 2020 (TO-REACH, Active and Assisted Living programme (AAL), Joint Programming Initiative More Years, Better, Lives (JPI MYBL), European Innovation partnership (EIP-AHA), ICPerMed, etc.). In order to increase the likelihood of successful system transformation, the partnership will facilitate exchange of information and good practices among countries, provide robust guidance and tools, network institutional stakeholders and involve regional ecosystems. It will stimulate service, policy and organisational innovations, as well as the integration of biomedical and technological innovations for the benefit of the European citizens and the European industry. Development of new products is beyond the scope of this Partnership. By laying the ground for the transformation of the health and care systems, the partnership will contribute to the transition of Europe to a more sustainable development and address emerging threats raised by environmental changes and globalisation.

The partnership should bring together a broad range of actors with a common vision of future health and care systems. Through the objectives of Horizon Europe, the partnership should contribute to achieving the following European Commission priorities:

1.Promoting our European way of life

2.An economy that works for people

3.A Europe fit for the digital age

4.A European green deal

The partnership will contribute to priorities of the “Communication on effective, accessible and resilient health systems” (COM(2014) 215 final), the “Communication on enabling the digital transformation of health and care in the Digital Single Market; empowering citizens and building a healthier society” (COM(2018) 233 final) and support the objectives of the Commission proposal for the new EU4Health Programme (COM(2020) 405 final).

Thanks to its capacity to bring together different stakeholders (e.g. research funders, health authorities, health and care institutions, innovators, policy makers), to create a critical mass of resources and to implement a long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA), the partnership will address the following objectives:

1.Supporting multidisciplinary R&I to fill knowledge gaps, produce evidence and develop guidance and tools in priority areas for the transformation of health and care systems,

2.Supporting the interdisciplinary development of service, policy and organisational innovations for health and care systems,

3.Strengthening the R&I community in the field of health and care systems,

4.Improving the capability of health and care actors to take up innovative solutions,

5.Gathering stakeholders to develop the ecosystems needed for a swift uptake of innovations by health and care systems.

The European Partnership on transforming health and care systems 185 should be implemented through a joint programme of activities ranging from research to coordination and networking activities, including training, demonstration, piloting and dissemination activities, to be structured along the following main building blocks:

1.Joint implementation of the SRIA;

2.Joint annual calls for R&I activities, applied R&I, pilots, twinning projects;

3.Joint annual calls for experimental development and innovation funding, co-creation, involvement of end-users, new concepts of care and innovative solutions for supporting health according to WHO definition; development of ecosystems, business models;

4.Capacity building activities;

5.Activities to increase health and digital literacy among citizens and health care practitioners;

6.Flanking measures.

The Partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to those countries wanting to join. It should include the following actors:

1.Ministries in charge of R&I policy, as well as national and regional R&I and technology funding agencies and foundations;

2.Ministries in charge of health and care policy, as well as national and regional health and care authorities, organisations and providers.

The Partnership may also encourage engagement with other relevant Ministries and will involve other key actors from civil society and end-users, research and innovation community, innovation owners, health and care systems owners/organisers and health and care agencies.

The Partnership’s governance structure should enable an upfront strategic steering, effective management and coordination, daily implementation of activities and ensure the use and uptake of the results. The governance should leave sufficient space for involving the key stakeholders, including but not limited to R&I community, patients and citizens, health and care professionals, formal and informal care organisations, and innovation owners.

Financial commitments and in-kind contributions are expected to be provided for the governance structure, the joint calls and other dedicated implementation actions and efforts for national coordination.

To encourage national coordination and avoid an excess of grant signatories it is recommended to limit their number to two per country. However, in duly justified cases this number could differ, including for countries with decentralised administration to allow for participation of regional authorities in charge of R&I policy and health and care policy.

To ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage knowledge and investment possibilities, the Partnership is expected to establish relevant collaborations with other Horizon Europe partnerships (institutionalized and co-funded) and missions as set out in the working document on ‘Coherence and Synergies of candidate European partnerships under Horizon Europe’ 186 as well as to explore collaborations with other relevant activities at EU and international level. On top of this, the proposal should consider synergies with EU programmes, including but not limited to EU4Health, DEP, ESF+, ERDF, InvestEU, RRF and TSI.

The Partnership should align with EU-wide initiatives on open access and FAIR data 187 .

Although this Partnership will focus on the transformation of European health and care systems, cooperation with international organisations, and non-European institutions and experts may be considered. Applicants should describe in their proposal the methodology for their collaboration and the aims they want to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 188 does not apply.

The expected duration of the partnership is seven years.

Horizon Europe contribution will be limited to a maximum of 30% of the total eligible costs of the action with a maximum of EUR 100 million of EU contribution

Destination 5. Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society

Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-A ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘High quality digital services for all’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘Health technologies, new tools and digital solutions are applied effectively thanks to their inclusive, secure and ethical development, delivery, integration and deployment in health policies and health and care systems’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘A competitive and secure data-economy’, ‘Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people’, and ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’.

Technology is a key driver for innovation in the health care sector. It can provide better and more cost-efficient solutions with high societal impact, tailored to the specific health care needs of the individual. However, novel tools, therapies, technologies and digital approaches face specific barriers and hurdles in piloting, implementing and scaling-up before reaching the patient, encountering additional challenges such as public acceptance and trust. Emerging and disruptive technologies offer big opportunities for transforming health care, thereby promoting the health and well-being of citizens. Unlocking this potential and harnessing the opportunities depends on the capacity to collect, integrate and interpret large amounts of data, as well as ensure compatibility with appropriate regulatory frameworks and infrastructures that will both safeguard the rights of the individual and of society and stimulate innovation to develop impactful solutions. In addition to existing European Research Infrastructures, the European Health Data Space will promote health-data exchange and facilitate cross-border research activities. This destination aims to promote the development of tools, technologies and digital solutions for treatments, medicines, medical devices and improved health outcomes, taking into consideration safety, effectiveness, appropriateness, accessibility, comparative value-added and fiscal sustainability as well as issues of ethical, legal and regulatory nature.

In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe) or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on digitalisation of the health sector, incl. health technologies, medical devices and key enabling technologies; assisted, autonomous, independent and empowered living; smart homes; decision support systems; health impact assessment (e.g. related to consumer products, working place innovation).

Expected Impacts

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway towards unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society, and more specifically to several of the following expected impacts:

1.Europe’s scientific and technological expertise and know-how, its capabilities for innovation in new tools, technologies and digital solutions, and its ability to take-up, scale-up and integrate innovation in health care is world-class.

2.Citizens benefit from targeted and faster research resulting in safer, more efficient, cost-effective and affordable tools, technologies and digital solutions for improved (personalised) disease prevention, diagnosis, treatment and monitoring for better patient outcome and well-being, in particular through increasingly shared health resources (interoperable data, infrastructure, expertise, citizen/patient driven co-creation). 189

3.The EU gains high visibility and leadership in terms of health technology development, including through international cooperation.

4.The burden of diseases in the EU and worldwide is reduced through the development and integration of innovative diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, personalised medicine approaches, digital and other people-centred solutions for health care.

5.Both the productivity of health research and innovation, and the quality and outcome of health care is improved thanks to the use of health data and innovative analytical tools, such as artificial intelligence (AI) supported decision-making, in a secure and ethical manner, respecting individual integrity and underpinned with public acceptance and trust.

Citizens trust and support the opportunities offered by innovative technologies for health care, based on expected health outcomes and potential risks involved.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06

115.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11

95.00

21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-12-two-stage

60.00

01 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

Overall indicative budget

115.00

155.00

Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 190

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 191

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-01

IA

25.00 192

Around 6.00

4

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-02

RIA

60.00 193

Around 6.00

10

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-03

RIA

30.00 194

Around 8.00

4

Overall indicative budget

115.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-01: Smart medical devices and their surgical implantation for use in resource-constrained settings

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes.

1.Medical device developers provide sustainable and affordable smart active implants validated in the operational environment.

2.Medical professionals in resource-constrained clinical settings use sustainable and affordable surgical procedures for smart active implants.

3.Patients have access to sustainable and affordable smart medical devices suitable for minimally invasive surgical implantation through further clinical studies.

Scope: “Smart” technologies, i.e. micro-electronic sensor/actuator systems provide novel functionalities to surgically-implanted active medical devices. “Smart” active implants involve microelectronic components and are placed inside the body of the patient to achieve the desired physiological response. They open up therapeutic avenues for a wide range of medical handicaps, complex chronic conditions and lesions, thanks to their integrated diagnostic capabilities, and may help addressing hitherto unmet medical needs. Challenges involved in the development of these devices include but are not limited to miniaturization, sensor robustness, wireless power supply, etc. Such devices require specific surgical implantation procedures, dependant on the type of device and on the intended use, with the successful surgical implantation and activation of such smart medical implants, being crucial steps for their functioning. The device targeted and its intended use is open for applicants to choose (e.g. orthopaedic, neural, cardiovascular, metabolic, etc.), but should at the start of the proposed work be at a TRL of minimum four and will necessitate appropriate tailored surgical procedures and interventions. Surgical conditions account for approximately 30% of the global burden of disease and have a huge social and economic impact. However, of the 300 million surgical interventions undertaken globally every year only around 6% occur in low-income countries, where a third of the world’s population lives. There is therefore a strong need for high-quality, affordable surgical interventions for implanting “smart” active medical devices suitable for resource-limited or -constrained clinical settings. Resource-constrained settings are clinical environments that are affected by limitations such as lack of medical staff, scarcity of medical equipment or medicines supply, etc. To address this gap, the sustainability of both the medical device and the applied surgical intervention, including the necessary equipment and operating skills, are essential elements. Implantation procedures should be fully compatible with resource-constrained environments and minimally invasive approaches should be favoured. Hence, research and innovation activities should comprise medical device design, regulatory work, clinical stages and developmental iterations, reaching a TRL of at least seven, and involve key medical specialists (e.g. surgeons) and/or other health care professionals, developers, patients and relevant regulatory bodies as appropriate. The work proposed should take into account the new EU legal framework on medical devices with the targeted implants meeting all the essential requirements as defined therein.  

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-02: Next generation advanced therapies to treat highly prevalent and high burden diseases with unmet medical needs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Competent authorities, researchers and developers use assays for the valorisation and/or assessment of efficiency, delivery, safety, potency or mode of action of novel advanced therapeutic interventions based on either pluripotent stem cells, genome editing or RNA, that are aligned with regulatory standards.

2.Clinicians, researchers and developers test several new advanced therapies based on pluripotent stem cells, gene editing or RNA ready through clinical trials meeting the regulatory requirements.

Scope: The recent development of advanced therapies has been hampered by the lack of robust research on certain key parameters e.g. safety, upscaling, immunity, potency assays, cost-effectiveness, and early on in development. This topic aims to ensure that the next wave of advanced therapies, based on either pluripotent stem cells, gene editing or RNA, are established in a timely fashion and in accordance with the appropriate regulatory standards for further clinical testing. It will support preclinical research platforms for disorders with high prevalence and burden 195 that tackle the bottlenecks currently encountered in the field, ensuring that promising advanced therapies can reach the market within the next decade. Applicants should justify the disease or disorder to be targeted with its prevalence level, the related burden and unmet needs. Applicants could propose activities in one or several of the following areas, and should take into consideration the Oviedo Convention, eligible actions and ethical principles as defined by the Horizon Europe Framework Programme 196 :

1.Method development for the production and differentiation of pluripotent stem cells 197 (defined as cells that can give rise to cells from all three embryonic germ layers), to include defining appropriate potency assays. Complementary activities to assess mode of action, safety, in vivo validation or upscaling procedures could be considered.

2.Development and validation of biological assays and methods that can demonstrate efficacy, delivery, specificity, and safety (including off-target effects) of genome editing products in targeted cells and tissues (e.g. base editing, prime editing, transcription activator-like effector nucleases, zinc-finger nucleases, clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats). Complementary activities to assess in vivo validation or upscaling procedures could be considered.

3.Development and validation of novel RNA-based therapeutics targeting non-communicable diseases. Complementary activities to assess mode of action, delivery, safety, in vivo validation and/or upscaling procedures could be considered.

4.Study, analysis and tackling of different immune responses, taking into account factors like sex and age, generated by any of the above-mentioned advanced therapies in vivo, facilitating regulatory approval for next phase of research and development.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06-03: Innovative tools for use and re-use of health data (in particular of electronic health records and/or patient registries)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Novel solutions improve quality, ensure interoperability and enable re-use of health data, data analytics and metadata from different repositories across countries by health professionals, researchers and health authorities, in compliance with FAIR data 198 management principles as well as national and EU legal and ethical requirements (in particular with regard to personal data protection).

2.Health professionals, researchers and health authorities make effective use of tools enabling them to exploit unstructured and heterogeneous data from different sources to improve the delivery of care and advance health research.

3.Increased use and valorisation of health data by patients, researchers and clinicians thanks to better data portability due to the standardization of meta knowledge (meta data, ontologies and reference repositories) and clinical data, especially health data coming from different clinical services and sites, and/or from multiple countries.

4.Health care professionals use more efficient and cost-effective health care procedures and workflows that contribute to improved disease prevention, early detection/diagnosis and more effective treatment.

Scope: Health data exists in many forms and multiple fragmented repositories; there is still significant room for improvement in the way both structured and unstructured health data is stored, analysed and interpreted. Sharing and analysing data from multiple countries in a safe and legally compliant manner (in particular with regard to personal data protection) remains a challenge. Powerful analytic tools are already helping providers to use structured data in increasingly impactful ways. On the other hand, the heterogeneity, diversity of sources, quality of data and various representations of unstructured data in health care increase the number of challenges as compared to structured data.

Advances in AI and machine learning, however, have the potential to transform the way clinicians, providers and researchers use unstructured data. Furthermore, developing data interoperability standards, trust and harmonization of GDPR’s interpretation across the EU for the sharing and processing of personal health data will support establishing a sound health data culture in view of the European Health Data Space.

Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

1.Developing robust novel solutions compliant with legal requirements (in particular concerning personal data protection) that will improve the quality, interoperability, machine-readability and re-use of health data and metadata in compliance with FAIR data management principles, making these data more accessible to clinicians, researchers and citizens. The focus should be on data in electronic health records (EHRs) and/or patient registries, taking into account the Commission Recommendation on a European Electronic Health Record exchange format 199 .

2.Developing innovative natural language processing tools, including computational semantics, ontologies, text mining, associated machine learning and deep learning, to improve accessibility, interoperability, translation, transcription, and analysis of health data (e.g. to predict risks). Tools should extract health information from unstructured data in different clinical and medical sources, and bring that data into EHRs/patient registries in a structured form. The innovative solutions should also address missing data in EHRs and/or patient registries and their related metadata, to reduce bias and improve the quality of conclusions.

3.Developing and piloting AI-powered virtual assistants that will utilise the tools and solutions developed (as mentioned above) in order to demonstrate improved usability of health data for end-users.

Proposals are expected to build on and contribute to existing European and international data standards, specifications and schemas for health data. The use of open standards should be considered and interactions with relevant ongoing research infrastructure efforts are encouraged. Applicants should focus on health data coming from a number of EU Member States and EEA countries, constituting as much as possible a representative sample of the European healthcare landscape, so as to contribute to the work on the creation of the European Health Data Space.

To guarantee their adoption, the developed solutions should be quick and easy to use by researchers and clinicians. Therefore active involvement of end-users from the onset is encouraged. In particular, patient advocacy groups and citizens should be involved to ensure adequate consideration of diverse patient needs, with respect to their gender, ethnicity, age, ability, and socio-economic background, to underpin acceptance by patients and other data subjects. SMEs participation is also encouraged.

The proposals should duly take into account requirements stipulated in the relevant European regulations (Data protection, in vitro diagnostics and medical devices) and must meet appropriate ethical standards.

Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Single Stage - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 200

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 201

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11-01

RIA

60.00 202

Around 10.00

6

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11-02

RIA

35.00 203

Around 7.00

5

Overall indicative budget

95.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11-01: Optimising effectiveness in patients of existing prescription drugs for major diseases (except cancer) with the use of biomarkers

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Diagnostics industries move towards market approval for companion diagnostics.

2.Regulatory authorities approve companion diagnostics and make recommendations for the prescription of existing drugs.

3.Health care providers use biomarkers with existing pharmaceuticals to treat more efficiently and cost-effectively patients, with less adverse effects.

Scope: The applicants should perform the clinical validation of qualified biomarkers (not limited to molecular biomarkers) that will enable the identification of appropriate patients to ensure an effective and efficient use of existing pharmaceuticals in the treatment of major diseases and conditions. The relevant biomarkers should allow providing the right medicinal product, at the right dose and the right time, according to the concept of personalised medicine, taking into account, among others, differences of sex, age, ethnicity and gender identity. This topic refers to medicines that are already on the market and not to the validation of biomarkers for the development of new medicinal products. It addresses broadly prescribed medicines for major diseases and conditions, including but not limited to cardiovascular diseases. A condition is that preliminary studies or publications have demonstrated that the pharmaceuticals considered are efficient in less than 50% of the population treated. This topic excludes cancer and rare disease treatments. The applicants should consider existing guidelines, standards and regulations, as appropriate. Synergies with relevant European Research Infrastructures are encouraged.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11-02: New methods for the effective use of real-world data and/or synthetic data in regulatory decision-making and/or in health technology assessment

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health regulatory bodies and/or Health Technology Assessment (HTA) bodies adopt optimised data-driven methodologies for the effective use of real-world data (including omics data) 204 , and/or synthetic data derived from digital twins and advanced computational methods (such as modelling and simulation or approaches based on machine learning/AI), for the assessment of medicinal products and/or digital health innovations.

2.Health regulatory authorities and bodies (e.g. medicines agencies, HTA bodies, notified bodies for medical devices) use optimised guidelines for the development and assessment of medicinal products and/or medical devices including digital health innovations.

3.Health regulatory authorities and bodies across Europe are trained in data-driven decision making using emerging data types.

Scope: With the emerging use of real-world data (RWD) and synthetic data by the pharmaceutical industry and medical devices industry, regulators and HTA bodies need to perform targeted validation of claims through independent analysis. The principal aim of this topic is to address the data needs of health regulatory bodies and HTA bodies across the EU, as outlined in the recently published “HMA-EMA Joint Big Data Taskforce Phase II report: ‘Evolving Data-Driven Regulation’” 205 and its associated DARWIN (Data Analysis and Real World Interrogation Network) project 206 .

To harness the potential of RWD and synthetic data from digital twins and advanced analytical models, and make them actionable for health regulatory decision-making and for health technology assessment, targeted research is needed on the evidentiary value of these data for a number of relevant use cases. In addition, methods need to be developed to increase the usability of such data by different stakeholder groups. Doing so will contribute to the European Health Data Space and maximise the positive impact of DARWIN in driving up the quality of evidence and decisions on the development and use of medicines and digital health innovations.

Access to and analysis of RWD and synthetic data can inform regulatory decision-making throughout the product lifecycle, namely: 1) support product development (e.g. scientific advice, PRIME 207 ),); 2) support authorisation of new medicines and digital health innovations; and 3) monitor the performance of medicines and digital health innovations on the market (effectiveness and safety). Eventually, this will put in place methods and processes that will enable continuous learning from pre-authorisation procedures and authorisation applications on the use of RWD and/or synthetic data.

Proposals should address all of the following areas:

1.Develop a set of evidentiary standards to be pre-specified and used in the analysis of real-word evidence and/or synthetic data applied to different types of regulatory advice and/or health technology assessment and decisions on the safety and efficacy/effectiveness of medicines and digital health innovations (e.g. in complement to clinical trial data in an authorisation application, or for extension of indications, post marketing surveillance, amendment of product information or regulatory actions on the marketing authorisation due to safety concerns). This includes validating the use of advanced analytical methods for regulatory decision-making and/or health technology assessment.

2.Address aspects that would enable moving towards a standard data quality framework reproducible across different types of RWD and/or synthetic data sources for regulatory decision-making and/or health technology assessment, with a characterisation of the data collection, management and reporting and an empirical data quality validation. In this regard, it will be important that successful proposals liaise with and closely monitor the work carried out in the context of the European Health Data Space.

3.Enhance the performance and efficiency of large randomised clinical trials and new models of clinical trials by developing standardised processes and methods to access RWD and/or synthetic data (e.g., facilitating the detection of various types of health outcomes during the treatment period of a double-blinded trial by linkage to appropriate electronic health care record databases, etc.), for regulatory decision-making and/or health technology assessment.

4.Define methodological standards for the regulatory acceptability of RWD, and/or synthetic data in the context of clinical trials augmented with RWD, and/or synthetic data, for regulatory decision making and/or health technology assessment.

5.Test the ability of machine learning methods to help identify relevant RWD, and/or synthetic data to match with and to interpret clinical trials, for regulatory decision‑making and/or health technology assessment.

6.Assess and validate how machine learning methods can be systematically harnessed to screen a large amount of data, including unstructured data, in many electronic databases to identify factors affecting efficacy and safety of treatments and/or digital health innovations, for regulatory decision-making and/or health technology assessment. The cross-border interoperability dimension should be taken into account.

Proposals should involve researchers who are specialised in the use of real-world data and/or synthetic data to evaluate medicinal products and/or health care digital innovation products and services. Proposals should involve national competent authorities (national health care product regulatory bodies and/or medical device notified bodies) and could involve citizens and patients’ representatives where relevant. Proposals should include capacity-building efforts to address inequalities of health regulatory processes across Europe. This should comprise education and training activities and sharing of best practices.

In addition to national competent authorities, proposals could consider the involvement of the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for an added value in order to provide an effective interface between the research activities and regulatory aspects and/or to translate the research results into validated test methods and strategies that would be fit for regulatory purpose.

Proposals could also consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) to provide added-value regarding health registry data, interoperability, harmonisation and quality and linking with other data.

Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (two-stages - 2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-12-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 208

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 209

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 01 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-12-01-two-stage

RIA

60.00 210

Around 6.00

10

Overall indicative budget

60.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-12-01-two-stage: Computational models for new patient stratification strategies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Clinical researchers use effective health data integration solutions for the classification of the clinical phenotypes.

2.Researchers and/or health care professionals use robust and validated data-driven computational tools to successfully stratify patients.

3.Regulatory bodies approve computer-aided patient stratification strategies to enable personalised diagnosis and/or personalised therapy strategies.

4.Health care professionals adopt evidence-based guidelines for stratification-based patient management superior to the standard-of-care.

Scope: In the era of big and complex data, the challenge remains to make sense of the huge amount of health care research data. Computational approaches hold great potential to enable superior patient stratification strategies to the established clinical practice, which in turn are a prerequisite for the development of effective personalised medicine approaches.

The proposals may include a broad range of solutions, such as computational disease models, computational systems medicine approaches, machine-learning algorithms, Virtual Physiological Human, digital twin technologies and/or their combinations, as relevant. The topic covers different stages in the continuum of the innovation path (i.e. translational, pre-clinical, clinical research, validation in the clinical and real-world setting, etc.), as relevant to the objectives of the proposals.

The topic will support the development of the computational models driven by the end users' needs.

Proposals should address several of the following areas:

1.Establish interdisciplinary research by bridging disciplines and technologies (disease biology, clinical research, data science, -omics tools, computational and mathematical modelling of diseases, advanced statistical and/or AI/machine learning methods, Virtual Physiological Human and/or digital twin technologies).

2.Develop new computational models for the integration of complex health data from multiples sources, including structured and unstructured data.

3.Develop and optimise robust, transparent and accurate computational models to guide patient stratification strategies for improving clinical outcomes.

4.Demonstrate, test and clinically validate such models with respect to their utility to realistically stratify patients with the aim of improving the standard-of-care.

5.The development of new patient stratification strategies guided by computational models and the validation of the new concepts of stratification in pre-clinical and/or clinical studies.

The proposals should adhere to the FAIR data 211 principles, adopt data quality standards, data integration operating procedures and GDPR-compliant data sharing/access good practices developed by the European research infrastructures, wherever relevant. In addition, proposals are encouraged to adopt good practices of international standards used in the development of computational models, and make available the tools and solutions developed early. Proposals aiming to develop computational models of high technology readiness level are encouraged to deliver a plan for the regulatory acceptability of their technologies. Early interaction with the relevant regulatory bodies is recommended (i.e. the EMA qualification advice for new technologies, etc.) for the proposals contributing to the development of new medicinal products, improvement of the effectiveness of marketed products and the development of medical devices. The proposals aiming to validate their models as high-risk medical devices in the relevant clinical environment are encouraged to deliver a certification implementation plan.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate. In addition, the proposals will be encouraged to exchange with other successful proposals developing AI algorithms and in silico models under other relevant topics.

Destination 6. Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry

Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-A ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘A competitive and secure data-economy’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘EU health industry is innovative, sustainable and globally competitive thanks to improved up-take of breakthrough technologies and innovations, which makes the EU with its Member States more resilient and less dependent from imports with regard to the access to and supply of critical health technologies’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people’, ‘High quality digital services for all’, and ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’.

The health industry is a key driver for growth and has the capacity to provide health technologies to the benefit of patients and providers of health care services. The relevant value chains involve a broad variety of key players from supply, demand and regulatory sides. In addition, the path of innovation in health is long and complex. The development of novel health technologies is generally associated with uncertainties and market barriers due to expensive and risky development (e.g. attrition rate in pharmaceutical development), high quality and security requirements (e.g. clinical performance, safety, data privacy and cybersecurity) and market specificities (e.g. strong regulation, pricing and reimbursement issues). In addition, the growing concern about environmental issues is putting more pressure on this industry. Therefore, there is a need for research and innovation integrating various stakeholders to facilitate market access of innovative health technologies (medical technologies, pharmaceuticals, biotechnologies, digital health technologies).

In order to address these challenges, in particular green and digital transitions and proper supply of health technologies and products, destination 6 will focus on research and innovation activities that aim at:

1.Production of pharmaceuticals in compliance with the objectives of the European Green Deal.

2.Methodologies, guidelines and standards, assessment studies, and structuring activities adapted to digital solutions and interventions for GDPR compliant translation into health care practice, including inter-operability, cyber-security and data confidentiality.

3.Public authorities supported with better methodologies and interdisciplinary approaches to assess and value new health technologies and interventions.

4.Development of pharmaceutical products meeting unmet medical needs in the context of market failures.

In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on industrial research and innovation infrastructures (pilot plants, testing and simulation facilities, open innovation hubs); additive manufacturing (3D/4D printing) and other production technologies (incl. bio manufacturing); safe, smart and sustainable materials.

Expected Impacts:

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry, and more specifically to one or several of the following expected impacts:

1.Health industry in the EU is more competitive and sustainable, assuring European leadership in breakthrough health technologies and strategic autonomy in essential medical supplies and digital technologies, contributing to job creation and economic growth, in particular with small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).

2.Health industry is working more efficiently along the value chain from the identification of needs to the scale-up and take-up of solutions at national, regional or local level, including through early engagement with patients, health care providers, health authorities and regulators ensuring suitability and acceptance of solutions.

3.European standards, including for operations involving health data, ensure patient safety and quality of healthcare services as well as effectiveness and interoperability of health innovation and productivity of innovators.

4.Citizens, health care providers and health systems benefit from a swift uptake of innovative health technologies and services offering significant improvements in health outcomes, while health industry in the EU benefits from decreased time-to-market.

5.Health security in the EU benefits from reliable access to key manufacturing capacity, including timely provision of essential medical supplies of particularly complex or critical supply and distribution chains, such as regards vaccines or medical radioisotopes.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07

44.00

21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13

69.00

21 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

44.00

69.00

Call - A competitive health-related industry (2021)

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 212

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 213

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2021

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-01

RIA

40.00 214

Around 8.00

5

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-02

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-03

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

44.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-01: Green pharmaceuticals

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Researchers and regulators understand the environmental impact of pharmaceuticals.

2.Public authorities inform pharmaceutical strategies and polices based on scientific evidences.

3.Researchers, innovators and pharmaceutical industries develop and produce greener pharmaceuticals that are either greener by design, intrinsically less harmful for the environment, and/or use greener and economically more sustainable manufacturing processes for the production of pharmaceuticals.

Scope: The EU needs to address the increasing problem of environmental pollution due to pharmaceuticals throughout their life cycle. This encompass both, the industry need to tackle the pollution due to their manufacturing as well as pollution resulting from the use and disposal of their pharmaceuticals. This topic is part of an EU strategic approach to pharmaceuticals in the environment 215 and the Pharmaceutical strategy for Europe 216 called for diversifying and secure supply chains and environmentally sustainable pharmaceuticals 217 . The purpose of this topic is twofold.

One of the purposes is to encourage taking into account the environmental aspects of pharmaceuticals as regards their use and disposal. The action intends to promote the development of pharmaceuticals intrinsically less harmful to environment. As regards the pharmaceuticals already in use, more understanding is needed concerning their environmental concentration and resulting levels of risk. In particular, the solid knowledge of the impact of molecules on the environment through the eco-toxicity studies will contribute to management of environmental risk and may be taken into account for designing of new molecules.

The second purpose is to promote the green innovation in the pharmaceutical manufacturing of marketed medicinal products, in particular manufacturing of their active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs). It will contribute to ensuring supplies of medicinal products and prevent shortages as well as crisis preparedness. The difficulties in ensuring compliance with the high environmental standards in the EU and high costs of such compliance are considered one of the main reason for pharmaceutical manufacturing leaving the EU. This in turn results in vulnerabilities of the supply chains (reduced number of suppliers of critical inputs, lack of geographical diversification of the suppliers, lack of critical manufacturing capacity in the EU). The new, greener and sustainable manufacturing methods, which would for the reason of lowering the environmental impact rely on recycled solvents, would need at the same time to address the risk of impurities.

Applicants should propose activities linked to several of the following elements:

1.Research and innovation to support the development of “greener” pharmaceuticals that degrade more readily to harmless substances in waste water treatment plants and the environment;

2.Research on the eco-toxicity and environmental fate of pharmaceuticals, in particular those that are not yet subject to environmental risk assessment;

3.Propose innovative manufacturing technology that are greener, low in energy consumption and emissions, using less solvent or recycling solvents;

4.Propose methods for eliminating carcinogenic impurities in pharmaceuticals (e.g. nitrosamines) process and medicinal products, in particular as complementary technologies to the manufacturing methods relying on recycled solvents;

5.Explore innovative uses of digital transformation or robotic for competitive and scalable methods of production.

The projects should favour a multi-stakeholders approach. They should address the industry needs, taking account of SMEs’ specificities, and offer deployable technical solutions and/or relevant data. They should also integrate at the same time the academic and public health perspective.

Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) in the field of new approach methodologies for ecotoxicity assessment.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-02: Development, procurement and responsible management of new antimicrobials

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health authorities and healthcare providers have identified the needs and potential procurers;

2.Potential procurers are ready to establishing an innovation partnership for the development and the procurement of new antimicrobials;

3.Potential procurers are able to engage and commit financially in view of the establishment of an innovation partnership.

Scope: The aim of this topic is to prepare for the establishment of a pull incentive for new antimicrobials where there is an unmet public health need and a market failure. In line with the Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe that was published in November 2020 218 innovative approaches at EU level should be developed for supporting research, development and public procurement of antimicrobials to address the issue of antimicrobial resistance. These approaches could make use of European legislation, such as the possibility of an innovation partnership 219 that would allow for the combination of development of new antimicrobials and procurement elements and should be tailored to public health needs.

To that end, a preparatory phase is necessary. Proposers are expected to create the conditions for the establishment of a future innovation partnership. They should take advantage of the latest developments such as experiences gained within Europe on the advance purchase agreements for COVID-19 vaccines. With the help of experts, potential procurers of new antimicrobials in the Member States have to set out the requirements and conditions for the final product(s) to be developed and purchased. This will needs to be guided by public health needs and should be based on priority pathogens such as those identified by WHO 220 . These requirements and conditions needed to guide development will have to be developed with input of scientific experts and in close collaboration with Commission services, and need to be agreed upon with a view of EU Member States’ and Associated States commitments to purchase the new antimicrobials. Proposers should also develop a broad communication strategy towards stakeholders and other potential procurers.

Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

1.Emerging health threats, particularly those resulting from antimicrobial resistance (AMR), and identification of relevant public health needs in the development of new antibiotics.

2.Design of a feasible option for a pull incentive that combines EU support for late stage development of antimicrobials with procurement by Member States and Associated Countries (implementation of the pull incentive will be beyond the scope of this CSA).

3.Readiness and interest of potential developers/suppliers of antimicrobials

4.Market failures and the challenges of availability and accessibility of therapeutics.

5.Conditions for development and purchase of new antimicrobials.

6.Requirements for financing.

7.Conditions for prudent use of new antimicrobials.

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07-03: Promoting a trusted mHealth label in Europe: uptake of technical specifications for quality and reliability of health and wellness apps

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.European suppliers of health technology and services benefit from enhanced single market conditions for mHealth that facilitate economies of scale.

2.Health care systems and authorities are able to integrate mHealth solutions more rapidly thanks to a European ‘mHealth label’.

3.Citizens, patients and health care professionals make more use of trusted mHealth solutions for promoting their health and self-managing their health care needs.

4.European mHealth stakeholders build upon a digital ecosystem around a trusted mHealth label, an EU-wide promotion and uptake of technical specifications for health and wellness apps.

5.Health systems and citizens benefit from the supply and use of health innovations facilitated by the promotion of common pan-European principles for validation and certification.

Scope: Europe is experiencing a fast growing market for health and wellness apps. At the same time, concerns about the quality and reliability of apps have risen (for example, many health and wellness apps are being published on app stores without clinical evidence supporting the claimed benefits that they will deliver) 221 . CEN 222 , together with CEN/TC 251, ISO and IEC, developed a new technical specification for ‘Quality and Reliability of Health and Wellness Apps’ together with a CEN/ISO 82304-2 health app quality label (capturing medical safety, usability, safety of personal data and technical quality of health apps).

The objective of the technical specification is to define quality and reliability criteria, which support app developers to design and users of apps to select better apps.

The specification is intended for use by manufacturers of health apps as well as by app checkers in order to communicate the quality and reliability of a health app.

Applicants should propose activities that bring together app developers, health care system representatives, a diverse range of users (citizens/patients, health care providers), and certification bodies in order to promote and stimulate the use and up-take of the health app quality label, building a digital ecosystem around a trusted mHealth label to support the integration and use of health and wellness apps in the health care system. Proposals should encourage a people-centred approach that empowers citizens and patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, citizens, patients and their families, and unleashes the potential of social innovation.

The proposals are expected to address all of the following:

1.Set up a structured dialogue on the uptake of the technical specifications between app developers, health care system representatives, app stores, medical societies, patient organisations, users (including health care professionals) and certification bodies, building a digital ecosystem around a trustable mHealth label.

2.Co-create, develop and implement an action plan on the promotion of the mHealth label in the health care system.

3.Implement concrete actions on the integration and use of secure and qualitative health and wellness apps, using the new label, in specific health care settings, covering the entire EU.

4.Ensure that the promoted health and wellness apps are bias-free and adequately address the needs of different social groups, considering gender, age, ability and ethnicity, where relevant.

5.Support and set-up an inclusive dissemination strategy to promote the use of the mHealth app quality label (cfr. EU energy labels and EU Nutri-Score nutrition label) taking into account the different levels of digital health literacy among the actors involved.

6.Interests of different age groups, sex and gender, as well as other categories like persons with disability, ethnicity and the LGBTI+ community should be considered, where relevant.

Call - A competitive health-related industry (2022)

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 223

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 224

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Apr 2022

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-01

RIA

20.00 225

Around 6.00

3

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-02

RIA

30.00 226

Around 7.00

4

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-03

RIA

15.00 227

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-04

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-05

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

69.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-01: Enhancing cybersecurity of connected medical devices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Stakeholders (e.g. manufacturers, suppliers, health care providers, integrators, operators) apply measures to identify and address cybersecurity risks and gaps in connected medical devices.

2.Stakeholders adopt and use newly developed risk benefit analysis schemes and capabilities for cybersecurity of connected medical devices.

3.Stakeholders adopt and use newly developed methodologies and toolboxes for ensuring cybersecurity of connected medical devices by design.

4.Stakeholders adopt and use fit for purpose guidance covering challenges posed by connected medical devices, including software.

Scope: The proposals are expected to help strengthening cybersecurity maintaining the performance of medical devices while preserving or enhancing safety, security and data confidentiality, integrity and availability. The applicants should tackle the cybersecurity issue of connected medical devices and in vitro diagnostic medical devices, in particular those that are connected to the internet, allow remote access to data and exchange private or proprietary data. They should also consider the implications of Regulation (EU) 2017/745 228 on medical devices and Regulation (EU) 2017/746 229 on in vitro diagnostic medical devices regarding qualification and classification of software. In their proposals, applicants should consider to maximise synergies with relevant initiatives, activities and programmes.

Proposals are expected to address some or all of the following:

1.Systematic review of current standards/guidelines/best practices applied to cybersecurity of connected medical devices, with the final objective to identify and specify gaps and requirements based on evidence.

2.Propose risk benefit analysis schemes for cybersecurity of connected medical devices, taking into account several novel technological developments (e.g. 5G networks, big data, artificial intelligence, cloud computing, augmented reality, blockchain) and interconnection architectures.

3.Explore, develop and validate novel methodologies and toolboxes for ensuring cybersecurity of connected medical devices by design.

4.Identify representative case studies, evaluate the applicability of existing guidance MDCG 2019-16 (guidance on cybersecurity for medical devices 230 ) and make recommendations to (better) address specificities of the connected medical device, including software, of different risk classes.

5.Assessment of the applicability (and revision) of current guidance, the MDCG 2019-16 (guidance on cybersecurity for medical devices), to connected medical device, including software.

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-02: Scaling up multi-party computation, data anonymisation techniques, and synthetic data generation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.The EU contributes strongly to global standards for health data through enhancement of common European standards for health data (including medical imaging data) by researchers and innovators. Researchers and innovators contribute to GDPR compliant guidelines and rules for data anonymisation.

2.Innovators have access to advanced secure data processing tools to test and develop robust data-driven digital solutions and services in response to the needs of researchers, clinicians and health systems at large.

3.Cross-border health data hubs further facilitate the innovation process by providing secure, trustable testing environments for innovators.

4.Clinicians, patients and individuals use a larger variety of high quality data tools and services for wellbeing, prevention, diagnosis, treatment and follow-up of care.

5.Researchers and innovators have more opportunities for testing and developing GDPR compliant data driven solutions based on actual needs of the health care environments.

Scope: It is essential to speed up and facilitate innovations in the field of data-driven tools and services for wellbeing, prevention, diagnosis, treatment and follow-up of care, among others. However, limited access by developers to health data and secure testing environments hinder the development of innovative data-driven digital health products and services.

Therefore, the proposals are expected to scale up multi-party computation, data anonymisation techniques and synthetic data generation. To ensure privacy, the data analytics should be conducted in a distributed way among processors that grant third parties access to analysis outcomes but not to the underlying data. The developers should have access to distributed testing data sources and cloud and computing resources at large scale, with a view to improving the speed and robustness of multi-party computation solutions for innovators. The aim is to allow secure GDPR-compliant data processing for research, and clinical purposes.

The proposals should consider the use of synthetic, i.e. artificially generated, data as they allow researchers and developers to test, verify and fine-tune algorithms in large-scale data experimentations without re-identifiable personal data.

In addition, the proposed anonymisation techniques will have to be sophisticated and robust enough to tackle the challenge of anonymised data sets that still make it possible to trace back to individuals.

The proposals are expected to foster the development of secure, interoperable, transparent - and therefore trustable - cross-border health data hubs that can facilitate the provision of the required testing environments for innovators. This will support the uptake of new data tools, technologies and digital solutions for health care.

To this end, integration of national/regional health data hubs/repositories/research infrastructures is appropriate to achieve the scope of the topic. The proposals are expected to address all of the following areas:

1.Consolidate and scale up multi-party computation and data anonymisation techniques and synthetic data generation to support health technology providers, in particular SMEs.

2.Support the development of innovative unbiased AI based and distributed tools, technologies and digital solutions for the benefit of researchers, patients and providers of health services, while maintaining a high level of data privacy.

3.Advance the state-of-the-art of de-identification techniques, to tackle the challenge of anonymised datasets that can be traced back to individuals.

4.Develop innovative anonymisation techniques demonstrating that effective data quality and usefulness can be preserved without compromising privacy.

5.Explore and develop further the techniques of creating synthetic data, also dynamically on demand for specific use cases.

6.Widen the basis for GDPR-compliant research and innovation on health data.

7.Ensure wide uptake and scalability of the methodologies and tools developed, promote high standards of transparency and openness, going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, architecture, code and any underlying data.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-03: New pricing and payment models for cost-effective and affordable health innovations

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health authorities and insurers adopt new payment models for health technologies, including pharmaceuticals.

2.Health industries anticipate better the marketing conditions for innovative health technologies. Patients and health care providers have faster access to innovative health technologies.

3.Health authorities, insurers and health care providers have affordable innovative health technologies both on short and longer terms.

Scope: Applicants are requested to propose new value-based pricing and reimbursement models that can help ensure equitable access to effective, efficient, affordable, and sustainable health technologies, including medicines, while supporting innovation and industrial competitiveness. The research should tackle the issue globally and be based on a multidisciplinary approach combining economic science, political science and sociology. The proposals should not be limited to the study of cost-effectiveness analyses and thresholds in decision-making. They should also address long term intended and unintended consequences of pricing and reimbursement decisions. Moreover, they should consider the potential limitation of no-coverage decision for products with high budgetary impact. Applicant consortia should include regulators and public entities that are in charge of attributing value tags to health technologies, negotiating with health technology manufacturers and/or reimbursing medical costs. Differences between public and private sectors could be considered, as appropriate. Proposals should also consider citizens engagement and dialogue, for seeking wider input and support, and could encourage other social innovation approaches.

Applicants should propose activities in all of the following areas:

1.Affordability of health innovations.

2.Variety of pricing/payment schemes in the EU.

3.Cost-effectiveness and budget impact (including life-time indirect medical costs).

4.Impact of payment schemes (e.g. pay-for-performance/multi-annual instalments) on long-term competition in health technology markets, in particular the pharmaceutical market.

5.Potential influence of post-launch evidence-generation plans agreed with regulators and downstream decision makers (HTAs, payers) on the payment models.

6.Transparent and comprehensive assessment of technology and medicine development costs, taking into account public investments and incremental character of some innovations (e.g. new indications).

7.Development, integration and harmonisation of tools that allow for validation and revision of clinical evidence and cost-effectiveness, and long-term financial planning for effective and transparent decision-making.

8.New methods for definition of cost-effectiveness thresholds, integration of greener production and environmental impact, rational applications in real world contexts, comparative analysis of influence in decision-making and influence in the formulation of prices of technologies.

9.Potential equity issues derived by payment models and the measures for their mitigation.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-04: Setting up a European Smart Health Innovation Hub

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Empowered patients and citizens of all ages, gender, social and economic background adopt and use digital tools to monitor their health status independently.

2.A strong European ecosystem is created by innovators in the health domain, including, but not limited to SMEs, Research and Technology Organisations (RTOs), accelerators, incubators, (European) Digital Innovation Hubs (EDIH) 231 , European Reference Sites of the EIP-AHA 232 and Knowledge Hubs, involving end-users.

3.Public and private entities adopt the innovations of European digital health companies, especially SMEs and mid-caps, enhancing their sustainability and resilience.

4.Citizens, patients, health practitioners and facilities, public and private actors access and make use of sustainable EU-wide reference repository of digitally-enabled innovative solutions addressing all health related sectors, areas and segments, with particular focus on self-management and prevention.

Scope: The EU has supported innovation of digital tools for better and more personalised treatments and self-monitoring of citizens and patients throughout Europe. However, adoption and deployment of digital health solutions in practice, both in the public health system and by private players remains low.

Building on the recommendations from the report of the Strategic Forum for Important Projects of Common European Interest 233 , coordination and support is needed to: i) create a pan-European operational network as a mechanism (a European Smart Health Innovation Hub) that can assess and promote Smart Health initiatives; ii) stimulate the demand-side and the uptake of Smart Health products and services; and iii) support the development of Smart Health products and services.

Applicants should propose activities addressing the need to bring together different actors, working on innovative digital health solutions and to reinforce their collaboration, exchange and efforts on scaling-up digital health solutions across Europe. Proposals should encourage a people-centred approach that empowers citizens and patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between citizens, patients, health practitioners and providers, and other public and private actors, and unleashes the potential of social innovation.

Applicants should link various existing repositories of digital health solutions, which are already deployable as part of different EU projects and initiatives. It is necessary to integrate them into a European Digital Health Smart Innovation Hub, which will serve as a European reference platform for scalable digital health solutions, both for public organisations and private actors, connecting supply and demand side.

Applicants should propose activities in several of the following areas:

1.Promote transfer and exchange of knowledge and best practices (such as twinnings) between different actors, such as SMEs, mid-caps, accelerators, incubators, RTOs, EDIHs 234 , Reference Sites of the EIP-AHA 235 and Knowledge Hubs, such as EIT KIC Health 236 , eHealth Hub 237 or mHealth Hub 238 – working on innovation of digital health solutions, including training to end-users, e.g. citizens, patients, health care providers, and deployment strategies.

2.Promote scalability of digital innovation solutions by organising market places and pitching events to public health organisations and private entities and by involving industry and Member States representatives.

3.Integrating existing repositories into a sustainable European repository, serving as a reference of ready to market solutions (supply side) and public and private organisations adopting them (demand side), as well as best practices.

4.Reinforce the European Digital Health ecosystem by enhancing collaboration and networking between the different actors working on digital health innovation across Europe. Synergies with other relevant initiatives, like the Digital Transformation Accelerator that will manage the network of European Digital Innovation Hubs are encouraged, as well as with relevant initiatives in AI, Data and Robotics in Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, Digital Europe and other programmes.

5.The Digital Health solutions that would be part of the European Smart Health Innovation Hub should match the needs of all citizens and patients, regardless of their age, gender, social or economic background.

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-05: Setting up a European Electronic Health Record Exchange Format (EEHRxF) Ecosystem

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Individuals, researchers, health services and the workforce across borders in the EU Digital Single Market use significantly improved and interoperable cross-border digital health solutions thanks to sophisticated ICT toolbox, representative use case applications, a Pan-European ecosystem of early adopters, and a framework for sustainability and exploitation. These will also contribute to the European Health Data Space.

2.Individuals have an improved level of accessibility, control and portability of health data, including donation for research across Europe and jurisdictions.

3.Policy makers and members of the eHealth Network 239 are better informed and advised regarding potential evolutions of the EEHRxF and its extension to other uses cases.

4.Different target populations such as designers, developers, health care professionals, and individuals have access to exploitation and capacity building support, such as training material, dedicated tools, guidelines, mentorship and collaboration programs.

Scope: Interoperability of Electronic Health Record is key for the exchange and the portability of health data in view of better health outcomes and treatments. The EU has supported projects to ensure cross-border sharing of health data and, in 2019, adopted a Recommendation on EEHRxF 240 . There is a need to continue supporting the uptake of new use cases (i.e. laboratory results, medical imaging and reports, and hospital discharge reports) and take on board possible new requirements, and ultimately to bring together policy actors and stakeholders.

Applicants should propose activities in all of the following areas:

1.Building on the outcomes of activities and projects 241 related to the EEHRxF Recommendation, establishing and sustaining a scalable public infrastructure for digital health innovation based on the EEHRxF principles and the functional and technical specifications of its information domains (i.e. medical imaging, discharge letters, laboratory results, etc.). This infrastructure must provide a REST API 242 to third-party developers, which should comprise a coherent set of functionality that significantly improve the development and deployment of interoperable cross-border digital health solutions. It should specifically allow individuals accessing and providing their own (electronic) health records across national borders. The infrastructure must ensure compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation 243 , the Network and Information Systems Directive 244 and the operation in a European Digital Single Market.

2.Demonstrating feasibility of real-life interoperable digital solutions for use by individuals, researchers, health services and the workforce across borders in the EU Digital Single Market by leveraging the above EEHRxF-based infrastructure. Emphasis should be given to specific fields of high societal relevance and high prevalence. Omics type of information associated to the use and exchange of health datasets and artificial intelligence should be strongly considered with special regard to analysis and corresponding further health-related data. Integration with population-based patient registries such as cardiovascular disease, congenital anomalies, diabetes, rare diseases, and cancer are highly recommended. Relevant activities of the eHealth Network 245 should be taken into account. For all relevant data (e.g. from hospitals, doctors or user-generated) ethics and legal issues should be considered appropriately. Local, regional, national and cross-border aspects (to cover e.g. differences in languages and terminologies) should be given adequate consideration.

3.Establishing and sustaining a Pan-European ecosystem of digital health stakeholders by promoting and ensuring adoption of the EEHRxF-based infrastructure, involving both supply and demand sides, reinforcing collaboration and networking between the different actors working on digital health innovation across Europe around that infrastructure, and more particularly ensuring strong involvement and coordination at the governance level with the national authorities and Ministries represented in the eHealth Network and the eHealth agencies underneath it. The latter should include innovation initiatives related to a coherent selection of the following: clinical research, clinical trial integration, outcomes-based research, monitoring or decision aids for individuals, and business analytics, as well as application designers and developers, SMEs, innovation hubs, professionals networks e.g. rare disease network, health professionals and patient associations, and standardisation bodies.

4.Creating and validating a framework for enabling further exploitation of the public infrastructure for digital health innovation, including its terms of reference, governance and operations rules and procedures, as well as support for capacity building such as training material, guidelines, mentorship and collaboration/twinning programs for designers, developers, health care professionals, policymakers, SMEs, etc.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grants to identified beneficiaries

1. Grant to the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD)

The European Commission will make a contribution towards activities of the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD) 246 .

Expected Impact. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”.

Expected Outcome. Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome: This will enable the European Commission to take part in GACD, which brings together leading health research funding agencies of key countries (currently Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, New Zealand, South Africa, Thailand, UK and USA) to coordinate research activities addressing on a global scale the prevention and treatment of chronic, non-communicable diseases such as cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, mental and neurological diseases, lung diseases and cancer.

Scope

Recommendations of GACD are expected to have a fundamental value for future orientation of public health research policy. This will also contribute to the implementation of the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the EU Financial Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity identified below as it manages the GACD (even if located in a third country, its participation is essential for the implementation of the action – Art. 19(2)b of Horizon Europe basic act).

Legal entities:

GACD Action, Gibbs Building, 215 Euston Road, London NW1 2BE, United Kingdom

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 4th Quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.70 million from the 2021 budget

2. European registry for human pluripotent stem cell lines

A contribution for 5 years will be made to ensure the continued registration of human Pluripotent Stem Cell (hPSC) lines in a European registry.

Expected Impact. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination: “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”.

Expected Outcome. Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome: Allow researchers to be informed on Stem Cell lines.

Scope

The aim is to gather and make available detailed information on the different hPSC lines derived in Europe and beyond, thereby also avoiding needless creation of new cell lines. This registry operates through an internet website that will continue to provide high quality data about the lines (e.g. cell characteristics), details regarding their source and contact information regarding their location.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the EU Financial Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity identified below as it manages the European registry

Legal entities:

Fraunhofer Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V., Hansastrasse 27C, 80686, Muenchen, Germany

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 4th Quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2021 budget

3. CEPI 3 - Contribution to the Coalition for Epidemics Preparedness Initiative

Expected Impact. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination: “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”.

Expected Outcome. Project Results under this action are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care providers have access to newly developed medical countermeasures against prioritised pathogens with epidemic potential.

2.Citizens benefit from improvements in prevention and containment of epidemics.

3.Research funders, policy makers and the research community will have better tools and solutions to achieve the Sustainable Development Goal 3.3 247 , “to combat communicable diseases" and to implement 3.B “to support the research and development of vaccines for the communicable diseases that primarily affect developing countries, and provide access to affordable essential vaccines”

Scope:

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the EU Financial Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entities identified below as CEPI has been a key partner for implementing the common Union response to the COVID-19 epidemic. The funding rate will be 70%.

The Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) is an international non-profit association established under Norwegian Law. It was founded by the Governments of Norway, Germany, Japan, India, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and the Wellcome Trust, and launched during the World Economic Forum in Davos 2017. Its objective is to finance and coordinate the development of new medical countermeasures to prevent and contain infectious diseases that have epidemic potential, before these diseases become global health emergencies. The Horizon Europe funding will be used to enhance and expand CEPI’s activities. This action will also contribute to the implementation of the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation and the EU’s development policy, in particular attention will be given to the constraints national health systems face in low and middle income countries.

Accordingly, the proposals should cover all of the following activities:

1.Vaccine research and development for emerging pathogens to stop future epidemics.

2.Research to advance adaptable vaccine technologies that can be used for rapid vaccine and immunoprophylactic development against previously unknown pathogens.

3.Engagement with relevant stakeholders in the area of epidemic preparedness ensuring collaboration and coordination and avoiding duplication.

This action is expected to engage with other relevant initiatives, such as the new Partnership for Pandemic Preparedness.

With the grant from the European Union, CEPI will be able to award one or several grants to third parties through competitive calls for proposals. The call(s) will be issued to fund advanced pre-clinical as well as clinical research on new vaccines for the prevention of emerging and re-emerging infectious diseases, with a view to preventing future epidemics. For this purpose this action is also expected to engage with the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) The expected recipients of the grant(s) issued by CEPI include research institutes, universities, SMEs as well as large companies, all active in research and innovation on new and improved vaccines.

Financial support provided by CEPI to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives as CEPI does not have the capacity to develop new medical countermeasures themselves. The maximum amount to be granted to a third party is EUR 35 million. This is justified by the high cost of development for new vaccines, that reach tens of millions of Euros. 248

Legal entities:

Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations, Marcus Thranes gate 2, 0473 Oslo, Norway

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Programme co-fund action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 4th quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 35.00 million from the 2021 budget

4. CEPI 4 - Contribution to the Coalition for Epidemics Preparedness Initiative

Expected Impact. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination: “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”.

Expected Outcome. Project Results under this action are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Health care providers have access to newly developed medical countermeasures against prioritised pathogens with epidemic potential.

2.Citizens benefit from improvements in prevention and containment of epidemics.

3.Research funders, policy makers and the research community will have better tools and solutions to achieve the Sustainable Development Goal 3.3 249 , “to combat communicable diseases" and to implement 3.B “to support the research and development of vaccines for the communicable diseases that primarily affect developing countries, and provide access to affordable essential vaccines”

Scope:

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the EU Financial Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entities identified below as CEPI has been a key partner for implementing the common Union response to the COVID-19 epidemic. The funding rate will be 70%.

The Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) is an international non-profit association established under Norwegian Law. It was founded by the Governments of Norway, Germany, Japan, India, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and the Wellcome Trust, and launched during the World Economic Forum in Davos 2017. Its objective is to finance and coordinate the development of new medical countermeasures to prevent and contain infectious diseases that have epidemic potential, before these diseases become global health emergencies. The Horizon Europe funding will be used to enhance and expand CEPI’s activities. This action will also contribute to the implementation of the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation and the EU’s development policy, in particular attention will be given to the constraints national health systems face in low and middle income countries.

Accordingly, the proposals should cover all of the following activities:

1.Vaccine research and development for emerging pathogens to stop future epidemics.

2.Research to advance adaptable vaccine technologies that can be used for rapid vaccine and immunoprophylactic development against previously unknown pathogens.

3.Engagement with relevant stakeholders in the area of epidemic preparedness ensuring collaboration and coordination and avoiding duplication.

This action is expected to engage with other relevant initiatives, such as the new Partnership for Pandemic Preparedness.

With the grant from the European Union, CEPI will be able to award one or several grants to third parties through competitive calls for proposals. The call(s) will be issued to fund advanced pre-clinical as well as clinical research on new vaccines for the prevention of emerging and re-emerging infectious diseases, with a view to preventing future epidemics. For this purpose this action is also expected to engage with the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA). The expected recipients of the grant(s) issued by CEPI include research institutes, universities, SMEs as well as large companies, all active in research and innovation on new and improved vaccines.

Financial support provided by CEPI to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives as CEPI does not have the capacity to develop new medical countermeasures themselves. The maximum amount to be granted to a third party is EUR 35 million. This is justified by the high cost of development for new vaccines, that reach tens of millions of Euros. 250

Legal entities:

Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations, Marcus Thranes gate 2, 0473 Oslo, Norway

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Programme co-fund action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 4th Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 35.00 million from the 2022 budget

Other Instruments

1. Mobilisation of Research funds in case of Public Health Emergencies: COVID-19, second quarter of 2021

As part of the EU response to the Covid-19 pandemic, and because of the raising spread of SARS-CoV-2 variants, grants will be awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(b) of the Financial Regulation 251 to address this exceptional emergency.

An invitation to apply for funding will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal that will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances (“extreme urgency” due to the COVID-19 pandemic).

Expected Impact: Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following expected impacts: Health care providers are able to better tackle and manage diseases (infectious diseases, including poverty-related and neglected diseases, non-communicable and rare diseases) and reduce the disease burden on patients effectively thanks to better understanding and treatment of diseases, more effective and innovative health technologies, better ability and preparedness to manage epidemic outbreaks and improved patient safety.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome: Allow the Union to respond to public health emergencies.

Scope:

On 30 January 2020, WHO declared the COVID 19 outbreak a public health emergency of international concern. One year later, the pandemic is still not under control.

While vaccines are now becoming available and being used, COVID 19 variants are increasingly of concern – because of their potential to affect transmissibility, severity of disease and vaccine effectiveness.

An additional concerted EU effort is needed to further speed up the process of understanding the occurrence and spread of variants and their effect on disease severity and vaccine effectiveness.

For this reason, in 2021, this Cluster will include two different specific actions:

1.Support for the development of large scale, COVID19-related cohorts and networks beyond Europe’s borders, forging links with European initiatives as a global response to the pandemic;

2.Conduct of vaccine & therapeutic trials to boost prevention and further inform public health policy and clinical management 

It is expected that quality-controlled data are shared in accordance with the FAIR 252 principles. The use of harmonised protocols in collaboration with other actors is recommended for this purpose.

The standard eligibility and admissibility criteria, evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria, maximum funding rate and conditions for providing financial support to third parties, are provided in the General Annexes.

This action seeks to address the challenges linked to the COVID-19 variants. As such, the granting authority hereby requests activation of the public emergency provisions, meaning that the beneficiaries must comply with the public emergency related provisions listed in the General Annexes concerning the project implementation under - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), background and results, access rights and rights of use (article 16 and Annex 5) for the duration of the pandemic; and under Communication, dissemination, open science and visibility (article 17 and Annex 5) during the entire duration of the action and for four years after the end of the action.

The following derogations to the evaluation procedure described in General Annexes D and F apply to open invitations to submit applications:

In order to ensure a balanced portfolio covering responses to different aspects of the public health emergency under the specific actions above, and within each specific action, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to those projects that enhance the quality of the project portfolio through synergies between projects and avoidance of overlaps, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Seeing the need to cooperate across borders beyond the Union to better tackle the pandemic, the following topic specific conditions to the eligibility conditions contained in the General Annexes apply.

Due to the urgency of this action and geographical relevance of this action and considering the Union’s interest to retain, in principle, relations with the countries associated to Horizon 2020, and other third countries in the process of association to Horizon Europe, legal entities established in Albania, Armenia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Faroe Islands, Georgia, Iceland, Israel, Kosovo 253 , Moldova, Montenegro, Morocco, North Macedonia, Norway, Serbia, Switzerland, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine and United Kingdom are eligible for funding from the Union; even if the Horizon Europe association agreement with the third country concerned does not apply at the time of signature of the grant agreement.

The consortium must include at least one independent legal entity established in a Member State and at least two other independent legal entities each established in different Member States or countries listed above.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Research and Innovation Actions - Grant awarded without call for proposals in accordance with Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation

Indicative timetable: Second Quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 90.00 million from the 2021 budget

2. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities

A number of specific contracts will be signed under existing framework contracts in order to: (i) support the dissemination and exploitation of project results; (ii) contribute to the definition of future challenge priorities; (iii) undertake citizen surveys such as Eurobarometers, (iv) carry out specific evaluations of programme parts; and (v) organise conferences, events and outreach activities. Should existing framework contracts prove unsuitable or insufficient to support the abovementioned activities, one or more calls for tender may be launched as appropriate.

Subject matter of the contracts envisaged: studies, technical assistance, conferences, events and outreach activities.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2021 budget (Some 10 contracts expected for 2021 (indicative)) and EUR 3.00 million from the 2022 budget (Some 10 contracts expected for 2022 (indicative))

3. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Public Health Emergencies

Expected Impact. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination: “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”.

Expected Outcome. Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome: Allow the Union to respond to Public Health Emergencies

Scope:

In case of a public health emergency 254 (such as a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) according to the World Health Organization, a public health emergency under Decision 1082/2013/EU or under applicable national frameworks and regulations), funding will be mobilised for :

1.The award of grants without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (b) of the EU Financial Regulation 255 in exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies. At that time, the Funding & Tenders Portal will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or be limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances; and/or

2.The award of additional funding for ongoing grant agreements to cover additional activities specifically linked to the public health emergency, in exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies. Providing such additional funding to ongoing grants that can support pertinent short- and mid-term research efforts to confront the public health emergency will save valuable time and allow addressing the situation with the appropriate urgency. Restricted calls for expression of interest or proposals will develop such additional activities or add additional partners to existing actions.

It is expected that quality-controlled data are shared in accordance with the FAIR 256 principles. The use of harmonised protocols in collaboration with other actors is recommended for this purpose.

The standard eligibility and admissibility criteria, evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria, maximum funding rate and conditions for providing financial support to third parties, are provided in the General Annexes.

The beneficiaries must comply with the public emergency related provisions listed in the General Annexes concerning the project implementation under - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), background and results, access rights and rights of use (article 16 and Annex 5) for the duration of the Public Health Emergency; and under Communication, dissemination, open science and visibility (article 17 and Annex 5) during the entire duration of the action and for four years after the end of the action.

The following derogations to the evaluation procedure described in General Annexes D and F apply to open invitations to submit applications:

In order to ensure a balanced portfolio covering responses to different aspects of the public health emergency, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to those projects that enhance the quality of the project portfolio through synergies between projects and avoidance of overlaps, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

The action may also include justified derogations from the standard limits to financial support to third parties. Where applicable, the relevant grant agreement options will be applied.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (b)

Indicative timetable: Will depend on the Public Health Emergency

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 30.00 million from the 2022 budget

4. Subscription to the Human Frontier Science Program Organization

An annual subscription to the international Human Frontier Science Program Organization (HFSPO) 257 will allow researchers from EU non-G7 Member States to fully benefit from the Human Frontier Science Program (HFSP) and contribute to the implementation of the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation.

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative timetable: 2021 and 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 5.30 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 5.30 million from the 2022 budget

5. External expertise

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, procurements, financial instruments), for ethics checks, and for the evaluation of large actions annual work plans. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the expert appointed in his/her personal capacity who acts independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: 2021 and 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 2.00 million from the 2022 budget

6. Implement, expand and improve the Global Observatory on Health R&D

Effective research policymaking and financing of health research requires strong evidence-base. There are persistent inequities or ‘gaps’ in the health R&D landscape. These gaps exist because of a combination of underinvestment by the public sector and market failures (meaning that there is also underinvestment in R&D in these areas by the private sector because they are not profitable). Identifying those ‘gaps’ requires analysis of harmonised and validated data in the specific areas of action.

The aim of this Contribution Agreement is to support data collection, data interoperability, data analysis and the development of two reports and research papers, one describing the status of health R&D for Cancer and a second one describing the status of Health R&D for Infectious Diseases in the EU and worldwide. These reports and research papers will provide an evidence-based analysis of the actual situation and gaps in research and funding in the areas of Cancer and Infectious Diseases. It will contribute to the priorities of the new European Commission to “promote health-data exchange and support research on new preventive strategies, as well as on treatments, medicines, medical devices and outcomes” and on the “European plan to fight Cancer”.

The Contribution Agreement will support the work of the Global Observatory on Health R&D, an initiative welcomed by European Union Member States with support for European Commission action. This Contribution Agreement will help expand the focus of the Observatory to other diseases, specifically Cancer and Infectious Diseases globally, as well as all types of health research to strengthen health system and improve overall health systems performance and population health.

The Global Observatory on Health R&D is a unique global-level initiative that aims to contribute to the identification of gaps and opportunities for health R&D. The Observatory does so by collating and analysing various types of information on health R&D, with a view to contribute to the identification of gaps and opportunities for new investments in health R&D based on public health needs. Its objective is to provide a centralized and comprehensive source of data on what, where, by whom and how health R&D is being conducted globally, and it brings together information from a wide range of data sources to provide this overview.

Expected outputs:

1.Expansion and improvement of the Observatory online portal, addition of data elements and sources; development of improved functions for automated data analysis; and development of cross-country and cross-disease analyses for research on Cancer and Infectious Diseases.

2.Development of two independent reports and research papers describing the status of health R&D for Cancer and for Infectious Diseases in the EU and worldwide

Legal entities:

World Health Organisation, Avenue Appia, 20, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: Last Quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget

Budget 258

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-STAYHLTH-01

69.00

from 01.020210

33.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

36.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-two-stage

170.00

from 01.020210

68.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

102.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-02

50.00

from 01.020210

50.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02

130.00

from 01.020210

52.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

78.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-03

200.00

from 01.020210

160.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

40.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04

20.00

from 01.020210

8.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

12.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04

263.00

from 01.020210

107.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

156.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-06-two-stage

160.00

from 01.020210

64.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

96.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-07

37.00

from 01.020210

22.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

15.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-DISEASE-03

30.00

from 01.020210

12.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

18.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05

70.00

from 01.020210

31.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

39.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-08

70.00

from 01.020210

70.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-CARE-10

100.00

from 01.020210

40.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

60.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-TOOL-06

115.00

from 01.020210

46.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

69.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-11

95.00

from 01.020210

38.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

57.00

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-TOOL-12-two-stage

60.00

from 01.020210

33.12

from 01.020210 - NGEU

26.88

HORIZON-HLTH-2021-IND-07

44.00

from 01.020210

30.92

from 01.020210 - NGEU

13.08

HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13

69.00

from 01.020210

30.00

from 01.020210 - NGEU

39.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

92.35

from 01.020210

92.35

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.29

from 01.020210

0.29

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

3.00

from 01.020210

3.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

3.67

from 01.020210

3.67

Other actions

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

37.20

35.00

from 01.020210

37.20

35.00

Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

91.00

30.00

from 01.020210

91.00

30.00

Public procurement

3.00

3.00

from 01.020210

3.00

3.00

Subscription action

5.30

5.30

from 01.020210

5.30

5.30

Expert contract action

2.00

2.00

from 01.020210

2.00

2.00

Indirectly managed action

0.50

from 01.020210

0.50

Contribution from this part to Public procurement under Part 12 of the work programme

2.29

from 01.020210

2.29

Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.22

0.22

from 01.020210

0.22

0.22

Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.29

from 01.020210

0.29

Contribution from this part to Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) under Part 12 of the work programme

0.02

from 01.020210

0.02

Estimated total budget

1132.15

936.52

(1)    HERA Incubator: Anticipating together the threat of COVID-19 variants, COM (2021) 78 Final, 17.2.2021
(2)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12154-Europe-s-Beating-Cancer-Plan
(3)    The work programme 2021-2022 of the European Research Infrastructure programme includes the following calls supporting European research infrastructures and services that are or may be relevant for health research and innovation: FAIR and open data sharing in support of European preparedness for infectious diseases; FAIR and open data sharing in support of cancer research; Research Infrastructure services for rapid research responses to infectious disease epidemics; Research Infrastructures services to support research addressing cancer; Enabling research infrastructure services for better use of imaging data to address challenges in thematic research areas; Implementing digital services to empower neuroscience research for health and brain inspired technology via EBRAINS; Research Infrastructures services for sustainable and inclusive Global Value Chain and Europe recovery from socio-economic crises.
(4)    The work programme 2021-2022 of the European Innovation Council (EIC) includes the following calls focused on strategic challenges aimed at supporting breakthrough technologies and innovations with the potential to scale up internationally and for European companies to become market leaders: EIC Pathfinder Challenges: Awareness inside, Tools to measure and stimulate activity in brain tissue, Emerging technologies in cell and gene therapy, Engineered living materials; EIC Transition Challenges: Medical technology and devices: from lab to patient; EIC Accelerator Challenges: Strategic digital and health technologies.
(5)    2018 Roadmap of the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI) with the ESFRI research infrastructures list (pp 15-17), https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/esfri-roadmap-2018.pdf ; European Research Infrastructures, Commission website: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/european-research-infrastructures_en ; List of entities legally established as European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) https://www.eric-forum.eu/the-eric-landscape/ .
(6)    European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) https://www.eosc-portal.eu/ ; European COVID-19 Data Platform / COVID-19 Data Portal https://www.covid19dataportal.org/ .
(7)    European space technology based earth observation, positioning, navigation and timing services provided by: Copernicus, the European Union's Earth observation programme https://www.copernicus.eu/en/copernicus-services; Galileo, the European Global Satellite Navigation System (GNSS) https://www.gsc-europa.eu/galileo/services/galileo-initial-services; and the European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) https://www.gsa.europa.eu/egnos/services.
(8)    Strategic Plan 2021-2024 of Horizon Europe, Annex I, Table 2.
(9) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(10)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(11)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(12)    This may include any mental and behavioural disorder(s) according to ICD-10 Chapter V ( https://icd.who.int/browse10/2019/en#/V ) except dementia. Neurological disorders are outside the scope of this topic. Psychiatric disorders to be studied may be acute, chronic or relapsing-remitting in nature and applicants are encouraged to also study the molecular/neurobiological changes brought about by interventions and associated with remission.
(13)    Data needs to meet the FAIR principles: findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable.
(14)    Going beyond monoaminergic neurotransmitter systems by targeting novel pathways and addressing also the challenge of getting drugs pass through the blood-brain barrier.
(15)    https://ec.europa.eu/chafea/health/national-focal-points/index_en.htm
(16)    https://een.ec.europa.eu/
(17) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(18)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(19)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(20)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(21)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(22)    For instance, the socio-economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, climate change, environmental degradation, energy transition, demographic and migration factors, digitalisation, and exponential technological advancements.
(23)    Ethics Guidelines for Trustworthy AI, published by the European Commission’s High Level Expert Group on Artificial Intelligence, https://ec.europa.eu/futurium/en/ai-alliance-consultation/guidelines#Top .
(24)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(25) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(26)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(27)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(28) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(29)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(30)    Of which EUR 18.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(31)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(32)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(33)    HEALTH PHYS 118(5): 483–524; 2020
(34)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(35)     https://www.cencenelec.eu/news/brief_news/Pages/TN-2017-057.aspx
(36)    Replacement, reduction and refinement
(37)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(38)     https://www.cencenelec.eu/news/brief_news/Pages/TN-2017-057.aspx
(39)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(40)    Replacement, reduction and refinement
(41)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(42)     https://ipchem.jrc.ec.europa.eu/RDSIdiscovery/ipchem/index.html
(43)    New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change adopted on 24 February 2021 (COM(2021)82)
(44)     https://climate-adapt.eea.europa.eu/observatory
(45)     https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/climate-change-and-health
(46)    Ecohealth is a field of research, education, and practice that adopts systems approaches to promote the health of people, animals, and ecosystems in the context of social and ecological interactions.
(47)    The One Health concept recognises that human health is tightly connected to the health of animals and the environment, for example that animal feed, human food, animal and human health, and environmental contamination are closely linked.
(48)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability. This can include data from European data infrastructures and programmes such as Copernicus, European Space Agency and the GEO initiative.
(49)    E.g. data and products provided by the Copernicus Climate Change Service https://www.copernicus.eu/en .
(50) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(51)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(52)    Of which EUR 40.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(53)     https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/press/press-releases/2019/06/26/council-conclusions-on-chemicals/
(54)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/chemicals-strategy_en
(55)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(56)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/communication-european-strategy-data-19feb2020_en.pdf
(57)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-industrial-strategy_en
(58)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(59)     https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=151
(60)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/european-partnership-chemicals-risk-assessment_en
(61)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe_en#synergies
(62)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(63)     www.hbm4eu.eu
(64) IPCHEM https://ipchem.jrc.ec.europa.eu/RDSIdiscovery/ipchem/index.html ,eChemPortal: https://www.echemportal.org/echemportal/.    Examples of relevant EC data platforms:
(65)     https://ipchem.jrc.ec.europa.eu/RDSIdiscovery/ipchem/index.html
(66) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(67)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(68)    Of which EUR 12.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(69)    While introducing relevant changes, it should be ensured that metrics respect the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.
(70)     http://arirabl.org/untitled/
(71)    Health Impact Assessment (HIA) has been defined by WHO European Centre for Health Policy as a combination of procedures or methods by which a policy, programme or project may be judged as to the effects it may have on the health of a population.
(72)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(73)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en
(74)    Currently, around 50 million people in the EU are estimated to suffer from two or more chronic conditions, and most of these people are over 65. Every day, 22 500 people die in Europe from those diseases, counting of 87% of all deaths. They account for 550 000 premature deaths of people of working age with an estimated €115 billion economic loss per year (0.8% of GDP).
(75)    AMR is estimated to be responsible for 25 000 deaths per year in the EU alone and 700 000 deaths per year globally. It has been estimated that AMR might cause more deaths than cancer by 2050.
(76)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12154-Europe-s-Beating-Cancer-Plan
(77)    https://ec.europa.eu/health/funding/eu4health_en
(78)    WHO Global Action Plan for the Prevention and Control of NCDs 2013-2020 (resolution WHA66.10), https://www.who.int/nmh/events/ncd_action_plan/en .
(79)    Including for instance the following voluntary targets (against the 2010 baseline): A 25% relative reduction in the overall mortality from cardiovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes, or chronic respiratory diseases; Halt the rise in diabetes and obesity; An 80% availability of the affordable basic technologies and essential medicines, including generics, required to treat major non-communicable diseases in both public and private facilities.
(80)    Disability-adjusted life year (DALY) is a quantitative indicator of overall disease burden, expressed as the number of years lost due to ill-health, disability or early death.
(81)    WHO global action plan on antimicrobial resistance, 2015.
(82)    EU One Health Action Plan against AMR, 2017.
(83)    Target 3.3 of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals, 2015.
(84) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(85)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(86)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(87)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(88)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(89)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(90)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(91)     https://www.who.int/cancer/palliative/definition/en/
(92)     https://www.mascc.org/about-mascc
(93)     https://www.who.int/topics/health_equity/en/
(94)    Medicinal products with a market authorisation in the EU.
(95)    Investigational products without a market authorisation in the EU.
(96)    Notable examples are thalidomide and sildenafil.
(97)    Platform built around innovative concepts and comprising the components and expertise necessary to create a solid foundation on which to build a sustainable EU infrastructure to overcome the bottlenecks and fragmentation in the field of medicine repurposing.
(98)    Particular attention should be given to already EC funded repurposing projects and regulators initiatives in the field.
(99)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32014D0556&from=GA
(100)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/edctp3_draft_proposal_14_august_2020.pdf
(101)    High Level Group on Artificial Intelligence, set up by the European Commission, Ethics Guidelines for Trustworthy AI, document made public on 8 April 2019.
(102)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(103)    A biomarker has been defined as a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as indicator of normal biologic processes, pathogenic processes, or pharmacologic responses to therapeutic interventions (NIH working group (Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. Vol. 38 n°.3 (2001))
(104)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101016167
(105)    https://www.covid19dataportal.org/
(106)    https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/H2020_SC1-PHE-CORONAVIRUS-2020
(107)    https://www.icpermed.eu/
(108)    https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/1-million-genomes
(109)    https://ebrains.eu
(110)    https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/antimicrobial_resistance/docs/amr_2017_action-plan.pdf
(111)    https://ec.europa.eu/food/farm2fork_en
(112)    https://www.jpiamr.eu/
(113)    https://onehealthejp.eu/
(114)    https://www.icars-global.org/
(115)    COM(2020) 724 - A dedicated European authority that will strengthen the EU’s preparedness and response capability for new and emerging cross-border threats to human health.
(116) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(117)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(118)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(119)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(120)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(121)    Excluded from the scope are the preventive vaccines, the immunotherapies for rare diseases and the repurposing of drugs as they are covered by other topics in the HE research programme 2021-2022. Research on cancer immunotherapies is excluded as it will be covered by the Mission on Cancer.
(122)    In case proposals are involving clinical studies, please use the document on essential information for clinical studies provided on the portal.
(123)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/files/paediatrics/docs/orphan-regulation_eval_swd_2020-163_part-3.pdf
(124)    Medical areas such as: neurology, immunology, dermatology, endocrinology-metabolism etc. - see EMA therapeutic areas: https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/human-regulatory/research-development/prime-priority-medicines
(125)    Template for providing essential information in proposals involving clinical studies https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/legal/templ/h2020_tmpl-clinical-studies_2018-2020_en.pdf
(126)    https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/human-regulatory/research-development/scientific-advice-protocol-assistance
(127)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(128)    2018 Roadmap of the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI) with list of ESFRI research infrastructures (pp 15-17), https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/esfri-roadmap-2018.pdf .
(129)    https://www.ejprarediseases.org/
(130)    https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/1-million-genomes
(131)     https://eu-rd-platform.jrc.ec.europa.eu/set-of-common-data-elements_en
(132)    https://ec.europa.eu/health/ern_en
(133)     https://irdirc.org/orphan-drug-development-guidebook-materials/
(134) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(135)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(136)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(137)    HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-06: Building a European partnership for pandemic preparedness
(138)    Structural interventions are defined as interventions that attempt to change the social, physical, economic, or political environments in order to improve health behaviours and outcomes, altering the larger social context by which health disparities emerge and persist. They can include policy-driven fiscal or legislative changes focused on social and/or commercial determinants of health.
(139)    https://www.glopid-r.org/
(140) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(141)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(142)    Of which EUR 18.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(143)    In this text, IICS means a clinical study in which a health technology (e.g. a medicinal product, a medical device, an in-vitro diagnostic medical device, a surgical or other medical intervention) is tested in humans, independently from commercial interest and for public health benefits.
(144)    The Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe refers to including representative participation of population groups, for example gender and age groups, that are likely to use the medicinal product investigated in the clinical trials to ensure appropriate safety and efficacy.
(145)    Horizon 2020 ERA-NETs addressing Cardiovascular Diseases (ERA-CVD), Nano Medical Technologies (EuroNanoMed), and the JPI A Healthy Diet for a Healthy Life (HDHL, Diet related diseases)
(146)     Handbook on data collection on joint and open research programmes (JOREP) - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu)
(147)    Examples are the European Clinical Research Infrastructure Network (ECRIN) and the EU wide clinical trial networks set up for COVID19 vaccines https://www.vaccelerate.eu/ and therapeutics https://www.recover-europe.eu/coordination-of-european-covid-19-adaptive-platform-trials/ Handbook on data collection on joint and open research programmes (JOREP) - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu)
(148) Examples are the European Clinical Research Infrastructure Network (ECRIN) and the EU wide clinical trial networks set up for COVID19 vaccines https://www.vaccelerate.eu/ and therapeutics https://www.recover-europe.eu/coordination-of-european-covid-19-adaptive-platform-trials/     Wide definition of health intervention: medicinal products, medical devices, surgical or other invasive procedures, other medical interventions including preventative measures
(149)     Facilitating European Clinical Research | ECRIN
(150)     Home | BBMRI-ERIC: Making New Treatments Possible
(151)    COM(2020) 761 final
(152)    Also adhering to the FAIR (findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability) data principles
(153)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe_en#synergies
(154) EU4Health Programme (COM(2020) 405 final) Regulation (EU) 2021/522 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 March 2021 establishing a Programme for the Union’s action in the field of health (‘EU4Health Programme’) for the period 2021-2027, and repealing Regulation (EU) No 282/2014 (OJ L 107, 26.3.2021, p. 1).     EU4Health 2021-2027 – a vision for a healthier European Union | Public Health (europa.eu)
(155)     Digital Programme | Shaping Europe’s digital future (europa.eu)
(156)     Home | European Social Fund Plus (europa.eu)
(157)     European Regional Development Fund - Regional Policy - European Commission (europa.eu)
(158)     InvestEU | InvestEU (europa.eu)
(159)     Recovery and Resilience Facility | European Commission (europa.eu)
(160)     Technical Support Instrument (TSI) | European Commission (europa.eu)
(161) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(162)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(163)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(164)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(165)    Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on patient safety, including the prevention and control of healthcare-associated infections (COM (2008) 836).
(166)    Schwendimann et al., The occurrence, types, consequences and preventability of in-hospital adverse events – a scoping review (BMC Health Services Research (2018) 18:521).
(167)    The Economics of Patient Safety in Primary and Ambulatory Care: Flying blind (OECD, 2018).
(168)    Erin P. Balogh et al., Improving Diagnosis in Health Care (The National Academy of Sciences, 2015).
(169)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12154-Europe-s-Beating-Cancer-Plan
(170)    European Cancer Information System https://ecis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
(171)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(172)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/1-million-genomes
(173)    Public procurers are organisations that are contracting authorities or contracting entities according to the definition of those terms in the EU public procurement directives 2014/24/EU, 2004/25/EU, 2009/81/EC.
(174)    Innovation procurement competence centres are organisations/organisational structures that have been assigned the task by their government and have a mandate according to national law to encourage wider use of pre-commercial procurement (PCP) and public procurement of innovation (PPI) that includes among others providing practical and/or financial assistance to public procurers in the preparation and/or implementation of PCP and PPI procurements.
(175) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(176)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(177)    Link not yet available.
(178)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 May 2020 on the establishment of the Technical Support Instrument, COM(2020) 409 final.
(179)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 May 2020 on the establishment of the Technical Support Instrument, COM(2020) 409 final.
(180)    Health at a Glance: Europe 2018.
(181) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(182)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(183)    Of which EUR 60.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(184)    Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) No 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012; https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32018R1046
(185)    More information on the planned European Partnerships is available on the Horizon Europe Webpage: https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe-next-research-and-innovation-framework-programme/european-partnerships-horizon-europe_en#partnership-candidates-and-contact-details .
(186)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe_en#synergies
(187)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(188)    Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) No 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012; https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32018R1046
(189)    Commission Communication on the digital transformation of health and care; COM(2018) 233 final.
(190) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(191)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(192)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(193)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(194)    Of which EUR 18.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(195)    As defined by www.who.int/medicines/areas/priority_medicines/en/
(196)    https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-6692-2021-ADD-3/en/pdf
(197)    Definition: Embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem cells are pluripotent stem cells. www.nature.com/subjects/pluripotent-stem-cells.
(198)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(199)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/recommendation-european-electronic-health-record-exchange-format
(200) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(201)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(202)    Of which EUR 36.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(203)    Of which EUR 21.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(204)    Real world data is an umbrella term for data regarding the effects of health interventions that are not collected in the context of highly-controlled RCTs. Instead, RWD can either be primary research data collected in a manner which reflects how interventions would be used in routine clinical practice or secondary research data derived from routinely collected data (https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/presentation/presentation-session-1-use-real-world-data-pre-authorisation-what-can-it-answer-peter-mol_en.pdf)
(205)    https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/other/hma-ema-joint-big-data-taskforce-phase-ii-report-evolving-data-driven-regulation_en.pdf
(206)    https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/presentation/presentation-proposal-darwin-eu-data-analytics-real-world-interrogation-network-parlett-ema_en.pdf
(207)    https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/human-regulatory/research-development/prime-priority-medicines
(208) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(209)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(210)    Of which EUR 26.88 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(211)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability.
(212) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(213)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(214)    Of which EUR 13.08 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(215)    COM(2019) 128 final; Section 5.2
(216)    COM(2020) 761
(217)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0761&from=EN
(218)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0761&from=EN
(219)    https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/8699-innovation-partnerships-keep-public-services-date_en
(220)    https://www.who.int/medicines/areas/rational_use/prioritization-of-pathogens/en/
(221)     https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/green-paper-mobile-health-mhealth
(222)     http://www.ehealth-standards.eu/quality-reliability-for-health-and-wellness-apps/ due to be completed in 2020
(223) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(224)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(225)    Of which EUR 12.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(226)    Of which EUR 18.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(227)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(228)    OJ L 117, 5.5.2017, p. 1
(229)    OJ L 117, 5.5.2017, p. 176
(230)    https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/41863
(231)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/digital-innovation-hubs
(232)    https://ec.europa.eu/eip/ageing/reference-sites_en
(233)    https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/37824
(234)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/digital-innovation-hubs
(235)    https://ec.europa.eu/eip/ageing/reference-sites_en
(236)    https://eithealth.eu
(237)    https://www.ehealth-hub.eu/
(238)    https://mhealth-hub.org/
(239)    https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth/policy/network_en
(240)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/recommendation-european-electronic-health-record-exchange-format
(241)    E.g. from the H2020 topics PHC 34 – 2014, HCO-14-2016, HCO-15-2016, SC1-DTH-08-2018, SC1-HCC-07-2020.
(242)    https://joinup.ec.europa.eu/collection/api4dt
(243)    Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation): http://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
(244)    Directive (EU) 2016/1148 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 July 2016 concerning measures for a high common level of security of network and information systems across the Union: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/1148/oj
(245)    https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth/policy/network_en
(246)    https://www.gacd.org/
(247)    https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/topics/sustainabledevelopmentgoals
(248)    Gouglas, D. et al.: Estimating the cost of vaccine development against epidemic infectious diseases: a cost minimisation study. Lancet Global Health Vol. 6 (12) E1386-E1396. . DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/S2214-109X(18)30346-2 - https://www.thelancet.com/journals/langlo/article/PIIS2214-109X(18)30346-2/fulltext
(249)    https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/topics/sustainabledevelopmentgoals
(250)    Gouglas, D. et al.: Estimating the cost of vaccine development against epidemic infectious diseases: a cost minimisation study. Lancet Global Health Vol. 6 (12) E1386-E1396. . DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/S2214-109X(18)30346-2 - https://www.thelancet.com/journals/langlo/article/PIIS2214-109X(18)30346-2/fulltext
(251)    Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 "Grants may be awarded without a call for proposals only in the following cases: […] (b) in other exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies”.
(252)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability. https://www.openaire.eu/how-to-make-your-data-fair
(253)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
(254)    Should there be no Public Health Emergency in 2021 or 2022, the indicative budget may be reallocated.
(255)    Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 "Grants may be awarded without a call for proposals only in the following cases: […] (b) in other exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies;”.
(256)    FAIR data are data, which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability. https://www.openaire.eu/how-to-make-your-data-fair
(257)    The European Commission is a member of the HFSP Organization (HFSPO) and has funded HFSP under previous Framework Programmes
(258) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX IV

“Annex V

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

5. Culture, creativity and inclusive society

Table of contents

Introduction    

DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on DEMOCRACY and GOVERNANCE    

Call - Protecting and nurturing democracies    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-01: The future of liberal democracy in Europe    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-02: Economic models and modern democracies    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-03: Feminisms for a new age of democracy    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-04: Democratic politics in the EU’s neighbourhood    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Politics and governance in a post-pandemic world    

Call - Reshaping democracies    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Artificial intelligence, big data and democracy    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-02: The future of democracy and civic participation    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-03: The impact of inequalities on democracy    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-04: Education for democracy    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Evolution of political extremism and its influence on contemporary social and political dialogue    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-06: Media for democracy – democratic media    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-07: Politics and the impact of online social networks and new media    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-08: Representative democracy in flux    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-09: Global governance for a world in transition: Norms, institutions, actors    

DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on the EUROPEAN CULTURAL HERITAGE and the CULTURAL and CREATIVE INDUSTRIES    

Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-01: Green technologies and materials for cultural heritage    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-02: New ways of participatory management and sustainable financing of museums and other cultural institutions    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-03: Cultural and creative industries as a driver of innovation and competitiveness    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-04: Preserving and enhancing cultural heritage with advanced digital technologies    

Call - Engagement with stakeholders    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02-01: Mobilising the network of National Contact Points in Cluster 2    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02-02: Coordination of European cultural heritage research and innovation among Member States    

Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-01: Safeguarding endangered languages in Europe    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-02: Europe’s cultural heritage and arts - promoting our values at home and abroad    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-03: The role of perceptions, formed by traditions, values and beliefs, in shaping European societies and politics in the 21st century    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-04: Traditional crafts for the future: a new approach    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-05: Towards a competitive, fair and sustainable European music ecosystem    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-06: Increase the potential of the international competitiveness of the European filmmaking industry    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-07: Protection of artefacts and cultural goods from anthropogenic threats    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-08: Effects of climate change and natural hazards on cultural heritage and remediation    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-09: Games and culture shaping our society    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-10: The New European Bauhaus – shaping a greener and fairer way of life in creative and inclusive societies through Architecture, Design and Arts    

DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on SOCIAL and ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATIONS    

Call - Inclusiveness in times of change    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Estimates of irregular migrants in Europe - stakeholder network    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Providing support in a changing world of work and social protection    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Determining key drivers of inequality trends    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Addressing poor learning outcomes in basic skills and early school leaving at national, regional and local level in Europe    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Integration of emerging new technologies into education and training    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Towards a new normal? Employment and social impacts of changing supply chains and declining trade intensities    

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Upgrading Independent Knowledge on Contemporary China in Europe    

Call - A sustainable future for Europe    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Public policies and indicators for well-being and sustainable development    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: The impact of spatial mobility on European demographics, society, welfare system and labour market    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Conditions of irregular migrants in Europe    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Decision-making processes of (aspiring) migrants    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Gender and social, economic and cultural empowerment    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Overcoming discrimination for an inclusive labour market    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Conditions for the successful development of skills matched to needs    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08: Strengthening racial, ethnic and religious equality    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09: Return and readmission of irregular migrants in the EU    

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10: Socio-economic effects of ageing societies    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. Presidency event - Conference 'Cultural Heritage, a chance for Europe'    

• Other budget implementation instruments    

1. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society    

2. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society    

3. External expertise    

Budget    

Introduction

Cluster 2, ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’ aims to meet EU goals and priorities on enhancing democratic governance and citizens participation, on the safeguarding and promotion of cultural heritage, and to respond to and shape multifaceted social, economic, technological and cultural transformations. Cluster 2 mobilises multidisciplinary expertise of European social sciences and humanities for understanding fundamental contemporary transformations of society, economy, politics and culture. It aims to provide evidence-based policy options for a socially just and inclusive European green and digital transition and recovery.

The EU is strongly committed to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), many of which have an important impact on culture, creativity, and inclusive society, notably: SDG 1 (No poverty), SDG 3 (Good Health and Well-being), SDG 4 (Quality Education), SDG 5 (Gender Equality), SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth), SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities), SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities), SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production), SDG 16 (Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions), with their specific targets to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all.

Proposals are invited against the following three (3) destinations:

Activities contributing to the destination "Innovative Research on Democracy and Governance", will provide knowledge, data, scientifically robust recommendations to reinvigorate democratic governance and improve trust in democratic institutions. In the long-term, this will contribute to help safeguard fundamental rights to empower active and inclusive citizenship. By doing so, they will also strengthen accountability, transparency, effectiveness and trustworthiness of rule of law-based institutions and policies. Activities will develop recommendations to protect liberties and the rule of law, and shield democracy from multidimensional threats. They will aim to expand political participation, social dialogue and social inclusion, civic engagement and gender equality.

Activities contributing to the destination "Innovative Research on the European Cultural Heritage and the Cultural and Creative Industries", will promote better access and engagement with cultural heritage and improve its protection, enhancement and restoration. Research and innovation will support sustainable growth and job creation through the cultural and creative industries and contribute to integrate them into the European industrial policy as drivers for innovation and competitiveness.

At the same time, through destination "Innovative Research on Social and Economic Transformations", actions will help tackle social, economic and political inequalities, support human capital development and contribute to a comprehensive European strategy for inclusive growth. This also involves understanding and responding to the impacts of technological advancements and economic interconnectedness with a view to social resilience.

The Cluster will support EU migration and mobility policies, both internal and external, while aiming to promote integration. Finally and equally importantly, the Cluster will address societal impacts of the coronavirus pandemic in all its Destinations with the objective to better understand and overcome the current crisis, increase societal resilience and counter future crises of the kind.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF , ESF+ , JTF , EMFF , EAFRD and InvestEU ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments.

The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one Member State it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

Complementarities and synergies with other relevant Union programmes will be sought, for Cluster 2 in particular with regard to the take-up of research results and innovative solutions developed under Horizon Europe via the following programmes:

1.Creative Europe: it improves the safeguarding and valorisation of cultural heritage and further support the cultural and creative sector. Creative Europe can improve sectorial networking and Member States’ cooperation in order to apply the latest technologies, stimulate new scientific approaches and boost innovation potential stemming from Horizon Europe.

2.Erasmus+: it supports efforts to efficiently use the potential of Europe’s talent and social assets in a lifelong learning perspective throughout the education, training and youth fields. It promotes measures for the inclusion of people with disadvantaged backgrounds, including newly arrived migrants, and supports skills development and active citizenship, encouraging young people to engage and learn to participate in civic society and democratic life, raising awareness about EU values, including via online platforms and tools for virtual cooperation. As regards Cluster 2, Erasmus+ could benefit for instance from the use of innovative practices for migrant integration in education, up-take of innovative methods for citizen engagement and education for fostering EU values and democracy stemming from Horizon Europe.

3.Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument: it supports and consolidates democracy, rule of law and human rights, supports civil society organisations outside the EU, further stability and peace and addresses other global challenges including migration and mobility. The actions can benefit from drawing on the findings in H2020 and Horizon Europe projects regarding trust in governance, tackling disinformation and active citizenship.

4.Digital Europe Programme (DEP): while Horizon Europe supports research and development of digital technologies, DEP supports the wide uptake and deployment of innovative digital solutions, areas of public interest (including public administration, justice and education), by setting up and making accessible Europe-wide data spaces and platforms and providing SMEs and public administrations access to the latest digital technologies, for example via Digital Innovation Hubs. Priority actions for the first two years of DEP include “Safer internet for kids”, a “Platform for combating disinformation”, support the EU language technology industry in developing and deploying latest AI-based technologies in all EU languages and the EU digital platform for cultural heritage, Europeana, supporting digital transformation of cultural heritage institutions.

5.Reform Support Programme: when supporting the efforts of the national authorities in improving their administrative capacity to design, develop and implement reforms, the technical support instrument of the Reform Support Programme can benefit from the good practices, innovative processes and methodologies identified or developed in H2020 and Horizon Europe projects, and get access to the expertise in research bodies in H2020 and Horizon Europe projects.

6.Justice, Rights and Values Fund: the Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values programme can, in its support to civil society organisations for encouraging and facilitating active participation in the construction of a more democratic Union and awareness rising of EU rights and values, draw on the results of H2020 and Horizon Europe projects in the field of citizens’ engagement.

7.European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) aims to promote social cohesion and equip people with the skills needed for the evolving demands of the labour market. Member States and regions can use the ESF+ to mainstream and upscale innovative technologies and solutions in the areas of employment, social inclusion, education and training, including successful models and practices developed under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe. In addition, the ESF+ can support operations and researchers granted a Seal of Excellence under Horizon Europe.

8.European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF. It helps governments reap the benefits of digitisation and also encourages investments in social and cultural infrastructure, the development of cultural services and the conservation of cultural heritage.

9.European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) can also benefit from the dissemination and take-up of R&I results in the field of cultural heritage, in particular in rural and remote areas.

10.The InvestEU Programme could also fund the up-take of R&I results related to Cultural and Creative Industries (CCI) and cultural heritage.

11.The Asylum and Migration Fund (AMF) supports the EU migration policy to ensure that the obligations to provide international protection are met. It facilitates returning those persons who have no right to stay and supports solutions that replace irregular and uncontrolled flows with safe and well managed pathways, and supports effective integration policies. Horizon Europe contributes to the implementation of the AMF providing an evidence base for policies and projects, as regards asylum protection, legal and irregular migration management and migrant integration.

Complementarities and synergies with other parts of Horizon Europe will be ensured, in particular regarding cluster 3, 4, 5 and 6. Cluster 3 will fund actions supporting security for society, including security for cultural heritage from the operational point of view and R&I to develop tools for enhanced criminal investigation capabilities for law enforcement agencies to prevent criminal acts and mitigate their impacts, including cybercrime and violent radicalisation. Cluster 2 will invest on the preventive aspect of protecting cultural heritage and in analyses of drivers behind violent political transformations, developing recommendations on how to address radicalisation from the angle of education and the functioning of and trust in democratic processes and institutions. Cluster 4 will fund actions focusing on developing and testing digital and industrial technologies, while Cluster 2 will focus on using existing digital technologies for R&I in areas supporting the expected impacts for Cluster 2 (reinvigorate democratic governance, help unfold the full potential of cultural heritage, arts and cultural and creative sectors, foster social and economic resilience and sustainability, and inclusive growth). Cluster 5 aims at delivering a just transition to a climate-neutral, resource-efficient, fair and resilient society and economy based on advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (both in terms of mitigation and adaptation) and behavioural transformations. Cluster 2 will also contribute evidence on how to reach these results, based on the study of societies and economies we live in, in terms of socio-economic transformations and related democratic processes and governance, education and training policies, social investment and welfare. Cluster 6, among others, will foster a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural, coastal and urban areas, providing opportunities for synergies with Cluster 2 actions on cultural landscapes, cultural heritage protection, spatial inequalities, migration, demography and well-being.

The cross-cluster complementarities are set out in detail in the Strategic Plan of Horizon Europe for 2021-2024.

The topics in this cluster require the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on DEMOCRACY and GOVERNANCE

Democracies are more fragile and more vulnerable than in the past. The Freedom in the World Report (2020) shows that democracies across the globe are in crisis 1 . At the same time, various European surveys show declining levels of trust in the political institutions of democracy. 2 In terms of legitimacy, there are signs of a potential shift from governance based on expertise, multilateralism and consensual policymaking towards majoritarianism, unilateralism, nationalism, populism and polarization. Research on the past and present challenges and tensions in democracy can help to better understand and strengthen democracy, its resilience and stability. It will foster democracy’s further development with a view to enhancing representation, participation, openness, pluralism, tolerance, the effectiveness of public policy, non-discrimination, civic engagement, the protection of fundamental rights and the rule of law. These reflect the European Union’s values as defined in Article 2 of the EU Treaty 3 .

Expected impact:

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impacts of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

1.Democratic governance is reinvigorated by improving the accountability, transparency, effectiveness and trustworthiness of rule-of-law based institutions and policies and through the expansion of active and inclusive citizenship empowered by the safeguarding of fundamental rights.

The implementation of the research activities of the destination will assist in the re-invigoration and modernisation of democratic governance. The aim is to develop evidence-based innovations, policies and policy recommendations, as well as institutional frameworks that expand political participation, social dialogue, civic engagement, gender equality and inclusiveness. Activities will also contribute to enhancing the transparency, effectiveness, accountability and legitimacy of public policy-making. They will help improving trust in democratic institutions, safeguarding liberties and the rule of law and protecting democracy from multidimensional threats. Rich historical, cultural and philosophical perspectives, including a comparative dimension, will set the frame for soundly understanding present developments and help to map future pathways. In the medium to long term, the knowledge, data, scientifically robust recommendations and innovations generated will enhance decision making on all aspects relevant to democratic governance. As the Destination aims directly at citizen engagement and at producing lasting change, it is of particular importance that the research and innovation actions promote the highest standards of transparency and openness. When applicable, it is encouraged to open up the process, criteria, methodologies and data to civil society in the course of the research.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01

49.50

07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01

81.00

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

49.50

81.00

Call - Protecting and nurturing democracies

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 4

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 5

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-01

RIA

9.90

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-02

RIA

9.90

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-03

RIA

9.90

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-04

RIA

9.90

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-05

RIA

9.90

2.00 to 3.00

3

Overall indicative budget

49.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-01: The future of liberal democracy in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.90 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Produce theoretically and empirically robust visions for the future of liberal democratic institutions.

2.Reflect upon and actualise what liberal democracy means in the 21st century in Europe.

3.Develop recommendations, toolkits, narratives and methodologies to reinstate the legitimacy and effectiveness of liberal democracies.

Scope: European societies are traversed by a multiplicity of identities, attitudes, cultural backgrounds and constitutional traditions. In the face of increasing complexity, certain political forces have promoted a vision of homogeneity, hierarchical control and order. Some extremist and some populist discourses, while not necessarily overlapping, have promoted strict majoritarian and nativist interpretations of democratic governance. Some have been challenging key tenets of liberal democracy like the protection of the rule of law, the separation of powers, women’s and minorities’ rights, etc. altogether or with some variation, providing visions that often conflict with EU priorities. These narratives figure prominently in public discourse and inform public opinion. They influence public views on pluralism and fundamental rights, but also inspire counter discourses and resistance. In addition, populist rhetoric also tends to crystallise in debates about borders and border control, where a tension emerges between the liberal policies of states and the actions called for. Together with the strengthening of the powers of executives, these developments could potentially undermine the stability of democracies. Furthermore, the liberal democratic model is challenged by non-liberal global players, such as China and Russia, and other external factors such as the COVID-19 pandemic and climate crisis. These external challenges paint a poor picture of democracies’ ability to solve collective problems in comparison to other actors, while disconnecting economic and political power from democracy on the global stage. A philosophic, sociological, legal, economic, historical and political reflection is needed on the foundations of liberal democratic governance in order to establish a viable conception of liberal democracy for the future.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following points: To examine the internal (within nation-states) and external challenges to liberal democracy and the discourses, social structures and institutions that underpin them. They should illustrate how such discourses depict social and political subjects as well as the structure of modern societies and institutions. How do these counter basic tenets of liberal democracy? When and why are they successful, or not? Long-term trends in the functioning of key elements of European liberal democracies (fundamental and human rights of individuals – such as freedom of expression, of assembly, of non-discrimination –, the rule of law, pluralism, separation of powers, access to justice, the independence of the judiciary and the media, protection of minorities, right to asylum, etc.) and their public legitimacy should be analysed and compared. Proposals may want to relate these to the impacts of major political and economic challenges of the past decades (e.g. the Great Recession, Cold War, dislocation of empires, “war on terror”, large inflows of mixed migration, the recent pandemic, etc.). The potential tension between liberal, egalitarian and other ideals held by citizens or promoted by political movements can also be examined. Proposals should analyse how institutional and political mechanisms built into European liberal democracies have functioned as limits and as a response to illiberal developments (e.g. checks and balances, enforcement of the rule of law). They should also examine how these mechanisms have evolved in recent years as a response to new threats. Research may provide theoretically rigorous and normatively informed reflections on how political liberalism can be actualised in order to take on the discourses that challenge liberal democracy. Finally, proposals should show the corresponding implications for the institutions of democratic governance.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-02: Economic models and modern democracies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.90 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

1.Theoretically and empirically robust recommendations aiming to instil greater democratic accountability and inclusion in economic processes.

Scope: Since WWII, substantial progress has been made in Europe in terms of economic development, improving life conditions and allowing (and enabling) the consolidation of liberal democracies. However, in recent decades the intensification of economic globalisation, market de-regulation and the financialisation of economies have posed new challenges to democratic governance. Global corporatised and financialised capitalism has created dynamic economic systems that produce material wealth but at the same time pose challenges to democracy, fundamental rights, social inclusion, reversing inequalities (including gender inequality), welfare, as well as the sustainability of our ecological system and climate change. On the other hand, alternative business models (e.g. social economy organisations and social enterprises) have emerged in reaction to this evolution. They operate on the basis of democratic and participatory principles and prioritise their societal mission over their profits.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following points: To study the interrelationship between politics, people’s participation, culture and economics in modern European democracies across time. In this vein, to comparatively analyse the role of various democratic institutional configurations and actors in mitigating the negative effects of economic activity on society and on democratic processes, while promoting inclusive and sustainable growth. How can democratic politics exercise control over the economic logic? How can re-embedding democracy and (the various forms of) capitalism be envisaged? How do economic actors, such as corporations, influence the democratic process? Through what channels (political parties, media, sponsorship, etc.)? What is the real impact of corporate lobbying on the democratic process? Research may study trends in capital accumulation and distribution, especially in new digital and creative industries, and the impacts they have on the functioning of democracies. Proposals should examine legal, social, economic, organisational and financial innovations that could make corporations more inclusive, accountable and conducive to social fairness and environmental sustainability, while preserving their innovation and flexibility. What would be the legitimate level of democratic governance over the economy (local, national, supranational)? In which ways can business corporations be held responsible to respect human rights? What kind of institutional mechanisms could guide the interaction of the various governance levels? Alternative economic models (including social economy organisations and social enterprises) and new models of corporate governance can be studied, in which case their success in fostering inclusive economic growth, enhancing democratic participation and improving environmental sustainability should be evaluated. Finally, proposal are encouraged to identify social innovation policies that would support such new governance models.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-03: Feminisms for a new age of democracy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.90 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Promote gender equality theoretically and practically through policy recommendations, tools, and solutions for civil society organisations and other stakeholders. As a result, support the quality of democratic governance in more inclusive European societies.

2.Understand how feminism and gender are used in extreme populist discourses, and counter gender-equality repressive strategies and policies.

Scope: Gender equality is a fundamental value of the European Union and lies at the core of European democracy. This is reinforced by the Gender Equality Strategy 2020-2025 , adopted by the European Commission, which recognises that much remains to be done to ensure true gender equality in our democratic processes. Recent developments, such as the #MeToo movement, have given new impetus to feminist discourses and politics. At the same time, however, there has been a societal and political backlash against feminism centred around traditionalist, masculinist and authoritarian discourses. Research is needed on the theory and practice of feminism(s), in the face of a changed and changing reality in the EU and beyond, including in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Projects are expected to address some of the following points: To examine the contribution of modern theoretical frameworks of feminist thought and gender analysis – including, e.g., care ethics, ecofeminism, intersectional theory and inclusive feminism, queer theory, masculinity studies –, as well as activism and political practices, to the renewal of fundamental political concepts like equality, identity, solidarity, order, security, individual and collective rights, participation, dialogue, etc. in modern democratic contexts across the EU and beyond. Research should investigate the strategies and effects of anti-gender and anti-feminist mobilisations in the EU and beyond – including, e.g., the use of traditional and social media, online hate speech and harassment, demonstrations, as well as restrictions to academic freedom – and their connections with the positioning of extreme populist discourses, political actors and traditionalist religious movements.

Based on the evidence collected and analysed, proposals should develop approaches and methods to effectively ‘engender’ democracy and spaces of democratic participation and governance, taking into account intersections between gender and other social categories such social class, ethnicity, sexual orientation, religion etc. in European societies (intersectionality), and practically counteract anti-gender equality and anti-feminist discursive strategies and backlash tactics.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-04: Democratic politics in the EU’s neighbourhood

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.90 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Comprehensive stocktaking of developments over the last decade, so that the European Union’s democracy support efforts can both regain traction and be revamped where necessary.

2.Development of an improved policy toolkit for supporting liberal democracy in the European Union’s neighbourhood, paving the way for more stability and cooperation.

3.Evidence base for the mid-term review of the implementation of the Action Plan for Human Rights and Democracy 2020-2024.

4.Reflection on the European Union’s aspiration and role in supporting democracy in its neighbourhood.

Scope: Since the EU Council conclusions of 2009, EU democracy support has evolved and has been fine-tuned, with advances and setbacks. Following the adoption of the EU strategic framework on human rights and democracy in 2012, the EU adopted three Action Plans 6 in order to implement its commitments and reach its goals. The current Action Plan covers years 2020-2024 7 .

Despite the hopes raised by the ‘colour revolutions’ in Eastern Europe in the 2000s and the Arab Spring in 2011 as boosters of democratisation in the European neighbourhood, a more troubling reality persists: some democratic advances coexist with the continued persistence of authoritarian rule in Eastern Europe, the Middle East and North African countries. Research should assess the EU’s actual role in promoting democracy. It should examine the EU’s influence on political governance in the neighbourhood, its capacity to react and address potential gaps between the declared intentions, and the results and consequences of its democracy support policies. Critical reflection should facilitate understanding of the dynamics, including opposition to the EU’s democratic efforts in the neighbourhood. Such an overarching assessment should contribute to innovations in democratisation policies corresponding to the realities on the ground.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following points: To take stock of developments in democracy building or failure in the EU’s neighbourhood countries. Research should draw lessons as regards success factors and barriers (political, economic, social, cultural, etc.) in the different regional, national and supranational contexts. The role of third country actors like the United States of America, China, Russia and their impact on democratisation processes or the entrenchment of authoritarianism should be examined. Similarly, the interplay of security and stability considerations and democratisation support in the EU’s agenda and actions should be analysed. Proposals should also assess the mechanisms the EU uses to support political change, as well as examine the discourses and narratives it employs and the actors it targets. They are expected to collect reliable and comparable data on funding for democracy, human rights, gender equality, the rule of law and good governance support, in order to build an account of the outcomes of a decade’s efforts, and thus facilitate learning and improvement. International cooperation with partners from countries in the EU’s neighbourhood is strongly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Politics and governance in a post-pandemic world

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.90 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Comparative and historical analysis of the multilevel political impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic crisis, including governance responses.

2.Recommendations, based on normative and empirical approaches, to enhance the capacity of the EU and other democratic institutions, governments and intergovernmental bodies to build responses to global catastrophes based on international collaboration, solidarity, the rule of law and respect of fundamental values and human rights.

Scope: The COVID-19 crisis affects our societies in profound and multifaceted ways. Far beyond the public health threat, the crisis causes economic dislocations, social disruptions and information disorder that test political processes and institutions. In particular, certain measures taken by national governments in the context of states of emergency to contain the virus as fast and effectively as possible represent fundamental challenges to democracy, the rule of law and fundamental rights, including women’s rights. In addition, the crisis also opens opportunities for positive change and innovative new solutions that research actions will help to identify and grasp.

Even if allegedly temporary, derogations from fundamental constitutional checks and balances, individual rights and civil liberties might render liberal democracies permeable to illiberal attitudes and mind frames. In this vein, research should examine the impact of the pandemic on populist and extremist discourses and proposals, and assess whether it has bolstered polarisation and the appeal of authoritarianism or whether, on the contrary, it has provided impetus and momentum for an effective uphold of democratic accountability and judicial control.

Moreover, a stocktaking exercise should allow identifying whether the political trend emerging from the crisis is a demand for greater and improved collaboration and concerted action amongst EU Member States and Associated Countries or, on the contrary, an overall “renationalisation” of the EU and international spheres.

Proposals are expected to address the following: Examine the impacts of the different “exceptional or crisis politics”, including the invocation of emergency clauses under human rights law, on the constitutional and democratic polity (rule of law, political institutions, political participation, human rights and freedoms). A comparative and historical analysis, taking into account the varying approaches followed by the different governments, including the digitalisation of political participation and the respect for human rights and freedoms in the digital sphere, is encouraged. Take stock of the reconfiguration of the geopolitical landscape following the responses and policies put forward by the different actors of the international order. Identify and propose changes and reforms required by the global governance in order to enhance the capacity to cope with and react to similar future crises. In particular, examine and propose “circuit-breaker” mechanisms that could isolate systemic risks early on and prevent them from spreading. Build evidence, including based on past crises, on how international cooperation, at both European and global levels, is a vital tool for national governments to overcome contemporary large-scale crises. Propose ways for the EU and the multilateral system to demonstrate that they can complement and lead national governments’ efforts in contexts of security and health threats. In this respect, the impact on the legitimacy of the EU following on its role and actions during the crisis is of particular interest. Study how governmental and societal responses to the pandemic, including the digitalisation of government and society, have affected trust in public authorities and among groups and individuals in society. This includes research on pandemic-related disinformation and mechanisms to cope with. A comparative analysis of the information flow between science, politics and civil society is encouraged. Proposals should actively engage with a range of stakeholders, such as social partners, civil society, citizens, research practitioners, industry and public authorities. International cooperation is encouraged in order to better achieve the expected outcomes. 8

Call - Reshaping democracies

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 9

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 10

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 20 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-01

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-02

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-03

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-04

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-05

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-06

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-07

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-08

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-09

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

Overall indicative budget

81.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Artificial intelligence, big data and democracy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

·Protect fundamental rights and European values from possible threats stemming from unregulated use of artificial intelligence (AI) and big data applications.

·Explore the potential of AI and big data to reinforce fundamental rights and European values. Examine the effectiveness of monitoring and control protocols of established legislation and non-regulatory measures over AI and big data development and implementations.

·Introduction of values-based frameworks to inform data governance and regulate the use of AI and big data.

·Innovative uses of AI and big data to enhance citizen engagement and democracy.

Scope: Big data and AI are shaping our societies at an unprecedented rate. We produce an ever-increasing amount of data revealing people’s attitudes, preferences, views and opinions. Public and private actors collect it and use it in multiple ways: e.g. companies “privatise” data to augment commercial returns while, on the other hand, state actors can use it for safety and security applications and the public sector to provide better, tailored services to citizens.

AI and big data open great opportunities in many fields of public interest: education, training, health, safety and security, public services, as well as for democratic processes and civic participation. However, both private and public uses contain some risks at the expense of citizens’ rights. These technologies, being at the forefront of datafication processes, pose new challenges both to core individual values such as privacy, freedom and equality, as well as to European collective values, such as fairness, security, inclusiveness, accountability and democratic control.

Proposals should analyse challenges and opportunities for society brought about by AI and big data. They should explore how to protect citizens from potential abuse enabled by these technologies both in the private and public domains. New and established regulations to control platforms using these technologies (beyond GDPR) should be examined. Strategies and policy recommendations on how to ensure that philosophical, legal and ethical values are embedded in the development of these technologies as outlined in the White Paper on Artificial Intelligence – a European approach to excellence and trust 11 , are sought.

Examination should lead to solutions protecting from the possible negative impacts of these technologies on fundamental rights and democracy. Equally, it should lead to strategies that leverage them for enhancing civic participation and democracy.

Issues at stake include, inter alia: data ownership and/or inalienability; regulation of data flows; neutrality and explainability of algorithms and machine learning; value-centric, decentralised and/or open source designs for data processing platforms; counter-powers to dominant platforms; sensitive applications such as face recognition; etc.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following points: To build evidence, to review and to analyse threats to and opportunities for democracy, personal and collective European values stemming from AI and big data. This should involve a specific focus on gender issues and vulnerable populations, including persons with disabilities and people at risk of discrimination. They should propose ethical standards enforced through regulatory and governance frameworks. Supported with operational guidance, they should help protect citizens, uphold European values and ensure public trust in AI and the processing of big data. Innovative, inclusive and participative uses of AI and big data for civic engagement and democracy, including through experimental approaches, should be explored. Research is expected to design ways to educate European citizens about these technologies to enable informed civic participation in shaping them. Projects should build on existing results, findings and good practices, for instance those focused on Responsible Research and Innovation, and relevant projects supported under Horizon 2020’s Science with and for Society programme.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-02: The future of democracy and civic participation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhance and expand the implementation of civic participation as well as co-creation in democratic life at scale, including the least engaged communities and categories of the population, at all levels from local to European.

2.Improve the articulation between deliberative processes and representative institutions in liberal democracies, including through experimental approaches. Research should elucidate how to open up traditional institutions of representative democracy and increase trust in democratic governance through direct participatory processes as well as clear and transparent feedback mechanisms to citizens.

Scope: Civic participation is researched through a significant number and variety of projects under Horizon 2020, including research on co-creation of digital public services with citizens, on which further research and innovation can build. At the same time, this is a fast moving field as spontaneous forms of participation continue to emerge, such as youth movements for climate and sustainability, movements for racial justices and innovative forms of participation such as citizens’ assemblies. The COVID-19 pandemic crisis is continuously demonstrating the extent to which science and innovation policy needs to be at the core of exchanges between citizens and government through a participatory political process. This also includes the need to use digital means to engage citizens as societies are urged to move online and the need to engage citizens in the rapid digitalisation of governments as a reaction to the COVID-19 crisis. Social entrepreneurship is another significant trend attempting to achieve societal or political impact through individual initiative. More digital and organised participatory and deliberative processes are also being tested and implemented in many local, national and even European and global contexts.

The interface between these movements and processes and the representative institutions of liberal democracies has often been chaotic or conflictual. However, attempts are also made to improve these interactions and embed them in formal mechanisms. The digitalisation of societies and their governments poses an opportunity to reinforce civic participation.

Major challenges to civic participation include engaging the disenfranchised, structurally marginalised, or less spontaneously engaged parts of society, and channelling protest into non-conflictual, constructive engagement. Reaching out to them and ensuring that their voices are heard and listened to in the democratic debate, is key to guarantee the fairness and inclusiveness of our political systems.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following points: To review available historical evidence and more recent experience with various forms of civic participation in Europe: from spontaneous forms of engagement to organised participatory and deliberative processes; from traditional types such as participation to political parties and organised civil society to newer ones such as social entrepreneurship and digital tools of civic participation; the role of formal and informal grassroots initiatives; the role of social media and new technology in civic engagement; the use of public spaces. It is strongly encouraged to cover different scales of participation, from local to national, European and even global. Analysis is expected to review and compare the forms, depth and effectiveness of civic engagement on different topics of political life and different stages of the policy-making process, ranging from local issues such as spatial planning to international policy matters and issues traditionally considered as ‘reserved’ to experts or policy professionals, such as agenda setting in research and innovation policy making. Research should apply foresight methodologies to study how civic participation could be impacted by future changes in global governance and the increased digitalisation of societies and their governments. How different types of civic engagement can complement and reinforce each other may be explored. Consider as well how the educational system can support inclusive citizenship, with a view to ensure as extensive, inclusive and impactful participation in all aspects of democratic life.

Proposals should include a specific focus on inequalities in civic participation, including ethnicity, gender, intersectionalities and digital divides, and explore and propose remedies. They should examine how civic participation and co-creation in its various forms, including social activism and social innovation, articulates with the traditional mechanisms and institutions of representative democracy, including acting outside them. Proposals should reflect on the potential of digitalisation and new ICT for enhancing citizen participation, including for public policy making processes. They should propose ways to improve the interaction between policymakers and citizens to enhance the public sphere, including robust and transparent mutual feedback between policymakers and citizens. Proposals are encouraged to include experimental research and design thinking to test the insights gathered and to deploy innovative solutions to demonstrate the solutions proposed. Social innovation might be also considered by proposals if solutions require social change, new social practices or social ownerships.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-03: The impact of inequalities on democracy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Comprehensive evidence base to explain the long-term impact of various inequalities (socio-economic, gender, disability, spatial, ethnic, etc.) on political participation, democratic quality and stability.

2.Development, validation and piloting of strategies, policies and action plans for tackling inequalities while boosting trust and resilience at different levels of governance, including at the local level.

3.Strategies, regulations and policies to support the inclusion of marginalised groups in the democratic and participatory process.

Scope: Citizens, especially in certain social groups, have been experiencing an erosion in living standards over the past decades. This process has persisted during the financial recovery and is likely to worsen following the coronavirus pandemic. At the same time, social mobility stalled and the impact of inequalities increased. This has reinforced sentiments of public distrust towards the political institutions of democracy. European research suggests that a shrinking of private and public resources due to economic downturns can lead to disenchantment from politics, and even to a general deterioration of the rule of law. Moreover, persistent inequality has lifelong effects for children and undermines the ability of the more socially vulnerable and excluded to participate meaningfully in the political process, while economically powerful actors gain a greater influence. Social, economic, spatial, ethnic or gender inequalities often translate into political inequalities, especially if different areas of inequality (e.g. in economic opportunities, access to education, health and social security) are overlapping. There is a danger of having a long-lasting fissure in the egalitarian ethos of democracy produced by the almost permanent political exclusion of wide social groups. Particular attention should be paid to children and youth, who are particularly vulnerable to the effects of recession, and for whom the structuring effects of inequality and unequal opportunities may have lasting consequences in terms of education, work and life chances.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following points: To take stock of long-term trends in and types of inequalities (socio-economic, gender, age, spatial, digital gaps, ethnic, linguistic, etc.), as well as to identify the sources of these inequalities and the way they intersect. Proposals should model the relation between inequalities and levels of political trust in European societies and the emergence of protest movements and populist discourses, including in their national, transnational and spatial dimensions. What set of policy actions can enhance equality and political engagement amongst the socially excluded and vulnerable, including children and youth? The processes that allow or prevent these groups’ interests and demands from entering the political agenda should be examined. Research should relate different kinds of policies (economic, access to education, housing, employment, etc.) and the role of public services, including digital ones, to levels of democratic legitimacy and trust among different social groups, including with a spatial perspective (e.g. rural vs urban). It should also relate the structure of political representation (e.g. how much are governments, parties, parliaments, etc. representative of different social categories; the discourses of major political agents and their social relevance) to levels of political engagement and democratic legitimacy.

Based on the evidence collected and analysed, proposals should develop validation and piloting of strategies, policies and actions to tackle inequalities and to reinforce the inclusion of marginalised groups in the democratic and participatory process, including increased involvement of marginalised groups in the creation of digital public services. Active involvement of citizens and socially innovative approaches are strongly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-04: Education for democracy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Build robust evidence base for redesigning curricula in support of democracy, with an emphasis on students’ active participation and engagement in this process.

2.Toolkits for enhancing the humanistic and civic aspects of education with a view to promoting active democratic citizenship and empowerment, including through experimental approaches.

3.Strengthened democratic processes in education through the involvement of citizens in defining educational contents, learning environments and goals.

Scope: Education, from early childhood to lifelong learning, plays an important role in bolstering democratic citizenship and strengthening the resilience of democratic societies. It can play an essential role in the promotion of core values like human rights and the rule of law, as well as in the prevention of human rights violations. It can also help promote gender equality, disability inclusiveness, a culture of peace and non-violence, environmental awareness, appreciation of linguistic, ethnic, cultural and religious diversity. Education can contribute to tackle radicalisation and successfully integrate migrants and refugees.

Research shows that voters with more extreme attitudes are overrepresented among citizens with low formal education and a below-average household income. Populist discourses and extremist groups find more support among citizens who benefit less from cultural modernisation, economic liberalisation and internationalisation.

Involvement of citizens and young people, including through NGOs, social partners and grassroots organisations, and cooperation with cultural and creative sectors are strongly encouraged to ensure the achievement of expected outcomes.

Proposals are expected to show how educational material and innovative pedagogical practices in different settings (including lifelong learning), can mediate or inform current debates about European identity, as well as key issues such as sustainable development, migration, tolerance and understanding of ethnocultural and linguistic diversity, international solidarity and global citizenship, inequality, disability, hate speech, polarisation and extremisms, ethnicity/race, religion and gender, etc. They should examine how education can be mobilised in terms of producing informed historical and cultural consciousness by contributing to cultural and textual literacy, critical and analytic historical learning, responsible historical consciousness and critical thinking of the future citizens of democratic societies. Research should highlight the competences needed by students for boosting their capacity to actively engage in democratic politics, to understand and reflect on global interconnections, unequal power relations, depletion of natural resources and climate change, and to contribute to the promotion of sustainable development, inclusion, anti-racism, equality, justice and peace. Corresponding methods to guide teaching and assessment of those competences should be investigated, gathered and analysed. Research should propose avenues for updating and developing novel curricula and learning environment. It should also propose ways to support teaching staff, with a view to bolstering democratic values, critical thinking skills and positive social engagement in a holistic way. Provide comprehensive evidence from European countries on the links between economic, social, cultural capital and educational inequalities and levels of political engagement, social trust, participation and inter-cultural tolerance. Experimental participatory research to test educational and training tools and to demonstrate the impact of the tools proposed, including students’ and teachers’ feedback, should be included. In particular, proposals should examine new (including blended) education and training formats that incorporate creative approaches such as gamification, design of virtual classrooms and virtual co-working spaces, and other cultural expressions like literacy interpretation, creative writing or theatre, in order to reach target groups in an effective and innovative way.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Evolution of political extremism and its influence on contemporary social and political dialogue

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.In-depth understanding of the major factors contributing to the present rise of extremist narratives and of their influence on mainstream worldviews, discourses and policies across European countries in their local and global context.

2.Formulation of multi-level policy recommendations to help counter these extremist narratives while limiting their spread and impact.

Scope: The COVID-19 crisis risks further strengthening extreme political narratives that have already been rising starkly across Europe. These narratives fuel the demand for more protectionism, nation-state localisation of production and tougher frontier controls, while depicting foreigners as a threat to national wellbeing. On an ideological plane, political extremists often show disdain for the rights and liberties of others but resent the limitations of their own activities. More extreme forms embrace engagement in ideologically driven criminal activity and violence.

Some of the greater impacts of extreme narratives on society stem from their influence on mainstream political discourses and policies. This phenomenon is notably reflected by alarming outcomes in national and European opinion polls and elections. Therefore, the phenomenon seems to belong to a wider trend and should be analysed in its local and global contexts, including in connection with the strengthening of authoritarian, populist and extremist discourses in some countries. Certain anti-democratic sentiments also seem to be connected to and nurtured by conspiracy theories, possible bonds that could be flagged and examined for comprehensive understanding of all interacting factors.

Proposals are expected to address the following: Analyse the various forms of extremist discourses and narratives, their dynamics and disruptive potential. Take into account national specificities – embedded in their historical, social and cultural contexts – and transnational influences, within Europe and globally. Provide psychological, sociological and anthropological analyses of drivers behind violent political transformations. Explore the tension between tackling political extremism and human rights law on freedom of speech. Map the penetration of extremist ideology and argumentation into general media, social and political discourses. Proposals should analyse the drivers of such discourses, including the respective roles of the media, political spheres and popular sentiment and their interplay. They should propose evidence-based strategies to counter extremist discourses, prevent the spread of political extremism and limit its short and long- term impact. The action should develop corresponding policy recommendations. 12

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-06: Media for democracy – democratic media

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrate how citizens and policymakers can contribute to a healthy and reinvigorated democracy through media.

2.Improved quality, accountability and transparency of media production and distribution processes, and contribution to a more resilient democratic institutional framework.

3.Enhanced citizen’s participation and decision-making through enlightened access to pluralistic media content.

Scope: A robust, independent and transparent media landscape ensuring a plurality of views is an essential part of a functioning democracy. Through control and criticism, offering a stage for the competition of ideas and interests and promoting political participation, inclusion and responsible action of citizens, the media can be a powerful source of legitimation and external check on incumbent authorities. As recalled by the recent European Democracy Action Plan adopted by the European Commission 13 , media plays a central role as the “fourth pillar of democracy” by informing citizens and holding public institutions and businesses to account as well as by enhancing democratic values such as pluralism and tolerance.

Media accountability (enacted by mechanisms such as press and media councils, ombudspersons, etc.) and professional journalism have a key role in democratic societies for safeguarding a free and responsible media. In light of an increased economization of media communication, increased market concentration, and the accelerated technological changes including automatised content selection and sharing processes, the established system of media accountability seems to be at a crossroads that requires innovative ideas for improvement. Research should thus examine the political role of traditional and new digital media in performing key democratic functions and reaching out to all segments of society, including women as well as minorities and disadvantaged groups. The cultural and creative sectors may be actively involved in the research.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following: they should examine under what conditions, including training, career and working conditions, traditional and new media organizations and journalism operate in modern European societies. Research should analyse whether and how they serve the public interest, and how this could be improved through better training, reinforcing ethical standards and competences (including those related to journalists' professional dilemmas), media regulation and rules, and cooperation between stakeholders (including professional training institutions, media houses, industry). Proposals should focus on the implications of modern, technologically mediated configurations for the political agency of citizens. Relevant foci could be media participation and civic engagement, journalists’ professional and ethical standards, the role of education and training in fostering critical media literacy, persuasive technology, inequality (including gender inequality) and exclusion, institutional politics and activism, and populism. Changes in media markets and the role of economic, commercial, technological as well as political forces in shaping current changes in the role of media should be analysed. Proposals should bring together, in a holistic manner, academic research, practitioners’ reflection, and citizens’ views on the relationship between media and democracy. They should analyse how recent transformations in journalism and media technology have affected individuals and communities concerning participation and democratic discourses and, conversely, how a shifting political landscape, with increased polarisation as a major trait, have affected the media. Research should propose digital media design improvements that effectively increase transparency and accountability of media and contribute to reinvigorating democracy.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-07: Politics and the impact of online social networks and new media

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Understand the changes wrought on democratic processes by new technologies.

2.Produce evidence-based recommendations to address the opportunities and challenges for political behaviour and democratic engagement presented by social platforms and new media.

3.Enhance capacities for digital citizenship.

Scope: Social media and other internet-based platforms are intertwined with political life. They play an important role in allowing people to design, consume and share political news, seek political information and discuss, make decisions, donate money, or engage with political parties and other organisations. Furthermore, these platforms and media are supposed to open new avenues to political engagement and democratic participation. However, developments in the recent past have created anxieties about their capacity to protect citizens from disinformation and to serve as balanced and open public fora for democratic debates. Social platforms and new media are increasingly perceived as conducive to the creation of ideological “echo-chambers” eroding the space for public dialogue. They are seen as fostering polarisation, radicalisation, depoliticisation, spreading misinformation and subject to manipulation. At the same time, they have been used in attempts to covertly influence the political choices of citizens, thus sapping their democratic credentials.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following: they should build Europe-wide evidence on the extent to which political opportunities and information offered by platforms and new media – and resulting impacts, such as the “echo-chambers” effect – affects political attitudes in European states and at the level of the EU and its neighbourhood. Whether and how new media functions as a new level of news selection and study the resulting perception biases with citizens should be assessed. Research should examine the extent to which platforms and new media actually help democratise political systems and offer avenues of active engagement, or hinder participation for some. The effects of the replacement of media consumption with content consumption should also be examined. Proposals should investigate how audiences of different ages, different genders and different socio-economic and ethnolinguistic groups receive and assess information on digital platforms, and how political actors use these platforms to shape political behaviour. They should propose and design regulatory innovations in response to the covert use of social platforms for political goals. Evidence-based approaches and methods for enhancing capacities for digital citizenship, including media education, media competences, and digital literacy should be developed. Insight about the effects of social media on social behaviour should be attained. Citizen science and other innovative and participatory forms of research could be appropriate for this action. 14

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-08: Representative democracy in flux

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Comprehensive evidence on the mid- to long-term impacts of current political and social developments on European representative democracies.

2.Develop policy recommendations, toolkits, narratives and methodologies for enhancing trust in political institutions, and boosting transparency, representativeness, and inclusiveness of representative systems at local, regional, national and EU level.

Scope: The last decades have witnessed significant changes in the electoral behaviour of citizens. Turnout has been steadily declining in most countries while European research and statistical data show that there is more electoral volatility, together with an increase in radicalisation of voter attitudes and greater polarisation. From 1994 to 2017 (according to Eurobarometer data 15 ) trust in parliaments, political parties and governments declined significantly. On the other hand, paradoxically, non-elected institutions (e.g. military, police, and judiciary) enjoyed high and relatively stable levels of trust, higher than the democratically elected ones. As societies have become more connected and individualistic, with an ever fast-paced development of digital technologies, new political forces, discourses and voting preferences have emerged. While many of the identities and certainties of the past are eroding, new cleavages have marked the political landscape of representative democracies.

This apparent state of flux brings multiple challenges but also opportunities for the future of our democracies.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following: to create a robust and comprehensive knowledge base on long-term developments in terms of trust in, and trustworthiness of, the political institutions of representative democracy – parties, executives, parliaments, judiciary, social partners, institutionalised social dialogue, etc. – and their legitimacy. Proposals should relate changing voting attitudes at the individual level to wider political and cultural discourses, where feelings and emotions can compete and overrule facts and reasons, and to the emergence of new social movements and parties. They should analyse key drivers of such changes, taking into consideration socio-economic variables (including transformation in the world of work), as well as cultural variables linked to identity, generational differences, gender, ethnic diversity, security, migration and the material forms of discourse such as education and media. The political cleavages that shape current political phenomena and trace their connection to historical legacies as well as their foreseeable negative and positive long-term impacts on democratic systems should be analysed.

Based on the evidence collected and analysed, proposals should develop new approaches to understand the evolution of political parties in the context of intense digitalisation (including of the public space and public institutions) and individualism. They should examine the barriers and opportunities to re-invigorating and enhancing representative democratic systems. Strategies to address the demands and needs of citizens expressed in other, non-electoral forms of political participation, with a view to active engagement and inclusion, including the use of digital tools for citizen engagement should be provided. Research should develop a comprehensive and transparent toolbox of possible policy interventions including but not limited to recommendations, toolkits and methodologies for enhancing trust in political institutions, boosting transparency, representativeness and inclusiveness of representative systems. In all cases, comparative approaches at EU level, taking also into consideration the changing demographic composition of populations, should be developed.

The actions should strive to include citizens and civil society at all stages of the research activities, by means of consultation, structured dialogue, action research, social experimentation and/or other active methodologies that the proponents consider as most effective.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-09: Global governance for a world in transition: Norms, institutions, actors

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to the both of following expected outcomes:

1.Support the European Union’s role in leading the transformation and defence of multilateralism by identifying and analysing policy avenues for a more robust, democratic and effective global governance.

2.Develop policy recommendations, institutional frames, toolboxes, narratives and methodologies for supporting action towards transnational democracy.

Scope: Political developments across the world over the last years have posed serious challenges to global multilateralism and its aspirations for global order, peace and cooperation. Even if the need for international collective action is greater than it has ever been (climate and digital transitions, rise of inequalities – including gender inequalities –, ageing and disabilities, migrations, health pandemics, information disorder), the obstacles it encounters are no less redoubtable. The emerging multipolar system is characterised by the prevalence of diverging, and often antagonistic, state preferences, outdated and often ill-equipped global governance institutional architecture, nationalist populism, unilateralist trends, the influence of multinational corporations, as well as neo-mercantilist conflicts.

The European Union has an important global role to play in terms of defending multilateralism, through its enhancement and transformation, as a crucial component of global governance. However, its capacity and influence in shaping globalisation are being shaken by major geopolitical factors, such as the rise of new or re-emerging powers (China, India, Russia) and the United States’ foreign policy shifts.

Taking stock of recent developments, research should propose ways of redesigning, renewing and re-invigorating global and European traditions of cooperation with a view to greater accountability, openness and legitimacy. This should include new reflections on the norms, institutions and actors that can support a more robust and effective multilateralism, as well as a stocktaking and assessment of the modalities and possibilities of multileveled participation in cross-border governance, ranging from the local to the global level. Research should also account for differences between fields and areas of governance, corresponding to diverse levels and modalities of multilateral cooperation. It should analyse whether and how such differences may hamper the governance of intersecting global challenges, e.g. health and mobility in relation to the recent COVID-19 pandemic, sustainability and climate change, and propose ways forward.

Proposals are expected to address some of the following: to identify barriers and opportunities for re-invigorating and enhancing the formal legal and institutional architecture of the rules-based global system. They should analyse, through a mix of normative and empirical methodologies, ways to reinforce the institutions that work, ways to replace those that do not, and propose those that are missing, with the aim of spurring the transformation of global governance. Proposals should relate the capacity of the populist and nationalist actors to feed on sovereigntist claims and narratives about the challenges confronted by supranational integration projects. Comparative approaches at European and global levels should be developed, taking into consideration historical and cultural contexts. Research should identify new actors, norms and processes of participation and representation (such as the participation of local authorities, community-based organisations, trade unions, youth, women’s rights and civil society organisations in general, or citizens themselves through digital means for instance), which can boost the legitimacy, transparency, representativeness and effectiveness of multilateral institutions. Interests and strategies of other international powers, such as the United States, China, India, Russia or of other regional groupings (e.g. Mercosur, ASEAN, African Union) in disseminating new collective norms for global governance, including the related relevant historical roots, should be analysed. Proposals should identify where these interests, strategies and norms are incompatible with EU values and long-term interests and recommend policy action for the European Union to counter them. They should reflect on the changing role of state sovereignty in times of globalisation and global governance and consider different ways of reconceptualising multilateralism in the emerging multipolar global system. International cooperation with partners from third countries of interest is encouraged in order to better achieve the expected outcomes.

DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on the EUROPEAN CULTURAL HERITAGE and the CULTURAL and CREATIVE INDUSTRIES

Europe’s rich cultural heritage, with its common values, its wealth of monuments and sites and its creative diversity of traditions, crafts, arts, architecture, literature, languages, theatre, films and music, not only reflects our past but also shapes our present and builds our future. It is a creative way of cultivating independent thinking and dialogue, while promoting our interests across the world. Access to experience with cultural heritage contributes to social cohesion and inclusion, by strengthening resilience and the sense of belonging, bringing people together and improving well-being.

Europe’s common research and innovation (R&I) action to protect, conserve, restore and repair its important cultural heritage, promote its use as one of the substantial European resources, boost its traditional and contemporary arts and create wider awareness is still limited in scope and impact. Moreover, European tangible and intangible cultural heritage is increasingly facing a number of challenges such as deterioration due to climate change, pollution, natural or man-made disasters, looting and illicit trafficking, lack of finance or insufficient valorisation. In addition, Europe’s cultural production (in particular film and music) lags behind in international competitiveness despite its high quality and quantity.

European R&I 16 activities will make a strong contribution in all these areas by strengthening our common knowledge and expertise, as well as by providing solid evidence for policy-making. They will promote and valorise our cultural heritage and arts, while increasing their international competitiveness and firming the social fabric at European, national, regional or local level. Through a broad co-operation of a wide set of stakeholders and efficient coordination between EU Member States, R&I activities will be oriented towards interdisciplinary research and actively involve the cultural and creative industries (CCIs) 17 . They will connect cultural heritage with the CCIs by supporting new forms of cultural and artistic expression that build on existing cultural assets and provide access to both tangible and intangible heritage. R&I will also promote the competitiveness of cultural and creative industries. It will provide evidence about their role as innovation drivers in the wider economy. In line with the Commission priorities, the R&I activities of this Destination will help promote the European way of life, contribute to achieving the Green Deal goals and support an economy that works for people. They will also contribute to the New European Bauhaus 18 initiative, to realising the UN Sustainable Development Goals and to building a stronger crisis-resilient society and economy by taking into account experiences, challenges and lessons learnt also from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Concretely, R&I activities under this Destination and its calls will support these policy objectives by monitoring, safeguarding and transmitting cultural heritage, fostering the CCIs and promoting cultural diversity. They will aim at protecting historical sites and monuments, artefacts, heritage sites, cultural landscapes, museums and other cultural institutions, languages, customs, traditions and values. Through new or existing cutting-edge conservation and restoration technologies and methods, they will help restore and preserve monuments and artefacts in a green way. They will advance the protection of cultural heritage from natural hazards and anthropogenic threats, including the looting and illicit trafficking of cultural goods. Research and innovation across the cultural and creative sectors will foster their inbuilt innovation potential and will promote transformation in many parts of the economy and social development across Europe. Through new approaches, R&I will offer innovative, integrated, sustainable and participative management and business models for museums and other cultural institutions, with a view to spur inclusive growth, jobs, social cohesion and diversity. It will also contribute to develop a sustainable and quality-driven intervention on built environment in line with the New European Bauhaus initiative. Research in old and new forms of cultural and artistic expression will promote intercultural cooperation, while engaging citizens and young people. It will valorise traditional skills and the reuse of existing assets. Exploring the economic role of CCIs and investigating the impact of creative and artistic intervention into innovation processes will provide capacities to boost Europe’s competitiveness. European cultural heritage, arts and creativity can be harnessed to further develop the design and identity of products, and to shape the public image of our countries and regions. Cultural and intellectual experiences can be marketed at a premium: CCIs are at the frontline of this action, by investing in knowledge and creativity. Furthermore, the use of existing and the development of new digital methodologies will offer innovative approaches to share and increase access to and engagement with cultural heritage. Altogether, these actions will enable real cooperation and participation of a wide range of communities, including stakeholders, citizens and industry.

Through all these activities, research and innovation will underpin the European Union’s leading role in protecting, preserving and enhancing Europe’s cultural heritage and scale-up the competitiveness of its cultural and creative industries.

Proposals under this destination should consider and promote in a cross-cutting way, and whenever appropriate and applicable:

1.The use of digital and cutting-edge technologies;

2.An active and sustainable engagement with stakeholders, social innovators and citizens;

3.The active involvement of local, regional or national authorities and sectoral social partners, particularly in the uptake and implementation of research results and recommendations;

4.A clear strategy for the uptake of research outcomes, recommendations or results, in particular where CCIs are participating or are concerned;

5.Training and education activities for targeted groups of users and/or stakeholders;

6.A robust plan for how projects will use or build on outputs and results from research already undertaken and technology already available;

7.Increased participation of CCIs, SMEs and industry;

8.Lessons learnt from the COVID-19 crisis in view of a sustainable management of the post-crisis society;

9.Contribution to the European Green Deal, the New European Bauhaus as well as the Sustainable Development Goals.

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

The full potential of cultural heritage, arts and cultural and creative sectors as a driver of sustainable innovation and a European sense of belonging is realised through a continuous engagement with society, citizens and economic sectors as well as through better protection, restoration and promotion of cultural heritage.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01

45.00

07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02

6.50

07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01

93.00

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

51.50

93.00

Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 19

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 20

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-01

RIA

12.00

3.50 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-02

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-03

RIA

12.00

3.50 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-04

RIA

12.00

3.50 to 4.00

3

Overall indicative budget

45.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-01: Green technologies and materials for cultural heritage

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.50 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribute to the objectives of the Green Deal by developing methods to conserve, preserve and restore monuments and artefacts with respect to different materials in a sustainable, green way.

2.Promote research on the quality of conservation, in order to foster a more sustainable and green maintenance and restoration of cultural heritage. Ensure higher quality standards in conservation and restoration of Europe’s cultural heritage.

3.Improve sustainability and energy efficiency in heritage sites, museums and other cultural institutions.

4.Strengthen citizens’ contribution to safeguarding of their cultural heritage and art.

Scope: Materials and methods for the conservation and restoration of cultural heritage can often be energy consuming, not environmentally friendly or even harmful for the health of operators and curators. Moreover, many of these materials and methods prove to be neither durable nor sustainable, often leading to repetitive and costly restoration of artefacts, monuments and heritage sites. Research has already addressed this challenge to a certain extent; yet, the wide range of materials, types of buildings and monuments, and the specific needs of artefacts call for further investigation and tailored solutions.

In this context, and in view of achieving the objectives of the Green Deal, proposals under this topic should provide solutions and explore ways for quality conservation and restoration in a green and sustainable way. They should adopt and apply a holistic approach in conservation of art materials through an interdisciplinary network of knowledge and skills from the perspectives of hard sciences, soft sciences and engineering. Thanks to this, they should develop effective and sustainable strategies that are feasible, user friendly, affordable and safe to the operators and the artefacts, in order to ensure the long-term conservation of and physical access to cultural heritage resources. Monitoring the preservation status of artefacts, monuments and sites with non-intrusive, green tech solutions should also be considered. The proposed materials and methods for remedial or preventive conservation and restoration should be green, durable and sustainable. They should also minimize their environmental footprint 21 and impact on health of restorers, curators and craftspeople. Whenever necessary, they should also contribute to energy efficiency and sustainability of monuments, historic buildings and cultural institutions. Elaboration of traditional methods and materials, as well as digital and cutting-edge technologies should be developed or further exploited as necessary.

Taking into account environmental, social and economic impacts, proposals should bring together basic and applied research, social, cultural and entrepreneurial innovation through the involvement of cultural and creative sectors to ensure sustainability. Participation of innovative industry and/or CCIs/SMEs, besides public entities and policy makers, is strongly advised. Awareness raising and further strengthening of citizens’ and young people’s involvement in new or traditional preservation and transmission methods should also be targeted to widen literacy, access to and engagement with cultural heritage.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-02: New ways of participatory management and sustainable financing of museums and other cultural institutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Explore new ways of participatory cultural management and sustainable financing for museums and other cultural institutions, in particular during and after times of crises such as the coronavirus pandemic.

2.Ensure better access to cultural heritage and engagement with local communities, to preserve and strengthen social cohesion through inclusive and participatory procedures.

3.Strengthen the sense of belonging to a common European space while respecting cultural and ethnolinguistic diversity, as well as developing an awareness of cultural pluralism.

4.Promote the role of museums and other cultural institutions in well-being, health, resilience, social inclusion and society’s dealing with trauma and post-crisis recovery.

5.Foster the role of museums and other cultural institutions in sustainable economic growth and regional development.

Scope: Museums and other cultural institutions (such as libraries, galleries, archives, memorial sites, etc.) play a key-role in social inclusion and cohesion. They create the sense of belonging, build shared identities, promote cultural awareness and historical reflection, improve people’s well-being and contribute to sustainable development and growth at local, regional and national level. Nowadays, museums and other cultural institutions are facing several challenges such as scarce funding, new legal obligations with regard to their collections (e.g. related to intellectual property rights), insufficient numbers of visitors or, to the other extreme, massive tourist crowds, which necessitate new and expensive conservation means and security tools. All these challenges are threatening the existence and efficient work of museums and other cultural institutions.

Adding to the aforementioned challenges, the lockdown during the COVID-19 pandemic has heavily affected museums, other cultural institutions, arts and the entire ecosystem around them. Museums closed down for months, leaving staff unemployed and putting at risk cultural goods, as forced closing and absence of curators can severely impact the conservation and safety of collections.

On the other hand, cultural institutions have demonstrated great resilience and creativity in communicating with their publics remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic. Notwithstanding the general lockdown, the cultural sector, fully aware of the important role of culture, immediately mobilised itself to maintain activities and ease people’s feeling of isolation. Using digital technology and artificial intelligence, museums, other cultural institutions and artists offered new possibilities to access heritage and knowledge by participating in online cultural events, developed new creative business models and provided new training and capacity-building programmes to support cultural circles, and strengthened their presence in the internet and social media.

In light of the post-COVID era, museums and other cultural institutions will need to be the agents of a truly holistic and inclusive revival, as well as the developers of the new normality. They will be called to give people a sense that their life is no longer in abeyance, help to keep up the morale and be essential markers of people’s re-engagement with their cultural heritage. Therefore, there is a pressing need to ensure methods of sustainable financing in order to help museums and other cultural institutions recover quickly, continue operate in a safe and viable way and widen as much as possible access to citizens. Although the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as far as economic losses and jobs are concerned cannot be fully predicted yet, international organisations, such as the UNESCO, ICOM, NeMO and OECD provide already recommendations for measures to be put in place. Furthermore, national authorities have started allocating recovery funds that could also benefit the cultural institutions’ sector. However, these measures are only partial, short-term solutions and do not solve the sector’s structural financing issues. Signals from the sector indicate that in particular smaller, local museums without (or with limited) structural governmental funding, suffer disproportionally.

Therefore, R&I proposals under this topic should explore ways to mitigate the challenges that museums, other cultural institutions and the entire ecosystem around them are facing nowadays, including the social and economic impact of the coronavirus pandemic. They should provide methods and models to sustainably finance cultural institutions, while ensuring equal and wide access to culture, heritage and cultural goods. Emphasis should be put on the role of local museums and new ways of participatory cultural management to help museums and other cultural institutions become fully embedded in cities’ life, taking also into account the differences between metropolis and small towns. A digital strategy might be developed as part of the new management and financing model, including sustainable ways of sharing knowledge and facilities to communicate through and about objects and collections of both tangible and intangible cultural heritage. Proposals are encouraged to include close interaction with local, regional and national communities and authorities, as well as cooperation with research institutions and the cultural and creative stakeholders (e.g. artists, actors, interpretation specialists, designers) to attract and engage the public and in particular young people.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-03: Cultural and creative industries as a driver of innovation and competitiveness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.50 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Evidence of the innovation potential of the cultural and creative industries based in the EU.

2.Evidence of the role of the cultural and creative industries as drivers of innovation in other economic sectors such as industry and services.

3.Evidence of direct and indirect effects on the EU economy by the cultural and creative industries, economic spill-over effects on other sectors and the potential for further economic growth and employment in the cultural and creative industries.

4.Evidence of how cultural and creative EU industries could benefit from new technologies, new business models, skills development, new distribution and/or promotion models.

5.Proposals for further strengthening the competitiveness and drawing benefit from the innovation potential of the sector in the EU and in the international markets.

Scope: The cultural and creative industries (CCI) 22 are an important source of growth and job creation in the European economy. The growth of this sector has raised interest at policy level for its innovation potential and for contributing to improved competitiveness. The challenge is to understand how to realise the full potential of CCIs as a driver for innovation 23 , create stronger links with other sectors and contribute to strengthening the European economy, society and its sustainability.

The cultural and creative industries are as diverse as our cultures. Building on our cultural heritage and using their creativity, they pursue a wide variety of activities, ranging from cultural performances to creative design of products and shaping the public image of countries and regions. The CCI sector counts many self-employed, as well as some very large market players for example in the audio-visual and music sectors. Markets in this sector are heterogeneous and there is no comprehensive mapping at EU level. The CCI sector has been growing rapidly and, in some regions of Europe, it is outperforming more established sectors in terms of growth and employment.

The cultural and creative industries have been heavily affected by the COVID-19 pandemic crisis. The social confinement is likely to have a long-term impact by significantly reducing incomes and adding to unemployment. These problems will need to be taken into consideration in research, including proposals for reinvigorating the sector.

Research proposals should explore the innovation potential of the cultural and creative industries, their role as drivers of innovation in other sectors and the potential for strengthening competitiveness. This could involve strengthening links between science and art. The research should involve the CCIs and other creative actors themselves, policy makers and other stakeholders in order to ensure that the activities are relevant to the end users. Research should study how cultural and creative EU industries could benefit from new technologies, new business models, skills development, new distribution and/or promotion models with the purpose of strengthening their performance. Research should also identify policy measures for further strengthening the competitiveness and drawing benefit from the innovation potential of the sector in the EU and the international markets.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-04: Preserving and enhancing cultural heritage with advanced digital technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.50 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Develop and strengthen the use of digital technologies to protect, preserve, restore and safeguard cultural heritage and the arts in complementarity to other research methods.

2.Facilitate and widen access to cultural assets through digital and cutting-edge technologies and tools, in parallel or as an alternative to physical access to cultural heritage.

3.Support comparative analysis with artificial intelligence, including analysis across time, and other digital means to improve innovation and knowledge exchange in the cultural and creative sectors.

4.Increase the competitiveness of cultural and creative industries in the internal market and internationally, and provide opportunities for new and sustainable jobs creation.

5.Explore the role of digital tools, such as 3D/4D simulations, virtual and augmented reality technologies in engaging with cultural heritage during and after the COVID-19 crisis.

6.Use digital tools and other outcomes to provide efficient and global solutions to the real needs of accessing, protecting and preserving cultural heritage, including the “born digital” one.

Scope: Digital technologies, from 3D simulation to artificial intelligence and virtual/augmented reality, are being used to ensure preservation and wide access to cultural heritage and the arts. Extensive research has been already funded to support the digitisation of libraries and archives, virtual tours of museums and archaeological sites, as well as digital curation and preservation of cultural goods. However, there is need to expand and further support the application of digital tools to preserve cultural heritage and to make it widely accessible. The relation between cultural heritage and its digitised format through the experience of audiences is of particular interest. Moreover, the “born digital” heritage, in parallel to the digitised one, is becoming of increased importance, requiring further research on its intrinsic value and limitations of use.

The role played by digital during the recent COVID-19 pandemic crisis is especially noteworthy, as it proved to be the most valuable means to access cultural assets during the extended period of confinement. Museums and libraries offered free access to their collections, artists were performing live online and theatres where streaming their performances through the web to help lift up people’s morale and improve their well-being. Assessing the impact of these activities and drawing lessons in view of future crisis management requires targeted research.

Taking these points into account, R&I actions under this topic are envisaged to promote extended digitisation so that collections, artefacts and monuments, including the “born digital” heritage, can be preserved, restored and safeguarded in a sustainable and user-friendly way. At the same time, research should prevent any potential negative consequence of doing so. In addition, digitisation practices have to comply with intellectual property law, in particular copyright law. They should develop digital facilities that will allow building shared infrastructures, provide specialised trainings and courses and facilitate knowledge and know-how exchange to address real needs in the field of cultural heritage. Projects should thus increase the use of existing tools and cutting-edge technologies, such as virtual and augmented reality or artificial intelligence, to reduce access and knowledge limitations to cultural assets. By assessing the role of digitisation in engaging with culture and cultural heritage during the COVID-19 crisis, they should draw lessons and provide resilient policy scenarios or recovery tools for the cultural and creative sectors in a post-crisis era. By creating new or fostering existing tools, they should aim at boosting the socio-economic sustainability of cultural and creative industries in the COVID-19 post-crisis period and provide sustainable applications and solutions to strengthen their innovation potential as well as manage future crises. This requires collaboration between technological firms, research institutes, universities and cultural and creative sectors/industries to generate tailor made know-how and transfer expertise to foster the digital transformation of Cultural Heritage institutions. Innovative approaches to R&I including user-led innovation could be applicable.

R&I actions funded under this topic are expected to establish the state of the art of digital methodologies and tools to protect the rich and diverse European cultural heritage, including the “born digital” heritage, in complementarity with more established conservation and protection methods. Data and products coming from the Copernicus services, specifically Copernicus Emergency, Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring, Climate Change and Copernicus Land Monitoring Services can give a great support in preserving cultural and natural heritage sites.

Call - Engagement with stakeholders

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 24

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 25

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02-01

CSA

3.50

2.50 to 3.50

1

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02-02

CSA

3.00

2.50 to 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

6.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02-01: Mobilising the network of National Contact Points in Cluster 2

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’ and officially nominated by a Member State or Associated Country.

Only if and for as long as Horizon Europe structures have not yet been officially nominated, will national support structures responsible for Societal Challenge 6 (SC6) ‘Europe in a changing world: inclusive, innovative and reflective societies’ nominated for Horizon 2020 be eligible.

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.An improved and professionalised NCP service across Europe, in the areas covered by Horizon Europe Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’, thereby helping simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

2.A more consistent level of NCP support services across Europe.

3.Widening participation to projects in the areas covered by Horizon Europe Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’ to new stakeholders, such as civil society organisations.

4.Enhanced integration of the Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) as a crosscutting issue throughout Horizon Europe.

5.Implementation of other horizontal activities of Cluster 2, including the organisation of Information Days, NCP trainings, brokerage events and monitoring of SSH integration across the research programme.

Scope: Proposals should aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between National Contact Points (NCPs) in the areas covered by Horizon Europe Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’, with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants. In addition, the action will provide important feedback on issues relating to programme planning, design and evaluation.

In view of the changes brought about by the adoption of Horizon Europe, the network of NCPs will organise transnational events to communicate with all interested scientific communities regarding new research actions; to draw lessons from previous research programmes on best practice for cooperation; to help researchers prepare for new funding schemes and structures.

The network will organise NCP Information Days, NCP trainings, brokerage events for potential applicants and provide appropriate tools and instruments to support NCPs and researchers. Activities will support researchers of the social sciences and humanities to connect into all Clusters of Horizon Europe. To achieve its expected outcomes and objectives, the NCP network could cooperate with but should not duplicate actions foreseen in other thematic and horizontal Horizon Europe NCP networks.

Proposals should include a work package to implement matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in the domain of Cluster 2. Matchmaking should take place by means of online tools, brokerage events, info days and bilateral meetings between project initiators and candidate participants from widening countries. Other matchmaking instruments may be used as appropriate. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles.

The action will also contribute to the monitoring of the integration of social sciences and humanities (SSH) throughout the research programme, in particular through the provision of the analysis of statistical data necessary for the annual SSH monitoring reports.

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries. This should contribute to increase the quality of proposals submitted, including those from countries where success rates in Horizon 2020 Societal Challenge 6 were lower than average.

The consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs.

Submission of a single proposal is encouraged. NCPs from EU Member States or Associated Countries choosing not to participate as a member of the consortium should be identified and the reason explained in the proposal. These NCPs are nevertheless invited and encouraged to participate in the project activities (e.g. workshops), and the costs incurred by the consortium for such participation (e.g. travel costs paid by the consortium) may be included in the estimated budget and be eligible for funding by the Commission.

The proposal should cover the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02-02: Coordination of European cultural heritage research and innovation among Member States

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Prepare a ground-breaking and novel coordination network on cultural heritage research and innovation policies and activities, including the arts and the cultural and creative sectors.

2.Identify research and innovation domains with European added value that would justify future activities.

3.Propose new ways to engage stakeholders, users of cultural heritage and the arts, social innovators, civil society and, in particular, the younger generation with cultural heritage and its role in shaping the perception of European societies as well as a European sense of belonging.

4.Develop an open approach to cultural heritage and the arts, fostering curiosity for new developments and diversity, as well as emphasising their role in transmitting of knowledge and building a bridge from the past over the present to the future.

Scope: The European Union has provided funding through co-funding schemes to coordinate national R&I activities on cultural heritage and the arts and to increase their impact. Through ERA-Net Co-funding Joint Research Programmes, H2020 has been topping-up Member States’ national funding to promote the coordination of national activities and strengthen their European added value. With the end of H2020, the impact of these co-funding schemes needs to be assessed in order to agree to further coordination and partnerships with Member States and Associated Countries in the new Horizon Europe research and innovation framework programme.

Proposals under this topic are expected to realise a mapping of national activities pertaining to cultural heritage, provenance research, architecture, as well as programmes and European ERA-Net Co-funding schemes on cultural heritage R&I. Furthermore, they should evaluate the European added value, any possible overlap with central EU activities, as well as the impact of and gaps left by ERA-Net Co-funding schemes in the field of cultural heritage. Taking stock of the lessons learnt, they should explore and identify objectives for a future, ground-breaking and wide network that would increase the impact of national funding at European level. Proposals should also provide analysis as well as policy scenarios for future EU-level interventions in this area, including on the role and participation of cultural and creative sectors. Need for new technologies with a specific reference to Earth Observation (Copernicus) data and products relevant for cultural heritage might be also considered. Proposals should provide a novel approach, involve the EU Member States and be open towards Associated and Neighbourhood Countries, a wide variety of stakeholders, civil society and young people.

Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2022

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 26

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 27

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 20 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-01

CSA

3.00

2.00 to 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-02

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-03

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-04

RIA

12.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-05

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-06

RIA

12.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-07

RIA

12.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-08

RIA

12.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-09

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-10

RIA

6.00

Around 3.00

2

Overall indicative budget

93.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-01: Safeguarding endangered languages in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhance cooperation at the European level between key actors and stakeholders within endangered languages communities.

2.Empower local communities and promote citizens’ engagement in the sustainable management of their own linguistic resources, in line with the principles of the Faro Convention.

3.Suggest strategies to involve young people in the (re)discovery of their linguistic heritage and its importance for the development of their identity and community building.

4.Promote equality and linguistic diversity in line with the EU’s motto ‘United in Diversity’ and its work to reinforce the central role of multilingualism in Europe.

5.Strengthen the identification, inventory and transmission of regional, minority and local languages as vehicles of oral expressions and traditions, in line with the principles of the UNESCO 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage.

Scope: Languages, whether they are internationally used by millions of people or spoken by only small and remote communities, are the expression of the identity, culture and the way communities and peoples perceive their world. They are an essential part of the rich fabric of European culture. When languages disappear, our cultural diversity is impoverished. While this risk has been recognised internationally (including by UNESCO, the Council of Europe, the OSCE, etc.), many of the regional, minority and local languages, which are spoken today in the European Union, Associated and Neighbourhood Countries, are in danger of disappearing.

Starting from the analysis of the sociolinguistic, legal and economic situation of European endangered languages, of the reasons behind their endangered status, as well as of past and present policies, the action should propose ways to promote the reawakening of these endangered languages. This implies encouraging and supporting their use as well as their intergenerational transmission. The project should explore measures in different areas such as the educational, cultural and creative sectors, and link them with regional development. The use of digital tools is strongly encouraged, as it is the easiest channel to reach and involve society, and in particular young people, in the (re)discovery of their own linguistic heritage, including non-written languages.

The creation of a European language preservation ecosystem is at the heart of this topic, in particular with the establishment of a set of guidelines for revitalizing endangered languages in Europe and the setting up of a comprehensive website. This also aims at exchanging best practices and collecting endangered language resources and tools that, with the appropriate involvement of stakeholders concerned, should be made widely available. A set of identified guidelines should be validated by the use of existing cases of language revitalization. Available results of research already undertaken on language revitalisation should be taken into consideration, while identification of needs for further research in the field should be promoted. Examples of grass root movements that foster the engagement of local communities and, in particular, of young people, to learn and use such languages should be analysed and their motivating factors examined. These good practices should be taken into account when developing methodologies, in order to enhance them and to make them adaptable to local situations. Participation of regional or local communities and/or administrations, civil society, universities and other research institutions, networks and platforms working on multilingualism as well as on the promotion of regional and minority languages are encouraged and will ensure efficient and comprehensive bottom-up solutions.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-02: Europe’s cultural heritage and arts - promoting our values at home and abroad

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Better awareness and understanding of European arts, culture and values 28 within the EU and internationally by leveraging the creativity of arts and cultural heritage partners in Europe.

2.Wider exposure to the diversity of European art, culture and values for European and international partners, by strengthening links with creative industries and other parts of the economy.

3.Reinforced common European action to promote Europe’s culture and economic interests internationally, hence contributing to strengthen European competitiveness.

Scope: European arts and cultural heritage have an intrinsic value in enriching our lives, but also reflect our way of life, and contribute to shaping our society and its values. They are important elements of our creativity and innovation, on which we build economic growth and social development. They also have a role in shaping the way Europe is perceived from afar, thus being important assets for our “soft power” and for promoting Europe’s place in the world. If Europe wants to maintain its place in a globalised world, it is in our interest to step up common efforts to promote Europe’s culture, values and interests.

However, we are not necessarily aware of, or appreciate, the diversity of European arts and cultural heritage and its important role in democratic society. The challenge of research is to contribute knowledge as well as to identify ways of reinforcing common European action for the benefit or our society.

New and creative approaches may be required to broaden its attractiveness and reach – e.g. contemporary art forms, design, modern technology and media. Similarly, exposing international audiences more widely to European art, culture and values could raise interest, recognition and potentially lead to increased competitiveness. Cooperation with cultural and creative stakeholders, e.g. artists, actors and designers is encouraged to attract and engage the public and in particular young people.

Europe is in global competition for markets and investments, where industrial and service competitors use every available tool including cultural policy and cultural diplomacy in their international promotion efforts. European research, in cooperation with cultural and creative sectors and a wide range of stakeholders, should contribute new knowledge as well as identifying ways of reinforcing common European action to promote Europe’ s culture, values and interests for the benefit of our societies and prosperity. Digital solutions and cutting-edge technologies should be considered. In order to draw lessons for policy, it is important to assess the actions of competitors, while evaluating the effectiveness of the common European action and its potential. Research should contribute to identifying ways of more effectively promoting common European interests at a global level, leveraging resources and forging closer cooperation between cultural, creative and economic partners.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-03: The role of perceptions, formed by traditions, values and beliefs, in shaping European societies and politics in the 21st century

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Analyse the different factors that form and change people’s perceptions, such as beliefs, values, traditions, economy, history, culture, age and gender, among others.

2.Understand in which way these factors influence and change people's perceptions, their relationship to Europe's historical and cultural past, and how they can contribute to the creation of a more inclusive vision of cultures and values, both European and global.

3.Apprehend the way perceptions shape European societies’ understanding of and responses to the European project.

4.Analyse the ways in which perceptions influence society’s response and preparedness during times of crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on post-crisis European cohesion.

5.Provide recommendations to bring EU policy making closer to people, with an emphasis on young people’s values and behaviour when perceiving pressing social, economic and environmental challenges.

Scope: Values, norms, traditions, beliefs, our historical past, mentalities, age or gender - to name just a few - shape our perceptions, the way we see our societies and the role of the individual, the state and the economy in it. This means that, while speaking of the same subjects, our underlying understanding of them might vary to a certain degree. This has caused misunderstandings and frictions in the European integration process over time, including inter-generational differences. Research should scrutinize the idea of a socially and culturally coherent Europe. While research has tackled various aspects of this topic, it is however necessary to further undertake an in-depth investigation of the role of these factors in and their impact on the European integration process.

Proposals under this topic will identify and examine the factors that influence and change people’s perceptions of the European project over time, under different geographical, political or socio-economic circumstances. Changes may also affect how people’s perceptions are expressed and become visible in different media (e.g. social media, language). Research should also address the role of values and socio-political behaviour in perceiving and dealing with emergencies and economic crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Lessons learnt during the COVID-19 crisis and the recovery period could be used to provide policy scenarios for facing future crises and building resilient and sustainable post-crisis societies. Finally, proposals should investigate the role of perceptions in understanding and interacting with politics and political legitimacy in the EU. They should provide recommendations on how to address these different perceptions in the policy shaping and implementation of the EU integration process.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-04: Traditional crafts for the future: a new approach

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Revive, valorise and foster traditional crafts techniques and combine them with new and emerging cutting-edge technologies.

2.Bring together the traditional know-how with new and/or digital technologies to develop improved and new products, services and professions.

3.Set up platforms and develop methodologies, curricula, entrepreneurship skills and courses for vocational training, to create jobs and revive enterprises where tradition meets the future.

4.Create sustainable relationships and networks between research and heritage sites, cultural and creative sectors, institutions, universities and other research institutions, regional and national authorities, enterprises and other relevant stakeholders, in order to promote innovation, jobs and sustainable growth.

Scope: Traditional artefacts and the old crafts techniques are a significant part of our cultural heritage and arts. They showcase the interpenetrating relationship between material culture and human beings producing or consuming it. Artefacts and traditional objects are cultural products as they store social, personal and cultural memory and knowledge, and they enable the articulation of self-identity in symbolic ways. The transmission and reproduction of traditional know-how is the “conditio sine qua non” for the safeguarding and valorising of these cultural products. Still, they need strong interaction with creation in order to strengthen their impact and attractiveness in society.

The goals of the manufacturing and crafts sector have changed over time. This puts at risk traditional crafts techniques, which are in danger of disappearing, and with them important knowledge and know-how of ancient techniques and materials to produce and restore historic artefacts.

Combining old crafts techniques with cutting-edge new technologies opens up new dimensions and opportunities for the preservation and restoration of cultural goods, as well as for new and high quality products and services on the market. For instance, it has been the case with the cooperation of the traditional north Italian fabrics manufacturing and the European high-end fashion industry.

Proposals under this topic should address these challenges by understanding the techniques of traditional artefacts encompassing the full range of materials (stone, ceramic, porcelain, metal, wood, fabric, paper/papyrus, etc.). R&I actions should aim at reproducing traditional artefacts, traditional techniques and know-how by combining them with new, digital and other cutting-edge technologies. R&I initiatives should identify new areas of application and markets for professions combining traditional crafts with cutting-edge technologies. They should develop methodologies to combine these two approaches while bringing together all stakeholders concerned to set up clusters covering proposals for professional training and platforms connecting, among others, researchers, craftspeople, enterprises and business innovators, in order to bring new products and services on the market. Actions should include proposals for curricula to train in these new technologies, combining traditional skills with new technologies and entrepreneurship to succeed on the market, including specific business plans. The participation of enterprises, SMEs and CCIs is strongly encouraged to ensure appropriate and economically sustainable use of the new products.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-05: Towards a competitive, fair and sustainable European music ecosystem

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two the following expected outcomes:

1.Provide new/improved methodologies for capturing the economic and societal value of music.

2.Develop indicators to better detect the performance of the European music sector and its contribution to economic and social development, as well as to sustainability. Promote standardised data collection about the music (sub-)sector(s) to measure the contribution of the EU music sector to the whole economy, the number of employed in the EU music sector, and music consumption on live, broadcast and digital platforms.

3.Increase the transparency of the music industry, in particular the online/streaming business, through better data provision. Provide an estimation of the impact of music participation to the society.

4.Provide policymakers with effective tools for measuring and enhancing the impact of EU policy making, in the context of Music Moves Europe and beyond, on the music sector.

Scope: Music has an important economic value, but also a fundamental societal impact, contributing to social development and wellbeing. This is particularly relevant in the case of big economic and social crisis, such as the recent one provoked by COVID-19. Of all the cultural and creative sectors, music has also been the one hit the most from the digital revolution, the reduction of physical sales and the concentration of digital distribution in few big players. The sector is currently bearing dramatic consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. Moreover, the music sector is subject to the fast-evolving consumer behaviours related to cultural content consumption and live performances.

At EU level, support for the music sector comes under the Music Moves Europe initiative (MME) 29 along different strands (programme funding, policy cooperation, regulatory measures, dialogue). The lack of reliable and comparable data to develop a competitive, fair and sustainable European music ecosystem is an underlying issue. Therefore, proposals should assess and develop appropriate methodologies and perform quantitative, qualitative and statistical analyses at national and EU level to estimate the economic and the societal impact of the music sector.

Proposals should aim at improving statistical data and methods for capturing the economic impact of the music sector. In estimating the economic value of the sector, proposals should also elaborate on lacking definitions related to national and European repertoire and on methodologies allowing to include, on one side, the many professionals being micro enterprises (and therefore completely excluded from official statistics) and, on the other, big digital platforms, making music available for free via adds or selling of data, that are also not reflected in official European statistics. The results of this research should also show the impact of COVID-19 on the music sector, both live and online. In addition, proposals should further research on the economy of the streaming models: while streaming (for free or via a subscription) services are becoming a main access point for music and are expected to grow even further in the years to come, their economic impact on the whole sector in the long term, in particular on the creators, is still uncertain. Proposals should also include in their analysis the impact of COVID-19 on music consumption through streaming platforms. In particular, they should assess whether the catastrophic economic impact of cancelling live music events has translated into a parallel increase in music consumption and revenues for creators and the music sector as a whole. Proposals should also estimate the economic impact on the music sector of the evolution and future trends of social media platforms and new social media channels, as well as streaming of live music events and new forms of “home-made creation” production. Proposals should assess and develop appropriate methodologies to estimate the societal impact of music. They should map the various forms of music participation: playing, performing, creating and consuming music, and their impact as a source of wellbeing across population segments. Based on innovative approaches and a representative geographic coverage across Europe, proposals should also explain how people engage with music in the age of social media, internet and television across different socio-economic groups.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-06: Increase the potential of the international competitiveness of the European filmmaking industry

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.New knowledge on the needs and developments of the European filmmaking industry, including its various sub-sectors of pre-production, production, post-production and distribution.

2.Provide innovative policy scenarios and tools, including digital ones, for the economic recovery of the sub-sectors affected by the economic recession and the COVID-19 crisis, as well as ways to prevent unemployment in the sector.

3.Increase further the competitiveness of the European filmmaking industry in the international arena.

4.Provide evidence of the users/viewers preferences on filmmaking, as well as limitations to identifying their preferences, in order to widen and diversify audiences.

5.Identify a methodology to better understand the users/viewers preferences on filmmaking.

6.Promote European cultural activity and cultural diversity.

Scope: The European filmmaking industry is a significant sector of the cultural and creative industries and an important element of European economic growth and wellbeing. The filmmaking sector encompasses a considerable number of small and medium-size enterprises, which contribute with sizeable revenues to European GDP. The sector’s presence in the international arena is dynamic. Although it is in third position on the global market, certain sub-sectors, such as the European animation sector, have a rapidly increasing capacity. However, the lack of large and vertically integrated groups able to compete internationally, in combination with the nationally-based companies that were seriously affected by the COVID-19 crisis, will make it difficult for several EU companies to remain competitive in the international filmmaking industry.

Therefore, research will examine the state of the art of the European filmmaking industry, in order to analyse limitations, including institutional frameworks that prevent integration and cause fragmentation. Proposals will assess the needs and developments of the European filmmaking industry and address potentialities for further development. Proposals should study the dynamics (e.g. activity, progress) of different sub-sectors of the filmmaking industry, including the sub-sectors of pre-production, production, post-production and distribution, and analyse the reasons why some sub-sectors are less advanced than others. Elements such as geopolitical relationships should also be taken into consideration in the research. In addition, proposals should address the relevant legal framework that the filmmaking industry has to comply with, in particular related to intellectual property protection, and identify the legal challenges that the EU industry might face. A comparative assessment of the international competitiveness of the European filmmaking industry with that of main competitors (such as the USA, China, India, etc.) should be developed.

Proposals should identify and pilot innovative, scalable and sustainable business models, which will enable the creators to make better use of digital and other technologies and further widen their audience. In addition, they should ensure fair competitiveness and distinctness within the European film environment. Research should also identify how the COVID-19 pandemic, the counter measures and the economic recession have affected those sub-sectors and their workforce, including creators and artists, and provide policy scenarios on how the filmmaking sector could face the impacts of an economic recession/crisis, in a cost efficient and effective manner, and by providing fair and sustainable working conditions. Proposals should also investigate the way in which the filmmaking sector can be organised to afford efficiently future economic recession/crisis and unemployment. This might include the identification of technologies that use data lakes, AI, block-chain and other technologies to build new, user-friendly and efficient revenue models around advertising, subscriptions and IPR protection. In this frame, research might consider collaborative platforms, collaborative advertising systems, IPR/copyright tracking systems, common metadata standards, solutions for vertical integration, content aggregation models, common Video on Demand platforms, etc.

Evidence on the users/viewers preferences on filmmaking and on limitations to identify their preferences should be provided, while the proposals should identify a methodology, which will also assess the users/viewers preferences on filmmaking. Proposals should cover the activity of cinematography, as well as the wide domain of filmmaking, including TV, documentary, animation, scientific films, etc. Proposals should provide policy scenarios with recommendations for the increase of the competitiveness of the European filmmaking industry at the international arena, thus promoting the European cultural activity and cultural diversity.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-07: Protection of artefacts and cultural goods from anthropogenic threats

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Develop non-destructive methods and digital tools for the protection, identification and traceability of cultural goods.

2.Contribute to the protection, tracing, restitution and safeguarding, as well as provenance research of European endangered cultural heritage.

3.Produce evidence-based research to support the deployment of preventative measures against looting and illicit trade of cultural goods.

4.Raise awareness, mobilize and further strengthen cooperation among citizens, stakeholders, experts, policy makers and all actors involved.

Scope: Cultural goods and artefacts are put at risk through a number of man-made actions. The underfinancing and neglecting of heritage sites, as well as looting, smuggling and illicit trade of cultural goods, are major dangers threatening to destroy our cultural heritage. In particular, illicit trafficking of cultural goods – although not being a new phenomenon – has expanded dramatically in recent years, especially in areas affected by armed conflicts and natural disasters. The destruction, theft, looting or smuggling of cultural goods could stem from lack of awareness, but is mostly motivated by the pursuit of profit. Very often, it is also linked to a certain ideology that aims to destroy collective memory and dismember people’s identity. Moreover, the illicit trafficking of cultural property contributes to the funding of terrorism, organised crime and money laundering. Regulations and legal instruments are put in place to criminalize the offences and penalize the offenders, but research is needed at the level of prevention to protect cultural artefacts from falling victims of theft, smuggling or illicit trade.

To address these challenges, proposals under this topic should explore preventive actions such as methods or technologies/materials of non-destructive marking and digital detection of cultural goods with respect to material and nature of artefacts and ways to identify cultural objects. The proposed technologies should be sustainable and detectable, preferably without heavy or expensive equipment 30 . Building on existing research achievements, networks and cooperation facilities, projects should contribute to provenance research of cultural heritage, as well as to further awareness raising and mobilizing the actors involved, such as art dealers, auction houses, policy makers, law enforcement agents, stakeholders or citizens. Proposals are encouraged to include interdisciplinary cooperation with local, regional and national authorities, as well as cultural and creative stakeholders to attract and engage the public, in particular young people. International cooperation is encouraged as appropriate.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-08: Effects of climate change and natural hazards on cultural heritage and remediation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribute to safeguarding and protecting Europe’s cultural heritage from the effects of climate change and natural hazards, including rural and remote areas, coastal and maritime cultural landscapes and underwater heritage.

2.Explore innovative and sustainable ways to protect cultural heritage and cultural landscapes from climate change, disaster risks and pollutants.

Scope: Climate change, through consequences such as global warming, rising sea levels, extended dry seasons or floods and heavy storms, is threatening our built heritage and affecting our cultural landscapes. Acid rain and environmental pollution erode and deface monuments and historical buildings. Accelerated soil erosion threatens buried archaeological heritage, while rising sea levels threaten to cover entire cities under water. Solutions provided by research to this day are not exhaustive and could not always anticipate the worsening or newly emerging effects of continuous climate change. Thus, there is a pressing need to explore and test innovative ways to protect monuments, historical buildings and sites from the effects of climate change and natural hazards.

Proposals under this topic should explore innovative and sustainable ways to protect monuments, historical buildings, archaeological sites and cultural landscapes from climate change effects 31 , natural hazards and environmental pollution, taking into consideration their environmental footprint 32 as well as users’ comfort. Importance should also be given to coastal and maritime regions and underwater heritage, addressing, in particular, the need for research on wetting phenomena and repellence. Proposals can consider cooperation with European Neighbourhood countries as appropriate for achieving their objectives and increasing impact.

Active involvement of citizens, including young people and cooperation with the cultural and creative industries are strongly encouraged to increase citizens’ scientific literacy, raise awareness and ensure the sustainability of the approach.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-09: Games and culture shaping our society

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

1.Evidence of the impact of games on European society, including their cultural value and risks.

2.Evidence of the innovation potential of games and play (on-line or other).

3.New knowledge on the role of the games industry and non-commercial creative practices in the EU to benefit society.

4.Improved knowledge of legal and intellectual property rights issues linked to the gaming population and games industry in the international markets.

5.Proposals for improving games in terms of positive impact on education, skillsets, responsible business models, employment chances, social cohesion and creativity.

Scope: Games are fast growing, fast changing parts of industry known for their advanced role in ICT. Yet, although millions of Europeans play these games, the impact of games on European culture and society, as well as on its cohesion and values has not been thoroughly researched.

Research should address these gaps in knowledge, which include possible differences between age groups, gender and socioeconomic backgrounds, the current situation in game literacy or the digital divide. Games are a form of culture where new communication and languages, as well as new artistic expressions, are being developed in particular by younger generations. However, there is limited knowledge about the potential benefits and shortcomings of games in terms of learning and creativity. In today’s ever-expanding market, games and emerging forms of play are involved in many aspects of our societies. However, research has neither sufficiently addressed the cultural value, impact, innovation potential, nor the possible risks for individuals and society that games can present. Proposals should address the risks brought by the digital game world on phenomena such as social exclusion, intolerance and harassment, with a view to possible policy options and actions.

Proposals should address the role of games in culture and in shaping European societies, their cohesion and values, with the objective of developing new knowledge and evidence for policymaking. Proposals should address legal and IPR issues linked to the gaming population and its creative work. Relevant stakeholders, including CCIs, other creatives, non-commercial interests and policy makers, should be involved to ensure the research and results respond well to the needs. This new knowledge and evidence should provide input for policymaking and for improved practices.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-10: The New European Bauhaus – shaping a greener and fairer way of life in creative and inclusive societies through Architecture, Design and Arts

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Create innovative architectural and design solutions that emphasise the use of new forms and materials in line with the European Green Deal objectives. 33

2.Leverage the social function of architecture, arts and design, combining functionality and sustainability with aesthetics, arts and culture, with the aim of driving social inclusion and accessibility, as well as strengthening the contribution of culture to sustainability.

3.Examine cultural transformations driving sustainability and explore new cooperation paths among relevant stakeholders, including cultural and creative industries 34 , interested in designing a new European way of life in line with the New European Bauhaus. 35  

Scope: The New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative was launched in the autumn 2020 by European Commission President von der Leyen to bring the European Green Deal to life in an attractive, innovative and human-centred way. It is a new cultural project for Europe to lead a whole systemic change with its own aesthetics, sustainability and inclusiveness. This is why it will become a co-creation space where architects, artists, students, engineers, designers, cultural and heritage professionals, and other population groups of society, such as for example persons with disabilities, children, young and older persons, will work together to translate the Green Deal objectives into tangible applications, inclusive and accessible experiences for citizens and stakeholders.

This should be achieved by combining the three dimensions of sustainability, quality (of life, of human experiences, of architecture 36 ) and social inclusion. The NEB is essentially a project that aims to be a bridge between the world of science and technology and the world of art and culture, where citizens shall need to take ownership of the Green Deal. Its potential will depend on its capacity to leverage the power of creativity and innovation by architects, designers and artists in contemporary societies to shape a better way of living in line with the principles of environmental, social, cultural and economic sustainability, paving the way to inclusion, participation and to the creation of more resilient communities.

Multidisciplinary research and innovation involving relevant professionals, as well as citizen and stakeholder engagement, are key factors for the success of the New European Bauhaus initiative, and should characterise proposals under this topic. The NEB is an initiative focused on achieving societal impact, therefore proposals should critically reflect on and elaborate practical solutions to apply its principles to the built environment, public spaces, such as green spaces and living environments that provide space and opportunities for recovery and social contacts, and cultural-artistic practices, across the many different socio-economic and cultural settings in Europe. The role of quality architecture, as exemplified by the Architecture Guide to SDGs 37 , should be considered by focusing on inclusive architecture and design, as a means to embrace human diversity and ensure accessibility and safety for all.

NEB solutions should help to increase recognition and visibility of European artists and creators underpinning emerging talent from Creative Europe platforms.

Proposals should show how they will contribute to developing new applications and new knowledge about the design of a public and private sustainable, inclusive, functional, accessible, aesthetically attractive and resilient built environment. The interconnection between virtual and physical spaces should be taken into consideration, including with a view to the emerging concept of “hybrid environment”.

Research could for example deal with heritage sites and cultural landscapes, aiming to protect and enhance their values in order to improve the well-being and sense of belonging of users/residents, the accessibility for persons with specific fragilities as well as experimenting CCIs-driven innovation in living spaces.

The proposed solutions should be socially, culturally, economically and politically feasible across Europe. Their feasibility should be verified in these terms in at least three different settings and in at least three different Member States/Associated Countries. Practical policy recommendations and guidance based on the findings should be produced for European, national, regional and local authorities.

A balanced overall coverage of EU Member States/Associated Countries should be sought. Citizens and stakeholders should be involved from an early stage. Links should be envisaged with relevant European programmes and initiatives, in particular Horizon Europe, the New European Bauhaus, the European Green Deal and the UNESCO Recommendation on the Historic Urban Landscape 38 .

DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on SOCIAL and ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATIONS

Europe is being transformed by changes that impact the livelihoods and wellbeing of its citizens. Such changes present important opportunities for the EU to innovate and shape forward looking inclusive societies and economies, while avoiding the mistakes of the past and promoting an inclusive recovery that strengthens economic and social resilience. However, demographic changes, digitalisation, automation, environmental degradation, the transition to a low carbon economy and globalisation all pose multidimensional, interconnected and complex social and economic challenges. At the same time, there has been an increase in inequality, poverty and social exclusion, a polarisation of skill needs in the labour market, and a slowdown in convergence in income and employment in most European countries. Inequalities threaten social and territorial cohesion, economic growth and wellbeing. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic has magnified the pervasive inequalities across European societies, with significant differences in the way losses and costs of the COVID-19 pandemic and the crisis that followed are distributed in society. To seize the opportunities emerging from socio-economic transformations in a strongly connected and integrated world, these challenges need to be better understood and tackled.

Population ageing increases social protection spending on pensions, health and long-term care and restricts the capacity of the redistributive system to reduce inequality. Societies also need to adapt to a new role elderly people may have, with their experience and capacity to remain productive. Policies need to support a transition towards more environmentally-friendly ways of producing and providing private and public services, while ensuring all regions and individuals equally benefit from these transitions and that no one is left behind, in particular when it comes to access to essential services. Access to social protection for those in need should be ensured, while making sure that everyone can participate in economic, social, political and cultural developments. Social protection supports individuals in emergencies that they can no longer cope with on their own and, in addition, protect them by means of long-term measures – whether in the event of illness, accident, need for care, unemployment or old age. Moreover, mitigation and adaptation strategies are essential to make sure population movements shaped by these transitions are positive for all areas, and do not contribute to deepening the divide between regions or countries.

Education and training are key long-term factors in preventing and reversing inequalities and promoting equal opportunities, inclusion and social mobility. However, the educational outcomes of younger generations are still determined to a large extent by the socio-economic background of their parents rather than by their own potential. Promoting and ensuring inclusion and equity in education and training is thus fundamental in breaking these patterns.

In this context, it is important to reflect on the nature of economic growth and the need to better capture the different dimensions of social progress. It is increasingly important to distinguish between the different purposes of measurement: economic activity, social and cultural wellbeing and sustainability, and to develop relevant indicators. This is particularly the case as the pervasive effects of the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the economic performance and socio-economic fabric of many countries in Europe.

Migration has been a critical component of the makeup of European societies, one that is likely to dominate policy and political agendas for many years to come. It is an issue requiring comprehensive and coordinated European responses in order to ripen its benefits, both inside and outside the EU, involving Member States, Associated and partner countries, EU actors, as well as local and regional authorities, civil society organisations, migrants’ representatives – including migrant organisations – and economic and social partners. Partnerships between these stakeholders are needed to make the most of the positive consequences of migration, as well as ensuring that migration occurs in an orderly and dignified manner. The task of research is to better understand migration in a global and EU context, assist in its governance, support security and help the socio-economic as well as civil-political inclusion of migrants in European societies. It can enhance policies by providing evidence on the causes and consequences of the phenomena and facilitate timely response by identifying trends and suggesting possible policy solutions.

The implementation of the research activities in the two calls of this Destination will contribute to a comprehensive and reflective European strategy for inclusive growth, including social, economic, ecological and historical dimensions. This will strengthen the resilience of the EU and of its citizens, and will ensure that no one is left behind, including through the accumulation and preservation of human capital in the face of old and new risks. It will equally support productivity gains and their fair distribution, as well as boosting social and economic resilience that is essential to face situations of crisis such as in the case of COVID-19. Activities will contribute to EU migration and mobility policies, both internal and external. The overall knowledge generated, including a holistic understanding of societal wellbeing, will feed into the design of policy strategies in line with the above mentioned objectives and will facilitate the assessment of policy needs and outcomes in the field of the societal and economic transformations.

The Destination calls for proposals that may help in reaching these key strategic policy objectives in the EU. It invites proposals to do so by integrating feedback loops with stakeholders and policymakers that may help in developing suggestions and recommendations throughout their lifecycles. These proposals should take into consideration the stakeholders associated to the decisions that are suggested, and should also account for the context in which decisions are made. Therefore, in order to maximize and facilitate the uptake of group-sensitive recommendations in policy, they should include analyses of political and financial trade-offs associated to the recommendations produced, reflecting also on contextual changes needed to implement proposals developed. Proposals are also invited to build upon previous research funded by Horizon 2020, valorising its experience and findings.

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following targeted expected impacts of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

1.Social and economic resilience and sustainability are strengthened through a better understanding of the social, ethical, political and economic impacts of drivers of change (such as technology, globalisation, demographics, mobility and migration) and their interplay.

Inclusive growth is boosted and vulnerabilities are reduced effectively through evidence-based policies for protecting and enhancing employment, education, social fairness and tackling inequalities, including in response to the socio-economic challenges due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

57.00

07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

90.00

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

57.00

90.00

Call - Inclusiveness in times of change

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 39

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 40

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 07 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01

CSA

3.00

2.00 to 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03

RIA

10.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07

RIA

8.00

3.00 to 4.00

2

Overall indicative budget

57.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Estimates of irregular migrants in Europe - stakeholder network

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhance EU migration governance by providing a rigorous review of estimates on irregular migrants living in the EU, including those working.

2.Enhance statistics and data on migration by developing methodologies to estimate the number of irregular migrants across different EU legislative and statistical contexts.

3.Assess viability, costs and economic, socio-demographic and health benefits of regularisation programs, including consideration for their possible signalling effect to incentivise further migration. Propose EU and context specific policy measures accordingly, in articulation with the general EU migration management framework.

Scope: Irregular migrants are, by definition, difficult to capture in population statistics. As such, it remains unknown how many irregular migrants are in the EU and in the various EU Member States today. This is a challenge, given that policymakers have limited capacity to develop policies targeted to a group of people that is ill-defined. This is even more challenging in situations such as the Covid-19 pandemic, given the difficulties in accounting for a sizeable part of population ‘in the shadows’.

Proposals should comparatively assess legal frameworks across the EU that determine the irregular status of migrants (also considering the issue of ‘tolerated status’), and comprehensively assess their impact. Proposals should also evaluate this against existing statistics, analysing who is counted as regular, who as irregular and consequent discrepancies in datasets across Europe resulting from different methodologies and policy frameworks. Thereby, proposals should determine effective methodologies to address such issues. To the extent possible, they should also use available datasets to estimate number of irregular migrants residing in Member States. Project proposals should focus on at least 10 EU countries with a geographical balance across the EU. Proposals are encouraged to account for the sustainability of the project building a pan-European network with the potential to sustain and update estimates through time.

Proposals should also build a network of stakeholders from different national contexts, including, but not limited to, researchers, policymakers (from both EU institutions and Member States), civil society and employers. This network should develop an overview and review of existing knowledge on regularisation schemes for irregular migrants, presenting policy suggestions by identifying what works and what does not. In doing so, it should identify what financial and political costs are associated with the options suggested, considering the relation of this policy with the broader migration management framework.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Providing support in a changing world of work and social protection

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Better understand the labour market impacts of the arising new forms of work on the European welfare systems, cast against a background of demographic changes, globalisation, digitalisation and a green transition.

2.Propose policy measures for adapting welfare systems to improve their contribution to reducing socio-economic inequalities and poverty, to protecting people from various forms of hardship and to providing the possibility for atypical workers and the self-employed to transition towards more stable work relationships if desired, while acting as an important catalyst for economic prosperity.

3.Draw lessons from recent policy interventions in a contextual manner and propose adjustment measures.

Scope: Welfare states play an integral role in reducing socio-economic inequalities and lifelong consequences of growing up in poverty, as well as in protecting people from various forms of hardship (such as unemployment and ill health) and in providing the possibility for atypical workers and the self-employed to shift towards more stable work relationships, if desired. They are also an important catalyst for economic prosperity. On the medium term however, Europe is expected to face intense demographic changes coupled with a decarbonisation of its economy, globalisation and digitalisation, all of which affect the labour market and related welfare state. At the same time, new forms of work arise, and these risk creating jobs that contribute less to and are less protected by the welfare state.

Innovative research that investigates and provides new understanding about the impact of such changes on the European labour market and related welfare systems is therefore needed, to ensure that welfare systems adapt accordingly and continue to fulfil the above mentioned roles.

Research activities may focus on the interaction between welfare policies and labour market aspects of demographic change (such as ageing, changes in household patterns, evolution of gender roles, etc.). They may alternatively concentrate on the interaction between welfare policies and labour market aspects of globalisation (such as trade liberalisation, immigration, tax competition, etc.), of digitalisation or of the green transition (such as task automation, increased career heterogeneity, job transitioning, work-home balance, need for reskilling, upskilling and lifelong learning, etc.). For example, proposals may consider the impact of an ageing population on public revenues and expenditure, while exploring alternative tax structures, tax bases and revenue sources to be implemented in an increasingly globalised economy. Proposals may otherwise investigate the impact of precariousness, unemployment and increasing job transitions on the psychosocial work environment, on social security systems, economic competitiveness and the overall mental health and wellbeing of concerned individuals, including children and youth. Furthermore, they may explore the ways in which market access and digitalisation should be shaped to enable transitions into decent work and increased socio-economic security and the role of welfare on stimulating entrepreneurship and risk-taking.

Where relevant, activities should build upon existing research, draw lessons from recent policy interventions in a contextual and transdisciplinary manner and propose adjustment measures, or test them through social innovation experiments.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Determining key drivers of inequality trends

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Analyse the main drivers of inequality trends, considering both inequality of opportunities and inequality of outcomes in terms of conditions of life, economic resources and health, analyse the interplay between inequalities in different spheres of life, and identify policy factors for tackling them.

2.Identify and analyse different drivers of inequalities at the local, regional, national and supranational level and identify the governance levels best placed to act.

3.Produce research evidence, guidance and recommendations for policy-makers, social partners, firms and stakeholders to tackle unsustainable trends and reverse inequalities.

4.Understand key drivers of increasing territorial inequalities and identify policy factors at different governance levels for tackling urban and rural decline.

5.Understand how people perceive these inequalities (depending on culture, age, gender, etc.)

Scope: In the light of increasing economic and social inequalities and regional disparities in terms of both economic and other outcomes and opportunities, research should analyse the main reasons for the increasing inequalities reported in the last decades worldwide and, thereby, identify whether this is primarily policy driven and/or the result of different factors related to globalisation and technological innovations. More specifically, research should examine whether inequality dynamics are determined by different trends:

1.pre-market processes including the transfer of inequalities and resources across generations (the role of cultural capital, unequal familial and background factors, paying special attention to single-parent families with dependent children; unequal access to education and training of adequate quality and content at all levels, including early childhood education and care, digital skills training or to employment counselling)

2.in-market processes (labour market dynamics and institutions including employment contracts and working conditions, capital and goods market structure; increasing relevance of superstar firms; globalized value chains, allocation of labour on a global scale, diffusion of innovation across firms)

3.post-market processes (tax-benefit policies)

4.other processes (public policies, tax evasion, discrimination, digital inequality, institutionalised racism, gender gap, effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, climate change, etc.)

5.the dynamic interplay between different forms of inequalities across different spheres and stages of life.

Research should also identify means to attenuate the trends of increasing inequalities. Part of the reasons for the rising inequalities may come from suboptimal labour market dynamics. Research should therefore also analyse the main features and institutional set up determining effective and well-performing labour markets, also with the view to help accelerating labour market and economic convergence within Member States and across EU Member States.

Research should consider and advise on how current social, cultural, and economic transformations should be best steered, so that they are fair and socially just, and do not further increase existing inequalities or create new ones. Research should include a focus on territorial inequalities and the loss of economic weight of the middle-class and on the COVID-19 economic crisis, with its unequal distributional effects for those suffering the most. Local and regional levels seem to gain momentum, but comparative research is needed in order to understand the roles of local and regional stakeholders in the struggle with inequalities. Almost everywhere in the European Union, territorial inequalities are producing what has been recently labelled as “left-behind places” in which “mainstream” development policies fail to reverse the trends of increasing inequalities. It is therefore important to compare the capacity of local stakeholders in such declining urban and rural territories to implement innovative redevelopment policies based on a better understanding of the local assets of “left-behind places”. Finally, research may assess how the digitalisation of societies (and in particular the public sector) can contribute to reducing inequalities (e.g. reducing digital skills gap, engaging vulnerable groups in the policymaking process, more inclusive digital public services policies).

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Addressing poor learning outcomes in basic skills and early school leaving at national, regional and local level in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Support research and policy action to address low-achievement in basic skills as well as in digital skills, prevent school dropout, thereby increasing social upward mobility in Europe.

2.Examine the quality of learning outcomes for primary and secondary school pupils and their determinants, including the influence of high quality early childhood education and care (ECEC).

3.Analyse and recommend possible policy approaches to address underachievement, evaluate successful and less successful policies and practices based on scientific research and evidence, as well as mobilise stakeholders to design innovative policy solutions, which can be scalable and replicable by other projects and stakeholders.

4.Understand, explain and tackle better the challenge of underachievement in relation to school dropout mentioned above, i.e. in the context of early tracking policies, while focusing in particular on students belonging to vulnerable populations most affected by dropout (socio-economically disadvantaged groups, Roma, migrants, refugees, etc.).

5.Explore good practices in school guidance, orientation and tutorial actions in current educational contexts, addressing low-achievement in basic skills as well as tackling early school leaving, in order to support educational stakeholders and foster school inclusiveness.

Scope: Proposals should concentrate on the institutional, socio-economic, cognitive, cultural, linguistic gender, psycho-emotional and well-being determinants, as well as the root causes of underachievement and school dropout at primary, secondary and post-secondary levels of education. They should adopt a general life-long learning (LLL) approach, in which the development of the key competence of learning to learn is crucial. Proposals should take into account inequalities and the educational actions to overcome them. In addition, the action should examine the causes of underachievement related with the availability and quality of early childhood education and care (ECEC). This should enable the formulation of novel policy measures and targeted actions aimed at reducing the compounded impact of underachievement and school dropout on socio-economic fairness and inter-generational mobility in Europe. The action could also consider experimental research in order to better test the tools, the methods and the organisation of education by involving social and civil society actors, as well as relevant stakeholders.

The proposals should develop a specific diagnosis and targeted methodologies for combatting persistent low levels and negative trends in learning outcomes in Europe, by devising strategies and policy recommendations to improve social inclusion, learning and cognitive skills. The action should focus on student proficiency in reading, mathematics and science, while also taking into account the importance of supporting and reinforcing the development of other key competences and basic skills. It should look equally at the effects of tracking between different educational pathways and the impact on different target groups, especially vulnerable and marginalised communities. The action should provide a comparative assessment of existing policies targeting the achievement gap. Proposals should focus especially on the socio-economic background of multi-disadvantaged learners and their educational outcomes, as well as on the issue of persons not in education, employment or training (NEETs). Finally, they should involve relevant educational stakeholders with a double goal of allowing co-creation and enhancing societal impact in the future.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Integration of emerging new technologies into education and training

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increase the shared critical understanding of the potential, opportunities, barriers, accessibility issues and risks of using emerging technologies for teaching and learning, as well considering the framework for the sustainable digitisation of education and learning in the future.

2.Support education and training systems with research on the adaptation and mainstreaming of the use of digitally enhanced pedagogies, in order to augment and extend learning, while also maintaining its human dimension and social relevance.

3.Share evidence and good practice on equipping teachers, trainers, educational leaders and learners with the skills necessary for the use of technology in creative, critical, competent and inclusive ways

4.Analyse the needs for adequate teacher training in relation with new educational technologies.

Scope: Proposals should support the purposeful and pedagogical use of emerging technologies, including applications of artificial intelligence (AI), virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR) and robotics in education and training, in order to foster 21st century skills such as communication, collaboration, digital literacy, critical as well as design thinking and creativity. This in turn should allow for more personalized and flexible ways of learning, including online and blended delivery. Proposals should also examine the link with big data, learning analytics and artificial intelligence, to efficiently support distance learning. Research should focus on how different learners experience and benefit, or are excluded from, digitally enhanced learning (e.g. male and female students, students of a migrant background, students with disabilities, and/or learning difficulties, gifted and talented students, urban and rural populations, young and adult learners, etc.). Proposals should tackle as well the potential negative effects of using technologies in schools, such as cyber bullying, while also looking at the positive effects of using such technologies to increase students’ learning opportunities. In addition, the research should explore the effects of digital technologies on the learning of basic skills. It should also examine the resilience and the capacity for effective mass-deployment of e-learning capabilities in cases of crises, major emergencies such as the COVID-19 pandemic, disruptive events as well as man-made or natural disasters, which can undermine the human and social dimension of learning. Finally, it should also explore multi-stakeholder involvement and cooperation patterns in this context. The perspectives of educators, parents, and students should inform this analysis.

The action should identify barriers, enablers and framework conditions for successfully embedding emerging technologies in educational practices, including necessary innovation skills for teachers. It should also look at the positive and negative effects of digital technologies on learning, educational outcomes and basic skills. This should be done in sustainable and ecologically responsible ways, addressing accessibility in an inclusive manner, and providing for the gradual move from small-scale projects and pilots to mainstream implementation and adoption. The ethical use of data generated by digital learning platforms and tools should equally be a particular focus. Finally, the proposals should also assess potential vulnerabilities and negative unforeseen consequences, which might arise from the use of new technologies.

Proposals should analyse the shifting role of teachers, trainers and educational leaders in the digital transition affecting education and training as well as their training needs, including digital and leadership skills, required in an emerging society of permanent and quick technological change. The action should address the active involvement of educators in shaping and co-designing education and training technological products and tools. The proposals should also examine the support necessary for Initial Teacher Education institutions for the development of innovative training programmes for pre-service teachers, fostering their future digital competence and confidence.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Towards a new normal? Employment and social impacts of changing supply chains and declining trade intensities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Develop knowledge on the ongoing and expected changes and disruptions in trade patterns, global value chains and production networks.

2.Identify innovative ways to maximise the potential and mitigate the adverse social, economic and environmental impacts of changes in global value chains and international trade patterns in European urban and rural areas. Research should take into consideration impacts on employment, job quality, economic growth, income inequalities and on social cohesion and well-being.

3.Assess the impacts of the coronavirus pandemic and related public health crisis on global value chains, production networks and security of supplies, and their short- and longer-term implications for employment and social resilience in the EU.

4.Unfold policy scenarios for future value chain developments, production networks and level playing field trade relations, which will ensure security of strategic supplies, strengthen the economic resilience of societies, foster sustainable employment creation in the EU and mitigate the impacts of future trade and value chains disruptions on EU employment.

5.Produce new, innovative methodologies and ways for assessing and monitoring the level playing field developments in trade and value chains in the EU.

Scope: Globalization has expanded the value and supply chains and shifted trade patterns and dynamics. On the one hand, the fall of transportation costs, the accelerating digitalisation and the reduction of obstacles to international trade have facilitated the integration of EU companies in global value chains and supported job creation. On the other hand, the profound transformations of global value chains, trade and production networks have raised significant social, economic and environmental challenges, including increasing divergence in productivity, labour market effects in the EU, decent work and working conditions in low-cost production countries slow progress towards resource-efficiency and decarbonisation, lack of security of and access to strategic supplies.

Research should first conceptualise the actual global and sectoral trade patterns, value chains, supply chains and production networks in light of the EU’s long-term policy priorities of social resilience and competitive sustainability. It should then analyse the impacts of different trade patterns, value chains and production networks on the EU value added, labour market, income inequalities, decent work and social cohesion in urban and rural areas, taking into account gender differences. Research should develop a comparative assessment with the main strategic partners and provide innovative, forward-looking policy scenarios with recommendations for future global value chains, trade patterns and trade intensities, which will ensure security of strategic supplies, promote a high level of employment and tackle income inequalities in the EU, while safeguarding job quality and social and territorial cohesion. The policy scenarios should take into consideration analytical approaches, which will improve the economic and environmental performance of supply chains in the EU. The policy scenarios and recommendations should focus on EU, national and sectoral strategies, policy measures and targeted actions aimed at shaping fair, inclusive and sustainable trade patterns, value and supply chains as well as production networks. They should be coherent with the EU long-term policy priorities of social and economic resilience, competitive sustainability and the twin transition (digital and green).

The proposals should take into consideration the impacts of the coronavirus pandemic and the related public health crisis on trade patterns and global value chains as well as the impacts of international trade disruptions, due to the lockdown measures, on added value, EU employment, job quality, income inequality and social cohesion.

Proposals will further develop innovative methodologies for assessing and monitoring, quantitatively and qualitatively, level playing field developments in trade, value chains, supply chains and employment. The innovative methodologies should also cover level playing field developments in key policy areas of taxation, competition and social policies.

The research will deploy multi-disciplinary methodologies and target multi-dimensional aspects, developing cross-sectoral and forward-looking responses, involving external stakeholders and experts, including European social partners, regional and national authorities and international trade, labour market and social policy experts.

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Upgrading Independent Knowledge on Contemporary China in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to strengthen the European capacity to create and to foster/bolster the production of independent European knowledge on contemporary China needed to safeguard and advance the Union’s strategic interests going forward through the development of fact-based and unbiased analyses, foresight, and expertise, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States and Associated Countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 41 .

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Take stock, identify weaknesses, and advance our knowledge on contemporary China’s social, cultural, political, and economic characteristics, on the impact of its foreign policy, and on its compliance with international obligations/laws/norms (or lack thereof). Scrutinize new global narratives and how these compare and interact with European interests and values and identify possible areas of mutually beneficial cooperation

2.Incrementally develop and network independent European knowledge and expertise on Contemporary China in order to mainstream knowledge and enhance the European capacity to bring forward coherent and fact-based policy-making. This should be done by taking into account and building upon existing knowledge and relevant networks already being developed and/or strengthened at the level of Member States in order to increase knowledge sharing across Europe, create new synergies between knowledge nodes, and complement existing knowledge enhancing strategies.

Scope: Europe aims for a realistic, assertive and multi-faceted approach to China (Joint Communication “EU-China – A Strategic Outlook”, 2019). China and the EU are two of the three largest economies and traders in the world and in the last few decades, China’s economic and political dimensions have grown with unprecedented scale and speed. Recent developments within the international system including, the creation of new global frameworks and multilateral institutions such as the Belt and Road Initiative, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank or the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership, and China’s growing presence in key international institutions, have unveiled a newfound Chinese pro-activeness in the international sphere. Today China is a key global actor and a leading scientific and technological power. This results in an increase in bilateral and multilateral engagements on a vast variety of issues such as trade, research/technology, sustainable development, climate change, foreign direct investment, and human rights. At the same time, this rise has exposed the weakness Europe faces in its capacity to better understand China in its various specificities, complexities, and goals and respond to its rapid evolution and new policy directions. As China becomes ever more prevalent in a wide array of policy areas, upgrading, supporting, connecting, and mainstreaming knowledge on the topic in Europe has become a necessity for policy-makers, stakeholders, and civil society at large in order to better navigate strategic opportunities and challenges with foresight instead of reacting with delay. Because of China’s increasing relevance, Europe needs to get to know and understand it on its own terms: not through the lens of other external sources but from its own European perspective. The upgrade needs to be based on independent European analysis grounded in facts and insights from science and research carried out in academia and by independent think thanks as well as surveys and trend analysis on experiences of stakeholders engaged in a number of areas. At the intersection of science, economics and foreign affairs, Europe should support an independent understanding of China and its overall defining social, economic, and political characteristics.

Projects are expected to address the following: further deepen European independent knowledge/understanding of China’s social, cultural, political, and economic characteristics, of the impact of its foreign policy, and of its compliance with international obligations/laws/norms (or lack thereof). Analyse new global narratives and study how these compare and interact with European interests and values, while acknowledging and reflecting Europe’s diversity. Enhance the visibility of our independent expertise and mainstream knowledge on China to increase its appeal in learning/research institutions among students. Stimulate and support the creation of independent knowledge on contemporary China to increase the level of “knowledge autonomy/independence” through the creation of new connections and synergies between intra-European China knowledge nodes from across all relevant organizations and joint research projects.

Call - A sustainable future for Europe

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 42

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 43

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 20 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10

RIA

9.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

Overall indicative budget

90.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Public policies and indicators for well-being and sustainable development

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.An empirical analysis of different processes of economic growth, identifying the extent to which they are inclusive and sustainable (determinants of social, economic inclusion and environmental impacts).

2.A theoretical assessment of the linkages between the standard economic growth paradigm and the dimensions of sustainable development (social, economic, health and environmental).

3.Pave out possible avenues for the taking up of a novel growth framework to support inclusive and sustainable policies.

Scope: The RIA should support the transition towards a “sustainability paradigm”, identifying the socio-economic inequalities and the distribution of benefits of economic growth between individuals, also taking into account the environmental impacts and limits of such growth. The action should use macro and/or micro data to identify the distributive effects of economic growth in terms of income and wealth, identifying which population groups benefitted or not and the related determinants. Proposals should cover a broad range of European countries (also the regional dimension where appropriate), as well as a sufficient number of non-European countries (e.g. from Africa, Asia, Latin America, North America) for ensuring an international comparison of the analysis, thus international cooperation is strongly encouraged. Proposals should include any potential relationship that the transition towards a “sustainability paradigm” might have with notions of environmental justice and injustice, seeking out any individuals who might be negatively impacted by the transition and ensure the inclusion of their perspectives. The analysis may take into account the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic crisis.

Research efforts should identify and propose indicators to measure well-being and sustainable development, accounting also for the measurement framework in the “beyond GDP” approaches. In particular, proposals should reconcile the new sustainable development goals (no poverty, environmental and climate hazards, societal cohesion and inclusion, good health, human well-being and gender equality) with the standard framework (productivity and consumption as the main objectives and metrics of economic growth) improving the critical understanding of the trade-offs and synergies. Project activities can also include the development of indicators for that purpose. The proposals should address the following questions: Is it possible to reconcile sustainability targets with productivity growth? How is social and economic inclusion and inequality affected? How can we drive the transition from a carbon-based linear, not sustainable economy to a carbon-free circular, sustainable well-being economy? Research may develop a platform in collaboration with relevant stakeholders to promote integrated thinking by combining financial, social and environmental returns, including disciplines as finance, economics, sustainability and environmental studies, strategic management, sociology and law.

Finally, proposals should assess possible ways to adopt such new economic development framework, identifying policy options and regulatory solutions to address the trade-offs and synergies for the transition towards a sustainable and competitive development path (i.e. competitive sustainability), ensuring economic and social inclusion for more resilient societies.

International cooperation with partners from third countries, e.g. with Africa is encouraged.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: The impact of spatial mobility on European demographics, society, welfare system and labour market

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Analyse the demographic, economic, social and cultural effects of mobility in European countries, from a sending and receiving side.

2.Envisage policies that counter brain drain and labour exploitation phenomena and enhance joint building of human capital across regions and countries.

3.Identify effective policies to promote rural development and sustainability and address regional inequalities.

Scope: Proposals should analyse drivers and effects of demographically declining and left behind areas in Europe. They may develop a typology of such areas that would help in developing policies best aligned with the needs of different areas. Projects should focus in particular on spatial mobility, including, but not limited to, urban-rural, inter-regional and intra-EU mobility, and the interactions of different policies affecting these flows, as well as linkages to mobility flows of non-European migrants. The proposals should assess, in an interdisciplinary way, the pros and cons of spatial mobility from an individual, economic, labour market and administrative perspective in both sending and receiving areas, in order to provide a new framework to understand these flows. Different temporal forms of mobility, such as circular, chained, short term and permanent, should be addressed, as well as differences between labour, student, life style, leisure and retirement motivated mobility. Proposals should also include considerations on the circulation of workers in the EU and on the disruption caused by the COVID-19 emergency and its impact on European borders and freedom of movement.

Proposals should analyse the relation between freedom of movement within or between EU Member States and Associated Countries and the development of both sending and receiving areas, taking into account demographic and historical trends, gender, age, social and labour market characteristics. Research should focus on practices that lead to synergetic benefits for both areas concerned, going beyond a framework of mobility with winners and losers. Proposals should include a focus on the return of individuals to their place and/or country of origin, on the conditions upon which this occurs and to the benefits that this may lead to. Proposals should also consider determinants of immobility, and study patterns, drivers and effects of mobility in conjuncture to analyses of those individuals that under the same circumstances decide not to move. Projects analysing these elements should also consider the impact of such forms of mobility for the livelihoods of individuals moving and of those who stay.

Proposals should help policymakers developing policies that contribute harnessing the positive elements of mobility and may limit the negative effects. They should do so by considering the different types of areas of origin, and catering for the different needs that these may have. Proposals should select cases from a wide variety of EU and Associated Countries, and comparative research across cases is highly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Conditions of irregular migrants in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

·Develop new knowledge on the conditions and vulnerabilities of irregular migrants in the EU, their access to basic rights and services in the EU, their activities and their impact on the labour market.

·Enhance EU migration governance by appraising policy responses to irregular migration management and their effect.

·Propose policy measures to uphold basic rights of irregular migrants and needs of host communities.

·Provide tools and options for enhancing the protection of irregular working migrants, and identify to what extent sectors of the economy rely on their work.

Scope: Irregular arrivals to the EU have been significant in the past years, often in the context of mixed migration, including significant numbers of asylum seekers. Adding to existing populations of irregular migrants, many are not granted asylum, and as return rates also remain low, it is evident that a sizeable number of migrants remain in irregular status in the EU. This is problematic for the migrants, who are easily exploitable due to their status. This is also problematic for the host country, as irregular migrants participate in the black labour market and largely remain outside of integration pathways. In some cases, this exploitation also applies to intra EU mobile citizens.

Proposals should analyse the conditions of irregular migrants in the EU Member States and Associated Countries, and, where relevant, of intra EU mobile citizens in informal or exploitative conditions. Attention should be paid to conditions for access to basic services and rights, as well as their activities and participation in (informal) labour markets. In analysing the activities and work of irregular migrants (and where relevant of intra EU mobile citizens), proposals should also analyse the reliance of particular sectors of the economy on this irregular workforce, revealing its causes and consequences. Research should include a focus on gender issues, and may also analyse the consequences of irregularity for family members with different status in households. It should develop comparative analyses across the EU Member States and Associated Countries as regards these conditions and activities. Proposals may also include an analyses of legislative frameworks aimed to protect the rights of irregular migrants and/or sanction exploitative employers, as well as their implementation, e.g. migrants’ access to protection.

Proposals may also consider the role of host communities vis-à-vis the presence and needs of irregular migrants living without access to basic rights. They should provide options for enhancing the protection of migrants and those providing assistance to them. These analyses could be enhanced by including a focus on the socio-economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on irregular migrants, their employers and/or those providing assistance to them.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Decision-making processes of (aspiring) migrants

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhance EU migration policy by shedding light on micro- and meso-level drivers of migration.

2.Assess how far policies take into account behaviours of migrants when aiming at regulating migration.

3.Show how migration decisions change along the journey, and at what stage policies are more likely to play a role in shaping migration outcomes.

Scope: Studies on macro-level determinants of migration have linked structural factors and a number of social processes to migration outcomes. However, there is a scarcity of research that considers the way in which meso-social and micro-individual levels interact with each other and with macro-level determinants, and play a role in shaping decisions to migrate, or not.

Proposals should develop analyses of decisions taken by individuals to stay in their place of origin (village, city, country and region) or to leave. They should therefore consider the individual micro-level of decision-making, and should also consider the timing of such decisions and the drivers of the aspiration to migrate or lack thereof. Proposals should also take into consideration individual perceptions of structural factors (e.g. socio-economic, political, climate-related) and the way in which they influence such decisions.

Proposals should also combine such micro-level analyses with meso-level considerations of the context in which such decisions are formed, with due attention for differences across socio-demographic characteristics (e.g. gender, age, education level, socioeconomic status, ethnicity). Research may take stock of the available literature on the role family households play in shaping decisions to migrate, but is encouraged to go beyond, looking at societal drivers including local, regional and national politics and dynamics, events, narratives, histories and cultural and diaspora ties.

Proposals should also consider how decisions to migrate are dynamic and adapt to different contexts in time and place. In such sequence of decisions, different drivers of decision-making may intervene at the different phases of the migration cycles and journeys, which proposals should consider. Consideration should be given to the role played by the availability, or lack of, legal channels for migration, when opting for an irregular alternative, and the information available on such options. Proposals may also focus, where relevant, on the role of smuggling and trafficking networks and on past experiences and traditions of return migration.

The analyses developed should shed light on the capacity of migration policies to effectively shape and/or affect migration journeys, and at what stage this occurs or may occur. Analyses should also evaluate the extent to which policies implemented consider the behaviours of migrants. Projects are strongly encouraged to develop innovative and participatory methodologies, including behavioural approaches to studies of individual decision-making. International cooperation is strongly advised, in particular with African countries.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Gender and social, economic and cultural empowerment

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Achieve a better understanding of gendered power relations across the social and economic spheres, taking into account intersections between gender and other social categories such as ethnicity, social origin, disability and sexual orientation, and the cumulative effects of multiple forms of discrimination and disadvantages. Provide evidence base about the role of education and the media in perpetuating or breaking stereotypes.

2.Help reverse socio-economic and cultural inequalities and promote gender equality, thus supporting the realisation of the global 2030 Agenda’s Sustainable Development Goal 5 on achieving gender equality and empowering all women and girls.

Scope: Full gender equality in the distribution and concentration of power in all political, social, cultural and economic spheres is far from being realised: in EIGE’s Gender Equality Index 2020 , the domain of Power scores the lowest across all six domains with an EU average of only 53.5 out of 100. Gendered power relations do not only concern decision-making and politics, but are also reflected in our everyday lives, including in the workplace, academia, arts and culture, the private and public spheres, education and early-childhood socialisation. While there has been much research on inequalities and power relations in these different areas, this has not always translated into practical, sustainable and structural change on policy and societal level. In the light of economic crises, pandemics, and the climate emergency, it is crucial to re-examine these power relations and provide innovative solutions and policy responses to advance women’s empowerment.

Proposals are expected to address the following: Propose a theoretical framework to understand the formation of gendered power hierarchies leading to systematic and structural forms of discriminations, social and economic inequalities and gender-based violence. This should feed into developing solutions on how to address inequalities and underlying causes related to society’s perception and construction of gender norms, masculinities, femininities and gender diverse identities. Consider how intersectionality of gender with, e.g., ethnicity, social origin, religion, disability, and sexual orientation impacts one’s position and rights in society and social hierarchy, as well as one’s life and career choices.

Proposals should analyse the interrelations of power and barriers to gender equality between different social and economic issues including, inter alia: policy- and decision-making, labour market participation and the gender pay gap, workplace and work-life balance arrangements, gender-based and domestic violence, reproductive rights, gender roles in education, and cultural representations, including in art and the media. Particular attention should be paid to differing cultural contexts across the EU and among Associated and third countries studied, as well as to specific contexts of economic crises, pandemics, climate change, and the ‘future of work’. The action should propose concrete, practical solutions, innovative tools and policy responses to dismantle structural and systematic roots of unequal power distribution between women and men on all levels and promote women’s social and economic empowerment. To achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, as well as the development of social innovation approaches, which can foster new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Overcoming discrimination for an inclusive labour market

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Identify suitable theoretical and application-oriented concepts that foster inclusion in the labour market.

2.Develop innovative policy approaches to promote inclusion, inclusiveness and quality employment of the considered groups.

3.Help develop evidence-based policy responses to fight discrimination and promote inclusion and upward convergence in employment.

4.Develop practices that facilitate reduction of employment gaps between vulnerable and mainstream groups, such as persons with disabilities and those without, women and men, migrants and non-migrants, people of different ethnic or racial backgrounds, etc.

5.Identify and compare the usefulness of different options for policies and measures.

6.Identify relevant actors to achieve effective results (institutions at different scales, civil society organizations, etc.) and explore their roles and interaction.

Scope: New and innovative ways of integration into the labour market of the most vulnerable groups need to be explored and tested with the objective to reduce inequalities and promote social inclusion. These vulnerable groups include people discriminated on the basis of disability and health, age, gender, language, racial or ethnic origin, sexual orientation, civil and family status and religious belonging. As an important basis for this, suitable theoretical inclusion concepts should be identified and developed, such as e.g. interoperable and comparative European indicators and standards. Research should identify barriers for increasing inclusiveness in the labour market, covering elements such as disability and health, age, gender, language, racial or ethnic origin (exploring for example factors such as accent, name or looking biases in hiring contexts), sexual orientation, civil and family status including caring responsibilities (e.g. mothering) and religious belonging, with regard to both quantity and quality of employment. Research activities should take a holistic approach (e.g. taking into account increasing accessibility across-the-board; availability of assistive technologies, the level of provided reasonable accommodation and supported employment for persons with disabilities; developing collective agreements tackling economic, employment and welfare inequality by gender and vulnerable group, and considering also causes originating in the education system).

Research should address the disadvantages and barriers faced, collect data on measures to improve the situation, and provide a thorough analysis of the impact and efficacy of existing policy measures, such as positive discrimination provisions and quotas. For example, in the case of people with disabilities, research should take stock of the reasonable accommodation tools and support provided across Member States and Associated Countries to compile a comprehensive catalogue. Proposals should also include a focus on ethnic/racial discrimination at times of pandemics such as COVID-19, and longer-term implications. Proposals may include also a focus on specific segments of labour markets, like domestic work, care work, courier and delivery services, garbage collection and commercial employees, highlighted during the COVID-19 crisis.

Research should also involve employers, including SMEs, and address their potential concerns. Civil society organisations representing those vulnerable groups, as well as trade unions should also be involved. The role of educational institutions, work integration social enterprises, the family and family associations, supporting the most vulnerable groups on their way towards inclusion in the labour market, should be considered. Where relevant, synergies and complementarities with other projects selected under this topic and under the topic on “Gender and social, economic and cultural empowerment” should be maximised.

Research is also expected to address the issue of social protection against the hazards of labour market. For example, proposals could consider the in and out of employment and the possible compatibility with other benefits, such as disability benefits avoiding the benefit trap.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Conditions for the successful development of skills matched to needs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to both of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enable policymakers to better understand, measure and reduce skills gaps and problematic mismatches between skills and jobs, thereby supporting the diffusion and adoption of innovation, the digital and green transitions, inclusive economic growth as well as individual wellbeing.

2.Support the objectives of the European Skills Agenda for Sustainable Competitiveness, Social Fairness and Resilience as regards Vocational Education and Training (VET) and Adult Learning (AL).

Scope: A considerable proportion of businesses in the EU report difficulties finding staff with adequate skills and consider the lack of skilled workers as one of their biggest challenge. At the same time, many young workers in the EU are classified as being overqualified and face a horizontal skills mismatch (i.e. they do not work in an occupation that corresponds to their field of study). In cases where such gaps and mismatches are not a result of individual choice, but rather the consequence of a lack of professional opportunities, of information or coordination, they may hinder the diffusion and adoption of innovation as well as reduce inclusive economic growth and individual wellbeing.

The European Skills Agenda for Sustainable Competitiveness, Social Fairness and Resilience recognises the importance played by cooperation, skills intelligence, VET and AL in ensuring that people – regardless of gender, racial or ethnic origin, disability, religion or belief, age or sexual orientation, and including low-qualified/skilled adults and people with a migrant background – have the right skills to access and progress in the labour market throughout life. To reduce skill gaps, and identify and reduce problematic forms of mismatches in an informed manner, innovative research activities are needed that focus on understanding them both from the supply and demand side. Such activities should look into the roles played by individuals, public and private employers, skills-development institutions and policy frameworks.

For example, research activities carried out under this topic may cover aspects such as the determinants of the choice of VET or study programme by individuals; the coordination, cost sharing and financing instruments for skills development, looking into which instruments lead to which outcomes, and why; the role of employers and work places in the provision of VET and AL. Other researched aspects may be the involvement of employers in defining curricula and organising training; the role of personal attitudes and gender stereotypes, information and structural factors in the decision to seek initial or adult education; the extent to which training balances the provision of general, job-specific and personal development skills (e.g. the levels and gaps of digital skills in the public or private sectors). Finally, proposals may look at the opportunities of informal learning and skills formation provided by workplaces; the coordination at local level between VET institutions, employers, R&I agencies or other public institutions; the interaction of skills development systems and institutions with other domains, in particular innovation and industrial policies, etc.

Where possible and relevant, research should draw lessons from recent policy interventions in a contextual manner, and propose adjustment measures, or test them through social innovation experiments.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08: Strengthening racial, ethnic and religious equality

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Map, gather data and knowledge on the presence of structural forms of racism as well as episodes of hate crime and discrimination.

2.Contribute to tackling inequalities by developing a knowledge and evidence base on how racism, xenophobia and discrimination are institutionalised and made structural, and impact the security, employment, education, living conditions, health and social care of people with minority and migrant background in the EU Member States and Associated Countries.

3.Enhance anti-racism and anti-discrimination policies and practices by evaluating existing policy responses to employment, education, security, living and caring conditions of minority and migrant communities in the EU Member States and Associated Countries.

4.Document and make visible the contributions, struggles and cultural heritage of minority communities.

Scope: High levels of racism, xenophobia, as well as institutionalised or structural discrimination are linked to inequality and shape social and economic outcomes of individuals from minority backgrounds. They also have negative effects on security, quality of life and social cohesion.

Proposals should analyse the working, learning, living, environmental, health and social care conditions of people from minority or migrant descent in the EU and other countries involved in the study, with the aim of countering institutional racism in both the provision of and access to basic services as well as in access to the job market or education. They should analyse and illustrate examples of the relation between structural inequalities and structural discrimination. The analysis may include comparisons with other structurally similar groups within the same and in other countries. An analysis of existing anti-racist and anti-discrimination legislation is desirable, with a view to identifying ways in which these might be strengthened.

Proposals should investigate minorities’ experience of discrimination and how the latter is generated, also by comparative research. Proposals may also document their strategies, achievements and struggles and how their knowledge can enrich policy and research and improve public awareness.

Proposals should focus on various manifestations of racism and xenophobia, including one or more among anti-Black, anti-migrant, anti-Muslim, antisemitism, anti-Gypsyism. In doing so, they should take into account national specificities and intersectionality with gender/sexuality, religion, disability and other dimensions of discrimination. Proposals may also include analyses of how the COVID-19 pandemic differentially impacted such groups, aggravating already existing marginalisation.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09: Return and readmission of irregular migrants in the EU

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Support EU migration governance by assessing barriers and enablers of its return and readmission policy, and notably as regards obstacles to readmission in the countries of origin.

2.Suggest avenues for international cooperation on migration between the EU, its Member States and countries of origin and transit of migrants.

3.Consider alternatives to returning migrants to countries of origin and transit and evaluate human-rights related, political and financial trade-offs of these options.

4.Develop recommendations based on analyses of stakeholders involved and financial and political costs associated to them.

5.Develop innovative methodologies to analyse and evaluate negotiation strategies and positions of international actors on migration.

Scope: Proposals should appraise and consider the drivers and the evidence base behind the EU’s return and readmission policies, and consider the outcome of this focus on return. Research should consider to what extent public attitudes to migration in Europe are susceptible to change in relation to success or failure in return and readmission policies. It should also appraise, if any and where relevant, the role played by return policies in deterring further irregular migration and their compliance to international law in doing so, and their consequence for the fundamental rights of migrants.

Proposals should consider negotiations between the EU and countries of origin and transit, and analyse the barriers and enablers to successful agreements. It may build a typology of reasons that limit the capacity and willingness of origin and transit countries to cooperate and engage in return policies. Proposals may also include considerations of different cooperation outcomes in bilateral relations compared to EU-wide relations on return. In addition, they should also analyse the role played by diaspora groups in shaping the positions of their countries of origin, as well as the role played by the local civil society in this process; primary and participatory research could be relevant in this regard. Proposals may also consider the trade-offs between remittances and readmission that countries of origin face. Proposals should therefore analyse the political construction of discourses on return in non-EU countries, and consider the way these impact on the positions of their governments. These analyses should shed light on the interdependencies between the different policy domains that are increasingly integrated in return and readmission policy, such as, but not limited to, development and trade. To this end, international cooperation is strongly advised, in particular with countries in Africa, and/or Asia, and/or the Middle East.

Proposals should consider policies implemented for those who cannot be returned, and bring forward alternatives. Proposals should also consider if and how return and readmission policies uphold the rights of migrants or contribute to the downgrading of their living conditions. In bringing forward policy suggestions, proposals should specify actors involved in their implementation and the financial and political costs associated to this. Multi-stakeholder and multi-disciplinary approaches should be favoured, to ensure all relevant perspectives are taken into account in the findings and recommendations.

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10: Socio-economic effects of ageing societies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Analyse the impacts of ageing societies on productivity, society, employment (by gender, sector, occupational group and skills needed), investment, growth, healthcare systems, access to (digital) public services and public finance sustainability in the medium and long term, while maintaining service adequacy.

2.Propose knowledge-based policy measures to reap the benefits of longer healthy life expectancy and explore ageing related phenomena, including (but not limited to) cultural factors, fertility, migration, family care, fight against ageism, active ageing, upskilling and reskilling policies.

3.Counteract the effects of ageism and age segregation, while promoting the benefits of experience and knowledge accumulation drawing on inclusive and dialogic approaches, including through job design that is appropriate to job holders and that builds on their experience.

Scope: Proposals should analyse, with an interdisciplinary approach, the changing demographic profile of Europe, paying attention to the heterogeneous trends and developments in the different Member States and Associated countries (ideally at regional level), taking into account both the ageing of populations and the demographic consequences of migration. The project should try to assess how this change will affect consumption, production and opportunities.

Projects should consider the structural changes required to adapt in the medium term to ageing societies. They should analyse intergenerational solidarity policies as a possible solution to the major challenges posed by ageing societies.

Research should analyse the impact of demographic change on skills availability and needs, assessing the risk of older aged workers to become obsolescent in a fast changing globalised, individualised, digitalised and automated environment, against the need of investing in them to lengthen working life and try to maintain high levels of productivity in the EU. Research may include consideration for the assets older workers have because of their experience, and the discrimination they may suffer in the labour market. In this context, projects should also consider how recruiting foreign labour may mitigate the shortages in sectors of the economy, and assess the sustainability of this against the needs of EU Member States and contribute to improved dependency ratios. Additional attention should also be paid to the subsequent influence that this foreign recruitment may have on labour conditions, as well as considering the age structure of migrants and the consequence this has.

Projects should consider the opportunities of the ‘silver economy’, not only in terms of consumption of goods, services and innovations directed to the older age population, but also in terms of production. Proposals should consider potential opportunities arising from adapting jobs to an ageing workforce, making the most of the available experience. This entails considering the potential of older people for generating new economic opportunities through their work, their societal engagement (e.g. in the third and fourth sector of the economy) and the conditions by which older people are likely to want to work for longer, and the impact of this on the sustainability of the silver economy.

Together with considering such medium term dynamics, proposals may also consider the longer-term implications of ageing societies, and factors mitigating it. Research may consider gaps, opportunities and best practices regarding inclusive digital public services (including co-creating digital public services with the elderly), so ageing societies can reap the benefits of the digitalisation of the public sector. Fertility may be considered by analysing the impact of labour market policies, family policies, housing policies and conditions under which both men and women are more likely to have children. Projects may investigate whether the decline in fertility has structural causes, or if the general attitudes and willingness to have children have declined. Proposals may also look at the conditions that facilitate having the number of children desired, and investigate which measures stimulate which groups.

Proposals should develop recommendations on how European societies need to cope with demographic changes in the short and medium term, with the reforms needed to ripen the economic benefits and limit the negative consequences, including in relation to societal values, also with reference to global examples. They should also consider how to do this while developing a long-term perspective aimed at increasing the EU’s human capital.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grants to identified beneficiaries

1. Presidency event - Conference 'Cultural Heritage, a chance for Europe'

Expected Outcome: the project is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Discuss contemporary challenges and opportunities for cultural policies, cultural heritage protection and the cultural and creative sectors in general, in particular with a view to the European Bauhaus initiative;

2.Identify research and innovation needs;

3.Identify what research can concretely contribute to strengthening democratic access to culture, heritage protection and sustainable societal wellbeing.

Expected Impact: the proposal should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

1.The full potential of cultural heritage, arts and cultural and creative sectors as a driver of sustainable innovation and a European sense of belonging is realised through a continuous engagement with society, citizens and economic sectors as well as through better protection, restoration and promotion of cultural heritage.

Scope: The conference should highlight the role cultural heritage and heritage science play to foster and improve societal cohesion, sustainable societal wellbeing and democratic access to culture and cultural heritage in European societies.

Heritage science is a very broad and totally transdisciplinary field that brings together the wide range of sciences (social, experimental, engineering, digital, humanities) that participate in and enable the identification, understanding, conservation, restoration and transmission of cultural heritage, be it cultural, tangible, intangible, digital or natural. It consists of a highly collaborative ecosystem of researchers, heritage professionals, non-governmental organisations and associations that transcends national visions and interests, whilst falling within the scope of Europe’s open science policy.

A two days conference should be organised around four main topics:

1.A reflective heritage for a resilient society

2.Sustainable management of cultural heritage

3.Cultural heritage in a changing context

4.Cultural heritage facing climate and environmental change.

Because it possesses a vast, varied and outstanding cultural heritage and can count on the high quality and numerous skills of its citizens, Europe is in the right position to become a world leader in cultural heritage research and innovation. It has the capacity to defend and protect its own past and to offer technological solutions for the management and planning of cultural heritage assets in a transparent, ethical and democratic manner to the benefit of all, inside and outside its boundaries.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

Legal entities:

Fondation des Sciences du Patrimoine, 33 Boulevard du Port MIR de Neuville, F - 95011 Cergy-Pontoise cedex. France.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2021 budget

• Other budget implementation instruments

1. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society

This action will support the provision of independent expertise for advising and assisting the Commission services with the design, implementation and evaluation of EU research and innovation policies in the thematic areas covered by Cluster 2. Individual experts will work in the following policy and thematic areas:

1.Democracy and governance

2.Cultural heritage, cultural and creative sectors and industries

3.Social and economic transformations

4.Migration, refugee and asylum policies

5.Social sciences and humanities, including their integration in Horizon Europe programme parts

6.Inter-, multi- and transdisciplinarity; impact assessment

The tasks of individual experts would include:

Portfolio analysis of projects funded under Horizon Europe or previous European research and innovation programmes; analysis of the state-of-the-art at European and international level; participation in international symposia organised by Commission services, including the drafting of reports; assistance for setting-up a research and innovation strategy for selected domains; policy recommendations and options assisting Commission services in elaborating evidence-based and scientifically sound policy proposals.

The advice provided by each individual expert will focus on specific areas and policy relevant projects' results and how results and outcome could be used for policy making and policy follow-up initiatives. These activities will not duplicate past or ongoing Commission work and will be essential to enable Commission services to support the policy making process in the above-mentioned policy areas.

The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, presentations at workshops and symposia, remote drafting and preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of their knowledge and experience.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: in 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.25 million from the 2021 budget

2. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society

This action will support the provision of independent expertise for advising and assisting the Commission services with the design, implementation and evaluation of EU research and innovation policies in the thematic areas covered by Cluster 2. Individual experts will work in the following policy and thematic areas:

1.Democracy and governance

2.Cultural heritage, cultural and creative sectors and industries

3.Social and economic transformations

4.Migration, refugee and asylum policies

5.Social sciences and humanities, including their integration in Horizon Europe programme parts

6.Inter-, multi- and transdisciplinarity; impact assessment

The tasks of individual experts would include:

Portfolio analysis of projects funded under Horizon Europe or previous European research and innovation programmes; analysis of the state-of-the-art at European and international level; participation in international symposia organised by Commission services, including the drafting of reports; assistance for setting-up a research and innovation strategy for selected domains; policy recommendations and options assisting Commission services in elaborating evidence-based and scientifically sound policy proposals.

The advice provided by each individual expert will focus on specific areas and policy relevant projects' results and how results and outcome could be used for policy making and policy follow-up initiatives. These activities will not duplicate past or ongoing Commission work and will be essential to enable Commission services to support the policy making process in the above-mentioned policy areas.

The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, presentations at workshops and symposia, remote drafting and preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of their knowledge and experience.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: in 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.17 million from the 2022 budget

3. External expertise

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2021 budget

Budget 44

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01

49.50

from 01.020220

49.50

HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01

81.00

from 01.020220

81.00

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01

45.00

from 01.020220

45.00

HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-02

6.50

from 01.020220

6.50

HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01

93.00

from 01.020220

93.00

HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

57.00

from 01.020220

57.00

HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

90.00

from 01.020220

90.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.48

from 01.020220

1.48

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.25

from 01.020220

0.25

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.90

from 01.020220

0.90

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.09

from 01.020220

0.09

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.37

from 01.020220

1.37

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.16

from 01.020220

1.16

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.25

from 01.020220

0.25

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.46

from 01.020220

1.46

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.33

from 01.020220

1.33

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.12

from 01.020220

0.12

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.74

from 01.020220

0.74

Other actions

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

0.30

from 01.020220

0.30

Expert contract action

0.45

0.17

from 01.020220

0.45

0.17

Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.07

0.07

from 01.020220

0.07

0.07

Contribution from this part to Public procurement under Part 12 of the work programme

0.35

from 01.020220

0.35

Contribution from this part to Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre under Part 12 of the work programme

0.07

from 01.020220

0.07

Contribution from this part to Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.07

from 01.020220

0.07

Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.09

from 01.020220

0.09

Contribution from this part to Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) under Part 12 of the work programme

0.01

from 01.020220

0.01

Contribution from this part to Service Level Agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

0.03

from 01.020220

0.03

Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

1.73

from 01.020220

1.73

Estimated total budget

167.68

266.86

(1)    https://freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-world/2020/leaderless-struggle-democracy
(2)    W. Merkel, Past, Present and Future of Democracy - Policy Review, 2019: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/4bebf83d-60ba-11e9-b6eb-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-94807842
(3)    Consolidated version of the Treaty on European Union, Title 1 “Common Provisions”, Article 2: “The Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities. These values are common to the Member States in a society in which pluralism, non-discrimination, tolerance, justice, solidarity and equality between women and men prevail”.
(4) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(5)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(6)    (2012-2014 ; 2015-2019 ; 2020-2024)
(7)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=JOIN:2020:5:FIN
(8)    Synergies with successful proposals from topic “Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised” of Cluster 3 are encouraged. (HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03)
(9) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(10)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(11)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/excellence-trust-artificial-intelligence#documents
(12)    Exploitation of synergies with successful proposals from topic “Enhanced fight against the abuse of online gaming culture by extremists” of Cluster 3 is encouraged. (HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-03)
(13)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/european-democracy-action-plan_en
(14)    Synergies with successful proposals from topic “Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised” of Cluster 3 is encouraged. (HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03)
(15)    https://ec.europa.eu/commfrontoffice/publicopinion/index.cfm/General/index
(16)    In this context, innovation should be understood as any new creative idea, which can take the form of products, processes, services, technologies, organisational or business models that are made available to markets, governments and society.
(17) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52010DC0183&from=EN l    CCIs defined as in the European Commission Green Paper ‘Unlocking the Potential of Cultural and Creative Industries’:
(18)    The New European Bauhaus initiative was launched by European Commission President von der Leyen in her State of the European Union speech autumn 2020. More information here: https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
(19) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(20)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(21)    Consortia could consider their possible contribution to relevant platforms of the Joint Research Centre (JRC) in terms of data, indicators and knowledge. This contribution would increase policy relevance and further capitalise on the knowledge developed in projects. On natural capital accounting, life cycle assessment (LCA) and the environmental footprint method when applying LCA see https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/capital_accounting/index_en.htm .
(22) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52010DC0183&from=EN    CCIs defined as in the European Commission Green Paper ‘Unlocking the Potential of Cultural and Creative Industries’:
(23)     In this context, innovation should be understood as any new creative idea, which can take the form of products, processes, services, technologies, organisational or business models that are made available to markets, governments and society.
(24) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(25)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(26) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(27)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(28)    European values are cornerstones of the EU and are defined in the Treaty on European Union, Title 1 “Common Provisions”, Article 2: “The Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities. These values are common to the Member States in a society in which pluralism, non-discrimination, tolerance, justice, solidarity and equality between women and men prevail”.
(29)    https://ec.europa.eu/programmes/creative-europe/actions/music-moves-europe_en
(30)    Data and products coming from the Copernicus services to support monitoring and protection of cultural artefacts might be used.
(31)    Copernicus Climate Change Service can be very useful to monitor and forecast the impact of Climate Change to cultural heritage sites.
(32)    Consortia could consider their possible contribution to relevant platforms of the Joint Research Centre (JRC) in terms of data, indicators and knowledge. This contribution would increase policy relevance and further capitalise on the knowledge developed in projects. On natural capital accounting, life cycle assessment (LCA) and the environmental footprint method when applying LCA see https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/capital_accounting/index_en.htm.
(33)    Communication from the Commission – “ The European Green Deal”
(34)    Cultural and creative industries as defined in the European Commission Green Paper ‘Unlocking the Potential of Cultural and Creative Industries’: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52010DC0183&from=EN
(35)    Link to the New European Bauhaus website https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
(36)    Quality architecture as defined in the follow-up process to the Davos Declaration “Towards a High-quality Baukultur for Europe” adopted byEuropean Ministers of Culture and stakeholders in January 2018.
(37)    the Architecture Guide to SDGs: https://issuu.com/kadk/docs/aechitecture_guide_un17_vol.2_web_single_pages
(38)     https://whc.unesco.org/uploads/activities/documents/activity-638-98.pdf
(39) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(40)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(41) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entities, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(42) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(43)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(44) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX V

“Annex VI

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

6. Civil Security for Society

Table of contents

Introduction    

Better protect the EU and its citizens against Crime and Terrorism    

Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

FCT01 - Modern information analysis for fighting crime and terrorism    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-01: Terrorism and other forms of serious crime countered using travel intelligence    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-02: Lawful interception using new and emerging technologies (5G & beyond, quantum computing and encryption)    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03: Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04: Improved access to fighting crime and terrorism research data    

FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-05: Modern biometrics used in forensic science and by police    

FCT03 - Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-06: Domestic and sexual violence are prevented and combated    

FCT04 - Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-07: Improved preparedness on attacks to public spaces    

FCT05 - Organised crime prevented and combated    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08: Fight against trafficking in cultural goods    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09: Fight against organised environmental crime    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10: Fight against firearms trafficking    

FCT06 – Citizens are protected against cybercrime    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-11: Prevention of child sexual exploitation    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-12: Online identity theft is countered    

Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-01: Improved crime scene investigations related to transfer, persistence and background abundance    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-02: Better understanding the influence of organisational cultures and human interactions in the forensic context as well as a common lexicon    

FCT03 Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-03: Enhanced fight against the abuse of online gaming culture by extremists    

FCT04 - Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-04: Public spaces are protected while respecting privacy and avoiding mass surveillance    

FCT05 - Organised crime prevented and combated    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05: Effective fight against corruption    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06: Effective fight against illicit drugs production and trafficking    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07: Effective fight against trafficking in human beings    

Effective management of EU external borders    

Call - Border Management 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-01: Enhanced security and management of borders, maritime environment, activities and transport, by increased surveillance capability, including high altitude, long endurance aerial support    

BM02 - Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-02: Increased safety, security, performance of the European Border and Coast Guard and of European customs authorities    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-03: Improved border checks for travel facilitation across external borders and improved experiences for both passengers and border authorities’ staff    

BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-04: Advanced detection of threats and illicit goods in postal and express courier flows    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-05: Improved detection of concealed objects on, and within the body of, persons    

Call - Border Management 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-01: Improved underwater detection and control capabilities to protect maritime areas and sea harbours    

BM02 - Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-02: Enhanced security of, and combating the frauds on, identity management and identity and travel documents    

BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-03: Better, more portable and quicker analysis and detection for customs    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-04: OPEN TOPIC    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-05: OPEN TOPIC    

Resilient Infrastructure    

Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

INFRA01 – Improved preparedness and response for large-scale disruptions of European infrastructures    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-01: European infrastructures and their autonomy safeguarded against systemic risks    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-02: Ensured infrastructure resilience in case of Pandemics    

Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

INFRA02 - Resilient and secure smart cities    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01-01: Nature-based Solutions integrated to protect local infrastructure    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01-02: Autonomous systems used for infrastructure protection    

Increased Cybersecurity    

Call - Increased cybersecurity 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

CS01 - Secure and resilient digital infrastructures and interconnected systems    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-01: Dynamic business continuity and recovery methodologies based on models and prediction for multi-level Cybersecurity    

CS02 - Hardware, software and supply chain security    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-02: Improved security in open-source and open-specification hardware for connected devices    

CS03 - Cybersecurity and disruptive technologies    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-03: AI for cybersecurity reinforcement    

CS05 - Human-centric security, privacy and ethics    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-04: Scalable privacy-preserving technologies for cross-border federated computation in Europe involving personal data    

Call - Increased cybersecurity 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

CS01 - Secure and resilient digital infrastructures and interconnected systems    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-01: Improved monitoring of threats, intrusion detection and response in complex and heterogeneous digital systems and infrastructures    

CS02 - Hardware, software and supply chain security    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-02: Trustworthy methodologies, tools and data security “by design” for dynamic testing of potentially vulnerable, insecure hardware and software components    

CS03 - Cybersecurity and disruptive technologies    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-03: Transition towards Quantum-Resistant Cryptography    

CS04 - Smart and quantifiable security assurance and certification shared across Europe    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-04: Development and validation of processes and tools used for agile certification of ICT products, ICT services and ICT processes    

Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe    

Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

DRS01 - Societal Resilience: Increased risk Awareness and preparedness of citizens    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-01: Improved understanding of risk exposure and its public awareness in areas exposed to multi-hazards    

DRS02 - Improved Disaster Risk Management and Governance    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-02: Integrated Disaster Risk Reduction for extreme climate events: from early warning systems to long term adaptation and resilience building    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-03: Enhanced assessment of disaster risks, adaptive capabilities and scenario building based on available historical data and projections    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-04: Developing a prioritisation mechanism for research programming in standardisation related to natural hazards and/or CBRN-E sectors    

DRS03 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-05: Fast deployed mobile laboratories to enhance situational awareness for pandemics and emerging infectious diseases    

Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

DRS01 - Societal Resilience: Increased risk Awareness and preparedness of citizens    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-01: Enhanced citizen preparedness in the event of a disaster or crisis-related emergency    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-02: Enhanced preparedness and management of High-Impact Low-Probability or unexpected events    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-03: Improved quality assurance / quality control of data used in decision-making related to risk management of natural hazards, accidents and CBRN events    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-04: Better understanding of citizens’ behavioural and psychological reactions in the event of a disaster or crisis situation    

DRS02 - Improved Disaster Risk Management and Governance    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-05: Improved impact forecasting and early warning systems supporting the rapid deployment of first responders in vulnerable areas    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-06: Improved disaster risk pricing assessment    

DRS03 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-07: Improved international cooperation addressing first responder capability gaps    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-08: Enhanced situational awareness and preparedness of first responders and improved capacities to minimise time-to-react in urban areas in the case of CBRN-E-related events    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-09: Enhanced capacities of first responders more efficient rescue operations, including decontamination of infrastructures in the case of a CBRN-E event    

Strengthened Security Research and Innovation    

Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

SSRI 01 - Stronger pillars of security Research and Innovation    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-01: A maturity assessment framework for security technologies    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-02: Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-03: National Contact Points (NCPs) in the field of security and cybersecurity    

SSRI 02 - Increased Innovation uptake    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-04: Demand-led innovation for situation awareness in civil protection    

SSRI 03 - Cross-cutting knowledge and value for common security solutions    

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-05: Security research technologies driven by active civil society engagement: transdisciplinary methods for societal impact assessment and impact creation    

Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

SSRI 01 - Stronger pillars of security Research and Innovation    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-01: Increased foresight capacity for security    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-02: Knowledge Networks for security Research & Innovation    

SSRI 02 - Increased Innovation uptake    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-03: Stronger grounds for pre-commercial procurement of innovative security technologies    

SSRI 03 - Cross-cutting knowledge and value for common security solutions    

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-04: Social innovations as enablers of security solutions and increased security perception    

Other actions not subject to calls for proposals    

1. Reviews of projects    

2. Workshops, conferences, experts, communication activities, studies    

Budget    

Introduction

Supporting EU policy priorities

This Cluster 3 Work Programme will support the implementation of EU policy priorities relating to security, including cybersecurity, and disaster risk reduction and resilience. In addition, it will build on lessons learnt from the COVID-19 crisis in terms of prevention, mitigation, preparedness and capacity building for crises (including health crises) and in improving cross-sectoral aspects of such crises. In this respect, this Work Programme will therefore also ensure synergies and coordination of actions with other parts of Pillar 2.

It will support the European Commission policy priority ‘Promoting the European way of life’, as well as ‘European Green Deal’ and ‘Europe fit for the digital age’. It will in particular support the implementation of the Security Union Strategy 1 , the Counter-Terrorism Agenda 2 , the border management and security dimensions of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum 3 , EU Disaster Risk Reduction policies, the new EU Climate Adaptation Strategy 4 , the EU Maritime Security Strategy and the EU Cybersecurity Strategy 5 .

Within the framework of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan, the Cluster 3 expected impacts will contribute in particular to the impact areas “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats” and “A secure, open and democratic EU society” of Key Strategic Orientation D “Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society” and to the impact area “Secure and cybersecure digital technology” of Key Strategic Orientation A “Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains”.

Meeting capability requirements

Projects will develop new knowledge, technologies and/or other solutions to the identified requirements. Projects will involve practitioner end-users (usually relevant national authorities) alongside researchers and industry. Such involvement has shown its worth in ensuring that the results of R&I are targeted to practitioner needs 6 . Relevant requirements are specified for the different topics.

Projects need to show their contribution to a wider needs-driven capability development cycle that triggers research, steers its implementation and capitalises on its outcomes. This means that projects need to show, on the one hand, an understanding of the capability requirement that has led to the R&I need, and, on the other hand, a strategy for ensuring the uptake of the outcomes including opportunities for using relevant EU funds for funding deployment.

Ensuring ethical outcomes that are supported by society

In the field of security research it is particularly important that projects take into account human factors and the societal context, and ensure the respect of fundamental rights, including privacy and protection of personal data. Citizens and communities should be engaged, for example in assessing the societal impact of security technologies, so as to improve the quality of results and to build public trust. SSH (social sciences and humanities) disciplines and social innovation need to be better integrated into security research. Again, relevant requirements are specified for the different topics. Social innovations should also be considered, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change and social ownership.

The six Destinations

This Work Programme comprises the following six Destinations that (i) build on the structure of the Horizon 2020 work programmes for security research and (ii) respond to the following expected impacts of Cluster 3 in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

1. Destination – Better protect the EU and its citizens against Crime and Terrorism

Expected Impact: “Crime and terrorism are more effectively tackled, while respecting fundamental rights, […] thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for police authorities […] including measures against cybercrime.”

2.Destination – Effective management of EU external borders

Expected Impact: “Legitimate passengers and shipments travel more easily into the EU, while illicit trades, trafficking, piracy, terrorist and other criminal acts are prevented, due to improved air, land and sea border management and maritime security including better knowledge on social factors.” 

3. Destination – Resilient infrastructure

Expected Impact: “[…] resilience and autonomy of physical and digital infrastructures are enhanced and vital societal functions are ensured, thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for […] infrastructure operators […]”

4.Destination – Increased Cybersecurity

Expected impact: “Increased cybersecurity and a more secure online environment by developing and using effectively EU and Member States’ capabilities in digital technologies supporting protection of data and networks aspiring to technological sovereignty in this field, while respecting privacy and other fundamental rights; this should contribute to secure services, processes and products, as well as to robust digital infrastructures capable to resist and counter cyber-attacks and hybrid threats.”

5. Destination - A Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe

Expected Impact: “Losses from natural, accidental and man-made disasters are reduced through enhanced disaster risk reduction based on preventive actions, better societal preparedness, and resilience and improved disaster risk management in a systemic way.” 

6. Destination – SSRI (Strengthened Security Research and Innovation)

In addition, a number of cross-cutting R&I actions will support all of the above expected impacts:

1.“generate knowledge and value in cross-cutting matters in order to avoid sector specific bias and to break silos that impede the proliferation of common security solutions;

2.strengthen key pillars of the research and innovation cycle to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of its contribution to the development of security capabilities;

3.support innovation uptake and go-to-market strategies with the aim of paving the way towards an increased industrialisation, commercialisation, adoption and deployment of successful outcomes of security research, thus contributing to reinforce the competitiveness of EU security industry and safeguard the security of supply of EU products in key security areas.” 

Under each Destination, before the texts of the topics themselves, there is an important introductory part that explains the relevant policy objectives, that specifies any elements to be taken into account for all the topics of the Destination -including international cooperation- and that identifies specific expected impacts. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to those specific expected impacts.

International cooperation

Security research under Cluster 3 requires a specific approach towards international cooperation to achieve the right balance between the need to exchange with key international partners (including with relevant international organisations) while at the same time ensuring the protection of the EU security interest and respecting the need for open strategic autonomy in critical sectors.

Within the Destination ‘A Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe’ there is an established culture of comprehensive collaboration with third countries under the different security research programmes, taking due account of the trans-national dimension of different natural and man-made hazards and their drivers (such as climate change). Therefore, in this Destination, international cooperation will be strongly encouraged given the value of cooperating internationally in particular in developing technologies for first responders. Cooperation can include sharing knowledge, experiences, expertise and mutual learning on disaster-risk management.

As for the Destinations relating to protecting against crime and terrorism, to border management, to infrastructure resilience and to cybersecurity, international cooperation is explicitly encouraged only where appropriate and specifically supporting ongoing collaborative activities. Due to the sensitive nature of most projects in those areas and the obvious interest of the EU to ensure confidentiality of projects results, as well as maintaining the ability to maintain strategic autonomy in critical domains of security, such explicit cooperation will need to be assessed at the level of topics and limited to selected international partners only. In line with the overall strategic approach to Research and Innovation policy, cooperation would need to be based on reciprocity and contribute to wider strategic goals of the EU.

Synergies with other funding instruments

In this cluster, the main synergies to be sought are sequential with Horizon Europe funding R&I activities being followed by final development and market uptake and deployment of relevant research results for which funding will in particular be sought from:

1.Integrated Border Management Fund (IBMF), consisting of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI) and the Customs Control Equipment Instrument – for border capabilities.

2.Internal Security Fund (ISF) – for law enforcement capabilities.

3.Digital Europe Programme – for cybersecurity capabilities and law enforcement digital capabilities. The programme will speed up the take-up of R&I projects in the area of Artificial Intelligence, High Performance computer and cyber security. The programme will also offer infrastructure to the research community.

4.Cohesion policy, in particular through the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) – notably managing disaster risks, adapting to climate change, protecting public spaces and utilities (including for energy, transport) and cybersecurity, as well as interregional cooperation on these issues.

Synergies with other funds should also be articulated in a way that accelerates market uptake of successful outcomes of R&I actions. To that end, the complementarity of funding instruments should be considered under a wider capability development cycle.

While actions under Horizon Europe should have an exclusive focus on civilian applications, synergies should be sought with the activities funded by defence research under the European Defence Fund while avoiding duplication.

In addition, synergies can be sought with the Union Civil Protection Mechanism (UCPM), including via opportunities such as the Union Civil Protection Knowledge Network, Prevention & Preparedness projects, developing additional reserve capacities under rescEU for major and simultaneous disasters, and by co-financing the deployment of Member States’ national response capacities.

Better protect the EU and its citizens against Crime and Terrorism

One of the main purposes of this Destination is to contribute significantly to the implementation of the Security Union Strategy 7 , i.e. to include Research and Innovation as one of the key building blocks enabling the achievement of the overall policy objectives. As such, the topics in this Destination aim at fully addressing all the key issues underlined in the Strategy. In addition, this Destination touches upon the Counter-Terrorism Agenda 8 as well as the security dimension of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum 9 , notably the issues related to criminal networks. More specifically, this Destination includes research topics aiming at fighting crime and terrorism more effectively, particularly through better prevention of crime and enhanced investigation capabilities concerning both traditional crime and cybercrime, as well as at better protection of citizens from violent attacks in public spaces, through more effective prevention, preparedness and response while preserving the open nature of such spaces. This Destination will develop the knowledge and technologies to be taken up by the Internal Security Fund, as a complementary instrument that will enable exploitation of research results and final delivery of the required tools to security practitioners.

The goal of this Destination is to bring improved prevention, investigation and mitigation of impacts of crime, including of new/emerging criminal modi operandi (such as those exploiting digitisation and other technologies). Such an approach needs to be based on a deeper knowledge of human and social aspects of relevant societal challenges, such as child sexual exploitation, violent radicalisation, trafficking of human beings, disinformation and fake news, corruption and cyber criminality, including support to victims. Research can further help to transpose such knowledge into the operational activities of Police Authorities 10 , as well as civil society organisations.

Research and innovation will support Police Authorities and, when applicable, other relevant end-users in better tackling crime, including cybercrime, and terrorism as well as different forms of serious and organised crime (such as smuggling, money laundering, identity theft, counterfeiting of products, trafficking of illicit drugs and of falsified/substandard medicines, environmental crime or illicit trafficking of cultural goods) by developing new technologies, tools and systems (including digital tools, e.g. artificial intelligence, interoperability solutions, etc.). This support refers especially to capabilities to analyse in near-real-time large volumes of data to forestall criminal activities, or to combat disinformation and fake news with implications for security.

In addition to improved knowledge, preparedness, prevention and response, projects within this Destination will deliver operational tools for enhanced criminal investigation capabilities for Police Authorities and, when applicable, other relevant end-users. Thus, this Destination covers a broad range of activities from forensics, big data management to the investigation of cybercriminal activities, improved cross-border cooperation and exchange of evidence.

With regards to CBRN-E (chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosives) threats, research and innovation within this Destination allows, among others, to generate knowledge for counter-terrorism on the continuously evolving methods related to dangerous chemicals, contaminants and unknown substances, and the development of technologies to counter and respond to related incidents.

Furthermore, this Destination aims at improved security of public spaces and public safety, while at the same time preserving the open nature of urban public spaces. All measures to be explored by research and innovation in this area should ensure that citizens can continue their daily lives without major intrusions. To achieve higher security for public space, research in this Destination will identify concepts for prevention, preparedness and response of urban actors (city authorities, Police Authorities, public/private service providers, first responders and citizens) in response to threats of terrorist attacks in public spaces. Innovations can be used to design/improve public spaces to be more secure, also with the help of advanced vulnerability assessments. They can increase the capacity to protect spaces against attacks with manned or unmanned vehicles and can help to detect firearms and other weapons, as well as CBRN-E materials being brought into public spaces. In case attacks cannot be prevented, enhanced effectiveness of mitigation measures including through strategies to reduce vulnerability and strengthening the resilience of possible targets have the potential to reduce the potential impacts of such attacks. Advanced data analysis in real time can critically reduce the time-to-react for first responders.

This Destination will also promote, whenever appropriate and applicable, the proposals with:

1.the involvement of the Police Authorities in their core,

2.a clear strategy on how they will adapt to the fast-evolving environment in the area of fight against crime and terrorism (evolution of related technologies, evolution of criminal modi operandi and business models related to these technologies, etc.),

3.a minimum-needed platform, i.e. tools that are modular and can be easily plugged into another platform (in order to avoid platform multiplication),

4.tools that are developed and validated against practitioners’ needs and requirements,

5.a robust plan on how they will build on the relevant predecessor projects,

6.the (active) involvement of citizens, voluntary organisations and communities,

7.education and training aspects, especially for Police Authorities and other relevant practitioners, as well as information sharing and awareness raising of the citizens,

8.a clear strategy on the uptake of the outcomes, defined in consultation with the involved stakeholders,

9.a well-developed plan both on how research data for training and testing will be obtained, in order to reach the requested Technology Readiness Levels (TRLs), and on how the specific TRL will be measured.

The Destination will also create opportunities for collaboration on research and innovation among different communities of practitioners operating in the area of fighting crime and terrorism, such as Police Authorities, border and coast guard authorities, and customs authorities. International cooperation is also encouraged where appropriate and relevant.

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024: “Crime and terrorism are more effectively tackled, while respecting fundamental rights, […] thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for police authorities […] including measures against cybercrime.”

More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

1.Modern information analysis for Police Authorities, allowing them to efficiently fight criminals and terrorists who use novel technologies;

2.Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection, increasing the capabilities to apprehend criminals and terrorists and bring them to the court;

3.Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime, including cybercrime, and terrorism, such as violent radicalisation, domestic and sexual violence, or juvenile offenders;

4.Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces (while preserving their quality and openness);

5.Improved intelligence picture and enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of various forms of organised crime;

6.More secure cyberspace for citizens, especially children, through a robust prevention, detection, and protection from cybercriminal activities.

Furthermore, in order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined. They refer to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

Proposals involving earth observation are encouraged to primarily make use of Copernicus data, services and technologies.

Projects funded under this Destination are invited to closely cooperate with other EC-chaired or funded initiatives in the relevant domains, such as the Networks of Practitioners projects funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes, the Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation funded under the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme (”Strengthened Security Research and Innovation” Destination), or the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security).

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01

56.00

23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01

31.00

23 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

56.00

31.00

Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 11

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 12

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 30 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-01

IA

16.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03

IA

16.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04

IA

16.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-02

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-05

IA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-06

IA

6.00

Around 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-07

IA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-11

RIA

6.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-12

RIA

6.00

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

56.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

FCT01 - Modern information analysis for fighting crime and terrorism

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-01: Terrorism and other forms of serious crime countered using travel intelligence

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million. 13

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 14 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.European security practitioners benefit from better, modern and validated tools and training curricula on the use of travel intelligence to prevent, detect and investigate terrorism and other forms of serious crime (e.g., child sexual exploitation, drugs, human trafficking);

2.European common approaches are made available to policy-makers and security practitioners for analysing risks/threats, and identifying and deploying relevant security measures while exploiting travel intelligence information, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy, protection of personal data and free movement of persons;

3.Improved support in shaping and tuning of regulation on travel intelligence by security policy-makers;

4.Improved understanding of the capacity and usefulness of travel intelligence in tackling terrorism and other forms of serious crime, and of the key challenges related to it.

Scope: Travel intelligence is intended here as all the information available in different systems and databases related to travellers. In particular, the research should focus on Passenger Name Record (PNR) and Advance Passenger Information (API) data, but the use of other data available in the context of the interoperability should also be envisaged.

PNR data are unverified information provided by passengers and collected by air carriers to enable the reservations and check-in processes. It may contain, for example, dates of travel, travel itinerary, ticket information, contact details, travel agent, means of payment, seat number and baggage information. As such, PNR is an important law enforcement tool allowing to prevent, detect and investigate terrorism and other forms of serious crime, such as drugs, human trafficking, child sexual exploitation and others.

API is commonly understood as the information of a passenger collected at check-in or at the time of online check-in. API information includes biographic data of the passenger, ideally captured from the Machine Readable Zone (MRZ) of their travel documents, as well as some information related to their travel.

Innovation is needed on methods to facilitate the data collection and their quality check as well as to combine different data sets, to sift through (and learn from) vast amounts of data for risk analysis, and to streamline the identity management of passengers, while taking care of the data protection and fundamental rights. Whereas, for instance, the blockchain technology is already being used in the logistics and supply chain management processes with promising results, there is little or no knowledge and/or evidence whether this technology could significantly improve customs/police passenger targeting capacity. The issue of having representative data sets for training and testing should be addressed as well. Namely, proposals should take into account the sensitivity of the travel intelligence data and which competent authorities are entitled to request or receive these data. Some of these authorities, notably Passenger Information Units (PIU) 15 , should be actively involved in the consortia. Activities could be conducted utilizing various technological approaches (such as - but not limited to - Artificial Intelligence, neural networks, Big Data analysis, blockchain technology, etc.) as long as the developed solutions deliver the expected improved capabilities. The use of pseudonymisation techniques, rendering personal data unreadable yet searchable, should also be envisaged.

Coordination with successful proposals from topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04 (on training and testing data issue as well as on pseudonymisation techniques) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed activities that could also link with security research for border management (for example, border checks) would be an asset. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset. Applicants should plan to facilitate the uptake and replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-02: Lawful interception using new and emerging technologies (5G & beyond, quantum computing and encryption)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 16 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.European Police Authorities benefit from better, modern and validated tools and training curricula to anticipate and cope with new and emerging technologies (notably 5G and beyond, as well as application-level communication, quantum computers and potential of quantum technology to encrypt communications) and facilitate their (specialised) daily work on prevention, detection and investigation of criminal and terrorist offences;

2.European common approaches are made available to policy-makers and security practitioners for analysing risks/threats, and identifying and deploying relevant security measures while performing lawful interception in this new age, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy, protection of personal data and free movement of persons;

3.Improved support in shaping and tuning of regulation by security policy-makers on lawful interception in case of new communication capabilities abused by criminals and terrorists, including on procedures and rules for the exchange of data retrieved from the lawful interception between Member States and on international scale, taking into account the court-proof nature of the evidence;

4.Increased contribution of Police Authorities to standardisation activity in relation with lawful interception and access to digital evidences, by fostering a European approach to the challenges posed by new technologies in the field of communication for the police and the judiciary;

5.Improved understanding of the capacity and usefulness of lawful interception in tackling terrorism and other forms of crime, and of the key challenges related to its capability to cope with new and emerging technologies.

Scope: Software-based communication technologies such as 5G and beyond will bring many benefits but also pose a number of new challenges for the police and the judiciary. In particular, lawful interception systems will have to adapt to the increased use of encryption including end-to-end encryption, to edge computing that might limit the availability and accessibility to relevant data and to slicing technology that will multiply the number of virtual operators. In addition, high bandwidth access networks pose the challenge for police and the judiciary to be able to cope with tremendous amount of data and will accelerate the switch to application level communication that are commonly used by criminals. Finally, quantum computers could break current encryption standards, as well as be used to develop new ways of encrypting communications for illicit purposes, making them impenetrable to interception. Thus, there is a strong need to adequately tackle challenges for Police Authorities stemming from all these emerging developments as well as to make sure that lawful interception keeps track with these evolutions, respecting applicable legislation and fundamental rights such as personal data protection and privacy. Research activities proposed within this topic should address lawful interception challenges of Police Authorities related to both software based technologies of communication including 5G (and beyond) and quantum computers in a balanced way.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03: Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million. 17

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 18 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.European Police Authorities, other relevant practitioners and (social) media organisations are provided with better, modern and validated tools and training materials to tackle those activities related to disinformation and fake news that are considered as crime or could lead to a crime and that are supported by advanced digital technologies;

2.European common approaches are made available to policy-makers and security practitioners for analysing risks/threats, and identifying and deploying relevant security measures related to disinformation and fake news, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data;

3.Improved understanding of the cultural and societal aspects of disinformation and fake news, as well as on the key challenges related to combating it;

4.Strengthened key personnel's knowledge regarding disinformation campaigns;

5.Enhanced perception of security thanks to an increased awareness of the citizens about the value of verified and trustworthy data sources and their content, obtained through education and training materials on trustable sources of information.

Scope: Combating disinformation and fake news with implications for security is an important aspect where modern information analysis is needed. Bots are increasingly used to manipulate the public opinion and spread fake news on the internet. Causing a mass panic by spreading fake news is one example. Dimensions of this problem increase even more in crisis situations, such as the COVID-19 lockdown, where spreading disinformation and fake news, by infusing uncertainty and fear, aims at harming people’s life, intensifying the crisis situations, weakening the European societies and aggravating the divisions. This topic asks for an interdisciplinary approach based both on societal capabilities to withstand such a threat (e.g., education on trustable sources of information, research on the impact of uncertainties caused by disinformation on public crisis management and society overall) and on technological means of fighting against it. Regarding the latter, for a more effective early detection of criminal activities, Police Authorities and (social) media organisations need tools and (forensic) capabilities that, e.g., enable the assessment of the origin, veracity and trustworthiness of digital content by identifying altered or fake generated information. In the European context, this also implies that the tools should have various functionalities such as: identification of non-human originated content via origin and activity, detection of machine-generated text in various languages, verification of the authenticity of data with a high accuracy (better than human), fast analysis of large amounts of data to pre-filter for faked and/or manipulated content, which can be presented to investigators, etc. Activities proposed within this topic should build on results of previous projects on disinformation and fake news, such as those funded under Information and Communication Technologies Calls of Horizon 2020, and should address both technological and societal dimensions of fighting against disinformation and fake news in a balanced way, including also knowledge about cultural aspects and perception of disinformation (as well as trustworthiness of sources) among citizens. Thus, this topic requires the effective contribution of Social Science and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Coordination with successful proposals from topics HORIZON-CL2-DEMOCRACY-2021-01-08 (Politics and governance in a post-pandemic world), HORIZON-CL2-DEMOCRACY-2022-01-06 (Politics and the impact of online social networks and new media) and HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-27 (AI to fight disinformation) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04: Improved access to fighting crime and terrorism research data

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million. 19

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 20 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.The relevant community (researchers, practitioners, industry, policy makers) is made aware of the legal, ethical and technical pre-requisites that a European common research training and testing data repository in the area of fighting crime and terrorism should fulfil (e.g., by defining how it should be organised or which characteristics it should have), which would include latest technology developments and allow for adaptations as technologies progress, while taking into account ethical rules of operation and fundamental rights (including privacy and data protection) as well as cost-benefit considerations that have to be made in the context of proportionality in strict sense (as a step to assess the lawfulness of a measure interfering with the fundamental rights);

2.The corresponding technical, legal and ethical basis for such a training and testing fighting crime and terrorism research data repository is set, that would allow for its creation in a subsequent step;

3.Security practitioners are provided with an increased interoperability and improved (cross-border) exchange of data thanks to harmonised data file formats across Europe, which would easily take into account technological evolutions, i.e. be adaptable in time;

4.Improved anonymisation and pseudonymisation technologies, including other security measures, such as masking and unmasking technologies to facilitate data management in this context, ensuring full access to the data actually needed (in line with the necessity and proportionality principle), as well as taking into account all applicable legislation and fundamental rights.

Scope: The lack of realistic, up-to-date and sufficient training and testing data for research purposes has been regularly raised by the projects working in the area of fighting crime and terrorism (FCT), to the extent that such data are necessary instead of dummy and synthetic data. Namely, the accuracy of tools, notably (but not only) digital ones, depends heavily on the quantity and on the quality of the training and testing data, including the quality of their structure and labelling, and how well these data represent the problem to be tackled.

This issue is generally present in any research area, but it gets more emphasised in the, e.g., security, health or defence domain due to the special categories of data involved and the sensitivity of the domain, which calls for additional requirements to access to real datasets or the creation of representative datasets at a national level.

In EU-funded projects, in the area of FCT, the problem of having a scientifically satisfactory amount of up-to-date high-quality and realistic data needed to develop reliable (digital and non-digital - e.g., detection and/or qualification of explosives, drugs, DNA traces) tools in support of Police Authorities becomes even more complex. Namely, training and testing data sets considered legal and used in one Member State have to be shared and accepted in other Member States, while simultaneously observing fundamental rights and substantial or procedural safeguards.

In addition, with continuous and fast technological improvements, including but not limited to the Internet of Things, new data formats and mechanisms for data transfer, storage and security are and will be developed. In addition, data formats are often not harmonised amongst similar research projects, thus hampering potential interoperability requirements.

Another problem that is often encountered is a lack of trust between researchers and practitioners/end-users, as well as between different projects when it comes to data sharing. To this end, it is important to break down barriers between projects and keep on passing the message that the projects should not be competing to outperform each other, but working together to provide the EU with the best possible solutions. As a pre-requisite for all the above, there is a need to have a common research data repository.

The aim of this topic is to tackle this multi-layered issue and set the basis for such a common data repository by creating a roadmap consisting of a clear set of rules, conditions and characteristics that such a repository should have, be it the variety of the data in function of the type and of the problem at hand, legal issues, avoidance of any bias, accessibility levels related to the sensitivity of various data sets, harmonisation of data formats, solutions for annotation as well as for the aging of the data, etc.

As an integral part of proposed activities, apart from the above sets of requirements, technical solutions should be developed that could help research activities comply with privacy and data protection requirements when handling data, while being able to extract information if needed. Namely, as learnt from the previous research activities, standard pseudonymisation and anonymisation methods are not satisfactory in this domain, as they, e.g., either break the links between different pieces of evidence or take a lot of time and effort. Thus, new and/or improved anonymisation and pseudonymisation technologies, including other security measures, such as masking and unmasking technologies, should be developed to facilitate data management ensuring full access to the data actually needed (in line with the necessity and proportionality principle), in full respect of fundamental rights and applicable legislation.

Although proposed activities should focus on the research data for fighting crime and terrorism within the remits of Horizon Europe regulation (including ethics), proposals should take into account the possible application of the identified solutions in different security research domains, such as infrastructure resilience, border management or disaster resilience.

Coordination with the successful proposals from topic SU-AI02-2020 (on AI research datasets) and future successful proposals in HORIZON-CL3-FCT-2021-01-01 (on travel intelligence training and testing data for research purposes as well as on pseudonymisation techniques), HORIZON-CL3-FCT-2022-01-05 and HORIZON-CL3-FCT-2022-01-01 (on ground-truth data sets for conventional forensics) as well as HORIZON-CL3-FCT-2022-01-02 (on common data formats) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Possibilities of coordination with related activities in the Digital Europe Programme or European Open Science Cloud should be analysed too.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

The duration of the proposed activities should not exceed 24 months.

FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-05: Modern biometrics used in forensic science and by police

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 21 and at least 2 forensic institutes from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Use of modern, robust, validated, easy-to-use and reliable biometric technologies by forensic institutes and security practitioners, notably Police Authorities, improving European investigation capabilities to fight terrorism and other forms of serious and organised crime;

2.Shorter court cases due to the availability of more solid (cross-border) forensic evidence that is acceptable in court;

3.Policy-makers and security practitioners benefit from European common approaches for analysing risks/threats, and identifying and deploying relevant security measures while exploiting biometric information, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, the procedural differences in the creation of biometric information (considering the gender dimension where relevant), cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy, protection of personal data and free movement of persons;

4.Improved support to policy-making on the use of biometric technologies by forensics institutes and Police Authorities;

5.Improved understanding of the capacity and usefulness of biometric technologies information in tackling terrorism and other forms of serious and organised crime, and of the key challenges related to it, such as harmonisation/standardisation of data and processes;

6.Contribution to the development of European standards for the handling and processing of biometrics in the context of judicial investigation;

7.Forensic practitioners active in biometrics are provided with modern education and training curricula.

Scope: Biometric technologies allow for a person to be recognised to a certain degree based on a set of features. These features can be more (e.g., fingermarks) or less (e.g., shoemarks) distinctive. In many cases, biometric technologies provide a crucial support to forensic investigation and as well as evidence in court. However, the full extent of their potential is not yet exploited. A wider use of these technologies by forensic institutes and Police Authorities in the European context and in harmonised way is needed, respecting applicable legislation and fundamental rights such as personal data protection and privacy. Thus, biometrics deserves a special innovation attention, which should include some of the following: 1) automation and scalability of the identification, identity verification, intelligence, investigation and evaluation processes; 2) robustness and validation of biometrics in forensic conditions; 3) biometric data protection and privacy; 4) harmonisation/standardisation of data and processes and conversion of existing biometric tool for use in the judicial system; 5) usage of biometrics in smartphones and other devices, including the possibility to unlock criminal’s devices using biometric data; 6) exchange of biometric data and interoperability of the systems, and risk of direct adoption of existing biometric tool for use in the judicial system.

One of the key priorities here consists in the need for forensic tools to combat organised crime and smuggling, with the aim of increasing crime investigation through more efficient detection, as well as intensifying prosecutions and convictions. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should foresee how they will facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project. Cooperation with the European Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI) is welcome. The issue of training and testing data has to be tackled as well. Thus, coordination with successful proposal in HORIZON-CL3-FCT-2021-01-04 is encouraged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed activities that could also link with security research for border management (for example, border checks) would be an asset.

FCT03 - Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-06: Domestic and sexual violence are prevented and combated

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 22 and at least 2 Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering both domestic and sexual violence, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each of the two options (Option A: Domestic Violence and Option B: Sexual Violence), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved prevention, detection and investigation of domestic violence and sexual assaults, including collection of court-proof crime evidence, which take into account European multicultural dimension, legal and ethical rules of operation, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy, protection of personal data and anonymity of victims;

2.Enriched European common approaches applied by Police Authorities to fight domestic and sexual violence relying on the synergy of technology, the latest socio-psychological knowledge learned from cases and the field experience of Police Authorities and entities dealing with victims;

3.Novel, safe, lawful and efficient solutions applied by security practitioners and policy-makers to protect victims of domestic or sexual violence, along with a proper assessment methodology to validate the approach;

4.Increased awareness of citizens regarding domestic and sexual violence;

5.Improved support in shaping and tuning of regulation on domestic violence and on sexual violence by security policy-makers, which also includes GDPR-compliant IT tools in the procedures;

6.Increased use, by victims, of automated, interactive tools (e.g., chatbots) to report cases of domestic abuse and/or sexual violence to the police;

7.Improved skills, tools and training curricula for Police Authorities and Civil Society Organisations to prevent and combat domestic and sexual violence;

8.Identification and development of new concepts, innovative approaches and pioneering practices pertaining to alternatives to imprisonment for offenders to reduce recidivism and, therefore, support the fight against crime.

Scope: Domestic violence keeps on being a persistent crime throughout Europe. However, the ratio of cases that are effectively reported to Police Authorities is very low. One of the causes of this lack of reporting is the limited protection offered to victims, fear, reluctance of neighbours to intervene by informing the Police Authorities, lack of awareness whom to turn to, which mechanisms exist, etc. In addition to domestic violence, women are also exposed to the threat of sexual abuse and aggression in many situations off-home. Moreover, the increase of cases of multiple abuse by groups of offenders that record their crimes using mobile devices and then share them by phone or online is a growing concern with a high social impact. Furthermore, rates of domestic and sexual violence rise when societies are under stress, during, e.g., food shortages, economic crisis, natural disasters, and epidemics.

The COVID-19 lockdown showed that in such a crisis situation the problem of domestic violence gets even more emphasised, both because victims are trapped in their homes with violent partners who are even more stressed than usually, and because the ability of services to help becomes even more limited. Similarly, women who are displaced, refugees, and living in affected areas are particularly vulnerable and exposed to sexual violence; the closure of establishments offering legal sex work because of e.g., epidemics, brings further dangers.

Needs from innovation, to be performed in a lawful and ethical manner while protecting fundamental rights, such as privacy and protection of personal data, are as follows. Firstly, building on the previous works (such as the H2020 project IMPRODOVA 23 or projects funded under the Rights, Equality and Citizenship Programme 24 ), there is a need to improve current European approaches to fight domestic and sexual violence (prevent, locate, report and collect evidence) using innovative technological solutions, such as by enriching existing risk analysis tools with real-time data obtained through technological means, that will reduce both the amount of human resources to be committed and the response time.

Furthermore, victims of domestic abuse as well as of sexual violence are often reluctant to contact the police personnel and prefer to speak to chatbots, one of the main reasons being the fear of being judged. Thus, there is a clear need for innovation regarding further developments and improvements of automated, interactive tools such as chatbots that would help and stimulate victims to report cases of domestic abuse and/or sexual violence to the police.

In addition, specifically related to the cases of multiple abuse by groups of offenders that share their crimes through mobile devices or via social media, activities are needed to develop innovative technological solutions aimed at finding the source of these videos, identifying offenders, and finding victims.

Moreover, modern and effective awareness raising campaigns need to be developed for Police Authorities and relevant Civil Society Organisations to pass key messages to potential victims, as well as wide communities, while taking into account European multicultural dimension.

Last but not the least, modern and novel approaches are needed to support victim assistance services of Police Authorities and relevant Civil Society Organisations in providing efficient protection and help to victims. As both technological and societal developments are expected, the consortia should consist in IT specialists, Police Authorities, relevant Civil Society Organisations, sociologists, social workers and psychologists. If possible, taking into account their right to anonymity, their dignity and rights, victims could be involved as well, through relevant Civil Society Organisations that have the safeguards in place to protect them.

Evolutions in domestic and sexual violence, such as their increase during any type of emergency, e.g., epidemics, should be taken into account too. Methods for evaluating proposed solutions should be developed as well. All developed solutions should be accompanied by corresponding training curricula for Police Authorities and relevant Civil Society Organisations.

Proposals are expected to address one of the following options:

Option A: Domestic violence

Option B: Sexual violence

Coordination of the successful proposals from the two options is encouraged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, applicants should plan to facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

FCT04 - Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-07: Improved preparedness on attacks to public spaces

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 25 and at least 2 First Responder organisations (non-Police Authorities), from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved vulnerability assessments by law enforcement and local managers of public spaces with a specific focus on countering and/ or preventing terrorist attacks or other forms of severe violence (amok, mass-riots), including attacks with explosives, improvised weapons and vehicles;

2.Better identification of specific vulnerabilities and elaboration of mitigation strategies by security practitioners and policy-makers due to the possibility to simulate attack-scenarios in any public space in realistic conditions and to test and train different prevention and response measures;

3.Improved training of Police Authorities in collaboration with different public and private actors (e. g., crisis management and civil protection authorities, fire brigades, regulatory agencies, emergency health services, security managers, private security organisations, civil society groups etc.) to enhance their preparedness to attacks on public spaces;

4.Enhanced planning capabilities of security practitioners and policy-makers due to the identification of potential vulnerabilities connected to the design/refurbishment and construction/improvement of different public spaces and measures to reduce them by implementing a comprehensive security-by-design approach in urban planning (also including aspects of social inclusion);

5.Enhanced modelling capabilities of security practitioners, policy-makers and research institutions due to the identification of potential vulnerabilities connected to the different public spaces, analysis of crowd behaviour and possible emergence of various threats to security in order to minimise possible threats and vulnerabilities and supporting planning of respective resources and activities.

Scope: Public spaces such as squares, sport venues, shopping districts, places of worship or touristic attractions have been the target of numerous terrorist and other violent attacks causing significant loss of lives and causing societal insecurity as well as economic losses. The means to carry out such attacks from one or several attackers range from sophisticated and well-planned scenarios including several attackers using explosives and firearms, up to so called low-cost attacks making use of everyday goods such as cars, axes and kitchen knives. Such attacks have proven to be very difficult to prevent and quick-reaction and preparedness to respond are the crucial elements in reducing their impact.

The EU and its Member States have reacted to this challenge in the framework of the Action plan to support the protection of public spaces and the respective staff working document "Good practices to support the protection of public spaces" 26 . Vulnerability Assessments (VA) are an established tool for example in the area of the protection of critical infrastructures. Their aim is to identify the inherent vulnerabilities of a specific target and thus to be able to put in place appropriate mitigation measures. Such assessments are used in public spaces already by Police Authorities in case of large-scale events, official visits or as part of forward-looking city planning activities. The impact on the quality and openness of public spaces should however be minimised as much as possible. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The full involvement of citizens and civil society organisations is crucial to achieve solutions that meet the requirement of having a balanced approach between security and openness of public spaces. Fundamental rights (including privacy) aspects should also be taken into account.

What is missing so far is a capability for security managers (public security authorities and/or private security organisations) and local authorities to conduct VA with the help of most advanced technological means. Tools for large-scale urban VA should be able to simulate realistic scenarios in any public space of different urban areas and give the users the possibility to test different prevention and response measures. They should further give the possibility for cooperation of the main public and private actors (e. g., crisis management and civil protection authorities, fire brigades, regulatory agencies, emergency health services, private security managers, etc.), and the development of tailor-made trainings. Continuing updates of the tools with the data of new urban areas, new modes of attacks and different scenarios would ensure that such capability is of long-term use and able to adapt to new developments. For that reason, it is encouraged to use the expertise and the community of the Joint Research Centre to disseminate the developed VA solutions to the stakeholders and to adapt it for long-term use. The Joint Research Centre might also support with its simulation capabilities concerning blast and vehicle ramming. At the same time, such platforms could provide support in planning processes of public spaces in case of new constructions, or re-design in order to avoid creating vulnerabilities and supporting a security-by-design approach 27 , similar to what exist already for safety.

Responsible Research and Innovation 28 could be a relevant approach for the involvement of diverse stakeholders, launching debates, and co-developing or even implementing solutions.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

FCT05 - Organised crime prevented and combated

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08: Fight against trafficking in cultural goods

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 29 and at least 2 Border Guards Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Robust research methodologies, improved intelligence picture and understanding of mechanisms behind organised crime activities related to trafficking of cultural goods both offline and online, modus operandi, possible nexus with terrorist financing;

2.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to identify organised crime networks involved in trafficking in cultural goods and to detect their illicit business models, including financial aspects and money laundering activities in this sector;

3.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to detect and prevent the emergence of organised crime networks involved in trafficking in cultural goods, and to respond to the threat of existing organisations;

4.Improved and validated tools, skills and training materials (including the lawful court-proof collection of crime evidence) for European Police Authorities, Border Guards and Customs Authorities to tackle criminal activities related to trafficking of cultural goods;

5.Improved cooperation between European Police Authorities, Border Guards and Customs Authorities, as well as with specialised researchers and international actors, in tackling this form of crime;

6.Improved databases on stolen/trafficked cultural goods;

7.Improved evidence-based policy-making against trafficking in cultural goods.

Scope: Trafficking in cultural goods has become one of the most profitable criminal activities for organised crime groups and the booming art and antiquity market is creating new business models for organised crime. At the same time, the art and antiquity market is also one of the least regulated markets in Europe, characterised by a lack of traceability and speculative pricing of the objects, rendering it an ideal place also for money laundering, tax evasion, etc.

Building on the results of recently completed projects, the nexus between terrorism and serious and organised crime (including cyber) deserves to be analysed further. The involvement in serious and organised crime may as well allow terrorists to generate funds to finance terrorism-related activities, as it is the case in trafficking of cultural goods. "Blood antiquities" are, unfortunately, nothing new. Works of art and archaeological goods/finds are looted in war zones as well as in regions not experiencing conflict, and then sold to wealthy collectors and antiquities dealers in Europe. Research has shown that crimes related to cultural goods may be conducted by organised crime groups in order to generate profit or to launder illegally acquired funds. Despite the seriousness of this issue, fundamental questions remain: How are these precious items secretly transported and what facilitates their illicit movement? What are the relations with other types of crime? How much does the trafficking of cultural goods bring in? What is the role and extension of online markets and social networks in supporting trafficking (e.g., discussion groups where looters and intermediaries exchange tips and tricks to circumvent police checks)? How can a stolen work be identified? How should the information be stored in accessible databases? What are reliable and ethical ways to gather and share information about this type of crime? What is the relationship between organised crime and the open market for cultural goods (the “grey” market)? What roles do museums and other cultural institutions (unwittingly) play in this trade? And - who defines what is an antiquity and to whom it should belong? Evidence-based research is needed to answer these questions, and to support the development of targeted and effective anti-trafficking policy.

The proposals in this topic should shed a light on these issues through robust research methodologies that prioritise new data collection and analysis, and applications towards the development of evidence-based policy. Proposals should support the gathering of intelligence and the development of tools that Police Authorities and other relevant practitioners need to fight this crime and to collect actionable (cross-border) evidence acceptable in court, with the ultimate goal of disrupting the illicit trade and of mitigating its harmful effects in Europe and beyond.

Activities proposed within this topic should address the issue from various angles, combining both social research with technological development and applications in a logical manner. Therefore, this topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Proposals should also include research into the international dimensions of the trafficking of cultural goods, as well an as investigation of the possible connections between this and other forms of crime. Due to the specific scope of this topic, in order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. Police Authorities, Border Guards Authorities and Customs Authorities should be involved in the consortia, in order to tackle effectively all aspects of this crime.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07 as well as with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL2-HERITAGE-2021-01-08 (Preserving and enhancing cultural heritage with advanced digital technologies) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed research that could also link with security research for border management (for example, border checks) would be an asset. If relevant, the proposed activities should attempt to complement the objectives and activities of the EU Policy Cycle (EMPACT) – Priority Organised Property Crime. If applicable and relevant, coordination with related activities in the Digital Europe Programme should be exploited too.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09: Fight against organised environmental crime

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 30

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 31 and at least 2 Border Guards Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved intelligence picture of organised environmental crime in Europe, modus operandi of such criminal organisations, both offline and online;

2.Improved tools and innovative training curricula for European Police Authorities and Border Guards Authorities, validated against practitioners' needs and requirements, to help them tackle criminal activities related to environmental crime, supported by advanced digital technologies and including the lawful court-proof collection of crime evidence as well as environmental crime statistics;

3.Improved cooperation between European Police Authorities, Border Guards Authorities and other national Authorities involved in tackling this form of crime, including on goods not released for free circulation (e.g. in transit, warehousing etc.);

4.Improved cooperation with third countries and international actors involved in the fight against environmental crime;

5.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to identify and prevent emergent and existing organised crime networks involved in environmental crime;

6.Increased ability of public services to detect places of illegal waste storage;

7.Improved shaping and tuning of regulation related to the fight against environmental crime by security policy.

Scope: Environmental crime breaches environmental legislation and causes significant harm or risk to the environment, climate and/or human health. Environmental crime is highly lucrative, but the sanctions are low, and it is often harder to detect than more traditional forms of organised crime. These factors also make it highly attractive for organised crime groups. These crimes present a high risk for the environment, climate and health, and are very harmful to society as a whole. The extent of the problem is clearly demonstrated by waste trafficking, which is characterised by the clear interconnection between criminal actors and legal businesses.

Nowadays waste traffickers operate along the entire waste-processing chain, rely on the use of fraudulent documents and group with other types of organised criminal activities. Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners need new means, both technological and intelligence-based, to prevent and combat illegal environment-related activities, such as illegal waste dumping, waste trafficking and the illegal trade of refrigerants including ozone depleting gases and hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs). Innovative solutions are needed to support Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners in finding polluting substances intentionally dumped in land and water (by, e.g., developing or improving existing technologies able to differentiate such substances from non-pollutant components, possibly involving remote sensing approaches), in detecting hazardous waste (e.g., fuel or electronic equipment), and in having a complete intelligence picture of this type of crime (such as modus operandi of the crime organisations involved in this type of crime, both offline and online).

The illegal trade of ozone depleting gases and HFCs also remains a significant obstacle to international efforts seeking to limit the worst impacts of climate change. Here, smuggling activities using in particular the custom transit procedures need to be addressed. Furthermore, one of the main issues with understanding the scale and specific issues are problems in developing comparable EU crime statistics. Therefore, activities proposed within this topic should address both the technological and societal dimensions of environmental crime in a balanced way, as well as the needs of Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners. Connections with other forms of crime should be tackled too, as well as with other forms of environmental crime, which, similarly to illegal waste, pose a risk to health and society and are also reflected in Commission regulations – illicit wildlife trafficking, forest fires, illegal timber trade etc.

The international dimension, a crucial element in certain environmental crimes, should be analysed as well, including but not limited to the smuggling processes of illegal waste and refrigerants. Thus, both Police and Border Guards Authorities should be involved in the consortia, in order to tackle effectively all aspects of this crime. A particularity with environmental crime is the variety of actors involved at national level (inspection authorities, sanitary bodies etc.), so their participation would be welcome in the consortia.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07 should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed activities that could also link with security research for border management (e.g., border checks) would be an asset. If relevant, the proposed activities should attempt to complement the objectives and activities of the EU Policy Cycle (EMPACT). If applicable and relevant, coordination with related activities in the Digital Europe Programme should be exploited too. Due to the specific scope of this topic, in order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, applicants should plan to facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10: Fight against firearms trafficking

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 32

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 33 and at least 2 Border Guards Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Contribution to the implementation of the 2020-2024 EU Action Plan on firearms trafficking;

2.Improved intelligence picture of firearms trafficking in Europe, modus operandi of such criminal organisations, both offline and online;

3.European Police Authorities, Customs and Border Guards Authorities, as well as forensics specialists and prosecutors benefit from modern and validated tools, skills and training curricula (including on the lawful court-proof collection of crime evidence) to tackle criminal activities related to firearms trafficking;

4.Harmonised procedures in the investigation of trans-border crimes in full compliance with applicable legislation on protection of personal data;

5.Improved cooperation between European Police and Border Guards Authorities, as well as with international actors, in tackling this form of crime;

6.Strengthened ability of security practitioners to identify organised crime networks involved in firearms trafficking in an early stage;

7.Reduced diversion of firearms into criminal hands in Europe;

8.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to prevent the emergence of organised crime networks involved in firearms trafficking, and respond to the threat of existing organisations;

9.Improved shaping and tuning of regulation related to the fight against firearms trafficking by security policy-makers.

Scope: Firearms are the lifeblood of organised crime in Europe as well as worldwide. Firearms trafficking is a big enabler of organised crime and terrorism. It is a high-time to fix a new agenda by:

1) analysing possibilities for safeguarding the legal market and preventing diversion, notably by developing technological solutions for addressing new threats such as 3D printed firearms, including distribution of blueprints for 3D printing of firearms, clamping of 3D printing machines and of blueprints, and their sale both offline and online (including darknet);

2) improving the intelligence picture in firearms trafficking, in particular by developing technological solutions to enable simultaneous searches/input in the Schengen Information System and Interpol’s iArms database, developing solutions to facilitate and approximate a systematic collection on data on all firearms seizures, and developing a European-level tool tracking in real-time all firearms-related incidents or shootings and extracting continuously updated data;

3) increasing knowledge on the legal limitations and room for improvement in police and judicial cooperation in the field of firearms trafficking, developing tools to enable automated cross-border exchange of ballistics information, and exploring how new and emerging approaches (such as, but not limited to, Artificial Intelligence) could help improve automated detection of firearms and firearms components through scanning of parcels and containers;

4) improving international cooperation by supporting operational cooperation between the Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners of the EU and of third countries.

Activities proposed within this topic should address both technological and societal dimensions of the firearms trafficking. Connections with other forms of crime should be tackled too. The international dimension should be analysed as well, including but not limited to the firearms smuggling processes. Thus, both Police and Border Guards/Customs Authorities should be involved in the consortia, in order to tackle effectively all aspects of this crime. Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07 should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed activities that could also link with security research for border management (for example, border checks or detection of concealed objects) would be an asset. If relevant, the proposed activities should attempt to complement the objectives and activities of the EU Policy Cycle (EMPACT) – Firearms. Due to the specific scope of this topic, in order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should plan to facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

FCT06 – Citizens are protected against cybercrime

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-11: Prevention of child sexual exploitation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million. 34

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 35 and at least 2 Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Increased understanding of security practitioners and policy-makers of the prevalence and of the process leading to child sexual abuse and child sexual exploitation;

2.Enhanced understanding of the characteristics and key differences between offending and non-offending Minor Attracted Persons;

3.Innovative and effective solutions, including training curricula, are validated and adopted by European Police Authorities and relevant Civil Society Organisations to prevent, detect and effectively act on child sexual exploitation, both offline and online, by providing necessary assistance to potential offenders, as well as by providing adequate preventative campaigns to reach vulnerable groups;

4.Developed cross-culturally validated risk assessment tools for child sexual offenders; Enhanced perception by the citizens that Europe is an area of freedom, justice and security thanks to increased security of children;

5.Improved cooperation between European Police Authorities and relevant Civil Society Organisations in preventing this form of crime, taking into account fundamental rights;

6.Improved evidence-based policy-making related to the prevention of child sexual exploitation.

Scope: Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE), including the increasing amount of child sexual abuse material (CSAM) detected online as well as the online solicitation of children for sexual purposes, remains a serious threat. During the first wave of the global pandemic of COVID-19, there was an increased online activity in dedicated forums by offenders exploiting opportunities to engage with children who were more vulnerable due to isolation, greater online exposure and less supervision. This further highlighted the importance of CSE prevention, early detection and effective actions, both online and offline. Research is needed to better understand the process leading to offending in all its various forms (e.g. from watching CSAM to sexually abusing a child), i.e. what triggers the behaviour of potential offenders, which approaches in addressing their behaviour work and which not, which profiles of offenders can be generated, etc.

Research is also needed to provide a deeper understanding of the prevalence of these crimes as well as the prevalence of persons with a sexual interest in children. Early or weak signals should be further researched in combination with effective countermeasures and interventions. The solutions should be accompanied by corresponding training curricula for Police Authorities and Civil Society Organisations when necessary (e.g. when they involve providing assistance to potential offenders or victims). Methods for evaluating proposed solutions should be developed as well. Special care needs to be given to ethics and fundamental rights protection throughout the research and the solutions proposed. The evolving character of the CSE modus operandi should be taken into account in all activities proposed under this topic. The societal dimension should be in the core of proposed activities. In addition to the mandatory involvement of Police Authorities, the involvement of other relevant practitioners in the consortia - e.g. from Civil Society Organisations, health professionals (psychologists, psychiatrics…), forensic psychologists, criminologists and sociologists - is strongly encouraged as well. As such, this topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should foresee how they will facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-12: Online identity theft is countered

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million. 36

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 37 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.European Police Authorities are provided with modern, innovative and validated tools and training curricula, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data to prevent, detect and investigate online identity theft, and lawfully collect crime evidence across borders for its use in court proceedings;

2.Strengthened ability of security practitioners to identify (new forms of) online identity theft at an early stage thanks to improved knowledge on the modus operandi and new trends in identity theft, including but not limited to deepfakes, and innovative solutions for Police Authorities to tackle them in lawful manner;

3.Improved understanding on the societal aspects and impacts of identity theft, as well as on the key challenges related to it;

4.Enhanced perception by the citizens that Europe is an area of freedom, justice and security thanks to innovative awareness-raising campaigns explaining to citizens the key and evolving mechanisms of identity theft and how to protect against them;

5.Improved shaping and implementation of regulation related to the fight against identity theft by security policy-makers.

Scope: The “classical” form of identity theft has been a big business for years and consists in personal and financial data stolen online, sold in the underground economy and misused by criminal organisations all over the world, usually for financial gain. With the technological evolution, identity theft evolves as well. Personal details can be found by hacking computers, but identity thieves are increasingly getting citizens’ personal information from social media sites. Furthermore, an on-going improvement of technologies to create deepfake audio and video material may result in novel forms of identity theft. This relatively new but rapidly evolving technology superimposes audio, images or videos over another video or creates new ones. For instance, it can be used, among others, to generate new "personalised" child abuse material, to create fake social media accounts in the name of the target person (to harness or stalk them), to place the faces of celebrities on existing pornographic videos, to spread misinformation about a company (leading to financial losses) or a politician or an expert (reputational damage).

Research is needed to develop new technological means of detecting deepfakes in support of the work of Police Authorities, as it may only be a matter of time before deepfakes are used more often in online identity theft cases. In addition, this can have serious implications for Police Authorities, since it might complicate investigations and raise questions about the authenticity of evidence. The issue of collecting (cross-border) evidence for its use in courts of law, i.e. in a lawful manner and respecting fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data, should be tackled in proposed activities as well. Other evolving modus operandi and new trends in online identity thefts should be analysed too, and corresponding innovative lawful societal means of preventing as well as innovative lawful technological means of detecting and investigating them should be developed. Thus, activities proposed within this topic should address both the technological and societal dimensions of online identity theft in a balanced way. An analysis of trends (who the victims of identity thefts are usually, whether gender/age/ICT skills play a role, etc.) would be an asset. Special care should be given to ethics and fundamental rights protection throughout the research and the solutions proposed.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. With the aim of developing effective awareness raising campaigns, involvement of relevant Civil Society Organisations, sociologists and psychologists who can shed a light on the phenomenon of identity theft from the side of victims and how to support them, would be an added value of proposals submitted under this topic. If applicable and relevant, coordination with related activities in the Digital Europe Programme should be envisaged too.

Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 38

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 39

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 30 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-01

IA

7.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-02

RIA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-03

RIA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-04

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05

IA

15.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06

IA

15.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07

IA

15.00

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

31.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-01: Improved crime scene investigations related to transfer, persistence and background abundance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 40 and at least 2 forensic institutes from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved European common investigation capabilities thanks to modern, robust, validated and reliable solutions, used by forensic institutes and Police Authorities for analysing complex crime scenes with various types of trace evidence items;

2.Shorter court case thanks to the availability of more solid forensic (cross-border) evidence that is acceptable in court, respecting fair trial requirements;

3.Common European approaches are made available to policy-makers and security practitioners for analysing risks/threats, and identifying and deploying relevant security measures while inspecting, gathering and analysing trace substances collected in complex crime scenes, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, the traceability of forensic evidence, cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data;

4.Improved shaping and tuning by security policy-makers of regulation on using innovative solutions in crime scene investigations by forensic institutes and Police Authorities;

5.Improved understanding of the underlying phenomena governing the transfer of material from a surface to another, persistence of material once transferred, recovery process of the material as well as characterisation and expectations regarding the background noise;

6.Ground truth datasets accessible to the scientific community to support interpretation at the activity level of transfer of microtraces, biological traces, biometric traces and chemical traces;

7.Enhanced evidence collection on crime scene due to an increased use of novel technologies;

8.Police Authorities and forensic institutes are provided with innovative methods of biological fluid identification for forensic applications;

9.Forensic practitioners and Police Authorities active in crime scene investigations are provided with modern and innovative training curricula.

Scope: Nowadays, Police Authorities deal with a growing complexity of crime scenes containing various types of trace evidence items that can also present safety hazards for the forensic experts and crime scene investigators. Traditional forensic crime scene analysis typically involves several techniques to inspect, gather and analyse collected trace substances. There is a need to improve these processes and make them more accurate, effective and sensitive in such a complex scenario, by employing modern approaches, for instance (but not limited to) nanotechnology, next generation sequencing or Artificial Intelligence.

A way to modernise forensic science for the professionalisation of crime scene investigations is through improving the understanding of the underlying phenomena governing the transfer of material from a surface to another, persistence of material once transferred, recovery process of the material as well as characterisation and expectations regarding the background noise.

Regarding transfer, persistence and background abundance, two different types of developments are needed: 1) of ground truth datasets accessible to the scientific community to support interpretation at the activity level for transfer of microtraces (paint, glass, soil), biological traces (body fluids, DNA), biometric traces (fingermarks, shoemarks), chemical traces (drugs, explosives, ignitable liquids); and 2) of methods of biological fluid (blood, semen, saliva, urine, etc.) identification for advanced forensic applications. The proposed activities should take into account the European dimension regarding harmonisation of the approach and cross-border acceptance of the collected evidence. A special attention has to be given to applicable legislation, ethics and fundamental rights, as well as to the well-documented use of scientific method to enhance transparency in the establishing of forensic evidence. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more Police Authorities and other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should foresee how they will facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic SU-AI02-2020 (on AI research datasets), HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04 (on ground-truth data sets for conventional forensics) and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-02 (on common data formats) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Cooperation with the European Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI) is welcome.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-02: Better understanding the influence of organisational cultures and human interactions in the forensic context as well as a common lexicon

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 41 and at least 2 forensic institutes from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Increased European common forensic investigation capabilities and cross-border exchanges thanks to a better understanding of main organisational cultures and of human interactions in the forensic context, and of the main causes of biases in interpretation and reasoning;

2.Strengthened bridges between different actors in an investigative process through an improved non-ambiguous communication and enhanced communication mechanisms at all levels;

3.Improved European common forensics investigation capabilities and cross-border exchanges thanks to a common, modern lexicon that is used by forensic institutes and Police Authorities, validated against practitioners' needs and requirements, to facilitate their (specialised) daily work on investigating terrorism and other forms of serious crime;

4.Development of safer justice outcomes through an increased understanding of how human interactions impacts on decisions at all levels of an investigative process;

5.Modern and robust methods of reasoning and of experts’ decision making in forensic practice, overcoming various types of biases;

6.Forensic institutes and Police Authorities active in crime scene investigations benefit from innovation education and training curricula.

Scope: Security research projects related to forensics typically focus only on technologies and data, while the process by which forensic experts evaluate and interpret the evidence is often put aside. However, cognitive methods and human judgement play a significant role as forensic experts observe and interpret the data. By doing this, forensic experts are almost inevitably exposed to irrelevant contextual information (such as suspect’s criminal record or ethnicity, a type of the information that can be obtained due to a liaison between a forensic expert and investigators, police and the prosecution), which can potentially cause bias. In contexts where digital technologies are involved in creating forensic outcomes, biases and loss of transparency can also arise from different roles and disciplinary backgrounds of the different actors working on and with the digital tools. Communication between practitioners within the same institute can introduce a bias as well. When exchanging the information cross-border, both organisational cultures and languages can also cause a bias.

Understanding how human interaction, both internally and in the European context, impacts on decisions at all levels of an investigative process is critical for the development of safe justice outcomes. In forensic practice, it is crucial to understand the impacts of various types of biases on interpretation and reasoning, and to develop methods to increase the robustness of reasoning and of experts’ decision making. Research is needed to evaluate, develop and enhance methods and cognitive techniques to communicate non-ambiguously in the forensic and legal context, as well as to develop, improve and enhance communication mechanisms between the actors of the criminal justice chain.

That being said, in the European context, a critical enabler for an improved collaboration and communication between forensic practitioners is the use of a clear, consistent vocabulary. Such a shared vocabulary would, among others, allow for a common understanding of forensics, improve structured (cross-border) data sharing, and amplify the (cross-border) acceptance of evidence in court. There is hence a need for a development of a common lexicon, able to adapt to the evolving aspect of forensic technologies.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-04 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-01 (on common data formats) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Where relevant, coordination should also be foreseen with actions and results of projects under Justice Programme (2014-2020) 42 . Operational examples should also be considered, where relevant in line with activities of the SIRIUS Project 43 . In addition, cooperation with the European Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI) would be welcome.

FCT03 Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-03: Enhanced fight against the abuse of online gaming culture by extremists

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 44 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Enhanced knowledge on the use of online gaming culture and structure by violent extremists as well as their modus operandi through video game chatrooms, used as their recruitment tools;

2.European Police Authorities benefit from better, innovative and validated tools and training curricula (which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data) to tackle violent radicalisation through online gaming culture;

3.Increased awareness of citizens about online radicalisation through gaming culture;

4.Enhanced protection of youth in the gaming environment against recruitment into violent radicalisation;

5.Improved shared understanding and cooperation between different actors involved, including security practitioners, gaming industry, social media, video game hosting services and civil society;

6.Improved shaping and tuning by security policy-makers of regulation on preventing abuse of online gaming culture by violent extremists.

Scope: A highly increasingly influencing societal issue related to radicalisation is the online gaming culture. Earlier studies have shown no link between video games and violence. However, terrorism and gaming experts claim that forums and chatrooms are used as recruitment tools. Research is needed to analyse the use of online gaming culture and structure by violent extremists as well as their modus operandi through video game chatrooms and forums.

Regarding video games themselves, an in-depth analysis is needed on how the type of the video game, of its theme, design, aesthetics etc. plays a role in the choice of the chatroom to be used as a recruitment area. As far as video game chatrooms, including social media platforms discussing video games, are concerned, dissemination strategies of violent extremists through them as well as their ways of grooming should be analysed.

Based on the results of these analyses, innovative (societal) means of fighting this type of crime, both online and offline, should be developed. The role of Police Authorities in this respect should be analysed. Possibilities of detecting and investigating this type of crime should be discussed as well, with a focus on legal and ethical aspects. Modern and effective awareness raising campaigns should be developed, that would target young people, parents, school teachers, video-gaming industry and wide communities, and that take into account the European multicultural dimension. Methods for evaluating proposed solutions should be developed as well. Suggestions to gaming industry on which traps to avoid when designing and upgrading a video game should be provided too.

Proposed activities should take into account the evolving nature of this type of crime and of technology, and be performed while respecting the applicable legislation and fundamental rights, such as privacy and protection of personal data. Societal dimension should be in the core of proposed activities, with a support of technologies. The consortia should consist in Police Authorities, representatives of gaming industry, gaming experts, IT specialists, (cyber) psychologists and sociologists. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Participation of relevant Civil Society Organisations or gaming communities would be an added value. Analysis of the possible applications of research results to other similar problems (e.g. child sexual abuse) is welcome.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL2-DEMOCRACY-2022-01-04 (Evolution of political extremism and its influence on contemporary social and political dialogue) should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

FCT04 - Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-04: Public spaces are protected while respecting privacy and avoiding mass surveillance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 45 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

·Improved understanding by local authorities, operators and policy makers of the effect of large-scale surveillance of public spaces on the behaviour of citizens and possible negative effects on local communities;

·Enhanced transparency for citizens on different forms of surveillance by Police Authorities 46 , local authorities and private actors in public spaces, and increased awareness of applicable rights towards operators of such systems;

·Improved protection of public spaces without the need for 24/7 data collection and storage;

·Set of common standards and good practices by local authorities, operators and policy makers for internal access restriction, anonymization and data minimization allowing a proportionate use of already installed surveillance-systems (such as CCTV) in public spaces, reducing the risk of misuse of collected data and respecting fundamental rights, especially the protection of personal data.

Scope: In recent years, the number of different tools for the surveillance of public spaces has been growing at massive pace in most European cities. CCTV-systems in public spaces are the most evident examples. They have been expanded in terms of quantity (number of CCTV in public spaces, such as squares, streets or touristic sites), quality (improved solution of images, possibility of tracking and automatic pattern-recognition) and also scope (CCTV present in areas like parks, 24/7 recording as standard due to higher data storage capacities).

CCTV-systems are the most evident and visible, although by far not the only ones. Acoustic sensors, Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) and in the future possibly widespread facial recognition add to a system of sensors that cover large parts of public spaces in many European cities.

While evidence suggests that such tools can help to combat certain forms of crime an increase the perceived security of citizens, the significant expansion of areas that are monitored risks to create negative effects for the right for privacy. Scientific studies indicate that also legal forms of behaviour are adapted by persons, which are aware that they are monitored by surveillance systems. Furthermore, there is evidence that such systems are often concentrated in socially deprived districts, creating the risks of stigmatisation of its residents.

In terms of crime prevention there are indications that for many settings, sensors like CCTV are in the best case only part of a solution and they can create a tendency of reducing personnel on the ground, thus limiting the possibilities for classical policing and reducing the direct interaction between local police and public order services and the citizens. Such interaction is however key to address crime prevention and response to criminal threats in a holistic manner.

The quantitative growth of both public and private surveillance has led to the fact that nowadays, citizens are hardly able to keep track of where their data has been captured and thus not able to make us of their rights as guaranteed by applicable legislation, such as the GDPR. While citizens as subjects of the surveillance are becoming transparent towards public and private operators of surveillance, the operators themselves remain in many cases inaccessible and few technological innovations are used to make sure only relevant data is stored and processed.

While significant industry and research resources are invested in the design of new and the upgrading of existing surveillance systems for public spaces, innovation could be stimulated to look for alternatives. Such alternative could identify means to protect public spaces though enhanced interaction with local communities, re-design sensors as to ensure they capture data in the most proportionate way, increase transparency for citizens towards public and private operators of surveillance systems and finally explore privacy-friendly technological features to ensure that only relevant data is kept, processed and accessible by authorised actors. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Responsible Research and Innovation 47 could be a relevant approach for the involvement of diverse stakeholders, launching debates, and co-developing or even implementing solutions.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

FCT05 - Organised crime prevented and combated

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05: Effective fight against corruption

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million. 48

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 49 and at least 2 Border Guards Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Security practitioners and policy-makers are provided with improved and complete intelligence picture of corruption, such as modus operandi, both offline and online, including cross-border dimension, new trends, its social and economic impact, its role in enabling other types of crime, as well as its close links with money laundering;

2.A comprehensive risk analysis is provided to security practitioners and policy makers on the new opportunities offered by the COVID-19 pandemic in terms of corruptive practices, cross-border dimension, its social and economic impact and sectors at high risk;

3.European Police Authorities, Border Guards and Financial Supervisory Authorities benefit from better, modern and validated tools (including the lawful court-proof collection of crime evidence) and training materials to tackle criminal activities related to corruption and improve resilience for corruption acts;

4.Improved strategies of cooperation between European Police and Border Guards Authorities in fighting corruption and dismantling related criminal networks;

5.Improved policy-making related to the fight against corruption.

Scope: Corruption, a criminal category that ranges from bribery of public officials via sports to abuse of power and money laundering of proceeds from crime, is a strong enabler for crime and terrorism, and, as such, it constitutes a threat to security. By creating business uncertainty, slowing processes, and imposing additional costs, it has a negative impact on economic growth.

Although the nature and scope of corruption may differ from one Member State to another, it harms the whole Europe by lowering investment levels, hampering the fair operation of the Internal Market and reducing public finances.

The points where innovative solutions can help are threefold. Firstly, there is a need to estimate the impact of corruption. It refers to social impact, factors that promote or hinder it, impact on vulnerable groups, economic, as well as fiscal and development costs.

Secondly, the role of corruption as an enabler of other crimes deserves analysis as well. Namely, corruption, increasingly facilitated by online services, is a fertile ground for organised criminal activities (human trafficking, smuggling…) and terrorism. For some criminal activities, corruption is an integral part of their modus operandi. Thus, relations with other types of crime should be explored too. Money laundering, closely linked to corruption, deserves special attention.

Thirdly, innovative societal and technological solutions for prevention, detection and investigation of this type of crime are needed, including also the collection of cross-border court-proof evidence. Therefore, activities proposed within this topic should address both societal and technological dimensions of corruption in a balanced way, taking care of the applicable legislation and fundamental rights. The international dimension should be analysed as well, hence both Police and Border Guards Authorities should be involved in the consortia, in order to tackle effectively all aspects of this crime. Due to the specific scope of this topic, international cooperation is encouraged.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07 should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06: Effective fight against illicit drugs production and trafficking

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million. 50

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 51 and at least 2 Border Guards Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved and complete intelligence picture of security practitioners and policy-makers on drug production and trafficking, such as modus operandi, both offline and online, including the whole chain of trade, cross-border dimension, new trends, prevention of illicit drug market, new drugs, internet, including darknet, monitoring of drugs, financial flows of the related profits, etc.;

2.European Police and Border Guards Authorities benefit from better, modern and validated tools (including the lawful court-proof collection of crime evidence) and training materials to tackle criminal activities related to drugs, such as monitoring of internet, including darknet;

3.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to identify organised criminal groups involved in drug production and trafficking at an early stage;

4.Enhanced ability of security practitioners and policy-makers to prevent the emergence of organised crime networks related to drugs, and respond to the threat of existing organisations, while respecting fundamental rights;

5.Improved monitoring of dual-use chemicals used to drugs production;

6.European Police and Border Guards Authorities benefit from improved strategies of cooperation in fighting drug trafficking and dismantling related criminal networks;

7.Security policy makers are better supported in analysing the features of the drug trade and the business models underlying it, and the policy regulation related to the fight against drug production and trafficking is enhanced.

Scope: Drug trafficking and drug production are the most profitable criminal activity of organised crime groups active in Europe. According to the 2019 EU Drug Markets Report, the total value of the retail market for illicit drugs in the EU was estimated at EUR 30 billion. There is a need for a comprehensive complete intelligence picture of this type of crime.

In the following, two main priorities in security research and innovation in this area are indicated. Firstly, innovative methods are needed to inquire into developments in the illicit drug market, especially on prevention and new drugs (their production, marketing and distribution). Secondly, internet, including darknet, monitoring as regards drugs has not been sufficiently addressed by innovative approaches until now. As stated by the European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA), it is worth mentioning that over 100 global darknet markets are known to have existed for varying lengths of time since 2010 when the phenomenon emerged, that illicit drugs have been and continue to be the backbone of most darknet markets (drugs are important, but they share space with other illicit goods), and that two thirds of darknet markets content is known to be drug-related.

While vendor and customer interactions are relatively well studied and understood, there is a need for innovative approaches aimed at improving currently limited knowledge regarding the actors and mechanisms involved in this trade beyond the distribution/sales phase in the drug trafficking chain. Knowledge gaps also remain in relation to the extent of involvement of traditional organised crime in the darknet trade in illicit drugs. Then, gaps exist in the knowledge of the financial flows related to the profits from darknet market platforms.

Activities proposed within this topic should address both societal and technological dimensions of drug trafficking and drug production in a balanced way, taking care of the applicable legislation and fundamental rights. As the organised crime groups involved are practically fully interconnected, the international dimension should be analysed as well, hence both Police and Border Guards Authorities should be involved in the consortia, in order to tackle effectively all aspects of this crime, such as cross-border drugs smuggling.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07 should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed activities that could also link with security research for border management (e.g., border checks or detection of concealed objects) would be an asset. Due to the specific scope of this topic, in order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07: Effective fight against trafficking in human beings

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million. 52

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 53 and at least 2 Border Guards Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

1.Security practitioners and policy makers are provided with an improved and more complete intelligence picture of trafficking in human beings, such as modus operandi, both offline and online, including the whole trafficking chain, cross-border dimension, new trends, relations with other types of crime, financial flows of the related profits, etc.;

2.European Police and Border Guards Authorities benefit from better, modern and validated tools (including the lawful court-proof collection of crime evidence) and training materials to tackle criminal activities related to trafficking in human beings;

3.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to detect and identify organised criminal groups involved in trafficking in human beings, in collaboration with citizens or NGOs when applicable;

4.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to detect victims of all forms of exploitation, taking into account consistent patterns, and identify victims at an early stage;

5.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to prevent the emergence of organised crime networks related to trafficking in human beings, to disrupt the trafficking chain at an early stage, deter organised crime groups related to trafficking in human beings and respond to the threat of existing organisations, as well as their potential expansion via de use of social media;

6.Improved strategies of cooperation applied by European Police and Border Guards Authorities in fighting trafficking in human beings and dismantling related criminal networks, while respecting fundamental rights such as the protection of personal data, and improved cooperation between European and origin and transit countries authorities;

7.Better policy-making related to the fight against trafficking in human beings.

Scope: Trafficking in human beings is a serious and organised form of crime that involves the criminal exploitation of vulnerable people, the goal of which is the economic gain. This crime is often cross-border and consistently the vast majority of its victims are women and girls, around one fourth of all victims being children. Around half of the victims are EU nationals within the EU.

Trafficking can take place for various exploitation purposes, including sexual exploitation, forced labour, servitude, removal of organs, forced criminality (e.g., pickpocketing or drug trafficking). Trafficking in human beings is a grave violation of people’s fundamental rights and dignity, and is explicitly prohibited by the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights. Understanding the nature, scale and costs of the crime is key to ensuring appropriate action at the European level to prevent the phenomenon. The 2017 Communication (COM(2017) 728 final) identifies as key priorities: to address the culture of impunity via disrupting the business model of criminals and untangling the trafficking chain; to provide a better access to and realise the rights of victims; to intensify a coordinated and consolidate response within and outside the EU.

Innovation, reliable and comprehensive statistics are crucial in obtaining a complete intelligence picture of this crime, the modus operandi of the related criminal groups, identifying and addressing trends, developing evidence-based policy, and measuring the impact of individual initiatives. Innovative intelligence-based technological means of detecting, tracking and disrupting the online activities related to trafficking in human beings (including darknet) should be developed as well. The proposed activities would also aim to contribute to countering the culture of impunity by increasing the capacity of Police Authorities to detect the trafficking crime, the suspected perpetrators and the victims and to disrupt the business model and/or establish responsibility of all those involved in the trafficking chain.

Activities proposed within this topic should address both societal and technological dimensions of trafficking in human beings in a balanced way, taking care of the applicable EU legal and policy framework including fundamental rights and ethics. Since the international dimension of this crime should be analysed as well, both Police and Border Guards Authorities should be involved in the consortia, in order to tackle effectively all aspects of this crime, such as finding together means of disrupting the human traffickers’ business model. Collaboration with Police Authorities, security practitioners and Border Guards Authorities from countries of origin or transit of criminal networks would be an added value.

Coordination with successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-08, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05 and HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06 should be envisaged so as to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Proposed activities that could also link with security research for border management (e.g., border checks or security controls) would be an asset. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Due to the specific scope of this topic, in order to achieve the expected outcome, international cooperation is encouraged.

Effective management of EU external borders

This Destination addresses, among other, objectives identified by the Security Union Strategy 54 as well as the border management and security dimensions of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum 55 . As such, topics included under the Destination are aimed at ensuring strong European land, air and sea external borders. This includes by developing strong capabilities for checks at external borders hence safeguarding the integrity and functioning of the Schengen area without controls at the internal borders, by compensating the absence of intra-EU border checks; being capable to carry out systematic border checks, including identity, health and security checks as necessary, while facilitating the travel of bona fide travellers and respecting rights and possible vulnerabilities of individuals; providing integrated and continuous border surveillance, situational awareness and analysis support; combating identity and document frauds; supporting future technology for the European Border and Coast Guard; supporting the interoperability and performance of EU data exchange and analysis IT systems; supporting better risk detection, incident response and crime prevention; improving European preparedness to, and management of, future rapidly evolving changes; and updating our maritime security management including migration, trafficking as well as search and rescue capabilities.

Taking into account the central role of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency (Frontex) in defining capability requirements for the European Border and Coast Guard, it will be closely associated with, and will assist the European Commission in drawing up and implementing, relevant research and innovation activities. The European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (eu-LISA) could also assist the European Commission on relevant research and innovation activities and specific topics. Research should also consider how future management of borders can develop protection of human rights, and how it can facilitate protection of refugees.

This research will also contribute to the implementation of the European Border Surveillance System (EUROSUR) and the development of tools and methods for Integrated Border Management.

Regarding maritime security, the topics under this Destination will also support the implementation of the relevant actions under the Capability development, research and innovation area of the EU Maritime Security Action Plan 56 . Research activities will therefore enable better security and management of EU maritime borders, maritime critical infrastructures, maritime activities and transport, contributing as well to a better performance and cooperation on coast guard functions. Research and innovation in the area of maritime security will also support the development of future capabilities for the protection of sea harbours and related sea lines of communication including entry/exit routes. The objective of maritime security research activities in this regard covers prevention, preparedness and response to expected and unexpected events including, anthropogenic and natural disasters, accidents, climate change as well as threats such as terrorism and piracy, cyber, hybrid and chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) ones. The EU Maritime Security Research Agenda lays down in this regard specific areas to address, including cybersecurity, interoperability and information sharing, autonomous systems, networking and communication systems and multi-purpose platforms. Specific EU maritime security legislation 57 also emphasises maritime passenger transport, and the threats to passengers. Innovative and more efficient capabilities for the security of maritime passenger transport could therefore also be a useful area of research.

Regarding security in the movements of goods across external borders, research will address requirements identified by the European Commission and EU customs authorities and should contribute to capabilities for detecting illegal activities both at external border crossing points and through the supply chain. EU customs authorities face increasing volumes of commerce, trade and traffic of goods, as well as having a range of tasks to fulfil besides security. International smuggling has the potential to become more sophisticated and/or increase in the coming years and decades, and could be facilitated by cybercrime. Criminal networks may exploit potential weaknesses of global supply chains, transport and logistics to pursue illicit trade and other crimes. At the same time, threats and hazards that may need to be detected in the flow of goods are very diverse and often need different sensors and technologies to be detected (from chemical, biological, nuclear, radiological and explosive material to drugs, firearms, money, waste, trafficked wildlife, cultural goods, etc.). Hence, customs need innovation to enable detection and to ensure security without at the same time disrupting or unnecessarily hampering trade flows. Capabilities built through research will contribute to the implementation of the new EU Customs Union action plan to reinforce customs risk management and effective controls. Capabilities include those on threat detection in postal flows; automated controls and detection that reduce the need to open or stop containers, packages, baggage or cargo; decision support; portability of control solutions; and technologies to track cross-border illicit trade.

Furthermore, in order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined with regard to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

Successful proposals under this Destination are invited to cooperate closely with other EC-chaired or funded initiatives in the relevant domains, such as the Networks of Practitioners projects funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes, the Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation funded under the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme, the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security) or with other security research and innovation working groups set-up by EU Agencies.

Furthermore, successful proposals under this Destination should be complementary and not overlap with relevant actions funded by other EU instruments, including projects funded by the Digital Europe Programme as well as European Defence Fund and the European Defence Industrial Development Programme, while maintaining a focus on civilian applications only.

Proposals submitted under this Destination should demonstrate how they plan to build on relevant predecessor projects; to consider the citizens’ and societal perspectives; to include education, training and awareness raising for practitioners and citizens; to measure the achieved TRL; and to prepare the uptake of the research outcomes.

Proposals involving earth observation are encouraged to make use primarily of Copernicus data, services and technologies.

This Destination will develop knowledge and technologies that may be taken up by other instruments, such as the Integrated Border Management Fund, that will enable exploitation of research results and final delivery of the required tools to security practitioners.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:

“Legitimate passengers and shipments travel more easily into the EU, while illicit trades, trafficking, piracy, terrorist and other criminal acts are prevented, due to improved air, land and sea border management and maritime security including better knowledge on social factors.”

More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

1.Improved security of EU land and air borders, as well as sea borders and maritime environment, infrastructures and activities, against accidents, natural disasters and security challenges such as illegal trafficking, piracy and potential terrorist attacks, cyber and hybrid threats;

2.Improved border crossing experience for travellers and border authorities staff, while maintaining security and monitoring of movements across air, land and sea EU external borders, supporting the Schengen space, reducing illegal movements of people and goods across those borders and protecting fundamental rights of travellers;

3.Improved customs and supply chain security though better prevention, detection, deterrence and fight of illegal activities involving flows of goods across EU external border crossing points and through the supply chain, minimising disruption to trade flows.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01

30.50

23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01

25.00

23 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

30.50

25.00

Call - Border Management 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 58

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 59

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 30 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-01

IA

20.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-03

IA

20.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-05

IA

20.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-02

CSA

2.50

Around 2.50

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-04

RIA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

Overall indicative budget

30.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-01: Enhanced security and management of borders, maritime environment, activities and transport, by increased surveillance capability, including high altitude, long endurance aerial support

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million. 60

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased surveillance capability compared to the state of the art, including longer endurance, better reliability, lower maintenance requirements, longer permanence and wider coverage;

2.Improved performance and/or safety, including better detection, classification and tracking capabilities, cyber and physical security, better cost-efficiency, better autonomy, lower visual and acoustic signatures;

3.Improved multi-tasking capabilities to respond to a variety of needs and situations in the surveillance of border and maritime environment, including enhanced multi-authority collaboration.

Scope: Border and coast guards, as well as other security practitioners, require capabilities to monitor wider areas beyond the EU external borders in order to prevent, detect and react to crime, including that crossing external borders, illegal border crossings and/or smuggling at the border regions of the EU and of the Schengen area. This applies to all border contexts – land, sea and air – but it may be specifically useful in the maritime domain, and these capabilities could also have a strong impact on other maritime security-related tasks beyond border control and for key dimensions identified by the EU Maritime Security Action Plan, including the civil-military research agenda. These capabilities should include monitoring for challenges and threats to maritime activities, including transport, maritime infrastructures and environments; contributing to measures to support vessels in distress and search and rescue missions; and scanning of coastal and border areas.

The solutions proposed by project proposals should reach advanced capability levels concerning detection, identification and tracking, including long endurance, persistence, reliability, and wide coverage. These platforms would be expected to have multi-tasking capabilities and be able to respond to a variety of needs and situations, including but not limited to environmental incidents, search and rescue needs, irregular migration and cross-border crimes. Platforms should offer cyber and physical security, be able to operate in groups/clusters, be highly autonomous, and offer increased endurance, taking into account better energy efficiency and cost-efficiency (including lower maintenance requirements) for security practitioners, low visual and acoustic signatures, and/or improved safety compared to the state of the art.

Solutions should be able to share their information products and integrate with existing and upcoming border and maritime surveillance systems in the EU, including EUROSUR.

Research and innovation activities could be conducted using a range of technological approaches (including but not limited to UAVs, balloon, blimps, High Altitude Platforms (HAPs), Lighter-Than-Air (LTA) solutions, microsatellites, satellite imagery, etc.) as long as the specific platform delivers the expected improved capabilities.

The specific platform should be brought at least to the level of validation, by European border and coast guard authorities, in an operational or real environment. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the frameworks they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the systems; these frameworks will also include assessments of manufacturability, cost-effectiveness, efficiency and demonstrated integration with existing systems, and legal and ethical issues.

While some components studied could be more innovative and brought to mid-TRL, most components of the envisaged solutions are expected to arrive at high TRL and be demonstrated by projects in actual environments with operations and exercises for validation by practitioners. Proposals should also delineate the plans for further uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, after the research project and should it deliver on its goals, of the solutions that they will demonstrate in the research project. Projects are also recommended to integrate impact assessments, including leveraging insights from previous research, in investigating and developing the solutions they propose.

Proposals under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex) starting from the design of their work, and engage with the Agency in the development of the project. Proposals should give a key role to Frontex in validating the project outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other Framework Programmes projects.

Research projects should be complementary and not overlap with relevant actions funded by other EU instruments, including projects funded by the European Defence Fund and the European Defence Industrial Development Programme 61 , while maintaining a focus on civilian applications only.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

BM02 - Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-02: Increased safety, security, performance of the European Border and Coast Guard and of European customs authorities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities and 2 Customs Authorities, from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved safety, security, performance and user experience (including personal safety and security) of operational staff of European border and coast guards and of customs authorities;

2.Better situational awareness supporting decision-making systems of European border, maritime and customs authorities, including better communication, preparedness and preparation.

Scope: Research should investigate and define future capability needs for increasing the safety, security, performance and user experience of the operational staff of border and coast guards and of customs authorities. This also in view of the reinforcement of the standing corps of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency. Research should analyse capabilities to facilitate and/or protect the work of the operational staff, including their safety and security. Technological components may include security and safety solutions and protective equipment for deployed staff, advanced communication systems, advanced human interface devices and sensors. Capability needs and possible solutions should also be explored on increased situational awareness for border and coast guards and customs, including how to prepare for and manage changing situations; and/or on analytics support solutions for managing border and coast guards or customs staff, response and operations, taking into account legal and ethical, including data protection, requirements.

Complementarity with other security research streams, such as those that developed critical business continuity and safety and security solutions for security practitioners and first responders should be explored, while ensuring tailoring to the user needs in the specific operational context.

Proposals under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex) starting from the design of their work, and engage with the Agency in the development of the project. Proposals should give a key role to Frontex in validating the project outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

Research projects should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but not limiting to research by other Framework Programmes projects such as those on human factors and/or on situational awareness capabilities for border security and border management, as well as European studies on potential applications of technologies to the improvement of border management capabilities.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-03: Improved border checks for travel facilitation across external borders and improved experiences for both passengers and border authorities’ staff

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million. 62

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Border Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Validation of innovative solutions for border crossing facilitation systems at European level for near-seamless and improved border crossing experience for travellers;

2.Increased security and reliability of border checks, including identification of people and goods crossing external borders, with stronger protection of people's fundamental rights and personal data;

3.Better organisation, flexibility and planning of border checks by European border authorities, including for handling peaks in cross-border traffic.

Scope: Research should develop and systematically test and validate solutions to speed up and facilitate the border crossing experience (at land, sea and/or border crossing points for both travellers and staff of border authorities. Systems for easier border crossings, while maintaining security and reliability, would further advance one or more capabilities including the capabilities of border guards to do checks in mobility; of identifying and/or controlling passengers (and their vehicles and/or luggage) without stopping them; and/or of temporarily setting up or scaling up the capacity of certain border crossing points within a relatively short notice. Systems should integrate solutions being able to offer these capabilities in a flexible way and at the same time process border checks for a range of cases and types of passengers (for example EU nationals, third-country nationals, ETIAS/non-ETIAS eligible, persons recorded in a national facilitation programme, etc.).

For one aspect of the border crossing system, mobile or transportable technologies would enable authorities to quickly react to actual situations at the borders. In some scenarios, border checks are not only carried out in fixed crossing points, but also exceptionally in temporary points. New technologies can support authorities on document and information checks and verification (e.g. scanning passports, biometric verification, customs declarations, etc.), including health or security checks as necessary, establishing a secure and reliable communication channel to a backend service and providing immediate feedback to the field officer. Special considerations should be given to situations where officers operate in limited space areas (e.g. inside a train, on the road, onboard a ship in a port area). Equipment should not be heavy or bulky and should not restrict their freedom of movement. Solutions should have the potential to contribute to a better border crossing experience for travellers, operators and authorities, improving flows at border crossing points while maintaining or improving reliability and security of checks.

For another aspect of the border crossing system, research should advance the capabilities to capture and use biometrics of travellers without them having to stop and in natural contexts for border checks, in full respect of fundamental rights and considerations to safeguard data and integrity. Proposed research that could also link with innovation for fighting crime and terrorism beyond only the border checks (for example, biometrics capabilities that could help law enforcement to fight trafficking of human beings) would be an asset.

Projects should address the various components of an integrated system, test and validate it in real operational environment. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the frameworks (tools, methods, procedures, resources and criteria) they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the operational performance of the systems; these frameworks will also include assessments of manufacturability, cost-effectiveness, efficiency and integration with existing systems.

While some components studied could be more innovative and brought to mid-TRL, most components are expected to arrive at high TRL and be demonstrated by projects in relevant, operational or real environments with operations and exercises for validation by practitioners. Proposals should also delineate the plans for further uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, after the research project and should it deliver on its goals, of the border crossing facilitation systems that they will demonstrate in the research project. Projects are also recommended to integrate impact assessments, including leveraging insights from previous research, in investigating and developing the solutions they propose.

Proposals under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex) starting from the design of their work, and engage with the Agency in the development of the project. Proposals should give a key role to Frontex in validating the project outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

Research projects should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but not limiting to research by other Framework Programmes projects such as those on border checks capabilities, risk-based integrated border control systems, travel facilitation, biometrics and document security, as well as and EU studies on potential applications of technologies to the improvement of border management capabilities.

BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-04: Advanced detection of threats and illicit goods in postal and express courier flows

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Customs Authorities and 2 Police Authorities 63 , from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved detection of threats and dangerous and illicit goods by practitioners and operators within post and parcel flows, without disruption to the flow;

2.Improved capacity of practitioners and operators to deny the misuse of the postal and parcel service by criminal or terrorist group to move items;

3.Improved risk assessment, preparedness and reaction capacities in the postal and parcel service.

Scope: Research under this topic will contribute to build capabilities for more effective detection of threats and of dangerous and illicit goods within postal and express courier flows, without impeding those flows or disproportionate intrusion into privacy. Currently there is a lack of technology that allows screening the volumes and at the speed of processing the parcels, making manual intervention necessary. At the same time, organised crime groups think they run a relatively low risk in exploiting postal and parcels supply chains to move a range of illicit and dangerous goods. Successful innovation could hence also have a deterrent effect on criminal organisations to use such channels.

Examples of threats and dangerous and illicit goods include explosives and explosive precursors, CBRN material, drugs, cash, contraband or counterfeit items, including counterfeit identity documents, and fake medicines. Detection capabilities should be built for post and parcels crossing the external borders of the Union, but also for internal shipping, but without introducing additional controls that may disrupt free movement of goods. Cooperation with operators of postal and express courier service in the research project is strongly encouraged. Solutions that could improve data quality, availability, integration among different steps in the flow, and interpretability, would also be welcome of projects.

Testing and validation, within the project, of developed tools and solutions in an operational environment, will be an asset. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the methods they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the proposed tools and solutions. Proposals should also delineate the plans to develop possible future uptake and upscaling at national and EU level for possible next steps after the research project.

Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate, previous research, including but not limiting to research by other projects funded by the Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation. Proposed research that could also link with innovation for fighting crime and terrorism would be an asset.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-05: Improved detection of concealed objects on, and within the body of, persons

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million. 64

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Customs Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved capability of customs and border authorities, at land, sea and/or air border crossing points, to detect drugs, illicit goods, weapons, explosive and other threats concealed on individuals or within their bodies, in the operational environment of border crossing points;

2.Safer, more efficient and more easily deployable solutions for detection compared to the state of the art are used by customs and border authorities, in particular avoiding ionizing radiation and minimizing any safety risk to users and operators and ensuring respect of fundamental rights.

Scope: Research under this topic will increase the capabilities to detect objects concealed on persons, or hidden inside the body of persons. The proposed technology should be able to detect concealments on moving persons and should be based on non-ionising approaches that provide necessary safety and privacy. Proposed solutions should be harmless for users and operators (avoiding ionizing radiation, and include the assessment of the risk of any kind of toxic substances and/or potentially harmful techniques), provide fast detection and include easily deployable devices.

They should be able to detect weapons (including non-metallic weapons); explosives (combined or not with electronics), including homemade explosives (HMEs) and improvised explosive devices (IEDs); other threats and illicit goods such as drugs, tobacco or currency, concealed under or in the clothes or bags of individuals as well as within the individuals’ bodies. The need for such detection capabilities could be increasingly useful especially in contexts such as airports or ferry terminals where people board on foot or in vehicles, where a sufficient and efficient detection capacity will have to cope with substantial growth of passenger volume.

Proposed solutions must maximise respect of fundamental rights, including for dignity and privacy. In this sense, solutions should avoid explicit formation of images, physical contact or intrusive techniques. Solutions should also prove their potential to enable the quick scan of large flows of people, employing a minimum number of operators. Solutions should be systematically tested and validated in operational or real environments.

Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but not limiting to research by other Framework Programmes projects such as on basic capabilities to detect concealed objects on individuals and in cargo or containers.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

Call - Border Management 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 65

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 66

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 30 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-01

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-02

IA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-03

IA

6.00

Around 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-04

RIA

3.50

Around 3.50

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-05

IA

3.50

Around 3.50

1

Overall indicative budget

25.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-01: Improved underwater detection and control capabilities to protect maritime areas and sea harbours

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Border or Coast Guard from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Consortia may additionally include harbour authorities and operators as well as custom authorities.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved security of maritime infrastructures and maritime transport, including sea harbours and their entrance routes;

2.Improved detection of illicit and dangerous goods and/or of threats hidden below the water surface, either threatening infrastructures or vessels, or moving alone or connected to vessels.

Scope: Security of maritime infrastructures and transport is key to support the movement of people and trade to, from, and within Europe. Furthermore, it is important to strengthen capabilities for security in and of sea harbours and of their entrance routes, and detection, prevention and response to illicit activities in and near sea harbours, including in the underwater sea space. Both legal and illegal activities in the maritime domain increase and become more sophisticated and this presses on security practitioners to build and improve their capabilities to keep up and fulfil their tasks in the future.

A particularly critical environment would include the abilities to detect and act below the water surface. Possible threats concealed below the water surface should be detected. Criminal organizations for example have the modus operandi of hiding narcotic cargos under the water surface of large and medium-sized vessels. Detection and response capabilities against active threats below the surface (such as terrorist attacks against ships or harbour infrastructures) should also be developed. Security controls and fiscal manifest verifications on closed containers and cargo should be supported by information gathered below water surface.

Research could develop solutions to detect and identify anomalies below the water surface and/or automatically assess for below the water surface threats to a ship at harbour entrance and/or a pier. Projects should demonstrate, test and validate solutions working from detection to minimisation of threats from below the water surface. Research and innovation activities should focus on delivering advanced autonomous or semi-autonomous vessel screening capabilities (detection of underwater smuggling – for example in cylindrical containers).

Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate, previous research, including but not limiting to research by other projects funded by the Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

BM02 - Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-02: Enhanced security of, and combating the frauds on, identity management and identity and travel documents

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities and 2 Police Authorities 67 , from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved capabilities of border management and law enforcement practitioners to identify citizens and the use of identity and travel documents and credentials in the context of border and police checks, for a better, more reliable and more secure experience for citizens and security practitioners, including in connection to optimised e-Government settings;

2.Improved capabilities of border management and law enforcement practitioners to defend identity and document/credential management against attacks to their security and attempts to falsify biometrics, identity thefts and online frauds;

3.Improved knowledge for European approaches to future identity management systems and document and credential security, building on and integrating with existing tools and respecting the privacy of European citizens.

Scope: Research will build capabilities to prevent, detect and respond to challenges to the security and reliability of identity management and identity and travel documents, in the context of border and police checks. Research should also address solutions for integrated secure identity creation, protection and management in the context of future increasingly “digitalised” borders; and contribute to improve the performance and the comfort of the border and police checks experience for both security authorities’ operators and the users.

New challenges for secure identity management and secure identity and travel documents could emerge in the coming years and decades. Solutions will hence have to enable new capabilities while at the same time ensuring both privacy and security of identity and identity documents. Future electronic identification systems will have to safeguard key parameters of identity management, such as security, efficiency, user friendliness, trust, privacy and protection of data. Electronic identifications (eIDs) can be carried on mobile devices, to respond to security requirements, ease of use and range of applications. In addition, it is necessary to ensure the reliability and link among the information contained on identity supports and their owner, to avoid the possibility of having authentic documents with false information. Research can focus on security and privacy enhancing features in new eID ecosystems and/or on innovative identity lifecycle processes.

Areas of research could include exploring solutions against morphing attacks to the security of identity and travel documents, including robust algorithms to detect morphing, as well as against other possible future attempts and techniques to falsify biometrics; methods to validate and verify identity at borders or police checks; or advanced and privacy-enhanced technologies for the security of identity, breeder and travel documents. Research should explore novel solutions for document verification and fraud detection, including Manipulation Attack Detection (MAD) and Presentation Attack Detection (PAD) at border checks.

The proposed solutions should act not only at technological level, but should also propose new approaches to the traditional central authority architecture. The solutions should take into account the management of sensitive information and include an assessment of legal and ethical issues.

Solutions have the potential to contribute to future evolutions of European identity strategies based on eIDAS (Electronic Identification, Authentication and Trust Services), and could explore synergies with tools offered by the eIDAS Regulation.

Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but not limiting to research by other Framework Programmes projects such as those on capabilities for document security, as well as EU studies on potential applications of technologies to the improvement of border management capabilities.

BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-03: Better, more portable and quicker analysis and detection for customs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Customs Authorities from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Portable or easily deployable solutions used in customs inspections for detecting threat agents such as drugs, including new psychoactive substances;

2.Improved capacities of customs authorities to acquire, analyse, share drugs spectra, and detect new drugs in the context of customs inspections.

Scope: Research will further develop capabilities for portable and quicker testing, analysis and detection of threats at customs checks sites. Example of target substances include drugs, with a focus on new psychoactive substances, but also gems or precious metals and other threats or illicit goods.

These capabilities would allow customs to deploy detection capacity where and when more appropriate and efficient and to carry out inspections “on the move” and more quickly. This would allow detection of threats in the flow of goods directly at the customs inspection site, without having to divert the scanned object(s) to a different site, like a more distant dedicated detection laboratory. This would provide better response capability for customs in an ever-changing operational environment. It would allow for a faster detection and verification capability in the field.

The improved capability includes being able to update more easily and quickly the references for the target goods and substances, and to be able to detect them. This includes updated spectra of drugs such as new psychoactive substances, which would allow detecting them. There is room for innovation to improve customs’ access to updated spectra of substances when they appear; to make spectra easily available to customs’ devices; and to improve data for spectra libraries.

This technology will also allow for an automatic collection of relevant data on the conditions and outcomes of the controls, as to allow measuring the efficiency of the measures and feeding the analysis for risk management and security at the borders.

The involvement of police authorities is encouraged, as well as synergies with relevant topics of the Fight against Crime and Terrorism Destination, to ensure operational scenarios are best identified for detection capabilities by customs. Research projects should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but is not limited to research by other Framework Programmes projects.

Testing and validation, within the project, of developed tools and solutions in an operational environment, will be an asset. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the methods they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the proposed tools and solutions. Proposals should also delineate the plans to develop possible future uptake and upscaling at national and EU level for possible next steps after the research project.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-04: OPEN TOPIC

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guards Authorities and 2 Customs Authorities, from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposals that address research themes or challenges already covered by other topics in this Destination in 2021 or 2022 cannot be submitted under this topic.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Scope: Under the Open topic, proposals are welcome to address new, upcoming or unforeseen challenges and/or creative or disruptive solutions within this Destination that are not covered by the other topics, in either Call Border Management 2021 and Call Border Management 2022.

Adapted to the nature, scope and type of proposed projects, proposals should convincingly explain how they will plan and/or carry out demonstration, testing and validation of developed tools and solutions. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the methods they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the proposed tools and solutions. Proposals should also delineate the plans to develop possible future uptake and upscaling at national and EU level for possible next steps after the research project.

Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but is not limited to research by other Framework Programmes’ projects.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-05: OPEN TOPIC

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guards Authorities and 2 Customs Authorities, from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposals that address research themes or challenges already covered by other topics in this Destination in 2021 or 2022
cannot be submitted under this topic.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Scope: Under the Open topic, proposals are welcome to address new, upcoming or unforeseen challenges and/or creative or disruptive solutions within this Destination that are not covered by the other topics, in either of Call Border Management 2021 and Call Border Management 2022.

Adapted to the nature, scope and type of proposed projects, proposals should convincingly explain how they will plan and/or carry out demonstration, testing and validation of developed tools and solutions. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the methods they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the proposed tools and solutions. Proposals should also delineate the plans to develop possible future uptake and upscaling at national and EU level for possible next steps after the research project.

Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but is not limited to research by other Framework Programmes projects.

Resilient Infrastructure

The reliable, robust and resilient operation of infrastructures is vital for the security, well-being and economic prosperity of people in Europe. They provide the basis for our daily lives, connect people to each other and guarantee different kinds of social and economic interactions. To be able to allow for such interactions, be it in transport, communications or services, infrastructures has grown more complex to keep up with the development of modern societies, while at the same time ensuring their resilience against disasters and the impacts of climate change and other factors that affect society e.g. demographic changes. Infrastructures operate and function in a rapidly evolving socio-technological and threat environment with increasingly interconnected networks highly reliant upon one another, which presents both risks and opportunities for their protection. They must be resilient towards different expected and unexpected events, emerging risks, be they natural or man-made, unintentional, accidental or with malicious intent.

The Security Union Strategy 68 identifies the protection of critical infrastructures as one of the main priorities for the EU and its Member States for the coming years. Specific reference is established to growing interconnectivity as well as emerging and complex threats: technological trends like the use of Artificial Intelligence and the rapid development of sophisticated unmanned vehicles, the impact of natural and man-made disasters, as well as major crisis scenarios like the COVID-19 pandemic and unexpected events. Infrastructure preparedness and protection is a technologically complex domain, affected by various global developments and thus needs to be supported by targeted security research. This Work Programme aims at supporting the protection of European infrastructures with relevant projects, enabling public and private actors to meet current and emerging challenges.

Technologically complex applications offer the possibility for better prevention and preparedness, can enable efficient response to different threats and faster recovery. But at the same time, they create new vulnerabilities. The potential damage resulting from their disruption can escalate rapidly and negatively affect wider parts of vital societal functions. For instance, this is the case of satellite-based positioning and timing systems, which provide a wealth of high quality Positioning, Navigation and Timing (PNT) services that are exploited by critical infrastructures such as transport and logistics, energy grids, drinking water network, dams, telecom networks or financial markets. Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) disruption or denial of services is recognised as an important economic and societal threat.

Infrastructures in the European Union are a high-value target for terrorist groups as well as agencies of third countries. With the Directive on identification and designation of European critical infrastructures and assessment of the need to improve their protection 69 the EU and its Member States have created a basis for a common approach towards protection. Under the umbrella of the new Security Union Strategy, the regulatory framework for critical infrastructure protection is currently under revision. The Proposal for additional measures on Critical Infrastructure Protection which is part of the European Commission work programme for 2020 70 is also making use of the significant results that security research has produced over the last decade.

Especially in the cyber-domain, the risks have been constantly growing in recent years, with both more frequent and more sophisticated attacks. In addition, criminals, and state-sponsored entities are utilising different tools for carrying out cyber-attacks on infrastructures with the help of cyber-tools for personal or political gain (e.g. extortion, blackmailing). The EU has acknowledged the strong role of the cyber dimension in infrastructure protection, most notably in the Directive on security of network and information systems 71 and its revision, proposed in December 2020 72 . Large-scale data mining of cross-sectoral information should be supported by targeted research on appropriate AI techniques and infrastructure. For instance for mission-critical systems it is essential to be able to react quickly, efficiently, safely and secure to different and complex scenarios enabling effective and informed decision-making based on sufficient available and trustworthy data.

Physical attacks are less frequent, but cases in the EUs neighbourhood have shown the destructive potential of new technologies used for attacks such as Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs), which can also be used for intentional disruptions that pose danger to safe operations of infrastructures and create significant economic losses.

Hybrid threats are of particular relevance in the overall risk scenarios, since they are designed to target vulnerabilities and aim in many cases at disrupting infrastructure and its services, making use of different methods. Hybrid threats, techniques and means encompass a combination of physical and cyber-attacks or disruptions, diplomatic, military and political as well as economic means. The effects of cyber-instruments and disinformation are crucial elements of such malevolent strategies and create the need for comprehensive preparedness to avoid large scale disruptions. As such, both the Joint Framework on Countering Hybrid Threats (2016) 73 and the Joint Communication on Increasing Resilience and Bolstering Capabilities to Address Hybrid Threats (2018) 74 pay special attention to the role of infrastructures and state that research should provide better means to counter hybrid threats.

Europe is exposed to a wide range of natural hazards and the vulnerabilities of infrastructures need to be addressed also from that perspective. With certain disasters striking more frequently and more severely, as well as long-term challenges such as climate change, there is a need to deploy innovative solutions to ensure the continuous functioning of European infrastructures exposed to such natural extremes. Security research should in this regard support the regulatory and cooperation measures at European level, such as the Union Civil Protection Mechanism 75  and the new EU Adaptation Strategy. On the other hand, new infrastructures technologies themselves (for example energy production and storages, new materials, water protection, etc.) can pose a potential risks for society due to accidents. Therefore, the role of civil protection needs to be reflected in targeted research at the same level as it is the case for different security authorities.

The COVID-19 crisis presents a challenge that is unprecedented in recent European history and it concerns infrastructures in two main dimensions. Pandemics are an extreme stress-test for the function of certain infrastructures (most notably: health, transport and supply-chains) by disrupting established procedures, threatening the function due to infection of workforces and massively scaling up the need for resources. In addition, infrastructures themselves can increase pandemic risk if unsuited to different mitigation measures and promoting virus transmission. This area will build on lessons learnt from the COVID-19 crisis. It will be for certain topics essential also to ensure synergies and coordination of actions with the Health Programme 76 .

Increased complexity in the area of infrastructure protection is not only related to the amplified role of the cyber dimension, but also by the mix of man-made and natural hazards and the growing interdependence. The development of European cities into smart cities has opened up a new domain in infrastructure protection, expanding the perspective beyond classical sectors of (critical) infrastructure since more complex, connected and vulnerable assets are deployed in urban areas. This consideration unveils the still fragile building blocks of smart cities’ technological features and underlines the need to put a stronger emphasis on broader societal challenges and needs. Security research can help to make use of the knowledge acquired in other sectors and to make it usable for local authorities to protect and empowers people and assets in cities and urban areas.

Furthermore, in order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined with regard to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

Proposals involving earth observation are encouraged to primarily make use of Copernicus data, services and technologies.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:“[…] resilience and autonomy of physical and digital infrastructures are enhanced and vital societal functions are ensured, thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for […] infrastructure operators […]”

More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

1.Ensured resilience of large-scale interconnected systems infrastructures in case of complex attacks, pandemics or natural and man-made disasters;

2.Upgraded infrastructure protection systems enable rapid, effective, safe and secure response and without substantial human intervention to complex threats and challenges, and better assess risks ensuring resilience and strategic autonomy of European infrastructures;

3.Resilient and secure smart cities are protected using the knowledge derived from the protection of critical infrastructures and systems that are characterised by growing complexity.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01

20.00

23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01

11.00

23 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

20.00

11.00

Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 77

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 78

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 30 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-01

IA

20.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-02

IA

20.00

Around 10.00

1

Overall indicative budget

20.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

INFRA01 – Improved preparedness and response for large-scale disruptions of European infrastructures

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-01: European infrastructures and their autonomy safeguarded against systemic risks

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million. 79

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 government entities responsible for security, which could include civil protection authorities, at national level from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely the security-sensitive nature of the autonomy of European infrastructures against systemic risks and hybrid threats, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States and Associated Countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved large-scale vulnerability assessments of EU Member States’ (MS) or Associated Countries’ (AC) key infrastructures covering one or more types of infrastructure (energy, water, communications, transport, finance etc.) in more than two MS/AC

2.Improved cooperation to counter Hybrid Threats and subsequent large-scale disruptions of infrastructures in Europe, allowing for operational testing in real scenarios or realistic simulations of scenarios with specific regard to the cross-border dimension (intra-EU as well as non-EU)

3.Improved concepts and instruments for the anticipation of systemic risks to European infrastructure, allowing for comprehensive long-term risk assessments, with regards to climate change, technological trends, foreign direct investment (FDI) and dependence on critical supplies from non-EU countries

4.Improved risk, vulnerability and complexity related assessments for interconnected physical-digital European infrastructures aiming to increase security, resilience and design effective preventive, mitigating and preparedness measures and protect against and respond to cascading effects

5.Terrestrial back-up/alternative PNT solutions to ensure continuous operation of Critical Infrastructure in case of the disruption of GNSS services or other essential services

6.Enabling the decentralisation of large infrastructure to mitigate vulnerability in case of large scale disruptions

7.Enhanced preparedness and response by definition of operational procedures of both private and public infrastructure operators as well as public authorities considering citizens involvement (needs and vulnerabilities) in case of large scale infrastructure disruptions also with a view of assessing the combined physical and cyber resilience

Scope: Security research related to infrastructure protection has been traditionally following a sectorial approach. With more and more infrastructure systems being interconnected, a stronger focus on the systemic dimension and complexity of attacks and disruptions by cyber or physical means needs to be applied. As such, not only interdependencies within one type of infrastructure (or closely related types) can be taken into account, but large-scale disruptions also with a view of the specific challenges of the cross-border dimension. Also, there is a need for a comprehensive strategy that takes into account different forms of interdependence (e.g. physical, geographic, cyber and logical).

In order to raise the awareness and preparedness for emerging risks, research should enhance the capabilities for foresight and risk management on a systemic level. As such, large-scale Vulnerability Assessments and risks management capabilities, as well as forecasting of emerging risks should be developed with a view of preparing for attacks or disruptions on the whole infrastructure of one or several EU Member States and Associated Countries. To allow for rapid and adequate response, simulations to prepare for systemic disruption of several key infrastructures are necessary. Since especially physical attacks on infrastructures in the EU are less frequent compared to other scenarios there is less empirical data available that can be used to improve protection. Furthermore, there is a lack of capabilities for testing protective equipment and training manuals. Security research can help to develop tools for operational testing in real-scenarios or simulated scenarios. Specific attention should be dedicated to Hybrid Threat scenarios, as defined by the European Centre of Excellence for Countering Hybrid Threats. The same is true for extreme natural events, which have the potential to disrupt several key infrastructures and whose subsequent effects are difficult to predict. Security research should in this regard support and complement obligations to better prevent and prepare for crises as set by the Union Civil Protection Mechanism.

Some essential sectors of the economy need uninterrupted access to the high-quality position and timing information provided for free by satellite navigation systems. Despite the fact that satellite navigation systems such as Galileo are made ever more robust to withstand risks and disruptions in terms of ground segments as well as space assets, there remain residual vulnerabilities that cannot be coped with when facing the emergence of new challenges. These critical sectors should therefore develop complementary positioning and/or timing solutions that are able to sustain a sudden disruption of GNSS service. This would make the vital functions of the society more resilient.

Infrastructure security research is in many cases transnational. While there has always been a strong European dimension in the conducted research, there has been less of a focus on cross-border scenarios with third-countries. Security research should therefore stimulate knowledge generation and cooperation with relevant third countries, which are vital for the functioning of European infrastructure. Examples could include energy, but also critical supplies, digital services or transport.

The means to attack infrastructure on a large scale have been rapidly enhanced by malevolent actors. Nevertheless, risks do not only emerge from intentional acts or disruptions, they can also grow over time based on other factors such as climate change, or lack of independence in critical technologies. Thus, better anticipation of systemic risks including forward-looking technological risk assessment and advanced screening of private interests related to ownership and operations (licensing), and FDI should be a key area of security research in the future. On a constant basis, information about the functioning and vulnerabilities of European infrastructures is unlawfully gathered for economic reasons, as well as with a view of preparing possible intentional disruptions. With the aim of safeguarding autonomy, more sophisticated tools against unlawful gathering of information on infrastructures need to be developed.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-02: Ensured infrastructure resilience in case of Pandemics

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million. 80

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 1 operator of critical infrastructure, as well as of at least 1 organisation dealing with research on infectious diseases from 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Strategies for the resilience of infrastructure networks and services, and their interaction and vulnerabilities in a context of rapidly changing volumes and patterns of use

2.Understanding of inter-dependencies and strategies to overcome disruptions at local – regional – national and European (cross-border) level

3.Better understanding of the cascading effects of pandemics for different infrastructures and the services they provide

4.Improved procedures to reduce exposure of workforce to infectious diseases and mitigation strategies in case of the infrastructure disruptions or overload caused by the absence of critical workforce, surge of patients in the healthcare services, or disruptions of critical supplies

Scope: Pandemics such as the COVID-19 crisis and other health risks have the potential to massively disrupt the functioning of infrastructures and vital societal functions. While this is most evident for the health system, the negative impacts reach much further. Resilient infrastructure systems particularly ‘lifeline’ services such as electric power, water and health care are critical for minimizing the societal impact of extreme events. It is essential to develop targeted solutions to ensure continuity of operations of different services and supplies, which are also critical to allow for prevention, preparedness and response to pandemics. This preparedness must also account for climate change as a “threat multiplier”, for example with heatwaves, storms, forest fires or flooding either accelerating the spread of a pandemic or rendering countermeasures like confinement less effective.

Member States remain the primary actors in preventing and responding to the outbreaks of infectious diseases. Enhanced European coordination into capacity-building, improved prevention, preparedness and coordinated response can support their efforts. In order to improve the EU-wide prevention and response to the specific challenges for the functioning of infrastructure in case of a severe infectious disease crises requires targeted security research which can deliver better knowledge, security risk assessment as well preparedness and response emergency planning tools. Public-private cooperation is absolutely essential in order to respond to a crisis as far reaching as a pandemic. Any comprehensive European approach to infrastructure resilience in case of a disruption caused by it, will need to take due account of this cooperation.

In infrastructure protection research, it is of high importance to understand the impact of the pandemic beyond the directly affected health system. The availability of specialised work force and vulnerability assessment of health capacities constitute the essential elements in this regard, as disruption of infrastructures due to the infection of large parts of a specific work force poses the immediate risk of cascading effects. The same is the case for integrated supply-chains for both critical goods, as well as non-essential ones. As such, understanding interdependencies, reducing vulnerabilities and identifying truly critical activities is key for enhancing overall societal resilience against pandemics.

A situation like the COVID-19 crisis, also puts the capacities of different infrastructures under exceptional stress, due to the rapidly increased demand for certain supplies and services and the ensuring change of load stress of different networks (as for example sudden increase in communication, decrease in transport, ensuring essential resources). Such changes in use-patterns open vulnerabilities, as for example increased cyber-risks in the event of teleworking or less physical protection due to staff contingency measures. Design of some critical infrastructure components, such as transport networks and critical manufacturing may in themselves be resilient to the pandemic threat, but put overall societal resilience at risk by promoting disease transmission and being unsuited to different mitigation measures.

The testing and/or piloting of the strategies developed in a real setting with one or more relevant public authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should foresee how they will facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 81

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 82

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 30 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01-01

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01-02

IA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

Overall indicative budget

11.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

INFRA02 - Resilient and secure smart cities

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01-01: Nature-based Solutions integrated to protect local infrastructure

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least two local or regional government authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Integrated Nature-based solutions (NBS) into overall concepts for the protection of infrastructures and existing integrated risk management plans for cities and urban areas with a view of complementing existing methods for protection and resilience

2.Adaptation and mitigation strategies for infrastructure protection applied by local authorities and operators, including lessons learned from studying reactions of natural eco-systems to different external shocks

3.Resilience of local infrastructures enhanced by integrating local knowledge from population and historical documents, as well as natural components in their physical assets preventing potential damages from different types of hazards, including storms, floods and heatwaves.

4.Novel construction materials and solutions resulting in more durable and damage resistant infrastructure

5.Full potential of Nature-based Solutions exploited by local authorities and operators to mitigate the risks related to multiple hazards manifesting at the same time, while also taking into account social empowerment and environmental co-benefits like leisure, clean air, and immunity and response to cyberattacks etc.

Scope: The aim of the topic is to expand the knowledge on Nature-based Solutions (NBS) and their ability to enhance infrastructure resilience in cities and urban areas against natural and man-made hazards. Thus complementing other traditional security measures.

Cities are undergoing a rapid transformation most notably due to their digitisation. Besides this, the need for solutions to make them more sustainable and environmentally friendly has been addressed in many research projects, mainly from the perspective of climate adaptation. In this regard, nature-based solutions combined with local knowledge offer a potential also for security research on infrastructures. Such solutions can help and provide business opportunities to make cities more resilient against natural disasters and possibly other security challenges. Under Horizon 2020, the European Commission has brought together several experts to deliver a recommendation on ‘Nature-Based Solutions and Re-Naturing Cities 83 ’ in form of a comprehensive report. They delivered the definition of NBS as: ‘actions which are inspired by, supported by or copied from nature. Some involve using and enhancing existing natural solutions to challenges, while others are exploring more novel solutions, for example mimicking how non-human organisms and communities cope with environmental extremes.’

EU-funded and national research activities have demonstrated the significant opportunities of NBS with regard to for example improved resilience, climate adaptation and the reduction of pollution in cities. What concerns security, projects have been focussing on the effects that NBS can have for prevention (for example flood-plains and mangroves for flood protection, natural source water protection, green roofs and pavements for heat and water absorption). The reduction of disaster risks and the potential for enhanced resilience of cities against different natural hazards are a priority to be put in place when applying NBS. Besides man-made hazards, Europe is facing increasingly frequent and intense natural hazards, including epidemics, droughts, heat waves, storms, floods and wildfires, which trigger needs for constant innovation when it comes to the protection of people. With the continuing increase of population concentrated in cities and urban areas and increasing impacts of climate change, such risks present a significant challenge in this regard.

NBS can offer the tools to address the potential to improve risk management and resilience using approaches that can provide greater benefit than conventional tools at the same time, like for example heat waves and wildfires, or storms and floods. The detailed understanding of ecosystems and how nature responds to different external shocks can help to strengthen existing strategies for urban resilience and deliver new approaches in protection, for example by integrating natural components in the different infrastructure assets.

Proposals should include a strong involvement of citizens/civil society, together with academia/research, industry/SMEs and government/public authorities. The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting with one or more local authorities and/or other relevant authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should foresee how they will facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation with countries pioneering the development of NBS is advised.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01-02: Autonomous systems used for infrastructure protection

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 operators of critical infrastructure from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Autonomous surveillance, detection and fast and coordinated response based on updated integrated contingency plans to threats against different types of infrastructures in order to support existing security measures, reduce the risk to human personnel and allowing for mitigation in locations that are hard to reach (underwater, underground, high altitude, etc.) and without or just limited telecoms-connection

2.Long term deployment of autonomous solutions for the decontamination of large scale infrastructures (including in public urban areas) in case of the release of CBRN-materials, or with specific regard to support efforts to reduce the spread of infectious diseases, preventing and responding to pandemics

3.Long term deployment of autonomous solutions/systems/devices to detect CBRN threats in a fast, secure and forensic way

4.Consideration of system performance, interdependencies, new failure modes and conditions that need to be in place for this to work as intended

5.Concepts for the use of advanced materials, smart technologies and built-in monitoring and repair capabilities to reduce the destructive potential of natural disasters and (terrorist) attacks on infrastructures

6.Improved knowledge and solutions for the protection and response against large-scale attacks or intentional disruptions with (fast moving) unmanned vehicles or other moving objects reducing critically the time to react also close to residential areas

7.Enhanced knowledge on the ethical and legal impact on individuals and society as a whole of the use of robotics in order to maintain the vital functions of society

Scope: Time is critical to prepare and react to disruptions of infrastructures. Faster and coordinated interventions can significantly reduce the impact, avoid negative cascading effects or in the best case prevent disruptions. The increasing interconnectivity of infrastructures has also led to bigger complexity in regards to the detection and response to incidents and certain technologies can be misused to conduct attacks or targeted disruptions of infrastructures. As underlined in the Security Union Strategy this is for example the case for scenarios involving unmanned aircraft systems (UAS). It could however also be relevant for possible incidents with land- or sea borne devices approaching at very high speed.

In order to allow for the best possible detection of threats and quick response and restoration of performance levels (e. g. through decontamination of the affected material/person; detection as well as mitigation of a risk), autonomous systems for infrastructure protection are a promising field of research. Many state-of-the art technologies used in other areas (for example: advanced robots or other autonomous detection and repair capabilities based on artificial intelligence) combined with user centred approaches, have the potential to significantly reduce the reaction time and can provide therefore an added value also for security solutions. Besides a reduced reaction time, the use of autonomous systems can reduce the risk for human responders, which is important for dangerous operations as for example in gas or chemical plants, or CBRN contaminated areas. At the same time, such systems can access challenging locations, such as underground cables, underwater pipes or assets in high altitude. Those features do not only present an advantage in responding to intentional acts, but also allow for faster and more efficient response to natural disasters and subsequent cascading effects. On the other hand, automated systems do create new vulnerabilities and its use raises ethical concerns that would need to be taken into account in any research. Solutions and measures must take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data. Cost-benefit analysis not compromising ethics and privacy should also be considered.

Results achieved so far in the area of robots and autonomous systems (RAS), also under Horizon 2020, have led to applications making use of Unmanned Vehicles for example in the area of infrastructure maintenance and the detection and response to safety risks. Other concepts have been including self-healing materials, smart technologies and built-in tools as well as associated processes. For security incidents, there are so far less solutions available which would take into account the specific challenges of intentional disruptions as compared to accidents or material failure.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Increased Cybersecurity

Europe is in the midst of a digital transformation. Digital technologies are profoundly changing our daily life, our way of working and doing business, and the way people travel, communicate and relate with each other. Digital communication, social media interaction, artificial intelligence, e-government, e-commerce and digital enterprises are steadily transforming our world. They are generating an ever-increasing amount of data, which, if pooled and used, can lead to a completely new means and levels of value creation. The more interconnected we are, however, the more we are vulnerable to cyber threats.

Digital disruption, notably caused by malicious cyber activities, not only threaten our economies but also our way of life, our freedoms and values, and even try to undermine the cohesion and functioning of our democracy in Europe.

Regardless of the economic, political or personal motivations behind the cyber threats, securing our future wellbeing, freedoms, democratic governance, and prosperity depend on improving our capacity to shield the EU from malicious attacks and to address digital security weaknesses in general. The digital transformation requires improving cybersecurity substantially, so as to ensure the protection of the increasing number of connected devices and the safe operation of network and information systems, including the ones used in power grids, drinking water supply and distribution services, vehicles and transport systems, hospitals and the overall health system, finances, public institutions, factories, and homes. Europe must build resilience to cyber-attacks and create effective cyber deterrence, while making sure that data protection and freedom of citizens are strengthened. These efforts should include considerations for particularly vulnerable organisations and citizens.

The technological tools of cybersecurity are strategic assets, as well as being key growth technologies for the future. It is in the EU's strategic interest to ensure that the EU retains and develops the essential capacities to secure its digital economy, society and democracy, to protect critical hardware and software and to provide key cybersecurity services.

Cybersecurity research and innovation activities will support a Europe fit for the digital age, enabling and supporting digital innovation while highly preserving privacy, security, safety and ethical standards. They will contribute to the implementation of the digital and privacy policy of the Union, in particular the NIS Directive 84 , the EU Cybersecurity Act 85 , the EU Cybersecurity Strategy 86 , the GDPR 87 , and the future e-Privacy Regulation.

Research and innovation will build on the results of Horizon 2020 such as the pilot projects funded under SU-ICT-03-2018 88 .and other relevant H2020 topics and cybersecurity activities (e.g. carried out by ENISA 89 or relevant parts of work of the EIT Digital 90 ). The activities will be aligned as relevant with the future objectives of the Cybersecurity Competence Centre and Network of National Coordination Centres (Commission proposal COM(2018) 630). They will be complementary to actions under the Digital Europe Programme, Specific Objectives 3 and 4, which will strengthen EU cybersecurity capacity by support to deployment of cybersecurity infrastructures and tools across the EU, for public administrations, businesses, and individuals, and support digital skills including in cybersecurity. For example support is foreseen to specialised education programmes or modules in key capacity areas such as cybersecurity. Generally, cybersecurity is a horizontal challenge and is not be limited to Horizon Europe Cluster 3. In addition to the calls of the Horizon Europe of Cluster 3 - Civil Security for Society, other activities relevant for Cybersecurity will be supported in particular in the Work Programme part of Cluster 4 - Digital, Industry and Space.

Research and innovation results may feed into the operational work on preparedness and response in the Joint Cyber Unit 91 .

Expected impact:

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to the following impact of the Strategic Plan 2021-2024: "Increased cybersecurity and a more secure online environment by developing and using effectively EU and Member States’ capabilities in digital technologies supporting protection of data and networks aspiring to technological sovereignty in this field, while respecting privacy and other fundamental rights; this should contribute to secure services, processes and products, as well as to robust digital infrastructures capable to resist and counter cyber-attacks and hybrid threats".

More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

1.Strengthened EU cybersecurity capacities and European Union sovereignty in digital technologies

2.More resilient digital infrastructures, systems and processes

3.Increased software, hardware and supply chain security

4.Secured disruptive technologies

5.Smart and quantifiable security assurance and certification shared across the EU

6.Reinforced awareness and a common cyber security management and culture

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01

67.50

21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01

67.30

16 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

67.50

67.30

Call - Increased cybersecurity 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 92

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 93

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 30 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-01

RIA

21.50

3.00 to 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-02

RIA

18.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-03

RIA

11.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-04

RIA

17.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

Overall indicative budget

67.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

CS01 - Secure and resilient digital infrastructures and interconnected systems

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-01: Dynamic business continuity and recovery methodologies based on models and prediction for multi-level Cybersecurity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advanced self-healing disaster recovery and effective business continuity in critical sectors (e.g. energy, transportation, health);

2.Enhanced mechanisms for exchange of information among relevant players;

3.Better disaster preparedness against possible disruptions, attacks and cascading effects;

4.Better business continuity covering two or more sectors.

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: This action aims at developing new methodologies, services and tools for accelerating the self-recovery and possible adaptation of the infrastructures and supply chains after an attack. In line with the NIS Directive the focus should be on critical sectors (e.g. energy, transportation, health) as well as telecommunication networks. The proposal should go beyond the state-of-the-art in developing and validating AI-based self-healing, effective business continuity and disaster recovery in real-world scenarios covering two or more business sectors and supporting their private and public actors.

Cyber threat intelligence and situational awareness need to be developed from the current research level towards strategic considerations, and down to real-time events. This requires collaboration and data sharing between different security actors and should be based on a collection of heterogeneous data, models and predictions for multi-level security. Cyber incidents are likely to require the efforts from a heterogeneous network of organisations or a network of business units inside a single organisation, both when it comes to prevention, detection and response. The solutions (technologies, methods, tools, procedures, practices and/or strategies including escalation and de-escalation) developed must satisfy the needs of the end-users and support daily tasks, efficient and effective operations and ensure business continuity. Thus, an organisational perspective should be included. Furthermore, the methods for exchanging information and the actors considered should build, whenever possible, on the current practices in line with the NIS Directive.

The proposed solutions should include dynamic execution of disruption recovery and business continuity processes. They should dynamically extract all relevant digital evidence, information and digital traces, provide real-time personalised technical assistance, share information and real-time alerts with relevant stakeholders.

Human factors (e.g. behavioural, psychological, physical, cultural and gender) need to be considered appropriately in all aspects of the proposed solution. Proposals should build on existing research and projects 94 , clearly identify the state-of-the-art and explain the strengths of the new solution in the context of the chosen sectors.

Research should address the risks and impact of a cyber-incident on the business itself, using appropriate KPIs, but also possible cascading effects of cyber incidents for critical infrastructure (including potential cross-sectoral and cross-border impacts) and society overall.

The research should include a proof of concept in order to validate the claimed progress and show the benefits in an adequate testing environment involving real end-users. End-users should be involved in all steps of the cycle from design to development and testing. Participation of SMEs is encouraged. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research and innovation activities.

CS02 - Hardware, software and supply chain security

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-02: Improved security in open-source and open-specification hardware for connected devices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reduced security threats of open source hardware for connected devices.

2.Formal verification of open hardware.

3.Effective management of cybersecurity patches for connected devices in restricted environments such as IoT devices.

4.Effective security audits of open source hardware, embedded software and other security-relevant aspects of connected devices.

5.Effective mechanisms for inventory management, detection of insecure components and decommissioning.

6.Methods for secure authentication and secure communication for connected devices in restricted environments such as IoT devices

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: The quality of hardware and software, notably open source, for IoT and connected devices is improving. However, the restricted environment of many IoT devices does not allow the deployment of more complex protection schemes (e.g. Trusted Platform Modules, Sandboxing applications in managed memory partitions) and similar approaches that often rely on operating system (OS) support to ensure cybersecurity. Open Source designs are frequently used in IoT technology and become more reliable and efficient with the number of developers that deploy them. The management of this large collaborative development environment that Open Source represents is a real cybersecurity challenge.

The aim is to support European trustworthy platforms by methods, tools and technologies that foster a stronger Cybersecurity, which can serve in a variety of connected devices. The proposed action should integrate formal security models and verified and scalable cryptography that can be used in future key system components (operating systems,…).

Proposals should cover one or more of these research activities:

1.development of verifiable implementations of cryptographic solutions, authentication schemes, and, as relevant, software libraries that implement them securely in operating systems;

2.develop mechanisms to mitigate hardware-related security vulnerabilities

3.development of security auditing for connected devices;

4.development and advancing of security testing in restricted environments;

5.development and advancing of verification methods for secure firmware updates and secure software patching in connected devices;

6.development of multi-factor authentication hardware and software solutions.

7.development of the security upgrading of the connected devices within the life cycle (bootstrapping, commissioning, operational, upgrade etc.)

The participation of SMEs is strongly encouraged. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

CS03 - Cybersecurity and disruptive technologies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-03: AI for cybersecurity reinforcement

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reinforced cybersecurity using AI technological components and tools in line with relevant EU policy, legal and ethical requirements.

2.Increased knowledge about how an attacker might use AI technology in order to attack IT systems.

3.Digital processes, products and systems resilient against AI-powered cyberattacks

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: Artificial intelligence (AI) is present in almost every application area where massive data are involved. Understanding the implications and possible side effects for cybersecurity however requires deep analysis, including further research and innovation. On the one hand, AI can be used to improve response and resilience such us for the early detection of threats and other malicious activities with the aim to more accurately identify, prevent and stop attacks. On the other hand, attackers are increasingly powering their tools by using AI or by manipulating AI systems (including the AI systems used to reinforce cybersecurity).

The proposed actions should develop AI-based methods and tools in order to address the following interrelated capabilities: (i) improve systems robustness (i.e. the ability of a system to maintain its initial stable configuration even when it processes erroneous inputs, thanks to self-testing and self-healing); (ii) improve systems resilience (i.e. the ability of a system to resist and tolerate an attack, anticipate, cope and evolve by facilitating threat and anomaly detection and allowing security analysts to retrieve information about cyber threats); (iii) improve systems response (i.e. the capacity of a system to respond autonomously to attacks, thanks to identifying vulnerabilities in other machines and operate strategically by deciding which vulnerability to attack and at which point, and by deceiving attackers; and to (iv) counter the ways AI can be used for attacking. Advanced AI-based solutions, including machine learning tools, as well as defensive mechanisms to ensure data integrity should also be included in the proposed actions. Proposals should strive to ultimately facilitate the work of relevant cybersecurity experts (e.g. by reducing the workloads of security operators).

Regarding the manifold links among AI and cybersecurity, privacy and personal data protection, applicants should demonstrate how their proposed solutions comply with and support the EU policy actions and guidelines relevant to AI (e.g. Ethics Guidelines for Trustworthy AI 95 , the AI Whitepaper 96 , EU Security Strategy 97 and the Data Strategy 98 ). Proposals should foresee activities to collaborate with projects stemming from relevant topics included in the Cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” of Horizon Europe. Generally, proposals should also build on the outcomes of and/or foresee actions to collaborate with other relevant projects (e.g. funded under Horizon 2020, Digital Europe Programme or Horizon Europe).

Proposals should strive to use, and contribute to, European relevant data pools (including federations of national and/or regional ones to render their proposed solutions more effective. To this end, applicants should crucially strive to ensure data quality and homogeneity of merged/federated data. Applicants should also identify and document relevant trade-offs between effectiveness of AI and fundamental rights (such as personal data protection). Moreover, privacy in big data should also be addressed.

Key performance indicators (KPI), with baseline targets in order to measure success and error rates, should demonstrate how the proposed work will bring significant progress to the state-of-the-art. All technologies and tools developed should be appropriately documented, to support take-up and replicability. Participation of SMEs is encouraged.

CS05 - Human-centric security, privacy and ethics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01-04: Scalable privacy-preserving technologies for cross-border federated computation in Europe involving personal data

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved scalable and reliable privacy-preserving technologies for federated processing of personal data and their integration in real-world systems

2.More user-friendly solutions for privacy-preserving processing of federated personal data registries by researchers

3.Improving privacy-preserving technologies for cyber threat intelligence and data sharing solution

4.Contribution to promotion of GDPR compliant European data spaces for digital services and research (in synergy with topic DATA-01-2021 of Horizon Europe Cluster 4)

5.Strengthened European ecosystem of open source developers and researchers of privacy-preserving solutions

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: Using big data for digital services and scientific research brings about new opportunities and challenges. For example, machine learning methods process medical and behavioural data for finding causes and explanations for diseases or health risks. However, a large amount of this data is personal data. Leakage or abuse of this kind of data and potential privacy infringement (e.g. attribute disclosure or membership inference) risks are a cybersecurity threat to individuals, society and economy and an impediment for further developing data spaces involving personal data. Vice versa, adequate protection of this data according to the GDPR can also prevent its full utilization for society. Advanced privacy-preserving computation techniques such as homomorphic encryption, secure multiparty computation, and differential privacy are being researched and have proven promising to address these challenges. However, further research is required to ensure their applicability in real-world use case scenarios. For example, fully homomorphic encryption is not practically applicable in many cases and secure multi-party computation often imposes special infrastructural requirements.

Building on research and innovation in the area of privacy-preserving computation, proposals should address scalability and reliability of privacy-preserving technologies in realistic problem areas and take integration with existing infrastructures and traditional security measures (e.g. access control) into account. They should respond to users’ needs, e.g. for research and digital services in access and data management for citizens geared towards their own profiles (incl. dynamic personalised recommendations for improved cybersecurity) or in personalised medicine, taking into account the gender dimension where relevant. They should further address the legacy variation in personal data types and data models across different organisations in the same business sector and/or across different potential application sectors. A proposed solution should include validation or piloting of privacy-preserving computation in realistic federated data infrastructures and more specifically European data spaces involving personal data (e.g. the EU heath data space). It should be guided by the EU’s high standards concerning the right to privacy, protection of personal data, and the protection of fundamental rights in the digital age. It should ensure, by-design, compliance with data regulations and specifically the GDPR. Wherever possible, solutions should be developed as open source software.

Consortia should bring together interdisciplinary expertise and capacity covering the supply and the demand side, i.e. industry, service providers and end-users. Participation of SMEs is strongly encouraged. Legal expertise should also be incorporated to assess and ensure compliance of the technical project results with data regulations and the GDPR.

Call - Increased cybersecurity 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 99

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 100

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 30 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 16 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-01

IA

21.00

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-02

RIA

17.30

3.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-03

IA

11.00

3.50 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-04

IA

18.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

Overall indicative budget

67.30

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

CS01 - Secure and resilient digital infrastructures and interconnected systems

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-01: Improved monitoring of threats, intrusion detection and response in complex and heterogeneous digital systems and infrastructures

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300 000 to support disruption preparedness and resilience of digital infrastructure in Europe and effective collaboration and/or coordination with other relevant national or EU bodies in charge of Cybersecurity.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least three of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved disruption preparedness and resilience of digital infrastructure in Europe

2.Improved capacity building in digital infrastructure security including organisational and operational capabilities

3.Robust evidence used in cybersecurity decisions and tools

4.Better prediction of cybersecurity threats and related risks

5.Improved response capabilities based on effective collaboration and/or coordination with other relevant national or EU bodies in charge of Cybersecurity, including holistic incident reporting and enabling coordinated cyber-incident response.

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: Digital infrastructures together with their connected devices are characterised by complex interdependencies involving various physical and logical layers and connecting a wide range of legacy IT solutions and innovative technologies. Application scenarios include but are not limited to cybersecurity of communication systems and networks and their components, e.g. 5G networks, Internet of Things (IoT) devices, medical devices, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems, and their services, e.g. cloud-based ICT solutions. Their availability, controlled performance and reliability need to be guaranteed at every moment serving the needs, sometimes critical and safety-related e.g. in transportation, energy, healthcare, of millions of citizens, enterprises and society. Therefore, they need to be protected in real-time against ever-evolving cybersecurity threats.

Building on research and innovation in the area of cybersecurity of digital infrastructures for example projects funded from H2020 SU-DS01-2018 101 , SU-DS04-2018-2020 102 , SU-DS05-2018-2019 103 and SU-TDS-02-2018 104 , state of the art technologies should support the logging, categorisation, data aggregation from different sources, automatic information extraction and analysis of cybersecurity incidents. This includes advanced methods for cyber threats intelligence and cyber-incident forensics enabling better prediction of cyber security threats. Proposals should develop and validate demonstration prototypes of tools and technologies to monitor and analyse cybersecurity incidents in an operational environment in line with the NIS directive and the General Data Protection Regulation. They should contribute to improved penetration testing methods and their automation by using machine learning and other AI technologies as appropriate. Moreover, proposals should support effective network traffic analysis applying detection techniques in network operations based on advanced security information management and threat intelligence. Proposed solutions should also include validation or piloting of cyber threat intelligence with early-stage detection, prediction and contributions towards response capability using predictive analytics, and as relevant, with efficient and user-friendly interaction methods, e.g. visual analytics. Furthermore, solutions deployed by this action should validate their approach to intrusion detection and incident monitoring with real end-users and their needs.

For expanding the proposed work in terms of additional pilot sites, additional user groups, additional applications, and complementary assessment of the acceptability of the use case, the actions may involve financial support to third parties in line with the conditions set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Each consortium will define the selection process of the third parties for which financial support will be granted (typically in the order of EUR 50 000 to 300 000 per party). Up to 20% of the EU funding requested by the proposal may be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties.

A strong culture awareness of data protection should be fostered. The proposals should also appropriately address concerns about mass surveillance and protection of personal spaces. All technologies and tools developed should be appropriately documented, to support take-up and replicability.

Consortia should bring together interdisciplinary expertise and capacity covering the supply and the demand side. Participation of SMEs is strongly encouraged. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

CS02 - Hardware, software and supply chain security

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-02: Trustworthy methodologies, tools and data security “by design” for dynamic testing of potentially vulnerable, insecure hardware and software components

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.30 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Effective access control to system components and management of trustworthy updates

2.Modelling of security and privacy properties and frameworks for validating and integration on the testing process

3.Integrated process for testing, formal verification, validation and consideration of certification aspects (including potential synergies with the EU cybersecurity certification framework, as established by the EU Cybersecurity Act)

4.Tools providing assurance that third-party and open source components are free from vulnerabilities, weaknesses and/or malware

5.Data security “by design” e.g. via secure crypto building blocks

6.Instrumentation and secured communication with system components for dynamic testing

7.Methods and environments for secured coding by-design and by-default and secure hardware and software construction

8.Effective audit procedures for cybersecurity testing

9.Methods or procedures to make supply chains secure

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: Trustworthy methodologies and tools for advanced analysis and verification, and dynamic testing of potentially vulnerable, insecure hardware and software components calls for good practices for system security, with a particular focus on software development tools, IT security metric and guidelines for secure products and services throughout their lifetime. A holistic methodology is needed, integrating runtime methods for monitoring and enforcement as well as design-time methods for static analysis and programme synthesis, which allows for the construction of secure systems with the strongest possible formal guarantees. The firmware of devices, implementations of communication protocols and stacks, Operating Systems (OSs), Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) supporting interoperability and connectivity of different services, device drivers, backend cloud and virtualisation software, as well as software implementing different service functionalities, are some examples of how software provides the essence of systems and smart (networked) objects. Supply chain issues, including integration of software and hardware, should be considered appropriately.

R&I will be funded to develop hybrid, agile and high-assurance tools capable of automating evaluation processes, accountability tools for audit results and updates and lightweight, isolated virtualisation environments capable of securely inspecting and orchestrating appliances in heterogeneous hardware and software architectures. Moreover, KPIs, metrics, procedures and tools for dynamic certification of implementation security and scalable security, from chip-level to software-level and service-level, should be developed. It may also include testing methods like coverage guided fuzzing as well as symbolic execution.

The participation of SMEs is strongly encouraged. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

CS03 - Cybersecurity and disruptive technologies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-03: Transition towards Quantum-Resistant Cryptography

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.50 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely cybersecurity in the field of Quantum-Resistant Cryptography, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States and associated countries.Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300 000 to support the expected outcomes of the topic, for example measuring, assessing and standardizing/certifying future-proof cryptography.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least three of the following expected outcomes:

1.Measuring, assessing and standardizing/certifying future-proof cryptography

2.Addressing gaps between the theoretical possibilities offered by quantum resistant cryptography and its practical implementations

3.Quantum resistant cryptographic primitives and protocols encompassed in security solutions

4.Solutions and methods that could be used to migrate from current cryptography towards future-proof cryptography

5.Preparedness for secure information exchange and processing in the advent of large-scale quantum attacks

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: During the next decades the European Union should seize the opportunities that quantum technologies will bring. However, quantum technologies will also pose a significant risk to the security of our society. The advent of large-scale quantum computers will compromise much of modern cryptography, which is instrumental in ensuring cybersecurity and privacy of the digital transition. Any cryptographic primitive based on the integer factorization and/or the discrete logarithm problems will be vulnerable to large-scale quantum-powered attacks. The digital data/products/systems that derive their security ultimately from the abovementioned primitives will be compromised and must be upgraded -including their replacement when needed- to quantum-resistant cryptography. The massive scale of this foreseen upgrade shows that preparations are needed today in order to widely implement the relevant mitigations in the future. Many companies and governments cannot afford to have their protected communications/data decrypted in the future, even if that future is a few decades away. There is a need to advance in the transition to quantum-resistant cryptography.

Applicants should propose approaches to tackle the abovementioned challenges, with the goal to develop cryptographic systems that are secure against attacks using both quantum or/and classical computers. Proposals may also try to better understand the expected capabilities of quantum computers (e.g. novel relevant quantum algorithms) and to further assess their implications to cybersecurity.

The proposed actions responding to this topic should take stock of and build on the relevant outcomes from other research fields (such as mathematics, physics, electrical engineering) and actions (e.g. H2020 projects, NIST Post-Quantum Cryptography competition, efforts in ETSI), and are encouraged to plan engaging and cooperating with them to the extent possible. Participation of SMEs is encouraged.

Applicants should demonstrate innovative ways to design, build, and deploy the new quantum-resistant infrastructures (including relevant hardware, software and IT processes). This should include switching from nowadays infrastructures to the proposed new ones with practical migration paths, aiming to efficiently manage the total time needed and the total costs associated, while also paying attention to affordable energy consumption.

Applicants should look at the implementation of quantum-resistant algorithms on software as well as specific hardware, such as. resource constrained IoT devices, smart cards, high-speed field-programmable gate arrays.

Proposals should devise, develop and validate metrics, methodologies, conformity assessment tests and tools for assessing and quantifying the security and the privacy of the proposed systems and services. Furthermore, proposals should strive to encompass a thorough comprehensive security evaluation of the engineering and deploying of efficient and secure implementations of the proposed solutions. Due consideration should be given to countermeasures against side channel attacks.

Applicants should strive to use the most promising relevant cryptographic primitives as well as to adapt the used cryptographic protocols accordingly.

Proposals may analyse how to develop combined quantum-classical 105 cryptographic solutions in Europe, for those use cases where these hybrid solutions might bring gains to the overall security. To this end, the analysis should take into account relevant actions in quantum cryptography (e.g. H2020 OpenQKD project, EuroQCI).

Proposals should validate their concept by exercising and deploying pilot demonstrators in relevant use cases. The demonstrators should include exercises on executing different migration strategies for real use cases and applications that would allow their implementation in large-scale, complex systems. Lessons learned from the exercises should be transformed into practical, multidisciplinary guidelines that support entities to plan and execute their own migration, considering the technical, the economical and legal contexts.

For expanding the proposed work in terms of including additional quantum-resistant infrastructures, additional pilot sites, additional countries and users the actions may involve financial support to third parties in line with the conditions set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Each consortium will define the selection process of the third parties for which financial support will be granted (typically in the order of EUR 50 000 to 300 000 per party). Up to 20% of the EU funding requested by the proposal may be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

CS04 - Smart and quantifiable security assurance and certification shared across Europe

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01-04: Development and validation of processes and tools used for agile certification of ICT products, ICT services and ICT processes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least three of the following outcomes:

·Availability of applicable tools and procedures for partial and continuous assessment and lean re-certification of ICT products, ICT services and ICT processes;

·Reduction of time and efforts spent for (re-) certifying ICT products, ICT services and ICT processes;

·Improved stakeholder collaboration on cybersecurity certification information, including manufacturers and end users from different Member States;

·Efficient (re-)use of information and evidence relevant to certification and in support of multi-scheme (re-)use;

·Integration of certification on the whole system modelling, verification, testing and verification process

·Increased comparability of assurance statements arising from certification schemes and the standards used therein; avoidance of multi-certification;

·Advancing test and simulation facilities, including incident and threat analysis;

·Increased Digital Twin capabilities for continuous assessment and integration of new solutions.

The proposal should provide appropriate indicators to measure its progress and specific impact.

Scope: In order to foster the application of security standards, agile certification and continuous assessment of cyber resilience systems, actions will cover the harmonising, packaging and distributing of certification processes for contemporary ICT products, services, and processes but to new and disruptive technologies as well, such as AI and High Performance Computing.

To support cybersecurity autonomy of the EU, approaches concerning a dynamic, real time, collaborative vulnerability testing and information sharing should be developed and build on existing resources (including the work carried out in preparation of the EU cybersecurity certification framework, as established by the EU Cybersecurity Act). The resources may range from tools, procedures, practices, and information sources, such as checklists, flaw repositories deployment and configuration guidance, and impact assessments posted by European industries, manufacturers, developers, CSIRTs, ISACs (Information Sharing and Analysis Centres), or national and international authorities (e.g. NIST, JVN) and relevant standards.

The actions should aim at improving certification processes, tools, evidence presentation and assurance statements, at least in quantifiable terms, where relevant by relying on a suitable IT security metric and should complement or aid other certifications relevant in other sectors or risk scenarios.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe

This Destination supports the implementation of international policy frameworks (e.g. the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, the Paris Agreement, Sustainable Development Goals), EU disaster risk management policies tackling natural and man-made threats (either accidental or intentional), European Green Deal priorities including the new EU Climate Adaptation Strategy COM(2021) 82 final., as well as the Security Union Strategy 106 and the Counter-Terrorism Agenda 107 .

The world and our societies are facing growing risks from anthropogenic and natural hazards, which call for enhanced capacities in risk and resilience management and governance 108 , including instruments for better prevention and preparedness, technologies for first and second responders 109 , and where relevant for citizens, and overall societal resilience. The increasing severity and frequency of extreme weather events (e.g. floods, heat and cold waves, storms) and associated events (e.g. forest fires) resulting from climate change compounded vulnerabilities and exposure require a specific research focus while geological hazards (e.g. earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions) and slow-onset trends (e.g. sea-level rise, glacier melt, droughts) also deserve a continuous attention. Anthropogenic threats also demand strengthened crisis management capacities, as shown by recent industrial accidents and terrorist attacks associated with chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive materials (CBRN-E). Finally, the COVID-19 crisis has demonstrated how societies have become more exposed and vulnerable to pandemic risks and has shown that existing global inequalities often exacerbate both the exposure and vulnerability of communities, infrastructures and economies.

Risk reduction of any kind of disasters is regulated by a number of international, EU and national and local policies and strategies covering various sectors and features such as awareness raising and communication, prevention, mitigation, preparedness, monitoring and detection, response, and recovery. Our societies nowadays have to deal with complex and transboundary crises within which a more systemic approach with strict interconnection between risk reduction and sustainable development is needed. Complex crises affect scientific, governance, policy and social areas and require inter-sectoral cooperation. A wide range of research and technological developments, as well as capacity-building and training projects, has supported the development and implementation of policies and strategies. However, integrating further research and innovation needs is often difficult owing to the complexity of the policy framework and the high level of fragmentation of research and capacity-building initiatives. In addition, enhanced cooperation and involvement of different sectors and actors are essential, including policy-makers, scientists, industry/Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs), public administration (both at national and regional/local level), scientists, credit/financial institutions, practitioners, Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs), and Civil-Society Organisations (CSOs), notwithstanding the citizen dimension.

In this respect, the implementation of international policy frameworks (e.g. the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, the Paris Agreement), EU disaster risk management policies, in particular the Union Civil Protection Mechanism (UCPM), the European Green Deal policies such as the new EU Climate Adaptation Strategy, as well as the Security Union Strategy and the Counter-Terrorism Agenda (in particular for disasters linked to terrorism), requires cross-border and cross-sectoral cooperation an enhanced collaboration among different actors and strengthened knowledge covering the whole disaster management cycle, from prevention and preparedness to response and recovery (and learning). Understanding and exploiting the existing linkages and synergies among policy frameworks represents in this sense a global priority for future research and innovation actions in the field of natural hazards and man-made disasters.

For the response side, international cooperation on research and innovation with key partners has the potential to identify common solutions and increase the relevance of outcomes. As such, the International Forum to Advance First Responder Innovation (IFAFRI) and other Expert Networks involved in UN and/or NATO initiatives have provided overviews of existing gaps and are in the position to engage in cooperation with partners inside and outside the EU, the results of which can provide a valuable source for identifying most urgent needs concerning disaster management (e.g. knowledge, operational, organizational and technological) of relevance to international cooperation, in particular in support to the implementation of international policies such as the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction.

Integrated approaches are essential to bridge different policy areas including civil protection, environment (including water, forestry, biodiversity / nature and Seveso-related policies), climate adaptation and mitigation, health and consumer protection, and security (in particular in the CBRN-E area). Common resilience pathways emerging from different scientific and operational domains still need to be explored in terms of their implementation potential. It also requires the strengthening of opportunities for transdisciplinary and transboundary joint efforts in order to organise and structure, a new strategy for the Horizon Europe Framework with all the relevant actors. In particular, the paradigm shift from managing “disasters” to managing “risks” and enhancing resilience needs to be supported by research and innovation actions, including innovative methods and solutions addressed to decision-makers, to support complementary education and training needed in all the domains of interventions (from public administration to private companies, citizens, NGOs), complementary procedural and organisational changes that have impact on the overall society as well as on technologies, processes, procedures and various tools in support of first and second responders operations. A huge body of knowledge and technology has been developed in the Seventh Framework Programme and Horizon 2020. This forms a strong legacy that will pave the way for future research in support of an enhanced resilience of European society to disasters of any kind, and previous findings will need to be fully recognised and used in forthcoming research developments.

Successful proposals under this Destination are encouraged to closely cooperate with other EC-chaired or funded initiatives in the relevant domains, such as the Networks of Practitioners projects funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes, the Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation funded under the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme, the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security) or other Knowledge Networks set-up by European Commission services (e.g. the Union Civil Protection Knowledge Network 110 ).

Furthermore, in order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined with regard to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

Proposals involving earth observation are encouraged to primarily make use of Copernicus data, services and technologies.

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:

“Losses from natural, accidental and man-made disasters are reduced through enhanced disaster risk reduction based on preventive actions, better societal preparedness and resilience and improved disaster risk management in a systemic way.”

More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

1.Enhanced understanding and improved knowledge and situational awareness of disaster-related risks by citizens, empowered to act, thus raising the resilience of European society;

2.More efficient cross-sectoral, cross-disciplines, cross-border coordination of the disaster risk management cycle (from prevention, preparedness to mitigation, response, and recovery) from international to local levels.

Enhanced sharing of knowledge and coordination regarding standardisation in the area of crisis management and CBRN-E.

Strengthened capacities of first responders in all operational phases related to any kind of (natural and man-made) disasters so that they can better prepare their operations, have access to enhanced situational awareness, have means to respond to events in a faster, safer and more efficient way, and may more effectively proceed with victim identification, triage and care.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01

26.00

23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01

46.00

23 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

26.00

46.00

Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 111

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 112

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 30 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-01

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-02

IA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-03

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-04

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-05

IA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

Overall indicative budget

26.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

DRS01 - Societal Resilience: Increased risk Awareness and preparedness of citizens

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-01: Improved understanding of risk exposure and its public awareness in areas exposed to multi-hazards

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 organisations representing citizens or local communities, practitioners (first and/or second responders), and local or regional authorities and private sector from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some of following outcomes:

1.Advanced disaster / crisis simulations and impact assessments supporting decision-making processes based on best available knowledge, adaptive strategies and methodologies, including accurate exposure data and adequate vulnerability assessments, quantitative hazard information with comparable metrics across different risks (especially addressing multi-hazard situations), including disaster loss data and qualitative information issued from historical testimonies and case studies.

2.Risk and resilience assessment solutions, studies and outputs in support of long-term multi-hazard management strategies (e.g. climate adaptation, disaster risk reduction and prevention and mitigation strategies) with a focus on vulnerable regions prone to multiple hazard occurrences, involving interdisciplinary teams in different scientific and technological fields (such as geology, climate, man-made hazards, critical infrastructures and assets, history, health sciences, economics and social sciences). This requires novel interdisciplinary risk approaches to assessing human-hazard interactions, and reaching the most vulnerable segments of the community.

3.Advanced data management, information update and forecast / early warning systems (including via satellite and in-situ observation) in support of evolving public understanding and decision-making needs in the field of multi-hazard preparedness policy and planning, taking into account data uncertainties and including the determination of baseline scenarios and corresponding risk thresholds, as well as data potentially available (e.g. from surveys, earth observations, historic databases, academic and business/private sector repositories, climate projections, etc.) and near-real-time impact simulations combined with data-farming approaches.

4.Communication and dissemination platforms supporting an increased dialogue and cooperation between scientific, technological, practitioners, policy-makers, private sector (e.g. insurers), NGOs, citizens and community-based organisations for sharing and building-up the knowledge of hazards and related risks for a comprehensive awareness (and preparedness) of the risk at all levels (risk memory and implementation of lessons learnt into policy actions), taking into account various uncertainties that may affect decision-making.

Scope: The awareness of multiple hazards and the understanding and the assessment of risks and their consequences is a critical and fundamental step towards the development of local, national and international policies and strategies within all phases of the disaster risk management cycle, in particular preparedness. The availability of reliable scientific data and information (including historical occurrences and climate projections) to anticipate future disaster events or crisis situations, considering uncertainties inherent to natural systems characterization, and effectively support decision-making processes at all levels represents a global challenge for both the research community and governance institutions.

Actions at national/local and global/regional levels rely on knowledge of risks in all its dimension and changeable nature. A strengthened understanding of risks by the population (and decision-makers) is needed, based on both records of past events and forecasts and projections (with quantified uncertainties) that reflect consideration of evolving trends and dynamics over time and space. This is particularly acute in the case of multi-hazard risks, i.e. occurrences of several disasters either in cascade or at once. Moreover, the work needs to be complemented with improved knowledge on how risk awareness and actions are influenced and shaped by diverse aspects such as past events, cultures and traditions.

The understanding of multiple disaster risks (and related awareness) relies on knowledge gained about historical data and information about past events and related lessons learned as well as the ability to forecast and assess future risks under uncertainty (including impacts of pandemics, as well as global change, including climate trends and earth system and environment dynamics). These complex interactions between human decisions and multiple hazards require novel risk assessment approaches such as agent-based modelling and systems dynamics methods. This will result in improved preparedness actions built upon these analyses (e.g. defining evacuation routes, responsiveness of health services, etc.). Social media also plays a role in disaster analytics. For example, an increasing number of location-based social network services can provide time-stamped, geo-located data that opens new opportunities and solutions to a wide range of challenges by analysing the extracted public behaviour responses from social media before, during and after disaster events. When using social media data, the design for data collection and analysis has to respect fundamental rights, privacy and data protection and analyses have to take related societal effects in online and offline environments into account as well as possible disinformation and fake news. Also, risk awareness, understanding and preparedness are unequally distributed along a wide range of variables (socio-economic, cultural, regional etc.) that may generate drawbacks and conflicting issues with respect to groups' vulnerability.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The involvement of citizens, civil society and other societal stakeholders in co-design and co-creation should be promoted. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

DRS02 - Improved Disaster Risk Management and Governance

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-02: Integrated Disaster Risk Reduction for extreme climate events: from early warning systems to long term adaptation and resilience building

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 organisations representing citizens or local communities, practitioners (first and/or second responders), and local or regional authorities and private sector from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

1.Improved dialogue and cooperation among scientific and technical communities, stakeholders, policy-makers and local communities in the field of extreme climate events and associated events (e.g. forest fires, droughts, floods, heatwaves and storms) and disaster risk reduction.

2.Enhanced community engagement for prevention, preparedness, response, recovery and learning to extreme climate events by strengthening knowledge and involvement of volunteers linked to recognised organisations into the planning, design and implementation of prevention, including building with nature, preparedness and emergency response activities.

3.Strengthening of disaster risk reduction and resilience building through innovative use of media means, namely by examining the potential of new communication tools and apps for better preparedness and response.

4.Overview of existing knowledge, tools and development of new tools (innovative data collection, satellite data, data harmonisation, artificial-intelligence tools, algorithms, sensors and decision-aid approaches) for early warning, response and resilience / adaptation to be demonstrated in the framework of real-case scenarios designed for training addressed to first and second responders, (national, regional, local) authorities and populations. The overview should document how legal and ethical rules of operation as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data are taken into account.

5.Based on the demonstrations, development of new governance strategies and robust decision-support methodologies for integrated risk reduction and improved adaptation to climate extreme events.

6.Improved understanding of enablers and barriers to multi-risk governance frameworks and multi-risk thinking, by involving interdisciplinary teams in different fields, particularly the social and behavioural sciences.

7.Cost-benefit or cost-effectiveness analyses of investment and regulatory strategies to protect people and nature in vulnerable areas.

8.Identification of production/livelihood practices (goods, services, activities etc.) at community and national level that contribute to increased local/global climate risks, and explore how these can be adapted so that they are both economically and environmentally sustainable.

Scope: In contemporary society, the capacity of communities and governments to manage expected and/or unexpected extreme climate events depends heavily on effective governance throughout the entire Disaster Risk Management cycle. This covers operational mechanisms ranging from short-term actions (e.g. early warning and forecast-based actions) to long-term adaptation strategies and resilience building, including nature-based solutions. A coherent integration between Disaster Risk Reduction, Climate Adaptation policies and Sustainable Development Goals as fostered by the European Green Deal and major UN initiatives should result in a comprehensive resilience framework, while improving synergies and coherence among the institutions and international agencies involved.

The effective implementation of global and European risk governance and policies to enable integrated disaster risk reduction for extreme climate events requires a collaborative involvement in risk assessment and information sharing across involved institutions, including the civil and private sector and the population.

Cross-regional, cross-border and cross-sector agreements covering all phases of Disaster Risk Management can improve the knowledge about extreme climate events such as forest fires, droughts, floods, heatwaves, storms and storm surges. In addition, improving effective prevention, preparedness and response rely upon specific national or local expertise and experience. It is important to overcome silos between technical and political authorities at all levels and advocate integration among involved actors. Multi-risk governance frameworks related to climate extremes, shifting from single to multi-risk thinking in governmental agencies, represents the key challenge for the future, considering how measures to improve the resilience of the built environment and communities may provide effective solutions to strengthen adaptation measures.

Creating an overview of existing knowledge, integrating tools and developing new ones for resilience and emergency management should include careful planning for interoperability amongst many actors. It is important that solutions pay attention to societal side-effects of integrating data about emergencies, for instance Apps, where persons concerned tend to share more willingly, but do not reflect consequences of that. Thus, the development of data management tools for emergencies need to respect fundamental rights, data protection and avoid function creep.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-03: Enhanced assessment of disaster risks, adaptive capabilities and scenario building based on available historical data and projections

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires a multidisciplinary consortium involving:

a.representatives of scientific areas that are related to disaster risk management, societal and historical aspects;

b.as well as local or regional communities and authorities, from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries.

For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

1.Innovative exposure and vulnerability analysis methods, including those that take a systemic perspective by integrating sectoral expertise (e.g. social science, human health, cultural heritage, environment and biodiversity, public financial management and key economic sectors) and identifying key vulnerable groups and assets.

2.Maximising usability through a service-oriented approach, including through the optimisation and tailoring recommended practices, scientific models and scenarios for the intended users to support technical policy improvements and implementation of actions.

3.Enhanced exploitation of monitoring data and satellite/remote sensing information as well as artificial intelligence to improve high-level assessment from international to local levels, identifying the major sources of uncertainty in hazard assessment and ways to reduce them.

4.Evaluation of existing disaster risk and resilience assessment and scenarios (at national and local levels), taking into account historical / geological data, monitoring, risk and forecasting data, and based on the evaluation, serious games, modelling of future scenarios accounting for current and future impacts of diverse extreme events and disasters.

Scope: The assessment of disaster risks requires different types of actions ranging from soft measures to technologies. Simulation-based risk and impact assessments represent an effective approach to make science understandable to decision makers and streamline national to local mitigation/adaptation actions. This is especially the case if they are integrated with evaluation tools for cost-benefit/effectiveness and multi-criteria analyses, data-farming experiments, serious games, and are tailored to meet end-user’s needs, to assess the effectiveness of alternative options in different phases of the Disaster Risk Management cycle.

Specific risk assessments should be decision- or demand-driven and informed by scientific evidence, and there is a clear need to translate the results to ensure they are relevant, usable, legitimate and credible from the perspectives of the users. Co-design, co-development, co-dissemination and co-evaluation engaging the intended end users represent in this sense key features of improved risk, resilience and impact assessments.

In a first place, the acquisition of data is an essential feature and this requires innovative solutions for faster risk assessment and reduction. This includes the identification of precursors for different types of threats, supporting the design or improvement of risk-targeted monitoring programmes. In addition, risk assessments themselves are primarily designed to predict the likelihood of a specific event, whereas what is of primary concern is the impact of that event on society, infrastructure, governance, etc. Numerous experiences gathered in the natural hazards area showed that an enhanced assessment of risks and scenario building may be improved by taking into account reliable data (both quantitative and qualitative) and historical occurrences, when available, including disaster loss data (studies of past events in particular low-probability / long-time recurrence events). This includes for example a higher completeness of the historical-geological records of volcanic eruptions, major earthquakes, tsunamis etc.

In the case of extreme climate events such as storms and related storm surges, or health crises (outbreaks, pandemics) the analysis should draw on the outputs of state-of-the-art climate projections, including by taking into account the uncertainties brought on by climate change and our state of knowledge of the key processes underpinning the functioning of the Earth system.In cases where there are not be enough historical data and a high level of uncertainty, assessments and decision making will have to rely on qualitative data.

The action should take into account disaster loss databases and risk data repositories in Member States and relevant hubs. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-04: Developing a prioritisation mechanism for research programming in standardisation related to natural hazards and/or CBRN-E sectors

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of:

1.at least 2 National standardisation organisations;

2.and representatives of scientific stakeholders involved in standardisation-related research and end-users (both practitioners and policy-makers) in the areas of risk management of natural hazards and CBRN-E.

For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Building up on existing initiatives, development of a consolidated platform gathering key actors involved in DRM for natural hazards and/or CBRN-E to identify on-going standardisation activities, discuss key features related to them, including classification, and prioritise actions (consultation, dissemination, research programming).

2.Setting a two-steps mechanism to (1) evaluate standardisation needs, taking into account existing and running activities, and establish priorities in close consultation with key users (policy-makers and practitioners at all levels, including Commission’s DGs, national and regional authorities and relevant actors), and (2) take actions relevant to the identified priorities according to their degree of maturity, including research programming in the Disaster-resilient Societies part of the Horizon Europe programme.

3.Establish a standardisation roadmap at international (ISO) and European (EN) levels, leading to improved coordination of activities at EU and international levels and cross-fertilisation among different sectors.

Scope: Increasing resilience to natural disasters or CBRN-E events closely relies on management procedures, technologies and tools. An important feature supporting Disaster Risk Management and relevant international and EU policies is standardisation needed to improve the technical, operational and semantic interoperability of command, control and communication systems, or the interoperability of detection equipment and tools in the areas of CBRN-E. A range of actions have been undertaken to identify and prioritise standardisation activities, from pre-normative (design of new tools and methods) to co-normative (comparison / validation of existing tools and methods) research to mandate of mature items to European Standardisation Organisations via the CEN-CENELEC and ETSI. While some research projects delivered tangible CEN Workshop Agreements (CWAs) and made progress in standardisation-related research in the areas of natural hazards and CBRN-E civil protection and crisis management, no mechanism yet exists to ensure that standardisation is developed in close consultation with key stakeholders such as policy-makers and practitioners at all levels (European, national, regional and local). There is a need to ensure that any standardisation activities where a significant contribution to improve the disaster resilience through standardisation can be expected are developed in close cooperation with end users and prioritised with them while paying attention to the legal frameworks in place.

In this context it is important to remind that standardisation should support operations and policy-making to supplement it but should by no means substitute it. While standardisation of technology may be more straightforward, the right balance does especially have to be sought for processes. Based on existing or developing platforms, a prioritisation mechanism should hence be established, taking into account classification aspects (in particular in the CBRN-E sector), leading to decisions related to on-going or new standardisation items that should be directed in an organised way to pre- or co-normative research actions, CWAs or mandates, or to guidelines / Standard Operating Procedures not requiring formal standardisation (corporate voluntary agreements). This mechanism should have a close connection with future research programming and ensure close synergies with standardisation activities on European (e.g. CEN/TC 391) and international level (e.g. ISO/TC 292).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes of this topic, the involvement of chairs of relevant CEN and/or ISO Technical Committees in an advisory role/function is strongly encouraged.

DRS03 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01-05: Fast deployed mobile laboratories to enhance situational awareness for pandemics and emerging infectious diseases

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies and representatives of local or regional authorities in charge of managing sanitary crises from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Inventory and comparison of existing mobile laboratories, including heavy structures (both military and civilian) and light self-sustained systems, evaluation of quality management systems for maintenance, validation and testing.

2.New (mobile laboratory) solutions for the fast, reliable and unambiguous detection and identification of infectious agents, diagnostic tests, monitoring and mapping of contamination and enhanced field data communication to decision-making authorities.

3.Strategies to orchestrate mobile laboratory capacities in the EU, and improvements in the management of trained staff in Europe.

Scope: The recent COVID-19 crisis has demonstrated that the ability to rapidly identify viruses on scene under a proper quality control/assurance regime is crucial to ensure adequate risk assessment, optimal risk management, and proper counter measures. Consequently, a determining factor is to bring a rapidly deployable diagnostic capacity as close as possible to the crisis area. Considering specific infectious diseases is of paramount importance as also is the possibility to develop scalable capacities for joint multinational intervention. In the EU Civil Protection and Health policy framework, mobile laboratories are increasingly becoming part of crisis responses and recovery plans, and the COVID-19 illustrated the needs for further developments in this area. Pandemics risk mitigation comprises prevention, preparedness and post-crisis management, including networking, regional and international partnership, consolidating, coordinating and optimizing existing capabilities in terms of expertise, training, technical assistance and equipment. There is a need for building synergies among existing initiatives to develop an EU capacity building by strengthening the national and regional capacities and staff training for mobile laboratories operation, long-term sustainability culture of safety and security.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan in the framework of the EU-Japan collaboration on pandemics.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 113

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 114

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 30 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-01

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-03

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-02

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-04

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-05

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-06

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-07

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-08

IA

11.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-09

IA

11.00

Around 6.00

1

Overall indicative budget

46.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

DRS01 - Societal Resilience: Increased risk Awareness and preparedness of citizens

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-01: Enhanced citizen preparedness in the event of a disaster or crisis-related emergency

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 115

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of each of the following types of organisation:

1.organisations representing citizens or communities;

2.and organisations representing practitioners (first and/or second responders);

3.as well as local or regional authorities;

4.and private sector entities.

For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

1.Design of preparedness actions linking together multilevel interventions that need to involve citizens, communities, business organisations, public administrations for empowering citizens and their communities to act by themselves together with emergency services and managing spontaneous volunteers in the case of a disaster or crisis-related emergency of any kind (natural hazards, including pandemics, or man-made including terrorist threats) in the form of best practices and guidelines exploiting local resources (knowledge, networks, tools) developed with practitioners and local decision-makers.

2.Development of effective means for communication improving inter-organisational collaborative processes e.g. early warning systems and communication chains, roles, tasks and responsibilities of citizens, communities, local authorities, NGOs, business companies and practitioners, taking into account the legal framework, procedures for normal operation and organizational boundaries.

3.Improved early warning systems, forecasts and strategies to reach different public representatives with proper messages in the event of a disaster.

4.Demonstration exercises involving citizens, training and educational institutions, local decision-makers, employees in public administrations and in business companies, and practitioners, to identify practices, test guidelines and communication strategies in near-real-case situations in the framework of field exercises, virtual trainings and serious gaming, school / university curricula and professional training.

5.Building a ‘culture of disaster preparedness’ for citizens, communities, public administrations, business companies, practitioners: Development of an effective education system and integration of theory and practice of preparedness in school curricula; development of an effective integration of multilevel action in public administration (at local and regional national and international levels) focusing also on responsibility and deliberation issues; development of effective preparedness practices for citizens, communities, business organisations and practitioners (and their associations).

6.Deployment of evidence-based assessment methods/models to monitor and strengthen emergency preparedness.

Scope: Improving societal resilience to disasters or crises relies on various features related to preparedness of citizens, communities, education systems, public administrations, business companies and practitioners. These concern, in particular, ways to react and informed decisions to take in case of an event. Individual, public and multi-level actions are needed in disaster risk management and they have huge implications on potentially reducing losses and increasing the operational capacity of responders, along with significant impacts on the emergency planning and management phases and its relation to continuous operations and existing safety management. In particular, the level of awareness of EU citizens of the risks in their region is an indicator for measuring progress in increasing public awareness and preparedness for disasters and in the implementation of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism legislation.

Besides the required risk understanding dealt with in topic CL3-2021-DRS-01-01, research is needed in several domains. With regard to public administrations, it is relevant to conceptualise how to increase risk awareness by building processes capable of fostering a long-lasting coalition with citizens around the objective of reducing vulnerability. This implies the definition of action protocols and models of responsibility that mobilise the intervention of individual employees of public administrations. With regard to business companies and practitioners, it is relevant to integrate their emergency activities in the local context. With regard to citizens and communities, it is necessary to design preparedness actions enabling an empowerment of citizens (including particularly vulnerable groups), their communities and NGOs through bottom-up participatory and learning processes. This includes school/university curricula and professional training and trust building among local actors, integrating relevant traditional knowledge, incorporating a gender perspective where relevant, best practices, guidelines, and possible changes of regulations, to allow participatory actions. Difficulties in communication to the public in preparedness (and response) phases requires the consideration of legal aspects, along with investigations into innovative practices, forms and tools that will enable the more effective sharing of information, taking into account possible risks of disinformation and fake news. These will support citizens in acting efficiently by themselves, through enhanced collaboration and communication and improving information exchanges between local authorities (including first and second responders), vulnerable populations (e.g. socio-economic groups, ethnic groups, people with illnesses or disabilities, children, elderly, hospital patients), and the private sector.

Moreover, recent crises have shown that there is a large sense of solidarity among the population during a disaster or crisis situation. Many citizens that were not involved in disaster relief organisations before the crisis want to offer support to their fellow citizens and the broader community in times of crises. These initiatives of “spontaneous volunteers” are however most efficient if they are informed and trained and if their valuable contributions are coordinated with the authorities and first and second responders on the ground. Preparedness plans, tests and continued adaption on how best to manage spontaneous volunteers and integrate those into the response are needed.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-02: Enhanced preparedness and management of High-Impact Low-Probability or unexpected events

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 116

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires a multidisciplinary consortium involving:

1.representatives of scientific areas that are relevant for this topic;

2.as well as representatives of stakeholders (both practitioners and policy-makers).

For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

1.Increased understanding of high impact-low probability events in the short and medium term, both from natural and man-made hazards. These perspectives include cultural, societal, regional, ethical and historical contexts. This should capture new and emerging risks and develop end-user-friendly tools for risk assessors to conceptualise such risks.

2.Improved methods/tools for decision-making under uncertainty to prepare for high-impact low-probability events. These methods could include the impact of past events, communication and linguistic components, and regional specificities. These should be developed in close cooperation with end users to maximise application of these tools in practice.

3.Better preparedness for and management of high-impact low-probability risks that most, if not all, experts have difficulty conceptualising (the unexpected events), including by developing no-regret options that can address different kinds of impacts irrespective of the cause.

4.Improved mapping of i) socioeconomic systems’ interdependencies that can be negatively affected by high-impact low-probability events, and ii) which systems contribute to the materialisation of high-impact low-probability risks by increasing societal vulnerability. This would be supported by identification of interventions where resilience-building would be most effective. This identification could be based on an in-depth understanding of past events, a mapping of the current societies’ cultural sensibilities in a geographical space / region context, and/or their ethical and legal contexts.

5.Improved preparedness at an individual level, at local level and at the governmental level, including through clarifying roles and responsibilities around management of high-impact low-probability events. An improved understanding of existing risk and resilience management capacities across Europe at national and regional levels for responding to high-impact low-probability risks that Europe may face.

6.Development of appropriate simulation tools to identify areas under higher risk of occurrence of HILP events and development of preparedness plans and management mechanisms, including communication, to address the effects of such occurrence.

7.Combination of qualitative and quantitative approach strategies, which encompass practical and probabilistic knowledge to increase the success rate of identifying and adequately monitoring fast developing risks into potential high-impact low-probability events

8.Multi-disciplinary reference library around HILP events and their impacts would allow to build up a record of observations that can help quantify the impacts and, by analogy, similar risks that might arise in the future.

9.Scenario-building exercises and stress-test risk-related practices in critical infrastructure sectors (e.g., transport, communications, energy) would enhance preparedness and help identify particularly affected social groups while enabling rapid financial and practical support where national organizations are unable to cope or where the consequences are cross-border in nature. Independent, high-quality hubs (national or regional) for up-to-date risk notification and provision of scientific information and communication in a crisis – supported by governments, businesses and industry associations.

Scope: The risk landscape has changed significantly over the last decades. With new and emerging risks and risk magnifiers such as climate change, cyber threats, infectious diseases and terrorism, countries need to anticipate and prepare for the unexpected and difficult to predict.

At European level, there is, however, no agreed definition nor methodology to characterise HILP and unexpected events, resulting in differing impact scales and a lack of comparability of risk ratings among National Risk Assessments. High-impact, low-probability risks (HILP/Hi-Lo) can be understood as “events or occurrences that cannot easily be anticipated, arise randomly and unexpectedly, and have immediate effects and significant impacts”. They can manifest themselves not only as one-off high-profile crises and mega-disasters (e.g., Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Accident, eruption of the Eyjafjallajökull volcano, 9/11 terrorist attack in the U.S. and COVID-19 pandemic) but also as lower-profile, persistent events with equally serious impacts such as flooding, droughts and cyclones which, owing to the low likelihood of occurrence or the high cost of mitigating action, remain un- or under-prepared for.

High-impact, low-probability events (HILP) and their cascading effects raise many challenges for governments, businesses and decision-makers, including defining where the responsibilities lie in preparing for both individual shocks and slow-motion trends (e.g. global warming, tipping points, sea level rise) that tend to increase their magnitude and frequency. A 2019 revision of Decision 1313/2013/EU on a Union Civil Protection Mechanism has brought attention to high impact low probability risks and events, now requiring Member States to take prevention and preparedness measures to address them where appropriate, and the EU fully financing capacities through rescEU to respond to high impact low probability events.

To get the right balance between planning for specific ‘known’ events and creating generic responses for events that are rare or unexpected, research should support the anticipation and management of shock events through improving planning processes, establishing broader risk-uncertainty frameworks that capture such events, enhancing business resilience and responses to shocks, and stepping up communications in a crisis.

Preparing for and managing the consequences of a HILP event will benefit firstly from developing an increased understanding of new and emerging risks, besides the required risk understanding dealt with in topics CL3-2021-DRS-01-01 and CL3-2021-DRS-01-02, and in close connection to them. Improved methods should also be sought to support risk assessors and decision-makers in conceptualising these risks and developing no-regret options to manage them. A thorough understanding of existing risk management capacities across Europe at national and regional levels for responding to high-impact low-probability risks that Europe may face would contribute to improving preparedness at the European level to risks that can affect multiple countries at once and overwhelm national response capacities. Finally, enhancing preparedness for and management of high impact low-probability events cannot happen without an increased resilience of individuals. In close connection to topic CL3-2021-DRS-01-02, research is also needed on how to prepare citizens for unfamiliar risks and what information to disseminate, and how to communicate, during the disaster or crisis-related emergency in order to manage panic, confusion and threats of disinformation.

Given the practical nature of this topic, co-design, co-development, co-dissemination and co-evaluation of the research outputs engaging the intended end users will be particularly important.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-03: Improved quality assurance / quality control of data used in decision-making related to risk management of natural hazards, accidents and CBRN events

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 117

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 5 accredited measurement institutes / laboratories in charge of delivering data to risk management decision-making authorities. These participants must come from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Evaluation of Quality Assurance / Quality Control (QA/QC) needs in areas not prone to systematic quality checks prior to decision-making in the natural hazards and CBRN-E areas, for physical, chemical and biological parameters.

2.Based on past experience, organised intercomparisons among laboratories and institutes at EU level which are in charge of providing data for risk- and evidence-based decision-making in order to evaluate the comparability of data produced worldwide.

Production of reference materials and possible certification schemes for the systematic checking of laboratory and method’s performance for monitoring data used in risk- and evidence-based decision-making that are not prone to readily established schemes.

Scope: Risk management of natural hazards and CBRN-E events closely rely on available data, taking into account uncertainties brought on by climate change and Earth dynamics. The soundness of decisions is based on quality data, which justifies that continuous efforts are made to improve their quality assurance / quality control, in particular in the natural hazards area as well as in the CBRN-E area. In many instances, measurement data used in decision-making are rarely challenged in the areas of crisis management and/or mechanisms are still underdeveloped to systematically demonstrate their quality (e.g. in the case of substances of criminal nature such as biological toxins). Quality assurance / Quality control (QA/QC) are prone to standardised procedures such as the EN 45000 Series, which includes requirements related to laboratory settings, analytical techniques, criteria for analytical performances (e.g. accuracy, repeatability, limits of detection etc.) that are well implemented in sectors such as the environment (including water), food and health. In other areas requiring monitoring data of physical, chemical or biological nature related to risk assessment of natural hazards such as climate threats and pandemics, man-made (accidental) risks (e.g. chemical substances in Seveso-type environments) or terrorism threats (e.g. chemical or biological toxins used for criminal purposes), the QA/QC rules are much less known and followed. In particular, the systematic comparison of measurement techniques related to risk assessment of natural hazards (including health) and CBRN-E data is not wide-spread and references data or materials are often lacking. Recent developments have led to the testing of proficiency testing schemes for biological toxins of potential bioterrorism risk, but a general framework for checking data quality and controlling laboratory and analytical technique performances (including from measurement data directly gathered in the field) does not yet exist at European level. There is hence a need to evaluate the needs for QA/QC developments in relevant areas for which physical, chemical and biological measurement data are insufficiently checked for quality, and to develop an appropriate EU-wide approach to improve and demonstrate this quality, thus ensuring a traceability and comparability of data used throughout Europe for sound risk- and evidence-based decision-making.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-04: Better understanding of citizens’ behavioural and psychological reactions in the event of a disaster or crisis situation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 118

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries,
of at least 2 organisations representing citizens or communities, and at least 2 representatives of societal sciences (psychology, history), from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Qualitative and quantitative analyses on the behaviour of diverse society groups affected by a natural and man-made disaster or crisis situation, during and after an even occurs, based on real cases and testimonies, lessons learned from past disasters or crisis and recommendations from citizens and local authorities. Examine how this analysis could be integrated into preparedness plans and processes to include cultural, historical, and ethical perspectives on what defines disasters and how they are responded to.

2.Analyses of human behaviour as triggering or cascading factors of disasters or crisis situations, and transformation of qualitative data into quantitative information to improve vulnerability and exposure analyses.

3.Development of community-centred (vis-à-vis victim- or patient-centred) approaches and corresponding preparedness plans: in view of limited emergency response capacities and threat of systems collapses (e.g. health system, food distribution, supply chains) in large-scale disaster scenarios, analyse what community practices and communication strategies can help mitigate the latter and enable the public to be a capable partner in emergency planning and response.

4.Specific measures to better address the needs and requirements of most vulnerable groups (chronic suffers, persons with disabilities, children, elderly persons, economically and social deprived persons, refugees and irregular migrants in emergency planning and recovery measures.

5.Analyses of the nature and scope of mental health issues of the affected populations and of first-responders arising during and following natural or man-made disasters or crisis situations and their implications for response and recovery, and options to address these issues, including through social and health services such as emergency psycho-social support.

6.Analyses of mechanisms and factors that can lead to false alarms and misdirected actions, and of the direct consequences on both population and decision-makers.

Scope: Human actions and behaviour may strongly influence the effects and dynamics of a disaster or crisis situation and on the response, potentially modifying the vulnerability of the population. For example, inadequate design of technological systems may favour cascading consequences due to limited consideration of human performance, and insufficient planning. Linked to this, due to extreme time pressure, crisis managers are often forced to make decisions on the basis of inadequate information. The behaviour of the general public, mostly influenced by demographic factors (e.g. gender, age, income, education, risk-tolerance, social connectivity etc.) and the perception of risks, depends on the availability, form and access to information about the crisis and management of trade-offs (e.g. efficiency and thoroughness trade-offs). Social media play an important role here being a means of disinformation and misinformation.

Recent disasters related either to natural causes (including climate-related and geological hazards), man-made causes (including industrial accidents or terrorist attacks) or the COVID-19 pandemic crisis have shown the lack of sufficient knowledge in the way citizens react in case of disasters or crisis situations, with implications on policy design and implementation for example in the form of preparedness plans. In this respect, taking into account the knowledge gathered by projects funded in Horizon 2020 and ensuring complementarity, behavioural and psychological research on how citizens behave in the event of a disaster or crisis situation is needed to better understand how to best raise awareness in the population and develop tools to facilitate this.

It is hence necessary to better investigate how historical, cultural and emotional factors (e.g. anxiety, panic etc.) during a disaster or a crisis influence rational actions, evaluations of options and information seeking. In addition, the impact of disasters on health also requires looking into the short and long-term consequences of exposure to high stress/threat levels bears, in particular for mental health.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

DRS02 - Improved Disaster Risk Management and Governance

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-05: Improved impact forecasting and early warning systems supporting the rapid deployment of first responders in vulnerable areas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 119

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the Africa Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires a multidisciplinary consortium involving:

1.representatives of scientific areas that are relevant for this topic;

2.as well as practitioners (first and second responder);

3.and representatives of local or regional management authorities, from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries.

For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute at least three of the following outcomes:

1.Comparison of measures and technologies to enhance the response capacity to extreme weather and geological events (including local measures and warning systems) affecting the security of people and assets.

2.Adjustments of warning and response systems in the light of cross-disciplinary cooperation, involving planning authorities and first responders, to better manage the rapid deployment of first responders and communication to citizens in vulnerable areas in the case of extreme climate events or geological disasters.

3.Timely operational forecasts of severe (short-term focus) extreme weather events (e.g. floods, hot waves, storms, storm surges) or geological hazards (e.g. volcanic eruption, earthquake, tsunami) to aid planning authorities, civil protection agencies and first responders in their decision-making.

4.European-scale multi-hazard platform to facilitate the identification of expected natural hazards with great specificity in time and space and improve science communication for boosting interactions between scientists, general media and the public.

5.Methodologies to integrate innovative state-of-the art early warning systems into existing tools for decision-making and situation reporting already used by civil protection authorities from international to local level.

Scope: Enhanced risk and crisis assessment and preparedness to natural hazards rely on tools using different types of data, information and forecasts (e.g. meteorological data, physical data related to geohazards and climate projections etc.) which may enable to anticipate the occurrence of disasters. Based on the legacy of existing solutions, in particular in the area of extreme weather events, further developments are required to compare impact forecasting and early warning approaches at international level. The aim of such comparisons would be to design EU-wide decision-support and information systems supporting planning authorities and civil protection agencies in the rapid deployment of first responders and communication to citizens in vulnerable areas in the case of extreme climate events or geological disasters. This platform development might be prone to international cooperation, hence supporting the implementation of both EU policies and the UN Sendai Framework for Action. Innovation actions should improve measures and technologies that are needed to better plan for extreme climate events and geological disasters, reduce risks, as well as manage the immediate consequences of natural disasters, in particular regarding emergency responses. This should lead to sound and timely operational forecasts of severe (short-term focus) extreme weather events or geological hazards to aid planning authorities, civil protection agencies and first responders in their decision-making. Built up on developments from relevant H2020 projects, a European-scale multi-hazard platform should be designed, taking into account existing developments at EU level and available space information, in order to facilitate the identification of expected natural hazards with great specificity in time and space. The aim is to utilise largely existing capabilities and combine them into a single, user-friendly platform.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with vulnerable countries, e.g. African and South Mediterranean members of the Union for the Mediterranean .

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-06: Improved disaster risk pricing assessment

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million. 120

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 representatives of the financial sector and of insurance companies from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribute to the public accessibility of fiscal data and information related to disaster risks, and available risk transfer mechanisms such as insurance in an easily available and understandable way.

2.EU-wide or international standard or guidance on how to monetise and account intangible values from Climate Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction measures

3.Innovative financial instruments and IT-solutions to reduce transaction costs for disaster risk finance and insurance products (e.g. earth observation data, artificial intelligence, financial technologies)

4.Research and testing of novel European, cross-border, national and regional disaster risk financing frameworks. This needs to involve a wide range of stakeholders (e.g. disaster risk management, finance, communication) from public and private sectors.

5.Risk model development for future natural catastrophe events, development of European stress-testing scenarios including vulnerable hotspots and uninsurable risks.  

Scope: Natural disasters (weather and climate related extremes and geological events) in the EU have cost on average EUR 17 billion per year the past ten years. Around 35 % of the total losses from climate and extreme and weather events are insured today in the EU, although the proportion of the insured losses ranges from 1 % in Romania and Lithuania to about 60 % in Belgium. In the near-term future, the European insurance industry and their regulators have warned that affordability and insurability are likely to become an increasing concern with climate change. Insurance, in combination with other risk transfer and financing mechanisms, is an important tool to achieve disaster risk reduction targets. Insurance plays an important role in financially supporting the recovery of individuals, organisations, businesses and communities affected by natural disasters. Large disaster losses in recent years have led insurance companies to re-examine their approach to increase the extent of insurance coverage and compensation for loss in vulnerable areas. This includes increasing their investment in assessing and modelling risk, developing advice on risk prevention and establishing new forms of coverage to support governments in managing the costs they face in post-disaster recovery. Questions remain about the limits of insurance in tackling fast-rising threats - not only how people at highest risk and with lower incomes can afford it, but whether insurance models can cope with much more frequent and destructive. Rethinking insurance pay-outs, giving homeowners clearer information on potential risks - using simple online tools, or providing data at the time of house purchases - may also be the way forward more resilient communities.

DRS03 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-07: Improved international cooperation addressing first responder capability gaps

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least:

1.3 first responders’ organisations or agencies from at least 3 different EU or Associated countries;

For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improved real-time detection, tracking and analysis of different situations, incidents and risks (including the location and well-being of first responders)

2.More targeted actionable intelligence and more efficient command operations due to the fast analysis of different information sources

3.Enhanced European and global interoperability for different types of first responders (e.g. firefighters, medical responders, police, civil protection)

4.Availability of first responder solutions that are oriented on internationally defined requirements and recognised practices, and thus can be used with different national systems and equipment

Scope: International cooperation is key to respond to different kind of natural and man-made disasters, as well as intentional security threats. Besides operational cooperation, there is a need to find a common understanding on what innovation is needed to able to respond to different challenges. The Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030 list the need ‘to strengthen technical and logistical capacities to ensure better response to emergencies’ 121 as one priority for national and local levels. Such capacities depend to a large extent on the effectiveness and the specific capabilities of organisations responsible for first response to incidents.

In order to perform their dangerous tasks, First Responders require the best possible equipment that is tailor-made for extreme scenarios. As such, tools and gear need to be highly specialised and adapted to the different specific first responder needs. The market for such equipment is however fragmented, limiting the availability and affordability.

International cooperation to define common requirements has helped to create a clearer picture on what gaps remain and cannot be satisfied by existing solutions, thus requiring targeted research. Global capability gaps have been identified by international expert groups such as the UNDRR Scientific and Technical Advisory Group and the International Forum to Advance First Responder Innovation (IFAFRI), involving scientific experts, firefighters, medical responders and police officers from several EU and non-EU countries.

Proposals under this topic are invited to address one or several of the following capability gaps that were identified by national first responders within IFAFRI:

1.The ability to know the location of responders and their proximity to risks and hazard in real time

2.The ability to detect, monitor, and analyse passive and active threats and hazards at incident scenes in real time

3.The ability to monitor the physiological signs of emergency responders

4.The ability to incorporate information from multiple and non-traditional sources into incident command operations

5.The ability ty to create actionable intelligence based on data and information from multiple sources

Proposed solutions should take into account the different specifications as defined within IFAFRI, most notably the Gap Analysis, Statement of Objectives and Deep Dive Analysis 122 and propose solutions (to the extent possible) that are suitable for different types of responders.

Proposals can be submitted by any eligible organisation and do not necessarily require the cooperation with co-applicants from an IFAFRI member country. 123 Participation from non-associated third countries (including the non-EU IFAFRI partners) is however encouraged and the participation of at least 2 first responders’ organisations from at least 2 different non-EU countries is strongly encouraged.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-08: Enhanced situational awareness and preparedness of first responders and improved capacities to minimise time-to-react in urban areas in the case of CBRN-E-related events

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million. 124

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries.For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

If projects use satellite-based, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). The use of Copernicus for earth observation is encouraged.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

1.Development of tools and technologies, including novel multiplatform CBRN-E systems, to enhance situational awareness to prepare for and rapidly react to CBRN-E events both for responders on the ground as well as for dispatch and crisis centres, especially in urban areas.

2.Support of first responders’ situational awareness via high level processing solution, e.g. based on dispersion modelling or threat recognition / prediction solution using sensor data fusion and algorithms that combine heterogeneous sensor data in order to reduce the likelihood of false alarms and contribute to an improved decision-making process for the responders.

3.Development of fast, reliable and portable devices for responders to perform an in-situ provisional identification of CBRN-E suspicious samples, enabling to decide which personal protective equipment (PPE) is required for first responders, including smart wearable equipment.

4.Solutions integrating different commercial and experimental sensors/platforms, which should improve the state-of-the-art products in terms of communication (e.g. by using novel and open communication protocols, pre-processing of data), power consumption (e.g. by offering supplemental power source to the existing sensors), interfacing capability (e.g. by proposing an open interface specification). The proposals should also cover the system transportability, online capability and continuous operation issues.

Scope: Addressing first responders’ needs requires innovative actions resulting in technological, institutional and capacity-building solutions that are tailored to the risks, affordable, accepted by citizens, and customised and implemented for the (cross-sectoral) needs of practitioners. Innovative solutions are required to enable first responders to get a faster overview of any disaster situation based on the knowledge of past events and prevention actions. Complementing this, novel technologies and tools are necessary to enhance situational awareness in the case of disaster-prone events or health-related crises, especially in the case of cross-border situations, in order for first responders to be better prepared in emergency operations. In this context, innovative technologies are required for first responders to rapidly identify hazardous agents and contaminants such as CBRN-E substances in case of an accident, outbreak/pandemics or terrorist attack and act more efficiently and rapidly regarding communication. This requires novel rapid and accurate detection of substances (possibly coupled with unmanned vehicles or drones) and on-line communication systems to support first responders’ operations and to provide the ability to conduct on-scene operations remotely without endangering them. Needs cover a broad range of technologies on top of existing CBRN-E detectors, e.g. samplers, separation systems, dilution or sample pre-concentrators etc., multiplying their capabilities. Advancements should take into consideration power consumption of front-end technology, as well as, transportability, on-line, dynamic sampling, automation, smart samplers, sample preparation, integration with detectors, standardisation. A focus should be made on experimental or commercial systems that are not optimised in terms of online, continuous measurements, power consumption and hyphenation. Other areas of research closely depending upon enhanced situational awareness and preparedness concern decisions related to the protection of first responders (e.g. advanced protective gear and smart wearable equipment), in particular in case of CBRN-related events (infectious diseases, accidental or linked to terrorism), and ways to minimise their time-to-react in urban areas or to conduct on-scene operations remotely without endangering responders (e.g. ways through traffic, UAVs etc.).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan in the framework of the EU-Japan collaboration.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-09: Enhanced capacities of first responders more efficient rescue operations, including decontamination of infrastructures in the case of a CBRN-E event

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million. 125

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies, from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Analysis on if and how the specific requirements of operating under CBRN-E conditions can be taken into consideration also for teams/capacities that are traditionally not operating under CBRN-E conditions (e. g. search and rescue, medical care, shelter, firefighting, flood rescue, etc.).

2.Development of innovative technologies and/or operating procedures for emergency management units that might need to work under CBRN-E (Chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosives) conditions such as search and rescue (including victim triage procedures), medical care, shelter, firefighting, flood rescue, etc. Develop innovative technology and procedures for mass decontamination but also for the decontamination of inanimate material (infrastructure, buildings, vehicles, equipment), including identifying standards for determining something as “decontaminated” in close collaboration with Topic CL3-2021-DRS-01-05.

Scope: Chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN-E) events increasingly target civilians, with first responders likely to be police officers, firefighters or paramedics. Based on the legacy of knowledge gathered in H2020 projects, innovative technologies and solutions are required for first responders to act more efficiently and rapidly in case of CBRN-E disaster events of any kinds. This includes the ability to rapidly identify hazardous agents and contaminants and to analyse threats and hazards in real time, the faster search and identification of victims enabling more efficient rescue operations, platforms for medical care and site management/shelter for a more efficient the triage of victims and their care, i.e. via appropriate decontamination chains of victims and infrastructures. Regarding this last point, links to standardization and Topic CL3-2021-DRS-01-05 are particularly important to be able to determine thresholds and identify people as well as objects as “decontaminated” or “free of decontamination”.

Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

Strengthened Security Research and Innovation

The EU-funded security research and innovation framework was launched with the Preparatory Action for Security Research 126 . Since then, the programme has contributed substantially to knowledge and value creation in the field of internal security and to the consolidation of an ecosystem better equipped to capitalise on research and innovation to support the EU security priorities.

While the success of the programme has materialised in relevant scientific findings, maturation of promising technology areas, operational validation of innovative concepts or support to policy implementation, a key challenge remains in improving the uptake of innovation.

The extent to which innovative technologies developed thanks to EU R&I investment are industrialised and commercialised by EU industry, and later acquired and deployed by end-users, thus contributing to the development of security capabilities 127 , could give a valuable measure of the impact achieved with the programme. However, there are factors inherent to the EU security ecosystem (often attributed to the market) that hinder the full achievement of this impact. These include market fragmentation, cultural barriers, analytical weaknesses, programming weaknesses, ethical, legal and societal considerations or lack of synergies between funding instruments, among others.

It is worth noting that such factors affect all the security domains addressed in Cluster 3; that there is not one predominant factor with sufficient leverage by itself to change the overall innovation uptake dynamics; and that they exhibit complex relationships among them which are difficult to disentangle. It should also be noted that the innovation uptake process starts before the R&I cycle is triggered, and it is not finalised with the successful termination of a research project. Therefore, the uptake challenge extends beyond the realm of R&I. However, from within R&I it is possible, if not to materialise the uptake in every case, at least to pave the way towards its materialisation.

To that aim, there is a need to create a favourable environment that is designed with the main purpose of increasing the impact of security R&I, that is visible and recognisable to those interested in contributing to this aim, and which provides bespoke tools that serve to tackle the factors that hinder innovation uptake.

The SSRI Destination has therefore been designed with this purpose to serve equally to all the expected impacts of Cluster 3. Research applied in this domain will contribute to increasing the impact of the work carried out in the EU security Research and Innovation ecosystem as a whole and to contribute to its core values, namely: i) Ensuring that security R&I maintains the focus on the potential final use of its outcomes; ii) Contributing to a forward-looking planning of EU security capabilities; iii) Ensuring the development of security technologies that are socially acceptable; iv) Paving the way to the industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and deployment of successful R&I outcomes; and v) Safeguarding the open strategic autonomy and technological sovereignty of the EU in critical security areas by contributing to a more competitive and resilient EU security technology and industrial base.

While the other Destinations of this Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme offer research and innovation activities to develop solutions to address specific security threats or capability needs, the SSRI Destination will contribute with instruments that will help bringing these and other developments closer to the market. Such instruments will help developers (including industry, research organisations and academia) to improve the valorisation of their research investment. They will also support buyers and users in materialising the uptake of innovation and further develop their security capabilities.

In addition, the SSRI Destination will offer an open environment to create knowledge and value through research in matters (including technology, but also social sciences and humanities) that are not exclusive of only one security area, but cross-cutting to the whole Cluster. This will contribute to reducing thematic fragmentation, bringing closer together the actors from different security domains, and expanding the market beyond traditional thematic silos.

Finally, SSRI will allow the allocation of resources to the development of tools and methods to reinforce the innovation cycle itself from a process standpoint, thus increasing its effectiveness, efficiency and impact. This Destination will contribute to the development of an analytical capacity tailored to the specific needs of security stakeholders for the materialisation of a structured long-term capability based planning of research and innovation for security.

In order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined with regard to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following impacts:

1.A more effective and efficient evidence-based development of EU civil security capabilities built on a stronger, more systematic and analysis-intensive security research and innovation cycle;

2.Increased industrialisation, commercialisation, adoption and deployment of successful outcomes of security research reinforces the competitiveness and resilience of EU security technology and industrial base and safeguards the security of supply of EU-products in critical security areas;

3.R&I-enabled knowledge and value in cross-cutting matters reduces sector specific bias and breaks thematic silos that impede the proliferation of common security solutions.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01

16.00

23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01

9.50

23 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

16.00

9.50

Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 128

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 129

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 30 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2021

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-01

RIA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-02

CSA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-03

CSA

2.50

Around 2.50

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-04

PCP

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-05

RIA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

16.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

SSRI 01 - Stronger pillars of security Research and Innovation

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-01: A maturity assessment framework for security technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased literacy on the value and efficient use of maturity assessment frameworks to communicate the readiness of technology, synchronise parallel developments, forecast implementation and support decision making in the planning of investment in the area of security;

2.Improved cross-disciplinary assessment of the maturity of innovative technologies based on common harmonised frameworks for the security domain;

3.Comprehensive and timely updated map of the maturity of the security solutions developed through EU-funded security research and innovation programmes enabled by widely accessible assessment tools and methods;

4.Evidence-based programming of security research built on a more reliable assessment of the state of the art technologies in the field of security.

Scope: Having awareness of the maturity of a system is an invaluable reference to understand how ready this system is to be deployed on a numeric scale. Given the challenge posed by the limited uptake of the outcomes of EU-funded security R&I, having the capacity to characterise the progress achieved by security systems under development basing on readiness characteristics, and not only from a purely technological perspective, can be a powerful tool to identify areas that require further work or to provide input to strategic investment decision making processes.

Scales using metrics such as the Technology Readiness Levels (TRL) are widely used and have been adapted to different domains. Other scales have been developed, including Integration Readiness Level (IRL), Commercialisation Readiness Level (CRL), Manufacturing Readiness Levels (MRL), Security, Privacy and Ethics Readiness Level (SPRL) or Societal Readiness Level (SRL), among others. These may have been defined for different purposes and often focusing on non-technological aspects of technology development. However, problems emerge when readiness levels proliferate and are used without a commonly agreed definition, when they are not duly adapted to the specific context of application 130 or when they are implemented without the support of adequate tools and methods to carry out a reliable assessment.

Applicants are invited to submit proposals for the development of a maturity assessment framework that serves as a reference for the development of civil security technology-based solutions. The framework should be cross-disciplinary and combine different readiness scales in an aggregated manner in order to be able to deliver holistic and quantitative maturity assessments agglutinating different perspectives (e.g. technological, systemic, societal, etc.). The scales proposed should be robust, repeatable and agile, so they can be trusted, replicated, and applied to different types of security solutions in the different domains covered by this Work Programme.

The scales proposed have to rely as much as possible in existing and recognised scales and methods that show the appropriate quality features to ensure their reliability. Such scales need to be tailored and adapted to the security context as required in a justified manner. 131

Based on the maturity assessment framework proposed, the project is expected to deliver tools that allow the guided and/or the self-assessment of the maturity of concrete security solutions being developed under the frame of EU-funded security research work programmes. These tools will allow an open access to those actors interested in assessing the readiness levels of concrete technologies, preferably through a web-based environment that allows for a high degree of automation. It is of particular relevance to allow open access to the online tools to actors participating in EU-funded security research projects so they are able to assess the progress in the maturation of their technologies throughout the project.

An extensive validation process for the developed assessment tools should be conducted as part of the project. This validation should be conducted by performing maturity assessments on different solutions recently delivered or currently under development in H2020 or Horizon Europe projects. The results of the maturity assessment should be made available to the projects collaborating with the validation for their own use and in support to their activities. The results are expected to be made available to other EC-chaired or funded initiatives for which this information can be of added value, such as the Networks of Practitioners projects funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes, to the Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation funded under the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme, to the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security) or to other security research and innovation working groups set-up by European Commission Agencies.

The project should explore the options, also from a business perspective, for the exploitation of the results beyond the project lifetime, including the setting up of formal mechanisms for the certification of readiness of security solutions by entrusted bodies.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 3 years.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-02: Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

1.Each consortium must commit and propose a plan to contribute, every 6 or fewer months, to working groups chaired by the European Commission and/or EU Agencies supporting the identification of security research needs referred to in the topic text;

2.Each proposal must include a work package to disseminate their findings, including an annual workshop or conference;

3.Participation as beneficiaries of end-user authorities with a recognised mandate in the areas addressed by the network from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated Countries is mandatory 132 . For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the different Destinations of this WP part, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each of the two options (Option A "Border Security", Option B "Resilient Infrastructure"), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in
the form of prizes.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced analytical capacity to support the programming of EU-funded security research and capacity building funds through a periodic and timely evidence-based policy feedback ;

2.Periodically aggregated and consolidated view of the capability needs and gaps in the thematic areas under consideration 133 ;

3.Periodically aggregated and consolidated view of the state-of-the-art technologies, techniques, methods and tools that can contribute to fill the identified capability gaps;

4.Periodically aggregated and consolidated view of outcomes (including on technological, industrial, legal and ethical issues), future trends, lessons learnt and best practices derived from past and current security research effort incurred in the thematic areas under consideration.

5.More systematic assessment and validation of the outcomes of EU-funded security research projects with respect to identified capability gaps through harmonised support mechanisms;

6.Common and updated map of opportunities and constraints for the exploitation of EU security research and innovation projects, with special focus on industrialisation, commercialisation, adoption and deployment of innovative solutions in response to common capability gaps;

7.Common and updated map of areas requiring standardised solutions and/or certification schemes to foster innovation uptake and market creation, as well as trainings and options for the implementation of such schemes.

8.Enhanced cooperation between research institutions, smaller private research agencies, security practitioners, SMEs and community representatives to support integrated participation in requirements determination and analysis, research and validation and evaluation of results.

Scope: Innovation uptake is not a linear process, and even less a single-step process that happens only at the end of a research project and it is not automatically enabled by a successful research result. The innovation uptake process begins with the identification of a need and ends with an innovative solution deployed on the field of operations, being R&I only one of the many contributors to the overall process, but not the first and not the last. In other words, successful results of research projects are a necessary but not sufficient condition to guarantee the uptake of innovation.

Investment in security research needs to be designed taking into consideration how and when it can deliver outcomes that contribute to the development of security capabilities. Therefore, research will be undertaken, from its very early stages, in a way that addresses real needs while guaranteeing the impact in the final solutions. It will also ensure to identify and underpin the factors that could help in the implementation of its results. However, the programming of research is highly conditioned by the quality, reliability and timeliness of the evidence that supports its decision making process. This includes the identification and understanding of the contextual elements that can or will influence or be influenced by the research (process), the research team and the research projects themselves.

The European Commission and the EU Member States carry out this programming exercise periodically, taking into account a wide variety of inputs. The complexity of the challenge is notable, considering that the EU security landscape is volatile, uncertain, complex and ambiguous in what regards the security threats, the capabilities required to face them, the evolution of modern technologies, and the skillset needed to deploy those. In order to carry out a sound programming exercise, the European Commission and the EU Member States strive to consult and involve all actors. With that aim, experts are gathered in different configurations and their inputs are coordinated at EU and national levels to be factored in by the decision-making bodies of EU-funded security research.

These experts require high quality, reliable and timely evidence to support their assessments, but information is often scattered, hardly visible and requires bespoke processing for the detection of patterns and for the generation of actionable intelligence. In other cases, it is simply not presented in the right format to unveil its value.

Applicants are invited to submit proposals for the establishment of Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation. The role of these networks is to collect, aggregate, process, disseminate and exploit the existing knowledge to directly contribute to the expected outcomes of this topic.

Networks should engage with the main sources of information in order to have a sound and updated picture of the aspects mentioned above. This includes interaction with security experts (beyond the members of the project consortium), organisations, projects or initiatives, but also an extensive review of available databases, studies, reports or literature (notably all information generated under the EU-funded security research programmes, and possibly under other EU or MS funding programmes).

The networks must ensure the dissemination and exploitation of their findings to the different communities of the security research ecosystem, including policy makers, security authorities, industry, researchers and citizens. Special emphasis needs to be made on the contribution of these networks to the work of entities and initiatives established by the European Commission (e.g. Union Civil Protection Knowledge Network) and the EU Agencies to contribute to the security research programming effort In this regard, the networks should contribute timely and intensively to the work of the Thematic Working Groups of the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security) and of other equivalent innovation labs/groups set-up by EU Agencies (e.g. Frontex). The networks have to contribute to these working groups with the quantitative and qualitative evidence required to carry out their activities in support to a more impactful EU-funded Security R&I and to a more frequent and systematic innovation uptake.

Each proposal should include a plan, and a budget amounting at least 25% of the total cost of the action to carry out activities involving industry, academia and other providers of innovative solutions outside the consortium, for example with the aim to assessing the soundness of their findings, give support in validation processes, promote competitive development (e.g. via prizes) or dissemination of results, among other options.

The networks must be in a position to deliver findings on the abovementioned challenges starting from the month 6 of the project and periodically every 6 months or less, in accordance with the information needs of the entities and initiatives they are contributing to.

Proposals should clearly describe the process and timing for the collection of inputs and the generation of outcomes. This plan has to go beyond the description of project deliverables and milestones, and describe in detail how and when the findings will be disseminated and exploited during the project and in collaboration with the communities described above.

The applicants submitting the proposals have to ensure sufficient representativeness of the communities of interest (including, but not only, geographical representativeness) and a balanced coverage in terms of knowledge and skills of the different knowledge domains required to face the challenge, including security operations, technologies, research & innovation, industry, market, etc. The applying consortia need to demonstrate that the project beneficiaries guarantee the expertise required to steer the project activities in all the knowledge domains to ensure the success of the action. The work of the partners has to be supported by solid and recognised tools and methods, also accompanied by the required expertise to put them in practice.

The networks should build to the extent possible on the work initiated by the Networks of Practitioners funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes. Should such networks be still ongoing, maximum cooperation and minimum overlapping should be ensured and demonstrated.

Under this call, the applicants are invited to propose networks on the thematic areas of:

Option A: Border Security;

Option B: Resilient Infrastructure.

Only one network in each area can be funded.

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 3 years.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-03: National Contact Points (NCPs) in the field of security and cybersecurity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for Cluster 3 and officially nominated to the European Commission from an EU Member State or an Associated Country.

Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated when the call opens, national support structures responsible for Secure Societies and nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved and professionalised NCP service of knowledge, experience and skills, consistent across Europe, thereby helping simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

2.Harmonised and improved trans-national cooperation between NCPs, paying particular attention to the engagement of NCPs from associated partners, eventually not directly involved in the consortium, with the aim of ensuring the same level of information and quality to all National Contact Points, inside and outside the network;

3.Periodic and timely evidence-based policy feedback in support to EU-funded security research programming enabled by a seamless integration of the national, regional and local dimensions of security Research and Innovation into the EU picture;

4.A systematic assessment of the needs of the various stakeholders involved in security and Cybersecurity research projects and programmes with respect to identified learning opportunities through harmonised support mechanisms;

5.Collaboration with other Member States’ organisations providing support to Horizon Europe applicants in the domain of Cluster “Civil Security for Society”, for example the future National Coordination Centres created through the proposed Cybersecurity Competence Centre and Network Regulation 134 ;

6.A more reliable measurement of the impact of security research and innovation built, inter alia, on a quantitative and qualitative assessment of the participation in the different Programme calls and a better awareness of the innovation-uptake success stories stemming from the participation of national players in EU-funded security research projects;

7.Collaboration, including NCPs in third countries, through specific NCP networking projects in the different Horizon Europe programme areas to address and advise the respective communities better and more specifically.

8.Increased cooperation of NCPs with the Enterprise Europe Network.

Scope: National Contact Points (NCPs) are support structures that have become an essential component in the implementation of successive Framework Programmes. They provide information and on-the ground advice to potential applicants and beneficiaries, through the project life cycle, in their own language, in a manner that would be impossible for the European Commission and its Agencies acting alone.

The NCPs are the main structure for providing practical information and assistance to potential participants. They are ambassadors for Horizon Europe, perceived as true and impartial partners of the European Commission Services and its Agencies. The system of NCPs will be established, operated and financed under the responsibility of the Member States and Associated Countries.

NCPs can also help to give visibility to different perspectives of all Security Research and Innovation (R&I) stakeholders and to break geographical silos by aggregating the knowledge existing in the EU Member States and regions and incorporate it to the European picture. This should reinforce the development and testing of new security solutions in European Regions, drawing on their local characteristics, strengths and specialisation and contribute to the push towards a “Place-based innovation and experimentation” brought by the New Industrial Strategy for Europe 135 .

As highly professional support services, NCPs operating nationally will form an essential component of Horizon Europe implementation. They will have a key role in delivering the Programme’s objectives and impacts ensuring that it becomes known and readily accessible to all potential applicants, irrespective of sector or discipline.

A system of NCPs will be established for the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 “Civil Security for Society”, building on the experience of previous Framework Programmes.

The Horizon 2020 Secure Societies Work Programme comprehensively addressed the current security policy framework and key challenges. In specific, it aims at securing the society against disasters, fighting crime (including cybercrime) and terrorism, securing European borders, supporting the Union's external security policies in civilian tasks, and last but not least, increasing digital security.

In Horizon Europe, those challenges are to be addressed through various mechanisms tailored to the different actors, and by implementing actions at different levels, e.g. Research and Innovation Actions, Innovation Actions, Coordination and Support Actions and Pre-commercial Procurement Actions. Complementary actions include boosting communication, dissemination and exploitation; fostering the testing, validation and demonstration of innovative technologies; as well as strengthening the links between the R&I community actors.

NCPs will be called to support and enhance this approach by, inter alia, facilitating access of all relevant actors to funding opportunities; providing generic and sector specific information and advice, enabling contacts with strategic actors, organisations and initiatives and addressing the need to seek and provide consistent coordination among actors.

The activities of the NCP Network should be tailored according to the nature of the area, and the priorities of the NCPs concerned. Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries.

The successful proposal will contribute to delivering the Programme’s objectives and impacts and raise awareness of potential applicants for calls under Horizon Europe Cluster 3 – "Civil Security for Society". Irrespectively of their sector or discipline, project proposals should aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between NCPs, with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to Programme applicants. The project should also allow for a better flow of information relevant for the implementation of the Programme from the EU level to the national level and vice-versa, and also across Member States and Associated Countries. This includes fostering the participation of national players in EU security research and innovation fora.

The NCP network should explore the possibility to increase the visibility at EU level of the results and impact achieved by national players following their participation in R&I projects. Particular attention should be given to results that have led to the deployment of solutions in the field of operations, or that show a strong potential for uptake because of the interest expressed by national buyers.

Proposals should include a work package to implement matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in the domain of the Cluster “Civil Security for Society”. Matchmaking should take place by means of online tools, brokerage events, info days and bilateral meetings between project initiators and candidate participants from widening countries. Other matchmaking instruments may be used as appropriate. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles.

The project proposal to be funded should cover a wide range of activities related to Horizon Europe, address issues specific to the Cluster "Civil Security for Society" and may follow up on the work of SEREN4.

The project consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs.

The proposed Cybersecurity Competence Centre and Network Regulation 136 inter alia establishes a Network of National Coordination Centres. These National Coordination Centres will be tasked, amongst others, to facilitate the participation of industry and other actors at the Member State level in cross-border projects and to act as contact point at the national level for the Cybersecurity Competence Community and the Competence Centre. Therefore, proposals should also take into account support activities for coordination between the respective beneficiary (NCP) and the respective National Coordination Centre within the relevant Member States as applicable once the regulation mentioned above is in force.

The recommended duration of the project is 3 years.

SSRI 02 - Increased Innovation uptake

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-04: Demand-led innovation for situation awareness in civil protection

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Pre-commercial Procurement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the participation of at least 3 relevant end-user organisations and 3 public procurers from 3 different EU Member States or Associated Countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

One organisation can have the role of end-user and public procurer simultaneously, both counting for the overall number of organisations required for eligibility.

The specific conditions for actions with PCP/PPI procurements in section H of the General Annexes apply to grants funded under this topic.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

PCP/PPI procurement costs are eligible.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.An identifiable community of EU first responders with common user/functional needs for innovative technology solutions for situation awareness in the field of civil protection;

2.Tested and validated capacity of EU technology and industrial base to develop and produce technology prototypes for situation awareness in the field of civil protection that meet the needs of the EU user community;

3.Improved delineation of the EU market (including demand and supply) for situation awareness systems in the field of civil protection that can articulate alternative options for uptake in function of different industrialisation needs, commercialisation needs, acquisition needs, deployment needs and additional funding needs (beyond R&I funding).

Scope: End-users and public procurers from several countries are invited to send proposals for launching a Pre-Commercial Procurement action for the acquisition of R&D services for the development of technology solutions for situation awareness in the field of civil protection.

The proposals should build on the outcomes of the SAYSO project, which followed the call 2016 of H2020 Secure Societies work programme, under the topic SEC-02-DRS-2016 - Situational awareness systems to support civil protection preparation and operational decision making. The successfull proposals will therefore give continuity to the works initiated by the SAYSO project.

Applicants should note that this project responds not only to the needs of EU stakeholders and to the policy priorities of the European Commission in the field of civil protection, but also to the capability needs and gaps identified by the International Forum to Advanced First Responders Innovation (IFAFRI). Therefore, applicants are encouraged to seek alignment with the needs of first responders as set out in the respective Gap Analysis, Statement of Objective and Deep Dive Analysis Documents which IFAFRI has produced 137 .

The proposals are expected to provide clear evidence on a number of aspects in order to justify and de-risk the PCP action, including:

1.That the challenge is pertinent and that indeed a PCP action is required to complete the maturation cycle of certain technologies and to compare different alternatives;

2.That there is a consolidated group of end-users and procurers with common needs and requirements which are committed to carry out a PCP action in order to be able to take an informed decision on a future joint-procurement of innovative solutions;

3.That there is a quantifiable and identifiable community of potential buyers (including and beyond those proposed as beneficiaries in the proposal) who would share to a wide extent the common needs and requirements defined and who could be interested in exploring further joint-uptake of solutions similar to those developed under the PCP, should these prove to be technologically mature and operationally relevant by the end of the project;

4.That the state of the art and the market (including research) has been explored and mapped to the needs, and that there are different technical alternatives to address the proposed challenge;

5.That the PCP tendering process is clear, that a draft planning has been proposed and that the supporting documentation and administrative procedures will be ready in due time in order to launch the call for R&D services according to the PCP rules.

6.That there is a commitment to pursue the exploitation of results beyond the end of the project through engagement with stakeholders and implementation of exploitation strategies towards future uptake.

The open market consultations required prior to launching the PCP call for tenders must have taken place in at least three EU Member States. Market consultations conducted during the SAYSO project can be used if this requirement is fulfilled, and if it is justified that: i) their purpose was enough to guarantee the viability of the procurement and; ii) that the state-of-the-art has not changed since they were conducted.

In relation with the PCP tendering process, the applicants should clarify how they intend to guarantee that:

1.The principles of the EU Directive for public procurement and in particular with the provisions related to PCP will be duly respected;

2.Conflict of interests will be avoided, including through the ineligibility of bids from technology providers who are also beneficiaries of the project or who have been beneficiaries of the previous SAYSO project;

3.The confidentiality of the intellectual property of potential bidders will be protected;

4.The technology developments to be conducted in the PCP will be done in compliance with European societal values, fundamental rights and applicable legislation, including in the area of free movement of persons, privacy and protection of personal data;

5.In developing technology solutions, societal aspects (e.g. perception of security, possible side effects of technological solutions, societal resilience) will be taken into account in a comprehensive and thorough manner;

6.All participating public buyers commit to comply with EU data protection legislation in the development of innovative, advanced systems to support security and in particular the principles of data protection by design and by default;

7.The guidance for attracting innovators and innovation, as explained in the European Commission Guidance on Innovation Procurement C(2018) 3051, will be duly taken into account, in particular those measures oriented to reduce the barriers to high-tech start-ups and innovative SMEs.

Applicants should propose an implementation of the project that includes:

1.A minimal preparation stage dedicated to finalise the tendering documents package for a PCP call for tenders based on the technical input resulting from project SAYSO, and to define clear verification and validation procedures, methods and tools for the evaluation of the prototypes to be developed throughout the PCP phases.

2.Launching the call for tenders for research and development services. The call for tenders should envisage a competitive development composed of different phases that would lead to at least 2 prototypes from 2 different providers to be validated in real operational environment at the end of the PCP cycle;

3.Conducting the competitive development of the prototypes following the PCP principles including, at least, a design phase, an integration and technical verification phase and a validation in real operational environment phase. In evaluating the proposals and the results of the PCP phases, the applicants should consider technical merit, feasibility and commercial potential of proposed research efforts.

4.Consolidating the results of the evaluation of the developed prototypes, extracting conclusions and recommendations from the validation process, and defining a strategy for a potential uptake of solutions inspired in the PCP outcomes, including a complete technical specification of the envisaged solutions and standardisation needs and/or proposals. This strategy should consider joint-cross border procurement schemes and exploit synergies with other EU and national non-research funds.

The applicants are expected to maximise the visibility of the project outcomes to the wide community of potential EU public buyers. Liaison with other communities beyond civil protection is encouraged (e.g. Border Guard and Police Authorities 138 ) in order to assess the possible application of the identified solutions in different security research domains, such as infrastructure resilience, border management or disaster resilience.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

SSRI 03 - Cross-cutting knowledge and value for common security solutions

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-05: Security research technologies driven by active civil society engagement: transdisciplinary methods for societal impact assessment and impact creation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the f
orm of prizes.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Promotion of socially and environmentally sustainable products and services through stronger civil society engagement;

2.Policy-makers, security practitioners and the research community implement security technological solutions and policies that fulfil both societal and legal requirements, such as inclusiveness, accessibility, universal design, openness, legitimacy, proportionality, ethics;

3.State and non-state actors base their decision-making on an assessment of any possible negative societal impacts of security research outputs, including human rights implications and risks of ill-intended use;

4.Security practitioners and citizens are provided with technical solutions that are transparent, privacy-sensitive, open source, friendly and easy to use;

5.Security practitioners and citizens have the necessary skills and knowledge on the use of the new technologies being produced, as well as their impact on the society;

6.Security practitioners have a broader understanding of the new opportunities offered by technological developments, including accessibility and universal design aspect of technologies which goes beyond the mere response to security challenges to ensure that everyone is included;

7.Security practitioners, the research community and policy-makers build upon existing knowledge on lessons learned and best practices, as well as recommendations and good examples of how the EU is using technology to combat risks to security while respecting and promoting fundamental rights.

Scope: Applied research derives its meaning, and therefore, its financial justification from its relevance to society, to society’s needs, to society’s values, to its aims, needs or ambitions. Applied research presupposes that a distinct societal need is identified and that a programme of research is devised to provide the concrete knowledge required to meet that need as well as to better understand areas related to experience and requirements of technologies regarding vulnerable groups through universal design and common accessibility principles.

The finality and value of applied research is assessed on the grounds of this relevance, on the degree to which the results of the research can be applied to one or several problems beyond or after the research itself. The salience and value of any type of applied research – including security research – lies outside the research itself and in its impact on society.

In general, research can have an impact on society at two different points: at the level of the scientific methodology that employs and at the level of the scientific outputs that generates and communicates. Any action can have desirable and undesirable outcomes. Undesired results of security research can include both the results of research that does not reach its intended aims or research that does not reach its aims, but whose aims do not provide the security it originally set out to provide. Significantly, it can include particular measures that have as a secondary effect an increase in insecurity such as the development of technological solutions.

In innovation processes and advances of technological change, the societal aspect covers all those areas that influence the citizen, society and the state. This can range from privacy issues and confidentiality to the use of products and services, the potential for misuse of information and data, fake news, security marking, secure infrastructure etc.

Technological solutions in the area of civil security for society are often perceived as intrusive means to intensify and broaden surveillance and control of citizens in a top-down approach. Security technology is addressed with mistrust as regards to its detrimental effects on civil liberties and raises questions on fundamental rights and freedoms, privacy and data protection. Nevertheless, a wide variety of technological tools is available in different languages for different risk scenarios and with different functionalities. At the same time, technology can also be applied to increase societal resilience, improve and strengthen horizontal coordination, raise citizens’ awareness and facilitate exchange of information among citizens in crisis’ situations, disasters or pandemic risk incidents. Strengthening a co-productive use of technology to enhance societal resilience requires a better understanding of inclusive design, crowd-based, and Information and Communication Technologies (ICT)-enabling horizontal communication processes.

A systemic stock of such technologies, including an evidence-based assessment of the number of users in Europe and an evaluation of their impact in past human life disasters or crisis management incidents can help to improve the societal acceptability, directionality, desirability and ethicalness of security research and innovation. A societal development plan that examines the socio, economic, political context, which might have caused the security problems, can also help to learn from past-experiences. Demonstrating awareness of the risks that potentially build biases into automated systems would be important to identify best solutions for relevant functionalities and pave the way for a coordinated European approach, which strikes the right balance between practitioners’ technology requirements and privacy-friendly tools and solutions for the citizens. Furthermore, improved knowledge of relevant human and societal factors in order to assist, supplement or override human misjudgement, lack of compliance or understanding through education and training modules can better achieve the desired impacts on attitude and behaviour change creating resilience to security threats.

In assessing the impact of security technologies, proposals are expected to examine methodologies that allow citizens genuine participation, including the vulnerable groups and people with disabilities in innovation processes. A socio-technical approach can enhance the ambition and effectiveness of innovations by inspiring socially acceptable design for systematic change and societal transformation. They should look into methodologies that measure the impact of technologies on society by addressing issues of: what can be measured (qualitative and quantitative measurements); why it is important to measure; what is important to measure both from policy and technology aspects and how societal impact can be measured (qualitative and quantitative measurements), including evidence about cognitive biases.

Proposals should also address mitigation measures that could be taken to reduce the impact on privacy, human rights and fundamental freedoms with the involvement of citizens as co-designers and beneficiaries in security research. When assessing impact, attention should also be paid to citizens’ training for reducing negative effects, modelling and simulation of their behaviour in the event of security threats. This may include virtual assessment of different protection (prevention, preparedness and response) measures.

Proposals’ consortia should comprehend security practitioners, system developers, public sector, technology and civil society organisations 139 , communication specialists on security research, researchers and Social Sciences and Humanities Experts from a variety of EU Member States and Associated Countries. In order to ensure a meaningful democratic oversight of the EU’s security research programme, projects and policies at national and European level, proposals should ensure a multidisciplinary approach and have the appropriate balance of industry, citizens’ representatives and social sciences and humanities experts.

Project proposals’ consortia are encouraged to cooperate closely with the Networks of Practitioners funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes if valuable results on impact can be obtained, as well as with the Knowledge Networks for Research and Innovation in Security funded under the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme.

As indicated in the introduction of this call, proposals should foresee resources for clustering activities with other successful proposals in the same or other calls to identify synergies and best practices.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Proposals could also be linked to finished or ongoing projects such as the NewHoRRizon (under the H2020 Research and Innovation Programme) which have developed Societal Readiness Level Tools. They may also consider using their interactive web tools provided to help study the societal input and engagement as part of project proposal development and implementation.

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 4 years.

Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 140

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 141

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 30 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-01

CSA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-02

CSA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-03

CSA

2.00

Around 1.00

2

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-04

RIA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

9.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

SSRI 01 - Stronger pillars of security Research and Innovation

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-01: Increased foresight capacity for security

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.An increased knowledge base on technology foresight, more accessible to the security stakeholders, that supports the consolidation of a forward-looking culture in the planning and use of resources in the area of security.

2.Anticipatory steering of the foreseeable evolution of security-relevant technologies and of the challenges and opportunities brought by such evolution on the industrialisation and use of future security technologies facilitated by a common foresight framework for EU civil security;

3.An evidence-based identification, prioritisation and programming of security R&I and capacity building investment sustained on an anticipated and consolidated view of how future technology, research and industrial trends impact, influence and shape future threats and security capabilities;

4.A recognised EU-wide definition of critical technological building blocks and components for the development of future high-priority capabilities;

Scope: Anticipating the future, both in terms of threats and of opportunities offered by new emerging technologies is a real challenge. Having the capacity to depict plausible futures, to identify upcoming threats and to propose early responses can be of invaluable help to decision makers.

The sound programming of EU-funded security research can also be notably improved if the analytical capacity required to identify mid to long-term trends in the EU security context is in place and its outcomes are made available to decision makers through the right channels on a timely manner. This includes not only the identification of academic research, technology, innovation and industrial trends, but also of how these can be translated into early warning of threats and anticipated response. A common EU approach for civil security to address this need, properly covering the full range of security policy dimensions and acknowledging their particularities and distinctive features, is therefore needed.

Many organisations, including the European Commission, have developed instruments that provide timely assessment of technology trends on a regular basis. The broad technology landscape does not show frequent fluctuations, and a plethora of tools and ready-made information products unveiling trends in different time horizons are widely available. However, pure technology watch-based approaches are not helpful for civil security decision makers unless they are embedded in a qualitative assessment of threats and capabilities. Such assessment shifts the focus from a purely technological standpoint to the way in which these technologies are and will be used in a given policy, operational, industrial and societal context.

Therefore, building on existing technology and research landscaping mechanisms (and possibly tailoring them to the specificities of the civil security domain), applicants are invited to submit proposals for the development and operationalisation of a foresight framework for security including advanced tools, methods, techniques and processes. Such framework should be accompanied by a solid scientific model that connects future technologies with their future use. This should allow to identify how future civil security technology, research, innovation and industrial trends impact, influence and shape future threats and security capabilities, taking into account contextual aspects. These may include ethical, legal, societal, economic, geopolitical, environmental or industrial aspects, with particular emphasis on the capacity of the EU security technology and industrial base to achieve the desired technology development objectives, thus safeguarding the EU security technology sovereignty, if and when this is required. The proposed approach should combine qualitative and quantitative methods, maximise their automation and allow for qualified inputs through distributed and collaborative environment/schemes in order to make the most efficient and effective use of the human and technical resources available.

The proposals should take into account existing foresight approaches implemented by other EU and international organisations (e.g. JRC, EDA, INTERPOL, UNIDO, etc.). Should these be used as a reference, the newly proposed approaches should not just replicate the existing ones, but reference the source accordingly and adapt them to the context of EU civil security. Proposals should also take into account previous EU-funded research projects addressing foresight and build strong synergies with ongoing projects, in particular with the Networks of Practitioners funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes and the new Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation funded under Horizon Europe Cluster 3.

The proposed foresight framework must be operationalised since the early stages of the project and deliver information products until its finalisation and beyond. When operationalising the proposed approach, applicants have to consider that they should deliver tangible value to the European Commission Strategic Foresight Agenda 142 , supporting political priorities in the field of civil security, including the programming of the Union´s investment for the development of security capabilities through research and capacity building funds. Therefore, the results are expected to be made available at least to all stakeholders involved in this task, both at EU and national level. In order to allow that the developed foresight framework works with and for this purpose, the applicants should demonstrate that the working cycles proposed and the exchanges of information required are duly coordinated with the work of the Thematic Working Groups of the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient societies set-up by the European Commission (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security) and/or with equivalent innovation labs set-up by EU Agencies in the different thematic areas addressed (e.g. Frontex). Therefore, the thematic working groups should not only be a source of information, but also a validator of the foresight approach proposed and a beneficiary of the information products delivered.

Applicants must show a good understanding of the context where security research and capacity building programming takes place (mostly at EU level), of who are the main actors involved and of what are their needs in terms of foresight. The proposal should pay special attention to the type and format of the outcomes to be delivered, their timeliness and to what audience these are addressed. In this sense, outcomes must be delivered periodically every 6 months or less throughout the whole project starting from month 6.

The project has to identify and describe options for the exploitation of the foresight model proposed beyond the project lifetime, including the setting up of a permanent technology foresight capacity in support to EU-funded security research and innovation programming, i.e. under the Research-as-a-service approach.

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 3 years.

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-02: Knowledge Networks for security Research & Innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

1.Each consortium must commit and propose a plan to contribute, every 6 or fewer months, to working groups chaired by the European Commission and/or EU Agencies supporting the identification of security research needs referred to in the topic text;

2.Each proposal must include a work package to disseminate their findings, including an annual workshop or conference;

3.Participation as beneficiaries of end-user authorities with a recognised mandate in the areas addressed by the network from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated Countries is mandatory 143 . For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the different Destinations of this WP part, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each of the two options (Option A "Disaster Resilience", Option B "Fighting Crime and Terrorism"), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of prizes.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party i
s EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced analytical capacity to support the programming of EU-funded security research and capacity building funds through a periodic and timely evidence-based policy feedback ;

2.Periodically aggregated and consolidated view of the capability needs and gaps in the thematic areas under consideration 144 ;

3.Periodically aggregated and consolidated view of the state-of-the-art technologies, techniques, methods and tools that can contribute to fill the identified capability gaps;

4.Periodically aggregated and consolidated view of outcomes (including on technological, industrial, legal and ethical issues), future trends, lessons learnt and best practices derived from past and current security research effort incurred in the thematic areas under consideration.

5.More systematic assessment and validation of the outcomes of EU-funded security research projects with respect to identified capability gaps through harmonised support mechanisms;

6.Common and updated map of opportunities and constraints for the exploitation of EU security research and innovation projects, with special focus on industrialisation, commercialisation, adoption and deployment of innovative solutions in response to common capability gaps;

7.Common and updated map of areas requiring standardised solutions and/or certification schemes to foster innovation uptake and market creation, as well as trainings and options for the implementation of such schemes.

8.Enhanced cooperation between research institutions, smaller private research agencies, security practitioners, SMEs and community representatives to support integrated participation in requirements determination and analysis, research and validation and evaluation of results.

Scope: Innovation uptake is not a linear process, and even less a single-step process that happens only at the end of a research project and it is not automatically enabled by a successful research result. The innovation uptake process begins with the identification of a need and ends with an innovative solution deployed on the field of operations, being R&I only one of the many contributors to the overall process, but not the first and not the last. In other words, successful results of research projects are a necessary but not sufficient condition to guarantee the uptake of innovation.

Investment in security research needs to be designed taking into consideration how and when it can deliver outcomes that contribute to the development of security capabilities. Therefore, research needs to be undertaken, from its very early stages, in a way that addresses real needs while guaranteeing the impact in the final solutions. It should also ensure to identify and underpin the factors that could help in the implementation of its results. However, the programming of research is highly conditioned by the quality, reliability and timeliness of the evidence that supports its decision making process. This includes the identification and understanding of the contextual elements that can or will influence or be influenced by the research (process), the research team and the research projects themselves.

The European Commission and the EU Member States carry out this programming exercise periodically, taking into account a wide variety of inputs. The complexity of the challenge is notable, considering that the EU security landscape is volatile, uncertain, complex and ambiguous in what regards the security threats, the capabilities required to face them, the evolution of modern technologies, and the skillset needed to deploy those. In order to carry out a sound programming exercise, the European Commission and the EU Member States strive to consult and involve all actors. With that aim, experts are gathered in different configurations and their inputs are coordinated at EU and national levels to be factored in by the decision-making bodies of EU-funded security research.

These experts require high quality, reliable and timely evidence to support their assessments, but information is often scattered, hardly visible and requires bespoke processing for the detection of patterns and for the generation of actionable intelligence. In other cases, it is simply not presented in the right format to unveil its value.

Applicants are invited to submit proposals for the establishment of Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation. The role of these networks is to collect, aggregate, process, disseminate and exploit the existing knowledge to directly contribute to the expected outcomes of this topic.

Networks must engage with the main sources of information in order to have a sound and updated picture of the aspects mentioned above. This includes interaction with security experts (beyond the members of the project consortium), organisations, projects or initiatives, but also an extensive review of available databases, studies, reports or literature (notably all information generated under the EU-funded security research programmes, and possibly under other EU or MS funding programmes).

The networks have to ensure the dissemination and exploitation of their findings to the different communities of the security research ecosystem, including policy makers, security authorities, industry, researchers and citizens. Special emphasis needs to be made on the contribution of these networks to the work of entities and initiatives established by the European Commission and the EU Agencies (e.g. Union Civil Protection Knowledge Network) to contribute to the security research programming effort. In this regard, the networks have to contribute timely and intensively to the work of the Thematic Working Groups of the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies (future CERIS –Community of European Research and Innovation for Security) and of other equivalent innovation labs/groups set-up by EU Agencies (e.g. EUROPOL). The networks will have to contribute to these working groups with the quantitative and qualitative evidence required to carry out their activities in support to a more impactful EU-funded Security R&I and to a more frequent and systematic innovation uptake.

Each proposal should include a plan, and a budget amounting at least 25% of the total cost of the action to interact with industry, academia and other providers of innovative solutions outside the consortium, with a view to assessing the feasibility of their findings, give support in validation processes, promote competitive development (e.g. via prizes) or dissemination of results, among other options.

The networks must be in a position to deliver findings on the abovementioned challenges starting from the month 6 of the project and periodically every 6 months or less, in accordance with the information needs of the entities and initiatives they are contributing to.

Proposals should clearly describe the process and timing for the collection of inputs and the generation of outcomes. This plan should go beyond the description of project deliverables and milestones, and describe in detail how and when the findings will be disseminated and exploited during the project and in collaboration with the communities described above.

The consortia submitting the proposals should ensure sufficient representativeness of the communities of interest (including, but not only, geographical representativeness) and a balanced coverage in terms of knowledge and skills of the different knowledge domains required to face the challenge, including security operations, technologies, research & innovation, industry, market, etc. The applying consortia should demonstrate how the project beneficiaries guarantee the expertise required to steer the project activities in all the knowledge domains to ensure the success of the action. The work of the partners should be supported by solid and recognised tools and methods, also accompanied by the required expertise to put them in practice.

The networks should build to the extent possible on the work initiated by the Networks of Practitioners funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes. Should such networks be still ongoing, maximum cooperation and minimum overlapping should be ensured and demonstrated.

Under this call, the applicants are invited to propose networks on the thematic areas of:

Option A: Disaster Resilience

Option B: Fighting Crime and Terrorism.

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 3 years.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

SSRI 02 - Increased Innovation uptake

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-03: Stronger grounds for pre-commercial procurement of innovative security technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

This topic requires the participation of at least 6 relevant end-user organisations as well as at least 3 public procurers from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated Countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

One organisation can have the role of end-user and public procurer simultaneously, both counting for the overall number of organisations required for eligibility.

Open market consultations carried out during this project must take place in at least three EU Member States or Associated Countries.

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Consolidated demand for innovative security technologies built on the aggregation of public buyers with a common need expressed in functional and/or operational terms without prescribing technical solutions;

2.Better informed decision-making related to investment in innovative security technologies based on a better understanding of the potential EU-based supply of technical alternatives that could address common needs of EU public buyers;

3.Better informed decision-making related to investment in innovative security technologies based on an improved visibility of the potential demand in the EU market for common security technologies;

4.Increased capacity of EU public procurers to align requirements with industry and future products and to attract innovation and innovators from security and other sectors through common validation strategies, rapid innovation, experimentation and pre-commercial procurement.

5.Increased innovation capacity of EU public procurers through the availability of innovative tendering guidance, commonly agreed validation strategies and evidence-based prospects of further joint procurement of common security solutions.

Scope: End-users and public procurers from several countries are invited to submit proposals for a preparatory action that should build the grounds of a future Pre-Commercial Procurement action. Both this preparatory action and the future PCP action will be oriented to the acquisition of R&D services for the development of innovative technologies, systems, tools or techniques to enhance border security, to fight against crime and terrorism, to protect infrastructure and public spaces, or to make societies more resilient against natural or man-made disasters.

Projects funded under this topic could also consider submitting a proposal to an open call for a follow-up PCP action that the Commission may include in the Cluster 3 Work Programme 2023-2024 (subject to budget availability and priorities of the Work Programme 2023-2024). In preparing the grounds for a possible future PCP action, the outputs of this CSA should take into consideration:

1.The policy priorities described in this Work Programme Part for the security areas mentioned above;

2.The EU Directive for public procurement and in particular with the provisions related to PCP;

3.The specific provisions and funding rates of PCP actions and the specific requirements for innovation procurement (PCP/PPI) supported by Horizon Europe grants, as stated in the General Annex H of the Horizon Europe Work Programme;

4.The guidance for attracting innovators and innovation, as explained in the European Commission Guidance on Innovation Procurement C(2018) 3051 145 , in particular those measures oriented to reduce the barriers to high-tech start-ups and innovative SMEs.

During the course of the project, the applicants are expected to deliver clear evidence on a number of aspects in order to justify and de-risk a possible follow-up PCP action, including:

1.That the challenge is pertinent and that indeed a PCP action is required to complete the maturation cycle of certain technologies and to compare different alternatives;

2.That there is a consolidated group of potential buyers with common needs and requirements which are committed to carry out a PCP action in order to be able to take an informed decision on a future joint-procurement of innovative solutions;

3.That there is a quantifiable and identifiable community of potential buyers (including and beyond those proposed as beneficiaries in the proposal) who would share to a wide extent the common needs and requirements defined and who could be interested in exploring further joint-uptake of solutions similar to those developed under the PCP, should these prove to be technologically mature and operationally relevant by the end of the project;

4.That the state of the art and the market (including research) has been explored and mapped, and that there are different technical alternatives to address the proposed challenge;

5.That a future PCP tendering process is clear, that a draft planning has been proposed and that the supporting documentation and administrative procedures will be ready on due time in order to launch the call for the acquisition of R&D services according to the PCP rules.

6.That the technology developments to be conducted in the future PCP can be done in compliance with European societal values, fundamental rights and applicable legislation, including in the area of free movement of persons, privacy and protection of personal data.

7.That in developing technology solutions, societal aspects (e.g. perception of security, possible side effects of technological solutions, societal resilience) can be taken into account in a comprehensive and thorough manner.

Should the applicants intend to submit a proposal for a follow-up PCP in a future Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme they should ensure that the above evidence is consolidated in the project deliverables of this CSA.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 1 year.

SSRI 03 - Cross-cutting knowledge and value for common security solutions

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-04: Social innovations as enablers of security solutions and increased security perception

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties
can only be provided in the form of prizes.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

1.Policy makers, security practitioners and researchers have increased understanding of the capabilities and capacities of local communities and citizens to contribute to developing security solutions;

2.Policy makers, researchers and system developers increase the orientation of security solution development towards socially innovative and Responsible Research and Innovation approaches;

3.The notions of ‘smart citizens’ and ‘smart local communities’ empowered by Responsible Research and Innovation and social innovation, where the general public co-control safety and security of their environments, are more widely adopted by decision makers;

4.New benchmarks, standards or other quality criteria are established for developing security solutions through Responsible Research and Innovation 146 ;

5.Increased collaboration across all parts of the quadruple helix (academia/research, public authorities, industry/SMEs, civil society/citizens/local communities) to develop innovations in line with the needs, values and expectations of society;

6.Innovative, transferable and potentially scalable technological solutions co-created with citizens and local communities in social labs and innovation living hubs, and citizens empowered to act as generators, validators and end-users of the new horizontal technologies;

7.Societal trust in security research products, their desired usefulness and social acceptability 147 ;

Scope: Citizens and local communities are insufficiently involved in the co-creation of socially innovative processes to develop security solutions and thus conceptions of what citizens and local communities know and think about security could be predominantly shaped by media coverage. This might result in bias in the assessment of the seriousness and probability of different security threats. Nevertheless, social acceptance of security technology depends on understanding citizens’ awareness of security problems and threats. Comprehensive discussion that involves citizens from all parts of society directly in co-design such as through Responsible Research and Innovation and social innovation, alongside other security technology actors, would integrate public concerns beyond incident-based interpretations of security threats, thereby increasing social acceptance of security technology and subjective feelings and perceptions of personal security in daily life. At the same time, industry would be in a position to identify new business opportunities in producing and delivering security products and services, which are in line with needs, values and expectations of citizens and local communities and support their well-being.

Social innovations 148 for increasing security and security perception can be manifold and the scope of application of social innovation is potentially wide-ranging and can address diverse aspects. For example, apps that help citizens to prevent, detect and respond with first responders in disaster and crisis situation and to access real-time information about adequate responses; the formation of networks of parents of children who are considered susceptible to extreme ideologies to establish early warning and early-intervention mechanisms. What these examples have in common is that they give citizens an active role in co-creation and produce a practical use value.

Giving more emphasis on a co-creation procedure from the design phase could also overcome the corresponding lack of knowledge about how socially innovative solutions can contribute to increased security and security perception. Although citizens and local communities can successfully support as co-designers and beneficiaries to replicate and upscale best practices as well as systemic and cross-sectorial solutions that combine technological, digital, social and nature-based innovation, existing knowledge of such contributions is limited. Therefore, proposals should develop a societal development plan that builds upon a people-centred approach and examines how social innovations on security are organised, how they work, how and why they are adopted or rejected, their direct and indirect benefits and costs, including in vulnerability assessments, how they sustain, and which interfaces with other more formal security agents are established.

Proposals should map and analyse a social innovation in one or more distinct social spheres, in areas such as:

(a) Security disturbance at large (pop-) cultural and sports events;

(b) Security and security behaviour in public places, public transport or mobility;

(c) Radicalisation, dis-integration in local communities and social media;

(d) Digital identity, data portability and data minimisation with an attribute based society in control;

(e) Safety and security in remote communication, command and control of operation in risk scenarios;

(f) Mobilisation on human trafficking;

(g) Automatic detections’ use.

Proposals should consider the social relevance of research, social marketing, transferability and scaling of such social innovations as this is an area where there is limited research and experimentation, which could help to spread the use of such solutions. They should also consider education, training and change individual behavioural and social practices by involving citizens and local communities as generators, validators and end-users of the new horizontal/advanced technologies.

Proposals which have developed innovative ideas on societal resilience under the Destination Disaster-Resilient Society and which can transform them into social innovations for disaster crisis situations engaging citizens and local communities are not pre-empted to participate in this topic.

Consortia should give meaningful roles to all research and innovation actors, including security practitioners, system developers, the public sector, technology development organisations, civil society organisations 149 , communication specialists on security research, researchers and Social Sciences and Humanities Experts from a variety of EU Member States and Associated Countries. In order to ensure a meaningful democratic oversight of the EU’s security research programme, projects and policies at national and European level, proposals should establish a multidisciplinary approach and have the appropriate balance of industry, representatives of citizens and local communities and social sciences and humanities experts.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

As indicated in the introduction of this call, project proposals should foresee resources for clustering activities with other successful proposals in the same or other calls, to find synergies, and identify best practices, and to develop close working relationships with other Programmes (e.g. the Civil Society Empowerment Programme (CSEP-ISF), Science with and for Society (SwafS), the Digital Europe Programme).

The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 4 years.

Other actions not subject to calls for proposals

1. Reviews of projects

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreements, grant decisions, procurement, financial instruments).

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.35 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.35 million from the 2022 budget

2. Workshops, conferences, experts, communication activities, studies

1.Organisation of the Security Research event 2022;

2.Support to workshops, expert groups, communications activities, or studies. Workshops are planned to be organised on various topics to involve end-users (e.g. follow-up of the Community of Users for Secure, Safe and Resilient Societies); preparation of information and communication materials, etc.;

3.Organisation of cybersecurity conferences and support to other cybersecurity events; socio-economic studies, impact analysis studies and studies to support the monitoring, evaluation and strategy definition for cybersecurity and digital privacy policy.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 2021-2022

Indicative budget: EUR 3.08 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 3.14 million from the 2022 budget

Budget 150

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01

56.00

from 01.020230

56.00

HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01

31.00

from 01.020230

31.00

HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01

30.50

from 01.020230

30.50

HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01

25.00

from 01.020230

25.00

HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01

20.00

from 01.020230

20.00

HORIZON-CL3-2022-INFRA-01

11.00

from 01.020230

11.00

HORIZON-CL3-2021-CS-01

67.50

from 01.020230

67.50

HORIZON-CL3-2022-CS-01

67.30

from 01.020230

67.30

HORIZON-CL3-2021-DRS-01

26.00

from 01.020230

26.00

HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01

46.00

from 01.020230

46.00

HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01

16.00

from 01.020230

16.00

HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01

9.50

from 01.020230

9.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.48

from 01.020230

0.48

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.86

from 01.020230

0.86

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.07

from 01.020230

0.07

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.67

from 01.020230

2.67

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.85

from 01.020230

0.85

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.48

from 01.020230

0.48

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.83

from 01.020230

2.83

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.60

from 01.020230

2.60

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.23

from 01.020230

0.23

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.44

from 01.020230

1.44

Other actions

Expert contract action

0.35

0.35

from 01.020230

0.35

0.35

Public procurement

3.08

3.14

from 01.020230

3.08

3.14

Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.05

0.05

from 01.020230

0.05

0.05

Contribution from this part to Public procurement under Part 12 of the work programme

0.58

from 01.020230

0.58

Contribution from this part to Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre under Part 12 of the work programme

0.13

from 01.020230

0.13

Contribution from this part to Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.14

from 01.020230

0.14

Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.07

from 01.020230

0.07

Contribution from this part to Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) under Part 12 of the work programme

0.01

from 01.020230

0.01

Contribution from this part to Service Level Agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

0.05

from 01.020230

0.05

Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

1.65

from 01.020230

1.65

Estimated total budget

232.09

195.85

(1)    COM(2020) 605 final.
(2)    COM(2020) 795 final.
(3)    COM(2020) 609 final.
(4)    COM(2021) 82 final.
(5)    JOIN(2020) 18 final.
(6)    Such as capability gaps identified by IFAFRI – International Forum to Advance First Responder Innovation www.internationalresponderforum.org
(7)    COM(2020) 605 final.
(8)    COM(2020) 795 final.
(9)    COM(2020) 609 final.
(10)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(11) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(12)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(13)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04
(14)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(15)    For more information, see SWD(2020) 128 final
(16)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(17)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-01, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-04
(18)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(19)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-01, HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03
(20)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(21)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(22)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(23)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/787054
(24)    https://ec.europa.eu/justice/grants1/programmes-2014-2020/rec/index_en.htm
(25)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(26)    SWD(2019) 140 final
(27)    The European Commission is enforcing the security-by-design concept to enhance the protection of public spaces, see potential approaches https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/guideline-building-perimeter-protection . As proposed in the Counterterrorism Agenda (COM(2020) 795 final) the Commission will also develop a virtual architectural book on urban design, which can serve as inspiration for authorities to incorporate security aspects in the design of future and the renovation of existing public spaces.
(28)    Responsible research and innovation involves multi-actor and public engagement in research and innovation, easier access to scientific results, the take up of gender and ethics in the research and innovation content and process, and formal and informal science education.
(29)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(30)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-10
(31)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(32)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-09
(33)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(34)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-12
(35)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(36)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-11
(37)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(38) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(39)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(40)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(41)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(42)    Call JUST-AG-2016-01, topic JUST-JCOO-CRIM-AG-2016, including project EVIDENCE2e-CODEX and the JUD-IT Project (Judicial Cooperation in Criminal Matters and Electronic IT Data in the EU: Ensuring Efficient Cross-Border Cooperation and Mutual Trust).
(43)    SIRIUS has received funding from the European Commission’s Service for Foreign Policy Instruments (FPI) under grant agreement No PI/2017/391-896.
(44)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(45)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(46)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(47)    Responsible research and innovation involves multi-actor and public engagement in research and innovation, easier access to scientific results, the take up of gender and ethics in the research and innovation content and process, and formal and informal science education.
(48)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07
(49)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(50)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-07
(51)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(52)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05, HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-06
(53)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(54)    COM(2020) 795 final.
(55)    COM(2020) 609 final.
(56)     https://ec.europa.eu/maritimeaffairs/sites/maritimeaffairs/files/2018-06-26-eumss-revised-action-plan_en.pdf
(57)    Regulation (EC) No 725/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 March 2004 on enhancing ship and port facility security, Directive 2005/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on enhancing port security.
(58) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(59)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(60)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-03, HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-05
(61)    With particular care to synergies with projects funded by call EDIDP-ISR-EHAPS-2019 “European High Altitude Platform Station (Euro-HAPS) solution for Union defence (surveillance of maritime zones, land borders or critical assets)”.
(62)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-01, HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-05
(63)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(64)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-01, HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-03
(65) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(66)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(67)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(68)    COM(2020) 605 final.
(69)    Directive (EU) 2008/114.
(70)    COM(2020) 440 final.
(71)    Directive (EU) 2016/1148.
(72)    COM(2020) 823 final.
(73)    JOIN/2016/018 final.
(74)    JOIN/2018/16 final.
(75)    Decision No 1313/2013/EU on a Union Civil Protection Mechanism and subsequent amendments.
(76)    Regulation (EU) 2021/522 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 March 2021 establishing a Programme for the Union’s action in the field of health (‘EU4Health Programme’) for the period 2021-2027, and repealing Regulation (EU) No 282/2014.
(77) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(78)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(79)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-02
(80)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-01
(81) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(82)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(83)    https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/horizon2020/document.cfm?doc_id=10195
(84)    Directive (EU) 2016/1148 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 July 2016 concerning measures for a high common level of security of network and information systems across the Union (NIS Directive).
(85)    Regulation (EU) 2019/881 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2019 on ENISA (the European Union Agency for Cybersecurity) and on information and communications technology cybersecurity certification and repealing Regulation (EU) No 526/2013 (Cybersecurity Act).
(86)    Joint Communication to the European Parliament and the Council The EU's Cybersecurity Strategy for the Digital Decade JOIN/2020/18 final.
(87)    Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation).
(88)    Establishing and operating a pilot for a Cybersecurity Competence Network to develop and implement a common Cybersecurity Research & Innovation Roadmap.
(89)    https://www.enisa.europa.eu/
(90)    https://www.eitdigital.eu/
(91)    see section 2.1 in The EU's Cybersecurity Strategy for the Digital Decade, JOIN(2020) 18 final. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/GA/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020JC0018
(92) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(93)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(94)    For example projects funded under the H2020 topic SU-INFRA01-2018-2019-2020: Prevention, detection, response and mitigation of combined physical and cyber threats to critical infrastructure in Europe.
(95)    Ihttps://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/ethics-guidelines-trustworthy-ai
(96)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/white-paper-artificial-intelligence-european-approach-excellence-and-trust_en
(97)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/promoting-our-european-way-life/european-security-union-strategy_en
(98)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-data-strategy_en
(99) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(100)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(101)    Cybersecurity preparedness - cyber range, simulation and economics
(102)    Cybersecurity in the Electrical Power and Energy System (EPES): an armour against cyber and privacy attacks and data breaches
(103)    Digital security, privacy, data protection and accountability in critical sectors
(104)    Toolkit for assessing and reducing cyber risks in hospitals and care centres to protect privacy/data/infrastructures
(105)    Here “classical” is used with the meaning of non-quantum. Hence “post-quantum cryptography” is considered as advanced classical cryptography.
(106)    COM(2020) 605 final.
(107)    COM(2020) 795 final.
(108)    Overview of natural and man-made disaster risks the European Union may face, SWD(2020) 330.
(109)    A “second responder” is a worker who supports "first responders" such as police, fire, and emergency medical personnel. They are involved in preparing, managing, returning services, and cleaning up sites during and after an event requiring first responders, including crime scenes and areas damaged by fire, storm, wind, floods, earthquakes, or other natural disasters. These types of services may include utility services (shutdown or reinstatement of electrical, gas, sewage, and/or water services), wireless or wireline communication services, specialty construction (i.e. shelter construction), hazardous waste clean-up, road clearing, crowd control, emergency services (i.e. Red Cross ), first aid, food services, security services, social services (i.e., trauma counsellors), and sanitation.
(110)    Article 13 of Decision No 1313/2013/EU on a Union Civil Protection Mechanism and subsequent amendments.
(111) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(112)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(113) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(114)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(115)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-03
(116)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-04
(117)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-01
(118)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-02
(119)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-06
(120)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-05
(121)    https://www.preventionweb.net/files/43291_sendaiframeworkfordrren.pdf
(122)    Resources: https://www.internationalresponderforum.org/resources
(123)    List of IFAFRI members: https://www.internationalresponderforum.org/partners
(124)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-09
(125)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-DRS-01-08
(126)    COM(2004) 72
(127)    For the purpose of this work programme, the terms “Capability” should be understood as "the ability to pursue a particular policy priority or achieve a desired operational effect”. The term “capability” is often interchanged with the term “capacity”, but this should be avoided. “Capacity” could refer to an amount or volume of which one organisation could have enough or not. On the other hand, “capability” refers to an ability, an aptitude or a process that can be developed or improved in consonance with the ultimate objective of the organisation.
(128) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(129)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(130)    “The TRL Scale as a Research & Innovation Policy Tool”, European Association of Research and Technology Associations (EARTO), 30 April 2014
(131)    Proposals exploring Societal Readiness Level scales should avoid overlapping and possibly cooperate with actions funded under the topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-SSRI-01-05
(132)    The applicable definition of end-user authority or practitioner is the same as the one used in this work programme under the Destinations corresponding to the type of network addressed by the submitted proposal.
(133)    The thematic areas under consideration are described in the topic and are different for each call. Only one network in each area can be funded
(134)    COM(2018) 630 final.
(135)    COM(2020) 102 final.
(136)    COM(2018) 630 final.
(137)     https://www.internationalresponderforum.org/resources
(138)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
(139)    A civil society organisation can be defined: “any legal entity that is non-governmental, non-profit, not representing commercial interests and pursuing a common purpose in the public interest”. https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/portal/desktop/en/support/reference_terms.html ; Check also the study “Network Analysis of Civil Society Organisations’ participation in the EU Framework Programmes”, December 2016.
(140) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(141)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(142)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/strategic-foresight/2020-strategic-foresight-report_en#strategic-foresight-agenda
(143)    The applicable definition of end-user authority or practitioner is the same as the one used in this work programme under the Destinations corresponding to the type of network addressed by the submitted proposal.
(144)    The thematic areas under consideration are described in the topic and are different for each call. Only one network in each area can be funded
(145)    Possible future updates of this Commission Guidance should also be considered.
(146)    Responsible research and innovation is a process for better aligning research and innovation with the values, needs and expectations of society. It implies close cooperation between all stakeholders in various strands comprising science education, definition of research agendas, access to research results and the application of new knowledge in full compliance with gender and ethics considerations. Outcome of the Council Meeting 3353rd Council meeting Competitiveness (Internal Market, Industry, Research and Space) Brussels, 4 and 5 December 2014, p. 13.
(147)    Social acceptance is seen as the process by which innovation becomes embedded in everyday practices, that needs to be supported by good design and creative, inclusive design methods. It enables a focus on enhancing the acceptability of solutions. This may imply careful attention to usability and the context of appropriation as it may require wider systemic change and will often depend on stakeholder value chain mapping, and methods of collaborative design and responsible research and innovation to which reference is made.
(148) The co-legislators adopted the BEPA definition two years later in Regulation (EU) No 1296/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on a European Union Programme for Employment and Social Innovation ("EaSI") and amending Decision No 283/2010/EU establishing a European Progress Microfinance Facility for employment and social inclusion, Article 2, paragraph 5.    “Social innovation can be defined as innovations that are social both as to their means and in particular those which relate to the development and implementation of new ideas (concerning products, services and models), that simultaneously meet social needs and create new social collaborations, thereby benefiting society and boosting its capacity to act"; European Commission Bureau of European Policy Advisors, BEPA, 2011, p. 9
(149)    A civil society organisation can be defined: “any legal entity that is non-governmental, non-profit, not representing commercial interests and pursuing a common purpose in the public interest”. https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/portal/desktop/en/support/reference_terms.html ; Check also the study “Network Analysis of Civil Society Organisations’ participation in the EU Framework Programmes”, December 2016.
(150) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX VI

“Annex VII

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

7. Digital, Industry and Space

Table of contents

Introduction    

DESTINATION – CLIMATE NEUTRAL, CIRCULAR AND DIGITISED PRODUCTION    

Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

Green, flexible and advanced manufacturing    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01: AI enhanced robotics systems for smart manufacturing (AI, Data and Robotics - Made in Europe Partnerships) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02: Zero-defect manufacturing towards zero-waste (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03: Laser-based technologies for green manufacturing (Photonics - Made in Europe Partnerships) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-05: Manufacturing technologies for bio-based materials (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

Advanced digital technologies for manufacturing    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07: Artificial Intelligence for sustainable, agile manufacturing (AI, Data and Robotics - Made in Europe Partnerships) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08: Data-driven Distributed Industrial Environments (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)    

A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-10: Digital permits and compliance checks for buildings and infrastructure (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Automated tools for the valorisation of construction waste (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-12: Breakthrough technologies supporting technological sovereignty in construction (RIA)    

Hubs for circularity, a stepping stone towards climate neutrality and circularity in industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-14: Deploying industrial-urban symbiosis solutions for the utilization of energy, water, industrial waste and by-products at regional scale (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16: Hubs for Circularity European Community of Practice (ECoP) platform (Processes4Planet Partnership) (CSA)    

Enabling circularity of resources in the process industries, including waste and CO2/CO    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17: Plastic waste as a circular carbon feedstock for industry (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-18: Carbon Direct Avoidance in steel: Electricity and hydrogen-based metallurgy (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-19: Improvement of the yield of the iron and steel making (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-20: Reducing environmental footprint, improving circularity in extractive and processing value chains (IA)    

Integration of Renewables and Electrification in process industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-21: Design and optimisation of energy flexible industrial processes (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-22: Adjustment of Steel process production to prepare for the transition towards climate neutrality (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

Call - CLIMATE NEUTRAL, CIRCULAR AND DIGITISED PRODUCTION 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

Green, flexible and advanced manufacturing    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01: Rapid reconfigurable production process chains (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02: Products with complex functional surfaces (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03: Excellence in distributed control and modular manufacturing (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-04: Intelligent work piece handling in a full production line (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

Advanced digital technologies for manufacturing    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-06: ICT Innovation for Manufacturing Sustainability in SMEs (I4MS2) (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07: Digital tools to support the engineering of a Circular Economy (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-09: Demonstrate the use of Digital Logbook for buildings (IA)    

Hubs for circularity, a stepping stone towards climate neutrality and circularity in industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-10: Circular flows for solid waste in urban environment (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)    

Enabling circularity of resources in the process industries, including waste and CO2/CO    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Valorisation of CO/CO2 streams into added-value products of market interest (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-13: Raw material preparation for clean steel production (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

Integration of Renewables and Electrification in process industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-15: New electrochemical conversion routes for the production of chemicals and materials in process industries (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16: Modular and hybrid heating technologies in steel production (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17: Integration of hydrogen for replacing fossil fuels in industrial applications (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)    

DESTINATION – INCREASED AUTONOMY IN KEY STRATEGIC VALUE CHAINS FOR RESILIENT INDUSTRY    

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

Novel paradigms to establish resilient and circular value chains    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-01: Ensuring circularity of composite materials (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)    

Raw materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-03: Identifying future availability of secondary raw materials (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-04: Developing climate-neutral and circular raw materials (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-05: Building EU-Africa partnerships on sustainable raw materials value chains (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-06: Innovation for responsible EU sourcing of primary raw materials, the foundation of the Green Deal (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-07: Building innovative value chains from raw materials to sustainable products (IA)    

Green and Sustainable Materials    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08: Establishing EU led international community on safe- and sustainable-by-design materials to support embedding sustainability criteria over the life cycle of products and processes (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-09: Promote Europe's availability, affordability, sustainability and security of supply of essential chemicals and materials (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-10: Paving the way to an increased share of recycled plastics in added value products (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-11: Safe- and sustainable-by-design polymeric materials (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-12: Safe- and sustainable-by-design metallic coatings and engineered surfaces (RIA)    

Materials for the benefit of society and the environment and materials for climate-neutral Industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-14: Development of more energy efficient electrically heated catalytic reactors (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16: Creation of an innovation community for solar fuels and chemicals (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-17: Advanced materials for hydrogen storage (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-20: Antimicrobial, Antiviral, and Antifungal Nanocoatings (RIA)    

Materials and data cross-cutting actions    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-25: Biomaterials database for Health Applications (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-26: Sustainable Industry Commons (RIA)    

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-27: Innovation Radar, Tech Due Diligence and Venture Building for strategic digital technologies (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-28: Re-opening industrial sites preparatory action – Promoting a sustainable strategy for Europe’s industrial future (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-29: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-31: European Technological and Social Innovation Factory (RIA)    

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-02-32: Social and affordable housing district demonstrator (IA)    

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

Novel paradigms to establish resilient and circular value chains    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-01: Circular and low emission value chains through digitalisation (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)    

Raw materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-02: Monitoring and supervising system for exploration and future exploitation activities in the deep sea (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-03: Streamlining cross-sectoral policy framework throughout the extractive life-cycle in environmentally protected areas (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-04: Developing digital platforms for the small scale extractive industry (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-05: Technological solutions for tracking raw material flows in complex supply chains (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-06: Sustainable and innovative mine of the future (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-07: Innovative solutions for efficient use and enhanced recovery of mineral and metal by-products from processing of raw materials (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-08: Earth observation technologies for the mining life cycle in support of EU autonomy and transition to a climate-neutral economy (RIA)    

Green and Sustainable Materials    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-10: Innovative materials for advanced (nano)electronic components and systems (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-11: Advanced lightweight materials for energy efficient structures (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-12: Functional multi-material components and structures (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-23: Safe- and sustainable-by-design organic and hybrid coatings (RIA)    

Materials for the benefit of society and the environment and materials for climate neutral Industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-13: Smart and multifunctional biomaterials for health innovations (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-14: Membranes for gas separations - membrane distillation (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-16: Building and renovating by exploiting advanced materials for energy and resources efficient management (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-24: Novel materials for supercapacitor energy storage (RIA)    

Materials and data cross-cutting actions    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-19: Advanced materials modelling and characterisation (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-20: Climate Neutral and Circular Innovative Materials Technologies Open Innovation Test Beds (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-25: Optimised Industrial Systems and Lines through digitalisation (IA)    

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-21: Leveraging standardisation in Digital Technologies (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-26: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA)    

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2021 (PCP)    

Conditions for the Call    

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-02-01-PCP: Boosting green economic recovery and open strategic autonomy in Strategic Digital Technologies through pre-commercial procurement (PCP action)    

DESTINATION – WORLD LEADING DATA AND COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES    

Call - WORLD LEADING DATA AND COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

Data sharing in the common European data spaces    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-01: Technologies and solutions for compliance, privacy preservation, green and responsible data operations (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-03: Technologies for data management (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-05: Future European platforms for the Edge: Meta Operating Systems (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-07: Coordination and Support of the ‘Cloud-Edge-IoT’ domain (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-08: Roadmap for next generation computing and systems technologies (CSA)    

Call - WORLD LEADING DATA AND COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

Data sharing in the common European data spaces    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-04: Technologies and solutions for data trading, monetizing, exchange and interoperability (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

Strengthening Europe’s data analytics capacity    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-01: Methods for exploiting data and knowledge for extremely precise outcomes (analysis, prediction, decision support), reducing complexity and presenting insights in understandable way (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-05: Extreme data mining, aggregation and analytics technologies and solutions (RIA)    

From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-02: Cognitive Cloud: AI-enabled computing continuum from Cloud to Edge (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-03: Programming tools for decentralised intelligence and swarms (RIA)    

DESTINATION – DIGITAL AND EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR COMPETITIVENESS AND FIT FOR THE GREEN DEAL    

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal    

Conditions for the Call    

Ultra-low power processors    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-01: Ultra-low-power, secure processors for edge computing (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-05: Open Source Hardware for ultra-low-power, secure processors (CSA)    

European Innovation Leadership in Electronics    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-31: Functional electronics for green and circular economy (RIA)    

European Innovation Leadership in Photonics    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-06: Advanced optical communication components (Photonics Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-07: Advanced Photonic Integrated Circuits (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)    

6G and foundational connectivity technologies    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-26: Coordination of European Smart Network actions (CSA)    

Innovation in AI, Data and Robotics    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-09: AI, Data and Robotics for the Green Deal (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-10: AI, Data and Robotics at work (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

Tomorrow’s deployable Robots: efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11: Pushing the limit of robotics cognition (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-12: European Network of Excellence Centres in Robotics (RIA)    

European leadership in Emerging Enabling Technologies    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-13: Academia-Industry Forum on Emerging Enabling Technologies (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-14: Advanced spintronics: Unleashing spin in the next generation ICs (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-27: Development of technologies/devices for bio-intelligent manufacturing (RIA)    

Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-21: Next generation quantum sensing technologies (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-23: International cooperation with Canada (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-30: Investing in new emerging quantum computing technologies (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-32: Support and coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship Initiative (CSA)    

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal    

Conditions for the Call    

Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-15: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing the first large-scale quantum computers (FPA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-16: Basic Science for Quantum Technologies (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large scale quantum simulation platform technologies (FPA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19: Framework Partnership Agreements in Quantum Communications (FPA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-20: Quantum sensing technologies for market uptake (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Framework Partnership Agreements for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies (FPA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms (RIA)    

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal    

Conditions for the Call    

Ultra-low power processors    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-26: Open source for cloud-based services (RIA)    

European Innovation Leadership in Electronics    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-38: International cooperation in semiconductors (CSA)    

European Innovation Leadership in Photonics    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-03: Advanced multi-sensing systems (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)    

6G and foundational connectivity technologies    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-30: European Enabling technologies for Beyond 5G/6G RAN disaggregated architectures (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-39: Ultra low energy and secure networks (RIA)    

European leadership in Emerging Enabling Technologies    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-35: Advanced characterisation methodologies to assess and predict the health and environmental risks of nanomaterials (RIA)    

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal    

Conditions for the Call    

Innovation in AI, Data and Robotics    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-05: AI, Data and Robotics for Industry optimisation (including production and services) (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

Tomorrow’s deployable Robots: efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-06: Pushing the limit of physical intelligence and performance (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-07: Increased robotics capabilities demonstrated in key sectors (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

Graphene: Europe in the lead    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17: New generation of advanced electronic and photonic 2D materials-based devices, systems and sensors (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-18: 2D materials-based devices and systems for energy storage and/or harvesting (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19: 2D materials-based devices and systems for biomedical applications (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-20: 2D-material-based composites, coatings and foams (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Supporting the coordination of the Graphene Flagship projects (CSA)    

DESTINATION – OPEN STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA    

Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

Foster competitiveness of space systems    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-11: End-to-end satellite communication systems and associated services    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-12: Future space ecosystems: on-orbit operations, new system concepts    

Reinforce EU capacity to access and use space    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-21: Reusability for European strategic space launchers - technologies and operation maturation including flight test demonstration    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-22: Low cost high thrust propulsion for European strategic space launchers - technologies maturation including ground tests    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-23: New space transportation solutions and services    

Evolution of space and ground infrastructure for Galileo/EGNOS    

Evolution of Copernicus services    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-41: Copernicus Climate Change Service evolution    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-42: Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service evolution    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-43: Copernicus Security and Emergency Services evolution    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-44: Copernicus evolution for cross-services thematic domains    

Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-62: Quantum technologies for space gravimetry    

Space entrepreneurship ecosystem (including "New Space" and start-ups) and skills    

Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-81: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness    

Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

Foster competitiveness of space systems    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-11: Future space ecosystems: on-orbit operations, preparation of orbital demonstration mission    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-12: Technologies and generic building blocks for Electrical Propulsion    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-13: End-to-end Earth observation systems and associated services    

Reinforce EU capacity to access and use space    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-21: Multi sites flexible industrial platform and standardised technology for improving interoperability of European access to space ground facilities    

Evolution of space and ground infrastructure for Galileo/EGNOS    

Evolution of services of the EU space programme components: Copernicus    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-41: Copernicus Marine Environment Monitoring Service evolution    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-42: Copernicus Anthropogenic CO₂ Emissions Monitoring & Verification Support (MVS) capacity    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-43: Copernicus Land Monitoring Service evolution    

Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-62: Space Weather    

Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (including "New Space" and start-ups) and skills    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-72: Education and skills for the EU space sector    

Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-81: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-82: Space science and exploration technologies    

DESTINATION – A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES    

Call - A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES 2021    

Conditions for the Call    

Leadership in AI based on trust    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-01: Verifiable robustness, energy efficiency and transparency for Trustworthy AI: Scientific excellence boosting industrial competitiveness (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02: European coordination, awareness, standardisation & adoption of trustworthy European AI, Data and Robotics (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-03: European Network of AI Excellence Centres: Pillars of the European AI lighthouse (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-24: Tackling gender, race and other biases in AI (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-27: AI to fight disinformation (RIA)    

An Internet of Trust    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-04: Trust & data sovereignty on the Internet (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-05: Trustworthy open search and discovery (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-07: Next Generation Internet community-building and outreach (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-08: NGI International Collaboration - Transatlantic fellowship programme (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-09: NGI Tech Review (CSA)    

eXtended Reality (XR)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-13: eXtended Reality Modelling (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-14: eXtended Reality for All – Haptics (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-25: eXtended Collaborative Telepresence (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-06: Innovation for Media, including eXtended Reality (IA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-28: eXtended Reality Ethics, Interoperability and Impact (CSA)    

Systemic approaches to make the most of the technologies within society and industry    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-17: Awareness raising on Intellectual property (IP) management for European R&I (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-18: Fostering standardisation to boost European industry's competitiveness (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-19: Testing innovative solutions on local communities’ demand (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-20: Piloting a new industry-academia knowledge exchange focussing on companies’ needs (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-21: Art-driven use experiments and design (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-29: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic area of Digital (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-30: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic area of Industry (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-31: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic area of Space (CSA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-26: Workforce skills for industry 5.0 (RIA)    

Call - A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

An Internet of Trust    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-03: Internet architecture and decentralised technologies (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-05: Next Generation Safer Internet: Technologies to identify digital Child Sexual Abuse Material (CSAM) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-07: NGI International Collaboration - USA and Canada (RIA)    

eXtended Reality (XR)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-14: eXtended Reality Technologies (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-19: eXtended Reality Learning - Engage and Interact (IA)    

Call - A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES 2022    

Conditions for the Call    

Leadership in AI based on trust    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-01: AI for human empowerment (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-02: European Network of AI Excellence Centres: Expanding the European AI lighthouse (RIA)    

OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-MS - New & improved EUSST Missions and Services    

2. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-STM-AE - SST & STM system architecture and evolutions    

3. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SB - Space-based SST (mission, system and sensors network)    

4. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SP - SST Sensors and Processing    

5. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SD - SST Networking, Security & Data sharing    

6. European Startup Nations Standard    

7. Presidency event (conference) in France: Industrial Technologies 2022    

8. Presidency event (conference) in Sweden: EuroNanoForum 2023    

9. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-01-SGA - Developing the first large-scale quantum computers (SGA)    

10. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-02-SGA - Developing large scale quantum simulation platform technologies (SGA)    

11. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-03-SGA - Building the Quantum Internet (SGA)    

12. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-04-SGA - Quantum encryption and future quantum network technologies (SGA)    

13. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-05-SGA - Supporting open testing and experimentation for quantum technologies in Europe (SGA)    

14. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-06-SGA - Supporting experimental production capabilities for quantum technologies in Europe (SGA)    

Public procurement    

1. Monitoring and assessment of industrial investments in R&D&I and technologies, technology and market assessment for enabling and emerging technologies and green technologies, in relation to the Green Deal and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)    

2. Simulation approaches for complex socio-economic systems    

3. EGNSS Evolution: Mission and Service related R&D activities    

4. Support European “New Space” entrepreneurship through CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative 2021-2027    

5. Digital Assembly Events 2022 and 2023    

6. Digital conferences, outreach, studies and other activities    

7. Space conferences, outreach, studies and other activities    

8. Procurement for input to development of Industrial technology roadmaps for the Green Deal, EU industry sustainability, competitiveness and resilience    

9. Update of the Material System Analyses (MSA)    

10. Raw Materials events    

Other budget implementation instruments    

1. Use of individual experts to advise on EU research and innovation policy    

2. Use of individual experts to support the raw materials policy    

3. Project monitoring    

4. Project monitoring    

5. Project monitoring and use of individual experts to advise on EU digital policies    

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

1. Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

2. Criteria for Safe and Sustainable-by-Design advanced materials and chemicals    

3. Support for the Strategic Implementation Plan of the European Innovation Partnership on Raw Materials and the Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials    

Indirectly managed actions    

1. Indirectly managed actions delegated to ESA    

2. Indirectly managed actions delegated to EUSPA    

Budget    

Introduction

Progress in digital and industrial technologies, including in space, shape all sectors of the economy and society. They transform the way industry develops, creates new products and services, and are central to any sustainable future. The COVID-19 pandemic has shown the necessity to strengthen Europe’s industrial base, enhancing its resilience and flexibility both in terms of technologies and supply chains to reduce EU dependencies on third countries. It has also created a new urgency around addressing key societal challenges like sustainability or inclusiveness. In a globalised world of heightened uncertainties and volatile geopolitical interests, what is at stake is not only Europe’s prosperity and economic competitiveness, but also its ability to autonomously source and provide crucial raw materials, technologies and services that are safe and secure for industry as a whole. This is not about protectionism. This is about upholding EU’s strategic interests and guaranteeing security of supply.

As Europe gears up for a more resilient, green, and digital recovery, the EU needs to maintain a strong industrial and technology presence in key parts of digital and other supply chains, in industrial ecosystems while safeguarding its ability to access and operate safely in space. This is critical not only to be able to compete globally, but also to protect its citizens, deliver services and products of the highest quality, and preserve its values and socio-economic model. Europe must develop and deploy technologies and reshape its industries and services towards a new reality, ensuring that industry can become the accelerator and enabler of this necessary change. Therefore the European Commission, in 'Updating the 2020 New Industrial Strategy: Building a stronger Single Market for Europe's recovery', 1 supported the European Green Deal and the Circular Economy Action Plan, alongside the digital strategies ‘Shaping Europe’s Digital Future’, ‘Data’, ‘Artificial Intelligence’ White Paper, Digital Decade Communication and ‘Space Strategy for Europe’.

The green transition and digital transformation are just at their beginning. Major opportunities lie ahead to position Europe as a technology and industrial leader of this transition. The proposed investments under Cluster 4 are targeted to realise the overarching vision a of Europe that shapes competitive and trusted technologies for a European industry with global leadership in key areas by enabling production and consumption respecting the boundaries of our planet, and maximising the benefits for all parts of society in the variety of social, economic and territorial contexts in Europe.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, applicants should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF , ESF+ , JTF , EMFF , EAFRD and InvestEU ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one member state it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

Actions under this cluster will support key enabling technologies that are strategically important for Europe’s industrial future, and deliver on the following six expected impacts in the Strategic Plan, through matching destinations in this Work Programme:

1.Global leadership in clean and climate-neutral industrial value chains, circular economy and climate-neutral digital systems and infrastructures (networks, data centres), through innovative production and manufacturing processes and their digitisation, new business models, sustainable-by-design advanced materials and technologies enabling the switch to decarbonisation in all major emitting industrial sectors, including green digital technologies.

2.Industrial leadership and increased autonomy in key strategic value chains with security of supply in raw materials, achieved through breakthrough technologies in areas of industrial alliances, dynamic industrial innovation ecosystems and advanced solutions for substitution, resource and energy efficiency, effective reuse and recycling and clean primary production of raw materials, including critical raw materials and leadership in circular economy.

3.Sovereignty in digital technologies and in future emerging enabling technologies by strengthening European capacities in key parts of digital and future supply chains, allowing agile responses to urgent needs, and by investing in early discovery and industrial uptake of new technologies.

4.Globally attractive, secure and dynamic data-agile economy by developing and enabling the uptake of the next-generation computing and data technologies and infrastructures (including space infrastructure and data), enabling the European single market for data with the corresponding data spaces and a trustworthy artificial intelligence ecosystem.

5.Open strategic autonomy in conceiving, developing, deploying and using global space-based infrastructures, services, applications and data, including by reinforcing the EU’s independent capacity to access space, securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and fostering the EU’s space sector competitiveness.

6.A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies, through a two-way engagement in the development of technologies, empowering end-users and workers, and supporting social innovation.

In this Work Programme, a pilot is applied to a number of topics for co-programmed partnerships, involving a lower funding rate of 60% (except for non-profit legal entities), in order to enhance industrial contributions. It applies to topics starting above TRL 4 and reaching TRLs 7 and 8.

DESTINATION – CLIMATE NEUTRAL, CIRCULAR AND DIGITISED PRODUCTION

This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

1.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems.’

2.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

3.KSO D, ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.’

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to the following expected impact of Cluster 4:

1.Global leadership in clean and climate-neutral industrial value chains, circular economy and climate-neutral digital systems and infrastructures (networks, data centres), through innovative production and manufacturing processes and their digitisation, new business models, sustainable-by-design advanced materials and technologies enabling the switch to decarbonisation in all major emitting industrial sectors, including green digital technologies.

Accelerating the twin green and digital transitions will be key to building a lasting and prosperous growth, in line with the EU’s new growth strategy, the European Green Deal. Europe’s ability to lead the twin transitions will require new technologies, with investment and innovation to match. Research and innovation will be fundamental to create the new products, services and business models needed to sustain or enable EU industrial leadership and competitiveness, and to create new markets for climate neutral and circular products. The shift towards a sustainable and inclusive economic model will be further enabled by the broader diffusion and uptake of digital and clean technologies across key sectors.

As Europe transitions towards climate neutrality, some sectors will have to make bigger and more transformative changes than others, due to their centrality in a variety of value chains and their large potential contribution to emissions reductions. Activities under this Destination focus on the twin green and digital transition providing a green productivity premium to discrete manufacturing, construction and energy-intensive industries, including process industries. This will make an essential and significant contribution to achieving climate neutrality in the European Union by 2050, and to the achievement of a circular economy. It will also enhance the Union’s open strategic autonomy with regard to the underlying technologies. To achieve these goals, the activities in this Destination are complementary to those in Destination 2, which will enhance open strategic autonomy in key strategic value chains for a resilient industry.

The gross added value of the European manufacturing sector is EUR 2,076 billion (2019). The sector employs more than 30 million people in the Union and represents 22% of the world’s manufacturing output. The Union’s trade surplus in manufactured goods is EUR 421 billion (2019). Similarly, the construction ecosystem (driven mainly by SMEs) offers 22 million jobs and contributes 10.5% of EU-27 global value added 2 . However, the manufacturing and construction sectors must significantly reduce their pollution and waste, and increase their recycling. Moreover, the potential of digital technologies is underused in manufacturing industry, e.g. 12% of EU enterprises use big data technologies and only 1 out of 5 SMEs is highly digitised, and in construction, which remains one of the least digitised sectors with a notable underinvestment in R&D. 3 A key issue for the manufacturing sector is that its complex supply and value chains are heavily affected by the current pandemic crisis, and the sector needs to further develop resilience against financial and technical disruptions.

In addition, the Union’s process industries are important to its economy, its resilience and its environmental credentials. Process industries are responsible for a turnover of > 2 trillion, 8.5 million direct jobs and 20 million indirect jobs. They represent 0.5 million enterprises and 5 % of the EU27 GDP. The process industry however faces two key challenges: a strong global competition, and an environmental challenge. In particular, energy-intensive industries are resource intensive, using extensive amounts of raw materials (often imported and fossil based). In their operations, they generate large amounts of waste, 20% of global greenhouse gases (GHG) but also pollutants. The industries need to transform itself to decrease GHG and pollutant emissions, its resource utilisation and its overall environmental impact. It will have to achieve climate neutrality, near zero waste, zero pollution and zero landfill by 2050 at the latest. By 2030, decisive steps need to be taken given the long investment cycles these industries are facing. As the process industry is transforming primary raw materials into materials ready for use by the manufacturing industry, it will play a key role in the pathways toward circularity of materials by transforming industrial and end-of-life waste into secondary raw materials leading to the same quality output in the newly produced materials.

In the first Work Programme, outcomes of R&I investments in the long-term will focus on the following impacts:

1.Accelerate the twin green and digital transition of the manufacturing and construction sectors;

2.Create a new green, flexible and digital way to build and produce goods. This will lead to sustainable, flexible, responsive and resilient factories and value chains, enabled by digitisation, AI, data sharing, advanced robotics and modularity. At the same time it will help reduce CO2 emissions and waste in these sectors, and enhance the durability, reparability and re-cycling of products/components. It will also ensure better and more efficient use of construction-generated data to sustain competitiveness and greening of the sector;

3.Make the jobs of the humans working in the manufacturing and construction sectors more attractive and safer, and point the way to opportunities for upskilling;

4.Set out a credible pathway to contributing to climate neutral, circular and digitalised energy intensive industries;

5.Increase productivity, innovation capacity, resilience, sustainability and global competitiveness of European energy intensive industries. This includes as many as possible new large hubs for circularity by 2025 (TRL 7 or above); developing sustainable ways for circular utilisation of waste streams and CO2/CO streams; and electrifying industry to enable and foster a switch to a renewable energy system;

6.Contribute to a substantial reduction of waste and CO2 emissions, turning them into alternative feedstocks to replace fossil-based raw materials and decrease reliance on imports.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, for particular topics international cooperation is clearly not mandatory but advised with some regions or countries to get internationally connected and add additional specific expertise and value to the activities.

In line with the European Green Deal objectives, research and innovation activities should comply with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle 4 . Compliance needs to be assessed both for activities carried out during the course of the project as well as the expected life cycle impact of the innovation at a commercialisation stage (where relevant). The robustness of the compliance must be customised to the envisaged TRL of the project. In this regard, the potential harm of Innovation Actions contributing to the European Green Deal will be monitored throughout the project duration.

To achieve wider effects activities beyond R&I investments will be needed. Three co-programmed partnerships will enhance dissemination, community building and foster spillover effects: Made in Europe for the manufacturing sectors, Clean Steel and Processes4Planet for the energy intensive industries. This destination has strong links to other clusters in Pillar II, notably Cluster 5 for the activities related to the integration of renewables and thermal energy management in industry, and with the European Innovation Council and Pillar III of Horizon Europe given the strong role of SMEs in the development of the innovations planned. Synergies will be sought to access blended funding and finance from other EU programmes; testing and deployment activities under the Digital Europe Programme (DEP); links to the EIT (Manufacturing and Digital KICs); and links to the thematic smart specialisation platform on industrial modernisation.

Much of the research and innovation supported under this Destination may serve as a cradle for the New European Bauhaus : this is about designing sustainable ways of living, situated at the crossroads between art, culture, social inclusion, science and technology. This includes R&I on manufacturing, construction, advanced materials and the circular economy approaches.

Business cases and exploitation strategies for industrialisation: This section applies only to those topics in this Destination, for which proposals should demonstrate the expected impact by including a business case and exploitation strategy for industrialisation.

The business case should demonstrate the expected impact of the proposal in terms of enhanced market opportunities for the participants and enhanced manufacturing capacities in the EU, in the short to medium term. It should describe the targeted market(s); estimated market size in the EU and globally; user and customer needs; and demonstrate that the solutions will match the market and user needs in a cost-effective manner; and describe the expected market position and competitive advantage.

The exploitation strategy should identify obstacles, requirements and necessary actions involved in reaching higher TRLs, for example: matching value chains, enhancing product robustness; securing industrial integrators; and user acceptance.

For TRLs 7-8, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: these include the further development of skills and competencies (also via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Manufacturing); and the use of financial products under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

Where relevant, in the context of skills, it is recommended to develop training material to endow workers with the right skillset in order to support the uptake and deployment of new innovative products, services, and processes developed in the different projects. This material should be tested and be scalable, and can potentially be up-scaled through the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+). This will help the European labour force to close the skill gaps in the relevant sectors and occupational groups and improve employment and social levels across the EU and associated countries.

The topics serving these objectives are structured as follows:

1.Green, flexible and advanced manufacturing

2.Advanced digital technologies for manufacturing

3.A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction

4.Hubs for circularity, a stepping stone towards climate neutrality and circularity in industry

5.Enabling circularity of resources in the process industries, including waste, water and CO2/CO

6.Integration of Renewables and Electrification in process industry

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

402.60

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

321.50

30 Mar 2022

Overall indicative budget

402.60

321.50

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

403.00

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

334.50

30 Mar 2022

Overall indicative budget

403.00

334.50

Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 5

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 6

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01

IA

28.00 7

8.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02

IA

27.00

8.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03

RIA

26.00

5.00 to 7.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-05

RIA

20.00

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07

IA

18.00 8

4.00 to 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08

IA

24.00 9

4.00 to 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-10

IA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11

RIA

21.00

6.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-12

RIA

24.00

8.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-14

RIA

28.00 10

8.00 to 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17

IA

39.00 11

12.00 to 18.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-18

IA

28.00 12

6.00 to 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-19

IA

14.00

4.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-20

IA

36.00 13

Around 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-21

IA

39.00

12.00 to 18.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-22

IA

14.00 14

4.00 to 5.00

3

Overall indicative budget

403.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Green, flexible and advanced manufacturing

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01: AI enhanced robotics systems for smart manufacturing (AI, Data and Robotics - Made in Europe Partnerships) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Provide safe, highly flexible, reconfigurable and modular solutions, allowing fast response to repurposing changes in production requirements, reducing considerably programming effort and configuration time for new products;

2.Demonstrate significant improvements towards a meaningful and seamless social collaboration in teams of human workers, autonomous agents and robots by exploiting the latest advancements in AI, robotics and Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH);

3.Create a network of open-access pilots to allow new users, especially students, start-ups, representatives from the makers’ community and SMEs, to experiment new technologies and to enable data and knowledge sharing through the European industrial ecosystems.

Scope: EU and Associated countries need to strengthen their capacity to manufacture and re-manufacture goods in a sustainable and competitive way to be ready to expand into new value chains. The recent crisis has also shown the importance of resilient, flexible, reconfigurable and responsive data-driven manufacturing lines.

Projects should seize the opportunities arising from the latest state-of the art-developments in AI and robotics to deploy intelligent and autonomous systems for flexible production.

Research activities should be multi-disciplinary and address all of the following areas:

1.Development of robust, easy to use, explainable and compliant AI tools for manufacturing environments that require minimal learning and can be configured without highly skilled personnel;

2.Implement and integrate the latest research findings on technologies such as sensors, actuators, control, edge computing, haptic technologies, mechatronics, robotics and autonomous systems to enhance collaborative robotics systems in order to develop advanced smart manufacturing human-machine collaborative systems ensuring safe physical and social interactions and efficient collaboration with human workers;

3.Demonstrate complex, safe and efficient collaboration between multiple agents simultaneously, e.g. humans, autonomous agents, industrial machinery, AGVs and collaborative robots;

4.SSH should provide a variety of human-centric approaches to develop smooth collaboration in the human-machine teams; to improve user experience; and increase awareness comfort, trust, skill and safety (physical and social) of workers in highly automated industrial environments by incorporating a greater understanding of linguistic, historic, and cultural concerns of end-users and workers , while taking into consideration a gender and intersectional perspective;

5.Demonstrate results in at least three large-scale industrial use-cases, targeting sectors and tasks typically difficult to automate.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and/or South Korea in view of the long cooperation with EU on AI, robotics and manufacturing.

This topic implements jointly the co-programmed European Partnerships Made in Europe and AI, Data and Robotics.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02: Zero-defect manufacturing towards zero-waste (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate a significant increase of sustainable production through improved control systems and non-destructive inspection methods;

2.Develop methodologies and tools to prevent the generation of defects at component level and its propagation to the system level;

3.Create new diagnostic methods for in-situ monitoring of industrial production;

4.Ensure efficient use of materials, repair strategies, and reduced production cost and time.

Scope: The projects must address the full production line or system, with an holistic approach, with the aim of reducing defects (e.g. rejected components or products) and manufacturing waste. The defect reduction and the overall quality control should be centred on such defects that reduce the yield, acceptance, or qualification of the final product, and enable a “first-time-right” production process.

Projects should target types of waste or discarded material from identified defective products or components that cannot be easily reworked or recycled without significant effort. This implies a demonstrable transition to a sustainable production, and should include additional elements such as life-cycle analyses and environmental assessments.

The system improvements should address the integration of control systems and/or in-line non-destructive inspection methods in demonstrative use-cases that enable for rapid feedback and/or feedforward control. In addition the project could consider the use of large data sets and analysis, stemming from all sorts of production process and material data, possibly supported by data-sharing between sites, for the creation of comprehensive machine learning algorithms.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03: Laser-based technologies for green manufacturing (Photonics - Made in Europe Partnerships) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Reinforcing European industry as leader in agile, green manufacturing through the application of laser-based technologies;

2.Improving the agility of industrial production by making processes more versatile, simpler to reconfigure and more efficient to control through data exchange;

3.Improving the environmental sustainability of industrial production towards ‘first-time right’ processes with 30% lower consumption of resources compared to the state of the art.

Scope: Machine tools include various laser-based technologies such as milling, turning, grinding, laser processing, surface treatment, sintering, forming and additive manufacturing. Projects funded under this topic should integrate state-of-the-art high-power lasers and tailored beams together with quality sensors and real time monitoring systems into advanced manufacturing and re-manufacturing tools.

Known research challenges are amongst others the transmission of very high average and peak power laser radiation without loss or distortion including in the ultraviolet, mid and far infrared spectral range, powerful optical fibres, programmable beam guidance, maximum positional flexibility, free choice of energy distribution, rapid quantitative feedback and beam distribution systems with sub-micrometre resolution and high performance. A further research challenge is the integration of quality sensors in laser-based manufacturing. These produce a vast amount of data with a need for dedicated signal processing. Edge devices with self-learning algorithms should be developed that can handle the computing requirements in the time required by the system to react with a feedback control action.

Project consortia should comprise research institutes, technology suppliers and users. They should demonstrate the benefits to the targeted technologies in at least three use cases.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe and activities proposed by the Photonics Europe Partnership.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-05: Manufacturing technologies for bio-based materials (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate relevant scale production of innovative bio-based products to substitute traditional materials with high environmental footprint;

2.Develop products with similar or better mechanical, physical and chemical properties, while having a substantially lower environmental footprint and being sustainable, non-toxic and recyclable when compared to non-bio-based materials;

3.Demonstrate disruptive innovation of bio-based materials production in at least three different manufacturing value chains;

4.Develop sustainable business models for materials sourcing and recycling.

Scope: The 2020 Circular Economy Action Plan aims at making sustainable products the norm in the EU. Twenty-first century manufacturing requires new materials and new techniques to produce them. Rapid progress in manufacturing technologies using new and alternative materials, such as biomaterials, is one of the drivers of this trend. This new frontier of science is a multidisciplinary research field combining engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, material science, which allow the production of bio-based products. Particularly interesting with respect to the green transition of the economy are sustainable products made from bio-based materials that are easy to reuse and recycle. Also, these materials would reduce the environmental footprint of waste streams. However, the use of reusable and recyclable products based on bio-based materials should increase substantially in order to build a truly sustainable manufacturing industry.

These technologies provide a valid alternative to conventional materials with a substantially lower environmental impact with a range of applications for example in construction, food, medical, packaging and textile industries.

Research activities should address the following areas:

1.Optimisation and improvement of smart manufacturing processes, e.g. additive manufacturing, injection moulding, extrusion etc., to unlock the full potential of bio-based materials, such as carbon-positive bioplastics, biopolymers and other fibre-based materials (e.g. cellulose-based components and marine-based components);

2.Use of carbon positive bio-based materials, such as composite, rubber, plastics, in different products to achieve high technical properties while lowering the environmental footprint;

3.Combine the use of different bio-based materials to facilitate refurbishing and re-manufacturing of products to achieve circularity by design

4.Adapt existing or new characterisation methods and quality controls for the bio-based materials in different formats and for new and regenerated products;

5.Support the creation of a skilled workforce, through training/qualification of personnel, capable of using and implementing biomaterial-based manufacturing activities;

6.Demonstrations and use cases for transitions towards green manufacturing technologies incorporating bio-based materials with a significant reduction in the environmental footprint across the entire manufacturing and/or product lifecycle.

7.Address standardization activities of bio-based materials and adapted characterisation methods and quality controls for bio-based materials in their different formats and applications.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

Advanced digital technologies for manufacturing

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07: Artificial Intelligence for sustainable, agile manufacturing (AI, Data and Robotics - Made in Europe Partnerships) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Establishing European industry as leader in sustainable manufacturing and process industries through the application of trustworthy AI technologies;

2.Improving the environmental sustainability of industrial production;

3.Improving the agility of European industry and its resiliency to external and internal influences;

4.Integrating state-of-the-art AI technologies with advanced circular manufacturing and re-manufacturing technologies and systems, exploiting their potential across the entire product and service lifecycle;

Scope: This topic focuses on manufacturing and process industries, addressing the entire lifecycle of products and services from design to remanufacturing and including all the aspects primarily relevant for industrial production. The objective is to exploit the potential of AI as a transformation tool to support circular production in the entire manufacturing and process industry, with due consideration for standardisation activities when relevant. AI will be a strategic instrument to improve sustainability, agility and resilience to external and internal influences, taking account of the European Green Deal objectives. AI applications will be capable of optimising their actions based on limited human input, thanks to context awareness and information sensed from the physical environment, and will have the long useful lifetime typical of industrial environments.

Projects have to address the need for AI tool sets with simplified interfaces requiring only easy to acquire skills, and adapted to manufacturing environments without highly skilled personnel. Methods and tools will be provided to make AI solutions usable also for lower volume production and shorter time series, guaranteeing the quality of results even while using reduced resources for the training of AI algorithms. Generative approaches could be considered to help designing products and processes improving the sustainability of industrial solutions. The topic will integrate new or existing technologies to make them practically and economically viable in the industrial world; this should be demonstrated through at least two realistic use cases with demonstrable economic return.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements jointly the co-programmed European Partnerships Made in Europe and AI, Data and Robotics.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08: Data-driven Distributed Industrial Environments (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all technology areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking
but also to at least one pr
oject per technology area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Establishing European industry as leader in sustainable data-driven manufacturing and process industries through efficient data processing and notably at the edge of the network, improving the environmental, economic and social sustainability of industrial production, and reinforcing European leadership in the deployment and operations of industrial network;

2.Improving the agility of European manufacturing industry and increase its resiliency to external shocks, including with agile, secure and easy-to-implement non-public 5G systems, leading to more resilient production processes;

3.Demonstrate the use of open systems and qualified open source software tools for data monitoring & collection as well as data analytics;

4.Foster industrial data and distributed computing standardisation;

5.Facilitate the development of technologies requiring only minimal training of the industrial workforce.

Scope: Fully reaching the opportunities of sharing and exploiting industrial data, including deep industrial data 15 , requires to strike the right balance between storing and handling data centrally in the cloud or locally at the edge of industrial network. Such a balance has to take into account not only efficiency but also the real-time requirements and cybersecurity aspects as well as the ability to systemically integrate and upgrade operational technology to the innovative developments in (self-) configuration, therefore building a flexible industrial Internet for distributed control and modular manufacturing while keeping the high-level of reliability and safety required by the manufacturing sector.

Computing, storage and networking technologies will have to show also flexibility along the industrial value chains and promote the introduction of new business models, based on the availability of deep industrial data from different data sources and ontologies, within an agreed data governance, with mutual trust and adequate distribution of the value created by sharing data.

Proposals are expected to address one of the following technology areas for data-driven industrial environments:

1.Development of technologies and definition of specifications and standards for data, products, and/or business processes, that can be agreed and commonly used by many industrial actors, and that have the potential for the emergence of future digital value chains, identify promising industrial areas and organisational models that facilitate cooperation and collaborative product and service design among industry players facilitating industry agreements.

2.Quick uptake of advanced 5G technologies by European manufacturing sector to support the convergence towards greater exploitation of industrial data and increase resilience and cybersecurity by design. Private 5G networks (5G NPN) are exclusive mobile networks that manufacturers can use for a defined local production site; they can be tailored to the individual needs of the manufacturer and meet future requirements in the area of Industry 4.0. Innovative approaches to simplify the deployment and operation of such private 5G networks throughout their life cycle are needed. Implementers in industrial environments need to take a holistic view, including both the connectivity infrastructure (with 5G as a central component) and the actual production system. An important element for rapid deployment is also the development and evaluation of new business models for private 5G networks. In particular, projects should offer opportunities for new players that have their main focus on non-public (campus) networks (NGN) for connected industries and in particular automation applications. Projects will aim at "Zero-Touch Management", using network automation, AI / ML, Self-organizing Networks (SON), etc. and taking into account the specifics of industrial environments.

Projects are encouraged to develop toolkits of open hardware, software and toolware, and qualify the use of these to provide opportunities to SMEs to further automate and digitalise their manufacturing, through, for example, OPC-UA and Administrative Shell (AAS) as well as further development on top of these Industrial Internet standards and there inherent cyber security demands for Operational Technology environment.

The distributed industrial computing environments will be demonstrated effectively in a minimum of two specific manufacturing applications. The topic will integrate new or existing technologies to make them practically and economically viable in the industrial world, and will encompass modern manufacturing technologies such as digital twins.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-10: Digital permits and compliance checks for buildings and infrastructure (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Efficiency and productivity gains in design and construction processes;

2.Fewer errors in planning, design and construction processes;

3.Automated, faster, more accurate and more efficient permitting and compliance for construction works (e.g. regulatory, health and safety, performance);

4.Improved build quality and resource efficiency in construction, in line with the aims of the New European Bauhaus initiative. 16  

Scope: There is a need to develop, connect and align new technologies and digital tools for construction, including improved and automated methods of designing, building and authorising construction works. The manual processing and delivery of administrative, legal and regulatory information such as planning and construction permits, and related compliance processes, are complicated and lengthy procedures. This leads to delays and ambiguity in the construction process, as well as errors, extra costs, waste and inefficiency.

Information generated or imported into digital models during early design phases can potentially streamline the application and granting of digital administrative permits. This will in turn facilitate informed decision making including compliance checks later in the design and construction process and throughout the life cycle of the built asset.

Proposals should:

1.Develop and demonstrate novel ways of digitalising permitting and compliance processes for construction works;

2.Demonstrate new tools and solutions for the storing, processing, analysis and retrieval of administrative and regulatory information related to construction works; and facilitate stakeholders to consult the current status of the process at all times. The new solutions should make use of neutral data formats, addressing rule interpretation and machine-readable information, and supporting analysis and exploitation of relevant digitalised acts, regulations, requirements and standards;

3.Ensure that the new solutions are interoperable and integrated, where relevant, with other relevant tools, databases and processes. These can include Building Information Models (BIM), Geographic Information Systems (GIS), public registries, Life Cycle Analysis data, digital twins including those of greater scale (e.g. city, regional or national level) with support for enabling Augmented Reality/Virtual reality and additional novel features, 3D cadastre, digital building logbooks, and models of larger scale of the built environment, including those that are handled by public authorities. Proposals should ensure that spatial information, where relevant, aligns with the aims of the INSPIRE Directive 17 ;

4.Ensure that the new solutions developed can handle a wide variety of relevant data, for example spatial and location data relating to the buildings or infrastructure and their context; urban height limits and setbacks; visual corridors or protected views; environmental information such as flood risk models and protected trees; cultural heritage rules and protections; utilities and services including energy, water and telecoms infrastructure;

5.Develop solutions that harness the potential of digitalisation to accelerate processes and improve productivity, open up new methods of working and business models. For example, proposals should make use of disruptive technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, algorithm based checks, Human Aided Design and Compliance;

6.Address potential barriers to the use of digital building permits and compliance checks including knowledge gaps, technology deployment, standards, and the regulatory and policy context;

7.Take into account the wide range of actors involved in applying for, receiving and using permits and the related compliance (e.g. design, engineering and other construction professionals, researchers, industry especially SMEs, and public authorities), taking into consideration questions of accessibility, inclusivity including gender issues, and user acceptance;

8.Take into account the international contexts and developments in construction-related data including BIM and GIS but also the capacities and opportunities presented in different parts of Europe. Proposals should therefore build on previous research, such as the outputs of the DigiPLACE project 18 ;

9.Address the potential for upskilling and re-skilling of the construction value chain as a result of the innovation;

10.Contribute to an EU-wide framework for the digitalisation and automation of machine readable permits and compliance checks for construction works, including by collaborating with similar projects including those funded under this call;

11.Develop technical guidelines and semantic models applicable to different EU countries.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Finally, proposals should provide contributions to relevant standards and seek to ensure synergies with the Horizon Europe ‘Built4People’ co-programmed Partnership. Proposals may address any or all types of buildings and infrastructure as appropriate.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Automated tools for the valorisation of construction waste (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increase significantly the construction and demolition waste (CDW) utilisation (at least 80% weight in line with the current waste Directive 2008/98/EC 19 as amended by Directive 2018/851 20 ) by cascade approach including re-use, recycle and transformation of waste into secondary products in full cooperation between construction and waste management companies

2.Provide new value chain and sustainable business models for construction waste reduction mobilising cross sectorial actors;

3.Implement appropriate tracing of material and /or component along the new value chain.

4.Increase by 50% the reusability of construction products post demolition and reduce the down cycling of construction waste by facilitating modular dismantling of complex construction products;

5.Plan a list of actions for overcoming relevant barriers (e.g. end of waste criteria, lack of trust in secondary products, awareness of circular potential);

6.Develop holistic and replicable solutions for more circular and climate neutral construction materials and activities involving upstream and down-stream actors.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Based on volume, construction and demolition waste (CDW) is the largest waste stream in the EU. Considering that most of the waste share is glass, concrete, steel and aluminium (or other metals), the embodied energy and embodied eq. CO2 emission in the CDW is significant (8.5 MT eq. CO2 for construction in Sweden in 2015). By reusing and recycling CDW in new constructions, the sector would come closer to the targets of becoming fully circular and climate neutral. Precise quantitative and qualitative waste estimation is crucial for waste management. This could be achieved by utilising digital technologies for instance Building Information Modelling (BIM), material and component tracing, dedicated apps for construction/de-construction and optimize site management. Such tools could provide data about material type and composition (e.g. whether there are hazardous materials that require special care) and quantities, and thus an estimation of the logistics needs, cost, etc. and make waste separation easier and faster, e.g. by combining with automated equipment and robots.

Proposals should:

1.Develop, test and promote the necessary digital tools for material and/or component tracing and CDW management in different types of construction or demolition sites. The proposed tools should use as far as possible existing databases for waste management;

2.Develop automated solutions for de-construction and waste separation process;

3.Implement cross-sectorial holistic solutions involving glass, concrete, steel, ceramics, non-ferrous, etc. from the construction product and material side but also waste management, transportation and construction equipment and machinery side;

4.Produce all required training material for the proper use of the developed technologies The content should be sufficiently inclusive and encompass the diversity of different users;

5.Demonstrate all developed solutions (reutilisation, recycling, transformation, etc.) in at least four implementation sites across different European countries, considering the material recovery, transformation and utilisation;

6.Assess the value of the solutions in terms of the additional monetary value/reduction of eq. CO2 emissions produced;

7.Besides the new solutions benefits, safety should be considered (on construction issues, hazardous materials, etc.)

8.Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

9.The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Asian countries.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-12: Breakthrough technologies supporting technological sovereignty in construction (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Integrate breakthrough technologies derived from other industries: examples include additive manufacturing; human robot collaboration; autonomous vehicles in construction activities; autonomous maintenance, diagnostics and monitoring;

2.Demonstrate the impact of the use of these new breakthrough technologies on the efficiency of resources (raw materials, water etc.), the reduction of waste and embodied CO2 emissions;

3.Demonstrate the safety of these breakthrough technologies on a construction environment in cooperation with workers;

4.Demonstrate a reduction of dependency for importing breakthrough technologies related to additive manufacturing, human robot collaboration or autonomous vehicles;

5.Increase the wellbeing of the construction workforce concerned.

Scope: There is a global trend for higher digitalisation in the construction sector. In this context, there is a major need to ensure that construction activities in countries in Europe do not depend on breakthrough technologies the industry concerned needs to import from outside Europe to remain competitive. Currently, the construction sector is among the least automated and digitised and the most labour accident-prone sectors in the Europe. Therefore, the use of technologies such as additive manufacturing, autonomous vehicles and human robot collaboration in a construction environment is crucial to increase the degree of digitalisation of the sector. In addition, Member States are facing a shortage of skilled labour force in construction activities. In the same vein, a higher degree of digitalisation would make the construction sector attractive for younger generations and construction sites a safer working environment. Proposal consortiums are encouraged to include a wide range of stakeholders from SMEs to large construction firms.

The projects should:

1.Develop, test and promote the necessary technologies, devices and systems for an highly automated construction site;

2.Demonstrate all developed solutions in at least four diverse construction sites (such as roadwork, bridges, tunnels, different types of buildings, etc.) across different countries in Europe;

3.Develop solutions for monitoring the wellbeing of the workforce and prevention of accidents taking into account gender and intersectional perspective;

4.All solutions developed should be evaluated by the users (site management, workforce, etc.) through surveys or other means;

5.Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes;

6.Identify additional breakthrough technologies bearing an emerging serious risk of import dependency;

7.Contribute to the development of new relevant standards or update of existing ones.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan or South Korea in view of the cooperation on digital technologies.

Hubs for circularity, a stepping stone towards climate neutrality and circularity in industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-14: Deploying industrial-urban symbiosis solutions for the utilization of energy, water, industrial waste and by-products at regional scale (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Deploy exemplary pilot solutions of the Industrial-Urban Symbiosis (I-US) concept, making the flows of energy, waste and water circular; and achieving near-zero GHG emissions and near-zero water discharge;

2.Reduce by 50% (in weight or volume) industrial waste generation and reduce significantly the associated GHG emissions, by re-using and transforming waste, by-products and side-streams into new resources or raw materials;

3.Plan a list of actions to overcome non-technological barriers for exploitation of cross-company symbiosis (i.e. waste regulations, standardisation, confidentiality and compliance, ownership, fair sharing of benefits, acceptance of the concept);

4.Set up facilitation services for helping implementation of symbiotic processes directed to local authorities, and relevant businesses, private/industry actors, especially SMEs;

5.Develop best practices for knowledge-sharing on technological and non-technological aspects (i.e. job profile optimisation) in close collaboration with the European Community of Practice (ECoP) CSA and other relevant bodies, dissemination the major innovation outcomes to support the implementation of I-US;

6.Explore and virtually demonstrate replication potential in other regions (i.e. by setting up a network amongst waste associations to optimise flow of secondary raw materials);

7.Implement actions to facilitate relations and to involve the local community actors (authorities, associations, civil society, relevant businesses, especially SMEs, educational organisations, etc.), e.g. exchanging knowledge and human capital with the educational establishments and developing flexible learning resources.

8.Implement a social innovation spin-off action 21 involving one of the local community actors.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be stated clearly in the proposal.

Scope: In March 2020, the European Commission launched the Circular Economy Action Plan for a cleaner and more competitive Europe. In order to accelerate the transition to a circular economy, exemplary pilot solutions integrating industrial urban symbiosis need to be exploited. The solutions could cover the reduction of waste, virgin raw materials and energy and water consumption, mainly by transforming underused waste materials (both industrial waste, industrial side streams, by-products and end of life urban waste) into feedstock for the process industries (urban mining). To support a wide implementation of industrial urban symbiosis for waste utilization, the regional dimension is important since connexion with local energy and utility networks, adjacent industrial infrastructures and available by-products is crucial and will have to be considered in a holistic approach.

Technology and social based innovations should prove the potential for novel symbiotic value chains in demonstrators involving multiple industrial sectors (combining non-exhaustively energy, process and manufacturing industries) in pilot industrial settings. Projects are expected to address several but not necessarily all following aspects:

1.A broad cross-sectorial symbiosis and circularity implementation from a regional perspective to potentially achieve climate neutrality by 2050 including cooperation with other suitable regions in terms of availability of resources, technologies, available infrastructures and knowledge transfer;

2.Cross-cutting solutions (processes and equipment) for the processing of side/waste streams specifically for the use as feedstock for plants and companies across sectors and/or across value chains, while increasing the resource efficiency/circularity in industrial value chains;

3.Process (re-)design and adaptation to integrate new processes (energy and material flow coupling, infrastructure and logistics) and create new synergies between sectors;

4.Integration of novel sensing technology, IoT and digital tools to support design (including AI driven tools for the discovery of hidden pathways), flow optimization and controls;

5.Concepts, tools and business models for the flexible and robust management of exchange streams in dynamic production environments to maximise the impact on sustainability while respecting the technical limitations, economic interests of the producers and the interests of citizens;

6.IT infrastructures and tools that provide a secure basis for the integrated management and the preservation of confidentiality of sensitive data;

7.Assessment methodologies and KPIs to measure the performance of symbiosis, including environmental, economic and social impacts (including SRL). Life cycle assessment and life cycle cost analysis should take into account existing sustainability standards (e.g. ISO 14000) and existing best practices;

8.Development/use (preferred) of common reporting methodologies for the assessment of industrial symbiosis activities and exchanges in close collaboration with the European Community of Practice (ECoP);

9.Tools to support companies in redefining their products process and systems from the point of view of design, production, logistic and business models, preferably based on the outcomes of previous projects (see for example SPIRE project portfolio on Industrial Symbiosis);

10.Study social aspects of the community and its improvement through the I-US where demonstration pilot is located (social innovation, underdevelopment, job quality gender and inclusiveness perspective);

11.Create societal awareness through a participative approach locally and more broadly, highlighting and communicating political and regulatory obstacle between regions/countries.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this cross-cutting call and others in HE, with European initiatives (as for example: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and European Circular Economy Stakeholder Panel (ECESP)), as well as building on existing projects 22 is strongly encouraged, see also Industrial Symbiosis Report from March 2020 23 .

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged on IS/I-US/circularity technologies and their implementation in processes, with INCO countries advanced in the field that could bring mutual benefit from different perspective.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16: Hubs for Circularity European Community of Practice (ECoP) platform (Processes4Planet Partnership) (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Establish a European Community of Practice (ECoP) as an effective and sustainable forum/platform connecting hubs for circularity (H4C) and all actors willing to invest in industrial urban-symbiosis (I-US), towards building new circular value chains;

2.Provide up-to-date support to the H4C by collecting and evaluating knowledge, tools, models and solutions and making them accessible to the community, preparing training material dedicated to circular practitioners that can drive the H4C roll out across Europe;

3.Define a set of methodologies and kits of specific KPIs (e.g. a kit for any single industrial sector) to enable the progress quantification of circularity and symbiosis with particular attention to the definition of gaps to be closed in order to reach the expected impact.

4.Analyse collaboration models, non-technological barriers, tools, technologies and existing solutions for I-US and circularity, especially those from previously funded projects;

5.Provide a state-of-play analysis of regions/areas best suited for the first implementation of advanced H4C in Europe, coupled with a detailed study of the strength and weaknesses of the regions/areas selected, including a symbiosis maturity level (Symbiosis Readiness Level, SRL) 24 and a number of specific scenarios for the technology and process implementation;

6.Establish a roadmap on how to achieve an effective implementation of a certain number of first-of-a-kind pilots of advanced H4C by 2026, supported by a solid blended funding strategy, targeting the accomplishment of 2050 Green Deal Goals;

7.Spread the H4C concept to all regions of Europe, support the H4C cooperation network and promote the transfer of the circular models across sectors and borders;

8.Stimulate public and private investments in circular economy projects;

9.Set up an effective collaboration with stakeholders represented in the P4Planet partnership, including non-governmental associations, and provide a solid plan for the continuation and self-financing of ECoP after the completion of the project;

10.Drive and coordinate business-to-territory relationships in the area in which the H4C, or neighbouring H4C, are located (i.e. with authorities, SMEs, associations, educational organisations, civil society, etc.).

Scope: Circularity is an essential part of the industry transformation towards climate-neutrality and long-term competitiveness. H4C are defined as first-of-a-kind, lighthouse demonstrator plants of commercial size implementing industrial symbiosis or urban industrial symbiosis with the aim of achieving a step change in circular utilization of resources and GHG emission reductions, within a given representative geographical area. H4C have strong technological focus and industrial dimension, but their implementation leverages elements well beyond R&I. Specific implementation (including funding) strategies will have to be designed, ensuring the participation of all stakeholders (Industry, SMEs, local authorities, educational institutions and civil society). The common target is to collectively achieve and demonstrate at scale a leap towards circularity and carbon neutrality in the use of resources (feedstock, energy and water) in a profitable way.

The ECoP is a tool for connecting the Hubs and the community of interest into a network for exchanging tools and knowledge across regions. It has also been proposed by Processes4Planet partnership. The project will embrace possibly all existing H4C and circular systemic activities and strongly link with the activities of relevant European Partnerships, such as P4Planet.

The ECoP should:

1.Gather, evaluate and synthesise state-of-the-art knowledge on circularity and industrial symbiosis and work out their benefits for climate neutrality and competitiveness in relation to their possible applications. This work should embrace the outcomes of all previously funded projects and be subject to constant updates;

2.Characterise, classify and evaluate systematically symbiosis and circularity-related solutions with a constant update of symbiosis and circularity-related solutions;

3.Draw up a list of specifications/criteria for best suited areas/regions taking into account lifting up or expanding existing hubs;

4.Analyse in detail suitable regions/areas in the EU for H4C implementation. The regions/areas to consider should involve all alternative resource streams relevant for process industries as potential source of feedstock or as utilities, I-US scenarios and infrastructures that are already in place; scrutinise co-investment scenarios (combination of public and private means) to reach high Symbiosis Readiness Levels (SRL).

5.Analyse proven involvement of regions and local communities;

6.Identify high-potential regions/areas, for developing the first demonstrator of H4C by 2026. Such identification should be justified on the basis of objective criteria and should be open to further regions in the course of the project. Criteria should focus on process level, symbiosis process implementation, commitment level of the local authorities and communities, regional specificities (business/industrial policy and strategies), additional funding, potential private investors, etc. These hubs should become lighthouse examples of win-win cooperation between industry, SMEs, public authorities, educational institutions and civil society on circular economy beyond 2026;

7.The H4C could be thematic at first (e.g. focus on valorisation of emissions or circular use of plastic waste, etc.) and evolve after a successful first demonstration into a broader concept, attracting other players from other industry sectors at local, regional, national or European level and enabling industrial symbiosis in new areas and processes;

8.Propose stakeholder events for local and regional authorities creating awareness on industrial opportunities and challenges based on the analysis;

9.Connect the regional H4C and ensure a mutually profitable knowledge and experience exchange;

10.Provide support and advice to the community members, as well as, tutorials and learning framework about state-of-the-art solutions (for technical and non-technical problems);

11.Promote the role and service of enablers/facilitators as a new type of service to industry, regions and civil society;

12.Support the transfer of knowledge, tools and innovation across the H4C, and the programming groups or ad-hoc task forces;

13.Engage with stakeholders, such as, universities or other educational institutions to facilitate the training of circular practitioners. These practitioners should have an in-depth understanding of I-US, the state-of-the-art tools and databases and newest business models;

14.Track regional needs based on feedback of H4C and other supporting members in order to optimise the support;

15.Enable and regularly update evaluation of I-US projects by providing systematic knowledge on gaps and potential impacts, and favour connection with regions/areas of high potential for a first successful implementation of a H4C;

16.Identify potential sites for setting up emerging new hubs based on mapping of I-US and circular activities as a continuous update and extension of the pre-implementation analysis.

The EU funded projects under Process4Planet, Made in Europe and Clean Steel but also under cluster 6 dealing with circularity will be required to provide complete information and full collaboration to the ECoP platform.

Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this cross-cutting call and others in HE, and with European initiatives (as for example Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and European Circular Economy Stakeholder Panel (ECESP)), building on existing H2020 projects 25 is strongly encouraged, see also Industrial Symbiosis Report from March 2020. 26 .

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

Enabling circularity of resources in the process industries, including waste and CO2/CO

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17: Plastic waste as a circular carbon feedstock for industry (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 18.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 39.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Valorise a wide variety of unsorted plastic (and other) waste in large amounts, to avoid landfill;

2.Yield material streams of high industrial interest, replacing the ones currently produced from fossil feedstocks (e.g. olefins, hydrogen, syngas, etc.);

3.Develop concepts enabling 100% utilisation of Renewable Energy Sources (e.g. electrified processes), coping with potential fluctuations in the energy supply;

4.At least 60% GHG emissions reductions in the overall lifecycle compared to existing processes for plastic recycling (or relevant benchmark).

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Plastic (and other) waste, such as packaging, textiles, etc., could potentially represent a sustainable alternative to imported fossil feedstock (e.g. oil, gas). It contains high amounts of carbon, it is widely available and its valorisation could also provide environmental and societal benefits avoiding the disposal in landfill.

The proposals submitted under this topic are expected to provide concepts for utilisation of unsorted plastic (and other) waste in cracking applications, including e.g. packaging, non-sorted polymers and single use items such as PPEs, for the production of material streams of wide industrial interest (e.g. hydrocarbons, olefins, syngas, hydrogen, etc.). The technologies proposed should be electrified to work efficiently in a renewable based energy system. They should also be able to cope with potential fluctuations in energy supply.

1.The technologies proposed should be able to valorise a wide variety of unsorted waste, plastic could be a major source, other waste sources can be considered (e.g. textiles), providing the supply is secure and the business case is feasible. Special attention is required to the potential variability of the input, and the presence/formation of contaminants and impurities in the process;

2.The processes addressed can be single or multi-step (e.g. pre-treatment, grinding, etc.) and should yield material streams which are of high industrial interest and can be readily integrated in downstream industrial processes for the production of a wide range of products (e.g. plastics, chemicals, hydrogen, fuels, fibres, materials, fertilisers, etc.);

3.Industrial specifications should be considered, and proof that these secondary raw material streams can be used in downstream industries should be provided;

4.Demonstration of the improved environmental footprint of the proposed products and processes, as well as their positive impact should be provided using relevant methodologies (e.g. LCA, LCSA, etc.). The prevention of upcycling of hazardous substances and their separation and disposal should be considered;

5.Elements related to the replicability and scalability of the technology should be provided. Along with the relevance of the proposed approaches to solving waste related issues in existing European contexts;

6.Demonstration of the proposed concepts in an industrially relevant environment and at an appropriate scale are expected. The integration of the proposed technology in existing value chains and industrial realities would be an added value.

7.Proposals should consider the co-design of learning resources together with local and regional educational organisations for current and future generations of employees, with the possibility of integrating them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. Learning resources should integrate the identification of new skills and should propose innovative learning-teaching methods that meet regional social needs and have a high potential for replication.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, International Cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan, Korea, India or ASEAN countries.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-18: Carbon Direct Avoidance in steel: Electricity and hydrogen-based metallurgy (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by improving energy efficiency in raw materials value chains.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstration of technologies in the steel sector leading to a reduction of CO2 emissions by 2050 by at least 80 to 95% compared to 1990 levels;

2.Improve energy and resource efficiency and increase utilisation of renewable energy sources 27 in metallurgical processes to substitute fossil fuels;

3.Enabling steel production through carbon direct avoidance (CDA) technologies at a demonstration scale;

4.Efficient integration of renewable energy sources, considering also their intermittency and the possibility to offer demand-response flexibility.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: This topic covers carbon direct avoidance technologies leading to significant CO2 emission reduction in the steel sector.

The Commission’s Strategic Vision “A Clean Planet for all” indicates that deep CO2 emissions reductions in the steel sector are possible through a combination of technological pathways, including steel recycling, carbon capture utilisation and storage, process integration, and electricity/hydrogen-based metallurgy. While energy intensity has reduced significantly over the past decades, the steel industry remains a large source of emissions due to preferred use of coal and energy needed to reduce iron oxides. With alternative pathways used with green electricity and green gases, the emissions can be further reduced so that these pathways could achieve CO2 reductions of up to 95% by 2050 compared to 1990 levels.

There is no one solution to achieve low-CO2 steelmaking, as there is expected to be a variety of production technologies in the future. Relevant participation from sectors other than steel is not excluded, if the technologies presented are compatible with the expected outcomes of the topic and the Clean Steel partnership objectives.

The projects proposed are expected to address the following research and innovation areas:

1.Replacement of fossil carbon energy by renewable (hydro/wind/solar) electricity in iron and steelmaking;

2.Development of pilots and demonstrators in the field of direct reduction of iron with hydrogen. Direct reduction of iron ore with high amounts of hydrogen is expected to be key for CO2 neutral steelmaking;

3.Improvement of plasma melting processes with improved electrode technologies using a plasma torch or plasma smelting reduction leading to CO2 reduction compared to fossil-based fuels;

4.Development and testing of direct electricity based iron oxides reduction processes including the electrolytic reduction at high or low temperature;

5.Innovation activities focused on the process and the product properties as well as on the impact of the product properties on the downstream processes (e.g. Electric Arc Furnace). The process technology may have to be adapted to the new boundary conditions;

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-19: Improvement of the yield of the iron and steel making (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Validate at industrial test scale technologies for impurity removal from scrap or the recovery of metal fractions contained in steel making process residues (that are today mainly landfilled) reaching high recycling rate of residues originated at the demo site up to 40% achieving a metal recovery efficiency up to 90% and a mineral recovery efficiency up to 80%;

2.Progressively increasing the uptake of low-quality scrap grades into high quality steel grades;

3.Progressively replacing the use of pre-consumer scrap grades with high quality clean scrap grades;

4.Progressively replacing the use of solid pig iron produced by traditional BF process with post-consumer grades;

5.Reducing the environmental impact by minimizing CO2 emission up to 20% both, directly (and locally) by internal recycling of the metal fraction derived from residues, or indirectly by increasing the use of scrap as raw material in steelmaking production processes including:

1.the reduction of pig iron use the in the steelmaking process;

2.the use of alternative reducing agents as coal substitution, such as biomass, polymers, hydrogen;

3.the reduction of CO2 emission derived by extraction and transportation of natural resources as well as transportation and landfill of industrial waste;

4.the generation of CO2 neutral energy vector from chemical and sensible heat from pyro-metallurgical residue treatment processes allowing at least 5% reduction of specific energy consumption for a dedicated process.

6.Develop novel technologies for onsite characterization (chemical and physical) of ferrous materials to help standardization of charge managing practice;

7.Confirming the replicability of the demonstration plant in most of EU steel shops.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: R&I areas that needs to be tackled should address some of these aspects:

1.Selection and integration of best available and applicable technologies to reduce impurities in post-consumer scrap before melting together with scrap yard management supported by digital smart tools for scrap classification and charge optimization; these are key elements to increase the use of scrap achieving the same quality of the finished product in both, the EAF, and BF/BOF route and at the same time reducing CO2 emissions due to lower energy need with respect to iron-ore;

2.Development, deployment, and use of smart sensor and dedicated Big Data analytics to develop and further optimize decision-supported systems for helping steel plant operators to increase the process yield and to improve the final steel product quality. The projects should ensure involvement of operators and process experts in development and implementation of Big Data, ensuring the uptake of human experiences and a user-friendly processing of results;

3.Realisation of demonstration plants at relevant industrial scale focusing on material upgrading technologies (cleaning, size control) as well as inline characterization of ferrous materials via novel technologies for onsite characterization (chemical composition and physical properties);

4.Development and implementation of highly efficient technologies for recovering metals and mineral fraction from steelmaking residues, including those coming from H2-based metallurgy ones, with high metallic or oxidic fractions; two possible ways are envisioned, whereas the first one is based on cooling and mechanical steps, such as wet or dry granulation followed by phase separation; the second one relies on a direct recycling of residues in existing production processes or in dedicated pyrometallurgic melting and reduction units;

5.Full by-product testing and evaluation to have them covered by a standard like a CEN Workshop Agreement (CWA) or by a national technical agreement;

6.Enabling the use of obtained by-products in higher value applications (i.e. filtering, coating, additive manufacturing, material for CO2 sequestration, heat accumulator);

7.Integration of energy recovery solutions in metal recovery processes targeting at a better Return of Investment.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-20: Reducing environmental footprint, improving circularity in extractive and processing value chains (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce dependence of extractive activities on carbon-related energy sources and process emissions, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Reduce environmental impact of extractive and processing value chains;

2.Develop demonstrators and pilot plants with a lower environmental impact;

3.Reduce environmental footprint and increase circularity of extractive and processing value chains; and, where relevant, reduce contaminants and impurities in extracted raw materials;

4.Develop methods, technologies and processes for mining and processing aiming at significantly decreased emissions (CO2 and other emissions);

5.Significantly increase resource and energy efficiency, and increased circularity of raw materials together with increased valorisation of extractive waste;

6.Contribute to meeting the goals of climate neutrality, circularity, zero pollution and system protection, sustainable use and restorations as spelled out in the European Green Deal.

Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials 28 :

1.Use Horizon Europe funding for research into mining processes with minimal impact on the environment and life-cycle assessment;

2.Support waste and extractive waste valorisation and energy efficiency through cross-sectoral cooperation and industrial symbiosis, involving the mining industry.

Scope: Actions should develop sustainable solutions to reduce dependence of extractive activities on carbon-related energy sources and process emissions. They should also address reducing materials use, water and waste valorisation at all stages of the extractive and processing cycle.

Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant.

Actions should justify the relevance of selected pilot demonstrations in different locations within the EU (and also outside if there is a clear added value for the EU economy, industry and society).

Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU and in non-EU countries of project’s partners about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Integration of Renewables and Electrification in process industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-21: Design and optimisation of energy flexible industrial processes (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 18.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 39.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Significant increase of the process flexibility and demand response towards the integration of variable energy sources, i.e., renewable energy sources, including possible onsite energy storage and conversion;

2.Overall increased energy efficiency of the industrial process within the energy system;

3.New digital tools that account for the energy availability to realise the additional flexibility of the process and that create connections to energy grid platforms for a more efficient energy management system;

4.Cost reduction of the overall process through valorisation of excess streams into the energy system.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal

Scope: Flexibility solutions are key to achieve a renewable energy share to deliver the EU Green Deal objectives and which goes significantly beyond the current target of 32%. In the coming years, EU industries will need to adapt to the increased fluctuations in energy supply caused by the higher penetration of variable energy sources. Besides, an integrated energy system, linking different energy carriers, infrastructures and consumption sectors in the EU, will be set to deliver climate neutrality by 2050 in a cost effective way. The increased value of flexibility will offer competitive opportunities for process industries (additional revenue streams) and enable a leaner energy system.

Process flexibility and efficient energy storage are essential to account for the variable renewable energy production. When less energy is available, process industries can consume less energy or take it from storage; whereas, when there is surplus of energy, the excess energy can be consumed or stored. A fast response rate, i.e., a swift increase or decrease of the process energy consumption, is key in the shift to dynamic operating processes. To support the change of energy supply, current processes, designed to run continuously at maximum capacity, have to be adapted. Besides, energy efficiency measures will help decreasing the overall process energy demand. To leverage the flexibility in process industries, digital process control systems that optimise the process while accounting for the value of flexibility need to be implemented.

Digital tools need to be developed to attain the energy flexibility of the process, but also to exchange data with network operators and flexibility markets (through market operators, suppliers and/or aggregators), which will enable industries to provide flexibility services. Powerful digital twins based on suitable combinations of analytical models, physics-based AI or pure AI solutions need to be designed and applied. To find optimal control solutions in a minimal time, digital twins could be empowered, for example, by multi-agent systems technologies.

Moreover, the direct integration of renewable energy generation and the higher overall efficiencies will require further flexibility solutions in process industries. Onsite energy storage or conversion in the form of electricity, heat or other energy vectors can further increase an installation’s flexibility.

Proposals should address the following aspects:

1.In an existing process, identification of potential flexibility that allows an efficient and competitive operation;

2.Redesign and modification of the process to enable more flexibility in operation (e.g. process that can run faster or slower depending on the needs of the grid) or the shift from batch processes to continuous processes, etc., including the removal or adaptation of process steps that limit the flexibility;

3.Redesign and modification of the process to increase its flexibility response rate (e.g., faster ramp up or ramp down) towards a higher energy efficiency at subsystem level;

4.Development or redesign of digital process control systems, including, e.g., digital twins with integrated multi-agent systems, etc., supported by smart sensors and integrated analytical tools, to realise the flexibility of the process and to create connections to grid integration platforms;

5.Evaluation of the potential use of onsite energy storage and conversion (electricity, heat, or other energy vectors) for the proposed flexible solution and integration of such energy solutions whenever relevant and feasible;

6.Optimisation of the new process design at pilot scale.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. Additionally, proposals should include a safety assessment and a life cycle assessment for the implementation of the developed technologies; and a contribution to standardisation, wherever possible.

Proposals should include activities that specifically target the collaboration with other European projects on energy flexibility in their work plan (for example, a dedicated work package or task).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, International Cooperation is encouraged, in particular with US and Canada.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-22: Adjustment of Steel process production to prepare for the transition towards climate neutrality (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Adaptation of the energy and materials flow in the existing steel installations to allow for a technically and economically feasible transition to reduce the use of fossil carbon as reducing agent;

2.Reduction of carbon footprint by incrementally adapting to hydrogen and biomass as reducing agents;

3.Showcase new technologies to reduce steelworks energy consumption by implementing improvements in the materials and energy flows whilst reducing fossil carbon related emissions;

4.Develop technological pathways to increase the reutilization of internal process metallurgical gases by deploying advanced gas treatment solutions.

Scope: The proposals submitted under this topic are expected to provide concepts addressing the modifications of the existing installations of both primary and secondary steel production (BF/BOF, EAF, DRI) concerning the internal and external flows of energy and materials in order to re-use metallurgical gases (internal re-cycling) and to upgrade them with new sources (H2), e.g. by replacement of fossil carbon as reducing agent with hydrogen and biomass.

This also includes the integrated preparation (reforming, separation, heating, compression) of external carbon-lean reducing gases or internally-recycled CO/CO2 streams for efficient injection in the BF or use in conventional plants.

The concepts to be addressed under this topic are expected to address one or more of the following areas:

1.Injection of hydrogen or hydrogen-rich metallurgical gases or biomass to directly avoid the usage of fossil carbon as reducing agent in BF or as heat source in EAF operation;

2.New process technologies for co-injection and new injection ports for BF and DRI plants and for EAF technology;

3.Advanced gas treatment solutions (purification, reforming, preheating) for steel plants process gases for the purpose of internal re-use;

4.Integration of gas injection with CO2 capture and storage technologies for the transition to CO2 neutral steelmaking;

5.Adaption of the energy and materials flow in the energy system of the steel production process with adjustments of gas distribution/combustion to new gas properties and amounts including new developments regarding the related process technology and control technology.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

Call - CLIMATE NEUTRAL, CIRCULAR AND DIGITISED PRODUCTION 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 29

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 30

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 30 Mar 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01

IA

27.50 31

8.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02

RIA

21.50

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03

RIA

21.50 32

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-04

RIA

21.50

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-06

IA

30.00 33

4.00 to 8.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07

RIA

22.00 34

3.00 to 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-09

IA

9.00

Around 4.50

2

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-10

IA

42.50

12.00 to 18.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11

IA

42.50 35

12.00 to 18.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-13

IA

14.00 36

4.00 to 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-15

RIA

30.00

8.00 to 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16

IA

10.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17

IA

42.50 37

12.00 to 18.00

3

Overall indicative budget

334.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Green, flexible and advanced manufacturing

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01: Rapid reconfigurable production process chains (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Achieve a significant reduction in reconfiguration time, which includes all steps between stopping a production, reconfiguration of the individual production steps, requalification, adjustment of the intra-logistics processes, and ramping up to a full production speed;

2.Develop validated standardised interfaces and protocols to enable digitalised and thus flexible manufacturing processes;

3.Develop protocols for best practices in rapid reconfiguration applicable not only for the products and sectors present in the project, but also transferable to other sectors and application areas.

Scope: In times of disrupted supply chains or rapidly changing customer demands, production lines will need to be built flexible enough to be able to handle these variations. Rapid reconfiguration technologies of more flexible systems, will enable industries with many production process steps to maintain a resilience against sudden changes in ordering and/or supplies.

The projects should address reconfiguration of production systems in which the lines are running at medium or high volume manufacturing rates (MVM and HVM respectively), and include a variety of production steps, such as cleaning, forming, thermal treatments, cutting, joining, surface treatments, painting, printing, assembly, etc. It should also consider complex logistics and non-manufacturing operations enabling the production runs. Projects should provide strategies for awareness and early detection of reconfiguration needs, e.g. by using A.I. and data technologies, to enhance their resilience towards threatening events or crisis situations.

The reconfiguration should be ambitious to the extent that the change addresses a new customer base or new societal needs, or drastically changes the original production processes and/or supply chain with minimal reconfiguration costs.

Projects should also include protocols for best practices of the reconfiguration that can be applicable also outside the sectors active in the project, which would include taking into account any sector specific qualification requirements (such as clean room levels or certifications for sectors such as medical and food). These protocols as well as the projects should have a human-centred perspective, including skills requirements and training adapted to different education levels and needs.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, International Cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan, South Korea or Canada.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02: Products with complex functional surfaces (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop more efficient manufacturing processes to increase market share increase for products with functional surfaces that contribute to competitiveness and a transition to green and sustainable production flows;

2.Significant reduction of the environmental footprint for surface treatments;

3.Uptake of treatment technologies in applications for a sustainable society, targeting reductions in energy use and environmental footprint.

Scope: Surface treatments are an integral part of any manufacturing process. Surface treatments include many disciplines, such as painting/coating/printing (spray, powder, dip coating, inkjet etc.), plating/implantation (electroplating, vacuum plating/coating, etc.), thermal treatments (annealing, thermo-chemical processes, etc.), laser-based treatments (annealing, texturing, etc.), additive manufacturing, micro manufacturing (micro electrical discharge machining, micro milling, etc.) chemical and electrochemical treatments (anodizing, electropolishing, chemical deposition, etc.), biochemical treatments, etching (wet etching, plasma/dry etching, also for texturing).

While the integration of these treatment technologies into a manufacturing line has been well reported, the technologies as such need to be adapted for each particular profile. In addition, with progressively more complex and customised requirements on shape, material and functionality, the demands on efficient and flexible surface treatments are increasing. In a transition towards a sustainable production, with a substantially lower environmental footprint, the demands are even higher.

The projects under this topic should address the following:

1.Develop new surface treatments specifically targeting and enabling end-products with the purpose of reducing the end-products’ energy usage and/or environmental footprint. This may include co-design of product geometry and surface properties;

2.Use of innovative production technologies for further functional integration and miniaturisation in order to reduce environmental footprints and resource use of products;

3.Integrate the new surface treatments in a manufacturing line for profiles with complex shape or multimaterial content, with clear metrics on its efficiency during operation;

4.Develop new business models and strategies for the uptake of these new technologies and with clear objectives on how to expand the uptake to other sectors and other applications.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03: Excellence in distributed control and modular manufacturing (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Significant advance in modular technologies for flexible manufacturing operations, which respond to disrupted supply chains, or rapid changes in customer and societal demands;

2.Transition of modular technology to sustainable production for varying batch sizes, including single lots, with a clear integration of control and decision-making strategies at different levels and throughout the supply chain;

3.Improved understanding among industrial users, including SMEs, of how to organise and control reconfigurable manufacturing systems built from modules with defined interfaces, including quality assessments, environmental impact, energy use, end-user involvement and business models.

Scope: Modularity of a production system is crucial for flexibility and to allow for varying the production according to needs and circumstances by introducing, changing, and removing different process steps. While the concept of modularity is not new, there is still a vast range of production steps that cannot be considered modular, and the ones that can be considered as such are not necessarily suitable for current demands nor to be considered as a part of sustainable production regimes.

The projects under this topic need to address the following aspects:

1.Propose and develop new production modules that cover processes that are not currently readily available on the market and go beyond the current state of the art with a clear alignment of customer and workers’ needs including taking into consideration biases and gender dimension;

2.Create interfaces based on open-source protocols that allow for easily integration of modules in existing lines and with other modules or production elements;

3.Create industrial strategies on how to use modularity, including its related service models, to reduce energy consumption and environmental footprint, and demonstrate these in a relevant environment;

4.Develop business models that demonstrate the potential of the modular technologies to be transferred from one specific manufacturing sector to several others;

5.Support training and knowledge transfer to relevant parts of the workforce.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-04: Intelligent work piece handling in a full production line (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop highly flexible, resilient, reconfigurable and agile production lines able to handle a variety of different products and materials with high precision;

2.Deploy easy to program advanced control systems capable of intelligent handling of complex products in terms of shape, size, material and stiffness;

3.Increase productivity by enabling fast and accurate movement of work pieces through the production line, ensuring just-in-time delivery and reducing downtime.

Scope: The global trends towards product customization have increased production complexity. To maintain global leadership and competitiveness of European manufacturing industry, there is a strong need for efficient, flexible, reconfigurable and data-driven agile factories. The recent pandemic crisis highlighted even further the need of manufacturing lines that can switch production within a matter of hours.

Products and component handling is an integral part of the manufacturing industry and its optimization increases productivity while minimizing production costs and time. However, the increasing complexity and customization of products coupled to the paradigm shift towards circular economy requires new assembly and disassembly lines able to handle a high variety of work pieces which might be available as 3D models or just as physical artefacts. Therefore, there is an increasing demand for innovative smart automated handling systems.

Multidisciplinary research activities should include SSH and cover:

1.Development of innovative, efficient and low consumption systems for storage, retrieval, conveying and pick-and-place using a multi-disciplinary approach combining technologies such as collaborative/autonomous assembly and logistics, smart conveyor belts, advanced robotics, lightweight, flexible and versatile grippers, IoT, integrated physical and biochemical sensors (e.g. mechanical, magnetic, optical, electrochemical), image processing, simulation, modelling, data acquisition, data storage/sharing, data interoperability, data analytics, automated planning and machine learning;

2.Development of advanced and robust handling devices and systems, for efficient manipulation and manufacturing process execution. Integrate advanced control of individual handling devices exploiting advances in AI;

3.Achieve a high degree of flexibility and reconfigurability by ensuring interoperability and user-friendliness of both hardware and software;

4.The solutions proposed should be able to handle autonomously different objects with a significant variety of shape, size and material properties;

5.Demonstrate benefits for workers by reducing their involvement in unsafe and unhealthy tasks, improving their working conditions and increasing trust and acceptance towards technology;

6.Deploy innovative technologies in at least three manufacturing lines targeting different manufacturing processes and sectors, e.g. food & beverage preparation and packaging, metalworking, product assembly, textile processing and production, etc.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan or South Korea.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

Advanced digital technologies for manufacturing

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-06: ICT Innovation for Manufacturing Sustainability in SMEs (I4MS2) (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all technology areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking
but also to at least one project per technology area, provided that the applications attain al
l thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party
is EUR 60 000.

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Making European manufacturing companies, especially SMEs and small mid-caps, more sustainable and resilient through the best use of digital technologies and upskilling of personnel;

2.Making jobs of humans working in the manufacturing sector safer and more attractive for a diverse population of workers;

3.Increasing innovation capacity, agility and productivity of the manufacturing sector, in particular for SMEs and mid-caps;

4.Increasing the competitiveness of SMEs and mid-caps by reducing the entry barriers to the use of advanced digital technologies, and transferring innovative solutions into the wider manufacturing community.

Scope: ICT Innovation for Manufacturing SMEs (I4MS) aims to support manufacturing SMEs and mid-caps in adopting the latest innovative digital technologies for their business operations. I4MS2 builds on I4MS and addresses more significantly a sustainable and resilient production.

The pandemic and economic crises demonstrated the key role of digital technologies in responding quickly to external changes. Digitalisation improves resilience, agility and competitiveness, and enables cost-efficient production in Europe. It will also support a radical reduction of the environmental footprint of the sector. In this context, experimentation with innovative and secure digital technologies in their production processes, products and business models guided notably by competence centres specialised in the technologies mentioned below will enhance manufacturing companies to successfully manage the twin digital and green transformation of the coming years.

I4MS2 calls for Innovation Action projects that will support European SMEs and mid-caps to innovate and make more sustainable their products, production processes and business models through experimentation and testing. At least 50% of the budget should be allocated to SMEs and mid-caps to participate in the experiments. The proposals may include financial support to third parties to finance SMEs and mid-caps. Proposals should describe their complementarity to existing initiatives, namely the network of European Digital Innovation Hubs, which is supported through the Digital Europe Programme. They should also indicate how they will collaborate with European Digital Innovation Hubs.

Priority should be given to technologies that can:

1.Improve the sustainability of processes and products; significantly reduce or reuse waste and lower the energy and carbon footprint;

2.Make industrial processes more agile, secure and resilient to future changes;

3.Make manufacturing jobs more attractive for humans, whichever the age, gender or social and cultural background, through better human-machine interfaces and more intuitive interaction with digital tools;

The following technology areas should be addressed in proposals:

1.Artificial Intelligence applied to manufacturing, with a specific focus of AI applications at the edge;

2.Cybersecure Industrial Internet of Things enabling trustworthy sharing of industrial data and value creation, to achieve further flexibility and agility of supply chains;

3.Advanced interfaces and collaboration within smart working environments such as collaborative robots.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07: Digital tools to support the engineering of a Circular Economy (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Provide a range of support solutions and innovative digital tools for engineers, technicians and operators on the factory floor, in order to build agile, sustainable and responsive production environment and supply chains, with specific focus on areas such as material saving, repair, refurbishing, re-manufacturing, recycling, and reuse of products and components;

2.Reduction of the dependency from imported raw materials or harmful materials for the European manufacturing sector (e.g. by material consumption reduction, material substitution and use of secondary raw materials);

3.Define specifications and standards for data, products, and/or business processes, that can be agreed and commonly used by many industrial actors and across different industry sectors; and facilitate industry agreements on circularity and sustainability through increased data exchange among value chain actors and enable the development of new types of businesses;

4.Reduce the skills and knowledge gap for the actors involved.

Scope: The focus is on developing new concepts, methods, and digital tools to support further engineering of the industrial processes for recycling, re-manufacturing, refurbishing, and reuse of manufactured products and components. New solutions will enable remanufacturing and high-quality recycling by digitalisation of product and component information throughout the whole product lifecycle, in line with the 2020 Circular Economy Action Plan.

Another challenge that falls within this scope is the human dimension. The support tools need to work with the user, and training, knowledge transfer, cognitive interfaces, as well as acceptance and uptake will be vital in the solutions proposed.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

a.Development of innovative concepts, methods, and tools that track and trace the status of relevant manufactured products and components, such as electronic systems and components as well as machine tools, and increase transparency and accountability for these along their lifecycle. Where appropriate, proposals need to be able to link up with manufacturing industrial data spaces platforms, so that circular economy data can be shared with a larger set of organisations;

b.Inclusion and handling of real-time production data in analysis software and tools, notably for decision making and control, as well as knowledge management;

c.Demonstration of the support tools in at least two different realistic production environments with a clear target of improving quality and sustainability with significant economic value. If applicable, legal obstacles to implementation of the proposed solutions should be identified.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed. Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-09: Demonstrate the use of Digital Logbook for buildings (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Measurable improvements in resource efficiency and decarbonisation of buildings and their construction/renovation, as a result of using digital building logbooks;

2.Improved linkages of existing databases, tools and sources for digital building logbooks;

3.Improved usability of digital building logbooks through user eXperience, taking into account issues of accessibility as well as inclusivity;

4.New or improved tools for collection and update of relevant data;

5.Demonstrate other benefits of using digital building logbooks e.g. safety and health in buildings and construction for instance by structural health monitoring; cost effectiveness, efficiency gains in terms of time; enhanced climate resilience.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: There is a need to demonstrate and realise the potential benefits of using digital depositories of information that accompany buildings throughout their lifecycle. These digital building logbooks (DBL) can potentially result in greater efficiency, circularity and transparency in the building stock. DBLs should also improve decision making for all actors along the lifecycle of the building, thereby facilitating better design choices and greater sustainability, contributing in this way to the New European Bauhaus initiative.

Proposals should:

1.Research and propose innovative approaches that utilise DBL features and functionalities, User eXperience, interoperability, data governance and the connection with other initiatives;

2.Demonstrate the benefits of DBL in terms of e.g. productivity, collaboration across the construction ecosystem, resource efficiency, decarbonisation, safety and health, climate resilience;

3.Consider both current and future opportunities to collect data from new technologies (e.g. sensors, real-time energy use, drones, 3D scanning) or existing and upcoming platforms (e.g. Sustainable product passports for construction materials) enabling additional data platforms. The DBL could link as well to those new data platforms, which will come with new possibilities and responsibilities in terms of data privacy and security;

4.Research and develop common ‘languages’ – interfaces and protocols – to enable interoperability, data consistency (as for example through common European data spaces for the manufacturing sector to ensure enhanced access to privately held data, via industrial data platforms) and information exchange; introduce a Common Information Model for next generation DBL capitalizing on existing standards and proposing extensions for missing features;

5.Address the problem of “data matching” and data verification. There is also a high potential for advanced technologies, such as blockchain, to support the alleviation of these issues and the application of such technologies should be explored;

6.Consider developing or making use of data quality marking schemes.

The DBL “features” (e.g. digital interface, data syncing, etc.) and "functionalities” (services built around the DBL) should prioritise user-friendliness and a smart interface for end-users. Proposals are expected to demonstrate a “modular and layered” structure for the DBL, developing additional functionalities as extensions to the national schemes, ensuring that it is flexible enough to make the right information available to the right actor at the right time.

Proposals should take into account User eXperience (UX) principles in order to stimulate the update of the building logbook and its use by construction professionals and building owners.

Proposals should ensure that the functionalities offered by DBL and the corresponding benefits are easily understood by construction and building professionals as well as building owners. Proposals should take into account issues of accessibility and inclusivity, such as age, gender, disability, and socio-economic background.

Proposals may address the DBL to any or all types of buildings and infrastructures as appropriate.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Finally, proposals should provide contributions to relevant standards and seek to ensure synergies with the Horizon Europe ‘Built4People’ co-programmed Partnership.

Hubs for circularity, a stepping stone towards climate neutrality and circularity in industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-10: Circular flows for solid waste in urban environment (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 18.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 42.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Deploy the concept of Industrial-Urban Symbiosis (I-US) on a real scale demonstrator, making the flow of solid waste circular in process, manufacturing and/or construction industries;

2.Reduce 80 % (in weight or volume) solid waste generated in comparison to current state-of-the art, by re-using, valorising and transforming waste, by-products and side-streams into new/secondary resources of raw materials;

3.Plan actions (e.g. awareness of circularity potential) to overcome non-technological barriers for exploitation (i.e. waste regulations, standardisation, confidentiality and compliance, ownership, fair sharing of benefits, acceptance of the concept);

4.Develop knowledge sharing: know-how, advantages, challenges and recommendations on technological and non-technological aspects (e.g. job profile optimisation) with the European Community of Practice (ECoP) and other relevant bodies, disseminating the major innovation outcomes to support the implementation of I-US;

5.Explore and illustrate replication potential in other regions (e.g. by setting up a network amongst waste associations to optimise flow of secondary raw materials);

6.Implement actions to facilitate relations and to involve the local community actors (authorities, associations, civil society, relevant businesses, especially SMEs, educational organisations, etc.), e.g. exchanging knowledge, training, human capital, contributing to the optimisation of job profiles and sharing with the local educational establishments and with the ECoP;

7.Implement a social innovation spin-off action 38 involving one of the local community actors.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Hubs for circularity for solid waste in urban environment tackles a fundamental issue of end of life materials representing a huge amount and broad range of solid wastes. Solid waste are intended here as process industry, manufacturing industry, construction industry waste and solid urban waste (consumer waste, End-of-Life waste). Solid waste in general is one of the biggest waste streams in Europe, accounting for more than 30% of all waste generated in the EU (Dec.2019 data) 39 , re-using and re-cycling most of that could cut significantly the emissions caused by the mining and manufacturing needed to produce those materials in the first place and as such represents an important decarbonisation potential. There is a need of innovative solution engaging waste management actors in novel value chains to valorise a significant part of those wastes, bringing full attention to upcycling back to secondary materials instead of down cycling of low re-use.

Projects are expected to address:

1.Management and processing of waste streams through e.g. collection, disassembly, sorting, purification, refining, concentration, processing (e.g. thermal, mechanical), recycling technologies (especially chemical recycling), exchanging or preparation, for the valorisation of waste to be used as feedstock for other plants and companies across sectors and/or across value chains;

2.Process (re-)design and adaptation to build a new circular value chain including energy, water and material flow, infrastructure and logistics;

3.Investigate the availability and distribution of “waste” resources and logistic to ensure proper input of the specified material of the right quality and quantity to feed the new process in time;

4.Integration of novel sensing technology, IoT and digital tools for the classification and sorting of solid waste streams to enable their efficient utilisation with as little downgrading as possible;

5.New approach to end-of life materials removing the usual barriers of exploitation, enabling novel symbiotic interactions; unification of administration procedures, data sharing and preservation of data confidentiality;

6.Define assessment methodologies and evaluate KPIs to measure the performance of symbiosis (SRL) and including environmental, economic and social impacts; ;

7.Life cycle assessment and life cycle cost analysis should take into account existing sustainability standards (e.g. ISO 14000) and existing best practices;

8.Assessment of the economic, circularity and climate benefits;

9.Study social aspects of the community and its improvement through I-US where demonstration is located, whilst also considering a gender and inclusiveness perspective;

10.Create societal awareness through a participative approach locally and more broadly, highlighting and communicating political and regulatory obstacle between regions/countries.

11.Connect to the ECoP for knowledge sharing: know-how, challenges and recommendations on technological and non-technological aspects;

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and others in Horizon Europe, with European initiatives (as for example: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and European Circular Economy Stakeholder Panel (ECESP)), as well as building on existing projects, 40 are strongly encouraged; see also Industrial Symbiosis Report of March 2020 41 .

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

Enabling circularity of resources in the process industries, including waste and CO2/CO

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Valorisation of CO/CO2 streams into added-value products of market interest (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 18.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 42.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Utilise CO/CO2 streams to produce added value products and/or intermediates of wide industrial interest (e.g. polymers, resins, chemicals, food/feed ingredients, minerals, etc.). Excluding fuels and/or energy carriers;

2.Enhance the market for CO/CO2 based products providing economically viable and sustainable alternatives to existing products with strong market interest in one or more applications (e.g. consumer products, feed/food ingredients, automotive, construction, etc.);

3.Develop concepts enabling 100% utilisation of RES (e.g. electrified processes, concentrated solar, etc.), coping with potential fluctuations in the energy supply;

4.Achieve at least 60% GHG emissions mitigation in the overall lifecycle compared to existing processes for the same products (or relevant benchmark);

5.Develop mature technologies for separation/purification of CO/CO2 containing waste streams to allow the integration in the targeted industry sector/sectors.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: The proposals submitted under this topic are expected to provide concepts for utilisation of CO/CO2 streams from point sources (e.g. large industrial installations such as steel, cement and chemical plants) converting them into added value products and/or intermediates and chemicals of wide interest (plastics, resins, composites, chemicals). The topic excludes explicitly fuels and renewable energy storage concepts. The technologies proposed should support cross-sectorial concepts and sector integration paradigms. They should also be able to work efficiently in a renewable based energy system, coping with potential fluctuations in the energy supply or be fully self-sustained from an energy standpoint. The concepts proposed are expected to:

1.Process significant amounts CO/CO2 containing waste streams from energy intensive industries, including efficient approaches for the pre-treatment of the gaseous stream (e.g. cleaning, compression, drying, concentration, etc.) if needed;

2.Target a range of products and/or intermediates with a wide variety of applications in different sectors (e.g. construction, automotive, food/feed, etc.) to replace existing ones (e.g. fossil based or from virgin raw materials);

3.Consider clearly industrial specifications and relevant market requirements;

4.Demonstrate that targeted products and/or intermediates can fully replace existing counterparts. The prevention of upcycling of hazardous substances, including their separation and disposal should be considered;

5.Demonstrate the improved environmental footprint of the proposed products and processes, as well as other positive impacts using relevant methodologies (e.g. LCA, LCSA, etc.);

6.Provide elements related to the replicability and scalability of the technology, along with the potential for applicability in other Energy intensive industry sectors;

7.Demonstrate the proposed concepts in an industrially relevant environment and at an appropriate scale. The integration of the proposed technology in existing value chains and the relevance to several European contexts would be an added value;

8.Proposals should consider the co-design of learning resources together with local and regional educational organisations for current and future generations of employees, with the possibility of integrating them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. Learning resources should integrate the identification of new skills and should propose innovative learning-teaching methods that meet regional social needs and have a high potential for replication.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-13: Raw material preparation for clean steel production (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects related to the two main raw-materials in the iron and steelmaking route: the iron-ore and the scrap.

As regards iron ore, the availability of high-grade iron ores is expected to become a more critical factor, as demand will increase. Therefore, technologies for the upgrade and the use of low-quality iron ores are needed. This includes low carbon technologies for sintering/ pelletisation and/or cold bonded iron ore agglomeration.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Testing and validation of technologies for the upgrade and the use of low-quality iron ores. This includes low carbon technologies for sintering/ pelletisation and/or cold bonded iron ore agglomeration;

2.Identification of best available and applicable technologies for the reduction of impurities in post-consumer scrap;

3.Technologies for the valorisation of low-quality scrap streams.

Scope: The concepts to be developed under this topic are expected to address one or more of the following areas:

1.Enhanced utilisation of scrap, through improved scrap sorting and removal of scrap pollution, by new detecting technologies. The aim is to remove these impurities before melting, in order to achieve the same quality of the finished product and reducing CO2 emissions;

2.Technologies allowing upgrade processes in low grade iron ores to make them suitable for pelletisation or direct use in existing steelworks to address the issue of the availability of high grade iron ores which is expected to become a more critical factor in the coming years as well as broadening the types of ore grades that can be utilized from different sources;

3.Application of cold bonded agglomerate: binders, raw materials composition and processing conditions for the use of low quality iron ore grades.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

Integration of Renewables and Electrification in process industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-15: New electrochemical conversion routes for the production of chemicals and materials in process industries (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Electrification of the industrial production process by shifting from the chemical conversion process to an electrochemical conversion process;

2.Efficient integration of renewable electricity to drive the conversion process;

3.Significant reduction of CO2 emissions of the overall industrial process, including the emissions related to the generation of the electricity;

4.Energy savings compared to the classical production routes;

5.Overall material savings (waste reduction) compared to the classical production routes;

6.Competitive costs of the new process technology and its integration in the processing line, including upstream and downstream.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Renewable electricity will play a major role in the transition towards a low carbon energy supply. The production of chemicals, bulk materials and metals through the direct use of renewable electricity and energy sources can be realised by electrochemical conversion in photo- and/or electro-catalytic processes. Besides the reduction of CO2 emissions, other advantages of electrochemical conversion with renewable electricity can be the higher selectivity, process flexibility, or the possibility of accessing chemical pathways unattainable in a conventional reactor. Furthermore, photoelectrocatalysis (PEC) directly uses the solar radiation to drive the electrochemical reaction, enabling potential higher efficiencies and lower costs.

At present, there are promising electrochemical routes towards a wide range of products in process industries. These include processes such as hydrogenation of biomass into valuable chemicals, recovery of metals from waste streams (including strategic or scarce materials), electrosynthesis of ammonia and organic molecules, production of lime by electrochemical splitting, electrolytic production of metals, (in-situ) production of hydrogen peroxide or ozone, etc.

Advanced electrochemical systems, configurations and novel technologies can enable higher efficiencies and/or lower investments or operational costs. High temperature electrochemical processes, using ionic liquids or molten salts as electrolytes, offer interesting alternatives to the classical production processes as well opportunities for the development of sustainable technology. Paired synthesis, where two valuable products are generated through the cathodic and anodic reactions, can help to reduce energy consumption and costs (per unit product). The integration of PEC technologies removes the intermediate electricity production step, which can make the conversion process more energy efficient. Processes that involve multistep transformations can be improved with a cell design that allows for the selective realisation of complex reactions in a single unit and low-cost downstream processing.

All these novel electrochemical paths need to integrate process design and optimisation with the development of advanced materials and reactor/cell components as well as low-energy separation processes.

Proposals should address the following aspects:

1.Development of the new electrochemical conversion route towards a product or intermediate of interest for process industries and demonstration at an appropriate scale;

2.Optimisation of the reactor design and operation and the electrochemical parameters (mass and charge transfer) towards an improved electrochemical performance (increased Faradaic efficiency, lower overpotential, etc.);

3.Optimisation of the reactor design and operation and the electrochemical parameters towards the increased lifetime or reduced cost of the electrochemical reactor components (electrode, electrolyte, catalyst, membrane);

4.Development of suitable electrodes and electrocatalyst for the new conversion route towards a high selectivity and performance;

5.Efficient integration of renewable energy sources, considering also their intermittency and the possibility to offer demand-response flexibility;

6.Integrated process design, including materials, reactor/cell and separation methods, from the process intensification and cost perspectives;

7.Demonstration and validation of the proposed concepts at an appropriate scale under environmental relevant conditions. Industrial feasibility should be proven by techno-economic assessments.

The integration of oxidation and reduction reactions to produce valuable products in one system is a valuable aspect. The use of critical raw materials or toxic materials should be preferably avoided. The circular utilisation of a waste or emission stream as raw material and the use of inert or low carbon impact materials, in general, are positive aspects.

The proposed technology must not target the electrochemical conversion of CO2 or the production of hydrogen by water splitting, as these subjects are covered in other topics of the Work Programme.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a safety assessment and a life cycle assessment for the implementation of the developed technologies.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, International Cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16: Modular and hybrid heating technologies in steel production (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Use a wide control range of heating capacity by modular heating technologies such local regenerators, and of hybrid heating, based on both fuel gases from the steel-making process and the incorporation of electricity from renewable sources;

2.Integration of fuel cells, electrolysers or alternative carbon-based products for non-fossil coke, as well as increased use of non-fossil energy and reactants (e.g. green electricity for heat generation, biomass, green hydrogen) in downstream processes. .

3.Integrate fuel cells of alternative coal-based products for non-fossil coke, as well as increased use of non-fossil energy and reactants (e.g. green electricity for heat generation, biomass, green hydrogen) in downstream processes.

Scope: Steel plant gases are partly used internally as heating gases and partly used externally, in nearby power plants, to produce electricity at high cost and high CO2 load.

These gases could be used in reduction processes (blast furnace or even direct reduction) to reduce fossil carbon use, provided they are well prepared for injection in these processes. This notably includes cleaning, compression, heating and removal of oxidised compounds such as CO2 and H2O, e.g. through scrubbing or reforming operations. To make a real difference on CO2 emissions, all these preparation steps need to be performed using internal resources (by-products, heat) or external but low-C energy sources (e.g. electricity, using plasma torches).

The concepts to be developed under this topic are expected to address one or more of the following areas:

1.Development of a flexible, modular technology that can easily be scaled up for the stepwise integration of heating technologies in Blast furnaces, Electric Arc Furnaces and Direct Reduction Processes;

2.Technologies that target the integration of new materials and gases workflows in existing steelworks, combining exhaust gases from the reduction processes and heat generated in downstream processes to reduce the external requirements of energy.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17: Integration of hydrogen for replacing fossil fuels in industrial applications (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 18.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 42.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Significant reduction of CO2 emissions of the industrial process, whilst keeping NOx levels at least not higher than the equivalent gas-based solutions

2.Improved energy efficiency of the industrial process

3.Significant reduction of hydrogen fuel needs of the developed process with regards to the current fossil fuel needs

4.Competitive costs of the developed technologies

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Hydrogen does not emit any carbon dioxide when used and, when produced with renewable energies, it offers a solution to decarbonise industrial processes, being an important enabler to meet the 2050 climate neutrality goal of the European Green Deal and EU’s clean energy transition. Hydrogen can be used as feedstock and energy carrier in energy-intensive industry sectors. Hydrogen presents an opportunity for EU industry to reduce emissions across a number of sectors. The integration of hydrogen into new production routes, the direct use of hydrogen for heating and the use and production of GHG emission-free hydrogen instead of carbon-intensive hydrogen will be fundamental to decarbonise EU industry across a number of sectors.

In energy-intensive sectors, hydrogen can replace fossil fuels to generate high temperature heat when combusted in furnaces, kilns, heaters or boilers. If GHG emission-free hydrogen is used instead of fossil fuels, a zero GHG emission heating process could be achieved. As hydrogen burns differently than the currently used fossil fuels, its use involves important changes to the furnaces/kilns or the heating process, such as need of new burners, adjustments in the combustion system, conductive zone of the furnace or the (off-)gas system, need of hydrogen compatible materials. The design of the new burners must include aspects that minimise the NOx formation, associated to conventional hydrogen burners, such as lower flame temperature, slower combustion, etc.

The future large demand of green hydrogen will lead to large-scale oxygen production in the water electrolysis. Although oxygen can be harmlessly vented, the by-product oxygen can be captured and effectively used in industrial processes. Using oxygen instead of air in combustion reactions can reduce the energy use of the combustion, increase heating system efficiency and reduce the energy loss in the exhaust gases.

The proposals should address the following aspects:

1.Redesign of the heating process for the use of hydrogen as the sole heating fuel, including redimensioning and adjustments of the combustion system, conductive zone of the furnace or the (off-)gas system, plus possible measures to minimise NOx emissions;

2.Modification of the heating equipment and infrastructure required for the use of hydrogen, e.g., new burners and hydrogen compatible equipment materials;

3.Development of an oxygen or oxygen-enriched air combustion process that replaces an air combustion process, considering the energy and cost efficiency of the process;

4.Integration of measurement and control instrumentation for detection and regulation of fuel gas characteristics and flows;

5.Proven economic viability, which will be impacted by several parameters, in comparison with other heating alternatives.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a safety assessment, in line with the Safety Planning for Hydrogen and Fuel Cell Projects of the European Hydrogen Safety Panel, and a life cycle assessment for the implementation of the developed technologies.

Proposals should also take into account cooperation with the Mission Innovation area on Hydrogen, as well as dissemination notably within the communities of the Process4Planet partnership and of the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

DESTINATION – INCREASED AUTONOMY IN KEY STRATEGIC VALUE CHAINS FOR RESILIENT INDUSTRY

This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

1.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally-enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems’

2.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations’

3.KSO D, ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of Cluster 4:

1.Industrial leadership and increased autonomy in key strategic value chains with security of supply in raw materials, achieved through breakthrough technologies in areas of industrial alliances, dynamic industrial innovation ecosystems and advanced solutions for substitution, resource and energy efficiency, effective reuse and recycling and clean primary production of raw materials, including critical raw materials, and leadership in the circular economy.

The COVID-19 crisis has shown that global competitiveness and resilience are two sides of the same coin 42 . Resilience is about more than the ability to withstand and cope with shocks; it is an opportunity to undergo transitions in a sustainable and fair way. As the EU gears up to becoming a climate-neutral, circular and competitive economy by 2050, resilience will require paying attention to new vulnerabilities as entire sectors undergo deep transformations while creating opportunities for Europe’s industry to develop its own markets, products and services which boost competitiveness.

Research and innovation will be fundamental to spur industrial leadership and enhanced resilience. It will support the modernisation of traditional industrial models while developing novel technologies, business models and processes. This can enhance the flexibility of the EU’s industrial base, and increase its resilience by reducing EU dependencies on third countries for critical raw materials and technologies.

In the first Work Programme, topics under Destination 2 ‘Increased autonomy in key strategic value chains for resilient industry’ will tackle missing segments in strategic areas and value chains, to strengthen the EU’s industrial base and boost its competitiveness and open strategic autonomy. In addition, it will explore how increased circularity has the potential to increase the open strategic autonomy of EU industry through the more efficient use of resources and secondary raw materials.

This will be achieved through R&I activities focusing on four areas key for the resilience of EU industry:

1.Raw materials: The EU is highly dependent on a few third countries for the (critical) raw materials it needs for strategic value chains (including e-mobility, batteries, renewable energies, pharmaceuticals, aerospace, dual-use and digital applications). In a context where demand is set to increase 43 , these will remain, more than ever, a vital prerequisite for both Europe’s open strategic autonomy and a successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy. Responding to the Critical Raw Materials action plan R&I activities will tackle the vulnerabilities in the entire EU raw materials value chain, from sustainable and responsible exploration, extraction, processing, recycling, contributing to building the EU knowledge base of primary and secondary raw materials and ensuring secure, sustainable and responsible access to (critical) raw materials.

2.Advanced materials that are sustainable by design are needed to meet the challenges of climate neutrality, transition to a circular economy and a zero-pollution Europe, as well as broader benefits in many different applications. While chemical and related materials production is expected to double globally by 2030, this will largely take place outside Europe 44 . To overcome its reliance on imports of basic chemicals and related materials, Europe needs to strengthen its capacity to produce and use chemicals in a sustainable and competitive way. In addition, it is necessary to continue work on an ecosystem, based on open innovation test beds (OITBs), which enables the rapid development, uptake and commercialisation of advanced materials. All actions should be guided by sustainable-by-design principles, i.e. environmental and health safety, circularity and functionality.

3.Circular value chains: to complement the circular technologies in Destination 1, further technological and non-technological elements (such as business models and the traceability of products) are necessary in the transition to novel low-emission and circular industrial value chains.

4.Preparedness of businesses/smes/startups: European companies, and in particular SMEs, have shown a chronic lagging behind the US and China in the uptake of new, and especially digital, technologies. 45  

To achieve these wider effects, unprecedented investments in re- and upskilling are central to supporting the green and digital transitions, enhancing innovation and growth potential, fostering economic and social resilience and ensuring quality employment and social inclusion. This is why activities planned under Destination 6 “A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies” will also contribute to the objectives of a more resilient industrial base. Further, as industrial leadership and resilience are two sides of the same coin, activities targeting industrial leadership are a key factor in the EU’s long-term industrial resilience. This is why activities supported under Destination 1 ‘Climate neutral, circular and digitised production’ and Destination 3 ‘World leading data and computing technologies’ that further ensure Europe’s productivity growth and competitiveness are also key to safeguarding its open strategic autonomy and resilience.

In addition, activities beyond R&I investments will be needed, in particular in terms of synergies with the European Innovation Council and Pillar III of Horizon Europe given the strong role of SMEs in the development of the innovations planned. Synergies will also be sought to access blended funding and finance from other EU programmes notably under InvestEU; testing and deployment activities under the Digital Europe Programme (DEP); links to the EIT (Raw Materials and Digital KICs); links with the Single Market programme to promote entrepreneurship and the creation and growth of companies and links to the thematic smart specialisation platform on industrial modernisation.

In line with the European Green Deal objectives, research and innovation activities should comply with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle 46 . Compliance needs to be assessed both for activities carried out during the course of the project as well as the expected life cycle impact of the innovation at a commercialisation stage (where relevant). The robustness of the compliance must be customised to the envisaged TRL of the project. In this regard, the potential harm of Innovation Actions contributing to the European Green Deal will be monitored throughout the project duration.

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to increased autonomy in key strategic value chains for resilience industry, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Resilient, sustainable and secure (critical) raw materials value chains for EU industrial ecosystems, in support of the twin green and digital transformations.

2.New sustainable-by-design materials with enhanced functionalities and applications in a wide range of industrial processes and consumer products.

3.Leadership in producing materials that provide solutions for clean, toxic/pollutant free environment, decarbonising industry, and safeguarding civil infrastructures.

4.Leadership in circular economy that strengthens cross-sectorial cooperation along the value chain and enable SMEs to transform their activities and business models.

5.Increased adoption of key digital and enabling technologies in industrial value chains and strategic sectors, paying particular attention to SMEs and start-ups.

Much of the research and innovation supported under this Destination may serve as a cradle for the New European Bauhaus : this is about designing sustainable ways of living, situated at the crossroads between art, culture, social inclusion, science and technology. This includes R&I on manufacturing, construction, advanced materials and the circular economy approaches.

Business cases and exploitation strategies for industrialisation: This section applies only to those topics in this Destination, for which proposals should demonstrate the expected impact by including a business case and exploitation strategy for industrialisation.

The business case should demonstrate the expected impact of the proposal in terms of enhanced market opportunities for the participants and enhanced manufacturing capacities in the EU, in the short to medium term. It should describe the targeted market(s); estimated market size in the EU and globally; user and customer needs; and demonstrate that the solutions will match the market and user needs in a cost-effective manner; and describe the expected market position and competitive advantage.

The exploitation strategy should identify obstacles, requirements and necessary actions involved in reaching higher TRLs, for example: matching value chains, enhancing product robustness; securing industrial integrators; and user acceptance.

For TRLs 7-8, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: these include the further development of skills and competencies (also via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Manufacturing); and the use of financial products under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

Where relevant, in the context of skills, it is recommended to develop training material to endow workers with the right skillset in order to support the uptake and deployment of new innovative products, services, and processes developed in the different projects. This material should be tested and be scalable, and can potentially be up-scaled through the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+). This will help the European labour force to close the skill gaps in the relevant sectors and occupational groups and improve employment and social levels across the EU and associated countries.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01

355.20

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-02

10.00

25 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01

402.20

30 Mar 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-02-PCP

9.00

30 Mar 2022

Overall indicative budget

365.20

411.20

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 47

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 48

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-01

RIA

24.70

8.00 to 9.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-03

RIA

13.50

Around 13.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-04

IA

36.00 49

Around 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-05

CSA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-06

RIA

30.00

Around 7.50

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-07

IA

36.00 50

Around 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08

CSA

4.00 51

3.00 to 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-09

IA

28.00 52

7.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-10

RIA

23.00 53

5.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-11

RIA

19.00 54

4.00 to 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-12

RIA

19.00 55

4.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-14

IA

33.00 56

7.00 to 10.00

8

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16

CSA

4.00 57

3.00 to 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-17

RIA

21.00 58

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-20

RIA

23.00 59

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-25

CSA

6.00

2.00 to 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-26

RIA

6.00 60

2.00 to 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-27

CSA

4.00

2.50 to 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-28

CSA

2.00 61

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-29

CSA

10.00 62

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-31

RIA

5.00 63

3.00 to 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

355.20

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Novel paradigms to establish resilient and circular value chains

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-01: Ensuring circularity of composite materials (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.70 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Reuse of composite material and recovery of secondary raw materials with higher value than currently available;

2.Reduction of waste sent to landfill and positive environmental impact;

3.Creation of new value streams through new technologies with potential for commercial exploitation; new business opportunities and revenue flows for recycling companies, benefiting particularly SMEs which dominate this sector of the market;

4.Increased uptake of novel composites materials in industrial applications e.g. enhanced lightweight designs for transport, currently limited due to costs and adherence by industry to environmental legislation and the end of life directive.

Scope: The European composites market size was worth €16 billion in 2018 and is estimated to register an annual growth rate of 7.5% from 2020 to 2025 owing to increasing demand for lightweight materials in various energy intensive value chains such as wind energy or transport. However, composites are difficult to reuse or recycle as available technologies such as high-temperature pyrolysis, and grinding (to be used as filler material) are either not environment friendly or economically unattractive. In addition, the environmental legislation on recycling of end-of-life components and structures will mean that from 2025, for example, 80,000 tons of fibre reinforced polymer composites will have to be recycled every year in Europe. In this context it is imperative that technologies are found to reuse and recycle these materials in a useful and sustainable manner. Furthermore, new solutions should also be envisaged to allow their recycling with very few or no need to separate them without a compromise to downcycling.

Proposals should:

1.propose innovative dismantling and sorting systems enabling reuse and functional recycling of complex composite materials;

2.develop and integrate novel solutions for a higher reuse of whole products and components (i.e. products’ reusability, upgradability, etc);

3.develop novel, safe, environment friendly and commercially attractive methods of recycling a wide range of composite materials and reuse of secondary raw materials;

4.demonstrate at pilot level the feasibility of reuse and/or recycle approaches of composites and its secondary raw materials, for specific applications;

5.develop tools that will enable to demonstrate the circularity and the environmental benefits of the solutions tested;

6.consider the co-design of learning resources together with local and regional educational organisations for current and future generations of employees, with the possibility of integrating them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes; learning resources should integrate the identification of new skills and should propose innovative learning-teaching methods that meet regional social needs and have a high potential for replication.

Where relevant, any solution proposed for the reduction of the content of toxic elements or compounds in the resulting materials should also include the appropriate management of the hazardous substances removed.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

Raw materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-03: Identifying future availability of secondary raw materials (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by boosting domestic production of primary and secondary raw materials, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improve knowledge base of EU and third country secondary raw materials (potential, resource estimation, production and refining);

2.Promote the utilisation of specifications of the United Nations Framework Classification for Resources (UNFC) to Anthropogenic Resources approved in 2018 64 ;

3.Facilitate and accelerate commercial exploitation development of EU secondary resource recovery projects EU;

4.Support identification of the key factors, including socio-economic factors, drivers and barriers affecting development of a recovery project, and enable comparison of different options and projects;

5.Develop reports on future trends in raw materials markets. The trends should be linked with change of demand related to the transition to a low-carbon and circular economy;

6.Facilitate identification of supply and demand bottlenecks of future secondary raw materials supply;

7.Dissemination and exploitation of projects outputs is tailored for EU institutions, Member States and industry dealing with raw materials;

The action is expected to contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU action plan on Critical raw materials: 65

1.Develop the EU raw materials intelligence, strategic planning and foresight capacity by 2022;

2.Map the potential supply of secondary raw materials from waste and stock in the EU including its regions and help identify viable recovery project for funding by 2022.

Scope: A successful transition to a climate-neutral, circular and digitised EU economy relies heavily on a secure supply of raw materials. In order to strengthen EU autonomy and reduce over-dependency, we must boost domestic sourcing, both for primary and secondary raw materials.

Actions should be based on a common understanding of relevant terms and codes, and develop an understanding of anthropogenic resources and derive the needed aspects for classification of recovery projects and to develop criteria for a transparent, consistent and objective classification, needed to establish a comprehensive resource classification approach.

Actions should acquire new data on secondary raw materials via in situ sampling from different regions across the EU, collect existing data and present in a harmonised UNFC format. The action should build on and advance further the work of UNECE – UNFC expert group on Anthropogenic resources regarding the classification of secondary raw materials and the work of H2020 project PROSUM 66 regarding collection of data and information on secondary raw materials. The action should develop a proposal for EU statistics for secondary raw materials.

The action should focus on the following streams of secondary raw materials, with particular attention to critical raw materials: waste batteries, WEEE, mining waste, slags and ashes, and construction and demolition waste.

All the data and information generated through these actions should be shared in open formats on a free of charge basis with the European Commission, for its own use and for publication.

The action should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

The action should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU and in non-EU countries of project’s partners about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-04: Developing climate-neutral and circular raw materials (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by boosting domestic production of secondary raw materials, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by providing advanced solutions for resource efficiency, effective reuse and recycling of secondary raw materials, for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Scale up promising raw materials recycling from end-of-life products technologies and urban mines, including efficient sorting technologies for separation and recycling.

2.Develop demonstration pilot showing that raw materials can be produced in an innovative and sustainable way in order to make sure that research and innovation end up on the market,

3.Strengthen the competitiveness of the EU raw materials industries, contribute to ambitious energy and climate targets for 2030, minimise environmental impacts and risks, maximise circularity or resources and gain the trust of EU citizens in the raw materials sector.

Scope: Securing the sustainable access to raw materials, including metals, industrial minerals, wood- and rubber-based, construction and forest-based raw materials, and particularly Critical Raw Materials (CRM), is of high importance for the EU economy. Complex primary and secondary resources contain many different raw materials. Their processing, reuse, recycling and recovery schemes are complex and imply different steps, ranging from collection, logistics, sorting and separation to cleaning, refining and purification of materials.

Actions should develop and demonstrate innovative pilots for the clean and sustainable production of non-energy, non-agricultural raw materials in the EU from end-of-life products, targeting at least one of the following: waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE), batteries, wood-based panels, multi-material paper packaging, end-of-life tyres finishing at Technology Readiness Levels (TRL) 6-7.

Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

Actions should justify importance of targeted raw materials and the relevance of selected pilot demonstrations in different locations within the EU (and also outside if there is a clear added value for the EU economy, industry and society).

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

Actions should also cover social, economic and environmental impacts of recovering value from secondary raw materials in comparison to primary raw materials, making focus on the entire process chain.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-05: Building EU-Africa partnerships on sustainable raw materials value chains (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely ensuring a diversified, secure, responsible and sustainable supply of raw materials, in particular critical raw materials, to enhance EU open strategic autonomy and strategic security, and to enable the green and digital transitions of EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Steer the development of strategic partnerships for EU-Africa industrial value chains’ integration, covering exploration, extraction, mineral processing, refining and recycling (if refining capacity is in place);

2.Improve sustainability (especially environmental and social aspects) in the mining and metal recycling sectors in Africa, including its impacts on biodiversity;

3.Contribute to eradicating illegal and ethically doubtful supply chains and activities;

4.Develop knowledge on raw materials potential in Africa that will facilitate investment and business decisions;

5.Reduce EU vulnerabilities in raw materials sourcing;

6.Diversify EU supply chains from third countries for raw materials, especially for critical raw materials;

7.Contribute to connecting different stakeholders of raw materials value chains, including final users.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation with partners established in Africa is strongly encouraged.

Dissemination and exploitation of projects outputs is tailored for EU and African organisations and industry dealing with raw materials.

The project should consider the findings and explore synergies with previous and ongoing EU funded projects for Africa and existing trustworthy EU and international initiatives, covering raw materials value chains.

The action is expected to contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU action plan on Critical raw materials: 67

1.Promote responsible mining practices through the EU’s international cooperation programmes, in particular those related to the sustainable development of the informal sector (Artisanal and Small Scale Mining), which has become of strategic relevance in this field;

2.Strengthen the local governance and business environment, together with other institutions and development partners (EITI, OECD, UNDP, WB, and Germany’s GIZ). The focus should be on supporting the informal sector, and to promote and disseminate responsible business practices.

3.Develop strategic international partnerships to secure a diversified supply of sustainable critical raw materials, starting with pilot partnerships with interested countries in Africa in 2021.

Scope: Actions should include:

1.An in-depth analysis of critical raw materials potential in Africa and existing processing and refining capacities;

2.Mapping and assessing investment opportunities in strategic raw materials value chains in Africa, considering factors as existing potential, availability of infrastructures, good governance and regulatory issues;

3.Developing new business models to integrate EU and Africa raw materials value chains, considering horizontal and vertical integration;

4.Developing a strategy for integration for EU and Africa value chains for the energy and digital transition;

5.Building an EU and Africa business networking with upstream and downstream companies;

6.Carrying out an in-depth analysis on financial instruments and investment funds and loans available at member state, EU and international levels for the Africa region.

7.Developing in-depth case studies, addressing the above listed actions but not limited to it, for at least six African countries, including DRC, Senegal, Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Gabon and Namibia.

All the data and information generated through these actions should be shared in open formats on a free of charge basis with the European Commission, for its own use and for publication.

Public authorities and civil society organisations should participate actively in project activities to ensure that the processes and outcomes of the R&I align with the needs, values, expectations of society and, when social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake are required, social innovation should be encouraged.

Proposals should take into account issues of accessibility and inclusivity, such as age, gender, disability, and socio-economic background.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-06: Innovation for responsible EU sourcing of primary raw materials, the foundation of the Green Deal (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by boosting domestic production of primary raw materials, and to strengthen EU autonomy as well as socially and environmentally acceptable sourcing, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improve knowledge base of EU and third country critical raw materials to identify new areas for exploration and resource estimation;

2.Promote the utilisation of UNFC (United Nations Framework Classification for Resources) and UNRMS (United Nations Resource Management System) reporting standards in the raw materials sector;

3.Accelerate development of EU domestic raw materials exploration projects integrating innovative technologies that can form the basis for new EU SMEs;

4.Strengthen EU autonomy and ethical sourcing of raw materials by developing socially and environmentally acceptable means of discovery and production of primary critical raw materials.

The action is expected to contribute with intelligence and foresight capability to the implementation of the EU action plan on Critical raw materials 68 and to support future foresight work of the Commission related to raw materials.

Scope: Actions should develop new knowledge and conceptual models, supported by innovative technologies to strengthen and secure the EU’s supply of primary raw materials by:

1.Generating better geological understanding (i.e. characterization, modelling, mapping) of known mineral deposits to identify critical minerals resources and inform discovery of new resources

2.Developing new genetic models for ore deposit types that host critical minerals in order to identify areas for exploration, especially in previously overlooked regions

3.Deploying innovative geological, geophysical, geochemical, and data analysis approaches including modelling techniques (e.g. data analysis, remote sensing) to elucidate the geological history and structure and models of targeted spatial areas of targeted areas and to guide more environmentally friendly exploration for critical minerals, limiting impacts on biodiversity.

Actions should also map EU and third countries’ primary and secondary raw materials potential and raw materials production and refining capacities in a harmonised form, using UNFC (United Nations Framework Classification for Resources) and UNRMS (United Nations Resource Management System).

Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of the general public across the EU about:

1.the importance of raw materials for a successful transition to a climate-neutral and digitised economy and society; and

2.the ensuing need for a secure, sustainable, and responsibly-sourced supply of raw materials, including from domestic sources to strengthen EU open strategic autonomy and reduce over-dependence on third countries.

All the data and information generated through these actions should be shared in open formats on a free of charge basis with the European Commission, for its own use and for publication.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-07: Building innovative value chains from raw materials to sustainable products (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by boosting domestic production of primary raw materials, to strengthen EU autonomy and to build innovative value chains linking directly raw materials producers and end-users, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop resilient and sustainable critical raw materials supply chains for the e-mobility and renewable energy ecosystems and strategic sectors, such as aerospace, ICT and dual-use applications;

2.Increase the EU raw materials supply capability and added value;

3.Create new market opportunities for mineral raw materials sustainably produced in the EU;

4.Build innovative value chains establishing a direct link between the raw materials producers and the end-users.

5.Create new circular business models with a convincing and quantified socio-economic impact.

Scope: Actions should develop innovative and sustainable technology and business solutions finishing at the level of Technology Readiness Levels (TRL) 6-7 for new high value added and sustainable products with enhanced functional properties based on the EU produced raw materials. The industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia should cover industry players along the relevant value chains starting from raw materials to products. The focus is on raw materials necessary for the e-mobility and renewable energy ecosystems including battery raw materials; strategic sectors, such as aero-space and dual-use applications; or on critical raw materials 69 , such as rare earths elements for highly performant permanent magnets.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Green and Sustainable Materials

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08: Establishing EU led international community on safe- and sustainable-by-design materials to support embedding sustainability criteria over the life cycle of products and processes (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Develop a common understanding of the principles of sustainable-by-design when applied to materials, both products and processes. The challenge is to identify the key dimensions that need to be integrated in a product sustainability performance assessment and enhance a systems approach based on Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) framework. The transition to sustainable-by-design 70 is a societal urgency 71 . It is for example the prerequisite to develop alternative and safer (lower toxicity) plastics, surfactants and metal-based systems, and it is relevant for all types of materials.

The proposals are expected to support the uptake and utilization of the sustainable-by-design strategies by industry, especially SMEs, by contributing to the following outcomes:

1.Criteria and guiding principles for sustainable-by-design (i.e. integrating safety, circularity and functionality of advanced materials, products and processes throughout their lifecycle), in line with ongoing international work by e.g. OECD, UNEP, ECHA.

2.A permanent structure for long-term operation of established gender balanced and inclusive expert’s network by time of project end with the involvement of wider communities engaged, beyond consortium members;

3.Broadly supported and periodically updated roadmaps based on state of the art knowledge, identified information gaps and their translation into specific R&D questions and governance needs.

Strengthen collaboration and information exchange between relevant actors along value chains (developers, producers, downstream users) to promote the development and implementation of sustainable-by-design approach. Enhancing ownership and engagement of the society through active collaboration and empowering people and communities as actors of the sustainable-by-design transition.

Scope: Establish an inclusive and self-sustained international gender balanced and inclusive network of experts and stakeholders in the materials community to enable multidisciplinary design processes, map skills mismatches and competence gaps, to enable transition towards an overarching framework in which sustainability is the essential entry point into markets:

1.Perform landscape analyses of methodologies that focus on the de novo design, which guides sustainable products and processes and coordinate with the projects from NMBP-15, NMBP-16-2020 and other relevant initiatives (e.g. those in WG-E of the EU NanoSafetyCluster) to fill in the gaps in the current understanding;

2.Develop working framework for creation of an expanded safety and sustainability community, with agreement to create a common mechanism to engage, mobilise and bring together diverse stakeholders;

3.Map and address sustainable-by-design skills mismatches and competence gaps, and support the enhancing of adequate skills at all levels - including in university programmes, research, industry and among regulators;

4.Coordinate with other EU-funded projects targeting Sustainable-by-Design materials, in particular: HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-11, HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-2021-01-12 and HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-13

Sustainability and life cycle of products and processes have a major impact on and can positively contribute to the health and well-being of our citizens.

The topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit.

Resulting projects should establish cooperation mechanisms with relevant international initiatives to align and leverage the extensive experience. Therefore, proposals should foresee a dedicated work package for cooperation and earmark appropriate resources.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-09: Promote Europe's availability, affordability, sustainability and security of supply of essential chemicals and materials (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Europe needs to strengthen its capacity to produce materials and chemicals in a sustainable and competitive way. Moreover, the recent crisis has shown the importance for Europe’s chemical and material industry to increase its flexibility, and to adapt quickly its production capacities to the changing supply needs 72 .

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Foster global competitiveness of EU companies. Helping Europe to overcome its reliance on imports of chemicals, in particular for essential products, while boosting Europe's economic and social recovery in the aftermath of the COVID-19 crisis;

2.Deliver new modular production concepts for the chemical industry (e.g. base ingredients for pharmaceutical or other essential societal products) that would significantly decrease process development time through the standardisation, modularisation and application of novel process intensification technologies;

3.Produce highly efficient, flexible, and stand-alone production units that could be shipped to places where the need would be the highest;

4.Enable decentralised and continuous processing of high added value chemicals and materials;

5.Improve flexibility in products customisation with a faster response to supply chain/customer demands, creating opportunities of new business models enabled by digital technologies.

Achieve a significant impact on reducing production costs, design efforts time-to market and logistic efforts.

Scope: Building on the experience gained from flexible production units 73 it would be possible to equip base chemicals production containers with modular and standardised units capable to facilitate a swift shift in the final production outcome. The focus on the proposals under this topic should thus be the development of adaptable chemical plants with flexible outputs.

Innovation actions within this topic may include:

1.Improving flexibility and modularity of the equipment;

2.Adaptation of process analytical technologies for modular production, to support process control, automation, predictive maintenance and process coordination;

3.Smart equipment in intensified up and downstream processing;

4.Increasing safety of fully automatic operations and reducing occupational health related risks;

5.Enabling decentralised and continuous processing of high added value chemicals and materials;

6.Standardisation of modular production concepts, including international standards.

Chemicals and materials play a major role in society, and hence sustainability and life cycle of those products have a major impact on and provide solutions concerning the health and well-being of our citizens.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-10: Paving the way to an increased share of recycled plastics in added value products (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Circularity and the increase of the content of recycled plastics in value added products are central to the European Strategy for Plastics.

Projects are expected to contribute to several of the following outcomes:

1.Establish EU broadly accepted definition of recyclate and develop relevant verification methods for recycled content in products.

2.Establish EU broadly accepted procedures to control the consistent quality of recyclates; characterise their suitability for specific applications and trace the recyclates back to their origin;

3.Deliver a clear approach to prevent some potentially hazardous substances to enter the recycled plastics system;

4.Enhancing ownership and engagement of the society through active collaboration and empowering people and communities as actors of the circular plastic transition. At medium term, to fulfil the growing demand for recycled plastic content in market products;

5.At a longer term, to pave the way toward recyclable-by-design plastics.

Scope: To allow recycled plastics to be more promptly taken up as raw material for new products there is a need for reliable and standardised procedures to characterise, trace back origin and guarantee the safety of the recyclates. The proposals should address one or more of the following areas:

1.Developing standard, robust and easy to use sampling and analysis procedures to ensure consistent recyclate quality and safe products. Develop methodologies to establish the degree of degradation of recycled materials and to foresee their end-of-life;

2.Developing and standardising methods for traceability. Allow the identification of origin of recycled materials via digital information management, e.g. marking technologies or blockchain;

3.Detect and separate legacy additive in the waste stream, and ensure safe recycling of plastics containing such additives;

4.Diffusing innovation, developing overarching best practices and build up communities to stimulate demonstration.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Proposals should actively pursue the involvement of all the actors in the value chain from the chemical and material industry, to formulators, recyclers, public authorities and standardisation bodies.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-11: Safe- and sustainable-by-design polymeric materials (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The way plastics are currently made, used and discarded, fails to capture the economic, environmental and societal benefits of a more sustainable approach. Europe produces 25 million tons of plastic waste annually, less than 30% is recycled. Moreover, plastic production, use and disposal may result in the release of chemicals, which may give rise to health and environmental problems. The development of a common understanding and the transition to safe- and sustainable-by-design materials, including plastics, is a societal urgency.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Recyclable-by-design polymers with inherent recyclability properties for polymers where nowadays recyclability challenge is high;

2.Safer (lower toxicity) plastics, with less reliance on potentially harmful additives;

3.Reduced environmental footprint associated with the end-of-life phase of the polymers due to increased recyclability and /or reduced reliance on potentially harmful additives, compared with existing products for similar applications;

4.Contribute to the development of safe- and sustainable-by-design criteria and guiding principles and apply them to polymers;

5.Identification of priorities for substitution of plastic additives;

6.New technologies and business opportunities for recycling industry across EU.

Scope: Thanks to their versatility, polymeric materials are used in a wide range of applications from consumer goods and construction to aerospace. The proposals should focus on:

1.The design and development of new recyclable polymer systems substituting/improving nowadays difficult to recycle polymers e.g. PVC, thermosets or multicomponent (multilayer or blend) polymers;

2.The design and development of safer plastics with less reliance on potentially harmful additives, e.g. plasticizers. The approach should allow to decrease their health and environmental impact and improve the purity of the secondary raw material and thus the quality of recycled plastic without compromising the material optimal properties and functionality;

3.Carrying out an inventory of additives detected in plastics and their function and toxicity;

4.Integration of safe- and sustainable-by-design aspects, including safety (toxicity), circularity and functionality of advanced polymeric materials, products and processes throughout their lifecycle.

The proposals, activities and approaches should cover both - specific considerations for the plastics under study, as well as developing overarching best practices that spans broader sectors of safe- and sustainable-by-design plastics. Proposals should involve all the actors in the value chain from the chemical and material industry, to formulators, recyclers and regulators. Areas for research include the intersection between chemicals and waste legislation.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Leveraging the extensive experience from relevant initiatives and aligning with other EU-funded projects targeting safe- and sustainable- by-design materials, in particular under CSA topic HORIZON-CL4-RESILIENCE-2021-01-08, is essential.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-12: Safe- and sustainable-by-design metallic coatings and engineered surfaces (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: New metal coating systems, produced without, and free of, toxic substances (e.g. hexavalent Chromium), HREEs (heavy rare earth elements), LREEs (light rare earth elements), and PGMs (platinum group metals). A major challenge is the accumulation of metallic materials over the long term in the environment where they tend to have adverse reactions with the ecosystem. On the other hand, the coatings are needed for preservation of the products to prevent for instance corrosion and (bio)fouling. To ensure safety and sustainability of new metal coatings a systems approach that integrates safety, circularity and functionality of advanced materials throughout their lifecycle is required.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.At least 2 novel materials with improved (or at least comparable) efficiency as compared to traditional materials, associated with a reduction in metal usage of at least 15%;

2.Materials modelling, assisted by advanced methods (e.g. physics-based methods, machine learning and artificial intelligence methods), integrated with safe- and sustainable-by-design models;

3.Integration of eco-design and circularity concepts in the design of new metal coatings and provide recommendations for the end-of-life of the new material. This should include integration of REACH requirements in the eco-design development and pre-validation of indicators as well as tests to demonstrate the improved sustainability and reduced toxicity of both final product and production process;

4.Innovative strategies for improving recovery, recyclability, purification and re-use products at the end of life. This could include the evaluation of their reusability in other application areas other than initial intended use, requiring lower purity inputs;

5.An online or/and standalone decision support tool to guide industry (especially SME) for the implementation of safe- and sustainable-by-design approaches tailored to their needs;

6.Integration into the standardisation process and development of a roadmap to achieve full standardisation (of e.g. methods, protocols);

7.Contribute to the development of safe- and sustainable-by-design criteria and guiding principles and apply them to metallic coating and engineered surfaces.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Metal coatings are applied, to enhance performance characteristics, such as corrosion resistance, colour, attractive appearance, wear resistance, optical properties, electrical resistance, or thermal protection. Applications range from building & construction and consumer goods to catalytic materials, metal organic frameworks (MOFs) and fuel cells and proposals covering all above areas will be welcome. The optimisation of functionality including sustainability and safety considerations and all aspects on resource utilisation across the materials life cycle is essential. Such materials with desired properties and the corresponding manufacturing processes should be designed with the assistance of in silico techniques.

Leveraging the extensive experience from relevant initiatives and aligning with other EU-funded projects targeting safe- and sustainable-by-design materials, in particular under CSA topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08, is essential.

The proposals, activities and approaches should cover both - specific considerations for the metal coatings under study, as well as developing overarching best practices that spans broader sectors of safe- and sustainable-by-design materials. Proposals should involve all the actors in the value chain.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

Materials for the benefit of society and the environment and materials for climate-neutral Industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-14: Development of more energy efficient electrically heated catalytic reactors (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 33.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B

Expected Outcome: A shift from fired- to electrically-heated catalytic reactors, powered by renewables will lead to a large decrease in CO2 emissions, coupled with a significant process intensification. As currently reactors are kept at high target temperatures in industrial-scale catalytic processes with energy supplied by the combustion of fossil fuels, substitution of fossil-fuel-derived heating with emissions-free alternatives will substantially contribute to the greening of large industries. This requires the re-design of the reactor and in parallel with the development of novel catalysts as well as integration of up and downstream processes to operate with optimal energy efficiency and product yield.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.A breakthrough reduction in carbon footprint for a given reaction (CO2 emission reduction > 40%, demonstrated by LCA or similar studies);

2.Demonstrate a significant process intensification (a reactor size reduction of > 50% with respect to the state-of-the-art conventional approach) and industrial scalability;

3.Environmental and techno-economic feasibility of novel catalytic reactor technologies and catalyst materials demonstrated and validated at suitable scale against current industrial processes to produce the same products;

4.Integrated development methodology of catalysts and reactors for an optimized design up to pilot unit of novel catalytic reactors with significant carbon footprint reduction and allowing relevant process intensification, while maintaining cost competitiveness;

5.Advanced catalytic reactor concepts to operate in synergy with alternative energy resources like e.g. non-thermal plasma.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Proposals should address an integrated development of:

1.The next generation of industrially scalable and robust reactor technologies and associated catalytic materials for an electrified chemical production with an optimized design, up to pilot unit;

2.Environmental and techno-economic impact studies should be part of the objectives to demonstrate the industrial feasibility and integration within the value chain of production and use of renewable energy sources.

3.Solutions allowing the combined use of renewable energy resources with process intensification should be investigated in order to optimise energy efficiency, product yield and purity as an integrated part of the total process.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Where synergies are possible with projects from topics HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16, HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-15, HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-03, and HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-03, cooperation activities are encouraged.

The topic is open for international cooperation, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed 74

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16: Creation of an innovation community for solar fuels and chemicals (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Creation of an innovation eco-system gathering the various elements necessary to accelerate the development in the area of introduction of solar fuels and chemicals. This will require a strict synergy of actions between all stakeholder components, from R&D to industry and society, in order to foster their introduction. In addition, the development of solar fuels and chemicals requires a full redesign of the current technologies and processes based on fossil fuels, and the technological gap is a main factor limiting their introduction.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Solar fuels and chemicals constitute those products that are equivalent in terms of functionality to the ones currently in use based on fossil fuels, and thus well integrating within the existing infrastructure, but produced with the aid of renewable energy sources and with a disruptive decrease in terms of reduction of greenhouse gas emissions on LCA bases, larger than that based on biomass sources. They will play a crucial role to meet targets for decarbonizing Europe;

2.Structuring/developing in the short term the European ecosystem in order to speed up technologies to move from the laboratory to industry;

3.Tackle long-term research challenges in the field. This would be done mainly through the RIA & IA topics of the large-scale R&I initiative, as well as with actions at national and regional levels, with overall coordination by the CSA.

Scope:

1.Coordinating a large scale R&I initiative on storage of renewable (solar) energies in chemical form involving all relevant stakeholders (from academia, RTOs, industry and society) and linked with relevant international, national and local programmes and initiatives;

2.Building and updating, a long-term roadmap;

3.Building/structuring a gender balanced, inclusive community with all relevant stakeholders across EU;

4.Participation of societal stakeholders to the activities of the community and initiative;

5.Facilitating cooperation and communication between the stakeholders of the initiative on cross-cutting topics;

6.Strengthening the engagement of the European industrial stakeholders in the long term beyond the CSA;

7.Creating an innovation eco-system to foster and accelerate the technological, economic and societal impact of the initiative and pave the way to industrial exploitation of the technologies in the field of energy, transport and climate;

8.Speeding-up and increasing the positive impacts of technologies on climate change and protection of environment;

9.Spreading of S&T excellence across Europe and increase awareness of European activities;

10.Addressing international cooperation in particular with other relevant actions (e.g. Mission Innovation);

11.Preparing a large-scale research and innovation initiative beyond the CSA, as a partnership or another instrument to be discussed and agreed upon with the Commission and the Member States and Associated countries.

Where synergies are possible with projects from topics HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-14, HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-15, HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-03, and HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-03, cooperation activities are encouraged.

The project partners should make provisions to actively participate in the common activities of the large-scale research initiative on Fossil-free fuels and chemicals for a climate-neutral Europe.

The topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-17: Advanced materials for hydrogen storage (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The benefits of a hydrogen based economy are well documented, since hydrogen is an abundant zero emission fuel, and possesses a higher energy density than conventional fossil fuels (e.g. petrol). However, safe hydrogen storage, either long or short term, faces several challenges. Chemical storage is the prevailing method for long term storage due to the high storage density but the synthesis process needs further development to make it commercially attractive. Pressurised gaseous storage is the most attractive in practical terms but compression up to 700bar is needed to achieve practical volumetric storage capacities for transport applications, which requires expensive pressure vessels and is inherently dangerous. However, new approaches using ultra porous materials have demonstrated the feasibility of high storage densities of gaseous hydrogen at pressure of 100bar.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Provide commercially attractive and safe new technologies for long-term storage and transport of hydrogen;

2.Enable efficient and safe hydrogen short term storage for example for fuel tanks for automobiles, rail vehicles, ships, airplanes, or stationary storage, etc., eliminating pollution caused by fossil fuels and facilitating the greening of transport;

3.Elimination of economic dependence for EU’s energy needs;

4.Ability for distributed production, providing opportunities for new business ventures and the development of new centres for economic growth in both rural and urban areas that currently find it difficult to attract investment in the current centralised energy system.

Scope: Research proposals should address at least one of the following:

1.Development of new environmentally friendly catalysts for ammonia synthesis at low pressures for long term hydrogen storage and distribution;

2.Development of new ultra porous materials for hydrogen storage with a gravimetric storage capacity in excess of 6 wt% and a volumetric storage capacity in excess of 40g/lt. The use of machine learning techniques to assess combinations and substitutions in various porous materials to help optimise the development process should also be considered; the development of suitable pressure vessel designs and materials for the containment of the adsorbent ultra-porous materials should also be addressed.

For long-term storage the proposals are expected to produce a demonstrator plant for low pressure chemical synthesis. Similarly, for the short-term storage solution a demonstrator pressure vessel containing ultra-porous hydrogen adsorbents should be produced.

The proposed solutions should also include full LCA of the new developed materials, (catalysts, ultra-porous materials) and processes (synthesis process, ultra-porous material production).

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

The topic is open for international cooperation, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed 75

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-20: Antimicrobial, Antiviral, and Antifungal Nanocoatings (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The recent outbreak of the COVID19 virus has demonstrated that costs in both human life and economic terms can be immense if measures are not in place to contain a spread of infection. It is apparent therefore that passive measures are in place to minimise the impact of current and future infection outbreaks. Nanoparticle filled coatings such as metal nanoparticles, carbon nanotubes, metal oxide nanoparticles, heterostructures, patterned surfaces and graphene-based materials have demonstrated up to 99.9998% effectiveness against bacteria, mould and viruses.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Minimise the risk of spread of infections from harmful pathogens arising from everyday human activities;

2.Create a healthier living and working environment and offer holistic solutions to people with health issues;

3.Improve citizen health and enhance the EU’s reputation as a public health best practice region;

4.Enhance economic benefits through reduction of lost hours of work through illness;

5.Boost research, development and innovation in the EU;

6.Provide business opportunities especially for SMEs;

7.Sustainable synthesis of nanocoatings (including bio-based materials) especially with effectiveness against a range of pathogens.

Scope: Inorganic nanomaterials have demonstrated enhanced anti-microbial and anti-viral activity. They are also stable at high temperatures, robust, and have a long shelf life, compared to organic anti-microbial coatings. Research areas should address new antiviral and antibacterial nanocoatings for a range of applications addressing use on both surfaces of so-called high-traffic objects (e.g. door and window handles in public places, public transport, hospitals, public buildings, schools, elderly homes etc.) and/or coatings for textiles (e.g. protective clothing in food processing plants, laboratory coats, face masks, etc.).

The research should address the following aspects:

1.Sustainable synthesis of nanocoatings/nanocomposites (including bio-based materials) with effectiveness against a range of pathogens;

2.Application methods (both on surfaces and textiles);

3.Surface adhesion and durability via assessing performance against wear (e.g. abrasion, washing, etc.) and degradation in the application environments on a variety of surfaces (e.g. glass, metals and various alloys, copper and steel, marble and stone slabs, ceramics and tiles, textiles and plastics);

4.Toxicity of nanocoatings.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is directly related to the well-being of citizens in the context of COVID-19 virus pandemic.

Materials and data cross-cutting actions

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-25: Biomaterials database for Health Applications (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Create of a database of biomaterials, providing detailed information on the chemical-physical, biological and toxicological properties accessible to wide variety of end-users, for e.g. researchers, companies and clinicians for the purposes of evaluating the biological and clinical usefulness also in the areas beyond their intended primary applications.

Scope: Projects will incorporate data on as many of the material properties as possible, allowing for the development of standardised protocols for the determination and measurement of the efficacy and safety of new biomaterials, taking into account the specificities due to sex, race and age, whether they be single or combination entities. Processing of data should be done in accordance with GDPR provisions.

A label of biocompatibility should be established so as to define the suitability of a biomaterial for eventual use in a Medical Device or Advanced Therapy that the biomaterial becomes a part of, so as to assist companies, especially SMEs, in choosing and facilitating market access for their products.

This database should also contain comparative analyses of the results of biological testing of biomaterials from the scientific literature (and clinical trials, where possible) so as to incorporate data on as many of the material properties as possible, incl. taking into account the specificities defined by sex, race, age. Based upon this, it should be possible to formulate, as necessary, standardised protocols for the determination and measurement of the efficacy and safety of new biomaterials, facilitating as it will, the need to establish high throughput test platforms in the future for biomaterials, that comprise standardised testing protocols for ex vivo, in vivo, pre-clinical and clinical testing.

Proposals must also address all the areas below:

1.Develop a user-friendly platform for making all relevant data easily and readily accessible for the assessment and decision-making processes in appropriate formats to ensure interoperability. To ensure that the data are processed in accordance with the GDPR provisions;

2.Facilitate extracting, analysing and re-using of the data with advanced data processing technologies e.g. Artificial Intelligence;

3.Provide innovative trainings and manuals for the use of the database and its documentation;

4.Develop a business model for the maintenance of the database demonstrating its sustainability beyond the funding period. A contribution of SSH expertise in the field of economics and marketing would be beneficial for the achievement of this goal.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include actions designed to facilitate cooperation with other projects, including; relevant ongoing Open Innovation Test Beds 76 , to enhance user involvement, and to ensure the accessibility and reusability of data produced in the course of the project by agreeing on metadata for the description of the materials databases.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-26: Sustainable Industry Commons (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 or more by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Data has an enormous economic impact and yet, only a small share of industrial data is retained and used for value creation. European industry needs solutions to mitigate the barriers for industrial data reusability and facilitate the unlocking of value from data, which will make a significant difference to the performance and competitiveness of European industry. At the same time, the efforts to make European industry more competitive and innovative need to be achieved without compromising the future of forthcoming generations, therefore it is also important to provide European industry with tools that aid them in improving their sustainability.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop tools to support industry in sustainable production and consumption of goods, which assist to improve the overall sustainability performance and contribute to the development of more sustainable solutions by embedding circular economy strategies;

2.Develop ontology based data documentation for the application domain to facilitate interconnection by data exchange between designers, manufacturers, users and collectors of used/waste products, applying FAIR data principles and where applicable, taking into account the specificities due to sex, race, age, religion. The data should be processed in accordance with GDPR provisions;

3.Reinforce European industry capacities and adapt to the new trends in the areas of sustainability and digitalization, and contribute to the development and/or creation of standards;

4.Increase competences for data handling among the potential data users (e.g. by providing trainings);

5.Ensure high visibility of project results and user-friendly, open access to data and ontologies.

Scope: To develop tools for industry to enhance efficiency and contributing to less waste and emissions while improving material/product/process quality all along the lifecycle of a product/service system. The proposals should have a holistic approach, with a minimum of three demonstrators/use-cases, covering the entire material/product/process life cycle and proving the interoperability of data across the life cycle stages across industry domains. The developed tools have to be compliant with existing standards, and the proposals should contribute to development and/or creation of new ones.

The developed tools have to address circular economy strategies (as for example improvement of durability, reusability, recyclability, recycled content, product reparability, etc.) in order to guide companies to the development of their sustainability agendas with an effective and user-friendly interface. Improvement of the overall environmental performance should be demonstrated applying Life Cycle Assessment.

The developed tools have to be semantically interoperable and associated application domain ontologies and data format have to be built upon the emerging developments of the Industry Commons projects of H2020. Actions designed to facilitate cooperation with other projects, to enhance user involvement and to ensure the accessibility and reusability of data produced in the course of the project should be addressed, for example with EOSC-based initiatives and European Data Spaces.

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-27: Innovation Radar, Tech Due Diligence and Venture Building for strategic digital technologies (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least one of the following outcomes:

1.A scaling up of capabilities in matching EU-funded technology solutions developed by highly innovative sustainable and digital startups with access to finance and growth opportunities including, but not limited to, other European funding instruments (such as the Digital Europe Programme and EIC), innovation procurement, investors and corporate innovation ventures.

2.Deliver, through tech due diligence and venture-building approaches, a step change in the number of new ventures created and ventures’ ability to attract funding for sustainable and digital innovations developed in EU-funded R&I.

Scope: The action will use intelligence from the Innovation Radar platform 77 to: facilitate tech due diligence and the building of new ventures based on high-potential innovations and upscaling of HE-funded startups. This will in particular include matching of EU-funded innovations and the innovators behind them with finance and growth opportunities offered by investors, other European funding programmes (including the Digital Europe Programme and EIC), innovation procurement and corporate innovation ventures.

Specific support will be devoted to pilot tech due diligence and venture-building services 78 . The services to be piloted will allow investors to better valuate the technology behind innovations, enable more precise valuations of digital start-ups and prepare their investment readiness. The tech due diligence services will deliver a benefit to spinoffs, startups and scale-ups by improving their access to finance. The pilot will also implement ‘venture-building’ approaches to dramatically increase the number of new ventures created on the basis of technological breakthroughs that may otherwise be at risk of remaining ‘in the lab’ despite their market or disruptive potential.

The focus is on strategic digital and industrial technologies.

The cross-cutting action will act as a catalyst to fulfil the potential of startups, in particular those who have secured EU funding (Horizon Europe and Horizon 2020), in delivering market-ready applications and technology solutions that can contribute to the competitiveness and open strategic autonomy of EU industry in key technology areas and value chains. It is foreseen that the communities targeted by the action(s) will contribute to developing applications that foster climate-neutrality, the circular economy, clean industry and user-centric technology development, while also encouraging inclusiveness, and incorporating European social and ethical values.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-28: Re-opening industrial sites preparatory action – Promoting a sustainable strategy for Europe’s industrial future (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Providing strategic business development plans for the re-opening of more than 20 industrial sites in Europe, which have recently been closed or are about to be closed in the next months;

2.Proposing networks of key players, stakeholders and projects to support regions exploring new approaches to address the challenges of green and digital transition of industries, an innovation-led and place-based approach inherent in Smart Specialisation, building on the specific assets and resources of each individual region concerned, supporting regional entrepreneurial culture, infrastructure and innovators;

3.Analysing the regional cross-fertilization potential between traditional, high-tech and digital sectors, education and research, federal and local authorities, early stage venture capital and innovators;

4.Promote the establishment of a new sustainable and inclusive regional industry eco-system;

5.Identification of innovation barriers and recommendations for policy support;

6.Analysis should be based on key figures like: Economic growth rates and Per Capita GDP, salaries; labour and unemployment rate of different population groups; innovation power in terms of patent applications; number of business registrations per year; tax revenues, taking also into gender and demographic data.

Scope: European innovation policy must place a greater emphasis on promoting innovation in less-developed regions to trigger economic recovery in regions the local economies and societies suffered from the recent closing down of industrial plants and sites, which had once offered lots of jobs in these regions and has thus ensured a level of prosperity for the local population.

Aiming at achieving a sustainable and inclusive industrial transformation, Europe needs to develop new industrial policies relaunching productivity growth in regions suffering most from COVID-19 and economic situations of radical change. This will also help to achieve a competitive social market economy in Europe that seeks to guarantee a balance in living standards and economic conditions between urban and rural areas as well as regions.

The objective of this coordination and support action is to analyse the industrial ecosystem of more than 20 regions in Europe and how they could be influenced by comprehensive industrial policies, innovation programs, private investments accompanied with modern regional administration policies and public investment in infrastructures, both digital and transportation. Focus is both, on the growth of the digital industries, and on the transformation of traditional industries and the creation of new business opportunities that could offer the potential for a long term value creation and for new jobs.

The coordination and support action should network the stakeholders across entire innovation value-chains and regional development programs. A holistic approach is needed, mobilizing a diverse set of players from private and public organisations. The translation of an industrial revitalization into integrated business development solutions across disciplines should be envisaged and sustainable and inclusive regional-specific business development strategies should be proposed to be taken up. In particular, the key actors in the region, who have a “gravitational pull” should play a key role should be identified and involved.

The interplay between large companies and the start-up scene, authorities and financial organisations are important success factor for a region. The strength of the industrial innovation ecosystem should be summarised by characteristics such as robustness, diversity in particular in terms of age, gender, ethnicity, cross-fertilisation between sectors, large and small companies spurring the ecosystem, entrepreneurial culture, well connected across the world, openness to disruption, platform-economy, supportive state, public procurement and education and acceptance by the local population.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-29: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: In order to achieve the expected objectives and/or the specific policy requirements of the topic, the consortium must include at least three entities from at least three Member States or Associated Countries.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: For actions funded under this topic, the same legal entity may only be the coordinator of one action. This means that any legal entity that is the coordinator of the consortium may receive only one grant under this topic. In case the same legal entity is the coordinator in more than one proposal submitted under this topic, only the last submitted proposal will be considered for evaluation.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 50 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Support objectives of the European Green Deal and of the EU SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe;

2.Increased resilience of SMEs, by fostering technological and social innovation in SMEs to support their transition to more sustainable business models and more resource-efficient and circular processes and infrastructures;

3.Increased competitive sustainability of SMEs through the uptake of advanced technologies;

4.Stronger innovation support ecosystems supporting the green, social and economic transition of SMEs, by leveraging synergies between existing EU networks and SME support initiatives.

Scope: Achieving European Green Deal objectives, and notably a climate neutral and resource efficient economy, requires the full mobilisation of SMEs. The COVID-19 pandemic has also led to companies redesigning their supply chains and facing a new industrial revolution, brought on by a new generation of advanced technologies 79 , which are underpinning the potential for competitive sustainability of SMEs.

The action will build on and further connect existing EU specialised business support networks and centres – such as the Enterprise Europe Network, the European industry clusters registered under the European Cluster Collaboration Platform, Centres for Advanced Technologies for Industry. They will work in complementarity and close interaction with Open Innovation Test beds, European Digital Innovation Hubs, Start-up Europe etc., but also with academia, social partners and other social innovation actors.

This action will consist in:

A. Advisory services

Dedicated innovation and capacity building support will be provided to SMEs, to assess their ability to transform their business models and increase their resilience.

This will consist of an assessment of SMEs’ innovation and sustainability practices, elaboration of recommendations, notably in view of the uptake of advanced technologies and/or social innovations.

Based on these recommendations, SMEs could receive further advisory services according to their level of preparedness such as help and advice on proof of concept, investment readiness, intellectual property (in cooperation with EU funded IP support), 80 technology transfer, adaptation to standards, adaptation to environmental rules, design management, skill development, partner search (including social partners). SMEs will receive targeted assistance for the uptake of advanced technologies.

Social innovation should be recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

This action will also include the set-up of a community, building on the SME Alliance projects, in which best practices should be exchanged and SMEs could benefit from dedicated peer-learning activities in order to learn from leaders (SMEs or larger corporates) of their own sector. Incentives for leaders to share their best practices with peers should be identified in the context of EU support to industrial ecosystems.

B. Financial support in the form of ‘Third party financing’

As a result of the advisory services and initial assessments, SMEs will receive financial support through calls for SMEs, to implement the elaborated recommendations.

This should support amongst other activities the financing of a feasibility study, prototyping, pilot testing, demonstrating, procurement of further specialised consultancy services and coaching services that cannot be provided directly by the project partners, adaptation of business processes, free access and support to use testing facilities, introduction of new IT solutions etc.

The Commission estimates that at least half of the budget should be allocated to financial support to SMEs in the form of third party financing.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-31: European Technological and Social Innovation Factory (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Strengthened resilience and sustainability – in its economic, social ecological aspects – of the European industries;

2.Innovations that combine technological and social innovation and support industry in their transition and the achievement of EU’s priorities;

3.Inclusive entrepreneurship with a positive social impact;

4.A new generation of technologically savvy social entrepreneurs;

5.New business models capitalizing on a new partnerships between industry and society;

6.New markets.

Scope: Our society is changing. The COVID-19 crisis has shown how quickly society can adapt and bounce back and has underlined how urgent it was for European industry to reinvent itself and increase its resilience. Social innovation holds the potential to support the industry in this transition, especially when linked to technological innovation. Social innovations can contribute to progress and innovation in all areas and change the way all actors in society interact. They appear in new products, services, methods, business models, production processes or new forms of cooperation. They do things differently and involve academia, industry, public authorities, and civil society. Linking the industry with social innovation would thus support the creation of a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society and of a dynamic industrial innovation ecosystem while allowing the industry to undertake its transition in a sustainable and fair way.

This topic concerns the generation of innovations that combine technological and social innovation and engage industry and society to serve the EU’s priorities. It will provide social innovators with financial and capacity building support to develop their ideas into concrete solutions enabling businesses to transform towards more resilience, sustainability and inclusion. It will also promote a new European culture of social innovation and social entrepreneurship.

Projects should:

1.Set up an inclusive mechanism to harvest social innovation ideas. They should issue calls for ideas that are business and industry driven, providing innovative solutions improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses in EU policy priority areas and are bottom-up in their approach, involving users and citizens. The following eligibility criterions should be used:

1.serving at least one EU priority,

2.combining technological and social innovation,

3.engaging society and industry,

4.demonstrated market knowledge and market demand for the solution;

5.offering an innovative solution.

2.Ensure a broad dissemination of the calls to reach out to local social innovators with the support, for instance, of the national competence centres for social innovation funded under the EU Programme for Employment and Social Innovation (EaSI).

3.Select approximately 30 of the best entries, using announced eligibility criterions to rank entries. They should award approximately €100000.

4.Turn these ideas into pre-market demonstration projects through a process of co-design and co-development, engaging civil society; start-ups, SMEs, mid-caps, and large corporations; academia; public authorities; philanthropists; impact financiers, etc. to the extent appropriate. The consortium should have extensive knowledge in business incubation to be able to provide capacity-building support. Synergies with the ongoing EU funded projects on Incubators for inclusive and social entrepreneurship are encouraged.

5.Monitor the testing of the pre-market demonstration projects to demonstrate and document that the social innovation achieves investment grade.

6.Help pre-market demonstration projects to find investors through the portfolio of activities (e.g., matchmaking events, dragon-pitches, auctions, etc.) that they consider best suited.

Two thirds of the EU contribution should go to awards to selected entries and to the financing of pre-market demonstration projects.

Applicants are encouraged to envisage additional sources of financing.

Applicants should envisage, as appropriate, clustering activities with other ongoing and future social innovation projects funded under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe projects for, inter-alia, cross-project co-operation, consultations and knowledge exchange, joint activities on crosscutting issues as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover those activities without the prerequisite to define concrete common actions at this stage.

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 81

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 82

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 16 Sep 2021

Deadline(s): 25 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-02-32

IA

10.00 83

Around 2.50

4

Overall indicative budget

10.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-02-32: Social and affordable housing district demonstrator (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate renovation pilots in the sense of “lighthouse districts” as announced by the Affordable Housing Initiative in the Renovation Wave communication 84 following a smart neighbourhood approach and providing blueprints for replication, setting liveability and latest technological and social innovations at the forefront;

2.Mobilise cross-sectoral industrial 85 and partnerships at local level to develop, adapt, design new processes, methods and technologies (e.g. energy efficiency, circular, modular building, smart living, eco-design etc.). Special attention should be paid to the needs of residents in social using, through social innovation and using a human centred approach;

3.Following a multi-actor approach, as defined in WP/ Annex X, engaging both, different sectors and fields of operation related to construction such as renewable energy, water treatment, and electronics as well as residents, social and public housing associations and civil society actors will be key to boost tailor-made and fit for purpose innovation;

4.Demonstrate through such partnerships lighthouse districts that allow integrated renovation approaches. Besides technological innovation, specific focus on social innovation is crucial as it can provide social engagement models to empower and engage residents, foster the co-design, co-development and co-implementation, offer spatial organisation allowing socio-economic activities and services, improve the wellbeing of citizens, and promote intergenerational and mixed forms of housing and accessible architecture open for cultural and creative innovation. Social innovation may also form a key aspect in developing business models for these types of lighthouse districts;

5.Develop new bottom-up human-centred business models in housing area that facilitate engagement of residents in renovation – for example by co-investing, setting up energy communities, housing cooperatives and resident owned social services and (creative, green, … ) commons;

6.Identify "ready to go projects" for the lighthouse districts as well as “low hanging” 86 fruit in terms of social housing renovation and worst performing buildings to test new methods, practices and technologies. The selected districts/ use cases, the diverse climatic and biogeographic conditions and settlement types in urban, sub-urban and rural areas across the EU are to be well reflected;

7.Support businesses and the private sector in developing demonstration projects that go the extra mile (environmental - social – cultural ambition) and allow innovations and new technologies putting inclusion and social progress at the forefront;

8.Pilot circular construction methods taking into account the different industrial perspectives and value chains relevant for the renovation of the districts;

9.Apply and pilot innovative smart housing applications (at individual dwelling level) and general smart grid or district-level energy, waste, water, storage and other systems using newest technology at scale as well as technology that improves the social housing service provision itself;

10.Plan actions for overcoming relevant barriers for renovation at district level with a majority of social housing dwellings (e.g. regulatory limits, lack of trust amongst different stakeholders, lack of private investors and awareness of the integrated approach potential);

11.Effectively disseminate major innovation outcomes established in districts to support the implementation of industrial-urban symbiosis, connection to the European Community of Practice (ECoP) and development of flexible learning resources;

12.Act as a catalyst for relevant EU projects and policies and channel this intelligence towards local projects and stakeholders, e.g. active aging, smart communities, including smart cities and smart villages, energy communities, skills, etc.;

13.The final objective is to obtain a set of lighthouse districts that each have followed a different approach, focussing on different innovative solutions addressing the local reality and needs and to have demonstrated replication potential towards other districts by providing blueprints for replication and adaptation and by setting up a network amongst social housing providers.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be stated clearly in the proposal.

Scope: To support a wide implementation of these district renovations, industrial urban symbiosis needs to be fostered amongst most relevant partners engaged in construction and renovation of social housing facilities. The local and regional dimension is important since local energy and utility networks, adjacent industrial infrastructures and available by-products and services in such districts would have to be considered in a holistic and integrated approach. In the same way, logistics should be optimised wherever possible and should be an advantage from the sustainable and competitiveness perspective.

Technology based innovations should prove the potential for novel symbiotic renovation projects acting as demonstrators involving multiple industrial sectors (combining non-exhaustively energy, construction, renewables, circular, electronics and creative industries, social housing associations and public authorities) in pilot multi-stakeholder partnerships focussing on a district approach and social needs related to social housing. Projects are expected to address:

1.The development of a broader integrated methodology towards renovation of social housing districts starting from a cross-sectoral approach (e.g. INNOSUP) and engagement models of residents to develop the application of technologies that make social housing more energy efficient, accessible and liveable;

2.Research how technologies for housing and renovation can be adapted in a way that serves the needs of residents in social housing at affordable cost as well as how development at scale (e.g. district level of multi-apartment building) might bring cost optimisation and improve the affordability;

3.The adaptation of technology in way it addresses the basic and essential needs of residents rather than to showcase the most advanced application from a technical perspective (human centred, fit for purpose and tailor made);

4.Research on how renovation of social housing districts can deliver a more balanced population in terms of income, age and socio-economic profile as well as to avoid formation of ghetto’s on the one hand and gentrification on the other hand;

5.Aspects of environmental friendly traffic and internet connectivity to facilitate inclusion are to be considered;

6.Energy poverty issues that must be avoided as a result of the renovation. Social innovation and financial planning must ensure that the cost of living will not increase significantly for tenants and residents;

7.Integration of ICT and digital tools, including smart grids, smart living applications, advanced modelling for eco-design and modular construction, to design and establish novel symbiotic interactions, data sharing and preservation of data confidentiality, as a non-exhaustive list;

8.Assessment methodologies and KPIs to measure the performance of symbiosis, including environmental, economic and social impacts. Life cycle assessment and life cycle cost analysis should take into account existing sustainability standards (e.g. ISO 14000) and existing best practices;

9.New skills acquisition in construction sector by piloting new technologies and processes in the renovation at district level focussing on needs in social housing;

10.Development of common reporting methodologies for the assessment of industrial symbiosis activities and exchanges;

11.Tools to support companies in redefining their products process and systems from the point of view of design, production, logistic and business models;

12.Research on how realised lighthouse models can be duplicated and adapted to other social housing contexts, for example, where no strong social housing sectors are present or where participation models are less developed, such as energy communities and cooperatives;

13.This topic supports the Bauhaus Initiative as lighthouse districts could display the application of the New European Bauhaus practices focussing on the aesthetic and co-creative aspects of renovation and building of social housing districts.

Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this cross-cutting call and other relevant projects as well as building on existing projects is essential, as many existing EU projects can contribute to very specific applications or process in such a district renovation.

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 87

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 88

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 30 Mar 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-01

RIA

25.30 89

6.00 to 8.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-02

RIA

14.00

Around 14.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-03

CSA

2.40

Around 2.40

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-04

IA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-05

RIA

13.50

Around 13.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-06

IA

36.00 90

Around 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-07

IA

36.00 91

Around 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-08

RIA

13.50

Around 4.50

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-10

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-11

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-12

RIA

20.00

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-13

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-14

IA

21.00

6.00 to 8.00

6

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-16

IA

21.00 92

5.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-19

RIA

18.00

4.00 to 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-20

IA

34.00 93

10.00 to 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-21

CSA

4.50

Around 4.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-23

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-24

RIA

23.00

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-25

IA

15.00

4.00 to 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-26

CSA

10.00 94

Around 5.00

2

Overall indicative budget

402.20

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Novel paradigms to establish resilient and circular value chains

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-01: Circular and low emission value chains through digitalisation (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.30 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate an increase in the waste reduction by application of digital technologies

2.Demonstrate optimisation of use of secondary raw materials in the value chains.

Scope: Circularity is an essential part of a wider transformation of industry towards climate neutrality and long-term competitiveness. It can deliver substantial material savings throughout value chains and production processes, generate extra value and unlock economic opportunities. While circularity is in simple terms addressed by waste from one process becoming secondary materials for others, an efficient use in the value chain in order to close the loop or reuse in other industries, can be ensured only through a transparent information system. There is thus a need for designing and piloting an information system for raw materials and components in products throughout the whole value chain of process industries.

Proposals should:

1.Propose new solutions for improved use of secondary raw materials along the value chain of the own industry or in other industries;

2.Propose methodologies for digital tracing and certification of secondary raw materials. This should include real-time access to information on material compositions and material quality along the whole value chain;

3.Propose digital tools for integration of product passport and/or certification schemes;

4.Propose open source software, open hardware design, and easy access to data, in order to facilitate access to information for the own and for other industries;

5.Develop means and tools to indicate the composition and origin of recycled materials (bar code could be an option) indicating the composition and origin.

6.Consider the co-design of learning resources together with local and regional educational organisations for current and future generations of employees, with the possibility of integrating them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. Learning resources should integrate the identification of new skills and should propose innovative learning-teaching methods that meet regional social needs and have a high potential for replication.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. Proposals should contribute to standardisation, wherever possible.

This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

Raw materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-02: Monitoring and supervising system for exploration and future exploitation activities in the deep sea (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 14.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects cost-effective outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop technologies and systems to continuously monitor environmental impacts and mitigation methods of deep sea exploration and future mining;

2.Develop multi-scale systems to identify gaps on the relevant available environmental data needed to develop statistically robust baselines that take into account the three-dimensional and temporal natural variability of the marine environment;

3.Provide technological and systemic solutions for forecasting potential environmental impacts of using the developed monitoring and mitigation methods.

Scope: The global economic interest in deep-sea mineral resources has been growing and so are the concerns with the negative impacts on the deep sea ecosystems if mining activities start. The expected increase of the global demand for metals needed for the energy transition might become a driver to initiate commercial deep sea mining, paved by the technological advancements. However, before any deep-sea mining activities start, the environmental impacts, and how to mitigate them, need to be well understood; a robust legal framework needs to be in place and a reliable and transparent monitoring and supervising system for the activities taking place in the deep-sea has to be ready. For the sake of transparency and to properly assess the environmental consequences of the activities taking place in the deep sea over time, it is crucial to develop and to put in place a system capable of continuous monitoring, of the exploration and exploration activities, so the permitting and supervising authorities can access it remotely and at any moment.

The actions should design and develop a reliable and robust monitoring and inspection system for the exploration and future exploitation activities in the deep-sea. Before the monitoring and inspection systems are used a forecasting of the impact on the environment of these activities should be performed. Therefore, projects should deliver appropriate technological and systemic solutions for such forecasting assessments.

A monitoring and inspection system for the activities taking place in the deep sea is very complex because the activities take place in remote areas, in the middle of the ocean, and in an extreme environment, deep water column and consequent pressure and fragile ecosystems. The system needs to be fully transparent and capable of monitoring all relevant environmental parameters and at the same time protect business confidentiality. Due to the complexity of such system, the project has to be developed by a multidisciplinary team, looking at environmental, legal and technological solutions. Any bathymetry, geology, seabed habitats, chemistry, biology and physics marine data collected, in particular at the testing phase, should be INSPIRE 95 compliant and made available through the European Marine Observation and Data Network (EMODnet).

For each of the three mineral deposits (polymetallic nodules, manganese crusts and sulphide deposits) found at different depth ranges of the ocean the project will

1.Identify all the bio-chemical-physical parameters to be monitored at the bottom of the sea, along the water column and at the surface;

2.Identify all technical requirements needed for a real time monitoring of all parameters at the bottom, along the water column and surface, including the use of satellite data (Global Navigation Satellite System and Copernicus’ satellite constellation) and to make it continuously available for remote access;

3.Identify existing technological solutions and develop new ones to fulfil the technical requirements;

4.Design and develop the architecture of the system in view of incorporating the monitoring parameters, the technical requirements and the legal constrains;

5.Develop a trial version of the system and test it.

The project should build on and explore synergies with previous and ongoing EU funded projects on environmental impacts and environmentally friendly technologies for exploration and exploitation of the deep sea. The project should cooperate closely with the International Seabed Authority, notably with its Legal and Technical Commission, and take into account the legal framework for the seabed and ocean floor and subsoil thereof beyond the limits of national jurisdiction. The project should take into account the developments of the international legally binding instrument under the United Nations Convention on the Law of Sea on the conservation and sustainable use of marine biological diversity of areas beyond national jurisdiction.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-03: Streamlining cross-sectoral policy framework throughout the extractive life-cycle in environmentally protected areas (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.40 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.40 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to reconcile the increasing demand for critical raw materials for achieving climate-neutrality with nature protection, restoration and biodiversity growth and the need to exchange good practices in extractive activities permitting procedures with national and regional authorities, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Exchange of good practices in permitting procedures related to extractive activities that may have an impact in environmentally protected areas;

2.Dissemination and exploitation of projects outputs is tailored for competent EU, national and regional authorities, industry and civil society in EU Member States.

Scope: Reconciling the increasing demand for Critical Raw Materials necessary for the EU climate neutral ambition, with nature protection, restoration and biodiversity enhancement, requires strengthening the raw materials policy framework. Streamlining more efficient, effective and transparent permitting procedures throughout the mineral extraction life-cycle in environmentally protected areas, would contribute to securing the sustainable access to primary raw materials, whilst taking into account and reconciling requirements in environmentally protected areas.

The actions should contribute to the exchange of good practices in permitting procedures related to extractive activities that may have an impact on environmentally protected areas. They should focus on reviewing good practices at the permitting stage in areas such as evaluating natural background conditions previous to the mineral extraction, evaluating the impact on human health and biodiversity, as well as foreseen nature protection and restoration measures. Particular attention will have to be paid to the legal obligations and practices ensuring compliance with EU nature legislation (Birds and Habitats Directives) and the goals of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030.

The actions should analyse cross-sectorial policy coordination and integration covering economic, environmental and social aspects in the value chain of the extractive life cycle from finding and access to deposits to closure and rehabilitation, while focusing on the contribution of streamlined permitting procedures to deliver on the climate ambition of the European Green Deal.

The actions should develop and disseminate analyses (including on the most affected raw materials, categories of sites, pressures, impact assessment methods, mitigation and compensation measures etc.) and training material; organise capacity-building workshops and seminars for competent authorities, industry and civil society in different Member States and other countries in Europe. These activities can also address other countries that are eligible to participate.

All the data and information generated through these actions should be shared in open formats on a free of charge basis with the European Commission, for its own use and for publication.

Proposals should take into account issues of accessibility and inclusivity, such as age, gender, disability, and socio-economic background.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-04: Developing digital platforms for the small scale extractive industry (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by using digital platforms to address their needs while protecting biodiversity and raising awareness, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop digital platforms (applications) addressing needs of small-scale operations, mining clusters and SMEs, to enable a transformative change in EU extractive industries ensuring EU raw materials autonomy, while protecting and restoring biodiversity, boost our resilience, fight climate change and recover from the COVID-19 crisis;

2.Develop business models and operation models.

3.Contribute to the digitalisation of the extractive industry.

Scope: Actions should develop digital platforms that integrate Earth Observation data, in situ data and data modelling, to improve data management and decision making during the extractive process. Proposals are encouraged to make use of, but not limited to, existing EU and Member States data infrastructures.

These digital platforms should scale up to the increased data volumes of the extractive activities, incorporating assimilation techniques and interoperability best practices, automation, systemization and integrated web-based services, and be brought into pre-operational service provision, going beyond the demonstration phase.

Actions should contribute to digitalize the extractive industries operations and, being INSPIRE 96 compliant, help data gathering at EU level for evaluating the performance and competitiveness of extractive industries.

These digital platforms should contribute to increase the dialogue between the extractive industry and EU citizens, raising awareness about the impact of raw materials on the value chains and society well-being and reinforcing the commitment of the industry to protect human health and natural eco-systems.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Building on past projects, the actions should provide practical and easily applicable capacity building and training materials for a better environmental and social management of active operations. They should also include exchange of best practices and capacity building for the effective monitoring of extraction sites by competent authorities.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

Proposals should take into account issues of accessibility and inclusivity, such as age, gender, disability, and socio-economic background.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-05: Technological solutions for tracking raw material flows in complex supply chains (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials and by using technological solutions to improve supply chain data transparency and traceability, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improve supply chain data transparency and traceability;

2.Set up technological solutions for tracking raw material flows (material passports);

3.Identify and address gaps in due diligence;

4.Develop comparable criteria, reporting and audit approaches;

5.Sustainable sourcing of raw materials;

6.Contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials: Action 4 - Map the potential supply of secondary critical raw materials from EU stocks and wastes and identify viable recovery projects. 97  

Scope: There is a need to improve supply chain data transparency and traceability, enabling consumers and downstream producers to have information about the origins of metals in finished products. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, it is advised to involve industrial users from the downstream side. Due diligence has numerous research gaps in this area which need to be addressed in order to limit complexity and enable a level playing field for responsible sourcing of minerals.

This action should close those gaps by the setting up of technological solutions for tracking raw material flows (material passports), building upon comparable criteria, reporting and audit approaches. Examples would include transparency in payments and traceability from beginning to end of the supply chain, through a chain of custody certification, and the use of block chain technology in an effort to improve supply chain transparency and traceability.

The action should build on the experience of existing EU projects on international responsible sourcing and contribute to strengthening responsible sourcing agenda.

It is foreseen that this will facilitate responsible sourcing in complex supply chains and put companies downstream in the supply chain in a better position to influence companies upstream.

The proposal should build on the state of the art in sustainable raw materials traceability with regard to sustainability certification schemes, standards and initiatives as well as block chain technology. The proposal should also build on the experience from earlier Horizon 2020 projects in the area of responsible sourcing of raw materials in global value chains. The proposal should cover CRMs in at least five complex supply chains, including a batteries value chain.

The action should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU about the importance of raw materials for society and of the challenges related to their sustainable supply.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-06: Sustainable and innovative mine of the future (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials and by using sustainable, smart, efficient and environmentally friendly technologies, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop sustainable and smart mining technologies for exploitation of EU mineral resources;

2.Contribute to a more safe and environmentally friendly, resource- and production efficient sustainable mining;

3.Develop methods, technologies and processes aiming for digitisation and automation of raw materials production;

4.Contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials: Action 8: Develop Horizon Europe R&I projects on processes for exploitation and processing of critical raw materials to reduce environmental impacts starting in 2021 and Action 3: Launch critical raw materials R&I in 2021 on waste processing, advanced materials and substitution. 98  

Scope: Actions should contribute to applying, adapting and eventually developing big data technologies and Artificial Intelligence methodologies addressing mining industry requirements to deliver on the climate ambition of the European Green Deal. The challenge is to accelerate the innovation in the mining sector necessary for the digital transformation. Actions should aim to develop new, enabling, operational solutions to improve capabilities and performance of the raw materials value chain: from in situ mineral exploration and permitting procedures, to mineral extraction and processing including recycling, as well as closure and post closure activities.

Actions should push the EU to the forefront of a safer, more sustainable and intelligent extraction of mineral resources through the deployment of technologies such as electrification of ground and underground mobility, remote controlling, automation or autonomous processes with a particular focus on historic mine sites and deep deposits. Actions should develop sustainable solutions through industrial and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant mining and processing value chains and technologies.

Proposals should target minerals and metals and can address individual elements of the raw materials value chain or the value chain as a whole, and should provide quantitative measures of the progress beyond the state of the art. Proposals are also required to seek end user involvement to drive the research with their requirements and test the developed solutions, with a clear path to the exploitation of the results.

Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Actions should justify the relevance of selected pilot demonstrations in different locations within the EU (and also outside if there is a clear added value for the EU economy, industry and society).

The action should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

Proposals should take into account issues of accessibility and inclusivity, such as age, gender, disability, and socio-economic background.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-07: Innovative solutions for efficient use and enhanced recovery of mineral and metal by-products from processing of raw materials (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by increasing access to primary and secondary raw materials by using innovative solutions for higher recovery rates and minimal environmental impact, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increase process selectivity, broader range and higher recovery rates of valuable raw materials, particularly critical raw materials;

2.Unlocking substantial reserves of new or currently unexploited/underexploited resources within the EU;

3.Significantly increase economic performance in terms of higher material-, water-, energy- and cost-efficiency and flexibility in minerals processing, metallurgical or recycling processes;

4.Significantly improve the health, safety and environmental performance of the operations throughout the whole life cycle which is considered, including a reduction in waste, wastewater and emissions generation and a better recovery of resources from generated waste;

5.Contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials: Action 8: Develop Horizon Europe R&I projects on processes for exploitation and processing of critical raw materials to reduce environmental impacts starting in 2021 and Action 3: Launch critical raw materials R&I in 2021 on waste processing, advanced materials and substitution. 99  

Scope: Actions should develop sustainable systemic solutions through industrially- and user driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain of non-fuel, non-food raw materials.

Actions should develop energy-, material- and cost-efficient new sustainable mineral processing and/or metallurgical technologies and processes to increase the selectivity and the recovery rates of valuable by-products 100 , particularly critical raw materials 101 . The importance of the targeted raw material by-products for the EU economy should be duly demonstrated in the proposal. Recycling of end-of-life products is excluded from this topic.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale manufacturing in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant.

Actions should justify the relevance of selected pilot demonstrations in different locations within the EU (and also outside if there is a clear added value for the EU economy, industry and society).

Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of relevant external stakeholders and the general public across the EU about the importance of raw materials for society, the challenges related to their supply within the EU and about proposed solutions which could help to improve society's acceptance of and trust in sustainable raw materials production in the EU.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-08: Earth observation technologies for the mining life cycle in support of EU autonomy and transition to a climate-neutral economy (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors to enable their green and digital transition and to reduce current EU over-dependence on a few third countries for critical raw materials by increasing sustainable sourcing of primary raw materials by using Earth Observation technologies for environmental monitoring, participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Countries, and MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, and Andean Community.

Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

The above exception is aligned with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, on the need to develop strategic international partnerships on raw materials.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Unlock the potential of Earth Observation technologies, including Copernicus, through the development of downstream products and services for the whole mining life cycle,

2.Strength EU autonomy in the area of raw materials, while enabling a successful transition to a climate-neutral, circular and digital EU economy;

3.Contribute to the implementation of the following actions of the EU Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials: Action 7 - Deploy Earth-observation programmes and remote sensing for resource exploration, operations and post-closure environmental management. 102  

Scope: Actions should develop and innovate new methods to analyse Earth Observation data, enabling systematic mineral exploration and continuous monitoring of extraction, closure and post closure activities.

These developments and innovations should be built upon Copernicus satellite constellations, and/or European national and commercial satellite missions, including, e.g. COSMO-Skymed, EnMAP, PRISMA, TerraSAR-X, airborne and low-altitude platforms, ground based remote sensing, also including conventional in situ techniques, methods and field work measurements.

Actions targeting mineral exploration should develop EO methods that exploit multispectral, hyperspectral, SAR and in situ data permitting to systematically revise and update pre-existing maps and datasets identifying new mineral deposits at various scales, from mining regions to specific mining projects.

Actions targeting monitoring of extraction, closure and post closure activities should develop EO methods that exploit radar, optical and in situ data to innovate products and services: a) early warning systems and platforms that reduce operation risks; b) multi-sensor and multi-platform environmental monitoring systems that reduce the impacts on human health and preserve ecosystems.

Foreseen outputs of this action could be, but not limited to, new methods to exploit EO data permitting to generate the following results at various scales, from mining regions to specific mining projects.

For mineral exploration and mining monitoring:

1.improved maps and techniques to map potential target areas of critical raw materials

2.improved maps of mining waste deposits

3.improved seabed mineral mapping by exploring the connection between sea shore and coastal areas

4.Ground instability maps

5.improved maps of mining waste deposits

6.Mineral stockpile volume estimation

7.Acid mine drainage maps

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Green and Sustainable Materials

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-10: Innovative materials for advanced (nano)electronic components and systems (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop innovative new components and systems with enhanced and new functionalities and improved performance enabling added value to the European industry in sectors such as healthcare and wellbeing, mobility and transportation, aeronautics, environment monitoring, security and safety energy, smart cities, smart textiles and manufacturing;

2.Impacts are also envisaged to smart grids, efficient through life performance monitoring, smart manufacturing and digital industry with increased computing performance and efficient data storage.

Scope: Europe aims to become a global role model for the digital economy and society. Electronic components and systems (ECS) are the building blocks for this. Electronic components and systems are core enablers and differentiators for the development of many innovative products and services in all sectors of the economy.

Research and innovation are key to maintain the competitiveness of the European ECS industry, generating growth, creating value, jobs and prosperity. Materials innovation lies at the heart of this endeavour.

Actions under this topic must address one or more of the following technologies:

1.Innovative materials design and processing for devices based on new and emerging technologies, including advanced methods of data driven materials design, for e.g. spintronics, neuromorphic, in-materio computing multisensing, photonics, nano-mechanics advanced ferroelectrics or biosensing;

2.Heterogeneous integration of new materials (such as PZT, graphene, titanium oxide or aluminium oxide, etc.) for miniaturised sensor and actuator modules.

Proposals should indicate the key quantitative specifications to be achieved and develop demonstrator components/systems to showcase the desired functionalities together with the increased efficiency, reliability and manufacturability. Proposals are also expected to prove the industrial relevance of the intended approach, establishing links to applications likely to benefit from the development. End-of-life issues should be addressed.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-11: Advanced lightweight materials for energy efficient structures (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The positive environmental impact of lightweight composite materials most often occur due to benefits during the use-phase. The overall life-cycle benefits are often reduced as a consequence of negative environmental impacts associated with the manufacturing (energy consumption) and inherent challenges to regain the high-value components (fibre and matrix) at industrial scale. Development of new chemistries for fast curing resins, new bio-based composites (including fibres and core materials), joining technologies between composites and other materials and associated novel production techniques are expected to result in

1.Reduced cost for production of renewable lightweight materials, 25 % lower cost than currently used materials;

2.Light-weight products containing >50% sustainable, bio-based materials;

3.Up to 30% lightweight potential through tailored functionality for a range of extreme environment (energy, infrastructures, aeronautics, space) applications and in surface transport;

4.Reduction in CO2 emissions (LCA) of at least 20 %;

5.Business models and circular value chains for lightweight bio based components;

6.Improved time-to-market for European providers of lightweight solutions.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: A step change is needed to develop new sustainable and high performance lightweight materials and associated novel manufacturing techniques which comply with industrial demands for quality and reliability. Research areas to be addressed include:

1.Development of new chemistries for fast curing resins (including bioresins) and associated novel production techniques (e.g. out-of-autoclave processes to reduce energy consumption);

2.Utilisation of existing or development of cost competitive renewable resins and/or core materials in combination with new fibres to make all renewable lightweight composites and structures;

3.Technologies and material design paradigms that enable hybrid composites based on a variety of constituents e.g. combinations of virgin and recycled fibres, bio-fibres including appropriate fibre coatings, etc. towards maximum cost and environmental benefits with a life-cycle perspective;

4.High performance high temperature polymer composites with potential to extended use at temperatures above 300C. Besides general material and manufacturing, the long-term durability of materials in service is a potential are of research and development;

5.New multifunctional composites where the materials and structures, besides traditional structural capacity, also is optimized towards one or several other functions such as thermal management (heating/cooling), energy harvesting and storage, morphing, self-monitoring, etc.;

6.New recycling technologies for polymer composites structures and, in particular, composite constituents. The high value constituents e.g. carbon fibres or matrix are not easily separated and technologies to recycle both in the same process should be addressed.

Improving advanced lightweight materials will have a positive environmental impact, which is in direct relation to the well-being of citizens.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-12: Functional multi-material components and structures (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Optimised lightweight designs often require the use of multi-materials, often with different physical properties, such as polymers composites and metals. The manufacturing of multimaterial structures is thus a challenging task and many industries are today addressing specific critical challenges that come with mixing of materials. It is of great importance that multimaterial design is analysed from a holistic and multidisciplinary perspective where all aspects from design to manufacturing, use and recycling are included in the process. This will help industry make the change from traditional design based on one material to multi-material design of lightweight structures.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Contribute to energy efficiency, increase competitiveness of new multi-materials items and multi-functional materials and products for a wide range of applications in the additive manufacturing industries and in specific industrial sectors e.g. transport including aeronautic, and maritime, consumer customised goods, communications, biomaterials, health and energy;

2.Develop optimised structures in terms of operational performance and weight with a goal of reducing weight by 50% compared to traditional designs;

3.Reduced lead-time of multimaterial products of 20% compared to today's design of multimaterial products that creates an increased competitiveness for the EU's industry;

4.Strengthening of the EU's manufacturing industry through the intensive implementation of innovative and unconventional technologies along the EU's manufacturing value chain;

5.Combine materials with high uniformity and with high mobility in industrial quantities with high reproducible quality;

6.Increase of the product performance by at least 30% whilst retaining the product price;

7.Dissemination of the challenges and benefits of functional multi-material components and structures in the relevant industrial sectors.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: By combining several materials, proposals should advance the state of the art through the development of ready assembled multifunctional devices. The role of new development in additive manufacturing processes with dissimilar materials will be of importance. Proposals should address and demonstrate several of the below simultaneous activities:

1.Quantification of improved functionalities, properties, quality and lifespan of fabricated pieces;

2.Evaluation of matching materials properties to the production process to enable the joining of dissimilar materials for AM tools;

3.Combination of precision engineering design with additive manufacturing methods to provide tailor-made joining solutions for dissimilar materials, with the ability to be reused/dismantled;

4.Demonstration of a better understanding of the nanotechnology integrated materials properties and manufactures;

5.Integration and validation at early stage of the qualification and certification considerations of the materials, including innovative non-destructive inspection techniques;

6.Recycling aspects of multimaterial components and structures should also be addressed in detail.

7.Joint development with material suppliers and end-users is required for a rapid uptake by industry;

8.Modelling, simulation, standardisation and regulatory aspects (especially safety and nano-safety) and the process and materials qualification.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-23: Safe- and sustainable-by-design organic and hybrid coatings (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Development of organic and hybrid coatings, safe- and sustainable-by-design production strategies with enhanced functionality. This includes organic and hybrid coatings and additives to substitute PFAS type coatings. Due to significant technical and scientific challenges in several areas it has been difficult to find safer alternatives with the absence of hazardous additives. In the past, this has led to substance substitution with compounds that did not avoid the problem, but minimized it. Instead, a better approach is to cover the whole lifecycle of products and include avoidance of hazardous substances and the programming-in of sustainability along the product life cycle.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.A set of computational tools (including first-principles-based, data-driven, physics based and hazard, transport and fate models) to be used for supporting Safe- and Sustainable- by Design of materials (e.g. organic coatings and additives to replace PFAS);

2.At least 2 novel materials (including bio-based ones) assessed in terms of their performance (function), human and environmental hazards (end-points determined based on the application areas) as well as their carbon and water footprints, recovery and recyclability, and overall environmental impact (LCA). Reaching at least 25% reduction in environmental impacts with <20% cost increase for production;

3.Contribute to the development of safe- and sustainable-by-design criteria and guiding principles and apply them to organic or hybrid coatings;

4.Enhance the social acceptance of the new developed materials by evidence basis compiled for consumer attitudes towards, and willingness to pay for, products that are less harmful to the environment, are sustainable, low carbon etc.;

5.Certification programme (or equivalents) for sustainable containing products, along the whole value-chain;

Integration into standardisation process and development of a roadmap to achieve full standardisation (of e.g. methods, protocols).

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: The largest share of the organic coatings market belongs to a family containing Polyfluorinated Alkyl substances (PFAS), used in a wide variety of consumer and industrial products. Research will therefore target development of innovative PFAS-free materials with inherently surface active functions to be used for multi-industrial sector applications. (e.g. novel bio-based materials). The proposals should focus on integration of sustainable-by-design aspects including safety (toxicity), circularity and functionality of advanced coating materials and techniques (e.g. nanostructured self-healing or omniphobicity), throughout their lifecycle. Projects should include one or more of the following aspects:

1.Materials design supported by in silico methods for predicting hazards (toxicity) and fate to reduce additive exposure/leaching to humans and the environment;

2.Development of alternatives maintaining functionality as well as reducing hazard and/or exposure (persistence) profiles with the aid of modelling, in order to reduce animal and experimental testing;

3.Development of assays and approaches to demonstrate the reduction of hazard and/or exposure profiles of the new (alternative) advanced materials in a streamlined and robust manner to support route to market.

The proposals, activities and approaches should cover both - specific considerations for the organic and hybrid coatings under study, as well as developing overarching best practices that spans broader sectors of safe- and sustainable-by-design materials. Proposals should involve all the actors in the value chain.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Leveraging the extensive experience from relevant initiatives and aligning with other EU-funded projects targeting safe- and sustainable- by-design materials, in particular under CSA topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08, is essential.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

Materials for the benefit of society and the environment and materials for climate neutral Industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-13: Smart and multifunctional biomaterials for health innovations (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Multi-functional biomaterials are capable, by virtue of their own material ingredients or surface properties, of achieving several biological responses simultaneously. They may also help to dampen those that are undesirable such as inflammation, infection, corrosion and issues related to bio and immune compatibility, while taking into account the specificities due to sex, race and age.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

·Offer solutions through the development of multifunctional biomaterials to address and mitigate multiple bottlenecks in response to unmet clinical needs;

·Provide improved biocompatibility, biospecificity and longevity of medical devices or if relevant, improved bioactivity and/or biodegradability; physiological and biomechanical constraints and implications should also be considered.

·Show that the regulatory and IPR strategies are compatible with the overall research objectives.

Scope: Multifunctional biomaterials play a major part in shaping the future of Advanced Therapies and Medical Devices. Health applications may include but are not limited to tissue engineering, artificial organs, implants, bioinks for bioprinting platforms, microfluidics, bioactive scaffolds, wearable and implantable devices, in-vitro diagnostics etc.

Projects funded under this topic should further:

1.Develop and/or validate specific multifunctional biomaterials or micro systems for use in an eventual advanced therapy, medicinal product or medical device;

2.Preclinical regulatory affairs as well as manufacturing processes would also need to be addressed, including up-scaling and good manufacturing practice (GMP);

3.Pay special attention to the needs of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs) as well as to the ultimate clinical applications of these biomaterials;

4.Present a solid economical evaluation of possible savings, together with patient benefits.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-14: Membranes for gas separations - membrane distillation (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Advanced membrane materials are essential to achieve the goals of the European Green Deal with significant reductions of industrial emissions in waste streams like wastewater and waste gas like removal of gas / volatile pollutants from liquid emissions or purification of wastewater.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The next generation membrane materials, delivering smart solutions for greening of industrial plants;

2.Advanced membrane materials for recycling of waste streams from industrial plants to support the Zero Pollution strategy;

3.Better materials with outstanding separation performance and/or superior properties either in chemical, mechanical or thermal stability compared to commercial materials;

4.Reduction of the water footprint of 10% in industrial plants for the preservation of freshwater resources;

5.Up-scaling the desalination process by solar powered membrane distillation systems and coupling membrane distillation with solar / photovoltaic collectors;

6.Energy saving by 10% through the application of a new generation of membranes.

7.End-of-life issues

Scope: Membranes separation is one of the key process elements needed for the next level of resource efficiency and for greener industrial plants. Proposals will address the development of the new generation membrane materials from gas separation to membrane contactors in comparison to the current state-of-the-art. Guidance by modelling and simulation techniques should be provided to save on extensive experimentation and support up-scaling.

Proposals should address at least two of the following activities:

1.Advanced membrane materials for the recovery of valuable components (ammonia, phosphate, alcohols, reactants, products, catalysts) from aqueous, organic and mixed aqueous/organic process and waste streams to enhance the resource efficiency in industrial plants;

2.Separating gas streams (e.g. CO2 utilisation processes) in the process emissions by using membrane technologies, where in addition to the produced product, other gases are in the stream (e.g. unreacted CO2 and hydrogen);

3.Demonstrate the next generation of porous membranes for membrane contactors (membrane distillation, gas/liquid contactors, liquid/liquid contactors) with use of renewable energy sources (solar energy or waste heat) to achieve significant reduction in CAPEX and process costs of gas separations and distillation;

4.Up-scaling the desalination process by solar powered membrane distillation systems by coupling membrane distillation with solar / photovoltaic collectors;

5.New membrane materials to reduce the water footprint in industrial plants for the preservation of freshwater resources (e.g solvent tolerant reverse osmosis membranes, forward osmosis).

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

This topic is open for international cooperation where the EU has reciprocal benefit, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-16: Building and renovating by exploiting advanced materials for energy and resources efficient management (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Buildings are responsible for approximately 40% of energy consumption and 36% of CO2 emissions in the EU. Renovation of existing old buildings has the potential to lead to significant energy savings – potentially reducing the EU's total energy consumption by 5-6% and lowering CO2 emissions by about 5%;

2.Compared to state of the art materials and components, the newly developed materials should deliver:

1.Reduction by at least 30% of the embodied energy and CO2 at component level;

2.Improvement by at least 20% of insulation properties;

3.Reduction by at least 15% of the total costs compared to existing solutions;

4.Demonstration of at least a 5% reduction of the energy spent during the whole life cycle of a building.

5.Increased durability and lifetime, lower maintenance costs and environmental footprint.

3.Demonstrate innovative retrofitting solutions using the building insulation materials as real cases approaching net zero energy standards and their replicability potential;

4.Improvement of the quality of information from product manufacturers to facilitate better decision making;

5.Strengthening of the competitiveness of the European construction sector in the field of “green” construction technologies;

6.Sustainable building materials will be supporting the circular design. Self-sustaining buildings in respect to energy usage;

7.New insulation materials should be cost effective, environmentally safe, fire resistant and can be easily applied on existing surfaces (e.g. spray coating);

8.Return on investment should be below 7 years for deep retrofitting of buildings;

9.Advent of a new generation of skilled workers and SME contractors in the construction sector aware of the need of a systemic approach towards energy efficiency should be promoted through the proposed activities.

Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

Scope: Building envelopes and renovation materials that boost energy savings, save resources and decrease carbon emissions, both during construction and operation of the buildings. In view of the climate targets, Europe's building infrastructure needs a deep rehabilitation of residential buildings (including buildings of historic value) while lowering the costs of refurbishment. Building materials with adequate insulation properties are directly related to the Green Deal and the well-being of our citizens.

Proposals should address and demonstrate several of the below activities:

1.Demonstrating that new insulation materials (not external cladding) will have reduced embodied energy, lower CO2 emissions and improved insulation properties during operation, and are cost effective, environmentally safe, fire resistant and can be easily applied on existing surfaces (e.g. spray coating);

2.New components should also contribute to improve indoor air quality, by limiting VOCs emissions and/or by advanced properties aiming to absorb and biodegrade indoor contaminants;

3.Enhanced durability for increased use duration, reduced maintenance and consequently reduced costs, respect of sustainability principles (the sustainability of each developed solution should be evaluated via life cycle assessment studies carried out according to the International Reference Life Cycle Data System - ILCD Handbook);

4.New components should have to be lightweight construction with an ease of installation and provide for increased comfort and noise reduction, and find application to both new build and renovation and deliver realistic solutions at a reasonable price;

5.Energy efficiency should be addressed by system integration and installation, exploiting synergies between technologies, which proved valid at a small scale and need a larger scale demonstration;

6.Synergy with existing relevant Open Innovation Test Beds is encouraged;

7.Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the Horizon Europe Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ and Build4People.

Building materials with adequate insulation properties are directly related to the Green Deal and the well-being of our citizens.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

The topic is open for international cooperation, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed 103

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-24: Novel materials for supercapacitor energy storage (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Supercapacitors are attractive alternatives to batteries because they can be charged very quickly and can sustain vastly greater number of re-charge cycles than batteries without losing efficiency. However, their power energy is lower than that of batteries but recent material research breakthroughs have indicated that this can be substantially increased. Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.New supercapacitors with energy densities comparable to batteries in environmentally friendly electrolytes able to recharge in a fraction of the time required for current batteries, have no loss of performance over time and longer life;

2.Substantial impact to energy storage systems solutions for applications ranging from consumer goods to electrification of transport and reduction of emissions;

3.Innovative management systems for supercapacitors;

4.Establish new industrial value chains with new energy storage products, tailored to meet the application requirements.

Scope: Compared to batteries, supercapacitor energy density is low and they use more expensive and critical raw materials (CRMs). Proposals should address the challenge for new material concepts to be used in supercapacitors to at least double the energy density over current technologies reduce cost and minimise or eliminate use of CRMs.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Synergies are possible with any relevant projects from topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-11 from Cluster 5, and respective cooperation activities are encouraged, however R&I on energy system integration, compatibility of systems or standards for participation in flexibility market is excluded.

The topic is open for international cooperation, while excluding industrial competitors from countries where the safeguarding of IPRs cannot be guaranteed 104

Materials and data cross-cutting actions

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-19: Advanced materials modelling and characterisation (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The future of European industrial manufacturing requires further advances in characterisation methods and computational modelling, in order to lead the way to the reliable design of new and sustainable materials and processes, rapid upscaling, and effective quality control. These advances can only be achieved through the development of innovative techniques and a new generation of instrumentation, responding to industrial needs.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop an open repository for knowledge transfer, data sharing for integration between advanced materials characterisation (material properties/functionalities) and modelling (data and physics based, engineering modelling), allowing full interoperability between data and workflows (CHADA, MODA and EMMO), with direct connection to manufacturing process;

2.Develop characterisation techniques supporting key European technology area strongholds. The developed characterisation methods should be complemented with and validated by modelling tools;

3.Enable a model-based innovation processes covering all stages from materials design (including several scales, e.g. from molecular to macroscale) to product development, including validation, characterisation and life cycle assessment, with the aim, in particular, of translating industry needs into innovation challenges and provide solutions;

4.Increase the efficiency and effectiveness of materials and product development by reducing costs and time for product design, time-to-market and regulatory compliance, which will enable the transition to a decarbonised economy;

5.Improve handling of missing data by means of artificial intelligence/machine learning methods and/or simulation;

6.Proposals should include a business case and exploitation strategy after the end of the action.

Scope: Proposals should:

1.Develop a relevant range of characterisation methods, models and simulation tools to enhance the design – with clear demonstration of modelling and characterisation integration – and development stages of advanced materials and products, focusing on user cases related to low carbon and clean industry applications;

2.Coordinate efforts towards data documentation, exchange procedures and ontologies that can aid the traceability, integrity and interoperability of data in line with Industry Commons and FAIR data principles;

3.Seek the involvement of standardisation bodies for the development of standards, test guidance or guidance documents;

4.Focus on the combination of theory with large-scale computational screening (e.g. Artificial Intelligence or Machine Learning);

5.Facilitate the re-use of existing research results on modelling and characterisation, as well as the uptake of new project results;

6.Projects should contribute to the objectives of the European Materials Characterisation Council (EMCC) and European Materials Modelling Council (EMMC) and foresee the necessary resources to this effect.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-20: Climate Neutral and Circular Innovative Materials Technologies Open Innovation Test Beds (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 34.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Climate Neutral and Circular Innovative Materials Technologies are essential in enabling the transition towards a European decarbonised economy. They can contribute to a stronger circular economy, a cleaner Industry, a more sustainable growth and reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, which is fully in line with the Green Deal Strategy. To maintain its competitive advantage in clean Materials technologies the EU needs to increase significantly the large-scale deployment and demonstration of new technologies across sectors and across the single market, building new innovative value chains. Climate Neutral and Circular Innovative Materials Technologies Open Innovation Test Beds (OITBs) will support companies, especially SMEs, to become world leaders in clean products and technologies.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increase significantly the large-scale deployment and demonstration of Climate Neutral and Circular Innovative Materials Technologies across sectors and the single market, as well as to build and maintain new innovative value chains;

2.Reduce the technological risk of innovative materials and products, thus attracting more investors, and cut the time to market;

3.Support companies, especially SMEs, to become world leaders in clean products and technologies by setting up a new generation of Open Innovation test Beds focused on the creation of Business Opportunities and Sustainability. Enhancing ownership and engagement of the society through active collaboration and empowering people and communities as actors of the climate neutral and circular transition ;

4.Translation of industrial needs into scientific problems and concrete solutions, increased awareness and uptake by industry, and effective access of relevant stakeholders to know-how and advanced tools/infrastructure.

Scope: The following specific activities should be considered:

1.Establish Open Innovation Test Beds (OITB) by upgrading existing or developing new materials facilities and pilot lines, and made available services for the design, development, testing, regulatory and environmental assessment and upscaling to industry and interested parties, specially SMEs;

2.Specific focus will be given to the sustainability of the ecosystem by designing new funding instruments that would complement the already existing ones and provide further support for industrial uptake of climate neutral and circular innovative materials technologies in key strategic value chains;.

3.Proposals should include actions designed to facilitate cooperation with other projects, to enhance user involvement and to reuse other projects results;

4.Open access at fair conditions and cost as well as outreach and dissemination across Europe, based on a distinct methodology;

5.Demonstrate measurable reduction of costs for product design, time-to-market and regulatory compliance by means of faster and cheaper evaluation of production process deviations. Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be clearly stated in the proposal.

In order to avoid duplication, the work will be aligned with the third pillar on Open Innovation that will essentially focus on scaling up breakthrough and market-creating innovation by establishing a European Innovation Council, support the enhancement of European ecosystems of innovation and continued support to the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) OITB for: Clean hydrogen Technologies; Fuel cells and other alternative fuels; Carbon capture, storage and utilisation.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-25: Optimised Industrial Systems and Lines through digitalisation (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B. – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The digital transformation of the European manufacturing industry depends on the availability and uptake of high quality, efficient, affordable and optimised systems, such as those offered by cloud infrastructures, simulation-based twin technologies, data driven approaches. However, there is a low uptake in Europe for such technologies, for example in the case of cloud computing only 1 company in 4 apply it and only 1 in 5 for SMEs 105 .

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Support the transition towards industrial digitalisation;

2.Increase speed of innovation by optimising the use of existing research results and facilitating uptake of new projects results;

3.Design digital tools for industry (e.g. cloud systems, simulation-based twin technologies, data driven approaches, AI-based and reinforcement learning solutions) to enhance efficiency and product quality, as well as to increase the capability for better and faster reaction to market changes;

4.Contribute to the development of advanced material modelling solutions in particular for manufacturing industry;

5.Enhance data interoperability and new type of services related to the data analysis, simulations and/or visualisation techniques in each stage of the material value chain (design, processing, manufacturing, etc.) using FAIR data principles.

Scope: Digital tools can enable industry to control manufacturing processes and address issues more efficiently and effectively as they run and update the production plant, while improving key product and production performance indicators such as yield and throughput.

Proposals under this topic have to

1.design robust digital tools integrating materials modelling and materials process development for industry;

2.promote use and adaptation of existing tools and process developments that are applicable to different sectors;

3.contribute also to the development of simulation and optimisation methods to facilitate more efficient design space exploration via experimentation, thereby reducing physical testing and improving quality;

4.enhance efficiency of the manufacturing process;

5.improve process and product quality;

6.improve decision making efficiency, quality and understanding, while at the same time maintaining low operational costs.

Interconnection between processes and other industries is also in the scope, as there is an increased integration of different domains and disciplines in complex workflows. To overcome the problem, proposals have to address interoperability by implementing available data standards like MODA, CHADA and ontologies like EMMO, as well as cooperation with the Industry Commons developments.

The proposed use cases for the developed tool should demonstrate the business case and how more sustainable solutions are achieved in the market, for example by reducing waste and/or emissions during production. A Life Cycle Assessment should be included to estimate the environmental improvement, together with a Life Cycle Cost assessment to demonstrate the lower operational costs.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-21: Leveraging standardisation in Digital Technologies (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Connecting European stakeholders ecosystems, including SMEs, with European and International standardisation bodies and other relevant actors. Identification of standardisation areas, amongst others within the field of Internet standardisation, which need European intervention and proposal of actions to address them.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Engagement of required stakeholders and experts to ensure lasting impact;

2.Increase the influence of Europe into ICT standardisation, ensuring promotion of European requirements, values and interests;

3.Set-up of a facility to support participation of European specialists in international ICT Standard Developing Organisations and global fora and consortia;

4.Increase the participation of European specialists in international ICT Standardisation activities to support European values and interests, including in leadership positions;

5.Synergies with other similar initiatives or European players including from EU (and national) funded R&I projects;

6.Increase awareness and education on sustainability and ICT standardisation;

7.Support standardisation meetings in Europe, so that European players have easier conditions for participation.

Scope: This action will involve and empower European stakeholders participating at the development of open technical specifications and standards with the aim to representing European values and ethics, strengthen the take-up, scalability cross-border and cross-sector interoperability of their technological solutions.

The aim is to reinforce the presence of EU and associated states experts in the international ICT standardisation scene, by setting up a ICT standardisation observatory and a facility supporting the participation of key European specialists (especially from SMEs and Academia) in key international and global Standard Developing Organisations.

Key tasks to be carried out are:

1.Mapping of the relevant activities in international ICT standardisation, including identification of sectors and areas, especially within the field of internet standardisation, where additional presence of EU and Associated Country experts may be needed. When relevant hosting standardisation meetings and workshops in Europe;

2.Setting up of a management facility to support participation and leadership (e.g. chairing of technical committees) of key European specialists (incl. from SMEs and academia) in those organisations and technical bodies identified. The aim should be to achieve critical mass from industry, including SMEs and Startups, and academia for emerging standardisation activities;

3.Liaise with relevant on-going developments in EU and national funded R&I projects, in particular with projects having identified standardisation output or with potential relevant results, including as well other coordination and support actions, and relevant European Partnerships;

4.The consortium will define the process for an open call allowing the funding of the key European specialists to participate in global ICT standardisation activities to fulfil the scope of the call. The consortium will also define the process for an open call that will lead to a selection of an additional pool of specialist experts that may be needed to evaluate the applications for funding specialists to fulfil the scope of the proposal. In addition ad-hoc selection processes may be required. Financial support for these specialists will be typically in the order of EUR 1.000 – 10.000 per action by third party;

5.Promotion of the relevance and benefits of ICT standardisation, especially for European industry competitiveness, driving sustainability, sovereignty, green deal, values and ethics. The proposal will also include actions, including development of tools and materials, to promote education on ICT standardisation;

6.The proposal should take into account the previous activities carried out the observatory and facilities for funding experts within the topic ICT-40-2017 implemented by the StandICT.eu project and under ICT-45-2020 implemented under StandICT.eu2023 project under (see http://www.standict.eu ).

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-26: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: In order to achieve the expected objectives and/or the specific policy requirements of the topic, the consortium must include at least three entities from at least three Member States or Associated Countries.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: For actions funded under this topic, the same legal entity may only be the coordinator of one action. This means that any legal entity that is the coordinator of the consortium may receive only one grant under this topic. In case the same legal entity is the coordinator in more than one proposal submitted under this topic, only the last submitted proposal will be considered for evaluation. The coordinator of a consortium selected for funding under this topic may also not be the coordinator in actions funded under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-29: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 50 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Support objectives of the European Green Deal and of the EU SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe;

2.Increased resilience of SMEs, by fostering technological and social innovation in SMEs to support their transition to more sustainable business models and more resource-efficient and circular processes and infrastructures;

3.Increased competitive sustainability of SMEs through the uptake of advanced technologies;

4.Stronger innovation support ecosystems supporting the green, social and economic transition of SMEs, by leveraging synergies between existing EU networks and SME support initiatives.

Scope: Achieving European Green Deal objectives, and notably a climate neutral and resource efficient economy, requires the full mobilisation of SMEs. The COVID-19 pandemic has also led to companies redesigning their supply chains and facing a new industrial revolution, brought on by a new generation of advanced technologies 106 , which are underpinning the potential for competitive sustainability of SMEs.

The action will build on and further connect existing EU specialised business support networks and centres – such as the Enterprise Europe Network, the European industry clusters registered under the European Cluster Collaboration Platform, Centres for Advanced Technologies for Industry. They will work in complementarity and close interaction with Open Innovation Test beds, European Digital Innovation Hubs, Start-up Europe etc., but also with academia, social partners and other social innovation actors.

This action will consist in:

A. Advisory services

Dedicated innovation and capacity building support will be provided to SMEs, to assess their ability to transform their business models and increase their resilience.

This will consist of an assessment of SMEs’ innovation and sustainability practices, elaboration of recommendations, notably in view of the uptake of advanced technologies and/or social innovations.

Based on these recommendations, SMEs could receive further advisory services according to their level of preparedness such as help and advice on proof of concept, investment readiness, intellectual property (in cooperation with EU funded IP support), 107 technology transfer, adaptation to standards, adaptation to environmental rules, design management, skill development, partner search (including social partners). SMEs will receive targeted assistance for the uptake of advanced technologies.

Social innovation should be recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

This action will also include the set-up of a community, building on the SME Alliance projects, in which best practices should be exchanged and SMEs could benefit from dedicated peer-learning activities in order to learn from leaders (SMEs or larger corporates) of their own sector. Incentives for leaders to share their best practices with peers should be identified in the context of EU support to industrial ecosystems.

B. Financial support in the form of ‘Third party financing’

As a result of the advisory services and initial assessments, SMEs will receive financial support through calls for SMEs, to implement the elaborated recommendations.

This should support amongst other activities the financing of a feasibility study, prototyping, pilot testing, demonstrating, procurement of further specialised consultancy services and coaching services that cannot be provided directly by the project partners, adaptation of business processes, free access and support to use testing facilities, introduction of new IT solutions etc.

The Commission estimates that at least half of the budget should be allocated to financial support to SMEs in the form of third party financing.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

Call - A DIGITISED, RESOURCE-EFFICIENT AND RESILIENT INDUSTRY 2021 (PCP)

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-02-PCP

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 108

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 109

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 30 Mar 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-02-01-PCP

PCP

9.00 110

Around 9.00

1

Overall indicative budget

9.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Improving the resilience and preparedness of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-02-01-PCP: Boosting green economic recovery and open strategic autonomy in Strategic Digital Technologies through pre-commercial procurement (PCP action)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Pre-commercial Procurement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The specific conditions for actions with PCP/PPI procurements in section H of the General Annexes apply to grants funded under this topic.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

PCP/PPI procurement costs are eligible.

The specific conditions are described in General Annex H.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Bring to the market new green, digital solutions that can increase Europe’s resilience and preparedness to tackle the circular economy and climate challenge, whilst strengthening EU open strategic autonomy in digital technologies;

2.Advancing public sector modernization by capitalising on the transformational power of digital technologies to bring radical improvements to the quality and efficiency of public services;

3.Leveraging PCP to drive innovation and increase resilience in the supply chain by opening up opportunities for innovative digitised companies, in particular SMEs and Startups, to access the public procurement market and scale up their business;

4.Increased opportunities for wide market uptake and economies of scale for the supply side through increased demand for innovative green solutions, wide publication of results and where relevant contribution to standardisation, regulation or certification.

Scope: By closing the gap between supply and demand in a way that reinforces EU open strategic autonomy, PCPs can make a key contribution to economic recovery and growth 111 . As the future is one of green digital growth 112 , European public procurers need to lead by example by procuring more green and more digital. This topic therefore focuses on forward looking procurement of R&D to bring to the market new green, digital solutions that can increase Europe’s resilience and preparedness to tackle the circular economy and climate challenge.

This topic addresses Europe’s Achilles heel on the road towards a green and digital economic recovery, the lack and fragmentation of public demand for innovative solutions 113 . While it is well known that public sector modernisation and economic growth depend heavily on the use of ICTs, European investments on innovation procurement in ICTs are still lagging behind with a factor 3 compared to other leading global economies. Underinvestment is the biggest in particular for R&D procurement (factor 5) 114 . Europe’s startups and SMEs are indispensable in delivering the required innovations. As past experience shows that pre-commercial procurement opens up the procurement market for startups and enables the public sector to address societal challenges more effectively, Europe’s Startup community 115 as well as public procurers 116 have requested the Commission and Member States to increase investments in PCP.

This topic supports public buyers to collectively implement PCPs to drive innovation from the demand side and open up wider commercialisation opportunities for companies in Europe to take international leadership in new markets for strategic digital technologies that can deliver greener solutions. The aim is to leverage PCP to encourage the development and to provide a first customer reference for the piloting, installation and validation of breakthrough innovations.

Addressing public sector transformation typically requires combinations of different cross-cutting technologies and cooperation across public sector actors. The topic is thus open to proposals from all domains of public sector activity to address public sector challenges that require innovative ICT based solutions. It is open both to proposals requiring improvements mainly based on one specific ICT technology, and those requiring end-to-end solutions that need cross-cutting combinations of different ICT technologies. The work will complement PCP Actions foreseen under other topics.

Proposals should demonstrate sustainability of the action beyond the life of the project. They should demonstrate how the project is anchored in a clear strategy to fuel economic recovery in a sustainable way through stronger early adoption of innovative green solutions. Activities covered should include cooperation with policy makers to reinforce the national policy frameworks and mobilise substantial additional national budgets for PCP and innovation procurement in general beyond the scope of the project.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

DESTINATION – WORLD LEADING DATA AND COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES

This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

1.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

2.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of Cluster 4 as set out in Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

1.Globally attractive, secure and dynamic data-agile economy, by developing and enabling the uptake of the next-generation computing and data technologies and infrastructures (including space infrastructure and data), enabling the European single market for data with the corresponding data spaces and a trustworthy artificial intelligence ecosystem.

As data becomes the new fuel of the economy and a key asset to address our societal challenges, the EU cannot afford to have the data of its businesses, public sector and citizens stored and exploited largely outside its borders. This is affecting not only our economic performance but also our security, safety and sovereignty.

As announced in the EU data strategy (COM(2020) 66), the EU has the means to become the world’s most secure and trustful data hub. For that to happen, an important investment effort in the development of data technologies is needed to support the use, interoperability and analytical exploitation of EU-wide common data spaces targeting essential economic sectors and areas of public interest. The COVID-19 crisis showed how essential it is to master data technologies to address our societal challenges and to incentivize public and private stakeholders to trustfully share data.

The investments should cover the necessary data infrastructure and service platforms to enable virtualisation, adaptation of data and meta-data (including standards for data sharing) as well as common analytics tools. Investment in this Destination will reinforce the cloud and data infrastructure supply industry and make data accessible to research, education, businesses and governments across the EU in a way that meets European values and requirements. It will focus on energy-efficient and trustworthy data infrastructures and related services. The EU also needs to swiftly develop generic cloud to edge to IoT technologies, methods, tools and platforms for the support of future hyper-distributed applications in any business/societal sector.

Europe’s lead in the data economy also increasingly depends on its capability to autonomously develop key High Performance Computing (HPC) technologies, provide access to world-class supercomputing and data infrastructures, maintain global leadership in HPC applications, and foster the acquisition of HPC skills. This is the purpose of the activities funded by the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking.

Investments in this Destination contribute substantially to climate change objectives. Energy efficiency is a key design principle in actions, which will lead to new technologies and solutions that are cornerstones for a sustainable economy and society. These solutions range from environmentally sustainable data operations to balancing loads among centralised clouds and distributed edge computing, from decentralised energy sources to energy-harvesting sensors/devices, etc.

Finally, a robust data ecosystem rests as much on the wide, practical availability of top solutions and results, as on the transparency of the research and innovation process. To ensure trustworthiness and wide adoption by user communities for the benefit of society, actions should promote high standards of transparency and openness. Actions should ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, in line with Responsible Research and Innovation.

This Destination is structured into the following headings, which group topics together with similar outcomes to address a common challenge:

1.Data sharing in the common European data space

Data sharing and data interoperability are still at their infancy; few data markets for sharing industrial data exist. In a recent survey 117 , more than 40% of the SMEs interviewed claim they had problems in acquiring data from other companies. The diffusion of platforms for data sharing and the availability of interoperable datasets is one of the key success factors which may help to drive the European data economy and industrial transformation. On the other hand, Europe is developing a strong legal framework for data and is well positioned to exploit data from the public sector. The potential of European industrial data (from digitising industry) creates great synergies to feed European data ecosystems with industrial, personal, and public sector data, to be shared and exploited in full compliance with the ethical and legal framework.

In line with the FAIR principles (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable), the overall objective of the topics in this heading is to make Europe the most successful area in the world in terms of data sharing and data re-use while respecting the legal framework relating to security and privacy and fostering collaboration and building on existing initiatives.

1.Strengthening Europe’s data analytics capacity

Recent developments in sensor networks, cyber-physical systems, and the ubiquity of the Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI) have increased the collection of data (including health care, social media, smart communities, industry, manufacturing, education, construction, agriculture, water management finance/insurance, tourism, education, and more) to an enormous scale (by 2025, 463 exabytes of data will be produced every day in the world). There is significant potential for advances of data analytics at the intersection of many scientific, technology and societal fields (e.g. data mining, AI, complex systems, network science, statistics, natural language understanding, mathematics, particle physics, astronomy, earth observation…), and new methods and approaches are needed along the whole data life-cycle and value chain.

The overall objective of the topics in this heading is to make the EU fully autonomous in processing, combining, modelling and analysing such large amounts of data for efficiently predicting future courses of action with high accuracy and advanced decision-making strategies. The use of natural resources is reduced and waste avoided by making it possible to replace classical experiments by data-driven digital models. The technological achievements under this heading will support the development of responsible and useful AI solutions, built on high-quality and high-value data.

1.From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data

Today, 80% of the processing and analysis of data takes place in data centres and centralised computing facilities, and 20% in smart connected objects; only 1 European company in 4 use cloud technologies; 75% of the European cloud market is dominated by non-EU players. Considering the pace of development in this area outside of the EU, the implementation of the activities will require R&I instruments with great flexibility, including the support of SMEs and start-ups, to nurture a European ecosystem and deliver swift results.

In line with Europe’s data, green and industrial strategies, for capitalising on the paradigm shift to the edge, Europe needs to pool major investments. Focus must be on the development and deployment of the next generation computing components, systems and platforms that enable this transition to a compute continuum with strong capacities at the edge and far edge in an energy efficient and trustworthy manner.

The overall objective of the topics in this heading is to establish the European supply and value chains in cloud to edge computing to Internet of Things (IoT) and tactile internet by integrating relevant elements of computing, connectivity, IoT, AI cybersecurity. New cloud/edge technologies with enhanced performance enabled by AI will increase European autonomy in the data economy required to support future hyper-distributed applications.

Finally, actions on high-end computing for exascale performance and beyond will be entirely implemented in the Joint Undertaking EuroHPC.

Today, Europe critically depends on foreign High Performance Computing (HPC) technologies that are essential for scientific and industrial innovation and competitiveness. By 2022 the next generation supercomputers will reach exascale performance, none of them with European technology components.

The overall objective such actions is to ensure digital autonomy for Europe in key high-end supercomputing technology (hardware and software) and applications, and developing the first exascale supercomputer based predominantly on European technology by 2026.

Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: testing, experimentation, demonstration, and support for take-up using the capacities, infrastructures, and European Digital Innovation Hubs made available under the Digital Europe Programme; large-scale roll-out of innovative new technologies and solutions (e.g. interconnections between High-Performance Computing centres) via the Connecting Europe Facility; further development of skills and competencies via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Digital; upscaling of trainings via the European Social Fund +; and use of financial instruments under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to world-leading data and computing technologies, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Improved European leadership in the global data economy

2.Maximised social and economic benefits from the wider and more effective use of data

3.Reinforced Europe’s ability to manage urgent societal challenges (e.g. data for crisis management, digital for clean energy).

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01

141.00

21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01

205.00

05 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

141.00

205.00

Call - WORLD LEADING DATA AND COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 118

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 119

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-01

RIA

52.00 120

8.00 to 11.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-03

IA

30.00

Around 5.00

6

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-05

RIA

54.00

8.00 to 12.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-07

CSA

3.00

Around 1.50

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-08

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

141.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Data sharing in the common European data spaces

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-01: Technologies and solutions for compliance, privacy preservation, green and responsible data operations (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 52.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.improve the efficiency and the use of trustworthy digital technologies to address the requirements of citizens, companies and administrations/public organisations on privacy and commercial and administrative confidentiality as well as responsible, fair and environmentally friendly (e.g. in terms of energy/carbon/material footprint) data operations in data spaces, across the data life cycle.

Scope: Digital technologies, methods, architectures and processes for user-friendly, safe, trustworthy, compliant, fair, transparent, accountable and environmentally sustainable collection, storage, processing, querying, analytics and delivery of data. The technologies should facilitate sharing and manipulation of data in compliance with prevailing and emerging legislation (e.g. GDPR) for data processors and data subjects/rightholders and other stakeholders. The technologies and solutions should enable safe and secure data handling, sharing and re-use in the context of common European data spaces in various situations and application areas. The scope also includes the combination of technological and social innovation, technologies and solutions that enable environmentally sustainable data operations (e.g. by optimising/minimising/de-centralising processing, transfer and storage of data and avoiding unnecessary data manipulations, using energy-harvesting sensors/devices etc.), as well as technologies and solutions for ensuring human, fair and ethically sound collection, processing and manipulation of data, in line with the principles of responsible/trustworthy AI.

The actions under this topic should liaise with relevant cyber-security actions under Cluster 3. The actions are expected to build on Horizon 2020 actions on privacy-preserving technologies and liaise with appropriate actions from Horizon 2020 topic ICT-13-2018-19, as well as with data-centric H2020 European Research Infrastructures. They should also liaise with the Data Spaces Support Centre (to be set up under the Digital Europe programme), in order to provide methods and solutions for the emerging common European data spaces (to be deployed under the Digital Europe programme). Likewise, they should liaise with other relevant national, regional and trans-national initiatives such as Gaia-X and EOSC, especially to ensure interoperability and reasonable re-use of common reference models, processes and building blocks for a pan-European data infrastructure.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-03: Technologies for data management (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.provide new secure and energy-efficient data management tools improving the usability and discoverability of data in different contexts, covering data provenance, synthetic data generation, data quality management (such as data cleaning, validation, enrichment, co-creation, identification of bias and correlations), improving data interoperability, metadata management (automated ways of labelling and describing data, data linkage), and ensuring data security, privacy and integrity, especially in the context of data spaces.

Scope: The actions under this topic are expected to provide practical, robust and scalable tools to improve the interoperability, quality, and integrity of data and metadata, in the context of other topics of the heading “Data sharing in the common European data space”. The data management tools and systems should support a holistic approach of the data life cycle and comply with accountability, fairness and confidentiality as well as the FAIR principles (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable) for data and metadata management. Building on results of relevant past and current initiatives, data management tools, systems and processes are expected to enable, support and/or automate the creation and maintenance of common ontologies, vocabularies and data models and/or structured, standardised and automated authoring, co-creation, curation, annotation and labelling of data, in view of different later uses (especially AI) made of the data. The actions are expected to create links with relevant initiatives collecting/using heterogeneous/linguistic data, including AI initiatives (such as AI4EU, European Language Grid, or the projects from the H2020 topic ICT-48), and liaise with standardization bodies, where appropriate.

Actions are expected to deal with gaps and needs identified in real-world data space management and real-world data heterogeneity challenges (encoding formats, multiple languages, collection mechanisms, access methods, etc.), supporting, where necessary, hybrid/adaptive approaches and models, leading to robust, reliable and automated annotation of unstructured data sources. The tools should contribute to minimization of the energy footprint, be adaptable to different user needs and support and encourage new business models and (where appropriate) citizen involvement and social innovation. The tools should be demonstrated by diverse use cases. Provision of open source tools is encouraged to contribute to outreach and impact.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics.

From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-05: Future European platforms for the Edge: Meta Operating Systems (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 54.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 150 000 in order to allow third parties to support in
dustry, in particular SMEs, in take-up of emerging edge topologies, for populating and validating relevant use cases through experiments.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Next generation of higher-level (meta) operating systems for the smart Internet of Things with strong computing capacity at the smart device, system and edge-level, embedded in a compute continuum from IoT-to-edge-to-cloud. Such Operating system should be device independent and implement advanced concepts such as ad-hoc clouds, time-triggered IoT, and decentralised intelligence.

2.Increasing European autonomy in data processing required to support future hyper-distributed applications by building open platforms and an open edge ecosystem including business models, driven by European actors.

3.Achieving trust in these (meta) operating systems among actors in diverse industrial ecosystems by leveraging open standards and - where applicable - open source.

4.Emergence of an open edge ecosystem including midcaps, SMEs and start-ups that foster the up-take of an edge operating system, e.g. through a modular functional spectrum of executable apps and services, for nurturing a European network of innovators and developers.

5.Demonstrators in key industrial and societal applications, which in future require more power at the edge.

Scope: Europe needs to strengthen its supply and value chains in cloud to edge computing by integrating relevant elements of computing, connectivity, IoT, AI and cybersecurity. Exploiting network functions such as adhoc - cloud/fog communication not limited to 5G , the objective is to develop meta operating systems for the edge that enable cloud and edge computing orchestrations by bringing computation, data and intelligence closer to where the data is produced (sensors and devices) and by which volume, variety, interoperability, and velocity should be handled efficiently and securely. This will make AI training and inference at the edge viable and lead to a next generation of internet-enabled automation concepts virtualizing computing and networking functions, multi-state analytics and digital twinning of underlying objects to improve end-to-end response time, to optimise the CO2 footprint and benefit from the use of renewable energy sources. Validation should be done through proof of concept or prototype implementations for at least 3 different applications in domains such as mobility, logistics, manufacturing, energy and other utilities, buildings or farming.

Proposals are expected to use financial support to third parties (FSTP) to support industry, in particular SMEs, in take-up of emerging edge topologies, for populating and validating relevant use cases through experiments. A maximum of 20% of the budget is expected to be dedicated to FSTP and the maximum amount of FSTP is EUR 150.000 per third party for the entire duration of the action.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-07: Coordination and Support of the ‘Cloud-Edge-IoT’ domain (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Supporting the Commission and the constituency in coordinating the proposal portfolio in particular resulting from HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-05, HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-02, and HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-03 and ensure consistent exploitation of the outcomes.

2.Exploring and exploiting synergies between relevant European national and private initiatives from Cloud to edge to IoT.

3.Regaining European competitiveness in internet infrastructures through effective partnership models and the provisioning of open solutions as well as trusted & interoperable data-driven services in the core and at the edge.

Scope:

1.to coordinate with the evolution of the computing continuum and investments in core Internet infrastructures and support the delivery of interdisciplinary-based new services and applications on top of the cloud-edge-IoT enabled data layer with the potential to generate vast opportunities for entire ecosystems and avoid vendor-lock in at the edge.

2.to coordinate, build constituency, and analyse the needs for advanced smart IoT and edge computing nodes and systems in terms of performance, price, energy footprint, real-time capability, security and trust (leveraging cybersecurity research and deployment activities in Cluster 3), needed degree of customisation, synchronisation of digital twins etc. – and to map them to existing or emerging solutions, as well as to identify gaps. Outcomes are expected to address the most important sectors for Europe’s economy, and competitiveness as well as an analysis of cross cutting aspects like open standards, open source, and synergies across sectors.

3.There is an explicit need for two CSAs as they must address the topic from two different but complimentary perspectives and target groups – the supply and the demand side.

​In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-08: Roadmap for next generation computing and systems technologies (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Support structure for the European Computing ecosystem: networking events and vision workshops for the academic and industrial computing community,

2.Yearly updated roadmaps on computing addressing the area from a broad perspective from edge device to edge cloud to cloud to HPC, from scientific to industrial to societal and research applications, and addressing all relevant aspects such as real-time, security, etc.

Scope: To support the European Commission and the European computing constituency by providing to them annually updated roadmaps for research and innovation related to computing. This topic is overarching and building the bridge between Destinations 3 (heading “From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data”), Destination 4 (“Ultra Low Power Processors”), as well as the Joint Undertakings on Key Digital Technologies, Smart Networks and Services, and high-performance computing (HPC). This effort builds on the achievements and structures established by the HIPEAC project and think tank of all renowned European research centres on computing “at large” and their key experts. Both the academic visions as well as the industrial perspective should be taken into account.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - WORLD LEADING DATA AND COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 121

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 122

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 23 Nov 2021

Deadline(s): 05 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-01

RIA

33.00

8.00 to 12.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-02

RIA

50.00 123

4.00 to 6.00

10

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-03

RIA

40.00

4.00 to 8.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-04

IA

52.00

10.00 to 13.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-05

RIA

30.00

Around 5.00

6

Overall indicative budget

205.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Data sharing in the common European data spaces

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-04: Technologies and solutions for data trading, monetizing, exchange and interoperability (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 52.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.improve the digital technologies, solutions and interoperable frameworks for data markets and data economy (e.g. industrial, administrative and societal/cultural data platforms/data spaces), allowing for data assets to be discoverable, efficiently and fairly priced and shared/traded in a secured, user-friendly, compliant and energy-efficient way; promote the development of a European industrial ecosystem of the data economy capable of ensuring digital autonomy; develop training material to endow workers in this occupational group with the right skillset in order to deploy the new technologies

Scope: The focus is on technologies, solutions and frameworks that facilitate the collection, sharing, storing, processing, trading and re-using of data in compliance with the legal framework and satisfying the needs, expectations and rights of the data providers, brokers, users and data subjects. Practical and scalable solutions for handling large amounts of transactions while minimizing energy consumption are necessary (e.g. smart/automated contracting, data rights management, tracking of subsequent data use). Special attention should be paid to fostering approaches that ensure data and metadata interoperability, including the application of appropriate standards, reference architectures, common ontologies/vocabularies/data models allowing smooth data sharing (also across sectors). The emphasis is on the development and demonstration of practical and mature end-to-end systems, building on the results of work on data platforms (topic H2020-ICT-13-2018-2019), privacy-preserving technologies and computing technologies under Horizon 2020 and this programme.

Actions are expected to develop and/or support data spaces of realistic scope and size, deployable in real-world applications in various application areas. In particular, the actions are expected to support the deployment of the Common European Data Spaces under the Digital Europe programme (notably via the Data Spaces Support Centre, to be set up under the Digital Europe programme): the technologies and tools are developed under Horizon Europe actions and the deployment and operations are supported under Digital Europe actions. The actions are expected to build on and create links with other European data sharing schemes (e.g. EOSC, META-SHARE, ELRC-SHARE, European Data Portal), and potential/emerging data user/innovator communities (e.g. AI4EU, digital innovation hubs, data-centric H2020 European Research Infrastructures), as appropriate. The actions should contribute to European technological autonomy in data sharing.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics.

Strengthening Europe’s data analytics capacity

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-01: Methods for exploiting data and knowledge for extremely precise outcomes (analysis, prediction, decision support), reducing complexity and presenting insights in understandable way (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 33.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Improving automated ways for extracting meaning and providing insights from data extremely fast and/or accurately in order to optimize decision making (ranging from crisis/emergency management to predictive maintenance) or action planning, as well as demonstrating how these improvements can have great positive impacts for society, people, economy, or the environment

Scope: The actions under this topic are expected to exploit “extreme data”: (defined as data that exhibits one or more of the following characteristics, to an extent that makes current technologies fail: increasing volume, speed, variety; complexity/diversity/multilinguality of data; the dispersed data sources; sparse/missing/insufficient data/extreme variations in values) to push the frontiers of analytics, prediction, simulation and visualisation to provide extremely precise, timely and useful results from data and knowledge, to support (human or automated) decision-making, saving lives or otherwise providing great positive impact (economic, societal, environmental) compared to traditional methods of decision making. Integrity and ethical aspects of the outcomes should be in line with the principles of responsible/trustworthy AI. The use of European data sources (such as Copernicus, Galileo/EGNOS for satellite data) is encouraged in the use cases, where appropriate. Analytics should be transparent, trustworthy, flexible, fit for the purpose and user needs, intuitive and (when necessary) provided as efficient and scalable “Analytics-as-a-Service”, including, where appropriate, federated analytics on distributed/decentralized data. Prediction should be extremely precise and/or span over longer time period and/or account for uncertainty factors. Simulation should allow precise replication and modelling of the real phenomenon or system (generating accurate synthetic data, when appropriate), with minimal differences and/or minimize the footprint/cost of the simulation model while generating useful data (considering context), exploiting augmented reality when appropriate. Actions should consider quality standards and assessment criteria for data generated by simulation. Visualisation should be interactive (and facilitate human interaction and collaboration), intuitive, accessible and allow people (with different needs, interests and backgrounds) to understand complex phenomena by smart selection of parameters, anticipation of user needs/interest and by novel ways of combining visual and non-visual elements and/or augmented reality.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-05: Extreme data mining, aggregation and analytics technologies and solutions (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.provide better technologies, tools and solutions for data mining (searching and processing) of large, constantly growing amounts and varieties of data, and/or extremely sparse/dispersed/heterogeneous/multilingual data (stored centrally or in distributed/decentralized systems), in particular IoT, industrial, business, administrative, environmental, scientific or societal data.

Scope: The actions under this topic are expected to provide ground-breaking advances in the performance, speed and/or accuracy as well as usefulness of data discovery, collection, mining, filtering and processing in view of coping with “extreme data”: (defined as data that exhibits one or more of the following characteristics, to an extent that makes current technologies fail: increasing volume, speed, variety; complexity/diversity/multilinguality of data; the dispersed data sources; sparse/missing/insufficient data/extreme variations in values). The technologies and solutions are expected to discover and distil meaningful, reliable and useful data from heterogeneous and dispersed/scarce sources and deliver it to the requesting application/user with minimal delay and in the appropriate format. In particular, the advances should enable the development of trustworthy, accurate, green and fair AI systems where quality of data is as important as quantity and/or support industrial distributed decision-making tasks at appropriate level in the computing continuum (edge/fog/cloud). Insofar the results are intended for human use, the design of these tools should take into account the relevant human aspects and interactions with users.

The actions should address the integration of relevant technologies (e.g. big data, AI, IoT, HPC, edge/fog/cloud computing, language technologies, cybersecurity, telecommunications, autonomous systems etc.) as a means towards achieving the goals, and foster links to the respective research, industrial and user/innovator communities (e.g. AI4EU, digital innovation hubs). The use of European data sources (such as Copernicus, Galileo/EGNOS for satellite data) is encouraged in the use cases, where appropriate.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-02: Cognitive Cloud: AI-enabled computing continuum from Cloud to Edge (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A new AI-enabled Cloud-edge framework (Cognitive Cloud) that will automatically adapt to the growing complexity and data deluge by integrating seamlessly and securely diverse computing and data environments, spanning from core cloud to edge. This framework will respond and adapt intelligently to changes in application behaviour and data variability offering automatic deployment, mobility and secure adaptability of services from cloud to edge to diverse users and contexts. Resource management should take into account the openness and trustworthiness of the underlying resource management layers. The Cognitive Cloud will interface with all the layers in the computing continuum plane and will learn through the monitoring and management of resources deployed on Cloud/Edge. Applying AI-techniques will cater for dynamic load balancing to optimise energy efficiency and maintaining balanced data traffic and high, distributed, reliable throughput from cloud to edge according to the application and user needs and the underlying infrastructures. The framework will also dynamically adapt the processing capacity of the cloud to the varying supply of green energy in order to optimise its environmental footprint. Application developers will be empowered with greater control over network, computing and data infrastructures and services, and the end-user will benefit from seamless access to a continuous service environment.

Scope: Highly innovation cloud management layer making the best application of artificial intelligence techniques and AI models with automatic adaptation to the computing resources (i.e., connectivity, computing & storage) in cloud and edge to optimize where data are being processed (e.g. very close to the user at the edge, or in centralised capacities in the cloud). Seamless, transparent and trustworthy integration of diverse computing and data environments spanning from core cloud to edge, in an AI-enabled computing continuum. Automatic adaptation to the growing complexity of requirements and the exponential increase of data driven by IoT deployment across sectors, users and contexts while achieving optimal use of resources, holistic security and data privacy and credibility. Interoperability challenges among computing and data platform providers should be addressed and cloud federation approaches (based on open standards, interoperability models and open platforms) should be considered where appropriate.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01-03: Programming tools for decentralised intelligence and swarms (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Agile and secure architectures for collaborative smart nodes with decentralised or swarm intelligence, which build on European strengths in embedded sensors and devices and wireless communication, both non-cellular and mobile 5G networks.

2.Programming environments for smart edge-connected nodes and dynamic groups of nodes across the device-edge-cloud continuum, which reduce the complexity of programming and maintenance.

3.Dynamic open environments and tools, which stimulate open architectures and interfaces, interoperability and avoiding vendor lock-in, open source where appropriate.

4.Reinforced Europe’s position in the market of next generation smart systems (sensors and devices) integrated in an evolving Internet of Things and cyber-physical ecosystems with strong capacities at the edge.

Scope: Develop agile and secure architectures, dynamic programming environments and tools for the compute continuum from the device and edge perspective, including energy-efficient, lightweight AI-based approaches, tools for decentralised device and edge intelligence, innovative mesh architectures with mixed topologies to support concepts like tactile internet and swarm intelligence. This should support a paradigm shift from programming environments for individual devices to dynamic groups of devices like swarms. Research should include actionable data streams, contextual interaction and data fusion between the users and the objects as well as. analytical model distribution, delocalized computation and new mesh architectures. Concepts should combine advances in smart sensor networks, new generations of embedded processors, and operating systems for the edge with seamless federation of object identities (IDs) and distributed operation of a large number of heterogeneous IoT devices and smart systems to achieve higher resilience, security and trust in embedded AI applications. Proof of concept or prototype implementations should validate the concepts in at least 3 application areas like for example automated driving, health, farming, smart factories, utilities, cities and communities, logistics, buildings, which in future require more power on device-level at the edge. Concepts should also contribute to the sustainable use of energy, by optimising energy efficiency of proposed solutions and promoting the use of renewable energy. Contributions to sustainable development goals (SDGs) and open source, if appropriate.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

DESTINATION – DIGITAL AND EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR COMPETITIVENESS AND FIT FOR THE GREEN DEAL

This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

1.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

2.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact:

1.Open strategic autonomy in digital technologies and in future emerging enabling technologies, by strengthening European capacities in key parts of digital and future supply chains, allowing agile responses to urgent needs, and by investing in early discovery and industrial uptake of new technologies.

Electronic and photonic components, and the software that defines how they work, are the key digital technologies that underpin all digital systems. As the digitalisation of all sectors accelerates, most industries depend on early access to digital components. Dependence on these technologies represents a clear threat to Europe’s autonomy, particularly in periods of geopolitical instability, exposing Europe to risks of vulnerability. Actions under this Destination will build on EU strengths in low-power consumption and ultra-secure components, Europe needs to develop the essential electronic and photonic components for a wide range of applications such as healthcare equipment, electric and autonomous vehicles, manufacturing and production plants and equipment, telecom networks, aerospace vehicles, consumer products

R&I initiatives on 6G technologies are now starting in leading regions world-wide, with the first products and infrastructures expected for the end of this decade. 6G systems are expected to offer a new step change in performance from Gigabit towards Terabit capacities and sub-millisecond response times, to enable new critical applications such as real-time automation or eXtended Reality (“Internet of Senses”). Europe must engage now to be among the top influencers of - and competitors in - these technologies and ensure that emerging network technology standards are defined following European values and energy-efficiency requirements. Main actions on 6G technologies will be undertaken in the Smart Networks and Services Joint Undertaking.

Despite a strong European scientific community’s on AI and robotics, Europe lags behind in AI diffusion. Actions under this Destination will develop world-class technologies serving the needs of all types of European industries (e.g. manufacturing, healthcare, transport, agriculture, energy, construction), providing top-performing solutions that businesses will trust and adopt to maintain their competitiveness and maximise their contribution to environmental sustainability.

While Europe is strong in many sectors, it must take ownership of its unavoidable future transformations for competitiveness, prosperity and sustainability, by early leadership in new and emerging enabling technologies, e.g. alternative computing models such as bio- and neuro-morphic approaches, use of biological elements as part of technology, and sustainable smart materials. In particular, the far-reaching impact of quantum and graphene technologies on our economy and society cannot be fully estimated yet, but they will be disruptive for many fields. Actions in this Destination will ensure that Europe stays ahead in this global race and is in a position to achieve game-changing breakthroughs.

In line with the vision set out in the Digital Decade Communication (COM(2021)118), in particular its ‘secure and performant sustainable digital infrastructures’ pillar, actions under this Destination will support Europe’s open strategic autonomy, and reinforce and regain European industry’s leaderships across the digital supply chain. It will direct investments to activities that will ensure a robust European industrial and technology presence in all key parts of a greener digital supply chain, from low-power components to advanced systems, future networks, new data technologies and platforms. Autonomy will require sustaining first-mover advantage in strategic areas like quantum computing and graphene, and investing early in emerging enabling technologies.

Investments in this Destination contribute substantially to climate change objectives. Energy efficiency is a key design principle in actions, which will lead to new technologies and solutions that are cornerstones for a sustainable economy and society. These solutions range from ultra-low-power processors to AI, Data and Robotics solutions for resource optimisation and reduction of energy consumption and CO2 emissions; from highly efficient optical networking technologies and ultra-low-energy 6G communication networks to robotics that overcome the limitation of energy autonomy. Furthermore, promising emerging avenues are addressed via ultra-low power operations enabled by spintronics and 2D materials-based devices and systems for energy storage and harvesting.

Actions should devote particular attention to openness of the solutions and results, and transparency of the research and innovation process. To ensure trustworthiness and wide adoption by user communities for the benefit of society, actions should promote high standards of transparency and openness. Actions should ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, in line with Responsible Research and Innovation.

As a result, this Destination is structured into the following headings, which group topics together with similar outcomes to address a common challenge:

1.Ultra-low power processors

Today Europe is not highly present in the microprocessor market. The objective of this heading is to ensure EU open strategic autonomy through the development of low-power, low environmental impact, secure and trusted components and software for strategic value-chains.

Proposals are invited under the topics of this heading in this work programme and under the topics of the ‘Key Digital Technologies’ Joint Undertaking addressing the electronics value chain (including software technologies).

1.European Innovation Leadership in Electronics

Europe currently has a leading position in key digital technologies for the strategic sectors of automotive, industrial manufacturing, aerospace, defence and security and healthcare. In the emerging area of post-Moore components, there is a number of promising technological approaches with no established players or dominant regions.

The objective of this heading is to secure access in Europe to cutting-edge digital technologies, to strengthen current leadership in strategic value-chains, and to seize emerging opportunities addressing existing technological gaps.

Proposals are invited under the topics of this heading in this work programme and under the topics of the ‘Key Digital Technologies’ Joint Undertaking addressing the electronics value chain (including software technologies).

1.European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

The European photonics industry has an excellent position in core segments, far above the average EU market share. The objective of the topics grouped in this heading is to strengthen current leadership in photonic technologies and applications, and to secure access in Europe to cutting-edge photonic technologies.

The topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘Photonics’.

1.6G and foundational connectivity technologies

Today European suppliers of connectivity systems are well placed with around 40% of global 5G market share, but with high competitive pressure from Asian and US players. In terms of technology, first 5G standards are available since end of 2017 enabling Gigabit/s speeds and ~millisecond latencies. Trusted industrial services based on 5G technology are at very early stage.

The objective of this heading is to develop a strong supply chain for connectivity, increase European competitiveness and autonomy in Internet infrastructures, and to contribute to a reduction of the growing global energy consumption of the Internet and of the industry vertical users of the Internet, and to other key SDG’s such as affordability and accessibility to infrastructures. The topics under this work programme address in particular the need to develop micro electronic components and systems supporting future disaggregated Radio Access Networks and components enabling the advent of all optical networks for ultra low consumption and ultra high security networks.

Proposals are invited under the topics of this heading in this work programme and under the topics of the ‘Smart Networks and Services” Joint Undertaking addressing the future connectivity platforms including edge cloud and IoT technologies.

1.Innovation in AI, Data and Robotics

Europe has an outstanding track record in key areas of AI research, Europe’s scientific community is leading in AI and robotics, but substantial efforts are needed to transform this into (disruptive) European AI technology products that can withstand international competitors. Europe also lags behind in technology diffusion, less than half of European firms have adopted AI technology, with a majority of those still in the pilot stage. 70% of these adopter companies, only capture 10% of full potential use, and only 2% percent of European firms in healthcare are using those technologies at 80% of potential 124 . Moreover, as demonstrated during the COVID-19 crisis, many AI, Data and Robotics solutions exist today but only a limited number of them reaches the level of maturity and adoption necessary to solve the problems at hand. Therefore, there is room for improved adoption by industry, which requires a drastic increase of industry-driven R&I, from basic research to large-scale piloting. In general, industry acknowledges the potential of AI technologies, but often lacks demonstrable benefits for their particular use cases.

The objective of this heading is to ensure autonomy for Europe in AI, data and robotics in developing world-class technologies serving the needs of all types of European industries, from manufacturing to healthcare, public sector, utilities, retail, finance, insurance, transport, agriculture, energy, telecommunications, environmental monitoring, construction, media, creative and cultural industries, fashion, tourism, etc. providing top-performing solutions that industries will trust and adopt to maintain their competitiveness and maximise their contribution to environmental and resources sustainability.

Several topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘AI, Data and Robotics’.

1.Tomorrow’s deployable Robots: efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted

Europe is leading in robotics industry, with a high intensity of use of robots. Europe is also scientifically leading in robotics’ cognition, safety, manipulation, soft robotics, underwater and aerial robotics, with demonstrated impacts in many use-cases in key industrial sectors (e.g.: healthcare, agri-food 125 , forestry, inspection and maintenance, logistics, construction, manufacturing, etc.) and across multiple modalities (aerial, marine, ground, in-vivo and space).

The objective of this heading is to ensure autonomy for Europe in robotics, leading the way in research, development and deployment of world-class technologies.

Several topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘AI, Data and Robotics’.

1.European leadership in Emerging Enabling Technologies

Europe’s leading industry sectors have a solid track-record in constant improvement, but less so for embracing transformative ideas. The pathway from research to industry uptake is often long and staged, with no intertwining of research and industry agendas. In the age of deep-tech, though, this intertwining is essential.

The objective of this heading is to identify early technologies that have the potential to become Europe’s future leading technologies in all areas of this cluster and to establish industry leadership in these technologies from the outset. This heading has a unique focus on off-roadmap transformations with a longer time-horizon but profound potential impact.

1.Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift

Since 2018, the Quantum Technologies Flagship has been consolidating and expanding Europe’s scientific leadership and excellence in quantum, in order to foster the development of a competitive quantum industrial and research ecosystem in Europe. The EU’s aims for quantum R&I in the next decade are set out in detail in the Quantum Flagship’s Strategic Research Agenda (SRA 126 ) and its associated main Key Performance Indicators, 127 which drafted and published in 2020 on quantum computing, quantum simulation, quantum communication, and quantum sensing and metrology. Projects in each of these areas are currently supported by the Flagship, by other EU research initiatives and by national programmes.

The objective of this heading is to further develop quantum technologies and their applications in the areas of quantum computing, simulation, sensing and communication, in order to strengthen European technological sovereignty in this strategic field and achieve first-mover industry leadership, capitalising on Europe’s established excellence in quantum science and technology maintaining and developing quantum competences and skills available in the EU and raising the capabilities of all Member States in this field.

The aim of the Commission’s Digital Decade strategy is for the EU to become digitally sovereign in an interconnected world, and in the coming years quantum technologies will be a key element of this digital sovereignty, as they are of global strategic importance. Quantum technologies will be also used, among others, for sensitive applications in the area of security, and in dual-use applications. Other world regions are already investing heavily in all areas of quantum technologies research. In this context, the EU must take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. This will enable it to safeguard its strategic assets, interests, autonomy and security, while advancing towards its goal of open strategic autonomy.

The Quantum Technologies Flagship conducts research and development activities in the key domains of quantum computing and simulation, quantum communication, and quantum sensing. The Flagship will contribute to world-leading quantum computers and simulators, that will be acquired by the European High Performance Computing Joint Undertaking, and will be crucial to achieving its Digital Decade goal of having its first computer with quantum acceleration by 2025, with a view to being at the cutting edge of quantum capabilities by 2030. These machines will have a profound impact, with applications in medicine, manufacturing, or new material and new drugs design but also in cryptography, finance and many other sensitive domains.

Moreover, the Flagship’s research into quantum communication will support the development of a European quantum communication infrastructure (EuroQCI). This key component of the EU Cybersecurity Strategy will provide an extremely secure form of encryption to shield the EU’s government data and critical infrastructures against cyber-attacks. Ensuring that the latest quantum communication technologies remain accessible in the EU is crucial to maintaining European security in the face of future threats.

Research in quantum sensing technologies is also vital to the EU’s interests, as it will develop European expertise in quantum clocks for navigation (including for embarkation on Galileo satellites) and precise timing applications, sensors for autonomous vehicles, and the next generation of medical sensors.

It is therefore clearly in the EU’s interests to protect European research in these domains, the intellectual property that it generates, and the strategic assets that will be developed as a result, while taking steps to avoid situations of technological dependency on non-EU sources (in line with the call of the October 2020 European Council to reduce Europe’s strategic dependencies). With this in mind, the Commission has decided that, in the research areas covered by 12 actions in this work programme in quantum computing and simulation, communication, and sensing, only Associated Countries that meet certain conditions will be eligible to participate in these actions.

The eligibility to participate in such actions is limited to legal entities established in the EU, Norway, Iceland, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

1.Graphene: Europe in the lead

The starting point is the Graphene Flagship, launched in 2013, which already reached European leadership in graphene and related 2D materials. The work is now coming to a critical point where first simple products are being launched. R&I activities would now need to be pursued and accelerated in order to translate achieved technology advances that are at TRL 3-5 into concrete innovation opportunities and into production capabilities in many industrial sectors (e.g. aviation, automotive, electronics, batteries, healthcare).

The objective of this heading is to strengthen and accelerate the technology developments that support a strong European supply and value chain in graphene and related materials and provide first-mover market advantages of scale.

Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: testing, experimentation, demonstration, and support for take-up using the capacities, infrastructures, and European Digital Innovation Hubs made available under the Digital Europe Programme; large-scale roll-out of innovative new technologies and solutions (e.g. new energy-efficient connectivity technologies) via the Connecting Europe Facility; further development of skills and competencies via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Digital; upscaling of trainings via the European Social Fund +; and use of financial instruments under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Europe’s open strategic autonomy by sustaining first-mover advantages in strategic areas including AI, data, robotics, quantum computing, and graphene, and by investing early in emerging enabling technologies.

2.Reinforced European industry leadership across the digital supply chain.

3.Robust European industrial and technology presence in all key parts of a greener digital supply chain, from low-power components to advanced systems, future networks, new data technologies and platforms.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

311.90

21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02

23.00

28.00

27 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

116.50

05 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02

127.00

16 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

334.90

271.50

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 128

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 129

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-01

RIA

26.00 130

8.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-05

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-06

IA

26.00

4.00 to 6.00

6

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-07

RIA

39.00

3.00 to 5.00

8

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-09

IA

27.00 131

3.00 to 5.00

7

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-10

IA

22.00

3.00 to 5.00

6

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11

RIA

44.50

Around 5.00

9

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-12

RIA

11.50

Around 11.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-13

CSA

2.50

Around 2.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-14

RIA

17.00

2.00 to 3.00

6

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-21

RIA

13.50

Around 6.75

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-23

RIA

4.00

Around 1.33

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-26

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-27

RIA

22.50

5.00 to 7.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-30

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-31

RIA

35.00

3.00 to 5.00

9

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-32

CSA

6.40

Around 6.40

1

Overall indicative budget

311.90

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Ultra-low power processors

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-01: Ultra-low-power, secure processors for edge computing (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Develop European secure specialised microprocessor designs (including accelerators and controllers) that deliver high-performance computing at ultra-low power operation.

2.Improve by at least two orders of magnitude the performance per watt for the targeted edge applications

Scope:

1.Develop European specialised processors, architectures and computational engines that have the potential to substantially improve energy efficiency (i.e. performance per watt) for the targeted edge application.

2.Examples of targeted applications (non-exhaustive list) are automated driving, artificial intelligence, machine learning, computer vision, machine translation, speech recognition, sensor fusion, signal processing, etc.

3.New specialised processor designs may incorporate approaches such as neuromorphic, in-memory computing, probabilistic computing, neural networks, programmable logic, hardware-software co-design as well as open-source hardware and processor IP.

4.Proposals should have a longer-term perspective taking into account the reduced performance improvements of general-purpose computing, the slow-down of Moore’s law and the changing economics of semiconductor manufacturing.

5.Proposals should include research on advanced hardware-based security at silicon-level.

6.Proposals should take into account certification guidelines for secure and safety-critical applications where relevant.

Proposals should include a preliminary analysis of bringing successfully to the market the proposed research either as IP blocks or as standalone chips. Proposals may include early chip prototyping in well-justified cases.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-05: Open Source Hardware for ultra-low-power, secure processors (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Structure European involvement in open source hardware efforts (including open Instruction Set Architectures) related to the design of ultra-low-power, secure microprocessors, microcontrollers and accelerators.

2.Develop a roadmap for open source hardware in Europe covering both R&D as well as funding & business aspects for edge applications in all power and performance ranges from deeply embedded to high-end computing.

Scope:

1.Address issues like availability of a sustainable and reliable open hardware IP supply, maturity of the IP components (especially for industrial use), open source design tools, compilation, simulation, verification, real-time and mixed criticality, etc.

2.Bring together all relevant European stakeholders and further develop and grow the European open source hardware ecosystem

3.Align with related regional or national initiatives covering both academia and industry

4.Interface with international efforts in the area including certification guidelines for design of IP to be used in safe/secure applications

5.Participate and lead in the development of open source hardware standards and specifications.

​In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

European Innovation Leadership in Electronics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-31: Functional electronics for green and circular economy (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

·European leadership in the area of flexible, printed and organic electronics

·Development of new concepts, designs and technologies in electronics to support and enable circular economy and sustainability.

·Development of next generation components and systems that will deliver climate-neutral digital solutions for a wide range of sectors.

Scope: Proposals are expected to make technological breakthroughs in the development of functional electronics technologies 132

to address the challenges and opportunities associated with green and digital transformation. Eco-design principles 133 ,

in particular reduction of energy and resource consumption should be taken into account. The emphasis of this topic will be on the advancement in the area of flexible, printed and organic electronics as low-cost/light- weight/less energy intensive approach to complement inorganic-based mainstream semiconductors.

It is expected that proposals will focus on activities related to:

1.Development of beyond state-of-the-art processes for electronic components and systems by making use of different types of substrates (e.g. flexible, stretchable and conformable) and their integration in various structures and materials (e.g. textiles, plastics, glass, paper and metal). Proposals should address the improvement of system characteristics (e.g. performance, robustness, reliability) and progress in high throughput and low-cost manufacturing processes.

2.Increasing capability to integrate flexible and printed electronics in various application domains (e.g. wearables, mobility, health/well-being, agriculture and environment, energy and smart logistics) including in hybrid IC or flexible systems.

3.Activities related to the development of new methodologies for next generation components and systems taking into account Eco-design principles, such as more efficient recovery and recycling solutions or/and optimisation of the use of resources (e.g. energy efficiency at system and manufacturing level, material consumption) will be encouraged.

Issues related to life cycle, end-of life, standardisation, certification and regulation compliance should be considered whenever appropriate.

Proposals should include targets and metrics for decreasing use of resources in their chosen approaches.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-06: Advanced optical communication components (Photonics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Reliable and low latency communication with guaranteed service quality for the digital transformation of industrial processes;

2.Reduced congestion in data communication when a multiplicity of applications compete for simultaneous delivery, thereby causing data loss or a delay in data delivery;

3.Reduced power consumption to some pico-Joule per bit through the broader use of optical networking technologies, interconnects, and integrated optical communication components;

4.Lowered barrier for the uptake of performant communication technologies by reducing cost of transmission interfaces to around 50 cents per Gigabit per second.

Scope: Proposals to develop ultra-dynamic photonic components and subsystems for data communication, using for example new optical wavelength bands, space division multiplexing, new integration schemes, optical switching and new switching paradigms, as solutions for time-deterministic and time-sensitive networks. They should also enable ultra-dynamic reconfiguration on the optical layer and mitigate amplifier power transients, while saving energy, improving bandwidth efficiency, and guaranteeing low deterministic latencies across the network. Emerging solutions, e.g. based on free space optical communication may be explored as well.

Advances will cover a range of use cases for example from optical switching in commercial applications to optical flow or packet switching approaches that would become practical for the industrial Internet. Where relevant for the application, devices should be able to work in a harsh environment such as within a wide temperature operating range, or in high humidity.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Photonics.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-07: Advanced Photonic Integrated Circuits (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 39.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.New generations of photonic integrated circuits and devices

2.Strengthening industrial capability of photonic device fabrication by integration and miniaturisation of technologies

3.Lowering the barrier to the use of advanced or innovative photonic integration technologies for companies, in particular high-tech SMEs

4.Providing European open strategic autonomy in Photonic Integrated Circuits and related manufacturing processing

Scope: Evolving photonic integration is opening up a wealth of opportunities in many application areas by enhancing functionality and spectral coverage, facilitating new applications in biomedical, environmental and industrial fields, making devices more power-efficient and bringing ground-breaking technologies within reach of entrepreneurial SMEs.

The increasingly sophisticated requirements need new paradigms, capable of extending the functionalities of optical components through design, integration, fabrication, assembly and packaging techniques including the co-integration of photonic and electronic components. These need to be augmented with new functions and performance enhancements, requiring in many cases the development of new materials and innovative device structures.

Challenges are for example in mastering epitaxial material growth and processing on large wafers with improved quality, uniformity and very low defect densities, broadband (“white”) light sources and high sensitivity photodetectors (including arrays) and high-efficiency semiconductor lasers across many wavelength bands, capable of withstanding high temperatures (>85°C) depending on the intended application. Incorporation of new building blocks such as magneto-optic elements for non-reciprocal functionality (e.g. optical isolation) could also be included.

Proposals should demonstrate the developed integration technologies in at least two application oriented use cases and establish integration platforms, which help potential user companies with their uptake.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership for Photonics.

6G and foundational connectivity technologies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-26: Coordination of European Smart Network actions (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: One proposal expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Establishment of a Europe wide platform addressing the Communication Network Technologies and systems in the context of 6G global developments. It supports the identification of strategic R&I orientations including at global level, the coordination of R&I results/initiatives at EU scale including Member State level initiatives, the dissemination and web presence, the organisation of Europe's contribution to standards, and the identification of international cooperation priorities across key regions. The action is expected to directly contribute to support the early implementation of the new Smart Networks Services (SNS) institutionalised European partnership and the related programmatic organisation through cross SNS projects coordination.

Scope: The selected proposal covers:

1.Stakeholder management towards R&I orientation and SNS cross-project coordination and cooperation (implementation of the cross project cooperation contractual clause);

2.Europe wide cartography of relevant Smart Network initiatives and identification of strategic cooperation opportunity in particular with initiatives at Member States level

3.Design and maintenance of a European network web site;

4.Working groups management and organisation for issues of common interest, supporting a common EU 6G vision and its technological realisation;

5.International cooperation support with key third countries. It includes identification of international cooperation strategies with clear benefits to EU industrial stakeholders;

6.Support to organisation of key conferences and dissemination events, including the EUCNC yearly conference.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Innovation in AI, Data and Robotics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-09: AI, Data and Robotics for the Green Deal (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio coverage, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked for each of the three expected outcomes (1. Resource optimisation and minimisation of waste, energy, or greenhouse gas emissions, 2. Environmental and waste management in the circular economy, 3. Robotics solutions in harsh environments serving the Green Deal) provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

As third parties' grants may include robotics components, requiring high equip
ment investment and/or important effort to integrate in a use-case to address the sectorial challenges, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Innovative AI, data and robotics solutions for resource optimisation and minimisation of waste in any type of sector (from agri-food, to energy, utilities, transport, production, etc.), reduction of energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions including exploitation of all data and information sources contributing to optimising applications for a greener planet. This includes among others contribution to enterprises’ sustainability programs in the context of their CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility) strategies to reduce their ecological footprint, cutting costs and contributing to social welfare at the same time

2.Optimised AI, data and robotics (including modular and adaptive solutions) to maximise contribution to the Green Deal in various applications such as environmental and waste management, including for instance waste clean-up (e.g. plastic collection, sorting), or in the circular economy value chain.

3.Advanced physical intelligence and physical performance of robotics solutions in diverse harsh environments serving the Green Deal.

Scope: Proposals are expected to integrate and optimise AI, data and robotics solutions in order to demonstrate, by addressing use-cases scenarios in actual or highly realistic operating environments, how they can directly contribute to the Green Deal. The proposed methodology should be supported by industry or service relevant KPIs, making the case for the added value of such technologies, and demonstrating scalability, and deployment potential. Technology performance as well as added value to the application field should be demonstrated by qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring. The environmental impacts of the proposed solutions should also be taken into account when making the case for the added value of the technology for the environment.

While the proposals must be application driven, involving problem owners to define needs and validate the proposed solutions, the focus is on optimising enabling AI, data and robotics technologies to maximise the benefit they bring in such applications. Proposals should adopt a concrete problem solving approach, exploiting and optimising the most suitable technologies and solutions at hand. The focus should be on real-world scenarios, which can benefit in short to mid-term from the technology and solutions and demonstrate substantial impact on the Green Deal, while taking into account the maturity of the technologies to solve the problems at hand.

Deep involvement of all relevant stakeholders (including SMEs), from technology providers to user industry, social partners, and relevant experts in operational and environmental impact assessment, will be essential. Special attention will be given to including users of diverse age, gender and background.

All proposals should incorporate training programs for non-expert users of AI, data and robotics systems, who are domain experts and need to know basic AI, data, robotics concepts, including the basics concepts of Trustworthy and ethical AI.

To reach their objectives, all proposals are expected to exploit synergies between at least two of the three components: AI, Data and Robotics and forge strong cooperation between to corresponding practitioners.

Proposals can involve either robotics-only solutions (for instance demonstrating robotics solutions in harsh environments), or a mix of robotics and non-robotics components (for instance in applications such as waste management, where a combination of robotics for waste segregation and data and sensor driven AI for process optimisation) or only include non-robotics AI and Data (for instance in energy optimisation, from production sites, through the network, and then end-user sites, with IoT components). All selected proposals are expected to include demonstrators at TRL 6 or above. At least half of the selected proposals will have to have a major robotics demonstrator; therefore, proposals should clearly specify their robotics demonstrator, if they chose to have one.

Proposals should clearly identify the expected outcome it will focus on.

Two types of proposals are expected:

1.Focused projects (EU contribution around EUR 3.00 million), involving the user industry and technology provider(s),

2.Larger projects (EU contribution around EUR 5.00 million), where a number of companies in a given application sector will identify in the proposal common challenges and use-cases, and organise competitive calls for AI, data and robotics solution providers to address such challenges. Competitive calls will be open to all types of companies, but only SMEs and Start-ups 134 will receive financial support to third parties, with a maximum of EUR 200 000 per third party 135 and 70% funding (100% for start-ups). At least 40% of the requested amount should be dedicated to financial support to third parties. The consortium will provide technical support with expertise in engineering integration, testing and validation to support the selected SMEs and start-ups acting as technology providers to demonstrate the added value of their solutions to address the challenges of the use-cases. Maximum one type of third party project will be funded per expected outcome 136 .

In all proposals, user industries are expected to play a major role in the requirement and validation phases.

Besides financial support, these SMEs and start-ups successfully demonstrating the potential of their solutions, must receive support from business experts, provided by the action, to further develop their business and develop their market reach, and maximise their business opportunities.

When possible, proposals should build on and reuse public results from relevant previous funded actions. Proposals should make use of connections to the Digital Innovation Hub networks, particularly those in Robotics, Data and AI. Full use should be made of the common resources available in the AI-on-Demand platform 137 , Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 138 , data platforms 139 and, if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms. Communicable results from selected proposals should be delivered to the most relevant of these platforms in order to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

If proposals use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing services and data, they have to prioritise Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS over equivalent competing solutions offering the same services/data.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the co-programmed partnership on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other European partnerships and Horizon Europe Clusters (Cluster 4 and Cluster 6 in particular) are encouraged.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-10: AI, Data and Robotics at work (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio coverage, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to at least 2 highest ranked for each use-case, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

As third parties' grants may include robotics components, requiring hi
gh equipment investment and/or important effort to integrate in a use-case to address the sectorial challenges, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.A new human-centred paradigm to keep people away from unsafe and unhealthy jobs via collaborative embodied (physical) AI, engaging and empowering end-users and workers, regardless of their gender, age or background. 

2.Human-centric AI supporting professionals in trustworthy hybrid decision-making, and optimising their tasks

Scope: Proposals are expected to demonstrate how AI, data, robotics and automation solutions can support workers in their daily tasks, improving working conditions (both physical and social) and work performance/efficiency, while considering safety, security and resilience, as appropriate. The added value to the application field should be demonstrated by qualitative and quantitative industry/production or service relevant KPIs, demonstrators at TRL6-7, benchmarking and progress monitoring processes.

The involvement of the application sector stakeholders, including social partners, workers, managers and decision makers must be a key driver in the proposals, not only to identify the needs and the application scenarios, but to be involved in the co-creation and testing and uptake of the solutions and providing feedback to adapt the solutions to optimise the impact on working conditions and performances.

The selection of the application sector should prioritise sectors and use-cases where the technology can demonstrate maximum impact and added value.

While the focus is on technology, a human-centred approach will be key, with involvement of the workers, professionals, (front-line operators and managers) and other relevant experts, such as experts in human-centred design. They will closely collaborate with the technology providers and integrators. Engagement with SSH 140 expertise is also needed to improve interaction design and to provide expertise on trustworthiness and acceptability by workers, as well as ethical perspective of human-machine collaboration. Gender and intersectionality dimension 141 analysis should be a part of the proposals, where relevant.

Each proposal will focus on one of the two following use-cases:

1.Collaborative embodied AI (robotics system), empowering end-users and workers keeping them away from unsafe and unhealthy jobs: the focus will be on demonstrating improved working conditions (health/safety/level of stress, etc.), and worker trust and acceptance. The assistance should also take into account other factors less related with physical assistance like stress level. Meaningful human oversight of autonomy should be addressed.

2.AI and data supporting professionals in trustworthy hybrid decision-making and supporting workers to optimise and facilitate their tasks; the focus will be on demonstrating how AI and data can improve the effectiveness and efficiency as well as management of trade-offs within the decision-making, building on the human and machine complementarities, exploiting the best capability of both for a better outcome. Meaningful human oversight of decision outcomes and explainability should be addressed. Specific effort should be made to develop re-usable decision-support systems or modules.

All proposals should exploit the latest results in AI, data and robotics, as well as multimodal interaction technologies, User interface experience, for natural and seamless interaction between the human and the technology/sources of information, including Augmented/Virtual Reality when appropriate.

Proposals should incorporate skills developments activities or/and connect with existing skills activities in that domain, as appropriate.

Proposals should clearly identify which of the two use-cases listed above they will focus on.

Two types of proposals are expected:

1.Focused projects (EU contribution around EUR 3.00 million), involving the user industry and technology provider(s),

2.Larger projects (EU contribution around EUR 5.00), where a number of companies in a given application sector will identify in the proposal common challenges and use-cases, and organise competitive calls for AI, data and robotics solution providers to address such challenges. Competitive calls will be open to all types of companies, but only SMEs and Start-ups 142 will receive financial support to third parties, with a maximum of EUR 200 000 per third party 143 and 70% funding (100% for start-ups). At least 40% of the requested amount should be dedicated to financial support to third parties. The consortium will provide technical support with expertise in engineering integration, testing and validation to support the selected SMEs and start-ups acting as technology providers to demonstrate the added value of their solutions to address the challenges of the use-cases. Maximum one type of third party project will be funded per use-case.

In all proposals, user industries are expected to play a major role in the requirement and validation phases.

Besides financial support, these SMEs and start-ups successfully demonstrating the potential of their solutions, must receive support from business experts, provided by the action, to further develop their business and develop their market reach, and maximise their business opportunities.

When possible, proposals should build on and reuse public results from relevant previous funded actions. Proposals should make use of connections to the Digital Innovation Hub networks, particularly those in Robotics, Data and AI. Full use should be made of the common resources available in the AI-on-Demand platform 144 , Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 145 , data platforms 146 and, if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms. Communicable results from projects should be delivered to the most relevant of these platforms in order to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other PPPs are encouraged.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics.

Tomorrow’s deployable Robots: efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11: Pushing the limit of robotics cognition (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 44.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

1.New generation of AI-Powered Robotics: Enabling robots to have more profound impacts than they currently have, in powering them with a deeper kind of AI, endowing them with a better perception and understanding of the world (up to semantic and explainable representations), This would allow the next generation of autonomous robots, with increased capabilities to work without/with limited supervision, as well as the next generation of interactive robots, with greatly improved intuitive, safe and efficient cognitive, social and physical capabilities, to assist humans.

In addition, depending on the focus of the proposal, the results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes

1.Smarter robots with improved capabilities, functionalities (including complex functionalities such as manipulation of delicate, irregular, dynamic or deformable objects, navigation in un-controlled and variable or challenging and harsh environments, and continuous human-physical interactions) and an increased level of autonomy over the current state of the art, necessary to address real-world problems, while ensuring safety and reliability.

2.Smooth and trustworthy (including safety and reliability) human-robot collaboration through advanced reactivity and mutual understanding, and human-centric automated adaptation of robots in human-robot interactions.

Scope: Proposals are expected to develop technologies and systems that significantly enhance the cognitive ability of robots from the current state of the art to achieve greater levels of interaction and autonomy. Proposals will address as appropriate the following:

1.Develop enabling technologies, both new and existing, that extend the current state of the art in robotics perception, cognition, interaction and action as well as develop novel or advanced tools for the design and configuration of robots and robot systems that speed up the process of integration thereby reducing the time taken to deploy robot solutions. To do so by addressing the modularity and composability of solutions both in the operational context of a wide range of action and interaction use cases.

2.There is also a need to address concepts such as trustworthiness, privacy, security and ethics already at the technology design phase.

3.Develop lifelong autonomous robotics able to tackle unknown situations and adapt in the long term in pushing the state of the art of AI-based robots that combine monitoring, learning, planning and acting in order to evolve in difficult environments over long period of time. Support from simulation tools could be considered, as appropriate.

4.Increase robot acceptance by handling adequately both human and robotic actions, with human-centric, advanced behavioural and elaborated planning models, and adopting multidisciplinary approaches including SSH 147 , as well as end-user involvement in the design of solutions addressing human factors and interaction. Gender and intersectionality dimension 148 analysis should be a part of the proposals, where relevant.

5.Push the limits of robotics interaction, adopting an interdisciplinary approach to integrate methods and techniques that allow the machines to engage in physical interactions with people or the environment, safely and intelligently, through specific enabling technologies: intuitiveness and responsive human-robot interfaces; integration of robot perception with natural and artificial intelligence; ability to physically, stably, dependably and safely interact with the environment, including users and surrounding people; development of advanced control tools fully integrating the human in the loop when performing a task; development of advanced control tools for dexterous and safe manipulation, assistance, and locomotion in diverse environments (ground, air, water, space, in-vivo and including safety critical and hazardous environments that are corrosive, explosive, nuclear or at extremes of pressure or temperature) and in general for improved performance of robots; energy autonomy and resilience to highly limited and imperfect communication networks in on-field applications.

Two types of proposals are expected, either focusing on higher level of autonomy, expecting less reliance on human supervision, or focusing on human-machine collaboration.

In each case, improvement in the level of robotics cognition should be demonstrated through at least three real-world scenarios (including measurements of functional performance), showing also the potential added value of such improvement in such use-cases scenarios. Scientific and technological progress should be demonstrated by qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring. Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project

1.The first type of proposals will further develop the level of autonomy in building on the latest developments in areas such as advanced perception, smart sensors, intelligent action and interaction, reasoning and learning, increased interpretation and understanding of the complex real-world environments (possibly involving human actions), anticipation of the effect of actions, adaptation and re-planning, graceful degradation, safety and security, etc. They will, as appropriate, further develop such components, and integrate them in an advanced robotics system, consider the balance of on-board vs off-board processes and the access and utilisation of external data and cloud resources to guide tasks and missions by adding external knowledge to internal reasoning and decision-making processes.

2.The second type of proposals will further develop and integrate physical human-robot interaction, verbal/non-verbal communication as well as robot-environment/object interaction, embedding, as appropiate, safety, mutual understanding perception and interpretation of human actions, interaction situated in complex real-world environments and related motivations and social structures, joint goals, shared and sliding autonomy, ethical human-centric behaviour by understanding of physiological responses and emotions, etc. to reach truly smooth human-robot collaboration. This should as well integrate advanced control developments, and further develop them as necessary to guarantee the necessary speed for the required reactivity, ensuring natural, safe and smooth interactions with humans. Appropriate use should be made of data and knowledge accumulation from internal and external sources in order to guide reasoning and decision-making and the inclusion of explainability/transparency mechanisms 149 appropriate to the use case. Such proposals should adopt a multidisciplinary approach and involve the necessary expertise in SSH 150 , in particular in ethics and human-centric design to enhance trust and acceptability.

When possible proposals should build on and reuse public results from relevant previous funded actions. Proposals should make use of connections to the Digital Innovation Hub networks, particularly those in Robotics, Data and AI. Full use should be made of the common resources available in the AI-on-Demand platform 151 , Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 152 , data platforms 153 and, if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms. Communicable results from projects should be delivered to the most relevant of these platforms so as to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

All proposals should also take into consideration trustworthy AI principles 154 including respect of human dignity and agency, as appropriate, given the technology focus.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other PPPs are encouraged.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-12: European Network of Excellence Centres in Robotics (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Scientific and technology advances in the major robotics challenges hampering its deployment

2.A strong and tightly networked European research community in robotics, making it a world-class powerhouse for robotics excellence.

Scope: To ensure European open strategic autonomy in robotics, with huge potential socio-economic impact, it is essential to reinforce and build on Europe’s assets, including its world-class research community. In order to stay at the forefront of technological developments, it is essential that researchers collaborate, share ideas and research outcomes. A strongly networked community focused on excellence will be better at addressing the major robotics challenges that block the domain’s further development and deployment.

As stated in the communication from the European Commission on Artificial Intelligence for Europe 155 and the coordinated action plan between the European Commission and the Member States and Associated Countries 156 , while Europe has undeniable strengths with its many leading research centres, efforts are scattered. Therefore, joining forces will be crucial to international competitiveness. Europe must scale up existing research capacities and reach a critical mass through tighter networks of European robotics excellence centres. Proposals should develop mechanisms to reinforce and network excellence centres in AI-powered robotics 157 , bringing the best scientists from academia and industry to join forces in addressing the major robotics challenges hampering its deployment, and to reinforce excellence in robotics throughout Europe via a network of collaboration that focuses research excellence on future industrial needs.

Such networks are expected to mobilise leading researchers to collaborate on key robotics topics, to reach critical mass and increase the impact of the funding in progressing faster in joined efforts rather than working in isolation, with fragmented and duplicated efforts.

Composition of the Network:

1.Proposals should be driven by leading figures in robotics from major excellent robotics research centres, and industries, and bringing the best scientists distributed all over Europe, including also from promising research labs. They will bring on board the necessary level of expertise and variety of disciplines and profiles to achieve their objectives.

2.Industrial participation will be ensured through inclusion of industrial organisations with research teams from multiple sectors that can bring into the network the expertise to identify important technological limitations hampering deployment in industry.

3.Where relevant, representatives of civil society (e.g. social partners, citizen’s committees) bring in the ideas and needs of consumers/users and society, in order to obtain R&I results that are of practical relevance not only for industry/business but also for society.

​Activities of the Network:

1.In order to structure the activities, the proposals will focus on important scientific or technological challenges with industrial relevance and where Europe will make a difference, either in building on strengths, or strengthening knowledge to fill gaps critical for Europe.

2.Based on these challenges, the proposals will develop and implement common research agendas. The main vision and roadmap with targets within the projects, as well as methodology to implement and monitor progress will have to be specified in the proposal and can be further developed during the project.

3.Progress will be demonstrated in the context of use-cases, also helping to foster industry-academia collaboration

4.Strong links will be developed among the members of the network, notably through collaborative projects, exchange programmes, workshops, or other mechanisms to be defined by the consortia.

5.Proposals should develop mechanisms to foster excellence, to increase efficiency of collaboration, and to develop a vibrant Robotics network across Europe.

6.The network will disseminate the latest and most advanced knowledge to all the academic and industrial Robotics laboratories in Europe and involve them in collaborative projects/exchange programmes. (This could involve projects defined initially or via financial support to third parties, for maximum 20% of the requested EU contribution, with a maximum of 60k€ per third party 158 ).

7.The network will develop strong interactions with industry, and where relevant, with trade unions, and civil society (inside the consortium and beyond), in view of triggering new scientific questions and fostering take-up of scientific advances.

8.The network will develop collaboration with relevant Digital innovation Hubs, to disseminate knowledge and tools, understand their needs, and extend the industry-academia-civil society collaboration.

9.The network should also foster innovation and include mechanisms to exploit new ideas coming out of the network’s work (for instance via incubators).

10.Proposals should define mechanisms to become a virtual centre of excellence, offering access to knowledge and serve as a reference in robotics, including activities to ensure high visibility, usability and accessibility.

The proposals should

1.Include mechanisms to spread the latest and most advanced knowledge to all the robotics-labs in Europe

2.Develop synergies and cross-fertilization between industry, civil society, and academia

3.Ensure that the network becomes a common resource and shared facility, as a virtual laboratory offering access to knowledge and expertise and a magnet for talents.

4.Establish high visibility and accessibility, creating an easy entry point to robotics excellence in Europe where it is possible to access cutting edge ideas, research and expertise.

5.Include sustainable access to the required resources and infrastructure to support R&D activities of the action, such as robotics equipment, support staff and engineers, and capacity to develop experiments that address the major future robotics challenges.

Proposals should define a number of major scientific and application challenges it will focus on and which will mobilise the community to join forces across Europe in addressing them. Continuous evaluation and demonstration of progress towards solving the targeted challenges will motivate the entire network and support publications and scientific career developments (providing reference benchmarks to publish comparative results, using the reference data, scenarios, etc.), and also showcase the technology in application contexts, to attract more user industries and eventually foster take-up and adoption of the technology. Scientific and technological progress will be monitored through qualitative and quantitative KPIs (including industry and service relevant KPIs), demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring processes.

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project.

To address limitations of the use of robots due to human factors, an interdisciplinary approach involving both technical and SSH 159 researchers is encouraged to address issues such as interaction design, human factors, acceptability, non-discrimination and biases and trustworthiness, taking into account gender and intersectionality 160 aspects, as appropriate. Indeed, human-centred approaches in combination with multi-stakeholder co-design activities can contribute to sustainable development of new enabling technologies. Putting people at the forefront is expected to generate novel transformation pathways, which can remedy existing technology in novel ways, and propose feedback loop systems that engage human users in developing new sociotechnical learning situations and tools. Further, agile sociotechnical learning designs can remedy e.g. less efficient technologies, by emphasizing human aspects of technologies in any sector (industry, healthcare, smart homes, etc.). Where appropriate, special attention will be given to including users of diverse age, gender and background.

The proposals are expected to include mechanisms to share resources, knowledge, tools, modules, software, results, expertise, and make equipment/infrastructure available to scientists to optimise the scientific and technological progress. To that end, tools such as the AI-on-demand platform 161 and Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 162 should also be exploited, enhanced and further developed by the network, to support the networking, quality assessment, benchmarking and sharing of resources, maximising re-use and up-take of results. Openness and interoperability of components are encouraged to develop synergies and cross-fertilization between different approaches and solutions (e.g. through modularity of components or open interfaces).

The proposals are also expected to include collaboration mechanisms among the best robotics teams, but also mechanisms to bring all European robotics teams to the highest level of excellence.

Proposals are expected to develop synergies:

1.With other Networks of excellence centres in AI funded in H2020 or Horizon Europe, with a view of, all together, create vibrant European network of AI excellence centres. To that end, the activities should integrate with and complement the activities of the H2020-ICT-48 projects. The proposals are expected to dedicate tasks to ensure this coherence.

2.With relevant activities in AI, Data and Robotics, primarily in destinations 3, 4 and 6, but also in other destinations and clusters, and share or exploit results where appropriate.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other PPPs are encouraged.

European leadership in Emerging Enabling Technologies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-13: Academia-Industry Forum on Emerging Enabling Technologies (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.European thought leadership in academia and industry on future enabling technologies and their transformational potential in industrial, societal and environmental terms.

2.Increased engagement for structural collaboration and co-creation between academic, industry players and other stakeholders where roles of research, industry and society intertwine in an iterative and multidisciplinary approach for co-creating the enabling technologies of the future, all the way from low to higher TRLs, such as (but not limited to) bio-enabled technologies, sustainable smart materials and alternative computing models.

3.Alignment with national or regional initiatives creating an expanding innovation ecosystem, anchored in local contexts across Europe, for selected emerging technologies.

4.Accelerating the pick-up of novel advanced technology by industry and society.

Scope: A Coordination and Support Action to create and catalyse a forum for emerging interdisciplinary areas and new technological visions. These actions enable and support a broad range of participants (across disciplines in science and engineering, RTOs, industry sectors, stakeholders) to meet, mutually inspire, cooperate and develop together innovative ideas for future enabling technologies from early stages on (i.e., TRL 3+). They will help industry to navigate rapidly changing environments, for instance by actively transferring ideas and early technologies between players that would not normally interact, or by combinations of different foresight activities (short-term, long-term, cross-sectorial) to prioritise strategic directions while avoiding narrow visions for the future.

Concrete activities will include horizon scanning, portfolio analysis, a variety of participatory workshops, visibility in various meetings, high-profile reporting on emerging enabling technologies. This will build on (and link to) existing programmes and research portfolios from European and national/regional programmes (including at low TRL) as well as broad sourcing from foresight and technology scouting activities, including those specifically done by this action for the cluster 4 industries and sectors. The forum should link to existing initiatives and partnerships and add value by active cross-fertilisation across disciplines and sectors, and by breaking the model of linear progression of technology development. National or regional R&I priorities and orientations from European countries will be taken into consideration. Broader stakeholder engagement is expected.

The forum should become a reference for new enabling technologies at different levels of maturity, their purpose, their transformational pathways and their impacts with a distinctive anchoring in European industry and research, as well as providing guidance and reasoned alternatives for Europe’s transformations, in line with the Commission priorities (in particular, Green Deal, Digitisation, and Industrial Strategy).

Proposals should involve and be driven by representatives of the relevant actors of the field (e.g., academia, RTOs, industry including SMEs).

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-14: Advanced spintronics: Unleashing spin in the next generation ICs (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Disruptive spin-based hardware components and devices, with significant progress towards the wafer-scale integration to provide industry compatible solutions for memory, sensing, imaging, communication and computation.

2.First spin-based digital devices (Spin-chips) that demonstrate specific advantages of the approach and exhibit significant decrease in energy consumption.

3.Large-scale complete systems that include next generation spintronics devices with emphasis on compatibility, integration of different materials & technologies including CMOS and photonics.

Scope: Proposals should focus on interdisciplinary R&D between academic research, RTOs and industry (including SMEs) in order to address at least one of the following medium term challenges in spintronic components and devices:

1.Develop new classes of materials (such as two-dimensional magnetic materials and heterostructures with tailored magnetic ordering, sensitive to different stimuli, e.g., light, electric field, stress etc.), achieving experimentally the largest effects allowed by physics to create new components and devices, including non-conventional ones, beyond the state of the art.

2.Boost utilization of Spin-Charge interconversion for detecting spin currents or manipulating the magnetization of ferromagnets: this is key for ultra-low power operations as well as for a change of paradigm in logic with the goal of cutting down the energy consumption by a factor of 1000, enabling ultra-low energy, autonomous and safe devices towards attojoule electronics.

3.Reach a massive gain in energy and time scales by profiting from collective spin excitations (spin waves, vortices, skyrmions) and their interaction with other waves/quanta carrying angular momentum (e.g., phonons, photons, plasmons or heat waves) for ultra-fast logic and data transfer.

4.Master magnetic noise, stochasticity and chaotic behaviour for improved sensitivity, room temperature operation, and development of new device functionalities that enable new architectures and algorithms for use in a variety of sectors.

Proposals should aim at demonstrating a fully functional prototype of a spintronic device operating in relevant environment conditions (TRL 4-5) in order to show how it will unlock the full potential of the field in a number of specific and high potential application areas.

The proposals that will be funded under this topic are expected to collaborate in order to create a critical mass of cooperation between EU research, industry and other relevant actors in the area of spintronics, The overall goals are to put this emerging technological paradigm firmly on the industries’ roadmaps, to foster the interdisciplinary communities that are driving this forward and to improve the visibility for all key stakeholders.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-27: Development of technologies/devices for bio-intelligent manufacturing (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The use of biological elements as key enabling technology for manufacturing is an emerging trend that perfectly concurs with the pressing requirements of sustainability.

Biological transformation of industry can harness innovative and more efficient modes of production which can satisfy the needs of future generations.

Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Strengthening European leadership in bio-intelligent manufacturing to support the industrial biological transformation;

2.Developing of key enabling technologies which use biological components (and data) with an interface to a technical system making decisions, or a biological system with intrinsic intelligence for technical applications in manufacturing – in best case with a bi-directional communication between the biological and the technical system;

3.Mainstreaming the integration of biological principles, functions and structures with other technologies – including digital – leading to novel, more efficient, manufacturing processes and methods;

4.Facilitating extensive interdisciplinary collaborations and knowledge transfer among different disciplines such as bio engineering, biology, industrial manufacturing and Social Science and Humanities.

Scope: In a context of increasing constrains in the usage and production of resources, bio-intelligent technologies should arise as key enabling manufacturing systems under any circumstances while fostering the biological transformation of industry. In this sense, research activities should be highly multi-disciplinary and networked to the strengthening of European industrial leadership and autonomy in this emerging technology.

Proposals should investigate the potential of bioenabled technologies through the integration of biological principles with other technologies, to bolster future supply chains and more efficient manufacturing.

Proposals should aid the biological transformation of industries, investigating the biological-technical interfaces of industrial and technological applications.

Research activities under this topic should cover (but not be limited to):

1.Biomimicry of biological mechanisms to enable discrete manufacturing;

2.Development of bioinspired systems and materials with technological and data interactions;

3.Innovative metrology and characterisation required for development of the bio-inspired technical components and systems;

4.Exploring potential synergies between nano- and biotechnology in production technologies;

5.Biosensors and bioactuators as enablers of novel manufacturing techniques, building on bi-directional communication between a biological and technical systems to aid discrete manufacturing;

6.The use of biological components to increase efficiency in controlled manufacturing processes.

7.Innovative metrology and characterisation required for development of the bio-inspired technical components and systems

Proposals should investigate the use of Big Data as a key enabler of the bio-technological transformation in manufacturing.

Proposals should explore the use of data processing, Digital Twins and AI integrating data exchanging between biological systems to technical components for the discrete manufacturing environment.

Research activities should also cover societal and business challenges associated with biointelligent manufacturing.

Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-21: Next generation quantum sensing technologies (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.75 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries and MERCOSUR countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible. This decision has been taken on the grounds that, in the area of research covered by this topic, EU open strategic autonomy is particularly at stake. It is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 163

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrate the feasibility of next generation quantum sensing technologies and devices by showing disruptive progress in the performance, reliability and efficiency of such technologies and devices and by enhancing the TRL of all (essential) components necessary to build them.

Scope: Proposals should focus on next generation quantum sensors that provide extreme precision and accuracy measurements in many fields, beyond the performance of consumer devices and services, from medical diagnostics and imaging, high-precision navigation, and monitoring, to future applications in the Internet of Things and for enhanced measurement and metrology.

Proposals should address: (i) the development of new methods and techniques to achieve full control over all relevant quantum degrees of freedom and to protect them from environmental noise; and/or (ii) identify correlated quantum states that outperform uncorrelated systems in a noisy environment and methods to prepare them reliably. Proposed work should exploit quantum properties (such as coherence, superposition and entanglement) emerging in quantum systems to improve the performance of the targeted sensors technologies (e.g. in terms of resolution, sensitivity or noise), well beyond the classical limits.

Proposals should target the development of laboratory prototypes (from TRL 2-3 to 4-5) demonstrating the practical usefulness of engineered quantum states of light/matter to improve sensing or imaging and develop and demonstrate optimized quantum software for detection applications in real-world applications. They should leverage interdisciplinary expertise and join forces with metrology institutes or other relevant technical fields to further advance the limits of sensors sensitivity and resolution and to implement the best control protocols, statistical techniques (e.g. Bayesian, among others) and machine learning algorithms.

Finally, proposals should also coordinate their respective activities within each sensing subfield (solid-state, atomic systems, photonics) and contribute to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-23: International cooperation with Canada (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.33 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected objectives of the action, namely reinforced EU-Canada research excellence in specific areas of mutual EU-Canada interest, including quantum computing and simulation, quantum networking and communication, quantum sensing and metrology, the consortium must include a team of Canadian researchers, with at least one (1) university applicant in Canada eligible to receive funding from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada (NSERC). Researchers should refer to NSERC’s Eligibility Criteria for Faculty to see if they are eligible to apply for and hold funds.

Applicants in Canada must meet NSERC’s Eligibility Criteria for Faculty and must agree to terms and conditions at the time of application and when accepting the award. Applicants must complete and sign the NSERC Terms and Conditions for Applying form and attach it to the proposal 164

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 1-2 and achieve TRL 2-3 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be jointly funded with NSERC.

There will be only one joint procedure for selection and evaluation of proposals to be conducted in accordance to the Horizon Europe procedures.

Proposals will be assessed by an evaluation committee with balanced participation of experts appointed by the Commission and NSERC.

Applicants should submit the proposal only through the EU Funding & Tenders Portal.

Evaluation Summary Reports will be shared with NSERC.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the corresponding grant agreements signed by NSERC as Alliance Grants.

Expected Outcome: Joint EU – Canada proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Advances in quantum technologies in specific areas of mutual EU – Canada interest, including quantum computing and simulation, quantum networking and communication, quantum sensing and metrology.

2.Reinforcement of EU – Canada research excellence in the specific areas of mutual interest described above, including the establishment of strategic partnerships in research, education and training.

Scope: Proposals for the Joint Call EU-Canada are expected to address a mix of quantum technology challenges in the areas of quantum communication, computing, simulation and sensing and identify the added value and/or mutual benefit for both EU and Canadian partners. These should include the integration of different aspects like physics, engineering, computer science, theory, algorithms, software, manufacturing, control, infrastructures, etc.

Relevant technological and societal challenges to address include:

1.Quantum computing and simulation co-design of hardware and software to accelerate applications; seamless interoperable software-to-hardware stack that can apply over multiple platforms, and theoretical and computer science foundations of quantum algorithms and architectures.

2.Privacy and security concepts, proofs and applications for quantum communication, including QKD (quantum key distribution) and beyond; device independent protocols, quantum network/repeater protocols, including architectures and network stack; development of satellite and space-based hardware, and certification/verification of states and correlations.

3.Application-specific quantum sensor development covering: device fabrication, characterisation, e.g. for magnetometry, prospection, imaging, navigation, biomedical, and theoretical research optimising simple sensors, control, as well as advanced approaches (use of entanglement and error correction).

Proposals should address one or more of the above technological and societal challenges and clearly define the benefit the EU-Canada collaboration brings. In order to raise the Technology Readiness Level (TRL), support for holistic - software and hardware - engineering approaches across all areas are encouraged in consortia involving participation of relevant public and/or private partners.

The Commission and NSERC consider that proposals with duration of 36 months (but not exceeding 60 months) would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

This is a Joint Call EU-Canada. The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million (approximately CAD 12.00 million 165 ) (sum of the EU indicative budget for the topic and the Canadian indicative budget for the topic, which is also EUR 4.00 million (approximately CAD 6.00 million 166 ). The expected Canadian contribution per project is around EUR 1.33. million (approximately CAD 2.00 million 167 ). The total expected contribution per project is EUR 2.66 million (approximately CAD 4.00 million 168 ). Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

The funding from NSERC will be provided to eligible applicants in Canada only and the EU funding only to legal entities established in eligible countries in accordance with General Annex B.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-30: Investing in new emerging quantum computing technologies (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries and MERCOSUR countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible. This decision has been taken on the grounds that, in the area of research covered by this topic, EU open strategic autonomy is particularly at stake. It is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 169

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute by investing in a few other emerging and potentially promising quantum technology platforms besides the ones supported in the ramp-up phase of the Quantum Technologies Flagship, which would make it possible to complement those already funded in the Quantum Technologies flagship and which have the prospects of high scalability and fault tolerance.

Scope: In order to reach large-scale quantum computing in Europe, breakthroughs in scalability of quantum computing processors, devices and integrated platforms are needed, together with the ability to perform qubit operations such as read, write, and data transfer, and qubit manipulation with a universal set of quantum gates. Besides the traditional quantum architectures now under development in the Quantum Technologies Flagship, further qubit and platform types, such as for example neutral Rydberg atoms, photonic qubits, and spin qubits, need to be considered as candidates for quantum computing that would require further research and development efforts.

The development of new emerging open quantum computer systems and platforms should be integrating the key building blocks such as quantum processors (> 10 qubits) with limited qubit overhead, control electronics, software stack, algorithms, applications, etc. Work should address the scalability towards large systems (>100 qubits), the verification and validation of the quantum computation, fault-tolerance and solving a concrete computational problem to demonstrate the quantum advantage.

Proposals should also cover: (i) the cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the area of the enabling quantum software stack (see HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms), including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements; (ii) any additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-32: Support and coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship Initiative (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.40 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.40 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries and MERCOSUR countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible. This decision has been taken on the grounds that, in the area of research covered by this topic, EU open strategic autonomy is particularly at stake. It is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 170

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

Coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship

1.support the efficient functioning of the Quantum Technologies Flagship and the efficient implementation of the broader EU quantum strategy, and promote the Flagship's activities to a wide public

2.enable Flagship projects to find synergies in their work and share best practice

3.publish a European research and industry community roadmap that provide the route from research to industrial exploitation

4.foster a European quantum community and provide a forum for productive discussions on Research and Innovation strategies

5.transfer Europe’s research and innovation results into practical and high-value applications for the benefit of society.

Standardisation

1.contribute to the development of international standards and regulations in quantum technologies and quantum applications, ensuring that Europe plays a leading role in global quantum standardisation initiatives.

Education and training

1.Define a European core curriculum for quantum technologies to prepare postsecondary students for the challenges arising in quantum industry and academic research.

2.Facilitate access to services and training offered to interested postsecondary students, workforce and other potential users (from industry, academia or public sector)

3.Addressing the skills gap in quantum technologies-related domains by specialised training to develop the human capital resources to address increased skills need in industry (including SMEs).

4.Create training programme curricula in close cooperation with industry for the quantum workforce according to the specific skills required by the quantum and end user industry.

5.Implement innovative research-based curricula in quantum technologies for the university and secondary school education levels in all European countries.

Scope: Coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship

Proposals should ensure the smooth running and further development of the Flagship, support the implementation of the overall EU strategy in quantum technologies, including governance, raise the profile of the Flagship's activities and of quantum technologies in general, and update the European Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda, in particular by working on the following: support the operation of the Flagship’s governance structure; conduct a community based process for preparing a Research and Innovation investment Roadmap and priorities by involving research and industry stakeholders, undertake wide dissemination of the Quantum Flagship results; organise outreach events and engage in structured discussions with the general public, including on the social implications and ethics of quantum technology development and innovation, particularly with regard to privacy and security, public trust and acceptance; provide research dissemination services to projects; identify relevant training, education and infrastructure needs.

This structured dialogue with the general public will take the form of engagement via all meaningful platforms including social media, and the results may be compared with those of international cooperation partners of the Flagship (e.g. Canada), and shared on the basis of mutual exchange. Proposals should also encourage the Flagship’s projects to find synergies in their activities, contribute to the overall EU strategy in the field (e.g. EuroQCI, EuroHPC), and share best practice, and to foster the growth of a European quantum community that links all academic and industry stakeholders, including by contributing to the coordination of activities between European, national and regional programmes and projects.

Proposals should include concrete activities to coordinate and streamline European industrial efforts in quantum technology to help unlock research from laboratories and forge a supply chain in Europe. Proposals should feature a plan enabling the translation of academic research in all Flagship pillars (quantum computing, quantum simulation, quantum communications, and quantum sensing and metrology) into practical quantum technology and applications.

Finally, proposals should work on establishing dialogue with other international programmes in quantum technologies and in promoting international cooperation activities. In particular, they should be supporting collaborative discussions between the main international players, including countries such as the USA, Canada, Japan, Australia, and the EU, exploiting complementary strengths and challenges in collaborative research that ensures a clear win-win situation for both parties and ongoing leadership on the global stage.

Proposals should involve and be driven by representatives of the relevant actors in the field (e.g. academia, RTOs, and industry, including SMEs).

All proposals should contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

Standardisation

Proposals should address concrete standardisation activities in European and international standardisation fora where quantum technologies will play a major role in the near future and where standardisation can enhance existing capabilities and offer a competitive advantage to Europe. Examples are: quantum computing and quantum-enabled security such as QKD, QRNG, quantum sensing and metrology, including quantum enhanced medical imaging devices, quantum gravity sensing devices, quantum timing devices, etc.

For this, proposals should develop an active presence and leadership in the coordination and development of international standards and regulations in quantum technologies either in existing standardisation activities and bodies and where relevant, by contributing to creating new standardisation activities in existing groups and/or creation of new groups.

Proposals should bring together all the relevant stakeholders in the whole quantum technology standardisation value chain – research, standardisation and the industry sectors, and if relevant, public administrations/institutions. They should describe which players they will mobilise and how they will efficiently coordinate them at European level to achieve impactful results promoting the European interests in standardisation. Links to metrology aspects should also be included, wherever relevant.

Education and training

Proposals should perform an extensive mapping of current and future requirements for education and training; define standards for implementing appropriate educational strategies; host existing and newly developed teaching materials and resources within a repository; develop strategies for scaling up advanced quantum technology training programmes across Europe; and establish a network between science, civil society, and industry to exchange ideas, needs, and human resources (e.g. in the form of student internships). In doing so, they should work in close cooperation with the Flagship project actors.

Proposals should also address the coordination of the education activities and strategies they would work upon with the relevant national actors.

Proposals should involve and be driven by representatives of the relevant actors of the field (e.g., academia, RTOs, and industry, including SMEs, and intermediaries). They should take into account synergies with activities in advanced digital skills supported by the Digital Europe Programme.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 171

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 172

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 02 Nov 2021

Deadline(s): 27 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10

RIA

12.00

5.00 to 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-15

FPA

0

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-16

RIA

16.00

2.00 to 3.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17

FPA

0

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19

FPA

0

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-20

IA

23.00

7.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22

FPA

0

Overall indicative budget

23.00

28.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-15: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing the first large-scale quantum computers (FPA)

Specific conditions

Type of Action

Framework Partnership Agreement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 173

Expected Outcome: Framework Partnership Agreements (FPAs) in quantum computing are expected to establish a stable and structured partnership between the Commission and the institutions and organisations in quantum computing who commit themselves to establishing, maintaining and implementing a strategic research roadmap aligned with and contributing to the Quantum Flagship Strategic Research Agenda in a scalable open quantum computing platform based on a specific quantum platform technology.

These partnerships will be set up through two FPAs, which will enable the completion of the research roadmap within the context of the agreement.

The consortia responding to the call may include research institutes, universities, RTOs, foundations, industry, SMEs as well as other organisations that can play a role in the realisation of these quantum computing platforms. The FPA will specify the objectives, the nature of the actions planned, and the procedure for awarding specific grants. Each FPA is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

a.Demonstrate a universally programmable processor of at least 100 physical qubits (by 2025) operating in the NISQ 174 domain including firmware and having sufficient coherence to perform computations involving all of its qubits; characterise with a hardware-agnostic test suite, including real-world applications, including for hybrid quantum/HPC computing, and the capability of out-performing classical computers on a number of relevant real-world use-cases; control needs to involve a low-level control system, a compiler and a scheduler.

b.By 2029, build a full stack, highly connected, high fidelity quantum computer of at least one thousand physical qubits, exhibiting scalability and capable of out-performing classical computers on relevant real-world use-cases.

c.Formulate standards and interface specifications for a complete software and hardware stack.

Scope: Fostering a vibrant European quantum computing industry will require hardware, software, and the development of user interfaces. Proposals for FPAs are expected to build on the quantum computing platforms supported under the Quantum Flagship ramp up phase. Proposals should target the development of open quantum computing platforms, integrating the key building blocks such as quantum processors in the NISQ regime (>100 qubits) with control electronics, low-level software, verification and validation of the quantum computation, etc.

Proposals should include practical strategies towards the break-even point of fault tolerance to increase algorithmic depth (number of operations) for quantum computing on existing platforms.

Proposals for FPAs must describe how the activities carried out during the ramp-up phase will be continued involving the relevant disciplines and stakeholders, how results of the ramp-up phase will be used, and how they will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific and engineering leadership.

Proposals for FPAs should also address how to integrate in these platforms a full software stack, including a compiler and scheduler, programming tools, a suite of algorithms, etc., that would allow them to showcase their capability of solving real and concrete computational problem(s) that demonstrate a quantum advantage.

Proposals should aim at the development of open quantum computer experimental systems, and work on the reduction of their form factor.

Proposals for FPAs should also cover: (i) the cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the area of the enabling quantum software stack (see HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms), including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements; (ii) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (iii) any additional support they may receive in their activities from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iv) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

The partnership will have a duration of 4 years.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-16: Basic Science for Quantum Technologies (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries and MERCOSUR countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible. This decision has been taken on the grounds that, in the area of research covered by this topic, EU open strategic autonomy is particularly at stake. It is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 175

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Opening up new avenues for potential growth in the field of quantum technologies

2.Novel concepts, leading to more advanced technologies continue to support the basic science research carried out by the Quantum Technologies Flagship, ensuring that it informs the Flagship’s work in other quantum fields, and/or explores new directions within existing fields.

Scope: Proposals should aim to explore new quantum effects and gain new knowledge that is not limited to the pillar activities, and which may contribute to new quantum technologies and applications in the long term. Areas of particular interest include quantum information theory, the identification of new laws and limits, understanding the mechanisms behind decoherence, the development of certification methods for quantum technologies, and research that goes beyond the field of pure quantum technologies, such as the study of quantum effects in thermodynamic or biological processes.

The technological resources include strategic components, ranging from fundamental properties to engineering quantum devices and systems (TRL 2-4) to interfacing these across different, always with a view towards end-user applications and their operation. Examples are: light sources, interfaces including manipulation of light, and single photon detectors, which are compatible and interoperable. The development of new materials, single integrated solutions or hybrid integrated solutions that are miniaturised and scalable, fabrication and packaging solutions, are also key challenges, as is the development of new protocols, control approaches and algorithms.

Proposals should contribute to (i) the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative, (ii) where relevant to inter-project cooperation, in particular with the 4 main pillars of the Quantum Technologies Flagship (quantum computing, quantum simulation, quantum communication and quantum sensing and metrology). They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large scale quantum simulation platform technologies (FPA)

Specific conditions

Type of Action

Framework Partnership Agreement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 176

Expected Outcome: Framework Partnership Agreements (FPAs) in quantum simulation are expected to establish a stable and structured partnership between the Commission and the institutions and organisations in quantum simulation who commit themselves to establish, maintain and implement a strategic research roadmap in a scalable open quantum simulation platform based on a specific quantum simulation platform technology.

These partnerships will be set up through an FPA, which will enable the completion of the research roadmap within the context of the agreement.

The consortia responding to the call may include research institutes, universities, RTOs, foundations, industry, SMEs as well as other organisations that can play a role in the realisation of these quantum computing platforms. The FPA will specify the objectives, the nature of the actions planned, and the procedure for awarding specific grants. Each FPA is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Fully programmable open quantum simulators reaching several hundred individual quantum constituents (by 2025/2026) and above 1000 quantum constituents (by 2029).

2.Improved levels of control and scalability and achievement of a further entropy reduction (by a factor of 2 in 2-3 years) of quantum simulators.

3.Demonstrated full quantum simulation stack and operational stability for various classes of problems by ensuring maximum online availability.

4.Wide accessibility to the quantum simulation platform facilities capable of outperforming the best supercomputers in physical simulations and in a large number of hard optimisation problems relevant for real-world use-cases.

Scope: Proposals for FPAs should aim to build quantum simulators that are capable of simulating far beyond classical possibilities for hard-to-compute quantum or classical systems. The resulting simulator should be based on and reinforce existing physical platforms (such as ultra-cold atoms, trapped ions, Rydberg atoms, photonics or other qubits), therefore consolidating the European scientific leadership in this field. The simulator platform should include user-interfaces and software to allow applications of real world problems in e.g. material science, quantum chemistry and others.

Proposals for FPAs should expand and strengthen the supply chain, aiming for the development of key enabling technologies while improving notions of control of quantum simulators. Entropy reduction and interaction engineering should be supported throughout.

Proposals for FPAs are expected to take in perspective the learning properties of physical systems or to make use of programmable quantum simulators to solve near-term problems of end-users. Applications should be identified in solving practical routing and scheduling problems, and in offering cloud services in the quantum simulation of strongly correlated quantum systems and materials. Proposals should also develop a comprehensive and strategic patent portfolio to protect innovations in the field of quantum simulation and to provide information about the IPRs that are open to licensing.

Proposals for FPAs should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (ii) any additional support they may receive in their activities from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

The partnership will have a duration of 4 years.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19: Framework Partnership Agreements in Quantum Communications (FPA)

Specific conditions

Type of Action

Framework Partnership Agreement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 177

Expected Outcome: Framework Partnership Agreements (FPAs) in Quantum Communication Technologies are expected to establish stable and structured partnerships between the Commission and the institutions and organisations who commit themselves to establish, maintain and implement a strategic research roadmap in Quantum Communication Technologies.

These partnerships will be set up through two FPAs, which will enable the completion of the research roadmap within the context of the agreements.

The consortia responding to the call may include research institutes, universities, RTOs, foundations, industry, SMEs as well as other organisations that can play a role in the realisation of Quantum Communication Technologies. The FPAs will specify the objectives, the nature of the actions planned, and the procedure for awarding specific grants.

The first FPA (on “building the Quantum Internet”) is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate long-distance (i.e., above 500 km) entanglement distribution involving quantum memories, and demonstrate a fully functional prototype of a quantum repeater operating across multiple nodes of a real world communication network that will unlock the full potential of a global quantum internet interconnecting quantum computers, simulators and sensors via quantum networks;

2.Demonstrate a scalable interface connecting quantum computers via a quantum network spanning multiple cities in order to enable advanced use cases of a quantum internet.

3.Demonstrate a platform-independent software and network stack on a quantum communication/information network consisting of at least two quantum computing nodes with quantum memories. The network should demonstrate resistance to known forms of attack.

The second FPA (on “quantum encryption and future quantum network technologies”) is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate open, large-scale, quantum communication networks and system architectures, based on cost-effective network devices and equipment necessary to distribute classical secret keys or quantum information transport over direct communication links as well as, across multi-node quantum networks, demonstrating secure communication over long distances as well as its integration with classical networks; and, support the development of applications over such networks relevant for the EuroQCI initiative, such as authentication, long-term secure storage, primitives for multi-party computation between untrusted players, and clock synchronisation.

2.Demonstrate future quantum network technologies in support of the EuroQCI initiative, and showcase disruptive progress in the performance, reliability and efficiency of relevant digital components and devices.

Scope: Proposals for FPAs are expected to develop quantum communication technologies with improved performance and security to ensure European leadership. They are expected to build on the ongoing projects supported under the Quantum Flagship ramp up phase and on those currently defining the EuroQCI initiative.

Their focus should lie mainly in realising a quantum communication/information network, over very large distances, well beyond what is currently possible, and enabling advanced application functionality for distributing resources such as entanglement. This includes the development of quantum memories and quantum repeaters that are the building blocks of long-distance quantum communication networks on the ground, and could be deployed in a European quantum communication infrastructure (EuroQCI).

Proposals for the first FPA (on “building the Quantum Internet”) should focus on the development of a quantum internet interconnecting quantum computers, simulators and sensors via quantum networks. These quantum networks should allow long-distance (>500 kilometres) entanglement-based quantum communication involving quantum memories, and will be inter-liked via a fully functional prototype of quantum repeaters. The FPA proposal should also address the proper functioning of a platform-independent software and network stack for managing and programming the quantum communication network consisting of at least two quantum computing nodes with quantum memories.

Proposals for the second FPA (on “quantum encryption and future quantum network technologies”) should focus on the development of (i) a robust, non-dependent and sustainable supply chain of future-proof Quantum Key Distribution (QKD) technologies; (ii) integration and interoperability in cybersecurity systems and classical communication networks based on optical fibre networks; and (iii) the development of the next generation of quantum communication systems (e.g., device-independent, twin field QKD) with improved performance and security protocols, and increased deployability through miniaturisation, compared to the first generation of QKD systems. Proposals should advance quantum network technologies in the above mentioned areas with the aim to achieve improved performances (e.g., higher key rates, fidelities, link distances, robustness, …), post-processing of key generation, key management, including interface to security applications (point-to-point link), achieving higher level system integration and robustness, combining quantum network technologies with conventional network infrastructures (including infrastructures based on post-quantum cryptographic technologies) and applications for point-to-multipoint links, including new protocols, applications and software and interface management between space and ground infrastructures.

Proposals for FPAs should also cover: (i) the cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the area of quantum encryption and future quantum network technologies (see topic 2), including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements, (ii) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (iii) any additional support they may receive in their activities from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iv) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship and (wherever relevant) EuroQCI. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

The partnership will have a duration of 4 years.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-20: Quantum sensing technologies for market uptake (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 178

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A host of mature quantum sensing technologies and devices (TRL 6-7) in many different application sectors, with the goal of establishing a reliable, efficient supply chain including first standardisation and calibration efforts for rapid market uptake.

Scope: Proposals should address the development of relatively mature quantum sensing technologies and single or network-operating devices that have the potential to find a broad range of new applications in transportation, precise localisation, health, security, telecommunications, energy, electronics industry, construction, mining, prospection, and much more.

Proposals should demonstrate advanced prototypes of such sensing technologies that provide an unprecedented level of precision and stability, making new types of sensing, imaging and analysis possible. For rapid market uptake, they should target miniaturised, integrated, transportable quantum sensors and provide first plans for their further industrialisation through enhanced cost efficiency and user operability at higher TRL.

In order to achieve the above, proposals should include relevant actors from the whole value chain (from materials to devices and to system integration aspects). They may also include, wherever relevant, activities and actors from metrology institutes that would provide measurement methods and/or standards, including for the development of quality assurance methods and for standardisation of the targeted quantum sensing technologies.

Finally, proposals should also cover: (i) any additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (ii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Framework Partnership Agreements for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies (FPA)

Specific conditions

Type of Action

Framework Partnership Agreement

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 179

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

Framework Partnership Agreements (FPAs) respectively for open testing, experimentation, and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies are expected to establish stable and structured partnerships between the Commission and the institutions and organisations who commit themselves:

1.To create long-term open, supportive and sustainable experimental and testing infrastructures in Europe that are openly accessible by European academia and industry; and,

2.To develop and provide access to first European fabrication (production) capabilities for quantum technologies, building on and linking together existing infrastructures.

These partnerships will be set up through two FPAs, which will enable the completion of the research roadmap within the context of the agreements. The FPAs will specify the objectives, the nature of the actions planned, and the procedure for awarding specific grants.

The first FPA (“supporting open testing, and experimentation for quantum technologies in Europe”) is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Establish a technology innovation roadmap through effective consultation with industry for linking early-stage capabilities to industry developments.

2.Provide open testing, and experimentation capabilities for quantum technologies, that are available to scientists, engineers and users, and provide innovation support services to individual companies, in particular a broad spectrum of SMEs.

3.Establish a well-connected network at European level and federate competences to increase European testing and experimentation capabilities of quantum technologies, and reduce their time-to-market.

4.Provide services for the development of a European supply chain of quantum technologies, provide European industry, especially start-ups and SMEs, with the necessary innovation capacity, and make sure that critical IP remains within the EU.

The second FPA (“supporting experimental production capabilities for quantum technologies in Europe”) is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Establish a capability innovation roadmap for providing experimental (pilot) production capabilities and a roadmap for transferring such capabilities to an industrial production environment.

2.Provide experimental production capabilities for quantum technologies in computing, communication and /or sensing available to users, including industry, in particular SMEs and contribute to developing European standards in the field.

3.Provide services for the development of a European supply chain of quantum technologies, provide European industry, especially start-ups and SMEs, with the necessary innovation capacity, and make sure that critical IP remains within the EU.

Scope: Proposals for both FPAs above are expected to establish well-networked lab facilities that interact and support each other. Proposals should federate key competences in the whole innovation value chain, from business-model development to promoting open-access to innovation and know-how, in order to provide access and support to European quantum technologies innovation actors.

Proposals should develop practical strategies in synergy with European academic and industrial players (especially start-ups and SMEs), and quantum technologies innovation actors in Europe to provide the quantum ecosystem with a ‘one-stop-shop’ to unique facilities, competences and know-how centred at various locations in Europe.

The consortia applying for the first FPA should include a balanced and inclusive network of RTOs and other excellent European institutes equipped with state of the art quantum experimental facilities, infrastructures and tools, and other key innovation players that can play a role in the implementation of sustainable open experimental and testing infrastructures in quantum technologies.

The consortia applying for the second FPA should include a balanced and inclusive network of RTOs and other excellent European institutes, small foundries, unique manufacturing providers, and other key innovation players that can play a role in building and providing experimental pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies.

The proposal for both FPAs should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, or European level; (ii) the any additional financial support they may receive in their activities from relevant national or regional initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

The partnership will have a duration of 4 years.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 180

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.develop quantum-specific algorithms and methods to apply them to problem-solving in a wide variety of industrial fields, giving European industry a competitive edge.

Scope: Fostering a European quantum computing industry will require hardware, software, and the development of user interfaces. Proposals should address the development of quantum-specific algorithms and methods to solve problems, for example in chemical and materials simulation, data analysis and optimisation, and space data processing and mission planning, as well as the more general development of novel quantum algorithms for yet unexplored application areas.

Proposals should target the development of quantum applications and the development of industrial use cases for the quantum computers of the Quantum Technologies Flagship (developed under topics (1) to (3) above). Furthermore, proposals should target the development of quantum software stacks, libraries, etc., that facilitate the link from a high-level description of algorithms to a low-level implementation with quantum gates, for solving concrete problems and applications expected to demonstrate quantum advantage. The developed applications and software should be independent of the underlying qubit platform and their correct functioning should be tested on as many quantum computing platforms as possible within the Quantum Technologies Flagship.

Proposals should also cover: (i) the cooperation with projects of the Quantum Flagship supporting quantum computing platforms, including also the need to establish from the beginning of such cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements; (ii) any additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 181

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 182

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 21 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 05 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-03

RIA

48.00

3.00 to 5.00

10

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-26

RIA

22.00

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-30

RIA

13.00

Around 13.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-35

RIA

17.50

2.00 to 3.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-38

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-39

RIA

13.00

Around 13.00

1

Overall indicative budget

116.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Ultra-low power processors

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-26: Open source for cloud-based services (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The objective of this topic is to complete the continuous path from flagship projects at the component level, such as the EPI, and cloud services. Emphasis is on the software and hardware interfaces between the aforementioned new processing architectures and cloud applications with the aid of relevant widely available ICT industry standards and Open Source stacks.

Scope: Proposals will address at least one of the following two areas:

1.Virtual environments, methods and tools that interface with the deployment of full open source stacks from the kernel to cloud applications featuring targeted relevant processing architectures of European initiatives, e.g. RISC-V. Proposals addressing this field should cover both of these points:

1.Required developments to provide a simulation of the targeted architecture that allows validation, verification and testing of the trustworthiness of software layers over specific architectures

2.Development and coordination with relevant software distribution to provide ports of the latter to the architectures targeted by the virtual environments.

2.Open source interfaces that permit the deployment of tested stacks on the outcomes of European processor initiatives. Proposals should address at least one of these points:

1.Open hardware interfaces able to integrate components in processor architectures prepared for deploying cloud applications. The focus should be in optimizing and expanding the interface possibilities of the aforementioned components vis-à-vis existing hardware computing standards.

2.Software to provide the basic initialization of cloud servers based on processor components and the runtime interfaces for operating systems and programs.

European Innovation Leadership in Electronics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-38: International cooperation in semiconductors (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Advise the EC on joint actions with leading semiconductor countries (e.g. Japan, South Korea, Taiwan) in support of EU policies.

2.Support the Commission to define and implement measures aiming at strengthening the position of Europe’s industry in the global semiconductor value chain.

3.Provide factual elements (e.g. state-of-the-art, emerging technologies…) for the EC assessment on areas of cooperation

Scope: Within the context of semiconductor and semiconductor-based photonics (e.g. Silicon photonics), the CSA will support the EC on the following activities:

·Preparation of a regional mapping of industrial strengths and gaps and their expected evolution

·Identification of emerging opportunities (e.g. technologies, approaches) for cooperation with other regions

·Definition of research areas in which international cooperation would result in tangible benefits for Europe

·Promotion and contribution to standardisation activities

·Organisation of joint events contributing to the above outcomes

·Promotion of mobility of researchers in specific topics (in cooperation with other support schemes)

·Preparation of a comparative analysis of modalities for cooperation and their applicability

The Commission will actively engage with Member States ensuring that their interests and views are taken into account fully.

European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-03: Advanced multi-sensing systems (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 48.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Next generation multi-sensing photonic and electronic systems with increased integration of new functionalities, decreased size and cost-effective manufacturing.

2.Supporting a European open strategic autonomy in key integration and packaging technologies and related manufacturing value chains.

3.Sensing devices and components allowing for reaching the new green deal objectives through enabling high levels of reuse/repair/repurpose, recovery and recycling of waste and materials or helping to reduce overall power consumption of a system by at least a factor of 2.

4.Reinforcing European industrial leadership in high performance multi-sensing systems and components for sectors such as healthcare and well-being, environmental monitoring and protection, transport and automated driving, manufacturing, aerospace and security.

Scope: The proposals will enable breakthroughs in sensor systems by combining component development, system integration, packaging and cost-effective manufacturing processes. They should propose innovative approaches capable of acquiring, processing and interpreting vast amounts of sensory input data, where relevant, while reducing significantly overall energy consumption.

Whenever justified, a modular approach with interchangeable components operating in a platform environment should be favoured. The sensing functionality should build on technologies related to light and include integration with microelectronics or micro-nano-mechanical, micro-fluidic, magnetic, radio frequency or bio-chemical technologies where appropriate.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership for Photonics.

6G and foundational connectivity technologies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-30: European Enabling technologies for Beyond 5G/6G RAN disaggregated architectures (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Availability of European capabilities for enabling hardware, computing, signal processing technologies for beyond 5G (B5G) and future 6G infrastructures in the context of disaggregated, virtualized networks, for both small cell networks and cloud-based macro RANs.

2.Availability of European capabilities for B5G/6G computing based on new computing architectures for Base station including accelerators (e.g. FPGA’s) capable of supporting even the most demanding 5G/6G processes in cloud servers and white box base stations or routers.

Scope:

1.B5G and 6G Base station computing and processing capabilities enabling the most demanding high performance, real time Radio Access Network (RAN) functions such as dynamic spectrum sharing in the context of disaggregated RAN architectures. It includes acceleration capabilities for real time virtualisation engines.

2.Future RAN computing architectures and technology implementable in cloud or distributed computing platforms whilst addressing the current Open RAN limitation, notably energy efficiency and security. It supports 5G spectrum implementation above C band and future 6G spectrum capabilities as well as massive MIMO implementations. ASIC implementation benchmark may be taken as a target for performance validations.

3.Open computing platform supporting future RAN disaggregation and virtualization and enabling an open multivendor architecture, on which large numbers of European equipment vendors may innovate. Openness also enables intelligent RAN real time management, notably through Machine Learning processes enabling key performance optimisation, in particular spectrum sharing.

The proposal should include a clear European strategy for the emergence of a European capability in this communication-computing domain where Europe is today not at the forefront. The strategy is expected to leverage new opportunities offered by the trend towards network disaggregation and cloud implementation of functions. It offers a clear path towards exploitation and industrial commitment.

For this activity, a clear complementarity strategy with relevant actions like Key Digital Technologies Joint Undertaking, Smart Networks Services Joint Undertaking, the Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on micro electronics and communication is sought.

It is considered that participation of key European industrial players and RTO’s from the communication domain, the micro electronic domain, as well as key SME’s in these domains are needed.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-39: Ultra low energy and secure networks (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

The work will contribute to i) a reinforced European leadership in connectivity, devices and service infrastructure, with European capabilities in shaping future connectivity standards, ii) a digital and green transitions towards low carbon footprint of connectivity platforms iii) enabling most demanding industrial use cases requiring very high grade of QoS and performances (real-time sub-millisecond latency and secure applications)

The research covers enabling technologies for the long term objective of i) ultra low energy networks and corresponding EU industrial capability for end-to-end all-optical communications with no electro-optical conversion ii) ultra high security over fibre nets (e.g quantum grade beyond today's range limitation). Complementary protocol level work may be considered to alleviate IP limitations, making networks deterministic, drastically reducing energy needs whilst increasing performances in terms of security, control by applications of differentiated features, and implementability as "Network on a Chip".

Scope: Multidisciplinary projects with high scientific breakthrough potential towards lifting key technological roadblocks are expected. Work covers the following areas:

1.Technology for ultra high energy efficiency and capacity, with optical functions replacing more power-hungry electronics, towards the realisation of end-to-end all-optical networks. It aims at replacing electro-optical interfaces and their management by lower power optical interfaces and targets the extension to new wavelength bands to reach rates of 10 Terabit/s for optoelectronic Interfaces and over 1 Petabit/s for optical fibre systems.

2.Technology for Ultra high security and reliability, targeting improvements needed to reach end-to-end very high grade of security levels. Post-quantum replacements of current algorithms or provable and long-term secure data transmission of highly sensitive information is in scope, as well as novel. research directions like physical layer security for optical networks..

Use cases may target highly integrated Radio-optical networks, coping with a multiplicity of scenarios requiring different functional splits between different network parts, enabling optimal low cost operations of integrated fronthaul-backhaul and deterministic network behaviour for specific applications requiring ultra low latency.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

European leadership in Emerging Enabling Technologies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-35: Advanced characterisation methodologies to assess and predict the health and environmental risks of nanomaterials (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The development of reliable and practical tools to ensure the safe and sustainable use of nanomaterials has not kept pace with the rapid commercialization of nanotechnology-enabled products. The dynamic nature of many nanomaterials in complex environmental matrices is recognized as a major challenge for their detection, quantification and characterization. Consequently, there is an urgent need to establish appropriate methods for cost-efficient assessment and prediction of the health and environmental effects of nanomaterials, providing better decision criteria, based on quantitative rather than qualitative information and taking into account the full life cycle of a material. Proposal results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

1.Develop high-resolution imaging methods for quantification and characterization of nanomaterials (e.g. nanoplastics) in complex matrices and determinations of their transformations in such environments.

2.Increase availability of validated protocols to advance both nanosafety studies and material characterization.

3.Ensure appropriate control experiments and more realistic in vitro models to address current gaps in nanotoxicology.

4.Deliver reliable data and improved data reporting guidelines, supported by computational modelling, in order to allow the development of grouping and read across methods. Make use of open access database and using standards for data documentation (e.g. CHADA).

5.Develop harmonized standardized test methods that can be used in a regulatory framework including test hazard assessment, biodegradability and sustainability for advanced nanomaterials.

6.Increase the efficiency and effectiveness of materials and product development by reducing costs and time for product design, time-to-market and regulatory compliance

Scope:

1.Develop advanced characterization tools and methods for nanomaterials industry to enhance the design and development stages of advanced materials and products contributing to less waste and emissions while improving process quality in line with Life Cycle Assessment framework;

2.Develop new in vitro models and tests to assess nanotoxicology;

3.Include use cases to validate and demonstrate the approach(es) in industrial settings and involve comprehensive analysis and measurement of process and handling release scenarios and exposure measurements;

4.Propose the validated methods to standardization bodies such as ISO or OECD for development of standards, test guidance or a guidance document;

5.Demonstrate connectivity with H2020 nanosafety projects and leverage the extensive experience from relevant initiatives. Cooperation with EU funded projects under Industry Commons and other similar initiatives for interoperability and data documentation should be addressed;

In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 183

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 184

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 16 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 16 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-05

IA

19.00

3.00 to 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-06

RIA

28.50

Around 4.00

7

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-07

IA

36.00

Around 6.00

6

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17

RIA

16.50

Around 16.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-18

RIA

9.00

Around 9.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-20

IA

9.00

Around 9.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

127.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Innovation in AI, Data and Robotics

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-05: AI, Data and Robotics for Industry optimisation (including production and services) (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio coverage, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to at least the 2 highest ranked for each type of industry (i.e. production or service), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:




Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.As third parties' grants may include robotics components, requiring high equipment investment and/or important effort to integrate in a use-case to address the sectorial challenges, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

a.Advancing AI, data and robotics, and automation for the optimisation of production and services value-chains, optimisation of products, services, processes, to increase competitiveness, improve working conditions, and environmental sustainability, and supporting the European Economy using AI, data and robotics technologies.

b.AI or learning systems (including, but not limited to self-learning, continuous and transfer learning, self-configuring systems) adapting production or services workflows to changing environments, dynamic and unpredictable resource constraints and to the capabilities and restrictions of humans and transferring results from one domain to another.

Scope: Proposals are expected to integrate and optimise AI, data and robotics solutions in order to demonstrate, by addressing use-cases scenarios in actual or highly realistic operating environments, how they optimise production and service use cases.

Industry-empowering AI, data and robotics: enable and boost wide spread deployment of European technologies, in demonstrating clear benefits in particular applications coming from major industrial sectors, in improving processes, products or services, contributing to their competitiveness, quality of services, and strategy for environmental sustainability. Providing industry with more autonomous and more intuitive and easier to operate technologies they can trust and that are tailored for their needs, with the adapted and guaranteed levels of performance, reliability, safety, dependability, security and transparency. Providing trustworthy AI solutions combining various sources of data, sensors, interaction and information to address industrial challenges; combining the power of latest progress in AI, FAIR 185 data, autonomous or interactive robotics, smart devices and next generation networks and computing to increase automation and optimise processes, resources, and services, and addressing new technological challenges removing barriers for industrial deployment, and improving trust through more transparent and explainable AI. Where relevant latest development from low power consuming sensors, actuators and mechanisms, as well as new energy sources and batteries will be exploited to ensure energy autonomy for robotics. Promoting versatile, flexible, scalable, resilient physical and digital architecture that facilitate the future AI, data and robotics based services adoption.

Proposals should demonstrate how major European industries (covering all the sectors, from production 186 to services) can substantially benefit from optimising AI, data and/or robotics to maximise such benefits. Proposals are expecting to focus on specific use-cases to demonstrate such benefits, cross-sector use-cases are encouraged. Added value to the selected use-cases should be demonstrated by qualitative and quantitative industry and service relevant KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring.

While the proposals should be application driven, involving problem owners to define needs and validate the proposed solution, the focus is on optimising the enabling of AI, data and robotics technologies to maximise the benefit they bring.

Proposals should focus on demonstrating the added value of AI and/or Data and/or Robotics technologies to optimise value-chains, products, services or associated processes, including knowledge automation (including capturing and elicitation), to increase competitiveness, environmental sustainability, and where relevant, working conditions, for example, through added flexibility, configurability, adaptability, etc.

Digital twin approaches could be considered, where necessary and of added value.

Proposals should also address non-technical issues hampering the adoption of AI, data and robotics in the selected application domain, e.g. ethical aspects for the possible replacement of human operators, trust, human-robots collaboration and cooperation, security and safety.

Proposals will address the production or service sector, where substantial added value of AI, data and/or robotics can be demonstrated. This should be demonstrated with actual or highly realistic operating demonstrators at TRL6-7.

Proposals should clearly identify the sector it will focus on (either production or services).

Two types of proposals are expected:

1.Focused projects (EU contribution around EUR 3.00 milliom), involving the user industry and technology provider(s),

2.Larger projects (EU contribution around EUR 5.00 million), where a number of companies in a given application sector will identify in the proposal common challenges and use-cases, and organise competitive calls for AI, data and robotics solution providers to address such challenges. Competitive calls will be open to all types of companies, but only SMEs and Start-ups 187 will receive financial support to third parties, with a maximum of EUR 200 000 per third party 188 and 70% funding (100% for start-ups). At least 40% of the requested amount should be dedicated to financial support to third parties. The consortium will provide technical support with expertise in engineering integration, testing and validation to support the selected SMEs and start-ups acting as technology providers to demonstrate the added value of their solutions to address the challenges of the use-cases. Maximum one type of third party project will be funded per focused area (either production or services).

In all proposals user industries are expected to play a major role in the requirement and validation phases.

Besides financial support, these SMEs and start-ups successfully demonstrating the potential of their solutions, must receive support from business experts, provided by the action, to further develop their business and develop their market reach, and maximise their business opportunities.

When possible, proposals should build on and reuse public results from relevant previous funded actions, including public results developed in Member States and Associated Countries. Proposals should make use of connections to the Digital Innovation Hub networks, particularly those in Robotics, Data and AI. Full use should be made of the common resources available in the AI-on-Demand platform 189 , Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 190 , data platforms 191 and, if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms. Communicable results from projects should be delivered to the most relevant of these platforms so as to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

Where appropriate, issues such as data access, data sovereignty and data protection should be addressed along the whole value chains, respecting all stakeholder interests, particularly SMEs.

The re-use and sharing of data collected and processed for AI and Data innovation should be encouraged to contribute to UN SDGs and the Green Deal (e.g.: sharing private data for the public good, B2G in addition to B2B; G2B data sharing may be identified, in view of helping businesses to increase sustainability and competitiveness).

Proposals should include dissemination activities to increase awareness about the potential value for society and people as well as the business of AI, data and robotics driven innovation.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the co-programmed partnership on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other European partnerships are encouraged.

Tomorrow’s deployable Robots: efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-06: Pushing the limit of physical intelligence and performance (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Robots with advanced physical functionalities, capabilities and efficiency (faster, safer, more agile and precise, etc.), to achieve wider variety of tasks efficiently. This includes beyond human capabilities (e.g. very large and very small scale capabilities or beyond human precision, or beyond human perception and decision making, for example by using multi-modal sensing).

2.Robots with greatly improved intrinsically safe and efficient human-centric human-robot and robot-environment/objects physical interaction capabilities, at natural human speed or more.

3.Robots with improved abilities and robustness, allowing them to adapt to changes in the environment, and making them more energy efficient in order to run autonomously for longer periods of time while maintaining trustworthiness and dependability.

Scope: Proposals are expected to focus on technology and systems that significantly extend the physical capability of robots beyond the state of the art. Proposals should:

1.Improve the physical performance of robots (for example: improving robustness and resilience – to handle environment variations and unknown or unexpected situations - and energy efficiency to run safely and autonomously for longer periods of time, increased speed, some operating under extreme physical conditions such as under water, rough terrain, difficult climatic conditions, in the body, in the air, etc.).

2.Develop promising and innovative robotic concepts (e.g.: collaborative, modular and distributed, hyper redundant, highly reconfigurable, soft or miniaturised robotics) enabling adaptation to transformations of industry and society (including crisis), and in addition to examine design methods and tools for novel configurations and concepts.

Proposals should investigate novel scientific approaches or push the limit of existing ones to improve physical capabilities of robots relevant to industry and service needs in sectors where this is a barrier to uptake, such as innovative actuation principles (such as soft robotics, reconfigurable, hyper-redundant, modular robotics), or advance the field of miniaturised robotics, advanced control, improved hardware and increased trustworthiness and dependability (e.g. building on the latest results in mechatronics, advanced sensing and actuation, advanced materials, integrated and embedded systems for AI at the edge, neuromorphic computing).

Where relevant, proposals are also encouraged to embed, starting from the design stage, techniques, methods and tools that enhance the performance and interaction of robots in real world tasks where testability is limited and a “first time right” mentality must prevail; for example in space exploration, in dense urban environments, when developing applications for vulnerable people, or in safety critical infrastructures such as nuclear reactors, pressure vessels or chemical storage tanks.

Proposals are expected to rethink robot bodies, with improved physical and interaction capabilities (with the environment and with humans taking into account gender, age and disabilities as appropriate) to reach novel or advanced abilities, such as powerful, fast, precise, and intrinsically safe navigation, manipulation, sympathetic automated adaptation, etc. capabilities. The shape and size of robots can vary from miniature to large-scale, from soft, to more rigid structure, from manipulators, to ground, air, marine, in-vivo, exoskeletons and wearable robots, etc. Such proposals could also propose innovative approaches in building on and integrating the latest developments in key underlying technologies, or by exploiting multimodalities (audio, vision, AR/VR, haptics, etc.), improved safety mechanisms, physical collaboration, collaborative and swarm robotics. In addition, proposals can address energy efficiency, to address the current limitation of energy autonomy in robotics. Proposals could also focus on advances in cognitive mechatronics, where sensing and actuation are closely coupled with cognitive systems to deliver improved autonomy, dexterity, control, motion quality, interaction (including all modalities), adaptation and learning, and safer systems.

Proposals should also take into consideration trustworthy AI principles, as appropriate.

Progress should be demonstrated by qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring. Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project.

When possible, proposals should build on and reuse public results from relevant previous funded actions. Proposals should make use of connections to the Digital Innovation Hub networks, particularly those in Robotics, Data and AI. Full use should be made of the common resources available in the AI-on-Demand platform 192 , Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 193 , data platforms 194 and, if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms. Communicable results from projects should be delivered to the most relevant of these platforms so as to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the co-programmed partnership on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other European partnerships are encouraged.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-07: Increased robotics capabilities demonstrated in key sectors (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:




Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.As third parties' grants may include robotics components, requiring high equipment investment and/or important effort to integrate in a use-case to address the sectorial challenges, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposals results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcome:

1.Demonstrators able to show the added value of robotics and their performances in addressing challenges in major application sectors, or in dangerous, dull, dirty tasks or those strenuous for humans or in extreme environments.

2.Systems able to demonstrate beyond human performance in complex tasks, with high impact in key sectors, that show extended levels of adaptation and flexibility.

3.Systems able to show high levels of reactivity and responsiveness and intelligibility when performing human-robot and robot-robot interactions in major application sectors.

Scope: Proposals are expected to focus on application oriented use cases that enhance specific sectors in achieving significant improvements functional and economic performance.

Proposals will integrate novel robotics technologies into solutions that are capable of autonomously taking over dangerous, dull and dirty jobs, or that are capable of achieving tasks beyond human capabilities, in a range of innovative applications in key sectors or that are capable of reaching the level of reactivity, flexibility and adaptivity and natural intelligibility required for smooth and beneficial human-robot, as well as robot-robot collaboration and interaction. Engagement with SSH 195 expertise is needed to improve human robot interaction design, behavioural intelligibility of robot interaction and action, especially in novel service applications, and to provide expertise on trustworthiness and acceptability by humans that impact at the design stage.

This topic will support innovation proposals, expected to exploit the latest robotics advances and demonstrate at TRL6-7 use-case scenarios considering end-user needs and expectations, in highly realistic operating environments, how they can directly contribute to the chosen application, supported by quantitative and qualitative industry or service related KPIs. Proposals need to make the case for the added value of such technologies, and demonstrating scalability, and short-term deployment potential. Progress should be demonstrated by appropriate KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring.

The proposals should be primarily application driven, with a concrete problem-solving approach, exploiting the most suitable robotics technologies at hand. The focus should be on real-world scenarios which can benefit in short term from the technology and demonstrate substantial impact on the chosen application, also taking into account the maturity of the technologies which can solve the problems at hand.

In case of shared workspaces, safe, dependable efficient and intuitive interaction will be key.

Considering that human factors and socio-economic aspects can limit or lessen efficient use of robots, human-centred and socio-economic approaches in combination with multi-stakeholder co-design activities can contribute to sustainable development of new enabling technologies. Putting people at the forefront will ensure novel transformation pathways, which help utilise existing technology in novel ways, and propose feedback loop systems that engage human users in developing new sociotechnical learning situations and tools. Further, agile sociotechnical learning designs, can remedy e.g., less efficient technologies, by emphasizing human aspects of technologies in any application sector, from service to production, to domestic use. For this, an interdisciplinary approach involving both technical and SSH 196 , in particular ethics, researchers is needed to improve interaction design and to provide expertise on trustworthiness and acceptability by workers, and address gender equality and intersectionality 197 where relevant.

The involvement of the user industry and the workers, possibly also the social partners, would be key to drive the proposals, not only to identify the needs and the application scenarios, but to be involved in the testing of the solutions and providing feedback to adapt the solutions to optimise the working conditions and performances. This is also essential for the acceptance of the technology. A human-centred approach will be key in all proposals, with deep involvement of the workers, professionals and other relevant stakeholders including experts in human-centred design, work safety, ergonomics, social partners or work organisation as appropriate. They will closely collaborate with the technology providers and integrators. The proposals should also take into consideration trustworthy AI principles including respect of human dignity and agency. Special attention will be given to including users of diverse age, gender and background.

Proposals are requested to dedicate at least 20% of their requested amount for FSTP to support SMEs or Start-ups in the development or enhancement of demonstrators, with a maximum of EUR 200 000 per third party 198 , and 70% of the costs (100% for start-ups). The consortium will provide technical support with expertise in engineering integration, testing and validation to support the selected SMEs and start-ups acting as technology providers to demonstrate the added value of their solutions to address the challenges of the use-cases.

The selection of the application sectors should prioritise high impact sectors and use-cases where the technology can demonstrate maximum added value.

Each proposal will focus on one of the following use-cases:

1.Demonstrating substantial added value of robotics in major application sectors with high socio-economic and/or environmental potential impact, improving the effectiveness and efficiency of processes or services.

2.Demonstrating how robotics can improve human working conditions and satisfaction in taking over dangerous, dull, dirty or strenuous tasks, keeping workers away from unsafe and unhealthy jobs.

Proposals are encouraged, where appropriate, to develop configuration and deployment tools as well as tools for rapid configuration and re-configuration of robotics to improve deployability, reduce time to deployment, increase user driven (re)configuration, including through model-based approaches.

When possible, proposals should build on and reuse public results from relevant previous funded actions. Proposals should make use of connections to the Digital Innovation Hub networks, particularly those in Robotics, Data and AI. Full use should be made of the common resources available in the AI-on-Demand platform 199 , Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics 200 , data platforms 201 and, if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms. Communicable results from projects should be delivered to the most relevant of these platforms so as to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

Proposals are expected to develop synergies with relevant activities in AI, Data and Robotics, primarily in destinations 1, 3, 4 and 6, but also in other destinations and clusters, and share or exploit results with relevant funded actions where appropriate.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02. Where relevant, synergies with other PPPs are encouraged.

Graphene: Europe in the lead

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17: New generation of advanced electronic and photonic 2D materials-based devices, systems and sensors (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 16.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.New technological solutions with improved performance and reduced energy consumption providing significant advances towards the integration of 2D materials (2DM) technology, and the emergence of competitive value chains in graphene in Europe.

Scope: Proposals should cover the development of 2DM-based devices and systems bringing 2DM technology one step further towards the integration in current technologies and to the development of radically new prototypes and/or solutions for industry for a wide range of application areas overcoming integration costs, functionalities and/or power consumption challenges. The proposals should develop 2DM-based electronic and photonic devices including ultrafast circuits, photodetector, and modulators, broadband detectors, switches, as well as sensors, advanced electronics, metamaterials, etc., serving applications such as 5G and 6G data communications, wireless connections, smart machine vision, autonomous robots and vehicles, internet of things, and neuromorphic circuitry and/or imaging applications. The 2DM-based devices and systems should demonstrate their added value in terms of e.g. functionality, integration, miniaturization, performances, power consumption, costs, etc. compared to current conventional technologies. Proposals should integrate the value chain and incorporate the relevant manufacturing technologies needed to bring the developed devices towards the market and indicate how they work with the newly established Graphene Flagship 2D-Experimental Pilot Line (2D-EPL) 202 .

Proposals should address a modelling, design, manufacturing and characterization of developed devices and systems. The proposals should also explore, develop and assess the route(s) for integration (e.g. wafer growth, transfer, wafer scale integration, co-integration) of 2DM into the devices and systems favouring industrial uptake in the longer-term.

Proposals should include activities aiming at facilitating future exploitation of results.

Proposals should aim at demonstrating by the end of the project fully functional prototypes operating in relevant environment conditions (TRL 5).

Proposals should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-18: 2D materials-based devices and systems for energy storage and/or harvesting (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrated added value of 2D materials (2DM) for energy storage devices and systems in applications where Europe can build competitive value chains.

2.New technology solutions for portable energy sources outperforming alternative technologies e.g. in terms of energy and power density, operational safety, long-term stability, mechanical flexibility, light weight, thin thickness, and low cost that will enable the rapid development of power-demanding smart devices, Internet of Thing (IoT) sensors and wearable electronics.

Scope: Proposals should develop solutions demonstrating the potential added value of 2DM-based energy storage like large energy storage technologies, beyond current Li-ion, for electric power grids/solar farms/wind farms with increased performances in terms of durability, safety, energy density and power density.

Proposals should also work on structural batteries and structural supercapacitors and related production techniques, i.e. energy storage devices integrated in structural parts of e.g. airplanes or cars, to address the demand of distributed sensors and electronics, functional printed micro-flexible supercapacitors for e.g. IoT applications.

Proposals addressing energy harvesting should investigate/establish proof of concepts/develop 2DM-based devices for energy conversion that can produce electricity in response to e.g. light, moisture, flowing liquid, friction, pressure force, or heat with unprecedented characteristics or unique functionalities.

Proposals should integrate the value chain and incorporate the relevant manufacturing technologies needed to bring the developed devices towards the market.

Proposals should include activities aiming at facilitating future exploitation of results.

Proposals should aim at demonstrating by the end of the project fully functional prototypes operating in relevant environment conditions (TRL 5).

The proposal should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19: 2D materials-based devices and systems for biomedical applications (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.New technology solutions exploiting the unique properties of 2D materials (2DM) that would reduce cost and increase the efficacy of diagnostics or therapies, or provide new diagnostics or therapies for which there is currently no solution. It would strengthen Europe’s industrial position in, early diagnostics, disease prediction and prevention, disease monitoring and reducing hospitalization time.

Scope: Proposals should build on the multi-functionality allowed by 2DMs and demonstrate the advantages of combining e.g. biocompatibility, chemical stability, (bio-)sensing and actuating, and integration with flexible electronic technologies, in addition to versatile surface chemistry (for interface with biology) to allow continuous health monitoring and built-in pharmacological interventions.

Emphasis of the proposals should have a translational perspective, addressing how the devices and systems will reach the clinic, preferably led by European industry. Furthermore, the proposals should bring together multidisciplinary teams including engineers, material scientists, pharmacologists, biologists, clinicians, patients, and ethics experts. Potential application areas include: engineering & bioengineering of biochemical or bioelectronic diagnostics or therapeutic devices and platforms; sensors for digital health; electronics for brain-computer interfaces, taking advantage of flexible devices; medical imaging in combination with implantable devices (e.g. MRI); graphene for drug delivery of therapeutics (e.g. for neurological disorders). The safety aspects of the proposed technologies should be given proper consideration.

Proposals should include activities aiming at facilitating future exploitation of results.

Proposals should aim at demonstrating by the end of the project fully functional prototypes operating in relevant environment conditions (TRL 5).

The proposal should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-20: 2D-material-based composites, coatings and foams (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.new multifunctional recyclable materials enabling solutions to environmental challenges.

Scope: Proposals should address 2D materials (2DM) composites, aero-gels and foams that can bring the full nanoscopic functionality of 2DM from nano- and microscale into the macroscopic world. They should target in particular the development of 2D materials and technologies mainly addressing environmental issues including e.g. energy consumption reduction in transport, oil spill removal from water, water purification with low energy consumption and improved water desalination. They should also target the development of next generation, lightweight, recyclable composites and coatings endowed with key functionalities like e.g., high temperature performance, structural health monitoring, and as enablers for, e.g., structural batteries or hydrogen storage. They should also address Metal-2DM composites enabling ultralow friction surfaces, reducing energy loss in sliding mechanical and electrical parts and the development of 2DM foams enabling hydrogen economy through catalytic hydrogen generation and storage. Proposals should also integrate the value chain and incorporate the relevant manufacturing technologies necessary to bring the developed devices towards the market.

Proposals must implement from the very beginning life cycle assessment (LCA) and end-of-life (EOL) materials management to fully capture the advantage and develop greener materials and processes.

Proposals should include activities aiming at facilitating future exploitation of results.

Proposals should aim at demonstrating by the end of the project fully functional material systems and prototype applications operating in relevant environment conditions (TRL 6-7).

The proposal should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Supporting the coordination of the Graphene Flagship projects (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A strong and coherent graphene and 2D materials (2DM) initiative by providing key support functions, enabling participating projects to find synergies in their work and share best practice, and favouring interactions and synergies with national and regional initiatives, projects and infrastructures in the domain.

Scope: Proposals should address the need to guarantee a sustained European leadership in 2DM, capitalise upon the investments made so far in graphene, exploit synergistically the scientific, technological and innovation outcomes of these investments and deliver benefits to the European society. Proposals should support the coordination of the projects of the Graphene Flagship initiative that would be selected under the call topics of the initiative. They should address all the coordination and support functions necessary to build a strong Flagship initiative, including: governance, community engagement, dissemination, communication, outreach, dialogue with the public, etc. They should also work on standardisation activities, creating new education and training curricula, promoting innovation, developing research and innovation roadmap activities, liaising with and supporting the coordination with relevant national and regional 2DM activities and establishing and supporting the dialogue with other international relevant programmes and initiatives in the field.

Proposals should involve and be driven by representatives of the relevant actors of the field (e.g., academia, RTOs and industry, including SMEs).

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

DESTINATION – OPEN STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA

Today EU citizens enjoy watching satellite TV, increasingly accurate global navigation services for all transport modes and users (e.g. mobile phones and car navigation systems), extended Earth monitoring for land, marine, atmosphere and climate change, global meteorological observation and accurate cartographies of a wide number of variables. Space also makes important contributions to security crisis management and emergency services. These are key assets for the EU policies on climate, environment, transport, agriculture and secure society (e.g. Maritime Strategy, the Arctic Strategy, the Digital Agenda, the Common Security and Defence Policy, the Sustainable Development Strategy, the SGDGs). Finally, the space sector is a source of economic growth, jobs and exports.

This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

1.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

2.KSO B, 'Restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources to ensure food security and a clean and healthy environment.

3.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems.’

4.KSO D, ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.’

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact:

Open strategic autonomy in developing, deploying and using global space-based infrastructures, services applications and data, including by reinforcing the EU’s independent capacity to access space, securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness.

This expected impact is fully in line with the Space Strategy for Europe and the proposal for the Space Programme. Horizon Europe R&I funds will contribute to this expected impact along 2 main axes by:

1.providing support with R&I funding to the EU space sector at large

2.making a specific impact with the EU action with R&I to prepare the future evolutions of the Space programme components

This Destination is therefore structured along the following headings:

1 Foster competitiveness of space systems

2 Reinforce EU capacity to access to space

3 Evolution of Space and ground infrastructures for Galileo/EGNOS

4 Evolution of services: Copernicus

5 Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus

6 Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

7 Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (incl. New Space and start-ups) and skills

Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

While headings 1, 2, 7 and 8 will support the EU space sector at large and are largely based on the recommendation of the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda, headings 3), 4), 5), and 6) will be supporting the Space Programme components as well as the emerging quantum initiative.

All headings will contribute to the 'Open strategic autonomy in developing, deploying and using global space-based infrastructures'. This is the underlying goal when investing in R&I to ensure the future of existing space programme component infrastructures, services and applications (Heading 3) and with R&I to investigate new future services (Heading 4) or to develop innovative space capabilities such as SSA, GOVSATCOM and Quantum (Heading 6). This autonomy would however not be complete if we did not have the capacity to access space, to launch these infrastructures (Heading 2) and to propose opportunities for In-Orbit Demonstration and In-Orbit Validation (Heading 8). As the EU space sector relies on a smaller share of institutional investments compared to other regions, this difference needs to be compensated by a more competitive sector (Heading 1). R&I and a strategy for critical technologies for non-dependence is another important axis of action (Heading 8). A guarantee for such autonomy is also to have a vivid and competitive downstream sector and entrepreneurship eco-systems in the EU (Headings 5 and Heading 7). A description of the headings objectives and targeted achievements is provided below.

Foster competitiveness of space systems

The European space sector and space economy need to improve space-based capabilities, capture new markets, adapt to rapidly changing markets whilst staying competitive in the satellite communication, navigation and Earth observation sectors. This requires the development of new competitive technologies for space and ground systems, such as very high throughput and flexible satellites, very high-resolution sensors, radiation-hardened electronics, on-board and ground Artificial Intelligence (AI), optical communication and quantum technologies, as well as advanced robotics. We also need to prepare the ground for future modular, flexible and intelligent satellites. In the mid to long term, the future space ecosystem should include hybrid, smart and reconfigurable satellites, which can be manufactured, assembled and serviced directly in-orbit, and with a de-orbiting capacity.

Digitalisation and automation will enable advanced design and manufacturing methods (including additive manufacturing) and “Digital Twins”, plug-and-play modularity, as well as model based system engineering. This will yield reductions in mass, cost, emission, energy consumption and development time.

Disruptive technologies and concepts should be further developed to bring breakthrough innovation to the space sector, while at the same time advancing technology maturation in the view of qualification on ground or via In-Orbit Demonstration and Validation activities.

Reinforce EU capacity to access to space

Two specific challenges stand out. Firstly, the highly competitive global market for launch services, which is characterised by an increasing number of competitors, secondly, the emerging opportunities in space transportation that have not been yet seized by European launch actors characterised by new uses of space (e.g. small satellites, larger constellations, payload recovery, payload quick deployment), new services (e.g. direct orbit injection, in-orbit servicing) and in-space transportation. This will require, amongst others, new concepts for reducing the production and operation cost such as reusability (including stage recovery and landing) of launcher and vehicle components, and low cost, high thrust and green propulsion, modular avionics, autonomous systems, micro launchers, re-entry vehicles and modern and flexible test and launch facilities. Both will require urgent activities to enable operational capacities by at the latest 2030.

Disruptive technologies, methodologies and concepts should be developed to bring breakthrough innovation to the launcher systems sector as well as to contribute to cost reduction and contribute to the preparation of a competitive European Space Transportation beyond 2030.

Evolution of Space and ground infrastructures for Galileo/EGNOS

For Galileo/EGNOS, the international context, the competitive environment with emerging actors and novel techniques in the value chain, the increasing threats, and the evolution of the technologies, components and systems, including dual-use technology, call for a constant adaptation of the EU space infrastructure to these changing realities.

To meet these challenges, EU needs sustained investments in R&D for innovative mission concepts, technology and systems. These will ensure the continuity of the EGNSS service, minimise the risks for technology inclusion in the infrastructure, thanks to anticipated development and testing including in-orbit, protect better this infrastructure against modern threats (notably cyber, jamming/spoofing, natural hazards), and increase the strategic autonomy in key technologies. Overall, they will maintain the EU´s leadership position in the Global Navigation Satellite Systems.

Evolution of services: Copernicus

Copernicus core services (Climate, Marine environment, Land monitoring, Atmosphere monitoring, Emergency management and Security) must evolve and improve to better respond to new and emerging policy needs, such as anthropogenic CO2, green house gas and pollutant monitoring, climate change mitigation and adaptation, EU arctic policy, coastal area, sustainable development goals, environmental compliance, protection of natural resources, ecosystems and biodiversity, food security, agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture, crisis management, safe transport, sustainable and clean energy, border management, preserving cultural heritage, as well as other new domains that could bring key contributions to the European Green Deal and to other EU priorities.

Similarly, the Galileo service portfolio (High precision positioning, navigation and timing, authentication, search and rescue and Public Regulated Service, PRS) must be adapted to the evolution of the user needs and market trends. This requires new services and capabilities to better serve the downstream application sector, so that EGNSS remains at the fore front of the provision of satellite positioning, navigation and timing (PNT) services and keeps the pace with increasing global competition in the sector (USA, China, 5G, etc.). Europe should extend Galileo services to various societal challenges and offer it as a complementary service to emerging markets like 5G, CCAM and AI.

Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus

EGNSS and Copernicus capacities are unique and world-class and should be fully utilised for EU citizens, companies and society. Research and innovation should therefore foster the development of EGNSS downstream applications and promote their adoption in the EU and worldwide, in particular in markets with a long lead-time (e.g. maritime, rail, aviation), and in areas where Galileo offers unique differentiators (high accuracy, authentication, Search and Rescue, PRS

Copernicus based applications and services can serve, for example, polar research, monitoring of the environment, maritime and coastal monitoring, natural disasters, civil security, migration and agriculture. They and can bring, with EGNSS, a key contribution to the European Green Deal and to the sustainable management of natural resources. The public sector should be supported as customer of space based technologies via innovation procurement. Synergies between Galileo/EGNOS and Copernicus, as well as synergies with non-space programmes, leveraging the combination of space data with non-space data, will open new avenues for the creation of a wealth of new and innovative applications and services. The use of Copernicus and Galileo/EGNOS for the EOSC and DestinE initiatives should equally be taken into account and promoted.

Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

Space Situational Awareness (SSA) and GOVSATCOM innovative components will be developed in the EU Space programme fostered by Horizon Europe R&I. Quantum Technologies, as an emerging field with great potential to be applied in the EU Space programme, requires foundational research and validation activities for its space component.

Space Situational Awareness (SSA) will provide services to European users including spacecraft owners/operators and governmental entities that will reinforce the protection and resilience of European space and ground infrastructures against various hazards and risks (mainly collisions in/from space, Near Earth Objects or space weather events). New challenges are posed by the ever-increasing orbital population of smaller satellites and space debris and the associated increased risk of orbital collisions, fragmentations and re-entries. R&I activities shall address these challenges by developing novel architectures and technical solutions for ground/space sensors, data processing, networking and operation centres (including critical technological elements for the realisation of crucial future space weather applications and services) to ensure safety and sustainability of space operations in Europe as well as by improving current EUSST services and implementing new ones (space debris mitigation and remediation services; space weather services).

The GOVSATCOM initiative aims to provide reliable, secured and cost-effective satellite communications services to EU and Member State authorities with an infrastructure supporting secure critical missions and the ability to exchange sensitive information in a environment of worldwide hybrid threats (including the Arctic). Research and innovation activities will foster the development of European satcom security related technologies and increase European independence from foreign critical technologies and exploiting synergies with Copernicus and Galileo and with defence /security assets.

Space will pave the way for quantum technologies in EU space infrastructure and for space-based services (e.g. quantum inter-satellite communication, next generation atomic clocks or quantum sensors). It is of the highest strategic importance for the EU and its industry to be competitive and to become a global leader in this area. It will provide enhanced services to EU citizens and allow overcoming limitations and challenges of the current generation of quantum technologies. Therefore, R&I shall foster the development and use of EU sourced space qualified quantum components, including mission design, integration and in-orbit demonstration and validating. The availability of adequate ground segment infrastructure for testing and validating the quantum space mission needs to be ensured too. Synergies with GOVSATCOM will be thought.

Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (incl. New Space and start-ups) and skills

Business development, acceleration and upscaling of start-ups will be fostered across all space areas under the CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative.

CASSINI will provide support to business and innovation-friendly ecosystems, including the strengthening business skills in the space market segments and digital services based on space data. The objective is to make start-ups and scale-ups investment-ready and able to secure venture capital funding. Synergies with the InvestEU programme and the Space programme will be established.

Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

Development of associated technologies and actions of key importance to the sections described above will be pursued. These actions will at the same time contribute to foster the competitiveness of the EU space sector, to reinforce our capacity to use and access space and to perform R&I for the Space Programme.

These targeted and strategic actions will include the development of critical technologies for EU non-dependence, the establishment of regular and cost-effective flight opportunities for In-Orbit Demonstration/In-Orbit Validation (IOD/IOV), space science activities, as well as outreach, education and international cooperation activities.

Limiting participation in certain actions to Member States (and certain candidate associated countries to Horizon Europe)

The Space research part of the Horizon Europe Programme is by default open to the world, promoting international cooperation to drive scientific excellence.

However, an important aspect of the Space Programme consists in ensuring security and strengthening strategic autonomy across key technologies and value chains, taking advantage of the possibilities that space offers for the security of the Union and its Member States. This objective requires special rules in specific cases to set the requisite eligibility and participation conditions to ensure the protection of the integrity, security and resilience of the Union and its Member States. Hence, on an exceptional basis and duly justified, the work programme may foresee a limited participation to entities from selected countries. Such exceptional circumstances would relate to prevalent considerations to safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security. Possibilities for such limitations are framed by Article 22(5)and by Annex IV(11a) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. Out of 45 actions, 30 remain fully open while 15 are proposed for limited participation

For six space actions, the restrictions to only Member States are justified under Annex IV of the Horizon Europe Regulation which foresees that, where appropriate the eligibility criteria of the Space Programme Regulation shall apply for the Horizon Europe space research topics and actions. In the current work programme this includes SST and GOVSATCOM which relate to sensitive Union space infrastructure.

Nine space actions are open to Member States, Norway and Iceland under Protocol 31 of the EEA Agreement and the United Kingdom. These nine actions include Copernicus Security R&D and actions involving technologies critical to strategic autonomy/dual-use.

The eligibility to participate in such actions is limited to legal entities established in the EU, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01

136.22

16 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01

85.70

16 Feb 2022

Overall indicative budget

136.22

85.70

Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 203

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 204

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 02 Nov 2021

Deadline(s): 16 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-11

RIA

12.00 205

4.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-12

RIA

6.00

1.00 to 2.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-21

RIA

39.00 206

30.00 to 39.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-22

RIA

19.80 207

15.00 to 19.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-23

RIA

3.00 208

1.00 to 1.50

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-41

RIA

11.00 209

10.00 to 11.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-42

RIA

7.50 210

6.00 to 7.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-43

RIA

5.00 211

4.00 to 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-44

RIA

5.60 212

Around 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-62

RIA

17.00

15.00 to 17.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-81

RIA

10.32 213

2.00 to 3.00

4

Overall indicative budget

136.22

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Foster competitiveness of space systems

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-11: End-to-end satellite communication systems and associated services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 214

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The expected outcomes of this topic will enable flexible end-to-end satellite communication system (including both space and ground segment) with high productivity and growing data and service requirements. Security aspects should be considered in all targeted developments. Competitiveness will be strengthened by providing growing capacity per system, as well as flexibility and agility to face uncertainties and market evolutions and improving system availability and latency to deliver high-quality experience to end-users.

Projects are expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

1.Capture 50% of global accessible Telecom satellite market by 2028.

2.Showcasing a secure, flexible and competitive end-to-end-system aiming a ground demonstrator by 2026/27.

3.Full inclusion and utilisation of satellite communication in 5G/6G network

4.Short to mid-term disruptive development and maturation of key technologies (up to TRL6) for high performance and secure communication systems.

5.Support the EU space policy and end-to-end secure communication by paving the way for the deployment of a future EU secure and global quantum satellite communication capacity.

6.Contribute to EU non-dependence for the development of quantum communication technology in space.

7.Enhance the TRL to 5-6 of the components necessary to build a quantum satellite communication capacity using EU technology in preparation of an IOD/V.

This will contribute to developing, deploying global space-based services applications and data and contribute to fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness, as stated in the expected impact of this destination.

Scope: The areas of R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above-mentioned expected outcomes are:

1) R&I on secure quantum communications through the development of components for quantum satellite communication systems as well as of space technology components and systems necessary for Quantum Key Distributions (QKD), e.g. space compatible Quantum Random Number Generators (QRNG), single or entangled photon sources, decoy state systems, associated electronics, systems for key management and storage, single photon detectors and super accurate pointing mechanisms, protocols and standards, quantum specific on-board computers as well as novel user authentication mechanisms. This area also includes the tools necessary to simulate, control and monitor the space quantum information networks, development and/or use of testbeds or any other system used to recreate or simulate the space environment to test quantum satellite communications technology components.

2) R&I on ground segment, infrastructures, protocols, development of virtual network and application functions as well as networks including end-user terminals and equipment considering the handling of a range of new needs (e.g. introduced by satellite constellations, increasing data rates, flexible ultra-high throughput satellites, higher on-board and on-ground-autonomy, millimetre wavelength communication in Q/V, W-band), providing scalable and resilient solutions while reducing costs.

Proposal should address only one area. To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the two areas described above, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Proposals are expected to promote cooperation between different actors (industry, SMEs and research institutions) and consider opportunities to quickly turn technological innovation into commercial space usage.

Proposals under this topic should explore synergies and be complementary to already funded actions in the context of technology development at component level. In particular, the topics: Critical Space Technologies for European non-dependence (H2020 SPACE-10-TEC-2018-2020, COMPET-1-2014-2015-2016-2017), satellite communication technologies and high speed data chain (H2020 COMPET-2-2016, COMPET-3-2017, SPACE-15-TEC-2018, SPACE-29-TEC-2020). Furthermore, activities should be complementary to national activities and activities funded by the European Space Agency (ESA), while contributing to EU non-dependence.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Unless otherwise agreed with the granting authority, beneficiaries must ensure that none of the entities that participate as affiliated entities, associated partners or subcontractors are established in countries which are not eligible countries or target countries set out in the call conditions or are controlled by such countries or entities from such countries.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-12: Future space ecosystems: on-orbit operations, new system concepts

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities addressing area 1 of the call topic are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Enable the industrialisation and new services in space by intelligent solutions and concepts, exploiting synergies with terrestrial sectors and cultivating an AppStore and Open-Architecture mentality.

Therefore, automation, robotics and artificial intelligence (AI) especially in combination with standardisation, modularisation and digitalisation are key enablers, improving space systems and satellites’ flexibility and cost-efficiency, increasing sustainability and accessibility, introducing mass-customisation and cooperative design as well as simplifying operations.

Each project is expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

1.A future space ecosystem, fostering the industrialisation and business in space as well as supporting scientifically meaningful missions by using synergies with terrestrial sectors, building on spacecraft modularity, simplifying operations and make plug-and-play modules more common as well as enabling on-orbit services such as maintenance, assembly, manufacturing, re-configuration, recycling, logistics, warehousing, etc.

2.Game-changing technologies, tools and processes enhancing on-orbit servicing applications and contribute to the protection of the in-space future ecosystem (e.g. debris mitigation).

3.A paradigm shift towards sustainable, highly automated, flexible and economical viable space infrastructure, to maximise commercial opportunities in space and on Earth.

This will contribute to, in the medium to long term, developing, deploying global space-based services and contribute to fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness, as stated in the expected impact of this destination.

Scope: The areas of R&I, which need to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

1) R&I on new scalable satellite platform concepts and building blocks increasing the degree of satellite modularisation. Aiming at intelligent, adaptable and maintainable systems with plug-and-play compartmentalised functionalities (modules) that will introduce both, on-orbit re-configuration and re-use/re-cycling of spacecraft parts fostering debris mitigation, as well as increased system redundancy, inherently. The approach should consider an innovative, scalable and adaptive framework concept for a ‘European construction kit for satellite systems and applications’, following the AppStore approach and fostering development of compartmentalised functionalities (modules) for satellite systems independently from mission. The framework should address the needs from building block developers as well as from end-users. As one result, functional satellite modules (Orbital Replaceable Units to deliver new/enhanced functionality) should be developed (TRL 5-6) to upgrade the satellite platform of the orbital demonstration mission 215 by using pre-existing standard interfaces 216 (plug-and-play concept). The module design should support the integration of different pre-existing standard interfaces113. Further reference is given in a technical guidance document applicable to this area 217 .

2) R&I on new on-orbit services concepts concentrating on a next generation of potential business cases (e.g. satellite recycling, transfer services, logistics, warehousing, etc.) contributing to a sustainable space infrastructure and in-space ecosystem development. Work should include, but not be limited to, market & trend analyses, design of mission and system architecture, and feasibility studies.

3) R&I to identify, develop and implement AI and industry 4.0 means (e.g. virtual design, digital twins, virtual testing) in order to attain Rapid Development, Production and Assembly Integration and Testing (AIT) processes in satellite life cycle.

Proposals should explore relevant and promising solutions derived in Horizon 2020 activities, especially project results from the Strategic Research Clusters Space Robotics Technologies 218 and Electric Propulsion 219 .

A proposal may address more than one area but must indicate the main area addressed, and is expected to promote cooperation between different actors (industry, SMEs and research institutions) and consider opportunities to quickly turn technological innovation into commercial space usage.

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the three areas described above, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Reinforce EU capacity to access and use space

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-21: Reusability for European strategic space launchers - technologies and operation maturation including flight test demonstration

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 30.00 and 39.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 39.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 220

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Contribution to the overarching objective of launch cost/price reduction by 50% by 2030 (with respect to A6/VegaC cost/price 2021 economic conditions), for the benefit of EU Space programmes implementation and towards reinforcing EU‘s independent capacity to access to space.

2.Innovation acceleration of enabling technologies (maturing, assessing and practicing, through representative in flight experiments).

3.Matured technologies up to TRL5/6, integration of system tests vehicle, on-ground and low altitude system tests by 2023 and contribution to the preparation of suborbital system tests potentially in 2025.

4.Cost reduction investigation and system tests.

These outcomes will contribute to enhance EU strategic autonomy and sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

Scope: Cost reduction and improving flexibility of European launch systems are the main challenges in order to foster European industry competitiveness on the global market.

R&I will focus on reusability concepts including required technologies that have a strong potential for cost reduction, starting with the recovery of the most expensive components such as first stage. It can also increase launch flexibility by reducing lead-time from order to launch by helping to adapt efficiently the launch rate and the performance to market variations. In addition, reusability would contribute to align space economy with the ecological transition to sustainability.

The activities will address technologies and building blocks maturation up to TRL5/6 and subsystem/system tests including system, vehicle integration, ground tests, low altitude flight system tests by 2023 and contribution to the preparation up to ground based system tests of suborbital flight system tests by 2025. The execution of the suborbital tests is not part of the scope.

The developed enabling technologies and building blocks should be applicable to strategic launchers able to launch EU Space Programme components, with the objective of enabling operational capacities by 2030. The system tests vehicle should be representative of a reusable 1st stage of a strategic EU launcher. This vehicle should be at a sufficiently large scale in order to be representative of the expected final capacities. The vehicle will be equipped with a reusable propulsion system.

The proposed activities must also support EU non-dependence objective and include the assessment of costs reduction investigations and system tests results towards the overarching objective mentioned in the expected outcomes.

The activities will address enabling technologies maturation and demonstration at least in all of the following areas:

1.low cost GNC and avionics (hybridation techniques, navigation sensors, modular, reconfigurable),

2.manoeuvring control devices,

3.Health Monitoring System (HMS), propellant management,

4.aerodynamic devices,

5.descent and landing/recovery systems, including low latency, closed loop communication systems for landing,

6.on-ground servicing processes (refurbishment, check-out supported by automatic post flight analysis and repair and recertification for reused elements),

7.safety critical processes before launch and after landing.

The activities should include as many as technologies possible in each area to maximise the number of matured technologies to be submitted to integrated tests at system level (all technologies together).

All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019. Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-22: Low cost high thrust propulsion for European strategic space launchers - technologies maturation including ground tests

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 19.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.80 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 221

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Contribution to the overarching objective of launch cost/price reduction by 50% by 2030 (with respect to A6/VegaC cost/price 2021 economic conditions), for the benefit of EU Space programmes implementation and going towards reinforcing EU‘s independent capacity to access to space.

2.Innovation acceleration of enabling technologies (maturing, prototyping, on ground tests)

3.Identification of mature technologies at TRL 3-4 for cost-reduction possibilities in the current European launchers

4.Matured technologies up to TRL 5-6 by 2023/24, including prototyping and on ground tests at subsystem level

5.Cost reduction investigation and demonstration.

These outcomes will contribute to enhance EU strategic autonomy and sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

Scope: Cost reduction and improving flexibility of European launch systems are the main challenges in order to foster European industry competitiveness on the global market.

The propulsion systems represent a significant part of launch system costs. It is necessary to mature new or optimised low cost effective (lower number of parts, better operability), high performance (high thrust to weight ratio, high specific impulse) and green propulsion concepts, technologies and propellants for high thrust engines.

The activities should address maturation of enabling technologies, building blocks, tools and processes including maintenance/overhaul and safety, up to TRL5/6 and subsystem tests including prototyping and integrated tests at subsystems level.

The matured technologies, building blocks, tools and processes should be applicable to strategic launchers able to launch EU Space Programme components, with the objective of enabling operational capacities by 2030 and preferably earlier for current launch solutions. The tests should be appropriate to this objective.

The proposed activities must also support EU non-dependence objective and include the assessment of costs reduction investigations and test results towards the overarching objective mentioned in the expected outcomes.

The activities will address one or several of the following areas:

1.low cost propulsion,

2.throttability,

3.reduced number of parts with extensive application of Additive manufacturing, or new composite technologies

4.maintenance/overhaul,

5.associated fluidics,

The activities should include as many as technologies possible in each area to maximise the number of matured technologies to be submitted to integrated tests at subsystem level (all technologies together).

All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019. Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-23: New space transportation solutions and services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 222

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Contribute to EU Green Deal objective through the reduction of the environmental impact of space transportation and to be prepared for the upcoming REACH regulations, especially with respect to the use of hydrazine and its derivatives, focussing on commercial market as a driver for business growth.

2.Contribute to expand commercial space transportation offer and services with new space transportation solutions. The objective is to contribute to double the accessible new space transportation service market to European industry by 2030.

3.Design and performance studies as well as business cases (demonstration of economical viability).

4.Matured technologies up to TRL5-6 including functional and qualification test on ground.

These outcomes will contribute to enhance the sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

Scope: There are emerging opportunities in space transportation that are not yet seized by European actors characterised by new uses of space (e.g. small satellites, larger constellations and payload recovery) new destinations (e.g. direct GEO, re-entry from LEO).

The expected proposed activities should contribute to the maturation up to TRL5-6 of enabling new technologies and subsystems (including common building blocks) in the field of green propulsion, micro launchers and associated launch facilities, kick stage, orbital propulsion and distancing, attitude and landing, re-entry solutions, smart satellite deployment systems/dispensers, for space transportation including new routes up to Lunar orbit or surface.

The maturation could go up to subsystem and system level and may include one or several of the following areas:

1.“low thrust” green and low cost propellant functional propulsion systems and vehicle system aspects of existing propulsion systems for use of green propellants,

2.Green engine, attitude control systems (RACS), thruster, ignition, fluid control equipment, propellant tank,

3.Actuation systems and pyrotechnic systems, light weight structure concepts for micro launchers and re-entry vehicles,

4.Smart and flexible dispenser for multi-satellites, constellations, and payloads launch solutions,

5.Advanced avionics, attitude orbital module and re-entry module, descent and landing,

6.GNC, autonomous localization and termination, modern TM/TC data handling, low-cost and modular avionics, automated rendezvous, capturing and spacecraft management technologies, avionics and test-bed.

All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019. Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Evolution of space and ground infrastructure for Galileo/EGNOS

Actions related to this section can be found under "Other actions"

Evolution of Copernicus services

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-41: Copernicus Climate Change Service evolution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced quality and efficiency of the current service evolution to respond to (a) policy and/or user requirements (b) technological developments implementing the space regulation (c) complementing the challenges targeted by the Horizon Europe Mission on “Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation”

2.Development of efficient and reliable new product chains, calling for new paradigms in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation essential for the service are expected to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to preserve continuity of what has been achieved while keeping the service modern and attractive

3.Development of new algorithms and processing chains preparing for the use of new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels, other contributing missions or ESA Earth Explorer missions) in order to allow the development of new products or the improvement of existing products.

Scope: The areas of R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

1.New and innovative coupled data assimilation methods to improve the next generation of global and regional reanalyses in the climate consistency of Earth-system reanalysis datasets

2.Underpinning science in predictability and new and innovative multi-model product generation to improve the realism (including representation of extremes and teleconnection patterns) of the current generation of climate prediction models.

With an integrated modelling approach, the integration of new observational data becomes a driver for further enhancement and improved realism of the already existing production chains, assimilation systems and coupled models. The development of advanced processing and modelling techniques, as well as the exploitation of new sources of data, will be targeted to create new products or significantly improve the quality and performances of existing elements-components for the benefit of users. The projects should take into account the existing service and clearly define to what extent service will be improved with new elements or products, including the use of enhanced models, algorithms, tools and techniques to generate new products.

Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition the project could contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative.

The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service.

Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 223

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-42: Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service evolution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced quality and enhanced efficiency of the current service to respond respectively to policy and/or user requirements and to technological developments

2.Development of efficient and reliable new product chains, calling for new paradigms in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation and implementing Big Data & analytics modern solutions to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to preserve continuity of what has been achieved while keeping the service modern and attractive through.

3.Development of new algorithms and processing chains preparing for the use of new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels, other contributing missions or ESA Earth Explorer missions) in order to allow the development of new products or the improvement of existing ones.

Scope: The R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

1.New and innovative data assimilation of atmospheric composition satellite observations to expand the use of satellite data streams in the Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service (CAMS) operational global and regional production systems, to improve the quality of the CAMS global and regional reactive gases and aerosol information products (analyses, forecasts and reanalyses) and to deliver near-real-time observations-based emissions of reactive gases and aerosol at the global scale

2.New methods and measurements for quantifying uncertainties for atmospheric CAMS composition products in the context of decision-making as well as of environmental policies development and implementation to be directly useful for the users of the product.

With an integrated modelling approach, the integration of new observational data becomes a driver for further enhancement and improved realism of the already existing production chains, assimilation systems and coupled models. The development of advanced processing and modelling techniques, as well as the exploitation of new sources of data, will be targeted to create new products or significantly improve the quality and performances of existing elements-components for the benefit of users. The projects should take into account the existing service and clearly define to what extent the service will be improved with new elements or products, including the use of enhanced models, algorithms, tools and techniques to generate new products.

The main output of the project should be tools and methodologies that can be readily transferred for improving aerosol representation in CAMS operational global and regional systems. The proposal shoud develop activities that will improve the quality of the aerosol variables in the CAMS global and regional analyses, forecasts and reanalyses, as well as of the CAMS solar radiation products.

Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition the project could contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative.

The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service.

Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 224

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-43: Copernicus Security and Emergency Services evolution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 225

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced quality and enhanced efficiency of the current services to respond respectively to policy and/or user requirements and to technological developments

2.Significant improvement in resolution, detection capabilities, timely access to data and delivery of information according to the requirements of emergency and security applications

3.Significant improvement in integration of non-space data along end-user intelligence supply chains, bringing added value at operational level (e.g. local and regional monitoring networks or field campaigns)

4.Development of processing chain(s) to handle an increasing volume of satellite data, keeping underlying technology up-to-date and include new paradigms in data fusion, processing and automation to match users increasing expectations in added-value, easiness of access and visualisation.

Scope: The R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes will investigate new and innovative methods and technologies to enhance the current services performance. Specifically timeliness access to data, the need to reduce the gap between user needs and service provision, new paradigms in data fusion, automation and inclusion of wider sets of complementary, non-EO data to demonstrate the viability of extending services to a broader range of users (relevant authorities from European to local levels) and to better monitor security and emergency threats at regional or local level.

Upstream in the space segment, emerging EO missions in the coming decade will provide new types of space data (being new Sentinels or other contributing missions), which also require new algorithms and processing chains to be developed. Both the development of advanced processing and modelling techniques will be targeted and the exploitation of new sources of data, to create new products or significantly improve the quality and performances of existing elements-components for the benefit of users.

On data fusion, vast amounts of EO-data are now being available for applications in the security and disaster domains. Identification of complementary data sets, development and testing of new and innovative ways (if applicable also in the context of social innovation) to efficiently integrate them in emergency and security applications will be used to generate added-value and new intelligence. Non-EO data could include in-situ observations and measurements, meteorological data, data from aerial platforms, social media or crowd-sourcing, as well as information generated from other sources and other Copernicus services. Whenever appropriate, the project should take advantage from Copernicus and EGNSS synergy.

Proposers are advised to exploit all possible synergies with other security specific actions funded under the work programme of Cluster 3 “Civil security for society”.

Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition, the project could contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative.

The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service.

Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 226

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-44: Copernicus evolution for cross-services thematic domains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.60 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced quality and enhanced efficiency of the current services to respond respectively to well identified emerging EU policy needs and/or user requirements and to technological developments

2.Exploitation of the full range of Copernicus core services with a significant improvement in the coordination and integration of data and products between them

3.Development of services which will support new policy(ies) and will address observational and information gaps

4.Appropriate consideration of a wide range of users’ needs and of potential accessibility limitations

Scope: The areas of R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

1.Development of a proof-of-concept or prototype with a Copernicus based-solution to improve the European capacity for monitoring and forecasting the Arctic accessed via a single entry point which can be easily integrated into the existing service(s)

2.Development of a proof-of-concept or prototype with a Copernicus-based solution to improve the European capacity for monitoring the UN Sustainable Development Goals indicators accessed via a single entry point which can be easily integrated into the existing service(s) (such as long-time series to monitor atmosphere composition and air quality, the health of ocean and in land waters, and regular mapping of land use)

This approach should foster the exploitation of space EO capabilities to close observation gaps in combination with ground-based infrastructure and innovative processing/modelling techniques. The proposed developments should be modular and scalable and proposals should provide a proof-of-concept or a prototype that can be easily integrated into the service(s).

Proposals should include the development of tools to support end users in their decision-making activities (e.g. decision support systems, assessments, decision processes) using Copernicus data and products and meeting the need for timely and quality long-term global/regional information. Proposals should have the objective to increase the capabilities and capacity of end users to use Copernicus data and products. The involved end-users should provide feedback to the proposed tools on product efficiency, data access, new measurement needs, new applied research topics, societal benefits, and other factors if necessary. If applicable also social innovation can play a role in this context.

Depending on the selected area(s), user communities should be involved in the proposal. They are mainly public authorities from national to local scale, operators of protected areas that need to be monitored, administration in charge of planning and services in charge of law enforcement. The community ranges from the fisheries or maritime authorities to land managers, foresters and park managers, environmental agencies but also administration of cultural site or universities. It also includes many of the actors that have to comply with environmental rules from the business sector.

New digital tools should be considered and innovative solutions should be proposed for an optimal exploitation of the data, improved processing and distribution chains, e.g. cloud and HPC computing, distributed computing, Artificial Intelligence, machine learning, ensemble modelling, model coupling & nesting, software as-a-service.

The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service.

Additionally, the transfer from research to operations should receive full attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. The software should be open licensed.

The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition, the project could contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative.

Proposals shall address only one of the R&I areas. To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to proposals not only in order of ranking but at least also to those projects that are the highest ranked so as to cover all the R&I areas, provided that the proposals attain all threshold.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 227

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-62: Quantum technologies for space gravimetry

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 17.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 228

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: • Support the EU space policy and the green deal by paving the way for the deployment of a future EU Earth observation mission making use of quantum gravimetry

• Ensure EU non-dependence for the development of capacities leading to the availability of quantum space gravimetry

• Enhance the TRL of all (critical) components necessary to build quantum gravimetry for space

These outcomes will contribute to securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

Proposals must address all the above-mentioned, expected outcomes.

Scope: The scope of this topic is the development of EU technologies and components for a space quantum gravimeter or gradiometer (this may include hybrid sensors, relying both on quantum and classical technologies) and which will lead to the development of an Engineering Model and its potential qualification for a pathfinder mission.

The enhancement of the TRL up to TRL5 for cold atom interferometry (including Bose-Einstein Condensates) components is a key objective of this call. The scope also covers the development of software simulation tools to analyse the different gravimetry mission concepts linked to these sensors or processing and analysis of the sensor data. This also includes the development and/or use of testbeds such as the Einstein elevator or any other system used to recreate or simulate the space environment (including airborne testing) to test quantum gravimeters technology components.

The priority for this topic is the development of the technology leading to the deployment of a pathfinder mission based on cold atom interferometry demonstrating the gravimetric performance.

The proposals should answer the whole scope of this topic.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Space entrepreneurship ecosystem (including "New Space" and start-ups) and skills

Actions under this section can also be found under 'Other Actions'.

Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-81: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.32 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom and to International European Research Organisations. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL7 (areas 10, 13, 14A, 22D) and TRL6-7 (area 17) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional exploitation obligations:
For a period of up to 4 years after the end of the project, access rights to the use of products and/or processes generated by the project shall be given to European entities,
in compliance with the signed Grant Agreement and with no legal restrictions and limitations stemming from International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other jurisdictions.
Applicants must acknowledge and
incorporate this obligation in the proposal and Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.To reduce the dependence on critical technologies and capabilities from outside Europe for future space applications;

2.To develop or regain in the mid-term the European capacity to operate independently in space;

3.To enhance the technical capabilities and overall competitiveness of European space industry vendors on the worldwide market;

4.To open new competition opportunities for European manufacturers by reducing dependency on export restricted technologies that are of strategic importance to future European space efforts;

5.To improve the overall European space technology landscape and complement and/or create synergy with activities of European and national programmes either in the space or non-space fields.

Scope: Research and innovation to mature critical space technologies selected from the European Commission-ESA-EDA Joint Task Force (JTF) List of Actions 2021-2023 shall be implemented in 2021 for the following technology areas.

1.[JTF-2021/23-10] - RF components

2.[JTF-2021/23-13] - Passive & RF Passive components

3.[JTF-2021/23-14] - A - Discrete power devices

4.[JTF-2021/23-17] - Very high energy ion accelerators for component, shielding and radiobiology characterization

5.[JTF-2021/23-22] - D - Replacement solutions for metallic lead (Pb)  

Context information and high-level requirements, including description of scope, initial and target TRLs, and, where applicable, references and information of related activities, are provided in the JTF List of Actions 2021-2023. Accordingly, a technical guidance document, based on the JTF List of Actions 2021-2023, is published on the Funding & Tenders Portal outlining all relevant information to the selected actions.

Proposals should address only one area. To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the areas described above, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Activities should be complementary and create synergies with other European activities in the same domain either in the space or non-space fields. Technological spin in and/or bilateral collaborations should be enhanced between European non-space and space industries, including technology research institutes and academia. An assessment of commercial viability of the supply chain should be done. Identification of critical dependencies and, if applicable, a business plan for commercialization, including time to market indication, of the developed product and/or full range of recurring products should be included.

To achieve the non-dependence objective, applicants must

1.Describe the technologies and/or technology processes to be used and show that they are free of any legal export restrictions or limitations, such as those established in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), Export Administration regulation (EAR) such as EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other jurisdictions;

2.Set up a suitable technology development process aiming at avoiding export restrictions of non-EU states and assess vulnerabilities of the supply chain.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Unless otherwise agreed with the granting authority, beneficiaries must ensure that none of the entities that participate as affiliated entities, associated partners or subcontractors are established in countries which are not eligible countries or target countries set out in the call conditions.

Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 229

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 230

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 02 Nov 2021

Deadline(s): 16 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-11

RIA

26.00

20.00 to 26.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-12

IA

5.10

1.00 to 2.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-13

IA

8.10

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-21

RIA

2.00

1.00 to 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-41

RIA

10.00 231

8.00 to 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-42

RIA

6.00 232

5.00 to 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-43

RIA

5.00 233

4.00 to 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-62

RIA

2.00

0.50 to 1.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-72

CSA

3.00

2.00 to 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-81

RIA

10.50 234

2.00 to 3.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-82

RIA

8.00

1.00 to 1.50

6

Overall indicative budget

85.70

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Foster competitiveness of space systems

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-11: Future space ecosystems: on-orbit operations, preparation of orbital demonstration mission

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 20.00 and 26.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve technology maturation up to TRL6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The expected outcomes of this topic is to prepare a European pioneering, high-impact but low-cost orbital demonstration mission for On-Orbit Servicing (OOS) in 2025-2026 period that will demonstrate and showcase European know-how, support market generation, open new business opportunities, foster international cooperation and deliver a long-lasting impact in the future space ecosystem.

Projects should in particular contribute to prepare and showcase a future space ecosystem fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness, as stated in the expected impact of this destination. Further building on modularity and enabling on-orbit servicing, assembly, manufacturing and recycling, and facilitate a smooth transition between the short-term market needs and future commercial possibilities while respecting the protection of the in-space ecosystem.

Scope: R&I on phase B2-C mission study 235 and target-oriented technology maturation (TRL 6) to prepare a low cost orbital demonstration mission integrating robotic and autonomy technologies and technical building blocks with high-impact on future commercial services applying and enhancing the European Operations Framework for OOS. Technology maturation should aim at risk reduction of the intended pioneering orbital demonstration mission as well as at raise of confidence on OOS applications in general. The designed satellite platform should be compatible with a functional upgrade later in Phase D enabled by functional satellite modules (Orbital Replaceable Units to deliver new/enhanced functionality), developed outside this topic and able to be connected to the platform using a pre-existing standard interface 236 (plug-and-play concept).

R&I activities related to technology maturation in the area of GNC, autonomous localization and termination, modern TM/TC data handling, low-cost and modular avionics, automated rendezvous and capturing technologies as well as avionics and test-beds are also addressed in topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01-23.

Work done on Space Robotics including the European Operations Framework (EOF) in Horizon 2020, and especially on the phase A-B1 mission studies to be launched in 2020, should be exploited where possible. The EOF guidelines 237 should be applied to and enhanced by the orbital demonstration mission.

Further reference is given in a technical guidance document 238 . Technical documents of the previous studies in the H2020 Strategic Research Cluster Space Robotics Technologies 239 are available on the PERASPERA website.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-12: Technologies and generic building blocks for Electrical Propulsion

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.10 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Future applications will require Electric Propulsion products. However, since the exact evolution of space infrastructure and markets cannot be predicted, the development of technology building blocks is an adequate approach to better react and to adapt to needs.

Therefore, this topic aims at increasing the effort for maturing technologies and generic building blocks towards both incremental and disruptive technologies for Electric Propulsion systems products up to TRL 5/6 for thruster components, electric power architecture and products, as well as fluidic management systems and components. Furthermore, the topic addresses next generation industrial manufacturing processes and support to activities intending to allow in orbit demonstration/validation (IOD/IOV).

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Strengthen, in the medium term, the European capacity to compete worldwide in electric propulsion satellites and missions

2.Technologies matured to at least TRL 5/6 at component level

3.Matured industrialisation aspects for high TRL solutions

4.Contribution to the preparation of the evolution of electric propulsion systems including Hall Effect Thrusters (HET), Gridded Ion Engines (GIE), High Efficiency Multistage Plasma Thrusters (HEMPT), in four power classes (very low up to 0,3 kW; low: 0,3-1,5 kW; medium 3- 7 kW; high 12-20 kW).

Scope: The areas of R&I, which need to be addressed to tackle the above-expected outcomes, are:

1) R&I on generic building blocks technologies for thruster components (anode configuration, magnetic nozzle, cathode, materials, alternative propellants, new manufacturing processes).

2) R&I on electrical power architecture and related components (Power Processing Unit, direct drive, etc.).

3) R&I on fluidic management system and related components.

Proposal may address one or several of the above mentioned areas and should consider aspects of manufacturing, standardisation, diagnostics, characterisation in order to serve next generation industrial manufacturing processes.

The scope of activities includes, where appropriate, the preparation of IOD/IOV demonstration(s).

Proposals are expected to promote cooperation between different actors (industry, SMEs and research institutions) and consider opportunities to quickly turn technological innovation into commercial space usage.

Further reference is given in a technical guidance document 240 . Technical documents of the previous studies in the H2020 Strategic Research Cluster Electric Propulsion 241 are available on the EPIC website.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-13: End-to-end Earth observation systems and associated services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.10 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The expected outcomes of this topic will enable flexible satellite Earth-observation end-to-end systems, including the ground segment subsystem with explicit aspects of ground control centres and operations, as a strong subject of the "new space" and a very dynamic market environment with high potential. Competitiveness will be strengthened by providing growing capacity, as well as flexibility and agility to face uncertainties and market evolutions and improving system availability and latency to deliver high-quality experience to end-users.

Projects are expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

1.Maintain the worldwide leadership for Earth Observation system by 2028 addressing (1) reactive very high resolution and (2) smart persistent (up to video) Earth observation.

2.Short to medium term disruptive development and maturation of key technologies (up to TRL6) for high performance Earth-observation.

3.Contribute to EU non-dependence for the development of Earth-observation technologies.

4.Ground segment that meets the increased demand for data rates and volumes, satellite constellations, higher frequencies, multi-mission data with increased needs for data fusion, AI techniques and infrastructure security.

5.A European demonstrator mission by 2026-27, showcasing EU technologies in preparation of an IOD/V:

1.Reduction by 50% the cost of sub-metric missions by 2027

2.Image acquisition at below 50cm resolution anywhere in less than 1 hour from the user request

3.Drastic time reduction between user request and image availability

4.Preparing the ground segment subsystem for future modular, flexible and intelligent satellites.

Scope: The areas of R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above-expected outcomes are:

1) R&I on end-to-end systems, in particular addressing aspects such as enhanced end-to-end system autonomy or accelerating AIT processes for small/medium series production.

2) R&I on observation payload, in particular addressing technologies and concepts for detectors and sensors, radar and optical (including IR/night capabilities) leading to e.g. very high resolution at lower price and persistent observation up to video, as well as satellite and platforms with on-board autonomy for data storage and image processing for end-to-end performance.

3) R&I on scalable, automatable, flexible and resilient multi-mission solutions for ground segment able to be adapted and operate efficiently in complex scenarios, which are necessary for enhanced autonomy for fleet management and flexible mission planning. Proposals should consider enabling technologies and solutions aiming at exploiting the potential synergies between the Earth observation, satellite communication and on-orbit services domains.

Proposal should address only one area. To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the three areas described above, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Proposals are expected to promote cooperation between different actors (industry, SMEs and research institutions) and consider opportunities to quickly turn technological innovation into commercial use in space.

Proposals under this topic should explore synergies and be complementary to already funded actions in the context of technology development at component level. In particular, the topics: Critical Space Technologies for European non-dependence (H2020 SPACE-10-TEC-2018-2020, H2020 COMPET-1-2014-2015-2016-2017); Earth observation technologies (H2020 COMPET-2-2017, H2020 EO-3-2015, H2020 SPACE-14-TEC-2018-2019). Furthermore, activities must be complementary to national activities and activities funded by ESA, while contributing to EU non-dependence.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Reinforce EU capacity to access and use space

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-21: Multi sites flexible industrial platform and standardised technology for improving interoperability of European access to space ground facilities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 242

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute all the following outcomes:

1.Contribution to the overall objective of launch cost/price reduction by 50% by 2030 (with respect to A6/VegaC cost/price 2021 economic conditions), for the benefit of EU Space programmes implementation and towards reinforcing EU‘s independent capacity to access to space.

2.Improve cost efficiency of existing European test, production and space launch facilities.

3.Feasibility study of an industrial platform (perimeter, technologies, costs), including cost benefit assessment, of key technologies in representative conditions.

4.Matured technologies up to TRL 5/6 standardised technology for improving cost efficiency, interoperability of access to space ground facilities in EU, ground assets portability to speed-up deployments.

These outcomes will contribute to enhance EU strategic autonomy and sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

Scope: Cost reduction and improving flexibility of European launch systems are the main challenges in order to foster European industry competitiveness on the global market.

Europe needs to improve the cost efficiency of the access to space ground facilities and of launch systems production and operations for the strategic launchers essential for the implementation of EU space programme. It could benefit from the industry 4.0 transformational wave, which has the potential to exploit digitalisation and advanced data management for lowering the cost of low production rate facilities and further improving quality. In addition, EU access to space ground facilities needs to become interoperable allowing to decrease the launch service costs.

The activities address technologies maturation applicable to strategic launch systems able to launch EU Space Programme components, with the objective of enabling operational capacities by 2030.

The maturation will go up to TRL5/6.

The activities will address one or several of the following listed domains under a) and/or b):

1.Multi sites flexible industrial platform:

1.Feasibility study and maturation of key technologies in representative conditions of a flexible platform as a tool for existing and future European space launcher products, to enable a cost-efficient approach including existing Manufacturing Assembly Integration and Testing capabilities as design constraints, to increase economical robustness against variable production rates in the rocket industry and to optimise transfer from existing to new launcher productions

2.To explore, including from other industrial sectors, the use of a value-stream mapping (including the material- and information flow) in the field of Design to Manufacturing, Integration, Maintenance and Operation capabilities including improvements based on advanced data management and Artificial Intelligence. Maturation of technologies, including for reusable parts of the launch systems.

2.Develop standardised and cost effective innovative technologies to improve cost efficiency of existing Test and Launch facilities, their interoperability and compatibility/attractiveness for new users, including one or several of the following domains :

1.modern data handling, data processing, diagnostic techniques

2.eco-friendly technologies,

3.automation and innovative controls,

4.mobile telemetry systems, mobile payload preparation facilities,

5.vacuum simulation test facilities,

6.security and safety

All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities, in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019. Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Evolution of space and ground infrastructure for Galileo/EGNOS

Actions under this section can be found under 'Other Actions'

Evolution of services of the EU space programme components: Copernicus

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-41: Copernicus Marine Environment Monitoring Service evolution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced quality and efficiency of the current service to respond to (a) policy and/or user requirements (b) technological developments implementing the space regulation (c) complementing the challenges targeted by the Horizon Europe Mission on “Healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters” and can also contribute to the initiative United Nations Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development.

2.Development of efficient and reliable new products chains, calling for new paradigms in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation essential for the service to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to preserve continuity of what has been achieved while keeping the service modern and attractive.

3.Development of new algorithms and processing chains preparing the use of the new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels or other contributing missions) in order to allow development of new products or the improvement of existing products.

Scope: The main scope of this R&I is the development of new and innovative models for marine ecosystems monitoring and related biogeochemistry. These models will be used to prepare Copernicus-based solutions for different policies areas and for the challenges related to biodiversity conservation. Some specific domains will be the exploitation of the dynamics of the biological component of the ocean in terms of ‘fauna and flora’, how this marine living component behaves in relation to the ocean physics (temperature, currents, sediments), its biochemistry composition (in particular the plankton-to-fish links), climate change and the man-made pressures (e.g. transport, pollution, fisheries, etc.).

With an integrated modelling approach, the integration of new observational data becomes a driver for further enhancement and improved realism of the already existing production chains, assimilation systems and coupled models. The development of advanced processing and modelling techniques, as well as the exploitation of new sources of data, will be targeted to create new products or significantly improve the quality and performances of existing elements-components for the benefit of users. The projects should take into account the existing service and clearly define to what extent service will be improved with new elements or products, including the use of enhanced models, algorithms, tools and techniques to generate new products.

Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable. The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition, the project could contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative and by the Marine Digital twin under development following the H2020 Green Deal call.

New technological tools should be considered and innovative solutions should be proposed for better data exploitation, processing and distribution, e.g. move to cloud and HPC computing, distributed computing, Artificial Intelligence and machine learning (e.g. for automatic feature recognition), ensemble modelling, model coupling & nesting, software as-a-service.

Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 243

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-42: Copernicus Anthropogenic CO₂ Emissions Monitoring & Verification Support (MVS) capacity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: The expected outcome is the continuation of the set up of the new Copernicus element for the monitoring of anthropogenic CO2 emissions that includes:

Scope: The areas of R&I, which needs to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes:

1.New and innovative methodologies to improve the definition of the correlations between emissions of co-emitted species (CO2, NO2, CO, CH4) in support of CO2 fossil fuel emission estimation

2.New and innovative methods to better use of auxiliary observations such as 14C (radiocarbon), SIF (Solar Induced Fluorescence), and APO (Atmospheric Potential Oxygen) to separate anthropogenic CO2 emissions from the natural variability of CO2

To enable the EU to move towards a low-carbon economy and implement its commitments under the Paris Agreement, a binding target to cut emissions in the EU by at least 40% below 1990 levels by 2030 was set and the European Commission President von der Leyen committed to deepen this target to at least 55% reduction by 2030. This was further consolidated with the release of the Commission's European Green Deal on the 11th of December 2019, setting the targets for the European environment, economy and society to reach zero net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050, outlining all needed technological and societal transformations that are aiming at combining prosperity and sustainability.

The main objective is to perform R&D activities identified as priorities for the Copernicus CO2MVS capacity as identified by the European Commission’s CO2 monitoring Task Force 244 .

The activities should support the further development of the foreseen European operational monitoring support capacity for fossil fuel CO2 emissions. These activities should complement or follow-up on the activities within the H2020-funded CO2 Human Emissions (CHE) 245 project and the Prototype system for a Copernicus CO2 service (CoCO2) 246 project.

The activities, as described in the Guidance document, should address a series of scientific and critical system design issues, which were defined following outcomes of the CHE project and based on recommendations from the CO2 monitoring Task Force.

More generally, this action should support the development of an integrated support capacity, enabling European experts to collectively share their knowledge and join forces on the multiple fronts required to develop such a system with operational capabilities.

The activities should fulfil the technological and scientific requirements for the development of this European operational capacity, to further improve the prototype system to better meet user requirements and to exploit synergies with other Copernicus services.

Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable. The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition, the project could potentially contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative.

Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 247

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-43: Copernicus Land Monitoring Service evolution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced quality and efficiency of the current service to respond respectively to policy and/or user requirements and to technological developments.

2.Development of efficient and reliable new products chains, calling for new paradigms in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation essential for the service to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to preserve continuity of what has been achieved while keeping the service modern and attractive.

Development of new algorithms and processing chains preparing for the use of the new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels or other contributing missions) in order to allow development of new products or the improvement of existing products.

Scope: Since 2013, CLMS has developed core products for the monitoring of natural resources and the assessment of land cover and land use changes, including land cover conditions. At European level, land cover mapping is carried out on a regular basis, every 6 years for CORINE and every 3 years for the thematic ‘High Resolution Layers” (HRL). The local component dealing with land cover mapping on specific areas like riparian areas, urban zones and Natura 2000 sites, is following the same approach with a 6 years cycle but at very high resolution. At Global level, an annual land cover mapping has been proposed since 2015 at mid resolution, the evolution to high resolution is also envisaged.

Vegetation, Inland Water and Cryosphere conditions are also monitored but on a regular basis, mainly ten-daily basis at mid-resolution for the Global and European levels.

These mapping and monitoring approaches were partly conditioned by the availability of satellite data. The deployment of the full Earth Observation capacities of Copernicus and the complementarities between the instruments, including outside Copernicus environment, allows to rethink of the approach including for providing a better answer to the policy needs.

The R&I has the main scope to develop new and innovative methods to combine and explore data with different spatial and temporal characteristics using automatic processing for land cover and land cover status change assessment. A more dynamic approach (e.g. annual overviews or early warning or alert systems) and the integration of various sensors will enhance the development of specific automatic processing approaches for real and near real time data processing to respond to emerging European policy needs.

With an integrated modelling approach, the integration of new observational data becomes a driver for further enhancement and improved realism of the already existing production chains, assimilation systems and coupled models. The development of advanced processing (also including AI and HPC) and modelling techniques, as well as the exploitation of new sources of data, will be targeted to create new products or significantly improve the quality and performances of existing elements-components for the benefit of users.

The project should take into account the existing service and clearly define to what extent the service will be improved with new elements or products, including the use of enhanced models, algorithms, tools and techniques to generate new product(s).

Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable. The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS). In addition, the project could potentially contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative.

Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document 248

.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-62: Space Weather

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Commonly occurring space weather events (SWE) have the potential to affect the performance of critical space and ground infrastructure by disrupting operations and communications in multiple sectors of society. In addition, “extreme SWE” could have devastating societal and economic consequences with potential costs for disruptions and damages estimated in tens or even hundreds of billions of Euros.

Space weather technological research for new precursor services: the worldwide goal of space weather activities should be to monitor and forecast SWE just like terrestrial weather. However, direct physical simulation is currently not achievable for an operational Sun to Earth system, due in part to the lack of measurements and to the complexity of the involved processes, as well as different timescales involved. Current space weather models are generally not capable of forecasting events over several days. A longer forecasting horizon would require access to data from new observation infrastructure coupled with new and improved modelling capabilities. Research and innovation activities should address application domains that may include space as well as terrestrial infrastructure. Proposals should include architectural concepts of possible European space weather services in relation to the application domains addressed and they should demonstrate complementarity to Space Weather services developed through the Space Situational Awareness component of the EU Space Programme.

1.Prepare Europe for a full exploitation of space weather data by a renewed effort on modelling and forecasting using currently available data.

2.Develop concepts to provide space weather data, forecasts and warnings with criteria on (timely) availability, harmonized (data) standards and quality control similar to the best-practices of meteorological services (as e.g. documented by the World Meteorological Organisation WMO).

3.Improve scientific understanding of the origin and evolution of space weather phenomena.

4.Improving SWE restitution and prediction capabilities using artificial intelligence / deep learning techniques.

5.Develop new services for both scientific purposes and terrestrial infrastructure monitoring.

6.Acceleration innovation of enabling technologies (maturing, prototyping, on ground tests including exploratory ground based instrumentations research)

7.Identified and matured concepts up to TRL 3-4

Scope:

1.New modelling including ab-initio simulations to understand fundamental Sun-Earth physical mechanisms and their sensitivity to parameter change for improved forecasting skills, and forecasting techniques capable of improving the restitution quality and extending the time horizon of a future space weather forecasting capability to several days.

2.Proposals should address the development of modelling capabilities and/or the delivery of prototype services able to interpret a broad range of observations of the Sun’s corona and magnetic field, of the Sun-Earth interplanetary space and of the Earth magneto/iono/thermo-sphere coupling relying on existing observation capacities.

3.Validate and harmonize the currently available data from existing services and identify gaps in data and model availability.

4.Training of models using deep-learning techniques based on existing large aggregated databases from space measurements.

5.Inventory of potential early indicators of extreme space weather events.

6.Complementary and coherent activities with the ESA on-going or future activities in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019.

7.On ground demonstration tests

8.Ground instruments: densification of ground instrument networks and development/improvement of new instrument concepts

9.Complementary and coherent activities with existing space weather services with a significant involvement of European and national scientific institutions and stakeholders.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (including "New Space" and start-ups) and skills

Actions under this section can also be found under 'Other Actions'.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-72: Education and skills for the EU space sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

·A structured overview of the educational offer in the EU, including continuing education for the EU space sector.

·Socio-economic analysis of the space-oriented student population and identification of gaps/shortcomings and excellences across the EU-27 and Associated Countries.

·Identification of the needs for education and skills in the EU space sector and of potential new educational knowledge answering emerging and future needs

·Assessment of the adequacy between curricula and sector needs;

·Actions for the promotion of space jobs and career in Bachelor and Master courses

·Creation of educational material for jobs related to Earth observation and Positioning Navigation and Timing, in particular downstream.

·In relation to the expected impact, these outcomes will contribute to foster the EU space sector competitiveness by enhancing the adequacy between the needs of the sector and the qualification of the workforce and reinforce EU capacity to develop products and services with a higher level of autonomy.

Scope: Competitiveness and innovation of the EU space sector depends on the availability of high educational standards and skilled professionals across a range of qualifications and the possibility for these professionals to upgrade and update their skills. This is also in the interest of the research and innovation community where the quality of the results and the impact of EU-funded research is a precursor of the future space sector. The EU also plays a role in the aligning of educational degrees to provide more opportunities and promote mobility of professionals and researchers across countries and sectors.

The scope of this action encompasses:

1.The analysis of the main curricula and courses available and existing educational standards across the EU-27 at bachelor, master and post-graduate levels as well as continuing education (training and staff qualification / certification). The study should provide an overview of the ‘supply’ of space-oriented education and of the ‘demand’, a quantitative analysis of the ‘stocks & flows’ of students at the different levels eventually employed in the space sector at large (academia, government agencies, upstream industry, downstream industry) including socio-economic aspects (e.g. gender, educational background, family income, parents’ education, residence geography, etc.), and a comparative analysis of the cost/time to achieve a degree. This should be supported by extensive, in-depth quantitative and fact-based evidence and encompass EU-27 and Associated Countries.

2.The analysis of the skills required and reskilling needs of the R&I and the industrial community (across the entire supply chain, ranging from upstream space to downstream space) will be performed and structured, presumably along existing educational modules (e.g. electrical, mechanical, telecommunication, system engineering, physics, psychology, medicine). The analysis should engage both industry and educational institutions. It should not be limited to technical, scientific, engineering disciplines but also includes the essential soft skills needed, such as the ability to work in a diverse multidisciplinary team, to communicate efficiently, to create new activities and businesses, etc. An assessment of the number of professionals needed in the different sectors will be produced, based on fact-based and in-depth quantitative analysis of the demographics across EU-27, the current/projected enrolment rate into space-oriented disciplines, the success rate, etc. This will also include an exploratory look at future skills, which the space sector will need in the future. The analysis should take into consideration results stemming from existing activities funded under Horizon 2020, e.g. the EO4GEO project (http://www.eo4geo.eu) and the PERSEUS project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/640211

3.The analysis of the match between needs and offer across the whole of EU-27 will be analysed and recommendations made to ensure a better match between the needs and the offer in the coming years. For this, a benchmarking of the career opportunities for space-oriented graduates coming from different universities across the EU-27 and Associated Countries (e.g. time to first employment, average salary after 3-5-7 years, etc.) will be performed. An assessment of the net inflows/outflows within EU-27 and Associated Countries and with non-EU countries will be carried out.

4.In particular, the co-operation between academia and industry in the field of PhD studies will be assessed and measures to promote the research experience of the academic personnel proposed.

5.The use of continuous learning “in-company” and “out-of-company” supported by the new digital technologies with guaranteed quality e.g. Massive Online Open Course (MOOC) will be assessed and promoted.

6.Promotion of the space sector jobs and careers (in particular where there is a strong demand for qualified workforce) and information about the different curricula and disciplines of interest for such careers in Bachelor and Master studies.

7.Creation of course modules in relation to the 2 EU flagship constellations Copernicus and Galileo for jobs related earth observation and PNT, in particular for the downstream sector.

Up to 1 project will be funded.

Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-81: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the United Kingdom and to International European Research Organisations. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL7 (areas 11, 14B, 15, 29) and TRL5 (area 9A) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional exploitation obligations:
For a period of up to 4 years after the end of the project, access rights to the use of products and/or pro
cesses generated by the project shall be given to European entities, in compliance with the signed Grant Agreement and with no legal restrictions and limitations stemming from International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other jurisdictions.
Applicants must acknowledge and incorporate this obligation in the proposal and Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.To reduce the dependence on critical technologies and capabilities from outside Europe for future space applications;

2.To develop or regain in the medium term the European capacity to operate independently in space;

3.To enhance the technical capabilities and overall competitiveness of European space industry vendors on the worldwide market;

4.To open new competition opportunities for European manufacturers by reducing dependency on export restricted technologies that are of strategic importance to future European space efforts;

5.To improve the overall European space technology landscape and complement and/or create synergy with activities of European and national either in the space or non-space fields.

Scope: Research and innovation to mature critical space technologies selected from the European Commission-EDA-ESA Joint Task Force (JTF) list of Actions 2021-2023 shall be implemented for the following technology areas.

1.[JTF-2021/23-9] - A - High performance, cost effective multi - junction solar cells for space applications

2.[JTF-2021/23-11] - Space qualified RF GaN components and demonstrators

3.[JTF-2021/23-14] - B - Integrated circuits for power applications

4.[JTF-2021/23-15] - High challenges for PCBs and SMT (Surface Mount Technologies)

5.[JTF-2021/23-29] - Thermal insulation systems based on aerogels for Space 

Context information and high-level requirements, including description of scope, initial and target TRLs, and, where applicable, references and information of related activities, are provided in the JTF List of Actions 2021-2023. Accordingly, a technical guidance document, based on the JTF List of Actions 2021-2023, is published on the Funding & Tenders Portal outlining all relevant information to the selected actions.

Proposals should address only one area. To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the areas described above, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Activities should be complementary and create synergies with other European activities in the same domain either in the space or non-space fields. Technological spin in and/or bilateral collaborations should be enhanced between European non-space and space industries, including technology research institutes and academia. An assessment of commercial viability of the supply chain should be done. Identification of critical dependencies and, if applicable, a business plan for commercialization, including time to market indication, of the developed product and/or full range of recurring products should be included.

To achieve the non-dependence objective, applicants must

1.Describe the technologies and/or technology processes to be used and show that they are free of any legal export restrictions or limitations, such as those established in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), Export Administration regulation (EAR) such as EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other jurisdictions;

2.Set up a suitable technology development process aiming at avoiding export restrictions of non-EU states and assess vulnerabilities of the supply chain.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Unless otherwise agreed with the granting authority, beneficiaries must ensure that none of the entities that participate as affiliated entities, associated partners or subcontractors are established in countries which are not eligible countries or target countries set out in the call conditions

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-82: Space science and exploration technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Enable breakthroughs in technologies and scientific instrumentation for space science and exploration missions including those described in the Global Exploration Roadmap from the International Space Exploration Coordination Group (ISECG).

2.Validation of novel space/planetary robotic technologies and instrumentation through analogue tests.

3.Increased collaboration of scientific, engineering and industrial teams both within and outside Europe across different domains.

4.To strengthen European scientific excellence and support the development of leading edge scientific and technologic research in Europe

Scope: The development of innovative instrumentation (payload) and technologies enabling space science and exploration missions requires timely technology development associated with future space science and exploration missions, including robotic exploration technologies, early stage scientific instrumentation and component technologies for space resources utilisation and space observatories. The development of new and innovative approaches, such as instruments for Cubesats and other small space platforms, including planetary entry probe, or the use of Commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) components is encouraged as long as it contributes to the implementation of space science and exploration missions with significant scientific outputs.

Advances are expected in support to on-site activities such as innovative measurement techniques, increased sensitivity, increased robustness, faster and more accurate data processing or in-situ sample and data analysis.

The proposed activities should target primarily European and European-led space science and exploration missions or international missions where the participation of European partners provides demonstrated added value in technological development and scientific output.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

DESTINATION – A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES

This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

1.KSO D, Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to the following expected impact:

1.A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies, through a two-way engagement in the development of technologies, empowering end-users and workers, and supporting social innovation.

As Europe takes the lead in the green and digital transitions, workers, regions, and societies are faced with extremely fast transformations, and will be differently affected by these changes. The rapid adoption of new technologies offers an immense potential for improved standards of living, safer mobility, better healthcare, new jobs, or the personalisation of public services. At the same time, it presents risks such as skills mismatches, digital divides, customer lock-in, or serious breaches of security or privacy.

As Europe sets off on its path to recovery towards a greener, digital and more resilient economy and society, the need to improve and adapt skills, knowledge and competences becomes all the more important. Developments in digital and enabling technologies have the potential to enhance social inclusion, can inform up-skilling training programmes and ensure a two-way engagement with society with regard to developing technologies.

The issue of trust has become central in the use of technologies, following revelations about the exploitation of personal data, large-scale cybersecurity and data breaches, and growing awareness of online disinformation. As outlined in the White Paper on Artificial Intelligence (COM(2020)65), for AI technologies, trust requires in particular improving transparency (explainability, expected levels of performance). For the Internet, increasing trust requires new tools and services to ensure that GDPR is a reality for end-users.

It is also an opportunity for Europe to re-gain presence on the consumer electronics market, by developing new interactive applications in various sectors with solutions meeting European values and requirements in terms of privacy and security. The COVID-19 crisis has also shown how important distance and innovative learning is for society.

Actions under this Destination will support EU objectives of inclusiveness, by supporting a human-centred approach to technology development that is aligned with European social and ethical values, as well as sustainability. These actions will further contribute to addressing the challenges faced by European industry and support the creation of sustainable, high-quality jobs by targeting skills mismatches, the need to empower workers, and ethical considerations relating to technological progress.

Actions should devote particular attention to openness of the solutions and results, and transparency of the research process. To ensure trustworthiness, public awareness and support, wide adoption by user communities for the benefit of society, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness. Actions should ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, in line with Responsible Research and Innovation.

This Destination is structured into the following headings, which group topics together with similar outcomes to address a common challenge:

1.Leadership in AI based on trust

The objective of this heading is to ensure autonomy for Europe in AI, leading the way in research, development and deployment of world-class technologies that are beneficial to humans individually, organisationally and societally, and that adheres to European values, such as the principles reflected in our fundamental rights and environmental sustainability. Technologies need to be developed that industries and citizens will trust, so and that they could be applied in a wide range of applications and industrial sectors. Trustworthy AI is particularly key in applications such as (but not limited to) healthcare or in diverse critical infrastructures such as energy and transportation.

Some topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘AI, Data and Robotics’.

Proposals are encouraged to link with relevant European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), in particular the EIT Digital.

EIT Digital plays role in shaping technologies and innovations that work for people. At least two of its focus areas, Digital Wellbeing and Digital Cities, address directly topics such as ethical artificial intelligence, predictive analytics or augmented and virtual reality that are relevant to this areas. The solutions will benefit from the increasing will of citizens to participate in the sharing economy. EIT Digital, through projects with cities for example, improves engagement and inclusiveness of the citizens and of the visitors by increasingly organising and exposing data, especially in real time and along with analytics and machine learning. Augmented and virtual reality of the cities are another facet of exposing or simulating city data from the past, present or future to the benefit of citizens. ​

1.An Internet of Trust

The issue of trust in the internet has become central, following revelations about the exploitation of personal data, large-scale cybersecurity and data breaches, and growing awareness of online disinformation. A 2019 survey 249 shows that half of the global internet users are more concerned about their online privacy compared to a year previously. Distrust in the Internet is causing people to change the way they behave online, for example by disclosing less personal information. Users also express an increasing level of distrust of social media platforms.

The objective of this heading is to develop a trustworthy digital environment, built on a more resilient, sustainable, and decentralised internet, to empower end-users with more control over their data and their digital identity, and to enable new social and business models respecting European values.

1.eXtended Reality (XR)

Due to its low presence in the consumer electronics industry, Europe is increasingly dependent on external providers in this area. This raises concerns about its digital sovereignty in crucial domains such as digital interaction services that are being adopted by a growing number of European users and industries. The COVID-19 crisis has shown how important distance and innovative learning is for society, our children, their parents and their teachers, maintaining social and educational links under challenging circumstances. Emerging technologies such as virtual reality, eXtended Reality or immersive environments provide numerous opportunities for personalised, innovative, efficient and inclusive learning, for learners of all ages, gender and condition

The objective of this heading is to gain industrial leadership in eXtended Reality technologies and immersive environments, while ensuring the European values of privacy, ethics and inclusiveness. It also aims to support the digital transformation of education through these technologies in particular.

1.Systemic approaches to make the most of the technologies within society and industry.

This heading promotes various systemic approaches to encourage creativity and make the most of the technologies developed elsewhere within society and industry. They include testing ideas in local communities; support for IP, standardisation and industry-academia exchanges; art-driven design; and assessments of complex socio-economic systems. These are complemented by support for a network of National Contact Points (NCPs), with a special emphasis on engaging with new actors.

Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: testing, experimentation, demonstration, and support for take-up using the capacities, infrastructures, and European Digital Innovation Hubs made available under the Digital Europe Programme; further development of skills and competencies via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Digital and EIT Manufacturing; upscaling of trainings via the European Social Fund +; use of financial instruments under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes; and links to the thematic smart specialisation platform on industrial modernisation

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to a human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Increased inclusiveness, by supporting a human-centred approach to technology development that is aligned with European social and ethical values, as well as sustainability;

2.Sustainable, high-quality jobs by targeting skills mismatches, the need to empower workers, and ethical considerations relating to technological progress 250 .

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01

206.00

21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01

70.50

05 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02

50.50

16 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

206.00

121.00

Call - A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 251

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 252

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 21 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-01

RIA

36.00

Around 4.00

9

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02

CSA

13.00

4.00 to 9.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-03

RIA

9.00

Around 9.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-04

RIA

12.00

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-05

RIA

17.00

Around 8.50

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-06

IA

26.00

8.00 to 9.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-07

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-08

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-09

CSA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-13

RIA

14.50

Around 4.80

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-14

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-17

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-18

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-19

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-20

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-21

RIA

8.50

Around 2.80

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-24

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 3.50

3

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-25

IA

14.00

5.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-26

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-27

RIA

13.00

Around 6.50

2

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-28

CSA

2.50

Around 2.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-29

CSA

2.50

Around 2.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-30

CSA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-31

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

Overall indicative budget

206.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Leadership in AI based on trust

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-01: Verifiable robustness, energy efficiency and transparency for Trustworthy AI: Scientific excellence boosting industrial competitiveness (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering a broad range of AI research areas and approaches, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the three highest ranked proposals in the research area addressing novel or promising approaches to advance “intelligence” and autonomy of AI-based systems, and at least to the top ranked proposal within each of the four other research areas, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.World-class transparent, explainable, accountable and trustworthy AI, based on smarter, safer, secure, resilient, accurate, robust, reliable and dependable solutions.

2.Improved AI solutions aiming to meet the industrial 253 requirements in terms of autonomy, accuracy, safety, repeatability, robustness, resilience, security, etc.

3.Greener AI.

4.Next level of AI-based solutions, exploiting the intelligence embedded in the edge-to cloud infrastructure

5.Advances in complex systems & socially aware AI

Scope: Develop trustworthy AI technology, key for acceptance, to take full advantage of the huge benefits such technology can offer, and demonstrate the benefits in particular applications. This will require improvement in transparency: explainability, accountability and responsibility, safety, expected levels of technical performance (accuracy, robustness, level of ‘intelligence’ and autonomy, etc.) which are guaranteed/verifiable and with corresponding confidence levels.

Build the next level of “intelligence” and autonomy, essential to scale-up deployment, in solving wider set and more complex problems, adapting to new situations and context knowledge, addressing real-time performance requirements and data and energy efficiency, also for greener AI and robotics solutions. This will investigate approaches such as integration of both learning and reasoning, causality, contextualization and knowledge discovery, hybrid semi-parametric models (combining laws of physics with observations, aka physics-informed machine learning), human-in-the loop approaches, etc.

Contribute to making AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights, including privacy. Ethics principles needs to be adopted from early stages of AI development and design.

In this topic, solid scientific developments will be complemented, as relevant, by tools and processes for design, testing and validation, certification (where appropriate), software engineering methodologies, as well as approaches to modularity and interoperability, aimed at real-world applications. Where appropriate proposals are encouraged to propose standardisation methods to foster AI industry, helping to create, and guarantee trustworthy and ethical AI, and in support of the Commission regulatory framework.

Scientific proposals are expected to focus on advancing the state of the art in one of the major research areas below:

1.Novel or promising learning (such as unsupervised, self-supervised, representational learning capable of contextualization, transfer learning, life-long and continual learning, etc.) as well as symbolic and hybrid approaches. The objective is to advance “intelligence” and autonomy of AI-based systems, essential to scale-up deployment, in solving a wider set of more complex problems, adapting to new situations (making them “smarter”, more accurate, robust, dependable, versatile, reliable, secured, safer, etc.), and addressing real-time performance requirements, where relevant, for both robotics and non-embodied AI systems. This will include, among others, integration of both learning and reasoning, combining data-driven and knowledge-based models, causality, contextualization and knowledge discovery. Approaches can build on simulation and digital twins, or include data augmentation, knowledge modelling, federation of AI systems – including the use of distributed data – federated learning, and new AI methods ensuring scalability and re-usability. This topic also supports innovative or promising approaches addressing functional and performance guarantees.

2.Advanced transparency in AI, including advances in explainability, in transparency (with guaranteed/verifiable levels of performance, confidence levels, etc.), investigating novel or improved approaches increasing users’ understanding of AI system behaviour, and therefore increasing trust in such systems.

3.Greener AI, increasing data and energy efficiency. This covers research towards lighter, less data-intensive and energy-consuming models, optimized learning processes to require less input (data efficient AI), or optimized models, data augmentation, synthetic data, transfer learning, one-shot learning, continuous / lifelong learning, and optimized architectures for energy-efficient hardware, framework that optimises calculations for energy reduction in big data analytics. This also build on latest results in self-configuring, low-power or energy harvesting capable sensor devices, and low power data transmission and energy reduction in big data analytics (e.g. a framework that optimises calculations, leading to decreasing use of energy, etc.).

4.Advances in edge AI networks, bringing intelligence near sensors, in embedded systems with limited computational, storage and communication resources, as well as the integration of advanced and adaptive sensors and perception (including multi-modal sensing and active perception, distributed sensing, etc.), but also optimising edge vs cloud AI to maximise the capabilities of the overall system (both globally and for individual users). This builds on latest hardware development (for which synergies with the European Partnership for Key Digital Technologies (KDT) is encouraged), but does not cover such hardware developments. 

5.Complex systems & socially aware AI: able to anticipate and cope with the consequences of complex network effects in large scale mixed communities of humans and AI systems interacting over various temporal and spatial scales. This includes the ability to balance requirements related to individual users and the common good and societal concerns, including sustainability, non-discrimination, equity, diversity etc.

Proposals should clearly identify its focused research area among the 5 listed above.

Proposals should include, as appropriate, the development of tools and processes for design, testing and validation, deployment and uptake, auditing, certification (where relevant), software engineering methodologies, as well as approaches to modularity and interoperability.

To complement the impressive progress in developing individual AI algorithms and components, proposals could also address the development of scientific foundations for designing, modelling, analysing, operating, monitoring, integrating, maintaining and extending AI systems.

In all these topics, involvement of multidisciplinary teams and transdisciplinary research, including SSH as appropriate, will be essential. The consortia should involve world-class research labs and top scientists, joining forces to address these major scientific challenges, and they are strongly encouraged to team up with European companies (large and small) representing major industrial sectors for Europe, genuinely interested in S&T progress in these fields, and which consider adoption of AI “made in Europe” key for their competitiveness 254 .

While the proposals should address scientific foundations, relevance to real-world applications should be demonstrated, in particular through use-cases used to demonstrate scientific progress.

All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform 255 , a public community resource, to maximise re-use of results and efficiency of funding.

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the projects.

Proposals should foresee activities to collaborate with projects stemming from topics relevant to AI, Data and Robotics, primarily in destinations 3, 4 and 6, but also in other destinations and clusters (in particular Cluster 3 on cybersecurity where relevant), and share or exploit results where appropriate.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02: European coordination, awareness, standardisation & adoption of trustworthy European AI, Data and Robotics (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the two complementary types of activities defined in this topic to coordinate and support the field of AI, Data and Robotics, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal amongst the first type of proposals (see focus 1 under Scope), and to the highest ranked proposal amongst the second type of proposals (see focus 2 under Scope), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to either of the following expected outcomes, depending on their focus (the proposals should focus on one of the two expected outcomes exclusively):

1.Outcome 1:

1.Efficient AI, Data and Robotics Public-Private Partnership supporting the community and the implementation of the SRIDA 256 .

2.Reinforced links among initiatives in AI, Data and Robotics in H2020, Horizon Europe, Digital Europe Programme, and other programmes (Networks of excellence centres, DIHs, pilots, data platforms, and other projects).

3.Widespread educational and outreach programmes

4.Increased adoption of AI technologies in all Member States and Associated Countries, towards elimination of gaps between Member States and Associated Countries.

5.Increased adoption of trustworthy AI, data and robotics in procurement both public and private (B2B, B2C, B2G, etc.)

6.Standardisation methods for trustworthy and ethical AI to foster AI, data and robotics industry, and in support of the Commission regulatory framework.

2. Outcome 2: Efficient support to the research community via the AI-on-demand-platform 257 , a public community resource.

Scope: The proposals should address one of the following focus areas:

Focus 1) the first type of proposals (EU contribution around EUR 4.00), will address the following aspects:

1.Support to the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics to develop a strong and inclusive network bringing, academia, industry, and public and industry users, including the major industrial European sectors and all relevant stakeholders, to guarantee strong coordinated efforts toward trustworthy AI, for the economy, society and environment. The network will also include national representatives, to link to national programmes and to foster synergies and coordination between the various European, national, public and private initiatives. Such coordination of efforts in research, innovation and expertise will be important for Europe’s leadership in AI. The objective is to support the community in defining and implementing the AI, Data and Robotics strategy for research, innovation, and deployment, and support the PPP in its coordination and support of the community in non-R&D tasks as well.

2.Coordinate and establish links with all relevant initiatives in AI, Data and Robotics in Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, Digital Europe Programme, and other programmes (Networks of excellence centres, DIHs, pilots, data platforms, and other projects), in view of sharing knowledge, developing synergies, and coordinate the efforts when possible. Synergies should be developed with the relevant projects through efficient mechanisms (e.g. joint task forces), organisation of joint events gathering projects, etc.

3.Support and encourage the adoption of AI technologies in all Member States and Associated Countries, with particular emphasis on geographical aspect and elimination of gaps in digital competences and access between Member States and Associated Countries

4.Widespread educations and outreach programmes including public awareness and addressing acceptability and trustworthiness, informing about potentialities of AI but also ensuring that expectations are realistic to avoid backlash in the adoption. Such activities should target in particular the business community, with a particular focus on SMEs, as well as public administrators, and citizens at large.

5.Investigate and promote the potential contribution of AI, data and robotics to social welfare and sustainability, for example as framed by the UN SDGs (sustainable development goals) and highlight the value generated by the combination of AI/data/robotics in different environments.

6.Promote the adoption of trustworthy AI, data and robotics in procurement both public and private (B2B, B2C, B2G, etc.): this is crucial to foster the development of European AI industries and applications built on European data and compliant with the European regulatory framework, and to foster vast deployment of AI-based solutions.

7.Support to standardisation in view of boosting AI, data and robotics industry, helping to create, and guarantee trustworthy and ethical AI, data and robotics, and in support of the Commission regulatory framework.

1.Standards should guarantee that AI, data and robotics technology in industry brings a high level of trust and safety of operations, and that it respects fundamental values and human rights. Standards should also ensure appropriate governance of AI, data and robotics throughout the system lifecycle and make sure that decision systems are trustworthy by being robust, un-biased, safe and secure.

2.Developing a coherent and broadly accepted set of AI, data and robotics standards requires a minimum level of support to ensure that all essential players are involved and that their voices are heard and in order to disseminate information and collect essential requirements. Support is also needed to coordinate and encourage contributions to standardization activities around the world.

3.An important dimension will be to explore needs for standardisation and qualification of equipment and processes, notably the application of Artificial Intelligence to business processes

The standardisation activities should include:

1.The creation of an online observatory of published standards and ongoing standardisation activities in AI, data and robotics worldwide

2.The identification of gaps and recommendations for key topics for future standardisation, in particular building on on-going activities in European Standardization Organizations (ESOs) and other relevant standardisation initiatives.

3.Support to a mechanism for information exchange between international and European Standardization Organizations (ESOs) to increase the transparency of ongoing work at international and European levels.

4.Support participation of European stakeholders in the international standardization initiatives

5.Networking of all key players, collection of essential requirements for AI, data and robotics standardization and dissemination of information

6.Recommendations on links between standardisation, certification and regulation

7.Recommendations for research and innovation activities supporting standardization

One large CSA is expected to cover all the aspects above. Close cooperation is expected with the second CSA supporting the AI-on-demand platform.

Focus 2) the second type of proposals (EU contribution around EUR 9.00), will address the following aspects:

The second type of CSA proposals will be in charge of the maintenance and necessary developments and services provision for the AI-on-demand-platform 258 , a public community resource, with a focus on supporting the research community. Such platform should support the research community in providing modules, codes, tools, knowledge base to share and continuously strengthen the S&T excellence. It should also provide the necessary access to resources (data, compute power, equipment, etc.) to offer the AI, Data and Robotics R&D community an environment in which to develop new solutions and to ensure a leading position to Europe in S&T in these fields. It should also implement methods to compare solutions, and demonstrate progress. Proposals should demonstrate how their methodology will promote excellence, by serving the needs of the scientific community. In close cooperation with the first Coordination and Support Action, it will further develop the platform services that offer a common portal gathering relevant information, success stories, etc. The activities of this AI-on-demand-platform funded through Horizon Europe will serve the needs of the research community while the AI-on-demand platform funded through the Digital Europe Programme will focuses on AI tools at higher TRLs, to serve the needs of the market. Synergies will be developed between the two platforms to ensure complementarity and avoid overlaps. Results from this platform should be transferred to the other platform, after reaching sufficient level of maturity.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership. Proposals should include activities to collaborate with projects stemming from topics relevant to AI, Data and Robotics, primarily in destinations 3, 4 and 6 of Cluster 4, but also in other destinations and clusters, and share or exploit results where appropriate. Proposals should also develop synergies with relevant activities in Digital Europe Programme.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-03: European Network of AI Excellence Centres: Pillars of the European AI lighthouse (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the
form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Establishing a new pillar of the European AI lighthouse 259

2.Reinforcing a leading unified European AI community

3.Scientific progress in AI, addressing major challenges hampering its deployment.

Scope: To ensure European open strategic autonomy in critical technologies such as AI, with huge socio-economic impact, it is essential to reinforce and build on Europe’s assets in such technologies, including its world-class research community, in order to stay at the forefront of technological developments.

Europe has undeniable strengths with its many leading research centres, but the efforts are scattered.

As stated in the communication from the European Commission on Artificial Intelligence for Europe 260 and the coordinated action plan between the European Commission and the Member States and Associated Countries 261 , joining forces will be crucial for international competitiveness. Europe has to scale up existing research capacities and reach a critical mass through tighter networks of European AI excellence centres. The proposals should develop mechanisms to reinforce and network excellence centres in AI, bringing the best scientists from academia and industry to join forces in addressing the major AI challenges hampering its deployment; therefore, reinforcing excellence through collaboration in AI throughout Europe.

Such networks are expected to mobilise researchers to collaborate on key AI research challenges and to progress faster in joined efforts rather than working in silos, leading to fragmented and duplicated efforts. Such networks, are essential to reach critical mass and overcome the present fragmentation of AI research in Europe.

To complement and extend the initiative started in H2020 to develop a vibrant European network of AI excellence centres, and a vibrant AI scientific community, the proposals should create a network of excellence for the following topic:

Safe and secure AI addressing safety and security by design: foster the collaboration between AI with safety engineering communities, security, cybersecurity and related communities, to develop safe-by-design and secure-by-design AI, data and robotics systems, contributing to safety and security of citizens and any users of such AI-powered systems. The focus is on research, but the work should also contribute to good practices, standards and certification, complying with regulations for AI safety and protection of fundamental rights.

Topics to be covered include, but are not limited to:

1.Technical robustness and safety, incl. methods for evaluating the resilience of systems, and standardized ways of quantifying robustness of AI

2.Privacy preserving techniques and infrastructures

3.Human agency and oversight in terms of system security and safety; including explainability in human-readable terms allowing to detect/prevent/mitigate/recover from harm and threats.

Proposals will bring together the best European research teams around AI to join forces and address major technical as well as sector- or societal-driven challenges in strengthening excellence, networking, multidisciplinarity and developing academia-industry synergies, as relevant.

Composition of the Network:

1.It should be driven by leading researchers in AI and AI relevant technologies from major excellent AI research centres, and bringing the best scientists across Europe, including also from promising research labs. It will bring on board the necessary level of expertise and variety of disciplines and profiles to achieve their objectives, ensuring a multidisciplinarity and multi-sectorial research approach, while respecting equality and diversity among the attracted talents.

Activities of the Network:

1.In order to structure the activities, the proposals will focus on important scientific or technological challenges with industrial and societal relevance where Europe will make a difference, by building on strengths, or strengthening knowledge to fill gaps critical for Europe.

2.Based on the identified challenges, the proposals will develop and implement common research agendas. The main vision and roadmap with targets within the projects, as well as methodology to implement and monitor progress will have to be specified in the proposal and can be further developed during the project.

3.Scientific progress will have to be demonstrated through testing on application specific datasets or use-cases. By extending the benchmarking of foundational research to application specific areas, the research community will simultaneously address advancements in AI and grand societal and technological challenges.

4.The proposals should define mechanisms to foster excellence throughout Europe, to increase efficiency of collaboration, including through networking and exchange programmes, and to develop a vibrant AI network in Europe.

5.The network will disseminate the latest and most advanced knowledge to all the academic and industrial AI laboratories in Europe and involving them in collaborative projects/exchange programmes. (This could involve projects defined initially or via financial support to third parties, for maximum 20% of the requested EU contribution, with a maximum of 60k€ per third party 262 ).

6.The network will develop, where relevant, interactions with the industry, in view of triggering new scientific questions and fostering take-up of scientific advances

7.The network will develop collaboration with the relevant Digital innovation Hubs, World-class reference testing facilities, AI regulatory sandboxes and AI start-up initiatives, to disseminate knowledge and tools, and understand their needs.

8.The network should also foster innovation and include mechanisms to exploit new ideas coming out of the network’s work (for instance via incubators, start-up and spinoff initiatives and university tech-transfer funds).

9.Overall, each proposal will define mechanisms to become a virtual centre of excellence, offering access to knowledge and serve as a reference in their chosen specific field, including activities to ensure visibility.

The proposals should:

1.include mechanisms to spread the latest and most advanced knowledge to all the AI-labs in Europe

2.develop synergies and cross-fertilization between industry and academia

3.become a common resource and shared facility, as a virtual laboratory offering access to knowledge and expertise and attracting talents

4.provide broad access to AI excellence in Europe and also play an important role in increasing visibility

5.provide access to the required resources and infrastructure to support the R&D activities of the action, such as cloud and computing capacity, IoT, robotics equipment, support staff and engineers, where relevant, and the capacity to develop prototypes, pilots, demonstrators, etc.

6.include a number of major scientific and application challenges which will mobilise the community to join forces in addressing them. Continuous evaluation and demonstration of scientific and technological progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring processes) towards solving the targeted challenges will motivate the entire network and support publications and scientific career developments (providing reference benchmarks to publish comparative results, using the reference data, scenarios, etc.), and also showcase the technology in application contexts, to attract more user industries and eventually foster take up and adoption of the technology.

7.include mechanisms to share resources, knowledge, tools, modules, software, results, expertise, and make equipment/infrastructure available to scientists to optimise the scientific and technological progress. To that end, proposals should exploit tools such as the AI-on-demand platform 263 and further develop and expand the platform, to support the network and sharing of resource, results, tools among the scientific community, maximising re-use of results, and supporting faster progress. Mechanisms to test results and continuously measure and demonstrate progress should be integrated in the platform, which is also important to support the scientific community, allowing also for comparative analysis. Openness and interoperability of components are encouraged to develop synergies and cross-fertilization between different approaches and solutions (e.g. through modularity of components or open interfaces).

8.include collaboration mechanisms among the best AI and AI-relevant research teams, but also mechanisms to bring all European AI teams to the highest level of excellence. This is also in view of supporting and encouraging the adoption of AI technologies in all Member States and Associated Countries, with particular emphasis on geographical aspect and elimination of gaps in digital competences and access between Member States and Associated Countries, as well as addressing existing gender disparities.

9.exploit and develop technology enablers, such as methodologies, tools and systems and exploit latest hardware development and data spaces, cloud and HPC resources.

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project.

Proposals are expected to develop synergies:

1.With other Networks of excellence centres in AI funded in H2020 or Horizon Europe, with a view of, all together, create vibrant European network of AI excellence centres. To that end, the activities should integrate with and complement the activities of the H2020-ICT-48 projects. The proposals are expected to dedicate tasks to ensure this coherence.

2.With relevant activities in AI, Data and Robotics, primarily in destinations 3, 4 and 6, but also in other destinations and clusters (in particular with cluster 3 regarding security-related activities), and share or exploit results where appropriate.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02.

Background

The network of excellence centres on AI safety and security will contribute to the larger objective of the European Commission to establish the European AI lighthouse.

The AI lighthouse is expected to mobilise the AI community to collaborate on key AI research challenges and to progress faster in joined efforts rather than working in silos, leading to fragmented and duplicated efforts. This is essential to reach critical mass and overcome the present fragmentation of AI research in Europe.

The lighthouse will bring together stakeholders from research, innovation and deployment, to become a world reference in AI that can attract investments and the best talents in the field. The lighthouse will build on key pillars, each of them being a network of excellence centres specialising in a given topic where Europe has the potential to become a global champion. The initiative started with the H2020-ICT-48 call establishing the first networks of excellence centres and will further develop in Horizon Europe.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-24: Tackling gender, race and other biases in AI (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased availability and deployment of unbiased and bias-preventing AI solutions across a wide range of industrial and digital sectors

2.AI-based solutions for enhancing digital equality and social inclusion for women and girls, and other groups at risk of discrimination, such as ethnic minorities and the LGBTIQ community

3.Increased involvement of underrepresented persons in the design, development, training and deployment of AI.

4.Increased awareness, knowledge and skills about trustworthy, bias-free and socially responsible AI in the tech industry and scientific community

Scope: Research demonstrates how bias exacerbates existing inequalities and reinforces gender, racial and other stereotypes in, for instance, the labour market, education, online advertising systems, social media, taxation and the justice system.

Bias in AI can occur in three dimensions: training data, bias in algorithms, and bias in the interpretation of the results. This topic investigates preventing and mitigating bias in AI, focusing on (1) recommender and personalisation systems, (2) algorithmic decision-making, and (3) surveillance software, including facial recognition. Proposals may focus on more than one of these AI-based systems and should clearly identify the expected use-case/s in society.

Testing and assessment of AI systems with real-life data is needed to detect and reduce bias and improve accuracy, in line with the General Data Protection regulation. Assessing the fairness and social benefit 264 of AI-based systems and gaining more scientific understanding about their transparency and interpretation will be necessary to improve existing methods, and develop new ones in employment, advertising, access to health care, fraud detection, combatting online hate speech, and in general addressing bias affecting people’s ability to participate in the economy and society. This becomes particularly relevant in light of the pandemic and ongoing social justice movements, such as #MeToo and Black Lives Matter.

In line with the European Commission’ priority to strive for a ‘Union of Equality’, the European Pillar of Social Rights, 265 the Gender Equality Strategy 2020 – 2025, 266 the EU Anti-racism Action Plan 2020-2025 267 , and the LGBTIQ Equality Strategy 2020-2025 268 , proposals are expected to:

1.Develop technologies and algorithms to evaluate and address bias in AI-based systems. These underlying methods will help addressing gender, racial, age bias, as well as bias against persons with disabilities, people from socially disadvantaged backgrounds, and the LGBTIQ community in AI-based systems, and support the deployment of such bias-free AI-based solutions.

2.Develop standardized processes to assess and quantify the trustworthiness of the developed AI systems, in particular assessment of bias, diversity, non-discrimination and intersectionality 269 – based on different types of bias measures. This might include a methodology for considering diversity and representativeness of data, ensuring the reliability, traceability, and explainability of the AI systems, testing models on various subgroups and enabling appropriate stakeholder participation. 270 It could also include mechanisms to flag and remove risks of biases and discrimination.

3.Develop recommender and algorithmic decision-making systems which reduce bias in the selected use-case

4.Conduct trainings and awareness raising on preventing gender and intersectional bias for AI researchers, students and practitioners in line with the Digital Education Action Plan 2021 – 2027. 271 Trainings should also target practitioners of AI as a whole to avoid that the topic be limited to those with an already existing interest in socially responsible AI. These activities should be carried out in cooperation with the Public-Private Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics 272 and other relevant initiative and projects (such as the AI-on-demand platform).

5.Cooperate with the Public-Private Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics 273 and other relevant partnerships across a wide range of industrial and digital sectors, including representatives of international digital professional associations (e.g. IEEE), computing industry, hi-tech start-ups / SMEs etc. to further promote the use and uptake of the developed tools.

Proposals should focus on the development of tools and processes for design, testing and validation, including software engineering methodologies. The proposed approaches should also build tools to support deployment and uptake, auditing, certification (where appropriate). The inclusion of underrepresented and marginalised groups in the design development, and training of the AI systems, and a transdisciplinary approach, involving multidisciplinary and intersectorial partners in the consortium will be essential.

All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress towards their objectives of meeting the key requirements for removing bias (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring), and share results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform, as well as the GEAR 274 tool to maximise re-use of results and efficiency of funding. It is essential to ensure that the publicly available results from relevant EU funded research projects (e.g. SHERPA, SIENNA, Panelfit, TechEthos) are taken into account.

Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL5-6 by the end of the project

The consortia should exchange information and build synergies with the relevant projects funded under Horizon Europe, Work programme 2021-202 WIDENING PARTICIPATION AND STRENGTHENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA 275 .

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-27: AI to fight disinformation (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering different types of advanced AI solutions against disinformation, grants will be awarded not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal addressing each of the two expected outcomes (1. Advanced AI solutions against advanced disinformation techniques for media professionals, and 2. Advanced AI solutions against disinformation for citizens), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advanced AI solutions against advanced disinformation techniques for media professionals.

2.Advanced AI solutions against disinformation for citizens.

Scope: The Media Action Plan is developed around three areas: recovery, transformation, and enabling and empowerment. Research and innovation is key to the area of the transformation. Innovative digital solutions play an important role in ensuring a pluralistic access to trustworthy and meaningful information and quality content.

The consumption of news media has substantially increased during the COVID19 crisis, with people seeking out relevant and factual information in a time of uncertainty. Unfortunately, online services have also been used by malicious actors to spread dangerous disinformation campaigns, with sometimes fatal consequences. Similarly the need for reliable and consistent social media interactions as well as for access to audiovisual content, gaming and other interactive activities has increased during COVID-19.

Notably, media and digital literacy is one of the key pillars in fight against disinformation, as also identified e.g. in the Communication: “Tackling disinformation - the European Approach”. With the modern social media being more and more AI based, and contemporary disinformation mechanisms increasingly sophisticated, advanced means are required to ensure a trustworthy environment. AI technologies applied to tools and services tailored to the media ecosystem will help the access to and creation and distribution of trustworthy information and facilitate countering sophisticated manifestations of disinformation.

The outcomes from this topic will offer exploitation and take-up opportunities for the Digital Europe and Creative Europe Programmes.

Research and innovation proposals are expected to respond to one of the following:

1.Advanced AI based solutions for securing a trustworthy online environment. Disinformation techniques are already today strongly AI based. Therefore, scientific researchers and media practitioners need to be equipped with quantitative and semi-supervised tools based on AI, and network science driven tools of least same level of sophistication, capable of detecting different forms of deep-fakes and tampered content and to understand how and where such type of content spreads online. The development of such tools require the involvement of a scientific community at the intersection between AI and computer science, mathematics, social network sciences, social sciences and other relevant scientific fields, closely collaborating with journalists and media practitioners, and equipped with the necessary computing power to analyse rich content (e.g. videos and images) and to automate the management, processing and analysis of the flow of information within online systems.

2.Advanced AI based solutions targeted to citizens for securing a trustworthy online environment. The solutions should foster citizens’ ability to identify, verify and combat disinformation through AI innovation. Solutions provided would include the analysis and tracing of various forms of content, correlation/comparison of various sources of information, exploitation of contextual information. Efficient and intuitive mechanisms to convey the information regarding quality/veracity of information should be addressed, as appropriate. Transparency and human oversight would be key, with a view of empowering citizens.

Proposals should include, as appropriate, the development of tools and processes for design, testing and validation, deployment and uptake, auditing, certification (where appropriate), software engineering methodologies, as well as approaches to modularity and interoperability. Relevance to real-world applications should be demonstrated. Various approaches to AI for detection, elaboration of confidence levels, contradiction trade-offs, pattern identification in a field of heterogeneous sources and media formats, and also for decision support need to be considered. Involvement of multidisciplinary teams and transdisciplinary research will be essential. The consortia are strongly encouraged to team up with European companies, which are part of the media ecosystem, including SMEs, and also with non-media industrial and technological expertise.

Proposals should clearly identify the expected outcome it will focus on (i.e. targeting media professionals or citizens).

Proposals should also coordinate and ensure complementarity with the ongoing media and social media R&I, related to projects in the field (e.g. AI4Media 276 , Fandango 277 ) and take into consideration the expectations of the Media Action Plan and the European Democracy Action Plan, and collaborate with the European Digital Media Observatory. The media data space (developed under Digital Europe) infrastructures and communities might provide an opportunity to pilot new tools produced by the selected proposals. Proposals should foresee activities to collaborate with projects stemming from the topics HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03: Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised.

All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform, a public community resource, to maximise re-use of results and efficiency of funding.

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5-6 by the end of the project

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02.

An Internet of Trust

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-04: Trust & data sovereignty on the Internet (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

N.A. (not applicable)

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

As the main objective of the action is to support large number of third parties through
open calls, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 500 000 to allow cases were a given legal entity (e.g. large research, academic or industrial organisations) may receive several grants (e.g. from different calls).

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased trust, privacy and user control when exchanging and accessing personal data on the Internet.

2.A trusted electronic identity ecosystem, fostering a universal, interoperable, accessible, and user-centric digital identity as a passport to the digital society.

3.A European ecosystem of top internet innovators, with the capacity to set the course of the Internet evolution according to a human-centric approach.

4.New business and sustainability models based on decentralised technologies and open source.

Scope: The EU has an advanced legal framework in the areas of data protection, cybersecurity and electronic identity. The objective of this topic is to deliver architectures, protocols and services to ensure that end-users can exert their rights (e.g. under the GDPR) and benefit from decentralised technological solutions that ensure that they are fully in control of their personal data on the Internet.

Proposals under this topic should develop new technologies and data governance models for increased trust, privacy and user control of personal data and identity on the internet, levering decentralised and self-sovereign identity approaches, empowering the end-users and enabling user-centric business and sustainability models. Solutions should enable the portability of personal data sets and allow the users to transfer or share such data with organisations of their choice for purposes and under conditions they decide and control (e.g. data altruism). Proposals should contribute to a trusted digital identity ecosystem that is in line with the European regulatory framework, platform-independent and user-centric and contributes to building a secure European digital identity. The purpose is to enable individuals to effectively own, manage and control their digital identity and make it their passport to the digital society.

The proposals should support open source software and open hardware design, open access to data, standardisation activities, access to testing and operational infrastructure as well as an IPR regime ensuring lasting impact and reusability of results.

This topic has a focus on internet technologies developed for end-users (including electronic identities) and builds upon open source developments by internet innovators. It complements the activities of Destination 3 topic 2021-DATA-01-01, which have a focus on European data spaces (technologies for data pooling, sharing and re-use), as well as those in Cluster 3 related to privacy and online identity management (e.g. 2021-CS-01-04, 2021-FCT-01-01, 2022-BM-01-02).

Financial support to third parties

The consortium should support third party projects from outstanding open source innovators, academic research groups, high-tech start-ups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, so that multiple actors are funded and collectively contribute to increasing trust and data sovereignty on the Internet. Apps and services that innovate without a research component are not covered by this topic. As the primary purpose of the action is to support and mobilise internet innovators, a minimum of 80% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

The consortium should provide the programme logic for the third-party projects, ensure the coherence and coordination of these projects, and provide the necessary technical support, as well as coaching and mentoring, in order to ensure that the collection of third party projects contributes to a significant advancement and impact in the research and innovation domain, including in terms of standardisation. These tasks cannot be implemented using the budget earmarked for the financial support to third parties.

Beneficiaries should make explicit the intervention logic for the area, their capacity to attract internet talents, to deliver value-added services to the third-party projects, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently and efficiently (a minimum of five open calls during the lifetime of the project). They should explore synergies with other research and innovation actions, supported at regional, national or European level, to increase the overall impact.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties will be funded through projects typically in the EUR 50 000 to 150 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 9 to 12 months.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-05: Trustworthy open search and discovery (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

N.A. (not applicable)

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering a broad range of research areas and approaches, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranking proposal in the first research area, addressing advanced methods of search, and to the highest ranking proposal in the second research area, addressing search infrastructures, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

As the main objective of the action is to support large number of third parties through open calls, the maximum amount to be granted to each third
party is EUR 500 000 to allow cases were a given legal entity (e.g. large research, academic or industrial organisations) may receive several grants (e.g. from different calls).

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Empowered citizens and companies able to search and discover information, data, smart objects, resources and people online, with increased security, accuracy, diversity and transparency in search results while preserving the privacy of the end-users.

2.Increased European competitiveness and sovereignty in future search and discovery systems with a strong focus on serving end-users’ needs (including privacy), providing trustworthy and pluralistic recommendations and increasing public trust in search results.

3.A European ecosystem of top internet and social media innovators, with the capacity to set the course of the Internet evolution and the search ecosystem according to a human-centric approach.

4.New business and sustainability models based on improved access to online data, smart objects and resources and on open source.

Scope: The objective of this topic is to develop technologies and solutions enabling new and trustworthy ways of searching and discovering information on the internet across a variety of resources such as personal, scientific, industrial and environmental data, connected devices and smart objects, services, multimedia content, intranets and other IT resources, both public and private. It is also to empower end-users, including through agents acting on their behalf, to share and discover more data and reliable information sources, while preserving their privacy and increasing public trust in search results.

Proposals should focus on advancing the state-of-the-art in one of the two research areas below:

1.Advanced methods of search and discovery such as voice-based search or cognitive search combining technologies for natural language processing, semantic analysis, AI-based taxonomies, network analysis, social computing and data visualisation, enabling new ways of discovering and accessing information, in an energy-efficient way.
Proposals under this research area will support third party projects from outstanding open so
urce innovators, academic research groups, high-tech startups, SMEs, social innovators, and other multidisciplinary actors, so that multiple actors are funded and collectively contribute to building a more open, trustworthy and user-centric search and discovery ecosystem. As the primary purpose of this research area is to support and mobilise internet and social media innovators, a minimum of 80% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls. Beneficiaries should make explicit the intervention logic for the area, their capacity to attract internet talents, to deliver value-added services to the third-party projects, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently and efficiently (a minimum of five open calls during the lifetime of the project). They should explore synergies with other research and innovation actions, supported at regional, national or European level, to increase the overall impact.

2.Improving search and discovery infrastructures, with a view to increasing European sovereignty in future search, discovery and recommendation systems. Projects could notably design and pilot distributed search infrastructures, with a strong focus on sustainability, security, reliability, interoperability and trust.
Proposals under this research area will incorporate third party contributions from outstanding open source innovators, academic research groups, high-tech startups, SMEs,
and other multidisciplinary actors. A minimum of 15% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

Proposals should clearly identify the research area they are addressing.

The projects should support open source software and open hardware design, open access to data, standardisation activities, as well as an IPR regime ensuring lasting impact and reusability of results. The focus of this topic is on advanced research; apps and services that innovate without a research component are not covered by this topic. A scientific understanding of collective intelligence methodologies will be important to innovate beyond the current state of the art in search and recommendation systems and contribute to a better governance of social networks.

This topic contributes to the Media Action Plan (MAP), which aims to support the digital transformation of, and collaboration within, the social media industry.

Financial support to third parties

The consortium should provide the programme logic for the third-party projects, ensure the coherence and coordination of these projects, and provide the necessary technical support, as well as coaching and mentoring, in order to ensure that the collection of third party projects contributes to a significant advancement and impact in the research and innovation domain, including in terms of standardisation. These tasks cannot be implemented using the budget earmarked for the financial support to third parties.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties will be funded through projects typically in the EUR 50 000 to 150 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 9 to 12 months.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-07: Next Generation Internet community-building and outreach (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A vibrant community of Internet innovators and stakeholders, with the capacity to set the course of the Internet evolution according to a human-centric approach.

2.Broad understanding and support for the NGI vision of a human-centric Internet

Scope: The proposal will support the European Commission in engaging a diverse community of stakeholders, including internet innovators, researchers, start-ups and SMEs, but also policy makers, internet end-users, social partners, local communities and citizens at large, in order to develop and implement the NGI vision of a human-centric internet. It will liaise with similar initiatives at national and regional level. It should help grow the community by promoting broad stakeholder engagement in NGI activities and projects, in particular by engaging internet innovators who are new to EU programmes. The project should seek to ensure through dedicated activities diverse participation in terms of profiles, gender, age, ethnic group, abilities, and nationality (including from neighbouring regions). It should have dedicated activities to promote the involvement of women innovators.

The proposal should support the European Commission in NGI branding and marketing activities, including extensive online and social media presence, press coverage and participation in key events, establishing a positive brand image in the Internet community and the public at large. Based on advanced digital and non-digital communication techniques, the project will lead NGI communication activities and coach other NGI projects in effective communication and marketing.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-08: NGI International Collaboration - Transatlantic fellowship programme (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced EU-US and EU-Canada cooperation in the development of Next Generation Internet technologies, services and standards.

2.Supporting the EU internet policy objectives by sharing the EU vision and values with US and Canadian counterparts and forging bonds through concrete collaborations.

3.A transatlantic ecosystem of top researchers, high-tech startups / SMEs and Internet-related communities collaborating on the evolution of the Internet according to a human-centric approach.

Scope: The aim of the topic is to reinforce EU-US and EU-Canada cooperation in the area of Next Generation Internet, and to establish a continuous dialogue among US, Canada and EU innovators. The focus should be on trust and data sovereignty and on internet architecture renovation and decentralised technologies.

The proposal will organise a fellowship programme providing support to European Internet innovators to travel to the US or to Canada to work and collaborate with US and Canadian counterparts, with a view to promoting knowledge-sharing and establishing long-term collaborations on NGI technologies, services and standards.

These should be 3 to 6 months fellowships for Internet researchers, notably open source developers, academic researchers, hi-tech startups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, so that multiple actors are funded and collectively contribute to enhancing EU-US and EU-Canada cooperation in the development of Next Generation Internet technologies and services. The proposal should only provide financial support for travel and subsistence, and only citizens of the EU and associated countries will be eligible for funding. As the primary purpose of the action is to support and mobilise internet innovators, a minimum of 70% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-09: NGI Tech Review (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased value and maturity of internet technologies tackling key societal challenges such as response to pandemics, climate change, disinformation, or the protection of privacy.

2.Improved collaboration of internet innovators to develop, test and improve solutions based on open source technologies.

Scope: The COVID-19 crisis demonstrates that complex challenges of today cannot be solved by one organisation or by one country, and they require the support of digital technologies. Open collaboration of innovators from multiple backgrounds supporting values such us protection of privacy, inclusiveness and transparency is a critical factor for the development of successful European solutions.

The scope of this topic is to support an open environment fostering collaboration between internet innovators to tackle key societal challenges such as response to pandemics, climate change, disinformation, or the protection of privacy. The environment will bring together internet innovators to develop, test and improve solutions based on open source technologies.

The funding covers the setting up and operation of the open collaboration environment, including the needed IT infrastructures; community management activities; and support to innovators in a broad range of areas including quality, security, accessibility, privacy, open source licensing, or documentation. The funding does not cover the funding of innovators to develop new solutions.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

eXtended Reality (XR)

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-13: eXtended Reality Modelling (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.80 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300 000 to further extend the use-cases and the application domains, address sector specific constraints, ensure reproducibility and demonstrate their integration paths.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Large-scale creation of eXtended Reality models with increased levels of interaction, context awareness, explainable autonomous decisions, human control, privacy and accessibility.

2.Methodologies, tools and processes to build eXtended Reality services based on these models.

3.Improved human to human and human to computer eXtended Reality interaction, in both offline and real-time context.

Scope: Recent advances in the field of Artificial Intelligence (AI) giving machines the ability to understand and derive meaning from human languages, have shown that automatic systems can exhibit human‑like performance. Machine translation, speech recognition or personal assistants are now part of our daily lives. Recent progress in AI has also enabled systems to generalise from one task to another, from one language to another, from one modality to another. Large pre-trained multilingual language models can handle different languages, even with little or no training data. The same models can cover completely different language-related tasks, such as text translation or summarisation, speech transcription, or sentiment analysis. Natural language Understanding and Natural Language Generation state-of-art techniques are expected to take advantage of the latest advances in research. Advances in user and environment modelling and progress in data analytics allow systems to be increasingly context-aware and efficiently support users in their decisions.

Drawing on the above-mentioned recent advances, the proposals will:

1.Develop pre‑trained eXtended Reality models capable of adapting to a large variety of forms of expression, interaction, languages, domains, styles and intent. Taking into account surrounding real or virtual environments, contexts, preferences and abilities of the user, the models will contribute to the general understanding of the environments and users’ knowledge, preferences, believes, abilities, intent and goals.

2.Demonstrate the adaptation and generalisation of the eXtended Reality models, including through the integration of structured knowledge, by developing solutions capable of carrying genuine human-like interaction before, during and after an eXtended Reality experience.

3.Integrate the solutions into several eXtended Reality use‑cases scenarios, such as media, collaborative telepresence, learning, personal assistants or information retrieval.

Beyond supporting a large set of languages and modalities, the work will focus on enabling new forms of interactions, avoiding bias, whilst ensuring accessibility, privacy, transparency and explainability.

To compensate the increase of model complexity, the proposed solutions should be energy efficient thanks to optimised protocols and algorithms with equivalent performance during both training and implementation.

The proposal will ensure reproducibility and repeatability of the research results, promote an open data and interfaces standardisation, avoiding narrow de-facto standards and demonstrate clear and efficient integration paths for the European industry take up.

To further extend the application domains, address sector specific constrains, ensure reproducibility and demonstrate their integration paths, proposals are expected to organise a number of competitive calls with financial support to third parties (FSTP) and further extend the use-cases. At least 20% of the funding should be dedicated to FSTP. To that aspect, the consortium will provide guidelines and technical support in engineering integration, testing and validation to support the development of such use-cases.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-14: eXtended Reality for All – Haptics (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Specific eXtended Reality haptics hardware able to provide affordable portable devices for instantly refreshable full-page interactive tactile displays which enable navigating, reading and editing digital content in both standard braille and tactile graphics format for the blind and visually impaired 278 and especially the deafblind for whom touch and feel are the only form of communication;

2.Establish Europe as a world leader in developing accessibility solutions.

Scope: eXtended Reality, combining human-machine interactions and all real, mix, augmented and virtual environments, allow users to interact with real-time contextual information activated by intuitive sensory triggers. However, in order to provide eXtended Reality for all, specific accessibility oriented development is required.

Indeed, certain categories of information such as scientific formulae, computer code, tabular data, photos and images cannot be efficiently rendered by the blind and visually impaired by using braille readers or text to speech technologies. Furthermore, the increase of distant learning and teleworking has highlighted the lack of tactile feedback possibilities and increased the gap for visually impaired accessibility.

Existing tactile solutions are limited to refreshable braille displays which are bulky and/or prohibitively expensive. They offer a limited reading experience by providing only a single line of characters at a time and their output is considerably slower than an experienced user’s ability to read braille.

Drawing on the above-mentioned conclusion, the proposal will develop an affordable, portable, usable full-page device able to convey and input digital information in both braille and tactile graphics for people with visual impairments.

Consortium will pay attention to develop solutions that are reliable, robust, safe and meet the needs and preferences of visually impaired people. The solution need to be interoperable with other ICT devices, including other assistive technologies, provides open APIs for use by third parties and allow for back-translation of braille or tactile graphics into text or images to enable cooperation between visually impaired and sighted people.

People with visual impairments should be involved in all stages of the research and development. Their involvement in validating the solution is a minimum requirement.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-25: eXtended Collaborative Telepresence (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000 to further extend the application domains, guarantee reproducibi
lity and demonstrate the integration paths for take-up by European industries.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcome:

1.Establishing European industry leadership in eXtended collaborative telepresence solutions, while ensuring ethics, privacy, security and safety.

Scope: This topic aims to increase the European competitiveness and innovation capacity and foster the adoption of European eXtended collaborative telepresence technologies in both professional and private spheres, taking benefit of combining real and virtual environments to improve distant human-human interactions through wearables and computer mediated technologies.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused major disruptions to the way we work and live. Physical distancing and global lockdown, as well as pressing climate and environmental concerns, have accelerated the need for development and adoption of telepresence technologies to sustain the productivity of remote and online contactless activities, as well as maintaining social bonds. With a worldwide CO2 emission reduction of more than 20%, the crisis has also revealed that teleworking and reduction of travel is an efficient mitigating solution. Tools supporting enhanced teleworking have become of primal importance.

However, existing collaborative telepresence tools and solutions raise concerns in terms of functionalities, interoperability, efficiency, versatility, openness, accessibility, security and privacy of personal data.

Proposals should leverage existing open standards and technologies in the domain of eXtended Reality, combining human-machine interactions and all real, mix, augmented and virtual environments, accessibility, networks, security and privacy to provide low-cost and widely available eXtended collaborative telepresence solutions.

To ensure wide take-up, proposals should demonstrate their capacity to scale up by involving high numbers of end-users in tests in real environments.

The proposals are expected to address several of the following points:

1.Support a wide range of networking bandwidth with adequate compression transmission of information so as to optimise end-to-end quality of service;

2.Overcome the limitations of the current technologies handling large number of simultaneous users;

3.Support different input and output modalities as the bandwidth capacities extend (text, speech, audio, video, AR/VR, 3D, holography);

4.Through open standards, support the integration of additional services such as recording and sharing meeting recording speech transcription, translation, anonymisation, summarisation, context-aware instant search;

5.Optimise the results of eXtended collaborative meetings through easy access, analysis and syntheses of recordings;

6.Ensure security and protect user privacy, through a mix of necessary technologies (encryption, blockchains, edge-processing, standardisation, …);

7.Develop, document and promote open standards based interfaces (such as APIs) which can be used by third parties to further enhance the project solutions and adapt them to other environments and user needs, avoiding vendor lock-in.

8.Provide systems to facilitate human-to-human and human-to-machine interaction, that allows real-time as well as offline communication;

9.Apply eXtended Reality technologies to support the communication and collaboration experience;

10.Apply eXtended Reality models to enhance the collaborative aspects of telepresence;

11.Apply haptics devices to further improve the intuitiveness and accessibility of the solutions;

12.Follow existing and propose new standards ensuring the privacy and security of the users to guarantee compliance with the European legal framework on personal data protection taking into account the complexity and particularities of eXtended Reality technologies;

13.Demonstrate clear and efficient integration paths for take-up by European industries;

To further extend the application domains, guarantee reproducibility and demonstrate the integration paths, proposals are expected to organise a number of competitive calls with financial support to third parties (FSTP). At least 50% of the funding should be dedicated to FSTP. To that end, the consortium will provide guidelines and technical support with expertise in engineering integration, testing and validation to support the development of such use-cases. The maximum amount of FSTP, distributed through a grant, is EUR 200 000 per third party for the entire duration of the action, but smaller amounts may also be justified.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-06: Innovation for Media, including eXtended Reality (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support
to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
As the main objective of the action is to set up a dedicated VR Media Lab to foster innovation and new solutions in the field of VR/AR Media, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party
is EUR 500 000 for accommodating substantial equipment investment.

Expected Outcome: Prototyping of advanced solutions for the creation, distribution and consumption of new immersive and innovative products for media. Support innovation in media, including XR innovation, through interdisciplinary cooperation, involving various professional groups (including artists, designers, journalists and media professionals, filmmakers, game designers, programmers or academic researchers). The two priorities are:

1.Foster the development of advanced solutions for the creation, distribution and consumption of new media products, including eXtended Reality.

2.Foster the creation of a European VR MediaLab.

Scope: The Media Action Plan, aimed at supporting media industry recovery, has three areas: Recovery, transformation, and enabling and empowerment. Transformation foresees innovation actions to support transformation of media industry, and the creation of a European Virtual and Augmented Reality (VR/AR) Industrial Coalition 279 .

Two key ingredients of such transformation are, among others, on the one hand, data know-how and innovation in modular open-source media components, and on the other hand, the development of immersive technologies. Both entertainment and news media have great opportunities for ground-breaking innovations and inventive business models building on the potential of new technologies, including XR.

Two types of innovation proposals are expected:

i. The development of new modular tools, components and/or services addressing technical, organisational, commercial and legal aspects of data management and usage for new media applications. The innovative solutions should be proven useful for the creation and distribution of new formats, in particular of formats that use XR technologies and that could be expandable or applicable, in addition to news media, to the media industry at large and have a potential to be consumed in new environments (e.g. self-driving cars, intermodal transport and tourism). To this end, cooperation within the media sector and across different industrial sectors will be beneficial for the creation of synergies based on the use of data applications.

Collaboration with the media data space will be encouraged already at its initiation phase, and full interoperability with and deployability on it are highly recommended. Once it will be operational, the Media Data Space deployed under the Digital Europe programme will offer the opportunity to the proposals supported by this Call to test and pilot their innovative solutions.

ii. The launch of a dedicated VR Media Lab to foster innovation and new solutions in the field of VR/AR Media. The Lab will develop and prototype advanced solutions for the creation, distribution and consumption of new immersive VR/AR media products and foster innovation by exploring a range of uses for VR/AR technologies, and bring together skills from a variety of disciplines, including technology and the creative sector, to develop new solutions for consumers, business and society.

The VR Media Lab will support creative cooperation on projects that focus on new ways of storytelling and interacting through immersive media. The funded third party projects will focus on content for entertainment, culture and news, as well as virtual and augmented reality applications in other industries, such as tourism, and fields such as education. Solutions developed as part of the VR Media Lab could result in new business models, technological solutions, spinoff companies or partnerships.

At least 1 proposal will be funded for the innovation type i (Max Contribution of EUR 9 million).

One proposal will be funded for type ii (Max Contribution of EUR 8 million).

Financial support to third parties

For grants awarded under the type ii Innovation actions, beneficiaries should provide support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Each IA for type ii will support third party projects from outstanding media innovators, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, so that multiple third parties will be funded in collectively contributing to the innovation area. The consortium will provide the programme logic and vision for the third-party projects, ensure the coherence and coordination of these projects, and provide the necessary technical support, as well as coaching and mentoring, in order to ensure that the collection of third party projects contributes to a significant advancement and impact in the research and innovation domain. These tasks cannot be implemented using the budget earmarked for the financial support to third parties.

Beneficiaries should make explicit the intervention logic for the area, their capacity to attract relevant top talents, to deliver a solid value-adding services to the third-party projects, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently. As support and mobilising of media innovators is key to the type ii IA of this topic, a minimum of 70% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to the third parties.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 30 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties in type ii will be funded through projects typically in the EUR 250 000 to 500 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 12 to 15 months.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-28: eXtended Reality Ethics, Interoperability and Impact (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.A strong and competitive ecosystem, with European companies playing a leading role in the wider deployment, adoption and acceptance of eXtended Reality technologies.

2.Improved quality of eXtended Reality experiences and applications, combining human-machine interactions and real, mixed, augmented and virtual environments and ensuring ethics, privacy, security and safety.

Scope: New ethical risks, security and privacy concerns arise as experiences based on eXtended Reality become more realistic and immersive, blurring the line that separates them from the real world.

Although the applications investigated and developed to date aim to provide benefits to individual and society, eXtended Reality technologies may also have harmful physical, emotional and cognitive after-effects.

The potential amount and type of information collected, processed and stored by applications based on eXtended Reality technologies may put individuals at high privacy and security risk.

Interoperability and safety are another major concern for the uptake of eXtended Reality technologies. The lack of widely accepted standards slows down the development process and increases design and testing costs. Several initiatives are trying to devise the industry standards at a global level; however, European players are underrepresented in such initiatives.

The selected proposal will help structuring and supporting the eXtended Reality community in Europe by

1.devising responsible practices and guidance helping developers and producers of eXtended Reality experiences and applications to respect ethics and privacy values while ensuring the safety of the users;

2.defining an European cross-industry code of conduct for eXtended Reality technologies and solutions while encouraging developers and producers to adhere to it;

3.proposing new, or adapting existing, rating systems to support users in choosing the right eXtended Reality experiences and applications;

4.gathering relevant evidence to help guarantee the respect of the European legal framework on personal data protection, taking into account the complexity and particularities of eXtended Reality technologies;

5.fostering the contribution of European players to the definition of industry standards on eXtended Reality technologies ensuring interoperability and seamless integration with other relevant systems, technologies and data sources;

6.helping to forge a competitive and sustainable ecosystem for the European eXtended Reality technologies industry by strengthening the links and promoting collaboration among the constituency, including EU-funded projects.

Systemic approaches to make the most of the technologies within society and industry

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-17: Awareness raising on Intellectual property (IP) management for European R&I (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increased awareness among knowledge generators of the importance of the generation, protection, management and use of IP for the development of key technologies and achieving sovereignty in strategic value chains.

2.Stronger open innovation ecosystems by providing guidance and best practice examples on how to use the intellectual property.

3.Increased and optimised use of intellectual assets to promote innovation with high value to the economy and society.

Scope: The EU’s new Industrial Strategy aims for Europe to lead the next wave of technology based innovations, transforming scientific breakthroughs into world leading companies. To achieve technological sovereignty in critical technology areas, the management of intellectual property, from the early stages of the knowledge creation process to the final deployment of solutions, is key.

IP management is considered one of the main challenges facing valorisation of knowledge and research. Better awareness of appropriate IP management enables transforming R&I results into ground-breaking technological solutions, and enhances open innovation ecosystems.

The action will address the need to increase awareness and knowledge on intellectual property management. It will build the bridge between technology generation and technology upscaling via IP management awareness. It will address the knowledge generators, early career researchers, researchers, entrepreneurs in the making etc., regardless of their gender, age or background.

The action will include an awareness campaign as well as specific activities to support academia, research institutions and SMEs on the management and valorisation of IP to demonstrate public value. The action will not overlap or duplicate existing initiatives but should build on them, signpost them, and maximize the impacts as well as seek synergies with major European level intellectual property actors.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-18: Fostering standardisation to boost European industry's competitiveness (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Reinforcing the links between research, innovation and standardisation ensuring that standardisation is an integral part of the European research and innovation landscape.

2.Facilitating the entry to market of innovative solutions, which could address major societal challenges such as climate change and digitalisation.

3.Promoting standardisation as an important enabler towards the enhancement of the competitive edge of the European industry.

4.Helping in the development of agile standards by identifying the major bottlenecks of the standard-setting process.

Scope: As emphasised in the European Green Deal and in the New Industrial Strategy for Europe, developing new standards, coupled with increased EU participation in international standardisation bodies, will be essential to boost industry’s competitiveness and build a sustainable and more inclusive future.

This action will identify obstacles hampering standardisation efforts of research generators, develop remedies to the obstacles, and propose solutions to foster standardisation as a means of knowledge valorisation by engaging with relevant standardisation bodies.

The action will create an interface to facilitate networking between the beneficiaries and their national, European, international standardisation bodies for the exploitation and valorisation of EU funded research results, organise trend analysis workshops, and promote the discussion between R&I and standardisation. This interface will be a one-stop-shop for all these related matters.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-19: Testing innovative solutions on local communities’ demand (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increased societal uptake of new technologies and knowledge-based solutions, achieved through better understanding of societal needs and higher societal acceptance;

2.Increased place-based innovation and experimentation, through testing of up to 100 innovative new solutions in partnership with cities and local communities, research and industry, drawing on local characteristics and strengths;

3.Increased innovation capacity across Europe, through new models of co-creation and exchange of good practises and learning from experimentation, so that innovative solutions are shared and adapted to the needs of local communities (avoiding ‘one size fits all’).

Scope: This action will promote the uptake of research-based technological and non-technological solutions in cities and local communities by responding to concrete, citizen driven, demand for testing and experimentation. By addressing the local societal demand for innovative solutions and bringing forward R&I to match communities’ needs, the action will contribute to implementing the European Green Deal’s aim “to involve local communities in working towards a more sustainable future, in initiatives that seek to combine societal pull and technology push”. By matching needs to (candidate) new solutions stemming from EU R&I, and testing these solutions in a transparent and socially inclusive way, the action will contribute to technology uptake with citizen engagement, in line with the aims of the European industrial strategy.

Within the scope of this action is to co-create and test societal solutions, so that R&I developed in Europe can be tested in Europe, jointly with local communities. The scaling up of the effective solutions is not within the scope of this action, and could be facilitated through other programmes and initiatives (public and/or private). The core concept lies in collecting, and then matching, needs of cities and communities with supply of possible solutions from research results, involving adaptation to local needs, testing in real environments (cities/communities as testbeds) and ensuring benefits for all parts of society.

Main beneficiaries of this action will be the participating cities and local communities, together with the research and business partners involved in the testing and further uptake of the innovative solutions. The action may engage planners, designers, architects, artists, climate scientists, policy makers, investors, social innovators, local professionals and small businesses. It will draw on the diversity of the local environments and their needs and concepts for societal transformations and facilitate the sharing of experiences and lessons learned. The consortium may provide financial support to third parties. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-20: Piloting a new industry-academia knowledge exchange focussing on companies’ needs (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Stronger industrial ecosystems in Europe through reinforced industry-academia collaboration.

2.Enhanced use of the European pool of talents and skills supporting European industry to deliver innovative solutions.

3.Upskilling university students for their entrepreneurial and transversal skills by offering early exposure to real business environment and problem solving.

4.Increased competitiveness of the European industry by facilitating access to knowledge and talents.

Scope: This action will promote industry-academia knowledge exchange focussing on companies’ research and innovation needs, complementing university-business collaboration in line with the European Skills Agenda for sustainable competitiveness, social fairness and resilience 280 .

This activity will build on already existing instruments in the field of university-business cooperation such as EIT Knowledge Innovation Communities and Knowledge Alliance. Gap analysis of the existing EU instruments in the field of university-business cooperation shows that there is a need for enhancing support for ad-hoc collaborations focussing on companies’ specific needs. This activity will develop and pilot a standard collaboration module that will support short-term gender-balanced co-creation teams of HEI 281 students, researchers and companies own R&D personnel to work jointly to solve the company’s identified R&I and business challenges. The applicants should elaborate how they will develop this in coordination with the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) to avoid duplication, explore complementary forms and means of service provisions distinct to the EIT KICs, and allow possible use of existing EIT networks. The minimum number of co-creation teams that need to be supported in a geographically balanced way is 300. The students and researchers in each co-creation team must come from at least three EU Member States or Associated Countries. Participation of companies across the EU and Associated Countries should be ensured with particular emphasis on widening countries. The action should create links with other relevant initiatives related to industry-academia collaboration.

The co-creation process will be facilitated by a collaborative module through which companies can find the most suitable, skilled and motivated international teams on ad-hoc basis to work together with the company staff to find a solution to the company’s identified challenge. The collaborative module will be in charge of matching the company’s needs with individuals to form a bespoke and fit-for-purpose interdisciplinary diverse team to tackle the particular challenge. Furthermore, the module will be in charge of the project management for the co-creation teams and provide the teams with professional guidance and facilitation to solve the defined challenges within 4-8 weeks. If applicants propose to provide financial support to third parties to support co-creation teams they will need to describe conditions for submission, evaluation and selection of proposals of third parties.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-21: Art-driven use experiments and design (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.80 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 80 000 in order to allow art
ists and end-users/providers of novel technologies to collaborate in art-driven experiments.

Expected Outcome: Dedicated collaboration of industry with artists in R&D projects will lead to novel products and services in line with a human-centred approach to innovation and with sustainability goals. Proposals should bring together artistic practices with the technological expertise provided by the consortium. This will:

1.Stimulate uptake of digital technologies across selected sectors - (Green) Manufacturing, Mobility/Urbanism, Health, Agriculture, Energy and Space through art-driven experimentations to address social, business or sustainability challenges in the chosen sector(s).

2.Increase trust in and acceptance of digital technologies in society through art-driven design and development of digital technologies. The development process and system behaviour of the technologies should explicitly acknowledge human values and needs and thereby enable social inclusion and environmentally friendly innovation.

Scope: Design of technology and deployment in selected sectors will be explored through use cases between stakeholders in industry – engineers, developers –, end-users and artists though dedicated industrial projects in continuation of the S+T+ARTS residencies and S+T+ARTS lighthouse pilots 282 . The role of the arts will be to (i) conceive challenging human-centred use scenarios, (ii) explore alternative design methods and use scenarios for technologies using artistic practice. Artists are contributing in system design and system testing and by allowing exploration of technology in an artistic context. The call addresses all digital technologies but in particular Artificial Intelligence. Calls will be open to research and technology institutions, companies, and SMEs willing to provide access to selected (digital) technologies and to connect to the arts.

The consortium will provide technical support and access to a range of digital technologies for art-driven experimentation and support via financial support to third-parties for art-driven experimentation. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants to: (a) artists interested to explore and to work with technologies to enhance their usability and uptake and (b) artists and end-users/providers of novel technologies collaborating in art-driven experiments. Third parties will be funded through projects typically up to EUR 40 000 per project for type (a) and EUR 80 000 per project for type (b) (30% of which to artists). At least EUR 400 000 of the requested EU contribution should be dedicated to financial support to third parties of type (a) and at least EUR 800 000 to type (b).

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-29: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic area of Digital (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for the Cluster 4 thematic area of Digital and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country. Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated, national support structures responsible for Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improved and professionalised NCP services across Europe, in the respective thematic area, thereby supporting access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

2.A more consistent level of NCP support services across Europe;

3.Facilitating participation of new players in projects in this thematic area;

4.Matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in this thematic area. Matchmaking should use a variety of possible tools;

5.Increased cooperation of NCPs with the Enterprise Europe Network.

Scope: Proposals should facilitate trans-national co-operation amongst National Contact Points (NCPs) in the respective thematic area, encouraging cross-border activities, sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants.

Proposers may wish to foresee specialised services covering the respective thematic area, drawing on the expertise of the predecessor network. At the same time, proposers must closely collaborate with the proposals in the two other thematic areas of the cluster, 283 to ensure the cohesion of the services in the three thematic areas of Digital, Industry and Space, with a single entry point and common visual identity. Proposers should also share good practices across thematic areas; and enhance opportunities for collaboration across the cluster. A dedicated work package should be developed to ensure these synergies.

Given the importance of human-centric approaches in this cluster, the proposal should attract new types of player to the cluster, for instance social innovation players, makers and youth associations. Appropriate expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) should be included.

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles.

The proposal should cover 36 months, with the possibility to renew to the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-30: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic area of Industry (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for the Cluster 4 thematic area of Industry and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country. Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated, national support structures responsible for Nanotechnologies, Advanced Materials and Advanced Manufacturing and Processing nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improved and professionalised NCP services across Europe, in the respective thematic area, thereby supporting access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

2.A more consistent level of NCP support services across Europe;

3.Facilitating participation of new players in projects in this thematic area;

4.Matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in this thematic area. Matchmaking should use a variety of possible tools;

5.Increased cooperation of NCPs with the Enterprise Europe Network.

Scope: Proposals should facilitate trans-national co-operation amongst National Contact Points (NCPs) in the respective thematic area, encouraging cross-border activities, sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants.

Proposers may wish to foresee specialised services covering the respective thematic area, drawing on the expertise of the predecessor network. At the same time, proposers must closely collaborate with the proposals in the two other thematic areas of the cluster, 284 to ensure the cohesion of the services in the three thematic areas of Digital, Industry and Space, with a single entry point and common visual identity. Proposers should also share good practices across thematic areas; and enhance opportunities for collaboration across the cluster. A dedicated work package should be developed to ensure these synergies.

Given the importance of human-centric approaches in this cluster, the proposal should attract new types of player to the cluster, for instance social innovation players, makers and youth associations. Appropriate expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) should be included.

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles.

The proposal should cover 36 months, with the possibility to renew to the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-31: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic area of Space (CSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for the Cluster 4 thematic area of Space and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country. Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated, national support structures responsible for Space nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improved and professionalised NCP services across Europe, in the respective thematic area, thereby supporting access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

2.A more consistent level of NCP support services across Europe;

3.Facilitating participation of new players in projects in this thematic area;

4.Matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in this thematic area. Matchmaking should use a variety of possible tools;

5.Increased cooperation of NCPs with the Enterprise Europe Network.

Scope: Proposals should facilitate trans-national co-operation amongst National Contact Points (NCPs) in the respective thematic area, encouraging cross-border activities, sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants.

Proposers may wish to foresee specialised services covering the respective thematic area, drawing on the expertise of the predecessor network. At the same time, proposers must closely collaborate with the proposals in the two other thematic areas of the cluster, 285 to ensure the cohesion of the services in the three thematic areas of Digital, Industry and Space, with a single entry point and common visual identity. Proposers should also share good practices across thematic areas; and enhance opportunities for collaboration across the cluster. A dedicated work package should be developed to ensure these synergies.

Given the importance of human-centric approaches in this cluster, the proposal should attract new types of player to the cluster, for instance social innovation players, makers and youth associations. Appropriate expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) should be included.

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles.

The proposal should cover 36 months, with the possibility to renew to the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-26: Workforce skills for industry 5.0 (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.A quantitative and qualitative assessment of the nature of job transformations in the context of the 4th industrial revolution, estimating and mapping the emerging occupations. Establishment of an “Industry 5.0 platform” for future skill requirements improving the critical understanding of the ‘black box’ of new jobs creation;

2.guidance and recommendations, including avenues for new learning and training systems, for policy-makers, businesses, individuals, to reduce the skills’ gaps, to cope with possible unemployment effects, to foster industrial competitiveness while enhancing inclusiveness.

Scope: The 4th industrial revolution, has been associated with production efficiencies, cost reductions, streamlined labour requirements and business model adaptations. However, this is accompanied with social, economic and organizational challenges such income inequalities, public perception for job quality and scarcity, legal issues and data security.
The RIA will investigate the social and econ
omic impacts generated by emerging disruptive technologies (artificial intelligence & machine learning, block chain, big data, internet of things, 5g, etc.), robotisation and digitalization on labour markets and business models. They will explore innovative methodologies in redefining work activities and automatable tasks also through an historical comparison with previous industrial revolutions, including cultural, ethical, and regional perspectives, combining the tools of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines with the insights of industry leaders (large companies, SMEs, regional ecosystems) and social partners. Several dimensions should be explored: job nature and skills including the impact generated by the covid-19 outbreak, labour productivity, employment and mobility, quality and new forms of work, business value chains, management and organisational models, gender aspects, workplace and socio-demographic characteristics, territorial structures. Proposals will comprehensively assess how benefits are distributed in all sectors and, keeping into account similar ongoing exercises (e.g. OECD, CEdefop, etc..) as well as national industry 5.0 initiatives, they will forecast the expected dominant trend of jobs, mapping the emerging occupations and predicting the future skill needs and shifts by industry, also improving the critical understanding of those which cannot be automated (creativity, social intelligence, problem-solving, etc..).

Furthermore distinctive learning trajectories and training paths will be identified for both STEM and soft skills, including combined public-private learning ecosystems and collaborative learning techniques/tools. Skills taxonomies will be developed in order to monitor track changes in the demand that are continually challenged by technological progress, thus contributing to close unintended skill gaps and unemployment spill-overs.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Call - A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 286

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 287

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 21 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 05 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-03

RIA

22.00

Around 11.00

2

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-05

RIA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-07

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-14

RIA

19.00

5.00 to 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-19

IA

21.50

5.00 to 8.00

3

Overall indicative budget

70.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

An Internet of Trust

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-03: Internet architecture and decentralised technologies (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

N.A. (not applicable)

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering a broad range of research areas and approaches, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranking proposal in the first research area, addressing Internet architecture, and to the highest ranking proposal in the second research area, addressing Blockchain and DLT, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

As the main objective of the action is to support large number of third parties through ope
n calls, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 500 000 to allow cases were a given legal entity (e.g. large research, academic or industrial organisations) may receive several grants (e.g. from different calls).

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A greener, more secure and resilient global Internet based on a decentralised architecture stemming from the evolution of TCP/IP and the advent of distributed ledger technologies (DLT) and Blockchain.

2.Increased European competitiveness and open strategic autonomy in core Internet technologies, DLT and Blockchain, reinforcing the European Internet and Blockchain ecosystems and excellence in research and innovation.

3.A European ecosystem of top internet and Blockchain innovators, with the capacity to set the course of the Internet evolution and strengthening the role of Europe in Internet standard setting.

4.New business and sustainability models based on decentralised technologies and open source.

Scope: The Internet architecture has developed as a mix of centralised, networked and device-based technologies with design choices largely coming from the past. In particular, the questions of security and energy efficiency were relatively secondary in the initial architecture design of the Internet. At the same time, ever-larger fractions of the internet as we know it today are operated by a small number of platforms controlling end-users’ data, online transactions and infrastructure, effectively leading to a concentration and centralisation of the Internet.

Proposals should focus on advancing the state-of-the-art in one of the two research areas below:

1.To review and upgrade the open Internet architecture (hardware, software, protocols) to increase the performance of the network, adapt it to new application requirements, improve quality of service, make it more resilient to security threats, more energy efficient and respectful of the environment (e.g. reparability, recyclability), and increasingly supportive of open and decentralised technologies and services.

2.Address the current limitations of decentralised technologies, such as Blockchain and DLT, including those related to scalability, interoperability, energy efficiency, privacy or security, in order to make them dependable building blocks of the future Internet. This research area will explore DLT-based solutions, enabling the exploitation of data coming from a high number and various types of sources, eliminating data silos through decentralised and interoperable approaches, while helping individuals and organisations better govern their data when they participate in joint value chains where cooperating partners can also be competitors. Such solutions should ensure a high level of trust concerning data provenance and authentication with (real-time) traceability, data integrity, data exploitation as well as data protection and privacy when it relates to individuals.

Proposals should clearly identify the research area they are addressing.

The focus is on advanced research that is linked to new technology breakthrough and real-life applications or use cases. However, apps and services that innovate without a research component are not covered by this topic. Proposals funded under this topic should include standardisation activities to promote the technologies developed in international standard setting organisations.

The proposals should support open source software and open hardware design, including how to maintain key open source building blocks of the internet, access to testing and operational infrastructures, as well as an IPR regime ensuring lasting impact and reusability of results.

Financial support to third parties

Each RIA will support third party projects from outstanding open source innovators, academic research groups, high-tech startups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, so that multiple actors are funded and collectively contribute to building a more decentralised and trustworthy Internet. As the primary purpose of the action is to support and mobilise internet innovators, a minimum of 80% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

The consortium should provide the programme logic for the third-party projects, ensure the coherence and coordination of these projects, and provide the necessary technical support, as well as coaching and mentoring, in order to ensure that the collection of third party projects contributes to a significant advancement and impact in the research and innovation domain, including in terms of standardisation. These tasks cannot be implemented using the budget earmarked for the financial support to third parties.

Beneficiaries should make explicit the intervention logic for the area, their capacity to attract top internet and DLT talents, to deliver value-added services to the third-party projects, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently and efficiently (a minimum of five open calls during the lifetime of the project). They should explore synergies with other research and innovation actions, supported at regional, national or European level, to increase the overall impact.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties will be funded through projects typically in the EUR 50 000 to 150 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 9 to 12 months.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-05: Next Generation Safer Internet: Technologies to identify digital Child Sexual Abuse Material (CSAM) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.AI tools and technologies (including classifiers) to identify digital Child Sexual Abuse Material (CSAM).

Scope: One of the main challenges in the fight against online CSAM is the vast amount of potential new CSAM that Hotlines and Law Enforcement Agencies (LEAs) have to assess and classify as illegal prior to takedown. In 2018, for example, national LEAs in the EU received more than 500,000 referrals stemming from US internet providers, while INHOPE Hotlines are seeing increasing numbers of reports of CSAM hosted in the EU resulting from proactive search for CSAM. Relying on human analysts alone to assess such vast quantities of material slows up both law enforcement investigations and notice and takedown actions. There is therefore an urgent need to further develop and test AI tools which support the classification of CSAM. Such AI classifier tools will help law enforcement agencies (LEAs), INHOPE Hotlines, and industry to analyse the vast amounts of digital CSAM more efficiently through automated identification and prioritization, thus leading to swifter takedown of illegal material by Hotlines and industry, and more effective investigations by LEAs.

The proposals aim to develop mature tools that support the analytical work of LEAs and Hotlines, based on relevant classifiers that correspond to typical elements/characteristics of CSAM. The tools should allow identification, categorisation and prioritisation of digital CSAM from large data sets. The solutions should be robust enough and provide sufficient information to help Hotline analysts and law enforcement officers in their assessments.

To ensure that the proposed solutions are fit for purpose and effective, INHOPE Hotlines and LEAs should be involved in each project. Working in close cooperation with them, the proposals should build on existing infrastructures and processes already available to LEAs and INHOPE Hotlines. The proposals should ensure European added value through cross-border interoperability.

The proposals should define the characteristics and granularity of classifiers required, develop the classifiers, compose and annotate representative CSAM data sets, train and test the tools in cooperation with LEAs and INHOPE Hotlines. As CSAM is illegal, these data sets need to be provided by or composed mainly in cooperation with LEAs. To reduce the development and training time on this sensitive data, the proposed tools should be able to incorporate dynamically user feedback, preferably without the need of retraining the model. The proposed tools should also allow pre-training on data available for other general tasks, like image classification, object detection, instance segmentation, etc., in order to increase the accuracy and to reduce the exposure to sensitive data during training. The tools to be developed can also include other relevant features such as text-based data analysis, audio analysis from videos and/or automated key word extraction from audio or age detection.

All tools developed throughout the projects should be made freely available as Open Source Software, also for industry to use on a voluntary basis to detect and remove illegal material.

The topic, with its focus on more effective and efficient AI-based tools for processing online CSAM by a wide range of actors (NGOs, industry, Law enforcement), complements the objectives of Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Civil Security for Society 288 , which advances research into perpetrators and on tools for law enforcement intelligence. Moreover, it will build on relevant work performed in previous EU-funded projects and national initiatives.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-07: NGI International Collaboration - USA and Canada (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

N.A. (not applicable)

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

As the main objective of the action is to support large number of third parties through open calls, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 500 000 to allow cases were a given legal entity (e.g. large research, academic or industrial organisations) may receive several grants (e.g. from different calls).

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced EU cooperation with the US and Canada in the development of Next Generation Internet technologies, services and standards.

2.Supporting the EU internet policy objectives by sharing the EU vision and values with US and Canadian counterparts and forging bonds through concrete collaborations.

3.An EU-US-Canada ecosystems of top researchers, hi-tech start-ups / SMEs and Internet-related communities collaborating on the evolution of the Internet according to a human-centric approach.

4.Generate new business opportunities for European Internet innovators based on decentralised technologies and open source.

Scope: The aim of the topic is to reinforce EU cooperation and strategic partnerships with the US and Canada in the area of Next Generation Internet, and to establish a continuous dialogue among the actors involved in the US, Canadian and EU programmes, in particular as far as internet standardisation is concerned. The focus should be on trust and data sovereignty, in particular digital identity, and on internet architecture renovation and decentralised technologies.

A RIA will organise open calls for joint projects involving EU teams together with USA and/or Canadian teams on emerging topics for the EU Next Generation Internet and corresponding US and Canadian programmes, including technology development, joint demonstrators and joint contributions to standards. The proposal should support open source software and open hardware design, open access to data, standardisation activities, access to testing and operational infrastructures as well as an IPR regime ensuring lasting impact and reusability of results.

Financial support to third parties

Each RIA will support third party projects, from open source developers, to academic researchers, hi-tech startups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, so that multiple actors are funded and collectively contribute to enhancing EU cooperation with the USA and Canada in the development of Next Generation Internet technologies and services. As the primary purpose of the action is to support and mobilise internet innovators, a minimum of 80% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

The consortium should provide the programme logic for the third-party projects, ensure the coherence and coordination of these projects, and provide the necessary technical support, as well as coaching and mentoring, in order to ensure that the collection of third party projects contributes to a significant advancement and impact in the research and innovation domain and in advancing EU collaboration with the US and Canada. These tasks cannot be implemented using the budget earmarked for the financial support to third parties.

Beneficiaries should make explicit the intervention logic for the area, their capacity to attract top internet talents, to deliver value-added services to the third-party projects, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently and efficiently (a minimum of five open calls during the lifetime of the project). They should explore synergies with other research and innovation actions, supported at national or European level, to increase the overall impact.

The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties will be funded through projects typically in the EUR 50 000 to 100 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 3 to 9 months.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

eXtended Reality (XR)

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-14: eXtended Reality Technologies (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Innovative eXtended Reality industrial and societal applications, integrating technologies such as advanced visualisation, 3D, Augmented and Virtual Reality experiences, human-machine interaction and cooperation, with a focus on well designed and fully tested scenarios in real-world environment.

Scope: The emergence of smart cities and factories, autonomous vehicles and homes, intelligent appliances in conjunction with Virtual and Augmented Reality applications are opening new ways to live, work, care, learn, play and socialize. Whilst people, places and objects are being digitized and transferred into the virtual world and placed spatially and contextually, sensors are embedded into our environments and the objects around us. New digital interaction technologies are playing an essential role in this transformation by enabling us to interact naturally and intuitively with digital information in the physical world.

This topic asks for research and innovation proposals to develop and demonstrate novel eXtended Reality technologies, combining human-machine interactions and real, mixed, augmented and virtual environments, aiming to augment the capabilities of users and machines and to provide seamless and persistent physical-digital experiences, while guaranteeing the privacy and rights of individuals and companies and ensuring safe, secure and trustworthy interactions.

Special attention will be given to including end-users and transdisciplinary research including social sciences and humanities, in order to deliver and enhance uptake of suitable, ethical and safe solutions.

Proposals should cover at least one of the following points and will provide well designed and fully tested scenarios in real-world environment for enhanced eXtended Reality experiences:

1.devising innovative digital interfaces that take advantage of spatial computing to allow users to interact with real-time contextual information activated by intuitive sensory triggers;

2.developing novel multi-user virtual communication and collaboration solutions that provide coherent multisensory experiences and optimally convey relevant social cues;

3.improving the resilience, robustness, accuracy and semantic understanding of the current mapping and positioning systems, while providing real-time bidirectional synchronisation between models and interactive applications;

4.facilitating the exploitation of 3D data acquisition techniques, enhancing its performance while reducing technology costs and providing efficient and scalable encoding, processing, storage and rendering means;

5.enabling the construction of compelling context-aware and embodied experiences by providing solutions for the creation of convincing digital avatars and agents, with natural looking and physically realistic behaviours, movements and expressions.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-19: eXtended Reality Learning - Engage and Interact (IA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300 000 to further advance early prototypes of XR e
ducational solution to a market-ready product, with the overall aim to populate the on-demand education platform.

Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.To develop innovative eXtended Reality applications for learning, training and education

To test and support take-up of proven, successful eXtended Reality tools, making Europe a leader in cutting-edge technologies for education.

Scope: eXtended Reality, combining human-machine interactions with real, mix, augmented and virtual environments, allows for higher engagement with teaching material and more efficient interaction with complex problems or new environments. Proposals will make use of XR technologies to develop and test virtual tools for teaching and learning.

The selected proposal will create a European reference platform on learning and teaching with XR with the aim to:

1.develop, apply and test the use of eXtended Reality technologies, in education , such as for virtual field trips, content creation and exploration (STEM, history, etc.), awareness of climate changes and biodiversity challenges, training of young professionals and upskilling (such as but not limited to healthcare and medical, manufacturing, construction and engineering), distance and blended learning, accessibility and inclusion;

2.provide access to teachers, students, parents and school administration to a reference platform where they can find educational solutions appropriate for their educational needs;

3.build a focal point where the EdTech and XR community (including SMEs, start-ups, companies, academia/research community, learning and instructional designers, social innovators) can share/market their existing digital educational XR solutions, including those developed in the context of EU funded projects;

4.further support digital start-ups, SMEs and industry active in the sector through Financial Support for Third Parties actions allowing them to further advance early prototypes of XR educational solution to a market-ready product, with the overall aim to populate the on-demand education platform;

5.build upon and link to existing relevant initiatives, including for instance existing platforms, catalogues or repositories;

6.reach out to potential user groups through awareness-raising and communication activities to boost the use of the platforms.

The project will be populated with FSTPs and smaller projects such as:

1.FSTP projects for fully developed, tested and ready-to-deploy digital learning solutions/apps using XR;

2.FSTP XR for education projects including Mini-Piloting projects/schools to be used for user-tests/examples/communication

The actions should select these small scale projects through the use of financial support to third parties. A minimum of 60% of the EU funding of the action should be allocated to the financial support of these third parties, typically of the size of EUR 150 000 to 300 000 per third party and a duration of about 9 to 12 months. Financial support to third parties should in line with the conditions set out in the General Annexes.

In order to facilitate the integration with existing IT systems and policies, the EU XR platform for education should only accept XR content, tools and solutions based on open standards, such as OpenXR and WebXR and should offer publicly available access to XR content, tools and solutions, without passing through app stores.

Call - A HUMAN-CENTRED AND ETHICAL DEVELOPMENT OF DIGITAL AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 289

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 290

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 16 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 16 Nov 2022

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-01

RIA

16.00

Around 4.00

4

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-02

RIA

34.50

Around 11.50

3

Overall indicative budget

50.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Leadership in AI based on trust

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-01: AI for human empowerment (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering a broad range of AI research areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal addressing focus 1 (mixed human-AI initiatives) and the highest ranked proposal addressing the focus 2 (hybrid decision-support), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Truly mixed human-AI initiatives for human empowerment

2.Trustworthy hybrid decision-support systems

Scope: Build the next level of perception, visualisation, interaction and collaboration between humans and AI systems working together as partners to achieve common goals, sharing mutual understanding and learning of each other’s abilities and respective roles.

Innovative and promising approaches are encouraged, including human-in the loop approaches for truly mixed human-AI initiatives combining the best of human and machine knowledge and capabilities, tacit knowledge extraction (to design the next generation AI-driven co-creation and collaboration tools embodied e.g. in industrial/working spaces environments).

Each proposal will focus on one of the two following research objectives, and clearly identify it:

1.Reach truly mixed human-AI initiatives for human empowerment. The approaches should combine the best of human and machine knowledge and capabilities including shared and sliding autonomy in interaction, addressing reactivity, and fluidity of interaction and making systems transparent, fair and intuitive to use, which will play a key role in acceptance. The systems should adapt to the user rather than the opposite, based on analysis, understanding and anticipation about human behaviour and expectations.

2.Trustworthy hybrid decision-support, including approaches for mixed and sliding decision-making, for context interpretation, for dealing with uncertainty, transparent anticipation, reliability, human-centric planning and decision-making, interdependencies, and augmented decision-making. Transparency, fairness, technical accuracy and robustness will be the key, together with validation strategies assessing also the quality of the decision of the AI supported socio-technical system.

All proposals should adopt a human-centred development of trustworthy AI and investigate and optimise ways of human-AI interaction, key for acceptance and democratisation of AI, to allow any user to take full advantage of the huge benefits such technology can offer, regardless of their age, race, gender or capabilities. This includes development of methods to improve transparency, in particular for human users, in terms of explainability, expected levels of performance which are guaranteed/verifiable and corresponding confidence levels, accountability and responsibility, as well as perceived trust and fairness. AI could also be used to empower humans in supporting them to improve responsible behaviours, where appropriate, but this should be done in full respect of the requirements ensuring trustworthy AI, including human autonomy.

Innovative scientific approach towards human-centric approaches will require multidisciplinary and trans-disciplinary approaches paying particular attention to intersectional factors (gender, ethnicity, age, socioeconomic status, disability) including SSH 291 and other disciplines relevant to stimulate novel research avenues, and eventually improve user-acceptance. Collaborative design and evaluation with users involvement should also be considered.

As a pilot activity, proposals in this topic will dedicate part of their activities on investigating novel ways of engagement by citizens or citizen representatives with AI development, with a view of optimising experience towards improving usability and experience for citizens (both at professional or daily life environment).

All proposals should contribute to build the next level of perception, visualisation, interaction and collaboration, and understanding between humans and AI systems working together as partners to achieve common goals, sharing mutual understanding of each other’s abilities and respective roles.

All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating concrete potential added value), and share results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform 292 , a public community resource, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding. Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, Data and Robotics.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02.

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-02: European Network of AI Excellence Centres: Expanding the European AI lighthouse (RIA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 34.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio and maximise the range of approaches and sectors, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within the focus “Next generation AI” and the highest ranked in the “Scientific research and technologies prioritised in the latest SRIDA”, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:




Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Proposals results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Scientific progress in AI, addressing major challenges hampering its deployment.

2.Establishing a new pillars of the European AI lighthouse 293

3.Reinforcing the leading unified European AI community

Scope: To ensure European open strategic autonomy in critical technology such as AI, with huge potential socio-economic impact, it is essential to reinforce and build on Europe’s assets in such technologies, including its world-class researcher community, in order to stay at the forefront of technological developments.

As stated in the communication from the European Commission on Artificial Intelligence for Europe and the coordinated action plan between the European Commission and the Member States, while Europe has undeniable strengths with its many leading research centres, efforts are scattered. Therefore joining forces will be crucial to be competitive at international level. Europe has to scale up existing research capacities and reach a critical mass through tighter networks of European AI excellence centres. The proposals should develop mechanisms to reinforce and network excellence centres in AI, bringing the best scientists from academia and industry to join forces in addressing the major AI challenges hampering its deployment, and to reinforce excellence in AI throughout Europe via a tight network of collaboration.

Such networks are expected to mobilise researchers to collaborate on key AI topics and to increase the impact of the funding in progressing faster in joined efforts rather than working in isolation, with fragmented and duplicated efforts. Such networks, together with other mechanisms, will play an important role in reaching critical mass and in overcoming the present fragmentation of AI research in Europe.

Proposals will mobilise the best European teams in AI community to join forces to address major technical as well as sector- or societal-driven challenges: strengthening excellence, networking, multidisciplinarity, academia-industry synergies.

This initiative contributes to the initiative started in H2020 to develop a vibrant European network of AI excellence centres, and a vibrant AI scientific community, and continued in the first call of Horizon Europe. To complement and extend this initiative the proposals should create a network of excellence for the following topics:

1.Next Generation AI – covering foundational research and emerging and novel approaches, with a view of improving the technical performances of AI-based systems, such as increased accuracy, robustness, verifiability, dependability, adaptability, versatility, graceful degradation, etc. Research is also expected to address functional and performance guarantees.
Aspects t
o be covered include, but are not limited to: foundational research in artificial intelligence and machine learning including new paradigms, algorithms, architectures and novel optimization and regularization methods, hybrid AI, hybrid machine learning, data/sample –efficiency.

2.Scientific research and technologies prioritised in the latest SRIDA (Strategic Research, Innovation and Deployment Agenda of the AI, Data and Robotics PPP) , and complementing the previously selected Networks of Excellence centres (either in H2020-ICT48, or the first calls for Networks of Excellence Centres in Horizon Europe).

The selected proposals will maximise the coverage of the portfolio of networks of excellence centres in AI.

Composition of the Networks:

1.Proposals should be driven by leading researchers in AI and AI relevant technologies from major excellent AI research centres, and bringing the best scientists across Europe, including also from promising research labs. They will bring on board the necessary level of expertise and variety of disciplines and profiles to achieve their objectives, ensuring a multidisciplinarity and multi-sectorial research approach, while respecting equality and diversity among the attracted talents.

Activities of the Networks:

1.In order to structure the activities, the proposals will focus on important scientific or technological challenges with industrial and societal relevance where Europe will make a difference, by building on strengths, or strengthening knowledge to fill gaps critical for Europe.

2.Based on the identified challenges, the proposals will develop and implement common research agendas. The main vision and roadmap with targets within the projects, as well as methodology to implement and monitor progress will have to be specified in the proposal and can be further developed during the project.

3.Scientific progress will have to be demonstrated through testing on application specific datasets or use-cases. By extending the benchmarking of foundational research to application specific areas, the research community will simultaneously address advancements in AI and grand societal and technological challenges.

4.The proposals should define mechanisms to foster excellence throughout Europe, to increase efficiency of collaboration, including through networking and exchange programmes, and to develop a vibrant AI network in Europe.

5.Each network will disseminate the latest and most advanced knowledge to all the academic and industrial AI laboratories in Europe and involving them in collaborative projects/exchange programmes. (This could involve projects defined initially or via financial support to third parties, for maximum 20% of the requested EU contribution, with a maximum of 60k€ per third party 294 ).

6.Each network will develop, where relevant, interactions with the industry, in view of triggering new scientific questions and fostering take-up of scientific advances

7.Each network will develop collaboration with the relevant Digital innovation Hubs and AI start-up initiatives, to disseminate knowledge and tools, and understand their needs.

8.These networks should also foster innovation and include mechanisms to exploit new ideas coming out of the network’s work (for instance via incubators).

9.Overall, each proposal will define mechanisms to become a virtual centre of excellence, offering access to knowledge and serve as a reference in their chosen specific field, including activities to ensure visibility.

The proposals should

1.include mechanisms to spread the latest and most advanced knowledge to all the AI-labs in Europe

2.develop synergies and cross-fertilization between industry, academia and civil society.

3.become a common resource and shared facility, as a virtual laboratory offering access to knowledge and expertise and attracting talents

4.provide broad access to AI excellence in Europe and also play an important role in increasing visibility

5.provide access to the required resources and infrastructure to support the R&D activities of the action, such as cloud and computing capacity, IoT, robotics equipment, support staff and engineers, where relevant, and the capacity to develop prototypes, pilots, demonstrators, etc.

6.include a number of major scientific and application challenges which will mobilise the community to join forces in addressing them. Continuous evaluation and demonstration of scientific and technological progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring processes) towards solving the targeted challenges will motivate the entire network and support publications and scientific career developments (providing reference benchmarks to publish comparative results, using the reference data, scenarios, etc.), and also showcase the technology in application contexts, to attract more user industries and eventually foster take up and adoption of the technology.

7.include mechanisms to share resources, knowledge, tools, modules, software, results, expertise, and make equipment/infrastructure available to scientists to optimise the scientific and technological progress. To that end, proposals should exploit tools such as the AI-on-demand platform 295 and further develop and expand the platform, to support the network and sharing of resource, results, tools among the scientific community, maximising re-use of results, and supporting faster progress. Mechanisms to test results and continuously measure and demonstrate progress should be integrated in the platform, which is also important to support the scientific community, allowing also for comparative analysis. Openness and interoperability of components are encouraged to develop synergies and cross-fertilization between different approaches and solutions (e.g. through modularity of components or open interfaces)

8.include collaboration mechanisms among the best AI and AI-relevant research teams, but also mechanisms to bring all European AI teams to the highest level of excellence. This is also in view of supporting and encouraging the adoption of AI technologies in all Member States and Associated Countries, with particular emphasis on geographical aspect and elimination of gaps between Member States/Associated Countries, as well as addressing existing gender disparities.

9.exploit and develop technology enablers, such as methodologies, tools and systems and exploit latest hardware development and data spaces, cloud and HPC resources.

These networks will also address a number of sector- or societally-driven challenges, mobilising the community towards achieving common goals in addressing such challenge that AI can help solving, demonstrating the potential positive impact on the society, economy and environment.

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project.

Proposals are expected to develop synergies:

1.With other Networks of excellence centres in AI funded in H2020 or Horizon Europe, with a view of, all together, create vibrant European network of AI excellence centres. To that end, the activities should integrate with and complement the activities of the H2020-ICT-48 projects. The proposals are expected to dedicate tasks to ensure this coherence.

2.With relevant activities in AI, Data and Robotics, primarily in destinations 3, 4 and 6, but also in other destinations and clusters (in particular with cluster 3 regarding security-related activities), and share or exploit results where appropriate.

All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, including the CSA HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-02.

Background

The selected network(s) of excellence centres will contribute to the larger objective of the European Commission to establish the European AI lighthouse.

The AI lighthouse is expected to mobilise the AI community to collaborate on key AI research challenges and to progress faster in joined efforts rather than working in silos, leading to fragmented and duplicated efforts. This is essential to reach critical mass and overcome the present fragmentation of AI research in Europe.

The lighthouse will bring together stakeholders from research, innovation and deployment, to become a world reference in AI that can attract investments and the best talents in the field. The lighthouse will build on key pillars, each of them being a network of excellence centres specialising in a given topic where Europe has the potential to become a global champion.

OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS

Grants to identified beneficiaries

 

Specific conditions applying to each of the following actions:

HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-MS

HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-STM-AE

HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SB

HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SP

HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SD

Admissibility conditions

The page limit of the application is 100 pages per topic/action.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from these actions, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States only.

In order to guarantee the protection of the strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security of the EU and its Member States, participation is limited to legal entities fulfilling the following conditions:

1.be established in a Member State and their executive management structures be established therein,

2.commit to carry out all relevant activities in one or more Member States, and

3.be established in a Member State and not be subject to control by a third country or by a third country entity.

1.For the purpose of this Article, control means the ability to exercise a decisive influence on a legal entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate legal entity.

2.For the purpose of this Article, executive management structure means body of a legal entity appointed in accordance with national law, and, where applicable, reporting to the chief executive officer, or any other person having comparable decisional power, which is empowered to establish the legal entity's strategy, objectives and overall direction, and which oversees and monitors management decision-making.

Mandatory use of Copernicus and Galileo/EGNOS data for projects using satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or timing data and services

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Award criteria

The proposed project should provide a coherent contribution to the EUSST development plan as the projects to be awarded in this area are all expected to support the improvement of the current EUSST services or the implementation of new ones.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

Lower funding rates

The funding rate of the eligible costs is defined in the description of each action.

As justified in the Implementing Act related to Space regulation Article 58 §8: the philosophy of EUSST is to use national assets which has been built by Member States in order to tackle national needs. While playing national roles, the data collected by these assets can be used in order to provide EUSST services.

Standard deliverables

Grants award under this topic will have to submit the following deliverable(s):

1.Metrics and KPI (Key Performance Indicators) description

2.KPI flash report (to be submitted every quarter)

3.Security sensitive information assessment report (to be submitted at the beginning, at mid-term and towards the end of the project)

4.data management plan (to be submitted at the beginning, at mid-term and towards the end of the project)

5.communication plan (to be submitted at beginning of the project)

6.plan for the dissemination and exploitation of results (to be submitted at the beginning, at mid-term and towards the end of the project).

Unlimited subcontracting

Subcontracting is not restricted to a limited part of the action.

Depreciation and full costs for listed equipment eligible

Purchases of equipment, infrastructure or other assets used for the action must be declared as depreciation costs. Moreover, for the following equipment, infrastructure or other assets purchased specifically for the action (or developed as part of the action tasks): sensors and operational centres building blocks constituting the current and future EUSST architecture, costs may exceptionally be declared as full capitalised costs.

Right to object to transfers or licensing

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the licensing of results under certain conditions.

Additional information obligation relating to standards

The beneficiaries must inform the granting authority if the results could reasonably be expected to contribute to European or international standards.

1. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-MS - New & improved EUSST Missions and Services

Expected Outcomes:

In the coming years, an increase in the number of active objects in orbit is foreseen (e.g. deployment of mega-constellations, increased number of non-manoeuvrable small objects – SmallSats for research and scientific purposes, etc.). Additionally, the number of objects (active and inactive) to be handled by SST systems will also increase due to the use of sensors with a higher detection capability. For example, the US Space Fence radar, declared operational in March 2020, is capable of detecting and tracking objects smaller than 10 centimetres and is expected to considerably increase the size of the space objects catalogue of the US Space Surveillance Network.

Consequently, the provision of services by the EUSST operation centres, as well as the strategy used to protect the European active satellites will have to be adapted to the arising needs. The need for the development of automated concepts becomes more relevant in order to reduce response times, reduce costs and simplify coordination activities amongst operators.

Therefore, R&I projects on “new and improved EUSST missions and services” are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Keep the knowledge and capabilities of Europe on the Space Surveillance and Tracking domain at the leading edge.

2.Adapt, improve and evolve the current EUSST initial services (Collision Avoidance; Fragmentation; Re-entry) portfolio to future user needs and space environment.

3.Improve the overall performance of the EUSST services and ensure, in the long-term, a high level of performance and appropriate autonomy at Union level.

4.Identify and define new missions and services (e.g. debris mitigation; debris remediation).

5.Explore the implementation of new services, in complement of the three existing ones.

6.Support the pre-developments and end-to-end early demonstration of new SST services.

Scope:

R&I activities which needs to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes are the following:

1.R&I on evolution of the Collision Avoidance service towards a higher responsiveness in the case of risks (e.g. Automatic warning service), and in all phases of the spacecraft life (e.g. deorbiting, EOL, etc.),

2.R&I on evolution of the EUSST system for debris mitigation in order to reduce the space debris generation, as for example:

1.Extended computation of conjunctions and risks;

2.Automatic risk estimation and mitigation measures, (e.g. ground or on-board processes and using AI techniques);

3.Support to satellite Owner / Operator in case of need: localisation of the spacecraft; spacecraft anomalies or on orbit contingencies; post-manoeuvre support in order to check the manoeuvre went as planned, etc.

4.In general, support to all phases of the spacecraft life, in order to facilitate the decision making of the O/O and contribute to debris mitigation purposes (guidelines/standards/rules compliance).

5.Design of innovative solutions for the detection and characterisation of malfunctioning satellites;

6.Development and on-ground demonstration of passivation technologies;

3.R&I on evolution of the EUSST System for space debris remediation by managing the existing space debris. The analysis of potential remediation focused services at European level, the feedback of O/O and the monitoring of the international arena in the coming years are needed inputs prior to define the content of this topic in detail.

1.Stimulation of the use of removal and disposal techniques through regulatory initiatives;

2.Exploring the implementation of an Active Debris Removal (ADR) and on-orbit servicing (OOS) monitoring service, through attitude and relative orbit characterisation;

3.Design associated to removal/servicing technology demonstration;

4.Development and on-ground demonstration of disposal and active removal technologies;

4.R&I on evolution of the EUSST Service Provision Portal in line with the evolution of the existing services (CA, RE, FG) and the inclusion of additional new ones (Debris mitigation / remediation). R&I activities will be required to cope with an expected increased number and heterogeneity of users and spacecraft, evolution of the SST Consortium/Partnership, etc. Reporting activities must continue evolving, as to provide actionable “Key Performance Indicators” supported by the development of the necessary tools/applications.

As the legal entities identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA)

Legal entities: The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

Indicative budget: EUR 8.00 million from the 2022 budget

2. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-STM-AE - SST & STM system architecture and evolutions

Expected Outcomes:

The environment on which the EUSST system performs its mission and delivers its services is in constant evolution (e.g. technological or political factors changing the way on which the space is used, orbital environment …).

EUSST system architecture engineering & evolutions: the analysis of the EU SST system architecture needs to continuously progress to evaluate how the system has to evolve at medium and long term, not only at network level (type, performance, number, geographical localisation... of assets) but also at data processing and at services level. Other aspects like data flow, security constraints, interconnectivity and complementarity between EU assets but also cooperation with other non-European SST systems, etc. need to be considered as well.

More generally, the reliance on space-based data and services, in particular thanks to the success of Copernicus and Galileo European programmes and the forthcoming connectivity constellation, for our society, economy, security and defence has been rapidly growing. At the same time, the emergence of new type of actors and business models (e.g. mega constellation) increases the number of satellites and debris in orbit. For this reason, space becomes more and more congested, posing a threat to the sustainability and safety of space operations and infrastructures, with a higher risk of collision and of radiofrequency interferences.

The importance of SST / Space Traffic Management (STM) is thus growing, in a context where there is lack of a clear definition at international level and no global regime and system is in place, neither are flight rules and the associated monitoring/enforcement means.

Therefore projects developed under this topic are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Foster European cooperation in the SST domain and improve the EUSST performance towards larger autonomy.

2.Highlight and propose solutions to fill the gaps in the current EUSST architecture.

3.Pave the way on which the EUSST system has to evolve towards a higher level of performance (e.g. accuracy; number / size of catalogued objects...), quality of service (e.g. timeliness of information...) and autonomy.

4.Demonstrate the complementarity, coherence and added-value of each element of EUSST system towards a more autonomous, interoperable SST system.

5.Explore and look for higher levels of cooperation with other SST systems such as the US SSA system which is of paramount importance to develop long-term cooperation.

6.Raise the main issues and propose relevant answers to questions posed by all those developments in various technical and operational domains based on the outcome of the previous STM coordination and support actions developed under H2020.

7.Propose adaptation to the new changes, and solutions for their possible integration into the existing standards, practices and technological means.

Scope:

R&I activities which needs to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes are the following:

1.EUSST architecture engineering.

2.Define the future EUSST architecture and associated development roadmap offering the highest performance, European autonomy and best value for money

3.Architecture studies and system design to validate the added-value of all the layers of the EUSST system.

4.Define and set up efficient and relevant performance criteria, “metrics”, “Key Performance Indicators” and “critical success factors” (e.g. accuracy of European catalogue; false alarms ratio; expected increase of the number of objects into the catalogue; timeliness of service provision...)

5.Improved SST system architecture simulation tools

6.Activities / studies in the area of support to spacecraft manoeuvres, interference management, collision avoidance automation.

7.Activities / studies in space objects life cycle and risk assessment.

8.Assessment and pre-development of technology for object identification, for navigation aids and for servicing interfaces.

9. Contribution to technical standardisation activities in these areas.

As the legal entities identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA)

Legal entities: The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

Indicative budget: EUR 6.00 million from the 2022 budget

3. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SB - Space-based SST (mission, system and sensors network)

Expected Outcomes:

With the increase of the orbital population and with the need of observing smaller objects to better protect the EU space assets, the need and added-value of developing Space-Based Space Surveillance (SBSS) missions in complement to ground SST networks shall be studied in Europe. Based on the experience of SBSS missions launched and operated outside Europe (e.g. by US and Canada), Space-based SST missions and sensors network will have to be included in EUSST in order to increase the EU ability to observe and catalogue objects on various orbits, and compensate for the limitation linked to the geographical location, light and weather conditions of ground sensors.

Therefore projects developed under this topic are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Study and assess several technical solutions for the development of a future European capability of SBSS.

2.Explore the use of small satellite solutions to reduce CAPEX and OPEX

3.To develop in the mid-term the European capacity to operate independently SBSS.

4.To reduce the dependence on critical SBSS technologies and capabilities from outside Europe,

Scope:

R&I activities which needs to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes are the following:

1.Study of various mission configurations (e.g. orbit regime, orbit plan etc.) and payload location to maximize the number of observed and catalogued objects, and other performance targets such as e.g. improve observation of objects not well seen from Earth sensors, increase of number of observations, increase of the catalogue accuracy, etc.). Analyse the EU SST gaps and the solutions that would address them with the best value for money,

2.Study of coordination strategy and techniques among the satellites of the SBSS mission and the terrestrial SST system.

3.Develop or improve existing algorithms allowing going from detection to cataloguing (e.g. IOD, correlation etc.) taking into account ground based SST system and payload performance (i.e. observable magnitude).

4.Exploration of the use of non-dedicated sensors (e.g. star trackers) or hosted payloads in non-dedicated missions (“opportunistic” solutions) to reduce cost of operation is also an aspect to develop.

5.Security issues related to the link between SBSS and ground EUSST network.

As the legal entities identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA)

Legal entities: The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

Indicative budget: EUR 6.00 million from the 2022 budget

4. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SP - SST Sensors and Processing

Expected outcomes: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

Supporting the upgrade and development of on-ground assets, in particular radars and telescopes as well as data processing.

SST radiofrequency & optical sensors (radars, telescopes…) technological research & innovation: due to the increased number of objects (both active and debris) to be handled, as well as the evolution and inclusion of services in the future, R&I activities are necessary in the sensor domain, both for radiofrequency (e.g. passive ranging, radars, etc.) and optical sensors (e.g. telescopes, innovative wide field optical sensors, lasers). New promising technologies like sensors based on the use of infrared will also be considered.

1.Contribution to a consolidated and efficient EUSST sensor function.

2.Improve coverage area, geographical location and performance they can offer: e.g. field of view, limiting magnitude, frequency-band, accuracy, timeliness of the associated processing ...

3.Ensure an optimum evolution of the configuration and use of the EUSST sensors network, including the necessary raw data processing required to provide measurement data.

4.Improved integration and connectivity of value added sensors, ensuring their compliance to the minimum quality requirements (including protocols, procedures, formats and calibration status).

SST data processing research & innovation (e.g. Artificial Intelligence…): the changes and evolution in the space environment impose the need of adapting the current algorithms and data processing methods and tools, as well as to look for new one.

1.Include or at least explore the possibility to use Artificial Intelligence (AI) in any SST data processing (e.g. Improvement of object detection capability; of probability of collision accuracy ...)

2.Development of automatic sensor scheduling and tasking, and data processing functions

Scope: To ensure that the sensors and data processing used in the SST domain can properly address the upcoming requirements in all aspects, the following R&I activities needs to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes:

1.Adaptation to the new environment of technologies already in use in SST sensors like radars, telescopes and lasers.

2.Improvement of sensors performances (e.g. measurements quality (noise; bias; measurements rates ...); tracks accuracy (track noise; track duration...)).

3.Specification, development, testing and pre-integration of improved sensors.

4.Innovations need to be developed to allow detection of smaller objects, higher processing capabilities (e.g. networked telescopes for LEO coverage, improving tracking by lasers in daylight ...).

5.New detection strategies to cope with an increased number / size of objects in the sensors’ Field of Regard / Field of View.

6.Additionally, new technologies and/or processing algorithms and techniques will be explored for the development and implementation of potential new services developed in HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-MS New & Improved EUSST Missions and Services topic (e.g. support to manoeuvre, detection of malfunctioning spacecraft, etc.)

7.Improved algorithms (e.g. Measurements correlation, Initial Orbit Determination, OD, covariance estimation...) for a more agile and accurate cataloguing of the increasing space objects population and services provision (e.g. Collision avoidance, support to manoeuvres and identification of in-orbit anomalies, etc...).

8.Improved algorithms for data fusion for a more efficient use of the data and information from the same object coming from different sensors.

9.Improvement of computation models of collision probability.

10.Development of evaluation methods of collision probability that could be applied to constellations (e.g. multiple encounters).

11.Improvement or development of new objects propagation models for efficient propagation of the orbital population (e.g. cloud propagation models to propagate the debris cloud generated after a fragmentation ...).

12.Evolution of coordinated scheduling and tasking of sensors to progress towards a more efficient use of multiple available resources at system level.

13.Improved algorithms for objects characterisation.

14.Any promising technology for precise tracking and data processing.

As the legal entities identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

Implementation: Innovation Action (IA) with a reduced funding rate (45%)

Legal entities: The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

Indicative budget: EUR 25.00 million from the 2022 budget

5. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SST-SD - SST Networking, Security & Data sharing

Expected outcomes: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

The topic “SST Networking, Security & Data sharing” aims to support the upgrade, development and security issues of EUSST infrastructure based on the European network of assets (sensors, operation centres, front desk …).

Although the EUSST infrastructure is supposed to stay under national control (meaning mainly sensors and operation centres), an increased coordination is needed due to the increased number of assets contributing to the European SST system. Without this interconnection and coordination, it is impossible to ensure an efficient use of the resources and an appropriate response to the challenges posed by the changing space environment.

As concrete aspects of the EUSST network (e.g. pooling of data from multiple sensor sources; exchange between multiple operations centres of Member States) shall be considered in highly detailed case studies, modelling.

SST networking of sensors & operation centres (EU SST network Command & Control): considering the increased number of objects to be handled, an increased number of events and users is expected. The European SST system has to evolve to a coordinated scheduling of the resources and assets, ensuring that the events are covered in an optimum way, while the current survey and tracking of the space objects population continues to be performed. Evolution of the European SST network includes the Front Desk in charge of the interaction with the users (users’ needs, monitoring of the service performance, etc.).

1.Raise the main issues and propose relevant answers to the increasing complexity and missions constraints of the EUSST network.

2.Connectivity and interface consolidation of network function between sensors / database / operating centres / front desk (reliability, maintainability and agility).

3.Develop EUSST network in order to include a future new SBSS segment.

Research on EUSST network hardening against external threats: the research concerns security-critical aspects of the existing EU SST network. Various external threats shall be considered in the research activity (e.g. cyber threats or other malicious activity). Research specifically applying to the hardening of the EU SST network could add value to existing research on network hardening that looks at computer networks and other related networks more generally.

1.A secured and resilient EUSST infrastructure.

Next generation exchange protocols / solutions for SSA enhancing interoperability and security (robustness, information assurance, intrusion detection…)

1.A secured and resilient EUSST infrastructure

2.Define the need for SST-specific tools and solutions with regard to enhanced data interoperability and data security.

Scope: the following R&I activities need to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes:

1.Update operation centres to improved current services (Collision Avoidance; Fragmentation; Re-entry) adapted to future user needs and space environment.

2.Update operation centres to new missions and services (e.g. debris mitigation; debris remediation).

3.Adapt the European SST network to a more efficient coordinated scheduling and tasking of the resources and assets.

4.Develop new data sharing and fusion strategies and techniques adapted to both ground based and space based SST assets.

5.Develop threats analysis and associated counter measures to protect the EUSST infrastructure.

6.Adapt EUSST operation centres for increasing security and resiliency.

As the legal entities identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

Implementation: Innovation Action (IA)

Legal entities: The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

Indicative budget: EUR 7.00 million from the 2022 budget

6. European Startup Nations Standard

European SMEs and startups face several challenges ‘on the ground’ as they pursue ambitions of securing market opportunities and growing their revenues. Many European countries are already pursuing best practices to help startups address challenges such as making it easier to start-up and expand across borders, streamline visa and residency applications for third country talent, make granting of employee stock options more attractive, promote venture-building and tech transfer from universities, and increase access to finance for scaling-up. The Startup Nation Standard was announced as a key action in the European Commission’s SME Strategy. Subsequently the European Commission together with the MS established an initial set of Startup Nation Standards. The action was launched politically at the March 2021 Digital Day event under the PT EUCO presidency through a declaration calling for commitments from Member States and EEA countries to implement such practices at national levels. In order to regularly monitor progress of countries in achieving the Startup Nations Standards, support is needed for its implementation.

Expected Impact: It is expected to be a catalyst for reform in member states and to drive their delivery of framework conditions adapted to the needs of high growth startups and contribute to making Europe the most attractive Startup and Scaleup continent.

Expected Outcome. The supporting service provider will develop the method, benchmark, ensure broad outreach and communication with startup stakeholders across Europe, oversee tracking and report on progress of Signatory Countries in achieving the Startup Nations standard of excellence.

Scope: The initiative will focus on the set of standards agreed by the country signatories to the Startup Nations Standard political declaration.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the Financial Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as it has been agreed by the signatory EU and EEA countries that it will implement the action on their behalf in cooperation with the European Commission.

Funding Rate: 100%

Legal entities:

EUROPE STARTUP NATIONS ALLIANCE, Rua da Emenda 91, ZIP Code – 1200-169 Lisboa, Portugal

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Third or fourth quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

7. Presidency event (conference) in France: Industrial Technologies 2022

Events of a major strategic nature, which are focused and attract a broad spectrum of stakeholders are important in assessing past activities, identifying policy options and priorities, and planning future actions.

The European Commission will support the organisation of an event (conference) in France in the first half of 2022, in cooperation with the French government, holding the EU Presidency of the European Union at the time.

The conference should cover in particular the twin green and digital transformation of European industry, with a focus on resilience post-Covid. It should focus on how breakthrough technologies and scale up of industrial innovations could influence such twin transition.

It should enhance synergies between research and innovation initiatives launched by the Commission and by the Member States. The proposed content should be balanced, encompassing policy, technological, economic and social elements and points of view. The conference should be open to participants outside the EU. Outreach activities may be included, such as a press programme; activities dedicated to the wider public or schools are particularly encouraged.

To ensure impact, the focus and content of the conference should be well defined and clearly aligned with other Presidency events already undertaken, while reflecting specific regional strengths and needs.

The commitment of the national authorities to support the event, politically as well as financially, is a pre-requisite to submitting a proposal. Proposals should be supported by the competent Minister, evidenced in a letter included in the proposal. In order to ensure high political and strategic relevance, the active involvement of the competent national authorities will be assessed in the evaluation.

In agreement with the Commission services, projects should ensure appropriate flexibility, so as to respond to rapidly changing policy scenarios.

The event is expected to result in: improved visibility of industrial technologies; identification of policy options and priorities via review and assessment of developments, and sharing of information and comparison of points of views; and efficient networking of various stakeholders and support to their activities, e.g. industry, small and medium sized enterprises, businesses, investors, local authorities, non-governmental organisations, trade unions, etc.

Legal entities:

Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique et aux Energies Renouvelables (CEA)

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: First semester of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget

8. Presidency event (conference) in Sweden: EuroNanoForum 2023

Events of a major strategic nature, which are focused and attract a broad spectrum of stakeholders are important in assessing past activities, identifying policy options and priorities, and planning future actions.

The European Commission will support the organisation of an event (conference) in the first half of 2023, in cooperation with the Swedish government, holding the EU Presidency of the European Union at the time. The conference should cover an issue of direct relevance to the Cluster 4 (Digital, Industry and Space) of Horizon Europe, in particular industrial technologies focusing on advanced materials and manufacturing and their impact to the Green Deal and the Industrial Strategy.

It should enhance synergies between research and innovation initiatives launched by the Commission and by the Member States. The proposed content should be balanced, encompassing policy, technological, economic and social elements and points of view. The conference should be open to participants outside the EU. Outreach activities may be included, such as a press programme; activities dedicated to the wider public or schools are particularly encouraged.

To ensure impact, the focus and content of the conference should be well defined and clearly aligned with other Presidency events already undertaken, while reflecting the specific strengths and needs of Sweden and its regional links.

The commitment of the national authorities to support the event, politically as well as financially, is a pre-requisite to submitting a proposal. Proposals should be supported by the competent Ministers, evidenced in a letter included in the proposal. In order to ensure high political and strategic relevance, the active involvement of the competent national authorities will be assessed in the evaluation.

In agreement with the Commission services, projects should ensure appropriate flexibility, so as to respond to rapidly changing policy scenarios.

The event is expected to result in: improved visibility of the nanotechnologies and advanced materials areas in Cluster 4; identification of policy options and priorities through a review and assessment of developments; sharing of information and comparison of points of views; and efficient networking of various stakeholders and support to their activities, e.g. industry, small and medium sized enterprises, businesses, investors, local authorities, non-governmental organisations, trade unions, etc.

Legal entities:

Vinnova, Mäster Samuelsgatan 56, 101 58 Stockholm, Sweden

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: First semester of 2023

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2022 budget

9. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-01-SGA - Developing the first large-scale quantum computers (SGA)

Objective of the SGA

Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4- HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-15: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing the first large-scale quantum computers (FPA), each of the selected consortia will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan defined in the above FPA.

The proposal must progress the quantum computing platform in accordance with the research roadmap as defined in the FPA. This covers in particular progress in key areas such as the number of qubits to reach and the scalability potential, the fidelity / physical error rate, the further development of the underlying quantum computing processors and the low-level control of the programmability capability, the standardisation aspects, etc.

The proposal should describe how the activities carried out during the ramp-up phase will be continued involving the relevant disciplines and stakeholders, how results of the ramp-up phase will be used, and how they will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific leadership. The proposal should detail activities in areas such as education, dissemination, ethics and societal aspects. It should also describe how it will grasp the technological potential in a way that accelerates innovation in all relevant application areas. Partners will be required to give other partners access to results needed for the purpose of any other specific actions under the FPA.

The proposal should also cover: (i) the cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the area of the enabling quantum software stack (see HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms), including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements; (ii) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (iii) any additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

HORIZON-CL4- HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-15: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing the first large-scale quantum computers (FPA) with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Funding rate: 100%

Minimum contribution: 18.000.000 EUR

Maximum contribution: 20.000.000 EUR

Expected grants: 2

Technology Readiness Level - Technology readiness level expected from completed projects

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Eligibility conditions - Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or securityThe guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second/Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 40.00 million from the 2022 budget 296

10. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-02-SGA - Developing large scale quantum simulation platform technologies (SGA)

Objective of the SGA

Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large scale quantum simulation platform technologies (FPA), each of the selected consortia will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan defined in the above FPA.

The proposal must progress the quantum simulation platform in accordance with the research roadmap as defined in the FPA. This covers in particular progress in key areas such as the number of addressable individual quantum constituents, the level of control and scalability and achievement of a further entropy reduction of quantum simulators, the standardisation aspects such as the software interfaces with external systems, etc.

The proposal should describe how the activities carried out during the ramp-up phase will be continued involving the relevant disciplines and stakeholders, how results of the ramp-up phase will be used, and how they will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific leadership. The proposal should detail activities in areas such as education, dissemination, ethics and societal aspects. It should also describe how it will grasp the technological potential in a way that accelerates innovation in all relevant application areas. Partners will be required to give other partners access to results needed for the purpose of any other specific actions under the FPA.

The proposal should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (ii) the eventual additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large scale quantum simulation platform technologies (FPA) with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Funding rate: 100%

Minimum contribution: 16.600.000 EUR

Maximum contribution: 16.600.000 EUR

Expected grants: 1

Technology Readiness Level - Technology readiness level expected from completed projects

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Eligibility conditions - Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 297

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second/Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 16.60 million from the 2022 budget

11. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-03-SGA - Building the Quantum Internet (SGA)

Objective of the SGA

Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4-DIGITAL-EMERGING-2021-02-19: Framework Partnership Agreements in Quantum Communications (FPA), the selected consortium will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan defined in the respective FPA.

The proposal must progress the Quantum Internet Technologies in accordance with the research roadmap as defined in the FPA. This covers in particular progress in key areas such as enabling long-distance entanglement-based quantum communication.

The proposal should describe how any results of the ramp-up phase will be accessed and exploited, and how it will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific leadership. It should detail activities in areas such as education, dissemination, ethics and societal aspects. It should also describe how it will grasp the technological potential in a way that accelerates innovation in all relevant application areas. Partners will be required to give other partners access to results needed for the purpose of any other specific actions under the FPA.

The proposal should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (ii) any additional support it may receive in its activities from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

HORIZON-CL4-DIGITAL-EMERGING-2021-02-19: Framework Partnership Agreements in Quantum Communications (FPA) with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Funding rate: 100%

Minimum contribution: 24.000.000 EUR

Maximum contribution: 24.000.000 EUR

Expected grants: 1

Technology Readiness Level - Technology readiness level expected from completed projects

Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-4 and achieve TRL 4-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Eligibility conditions - Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 298

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second/Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 24.00 million from the 2022 budget

12. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-04-SGA - Quantum encryption and future quantum network technologies (SGA)

Objective of the SGA

Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19: Framework Partnership Agreements in Quantum Communications (FPA), the selected consortium will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan defined in the respective FPA.

The proposal must progress the Quantum encryption and future quantum network technologies field in accordance with the research roadmap as defined in the FPA.

The proposal should describe how any results of the ramp-up phase will be accessed and exploited, and how it will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific leadership. It should describe how it will grasp the technological potential in a way that accelerates innovation in all relevant application areas. Partners will be required to give other partners access to results needed for the purpose of any other specific actions under the FPA.

The proposal should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (ii) any additional support it may receive in its activities from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship and the EuroQCI initiative. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-19: Framework Partnership Agreements in Quantum Communications (FPA) with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Funding rate: 100%

Minimum contribution: 25.000.000 EUR

Maximum contribution: 25.000.000 EUR

Expected grants: 1

Technology Readiness Level - Technology readiness level expected from completed projects

Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Eligibility conditions - Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 299

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second/Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 25.00 million from the 2022 budget

13. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-05-SGA - Supporting open testing and experimentation for quantum technologies in Europe (SGA)

Objective of the SGA

Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Framework Partnership Agreements for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies (FPA), the selected consortium will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan related to the pan-European provision of open testing and experimentation facilities defined in the FPA.

The proposal must progress the open testing and experimentation capability of European academic and industrial players, especially of start-ups and SMEs, in accordance with the technology/capability innovation roadmap as defined in the FPA. This covers in particular progress in establishing a well-connected network providing access to open testing, and experimentation facilities in Europe, as well as access to unique competences and know-how centred at various locations in Europe.

The network should be a ‘one-stop-shop’ to make state of the art hardware, experimental instrumentation and related facilities, technologies and tools as well as knowledge and expertise in quantum technologies available to European scientists, engineers and industry players, especially start-ups and SMEs, with the aim of establishing an inclusive and effective quantum technologies lab-to-market ecosystem in Europe.

By enabling innovation experiments, the network will deliver improved design processes, better products and services, shorter time-to-market and improved innovation and competitiveness capabilities.

The proposal should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, or European level; (ii) the eventual additional financial support they may receive in their activities from relevant national or regional initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Framework Partnership Agreements for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies (FPA) with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Funding rate: 100%

Minimum contribution: 19.000.000 EUR

Maximum contribution: 19.000.000 EUR

Expected grants: 1

Eligibility conditions - Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 300

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second/Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 19.00 million from the 2022 budget

14. HORIZON-CL4-QUANTUM-06-SGA - Supporting experimental production capabilities for quantum technologies in Europe (SGA)

Objective of the SGA

Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Framework Partnership Agreements for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies (FPA), the selected consortium will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan for providing pilot fabrication capabilities defined in the FPA that would foster product development and rapid innovation especially for European industry, in particular start-ups and SMEs.

The proposal should aim to establish experimental (pilot) production capabilities for a first of their kind quantum technologies, where European companies, research centres and academic institutions can produce novel devices on a pilot scale based on a shared cost model between users and service providers.

Each of the targeted experimental (pilot) lines should have a simple baseline process ready in 2-3 years (TBD) from start of the project and the full flow should be ready during the lifetime of the FPA. The development and operation of each experimental pilot line will be coordinated closely with the core projects of the Quantum Flagship through a dedicated collaboration agreement.

The action will require expertise in the area of manufacturing flows for quantum technologies, in particular in quantum computing (for e.g. qubit fabrication), communication and sensing, and with issues regarding reliability, versatility, process control including integrated testing and minimizing lead times. Where necessary such expertise should be brought into the consortium under proper consideration of IP issues.

The action should demonstrate how it federates key competences in the whole innovation value chain, from business-model development to first fabrication, through a balanced and inclusive network of RTOs, small foundries, unique manufacturing providers, and other key innovation players, effectively acting as fabrication laboratories.

The proposal should also cover: (i) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, or European level; (ii) any additional financial support they may receive in their activities from relevant national or regional initiatives; and (iii) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-22: Framework Partnership Agreements for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies (FPA) with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Funding rate: 100%

Minimum contribution: 19.000.000 EUR

Maximum contribution: 19.000.000 EUR

Expected grants: 1

Eligibility conditions - Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway, Israel and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the UK to participate is conditional upon reciprocity of access to equivalent UK programmes for entities established in Member States, which will be assessed by the Commission as soon as such programmes are established and in any event before the signature of the grant agreements. Should the UK not open the participation in its relevant programmes to entities established in Member States, this condition would not be met and entities established in the UK will not be eligible to participate in this topic.

For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 301

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Second/Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 19.00 million from the 2022 budget

Public procurement

1. Monitoring and assessment of industrial investments in R&D&I and technologies, technology and market assessment for enabling and emerging technologies and green technologies, in relation to the Green Deal and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

Expected Impact:

The objective of this action is the provision of methods, indicators, data and analysis assessing industry’s R&D&I investments to achieve ‘Green Deal’ and other Commission priorities and European policy goals, assessment of the state of play in industrial innovation efforts in the context of participation in global R&I networks and strategic value chains and eco-systems. The action will contribute to building a monitoring and assessment facility on industrial R&D&I investment data which allows a more systematic, methodology based and continuous monitoring of industrial R&I agendas and investments relevant to achieve the Green Deal goals.

The expected impact is to highlight strengths and weaknesses in private R&D&I in the EU as compared to other key global regions, e.g. helping to develop with Member States, EU industry and other stakeholders ‘Common industrial technology roadmaps’ under the European Research Area, as well as helping to improve reporting in the Competitiveness Progress Report as required by the Energy Union Governance Regulation. Data and analyses should support policy development and monitoring and underpin a stronger role of R&I and technologies in EU industrial policy, environmental and climate policy, external relations, international cooperative research, trade negotiations, FDI, etc. in view of increasing EU industries’ competitiveness in the areas of green and other technologies.

Scope:

This action will assess the amount and quality of R&D&I that the industry is investing in green technologies and markets, and other critical industries, addressing environmental, competitiveness and inclusiveness goals. The activities will include in-depth analysis of the industries providing and using green and other technologies, R&I investments, take up, use and provision of technologies and related systems in innovation networks, value chains and eco-systems. The activities will also include, for example, building synthetic indicators to measure the “fitness” and industries’ overtime impact respectively on SDGs and on economic and technological competitiveness, and in general the adoption of sustainable technologies and solutions by industry sectors and eco- systems.

The results and facility should be complementary to the EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboard which provides a number of indicators and baseline analyses on top actors’ corporate R&D intensity, type of invested technologies and economic strength. This action should extend the analysis to industries beyond the top actors, and add a number of specific indicators and analyses allowing more and systematic insight into industrial innovation and market dynamics and put this in relation with evolving policy needs and the impact of public support.

Data sources could be IP, balance sheets, annual reports, cutting-edge industrial experts and other documentation and any other sources to assess industry’s and value chains’ economic and technological fitness, market share and other related data, and relevant indicators. Insights into the conditions for the needed industrial transformations and drivers and barriers will be of special interest. Possible data types include also the collection of consistent time series in all green technology main areas and calculating a new indicator showing the level of contribution of each green technology industry over time in reaching SDG targets. A similar new indicator could also be developed for other technology areas. As the green and digital transitions are interlinked and rely on new and key enabling technologies, also technological sovereignty issues deserve attention. Data and conclusions should address different levels - region/country, sectors/eco-systems, companies.

Focus on specific technologies or eco-systems should be in line with Commission priorities, the development common industrial technology roadmaps as set out in the new ERA (European Research Area) Strategy, and emerging needs, taking into account partnerships, priority areas in the ‘Destinations’ in Horizon Europe and relevant activities and results under Horizon 2020.

Activities in this action will be complementary to the work done under the GLORIA Administrative Agreements with the JRC and build on previous actions on data and analyses in Horizon 2020 (e.g. Green Deal Call 2020).

Duration: 36 months

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q2-Q4, 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 4.00 million from the 2022 budget

2. Simulation approaches for complex socio-economic systems

Expected Outcomes:

Provide the Commission with a granular social simulation tool to assess the impact of policies on consumer rights and fundamental rights. The agent-based computational model approach provides unique opportunities in an area where intangible assets are disproportionately relevant and as a result data from observable market prices will typically not allow the specification of testable research hypotheses. The artificially created environment of multi-agent simulation tools can and fill this gap. The Commission will benefit from this tool for the ex-ante impact assessment and ex-post evaluation of policies related to individual rights in strategic market and non-market settings.

Duration: 18 months

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

3. EGNSS Evolution: Mission and Service related R&D activities

The objective is to study potential new services, as well as the enhancement of already defined services, answering to new user needs and determine whether and how the EGNSS mission of Galileo and EGNOS shall be enlarged or complemented to answer these new user needs. This includes the preparation of contributions and technical analysis supporting the EU position in multilateral and bilateral working groups and meetings.

The upstream R&D actions in this area will cover the assessment of services improvements and of new services or capacities to be introduced, justifying the need, developing the service concept including with international partners when relevant, assessing costs to the programme versus benefits to users and defining the roadmap of activities until an operational service could be provided.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3-Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.30 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 5.00 million from the 2022 budget

4. Support European “New Space” entrepreneurship through CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative 2021-2027

CASSINI Business Accelerator

Implementation: the action will be implemented by the Commission through a call for tender in 2021 to select a consortium of European business accelerators and sign a service contract.

Amount: The call for tender for Business Accelerator will be made in 2021 and the budgetary commitment of EUR 8.50 million from Horizon Europe to be made in 2021 for a two-year contract with a two-year option for extension.

Expected Outcomes:

1.The aims are to promote commercial use cases for the EU’s space programme by providing qualified business development support. The objective is to increase the number of space-based companies that achieve high revenue growth. This will allow the companies to attract investments and capture new market shares.

2.The expected economic benefits include an increase in the number of successful start-ups and scale-ups using space data and space technology, through an increase in sales, market share growth and staff hiring. These outcomes will allow the companies to attract larger amounts of financing through bank loans and equity investments.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 8.50 million from the 2021 budget

5. Digital Assembly Events 2022 and 2023

DG CONNECT is organising the Digital Assembly Events 2022 and 2023. DG CONNECT plans to procure via Framework Contracts and call for tenders for indicatively 15 contracts before the end of 2022. The events are expected to take place in the 2rd calendar quarter of 2022 and in the 2nd calendar quarter of 2023. The call for tenders are expected to be launched on the 1st and 2nd calendar quarter of 2022 and 2023.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q2 2022 and Q2 2023

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

6. Digital conferences, outreach, studies and other activities

In addition to calls for proposals, other actions are also expected to be undertaken on specific activities that the DG CONNECT will support. These include:

1.The organisation of one Digital proposers’ day (2022). DG CONNECT plans to conclude service contracts in 2022, and also use existing Framework Contracts for this purpose. Indicative budget in 2022: EUR 1.5 million.

2.Other events and publications (e.g. information, communication, dissemination etc.), either through the use of existing Framework Contracts, or the launch of indicatively 25 calls for tenders during 2021 and 2022. Indicative budget in 2021: EUR 1 million. Indicative budget in 2022: EUR 2.2 million.

3.Studies including socio-economics and impact analysis studies and studies to support the monitoring, evaluation and strategy definition for the ICT priority of Cluster 4 in Horizon Europe. DG CONNECT plans to procure via framework contracts and calls for tender indicatively 60 study contracts before the end of 2022. The calls for tenders are expected to be launched in the 2nd and 3rd calendar quarter of 2021 and 2022. It should be noted that internal outsourcing of studies to other Commission departments based on Administrative Agreements can be used as an alternative to the public procurement.

4.Policy support activities, including benchmarking activities, evaluation and impact assessments, the development of ad hoc support software, possibly using existing Framework Contracts. DG CONNECT plans to procure via framework contracts and calls for tender indicatively 15 contracts before the end of 2022. The calls for tenders are expected to be launched in the 2nd and 3rd calendar quarter of 2021 and 2022. It should be noted that internal outsourcing of studies to other Commission departments based on Administrative Agreements can be used as an alternative to the public procurement.

Indicative budget for Studies and Policy support in 2021: EUR 3 million. Indicative budget in 2022: EUR 4 million.

Details will be provided in the texts of these calls for tender.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 4.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 7.70 million from the 2022 budget

7. Space conferences, outreach, studies and other activities

It is envisaged to conduct public procurement activities for the organisation of events (conferences, workshops or seminars) for the implementation of the European Space Policy, European R&D research agendas related to Horizon Europe.

Support may be given to the organisation of conferences and information events to strengthen wider participation in the programme (including that of third countries), and to disseminate results of European research in the Space sector. Cooperation with the presidencies of the Council of the European Union is envisaged.

Furthermore, procurement will be necessary of actions such as studies, preparation of roadmaps to underpin planning or actions to evaluate the outcomes of R&D actions.

Activities may include surveys as appropriate implemented through public procurement, and/or appointing (groups of) independent experts. This limited number of contracts may be implemented on the basis of framework contracts, in order to further ensure that the Commission is provided with appropriate and timely analyses, which in turn will facilitate the proper integration of policy studies into the preparation of new policy initiatives.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.20 million from the 2022 budget

8. Procurement for input to development of Industrial technology roadmaps for the Green Deal, EU industry sustainability, competitiveness and resilience

Expected Impact:

Intended results of the action will be a number of discussion papers and assessments on the evidence on the state of play in R&I and possibilities to strengthen policy action for EU development of key green techs and other strategically important industries addressing environmental, competitiveness and inclusiveness targets.

Overall impact is to facilitate the Commission’s discussion with Member States, industry and other stakeholders in view of helping to make better use of R&I to strengthen EU industrial ecosystems and Industrial alliances.,

Scope:

A climate-neutral economy 2050 and open technological autonomy require targeted R&I action with a common vision. Relevant Horizon partnerships and the European Innovation Council provide a basis to boost the development of breakthrough technologies, which can help EU industry achieving these goals.

Discussion with Member States, industry and other stakeholders to drive relevant R&I action must be based upon evidence. Inputs produced under this action shall help informing this development through discussion documents based upon Commission services’ work, complemented by relevant evidence from other sources, and through assessment and enrichment of results and their feeding back into the further development of policy recommendations.

Duration: 24 months

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.70 million from the 2022 budget

9. Update of the Material System Analyses (MSA)

The Material System Analysis (MSA) data sets investigate the flows of materials through the EU-27 economy in terms of entry into the EU, flows through the economy, stock accumulation, incl. end-of-life management. They contain key material specific data and information. (3) monitoring of the circular economy; as well as providing useful information for other activities. The MSAs support the RM policy development, and in the mid-term provide a basis for developing sound sustainable resource management strategies. They also contain useful information supporting other activities, such as the monitoring of the circular economy. The first study on the MSA of 28 materials was published in 2015, and subsequent studies have been performed for bulk metals and materials in the public and political focus.

This action will entail collecting new data and information for the materials covered up to 2018 and updating their MSA.

Duration: 12 months

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget

10. Raw Materials events

It is envisaged to procure activities for the organisation of events (conferences, workshops or seminars), including the Raw Materials Week through Framework Contracts before the end of 2022.

DG GROW is organising the Raw Materials Week in the fourth calendar quarter of 2022, covering set of events including the High Level Conference of the European Innovation Partnership (EIP) on Raw Materials.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2022 budget

Other budget implementation instruments

1. Use of individual experts to advise on EU research and innovation policy

This action will support the provision of independent expertise for advising and assisting the Commission services with the implementation, evaluation and design of EU research and innovation policies. Individual experts will work in the following policy areas:

1.Industrial Technologies including manufacturing and processing technologies, advanced materials, emerging technologies

2.Sustainability and Sustainable Development Goals

3.Technology sovereignty

4.Industry driven Research infrastructures and pilot lines

5.Technology roadmaps and exploitation aspects

6.Regulatory constraints

7.Review and update of indices

The tasks of individual experts would include:

Analysis of the contribution of a portfolio of projects funded under H2020 or previous research programmes to the relevant EU policy objectives; analysis of the state-of-the-art at international level; investigation of deployment options for the developed knowledge and innovation; assisting for setting-up a research and innovation strategy for selected domains; advise the Commission on outstanding knowledge creation and promising technologies covered by European funded projects and propose policy recommendations and options with a view to reinforce the Commission capacity to elaborate evidence-based and science-proof policy proposals.

Targeted analysis of data and indices

The advice provided by each individual expert will focus on specific areas and policy relevant projects' results as well as data, information and concepts related to technology roadmaps and policy monitoring e.g. through indices.

The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services and remote drafting and possible preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of objective criteria, following an open call for expressions of interest. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the expert appointed in its personal capacity who acts independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: 2021 and 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.30 million from the 2022 budget

2. Use of individual experts to support the raw materials policy

This action will support the use of appointed individual independent experts for assisting the Commission with advising and assisting the Commission services with the implementation and design of the EU Raw materials policy, and reinforcing the Commission capacity to elaborate evidence-based raw materials policy and the industrial transition to a climate-neutral Europe. Individual experts will work on quantitative analysis of the criticality of individual raw materials based on the EU methodology; critical raw materials supply and demand; future raw materials trends and innovation potential; and technology, infrastructure and raw materials requirements for the industrial transition.

The tasks of individual experts would include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, remote analysis, drafting and preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of objective criteria, following an open call for expressions of interest. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the expert appointed in its personal capacity who acts independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2021 budget

3. Project monitoring

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by HADEA for the monitoring of running projects (Space), where appropriate.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

4. Project monitoring

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by HADEA for the monitoring of running projects, where appropriate.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 1.05 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 2.45 million from the 2022 budget

5. Project monitoring and use of individual experts to advise on EU digital policies

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by CNECT and HADEA for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

This action will support the provision of independent expertise for advising and assisting the Commission services with the implementation, evaluation and design of the EU digital policies, including as regards digital sovereignty, technology roadmaps and exploitation aspects, regulatory constraints.

The tasks of individual experts would include the analysis of the contribution of a portfolio of projects funded under H2020 or previous research programmes to the relevant EU policy objectives; analysis of the state-of-the-art at international level; investigation of deployment options for the developed knowledge and innovation; assisting for setting-up a research and innovation strategy for selected domains; advise the Commission on outstanding knowledge creation and promising technologies covered by European funded projects and propose policy recommendations and options with a view to reinforce the Commission capacity to elaborate evidence-based and science-proof policy proposals. The advice provided by each individual expert will focus on specific areas and policy relevant projects' results as well as data, information and concepts related to technology roadmaps and policy monitoring.

The tasks of individual experts will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, remote analysis, drafting and preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of objective criteria, following an open call for expressions of interest. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the expert appointed in its personal capacity who acts independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 1.90 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 4.00 million from the 2022 budget

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

1. Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

GLORIA - Global Research and Innovation Analysis - Extended Industrial R&D&I Investment Monitoring and Assessment Facility

The objective is to continue the 15-year collaboration of the monitoring of top R&D players (Scoreboards) and build an extended facility around it, expanding the Commission’s internal analytical capacities towards the priority goals. This will allow better understanding how the concept of "corporate R&I for sustainable competitiveness" can contribute to the Prosperity policy goal. For this, the EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboards will be developed towards a more meaningful tool regarding the directionality of corporate R&D&I.

Scope: The previous monitoring activities already provide a number of indicators on corporate R&D intensity, type of invested technologies and economic strength. The objective of this action is to continue adding indicators and dedicated analyses on investments in R&D&I, technologies and assets, targeting specifically the monitoring of industries that are critical to current policy priorities, such as green or advanced manufacturing technologies.

Duration: 48 months

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 3.50 million from the 2021 budget

2. Criteria for Safe and Sustainable-by-Design advanced materials and chemicals

The objective is to develop a general framework for Safe and Sustainable-by-Design (SSbD) criteria definition and apply it through selected case studies of advanced materials and chemicals.

Scope: Dimensions of Safe and Sustainable-by-Design criteria for advanced materials and chemicals will be defined at horizontal level including an overview of methods and standards available to measure them. The basis for the definition will be, among others, a review of the literature and of existing initiatives as well as feedback from stakeholders e.g. via a stakeholder meeting. Also current legislation (e.g. REACH, CLP, industrial emissions directive) will be scrutinised enabling the addition of dimensions that might not be covered by existing EU policies. A methodology to define SSbD criteria will also be developed, taking into account the whole life cycle of the chemical/material/product , which can then be tailored for developing specific SSbD criteria. Case studies will test the proposed criteria on advanced materials/chemicals/products. Developers, scientists and regulators will be consulted to provide feedback on developed criteria. The target is to obtain a methodology that is in line with the advancement of other, parallel, related actions foreseen in the Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: Q2 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2021 budget

3. Support for the Strategic Implementation Plan of the European Innovation Partnership on Raw Materials and the Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials

Objective: To continue the collaboration with the JRC on various aspects of raw materials policy, such as framework conditions and potential supply of primary raw materials, sourcing from third countries, availability and mapping of secondary raw materials, and monitoring/reporting on these and other aspects in the Raw Materials Scoreboard.

Duration: 24 months

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: Q1 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2022 budget

Indirectly managed actions

1. Indirectly managed actions delegated to ESA

The following four actions will be implemented by the European Space Agency (ESA) under a contribution agreement between the Commission and the agency.

1.1. EGNSS Evolution: Technology and infrastructure-related R&D activities

Actions under this area will address upstream R&D activities. They will cover the maturing of the existing technologies and the development of new and emerging technologies, the engineering activities for the further evolution of Galileo and EGNOS existing systems, technical studies for the assessment of exploratory system concepts and/or responding to new mission needs and a changing environment, the development and maintenance of state-of-art system tools and technical test-beds, the implementation of actions agreed at Programme level to reduce the dependence of the supply chain on non-EU markets, the definition, design, development and implementation of experimental satellite demonstrator, and others.

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 42.70 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 44.00 million from the 2022 budget

1.2. HORIZON-CL4-SSA-SWENEO - Space Weather and Near Earth Objects

a) Space Weather

The worldwide goal of space weather activities should be to monitor and forecast SWE just like terrestrial weather. However, direct physical simulation is currently not achievable for an operational Sun to Earth system, due in part to the lack of measurements and to the complexity of the involved processes, as well as different timescales involved. Current space weather models are generally not capable of forecasting events over several days. A longer forecasting horizon would require access to data from new observation infrastructure coupled with new and improved modelling capabilities.

Research and innovation activities under this area will be delegated to ESA and will deal with “development of certain technology elements for promising precursor services” and “exploratory space weather payloads studies”. They shall be complementarity to Space Weather services developed through the Space Situational Awareness component of the EU Space Programme.

b) Near Earth Objects

Our knowledge of the physical characteristics of the NEO population is limited. And there is a need of continuously investigate and share the physical and dynamical properties of the NEO population as a whole, either through ground-based observations or through missions to asteroids (e.g. close proximity operations to NEOs or mitigation demonstration). It is necessary to have a number of specific technologies and instruments readily available to further strengthening the science return of a mission.

Research and innovation activities under this area will be delegated to ESA and will study “precursor services / European hot-redundant Minor Planet Centre backup” and “Increase networking of MS assets”.

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 4.00 million from the 2022 budget

1.3. GOVSATCOM Technology Development and implementation of system innovative features

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

Contribute to the preparation of the GOVSATCOM component of the EU Space Programme. In particular:

i) Research on the advanced technologies, and realisation of prototypes up to TRL level 4/5 (technology development/demonstration; product developments up to flight readiness) needed to ensure the security of the future space segment of satellite governmental communications, including technologies required for increased European non-dependence/critical technologies.

ii) Development of innovative features for the evolution of the GOVSATCOM ground and space segments.

Scope: R&I for the maturation of EU GOVSATCOM supporting technologies including e.g.:

1.Flexible phased array antennas providing multi-beam and beam-forming capabilities, digital signal processing, software-defined Radio, and related flexible payloads programmable in response to changing needs such as capacity flexibility and geographic coverage and distribution of traffic,

2.Ground segment technologies for satellite control systems, mission planning systems, user terminals including multi-satellite and multi-band support and for beam hopping, and in support to the different security levels required by the different EU GOVSATCOM services and user categories.

3.Implementation of future ground and space segment components, including innovative features of the EU GOVSATCOM planned and future space segment, such as LEO and Arctic constellations, optical space communications for data relay, planned satellite-based air-traffic management solutions, future implementation for 5G and of Very High Throughput Satellites.

4.e.g.: advanced coding, modulation and cryptography, key management solutions, anti-jamming, secure TM/TC including secure hosted payload solutions, inter-satellite links (including data relay solutions), optical feeder link.

Proposals under this topic may be subject to security scrutiny if they could potentially lead to security-sensitive results that should be classified (see guide for classification available at the Funding & Tenders Portal).

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 8.00 million from the 2021 budget

1.4. CASSINI In Orbit Demonstration/Validation (IOD/IOV) service

To ensure EU non-dependence and competitiveness in technologies, there is a clear need for a regular, sustainable, cost-effective and responsive In Orbit Demonstration/Validation (IOD/IOV) service in the EU. Space flight heritage in real conditions and environment is often required to de-risk new technologies, products, concepts, architectures, services and operations techniques be that for unique or recurrent, institutional or commercial missions.

Intended results of the action is to provide a service for regular aggregation (if needed), launch and operations in orbit for IOD/IOV experiments; the objective is to have at least one opportunity every year during the Horizon Europe implementation period. This will contribute to reduce the time to market or operational use of new technologies, products, concepts, architectures, and operations techniques.

The IOD/IOV activities intend to provide a regular and cost-effective service and solution for common flight ticket actions (management, spacecraft design including reuse of existing solutions, assembly, integration and tests, launch and operations) based on EU solutions both for the spacecraft (i.e. platform, experiments aggregation, operations in orbit including preparation and associated Ground Segment) and for the launch services.

The scope of the activities may include mission design, integration and implementation, for all the necessary tasks to prepare, provide and operate spacecraft(s), together with the related ground segment, which accommodates the selected IOD/IOV experiments, including the QKD payload of Eagle 1 302 , as well as the associated launch services.

For the aggregation and operations, the activities include:

1.System studies, at ground and space level, including the compatibility with the available launchers;

2.Input to the launch mission analysis performed by the launch service provider;

3.Selection, assembly, integration and testing of the spacecraft(s) and related ground segment;

4.Management of interfaces with and between the different IOD/IOV experiments, between the spacecraft and the launcher and between the spacecraft and the ground segment;

5.Preparation of the spacecraft(s) for the flight;

6.In-orbit testing and operations including data provision.

Concerning launch aspects, IOD/IOV activities should support the European launcher exploitation policy, therefore relying as far as possible on EU manufactured launcher solutions launched from the EU territory. The actions will include the provision of flight opportunities with EU manufactured launchers which encompass the mission analysis, the verification of interfaces between the spacecraft and the launcher, the preparation of launch campaign and the flight up to the injection of the spacecraft(s) on the required orbit(s).

Concerning the QKD payload of Eagle 1, ESA shall ensure that critical components are based on EU technologies.

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 24.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 5.00 million from the 2022 budget

Legal entities:

European Space Agency (ESA)

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative budget: EUR 74.70 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 53.00 million from the 2022 budget

2. Indirectly managed actions delegated to EUSPA

The following six activities will be implemented by the European Union Space programme Agency - EUSPA (the former European GNSS Agency - GSA), under a contribution agreement between the Commission and the agency.

2.1. EIC Horizon and CASSINI Prize for digital space applications

The specific rules of the contest (“the challenge”) will be published in 2021.

Expected results: The prize will be awarded to one or several best data-driven marine or maritime digital application(s) meeting the criteria of the contest. The application uses Copernicus and/or Galileo data in combination with other data sources, and aims at solving problems or meeting customer needs related to the detection and monitoring of ocean pollution, monitoring and forecasting of marine and coastal environments, marine resources, offshore activities. The awarding of the prize is expected to leverage more private investment capital to the winning contestant.

Essential award criteria: The prize will be awarded, after closure of the contest, to the contestants who in the opinion of the jury demonstrate a solution which is at least a system prototype demonstrated in an operational environment that best addresses the following cumulative criteria:

1.A marine or maritime digital application, which uses Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS data in combination with other data sources.

2.The application may consist of a digital service, data processing and analytics tools, systems or subsystems, including artificial intelligence technology.

3.The application creates significant benefits, in support of the objectives of the Green Deal, to an identified target group, by solving problems or meeting customer needs, as defined in the challenge, related to the detection and monitoring of ocean pollution, monitoring and forecasting of marine and coastal environments, marine resources, and offshore activities.

4.The application is accompanied by a business model that makes it a viable and sustainable business proposition with users or customers among companies, authorities, organisations or individuals.

Eligibility criteria: Only SMEs are eligible to participate.

The reward (budget): The indicative budget for the prize is EUR 3.4 million from the 2022 budget, to be awarded to one/several winning contestant(s).

Indicative timetable of contest(s):

Stages

Date and time or indicative period

Opening of the contest

Q3 2021

Deadline for submission of application

Q2-Q3 2022

Award of the prize

Q3-Q4 2022

Type of Action: Inducement Prize

2.2. EIC Horizon and CASSINI Prize for space technology products and services

The specific rules of the contest (“the challenge”) will be published in 2021.

Expected results: The prize will be awarded to one or several best solution(s) for implementing an EU developed and manufactured fully or partially reusable microlauncher solutions using green (environmentally sustainable) propulsion and launched from EU territory. The awarding of the prize is expected to leverage more private investment capital to the contestants.

Essential award criteria: The prize will be awarded to the contestant(s) whose proposed solution has been demonstrated in an operational environment. The solution should be at least a prototype and should best address the following cumulative criteria:

1.Excellence;

2.Technical implementation;

3.Service sustainability.

The reward (budget): The indicative budget for the prize is EUR 5.00 million from the 2022 budget, to be awarded to one/several winning contestant(s).

The prize relates to the development of European critical space infrastructure, which is of strategic importance and security-critical for the Union and its Member States. Therefore the rules of contest will:

1.stipulate that a proposal may be rejected for security reasons;

2.provide further details on the development and deployment of the solution.

Indicative timetable of contest(s):

Stages

Date and time or indicative period

Opening of the contest

Q3 2021

Deadline for submission of application

Q2-Q3 2022

Award of the prize

Q3-Q4 2022

Type of Action: Inducement Prize

2.3. Support European “New Space” entrepreneurship through CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative 2021-2027 - Hackathons & Mentoring

Implementation: the action will be implemented by the Commission through a specific contract 2021-2023 concluded in 2020 under the existing Copernicus Framework Contract with the consortium led by Verhaert New Products & Services NV and SpaceTec Partners. The task will extended in 2022 for the activation of the two-year extension of the contract.

Amount: The contract for Year 1 of Hackathons & Mentoring will be a commitment of EUR 1.2 million on the 2020 Galileo Programme budget, and to activate the extension for Year 2+3 a commitment of EUR 2.40 million will be made on the 2022 budget of Horizon Europe.

Expected Outcomes:

1.To stimulate the spur-of-the-moment development of innovative applications based on data and information coming from Copernicus satellite images and EGNOS and Galileo positioning signals and services.

2.To develop prototypes further into viable business propositions.

3.To provide training opportunities on how to access and use data from Copernicus and EGNOS/Galileo with data analytics tools and artificial intelligence.

4.To promote the EU’s space programmes Copernicus and EGNOS/Galileo to a broader audience.

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 2.40 million from the 2022 budget

2.4. Innovation activities for improved EGNSS operation and service provision

To design and validate the provision scheme of new services, the development of service demonstrators for EGNOS and for all services of Galileo (including PRS) will be required. Service demonstrators enable early simulation of new service concepts at early stages of maturity, supporting the definition of the mission requirements. These activities will contribute to the decision of whether to implement a new service, providing initial feedback from future potential users on the various options considered and on the service provision requirements. In addition, the improvement of the complex operations is essential to improve the performance of EGNSS services. Likewise, maintenance activities must be subject to a continuous improvement process to guarantee the service continuity.

Actions under this area will cover the development and use of service demonstrators to consolidate the future EGNSS services, the optimization of the operation schemes using advanced dynamic strategies (e.g. machine learning) for Galileo constellation / system management for the efficient and continuous provision of the full portfolio of Services in EGNOS and in Galileo, and others.

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 5.00 million from the 2021 budget

2.5. Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus

Actions under this area will address downstream R&D activities in the form of calls to proposals to be launched by the European Union Space Programme Agency (EUSPA) in accordance with the specification included in Appendix below.

We need to make the best use of EGNSS and Copernicus capacities for EU citizens, companies and society. Research and innovation should therefore foster the development of EGNSS downstream applications and promote their adoption in the EU and worldwide, in particular in markets with a long lead-time (e.g. maritime, rail, aviation), and in areas where Galileo offers unique differentiators (high accuracy, authentication, Search and Rescue, PRS).

Copernicus based applications and services can serve, for example, polar research, monitoring of the environment, maritime and coastal monitoring, natural disasters, civil security, migration and agriculture. They and can bring, with EGNSS, a key contribution to the European Green Deal and to the sustainable management of natural resources. The public sector should be supported as customer of space based technologies via innovation procurement. Synergies between Galileo/EGNOS and Copernicus, as well as synergies with non-space programmes, leveraging the combination of space data with non-space data, will open new avenues for the creation of a wealth of new and innovative applications and services. The use of Copernicus and Galileo/EGNOS for the EOSC and DestinE initiatives should equally be taken into account and promoted.

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 32.60 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 48.10 million from the 2022 budget

2.6 Tender evaluation, project monitoring and audits (EGNSS/Copernicus downstream)

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by EUSPA for the monitoring of running projects, tender evaluation and audits where appropriate.

Indicative budget for this action: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

Legal entities:

European Union Space Programme Agency - EUSPA (formerly GSA)

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative budget: EUR 38.10 million from the 2021 budget 303 and EUR 59.90 million from the 2022 budget 304

APPENDIX TO ACTION 2.5

Specification of the two calls to be launched by EUSPA under indirect management during 2021 and 2022

The following information is provided for information purposes.

Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2021 - APPLICATIONS

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 305

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 306

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 2021 (indicative)

Deadline(s): 2021-2022 (indicative)

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02-51

IA

14.00 307

2.00 to 3.00

5

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02-52

IA

9.30 308

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02-53

IA

9.30 309

2.00 to 3.00

3

Overall indicative budget

32.60

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

This call and resulting actions will be implemented under indirect management by the European Union Space programme Agency - EUSPA (the former European GNSS Agency - GSA), subject to the conclusion of a contribution agreement with the Commission.

Development of applications from the EU space programme components

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02-51: EGNSS and Copernicus applications fostering the European Green deal

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Development of innovative EGNSS and Copernicus based solutions that contribute to the implementation of the European Green deal 310 . These solutions can play a major role in the transformation of the EUs economy into a climate-neutral economy by 2050, as well as support environmental protection, maintaining biodiversity, etc.

Uptake of Copernicus services and/or Galileo’s specific features and differentiators in areas such as zero-pollution, EU methane strategy, clear and renewable energy and circular economy; sustainable and smart mobility; building and renovation, and digital/precision farming supporting the farm to fork strategy.

Scope: Proposals should focus on the development of innovative EGNSS and Copernicus applications that support the Green Deal objectives and its related policies and they can be submitted in any of the following areas:

1.Increasing the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050: EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions which contribute to CO2 reductions and a toxic free environment, through better monitoring and preventing pollution from the air, water, soil and consumer products as well as natural catastrophes as pollution sources.

2.Supplying clean, affordable and secure energy: EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions which support the supply of clean, affordable and secure renewable energy.

3.Mitigating natural hazards:EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions which limit the damage from fires, floods or other natural hazards.

4.Accelerating the shift to sustainable and smart mobility: EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions which enable or contribute to the development and impact monitoring of new sustainable mobility services and which reduce congestion, emissions and pollution especially in urban areas, while keeping costs at an efficient/reasonable level. Examples of emerging applications include automated and connected multimodal transport, public transport, mobility as a service, autonomous driving, IoT solutions for efficient mobility, road maintenance, air quality monitoring and forecasting.

5.Building and renovating in an energy and resource efficient way: EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions, which contribute to the digitisation, smart monitoring and tracking of building and renovation processes. Examples of emerging applications include EGNSS based augmented or mixed reality for construction, special mapping solutions for making digital twins of buildings, utilities and infrastructure using Building Information Modelling (BIM), location-based applications for governmental processes, e.g. energy labelling of buildings leveraging the authentication feature, sensors for smart monitoring, drones with thermal camera to detect water and thermal leaks.

6.From “Farm to Fork”: a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system: EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions which provide for food security and traceability across the entire supply chain and valorisation of the “made in Europe”. Precision or digital EGNSS farming solutions, which reduce significantly the use of chemical pesticides and fertilisers and help saving water for irrigation. Innovative EGNSS and/or Copernicus based tools that support the digitisation of post-2020 Common Agricultural Policy or other agri-environmental policies.

7.Preserving and restoring ecosystems and biodiversity. EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions which enhance biodiversity monitoring and enable data-driven decision tools for policymakers, to stop biodiversity loss and support the EU nature restoration plan. Examples of emerging applications include monitoring and detection of actions which are threatening the functionality of the ecosystem.

The solutions developed for all areas should leverage the Copernicus data or core services products including Copernicus contributing missions and/or EGNSS differentiators, e.g. High Accuracy Service, authentication features or Galileo Open Service with multi-frequency capability. The developed solutions may integrate technologies like IoT, big data, artificial intelligence, drones, 5G, augmented/mixed reality etc.

The developed applications should have a clearly defined commercial potential and should respond to well identified user needs. The developed solution is expected achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project

Proposals should deliver new innovative applications, with commercial impact and a clear market uptake.

For proposals under this topic:

1.Participation of industry, in particular SMEs and midcaps, is encouraged;

2.Participation of, or outreach to, entities based in countries without a space tradition is encouraged;

3.Involvement of post-graduate researchers (engineers, scientists, and others) is also encouraged, for example through professional work experience or through fellowships/scholarships when applicable;

4.A Business Plan and evidence of user engagement is compulsory and must be provided as part of the proposal, to demonstrate the user need and sustainability of the project.

Proposals addressing PRS (Public Regulated Service) related applications are not in the scope of this action.

Proposals under this topic should exploit synergies and be complementary to national activities and activities funded by ESA.

Applicants are welcome to use the European space data infrastructures, e g. Galileo Service Centre, EGNOS Data Access Service (EDAS) and the EGNOS user support facilities (ASQF).

Applicants are advised to exploit all possible synergies with other specific actions related to the European Green Deal and funded under the work programme of Cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility” and of Cluster 6 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment'.

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02-52: EGNSS applications for Safety and Crisis management

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.30 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Development of innovative EGNSS-based solutions contributing to a resilient and more stable Europe that protects citizens.

2.Development of innovative EGNSS-based solutions addressing safety concerns, to support the implementation of EU policy priorities relating to the safety of citizens, improved disaster risk management, , better security and resilience of infrastructure and vital societal functions, cybersecurity and crisis management.

3.Development of innovative EGNSS-based solutions complementing the products delivered by the Emergency Management and Security Services of Copernicus.

4.Awareness raising on the benefits of using EGNSS and Copernicus for emergency disaster risk management, and EGNSS for timing and synchronisation for critical infrastructures.  

Scope: Proposals may be submitted in any of the following areas:

1.Improved emergency disaster risk management and societal resilience. EGNSS solutions for critical services related to detection, preparedness, response, recovery and mitigation of emergencies and disasters, introducing synergies between satellite navigation, earth observation and communications. In particular, the synergies with the Copernicus Emergency Response Service, which is already operational, should be exploited. EGNSS solutions that leverage Search and Rescue service for resilience and management in crisis situations, following a disaster where conventional means, e.g. telecommunications, are no longer working. Further promising areas include mapping and high accuracy navigation for response and recovery, more intelligent and accurate distress beacons for Save and Rescue, drone and robot operations for disaster response, GNSS/Copernicus-based earthquake early warning systems, and Helicopter Emergency Medical Services.

2.Timing and synchronisation applications focussing on emerging network synchronisation needs of critical infrastructures (electricity, telecommunications, financial etc.) in terms of accuracy and robustness, while reducing EU dependency on other GNSS. Proposals may e.g. focus on increasing receiver resilience to interference, increasing resilience and reliability in the reception of GNSS signals, tighter and more accurate time/phase requirements, timing precise synchronisation between financial platforms, Critical Assets Monitoring and Data Centre resistance against spoofing data; telecommunication networks’ operation; small cell synchronisation and 5G; Energy distribution and Phasor Measurement Units for smart grids. Links to the timing metrology infrastructure may be included, where relevant.

Proposals should exploit EGNSS differentiators such as Galileo Open Service multi-frequency, Galileo High Accuracy Service (HAS), Galileo Open Service Navigation Message Authentication (OS-NMA), Galileo Signal Authentication Service and Galileo Search and Rescue Service (SAR) for the development of new innovative applications.

Developed applications should have a clearly defined commercial potential and should respond to user needs. The solution developed is expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project.

Proposals should deliver new innovative applications, with commercial
impact and a clear market uptake. Standardisation of new technologies is also in the scope of the topic and might be considered by the applicant. The use of o
ther space components such as Copernicus is recommended. In particular, the use of Copernicus Emergency Management and Security services is highly encouraged. The developed solutions may integrate other non-space technologies like IoT, big data, artificial intelligence, drones, 5G, augmented/mixed reality etc.

For proposals under this topic:

1.Participation of industry, in particular SMEs and midcaps, is encouraged;

2.Participation of, or outreach to, entities based in countries without a space tradition is encouraged;

3.Involvement of post-graduate researchers (engineers, scientists, and others) is also encouraged, for example through professional work experience or through fellowships/scholarships when applicable;

4.A Business Plan and evidence of user engagement is compulsory and must be provided as part of the proposal, to demonstrate the user need and sustainability of the project.

5.The involvement of public authorities in the safety critical domain may be foreseen, to attract public authorities as launching customer in case of successful projects.

Applicants are advised to exploit all possible synergies with other security specific actions funded under the work programme of Cluster 3 “Civil security for society” and funded under the work programme of Cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility” (e.g. Aviation safety topic “More resilient aircraft and survivability).

Proposals under this topic should exploit synergies and be complementary to national activities and activities funded by ESA.

Applicants are welcome to use the European space data infrastructures, e g. Galileo Service Centre, EGNOS Data Access Service (EDAS) and the EGNOS user support facilities (ASQF).

Proposals addressing PRS (Public Regulated Service) related applications are not in the scope of this action.

HORIZON-EUSPA-2021-SPACE-02-53: EGNSS applications for the Digital Age

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.30 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Foster the adoption of EGNSS in mass markets and professional markets.

2.Create applications that will make the best use of EGNSS innovative features such as better multipath resistance, authentication etc.

3.Contribute to the competitiveness of the European GNSS industry in the area of mobile applications, with special focus on the innovative role of SMEs and midcaps, and non-space countries.

4.maximise public benefits by supporting the development of EGNSS applications that will address major societal challenges in focus areas such as health, citizen safety and security, mobility and the sharing economy.

Scope: Proposals may be submitted in any of the following areas:

1.Internet of Things: Within Internet of Things solutions, there is a clear trade-off in terms of accuracy and battery life that prevents users to rely on GNSS in any situation. EGNSS solutions should demonstrate how power reduction techniques can effectively deliver GNSS-level accuracy in IoT devices and develop IoT solutions able to demonstrate the EGNSS compositeness in the IoT domain, to be used in application fields such as food geo traceability, blockchain and Artificial Intelligence

2.Mobile solutions. Development of new EGNSS enabled solutions which exploit the EGNSS differentiators such as High Accuracy Service and authentication features or which leverage the availability of GNSS raw measurements in smartphones.

3.mHealth-solutions for ‘silver economy’, robotics. With the ageing population growing fast in the EU, governments will be increasingly challenged to meet the needs of older people in a cost-effective manner. EGNSS can support the ‘silver economy’ by satisfying the specific needs of elderly and disabled persons. The innovations brought by EGNSS, together with technologies such as robotics or enhanced home automation – should be exploited to develop innovative solutions.

4.Artificial intelligence- Big Data, geo-tagging, optimisation for multiple sensors. Advances in AI will improve the capabilities of applications and services, providing improved experiences to all users.AI-enabled machine learning can be used to improve the GNSS data processing to provide greater performance thanks to the optimisation of multiple sensors. Proposals should explore synergies between EGNSS and Artificial Intelligence, in the frame of applications relaying on big data and geo-tagging techniques. Synergies with earth observation data can be also exploited.

5.Cybersecurity- solutions that are stimulating privacy, security of location data, exploiting synergies with quantum. In a digitalised world, privacy and cybersecurity are of utmost importance for individuals who are increasingly relying on digital applications to perform day-to-day task and activities. EGNSS solutions should enhance the security of location-based applications. Additionally, synergies with quantum can be leveraged as well.

6.Sharing economy- solutions for logistics, mobility services, goods and food. The sharing economy covers many different sectors. It is rapidly emerging across Europe. Within this trend, GNSS is a key technology for all services requiring geographic information. Newly developed EGNSS solutions in the field of logistics, mobility services, and food industry should capitalise on the enhanced accuracy and the innovative features provided by EGNSS.

7.Sports and fitness - smart wearables. Wearables represent the beginning of the separation between smartphones and end users, as an increasing number of smartphone services and apps are now accessible via new interfaces (smartwatches, fitness trackers, smart glasses, clothing, etc.). Currently, wearables are mostly used for fitness, health and entertainment. Proposals should ensure the use of EGNSS innovative features and differentiators in the smart wearables domain, integrating also other non-space technologies.

Synergies with other space components and other non-space technologies are applicable to this topic.

The developed applications should have a clearly defined commercial potential and should respond to user needs. Standardisation of new technologies is also in the scope of the topic and might be considered by the applicant. The solution developed is expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project.

Proposals should deliver new innovative applications, with commercial
and social benefits, impact and a clear market uptake. The standardisati
on of new technologies is also in the scope of the topic and might be considered by the applicant. The use of other space components such as Copernicus is highly encouraged. The developed solutions may integrate other non-space technologies like IoT, big data, artificial intelligence, drones, 5G, augmented/mixed reality etc.

For proposals under this topic:

1.Participation of industry, in particular SMEs and midcaps, is encouraged;

2.Participation of, or outreach to,entities based in countries without a space tradition is encouraged;

3.Involvement of post-graduate researchers (engineers, scientists, and others) is also encouraged, for example through professional work experience or through fellowships/scholarships when applicable;

4.A Business Plan and evidence of user engagement iscompulsory and must be provided as part of the proposal, to demonstrate the user need and sustainability of the project.

5.Proposals addressing PRS (Public Regulated Service) related applications are not in the scope of this action.

Applicants are advised to exploit all possible synergies with other security specific actions funded under the work programme of Cluster 1 “Health”, other parts of Cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space”, and Cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility” (e.g. destinations 5 and 6).

Proposals under this topic should exploit synergies and be complementary to national activities and activities funded by ESA.

Applicants are welcome to use the European space data infrastructures, e g. Galileo Service Centre, EGNOS Data Access Service (EDAS) and the EGNOS user support facilities (ASQF).

Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2022 - APPLICATIONS

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 311

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 312

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: May 2022 (indicative)

Deadline(s): Sep 2022 (indicative)

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-51

IA

9.50 313

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-52

PCP

5.20

2.60 to 5.20

2

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-54

IA

9.60 314

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-55

RIA

9.60 315

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-56

RIA

5.10

0.50 to 1.00

5

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-61

RIA

9.10 316

1.00 to 1.50

6

Overall indicative budget

48.10

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

This call and resulting actions will be implemented under indirect management by the European Union Space programme Agency - EUSPA (the former European GNSS Agency - GSA), subject to the conclusion of a contribution agreement with the Commission.

Development of applications from the EU space programme components

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-51: EGNSS applications for Smart mobility

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Development of EGNSS based accuracy, safety-and liability-critical applications in long lead time market segments such as aviation, maritime, rail, road transportation and multi modal domains.

2.EGNSS response to the increasing mobility demands and emerging transport solutions, such as those enabled by autonomous or unmanned platforms, supporting new policies aimed to incentivise green and sustainable transportation of goods and people.

3.The action aims at fostering the EGNSS market uptake in transport. Applications should demonstrate the advantage of Galileo and EGNOS specific features and differentiators for their use in smart and green mobility, and should contribute to a resource efficient, safe, climate and environmentally friendly transport, that will be for the benefit of citizens, the economy and society.

Scope: Proposals may be submitted in any of the transport areas or propose a multi-mode approach:

1.Aviation: EGNSS solutions for modernising and improving air operations and traffic management technologies, addressing Communication, Positioning, Navigation and Timing, as well as Surveillance, targeting new navigation operations powered by EGNSS (e.g. 4D, GBAS DFMC, surveillance), increased airport efficiency (e.g. leveraging SWIM), critical airport and future drone-port infrastructure management (e.g. synchronization, monitoring, surveying), polar routes surveillance against space weather events and facilitating integration of drones in the airspace (drone operations, U-Space services leveraging EGNSS and Earth observation data, dynamic maps), as well as new entrants in the airspace, such as high altitude flights.

2.Maritime: EGNSS solutions that reduce emissions in shipping and increase efficiency of operations (e.g. ports operations and logistics, intelligent routing), safety (e.g. fisheries, navigation at sea, coastal and inland waters, surveillance and accident investigation, search and rescue at sea), and resilience, polar routes surveillance against space weather events and drive the modernization of the sector (e.g. Internet of boats, automation, autonomous sea cleaning, GNSS contribution to marine communication networks).

3.Rail: EGNSS for cheaper, smarter, higher performance, safer and emission-efficient solutions (e.g. contributing to the deployment of EGNSS based signalling and its inclusion into the evolution of the European Train Control System (ETCS), efficiency-focused innovations enabling cost reductions, capacity increase and automation, infrastructure management, dangerous goods transport, autonomous trains). EGNSS based train localization for critical applications as well as the use of Copernicus for infrastructure related operations should ensure that the EU railways sector keeps pace with rest of the world, where the adoption of space-based services already started. Maintenance of rail existing infrastructure and support to new lines is also considered.

4.Road: EGNSS solutions for regulated markets that reduce traffic, optimise fuel consumption, lower emissions, and foster cheaper, smarter, safer and greener transportation, including smart public transportation. EGNSS solutions to support the development of connected and autonomous driving, next generation vehicles and novel user equipment, new capacities for vehicles, e.g. intelligent speed adaptation, and the use of integrated space data for road safety and environment, such as monitorisation of road infrastructures (e.g. landslides and bridge infrastructure), and AI-based cyber threat mitigation (e.g. spoofing attacks on localization). EGNSS solutions that benefit from EGNSS regulations such as the eCall system (e.g. GNSS Tolling for passengers cars, congestion charging in Smart Cities, eParking, traffic information), or of the Smart Tachograph in commercial vehicles (e.g. custom control and cross-border enforcement, cabotage and freight activities).

Proposals should be built on the exploitation of the distinguishing features of EGNOS and Galileo.

The action focuses on the development of close to market EGNSS transport applications and mobility services through the realisation of large-scale demonstration and implementation projects, indicating the necessary scale-up needs to wide adoption in Europe and worldwide and associated standards and certification.

Developed applications should have a clearly defined commercial potential and should respond to user needs. The solution developed is expected to achieve TRL7-9 by the end of the project.

Proposals should deliver new innovative applications, with commercial impact and a clear market uptake. The use of other space components such as Copernicus is highly encouraged. The developed solutions may integrate other non-space technologies like IoT, big data, artificial intelligence, drones, 5G, augmented/mixed reality etc.

For proposals under this topic:

1.Participation of industry, in particular SMEs and midcaps, is encouraged;

2.Participation of, or outreach to, entities based in countries without a space tradition is encouraged

3.Involvement of post-graduate researchers (engineers, scientists, and others) is also encouraged, for example through professional work experience or through fellowships/scholarships when applicable;

4.A Business Plan and evidence of user engagement is compulsory and should be provided as part of the proposal, to demonstrate the user need and sustainability of the project, and opportunities for wide adoption in Europe according to standards and operational needs.

Proposals addressing PRS (Public Regulated Service) related applications are not in the scope of this action.

Applicants are advised to exploit all possible synergies with other transport and mobility specific actions funded under the work programme of Cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility”

Proposals under this topic should exploit synergies and be complementary to national activities and activities funded by ESA.

Applicants are welcome to use the European space data infrastructures, e g. Galileo Service Centre, EGNOS Data Access Service (EDAS) and the EGNOS user support facilities (ASQF).

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-52: Public sector as Galileo and/or Copernicus user

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.60 and 5.20 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.20 million.

Type of Action

Pre-commercial Procurement

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Stimulate the public sector in Europe to use space downstream products, involving SMEs and midcaps.

2.Support to public stakeholders through specific funding tools, to develop, via pre-commercial procurement (PCP) innovative EGNSS and/or Copernicus based solutions

3.Encourage the public sector to be the “first customer” for innovative space based applications and contribute to speeding up the modernisation of the public sector.

4.Enable public procurers to collectively implement PCPs to close the gap between supply and demand for innovative solutions that require e.g. precise location (from EGNOS/Galileo), spatial data and earth monitoring capabilities (from Copernicus).

5.Bring radical improvements to the quality and efficiency of public services by encouraging the development,validation and certification (when applicable) of breakthrough space-based solutions

6.Prepare Galileo and/or Copernicus-based solutions for an integrated approach to support national public authorities to concretely uptake Galileo and/or Copernicus products and use them within their mandate and regulatory tasks and specifically helping them integrating Galileo and/or Copernicus in their regulatory systems, operational procedures and decision-making.

7.Decrease of the prices of EGNSS and Copernicus based products/services, a smart use of the procurement budget to remove supplier lock-in and obtain more open, standardized solutions, shorter time-to-market facilitating the access of SMEs and midcaps to the procurement market and increased exploitation of IPRs and R&D results.

Scope: This topic is open to proposals for PCP actions in all areas of public sector interest requiring innovative solutions in different market segments that exploit space data. It is open both to proposals requiring improvements mainly based on one specific downstream space technology (e.g Galileo, Copernicus, GOVSATCOM), as well as to proposals requiring end-to-end solutions that need combinations of different space components.

The topic is dedicated to public administration to procure research and experimental development that exploits space data and services (e.g. Galileo and/or Copernicus) and that meets their needs. In addition, the proposals should build on the procurement needs of the participating organizations, supporting the EGNSS, Galileo and/or Copernicus market take-up across Europe and demonstrating a sustainability of solutions beyond the lifespan of the proposed project. Projects should focus on very specific and more mature applications and market segments, based on clearly identified needs. Promising areas of activities are the following, however, the choice of market segment and application is left to the proposer:

1.EGNSS and/or Copernicus for mobility as a service, cooperative ITS, public transport, smart cities and air quality monitoring and forecasting, including support to new green policies,

2.Integration of EGNSS into U-Space concept for drones,

3.Monitoring of infrastructure with EGNSS and/or Copernicus (rail, road, critical infrastructure)

4.Copernicus and/or EGNSS for crisis emergency management, including related to extreme events (i.e. storm surges, coastal floods, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, space weather)

5.Copernicus and/or EGNSS for civil security applications and border management

6.Copernicus and/or EGNSS for sustainable development, climate change adaptation, mitigation and resilience services

7.Copernicus and/or EGNSS for coastal area monitoring and modelling, also related to coastal planning and operations.

Activities covered should reinforce the national policy frameworks and mobilise substantial additional national budgets, as well as awareness raising, technical assistance and/or capacity building to other procurers beyond the project to mainstream PCP implementation and to remove obstacles for introducing the innovative solutions to be procured into the market.

The requested solutions should be validated through field-testing by the participating procurers in at least two different countries across Europe.

Applicants should take particular attention to ensure giving sufficient time for the different PCP phases.

Applicants are recommended to use European data infrastructures such as, for example, the DIAS platforms and the Galileo Service Centre and EGNOS user support facilities.

Proposals addressing PRS (Public Regulated Service) related applications are not in the scope of this action.

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-54: Copernicus downstream applications and the European Data Economy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.60 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Europe needs to strengthen its position as provider of products and services based on data, enabling new market opportunities. The EU is promoting the use and uptake of Copernicus, a leading European data provider, as a driver of innovation for the European Data Economy.

2.Actions under this Topic will contribute to increase the integration and uptake of Copernicus into the economy, and/or to solve societal challenges.

3.The integration of Copernicus data assets with data contributed by other vertical domains into sizeable and scalable applications enabled by modern ICT technologies will greatly enhance Copernicus downstream market. Likewise, many vertical domains (such as, for example, agriculture, food security, health, energy, natural resources, environmental monitoring, insurances, tourism, security etc…) will benefit from the use of Copernicus.

Scope: Actions under this Topic will bring to market new or improved applications, products and services by exploiting Copernicus data assets and services products.

To achieve the objectives described above, the project are required to adopt state-of-the-art ICT technologies (such as, for example, Big Data and AI technologies in their wider declinations), and make use of existing European data infrastructures, such as Copernicus DIAS platforms, European open data portals, and industrial data platforms.

The technical solutions to be adopted should be user-friendly and work at the scale of the large quantities of data involved. They should be adopted to contribute to the digitization challenges of the European industry by opening up innovative business avenuesopportunities and to support societal challenges.

Copernicus data and services products will be at the core of the projects’ data value chains and integration activatesactivities needed to fulfil the industrial and users requirements that will drive the actions. Whenever relevant, the link with European satellite positioning/navigation/timing technologies should be exploited.

Applicants are required to present initial qualifying items of their business plan in the proposal, which will then have to be fully developed as part of the project’s exploitation plan.

Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project.

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-55: Large-scale Copernicus data uptake with AI and HPC

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.60 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Copernicus is producing increasingly large data volumes that require specific Big Data technologies and Artificial Intelligence (AI) methods to analyse it and manage it. The adoption of Big Data and AI technologies in the space industry represents a significant opportunity to innovate, following industrial requirements to better respond to well identified user needs.

2.Moreover, the data infrastructures offering archiving and distribution services for Earth Observation data, including Copernicus, are often data silos that offer today limited discoverability, querying and linking possibilities. The full exploitation of the archives and data stores require specialized Artificial Intelligence technologies, Linked Open Data paradigms and semantic archives able to scale to the full archives data volumes. Enhancing those cloud infrastructures with technological paradigms that are now typical of other data intensive domains (such as multimedia), will contribute to facilitate the development of new products and services with earth observation data at their core, and connect earth observation data to European Data Spaces.

3.Copernicus data are part of the European Data Economy and its value chains. As such, this call is promoting the collaboration of ICT actors, both from industry and academia, with the earth observation/space stakeholders and Copernicus users.

Scope: To address the expected outcomes described above, applicants are requested to respond to one of the following challenges:

1.Develop new and innovative products and services designed by industrial and user requirements, having Copernicus data assets and services products at their core, and scaling up to the increased data volumes of Copernicus’ archives, by solving the technological challenges related to Artificial Intelligence, AI, High Performance Computing (HPC,), Big Data processing and management, and the integration with distributed data sources from other industrial domains.

2.Develop new, enabling, scalable, operational solutions and technologies to improve capabilities and performance of the Copernicus value chain and supporting infrastructure: from access and discovery of data and information (required to fully integrate Copernicus data archives, including into the wider web of data and connect to European Data Spaces, in a machine to machine modality) to integration with other data sources and analysis to delivery and applications. Proposals can address individual elements of the value chain or the value chain as a whole.

For both challenges applicants are requested to provide quantitative measures of the progress beyond the state of the art.

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the two challenges described above, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project.

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-56: Designing space-based downstream applications with international partners

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.10 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in countries that have signed an administrative cooperation arrangements on Copernicus data access and Earth observation data exchange are exceptionally eligible for Union funding. Currently, these countries are: the United States, Australia, Ukraine, Chile, Colombia, Serbia, African Union, India and Brazil. Discussions towards similar cooperation have been started with other countries and regions (including United Nations Agencies and Asia-Pacific countries).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects with international cooperation partner countries are expected to contribute to the three following high-level outcomes:

1.The use of EGNSS and sharing of expertise with public and/or private entities to introduce EU-space based applications/solutions leveraging their innovative, unique features, in particular Galileo differentiators (authentication, high accuracy) nd EU know-how.

2.The use of Copernicus data, to develop jointly algorithms, services and/or products, which serve local user needs and/or enhance the Copernicus global product quality.

3.The combined use of EGNSS and Copernicus to develop innovative downstream applications combining positing navigation and timing with Earth observation services.

Projects will also contribute to the following objectives:

1.Lead to new or improved products, processes or services – using EU space technologies (Copernicus, EGNSS as enabler - that are capable of generating a marketable solution for the local market.

2.Maximise and spread the benefits of space-based applications and solutions enabled by EGNSS and/or by Copernicus, to leverage downstream space excellence in particular of SMEs and universities, to facilitate investments and to foster market uptake.

3.Create partnerships with non-EU entities towards commercialization, to trigger public and/or private investment from Europe and beyond to take advantage of market opportunities in Europe or local markets.

4.Build capacity and awareness raising, around EGNSS and Copernicus based applications and solutions, particularly in the regulated domains.

Scope: Proposals can target one or more of the three expected outcomes. Proposal can also include the use of other space based or non-spaced based assets and services, with a preference given to those based in the EU and in the international cooperation partners countries applying to these topics.

The actions should focus on technical developments of EU-space based applications/solutions, dissemination, awareness-raising, as well as provide opportunities for the creation of business-oriented partnerships of European industry with international partners. By doing so the action should be achieving a critical mass of space based-application success stories, demonstrating the advantages and differentiators of EU space based solutions and services and making it an attractive option for public authorities, private industries and private investors in Europe and elsewhere.

Cooperation with international partners, either public or private, is key to:

1.promoting the uptake of satellite navigation , position and timing, to enable non EU countries to benefit from the advanced and unique features offered by EGNOS and Galileo, particularly in transport and regulated domains.

2.promoting the uptake of Copernicus globally, exploiting possibilities for integrating in-situ, space data and information technologies. Building the Copernicus full, free and open data policy, the Commission seeks to facilitate access to Copernicus data and information for interested international partners. Administrative cooperation arrangements on Copernicus data access and Earth observation data exchange have already been signed with several countries; the United States, Australia, Ukraine, Chile, Colombia, Serbia, African Union, India and Brazil. Discussions towards similar cooperation have been started with other countries and regions (including United Nations Agencies and Asia-Pacific countries).

Tasks may include joint calibration and validation activities or integration of local in-situ systems to enhance the quality of data and service products. It is important to exploit the value-added of integration of EO observation technologies (both satellite, airborne and ground based) with positioning ones, and ICT (e.g. cloud computing) from international partner countries through the development of applications, and encourage their insertion into the market.

Technology promotion activities can include incentive schemes in the form of financial support to third parties, that will promote the uptake of space downstream applications across Europe and globally.

For proposals under this topic:

1.Proposals dealing with EGNSS are encouraged to involve the relevant players on the European side whenever relevant (e.g. European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), European Satellite Service Providers (ESSP) or Member States’ Air Navigation Service Providers for EGNOS Safety of Life service to aviation, European Maritime Safety Agency (EMSA), ERA for other transports). Participation of industry, in particular SMEs, is encouraged;

2.When dealing with Copernicus based applications, participation of at least one partner from a country that has signed a Copernicus Cooperation Arrangement is required; Proposals are encouraged to use the Copernicus Data and Information Access Services (DIAS), or other existing data access solutions instead of setting up their own download and processing infrastructure. They are also encouraged to integrate third-party data (including in-situ data) and envisage data assimilation into models and products made available on the Copernicus platform of the Copernicus services. Participation of partners involved in international GEO initiatives is encouraged. Participation of industry, in particular SMEs, is encouraged;

3.Involvement of public authorities is encouraged, whenever relevant;

4.Involvement of post-graduate scientists, engineers and researchers is encouraged, if relevant for the project.

HORIZON-EUSPA-2022-SPACE-02-61: GOVSATCOM Service developments and demonstrations

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.10 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Some activities, resulting from this topic, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

In accordance with paragraph 11 of Annex IV of the Regulation (EU) 2021/695 establishing Horizon Europe, this action is implemented with regard to eligibility of legal entities in accordance with the Union Space Programme. In particular, for the reasons of EU strategic autonomy in space and the security and integrity of EU space assets, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, legal entities established in any Member State will be eligible to participate where these entities comply with the conditions established in Article 24 of the Regulation (EU) 2021/696 317 .

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Consolidation of security-related services, demonstrations in a user context and in particular for civilian users and synergies with the services provided by the other components of the Space Regulation (e. g. services for civil protection with Copernicus images).

2.This topic address service developments in support to all High Level User Needs, including direct involvement of users and with emphasis on civilian users and interoperability of services. This should include Pooling & Sharing demonstrations, in particular on services enabled by new technology developments such as ground segment, RPAS, optical communications or Internet of Things. Service development should include an element of awareness building and outreach.

Scope:

1.R&I for the consolidation of integrated use cases and demonstration of EU GOVSATCOM service interoperability in real user environment.

1.Development of an innovative use case (e.g. in the area of crisis management, surveillance, critical infrastructure etc.) exploiting a combination of secure SATCOM services, such as Mobile Satellite Service (MSS) and Fixed Satellite Service (FSS);

2.Interoperability of services based on pooled and shared capacities from different satellite systems;

3.Interoperability of governmental satellite-based communication services with terrestrial communication services;

4.Development of end to end secure, interoperable, quickly deployable, affordable and user-friendly GOVSATCOM user services ;

5.Integrated application leveraging the synergies with services provided by other Space Programme components (Galileo, EGNOS, Copernicus, SSA);

6.Proof of concept in a real user environment;

7.Awareness and outreach activities in favour of EU GOVSATCOM user uptake.

2.R&I Areas to be addressed:

1.Interoperability between satellite communication systems’ services;

2.Seamless handover between satellite and terrestrial communications networks for the provision of governmental communications services;

3.Service level interoperability between commercial and MS owned satellite communications systems;

4.Integration of EU GOVSATCOM services with services provided by the other components of the Space Regulation.

Budget 318

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

403.00

from 01.020240

286.40

from 01.020240 - NGEU

116.60

HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

334.50

from 01.020240

188.35

from 01.020240 - NGEU

146.15

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01

355.20

from 01.020240

199.57

from 01.020240 - NGEU

155.63

HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-02

10.00

from 01.020240

4.45

from 01.020240 - NGEU

5.55

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01

402.20

from 01.020240

265.55

from 01.020240 - NGEU

136.65

HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-02-PCP

9.00

from 01.020240

3.62

from 01.020240 - NGEU

5.38

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01

141.00

from 01.020240

110.09

from 01.020240 - NGEU

30.91

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DATA-01

205.00

from 01.020240

162.62

from 01.020240 - NGEU

42.38

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

311.90

from 01.020240

280.32

from 01.020240 - NGEU

31.58

HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02

23.00

28.00

from 01.020240

23.00

28.00

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

116.50

from 01.020240

116.50

HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02

127.00

from 01.020240

127.00

HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-01

136.22

from 01.020240

65.13

from 01.020240 - NGEU

71.09

HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01

85.70

from 01.020240

57.68

from 01.020240 - NGEU

28.03

HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01

206.00

from 01.020240

206.00

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01

70.50

from 01.020240

70.50

HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02

50.50

from 01.020240

50.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.58

from 01.020240

0.58

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

7.28

from 01.020240

7.28

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

11.75

from 01.020240

11.75

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.94

from 01.020240

0.94

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

5.98

from 01.020240

5.98

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.99

from 01.020240

1.99

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.99

from 01.020240

1.99

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.00

from 01.020240

1.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

10.78

from 01.020240

10.78

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

31.81

from 01.020240

31.81

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

5.46

from 01.020240

5.46

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

11.10

from 01.020240

11.10

Other actions

Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

52.00

from 01.020240

52.00

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

1.10

0.10

from 01.020240

1.10

0.10

Specific grant agreement

143.60

from 01.020240

109.00

from 01.020240 - NGEU

34.60

Public procurement

16.10

20.20

from 01.020240

16.10

20.20

Expert contract action

4.05

7.75

from 01.020240

4.05

7.75

Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

4.10

0.60

from 01.020240

4.10

0.60

Indirectly managed action

112.80

112.90

from 01.020240

93.08

80.21

from 01.020240 - NGEU

19.72

32.69

Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.58

from 01.020240

0.58

Contribution from this part to Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.56

from 01.020240

0.56

Contribution from this part to Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) under Part 12 of the work programme

0.04

from 01.020240

0.04

Contribution from this part to Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre under Part 12 of the work programme

0.56

from 01.020240

0.56

Contribution from this part to Service Level Agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

0.20

from 01.020240

0.20

Contribution from this part to Public procurement under Part 12 of the work programme

2.69

from 01.020240

2.69

Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.44

0.44

from 01.020240

0.44

0.44

Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

10.53

from 01.020240

10.53

Estimated total budget

1814.75

1782.47

(1)    'Updating the 2020 New Industrial Strategy: Building a stronger Single Market for Europe's recovery', COM(2021)350 final
(2)    'Updating the 2020 New Industrial Strategy: Building a stronger Single Market for Europe's recovery', COM(2021)350 final and associated Staff Working Documents
(3)    The digital intensity of the construction sector is below 10%, meaning that the sector has a very slow absorption rate of digital technologies, according to the Digital Transformation Scoreboard 2018, https://ec.europa.eu/information_society/newsroom/image/document/2018-20/4_desi_report_integration_of_digital_technology_B61BEB6B-F21D-9DD7-72F1FAA836E36515_52243.pdf
(4)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(5) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(6)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(7)    Of which EUR 15.94 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(8)    Of which EUR 10.19 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(9)    Of which EUR 13.52 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(10)    Of which EUR 15.64 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(11)    Of which EUR 19.27 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(12)    Of which EUR 14.94 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(13)    Of which EUR 19.63 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(14)    Of which EUR 7.47 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(15)    In this context, “deep industrial data” means data available only internally in an industrial process (e.g., data used in a manufacturing machine or a logistic process), and not normally shared across the value chain.
(16)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
(17)    See https://inspire.ec.europa.eu/about-inspire/563
(18)    See https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/856943
(19)    Directive 2008/98/EC: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex%3A32008L0098
(20)    Directive 2018/851: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:32018L0851
(21)    A social innovation spin-off action may not necessarily encompass a commercial activity.
(22)    e.g. Sharebox, Scaler, CIRCLEAN network or JRC Industry mapping EIGL, etc.
(23) https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f26dfd11-6288-11ea-b735-01aa75ed71a1    Study and Portfolio Review of Cluster of Projects on Industrial Symbiosis
(24)    Industrial symbiosis report published in March 2020
(25)    e.g. Sharebox, Scaler, CIRCLEAN network or JRC Industry mapping EIGL, etc.
(26) https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f26dfd11-6288-11ea-b735-01aa75ed71a1    Study and Portfolio Review of Cluster of Projects on Industrial Symbiosis
(27)    Biomass utilisation in line with the objectives of the EU Biodiversity Strategy.
(28)    COM (2020) 474
(29) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(30)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(31)    Of which EUR 12.85 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(32)    Of which EUR 11.30 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(33)    Of which EUR 25.95 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(34)    Of which EUR 13.03 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(35)    Of which EUR 34.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(36)    Of which EUR 12.11 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(37)    Of which EUR 36.33 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(38)    A social innovation spin-off action may not necessarily encompass a commercial activity.
(39)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/index.htm
(40)    e.g. Sharebox, Scaler, CIRCLEAN network, JRC EIGL, etc.
(41) https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f26dfd11-6288-11ea-b735-01aa75ed71a1    Study and Portfolio Review of Cluster of Projects on Industrial Symbiosis
(42)    Annual Sustainable Growth Strategy 2021 (COM/2020/575 final)
(43)     For example, demand for rare earths used in permanent magnets, e.g. for electric vehicles, digital technologies or wind generators, could increase tenfold by 2050. See the Commission Communication “Critical Raw Materials Resilience: Charting a Path towards greater Security and Sustainability”, COM(2020) 474 final.
(44)    By 2030, China will likely account for more than half of global production, the EU and US for only one quarter of production (Mid-Century Vision report, Cefic, 2019, and International Energy Agency)
(45)    See ATI reports from US and China about technology performance: China: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/reports/international-reports/report-china-technological-capacities-and-key-policy-measures ; and US: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/reports/international-reports/report-united-states-america-technological-capacities-and-key-policy
(46)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(47) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(48)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(49)    Of which EUR 21.78 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(50)    Of which EUR 21.78 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(51)    Of which EUR 2.42 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(52)    Of which EUR 16.94 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(53)    Of which EUR 13.91 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(54)    Of which EUR 10.99 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(55)    Of which EUR 10.99 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(56)    Of which EUR 18.46 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(57)    Of which EUR 1.92 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(58)    Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(59)    Of which EUR 12.41 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(60)    Of which EUR 3.63 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(61)    Of which EUR 0.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(62)    Of which EUR 5.55 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(63)    Of which EUR 3.02 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(64)    https://www.unece.org/energywelcome/areas-of-work/unfc-and-sustainable-resource-management/applications/unfc-and-anthropogenic-resources.html
(65)    COM (2020) 474
(66)    http://www.prosumproject.eu/
(67)    COM (2020) 474
(68)    COM (2020) 474
(69)    Reference to the list of CRMs2020COM (2020) 474 final
(70)     Sustainable-by-design concept takes a systems approach by integrating safety, circularity and functionality of advanced materials, products and processes throughout their lifecycle. This concept can be defined as a pre-market approach that focuses on providing a function (or service), while avoiding properties that may be harmful to human health or the environment. from a lifecycle perspective.
(71)    Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability COM(2020) 667 final
(72)    Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability COM(2020) 667 final
(73)    F3 Factory, Copiride and Synflow projects in FP7
(74)     SWD(2021)97 final , Report on the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights in third countries (2021)
(75)     SWD(2021)97 final , Report on the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights in third countries (2021)
(76)    Cooperation with projects funded in DT-NMBP-02-2018: OITBs for Safety Testing of Medical Technologies for Health
(77)    https://www.innoradar.eu/
(78)    As foreseen in the European Commission’s SME strategy (published 10.03.2020).
(79)    The Advanced Technologies for Industry project of the European Commission offers analytical overview of 16 advanced technologies: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/about/what-is-ati : Advanced Manufacturing Technology, Advanced Materials, Artificial Intelligence, Augmented and Virtual Reality, Big Data, Blockchain, Cloud Computing, Connectivity, Industrial Biotechnology, Internet of Things, Micro- and Nanoelectronics, Mobility, Nanotechnology, Photonics, Robotics and Security. European SMEs have shown a chronic lagging behind the US and China in the uptake of advanced technologies - See ATI reports from US and China about technology performance: China: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/reports/international-reports/report-china-technological-capacities-and-key-policy-measures ; and US: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/reports/international-reports/report-united-states-america-technological-capacities-and-key-policy
(80)    https://intellectual-property-helpdesk.ec.europa.eu/index_en; https://intellectual-property-helpdesk.ec.europa.eu/horizon-ip-scan_en; https://euipo.europa.eu/ohimportal/en/online-services/ideas-powered-for-business
(81) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(82)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(83)    Of which EUR 5.55 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(84)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1603122220757&uri=CELEX:52020DC0662
(85)    Refers to the 14 Industrial Ecosystems for Recovery
(86)    Many housing blocks in Eastern Europe are at the stretch of their “expiration date” and in need of a deep renovation. They are often located in proximity of each other which makes a district approach more beneficial. Many of the flats are owned by their residents, usually with no financial resources to renovate themselves. Therefore inclusive financial programs should be developed.
(87) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(88)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(89)    Of which EUR 20.76 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(90)    Of which EUR 31.14 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(91)    Of which EUR 31.14 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(92)    Of which EUR 18.16 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(93)    Of which EUR 29.41 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(94)    Of which EUR 6.05 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(95)    Directive 2007/2/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March 2007 establishing an Infrastructure for Spatial Information in the European Community (INSPIRE)
(96)    Directive 2007/2/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March 2007 establishing an Infrastructure for Spatial Information in the European Community (INSPIRE)
(97)    COM (2020) 474
(98)    COM (2020) 474
(99)    COM (2020) 474
(100)    The term "by-products" should be interpreted here as the constituents usually accompanying the major component(s) of a raw material at low concentrations.
(101)    EU list of critical raw materials 2020 – add link when published
(102)    COM (2020) 474
(103)     SWD(2021)97 final , Report on the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights in third countries (2021)
(104)     SWD(2021)97 final , Report on the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights in third countries (2021)
(105)    https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php/Cloud_computing_-_statistics_on_the_use_by_enterprises.
(106)    The Advanced Technologies for Industry project of the European Commission offers analytical overview of 16 advanced technologies: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/about/what-is-ati : Advanced Manufacturing Technology, Advanced Materials, Artificial Intelligence, Augmented and Virtual Reality, Big Data, Blockchain, Cloud Computing, Connectivity, Industrial Biotechnology, Internet of Things, Micro- and Nanoelectronics, Mobility, Nanotechnology, Photonics, Robotics and Security. European SMEs have shown a chronic lagging behind the US and China in the uptake of advanced technologies - See ATI reports from US and China about technology performance: China: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/reports/international-reports/report-china-technological-capacities-and-key-policy-measures ; and US: https://ati.ec.europa.eu/reports/international-reports/report-united-states-america-technological-capacities-and-key-policy
(107)    https://intellectual-property-helpdesk.ec.europa.eu/index_en; https://intellectual-property-helpdesk.ec.europa.eu/horizon-ip-scan_en; https://euipo.europa.eu/ohimportal/en/online-services/ideas-powered-for-business
(108) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(109)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(110)    Of which EUR 5.38 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(111) PCP showcases : see e.g. impacts of PCPs that commercialised greener solutions     Impacts of EU funded PCPs show 20%-30% efficiency and quality improvements in public services, doubling of the amount of public procurement directly awarded to startups/SMEs, a factor 20 increase in the amount of cross-border contract award to startups/SMEs and a factor 4 additional financing secured by startups/SMEs. The use of place of performance and IPR/commercialization conditions that fuel commercialization in Europe in PCPs also contributes to EU open strategic autonomy.
(112)     ‘public authorities need to lead by example…’, Green deal communication, December 2019
(113)     ‘A key factor in engineering economic turnaround will be the adoption of innovations... Europe’s focus should be primarily on ICT-using sectors because ICT-producing sectors alone are unlikely to provide significant productivity increases to the economy... The EU and governments can do this through their own procurement.’, Report for EU Parliament , Oct 2018
(114)     SMART 2016/0040 that benchmarked European investments and policy frameworks for innovation procurement (study results to be presented and published in September-October 2020)
(115)     Startup Europe Summit recommendations , March 2019
(116)    Results of a survey carried out by the EU among procurers that participated in past EU funded PCP and PPI actions (see slide 28 for results of survey). Another specific survey, among procurers that participated in POV and PCP actions in the security domain, lead to the same conclusion that procurers want to more regular, annual open PCP calls.
(117)     https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/sme-panel-consultation-b2b-data-sharing
(118) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(119)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(120)    Of which EUR 30.91 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(121) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(122)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(123)    Of which EUR 42.38 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(124)    See https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/artificial-intelligence/tackling-europes-gap-in-digital-and-ai (based on data from 2017 and 2018)
(125) horticulture etc as well as produce processing, ingredient preparation and food manufacture and assembly.    The term Agri-Food is intended to cover a wide range of food production sectors including livestock farming, fisheries,
(126)     https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/dae/document.cfm?doc_id=65402
(127)    Link to provide later
(128) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(129)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(130)    Of which EUR 15.49 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(131)    Of which EUR 16.09 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(132)    Area at the convergence of unconventional nano-electronics, flexible/printed electronics and electronic smart systems that enables shifting from purely physical integration to functional integration.
(133)    Complying with the EU Ecodesign directive.
(134)    In this context a start-up is a tech-oriented company. It should employ less than 10 people (but more than 2 full time equivalent staff) that has operated for less than three years and has attracted more than EUR €50 000 early stage private sector investment or has demonstrable sales growth over 50% pa – they will receive 100% financial support to third parties while other SMEs would receive 70% financial support. Startups would be expected to highlight the impact that the project will have on their overall Company strategy and growth prospects in the Impact section of their proposals (as well as the impact on society and European competitiveness.
(135)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given action, over its entire duration
(136)    The 3 expected outcomes are : 1. Resource optimisation and minimisation of waste, energy or greenhouse gas emissions, 2. Environmental and waste management in the circular economy, 3. Robotics solutions in harsh environments serving the Green Deal
(137)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(138)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(139)    E.g.: https://www.big-data-europe.eu/
(140)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(141)     https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intersectionality - intersectional aspects could cover gender, age, social level, education, ethnic origin, etc.
(142)    In this context a start-up is a tech-oriented company. It should employ less than 10 people (but more than 2 full time equivalent staff) that has operated for less than three years and has attracted more than EUR €50 000 early stage private sector investment or has demonstrable sales growth over 50% pa – they will receive 100% financial support to third parties while other SMEs would receive 70% financial support. Startups would be expected to highlight the impact that the project will have on their overall Company strategy and growth prospects in the Impact section of their proposals (as well as the impact on society and European competitiveness.
(143)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given action, over its entire duration
(144)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(145)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(146)    E.g.: https://www.big-data-europe.eu/
(147)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(148)     https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intersectionality - intersectional aspects could cover gender, age, social level, education, ethnic origin, etc.
(149)    Explainability mechanisms can use multiple communication modalities, verbal, non-verbal, gestural etc.
(150)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(151)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(152)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(153)    E.g.: https://www.big-data-europe.eu/
(154)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/ethics-guidelines-trustworthy-ai
(155)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/communication-artificial-intelligence-europe
(156)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_18_6689
(157)    Covering robots with certain level of intelligence/autonomy in their behaviour
(158)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given Action, over its entire duration
(159)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(160)     https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intersectionality - intersectional aspects could cover gender, age, social level, education, ethnic origin, etc.
(161)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(162)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(163) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(164)    Canadian applicants should refer to the NSERC website under the Call description for the NSERC Terms and Conditions for Applying form: https://www.nserc-crsng.gc.ca/Innovate-Innover/Collaborative_Research-Recherche_Collaborative_eng.asp
(165)    Exchange rate of 4th May 2021 applied
(166)    Exchange rate of 4th May 2021 applied
(167)    Exchange rate of 4th May 2021 applied
(168)    Exchange rate of 4th May 2021 applied
(169) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(170) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(171) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(172)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(173) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(174)    Noisy intermediate scale quantum
(175) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(176) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(177) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(178) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(179) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(180) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(181) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(182)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(183) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(184)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(185)    FAIR data are data which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability
(186)    Note that in the case of manufacturing, duplication with destination 1 topics are excluded. Therefore, proposals in this topic should demonstrate that they address topics different from those addressed in destination 1 topics.
(187)    In this context a start-up is a tech-oriented company. It should employ less than 10 people (but more than 2 full time equivalent staff) that has operated for less than three years and has attracted more than EUR €50 000 early stage private sector investment or has demonstrable sales growth over 50% pa – they will receive 100% financial support to third parties while other SMEs would receive 70% financial support. Startups would be expected to highlight the impact that the project will have on their overall Company strategy and growth prospects in the Impact section of their proposals (as well as the impact on society and European competitiveness.
(188)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given action, over its entire duration
(189)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(190)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(191)    E.g.: https://www.big-data-europe.eu/
(192)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(193)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(194)    E.g.: https://www.big-data-europe.eu/
(195)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(196)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(197)     https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intersectionality - intersectional aspects could cover gender, age, social level, education, ethnic origin, etc.
(198)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given Action, over its entire duration
(199)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(200)    https://robmosys.eu/newsrobmosys-rosin-towards-an-eu-digital-industrial-platform-for-robotics/
(201)    E.g.: https://www.big-data-europe.eu/
(202)    https://graphene-flagship.eu/innovation/pilot-line/
(203) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(204)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(205)    Of which EUR 7.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(206)    Of which EUR 26.01 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(207)    Of which EUR 11.98 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(208)    Of which EUR 1.81 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(209)    Of which EUR 6.72 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(210)    Of which EUR 4.48 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(211)    Of which EUR 2.78 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(212)    Of which EUR 3.39 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(213)    Of which EUR 6.72 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(214) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(215)    To be developed under topic HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-01-11
(216)    Multi-functional interface for OOS applications providing at least transfer of mechanical loads, power and data, (e.g. HOTDOCK, iSSI or SIROM)
(217)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(218)    www.h2020-peraspera.eu
(219)    www.epic-src.eu
(220) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(221) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(222) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(223)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(224)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(225) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(226)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(227)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(228) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(229) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(230)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(231)    Of which EUR 8.39 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(232)    Of which EUR 5.02 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(233)    Of which EUR 4.15 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(234)    Of which EUR 10.47 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(235)    according to ECSS-M-ST-10C
(236)    Multi-functional interface for OOS applications providing at least transfer of mechanical loads, power and data (e.g. HOTDOCK, iSSI or SIROM)
(237)    www.h2020-peraspera.eu
(238)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(239)    www.h2020-peraspera.eu
(240)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(241)    www.epic-src.eu
(242) (a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;(b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;(c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(243)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(244)    https://www.copernicus.eu/en/news/news/new-co2-green-report-2019-published
(245)    https://www.che-project.eu/
(246)     https://www.coco2-project.eu
(247)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(248)    Published on the EU funding and tenders portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal)
(249)    2019 CIGI-Ipsos Global Survey on Internet Security and Trust
(250) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(251)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(252)    Including all industries from manufacturing to service, both public and private.
(253)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/artificial-intelligence#Coordinated-EU-Plan-on-Artificial-Intelligence
(254)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(255)    Strategic Research, Innovation and Deployment Agenda of the AI, Data and Robotics PPP
(256)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(257)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(258)    In this section AI is taken in the broad sense and covers AI, Data and Robotics
(259)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/communication-artificial-intelligence-europe
(260)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_18_6689
(261)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given Action, over its entire duration
(262)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(263)    The EC-funded Expert Group on “Gendered Innovations” recommends a rigorous social benefit review: http://genderedinnovations.stanford.edu/case-studies/machinelearning.html#tabs-2 . See also the policy review on ‘ Gendered Innovations 2: How Inclusive Analysis contributes to Research and Innovation ’ (European Commission, DG Research and Innovation, 2020) and methodologies and case studies therein dedicated to AI, addressing gender and intersectional analysis in machine learning and robotics.
(264)    The European Pillar of Social Rights: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/social-summit-european-pillar-social-rights-booklet_en.pdf
(265)    Gender Equality Strategy 2020 -2025: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0152&from=EN
(266)    EU Anti-racism Action Plan 2020 – 2025 : https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/a_union_of_equality_eu_action_plan_against_racism_2020_-2025_en.pdf
(267)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/lgbtiq-equality-strategy-2020-2025_en
(268)    Intersectionality considers how different social or political identities, such as gender, race, sexual orientation, ability, ethnicity, socio-economic background, age and religion, intersect and can result in different forms of discrimination or privilege.
(269)    See ALTAI - The Assessment List on Trustworthy Artificial Intelligence: https://futurium.ec.europa.eu/en/european-ai-alliance/pages/altai-assessment-list-trustworthy-artificial-intelligence
(270)    Education Action Plan 2021 -2027, p.12: “The [Ethics] Guidelines [for Trustworthy Artificial Intelligence] will be accompanied by a training programme for researchers and students on the ethical aspects of AI and include a target of 45% of female participation in the training activities” https://ec.europa.eu/education/sites/education/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf
(271)    https://ai-data-robotics-partnership.eu/
(272)    https://ai-data-robotics-partnership.eu/
(273)     https://eige.europa.eu/gender-mainstreaming/toolkits/gear
(274)    In particular: HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-91. ENSURING RELIABILITY AND TRUST IN QUALITY OF RESEARCH ETHICS EXPERTISE IN THE CONTEXT OF NEW/EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES.
(275)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/951911
(276)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/780355
(277)    The European Blind Union estimates that there are over 30 million blind and partially sighted persons in geographical Europe.
(278)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0784
(279)    COM/2020/274 final
(280)    Higher Education Institution
(281)    www.STARTS.eu
(282)    Topics HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-30,31
(283)    Topics HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-29,31
(284)    Topics HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-29,30
(285) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(286)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(287)    HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-11: Prevention of child sexual exploitation
(288) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(289)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(290)    Social Sciences and Humanities
(291)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(292)    In this section AI is taken in the broad sense and covers AI, Data and Robotics
(293)    Maximum amount per third party, received from a given Action, over its entire duration
(294)    Initiated under the AI4EU project https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/825619 and further developed in projects resulting from H2020-ICT-49-2020 call
(295)    Of which EUR 34.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(296) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(297) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(298) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(299) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(300) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
(301)    In the frame of this IOD/IOV service, to accelerate the implementation of the EU-wide quantum communication infrastructure (EuroQCI), the Union will support the ESA SAGA initiative by providing the aggregation of for the QKD payload of Eagle 1 on the satellite platform, the related launch services and initial in-orbit testing.
(302)    Of which EUR 19.72 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(303)    Of which EUR 32.69 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(304) The Agendcy responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Agency responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(305)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(306)    Of which EUR 8.47 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(307)    Of which EUR 5.63 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(308)    Of which EUR 5.63 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(309)    COM (2019) 640 of 11 December 2019
(310) The Agency responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Agency responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(311)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(312)    Of which EUR 8.22 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(313)    Of which EUR 8.30 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(314)    Of which EUR 8.30 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(315)    Of which EUR 7.87 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(316)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/AUTO/?uri=uriserv:OJ.L_.2021.170.01.0069.01.ENG&toc=OJ:L:2021:170:TOC
(317) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX VII

“Annex VIII

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

8. Climate, Energy and Mobility

Table of contents

Introduction    

Destination – Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality    

Call - Climate sciences and responses    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-01: Improved understanding of greenhouse gas fluxes and radiative forcers, including carbon dioxide removal technologies    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-02: Modelling the role of the circular economy for climate change mitigation    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-03: Maximising the impact and synergy of European climate change research and innovation    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-04: Enhanced integrated assessment in pursuit of global climate goals    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-05: Better understanding of the interactions between climate change impacts and risks, mitigation and adaptation options    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-06: Supporting and standardising climate services    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-07: Improved economic methods for decision-making on climate and environmental policies    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-08: Restoration of natural wetlands, peatlands and floodplains as a strategy for fast mitigation benefits; pathways, trade-offs and co-benefits    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-09: The contribution of forest management to climate action: pathways, trade-offs and co-benefits    

Call - Climate sciences and responses    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-01-two-stage: Carbon Dioxide Removal (CDR) approaches    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-02-two-stage: Socio-economic risks of climate change in Europe    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-03-two-stage: Social science for land-use strategies in the context of climate change and biodiversity challenges    

Call - Climate sciences and responses    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-01: Verification and reconciliation of estimates of climate forcers    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-02: Development of high-resolution Earth system models for global and regional climate change projections    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-03: Improvement of Integrated Assessment Models in support of climate policies    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-04: Supporting the formulation of adaptation strategies through improved climate predictions in Europe and beyond    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-05: Let nature help do the job: Rewilding landscapes for carbon sequestration, climate adaptation and biodiversity support    

Destination – Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

Conditions for the Call    

A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-01: Sustainable processing, refining and recycling of raw materials (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-02: Advanced high-performance Generation 3b (high capacity / high voltage) Li-ion batteries supporting electro mobility and other applications (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03: Advanced high-performance Generation 4a, 4b (solid-state) Li-ion batteries supporting electro mobility and other applications (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-04: Environmentally sustainable processing techniques applied to large scale electrode and cell component manufacturing for Li ion batteries (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-05: Manufacturing technology development for solid-state batteries (SSB, Generations 4a - 4b batteries) (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-06: Sustainable, safe and efficient recycling processes (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-07: Support for establishment of R&I ecosystem, developing strategic forward-looking orientations to ensure future skills development, knowledge and technological leadership for accelerated disruptive technology exploration and uptake (Batteries Partnership)    

Emerging breakthrough technologies and climate solutions    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-08: Emerging technologies for a climate neutral Europe    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-09: Methane cracking to usable hydrogen and carbon    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-10: Technologies for non- CO2 greenhouse gases removal    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-11: Direct atmospheric carbon capture and conversion    

Citizens and stakeholder engagement    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-12: Fostering a just transition in Europe    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-13: Strengthening Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) research communities in climate, energy and mobility disciplines    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-14: Accelerating the climate transition in difficult contexts: transition super-labs (pilot)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-15: Fostering cooperation between Horizon Europe cluster 5 National Contact Points (NCPs)    

Communities and cities    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16: Co-Funded Partnership: Driving Urban Transitions to a sustainable future (DUT)    

Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

Conditions for the Call    

A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-01: Sustainable processing and refining of battery grade graphite (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-02: Interface and electron monitoring for the engineering of new and emerging battery technologies (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-03: Furthering the development of a materials acceleration platform for sustainable batteries (combining AI, big data, autonomous synthesis robotics, high throughput testing) (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-04: Towards creating an integrated manufacturing value chain in Europe: from machinery development to plant and site integrated design (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-05: Next generation technologies for High-performance and safe-by-design battery systems for transport and mobile applications (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-06: Embedding smart functionalities into battery cells (embedding sensing and self-healing functionalities to monitor and self-repair battery cells) (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-07: Digitalisation of battery testing, from cell to system level, including lifetime assessment (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08: Coordination of large-scale initiative on future battery technologies (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-09: Physics and data-based battery management for optimised battery utilisation (Batteries Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-10: Streamlined collection and reversed logistics, fully automated, safe and cost-efficient sorting, dismantling and second use before recycling (Batteries Partnership)    

Communities and cities    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-11: CIVITAS 2030 – Coordination and support for EU funded urban mobility innovation    

Destination – Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Conditions for the Call    

Energy systems, grids and storage    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-01: Establish the grounds for a common European energy data space    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-02: Laying down the basis for the demonstration of a Real Time Demonstrator of Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC with Grid Forming Capability: Coordinated action    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-03: Interoperability community    

Cross-cutting issues    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04: Clean Energy Transition    

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Conditions for the Call    

Global leadership in renewable energy    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-01: Demonstration of wave energy devices to increase experience in real sea condition    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-02: Sustainability and educational aspects for renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-03: Market Uptake Measures of renewable energy systems    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-04: Novel tandem, high efficiency Photovoltaic technologies targeting low cost production with earth abundant materials    

Energy systems, grids and storage    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-05: Energy Sector Integration: Integrating and combining energy systems to a cost-optimised and flexible energy system of systems    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-06: Increasing energy system flexibility based on sector-integration services to consumers (that benefits system management by DSOs and TSOs)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-07: Reliability and resilience of the grid: Measures for vulnerabilities, failures, risks and privacy    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-08: Electricity system reliability and resilience by design: High-Voltage, Direct Current (HVDC)-based systems and solutions    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-09: Demonstration of superconducting systems and elpipes    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-10: Demonstration of advanced Power Electronics for application in the energy sector    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-11: Reinforcing digitalisation related know how of local energy ecosystems    

Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-12: Integration of CCUS in hubs and clusters, including knowledge sharing activities    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-13: Cost reduction of CO2 capture (new or improved technologies)    

Cross-cutting issues    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-14: Support to the activities of the European Geological Services    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-15: Support to the activities of the ETIPs and technology areas of the SET Plan    

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Conditions for the Call    

Global leadership in renewable energy    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-01: AU-EU Water Energy Food Nexus    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-02: Next generation of renewable energy technologies    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-03: Hybrid catalytic conversion of renewable energy to carbon-neutral fuels    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-04: Physics and aerodynamics of atmospheric flow of wind for power production    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-05: Wind energy in the natural and social environment    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-06: Novel approaches to concentrated solar power (CSP)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-07: Stable high-performance Perovskite Photovoltaics    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-08: Cost-effective micro-CHP and hybrid heating systems    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-09: Carbon-negative sustainable biofuel production    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-10: Innovative foundations, floating substructures and connection systems for floating PV and ocean energy devices    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-11: Development of hydropower equipment for hidden hydropower    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-12: Innovation on floating wind energy deployment optimized for deep waters and different sea basins (Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea, Baltic Sea, North-east Atlantic Ocean)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-13: Demonstration pilot lines for alternative and innovative PV technologies (Novel c-Si tandem, thin film tandem, bifacial, CPV, etc.)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-14: Demonstration of large-scale CHP technologies for a shift to the use of biogenic residues and wastes    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-15: Solutions for more sustainable geothermal energy    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-16: Innovative biomethane production as an energy carrier and a fuel    

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Conditions for the Call    

Global leadership in renewable energy    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-01: Demonstration of cost-effective advanced biofuel technologies utilizing existing industrial plants    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-02: Demonstration of innovative materials, supply cycles, recycling technologies to increase the overall circularity of wind energy technology and to reduce the primary use of critical raw materials    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-03: Advanced manufacturing of Integrated PV    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-04: Demonstrate the use of high temperature geothermal reservoirs to provide energy storage for the energy system    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-05: Demonstration of innovative plug-and play solutions for system management and renewables storage in off-grid applications    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-06: Novel Agro-Photovoltaic systems    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-07: Demonstration of innovative rotor, blades and control systems for tidal energy devices    

Energy systems, grids and storage    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-08: Supporting the action of consumers in the energy market and guide them to act as prosumers, communities and other active forms of active participation in the energy activities    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-09: Real Time Demonstrator of Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal VSC-HVDC with Grid Forming Capability (in support of the offshore strategy)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-10: Interoperable solutions for flexibility services using distributed energy storage    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-11: Demonstration of innovative forms of storage and their successful operation and integration into innovative energy systems and grid architectures    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-12: Replicable solutions for a cross sector compliant energy ecosystem    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-13: Energy system modelling, optimisation and planning tools    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-14: Thermal energy storage solutions    

Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-15: Decarbonising industry with CCUS    

Cross-cutting issues    

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Conditions for the Call    

Global leadership in renewable energy    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-01: Digital solutions for defining synergies in international renewable energy value chains    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-02: AU-EU Energy System Modelling    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-03: Innovative renewable energy carrier production for heating from renewable energies    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-04: Technological interfaces between solar fuel technologies and other renewables    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-05: Renewable energy carriers from variable renewable electricity surplus and carbon emissions from energy consuming sectors    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-06: Direct renewable energy integration into process energy demands of the chemical industry    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-07: Renewable energy incorporation in agriculture and forestry    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-08: Demonstration of complete value chains for advanced biofuel and non-biological renewable fuel production    

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

Conditions for the Call    

Global leadership in renewable energy    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-01: Innovative components and/or sub-systems for CSP plants and/or concentrating solar thermal installations    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-02: Best international practice for scaling up sustainable biofuels    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-03: Efficient and circular artificial photosynthesis    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-04: Integrated wind farm control    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-05: Novel Thin Film (TF) technologies targeting high efficiencies    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-06: Efficient and low-emission technologies for industrial use of combustion and gasification systems from low-value biogenic residues and wastes    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-07: Development of algal and renewable fuels of non-biological origin    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-08: Development of digital solutions for existing hydropower operation and maintenance    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-09: Recycling end of life PV modules    

Destination – Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

Conditions for the Call    

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-01: Advanced energy performance assessment and certification    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-02: Industrialisation of deep renovation workflows for energy-efficient buildings    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-03: Advanced data-driven monitoring of building stock energy performance    

Industrial facilities in the energy transition    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-04: Full-scale demonstration of heat upgrade technologies with supply temperature in the range 90 - 160°C    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-05: Industrial excess (waste) Heat-to-Power conversion based on organic Rankine cycles    

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

Conditions for the Call    

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-01: Demonstrating integrated technology solutions for buildings with performance guarantees (Built4People)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-02: Cost-effective, sustainable multi-functional and/or prefabricated holistic renovation packages, integrating RES and including re-used and recycled materials (Built4People)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-03: Strengthening European coordination and exchange for innovation uptake towards sustainability, quality, circularity and social inclusion in the built environment as a contribution to the new European Bauhaus (Built4People)    

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

Conditions for the Call    

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-01: Demand response in energy-efficient residential buildings    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-02: Renewable-intensive, energy positive homes    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-03: Smarter buildings for better energy performance    

Industrial facilities in the energy transition    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-04: Development and pilot demonstration of heat upgrade technologies with supply temperature in the range 150-250°C    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-05: Development of high temperature thermal storage for industrial applications    

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

Conditions for the Call    

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-01: Designs, materials and solutions to improve resilience, preparedness & responsiveness of the built environment for climate adaptation (Built4People)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-02: Solutions for the sustainable, resilient, inclusive and accessible regeneration of neighbourhoods enabling low carbon footprint lifestyles and businesses (Built4People)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-03: Sustainable and resource-efficient solutions for an open, accessible, inclusive, resilient and low-emission cultural heritage: prevention, monitoring, management, maintenance, and renovation (Built4People)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-04: Smart-grid ready and smart-network ready buildings, acting as active utility nodes (Built4People)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-05: More sustainable buildings with reduced embodied energy / carbon, high life-cycle performance and reduced life-cycle costs (Built4People)    

Destination – Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes    

Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes    

Conditions for the Call    

Zero-emission road transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-01: Nextgen vehicles: Innovative zero emission BEV architectures for regional medium freight haulage (2ZERO)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-02: Nextgen EV components: Integration of advanced power electronics and associated controls (2ZERO)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-03: System approach to achieve optimised Smart EV Charging and V2G flexibility in mass-deployment conditions (2ZERO)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04: LCA and design for sustainable circularity - holistic approach for zero-emission mobility solutions and related battery value chain (2ZERO & Batteries Partnership)    

Aviation    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-05: Greenhouse gas aviation emissions reduction technologies towards climate neutrality by 2050    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-06: Next generation digital aircraft transformation in design, manufacturing, integration and maintenance    

Enabling climate neutral, clean, smart, and competitive waterborne transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-07: Enabling the safe and efficient on-board storage and integration within ships of large quantities of ammonia and hydrogen fuels (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-08: Enabling the full integration of very high power fuel cells in ship design using co-generation and combined cycle solutions for increased efficiency with multiple fuels (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-09: CSA identifying waterborne sustainable fuel deployment scenarios (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-10: Innovative on-board energy saving solutions (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-11: Hyper powered vessel battery charging system (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-12: Assessing and preventing methane slip from LNG engines in all conditions within both existing and new vessels (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-13: Digital Twin models to enable green ship operations (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-14: Proving the feasibility of a large clean ammonia marine engine (ZEWT Partnership)    

Impact of transport on environment and human health    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-15: Development and demonstration of cost affordable and adaptable retrofit solutions for tailpipe and brake polluting emissions    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-16: Assessment of noise and particle emissions of L category vehicles from real driving conditions    

Cross-cutting actions    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-17: Support for dissemination events in the field of Transport Research    

Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling climate neutral, clean, smart, and competitive waterborne transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-01: Exploiting electrical energy storage systems and better optimising large battery electric power within fully battery electric and hybrid ships (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-02: Innovative energy storage systems on-board vessels (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-03: Exploiting renewable energy for shipping, in particular focusing on the potential of wind energy (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-04: Transformation of the existing fleet towards greener operations through retrofitting (ZEWT Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-05: Seamless safe logistics through an autonomous waterborne freight feeder loop service    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-06: Computational tools for shipbuilding    

Impact of transport on environment and human health    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-07: Prevent smog episodes in Europe: Air quality impact of engine-emitted volatile, semi volatile and secondary particles    

Zero-emission road transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-08: Modular multi-powertrain zero-emission systems for HDV (BEV and FCEV) for efficient and economic operation (2ZERO)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-09: Nextgen EV components: High efficiency and low cost electric motors for circularity and low use of rare resources (2ZERO)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-10: New generation of full electric urban and peri-urban Bus Rapid Transit systems to strengthen climate-friendly mass transport (2ZERO)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-11: Stimulating Road Transport research and innovation dissemination and implementation in Europe and around the World    

Aviation    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-12: Towards a silent and ultra-low local air pollution aircraft    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-13: Digital aviation technologies for new aviation business models, services, emerging global threats and industrial competitiveness    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-14: European Aviation Research Policy in support to EU policies and initiatives    

Destination – Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

Conditions for the Call    

Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-01: More powerful and reliable on-board perception and decision-making technologies addressing complex environmental conditions (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02: Common approaches for the safety validation of CCAM systems (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-03: Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI), connectivity and cooperation enabling and supporting CCAM (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-04: Cyber secure and resilient CCAM (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-05: Analysis of socio-economic and environmental impacts and assessment of societal, citizen and user aspects for needs based CCAM solutions (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-06: Framework for better coordination of large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe and EU-wide knowledge base (CCAM Partnership)    

Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-07: More efficient and effective multimodal freight transport nodes to increase flexibility, service visibility and reduce the average cost of freight transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-08: New delivery methods and business/operating models to green the last mile and optimise road transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-09: Climate resilient and environmentally sustainable transport infrastructure, with a focus on inland waterways    

Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-10: Testing safe lightweight vehicles and improved safe human-technology interaction in the future traffic system    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-11: Radical improvement of road safety in low and medium income countries in Africa    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-12: Controlling infection on large passenger ships    

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-13: Safe automation and human factors in aviation – intelligent integration and assistance    

Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

Conditions for the Call    

Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-01: European demonstrators for integrated shared automated mobility solutions for people and goods (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-02: Reliable occupant protection technologies and HMI solutions to ensure the safety of highly automated vehicles (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-03: Human behavioural model to assess the performance of CCAM solutions compared to human driven vehicles (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-04: Integrate CCAM services in fleet and traffic management systems (CCAM Partnership)    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-05: Artificial Intelligence (AI): Explainable and trustworthy concepts, techniques and models for CCAM (CCAM Partnership)    

Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-06: Predictive safety assessment framework and safer urban environment for vulnerable road users    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-07: More resilient aircraft and increased survivability    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-08: Safer navigation and tackling containership fires    

Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

Conditions for the Call    

Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-01: Logistics networks integration and harmonisation through operational connectivity to optimise freight flows and drive logistics to climate neutrality    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-02: Urban logistics and planning: anticipating urban freight generation and demand including digitalisation of urban freight    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-03: Smart enforcement for resilient, sustainable and more efficient transport operations    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-04: Accelerating the deployment of new and shared mobility services for the next decade    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-05: Advanced multimodal network and traffic management for seamless door-to-door mobility of passengers and freight transport    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-06: Smart and efficient ways to construct, maintain and decommission with zero emissions from transport infrastructure    

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-07: New concepts and approaches for resilient and green freight transport and logistics networks against disruptive events (including pandemics)    

Other actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. Support for the SET Plan Conference    

2. Support to the IEA’s Clean Energy Transition Programme (CETP) for emerging economies    

3. IRENA - Clean Energy Innovation Analysis & RE-MAP grants    

4. Improved offshore energy development in areas reserved for defence activities    

5. Support to European Standardisation Organisations for biomethane injection in the grid in support of the implementation of the RED II as well as gas quality regulatory work    

6. Support for the SET Plan Conference 2022    

Public procurements    

1. Study on development of outlook for the necessary means to build industrial capacity for drop-in advanced biofuels    

2. Study on Prize development for renewable energy systems (recognition and inducement prizes)    

3. Study on using pre-commercial procurements for drop-in advanced biofuel for commercial cargo-shipping and aviation    

4. Dissemination and information activities    

5. Dissemination and information activities related to the EIC Prize Fuel From the Sun    

6. Information, dissemination and logistic support for EU in Mission Innovation    

7. Information services for energy research and innovation policy development    

8. Smart Cities Marketplace    

9. Assessment of the competitiveness of clean energy technologies    

10. Study on gender balance in the R&I field to improve the role of women in the energy transition    

11. Study on circular approaches for a sustainable and affordable clean energy transition    

12. Organisation and operation the Grand Final event for the EIC Prize Fuel From the Sun    

13. Support to the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of climate, energy and mobility research and innovation policy activities    

Subscription actions    

1. Contribution to Technology Collaboration Programmes (TCPs) of the International Energy Agency (IEA)    

2. International Partnership for Hydrogen and Fuel Cells in the Economy    

3. Voluntary contribution to the CEM Secretariat for Phase III (July 2022 – June 2025) and to participation in its initiatives and campaigns    

4. IEA (EE HUB)    

5. Contribution to the International Renewable Energy Agency    

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

1. Clean Energy Technology Observatory    

2. Energy markets analysis    

3. Energy scenarios    

4. Technical assistance for reviewing Annex V and VI in RED II    

5. Smart specialisation for climate adaptation    

Indirectly managed actions    

1. Response to lessons-learnt from recent accidents / incidents in air transport    

2. Safety standards for the introduction of key concepts and technologies    

3. Solutions for runway safety    

4. Standards supporting the digital transformation of aviation    

5. Development of new aviation health safety standards (for flight crews)    

6. Impact of security measures on safety    

7. Contribution to InvestEU blending operation under the Green Transition product    

Expert contract actions    

1. Experts for the monitoring of actions    

2. External expertise to advise on EU research and innovation policy    

Budget    

Introduction

The overarching driver for this cluster is to accelerate the twin green and digital transitions and associated transformation of our economy, industry and society with a view to achieving climate neutrality in Europe by 2050. This encompasses the transition to greenhouse gas neutrality of the energy and mobility sectors by 2050 at the latest (as well as that of other sectors not covered by this cluster), while boosting their competitiveness, resilience, and utility for citizens and society. Europe has been at the forefront of climate science and is committed to keep delivering the knowledge for enabling efficient pathways and just transitions to climate neutrality.

Activities of this work programme support the implementation of the Paris Agreement and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 1 . By creating more jobs, accelerating economic and social transformation, faster digitalisation and by generating innovation-based and inclusive growth, activities will aid Europe’s recovery 2 in the wake of the Covid-19 crisis, contributing directly to the Commission priorities of a European Green Deal, a Europe fit for the digital age, and an economy that works for the people.

The European Commission’s strategic vision “A Clean Planet for All” 3 outlines that the move to climate neutrality – along with faster digitalisation and accelerated economic and societal changes – will transform the energy and mobility sectors in the coming decades making them increasingly intertwined. Research and Innovation will heavily influence the speed at which these transitions can take place, directly affecting the associated costs, impacts and co-benefits, such as better air and water quality, increased employment, social inclusion, sustainable resource management (including the circular economy and biodiversity), and reduced dependency on fossil fuels. A key contribution to success is the development of a wide portfolio of – from a life-cycle perspective – cost-effective climate neutral alternatives for emitting activities, based on often in combination with enhanced sector coupling, digitalisation, system integration and leveraging, whenever appropriate, the existing Earth observation and monitoring programme Copernicus. The twin green and digital transitions require instilling profound changes in social practices and skills requirements, as a result, engaging society in the co-design, co-development, and co-implementation of innovations also through social innovation 4 .

The rate at which European research and innovation actions succeed in developing, upscaling, implementing, and commercialising such innovative solutions will steer EU’s future competitiveness of its existing and newly emerging industries in European and global markets.

Cluster 5 supports the EU’s strategic objectives through activities included in this work programme and through the support of Institutional European Partnerships 5 which are implemented through dedicated structures. Although the latter activities are not included in this work programme, it is of great importance to maximise synergy and coherence between activities regardless of their implementation mode 6 .

Activities in this work programme will contribute to all Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs) of the Strategic Plan (KSO C being the one with the most direct contribution):

1.Promoting an open strategic autonomy 7  by leading the development of key digital and, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations;

2.Restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources to ensure food security and a clean and healthy environment;

3.Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

4.Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

To contribute to these programme-level KSOs, cluster 5 will deliver on six specific expected impacts. In this work programme, each expected impact has been transformed into a specific Destination (see table below). This Destination-based work programme structure follows a thematic centre-of-gravity approach, but activities in a given Destination can of course have a cross-cutting character and will often contribute to multiple expected impacts. The specific contribution to the overall expected impacts is explained in the introductory text of each Destination.

Expected Impact (Strategic Plan)

Destination (Cluster 5 work programme)

Transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy enabled through advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) and behavioural transformations.

1. Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality

Clean and sustainable transition of the energy and transport sectors towards climate neutrality facilitated by innovative crosscutting solutions.

2. Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

More efficient, clean, sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply through new solutions for smart grids and energy systems based on more performant renewable energy solutions.

3. Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

Efficient and sustainable use of energy, accessible for all is ensured through a clean energy system and a just transition.

4. Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

Towards climate-neutral and environmental friendly mobility through clean solutions across all transport modes while increasing global competitiveness of the EU transport sector.

5. Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

Safe, seamless, smart, inclusive, resilient, climate neutral and sustainable mobility systems for people and goods thanks to user-centric technologies and services including digital technologies and advanced satellite navigation services.

6. Safe Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

According to the intervention logic of this work programme, Destination 1 fosters climate science and thus helps to identify effective and efficient pathways and responses to climate change. Destination 2 supports different cross-cutting technologies and solutions for climate, energy and mobility applications. Destination 3 and 4 focusses mainly on energy issues – Destination 3 on making energy supply more sustainable, secure and competitive; Destination 4 on reducing energy demand of buildings and industry and enabling their more active role in a smart energy system. Destination 5 and 6 improve the performance of transport modes and mobility solutions – Destination 5 increases the competitiveness and climate/environmental performance of different transport modes; Destination 6 advances mobility services and solutions at system level for passengers and goods.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) 8 , European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) 9 , Just Transition Fund 10 , LIFE 11 , Innovation Fund 12 , InvestEU 13 ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) 14 [currently available in all Member States] aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one Member State it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

In order to encourage multi-actors approaches and to be more effective in achieving impact, proposals are expected to synergize with other relevant initiatives funded at EU level, including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) 15 . The innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT KICs can in particular contribute to building communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and fostering the exploitation of the project results. Where relevant, and without prejudice to the direct participation of the EIT KICs in the R&I activities under this destination, proposals are encouraged to explore other forms and means of service provisions distinct from the EIT KICs that can be complementary to the considered proposals and their activities. Collaboration with other innovation communities that can well support the project implementation and impact is also encouraged. Any such cooperation should be based on adequate intellectual property management strategies.

In line with RRF’s requirement and the European Green Deal objectives, research and innovation activities should comply with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle, as defined in Articles 3(b) and 17 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation 16 established to determine whether an economic activity is environmentally sustainable. Compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle needs to be assessed both for activities carried out during the course of the project as well as the expected life cycle impact of the innovation at a commercialisation stage. The robustness of the compliance must be customised to the envisaged TRL of the project. In particular, the potential harm of Innovation Actions contributing to the European Green Deal will be monitored throughout the project duration. Horizon Europe projects will play an important role to help economic operators reach or go beyond the standards and thresholds set up in the Regulation as technical screening criteria and to keep them up-to-date. Alignment of research and innovation activities with EU Taxonomy technical screening criteria will also be piloted in selected topics with the aim to facilitate their later access to green finance to foster the market uptake of the innovative technologies and solutions they developed.

Horizon Europe’s approach to international cooperation consist of multilateralism and purposeful openness, combined with targeted actions with key third-country partners. Actions focus on aligning national, European and global efforts and investments in research and innovation areas that contribute towards achieving key European Commission priorities. With regard to cluster 5, the Commission pushes the acceleration of clean energy innovation through the Mission Innovation 17 Initiative, which was launched at COP21 and currently comprises 24 countries and the European Commission. International cooperation of EU Member States and Associated Countries in the context of Mission Innovation in relevant topics in this work programme is encouraged. In addition, this work programme specifically addresses cooperation with African countries on renewable energies 18 and cooperation on sustainable decarbonisation with major emitting countries around the world, in line with the spirit of the Paris Agreement which emphasises the need for global cooperation on technology development and transfer.

For topics in this cluster, consortia could consider their voluntary contribution in terms of data, indicators and knowledge to relevant Joint Research Centre (JRC) platforms for capitalising the knowledge developed in their projects and become more policy relevant:

1.Life cycle assessment (LCA) and its relevant application to value chain assessment: European Platform on Life cycle assessment (EPLCA, https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ ) and making reference to the Environmental footprint method when applying LCA ( https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/index.htm );

2.Raw materials: Raw materials information system (RMIS, https://rmis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ );

3.Soil and soil related issues: European Soil Observatory (ESO, https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/eu-soil-observatory );

4.The natural capital accounting: INCA platform ( https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/ecosystem-accounts ).

For the purpose of technology monitoring and progress against the state-of-art and helping to indicate project contributions towards the targets of the European Commission’s Green Deal all actions related to hydrogen and fuel cells funded under this work programme shall report directly or indirectly on an annual basis in a secure online data collection platform managed by the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking and The European Commission during the course of Horizon Europe. The reporting shall consist of filling in the template questionnaire(s) relevant to the project content (and the technology development and TRL).

Activities included in this work programme have been designed together with EU Member States, EEA Countries and the European Parliament, as well as stakeholders and interested citizens.

Destination – Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality

Europe has been at the forefront of climate science and should retain its leadership position to support EU policies as well as international efforts for a global uptake of climate action in line with the Paris Agreement and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), including biodiversity objectives. Advancing climate science and further broadening and deepening the knowledge base is essential to inform the societal transition towards a climate neutral and climate resilient society by 2050, as well as towards a more ambitious greenhouse gas reduction target by 2030. It will involve research that furthers our understanding of past, present and expected future changes in climate and its implications on ecosystems and society, closing knowledge gaps, and develops the tools that support policy coherence and the implementation of effective mitigation and adaptation solutions. Due to the inherent international character of this subject, international collaboration is encouraged for topics under this destination.

The activities implemented under this section will enable the transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy through improving the knowledge of the Earth system and the ability to predict and project its changes under different natural and socio-economic drivers, including a better understanding of society’s response and behavioural changes, and allowing a better estimation of the impacts of climate change and the design and evaluation of solutions and pathways for climate change mitigation and adaptation and related social transformation.

This Destination contributes directly to the Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientation C ”Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems” and the impact area “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”.

In line with the Strategic Plan, the overall expected impact of this Destination is to contribute to the “Transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy enabled through advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) and behavioural transformations”, notably through:

1.Advancing knowledge and providing solutions in the any of following areas: Earth system science; pathways to climate neutrality; climate change adaptation including climate services; social science for climate action; and better understanding of climate-ecosystems interactions.

2.Contributing substantially to key international assessments such as those of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) or the European Environment Agency (e.g. European environment state and outlook reports, SOER).

3.Strengthening the European Research Area on climate change.

4.Increasing the transparency, robustness, trustworthiness and practical usability of the knowledge base on climate change for use by policy makers, practitioners, other stakeholders and citizens.

Coordination and synergies between activities supported under Destination 1, as well as in other Destinations and Clusters, and in particular complementarities with Cluster 4 and Cluster 6 should be taken into account by planning for adequate resources for co-ordination and clustering activities. Following a systemic approach, Destination 1 concentrates on activities related to climate science and modelling, whereas Cluster 6 supports R&I in the areas covered by Cluster 6, notably on the implementation of climate change mitigation and adaptation solutions.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01

136.00

14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-two-stage

51.00

10 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

27 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02

87.00

10 Feb 2022

Overall indicative budget

136.00

138.00

Call - Climate sciences and responses

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 19

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 20

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-01

RIA

24.00

Around 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-02

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-03

CSA

9.00

4.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-04

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-05

RIA

20.00

6.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-06

CSA

9.00

Around 9.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-07

RIA

6.00

Around 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-08

RIA

20.00

6.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-09

RIA

18.00

Around 6.00

3

Overall indicative budget

136.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-01: Improved understanding of greenhouse gas fluxes and radiative forcers, including carbon dioxide removal technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all three areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved knowledge in the addressed areas, also through increasing the use of high quality data, leading to a better understanding of the processes driving climate change.

2.Improved projections of climate change (including in relation to climate change-related extreme events).

3.Improve our understanding of how innovative mitigation actions can help stabilise global temperature.

4.Improved understanding from these actions should be fed into improvements in Earth system models, climate services and other forms of downstream use.

Scope: This topic aims at filling fundamental gaps in our understanding of Earth system, focussing on greenhouse gas (GHG) fluxes and Earth system feedbacks, the behaviour of radiative forcers (including their pre-cursors), and efforts to stabilise global temperature through deployment of carbon dioxide (CO2) removal approaches.

Beneficiaries are encouraged to take advantage of the relevant national and/or European research infrastructures (e.g. ICOS, ACTRIS etc.).

Actions should improve scientific understanding in only one of the following areas:

a) Greenhouse gas fluxes and Earth system feedbacks

Actions should target a better understanding of key processes related to the life cycles of GHGs, other climate forcers and associated feedbacks affecting the Earth’s climate over different time horizons, including the effect of climate variability from inter-annual to multi-decadal and longer time scales. Actions should focus on elements of the climate system which have an important influence on climate change and its impacts but are not sufficiently understood by the latest science, such as terrestrial ecosystems, hydrological cycles, ocean circulation changes, atmosphere-ocean gas exchanges, coastal zones or the biogeochemical cycles.

b) Global warming contribution of different, non-CO2 radiative forcers

Actions should improve knowledge concerning the individual and cumulative contribution of short- and long-lived radiative forcers, including GHGs other than CO2 and their precursors, aerosols, refrigerants and other climate forcers, to climate change, including their impact on atmospheric and ocean circulation, as well as other environmental issues. Actions may focus on a subset of forcers, and should concentrate on those where the relationship between emissions, atmospheric lifecycle, climate system feedbacks, and global warming is least well understood. Actions should also assess the climate and non-climate impacts, over multiple time scales, of policies and measures targeting forcers other than CO2. Moreover, the action should examine the application of this knowledge in relevant sectors (such as transport, industry, agriculture and health) with a view to better understand co-benefits and trade-offs of mitigation policies with other societal benefits, including human health.

c) Climate and Earth system responses to climate neutrality and net negative emissions

Actions should improve understanding of the environmental consequences of reducing net greenhouse gas emissions to levels consistent with the aim of stopping global warming. Actions should focus on the response of global temperatures and other key properties of the Earth system to sustained reductions in greenhouse gas emissions to net zero and below. This should include, but not be limited to, pathways consistent with the Paris Agreement goals of limiting warming to well below 2°C and pursuing efforts to limit it to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels, including scenarios with and without temperature overshoot. The action should pay particular attention to climate-related challenges at different temporal scales, including potential benefits, risks and feedbacks (e.g. effects of surface albedo changes) of using carbon dioxide removal strategies, whether nature-based or technological, to stabilise global temperature. In this context, interaction with actions dedicated to carbon dioxide removal (like ongoing EU projects, NEGEM, LANDMARC and OceanNETs, as well as HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-01-two-stage: Carbon Dioxide Removal approaches and Carbon Capture Utilisation and Storage) is encouraged.

International cooperation on the above areas is encouraged.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-02: Modelling the role of the circular economy for climate change mitigation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligation regarding open science practices:

1.Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improve existing European and/or global climate mitigation models by better representation of basic industrial value chains (including reliable data) and potential mitigation technologies including the impact of circular economy.

2.Improve the quantification of the impacts and potentials of the circular economy for climate change mitigation.

3.Support the integration of the circular economy into climate action, policies and their evidence base, including externalities.

4.Support the integration of the GHG emission reduction / mitigation in the circular economy criteria.

Scope: Projects are to advance the understanding and modelling of the current and future potential contribution of the circular economy in Europe to GHG emissions reductions. The scope of the modelling activities has to go beyond the state-of-the-art, in particular in terms of sectors covered and their interrelations, be as comprehensive as possible (e.g. covering also the blue economy), and include citizen’s behaviours and engagement.

This action should look beyond the specific measures needed to deliver a circular economy and propose a framework for revealing, demonstrating and quantifying the circular economy’s potential contribution to climate goals, as well as improving the coverage of basic industry value and supply chains in models (or suites of models) used to analyse mitigation pathways. While focusing on the linkages between circular economy measures and climate goals, the action can also improve the understanding of the connections between climate action and other environmental areas and issues as well as social and health issues, in line with the systemic approach that the European Green Deal promotes.

Collaboration between the scientific community and policy- and decision-makers in order to integrate the circular economy into integrated assessment frameworks and other comprehensive climate policy visions is highly recommended. Actions should also ensure collaboration with industry stakeholders and civil society, including, for example, sharing best-practices, data, models and other knowledge required to analyse mitigation pathways to ensure the input of - and alignment with - the needs, values and expectations of society.

When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 21 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-03: Maximising the impact and synergy of European climate change research and innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 45 pages.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering both areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Raising awareness of citizens, business, social partners, policy-makers and other relevant audiences towards climate change, based on more efficient, transparent and engaging communication of authoritative and timely science-based information originating from EU-funded climate change research projects.

2.Better coordination of both on-going and future EU-funded climate change research initiatives and a more efficient use of resources.

3.Enhanced impact of research investments and accelerated transfer of knowledge to inform policy and climate actions in Europe.

4.Increased robustness, coherence and visibility of the results of EU-funded climate change research and innovation leading to increased uptake of the knowledge and solutions and more robust decisions by the public sector, businesses, industry and society.

5.Curation of research and innovation project results related to climate change, such that stakeholders can discover and understand what EU-funded research is ongoing in their area of interest.

6.Innovative and tailor-made tools and strategies to communicate the results of EU-climate change research leading to improved science – civil society interface, while considering drivers for active citizen engagement in climate action and more sustainable behaviours, including social innovations.

7.Better coordination of climate change research, innovation and technology initiatives within the European Research Area, facilitating complementarity and coherence between EU-level, national and regional efforts and a more efficient use of resources.

8.Identification of complementary research and innovation activities among the past, present and future work supported by national and regional R&I programmes on climate change, facilitating coherence between EU-level and national efforts and a more efficient use of resources, and taking into account international developments where relevant.

9.Showcasing national and regional research and innovation activities and findings that could be of interest for cooperation between countries.

10.Improving prioritisation of European climate change research by identifying priority topics (in terms of knowledge gaps and/or societal needs), and taking stock of national and EU-level climate change R&I research activities, in order to enhance the ability of existing and future European R&I to respond to societal needs.

11.Accelerating the transfer of knowledge on climate change research to policy-makers, practitioners and the society.

12.Implementation of collaborative activities to enhance the market, regulatory or societal uptake of R&I solutions related to climate change across Europe, for example by replicating national or local success stories in Europe.

13.Identify good practices at European, national and regional level on communication, dissemination and exploitation of climate change research findings and projects results and facilitate their scaling up.

Scope: Actions should cover one of the following areas:

a) Maximising the impact of EU-funded climate change research

The action should deliver effective mechanisms to strengthen the science-policy and science-civil society interface on the state-of-the-art climate change research in order to increase Europe's capacity to accelerate the response to the climate crisis and, biodiversity and other environmental challenges. Climate change research is understood here as projects dealing with climate, mitigation and adaptation science that will result mainly from Destination 1 of Cluster 5 - “Climate sciences and responses”- of Horizon Europe as well as relevant legacy projects of Horizon 2020 22 . Other relevant projects, in particular from Cluster 3 and 6, as well as other Destinations in Cluster 5 should also be considered where relevant and possible. Synergies with the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-06: Supporting and standardising climate services should be established as necessary.

Knowledge synthesis and valorisation of results across EU funded projects and initiatives are expected to constitute an important element of work and should lead to integrated policy briefs and (joint) scientific publications that consolidate findings from different projects on priority issues and challenges that are central to climate action at all scales. To deliver these objectives, the action should consider activities such as curating, clustering, co-ordinating and supporting the creation of synergies between EU-funded climate change research and innovation activities, where relevant also considering national as well as international initiatives such as Global Covenant of Mayors and Mission Innovation.

The actions should identify and systematically update research needs emerging from science and/or policy discussions, and, where possible, match these needs against the themes that are addressed (or could be addressed) by ongoing EU-funded research projects.

The action should build on the knowledge and tools accumulated during previous and existing EU-funded initiatives. It should provide for adequate resources to take over and manage selected knowledge curation platforms, including the EU climate change mitigation portal 23 . It is also expected to facilitate exploitation and maintenance of selected decision support tools developed by other EU-funded climate change research projects in close cooperation with the Commission services.

Communication, dissemination and cross-fertilisation of research results will be an important component of the action and should include support to upscaling the efforts of individual projects under Destination 1. These activities are expected to account for the majority of the action’s budget and should be accordingly substantiated in the proposal. Activities should go beyond standard (passive) practices and could include, for example, Massive Online Open Courses, videos, mobile apps, festivals, citizen debates and other forms of active outreach, where possible and appropriate building on existing tools and materials developed by EU-funded projects. They should address a broad range of audiences, including policy makers, business and civil society with particular emphasis on young people, taking into account each audience’s specific needs and paying attention to gender differences, with a view to increase awareness about the state of climate science, build support for climate action and trigger broader societal transformation. National, regional and local level initiatives should be an important component of the outreach. Innovative approaches, such as, for example, UNEP’s “Earth School” 24 , podcasts or TED talks 25 , fully leveraging digital and social media opportunities, are strongly encouraged. The action should mobilise and promote direct interaction between the scientific community and civil society/practitioners. In addition, it should also support efforts to counter misconceptions, fake news and conspiracy theories regarding climate change.

The action is also expected to contribute to the objectives and activities of the European Climate Pact 26 .

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, notably as regards exploration of the most effective techniques of communication, dissemination and engagement, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Social innovations should also be considered, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change, social ownership and new social practices.

b) Maximising the synergy of climate change research and innovation in Europe

This action will help strengthen the European Research Area by ensuring coordination, cooperation and synergies between research, innovation and technology policies and programmes in the area of climate change research, including mitigation and adaptation, at European, national and regional level.

Maximising the societal impact of climate change research in Europe requires coordination among European, national and regional initiatives and research programmes. For example, climate services, mitigation and adaptation options pioneered in one location may be deployable in another. In basic climate science, coordination among programmes avoids duplications, and ensures optimal use of resources (like IT infrastructure or data).

The action is expected to help prioritise investments in climate change R&I and to add value to current and future R&I occurring across the ERA by exploiting potential synergies in R&I planning and activities, and opportunities for partnerships or complementary activities. To achieve this objective, the action should facilitate dialogue and exchange of information among the relevant scientific communities and funding bodies at European, national and regional level. It should identify and systematically update research needs emerging from science, policy discussions and the society, and enable the inclusion of these priorities in national and regional research strategies and agendas to finance ongoing and future projects.

A science-policy and science-society dialogue should be established, when possible in coordination with similar initiatives organised by other projects or entities, to improve access to and communication and dissemination of excellent climate change research and innovation. Activities will enhance cooperation between climate research scientist, professionals and all relevant stakeholders (e.g. universities, business and other research and innovation actors), accelerate the transfer of knowledge to inform policy and climate actions in Europe.

Activities should identify, analyse and support the scaling up of good practices at European, national and regional level on communication, dissemination and exploitation of climate change R&I projects results and solutions, as well as on climate change policies and strategies (e.g. comparative reports on national and regional R&I policies addressing climate change).

The scope should include the organisation of the European Climate Change Adaptation (ECCA) Conferences and contribution to other international conferences on climate change adaptation.

Coordination should be ensured with relevant European, national and regional initiatives (e.g. Joint Programming Initiatives, EIT Climate-KIC…).

The activities should build links with relevant EU programmes such as Copernicus, as well as build upon and link to global structures like the IPCC, the Global Carbon Project and the Global Covenant of Mayors.

Projects funded under this topic should ensure coordination between their activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-04: Enhanced integrated assessment in pursuit of global climate goals

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Under the Paris Agreement, Parties to the UNFCCC have to pursue policies and measures to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions, including by preparing and implementing successive Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) towards the Agreement’s objectives. By 2025, countries are expected to produce new NDCs covering the post-2030 period, informed during the 2022-23 period by the 6th Assessment Report of the IPCC and the Paris Agreement Global Stocktake.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Provision of information for the preparation of climate policies and national planning for the post-2030 period, in light of the Paris Agreement goals and the need to reduce global net greenhouse emissions to zero by 2050.

2.Enhanced international cooperation among the modelling community and other relevant stakeholders to expand the provision of robust in-country advice to decision-makers around the world.

3.Enhanced mutual learning among the modelling, social science and policy communities to ensure coherence between different tools used to inform climate action, and consistency with the best available and open science.

Scope: Proposals should:

1.Ensure that Integrated Assessment Models enable the assessment of Paris Agreement-compatible mitigation policies to which policymakers around the world have access.

2.Deliver advice and insights that can inform climate action and sustainable development policy design, including biodiversity preservation, at global and national level, based on the best available science.

3.Support comparability of model results e.g. between national and global scenarios, and between Integrated Assessment Models and other models used to inform climate action at different geographical scales.

4.Identify milestones, drivers and barriers towards achieving climate neutrality in an economically and environmentally responsible and socially inclusive way, including where appropriate by examining implementation of previous or existing climate policies.

5.Consider the role of major sectors including energy, water, transport, industry and land use, as well as the sequence of individual, social, economic, structural, and technological changes that could lead to climate neutrality.

6.Support the use of model-based and data/driven analysis for climate-policy in the context of sustainable development and recovery from the economic and social impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

7.Share best practices and build capacities to support the production of national scenarios and to inform domestic stakeholders during and after the lifespan of the action.

Reflecting the nature of climate change as a global challenge, actions should be able to provide insights at global level and of relevance to major emitters and countries from different regions, with different levels of economic development and in-country scientific and institutional capacity.

International cooperation is encouraged, in particular with one or more of the top ten emitters 27 and with non-high-income countries 28 requiring support for the design and implementation of current and future NDCs.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH and gender expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond model documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 29 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-05: Better understanding of the interactions between climate change impacts and risks, mitigation and adaptation options

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligation regarding open science practices:

1.Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced understanding, supported by quantitative and qualitative analysis, of the interaction, complementarity and trade-offs between adaptation and mitigation measures and policies helping to overcome the silo approach within and between them and leading to more effective climate action policies.

2.Better knowledge about the risk and impacts of climate change and their interaction with mitigation pathways, including their feasibility across various scenarios of global warming.

3.Enhanced legitimacy and robustness of integrated assessment frameworks based on more realistic representation of climate processes and their impacts.

4.Contribution to enhanced collaboration among Working Groups I, II, and III of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

5.Support and interaction with the activities of Horizon Europe Mission “Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation”.

Scope: Actions should deliver progress in integrating the analysis of the impacts and risks of climate change, mitigation pathways and adaptation strategies into a single framework to help understand and quantify their numerous interactions.

Progress is needed to better reflect the economic damages and reduced well-being due to climate change in mitigation pathway analysis. Actions should integrate state of the art climate science stemming from Earth System Models, Reduced Complexity Models and similar into a common integrated assessment framework. This could include climate change impacts, biodiversity and ecological considerations, Earth system feedbacks and extreme events, and their interaction with mitigation pathways.

Actions should also improve the general understanding of the synergies, conflicts and trade-offs between mitigation and adaptation strategies. For example, many adaptation actions that need to be deployed at a large scale in the short to medium term (in parallel to ambitious mitigation efforts) can have negative impact in terms of emissions. This includes flood and coastal (hard) protection, irrigation and desalination measures as well as increased demand for cooling/air conditioning that are typically highly energy intensive and may put additional stress on energy systems. Another example of an interaction between adaptation and mitigation strategies is the shift towards regenerative and organic agriculture that provides adaptation benefits, but may require expansion of food production areas to compensate for lower productivity with the consequence of more deforestation. Any such potential conflicts and interdependencies should be investigated, taking into account cross-sectorial cascading effects and temporal differences.

Actions should formulate a set of technical and policy recommendations, including sector-specific ones, targeting both public and private stakeholders, to reduce the tensions between mitigation and adaptation strategies. Given that the interactions between mitigation and adaptation often occur at regional and local scale, research should also aim at finding solutions to reconcile the different scales at which mitigation and adaptations strategies are implemented, including improving the territorial resolution of relevant tools. In addition, actions should evaluate the impact on the costs of mitigation and adaptation strategies in Europe when they are treated in an integrated manner. In order to achieve the above-mentioned objectives actions may work on improvements in the modelling of adaptation, particularly in the sectors where adaptation strongly interacts with mitigation (such as energy and agriculture).

Actions should explore effective ways for bridging the gap between modelling theory and practical applications, including through active involvement of and co-creation with stakeholders and end-users from various relevant fields and social categories, including through case studies in order to test and replicate the results. This should include outreach activities to general public to better explain the trade-offs and interactions between mitigation and adaptation strategies and measures.

Synergies with relevant projects funded under this Work Programme as well those originating from Horizon 2020 should be explored and established during the course of the project. In particular, projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-02-two-stage: Socio-economic risks of climate change in Europe and from Cluster 3 on Disaster Resilient Societies should be foreseen.

When dealing with models, actions should promote highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 30 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

Projects funded under this topic should ensure the coordination of their activities.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-06: Supporting and standardising climate services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 45 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Support to the implementation of the EU Adaptation Strategy and the Mission on adaptation to climate change, including societal transformation e.g. by providing standardised tools for climate proofing and increasing resilience.

2.Improved relevance of data, information and knowledge on climate change impacts and adaptation, as well as mitigation for users both in the private and public sectors.

3.Enhanced value of climate services through standards and quality assurance procedures and communication.

4.The generation of trust across supply and demand of knowledge and services, supporting the development of a market for climate services and the European climate service sector.

5.Enhanced quality, impact, equity and performance of European climate services.

6.Enhanced data and analytical tools for climate impacts, risks (including extremes, longer trends, and the combination of trends and extremes) and transition risks, as well as actionable knowledge for the formulation of recommendations, identification and appraisal of adaptation options addressing the needs of all stakeholders.

7.Enhanced coordination and visibility of climate services activities.

Scope: This topic is intended to improve the delivery of quality control and standards (including open and licensed) for climate services and to guarantee suitability, quality, and performance of digital solutions to manage climate risks and enhance adaptive capacities.

The scope of activities under this topic should cover the following aspects:

1.Uncertainty analysis and quality control with supportive case studies at various levels (national to European and global), and delivery domains (public and private).

2.Preparation of metadata guidelines to document in a comparative and transparent manner climate service data sources and processing methodologies, as well as decision-making based on these services, and support FAIR 31 data management practices.

3.Development of good practices, guidance, and standardization of climate information and verification methods for long-term forecast products.

4.Definition of verification and certification methods to enhance quality and usability of climate services, including methods for the evaluation of their effectiveness.

5.Coordination and promotion of European climate service activities, encouraging open exchange of knowledge, expertise and data and providing a science-user communication platform and improving synergies between regional, national, European and international activities.

6.Development of appropriate business models and knowledge brokerage activities to support scale-up and replication of climate services.

Actions should develop interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary activities. Regular engagement with stakeholders should be foreseen to consider applications in case studies, and to test, benefit and allow replication and upscaling of the results.

These standards and schemes will also require supportive governance and other measures, such as training and capacity building, to promote and sustain their use and continued development. This includes the development of common terminology between user, provider, and purveyor communities.

Synergies should be explored with relevant activities under other Clusters, in particular clusters 3 and 4 and standardization efforts internationally and in Europe (e.g. the Climate Services partnership, the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC), Digital Europe Programme and the Copernicus Programme, amongst others). The action should build on the achievements of the H2020 ClimatEurope project and the ERA4CS.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH and gender expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-07: Improved economic methods for decision-making on climate and environmental policies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced operational capacities of the methods of economic analysis for climate and environmental policies, leading to their increased usage in the preparation of decision-making on climate and environmental policies. This includes, but is not limited to, improved cost-benefit, multi-criteria and cost-effectiveness analysis.

2.Practical recommendations and conceptual guidelines for improved, methodologically transparent economic approaches and practices for public policy design and evaluation in the domain of climate and environment.

3.Proposals on ways to produce a better reflection of the specificities and risks of environmental challenges in public policy and promoting precautionary responses.

4.Enhanced efficiency, effectiveness and legitimacy of European regulatory and policy decisions by providing decision-makers, stakeholders and the public with more realistic ability to systematically assess the options and their consequences.

5.Improved capacity for decision making under the conditions of (extreme) uncertainty.

6.New evidence on the effectiveness of various regulatory strategies, instruments and approaches for climate and environmental policies.

7.Factual evidence and insights for the design and evaluation of the implementation of major European policies such as in the domain of the European Green Deal, New Generation Europe, national recovery plans, and other relevant policies.

Scope: Actions should focus on the improvement of methodologies, practices and techniques for conducting economic appraisal of environmental policies, taking into account the progress in relevant sciences and in the understanding of the limitations of the methodologies and tools used so far, notably in impact studies. The key environmental policies of interest under this topic are those addressing climate change and biodiversity loss and actions should foster integrated approaches for addressing these interdependent challenges. Innovative and out-of-the-box approaches are strongly encouraged.

Actions are expected to investigate limitations of mainstream economic theory and models used for environmental policy assessment, including the evaluation of appropriateness of cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness analyses. They should also consider alternative approaches that could be applied to assess environmental policies. Issues such as measurement of environmental/climate damages and the treatment of uncertainty, including overreliance on average and most likely outcomes as well as the non-linear features of climate-related risks are expected to be addressed. Other aspects that could be explored include short-termism, treatment of unpriced values, irreversibility, discounting, inclusiveness and socio-economic inequalities, and broader ethical issues such as inter-generational fairness.

The work should encompass in-depth ex-post evaluation of the actual performance of selected climate and environmental policies at European 32 , national or regional level in order to identify their strengths and weaknesses and propose possible improvements in the underpinning methodologies for ex-ante assessments. Alternative approaches derived from the measurement of actual, realised costs and benefits of a representative sample of cases can also be considered.

Actions should also examine the performance of different types of regulatory strategies such as a comparison of market-based vs traditional (command and control) regulation, a comparison among different types of market-based approaches (taxes, emissions trading, green certificates, subsidies, etc.), evaluation of the performance of information-based mechanisms (such as labelling) for purposes of environmental policy-making. The analysis should take into account public acceptance dimension. Consortia should also explore innovative policy interventions (such as various types of incentive) that could be applied to encourage the adoption of more sustainable technologies and behaviours.

Applicants should take into account not only the advances in economic thinking, but also the evolution in behavioural insights, study of public and political acceptance, as well as progress in other relevant fields such as sociology, natural and political sciences, humanities, gender and intersectional studies, public health and disaster risk reduction, as well as key trends that have influenced the evolution of the European environmental policy-making. Lessons from the COVID-19 crisis should also be taken into account. Participation of and co-creation with relevant stakeholders and key actors should be part of the action, including in-depth contribution from social sciences and humanities to advance the understanding of the dynamics and the factors impacting the policy and political decision-making processes.

Finally, actions should formulate and implement strong dissemination plan towards key actors in relevant decision-making processes with an aim to testing the proposed methods in real conditions and towards educational institutions in order to facilitate broad cross-fertilisation of the insights created.

In response to this topic actions are expected to address the broader framework and methodologies for economic analysis of environmental policies and thus go well beyond the economic aspects of Integrated Assessment Models.

Synergies with other topics, in particular from Cluster 6 with respect to relevant biodiversity insights, should be explored and established over the duration of the project.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-08: Restoration of natural wetlands, peatlands and floodplains as a strategy for fast mitigation benefits; pathways, trade-offs and co-benefits

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Support the EU Nature Restoration Plan of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030.

2.Improved assessment of the added value of wetland, peatland and floodplain restoration approaches under different scenarios and monitor their benefits and trade-offs in terms of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and removals, climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction, a wide range of ecosystem services and biodiversity.

3.Improve the knowledge base on the status of European wetlands beyond the current state of the art on extent, location, condition, spatio-temporal trends, type of management and pressures (including climate change), as well as restoration potential to understand their capacity as carbon sinks or GHG sources to support climate mitigation and adaptation plans/solutions.

4.Introduction of the quantified greenhouse gas abatement potential of wetland restoration in models and scenarios, for climate and biodiversity.

5.Analyse the degree to which these approaches related to wetlands are affected by different scenarios of climate change (i.e. effectivity under global warming of 2°C and higher).

6.Support the implementation of the Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) Regulation with respect to the inclusion of wetland restoration activities by developing robust and transparent methodologies, data provision and analysis.

7.Contribute to the evidence on ecosystem services provided by restored wetlands and their long-term management as an investment with significant net societal benefits.

8.Contribute to scientific assessments such as the IPCC, IPBES and International Resource Panel reports.

Scope: Projects are expected to assess the current extent and state of European wetlands, their current and potential GHG profile (with or without protection/restoration measures) and their medium to long-term mitigation capacity through restoration or other measures. As a minimum, the assessment should take into account key greenhouse gases (CO2, CH4 and N2O), the carbon value of services (such as production) in the baseline (e.g., food production) and restoration scenarios (e.g., paludiculture or non-productive uses, like agritourism) and estimate the abatement cost for different policy-relevant time periods. Assessments should therefore look at assessing any trade-offs of restoring wetlands primarily for climate and biodiversity benefits with the delivery of their wide range of other services, and on methods to avoid, and if not possible, to mitigate them.

Projects are expected to develop or identify workable tools and approaches for the sound estimation of GHG performance as well as impacts on biodiversity and a wide range of ecosystem services. The GHG emission during restoration (e.g. due to disturbance of soils, dredging of sediments, methane from rewetting) should be considered, including trade-offs and benefits of passive restoration and following succession of water bodies. The evidence collected may contribute to the related policies, like LULUCF, and the implementation of the Biodiversity Strategy commitments.

Projects are expected to go beyond the state-of-the-art of the different restoration and management techniques and knowledge and provide guides and recommendations about the scaling up of the solutions. In particular, the projects should capitalise on the evidence provided by LIFE, Horizon 2020 and ERDF projects addressing wetland, floodplains and peatland restoration and protection.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end, proposals should provide for a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-09: The contribution of forest management to climate action: pathways, trade-offs and co-benefits

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

·A comprehensive assessment of the climate mitigation potential of European forests and forest-based sector through modelling of different policy pathways, taking into account climate change related risks, physiological and biogeochemical responses to environmental change and management practices, adaptation needs, biodiversity goals, and the provision of other ecosystem services. The effects analysed have to include changes in carbon sequestration, forest health, productivity, substitution and biophysical factors, including the causes and time dynamics of these changes. The assessment of the potential and limits of forest-based products and biomass for energy in delivering climate benefits will inform public authorities on the most suitable approach to forest policy and forest bioeconomy.

·Development and improvement of robust and transparent methodologies for high-resolution monitoring and reporting of forest carbon pools and their interactions through a combination of in-situ data collection and remote sensing methods to be used to advance land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF) reporting under the UNFCCC and compliance under EU legislation. Methods developed under this action will additionally feed into the development of the Forest Information System for Europe (FISE).

Scope: Proposals under this topic should develop a comprehensive assessment of different pathways of the European forest GHG balance in view of the reviewed 2030 and 2050 climate targets and other relevant EU environmental legislation and objectives incorporating:

1.Biodiversity goals consistent with the EU Green Deal objectives and Biodiversity Strategy 2030 goals. Issues considered include the use non-native tree species, intensive thinning, transition between intensive and close-to-nature silviculture, and strict protection of forests.

2.Uncertainties related to climate change and natural disturbances risks.

3.Adaptation needs of existing and future forests, including factors determining their adaptation potential.

4.Mitigation potential of afforestation and other forest activities including their opportunity costs.

5.GHG impact of forest bioeconomy, including substitution effect of forest-based products and energy against realistic counterfactuals and with appropriate time dynamics.

6.Renewable energy targets and the needs of forest-based bioeconomy for sustainable domestically-sourced feedstock.

7.Biophysical effects, including changes in air temperature and precipitation associated to changes in surface albedo, land-surface properties, emissions of biogenic volatile organic compounds, transpiration and heat flux.

8.Assessment of trade-offs and synergies between climate-oriented forest management, and other objectives, for example recreational and amenity values;

Having such models/assessment at their disposal and understanding their time dynamics, uncertainties and system boundaries, policy-makers will be better suited to incorporate forests in the design and evaluation of possible solutions and pathways for climate change mitigation and adaptation.

Monitoring and reporting on changes to forest carbon stocks is essential for policymakers (both national and European) in order to be informed of trends in the forest sink evolution and to develop annual approximated greenhouse gas inventories. Actions should support the use of higher tier (and higher accuracy) methodologies and geographically explicit land-use data in accordance with the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories 33 and its 2019 Refinement 34 . Especially needed are actions to fill existing gaps resulting from inventory bias towards the most economically relevant tree species and carbon pools.

Proposals under this topic should therefore aim to develop knowledge, tools, models, databases and country- and region-specific values available to Member States and Associated Countries, where possible integrating with Integrated Assessment Models (IAMs) and climate models to improve monitoring and reporting of forest carbon pools. Remote sensing data sets can be helpful in estimating or verifying forest living biomass gains and losses, forest area changes, forest health status and in identifying carbon-rich old-growth forests or natural disturbances. Sample-based systems, on the other hand, should support mapping changes in other forest carbon pools such as soil organic carbon in mineral and organic soils, and dead organic matter. More robust estimation of fluxes among these forest carbon pools, which are often neglected in greenhouse gas inventories, will assist in estimating their importance as carbon reservoirs and the role that forest management can play in enhancing them, taking into account biodiversity needs and resilience. Considering biophysical effects will improve the understanding of trade-offs among climate objectives and their articulation with forest management practices.

Actions should envisage coordinating activities with other relevant actions, initiatives and programmes, including Horizon 2020 Work Programmes and the LIFE Programme, COPERNICUS and relevant research infrastructures to promote synergies, integration and co-operation. They should make use and contribute to knowledge exchange and networking European platforms and consider devising a novel decision-making platform to ensure effective dissemination of the results to the target stakeholders (i.e. policy-makers and relevant national competent authorities). Cooperation and planning for further exploitation of actions results during and after the project end is strongly encouraged.

Call - Climate sciences and responses

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 35

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 36

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 10 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 27 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-01-two-stage

RIA

21.00

Around 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-02-two-stage

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-03-two-stage

RIA

20.00

6.00 to 7.00

3

Overall indicative budget

51.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-01-two-stage: Carbon Dioxide Removal (CDR) approaches

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

·Support climate policies through an enhanced understanding of existing and emerging carbon dioxide removal options in terms of their technical readiness, key requirements (land and other resource needs, geographical and geological constraints, primary energy needs, etc.), short- and long-term sequestration potential, permanence, impacts (environmental, social, health, resource depletion, etc.) including potential co-benefits.

·Support climate models and integrated assessment models through an improved parametrisation of these technologies and solutions, allowing their better integration into pathways and strategies and broadening the carbon dioxide removal technology options that can be numerically modelled.

·A harmonised, comprehensive and transparent methodology for the characterisation and comparison of such technologies and the barriers to their deployment, which can facilitate public discourse on their role and impacts.

·Gain better insight into the extended, system-level impacts of these technologies by considering ripple effects (e.g. extended impacts, land benefits foregone, opportunity costs, and rebound effects).

·Develop abatement cost estimates in function of time profile as well as factors like scale of deployment, key input factors (e.g., land/sea space, energy, reservoirs).

·Exploration and demonstration of business/ policy/ MRV (Monitoring, reporting and verification) frameworks for CDR uptake at scale, ranging from plant level to incorporation of CDR in international MRV and accounting (for example in the case of bioenergy trade).

Scope: Projects under this topic should identify an extended range of nature-based and technical CDR methods, analyse and characterise them in a consistent and transparent assessment framework. In this way, projects should:

1.Deliver realistic estimates of each approach’s potential scale, cost, and effectiveness: on the basis of factors such as technical readiness, key land and other resource needs, geographical and geological constraints, primary energy needs (and associated impacts, including emissions), short- and long-term sequestration potential (including risk of non-permanence), key impacts (environmental, social, health, resource depletion, etc.) and risks.

2.Allow the better parametrisation of integrated assessment models with respect to removals as well a better design of forward-looking policies. Develop abatement cost estimates in function of time profile as well variables like scale of deployment and key input factors.

3.Explore efficient incentive and governance frameworks to facilitate CDR uptake at scale, including social acceptance, ethical and regulatory considerations, as well as identifying major issues and options for establishing MRV and accounting systems associated with CDR in general and specific technologies where applicable.

Analysis under this action should be based on practical experiences (in particular with a range of land-based projects), existing pilot and experimental projects, technical and theoretical analysis and review, including system-level impacts by considering ripple effects through consequential analysis, including land benefits foregone, opportunity costs and rebound effects, key barriers to deployment and governance challenges.

Interactions with CCUS topics under Destination 3 and HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-08: Emerging technologies for a climate neutral Europe under Breakthrough Technologies are encouraged.

Projects investigating the use of CDR technologies for enhanced oil recovery are not eligible.

Where appropriate, interaction with the topics related to climate-ecosystem interaction (HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-08, HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-09, HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-05) as well as marine topics (Cluster 6) is encouraged in order to foster integrative and system approaches including different scientific communities and disciplines, as well as different sectors of the society.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-02-two-stage: Socio-economic risks of climate change in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices:

1.Open access to any new modules, models or tools, which are developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.A comprehensive socio-economic evaluation of future climate change impacts across sectors, countries/regions, timescales and climate building on socio-economic scenarios with improved sectoral, cross-sectoral and spatial resolution of impact projections.

2.Improved climate change related decision support based on better understanding (and quantification) of the socio-economic risks (and opportunities), associated with climate change impact, for both sudden onset extreme events and slow onset processes.

3.Better evidence for ambitious climate policy response, both in terms of mitigation and adaptation measures, based on a better understanding of socio-economic risks in the absence of adequate mitigation and adaptation efforts (or when limits to adaptation are reached), leading to a more secure and more certain socio-economic future.

4.Actionable insights based on data at the appropriate level of geographical scale and spatial resolution for decision-makers in public and private sectors, including national and regional level estimations, leading to enhanced adaptation efforts and to a more resilient Europe.

5.Better integration of climate change risks in public and private sectors’ investment decisions - from property, through infrastructure up to regional and national supply chains - leading to increased long-term resilience.

6.Enhanced coordination with European Commission’s Joint Research Centre on research concerning climate impacts and adaptation modelling.

7.Provision of authoritative knowledge to inform the activities of the Horizon Europe Mission on Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation.

Scope: Actions should improve the understanding of the nature and extent of physical risks from a changing climate and their integrated socio-economic implications in Europe in 2030, 2050 and 2100 timeframes. The analysis should evaluate the costs of inaction / “business as usual” by extrapolating current policies with different social and climatological scenarios. It should seek to capture the range of possible socio-economic climate-related risks including both those most likely to occur as well as those associated with low-probability high-impact climate events with potentially catastrophic outcomes. Indirect impacts should be part of the analysis as well as the impacts in the rest of the world with relevant spill over effects in Europe should also be considered.

A comparison with scenarios with lower degrees of warming (with ambitious mitigation measures) should be included as well as the analysis of the costs and benefits of ambitious adaptation measures. Research should also improve the understanding of climate-related risks that are unlikely to be avoided through mitigation and/or adaptation and require urgent/specific response. The work could encompass improvements in adaptation modelling, in particular in impact areas with the highest potential damages. Actions should also take into account the impact of radical transformations envisaged in the context of the post-COVID recovery.

The impacts of climate risks should be assessed and monetised across various economic sectors aiming at an expansion of the existing impact categories and combining them into a coherent framework. Cross-sectorial impacts taking into account the interactions between various sectors should also be addressed. This research should equally encompass impact categories that cannot be directly monetised, but with either economy-wide implications or of critical importance for future human well-being, such as health (including the spread of infectious diseases), social justice, and biodiversity/ecosystems. The development of appropriate tools and methodologies that are able to address these kinds of non-market based impacts is part of the scope. In addition, actions should aim at accounting for the various sources of uncertainty in a systematic way.

A national, and as much as possible regional, resolution should be aimed at in order to account for heterogeneity in terms of hazards, exposure, vulnerability (including adaptive capacities) and ability to manage risks across countries and regions. Distributional and further equity considerations, including gender, associated with climate change impacts should also be investigated in order to inform the formulation of just mitigation and adaptation strategies. Development and testing of rapid analysis and assessment techniques using open data, tools and methodologies as well as work on an economy-wide damage function relating GDP losses or other metrics of public welfare and human wellbeing with temperature increase, could be part of the research, too.

Actions should identify and formulate recommendations for measures that should be implemented by various stakeholders groups to minimise the climate risks across Europe as well as the needs for future research. They should explore effective ways for bridging the gap between science, policy and practice. The needs of the private sector in order to prepare for and adapt to climate change impacts should be an integral part of the work and could include development of approaches for better integration of climate risks into financing principles of the investment community.

This topic calls for a truly interdisciplinary approach combining a wide range of disciplines including economics, climate science, bio-geophysical modelling, data engineering, risk analysis, political and behavioural science etc. as well as for an active involvement of and co-creation with people and communities at risk. As much as possible, it should integrate the results of the existing studies and evidence-base, including from previously funded projects such as COACCH and other projects from call SC5-06-2016-2017 37 .

When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 38 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

Synergies with topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-05: Better understanding of the interactions between climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation options, as well as with relevant topics in Cluster 3: Civil security for Society – Destination Area DRS02 on Support to improved disaster risk management and governance, should be explored and established. In addition, coordination with existing relevant initiatives on climate impacts and adaptation modelling should also be sought, including the PESETA assessment 39 , in order to stimulate the use of common simulation protocols in European climate risk assessments, enlarge the coverage of climate impact areas, and improve the complementarity of modelling efforts.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-03-two-stage: Social science for land-use strategies in the context of climate change and biodiversity challenges

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A characterisation of future expected land use patterns consistent with long-term objectives (especially on climate, biodiversity and renewable energy) and its comparison with the current situation and trends.

2.A comprehensive understanding of the key motivations and drivers (economic, regulatory, legal, cultural, environmental, etc.) behind land-use related decisions in Europe at levels ranging from land owners to public authorities at local, regional and national level, including their relative importance.

3.A better understanding of the awareness of key actors (land owners, managers, local authorities, regulatory agencies) about climate change and biodiversity challenges and their willingness to contribute addressing them, including the adoption of new or different practices consistent with long-term expectations.

Support to climate (mitigation, adaptation) and biodiversity policy design and implementation through economic and behavioural insights allowing the efficient targeting of incentives and engagement of stakeholders in a cost-effective manner, taking into account telecoupling (displacement effects through changes in imports and exports).

Scope: Actions should aim to gain a realistic understanding of the factors behind land-use decisions and how they can be best oriented towards the efficient and socially responsible pursuit of multiple policy objectives on various scales (from the individual field/farm to region to national to continental scale). They should develop a toolbox of instruments and approaches deployable at different levels consistent with long-term goals and strategies considering, inter alia:

1.The need for land to provide net sequestration and biomass flows consistent with the demands of various mitigation pathways, on different timescales.

2.The continued need for land to provide food, feed and raw materials under increasing climate change and other pressures and needs (e.g., water availability, climate change resilience).

3.The potential for demand-side measures that can contribute to long-term objectives (such as sustainable and healthy dietary change) and how they can be deployed.

4.The crucial need for halting and, if possible, reversing biodiversity loss in Europe and globally.

5.The socioeconomic dynamics, behavioural patterns and inertia related to land ownership, management and policies.

6.The considerable diversity of land use patterns, approaches and biogeographic conditions in Europe, including land-related resources such as water.

7.The need to make the instruments and approaches, including collective learning and negotiation processes at local and landscape scale, widely and practically available to the key actors, to enable sustainable change.

8.The need to avoid rebound (detrimental displacement effects).

Actions should focus on one or more of the following issues:

1.Development of realistic scenarios and workable models for optimising the contribution of land to climate change mitigation, adaptation and biodiversity objectives, where possible integrating with Integrated Assessment Models (IAMs), consistent with expectations while reducing conflicts, exploiting synergies and managing risks (agroforestry can be one example of a system that allows higher productivity, more resilience and more biodiversity at the same time).

2.Economic and behavioural insights into land use related decisions, barriers to change, efficient design of incentives. This should explore the relative merits of instruments (regulatory, market-based, education, soft policy).

3.Explore a range of delivery mechanisms that could best incentivise the upscaling of the required changes under real-life situations in multiple settings (countries, biogeographical regions).

4.Develop workable models for effective and efficient monitoring and incentivising public goods benefits (such as emissions reductions, biodiversity protection and water services).

5.Contribute to the better quantification of land-related greenhouse gas flux trajectories for integrated assessment models on relevant scales (including displacement effects).

Participation of and co-creation with relevant societal stakeholders should be part of the action, including interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary research and the contribution from social sciences and humanities and other relevant disciplines.

Synergies should be ensured with topics related to land-use, biodiversity and ecosystems in Cluster 5 and in other Clusters, with the implementation of the Mission on Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation, as well as with other relevant actions, programmes and initiatives 40 .

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH and gender expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Call - Climate sciences and responses

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 41

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 42

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 12 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 10 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-01

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-02

RIA

20.00

Around 10.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-03

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-04

RIA

20.00

Around 10.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-05

RIA

17.00

8.00 to 9.00

2

Overall indicative budget

87.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-01: Verification and reconciliation of estimates of climate forcers

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 60 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhancing the ability to ascertain whether and to what extent emission reduction efforts are producing the desired atmospheric signals for key greenhouse gases on relevant spatial and temporal scales.

2.Better understanding of apparent discrepancies between reported greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and removals (in national inventories and other schemes), measured atmospheric signals and modelled levels, with the aim of reducing and/or reconciling them on the long run.

3.Reduced uncertainty of national GHG inventories through improved comparability with models and observations and piloting top-down approaches recognised in the 2019 refinement of the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories.

4.Contribution to improving the attribution of GHG fluxes (anthropogenic vs natural) as well as non-GHG atmospheric climate forcers (such as aerosols), including feed-backs.

5.Support the Paris Agreement, in particular the Global Stocktake, and the implementation and monitoring of EU climate policy instruments.

6.Provide input (such as open data, models, methods and protocols) and contributions to international programmes and assessments (such as IPCC, Global Carbon Project).

Scope: Actions should aim at reconciling national greenhouse gas inventories with relevant assessment and monitoring systems in Europe (in particular EU and Horizon Europe Associated Countries) including observations from a wide range of monitoring networks, in-situ and remote-sensed) at a range of scales by comparing their results. Aerosols and their precursors should also be included in the analysis, as well as other air pollutants where relevant (e.g., co-emitted species).

Special attention should be given to establishing how the use of top-down techniques that can support the verification of national greenhouse gas inventories and other regulated estimates of emissions and removals, in order to improve or supplement the methods/approaches currently used. Ideally case studies in collaboration with one or more national inventory compilers should be organised for this purpose.

Proposals should aim to develop scientifically robust methodologies, building on achievements from previous research activities in order to decrease to acceptable levels uncertainties associated with emission estimates, identify and constrain irreducible differences and improve the attribution of emissions and removals to their sources (in particular the separation of natural versus anthropogenic fluxes). They should also explore and support the development and implementation of top-down approaches for use in national inventories, as recognised in the 2019 Refinement of the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories.

The development and improvement of methodologies should also address the need for versatility of applications, including mobile sources, individual point sources, land, management actions etc. relevant to current and potential future reporting and compliance systems. Furthermore, issues such as open data and metadata standards, transfer of information and tools, and replicability of methodologies and tools outside Europe (mainly in developing countries) should also be addressed.

Beneficiaries are encouraged to take advantage of the relevant national and/or European research infrastructures (e.g. ACTRIS, ICOS etc.).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-02: Development of high-resolution Earth system models for global and regional climate change projections

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 60 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices:

1.Open access to any new modules, models or tools, which are developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

Expected Outcome: Proposals should improve European high-resolution, fully coupled atmosphere-ocean-land Earth System Models, able to robustly simulate key climate processes, their variability and future trends for this and well into the next century in order to enhance the quality, robustness and versatility of climate projections on a range of temporal and spatial scales (global and regional) to (1) support policies implementing the goals of the Paris Agreement and (2) address the societal need to assess and respond to the adverse impacts of climate change.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved climate projections with sound uncertainty estimates under different scenarios on different temporal and spatial scales.

2.Improved understanding and modelling of tipping points in the climatic systems, such as the ice shields at both poles and ocean circulation.

3.Advances in attribution of climate change and its phenomena to anthropogenic forcers.

4.Support to the evaluation of mitigation, adaptation and disaster risk reduction policies through improved linkages with Integrated Assessment Models.

5.Pave the way for the next cycle of the IPCC Assessment reports by a leading role in the WCRP Coupled Model Intercomparison Programme (CMIP).

6.Sustain and enhance European cooperation and leadership in climate sciences.

Scope: Projects should foster a fully coupled atmosphere-ocean-land-ice Earth-system model approach that contributes to a better understanding and representation of the processes, including for that drive and influence climate change on global and regional scale. Arctic and Antarctic regions should be considered as key elements in global climate changes.

Projects should make efficient use of available and high quality observational data (e.g. space-based and not space based, including in-situ and paleoclimatic data) for the development of robust model validation, verification, and improve uncertainty estimation methodologies.

Where relevant, high-resolution model development and evaluation should be properly connected with major programmes in the domain of Earth Observation such as the Copernicus Programme, the ESA science satellite missions in Europe, as well as the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) at global level.

They should also strive to reduce uncertainty of key parameters of climate and hydrological systems. Projects should advance methods for assessing and attributing model outputs and climate change impact on regional scales with the support of advanced digital technologies, such as artificial intelligence methodologies.

The advanced climate modelling activities should support the attribution of observed and projected climatic hazards to climate change or climate variability.

The activities should build on the experiences from and results of other European projects contributing to the development of a new generation of climate models 43 .

Beneficiaries are encouraged to take advantage of the emerging ICT infrastructures (e.g. EuroHPC and other high performance computing, cloud-based facilities) that will be made available through the Destination Earth initiative under the Digital Europe Programme 44 .

If adding value to the project outcomes, coordination with the Destination Earth initiative can be proposed to ensure the timely development of “climate replicas” building on the new state-of-the-art IT infrastructure, including access to European high performance computing resources and an operational platform to upload and integrate the models and data developed in the course of the projects. Connection to the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) should be considered where relevant.

When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 45 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

International cooperation is encouraged.

Projects are expected to co-operate with other projects funded under this call, as well as other relevant projects under Destination 1 and Cluster 6, Destination 5.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-03: Improvement of Integrated Assessment Models in support of climate policies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 60 pages.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices:

1.Open access to any new modules, models or tools, which are developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved adequacy of Integrated Assessment Models (IAMs) to effectively contribute to international, European, national and regional climate policy processes in support of the implementation of the European Green Deal, the Paris Agreement, COVID-19 recovery and broader sustainability goals

2.Contributions to major international scientific assessments such as the reports of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) and the International Resource Panel (IRP).

3.Increased robustness, legitimacy, relevance, usability and transparency of IAMs leading to increased uptake and better awareness of their results across various end-user groups, developing, where possible, new business models for IAMs transparency (for example, open source and open code options).

4.Enhanced coherence between climate action (mitigation, understanding of impacts, climate risks and adaptation) and other environmental/sustainability objectives, notably biodiversity, based on a more realistic representation of their interactions, including co-benefits and trade-offs.

5.More active involvement of citizens in climate action based on better understanding and demonstration of how small scale actions contribute to the achievement of large-scale climate policy objectives including through socially innovative approaches, and better understanding of which actions/policies are more effective.

6.Ultimately, accelerated transition towards climate neutrality based on improved knowledge and better designed policies that are more integrated, greener, healthier, more inclusive.

Scope: Actions should improve the state-of-the-art of IAMs by tackling their existing weaknesses and lack of/limited capabilities of the current generation of models in order to provide robust, credible and transparent evidence-base in support of design and evaluation of multiscale (global, European, national, regional) mitigation policies at various time horizons.

An important goal of this call is to address multiple challenges in a coherent and consistent manner using an integrated framework. To achieve this goal, it is not compulsory to incorporate all issues into a single IAM. Combinations of hard linking, soft linking and other ways of insuring a coherent approach between models and experts can be considered.

Actions should address developments and improvements, such as:

1.Sectorial detail and (transformative/structural) changes across various sectors of the economy such as those resulting from increased circularity and digitalisation.

2.Temporal resolution and technological detail.

3.Spatial resolution with outputs suitable for national/regional level analysis.

4.Behavioural and lifestyle changes.

5.Distributional and equity effects of climate policies.

6.Interactions with the relevant sustainable development goals (such as co-benefits due to avoided impacts and trade-offs in areas such as health, biodiversity, food security etc.).

7.Climate change impacts, including the extent to which they can be avoided through mitigation action, synergies and trade-offs between climate mitigation and adaptation policies.

8.Financial sector and investment needs, including information in support of investment risk-reduction strategies to mobilise capital to finance the transition towards a climate-neutral economy.

9.Uncertainties and risk-management strategies for supporting mitigation policies.

The above list is non-exhaustive and actions also may propose new avenues of research, while duly justifying their choice and keeping in mind the impact on IAMs’ relevance and adequacy as a decision-support tool. Actions should also explore options for making models more capable of responding to external shocks such as the COVID-19 pandemic or similar. While addressing the improvements, actions should take into account the modelling requirements and learnings resulting from the COVID-19 crisis.

Actions should build on the knowledge base developed by previous initiatives and are encouraged to establish links with other relevant projects financed from this work programme (e.g. circular economy, climate adaptation modelling) and by Horizon 2020. In order to avoid duplication of efforts, proposals should clearly demonstrate how they will go beyond the modelling state of art.

Actions are encouraged to explore alternative approaches to the mainstream economic assumptions typically underlying the models (such as fully functioning markets and perfect information) and aim at striking the right balance between model complexity and usability.

In order to maximise the impact, active involvement of the end-users (policy makers, business, civil society) in the co-design of models and validation of the outputs should be considered. Applicants should investigate and apply communication tools and strategies for improved interaction with stakeholders and dissemination of model results, duly accounting for the needs of non-technical audiences. They should further develop the thinking around the best ways to apply modelling insights to policies, including by building on the learnings from the COVID-19 pandemic. Consortia should also explore ways for better bridging the gap between modelling theory and practical applications, including in support of behavioural change and societal transformation.

It is recommended to include capacity-building efforts to lower the entrance barriers to the established IAM community by involving research teams in EU Member States and Associated Countries that are less advanced in terms of modelling capabilities.

When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 46 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-04: Supporting the formulation of adaptation strategies through improved climate predictions in Europe and beyond

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 60 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Support to the implementation of the new EU Adaptation Strategy and the Mission on adaptation to climate change, including societal transformation, through better access to improved knowledge about climate impacts and fit-for-purpose data on individual and collective climate risks for all levels of government and stakeholders.

2.Reduced vulnerability to climate change impacts based on decadal predictions which are a key source of information for better planning of adaptation options.

3.Improved assessment of risks for people and systems exposed to extreme weather and climate events.

4.Enhanced scientific collaboration and exploitation of synergies across the EU and Associated Countries for the provision of climate information to stakeholders engaged with the implementation of the EU Adaptation Strategy.

5.Enhanced European cooperation and leadership in climate sciences e.g. in the frame of the Euro-CORDEX initiative, a part of WCRP’s Coordinated Regional Climate Downscaling Experiment project (CORDEX).

Scope: Proposals should aim at improving seasonal to decadal prediction to boost their quality at regional to local scale in particular for Europe and for variables of high societal relevance. Actions will enable progress in closing the gap between current skill and potential predictability estimates, as well as better aligning with immediate adaptation needs of end-users and making those predictions actionable. Ultimately, methodologies need to be developed to merge simulations from long-term weather forecast to climate predictions and projections, resulting in seamless climate information from sub-seasonal to seasonal and decadal predictions for the next 30 years.

Proposals should also improve assessments of risk through extreme climate-related events on a range of temporal and spatial scales, as well as early detection of tipping points. Tackle uncertainties regarding regional patterns and magnitude of changes and improve understanding of how existing model biases affect the representation of extremes regarding the intensity and frequency of hazards, including the co-variability of different risk factors, and ultimately reducing the biases.

Better exploiting climate variables can enhance consistency with impact models and avoid potential mismatches, leading to better understanding of interactions between climate system and other natural and socio-economic systems (e.g. insurance practices) as well as feedbacks related to land use and cover, urban dynamics, air quality, etc., which are very relevant for model simulations at regional scale. Actions should explore novel ways of coupling existing impact models with climate models to provide quality forecast at the local scale, focussing for example on cities. Actions are encouraged to develop guidance on selection or aggregation of model data for local impact assessments, with clear justification of the procedures, allowing transformation of uncertainty into a manageable package of information.

Coordination with the Destination Earth initiative can be proposed to ensure the timely development of “climate replicas” building on the new state-of-the-art IT infrastructure, including access to European high performance computing resources and an operational platform to upload and integrate the models and data developed in the course of the projects. Data should be FAIR 47 and based on standards. Models should also be fully documented in terms of assumptions, architecture, code and data.

Participants should also ensure synergies with relevant projects and initiatives (e.g. Digital Twin of the Ocean under the EU Green Deal call LC-GD-9-3-2020: Transparent & Accessible Seas and Oceans: Towards a Digital Twin of the Ocean and the Digital Europe Programme).

Model development should be properly connected with major programmes in the domain of Earth Observation such as the Copernicus Programme and the ESA science satellite missions in Europe, as well as the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) at global level.

Actions should ensure the dissemination of project results to policy-makers and stakeholders to support long-term planning. International cooperation is encouraged with the aim to ensure the sharing of knowledge and experience between Europe and third countries on climate change impact and adaptation option modelling and assessment.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH and gender expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-05: Let nature help do the job: Rewilding landscapes for carbon sequestration, climate adaptation and biodiversity support

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 60 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribution to IPBES and IPCC, to the achievement of objectives of reaching net zero carbon emissions, enhancing climate change adaptation, and to the EU Biodiversity Strategy.

2.Support the implementation of the Horizon Europe Mission on Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation.

3.Identify low cost/benefit ratio options to restore natural and semi-natural ecosystems for carbon sequestration and biodiversity conservation.

4.Assess the value of restoring ecosystem for adaptation to and/or mitigation of climate change and identify potential rebound effects and trade-offs.

5.Demonstrate the degree to which these approaches are affected by climate change itself and if they can still be effective under global warming of 2°C and higher.

6.Demonstrate the potential contribution of European abandoned land and protected areas systems for carbon sequestration, adaptation to and/or mitigation of climate change.

7.Develop strategies to minimize the increasing risk of wildfires due to the changing climate.

8.Provide operational methods for low cost, low human intervention options for ecosystems restoration optimising the contributions to climate and biodiversity objectives and managing trade-offs.

9.Help generate FAIR 48 data and well-documented, robust and transparent methodologies for better integration of land-use management systems into IAMs and ESMs.

10.Assess the perception and acceptability of citizens and stakeholders on rewilding and rewilding options and identify potential conflicts and trade-offs in governance and decision-making.

Scope: The biodiversity crisis and the climate crisis are intrinsically linked and the contribution of Nature-based Solutions (NBS) to the global climate objectives is pivotal. A better understanding of how the use of ecosystems natural capacity, with minimal help from humans, can contribute to carbon sequestration and biodiversity conservation is urgently needed to make the use of NBS operational.

Actions should foster interdisciplinary research with a focus on the climate-biodiversity nexus, advancing our knowledge to further promote integrated approaches to better address these interdependent challenges.

Actions, taking stock of previous and ongoing experience, including associated uncertainty, should provide a robust assessment of the potential contribution that restoring ecosystems, including trophic chains restoration, with a “let nature do the job”, also called “rewilding”, approach can provide in terms of carbon sequestration and storage, climate change mitigation and adaptation and biodiversity conservation. “Rewilding” is meant here as passive management of ecological succession with the goal of restoring natural ecosystem processes and reducing human control of landscapes, although some intervention may be required in the early restoration stages.

Actions can address specific ecosystems and/or landscapes on land, freshwater, coastal and marine ecosystems while providing a clear contribution to define the potential use of the “rewilding” approach at regional, national and continental levels.

Actions should build on an updated and detailed picture of the status and trends of ecosystems change, (including, where applicable, land abandonment) in Europe to assess where, at which ecological conditions and at what scale the “rewilding” approach can significantly improve carbon sequestration together with habitats reinforcement and biodiversity conservation.

Actions should investigate how “rewilding” can be complemented with other approaches (for example active restoration and conservation, low intensity farming, forestry and pasture management, fishing), taking into account specific regional conditions, to increase carbon sequestration, improve biodiversity conservation and ensure provision of goods and ecosystem services.

Actions should provide scientific insights, tools, methodologies and innovative solutions including social innovations to assist national governments, regions and communities in embedding the “rewilding” approach, as far as feasible, in their own plans to reach carbon neutrality. Actions should also advance the integration of land use options for carbon sequestration into IAMs and ESMs.

Actions should significantly advance knowledge on the role and relevance of restoring fully functional trophic chains, for instance through the conservation, management and reintroduction of apex predators, grazers and scavengers, in the “rewilding” process, with a special focus on the functioning of trophic cascades on landscape processes and the ability of ecosystems to act as carbon sinks. Challenges and barriers to this aim should be analysed and the involvement of Social Sciences and Humanities is recommended.

Actions should ensure appropriate multi-stakeholder collaboration and interdisciplinarity to embed socio-economic aspects, including opportunities for economic development, existing barriers (ecological, social, gender-related…) and potential synergies and drawbacks.

Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant actions, initiatives and programmes, including Horizon 2020 and the LIFE Programme to promote synergies, integration and co-operation. They should make use and contribute to knowledge exchange and networking European platforms (e.g. Climate-ADAPT, Network Nature, OPPLA, BiodivERsA). Cooperation and planning for further exploitation of actions results during and after the project end is strongly encouraged.

Synergies should be ensured with projects addressing wildfires (for example under the EU Green Deal call LC-GD-1-1-2020, Horizon 2020 Societal Challenge 5).

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH and gender expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Destination – Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

This Destination covers thematic areas which are cross-cutting by nature and can provide key solutions for climate, energy and mobility applications. In line with the scope of cluster 5 such areas are batteries, hydrogen, communities and cities, early-stage breakthrough technologies as well as citizen engagement. Although these areas are very distinct in terms of challenges, stakeholder communities and expected impacts, they have their cross-cutting nature as a unifying feature and are therefore grouped together under this Destination.

This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 49 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations;

3.D: Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions. 

It covers the following impact areas:

1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people

2.Affordable and clean energy

3.Smart and sustainable transport

The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to the “Clean and sustainable transition of the energy and transport sectors towards climate neutrality facilitated by innovative cross-cutting solutions”, notably through:

1.Nurturing a world-class European research and innovation eco-system on batteries along the value chain based on sustainable pathways. It includes improvement of technological performance to increase application user attractiveness (in particular in terms of safety, cost, user convenience, fast charging and environmental footprint), in parallel supporting the creation of a competitive, circular, and sustainable European battery manufacturing value chain (more detailed information below).

2.Increased efficiency of Europe’s cities’ and communities’ energy, resource use and mobility patterns and cities’ and communities’ overall sustainability, thereby improving their climate-resilience and attractiveness to businesses and citizens in a holistic fashion. This also includes improved air and water quality, resilience of energy supply, intelligent mobility services and logistics, liveability and accessibility of cities, public health, comfortable, affordable zero emissions housing as well as the exploitation of relevant European technologies and knowledge (more detailed information below).

3.Facilitating the transformation to a climate neutral society, in line with the EU’s 2050 climate targets, through more effectively engaging and empowering citizens to participate in the transition, from planning to decision-making and implementation (more detailed information below).

4.Nurturing the development of emerging technologies with high potential to enable zero-greenhouse gas and negative emissions in energy and transport (more detailed information below).

A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

Batteries will enable the rollout of zero-emission mobility and renewable energy storage, contributing to the European Green Deal and supporting the UN SDGs by creating a vibrant, responsible and sustainable market. Besides climate neutrality, batteries also contribute to other UN SDGs directly and indirectly such as enabling of decentralized and off-grid energy solutions.

The strategic pathway is, on the one hand, for Europe to rapidly regain technological competitiveness in order to capture a significant market share of the new and fast growing rechargeable battery market, and, on the other hand, to invest in longer term research on future battery technologies to establish Europe's long term technological leadership and industrial competitiveness

The Partnership “Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility”, to which all battery-related topics under this Destination will contribute, aims to establish world-leading sustainable and circular European battery value chain to drive transformation towards a carbon-neutral society.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting the battery value chain under this Destination are:

1.Increased global competitiveness of the European battery ecosystem through generated knowledge and leading-edge technologies in battery materials, cell design, manufacturing and recycling;

2.Accelerated growth of innovative, competitive and sustainable battery manufacturing industry in Europe;

3.Accelerated roll out of electrified mobility through increased attractiveness for citizens and businesses, offering lower price, better performance and safety, reliable operation of e-vehicles. Increased grid flexibility, increased share of renewables integration and facilitated self-consumption and participation in energy markets by citizens and businesses;

4.Increased overall sustainability and improved Life Cycle Assessment of each segment of the battery value chain. Developed and established innovative recycling network and technologies and in line with the March 2020 European Circular Economy Action Plan, accelerated roll-out of circular designs and holistic circular approach for funded innovations;

5.Increased exploitation and reliability of batteries though demonstration of innovative use cases of battery integration in stationary energy storage and vehicles/vessels/aircrafts (in collaboration with other partnerships).

Communities and cities

This work programme contains only a few activities. The bulk of activities related to communities and cities will be introduced during 2021 as an update to the Horizon Europe work programme 2021, once the preparatory phase of the Horizon Europe Missions has been concluded.

Emerging breakthrough technologies and climate solutions

Although the contribution of a wide range of technologies to reach climate neutrality is already foreseeable, EU R&I programming should also leave room for emerging and break-through technologies with a high potential to achieve climate neutrality. These technologies can play a significant role in reaching the EU’s goal to become climate neutral by 2050.

Relevant topics supported under this Destination do not duplicate activities supported under Pillars I or III, but focus on emerging technologies that can enable the climate transition and follows at the same time a technology-neutral bottom up approach and the support of key technologies that are expected to support achieving climate neutrality. Research in this area is mostly technological in nature but should also where relevant be accompanied by assessments of environmental impact, social and economic impacts, and possible regulatory needs as well as activities to support the creation of value chains and to build up new ecosystems of stakeholders working on breakthrough technologies.

The main expected impacts to be generated by topics targeting breakthrough technologies and climate solutions under this Destination are:

1.Emergence of unanticipated technologies enabling emerging zero-greenhouse gas and negative emissions in energy and transport;

2.Development of high-risk/high return technologies to enable a transition to a net greenhouse gas neutral European economy;

Citizens and stakeholder engagement

The transition to climate-neutral economies and societies by 2050 is the defining challenge of this century. The challenge is not just technical: it calls for wide-ranging societal transformations and the adaptation of lifestyles and behaviours. Engaging citizens and stakeholders is therefore critical for the success of the European Green Deal, as is making greater recourse to the Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), alongside the Scientific, Technical, Engineering and Mathematical (STEM) disciplines.

The topics under this section do not stand alone but aim to complement and support the broader integration (“mainstreaming”) of citizen and stakeholder engagement as well as the social sciences and humanities (SSH) across the whole Horizon Europe programme map and particularly Cluster 5.

The main expected impacts to be generated by topics targeting citizen and stakeholder engagement under this Destination are:

1.A better understanding of the societal implications of the climate transition, including its distributional repercussions;

2.More effective policy interventions, co-created with target constituencies and building on high-quality policy advice;

3.Greater societal support for transition policies and programs, based on greater and more consequential involvement of those most affected.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01

232.00

18.50

19 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01

138.00

06 Sep 2022

Overall indicative budget

232.00

156.50

Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 50

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 51

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 19 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-01

RIA

21.00 52

6.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-02

RIA

24.00 53

6.00 to 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03

RIA

36.00 54

8.00 to 9.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-04

RIA

20.00

Around 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-05

RIA

26.00 55

6.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-06

RIA

30.00 56

9.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-07

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-08

RIA

20.00

Around 2.50

8

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-09

RIA

15.00

2.00 to 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-10

RIA

15.00

2.00 to 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-11

RIA

15.00

2.00 to 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-12

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-13

CSA

3.00

2.00 to 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-14

CSA

2.00

2.00 to 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-15

CSA

3.50

Around 3.50

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16

COFUND

18.50

18.50

Around 37.00

1

Overall indicative budget

232.00

18.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-01: Sustainable processing, refining and recycling of raw materials (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Raw materials need to be competitively processed and refined in Europe in a sustainable way, including reduced environmental footprint, and improved social aspects and competitiveness. This is underlined in the recently published list of Critical Raw Materials ( https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/specific-interest/critical_en ) and the Circular Economy Action Plan (https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/).

Project results will contribute to decreasing dependency of Europe on imported battery chemicals and raw materials. As a result new business opportunities and jobs will be created for the European industry.

Projects are expected to coordinate with projects funded under Cluster 4 RESILIENCE Green and Sustainable Materials topics. Projects are expected to contribute to European Raw Materials Alliance objectives.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.European low-grade deposits and secondary material sources such as tailings as source of nickel, cobalt and lithium are taken into use, reducing the European dependency on important materials by increasing refining capacity to battery grade materials in Europe. This requires innovative, cost-effective and safe extraction technologies;

2.Battery grade intermediates such as lithium hydroxide and precursor materials are competitively produced and refined in Europe in a sustainable and socially acceptable way, improving the competitiveness and value of European battery and mobility industries;

3.Reduced carbon emissions, increased energy efficiency, and more efficient resource use and yield, for example by increasing the capacity to re-process recycled lithium from spent batteries integrated in primary lithium processing;

4.New business opportunities and models for the European industry (e.g. joint processing, centralised Lithium refinery) creating additional jobs from increased processing and refining capacity.

Scope: In order to secure a competitive battery industry in Europe, innovations in chemical and metallurgical production are required. The focus is at improved yield, better process control, flowsheet flexibility, improved product purity and quality, improved impurity removal, and improved recovery from secondary streams. These innovations are in some cases complementary unit processes to existing process flow sheets, while in others, such as European lithium or precursor production, completely new flowsheets. These advancements are expected to bring the European battery metal and chemical production to a global leadership. The activities are expected to cover one or several bullets:

1.Solutions to a sustainable Lithium value chain, such as:

1.Novel sorting technologies, new comminution method and alternative energy sources to improve energy efficiency, CO2 emissions and reduce water use in lithium processing and refining.

2.Selective methods for lithium extraction from pegmatites and other Lithium bearing minerals and refining of lithium materials to battery grade chemicals or even to lithium metal. Improvement of stability of refined LiOH. Cross-connections to other relevant WP parts which cover raw materials issues (e.g. Cluster 4) will be established.

3.Specification of physical-chemical properties for Lithium deposits, to foresee how the mineral mix could be better processed.

2.New refining processes to increase value and yield from European mines and sustainably sourced and imported (nickel and cobalt) raw materials, but also from process waste, side streams, recycled materials, mine tailings and other non-conventional sources.

3.Improvements in performance and efficiency of existing (nickel and cobalt) refining processes in Europe, e.g. by implementing new methodologies to reduce carbon emissions, increasing energy and resource efficiency, raw material flexibility and substitution of fossil fuels.

1. Development of new recoverable reagents and processes and real-time composition analysis for battery metal leaching and extraction to reduce waste and improve material efficiency and waste management

2.New smelting and slag engineering technologies to address Ni and Co losses in smelting

4.Development of continuous processes for precursor materials (pCAM) to replace the currently used batch processing, including:

1.Process control solutions for different cathode active material recipes

2.Complete process design concepts including filtration, gas supply, mixing ratios, flow control, fluidised process solutions, and process automation

3.Process optimisation to minimise and/or recover off-specification battery metals and compounds.

5.Zero Liquid Discharge processing in battery chemical and precursor material processing, including energy cascading and waste valorisation

6.New business models for co-processing and process integration

7.Process modelling competence combined with environmental impact evaluation (incl. LCA) for individual primary processes, in collaboration with a project funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-02: Advanced high-performance Generation 3b (high capacity / high voltage) Li-ion batteries supporting electro mobility and other applications (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 and higher by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Advanced Li-ion batteries delivering on cost, performance, safety, sustainability and recyclability, with clear prospects for cost-competitive large-scale manufacturing and uptake by the electro mobility as well as other application sectors.

2.Increase in energy density and hence increasing driving distance at reduced cost on module and pack level, inducing a broader customer’s acceptance.

3.Broader user acceptance leading to a significantly broader market penetration, helping to reduce GHG emissions of the transport and industry sectors to support EU’s efforts to become climate-neutral by 2050: demonstrated for recyclability.

Translating these outcomes into indicative KPIs to guide the R&I efforts, it is recommended to target the following for impact by 2025 and beyond:

1.Gravimetric, volume energy density at cell level of 350-400 Wh/kg, 750-1000 Wh/l respectively.

2.Power density at cell level of 700 W/kg, 1500+ W/L.

3.For high voltage application, operation at 4.7+ Volt.

4.3000+ and 2000+ deep cycles for high capacity and high voltage applications respectively.

5.Cost at pack level < 100 euro/kWh.

Scope: The overarching R&I challenges lie in the development of advanced materials enabling higher energy / power density thanks to higher capacity (voltage range 4.3-4.5V) and/or operating at higher voltage (4.7+V). Focus is on adapting the cathode materials (high-nickel NMCs for capacity, spinels / Li-rich Mn NMCs for voltage), the anode materials (graphite-containing Si(Ox)), the electrolytes (stabilised formulations) and their interplay.

1.For the higher capacity approach, focusing on maximising energy and power density should address topics such as

1.High-capacity cathode materials operating in 4.3-4.5 Volt range while delivering on cycle life, protective coatings for safety improvements;

2.High-performance anodes with advanced graphite and silicon materials (increase Si content in Si/C anodes to achieve capacities ideally at 1000 mAh/g), - Other option is to, develop complete Si or other alloying anode solutions in nanostructured form;

3.Suitable inactive materials (binders, conductive carbons, current collectors, separators);

4.Electrolytes stable in 4.3-4.5 Volt (new additives and/or solvent systems), advanced processing routes for the novel materials and advanced electrode and cell/module designs.

2.For the higher voltage approach, focusing on maximising energy and power density should address topics such as

1.High-voltage stable electrolyte systems (new electrolytes and/or new formulations);

2.High-voltage stable cathode active materials (e.g. HV spinels, Li-rich Mn NMCs, phosphates, disordered materials etc. with lowered content in critical and high price elements, protective coatings);

3.Tailoring and operando monitoring of the electrochemical interplay between the cathode active material and the electrolyte formation of stable SEI interfaces;

4.Advanced high performance anodes matching these high-voltage cathodes and electrolytes;

5.Structuring of the cathode and anode electrodes for among others their competition and electric conductivities.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03: Advanced high-performance Generation 4a, 4b (solid-state) Li-ion batteries supporting electro mobility and other applications (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advanced Li-ion batteries delivering on cost, performance, safety, thermal stability, sustainability with clear prospects for cost-competitive large-scale manufacturing and uptake by electro mobility sector.

2.Increase in energy density and hence increasing driving distance at reduced costs on module and pack level, positively affecting the customer’s acceptance.

3.Broader user acceptance will help to reduce GHG emissions of the transport sector and support EU’s efforts to become climate-neutral by 2050.

Translating these outcomes into indicative KPIs to guide the R&I efforts, it is recommended to target the following for impact by 2030 and beyond:

1.Gravimetric energy density at cell level of 400+ Wh/kg volumetric energy density at cell level of 800+ Wh/l (Gen 4a) progressing to 1000+ Wh/l (Gen 4b).

2.Cycle life up to 3000 and beyond and ability to operate at charging rate of 3-5C (for aviation up to 10C).

3.Cost at pack level down to below 75 euro/kWh.

4.High-power variants for fast charging, airborne, heavy-duty, hybrid segments targeting >500W/kg and >700 W/l.

Scope: The overarching R&I challenges lie in the development of solid-state electrolytes, cathode materials and anode materials enabling higher thermal and electrochemical stability while targeting higher energy / power densities, fast charging, cyclability and improved safety. These new materials should contribute in the control of thermal runaway at early stage, and create non-propagation designs. Developments should range from using conventional materials to using Li metal-based anode materials, aiming at reducing the amount of cobalt used in the production in addition to the other expected outcomes listed above. Projects should be aligned with ongoing H2020 projects on the subject, especially from H2020-LC-BAT-2020 call and their publicly-available results.

1.For Generation 4a (solid state with conventional materials) projects are expected to cover all bullets:

1.Developing low direct current resistance active materials;

2.Reducing thickness of the anode;

3.Developing thin solid electrolyte with high ionic conductivity;

4.Developing concepts/strategies for manufacturing new solid electrolyte interlayers;

5.Improving interface design to ensure efficient charge-transfer and electrochemical stability and improved cell mechanical stability;

6.Proposed approach is expected to have no negative impact on energy densities, safety, and cyclability;

7.Development of coating strategies for current collectors.

2.For Generation 4b (solid state with Li metal-based anode materials) projects are expected to cover one or several bullets:

1.New materials and/or chemistries to increase the energy densities beyond the state of the art of batteries used in electro mobility applications.

2.At the anode side, lithium metal appears as the most appealing choice in terms of gravimetric energy density.

3.Improved reversibility, homogeneity and density of electrodeposition process by doping or coating strategies.

4.Solutions for manufacturing and handling Li metal sheet in dry atmosphere.

5.Novel solutions for low cost manufacturing strategies such as solvent-free electrode manufacturing and solid electrolyte deposition.

6.Another technology (anode-less), could also be developed by designing current collectors for reversible electrodeposition of lithium. Current collector coating strategies which regulate lithium deposition and improve cycling performance can also be developed.

7.Solid-state electrolytes and lithium metal anodes open the way to new cathode chemistries reaching high energy density such as lithium-free cathode in combination with lithium metal or Li-excess cathode exhibiting high irreversible capacity in the anode-less configuration.

8.Improving interface design to ensure efficient charge-transfer and electromechanical stability and improved cell mechanical stability.

9.Bipolar cell design concepts and processing.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-04: Environmentally sustainable processing techniques applied to large scale electrode and cell component manufacturing for Li ion batteries (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Provide European a leadership position in production of batteries with lower carbon footprint.

2.New sustainable electrode and cell manufacturing techniques are with reduced energy consumption, lower carbon footprint and no Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) emissions. Electrode and cell manufacturing processes are scalable, safer, cheaper, cleaner and less energy consuming compared to state-of-the-art technologies, ultimately reinforcing an internationally competitive European battery manufacturing industry.

3.Electrode coating production techniques completely eliminate organic solvents as slurry dispersing media leading to avoid the large capital costs associated to the solvent recovery system Implementation of dry manufacturing techniques such as 3D patterning of active electrode layers, and/or hydrophobic surface treatment of electrodes with next generation materials.

4.Industrialising closed loops and process design to return low-value chemicals from manufacturing processes to high-value and necessary inputs for the battery manufacturing industry.

Scope: Industrial scale fabrication of Li-ion battery (LIB) porous electrodes imply casting of a slurry over a thin metallic current collector according to conventional coating procedures. This is the technology used also for advanced LIBs with high energy electrode materials and liquid electrolyte (Gen3a/b). The slurry to be coated is prepared by mixing the active material, conductive agent and binder in a solvent, typically N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP). Since NMP is toxic in nature, an expensive recovery system should be placed to collect the evaporated NMP in the drying process.

Less expensive and environmentally friendly solvents, such as water are already employed for anode manufacturing, which eliminates the large capital cost of the solvent recovery system. Wet coating technologies can still be further optimised and benefit from reducing the solvent fraction, thus, reducing the energy demand of the drying step. Moreover, completely dry processing techniques could completely remove the need for energy consuming drying, hence reducing the CO2 footprint of the electrode fabrication process.

This may also apply for example to protective interface coatings for both advanced anode –e.g. lithium metal- and cathode – e.g. HV spinel materials. Also, there are other new concepts that can benefit from the implementation of dry manufacturing techniques such as 3D patterning of active electrode layers, or hydrophobic surface treatment of electrodes with next generation materials. The process should be scalable, safer, cheaper, cleaner and less energy consuming compared to state-of-the-art technologies. The proposed/developed processes are expected to address the notion of “Design to Manufacture”, which should reduce production cost and increase battery performance resulting in increased efficiency and better cycle life. As the manufacturing techniques may benefit from digitalization, and moreover be ready to be integrated in digitally-driven larger production lines, project proposals should address digitalization within their scope..It should also propose innovative technical solutions and/or standardized approaches to ensure workers and users safety, particularly in the field of handling new materials during processing – such as in the case of nano-materials. The challenge is proposed for Li-ion up to generation 3.

Focus is into manufacturing technology development, up to pilot-level proof of concept. Activities to be aligned/feeding into the specific machinery development topic – industrial machinery development is beyond the scope of this topic.

Projects are expected to be aligned with H2020 project LiPLANET initiative – The EU network of R&D Li cell manufacturing pilot lines.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-05: Manufacturing technology development for solid-state batteries (SSB, Generations 4a - 4b batteries) (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Position Europe at the industrial production lead in the international race for next generation, SSB technologies all through the value chain.

2.Generation of an indigenous technological knowledge portfolio of industrially scalable manufacturing solutions for the different approaches to SSB including all core components: electrolytes, anodes –either carbon or Li(m) based - and their ad hoc composites cathodes.

3.Contribute to climate neutral transport via the development of breakthrough technology in SSB batteries.

4.Enable cost effective, low carbon footprint and low-emission mass production of Gen4 technology in Europe.

Scope: Lithium ion battery cells with conventional active materials are reaching their limits in terms of energy densities. Also, safety issues arise with the utilisation of liquid organic electrolyte which are becoming even more critical with the nearly introduction of advanced materials made to increase cell voltage and fast-charging rates. Hence, there is an urgent need for the development of innovative scalable manufacturing technologies based on of new solid electrolytes that can be also combined with metallic lithium at the anode, leading to significantly enhanced energy density. In that context, solid-state electrolytes enable overcoming current battery cells limitations in terms of voltage and safety (reducing dendrites formation risk) leading to and increased intrinsic thermal and electrochemical stability.

As a consequence, in parallel to the progress in new materials developments, there is a growing need of Research and Innovation addressed to develop appropriate processing techniques for assemble cells based on solid type electrolytes including all current foreseen technological options: polymer-based, hybrid polymeric, inorganic and other alternatives such as gel-like semisolid electrolytes.

Also, processing, handling and integration of lithium metal anodes into cells, with special attention to solid-solid interfaces and protection layers need to be tackled (Generation 4b). As an alternative route, advanced Si/C composite-based anodes (Generation 3b) may come as a possible solution, and their specific manufacturing approach and interface requirements towards solid state electrolytes should be covered as well. Thus, appropriate processing techniques should be developed, optimised, adapted or reinvented for the preparation of dense electrode and electrolyte layers, to enable scale up of solid-state battery cells (Generation4a and Generation4b) towards industrial GWh mass production.

Cathodic electrodes making use of advanced materials – e.g. high Ni content oxides- combined with electrolyte material to enhance interfacial compatibility may pose specific manufacturing challenges involving innovative dry and/or extrusion coating techniques.

Projects funded under this topic should make provisions to establish adequate coordination schemes with related materials running projects, with special focus in HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03: Advanced high-performance Generation 4a, 4b (solid-state) Li-ion batteries.

The new manufacturing techniques for the SSB Gen 4a/4b batteries should focus on cost, performance, safety and sustainability with clear prospects for cost-competitive large-scale manufacturing and uptake by the electro mobility sector. Also, as the manufacturing techniques may benefit from digitalization, and moreover be ready to be integrated in digitally-driven larger production lines, project proposals should address digitalization within their scope. Manufacturing and cell assembly processes to be developed should be more sustainable compared to the current LIB manufacturing. In order to demonstrate cost reduction and improvement in other parameters projects are expected to provide comparison with baseline manufacturing techniques.

Focus is into manufacturing technology development, up to pilot-level proof of concept. Activities to be aligned/feeding into the specific machinery development topic –industrial machinery development is beyond the scope of this topic.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-06: Sustainable, safe and efficient recycling processes (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 9.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Improved access to battery materials and strengthened European raw material independency by increased circularity of material flows and use of the secondary raw materials in new batteries produced in Europe.

2.Increased European competitiveness offering sustainable, safe, energy efficient and low carbon footprint battery recycling technologies and upscaleable solutions.

3.Reduced recycling cost and environmental impacts through new and disruptive concepts for very high efficiency recycling.

4.Improved health and safety aspects of recycling.

5.The industry is prepared to meet the new regulatory targets for the recycling.

Scope: In order to effectively exploit the vast amounts of EV and stationary battery waste emerging in the next decades, as well as the increasing amounts of production scrap resulting from larger manufacturing, it is important to create innovative feasible and holistic recycling processes in Europe.

Newly developed recycling processes are expected to be more flexible and adaptive, to be able to meet a wide variety of battery waste or production scrap resulting from cross different Li-battery chemistries (i.e. with and without transition metals). It is desirable to implement intelligent process design through integrating selected fractions into existing industrial infrastructure, or other innovative integration of fractions or processes. The recycling processes may partially utilise existing metallurgical infrastructure of the primary materials to support feasible processing and explore ways to support industrial transition towards green technologies.

Newly developed recycling processes are expected to aim at recovering the highest amount of resources (e.g. metals, graphite, fluorinated compounds and polymers, active materials) present within secondary raw materials which result from spent Li-batteries with and without transition metals and focus on the reuse of these materials in batteries.

Low-value chemicals from manufacturing processes should be returned to high-value and necessary inputs for the battery manufacturing industry. Focus should, however, be on developing materials recycling routes which as directly as possible target next-generation battery cathode and anode materials. Vertical integration to component/cell manufacturing should be improved.

Proposals are expected to aim at the outmost recovery rates and recovered material purity, meeting industrial requirements for their integration in the loop of cell manufacturing, in line with values reflected in Partnership Strategic Research Agenda (SRA).

Recovery/re-use/re-purposing/reconditioning of battery materials/electrodes/components should also be maximised and recycling discharge minimised.

Proposals are expected to develop new unit processes, or innovative combinations of optimised unit processes, including, but not limited to mechanical pre-processing, leaching, precipitation, solvent extraction, ion exchange, centrifuging, crystallisation, electrowinning, roasting, smelting, pyrolysis, shock wave disruption and direct reuse of materials and components.

Proposals are expected to identify and address health risks, environmental impacts, safety hazards and new safety practices related to developed processes.

The environmental impacts and benefits are to be quantified through life cycle thinking approach (e.g. LCA/SLCA), also in collaboration with the project funded under the joint topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04.

The co-operation with projects funded under topics HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-01, HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-01 should be established.

International collaboration is strongly encouraged.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-07: Support for establishment of R&I ecosystem, developing strategic forward-looking orientations to ensure future skills development, knowledge and technological leadership for accelerated disruptive technology exploration and uptake (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: In order to succeed in the development of a thriving innovative battery industry, pan-European cooperation on research and innovation is essential. It is not only essential to work across geographical boarders and institutional levels but it is also crucial that stakeholders from all parts of the battery value chain pull together in a strategic coordinated manner to ensure our collective research efforts are efficiently translated into sustainable technologies and products economically, environmentally and socially.

Europe has an extensive landscape of battery R&I stakeholders. Thus there is a need to continuously consolidate the Battery R&I community across the EU and associated countries and across Battery-related networks, projects and initiatives (including European, national, regional – HEU Partnerships, IPCEIs, Interregional partnership on advanced battery materials, European Battery Alliance and coordination actions including BATTERY 2030+, LiPLANET).

Project results are expected to contribute to all/ of the following expected outcomes:

1.Consolidated Battery R&I community across the EU and associated countries and across Battery-related networks, projects and initiatives (including European, national, regional – HEU Partnerships, IPCEIs, Interregional partnership on advanced battery materials, European Battery Alliance and coordination actions including BATTERY 2030+, LiPLANET, and other initiatives established until the project end). Exceptional participation of third country participants is therefore not foreseen.

2.Facilitated access to information for all – enabled European "one-stop shop" on Battery R&I information, including information on national programmes, events, battery projects and national battery networks (via website and other communication channels) reaching as many as possible battery stakeholders.

3.Reduced time to market of technologies and improved European competitiveness through established research-industry collaborations, information sharing and expert group work.

4.Synergies and research results efficiently shared along the whole value chain, thus mobilizing R&I efforts.

5.Attracted talent and competences necessary to achieve the technical goals and to support European industry.

6.Provided scientific evidence for policymakers.

7.Increase and reinforce international collaboration within the geographical scope outlined above..

Scope: Proposals are expected to:

1.Develop, consolidate and communicate a strategic research approach for all stakeholders throughout the entire European Battery Value Chain.

2.Develop and/or update coherent Strategic Research and Innovation agenda (SRIA) and corresponding detailed roadmaps covering all aspects of the battery value chain through expert group work.

3.Facilitate and support work of experts from a different field in a cross-collaboration manner, identify the challenges and opportunities and so create guidelines and recommendations on how best to develop synergies.

4.Establish and continuously update Key performance indicator (KPI's) values for current state-of-art battery technology, as collected from stakeholders across the battery value chain correlated and communicated via SET Plan progress monitoring.

5.Establish Target Key performance indicators (Target KPI's) values for future battery R&I as collected from all relevant forums, correlated and communicated via SET Plan progress monitoring and the Strategic Research and Innovation agenda (SRIA) to the entire R&I community in general.

6.Implement and foster the adoption of uniform standards and methodologies for the reporting of battery research developments across EU and national projects building on existing European and national work/efforts.

7.Execute a clear communication plan describing the hosting and updating website, organising events and facilitating networking. Communicate results and progress in Battery R&I on both a European and International level.

8.Cooperate with ETIPs and similar stakeholders fora, provide support to existing SET Plan Implementation Plans and advancement towards more interconnected activities, both in terms of contents and implementation mechanisms (see topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-17)

9.Promote and facilitate international collaborative actions, where necessary.

10.Perform additional activities which are relevant to reach the expected outcomes.

11.In order to ensure high quality coordination and technical outputs from the proposals should possess both technical and operative expertise.

The overarching European R&I platform should build on previous efforts and continue to foster pan-European active cooperation and maintain up-to-date clear realistic strategic research and innovation agenda for Europe.

The project’s main governance (e.g. Steering Group, Advisory Board) is expected to provide for direct involvement of European Commission services for collaboration on relevant policy activities, incl. further supporting SET plan.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

Emerging breakthrough technologies and climate solutions

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-08: Emerging technologies for a climate neutral Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Available high-risk/high return technologies for a transition to a net greenhouse gas neutral EU economy by 2050.

2.Knowledge and scientific proofs of the technological feasibility of the concept.

3.Environmental, social and economic benefits to contribute to R&I strategy and policy forecast.

4.Establishing a solid long term dependable European innovation base.

Scope: The proposal is expected to address one of the following areas:

1.Decarbonised, efficient, effective, and safe Transport;

2.Fuel cells;

3.Efficient energy generators;

4.Energy distribution;

5.Energy storage;

6.Negative GHG emissions.

The following areas should not be covered as they fall within either partnerships or other calls:

1.Material research;

2.Renewable energy technologies and renewable hydrogen production are addressed under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-02;

3.Batteries.

The proposal should address the validation of its concept to TRL 4, presenting a robust research methodology and activities, establishing the technological feasibility of the proposed concept. The methodology should include proper assessment of the environmental, social and economic benefits, and consider transfers of developments in sectors other than energy whenever relevant. These interdisciplinary aspects may provide ideas, experiences, technology contributions, knowledge, new approaches, innovative materials and skills. The applications of those concepts can also be proposed for various sectors. Economic benefits could be for example technology cost reduction, job creations, new businesses and more efficient motors and generators.

Proposals may consider the following areas:

1.Technologies providing the possibility of multi-fuel integration and/or the potential for the transversal intersectorial decarbonization;

2.Concepts targeting hard-to-decarbonize sectors and energy-intensive applications, such as road/rail/maritime transport or energy generation through thermal power generators;

3.Flexibility in terms of its scalability to different power/energy demands;

4.Compatibility with local or distributed energy production layouts;

5.Use of already available industrial processes and raw materials for easy TRL upgrading and final transfer to mass production.

In developing its concept the proposal is expected to address the following related aspects:

1.Lower environmental impact (e.g. on climate change, pollution and biodiversity) quantified based on Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) framework;

2.Better resource efficiency (materials, geographical footprints, water, etc…) than current commercial technologies;

3.Barriers to the deployment of such technologies, including issues related to social acceptance or resistance to new energy technologies, related socioeconomic and livelihood issues globally;

4.Prospective life cycle approach to be done with the relevant information that can be gathered at such TRL level.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-09: Methane cracking to usable hydrogen and carbon

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million. 57

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

This topic focusses on technological concepts at low TRLs (TRL 3 or lower). Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Replacement of the unabated use of natural gas by climate-neutral (or negative, in case of cracking of biogenic methane) hydrogen.

2.Reduction of emissions by hard to decarbonise sectors, also considering the use of eventual by-products.

3.Faster reduction of GHG emissions by economies heavily relying on natural gas export or use (provided they reduce their upstream emissions).

4.Production of economically usable by-product solid carbon (in tires, batteries, etc.).

Scope: A potential breakthrough technology is represented by the development of processes allowing the use of available fossil and renewable methane to economically generate hydrogen without any release of CO2 or other GHGs (as in current processes). To be advantageous on a life cycle basis, however, this requires a higher efficiency than in current processes and that the used natural or renewable gas is supplied by a chain with low upstream leakage.

This requires the development of innovative methodologies to deliver high performance hydrogen production from methane by directly splitting the molecule in its components (hydrogen and solid carbon). Proposals are expected to demonstrate significant advances with respect to already achieved results in Europe and outside, delivering a minimum of 50% efficiency (i.e. energy from hydrogen recovery vs energy from original methane, for instance by reducing reaction temperatures and improving catalysts), and demonstrating the potential to achieve mass production and a competitive hydrogen cost and an improved climate performance with respect to current methane based, CO2 releasing hydrogen production methods including CCS. Due consideration should be given to the management of impurities in the source stream, and to the development of the economic potential of the carbon particles delivered by the specific technology which could have a valuable end-use (e.g. synthetic graphite or carbon black) or the development of side-streams of other carbon-rich chemical compounds (excluding uses which would re-release the carbon as CO2). Each project will dedicate part of its work programme to technology assessment to consider environmental, resource and economic aspects of the deployment of the technology).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-10: Technologies for non- CO2 greenhouse gases removal

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million. 58

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increase knowledge on the plausibility of removing non-CO2 greenhouse gases from the atmosphere.

2.Raise awareness on the effects of non-CO2 greenhouse gases on earth warming.

3.Develop technologies for addressing the effects of non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions.

4.Investigate techno-economic aspects of technologies and physical properties of emissions striving to match both into market-ready solutions.

Scope: Development of technologies for removing non-CO2 greenhouse gases CH4, N2O and fluorinated gases.

This topic focusses on technological concepts at low TRLs (TRL 3 or lower).

In the case of methane, the scope of possible applications is further constrained: Methane emissions stemming from the supply chain of fossil fuels are excluded, considering that such emissions are meant to be addressed through emission avoidance. Other emissions with a methane concentration higher than 1% are also excluded, considering that economic interests should drive their mitigation.

Technologies are expected to contribute to the capture, concentration, use and/or disposal of emissions, either from or at natural sources (if more concentrated) or in the atmosphere. Carbon dioxide may be considered, though only if any synergy can be found with processing it in combination with other greenhouse gas(es) which should be the prime focus. The state-of the art of technology development will be clearly presented in the proposal with global potential for emission reductions, cost figures and versatility and economic viability of use where appropriate.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-11: Direct atmospheric carbon capture and conversion

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million. 59

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

This topic focusses on technological concepts at low TRLs (TRL 3 or lower). Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

a.Increase knowledge of existing/develop new materials for direct atmospheric carbon capture and conversion technologies; or

b.Address potential barriers to incorporation of direct air capture in existing CC(U)(S) concepts; or

c.Make direct atmospheric carbon capture and conversion technologies a viable technology to make the EU carbon neutral by increasing the TRL levels of the different technological options.

Scope: This topic focusses on Direct Atmospheric Carbon Capture and Conversion, which is a technology that can help reaching climate neutrality by 2050 by i) creating the carbon sinks required to balance out residual emissions in 2050 and/or ii) using carbon captured from the air as a raw material to replace other fossil raw materials.

The scope of this topic is to establish the technological feasibility of Direct Atmospheric Carbon Capture and Conversion, including the environmental, social and economic benefits with the goal of establishing this concept as a viable technology to fight climate change the potential technologies require major technological breakthroughs, for example by

1.Increasing knowledge of existing/develop new oxygen-tolerant catalysts for photo/electro-reductive conversion of carbonates/carbamates; or

2.Developing thermal chemical conversion technologies for direct atmospheric carbon capture and conversion; or

3.Developing photo(electro)chemical conversion technologies for direct conversion of atmospheric CO2 to direct atmospheric carbon capture and conversion.

Technological concepts supported under this topic should i) combine capture and conversion in a single step, eliminating the need to regenerate absorbents or adsorbents and/or ii) be able to enable decentralised production of chemicals and fuels using solar energy devices.

Projects that include research into the use of direct air capture for enhanced oil recovery will not be considered.

Citizens and stakeholder engagement

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-12: Fostering a just transition in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

1.A better understanding of the distributional repercussions of the transition to climate neutrality across sectors, social groups, countries, regions, cities, and in the labour market that will help implement the commitment to “leaving nobody behind”.

2.A better understanding of the trade-offs and synergies between climate action, climate-change impacts and equity and justice considerations, such as social inequality, gender equalities, as well as their interaction with other transformations that underpin the transition to climate neutrality.

3.Addressing procedural justice concerns in the transition to carbon neutrality, via deeper and more consequential involvement of stakeholders from all parts of society in the transition process, for instance via co-design and co-production processes, social innovations, citizen science, user-led innovation type activities, or upstream multi-stakeholder debates or mechanisms for citizen deliberation and engagement.

4.New scientific evidence to inform EU, national and regional policies in designing inclusive, socially fair, gender-sensitive and economically viable transition plans and post-COVID recovery packages that take due care of the most affected regions, cities, sectors and parts of society, including vulnerable individuals and households.

5.Increased societal and political acceptance for climate transition strategies, including renewable energy projects and more sustainable mobility concepts, based on greater involvement of those most affected, leading to better capacity for co-designing policy frameworks that enhance inclusiveness while minimising adverse distributional effects and inequalities.

6.Improved insights into socio-economic and socio-political barriers that impede a just transition towards climate neutrality and identification of strategies to overcome these barriers on different temporal and spatial scales across Europe.

Scope: Actions should enhance the understanding of the challenges of the “just transition” to climate-neutral and environmentally sustainable economies and societies, as envisaged in the European Green Deal and Next Generation EU. They should analyse various dimensions of inequality arising from climate change impacts, climate policies and transition pathways including their distributional implications associated with changes in GDP, industrial competitiveness and trade, employment and skills, taxation, incomes and wealth, vulnerabilities and human health, structure of sectors, business models and relative prices etc. Further equity aspects associated with climate change impacts and climate policy, such as differential vulnerabilities as well as intergenerational fairness or justice should also be studied, taking into consideration social and geographic circumstances and paying due attention to most vulnerable parts of the society (poor, elderly, persons with disabilities, children, migrants etc.). The gender dimension should also be explored. Research should integrate learnings from the COVID-19 pandemic in terms of the evolution of inequality in Europe and analyse potential implications for climate action and green recovery.

Actions should identify policy options and measures that combine climate and environmental benefits with intra- and intergenerational justice, e.g. by a reduction of poverty and inequality across different sectors of society, as well as within and between countries and regions. They should explore links between and combinations of climate-focused policies and social, taxation, employment and other relevant measures. Recommendations as to the most effective levers for enacting an inclusive, fair and just ecological transition should be formulated.

Beyond climate action, links to Sustainable Development Goals should be considered as many of them are centred on reducing poverty, inequality and meeting basic human needs.

Improving tools and methodologies for addressing intra- and intergenerational equity, equality and justice concerns in the context of the transition to climate neutrality is part of the action’s scope, but should take into account the work by projects in other parts of the work programme, notably those addressing the improvement of Integrated Assessment Models under Destination 1 on Climate Science. Research should comprise a strong empirical component, including field experiments, and meaningfully involve stakeholders to collect evidence, test proposals and discuss relevant issues.

Actions are expected to mobilise and build on the knowledge from across a broad range of social sciences (including behavioural science, political science, sociology, economics, law, gender studies etc.) and humanities and involve all parts of the quadruple helix (public bodies, industry/SMEs, social partners, academia/research, citizens/civil society) in a meaningful transdisciplinary manner and across activities 60 . Synergies with the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-15 on Transition Super-Labs should be explored, given that equity and fairness considerations will play a very important role in that context, too.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-13: Strengthening Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) research communities in climate, energy and mobility disciplines

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Research and innovation communities focusing on Social Science and Humanities (SSH) approaches to climate, energy and mobility as well as on citizen engagement and empowerment are less fragmented and better networked across Europe, including with respect to Eastern and Southern Europe.

2.A targeted strategy for intensifying collaboration between Scientific, Technical, Engineering and Mathematical (STEM) and Social Science and Humanities (SSH) research and innovation communities has led to more and more in-depth interdisciplinary work.

3.Dedicated outreach and engagement activities (e.g. co-creation processes and greater dissemination of best practices and challenges), have produced strong links to principal stakeholder communities, including policymakers at various levels, the private sector, academia, civil society, and citizens at large.

4.Project activities have lowered social and behavioural barriers and contributed to greater citizen engagement in the context of the SET Plan, Horizon Europe Missions, Horizon Europe Partnerships, or other research and innovation actions supported by the EU’s framework programme, in collaboration with or building on other EU-funded projects in these areas.

5.Policy advice to policy communities, including at European and other levels, is based on the latest research, including work prepared in the context of this project, actionable, and supported by communication and dissemination resources as well as practical guidelines.

Scope: Confronting the threat of global warming and transitioning to carbon neutrality by mid-century requires research and innovation in a number of distinct but interconnected areas, notably in climate science, energy, and mobility. Along with technological innovations, successful solutions need to factor in changing lifestyles, social innovation, forms of behaviour, value structures, governance arrangements at institutional or corporate levels, as well as forms of social organisation. This calls for concerted, multi-disciplinary approaches that are rooted in a variety of academic disciplines but also draw in and engage policymakers at various levels, the private sector, civil society and citizens at large.

To develop and enact such approaches, more extensive networks connecting relevant communities of researchers and practitioners are required, to facilitate and enable deeper and more consequential forms of collaboration. In particular, Scientific, Technical, Engineering and Mathematical (STEM) communities in climate science, energy and climate need to work more closely with those in the Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines, ensuring adequate outreach especially to the eastern and southern parts of Europe. At the same time, methods and mechanisms for lowering social and behavioural barriers and engaging citizens and stakeholders need further refinement, more extensive application and improvement via co-creation and co-production processes, including gender-sensitive ones, and greater dissemination. Focus areas requiring specific attention include prosumers, renewable energy and mobility communities, resource efficiency and the circular economy, as well as digital platforms and technologies.

Developing novel, multi-disciplinary perspectives, strengthening SSH research communities while encouraging collaboration with the STEM disciplines, and nurturing linkages with stakeholder communities, civil society and citizens at large are important preconditions for providing targeted, high-quality advice on how to confront the manifold challenges surrounding the transition to climate neutrality. Policymakers at European and other levels have obvious need for such advice, in delivering the European Green Deal and other high-profile policy initiatives.

Projects under this topic are expected to work towards these goals, while also producing novel research and concrete applications that can inform policymaking, notably at EU-level including with respect to the European Green Deal.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-14: Accelerating the climate transition in difficult contexts: transition super-labs (pilot)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.A mapping exercise has identified which settings across Europe – such as non-sustainable business complexes, mining regions or polluted metropolitan areas – would benefit the most from the transition super-labs approach, and which settings could serve to demonstrate the utility of this approach more generally.

2.Feasibility studies have been carried out in a select number of these settings, yielding programmatic, actionable blueprints with a view of launching actual transition super-labs at a subsequent stage.

3.Enabling coalitions for the practical delivery of transition super-labs have been assembled, with the participation of policymakers at local, regional and other levels, business, finance, civil society organisations, individual citizens, as well as academia.

4.A program outline for the practical delivery of a number of transition super-labs in several contexts across Europe, comprising at least three EU Member States and/or Associated Countries, has been prepared, including an assessment of the contribution of different funding instruments (European, national regional and private funds).

Scope: First suggested by the High-Level Panel of the European Decarbonisation Pathways Initiative, Transition Super Labs are a novel way of linking research and innovation with policy. They are particularly relevant for challenges that defy purely technocratic solutions and require fundamental transformations in economies and societies, including lifestyle and behavioural changes or forms of social innovation. Anchored in the EU’s research and innovation framework program, they provide ample room for co-creation with Member States/Associated Countries, stakeholders and citizens.

Transition Super Labs are real-life laboratories where a rapid shift to climate neutrality is conceptualised, implemented, monitored and revised in an integrated way. Similar to “living labs” but operating at a much larger scale, they spur the transformation of whole entities – such as non-sustainable business complexes, mining regions and polluted metropolitan areas – in an economically, socially and environmentally sustainable manner.

Designed as flagship demonstrators, Transition Super Labs involve a broad range of actors – businesses and industry, different levels of government, academia, civil society, citizens at large – working closely with communities and regions directly affected by climate change. They provide an ideal complement to mission-driven innovation in that they test systemic innovations at scale and in real-world conditions. Confronting concepts and ideas with technical, environmental and socioeconomic realities, they identify and help to overcome critical bottlenecks and cultural resistance while avoiding false ecological trade-offs.

This topic supports a set of pilot activities designed to prepare the launch of several fully-fledged transition super-labs at a subsequent stage.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH (including gender) experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-15: Fostering cooperation between Horizon Europe cluster 5 National Contact Points (NCPs)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for cluster 5 and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country.

Only in case and as long as Horizon Europe structures would not yet be officially nominated, national support structures responsible for cluster 5 nominated for Horizon 2020 would be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved professionalization/skills of NCPs across Europe, helping to simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted.

2.Enhanced integration of all the cross-cutting issues throughout Horizon Europe.

3.Connection with the NCP-network dealing with horizontal activities.

4.Increased cooperation of NCPs with the Enterprise Europe Network. Harmonised and improved trans-national cooperation between NCPs.

Scope: The project should:

1.Aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between National Contact Points (NCPs) with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants;

2.Give special attention to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries;

3.Have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs and reflect the diversity of the areas covered under cluster 5. Countries not participating as beneficiaries of the action may benefit from the activities carried out by the network.

4.Establish close cooperation and exploit synergies with other relevant NCP support structures;

5.Aim to facilitate trans-cluster cooperation in the areas covered by Pillar 2, with a view to identifying synergies, to make possible to share good practices and tools. A close coordination and cooperation will be essential to achieve the objectives and impact of the NCPs networks.

6.Include a work package to implement matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in the domain of Cluster 5. Matchmaking should take place by means of online tools, brokerage events, info days and bilateral meetings between project initiators and candidate participants from widening countries. Other matchmaking instruments may be used as appropriate. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the Enterprise Europe Network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP Minimum Standards and Guiding Principles;

7.Built on the knowledge and tools generated by the NCP networks developed under Horizon 2020;

8.Cover the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

Communities and cities

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16: Co-Funded Partnership: Driving Urban Transitions to a sustainable future (DUT)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 37.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 37.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action to allow the partnership to achieve its objective
s. Therefore, the EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

Total indicative budget

The total indicative budget for this co-funded Partnership is EUR 130 million, committed in annual instalments over multiple year (EUR 18.5 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 18.5 million from the 2022 budget).

Expected Outcome: To enable the EU to achieve targets set out by the EU Green Deal and fulfil its commitments related to the UN Agenda 2030 for sustainability, the Urban Agenda for the EU, the Habitat III New Urban Agenda and the Paris Agreement, European cities need to engage in sustainability and climate-neutrality transitions.

The partnership is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced multi-level cooperation and alignment on R&I on sustainable urban development across and within cities, regions and countries, including international outreach and cooperation with other networks and initiatives.

2.Strengthen Europe as a role model for R&I on sustainable urban development.

3.Innovative, cross-sectoral and inclusive governance, policy and decision-making harnessing the full potential of social science and citizens’ engagement in city making process.

4.Sustainable, safe, resilient, socially inclusive, liveable and attractive neighbourhoods, towns and cities with reduced environmental footprint and enhanced well-being and quality of life for citizens.

5.Local authorities, municipalities, business, social partners, civil society, knowledge institutions and citizens empowered with necessary knowledge, skills and tools to actively engage in sustainability and climate-neutrality transitions.

6.Cities fully empowered to play their critical role in providing solutions to global challenges thanks to enhanced technological, institutional, digital, nature-based and social innovation capacity.

7.Science and evidence based implementation of the European Green Deal, the Urban Agenda for the EU and other European, national, regional and local urban-relevant policies and strategies.

Scope: Cities are the home of complex, inter-dependent challenges related to resource depletion, climate change impacts, environmental degradation, water, air and soil pollution, health issues and social exclusion. Although they occupy about 3% of the Earth’s land, they consume over 65% of the world energy, 75% of natural resource and account for more than 70% of the global CO2 emission. Today, more than 70% of EU citizens live in urban areas and it is expected that more than two thirds of the global population will be living in cities by 2030. Cities are also the engines of the European economy generating about 85% of the EU’s GDP and hubs of technological and social innovation. As such, they are key players in shaping and providing solutions to these challenges and need to urgently engage in unprecedented systemic transformational and bold transition towards sustainability and climate neutrality.

Important gaps in knowledge, evidence, innovation, technology, data, capacity and skills, lack of integrated approaches and deficit in applying research and innovation results to actions exist that prevent successful implementation of such transitions. Also institutional fragmentation, non-inclusive and non-participatory governance structures lead to a lack of shared vision, goal and direction regarding the transition process, incoherence in policies and strategies, uncoordinated planning and decision-making, ineffective measures and inefficient use of resources. Public utilities and enterprises in municipal ownership are an often overseen link between the political ambition and innovative activities on the ground supporting a transformation.

A co-funded partnership on Urban Transitions to a sustainable future is expected to make a considerable contribution towards filling up these gaps. By aligning, mobilising and leveraging EU, national and regional R&I agendas, programmes, priorities, activities and investments, including from the private sector and associating to the extent possible, the totality of EU Member States and Associated Countries, it should create a pan-European critical mass and invest on challenge-driven R&I to underpin urban sustainability transitions.

It should focus as priority on critical urban sectors such as Positive Energy Districts, accessible, connected urban mobility and urban greening and circularity, their inter-relations and interplay with cross-sectoral issues such as governance, digitisation, resilience, land use, infrastructures and public spaces for sustainable, liveable, inclusive and resilient cities. In doing so, the partnership should develop holistic, integrated, systemic and cross-sectorial approaches, foster co-creation processes involving all relevant urban stakeholders and actors and harness the potential of social innovation and citizen’s engagement to deliver place-based portfolios of solutions, measures and tools, facilitate their replication, upscaling, up-taking and mainstreaming and foster market accessibility to increase the return to investments.

It should experiment and promote technological, nature-based, social, economic, cultural, planning and governance innovation and new business and finance models.

In line with the European Commission’s political vision of leaving no one behind, the partnership should harness the outreach potential provided by the national research and innovation funding agencies and involve, as necessary, international cities network to mobilise cities, including small and medium size ones, enterprises including those in municipal ownership, stakeholders, societal actors and research institutions across Europe, including widening countries, and empower them in designing and rolling out sustainability and climate neutrality transitions. This way it will establish itself as a European urban R&I platform serving the sustainability transition needs of the wide diversity and heterogeneity among cities across Europe regarding their socio-economic, technological, institutional, innovation and skills potential.

Major efforts should be invested in facilitating replication, upscaling and up-taking of technologies, solutions, tools and practices and fostering accessibility to knowledge and evidence, individual and collective behavioural changes, knowledge sharing, dialogues, peer-learning, awareness raising, communities and capacity building and skills enhancement to enable urban actors, practitioners, society and citizens to become drivers for transformative transitions towards urban sustainability.

Emphasis should be given to place-based approaches and experimentation capitalizing on citizens’ engagement, social innovation, user-led and citizen science, for shared ownership of human-centred and just solutions and transitions pathways that are tailored to local specificities.

The European Partnership for ‘Driving Urban Tradition to Sustainable Future’ is expected to present a joint programme of activities implemented through a series of joint calls for research and innovation projects and a comprehensive management and implementation plan promoting coordination, networking, training, demonstration and dissemination. Activities could potentially be structured along the following building blocks:

1.Implementing joint calls for challenge-driven R&I;

2.Setting-up of a multi-stakeholder community of practice to facilitate science-policy-business-society dialogues and sharing of experiences;

3.Pursuing communication and dissemination measures to make R&I results accessible for all stakeholder groups;

4.Preparation of methodologies, guidelines, references and tools for replication and mainstreaming of good “practice”;

5.Clustering of projects and synthesising of R&I results;

6.Setting-up a knowledge hub, organising training activities, fostering ULLs and experience sharing on new approaches and solutions to support capacity building among urban actors;

7.Addressing standardisation, certification or, wherever necessary, legislative issues;

8.Setting-up rigorous monitoring to assess progress towards achieving the objectives of the Partnership and its contribution to relevant EU policies;

To ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage of knowledge and investment possibilities, the partnership is expected to foster close collaboration and synergies with other ongoing EU and nationally funded R&I actions, the mission on ‘Climate-neutral and Smart Cities’ as well as other relevant Horizon Europe European Partnerships (e.g. Clean Energy Transitions; Built environment and construction, Rescuing biodiversity, Safe and Sustainable Food System, 2ZERO, Cooperative, Connected and Automated Mobility (CCAM), EIT Urban Mobility and Water4All. Applicants are expected to describe in details the way to implement such collaborations. To this end, proposals should provide for a dedicated work package and/or task to describe the aims to be achieved through these collaborations, the way to implement them and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

Interfaces to public procurement and investment programmes and links with the Urban Agenda for the EU, the European Urban Initiative (EUI) including its strand on Innovative Actions under cohesion policy, private funds, etc. should be explored to support take-up and larger scale implementation of tested approaches and solutions.

Mutually benefitting international outreach, collaboration and cooperation with global and international cities and research funding networks should be pursued to align strategies and research agenda and promote scientific evidence and good practice for urban policy on international level.

Financial commitments and in-kind contributions are expected to be provided by the partners of the consortium for the governance structure, the joint calls and other dedicated implementation actions and efforts for national coordination.

It is expected that the partnership will organise joint calls on an annual base from 2022-2027 and will consider ample time for the implementation of the co-funded projects.

The Commission envisages to include a new action in future work programme(s) to award a grant to identified beneficiaries with the aim of continuing to provide support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 61

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 62

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Apr 2022

Deadline(s): 06 Sep 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-01

IA

10.00 63

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-02

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-03

RIA

20.00

Around 20.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-04

IA

15.00 64

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-05

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-06

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-07

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-09

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-10

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-11

CSA

5.00

4.00 to 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

138.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-01: Sustainable processing and refining of battery grade graphite (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: For graphite, both natural and synthetic graphite production for the EV market take place almost exclusively in China. Although there is some existing mining of Natural graphite in Europe, scaling these sources for the active anode material needs within Europe will be very challenging as (i) extensive graphite exploration and mining would be needed 65 , and (ii) almost all of the refining capacity is based in China. The main challenges in refining are low yield in the spheronisation and the use of large amounts of hydrofluoric acid in the refining step.

For synthetic graphite, by-products of oil distillation are used as the starting point, followed by calcining, milling, shaping and graphitisation. This process produces high quality anode graphite (enabling long lifetimes and fast charging) but is energy intensive and causes environmental emissions (CO2, PAH). Opportunities to overcome all these problems exist already in Europe but need further development and investment to reach the required scale.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes on either natural or synthetic graphite production respectively:

1.Decreased dependency of Europe on imported battery grade graphite and decreased risk in European Battery supply chains.

2.Graphite (both natural and synthetic) competitively produced and refined in Europe in a sustainable and socially acceptable way improving the competitiveness of European batteries.

3.Graphite leveraging the potential for fast charging of batteries, one of the key factors for the user acceptance of electric vehicles.

4.Reduced carbon and environmental emissions from the anode material supply chain.

5.Projects should contribute to European Raw Materials Alliance objectives.

The Synthetic graphite projects are expected to focus additionally on:

1.System prototype demonstration of battery grade anode graphite material with high energy density, long lifetime and quality enabling fast charging, produced with increased yield and lower environmental footprint.

2.As a longer-term option, biocarbon alternatives to petroleum coke are expected to be developed to ensure long term sustainable supply.

The Natural graphite projects are expected to focus additionally on:

1.Advanced refining of Natural graphite to improve the yield of battery grade products and lower the environmental footprint.

Scope:

1.Enabling European graphite production – with vertical integration into the European battery production. Resource efficient sustainable production of both synthetic and natural graphite emphasising reduction of energy consumption, CO2 emissions, chemical use and the optimisation of recovery yield and raw material consumption. Enhance versatility regarding products and usable primary/secondary raw materials.

2.Development of solutions for combined use of natural and synthetic graphite.

3.For natural graphite: improving purification, milling, shaping and coating technologies that improve the performance characteristics of natural graphite.

4.Improving the yield of spheronised products from natural graphite concentrate.

5.Development of a non-HF purification technology to produce battery-grade anode material from spheronised natural graphite.

6.Developing improved coating technologies for natural graphite that will increase the performance characteristics of natural compared to synthetic.

7.For synthetic graphite: Improving graphitisation, calcining, milling, shaping and coating that improve the performance characteristics of synthetic graphite.

8.The use of other available European carbon options like biobased anode carbon and by-products from anode material production as raw materials for synthetic graphite are expected to be developed.

9.Development of new processes for synthetic graphite production from natural gas pyrolysis.

10.Reduction of process discharge and emissions in synthetic graphite production.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-02: Interface and electron monitoring for the engineering of new and emerging battery technologies (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: State-of-the-art in experimental and computational techniques for characterisation of battery materials and interfaces are targeting the scale of the atoms and ions. There is still a lack of understanding hampering the engineering of new and emerging battery technologies,, due to the complexity of interface formation and evolution as a function of time, temperature, battery cycling conditions and chemical composition of the electrolytes consisting of different salts, additives and liquid solvents and/or solid components,. Going into more depth, at process level, the time and the length scale of the electron transfer reactions remain almost completely underexplored.

Pushing the frontiers of present in situ analytical techniques is a must to more efficiently pursue research on sustainable materials and to develop greener Li-ion as well as future battery chemistries. Improvements in analytical techniques that would allow to follow the movement of interfacial reactions at the molecular scale all the way to the role of electrons at the nanoscale and sub-nanoscale, at relevant timescales and on relevant systems and interfaces, will have great impact beyond the sole battery field and would benefit to the electrochemistry field as a whole, including electrocatalysis and others. It will contribute to open up a new era for the study of transport at interfaces, which remains one of the greatest challenges of research for any electrochemist. For researchers exploring new storage concepts and engineering new interfaces, it will also provide insight into how to control the movement and redox processes of atoms. It can lead to an increased control of the electronic wiring of electrodes and a deeper understanding of the redistribution of electronic charge during redox processes.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.New methods for studying electrode/electrolyte interfaces for liquid-based electrolytes and batteries and for studying solid-state and buried interfaces.

2.Models for explaining the degradation of battery interfaces.

3.Deeper understanding of the formation and evolution of battery interfaces, leading to new insights on how to increase the lifetime and safety of new and emerging battery technologies, and therefore contributing to the long-term competitiveness of the European battery industry.

Scope: This topic should support the development of novel experimental and computational techniques targeting the time and length scales of interface reactions in a battery cell including electron and ion localisation, mobility and transfer reactions.

This targets the development of novel analytical techniques, supported by modelling and simulation, able to follow interface, electron and ion dynamics in battery materials and battery cells, and carefully selecting controlled model systems to implement those novel techniques.

Examples of experimental tools include operando Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM), Electron Paramagnetic Resonance (EPR), operando ambient pressure photoelectron spectroscopy techniques, operando X-ray scattering techniques, NMR, soft X-ray spectroscopy with RIXS, neutron spectroscopy, ultra-fast spectroscopic methods as well as Free Electron Laser (FEL) facilities. Other synchrotron and neutron scattering and ion-beam techniques leading to development of new understanding of interfaces can also to be suggested and implemented. The goal is to give advice and new insights on how to increase the life time and safety of new emerging technologies.

Building upon the BATTERY 2030+: this call topic addresses the need of increasing the fundamental understanding of processes in batteries at a level that will accelerate the development of more stable chemistries adapted for their specific purpose. The proposal should also cover the contribution and collaboration to the BATTERY 2030+ large scale initiative.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-03: Furthering the development of a materials acceleration platform for sustainable batteries (combining AI, big data, autonomous synthesis robotics, high throughput testing) (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Batteries have complex and dynamic processes taking place in and between materials and at the interfaces/interphases within a battery cell. For each new battery chemistry explored, new challenges in understanding these processes are revealed. To accelerate the finding of new material’s and their combinations for both existing and future battery chemistries the iterative and fragmented trial and error approach used today needs to be replaced since it is slow and insufficient.

To accelerate the discovery of battery interfaces, materials and new sustainable concepts with high energy and/or power performance there is a need to develop a fully autonomous and chemistry neutral Materials Acceleration Platform (MAP) for battery materials and interfaces. This is a key and long-term challenge for European battery community. The aim is to integrate advanced multi-scale computational modelling, materials synthesis, characterisation and testing to perform closed-loop autonomous materials findings and interphase engineering that would accelerate by at least a factor of five the discovery of new battery chemistries with ultra-high performances.

Building upon the shared data infrastructure, standards and protocols developed in the BATTERY 2030+ initiative, this call topic addresses the need of increasing the level of autonomy in the MAP-based discovery and development process. The proposal should also cover the contribution and collaboration to the BATTERY 2030+ large scale initiative.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes

1.Develop new tools and methods for significantly accelerating the development and optimisation of battery materials and interfaces, in order to increase the competitiveness of the battery material and cell industry in Europe.

2.Demonstrate a fully autonomous battery-MAP capable of integrating computational modelling, materials synthesis and characterisation of both Li-ion and beyond Li-ion chemistries.

3.Scale-bridging, multi-scale battery interface models capable of integrating data from embedded sensors in the discovery and prediction process, e.g. to orchestrate proactive self-healing.

4.Community wide state-of-the-art collaborative environment to access data and utilise automated workflows for integrated simulations and experiments on heterogeneous sites, e.g., exploiting European HPC architectures and Large-scale facilities in collaboration with LENS and LEAPS.

5.Demonstrate a robotic system that is capable of material synthesis for inorganic, organic or hybrid compounds following standard synthesis routes via automated characterisation of intermediate and final products and autonomous decision-making.

6.Deploy predictive hybrid physics- and data-driven models for the spatio-temporal evolution of battery interfaces and demonstrate inverse design of a battery material/interface.

Scope:

1.Infrastructure tools for secure remote data access, data analysis and predictive modelling: Develop a FAIR 66 data infrastructure for raw and curated experimental and modelling data, which can be accessed remotely and securely by relevant stakeholders, including industry. Develop the software infrastructure required to operate this platform, also with regard to future reproducibility and further exploitation of the results of the research activities. The software should provide specific access right and allow remote data access, complemented by distributed workflows using software-agnostic workflow engines that provide rapid-prototyping. Inverse materials design using hybrid physics- and data-driven battery interface genome models should also be demonstrated.

2.Automated high throughput characterisation and integrated experimental and computational workflows: High throughput, multimodal operando experimental techniques using standardised battery cells and established protocols should be optimised to perform effective screening of new materials and on-line diagnosis of realistic devices. A central objective is to establish, structure, operate and dynamically refine such facility platform to harmonise, mutualise and optimise the global demand for battery characterisation. This includes automated experimental and computational workflows and modules for data acquisition and multimodal/multiscale analysis. Particular attention should be paid to battery interfaces and direct observation of interfaces under dynamic conditions, which are key to improve the performances and the lifetime of batteries.

3.Autonomous synthesis robotics and orchestration software: The transition from low/no automated robotics for the synthesis of battery materials requires several R&I steps towards fully autonomous systems. Within the scope of this proposed call are partially autonomous systems following standard synthesis routes for inorganic and organic battery materials, especially also multi-step and high-temperature synthesis, that so far are challenging to automate for high throughput. AI-based orchestration and optimisation software modules and packages specifically targeting battery materials and interfaces are also central to the scope.

4.Inverse design and AI-assisted scale-bridging models for multiple time- and length-scale processes: To develop scale-bridging models correctly describing the multiple mechanisms occurring at atomistic scale and the mesoscopic scale on the cell level. The new model approaches should be able to incorporate data from the advanced sensing in virtual design optimisation and battery control algorithms for SoX estimation. Sensitivity analysis and uncertainty quantification of the developed SoX models is also a requirement to assess the robustness of the developed models. These models should achieve a challenge based rational balance of accuracy and computational effort. They should accurately describe the actual state of the system, but also enable diagnosis and prediction, e.g., when self-healing procedures should be initiated. Multiscale Modelling approaches should be developed for the control of safety between BOL (Beginning Of Life) and EOL (End of Life) of a battery system by different uses and diagnosing the safety state of a battery system by innovative methods.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-04: Towards creating an integrated manufacturing value chain in Europe: from machinery development to plant and site integrated design (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 (for machinery development) and TRL 7 (integration of manufacturing plant supply chain) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

·Strengthening Europe’s battery cell industrial manufacturing value chain by building-up its Giga scale manufacturing capabilities distributed in the member states territories.

·Development of new battery cell manufacturing machinery, with priority on minimising energy needed for cells production, enhancement of plant efficiency rates and integration of intelligent control processes to minimise scrap.

·Enabling deeper collaboration between (i) battery process equipment companies (ii) industrial-scale cell manufacturing, (iii) material, energy and other supply chain sectors benefitting from sector coupling.

·To stimulate and intensify the collaboration between pilot line operators, industrial-scale academia, cell manufacturing companies and European equipment companies to push innovations with regard to an economically and ecologically sustainable cell production in Europe.

Scope: In order to build globally competitive Li ion battery (LIB) cell production plants in Europe, all the production value chain from machinery to plant and site development and optimisation is expected to be considered holistically, from machinery development to plant and site integration and optimisation. This topic intents to cover both areas.

In recent years Europe has developed strong competences in Li ion battery technology with regard to academic research, material development and Battery system design. However, there is still a lack of knowledge and competence regarding the economically and ecologically production of LIB cells in both high volumes in Giga-factories or in much smaller batches for specialised applications as developed in Mega-factories. From this perspective, the scope of this topic is two-fold:

1.From one side, to be able to supply machinery which is developed and built locally, Europe has to develop a leading position in the production of resource efficient, intelligent electrode and cell manufacturing machinery.

In the development of such battery manufacturing machinery, important aspects for success include: minimising energy consumption, eliminating air and water pollution and integration of intelligent control processes to minimise scrap thus reducing costs and environmental impact of the production process. In addition, such machinery is expected to operate at very high productivity levels with incorporate intelligent quality control systems. Moreover, strategies of industry 4.0 should be intensively integrated in new European cell production plants to yield economic success.

Activities under this topics would cover from TRL 3 (start) to TRL 6 (target).

1.From the other side, battery cell production as a whole is currently confronted with enormous cost pressure. One major factor in the cost structure of European Giga-scale battery cell production is related to highly energy consuming manufacturing processes. A significant reduction and/or utilisation of low-carbon and low-emission energies would not only bring economic benefits, but would also provide clear advantages in terms of the ecological footprint. For sustainable success, the horizontal integration of the European supply chain for battery process equipment into the growing production of giga-scale battery cells is a major challenge.

Activities under this topic would cover from TRL 6 (today) to TRL 7 (target).

Hence, this topic aims at closing a gap and enabling deeper collaboration between industrial-scale cell manufacturing, battery process equipment companies, and material and other industrial sectors potentially benefitting from sector coupling with cell manufacturing (e.g. grid power or material suppliers).

Therefore, existing cell production lines and their material and energy flow internally and externally interaction with other companies at the site should be investigated and evaluated. Based on this, the network should investigate the ecological impact of different machinery, production line configurations and factory designs to come to best practice proposals. Another challenge is to implement ecological standards along the production chain together with material suppliers and factory operators.

One additional target to achieve these goals is to stimulate and intensify the collaboration between pilot line operators (e.g. which should be organised within the LiPLANET network), industrial-scale academia, cell manufacturing companies and European equipment companies to push innovations with regard to an economically and ecologically sustainable cell production in Europe. This includes the support from running activities including for example IPCEI's on batteries.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-05: Next generation technologies for High-performance and safe-by-design battery systems for transport and mobile applications (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Next-generation battery system technologies for electrification of a broad range of transport and mobile applications (including road, waterborne, airborne, and rail transport, as well as non-road mobile machinery).

2.Demonstrating increased performances (energy density, power density, lifetime) and safety of battery systems, to improve the competitiveness of the European battery industry in the transport market.

3.Novel design and process to reduce manufacturing, refurbishment, dismantling and recycling costs of battery systems.

Scope: Batteries are key for a climate neutral transport sector, which represents around 25% of the total CO2 emissions in the EU. The electrification of transport and mobile applications require high-performance and safe battery systems. In particular, fire is a critical safety risk for several transport modes.

Projects are expected to develop innovative battery systems technologies that will benefit several transport and mobile applications, by significantly improving performances and safety, as well as environmental sustainability and cost.

In order to leverage the full potential of the research ongoing in Europe at the battery material and cell levels, projects should consider the adaptation of battery system design to novel cell chemistries that will reach the market in the short-to-medium term (e.g., advanced lithium-ion or solid-state cells). Enhancing the cell-on-system volume ratio and/or weight ratio will increase the energy density and/or power density at the battery system level. More generally, projects should consider new technologies (battery system materials, mechanical design, electrical architectures, thermal management strategies, etc.) for enhancing performances and safety (for example, novel lightweight materials with optimum thermal characteristics to decrease battery module and pack weight and simultaneously enhancing safety; new dielectric cooling liquids with enhanced fire-retardant properties; etc.).

Manufacturability and recyclability should be explicitly addressed, in order to reduce the manufacturing, refurbishment, dismantling and recycling costs as well as the carbon footprint of the new battery systems.

Furthermore, the projects are expected to develop and assess methodologies to ensure the safety throughout the full battery lifetime.

The projects should focus on the battery system level, i.e., on the integration of battery cells into a battery system (e.g., a battery pack), considering mechanical, electrical and thermal aspects.

The integration of battery systems into larger systems of application (e.g., into vehicles) is out of scope for this topic, but obviously projects are expected to provide for requirements of the chosen use cases.

Project outcomes should be applicable to one or several use cases among the main transport or mobiles applications (such as road, waterborne, airborne and rail transport, as well as non-road mobile machinery and industrial applications), with the aim to maximise the impact on the European industry and on CO2 emission reduction. Projects may consider the key performance indicators proposed by Batteries Europe or by the dedicated Partnerships, reflected in the Partnership Strategic Research Agenda (SRA), to guide the technology developments on the application segments and use cases that will be selected. Some of the project results can also be relevant for stationary energy storage applications.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-06: Embedding smart functionalities into battery cells (embedding sensing and self-healing functionalities to monitor and self-repair battery cells) (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Batteries are operating in different conditions and although preventive approach during battery operation is a must, we need to develop curative functionalities which would enable battery operation in different non-ideal conditions while being transparent through the nasty chemical environment of the cell. Smart functionalities with sensing developed to detect irreversible reactions and self-healing functionalities designed to repair damage occurred within the cell, Europe can develop cells with much higher quality, better reliability and longer cycle life. This call is building on the long-term research roadmap of BATTERY 2030+. The proposal should also cover the contribution and collaboration to the BATTERY 2030+ large scale initiative.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased quality, reliability and life (QRL) of the battery system by integrating both sensing and self-healing functionalities at the battery cell level.

2.Disruptive battery cell and battery management system technologies, to support a competitive and sustainable battery manufacturing industry in Europe.

Scope: The target of this call is to embed sensors and self-healing functionalities into single battery cell, with sensors being capable to detect defective operation and trigger self-repairing functionalities via the Battery Management System (BMS).

Proposal should aim at a combined approach with the development of sensors capable of continuous, long term operation within the cell and on the development of self-healing functionalities which can be triggered by external stimulus. Sensors and self-healing functionalities need to be adapted to detection of the critical degradation processes during cell electrochemical or chemical ageing. Different battery chemistries can be addressed with a focus on most critical degradation processes.

Proof of concept of coupling sensors and self-healing agents via BMS should be demonstrated. Clear benefit of embedding smart functionalities into battery cells should be demonstrated and approach needs to be adaptable to battery cells mass production processes and not hinder subsequent recycling process. Estimation of QRL over the life span should be assessed and the competitive advantage over alternative approaches like replacement or recycling or second-use should be demonstrated.

Building upon the BATTERY 2030+ roadmap, this call topic addresses the need to develop new sensors and self-healing functionalities which can give the batteries of the future increased life-time, efficient re-use and better commercial success. The benefit of these innovation on the global battery safety should be demonstrated. The proposal should also cover the contribution and collaboration to the BATTERY 2030+ large scale initiative.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-07: Digitalisation of battery testing, from cell to system level, including lifetime assessment (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Competitiveness of the European battery industry across the value chain (from cell manufacturers to cell integrators);

2.Shorter time-to-market;

3.Reduced time and/or cost of battery development by at least 20% to 30%;

4.Improved battery design, for longer lifetime, and better reliability and safety;

5.Reduced investment and operational costs of battery systems.

Scope: The current way of developing batteries is mainly based on trial-and-error processes, which are time consuming, costly, and do not always lead to the best product design. It is particularly the case when it comes to testing batteries to assess their performance, lifetime, reliability and safety. Existing methods and tools lead to high costs, because of long test durations, and/or the high number of required test samples, and/or the use of costly test infrastructures. There is a significant room for improvement, by relying on digital methods and tools to minimise the use of standard trial-and-error processes. Digitalisation of battery testing will lead to an acceleration of the battery development time, a higher quality of the battery assessment (better evaluation of battery performances, lifetime, reliability and safety), and an improvement of the battery design itself (by better adapting the design to the application requirements and production capabilities) and a better estimation lifetime (by better modelling of battery ageing). Improvement in battery testing will result in major cost savings, in particular in the development phase (test before invest).

Projects are expected to provide novel methods and tools to accelerate and improve the battery testing process. A multi-scale approach should be used, by covering the value chain from battery cells to battery systems (here, a battery system refers to an energy storage unit integrating battery cells, excluding power converters). Projects should propose and validate a new paradigm based on intelligent design of experiment (to avoid duplicated experiments, or experiments that give low-quality information), the smart combination of physical and virtual testing, hardware in the loop solutions, and the development and use of advanced models describing battery cells and systems (physics-based models, data-driven models, or hybrid models) and the relevant expected evolution in multiple different conditions of usage. In turn, this requires full documentation of new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved. Particular attention should be paid to the assessment of battery lifetime, reliability and safety, including the development of innovative methods for testing of safety in transport and safety in usage, based on representativeness of the method for the various potential failures (failure initiation, propagation control, mitigation means, etc…).Projects should have an ambition for cross-sectorial applications, and should focus on battery chemistries currently on the market or that will reach the market in the short term (i.e., advanced lithium-ion chemistries), with the potential to quickly adapt to next-generation battery chemistries (i.e., solid-state lithium-based chemistries).

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08: Coordination of large-scale initiative on future battery technologies (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Fostering the scientific, technological, economic and societal impact of the initiative and paving the way to industrial exploitation of future battery technologies in key energy and transport application domains.

2.Well-coordinated European research initiative on future battery technologies gathering excellent scientists and innovators as well as involving other relevant stakeholders and linked with relevant international, national and regional programmes.

3.Spreading of excellence in future battery technologies across Europe, increased awareness of European activities and availability of European curricula in the field.

4.Increased synergies and collaboration between the relevant research and innovation stakeholders in Europe as well as with major initiatives that already exist or are under preparation.

Scope: This call topic aim to network and coordinate the BATTERY 2030+ large scale research initiative on Future Battery Technologies and its contribution to the broader efforts of the European research and innovation stakeholders in battery technologies foreseen at European level and in the Strategic Energy Technology (SET) Plan and to tackle long-term research challenges expected to result in 'game changing' impacts on future battery technologies paving the way for providing a technological competitive advantage to the European battery industry. Because of their ambition, their scale and their interdisciplinary nature, these challenges can only be realised through a long-term, coordinated and sustained effort at European level, by building on large scale research cooperation across academia and industry and with other research initiatives at regional, national and European level, and by mobilising Europe's best researchers around an ambitious long-term research agenda.

Proposals are expected to coordinate the research activities and the stakeholders participating in the initiative; to facilitate communication, dialogue and cooperation on crosscutting topics; to monitor the initiative's progress and maintain its roadmap; to provide support for its governance; to establish a robust and reliable knowledge base including key methodologies and established results; to promote and communicate the objectives of the initiative and its achievements, including by ensuring media presence and public visibility, by engaging with industry and society and by participating or organising outreach events; to identify training and education needs and promote European curricula in future battery technologies. In particular, proposals should identify and coordinate relevant efforts for modelling and data sharing, standardisation, intellectual property rights in cooperation with other relevant initiatives at European level. They should also help networking and collaboration with other relevant national and international activities in the field. They should cooperate with Batteries Europe, the ETIP on battery announced in the EU Strategic Action Plan on Batteries.

It is expected that such an activity is driven by representatives of the relevant actors of the field (e.g., from academia, RTOs and industry).

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-09: Physics and data-based battery management for optimised battery utilisation (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.New physics and data-based approaches for battery management, with the potential to enhance performances, lifetime, reliability and safety of battery systems for transport and stationary applications.

2.New physics and data-based approaches for battery management facilitating predictive maintenance, and/or knowledge-driven end-of-life management of battery systems, and/or the development of more accurate degradation models.

Scope: Battery management plays an essential role by ensuring an efficient and safe battery operation. However, current battery management systems (BMS) typically rely on semi-empirical battery models (such as equivalent-circuit models) and on a limited amount of measured data. Consequently, there is currently a lack of knowledge about the overall state of the battery in operation, resulting in suboptimal utilisation.

Projects are expected to substantially advance the state of the art in the field of battery management, by developing innovative physics and data-based approaches, both at the software and hardware levels to ensure an optimised and safe utilisation of the battery system during all modes of operation.

Projects should pave the way towards next-generation BMS, which will leverage on an increased computational capability enabling the execution of advanced software, and on the ability to acquire, communicate and analyse large amount of data. Those next-generation BMS will lead to significantly enhanced performances, lifetime, reliability and safety of the battery system, by a dynamic update of battery usage limitations and the possibility to widen the battery operating range in a controlled manner. Moreover, they will provide open access to an increased amount of FAIR 67 data (which can possibly be processed offline), enabling the development of effective degradation models (thus reducing the investments costs of storage systems by mean of improved sizing during the design phase), and facilitating predictive maintenance and end-of-life management.

Projects are expected to develop technologies at both the software and hardware levels, with a validation through a lab-scale prototype at TRL 4. Several of the following items should be addressed: the development and implementation of physics-based battery models (e.g., ageing phenomena models); adaptable battery models (e.g., based on operation data); sensor-based solutions at the battery system level (e.g., with respect to sensor integration, communication with the battery management, data fusion, data analysis); advanced state estimators (e.g., state of health, state of function, state of energy, state of power, state of safety); methods for the prognosis of remaining useful lifetime and ageing; methods for the early detection or prediction of failures; solutions for the management of special situations (e.g., unbalanced or dysfunctional cells). Project results should be applicable to a broad range of transport or stationary applications.

The selected projects are invited to participate to BRIDGE 68 activities when considered relevant.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-10: Streamlined collection and reversed logistics, fully automated, safe and cost-efficient sorting, dismantling and second use before recycling (Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Achieving the objectives of the Circular Economy Action Plan by enabling second life of batteries and increasing rates for recycling and recovery, in line with upcoming regulatory requirements.

2.Revolutionize and re-freshen recycling industry, by applying best-in-world innovations based on automatisation, efficiency and sustainability.

3.Create new circular business models, such as second life, to reduce the need for primary raw materials, and to maximize the use of battery cells reducing the cost per cycle.

4.Develop a community for actors involved in the management of the recycling value chain for batteries (including second life) for sharing best practices (health and safety, transport, dismantling, refurbishing, recycling).

5.Improve safety, through automatisation and reducing accidents.

Scope: Today the amount of end-of-life (EoL) batteries from e-mobility and stationary applications is still limited. Moreover, EoL batteries are not standardised (form, chemical composition, etc.) and consequently, their management and recycling are mainly based on manual process. This increases risk of accidents as the integrity of the batteries / cells is no longer guaranteed.

Within next several years, the amount of EoL batteries will surge, transforming the recycling and battery value chain in general. It is important to develop efficient recycling chain and processes able to meet these upcoming amounts of diversified waste streams. A general approach to recycling should thus be reconsidered and new sustainable recycling chain for batteries should be established, in terms of introducing novel approaches to products, processes and keeping in mind their socio-economic viability and environmental impact.

It will require new upscaleable techniques and concepts for collection, logistics, and automatisation in sorting, dismantling and second use before recycling.

Proposals are expected to cover all aspects below:

1.Development of standardized common diagnostics protocols and cut-off criteria between product (2nd life application) and waste (recycling).

2.Elaborate critical stage of diagnosis of batteries as a waste-prevention measure in order to define which batteries or components of batteries are still considered fit for a second life application.

3.Automate the dismantling of E-mobility and stationary batteries, reducing costs by avoiding manual work and improving sorting of parts for their replacement or preparation for recycling allowing the selective extraction of materials including the cathode and anode materials which for certain Li-chemistries lead to a higher value creation for the downstream recyclers.

4.Development of novel safe dismantling processes and safety procedures along all steps of EoL management chain with focus on battery burning process (thermal runaway), identification of Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI) and Lower Explosive Limits (LEL).

5.Development of technologies preventing or reducing thermal runaway during transportation, storage and dismantling of batteries.

6.Design and demonstration of standardized and cost-efficient storage and transportation containers with visual and thermal load monitoring systems and, if necessary, inert atmosphere or other measures reducing risk of fire or thermal runaway.

7.Development of technologies for fast and efficient discharge of used batteries, connected with energy recovery, possibly integrated with SoH diagnostic equipment, with flexible connectivity and adjustable to various kinds of batteries.

8.Development of standardized battery labelling system enabling all interested parties to automatically obtain necessary data on each battery. Potential integration of labelling system with battery passport database project and with labelling systems from other regions of the world (e.g. China). Identification of necessary data that should be included into labelling and battery passport projects.

9.Research on batteries sorting and dismantling technologies, particularly automated sorting including machine learning applicable to small and EV batteries.

10.Identify all potential risks and develop safe processes and safety procedures to reduce accidents.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

Communities and cities

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-11: CIVITAS 2030 – Coordination and support for EU funded urban mobility innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Increasing the extent and speed of the take up of innovative, replicable urban mobility solutions in Europe, targeting responsible authorities and other stakeholders, in order to contribute to the priorities of the European Green Deal, which stresses that ‘’transport should become drastically less polluting, especially in cities. A combination of measures should address emissions, urban congestion, and improved public transport’’:

1.Develop, and put in place a communication, dissemination and promotion strategy that will clearly distinguish the identity of the CIVITAS initiative amongst other European city initiatives.

2.Provide a common communication and dissemination framework for CIVITAS urban mobility projects and their living labs, but also other projects that express interest in receiving CIVITAS support (referred to from now on as ‘the projects’), including providing a common corporate identity and producing a monthly newsletter that includes project results as well as wider developments in the field of sustainable urban mobility.

3.Provide a common realistic and user-friendly evaluation framework with dedicated support for its implementation.

4.Reach out to national transport press correspondents and relevant European media, the Horizon project community and a wider European and international audience of cities and professionals with the aim of increasing the visibility of the network and urban mobility projects.

2.Monitor results and implementation activities in the projects and provide the European Commission with a bi-annual report.

1.Facilitating exchanges among the projects and the European Commission with the aim of disseminating project key milestones and results.

2.Organising capacity building, replication and twinning sessions and three site visits per year, based on latest results and best practices from the projects, to support the take up of innovative urban mobility solutions.

3.Organise a CIVITAS Forum once per year to share results and best practice from the projects.

4.Collaborate on the organisation of the Urban Mobility Days (flagship conference on innovative, clean and integrated urban mobility

5.Collaborate on the organisation of the Urban Mobility Days (flagship conference on innovative, clean and integrated urban mobility and transport).

6.Disseminate project results as well as wider developments in the field of sustainable urban mobility, European media outlets, of cities and professionals.

7.Assess the CIVITAS newsletter database and increase it by 20% every year.

8.Offer the projects’ liaison activities, collaboration and synergy building with the different urban mobility communities and initiatives at European level, such as the ELTIS, EIP SCC, Driving Urban Transitions Partnership, EIT Urban Mobility and the Climate Neutral and Smart Cities Mission.

9.Maintaining, optimising and promoting the CIVITAS website through usability tests, and improving its functionality, to ensure that it remains the main platform for the dissemination of relevant European urban mobility innovation results increasing the minimum of unique visitors with 20% every year.

10.Increase the CIVITAS twitter followers by 20% every year. Provide a strategy for social media engagement.

11.In collaboration with European Commission services, prepare two policy papers per year on innovative solutions, good practices, and their replication, putting in place three ad-hoc Thematic Groups (based on the thematic areas of CIVITAS) to analyse developments and prepare recommendations.

12.Organise minimum two meetings per year of the CIVITAS Policy Advisory Committee, with one policy paper issued per year, to facilitate a continued dialogue between mayors, businesses and civil society.

13.Prepare policy recommendations and key learnings addressed to cities, Member States/Associated Countries and the European Commission based on latest technological and planning trends, research and innovation as well as results from ongoing projects.

14.Updating, promoting and enlarging the CIVITAS cities network, with at least 20 new European cities added per year.

15.Providing support and funding to existing CIVINETS, maintaining the secretariat for the CIVITAS initiative, and actively engaging with local, regional or national stakeholders, aiming to overcome language and other barriers.

Scope: Together with initiatives of ELTIS and the European Mobility Week, CIVITAS is part of the EU policy on urban mobility as a key flagship encouraging innovation at local level. Since 2002 it acts as an open platform that facilitates research, the uptake of innovative solutions, the validation of research results, the exchange of knowledge and best practices, and common learning in the area of urban mobility and transport. The project selected under this topic will help to ensure the long-term support for the CIVITAS projects offering governance, and an organisational and logistical framework that guarantees the wide dissemination and take up of urban mobility project results.

Proposals should aim at focusing activities on communication and event organisation and coordination of living lab activities continuing and enhancing the operation of the platform, to facilitate the continued coordination and knowledge exchange between the urban mobility projects that have been, or that will be funded under the CIVITAS initiative (not exclusive). These projects will deliver solutions that help achieve climate neutrality in cities, covering both personal mobility and goods/urban logistics using all transport modes.

Proposals should aim at putting in place a common communication and dissemination strategy to maximise the impact of the CIVITAS initiative. Proposals should ensure the monitoring of activities, events and results of the urban mobility projects and communicate about their progress and achievements. Applicants should also review the common ‘CIVITAS Process and Impact Evaluation Framework’ and ensure the continuity of the CIVINETs. They should ensure continuity and provide a smooth transition from the previous Coordination and Support Action, CIVITAS ELEVATE.

Destination – Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

This Destination includes activities targeting a sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply. In line with the scope of cluster 5, this includes activities in the areas of renewable energy; energy system, grids and storage; as well as Carbon Capture, Utilization and Storage (CCUS).

The transition of the energy system will rely on reducing the overall energy demand and making the energy supply side climate neutral. R&I actions will help to make the energy supply side cleaner, more secure, and competitive by boosting cost performance and reliability of a broad portfolio of renewable energy solutions, in line with societal needs and preferences. Furthermore, R&I activities will underpin the modernisation of the energy networks to support energy system integration, including the progressive electrification of demand side sectors (buildings, mobility, industry) and integration of other climate neutral, renewable energy carriers, such as clean hydrogen. Innovative energy storage solutions (including chemical, mechanical, electrical and thermal storage) are a key element of such energy system and R&I actions will advance their technological readiness for industrial-scale and domestic applications. Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS) is a CO2 emission abatement option that holds great potential and R&I actions will accelerate the development of CCUS in electricity generation and industry applications.

This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 69 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations; 

It covers the following impact areas:

1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

2.Affordable and clean energy.

The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to “More efficient, clean, sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply through new solutions for smart grids and energy systems based on more performant renewable energy solutions”, notably through

1.Fostering European global leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable renewable energy technologies and services by improving their competitiveness in global value chains and their position in growth markets, notably through the diversification of the renewable services and technology portfolio (more detailed information below).

2.Ensuring cost-effective uninterrupted and affordable supply of energy to households and industries in a scenario of high penetration of variable renewables and other new low carbon energy supply. This includes more efficient approaches to managing smart and cyber-secure energy grids and optimisation the interaction between producers, consumers, networks, infrastructures and vectors (more detailed information below).

3.Accelerating the development of Carbon Capture, Use and Storage (CCUS) as a CO2 emission mitigation option in electricity generation and industry applications (including also conversion of CO2 to products) (more detailed information below).

Fostering the European global leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable renewable energy technologies

Renewable energy technologies provide major opportunities to replace or substitute carbon from fossil origin in the power sector and in other economic sectors such as heating/cooling, transportation, agriculture and industry. Their large scale and decentralised deployment is expected to create more jobs than the fossil fuel equivalent. Renewable energy technologies are the baseline on which to build a sustainable European and global climate-neutral future. A strong global European leadership in renewable energy technologies, coupled with circularity and sustainability, will pave the way to increase energy security and reliability.

It is imperative to enhance affordability, security, sustainability and efficiency for more established renewable energy technologies (such as wind energy, photovoltaics or bioenergy), and to further diversify the technology portfolio. Furthermore, advanced renewable fuels, including synthetic and sustainable advanced biofuels, are also needed to provide long-term carbon-neutral solutions for the transport and energy-intensive industrial sectors, in particular for applications where direct electrification is not a technically and cost efficient option.

Synergies with activities in cluster 4 are possible for integrating renewable energy technologies and solutions in energy consuming industries. Complementarities with cluster 6 concern mainly biomass-related activities.

In line with the “do not harm” principle for the environment, actions for all renewable energy technologies aim to also improve the environmental sustainability of the technologies, delivering products with reduced greenhouse gas emissions and improved environmental performance regarding water use, circularity, pollution and ecosystems. In particular, for biofuels and bioenergy improving the environmental sustainability is associated to the biomass conversion part of the value chain and the quality of the product, while air pollution associated to combustion in engines falls in the scope of other parts of the WP.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting the renewable energy technologies and solutions under this Destination are:

1.Availability of disruptive renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies and systems in 2050 in order to accelerate the replacement of fossil-based energy technologies.

2.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies and their value chains.

3.De-risking of renewable energy and fuel technologies with a view to their commercial exploitation and net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050.

4.Better integration of renewable energy and renewable fuel-based solutions in energy consuming sectors.

5.Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable energy technologies through international collaboration (notably with Africa in renewable energy technologies and renewable fuels and enhanced collaboration with Mission Innovation countries).

6.Enhanced sustainability of renewable energy and renewable fuels value chains, taking fully into account social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

7.More effective market uptake of renewable energy and fuel technologies.

Energy systems, grids and storage

Efficient and effective network management is the key to the integration of renewables in an efficient way that ensures cost-effectiveness and affordability, security of supply and grid stability. Real time monitoring and optimisation are necessary to increase the flexibility, through solutions such as storage, demand response or flexible generation among others, to integrate higher shares of variable renewable energy. Exploiting synergies between electricity, heating and cooling networks, gas networks, transport infrastructure and digital infrastructure will be crucial for enabling the smart, integrated, flexible, green and sustainable operation of the relevant infrastructures. Besides hydrogen and batteries (addressed elsewhere), R&I in other storage technologies, in particular thermal storage but also electrochemical, chemical, mechanical and electrical storage solutions is necessary to create a set of flexibility options.

Activities on energy systems, grids and storage under this Destination will primarily focus on the systemic aspects to enhance the flexibility and resilience of the system, in particular: integrated energy system planning and operation, engaging consumers and providing new services, electricity system reliability and resilience, storage development and integration and green digitalisation of the energy system.

Moreover, the role of citizens and communities is key when it comes to making the flexibility at appliance level available for the grid. Related to this, the inclusion of social sciences and humanities (SSH) where relevant is essential to build the social acceptance of new energy technologies and increase participation of consumers in energy markets.

All projects will contribute to an increased capacity of the system to integrate renewable energy sources and less curtailment at transmission and distribution level. The main expected impacts are:

1.Increased resilience of the energy system based on improved and/or new technologies to control the system and maintain system stability under difficult circumstances.

2.Increased flexibility and resilience of the energy system, based on technologies and tools to plan and operate different networks for different energy carriers simultaneously in a coordinated manner that will also contribute to climate neutrality of hard-to-electrify sectors.

3.Enhance consumer satisfaction and increased system flexibility thanks to enabling consumers to benefit from data-driven energy services and facilitating their investment and engagement in the energy transition, through self-consumption, demand response or joint investments in renewables (either individually or through energy communities or micro-grids).

4.Improved energy storage technologies, in particular heat storage but also others such as electrochemical, chemical, mechanical and electrical.

5.Foster the European market for new energy services and business models as well as tested standardised and open interfaces of energy devices through a higher degree of interoperability, increased data availability and easier data exchange among energy companies as well as companies using energy system data.

6.More effective and efficient solutions for transporting off-shore energy thanks to new electricity transmission technologies, in particular using superconducting technologies, power electronics and hybrid Alternate Current – Direct Current grid solutions as well as MT HVDC (Multi Terminal High Voltage Direct Current) solutions.

Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS)

CCUS will play a crucial role in the EU Green Deal for the transition of energy-intensive industries and the power sector towards climate neutrality. Supporting R&I for CCUS will be particularly important in those industries where other alternatives do not yet exist like the cement industry. This will be highly relevant towards 2050, when most electricity will be coming from renewables, but the need to tackle the process emissions from industry will continue. If CCUS is combined with sustainable biomass, it could create negative emissions.

Low carbon hydrogen from natural gas with CCUS could also play a significant role in industrial climate neutrality, in the transition towards full use of hydrogen from renewable sources, in particular in industries such as steel making, chemicals, or refining where large quantities of hydrogen are needed. CCUS would enable early, clean hydrogen at scale. The hydrogen infrastructure built for clean hydrogen with CCUS could be also shared by hydrogen from renewable sources. It is thus important to develop CCUS for industrial clusters, including aspects of system planning, shared infrastructure solutions such as buffer storage, shared CO2 and hydrogen transportation and infrastructure optimisation for CCS and CCU.

Demonstration of the full CCUS chain is needed in the EU, with special emphasis on the reduction of the energy penalty and cost of capture and on ascertaining safe storage. Under the EU Strategic Energy Technology Plan (SET Plan) ambitious R&I targets have been set in agreement with the sectorial stakeholders. The focus is on CO2 storage appraisal, cost-reductions, new technologies and proliferation of pilots and demonstrators.

Synergies with cluster 4 exist on the use of CO2 (please see topic “HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Valorisation of CO/ CO2 streams into added-value products of market interest (IA)”).

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting the renewable energy technologies and solutions under this Destination are:

1.Accelerated rollout of infrastructure for CCUS hubs and clusters.

2.Updated authoritative body of knowledge on connecting industrial CO2 sources with potential ‘bankable storage sites, providing greater confidence for decision makers and investors.

3.Proven feasibility of integrating CO2 capture, CO2 storage and CO2 use in industrial facilities. Demonstrating these technologies at industrial scale shall pave the way for subsequent first-of-a-kind industrial projects.

4.Reduced cost of the CCUS value chain, with CO2 capture being still the most relevant stumbling block for a wider application of CCUS.

5.Adequate frameworks for Measurement, Monitoring and Verification (MMV) for storage projects, to document safe storage and for public acceptance of the technology.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01

73.00

35.00

20 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02

230.80

05 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03

280.00

23 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01

381.00

26 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02

99.00

27 Oct 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03

127.50

10 Jan 2023

Overall indicative budget

583.80

642.50

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 70

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 71

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 20 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-01

IA

32.00 72

Around 8.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-02

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-03

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04

COFUND

35.00

35.00

Around 70.00

1

Overall indicative budget

73.00

35.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Energy systems, grids and storage

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-01: Establish the grounds for a common European energy data space

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 32.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Higher degree of interoperability between data platforms.

2.Energy data made available and re-usable.

3.Enable new market roles, market participants and energy communities.

4.Demonstrated implementations of Energy Data Spaces, exploiting open standards related to data-packages, interfaces, protocols, platforms and procedures.

5.Enabling new digital solutions and services supporting the energy transition.

6.Increased acceptance and participation of consumers on data sharing for energy services.

Scope: Develop, validate, demonstrate an Energy Data Space that enables access to and use of energy data, comparison with different solutions and that has the following features:

1.Interfaces for the exchange of information (i.e. APIs, connectors), and interoperable open standards.

2.Pilot innovative solutions for a Common European Energy Data Space 73 , to promote a stronger availability and cross-sector sharing of data, in a customer-centric, secure and trustworthy manner.

3.Support the establishment a common European Energy Data Space providing the tools and standards to connect and to make accessible as much data as possible covering the full energy value chain.

4.Support the ability to accommodate Digital Twins at different levels of the grid (and outside the grid) and facilitate real-time operations.

5.Create a market place for data-driven energy services on top of this energy related data space that are attractive for consumers and operators, increase the potential for investing in green energy and provide innovative services which are not possible w/o these Data Spaces.

6.All projects together need to come forward with and test individually the minimum requirements on data governance and data interoperability, where applicable, exploring data source certification schemes.

7.All projects together need to demonstrate interoperability of their respective Energy Data Space with those of the other projects in this call. A joint analysis of the solutions is expected as part of this exercise (learnings, best practices, barriers to implementation ...).

8.Protection of personal data, cybersecurity and data rights (e.g. right for a fair remuneration) are to be specifically considered, with a final aim to increase the trust of data subjects and data providers in the energy data space.

9.Projects should reserve one work package for the activities requiring collaboration, namely demonstration of interoperability, with the other projects of this call.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 74 activities.

This topic will benefit from the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The Commission will make sure that projects benefit from SSH expertise through the cooperation in Bridge.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-02: Laying down the basis for the demonstration of a Real Time Demonstrator of Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC with Grid Forming Capability: Coordinated action

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The call is intended to support all the preparatory phases among all stakeholders (HVDC systems manufacturers, TSOs, wind turbine manufacturers and windfarm developers) leading to a demonstration project to de-risk the technology to enable the installation in Europe of the first Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC system with Grid Forming Capability. The HVDC system should guarantee at least the technological capabilities needed for advanced grid management capabilities and the deployment of the offshore grid (active and reactive power controlled separately, support to weak AC grids, black start, etc.). HVDC systems are applicable and can be planned, designed and integrated in any part of the AC grid, i.e. onshore as well as offshore. Following the Commission adoption of the “Strategy on Offshore Renewable Energy”, attention is presently focused to offshore grid application.

The demonstration project deriving from the action will pave the way to the deployment of the offshore energy system, which will enable the integration of increasing amounts of RES in the energy system.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Solid foundation to ensure investments in DC technologies for the European electricity network needed for the energy transition.

2.Agreement among stakeholders (HVDC systems manufacturers, TSO, Regulators, Standardisation bodies, wind turbine manufacturers, windfarm developers etc.) and planning for the demonstration of a Real Time Demonstrator of Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC with Grid Forming Capability, which will lead to the first real-life full scale installation in Europe.

3.New way of framing the European energy system (on- off-shore) architecture and topology.

4.Provide new pathways to offshore energy and development.

Scope: The supports all the multiple preparatory tasks, which will lead to a global agreement among stakeholders and define the detailed planning for the full-scale industrial demonstrator. These include, but are not limited to:

1.Coordination and organization of a platform involving all stakeholders (HVDC system manufacturers, TSOs, third-party HVDC system integrators, wind turbine manufacturers, offshore wind farm developers).

2.Compatibility of modelling tools towards interoperability.

3.Model sharing between TSOs: legal framework.

4.Roles and responsibilities on interoperability issues.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 75 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-03: Interoperability community

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Ensure continuity of the ongoing interoperability of energy services related activities.

2.Ensure horizontal coordination and support, sustainable up-take of the energy services related to interoperability, data spaces and digital twins.

3.Support and disseminate a common framework for testing interoperability across running projects. Harmonise interoperability testing procedures 76 .

4.Increased interoperability of energy services, data and platforms, both at the function and business layers.

Scope: Facilitate the coordination and alignment of projects and support interaction between the various related initiatives happening at European and National level.

1.The project should support a community of practice that includes interoperability expertise relevant to the energy transition that keeps track and maintains an expertise around changes in requirements, emerging use cases and regulatory condition.

2.development of IT/ICT, evolution of relevant standards and all activities impacting interoperability, virtualisation and digital twins, data spaces.

3. industrial and working groups’ efforts towards interoperability (including ontologies, core models etc.).

Maintain an overview of what is happening, create a repository of best practices and use cases, indicate what is needed to keep this interoperability and provide a forum to support agreements on open standards, convergence on reference architectures and broad dissemination.

Increased interoperability of energy services, data and platforms, both at the function and business layers of the Smart Grid Architecture Model. Where relevant consider including also smart energy systems models going beyond Smart Grids.

Develop an Interoperability Maturity Model (IMM) to indicate the level of maturity in organisations, and the further effort/ actions need to be made to reach higher levels of interoperability.

Create a network of interested parties, and eventually, setting up a distributed European ecosystem of centres for the Interoperability testing of data driven energy solutions. This should take into account existing initiatives like living labs, digital innovation hubs, JRCs Interoperability testing lab related ERA-Net program calls and Clean Energy Transition Partnership, and should aim at supporting a European knowledge base of use cases, interoperability profiles test cases, and results of tests.

Establishing a cross-fertilisation of existing regional testing infrastructures, explore best practice of local sand-boxing and link with existing networks. Demonstrate with the testing of a set of real life cases where new interoperability requirements are to be tested, how the activities would be organised.

The networks should agree on a common testing methodology and a common test reporting methodology to be used.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 77 activities.

Cross-cutting issues

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04: Clean Energy Transition

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 70.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 70.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action to allow the partnership to achieve its objectives. Therefore, the EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regu
lation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

Total indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the co-funded European Partnership is EUR 210 million, committed in annual instalments over multiple years (EUR 35 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 35 million from the 2022 budget).

Expected Outcome: The partnership is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased directionality of clean energy transition research and innovation in Europe in line with the SET Plan by a shared pan-European vision regarding the goal and direction of the required system transformation processes adapted to regional needs and availability of renewable energy resources

2.Evidence based energy and climate policy formulation

3.A wider systemic transition and energy supply required for the climate transition in all sectors of society; enabling the transition of the built environment, transport, industry and other sectors to clean, low carbon energy;

4.An innovation ecosystem for Europe's transition to clean energy and contribute to a resource-efficient energy system, both from an ecological and economic standpoint;

5.A building block to a zero-emission energy system for the decarbonisation of transport, buildings, industry, agriculture in the specific European environment;

6.Increased engagement of consumers and prosumers and in appropriate demand-response mechanisms and its integration in the energy system;

7.And finally, an energy system that meets the needs of different parts of society, in different geographical locations (urban and rural) and different groups.

Scope: The European Green Deal aims to transform Europe into a fair and prosperous society with a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy, with no net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050. To decarbonise Europe, renewables must become the main energy source, while keeping the stability and resilience of the European energy system. Research and Innovation is needed to be able to achieve the Clean Energy Transition, while realizing also the ambitions of other EU policies like the New Circular Economy Strategy and the new Biodiversity Strategy and delivering on the objectives of the European Green Deal. It will also contribute to the Sustainable Development Goals of the United Nations (in particular SDG 7 Affordable and Clean Energy and SDG 9 Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure). At national level, policies and measures in clean energy research and innovation will support the achievement of the energy and climate targets, as outlined in the National Energy and Climate Plans.

The Clean Energy Transition Partnership (CETP) aims to empower the energy transition and contribute from a R&I perspective to the EU’s goal of becoming the first climate-neutral continent by 2050. To achieve this ambitious goal, Europe needs to embark into a transformative process of both the energy system and its supporting technologies, as well as of the society. Key enabling and disruptive technologies, as well system innovation are essential for this transition. With robust investment in innovation and technology development, the energy transition turns into an opportunity for sustainable growth and competitiveness, creating high-quality jobs and leaving nobody behind.

The Clean Energy Transition partnership is expected to contribute to the overarching goal of transitioning to a clean energy system by pooling national and regional resources/funding programmes thus overcoming a fragmented approach. In its Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda, the Clean Energy Transition Partnership will address the following areas: Development of clean and affordable energy production and conversion technologies; development of a climate neutral, flexible and robust energy system; storage and its integration in the energy system; resource and energy efficiency and circular flows in the energy sector for an ecologically sustainable energy system; a just and inclusive energy transition; sector integration and coupling; and digital transformation.

The partnerships actions are expected to contribute to:

1.a better cost performance by improving efficiency, sustainability, reliability and circularity of a broad portfolio of clean energy technologies and solutions;

2.the integration of a wide range of new energy solutions and ‘first of a kind’ technologies on all levels of the energy system to give flexibility, promote and efficiently manage self-generation and consumption profiles and new holistic solutions for energy storage (surplus energy, peak load supply, inter-seasonal storage);

3.the acceleration of the sustainable energy transition and societal development by the use of opportunities arising from the digital transformation and from data and information from the Copernicus programme, as well as the European Union’s Earth Observation programme. 

The partner composition is expected to at least include a geographically representative distribution of national and regional research and innovation authorities and funding agencies from EU Member States, associated countries and their regions. The number of partners and their contribution should be enough to attain a critical mass in the field. The partnership should be open to the addition of new partners during the lifetime of the partnership. The partnership should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties and in accordance to the ambition of activities proposed.

The CETP will have to overcome the transnational challenges in the clean energy transition following the ambition of the European Green Deal via a joint, shared, transnational approach, engaging a wide variety of stakeholders including industry and research institutes.

The partnership has to provide a platform that makes research results available for the best use and implementation for all stakeholders and to support capacity building in areas requiring specific resources and expertise. By doing this, public and private investments in clean energy technologies development and deployment can be leveraged and capitalised to ensure adequate exploitation of results across Europe as needed.

Based on priorities identified in the Clean Energy Transition Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda, proposals should pool together the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing annual joint calls for proposals resulting in grants to third parties with EU co-funding. National efforts should reflect the ambitions outlined in the National Energy and Climate Plans, including on Member States/Associated Countries participation in the SET Plan work streams. Participation of legal entities from international partner countries and/or regions including those not automatically eligible for funding in accordance with General Annex A is encouraged in the joint calls.

The partnership should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues. To this end, proposals should provide for a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly. The partnership should also present and implement a joint programme of activities focussed on communication (participation in joint meetings and communication events), dissemination and exploitation.

The partnership is expected to collaborate closely with the following European Partnerships:

1.Clean Hydrogen, Built Environment and construction, European industrial battery value Chain and Driving Urban Transition within the Cluster Climate, Energy and mobility;

2.Smart Networks and services, Clean Steel –Low carbon steelmaking, Carbon Neutral and Circular Industry and Geological Services for Europe within the Cluster Digital, Industry and Space;

3.Circular Bio-based Europe within the cluster Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment;

4.And the Climate-KIC and InnoEnergy EITs;

in order to ensure coherence and complementarity of activities. Applicants are expected to describe in their proposal the methodology for their collaboration and the aims they want to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

It is expected that the partnership will organise joint calls on an annual base from 2022 to 2027 and will consider ample time for the implementation of the co-funded projects.

The Commission envisages to include a new action in future work programme(s) to award a grant to identified beneficiaries with the aim of continuing to provide support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 78

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 79

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 05 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-01

IA

15.00 80

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-02

CSA

10.00

Around 2.50

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-03

CSA

10.00

Around 2.00

5

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-04

RIA

20.00

Around 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-05

IA

30.00 81

9.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-06

IA

25.00 82

Around 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-07

IA

15.00 83

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-08

RIA

15.00

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-09

IA

15.00 84

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-10

IA

10.00 85

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-11

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-12

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-13

RIA

30.00

10.00 to 15.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-14

CSA

20.00

Around 20.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-15

CSA

9.80

Around 1.00

10

Overall indicative budget

230.80

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Global leadership in renewable energy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-01: Demonstration of wave energy devices to increase experience in real sea condition

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrated performance and reliability of wave energy devices producing comparable and public results using international metrics

2.Improved knowledge on how to operate wave energy devices, their availability maintainability and to increase the impact it is expected that projects are sharing project data.

3.Reduction of the LCOE in line with the SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify estimated LCOE at project start and end, using a recognised calculation methodology).

4.Reinforced industrial supply chain in Europe.

5.Attraction of private investors to the sector and reduction of the cost of their investment by presented evidences and credible key performance indicators.

Scope: The action is expected to:

1.Demonstrate wave energy devices in real sea conditions for long periods of time (12-24 months) providing invaluable learnings regarding performance, reliability, availability, maintainability, survivability and environmental impact.

2.Utilise verified key subsystems by comprehensive dry testing to reduce risks in the implementation of the project. Alternatively, the project action is expected to finalise the dry testing in the first year of the project. The onshore testing of key subsystems need to have been carried out prior to any at-sea deployment of complete devices.

Proposals are expected to address also all the following:

1.Industrial design and manufacturing processes, circularity of (critical) raw materials, scalability, installation methods, transport, operation & maintenance, supply chains and the related digital infrastructures.

2.Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing environmental regulatory framework. Present an environmental monitoring plan to be implemented during the demonstration action.

The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase. Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a techno-economic assessment, including key performance indicators based on international recognized metrics, a complete implementation plan, a plan to achieve certification by an independent certification body before the end of the action, and all needed permits for the deployment of the project. The project proposal is expected to clearly demonstrate a proposed pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for appropriate timelines to achieve these. The project is expected also to demonstrate how it will get a financial close for the whole action. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and will advise for the go/no-go decision.

The selected projects are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the project BRIDGE 86 when relevant.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-02: Sustainability and educational aspects for renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The EU has ambitious goals to tackle the ongoing climate crisis, noteworthy being the aim to be a fully climate-neutral continent by 2050. Thus a framework needs to be established where sustainability and educational aspects for renewable energy and fuel technologies is addressed. Further, these actions need to engage with stakeholders at different levels (policymakers, regulators, innovators, industry, trade associations, universities and local communities) in order to align priorities and needs, while also identifying possibly overlooked challenges.

In this context, and taking into consideration circularity and sustainability, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhance and promote sustainability by addressing social and environmental aspects (air pollution, waste management, job opportunities, wildlife concerns, etc.) of renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies at a global level, thus ensuring the European Green Deal priorities are met.

2.Support the development of training and reskilling efforts in the renewable energy and renewable fuel technology sectors, while also identifying (global and local) challenges, to realise the large deployment ambitions of the European Green Deal, and the various sectorial strategies under it (such as the recent Offshore Renewable Energy Strategy) and its external dimension.

3.Support and promote circularity concepts and approaches (such as circular- and/or recyclable-by-design) in line with the Circular Economy Action Plan and the Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials.

Scope: In this topic, sustainability is meant in environmental, social and economic terms. The proposal is expected to address all the following aspects:

1.Coordinate the stakeholder community and propose concrete actions to promote and accelerate the development of sustainable solutions for renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies, encompassing ‘circularity-by-design’ (with special attention to life cycle assessment of the entire value chain, including critical raw materials and gradual substitution of fossil fuels), and identifying and assessing relevant externalities.

2.Set up and initiate a structured programme to promote an innovative multi-disciplinary approach on teaching and engaging with the sustainability of all forms of renewable energy. The proposal should also actively engage with European universities in this matter. Special consideration to gender balance issues should also be given. A clear post-project life for such programme should also be addressed.

3.Develop and run an industry-academia programme focused on hands-on training. This programme should identify the required skills needed for the sustainability of renewable technologies, identify and act on knowledge gaps, and identify retraining opportunities based on revamped training curricula and course content. These concerted actions are expected to develop human capital in innovative new technologies through education and training.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-03: Market Uptake Measures of renewable energy systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Facilitate the wider uptake of renewable energy systems in the energy, industrial and residential sectors leading to an increased share of renewable energy in the final energy consumption by 2030 and beyond.

2.Contribute to provide a basis for policy-makers and stakeholders for developing more informed RES policy and for analysing about the market dynamics when including all renewable energies.

3.Contribute to the development of markets and respective financial frameworks that can operate efficiently and incentive-compatible while accommodating massive shares of renewables.

4.Increase societal acceptance of renewable energy facilities and installations through science-based evidence and tools addressing misperception phenomena from citizens.

Scope: The proposal is expected to develop solutions addressing at least 2 of the expected outcomes either for the entire renewable energy market or focusing on a specific energy sector, such as electricity, heating, cooling or renewable fuels. Proposals can also address issues within a specific geographical region such as urban and peri-urban areas. Issues related to acceptance of RES technologies due to cultural heritage landscape particularities can be addressed. Self-consumption issues can be addressed too. International aspects, such as collaboration with third countries and promoting solution in new markets, can be addressed as well.

The proposed solution can be developed to address a local challenge but needs to have wide potential for reapplication. The solution should have a long term viability and not be limited to an ad-hoc fix. The methodologies applied may be inspired by successful approaches already tested in other fields or contexts.

For all actions, the consortia have to involve and/or engage relevant stakeholders (e.g. businesses, public authorities, civil society organisations) and market actors who are committed to adopting/implementing the results. The complexity of these challenges and of the related market uptake barriers may call for multi-disciplinary approaches, which should include contributions from the social sciences and humanities. Where relevant, regional specificities, socio-economic, gender-related, spatial and environmental aspects will be considered from a life-cycle perspective.

Where relevant, proposals are expected to also assess the legal, institutional and political frameworks at local, national and European level and examine how, why and under what conditions these could act as a barrier or an enabler.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-04: Novel tandem, high efficiency Photovoltaic technologies targeting low cost production with earth abundant materials

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate tandem technologies for efficiencies beyond the single-junction Shockley–Queisser limit (~29%).

2.Increase the potential of tandem technologies with earth abundant materials for mass production at low manufacturing cost.

3.Minimise the impact of PV on landscape and environment by increasing its energy yield/m2.

4.Contribute towards establishing a solid European innovation base and a competitive, continuous and coherent PV value chain.

Scope: Tandem-junction cell architectures present a path towards higher module efficiencies over single-junction designs, because of the ability to absorb more efficiently the different wavelength regions of the solar spectrum by means of separate devices (monolithically integrated and bonded/mechanically stacked). This enables surpassing the limiting efficiency of single-junction Si (~29%), which has neared its theoretical limit. As module costs drop, balance-of-systems costs dominate the cost of PV installations, and gains in efficiency could influence more the overall system costs, the energy yield/m2 and hence the land use or the integration potential of the technology. The aim is to develop tandem cells and modules that will reach efficiencies >30%, offer the same lifetime and degradation rate as standard crystalline panels at only marginally higher cost, creating thus a viable economic pathway for commercialisation of these technologies.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Develop novel concepts based on earth abundant materials that optimise PV cell and module architecture, increase durability, decrease losses and target very high efficiencies, taking also into consideration specific applications.

2.Employ simple, scalable and low cost processing techniques; deliver proof-of-concept for equipment development to support novel layer deposition.

3.Ensure compliance with the relevant standards at laboratory scale, also considering the specific applications targeted.

4.Perform device/module real –life (under actual outdoor operating conditions) characterisation for reliability and energy yield assessment.

5.Perform a life cycle analysis to bring evidence of the lower environmental impact, better resource efficiency than current commercial PV technologies, and circularity potential.

Energy systems, grids and storage

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-05: Energy Sector Integration: Integrating and combining energy systems to a cost-optimised and flexible energy system of systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 9.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to most of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrated benefits of sector integration in different geographic, climate and economic conditions.

2.Improved planning of integration of power, heat, gas, industry with a production site(s) of renewable energy.

3.Optimised operations of coupled networks (e.g. electricity vs. heating).

4.Validated tools and platforms enabling effective sector coupling as tested in large demonstration projects.

5.Consolidated methodology to evaluate the impacts on OPEX, CAPEX and overall value creation connected to the integration of flexibility from storage and other energy flexibility solutions.

Scope: Projects should demonstrate the benefits of the integration of different elements. This includes in particular electricity and gas networks, district heating and cooling, and long term energy storage systems (for example Hydrogen, power-to-X, thermal storage, hydro-storage). It can also include mobility systems (e.g. e-mobility infrastructure) and energy-intensive industry and/or industrial clusters or sites. Projects should demonstrate the integration at local (i.e. distribution networks) and at national level (i.e. transmission networks), and the interactions between them.

1.Develop 2 or 3 pilots in different Member States/Associated Countries that demonstrate of solutions for energy system integration based on integrated management of various networks and infrastructures. The pilots could include for example:

1.Electricity and gas networks;

2.Implementation of solutions for district heating and cooling as sector integration for energy storage and flexible operation at different energy carriers;

3.E-mobility infrastructure;

4.Solutions for industry and industrial clusters for integrated flexible generation, consumption and energy storage;

5.Flexible stand-alone systems and tools for living quarters and small and medium sized businesses and industries based on renewable generation, sector-coupling and storage technologies;

6.Integrated systems to allow for long term (weekly, seasonal) energy storage.

2.Demonstrations can be build up based on a combination and integration of various locally optimised grids into overall system management.

Projects should provide a preliminary analysis including country-specific challenges, a sustainability assessment for the environmental impact, social acceptance, as well as economic feasibility.

The participation of inter- and trans-disciplinary consortia combining expertise and capacity from public authorities, urban stakeholders, infrastructure providers, knowledge institutions, planners, entrepreneurs, societal actors and citizens is advised to address the challenges of this topic.

Projects should develop a consolidated methodology to evaluate interaction of coupled networks and the impact on OPEX and CAPEX connected to the integration of flexibility from storage and other energy vectors as well as to build upon integrating knowledge on cost reduction for the relevant conversion processes.

Projects should develop innovative tools for:

1.Assessment of technical and operational challenges, including environmental impact and social acceptance.

2.System planning toolboxes to determine the optimal sizing, location and distribution of energy storage systems and technologies to facilitate their optimal use at different grid levels, as well as system planning toolboxes to determine the optimal location and utilisation rate of available energy conversion plants.

3.Aging models’ definitions for several storage technologies according to the operating conditions and required regulation services.

4.Communication, platforms and devices for increased observability/controllability of the generation, consumption and storage resources and the measurement acquisition.

5.Tools to quantify the flexibility provided by sector integration.

Where relevant, projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that require integration of hydrogen.

Activities in relation to production of hydrogen are excluded, as all production aspects are covered through calls of the Clean Hydrogen Institutional Partnership. Fuel Cell Micro Boilers technology is also excluded due to technology development through the Clean Hydrogen Partnership. Cooperation with the Clean Hydrogen Partnership, for example through joint projects, is however welcomed.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 87 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-06: Increasing energy system flexibility based on sector-integration services to consumers (that benefits system management by DSOs and TSOs)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to most of the following outcomes:

1.New business models for market parties based on energy services and revenue streams for consumers (across energy sectors and beyond, based on valorisation of the flexibility in their energy consumption).

2.Enable market parties to provide flexibility services to network operators and the wholesale market based on competitive markets that are easily accessible and at low transaction costs.

3.Increased application of digital technologies to support consumers and market parties to market their flexibility.

4.Increased consumer engagement and acceptance.

5.Increased availability of flexibility sources for TSOs and DSOs and enable them to develop markets for flexibility and interact with many distributed resources at the same time (via intermediaries such as energy suppliers or aggregators) based on seamless data exchange and interoperability.

6.Facilitate scaling up the platforms and markets to spread its use by making it as easy as possible for suppliers, aggregators or consumers directly to offer grid services based on other or new small-scale and large-scale assets/devices on these markets, if necessary through as easy and automated pre-qualification processes as possible.

7.Better understanding of market models and regulatory measures that can promote new business models.

8.Contribution to better informed investment decisions by network operators and tariff setting models by NRAs, as flexibility markets and new business models can postpone or avoid new investments making better use of existing assets.

Scope: The projects will test and develop further already demonstrated solutions for data-driven energy services for consumers, in cooperation with various actors in the energy system (such as prosumers, aggregators, TSOs, DSOs, owners of assets that can provide flexibility like batteries, heating/cooling systems, charging point operators, gas systems):

1.Replicate them in as many different geographies as possible having different system needs, consumer needs, economic conditions or different climates. They will be adapted to the local energy requirements and they will aim at increasing consumer acceptance and participation. Focus is expected to be in the facilitation of different services.

2.Integrate energy services with other services for citizens and/or consumers (e.g. health, safety, mobility):

1.focus on business models that combine energy services with other services, such as health, security, home automation or mobility services taking into account experiences and practice from social science and humanities;

2.focus on business models for households that combine energy services focused on flexibility with investments in assets at consumer level that contribute to long-term changes in electricity production or consumption, such as RES generation, energy storage, deep renovations, new, more efficient and intelligent appliances that form a major part of household energy consumption (e.g. heating).

The development and testing of business models will contribute to a better understanding of the ways to promote such models and to address their impact in the design, modelling and planning of energy markets at all-time horizons and at all geographical scales, from the pan-European cross-border wholesale electricity and gas markets, products, services and businesses, down to local level. In the latter, without precluding other options, we are considering neighbourhood, aggregated, retail, centralized local flexibility markets or peer-to-peer market of energy products and services (flexibility, ancillary services, electricity, gas and heating/cooling).

The solutions are expected to be aligned with already existing markets. The projects will therefore be asked to cooperate to jointly provide detailed analyses and studies that address possible regulatory measures related to the implementation of the Clean Energy for All Europeans Package.

Specific demonstrators will make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe as well as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 88 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-07: Reliability and resilience of the grid: Measures for vulnerabilities, failures, risks and privacy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome: Demonstration of increased energy system reliability and resilience, preventing or ensuring rapid recovery following disturbances such as faults, cyberattacks, terrorism or similar at all relevant levels (infrastructure, hardware, software, organisational, etc.).

Scope: Proposals are expected to include all of the following 4 points:

1.Demonstration of measures to minimize TSO and DSO risks, vulnerabilities and of priority strategies and measures against nature and man-made hazards, terrorism, climate-related extreme events, weather, migration, etc. for:

1. substation systems security and design;

2.HV, MV, LV grid infrastructures including platforms for TSO and DSO interaction;

3.automatic control of decentralized flexibility solutions;

4.Events resulting in cascading failures, their mitigation and prevention.

2.Application of advanced information technologies (e.g. probabilistic safety assessment, quantitative risk analysis) in system development, operation and asset management.

3.Application of digital technologies for ensuring operational data quality and demand patterns recognition improving data access and information acquisition for maintenance operators.

4.Development of shared knowledge basis within European area concerning threats, vulnerabilities, methods, not only for components but for entire systems and energy system technologies.

From the following four, proposals should include at least two:

1.Development and application of technology (e.g. blockchain) for the identification and authentication of energy IoT devices, authentication of origin in spare part management, trading certificate infrastructures, protection relay configuration and micro grid management.

2.Development, testing and demonstration of advanced intrusion detection and prevention systems for energy infrastructures including security-related data and deep learning methods.

3.Dedicated strategies for enhanced security and resilience at DSO and TSO level, including demonstration of TSO/DSO security data sharing.

4.Development and application of methodologies for automation of grid maintenance (for example through robotics), advanced human-machine interfaces, and of data validation processes automation by applying emerging technologies.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 89 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-08: Electricity system reliability and resilience by design: High-Voltage, Direct Current (HVDC)-based systems and solutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.HVDC technologies contribution achieving climate neutrality of the electricity generation sector allowing the integration of large share of renewables while concurrently addressing the security of supply.

2.HVDC interconnections can act as a firewall blocking the spread of disturbances while permitting the interchange of power.

3.Mastering HVDC technologies will open new business horizons for European companies in the global clean energy markets.

4.Increased electricity system reliability and resilience throughout the overall interconnection system, which includes High Voltage cables. Furthermore, the use of buried HVDC cables reduces the visual impact and improves the social acceptance compared to the classical AC overhead lines.

Scope: Proposals will explore concepts and propose solutions to foster the development of large HVDC based transmission grid infrastructures, able to bring benefits to the existing electrical system and capable of integrating the fore coming large amount of renewable energy.

Proposals should demonstrate the reliability and resilience of the energy system through HVDC interconnections integrated in the AC grid while coping with faster dynamics, in particular by addressing at least two of the following topics:

1.Proposals of optimal grid architecture concepts using HVDC (e.g. multi terminal, hub operation, etc.) and related demonstrated advantages, with a careful overview of planning aspects and deployment methodologies. Proposals should investigate and identify the technological (e.g. coordination between HVDC converters in close vicinity, modelling of HVDC submarine cables for transient phenomena, etc.), contractual and regulatory barriers for the deployment and present solutions to remove them.

2.Real-time monitoring and assessment of the level of system stability and vulnerability against disturbances of future AC systems characterised by more HVDC and less conventional power generation.

3.Reliability model for HVDC and its impact on the overall transmission system reliability with the HVDC link acting as ‘firewall‘ within the synchronous AC transmission system.

4.Technical-economic benefits of the HVDC interconnection solution with the “firewall” functionality as well as in combination of other advantages contributing to the system security such as relieving heavily loaded AC corridors, etc.

5.Simulation, real time demonstration of the avoidance or containment of cascading effects and resilience to cyberattacks or faults of the HVDC connection in the AC network.

6.Simulation, real time demonstration of the co-ordinated use of HVDC-connected RES for containment of cascading faults and contribution to system restoration.

7.Evaluation of the impact on system reliability of an increasing number of HVDC links incorporated in the transmission system through modelling and quantification of the dynamic “firewall” properties of the HVDC links incorporated in the transmission system.

8.Evaluation of the use of HVAC fault location and monitoring systems for cables in HVDC (e.g. fibre optic distributed temperature sensing, online PD detection and location and time domain reflectometer (TDR) measurements for faults pre-location and fingerprinting).

9.Development of novel pre-fault monitoring systems for the evaluation of the actual status of the HVDC cables and accessories, with the aim to improve the reliability of the DC links.

10.Development and validation of new dielectric materials for the insulation of HVDC cables and accessories aiming at achieving higher capacity transfer capabilities. The proposed materials should have reduced ageing due to space charge accumulation phenomena.

11.Proposals for highly reliable design and manufacturing of HVDC cables and accessories and related demonstrated advantages. Proposals should investigate the sustainability of the identified procedures through LCA.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 90 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-09: Demonstration of superconducting systems and elpipes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to bring long distance DC Superconductors to TRL 8 in Europe by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The Superconducting Transmission Lines (SCTL) main advantages are higher transmission efficiency and ability to use lower operating voltages while still preserving the total capacity. Potential applications for transport of high amounts of energy or in European congested grid context is then key for the development of the grid and to increase its efficiency.

Elpipes are polymer-insulated underground HVDC conductors based on low cost extruded metal conductors. The technology could potentially be used to transfer massive capacities in identified corridors. An elpipe installed at the surface could go to at least 30 GW with passive cooling. Actively (but non-cryogenically) cooled elpipe designs can theoretically go to transfer capacities above 200 GW.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.New SCTL technologies to upgrade and expand the electric grid to meet the requirements imposed by the increasing penetration of renewables.

2.Use of different superconductor technologies (e.g. HTS, MgB2) with different cooling medium, power rating and lengths.

3.Increased power transfer capability within existing right of ways.

4.Test and validate the transmission of bulk power not achievable with current cable technologies.

Scope: The activities will concur to demonstrate the reliability of the technology and its applicability in the grid network.

1.Demonstration of up to ±100kV, up to 1 GW power, superconducting system (HTS) up to 5 km onshore.

2.Demonstration of ±100 kV, up to 1 GW power, superconducting system up to 100 km, offshore.

3.Demonstration of a SCTL based on MgB2 LH2 cooled, for DC with a length up to 1 km and above, onshore. The voltage level and the cable section should be designed to have the maximum benefits in terms of insulation requirements and conductor section for a capacity transfer of 10 kA and above.

4.Cable design and simulation of kA range faults, power reversal response, loss calculation and demonstration for protections of SCTL.

5. Technical-economic benefits of the SCTL demonstrated compared with traditional (overhead lines, XLPE cable).

6.Investigate the feasibility and applicability of elpipes with technical economic analysis, use cases, etc. for high transfer rates in identified corridors.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 91 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-10: Demonstration of advanced Power Electronics for application in the energy sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Wide Bandgap-based (WBG) semiconductors such as Silicon Carbide (SiC) enable higher power density, operation voltages, temperatures, and frequencies while reducing heat dissipation of power electronics. This enables the development of more efficient and smaller size converter stations affecting considerably on grid distribution generally and logistics, cost, etc. and the deployment of the offshore energy grid. Right now SiC allows for sufficient reduction on converter footprint, but it is far too expensive, and its cost has a negative impact on overall system cost.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Production, test and validation of WBG-based switching semiconductors such as Silicon Carbide (SiC) for HVDC – MVDC converter applications in converter stations.

2.Reduced size of components and equipment for offshore / onshore applications.

3.Reduced cost of WBG-based semiconductors such as Silicon Carbide (SiC).

Scope: The activities are intended to produce, test and validate WBG-based based switching semiconductors such as Silicon Carbide (SiC) for converter station application.

The activities include, but are not limited to:

1.Production of SiC based semiconductors for HVDC – MVDC converter applications (example for HVDC: MMC cells with SiC 3.3 kV and above, 1,5 kA and above with optimal increased switching frequency to reduce losses).

2.Converter board design and production (power and control parts installation and soldering of all components, hardware and software testing, etc.).

3.Simulation and analysis of the impact of the actual passive components used in WBG components circuitry in the above mentioned conditions; development of strategies and innovative techniques to upgrade them for better adaptation to the afore-mentioned working conditions.

4.Analysis of the impact of fast transients from power electronics on other electrical components that were not originally designed to endure such stresses.

5.Series modules assembly for converter application.

6.Simulation and real time testing and validation of the converter with WBG-based switching semiconductor.

7.Technical-economic assessment of the benefits provided by WBG-based compared to Silicon-based switching semiconductor of converters.

The consortium is expected to involve the European Commission and ECSEL JU where considered relevant.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 92 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-11: Reinforcing digitalisation related know how of local energy ecosystems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased autonomy of local ecosystems to participate in the decentralisation of energy systems and energy transition.

2.Increase the number of participants in flexibility markets.

3.Cover the gap on knowledge around digitalisation of energy services and contribute to the reskilling & upskilling of individuals and organizations.

4.Facilitate the creation of a network of parties interested in joining forces for public procurement of energy related digital services.

Scope: The digitization of the future will not be created only by leading digital technologies, but also by knowledge on and from the application areas of these technologies as well as a range of methods and strategic tools. The creation/reinforcement of local digitalisation-of-energy ecosystems as a way to support a competence cluster for digital energy concepts affecting to operators, consumers/prosumers, and authorities, which enable them being autonomous to react to local energy transition needs.

The project should create an upskilling and reskilling training program, centred on the digitalisation of energy and covering needs of local ecosystems centred on, among others, DSOs, city operators, connected active consumers (energy communities or potential new entrants) and local/regional authorities.

The training program should also contribute to capacity building of energy community members and to the support of citizens in understanding the steps to follow to create an energy community.

The project should seek to establish a cluster organization at local level for energy relevant digital technologies such as, but not only, Artificial Intelligence, Internet of Things, cybersecurity, big data, edge computing, data communications or blockchain.

After identifying the needs and engaging on a local level, the project should provide extensive training in all Member States/Associated Countries and make the developed/used training material available as broadly as possible.

The project should take into account, and collaborate with, where considered necessary, the ongoing EDDIE 93 project from the Erasmus + program, relevant initiatives by Digital Innovation Hubs, EC Digital Education action plan and any other initiative geared in the same direction.

At the same time the project should investigate, and if the reaction is positive, create a network of parties interested in joining forces for public procurement of digital services. One example could be tools for cities to participate in energy flexibility markets that are interoperable, where already present, with their Smart City Platforms)

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 94 activities.

This topic will benefit from the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The Commission will make sure that projects benefit from SSH expertise through the cooperation in Bridge.

Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS)

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-12: Integration of CCUS in hubs and clusters, including knowledge sharing activities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The continuation of investigating CCUS possibilities in hubs and clusters, including knowledge sharing activities, is urgently needed as it could help to identify infrastructure needs. Furthermore, it could also lead to identifying potential new CO2 Projects of Common Interest in the sense of the TEN-E regulation 95 . Early planning will enable and accelerate the roll-out of a CCUS infrastructure consisting of capture points and clusters, intermediate hubs, CO2 conversion facilities, safe and cost-effective CO2 transport and storage. Comprehensive information concerning the integration of CCUS in hubs and clusters will facilitate the development of operational sites as from the early 2020's. The project is expected to demonstrate the necessary requirements for CCUS integration in carbon-intensive industries and will promote knowledge sharing activities.

Scope: The EU Green Deal underlines that the transition to climate neutrality requires smart infrastructure and defines CCUS among the innovative infrastructures whose deployment in key industrial sectors will be necessary before 2030. Integration of CCUS in high emission industrial hubs and clusters is expected to be the most cost-efficient approach. Sharing, eventually across borders, CO2 transport, use and/or storage infrastructure will help with achieving economies of scale, and improving the business case. The complexity of CCUS projects requires the inclusion of a great number of stakeholders, transparency, information and knowledge sharing, and forward looking, joint planning.

The project is expected to include the elaboration of detailed plans for the integration of CCUS in hubs and clusters linked to CO2 storage sites via hubs, pipeline networks and shipping routes, with due attention to national and border-crossing permitting and regulatory issues. Mapping and understanding the nature and longevity of emission sources, identification of transport corridors and modalities, and performing initial impact assessments, and developing local business models for delivery of CO2 capture, transport, utilisation and/or storage (including the separation of responsibilities across the CO2 value chain), within promising regions is important. Industrial clusters may include, for example, power generation, cement and steel factories, chemical plants, refineries, waste-to-energy plants, and hydrogen production facilities. In its initial phase, this topic could include the use of natural gas (for the production of low carbon hydrogen, in power plants and refineries). The assessment of cost-effective ('bankable') storage capacity in the selected regions is important. This can be sites for onshore or offshore storage capabilities. Interaction between CCUS hubs-and-clusters on the one hand, and renewables-based integrated energy systems, and/or circular production modes on the other; will need to be studied.

Close cooperation across the CCUS value chain, as well as engagement with local stakeholders, is paramount and so is knowledge exchange across CCUS projects. This includes identifying and involving relevant end users, public authorities and societal stakeholders and analysing their concerns and needs using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities. The exchange of knowledge and know how across CCUS projects needs to be continued and facilitated: therefore the successful project will be expected to continue the activities of the existing European CCUS project network 96 .

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-13: Cost reduction of CO2 capture (new or improved technologies)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Significant step-change advances in CO2 capture rates, reductions in energy penalty and cost of CO2 capture as well as facilitating safe and economic integration into industrial clusters - which will in a short timeframe allow the uptake of CCUS in the power sector and energy intensive industries.

Scope: The high cost of carbon capture is still the most relevant stumbling block for a wider application of CCUS. Commercial deployment of CCUS requires a significant reduction of the energy intensity of the CO2 capture process for power plants or other energy-intensive industries, and a substantial decrease of the cost of capture. A continuous effort is needed to develop and demonstrate new or improved capture technologies.

The objective is the pilot demonstration of advanced CO2 capture technologies that have a high potential for increasing capture rates and efficiency, while reducing energy penalty and improving cost-efficiency of the whole capture process. Projects will test operating conditions and operational flexibility, and provide proof of the reliability and cost-effectiveness of these concepts, whilst at the same time evaluating the cost, technical requirements and operational and safety impacts on the industrial facility and the associated transport and storage infrastructure. The proposal should state credible and clearly defined targets and key performance indicators (KPIs) for the energy penalty reduction, the capture rate and the relative capital and operating costs of the capture process. Environmentally benign technologies have to be pursued and their environmental impact addressed in the project also in view of future scaling up.

Technology development should be balanced by an assessment of the societal readiness towards the proposed innovations, including by identifying and involving relevant end users and societal stakeholders (such as civil society organisations, non-governmental organisations, and local associations) in deliberative processes and analysing their concerns and needs using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities. Proposals are expected to include aspects of circularity and best use of resources.

Cross-cutting issues

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-14: Support to the activities of the European Geological Services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.An improved evidence-based decision-making and long-term sustainable management of Europe’s subsurface, including offshore, needed to build a climate neutral continent.

2.Comprehensive inventory of harmonised data on primary raw materials in Europe, with a focus on applications of critical raw materials 97 for energy storage and power generation, resulting in a higher level of independence for Europe.

3.Comprehensive inventory of information on geothermal energy resources and subsurface storage capacities for sustainable energy carriers (hydrogen, heat and cold) and sequestration of CO2, based on common and national scale assessment criteria and standardised reporting.

4.Improved appraisal, protection and sustainable use – including appraisal of capacities for temporary storage - of Europe’s groundwater resources, which are under increasing pressure because of climate change and competing uses of the subsurface. Improved adaptation of coastal zones to the effects of climate change and sea level rise.

5.A strong and sustainable network of national Geological Survey organisations in order to provide geological knowledge and services on a Pan-European level.

Scope: The growing demand for energy, raw materials and water is a key challenge for Europe, requiring a more integrated, efficient and sustainable use of these resources. Europe is increasingly dependent on global supply of mineral resources, in particular on those needed for application in power generation, energy storage and transport, for the transition to climate neutrality. However, until now there is no complete and harmonised data at European level on mineral resources and reserves. There is a need for standardised reporting and uniform appraisal of subsurface capacities for CO2 sequestration and temporary storage of sustainable energy carriers (including hydrogen and heat/cold) in order to support a secure, affordable and low-carbon energy supply. Groundwater resources are under increasing pressure as a result of climate change, as well as competing subsurface uses, including for mineral and energy resources. An up-to-date body of knowledge with high quality, policy-relevant geoscientific information and expertise, aggregated at the EU-level, at the service of European citizens, enterprises and institutions. This topic calls for concerted action to structurally address this challenge at European level, which is expected to ultimately lead to a Geological Service for Europe as a point of entry into a permanent collaborative network of National Geological Survey organisations.

For achieving these objectives, the action is expected to address the following issues:

1.Re-evaluation of European resources in primary raw materials and mining waste, with a focus on critical raw materials needed for climate transition, filling the currently existing gaps in data and information at European level.

2.Developing a database with FAIR 98 and harmonised data on mineral resources and reserves (excluding fossil fuels) according to United Nations Framework Classification for Resources (UNFC) 99 , integrated in or linked to the EC managed geoportals (EU Open data portal 100 and EU INSPIRE Geoportal.

3.Developing an EU International Centre of Excellence on Sustainable Resource Management focused on promoting and building capacity on United Nations Framework Classification for Resources (UNFC) for mineral resources (primary and secondary) and supporting the United Nations Resource Management System (UNRMS) in line with the UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.

4.Building and maintaining an integrated European geothermal resources database based on uniform appraisal techniques and resource classification standards. Extend the geothermal database with assessed storage options for heat and cold.

5.Deploying and maintaining a European storage atlas for CO2 and sustainable energy carriers like hydrogen and compressed air. Develop the knowledge for the subsurface management and planning of storage sites for CO2 and sustainable energy carriers.

6.Transnational, harmonised data gathering, managing under the FAIR 101 principles, monitoring and evaluation of groundwater dynamics and groundwater quality.

7.Collating and integrating geological and climate related information and data to assess and map coastal vulnerability, and to optimise siting of offshore windfarms (as well as associated infrastructure), in support of multifunctional use of pan-European marine space.

8.Developing - and partly implementing within the CSA - a research agenda, which includes the piloting of innovative cross-country data generation methods, to help achieve the expected impacts. Coordinating, integrating and aligning R&I programmes of European geological surveys. Furthermore, the CSA is encouraged to seek synergies with the EPOS European Research Infrastructure Consortium.

9.Developing a user-friendly digital Europe geological information system providing permanent data access, based on FAIR, and disseminating accurate, up-to-date, relevant and impartial data, information and knowledge developed by the partnership.

10.Transformation of these data into decision support information and intelligence, including the use of innovative modelling and visualisation in multiscale digital products.

11.Dissemination and communication of information and knowledge to stakeholders, including the general public.

12.Create a strong network of geological surveys, and develop a permanent structure in the form of a Geological Service for Europe able to sustain this network and the geological information system after the end of the programme.

The use of own resources, for example for implementing the proposed research agenda, will increase the potential impact of the action, and is strongly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-15: Support to the activities of the ETIPs and technology areas of the SET Plan

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.80 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

Only up to one project will be funded in each of the following sectors:

1.carbon capture storage and use;

2.geothermal systems;

3.hydropower;

4.ocean energy;

5.photovoltaics;

6.renewable fuels & bioenergy;

7.concentrated solar thermal energy (CSP & STE);

8.renewable heating and cooling;

9.wind energy;

10.energy efficiency in industry;

11.energy efficiency in buildings.

Expected Outcome: Engagement of stakeholders is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target.

Project results are expected to contribute to both of the following outcomes:

1.Consolidation of strong and sustainable networks in the different technology areas covered through the Strategic Energy Technology (SET) Plan and its integrated roadmap.

2.Cooperation among ETIPs and similar stakeholders fora, support to existing SET Plan Implementation Plans and advancement towards more interconnected activities, both in terms of contents and implementation mechanisms.

Scope: In 2015, the launch of the Energy Union saw the SET Plan incorporated as the Energy Union’s fifth pillar on ‘Research, Innovation and Competitiveness’. Through the Communication “Towards an Integrated Strategic Energy Technology (SET) Plan”, the Integrated SET Plan set ambitious R&I targets which remain relevant and essential in the new context of the European Green Deal and the Recovery Plan for Europe.

Depending on the sector, European Technology and Innovation Platforms (ETIPs), and/or SET Plan Implementation Working Groups (IWG) and/or similar stakeholders fora support the development and implementation of the SET Plan R&I priorities by bringing together relevant stakeholders in key areas from industry, research organisations and, where applicable, SET Plan Countries’ government representatives. They develop research and innovation agendas and roadmaps, industrial strategies, analysis of market opportunities and funding needs, understanding of innovation barriers and exploitation of research results, which are in line with the Recovery Plan for Europe and latest EU climate and energy related policies. They also provide consensus-based strategic advice to the SET Plan initiative covering technical and non-technological aspects.

Considering the overarching aim of the clean energy transition, ETIPs, IWGs and/or similar fora are encouraged to align and coordinate their activities, defining cross-cutting aspects for accelerating the clean energy transition and contribute to the development of a European Research Area in the field of Energy. Proposals should support ETIPs and/or IWGs and/or stakeholders fora of one of the above-listed sectors, taking into consideration the specific needs of the sector they address and the emerging policy priorities for their implementation as well as the coordination with other initiatives/projects, in order to avoid overlaps.

ETIPs, IWGs and stakeholders fora should ensure the participation of companies (industry and SMEs), research and civil society organisations, universities and European associations representing relevant sectors (as applicable) from a representative number of SET Plan countries establishing links with national authorities. To maximise their impact and widen participation, they are encouraged to develop and implement robust outreach approaches and societal engagement actions to span across the EU and associated countries.

Special attention should be given to the key challenges of the European Green Deal, including, but not limited to, technological pushback, industrial production, societal transformation, and just transition. Likewise, contributions to the goals of the European Research ERA in the field of energy, in particular regarding how to incentivise investing in research and innovation should be addressed.

Furthermore, proposals should develop a dissemination and exploitation strategy and implement dissemination and networking activities with other existing ETIPs and IWGs (e.g. joint workshops, thematic conferences, webinar series, regular exchanges, etc.). Relevant outputs of these CSAs will feed into the SET Plan information system (SETIS).

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Proposals should address one of the following sectors: carbon capture storage and use, geothermal systems, hydropower, ocean energy, photovoltaics, renewable fuels & bioenergy, concentrated solar thermal energy (CSP & STE), renewable heating and cooling, wind energy, energy efficiency in industry, energy efficiency in buildings.

Proposals submitted under this topic are encouraged to include actions designed to facilitate cooperation, across Europe, with other projects and to ensure the accessibility and reusability of data produced in the course of the project. Proposals should include a finance and sustainability plan for future continuation beyond the lifetime of the proposal.

The indicative project duration is 3 years.

The requested budget for actions in the areas of concentrated solar thermal energy, energy efficiency in industry and energy efficiency in buildings should be around EUR 0.6 million because in these sectors there is no ETIP, only a SET Plan IWG with lighter structure and activities. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 102

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 103

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 02 Sep 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-01

RIA

5.00

Around 2.50

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-02

RIA

33.00

Around 3.00

11

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-03

RIA

10.00

Around 3.30

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-04

RIA

18.00

Around 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-05

RIA

10.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-06

RIA

9.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-07

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-08

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-09

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-10

RIA

10.00

Around 3.50

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-11

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-12

IA

50.00 104

Around 16.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-13

IA

45.00 105

Around 15.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-14

IA

10.00 106

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-15

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-16

IA

20.00 107

Around 10.00

2

Overall indicative budget

280.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Global leadership in renewable energy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-01: AU-EU Water Energy Food Nexus

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

In addition to the conditions described in General Annex B, at least three partners from three different African countries must be part of the consortium.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reinforce the activities in the long term the AU-EU HLPD CCSE Partnership.

2.Provide knowledge and scientific modelling as evidence base of the water-energy-food-nexus including the environmental, social and economic trade-offs to contribute to R&I strategy and policy making.

3.Increase clean energy generation in the African energy systems.

4.A sustained network of African experts and expertise in this area.

5.Improve in the long-term governance to advance knowledge and scientific modelling of the water energy food nexus including the environmental, social and economic trade-offs (governance aspects should be included since they are under-represented in the current research works).

Scope: The topic is contributing to the activities of the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialog (HLPD) Climate Change and Sustainable Energy (CCSE) partnership. Climate changes and increase usage of water in all economic activities create more stresses on water use for energy generation. Energy generation covers in this context energy from renewable sources and energy vectors such as electricity, heat and fuels. Therefore the needs for African countries of having their own dedicated models to simulate and estimate the stresses on the water-energy nexus are crucial for their policy decision and energy planning. International agreement and trade issues can be considered in the model. Most of the current models are based on developed country standard and usage.

The proposal should then develop and test models for decision makers and planners to implement energy infrastructures and energy supply in Africa which safeguard a systemic approach to the water-energy food nexus. These models can be based on existing reliable source codes and models. The test should be made on the case of an existing African water basin. Participation of societal stakeholders is considered important

Actions should promote the highest standards of transparency in model adoption, going beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, architecture, code and data. The outcome of the project should be widely disseminated and the source code of the model should be open access to stimulate future development. To ensure future uses, African experts in water-energy nexus and in model development should be full partners in the project. The project should identify further local training needs.

The project should also link with existing European activities to create synergies and cross-fertilisation. The project should participate in the activities of the HLPD CCSE partnership.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-02: Next generation of renewable energy technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 33.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Available breakthrough and game changing renewable energy technologies enabling a faster transition to a net-zero greenhouse gas emissions EU economy by 2050.

2.Knowledge and scientific proofs of the technological feasibility of the concept including the environmental, social and economic benefits to contribute to R&I strategy and policy forecast.

3.Establishing a solid long term dependable European innovation base.

Scope: The proposal is expected to address high-risk/high return technology developments for game changing renewable energy technologies including catalyst development, dedicated storage systems and integration of renewable energy technologies into a single energy generation system, heating & cooling systems, fuels production systems, hybrid electricity generation solutions between different renewable energy sources, direct utilization of renewable energy sources.

The following areas should not be covered as they fall within the scope of partnerships or other calls:

1.Pure material research;

2.Conventional hydrogen production and fuel cells;

3.Batteries.

However the production of renewable hydrogen directly from renewable energy sources is within the scope of the topic.

The proposal should validate its concept to TRL 3 or TRL 4 through a robust research methodology and activities, establish the technological feasibility of its concept, consider transfer developments in sectors other than energy whenever relevant, as they may provide ideas, experiences, technology contributions, knowledge, new approaches, innovative materials and skills.

In developing its concept the proposal is expected to address the following related aspects: lower environmental impact, better resource efficiency (materials, geographical footprints, water, etc…) than current commercial renewable technologies, issues related to social acceptance or resistance to new energy technologies, related socioeconomic and livelihood issues. Considerations should be given to the regulatory frameworks for their adequate integration.

The project should also document the research process thoroughly - methods, data, results - to ensure that future research and deployment builds on lessons from positive and negative attempts made, through for example public deliverable, ORDP, etc. in order to ensure that the final results and data are actually available after the project end.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-03: Hybrid catalytic conversion of renewable energy to carbon-neutral fuels

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Carbon-neutral fuels can provide breakthrough solutions towards a fossil-free economy responding to longer-term future demands for high energy density carriers in sectors relying on liquid fuels if making their synthesis more efficient and technically sound. This will contribute to advance the European scientific basis, leadership and global role in the area of renewable fuels by moving forward the supra-national actors, and to reinforce the European potential to export European renewable fuel technologies through international collaboration.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Foster availability of synergetic catalytic systems for carbon-neutral renewable fuels.

2.Improve performance of carbon-neutral renewable fuels and European competitiveness.

3.Accelerate development of efficient carbon-neutral renewable fuels.

Scope: Proposals will develop hybrid catalytic conversion processes, combining chemical, electrochemical, biological, biochemical and thermochemical catalytic processes to convert renewable energy to carbon-neutral renewable fuels of biological or non-biological origin (other than hydrogen), and which respond to longer-term future demands for high energy density carriers in sectors relying on liquid fuels. The development and combination of novel catalysts and linked lab-scale components and/or systems which improve significantly the performance regarding conversion efficiency for best atomic economy and specific marginal cost reduction should be addressed. Development of catalysts and/or systems with dual function, e.g. catalyst/sorbent or other, may be included. Combination of at least two different catalysts types into a single multicatalytic material as appropriate should be addressed. Improvements as regards the conversion of a broader variety of molecules from the same feedstock and the broader application of hybrid catalytic systems in up-scaled processes should be examined. Maximizing GHG emissions abatement in the conversion process should be aimed. International cooperation is encouraged. Combination of H2 production by electrolysis and its separate use for catalytic conversion of CO2 is not covered by this topic.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-04: Physics and aerodynamics of atmospheric flow of wind for power production

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: As wind turbines grow bigger and taller, the blade tips are increasing more affected by turbulent atmospheric flow features, while airborne wind energy systems operate at even higher altitudes. This zone of the atmosphere currently lays between the current numeric models at the microscale and the mesoscale. Further, the data integration of the models of these different altitudes is still scarce. Thus, there is a need for an improved understanding of atmospheric flow physics, particularly regarding wind power production forecasting and the design of wind energy technology components.

It is expected that better predictions of wind patterns should:

1.Support improved wind farm design, location choice, distribution and operation thus bridging the gap between small-scale controlled experiments and full-scale deployment;

2.Enhance system reliability and power production;

3.Decrease economic uncertainties related to farm design and power production, as well as wind technology components design and durability;

4.Lead to the development of numerical models capable of accurately forecasting high wind flow and power production. It will also improve wakes modelling and the integration of models with real condition wind farm data;

5.Use open access of Big Data storage and usage for the testing and performance tracking of the numeric models.

Scope: The proposal is expected to address all of the following aspects:

1.Develop an open access knowledge hub for experimental data, based on the principles of open data sharing.

2.Develop and validate numeric models to accurately forecast wind flow in low, medium and high altitudes in onshore and offshore scenarios. These models should address how external factors, such as wind conditions, and different climate affect power production and loads on target and neighbouring wind power systems;

3.Integrate these different developments (knowledge hub and forecasting models) into a tool able to be readily absorbed by the sector. This integrated approach need to be applicable to at least 2 of these different wind energy conversion technologies: onshore wind, offshore wind (fixed bottom or floating), and high altitude wind systems;

4.Validate and promote how such tools could be used to improve the design and deployment of wind farms, through case studies;

5.Address and test how such integrated tools can be used for design development of wind technology components (for example blades, towers, substructures, kites, etc.), in particular on the issue of energy efficiency and material durability.

Further indirect impacts on decreased material usage, system efficiency, and social issues should also be made explicit. In order to optimise impact and enhance synergies, cooperation with projects from the Horizon 2020 LC-SC3-RES-31-2020 call is particularly encouraged.

Synergies are possible with topic: HORIZON-CL4-DIGITAL-EMERGING-2022-01-18: 2D materials-based devices and systems for energy storage and/or harvesting (RIA).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-05: Wind energy in the natural and social environment

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranking proposal addressing offshore wind farms and the highest ranking proposal addressing onshore wind farms, provided they attain all thresholds. This condition to ensure a balanced portfolio will also considered to be met if one project addressing both aspects is funded.

Expected Outcome: Renewable energy technologies will be evermore present in the lives of European citizens, thus a harmonious co-existence is essential. Wind turbines are particularly susceptible to the NIMBY effect (Not In My BackYard), and hence it is facing opposition despite being a high-potential clean energy source. In order to achieve the European goals on climate neutrality, dedicated actions in this context are needed to ensure that large turbines retain a low environmental impact and gain more popular support. A particular focal point should be how to best engage with different communities to identify actions toward the co-existence goal.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Develop and promote the use of modelling tools and objective holistic assessment metrics for realistic in-depth analysis of cumulative impacts of wind installations on the environment and on local communities;

2.Develop guidelines to enhance energy citizenship 108 of (onshore or offshore) wind energy and farms, promoting a harmonious co-existence between the local population, other sectors (e.g. fishing communities, tourism) and the wind farms;

3.Realise outreach activities to promote social awareness and engagement on wind energy, and develop guidelines for participatory processes in wind farm development to reach interactive and mutually value-enhancing outcomes;

4.Facilitate both the identification of future areas for deployment, notably of offshore wind farms, and the consenting process.

Scope: The proposal is expected to address all the following aspects:

1.Develop and promote the use of validated models and guidelines as a tool for enhanced societal engagement. Further, it should also demonstrate how participatory processes can enhance value creation and achieve higher social acceptability of wind energy;

2.Assess through validated models how wind turbines impact the local environment (noise, impact on soil or sea beds, visual effect, effects on animal life and other species). In addition, it should also assess, if applicable, how offshore wind turbines (and fixed or floating substructures) impact the local marine environment (currents, waves, upwelling, and sediment transport). Finally, it should help to identify the best areas for deployment and to develop new designs and/or enhanced control strategies of wind turbines to address potential impacts;

3.Develop a forum where regulators, industry, and local communities can exchange information and provide input to one another. Further, it should also identify the effect that the implemented models have on promoting wind energy;

4.Address how the impact of different wind energy innovations and applications (onshore, offshore, floating, and airborne) is seen by the general public and the local actors.

This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Science and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Social innovations should also be considered, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change, social ownership, and new social practices.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-06: Novel approaches to concentrated solar power (CSP)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Concentrating solar power (CSP) plants supply renewable, dispatchable power and can therefore be an important element of the evolving energy system. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Higher shares of variable output renewables in the energy system.

2.Future, higher-efficiency CSP plants.

3.Reduced levelized cost of electricity of future CSP plants.

4.Significant performance regarding start-up, shutdown and load variation of future CSP plants.

5.Improved environmental profile of future CSP plants.

Scope: Support will be given to novel solutions that use concentrating solar thermal energy to generate power.

In terms of power dispatchability, the novel solutions will have to ensure a performance at least equivalent to current commercial installations.

Solutions that cogenerate power and heat are also in the scope. Moreover, solutions that support the concentrating solar thermal technology with photovoltaic technology are also in the scope.

Projects should assess the sustainability of the proposed solutions in environmental and socio-economic terms. Applicants are encouraged to consider a ‘circularity by design’ approach.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-07: Stable high-performance Perovskite Photovoltaics

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Increase the efficiency and stability and minimise the environmental impact of Perovskite PV.

2.Enlarge with bandgap tuneable perovskites and corresponding device architectures the integration and application possibilities of PV technology.

3.Increase the potential for commercialisation of perovskite PV, creating a competitive technological know-how for the European PV industrial base.

Scope: Perovskite PV are welcomed as an emerging technology for solar energy conversion, as today they afford high power conversion efficiency (PCE), higher than 25%. At the same time, perovskite semiconductors are based on abundant and low-cost starting materials and can be processed using simple and economic methods. The tuneable bandgap of the perovskite materials opens a lot of applications in a wide range of optoelectronic devices, even beyond solar cells. To ensure however economic feasibility and competitive levelized cost of electricity, the technology should offer long-term stability alongside high power conversion efficiency to match the reliability of silicon-wafer-based modules (the lifetime expectation for a PV module in a power plant is 20–25 years). At present, the long-term stability of lead halide perovskite modules does not meet this target and improvements are hampered by a lack of understanding of the cell and module failure modes. In addition to the intrinsic cell stability issues of perovskite PV, the usage of lead and scaling-up are the main challenges towards bringing perovskite technologies to the market.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Research and resolve the degradation issues/mechanisms encountered from material to module and produce stable and highly efficient perovskite PV architectures/modules by optimizing the constituent materials, the architecture of the cell, the interfaces, the interconnections between cells, the environment conditions during the fabrication steps of cells and modules, the encapsulation of cells and modules, etc.

2.Propose new device concepts and new materials (improved lead-halide perovskites or Pb-free perovskite analogues) to deal with any toxicity issues.

3.Ensure compliance with the relevant protocols (ISOS) at laboratory scale.

4.Develop adequate stability assessment methods/measurements; propose and perform device/module real –life (under actual outdoor operating conditions) characterisation for reliability and energy yield assessment.

5.Identify environmental “hotspots” and how to address them. Perform a life cycle analysis (including decommissioning and disposal) to bring evidence of the low environmental impact, better resource efficiency than current commercial PV technologies, and circularity potential.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-08: Cost-effective micro-CHP and hybrid heating systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased technical performance, robustness, feasibility and penetration of renewables at household level

2.Increase technology leadership and competitiveness of European industry

3.Increased production share of renewables at consumer level

4.Increased socioeconomic and environmental sustainability of renewables based energy systems at household level.

Scope: Develop new technologies for biomass micro-CHP systems, including e.g. high efficiency supercritical CHP systems with embedded integration of other renewables into hybrid heating systems for maximizing the overall share of renewables at household and/or multifamily level and emission reduction.

Improve the integration of compatible renewable technologies in household and/or multifamily generators of heat and power making them attractive by addressing technological bottlenecks, efficiency, cost-effectiveness and socio-economic as well as environmental sustainability.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-09: Carbon-negative sustainable biofuel production

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Reusing or inhibiting biogenic effluent gases from biofuel production in the same process, increases the biomass conversion efficiency and sustainability potential and the overall resource and energy efficiency of the biomass utilization. Improving such integration will contribute to increase the biofuel technology competitiveness and acceptance and advance the European leadership and global role in the area of sustainable biofuels.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increase bioenergy efficiency and sustainability.

2.Increase sustainable biomass resource utilization.

3.Generate negative emissions from biofuel production.

Scope: Proposals should develop cost-effective solutions to minimize carbon waste in sustainable biofuel production processes by inhibiting biogenic effluent gas emissions or incorporating biological and/or chemical/other capture of the biogenic effluent gas emissions from the process and use it as appropriate either for separate in-situ downstream synthesis of renewable fuels of biological origin, or integrate it in the sustainable biofuel production through recycling. Proposals should also include an innovative approach for biogenic carbon storage, through for example integrating production of biochar and using it as soil amendment to enhance organic carbon content and functionality of soil, as well as a means to sequester carbon into the soil. Synergies with renewable hydrogen production should be developed by incorporating it as appropriate in the sustainable biofuel production to compensate for additional needs in hydrogen, increase overall biomass conversion efficiency, minimize the biogenic carbon waste and reduce the fossil carbon footprint of the biofuel production. The overall GHG emissions should be assessed on the basis of a Life Cycle Analysis for proving negative GHG emissions and higher sustainability potential of biofuel production when reusing biogenic effluent gases in-situ, along with addressing socioeconomic aspects.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-10: Innovative foundations, floating substructures and connection systems for floating PV and ocean energy devices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved overall life time, reliability, installability, operability and maintainability of marine substructures, mechanical joints and energy connection systems for ocean energy devices and/or offshore floating PV to reduce degradation and failure rates and thus investment risk.

2.Better understanding of the device’s real life performance allowing a safe reduction in the over-engineering of devices’ specifications.

3.Reduction of LCOE in line with the SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify estimated LCOE at project start and end, using a recognised calculation methodology).

4.Contribution to the objectives of the Mission Healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters.

Scope: The action is expected to:

1.Test and validate the potential benefits of new circular materials in offshore floating PV and/or ocean energy substructures, foundations and if relevant mooring and anchoring systems whilst ensuring structural integrity and durability considering very high wind (speed >25 m/s), current (>1.2 m/s) and wave (height >14 m) loads and corrosion and biofouling on all elements of the ocean energy systems.

2.Test and validate new prototype components and materials used in offshore floating PV and/or ocean energy devices and verify that they are compatible with and resistant to the marine environment.

3.Research material properties and behaviour in combination with the use of improved predictive computational modelling tools.

4.Research, develop and validate improved predictive computational modelling tools for material properties.

The use of existing test facilities and related research infrastructures for the purposes of the project should be considered.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

The selected projects are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the project BRIDGE 109 when relevant.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-11: Development of hydropower equipment for hidden hydropower

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis, leadership and global role in the area of sustainable hydropower while creating evidence for policy making.

2.Create additional sustainable hydropower capacity to the existing fleet, maintain and advance European technological competitiveness in the sector, thus supporting the EU goals for climate protection, energy independence and economic growth.

3.Enhance sustainability of added hydropower capacities by addressing social, economic and environmental aspects and by promoting prosumer renewable energy in cities and communities.

Scope: Development of hydropower equipment for hidden and therefore unrealised hydropower by developing novel technologies which allow for increased techno-economic feasible and sustainable hydropower production in non-hydropower hydraulic systems with low head and/or small reservoir or water body size and/or impaired water quality (e.g. saltwater), that may also involve prosumer solutions.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-12: Innovation on floating wind energy deployment optimized for deep waters and different sea basins (Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea, Baltic Sea, North-east Atlantic Ocean)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 16.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering multiple geographical areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but priority will be given to high-ranking proposals addressing each of the different sea basins, provided that the proposals attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: Floating offshore wind has the potential to unleash a new European industrial sector able to deliver clean and sustainable energy. Building from European technological and industrial know-how and harnessing the natural resources of the different sea basins around the European Union, namely the Mediterranean Sea, the Black Sea, the Baltic Sea and the North-east Atlantic Ocean, there is an opportunity to leverage these conditions into technological leadership, while supporting the goal of climate neutrality.

In this context, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Development or significant improvement of designs that reduce both CAPEX and OPEX;

2.Deployment and demonstration of advanced full-scale floating wind turbines prototypes, and auxiliary equipment, in operational environment;

3.Allow development of cost-efficient scalable solutions supporting exploitation of the renewable energy offshore potential in challenging conditions, while building upon innovative designs of floating structures and auxiliary equipment;

4.Contribute to LCOE reduction in line with the SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify an estimated LCOE at project start and end).

Scope: The proposal is expected to deploy in one of the possible sea basins 110 in Europe. Further, the proposal should:

1.Demonstrate how innovations (materials, technologies, designs,…) on floating wind turbines, substructures, dynamic cables, control systems and moorings positively affect production;

2.Demonstrate in real use scenario the improvements that the identified solutions contribute in terms of life expectancy, cost reductions, as well as operation and maintenance of a floating offshore wind installation;

3.Demonstrate how the proposed innovations positively increase rate of deployment of offshore wind in deep seas, reducing capital, operational and maintenance costs, as well as present an industrial roadmap for a floating energy industrial sector, with focus on mass production;

4.Document all demonstrations fully and transparently, to ensure replicability, up-scaling and to assist future planning decisions;

5.Demonstrate a modular design suited to large-scale deployment in various environments, with special focus on industrial mass production;

6.Ensure minimal environmental impact of these innovations, and address how Maritime Spatial Planning can be used to facilitate the identification and optimal use of suitable locations for floating wind platforms.

The proposal has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase. Before this go/no-go moment, the project will have to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a complete business and implementation plan and all needed permits for the deployment of the project. The proposal is expected to clearly demonstrate a proposed pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for appropriate timelines to achieve these. The proposal is expected to also demonstrate how it will get a financial close 111 for the whole action. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and will advise for the go/no-go decision.

The proposal should take a multi-disciplinary and multi-stakeholder approach, to ensure that different viewpoints and interests are taken into account in development and deployment processes and to help avoid foreseeable externalities. Thus, it requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities

The selected projects are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the project BRIDGE 112 when relevant.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-13: Demonstration pilot lines for alternative and innovative PV technologies (Novel c-Si tandem, thin film tandem, bifacial, CPV, etc.)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security and create a European competitive advantage (Clean Energy Competitiveness Report accompanying the 2020 State of the Energy Union Report), participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries and OECD countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements. To insure security of supply, retaining the whole value chain in Europe is essential; technology de-risking is a necessary step towards this direction. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Promote a considerable pipeline of new and advanced versions of existing technologies from lab to fab production, enabling robust continued performance increase, opening up new applications and facilitating further cost reduction.

2.Reinforce the European PV value chain, support local companies to develop and sell differentiated and high value PV products and create local jobs.

3.Demonstrate the feasibility and cost-competiveness of the novel PV technologies.

4.Contribute towards establishing a solid European innovation base.

5.Enable and facilitate large-scale deployment of PV and generation of renewable electricity.

6.Minimise the impact of PV on landscape and environment by increasing its energy yield/m2.

Scope: Net-zero scenarios modelled by the JRC 113 show that Europe needs to install up to 600 GW PV generation capacity by 2030 and over 1 TW by 2050 to reach its climate and energy objectives. The European market will grow 10-15% per year and reach close to 80 GW by 2030. In this race, Europe has a unique opportunity to develop and deploy new generation PV modules. A considerable number of new and advanced/innovative technologies is in the pipeline but the concrete application on pilot manufacturing lines is lagging behind. The aim is therefore to advance those technologies that offer the potential for much higher efficiency and/or higher energy yield, the same lifetime and degradation rate and comparable cost to standard crystalline technologies, opening-up possibilities for largescale 4.0 factories to drive down costs, allowing large relocation of production to Europe.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Develop and demonstrate at pilot line level innovative or alternative and advanced versions of existing PV technologies: the pilot lines should show the feasibility and cost-competitiveness of industrial production of cells and modules.

2.Develop corresponding manufacturing equipment.

3.Implement Industry 4.0 concepts.

4.Test and validate the performance characteristics of manufactured products (efficiency, durability, reliability, etc.).

5.Demonstrate a business case for manufacturing plants of individual output capacity in the GW range and a market introduction strategy.

6.Address the following related aspects: lower environmental impact, better resource efficiency than current commercial renewable technologies, circularity potential (including recycling and sustainability by design).

7.Document all demonstrators fully and transparently to ensure replicability and up scaling, to assist future planning decisions.

The proposal should involve multidisciplinary consortia including industrial partners.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-14: Demonstration of large-scale CHP technologies for a shift to the use of biogenic residues and wastes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Pr
oposals that include ‘Hybrid’ approaches that combine the use of renewable energy with the continued use of fossil fuels, are not eligible.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis and increase technology competitiveness in the area of bioenergy, in particular increase penetration of renewables, regional development, cost reduction and feedstock enlargement thus supporting the EU goals for climate protection, energy independence and economic growth;

2.Technology de-risk retrofitting of large-scale fossil CHP to bioenergy as a necessary step before scaling up at commercial level;

3.Allow high penetration in the energy system, ensure stability and security of energy supply and gain efficiency and costs in transforming the energy system on a decarbonised basis, in particular by reducing CAPEX for bioenergy capacity and base-load capability;

4.Enhance sustainability of renewable energy and fuel value chains by addressing social, economic and environmental aspects of the value chain and its life cycle.

Scope: Demonstration of cost-effective and efficient technologies for retrofitting of fossil CHP systems to the complete use of regionally sourced sustainable biogenic residues and wastes or derived intermediate bioenergy carriers for continuous, cost-effective and low-emission operation. Proposals are expected to address long-term scenarios for flexible and modular operation within the energy system network and document all demonstrators fully and transparently, to ensure replicability, up-scaling and to assist future planning decisions.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-15: Solutions for more sustainable geothermal energy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Performance and reliability improvement of shallow and/or deep geothermal systems;

2.Reduced environmental impact of geothermal plants;

3.Reduced risk of seismicity;

4.Increased citizen engagement for geothermal energy;

5.Reduction of LCOE approaching SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify estimated LCOE at project start and end);

6.Energy efficient, environmentally sound, and economically viable generation of electricity, and/or heating and cooling from geothermal resources in a wide range of geological settings, enabling geothermal energy development in new regions and supporting application concepts for local energy supply.

Scope: The proposal is expected to develop and validate innovative sustainable circular-by-design solutions that can reduce environmental impact and increase the overall circularity of geothermal energy. The following can be considered:

1.Capture of greenhouse gases, storage or reinjection schemes for the development and exploitation of geothermal reservoirs, in particular those with high content of non-condensable gases (NCGs), and the use of alternative fluid to brine.

2.Techniques for reservoir development and exploitation in a wider range of geological settings, including complex and/or untested geological conditions.

3.Potential introduction and demonstration of the innovative technologies as part of existing geothermal plants in Europe and abroad.

4.Novel methods and technologies to find and develop productivity from near magmatic, superhot/supercritical zones that are currently unexploitable and non-commercial.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-16: Innovative biomethane production as an energy carrier and a fuel

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Biomethane is a renewable substitute of natural gas, which can provide energy storage capability and be a flexible renewable energy carrier to be fed to the existing gas grid if reaching quality standards at an affordable price.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increase cost-effectiveness of the conversion in biomethane production.

2.Diversify the conversion technology basis for biomethane production.

3.Contribute to market up-take of biomethane related technologies in the gas market.

4.Contribute to the priorities of the SET Plan Action 8.

Scope: Proposals will demonstrate cost-effective and innovative biomethane production through thermochemical, biochemical, chemical, electrochemical, biological pathways including sustainable biomass and biogenic wastes gasification, CO2 effluents from anaerobic digestion or fermentation processes combined with renewable hydrogen or water. The biomethane production should be optimized to improve production efficiency, reduce cost, minimize GHG emissions and increase sustainability in a circularity approach for energy and material above conventional technologies of biogas upgrading to biomethane. All demonstrators should be fully and transparently documented, to ensure replicability, up-scaling and to assist future planning decisions. Demonstrating advanced technologies for efficient production at scale of biomethane will contribute to facilitate the market introduction of the biomethane technologies and the substitution of natural gas in the gas grid. This is the basis for penetration of biomethane in the energy and the transport energy systems, in particular for gas consuming sectors. It supports the European Green Deal and climate and energy targets for 2030 and the net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, while supporting the EU goals for energy independence and competitive sustainable growth.

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 114

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 115

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 14 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 26 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-01

IA

20.00 116

Around 10.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-02

IA

40.00 117

Around 13.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-03

IA

32.00 118

Around 16.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-04

IA

20.00 119

Around 20.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-05

IA

10.00 120

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-06

IA

10.00 121

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-07

IA

10.00 122

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-08

IA

18.00 123

5.00 to 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-09

IA

55.00 124

Around 55.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-10

IA

7.00 125

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-11

IA

30.00 126

7.00 to 8.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-12

IA

35.00 127

8.00 to 9.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-13

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-14

IA

30.00 128

7.00 to 8.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-15

IA

58.00 129

Around 29.00

2

Overall indicative budget

381.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Global leadership in renewable energy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-01: Demonstration of cost-effective advanced biofuel technologies utilizing existing industrial plants

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The cost-effective integration of advanced biofuel technologies in existing industrial plants will contribute to increase the competitiveness of these technologies and overcome the costly scaling-up of advanced biofuel production which requires heavy new infrastructure and investments and impedes their capacity building. It will thus allow high penetration of advanced biofuels in the transport energy system, in particular for hard to electrify sectors like aviation and maritime. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reduce capital and operational expenses (CAPEX and OPEX) of advanced biofuel production facilities.

2.De-risk technology, boost scale-up of advanced biofuels and contribute to their market up-take.

3.Contribute to the priorities of the SET Plan Action 8.

4.Respond to short and medium term needs for renewable fuels in transport.

5.Create win-win solutions for advanced biofuel production and conventional industrial phasing out plants, e.g., first generation biofuels, associated with socio-economic benefits.

Scope: Proposals should demonstrate cost-efficient advanced biofuel technologies which improve the economic viability of the advanced biofuel production. This should be done through innovative transformation of existing plants to incorporate production of advanced biofuels from non-food/feed sustainable biomass feedstock into existing processes, e.g., first generation biofuel plants, paper mill industry, waste treatment plants, oil-refineries, petrochemical industry, etc. Integration of advanced biofuel processing should be done with new and innovative installations and it should be optimized implementing a circularity approach for energy and material, as well as digitalization as appropriate, e.g. by using sensors, smarter equipment, algorithms etc., to increase the efficiency, cost-effectiveness and performance of the final plant. Economic advantages in terms of both capital and operational expenditure for commercialization of advanced biofuels through transformation, as well as socio-economic benefits for phasing-out industries including the impact on current first generation biofuel sites should be addressed. Proposals should provide information about the expected economic improvements and the potential of full transformation to advanced biofuel plants as appropriate. All demonstrators should be fully and transparently documented, to ensure replicability, up-scaling and to assist future planning decisions.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-02: Demonstration of innovative materials, supply cycles, recycling technologies to increase the overall circularity of wind energy technology and to reduce the primary use of critical raw materials

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also the highest ranking proposal of each activity area as described in the topic will be funded, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: To achieve the goals of climate-neutrality by 2050, renewable energy sources installations will have an explosive growth. Wind energy, in particular, will play a large role on supplying clean energy to the electrical grid. Nevertheless, this growth must be done in a sustainable manner and following the principles set out in the Circular Economy Action Plan and the Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials. Thus, clear and decisive actions will need to be taken now to assure that the future wind farms are sustainable and circular, while also dealing with current wind farms and the recycling of their components, once they reach the end of their lifetime. The nature of this challenge involves different kinds of activities.

The first activity is on the development of large-scale industrial demonstration of composite material recycling technologies to increase the circularity of wind technology. This demonstration will focus on flexible approaches for composite recycling, and on the development of a knowledge hub involving other composite-heavy sectors, in order to share best practices and to identify common challenges.

Another activity is on the development of alternative solutions to replace/substitute critical raw materials. Further constraints linked to the availability of rare earths elements used in the wind sector, in particular for permanent magnets, are also relevant in this context.

The project results are expected to contribute to the promotion of the ‘circularity by design’ approach in the wind energy sector, and to support the adoption of life cycle assessment tools, demonstrating reduced carbon footprint on the wind turbine value chain.

Scope: The proposal is expected to address one of the following activity areas:

1.On the development of large-scale industrial demonstration of composite material recycling technologies to increase the circularity of wind technology, proposals are expected to demonstrate recycling technologies at large-scale in an operating environment. The proposed solution will be a flexible production line, able to deal with a large amount of material (including, for example, coatings, paints, etc.) and applicable to several manufacturers and possibly to other sectors. The proposed solution should also have a long-term plan, with a business plan, beyond the life of the project. The proposals will also build a knowledge hub within the sector and with other sectors to transfer information and to promote recycling in the renewable energy sector and ‘circularity by design’ as a solution.

2.On the development of alternative solutions to replace/substitute critical raw materials, proposals need to develop and demonstrate, in a relevant or operational environment, solutions and their supply cycles, improving efficiency of sourcing processes and effectively replacing the constrained materials. The development of advanced ‘circular by design’ materials should also be considered. The solutions proposed should be in line with the Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials 130 and the Foresight Study on Critical Raw Materials for Strategic Technologies and Sectors in the EU 131 . Finally, the proposals will indicate the effect that such proposed solutions have on promoting circularity and/or recyclability on wind energy, as well as their circularity potential, their financial feasibility, and their potential to be upscaled. Further, the proposals should address and support life cycle analysis as a tool to bring into evidence the environmental impact and resource efficiency of proposed solutions.

Independently of the activity tackled, the proposal has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase. Before this go/no-go moment, the project will have to deliver the detailed engineering plans and all needed permits for the deployment of the project. In the case of the first activity, the project will also have to deliver a complete business and implementation plan. The proposal is expected to clearly demonstrate a proposed pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for appropriate timelines to achieve these. The proposal is expected to also demonstrate how it will get a financial close 132 for the whole action. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and will advise for the go/no-go decision.

Synergies are possible with topic: HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-23: Novel recycling technologies for composite materials (RIA).

The selected projects are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the project BRIDGE 133 when relevant.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-03: Advanced manufacturing of Integrated PV

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 16.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 32.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security and create a European competitive advantage (Clean Energy Competitiveness Report accompanying the 2020 State of the Energy Union Report), participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries and OECD countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance affordability, sustainability and exploit the modularity and synergies of application of PV technologies. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate that automated manufacturing of integrated photovoltaics (IPV) can deliver cost competitive products assuming both the function of energy generators and of structural elements.

2.Reinforce the European PV value chain, support local companies to develop and sell differentiated IPV products and create local jobs.

3.Enable and facilitate large-scale integration of PV in buildings in line with the concept of “positive energy buildings”, in infrastructure, transport, agriculture, etc.

4.Minimise the impact of PV on landscape and environment exploiting its modularity and synergies of use.

Scope: “Integrated PV” stands for photovoltaics that are embedded into components fulfilling other functions. The most well-known and developed application currently is Building Integrated PV (BIPV), in which PV is integral part of construction elements (tiles, façades, cladding, …) and assembled to constitute a system replacing a conventional building envelope solution. However, other Integrated PV (IPV) solutions are markedly emerging, for example in infrastructure (IIPV), in the automotive industry (VIPV), in agriculture, etc. In addition to the overall PV goal of lowering the LCOE, IPV applications can bring the extra value of decentralized, point-of-use electricity generation and simultaneously fulfil another function such as of a roofing, facade or sound barrier. Progressively developing and having the potential for a world-wide market with huge opportunities for the European industry, manufacturing of customized IPV in series production concept needs to be developed to bring down the cost of Integrated PV allowing for largescale production and use.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Demonstrate at pilot line level flexible automated manufacturing for:

1.differentiated product design (format, different thicknesses of substrate and variations in the solar cell matrix, encapsulation material, front sheet, etc.) respecting freedom of design and aesthetics for various applications;

2.integration of advanced robust techniques for inline process and quality control;

3.equipment design easily adaptable to rapidly emerging novel cell and module technologies;

4.high product efficiency and durability at competitive costs, in conformity with codes and standards of integrated photovoltaics (IPV) use.

2.Implement Industry 4.0 concepts.

3.Demonstrate a business case and a market introduction strategy.

4.Facilitate the ‘renovation wave’ by establishing an active collaboration between the PV sector and the building industry for seamless industrial construction/renovation workflows.

5.Address the following related aspects: low environmental impact, resource efficiency and circularity potential.

The proposal should involve multidisciplinary consortia including industrial partners.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-04: Demonstrate the use of high temperature geothermal reservoirs to provide energy storage for the energy system

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Performance and reliability improvement of geothermal systems.

2.Reduced environmental impact of geothermal plants.

3.Increased citizen engagement.

4.Reduction of LCOE approaching SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify the estimated LCOE at project start and end).

Scope: High-temperature underground thermal energy storage (HT-UTES) covers the 25-90°C temperature range, and the targets of interest can reach up to 2000 m in depth. The development of UTES is linked to a multidisciplinary understanding of the whole system, including waste-heat source, exploration and subsurface characterisation, production, implementation and distribution systems, as well as the adaptation of the regulatory framework and social acceptance. The main technical challenges are the adaptation of the return temperature from the surface site to the subsurface temperature and to the regulatory frameworks, identification, characterisation and monitoring the reservoirs for UTES, the geo-mechanical effects of the reservoir linked to the seasonal injection/ production operations related to pressure and temperature changes, hydrogeochemical problems associated with scaling and corrosion of the piping system, circular design and optimisation of the distribution network.

The proposal is expected to:

1.Develop and demonstrate appropriate control systems and infrastructure to manage geothermal heat and electricity production, heat demand and storage connected to the installation.

2.Use the flexibility of geothermal reservoirs as thermal energy storage systems and flexibility in the network coping with daily, weekly and seasonal variations in heat demand.

3.Demonstrate the innovative technologies in at least 2 different plants with different characteristics.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-05: Demonstration of innovative plug-and play solutions for system management and renewables storage in off-grid applications

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

a.Advance the European innovative knowledge basis, technology base, technology leadership in the area of renewable energy-based off-grid energy systems, while creating evidence for policy making in the context of off-grid energy systems.

b.Improve environmental and socio-economic sustainability of the renewable-energy off-grid systems, particularly on geographic energy islands and/or in Africa and/or Central Asia.

c.Technology de-risk through prototype demonstration tested and validated in operational environment as a necessary step before scaling up at commercial level.

d.Reinforce the European scientific and innovation basis through international collaboration on off-grid energy systems while increasing the potential to export European renewable energy technologies and ensuring political priorities.

Scope: Demonstration of innovative plug and play solutions for system management and renewables storage in off-grid applications, which allow for increase of renewables penetration for electricity and heating/cooling and are deployable under different climatic conditions, while also addressing cost-effectiveness, energy poverty and security of supply and by promoting prosumer renewable energy in off-grid cities and communities (including on geographic islands).

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-06: Novel Agro-Photovoltaic systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security and create a European competitive advantage (Clean Energy Competitiveness Report accompanying the 2020 State of the Energy Union Report), participation to the topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries and OECD countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance affordability, sustainability and exploit the modularity and synergies of application of PV technologies. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Harvesting of crops and photovoltaic electricity, providing sustainable solutions for energy production/use/efficiency, soil protection and water conservation.

2.Reinforce the European PV value chain, introduce new business models and open new markets for novel Agro-Photovoltaic systems.

3.Minimise the impact of PV on landscape and environment exploiting its modularity and synergies of use.

Scope: Agro-Photovoltaics (or Agrivoltaics) denotes approaches to use agricultural areas simultaneously to produce crops and to generate PV electricity. In this way, Agro photovoltaics increases land-use efficiency and enables PV capacity to be expanded solving the problem of energy poverty in the agricultural sector, while still retaining fertile arable areas for agriculture.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Develop and demonstrate agro-photovoltaic systems or building integrated agro-photovoltaic systems for green houses employing PV cell technologies/systems that allow and are adapted to appropriate growth conditions (plant variety and local geography) and at the same time produce electricity covering all year-through energy needs (e.g. for cooling/heating, watering, etc.) and increased crop yield.

2.Demonstrate feasibility, reliability, replicability, robustness and ease of maintenance of the system and its performance using relevant KPIs (for e.g. ground coverage ratio, energy and agricultural yield, spatial efficiency, etc.).

3.Demonstrate a business case for the concept and market introduction strategy.

4.Address the following related aspects: low environmental impact (avoiding or minimizing land impact from PV systems), resource efficiency and circularity potential.

5.Include a strong involvement of citizens/civil society, together with academia/research, industry/SMEs and government/public authorities.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-07: Demonstration of innovative rotor, blades and control systems for tidal energy devices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrated increased performance (>20%) and reliability of tidal energy devices.

2.Improved knowledge on how to operate tidal energy devices, their availability, maintainability and survivability.

3.Reduction of LCOE approaching SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify the estimated LCOE at project start and end using a recognised calculation methodology).

4.Reinforced industrial supply chain in Europe.

5.Attraction of private investors to the sector and reduce the cost of their investment to projects with evidences and credible key performance indicators. 

Scope: There is a need for further technology investigation and demonstration for improved reliability and efficiency of tidal turbine rotor and blades, including control and condition monitoring systems. Failure in a blade can create long downtimes, for instance blade edges can erode rapidly, facilitating water ingress, accelerating fatigue and the risk of failure. There are different blade solutions under development in terms of shape and material. Improving the seaworthiness of rotor and blades will reduce the likelihood of failure, reduced annual energy production and increases in operating costs.

The proposal is expected to:

1.Demonstrate innovative rotor and blade solutions including condition monitoring systems for tidal energy devices in real sea conditions for long periods of time (12-24 months) providing invaluable learnings regarding performance, reliability, availability, maintainability, survivability and environmental impact.

2.Apply high performance computing and digitalisation (e.g. data processing, machine learning and data analytics methods for implementation in data driven design, digital twins and control and monitoring for O&M).

The selected projects are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the project BRIDGE 134 when relevant.

Energy systems, grids and storage

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-08: Supporting the action of consumers in the energy market and guide them to act as prosumers, communities and other active forms of active participation in the energy activities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to most of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrate in real life interactive communication and support tools to engage citizens in the energy transition and to support them throughout the process of creating, constituting and developing an energy community, that are developed and fine-tuned based on field-tests;

2.Engagement of distributed active consumers and energy communities at broad scale, including through innovative incentive mechanisms;

3.Enabled new market roles and market participants;

4.Enabled automated participation;

5.Residential and SME related Demand Response contributing to increased level of flexibility and to the development of new flexibility products;

6.Identified drivers and rules beyond marginal pricing which can steer the transactions within the energy communities;

7.Developing mechanisms to support the creation, growth and capacity building of energy communities.

Scope: The provisions of the Clean Energy Package have paved the way for a new, more active role of prosumers and energy communities in the electricity market. Innovative tools and tailored solutions should be developed and tested in order to fully enable new type of interactions between citizens as consumers, prosumers and (members of) energy communities and foster participation in energy (in particular electricity) markets.

To this aim, projects should link citizens, technologies, regulation and markets together.

Tools should be developed to support demonstration of the energy community paradigm shift within the mentioned context using suitable digital platforms for putting the citizens in direct contact with each other, suppliers, aggregators and other involved market stakeholders and to increase prosumers’ satisfaction and participation.

Dedicated demonstrations should be set to demonstrate the use of these interactive tools to contribute to real-time optimization of Distributed Energy Resources and the facilitation of investment decisions at household or community level in RES or demand response.

To get the acceptance of different energy technologies in civil society, these demonstrations should be built on SSH approach to take into account the social and behavioural dimension at the stage of their design, also considering safety issues of electrical systems.

As a result, these demonstrations are expected to aim to increase the understanding of consumer’s behaviour (e.g. by understanding how they are providing demand side flexibility as close as possible to real-time). They should also aim to create innovative tools and tailored solutions to empower prosumers, to help them to realise energy communities and finally pave the way for the energy transition.

With these new insights the projects are expected to adapt the solution, test it again and compare the outcome of both iterations.

The tested solutions should be able to reconciling the top-down market developments with the bottom-up changes in the market arrangement and participation.

Solutions are expected to be as replicable as possible and to be demonstrated in a variety of geographical locations in different Member States/Associated Countries representing very different social and economic situations. In addition, regulatory / administrative barriers and possible solutions should be assessed as part of the projects.

To do so, projects are expected to design, develop and test incentives for market participants to react to system conditions according to location and time, while at the same time considering maximization of their economic benefit.

Projects should develop the entire functional chain from data collection and elaboration, to local flexibility needs and user-centric compensation enabling the active participation of prosumers.

Projects should take into account related ongoing activities under H2020 and Horizon Europe and are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 135 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-09: Real Time Demonstrator of Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal VSC-HVDC with Grid Forming Capability (in support of the offshore strategy)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 55.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 55.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Real Time Demonstrator of a Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC (High Voltage Direct Current) with Grid Forming Capability to de-risk the technology and pave the way to the installation of the first installation in Europe of a Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC system with Grid Forming capability. The Grid Forming capability in the demonstrator addresses the loss of inertia that the grid will incur with the huge integration of offshore RES.

2.New way of framing the European energy system (on- off-shore) architecture and topology.

3.Way opening to the offshore energy development. Provide new pathways to offshore energy and grid development.

4.Involvement, best practice and acquired experience and confidence of all stakeholders (HVDC system manufacturers, TSOs, third-party HVDC system integrators, wind turbine manufacturers, offshore wind farm developers).

Scope: The real-time demonstrator is the preliminary step to de-risk the technology and enable a real life demonstrator application, which will pave the way to the exploitation of the offshore RES and the development of the offshore grid. Proposals will include all the necessary activities concurring to the implementation of a Real Time Demonstrator of a Multi-Vendor Multi-Terminal HVDC (Voltage Source Converter High Voltage Direct Current) with Grid Forming capability. HVDC systems are applicable and can be planned, designed and integrated in any part of the AC grid, i.e. onshore as well as offshore. Following the Commission’s adoption of the “Strategy on Offshore Renewable Energy”, attention is presently focused to offshore grid application. The HVDC system will guarantee at least the following capabilities or better:

a.Independent and full control over the active and reactive power;

b.Provide support to weak AC systems;

c.Power flow reversal without the need of reversing the voltage polarities;

d.Excellent response to AC faults;

e.Black start capabilities.

These include, but are not limited to:

a.Requirements for multi-vendor converter capabilities in all connection points (AC side, DC side).

b.Definition of basic and detailed functional specifications, control and protection interoperability, readiness for future seamless system extension, standardization of HVDC models and replicas, model for interoperability assessment of grid forming converters, etc.).

c.Definition of basic and detailed functional specifications, control and protection interoperability, and standardisation of wind power plant models and replicas for assessment of integration to HVDC grids.

d.Development, integration, testing and validation of HV components and sub-systems guaranteeing interoperability. Evaluation of the technological challenges related to placing MT-HVDC systems subsea, e.g. at the sea bottom.

e.Real-time physical demonstrator of a HVDC system connected to the AC grid with at least three terminals of three different manufacturers with power rating applicable in the current existing real life use cases.

f.Contextually, proposals will address grid codes and standardisation issues for all European operators in close cooperation with the European Commission.

g.Regulatory framework analysis, definition and application aspect.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 136 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-10: Interoperable solutions for flexibility services using distributed energy storage

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all] of the following expected outcomes:

1.A new generation of energy management systems implemented to provide the capability of a hybrid energy storage systems (HESS) to work as a conventional battery energy storage system with enhanced performance. Hybrid energy storage systems can concern distributed sources of storage, such as EV Batteries, Home Batteries, or connection with the Heat Pumps.

2.Agreeing in wide scope of stakeholders including EV community and other sources of storage (e.g. flexible heat pumps) on a common protocol that could connect different storage applications (Energy- Home management system, heat pumps, EVs).

3.Validation of user acceptance, and demonstrating concepts that ensure privacy, liability, security and trust in connected data spaces.

4.To encourage European citizens and businesses, especially SMEs to deploy storage, the ease of use and consequently interoperability are a must.

Scope: The objective is to develop interoperable distributed storage technology to enable the seamless utilization and monetization of storage flexibility within a real life environment.

Pilots need to demonstrate innovative Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) and Hybrid Energy Storage Systems HESS solutions within the home, building, community and stand-alone and power grid connected together with TSO and/or DSO, including real-time data sharing and operation.

At least 2 pilots, with different use cases (overall covering both BESS and HESS systems), should present interoperable solutions involving different types of BESS.

The project(s) should facilitate HESS reaching a similar interoperability and Plug-and-Play capabilities of a BESS with extended performance by using virtualization techniques.

A new generation of hybrid energy storage systems (HESS) that can efficiently operate with the combined capacities of the individual energy storage systems (ESS) that conform it. Hybrid energy storage systems can concern distributed sources of storage, such as EV Batteries, Home Batteries, or connection with the Heat Pumps.

Real-time data sharing and operation should be ensured through aligning existing standards from the utility and ICT domains, across the devices and systems to enable innovative distributed storage services.

Deployment and adoption of IoT standards and platforms for distributed storage systems (stationary and electric vehicles) in Europe and development of cost-effective and sustainable European distributed storage ecosystems and related business models are expected. For example:

1.Access of third parties to the minimum necessary data to perform aggregation functions should be looked at: which type of data could be made available for 3rd parties.

2.Common solution between different stakeholder groups and different brands of devices should be looked at (for example storage from Heat Pumps requires coordination with several brands, so as to come up with a possible cross brands and cross sector solution).

3.HESS dimensioning methodology depending on the application and integration conditions, including the selection of different European manufacturers ESS to conform the HESS, connection architecture, and control. Aspects of competition to be considered (include different manufacturers).

4.Validation of the HESS integration in a real environment, demonstrating an efficient energy management, and the benefits of the combined capability of the individual ESS.

5.Framework for use of data that may be considered as personal data generated by natural persons under the GDPR. 

Common architecture models (Smart Grids Architecture Model - SGAM 137 ) and implementing standards (such as CEN-CENELEC, SAREF etc.) should be taken into account to ensure interoperability and compatibility.

Highest (semantic) interoperability should be reached for alluse cases of storage and cost of deployment of distributed storage is decreased.

The need for standard harmonization across industry sectors should be explored, along with legislation and demonstration of scalability and stimulation of spill-over effects, for example towards applications beyond road transport.

Feedback mechanisms from the users should be envisaged to allow adaptation and optimisation of the technological and business approach to the particular use case. For all actions, the consortia have to involve and/or engage relevant stakeholders and market actors who are committed to adopting/implementing the results.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 138 activities. Projects should take into account existing interoperability related work of previous and ongoing H2020 and HE research projects such as INTERCONNECT 139 .

Collaboration and synergies with the co-programmed European Partnership 2Zero are also expected. Areas will concern interoperable aspects of integration of storage from the EVs, including research on minimum data to be made ready for the third parties (for purpose of storage), e.g. HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-03: System Approach for advanced Static Smart Charging: integration of EV with the infrastructure of the grid.

Similarly, collaboration and synergies are expected with European Partnership “Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility”. Areas concern battery management system and operation data (e.g. HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-06: Physics and data-based battery management for optimised battery utilisation), and complementarities where integration of battery systems into larger systems is not tackled (e.g. HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-05: Next generation technologies for High-performance and safe-by-design battery systems for transport and mobile applications), will also be expected.

This topic will benefit from the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The Commission will make sure that projects benefit from SSH expertise through the cooperation in Bridge.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-11: Demonstration of innovative forms of storage and their successful operation and integration into innovative energy systems and grid architectures

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to most of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstration of innovative storage technologies which go beyond the state-of-the art of existing storage solutions in respect of sustainability, technical performance, lifetime, non-dependency on location geographical particularities and cost.

2.Increased availability, robustness and safety of sustainable and efficient choices for energy storage to reduce energy losses and improve the environmental footprint of the energy system.

3.Demonstrated availability and functionality of innovative energy storage systems developed for specific system designs and applications.

4.Improvement of the already established European storage value chain able to contribute to the EU climate neutrality objectives.

5.Creation and improvement of European technological value chains with the potential for international cooperation and market exploration

6.Demonstration of successful business cases and systems designs for energy storage integration solutions in innovative and 'green' energy systems at different scales and timeframes.

7.Demonstration of effective integration of innovative energy storage systems and value chains at the interface of renewable energies and specific demand sectors

8.Ensuring the compatibility of systems and standards of distributed energy storage for participation in flexibility markets.

Scope: Demonstration of successful operation and integration of either standalone or combined innovative storage solutions (e.g. chemical, electrical, thermal, mechanical including e.g. compressed air/liquid, supercapacitors, innovative hydropower storage solutions) into innovative energy systems and grid architectures. Material development with respect to Supercapacitors is excluded from this topic, as it is treated in Cluster 4, topic HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-24 ("Novel materials for supercapacitor energy storage").

Solutions should in particular explore, how innovative storage solutions can enable and drive further the successful penetration of renewable into the European energy mix across several important demand sectors (industry, energy, transport, residential, agriculture) by delivering effectively at the interface of renewable energies and specific demand sector needs.

The solutions should show clear innovation with respect to the state of the art e.g. through use of new advanced materials or new design solutions, always bearing in mind the objective of sustainability and circular economy, minimizing the environmental footprint.

The demonstrated technologies should respond to energy storage flexibility requirements in form of technological requirements and expected future investment and operational costs and business cases in existing or emerging energy markets, by acknowledging existing system designs and energy grid architectures. The demonstrated technologies should include interfaces for connecting with existing infrastructure, e.g. of hydraulic systems for innovative hydropower or the use of natural gas storage sites for hydrogen or biomethane storage, or abandoned infrastructure such as mines, or storage solutions in district heating networks.

When integrating the storage solution, common architecture models (Smart Grids Architecture Model - SGAM 140 ) and implementing standards (such as CEN-CENELEC, SAREF etc.) should be taken into account to ensure interoperability and compatibility.

Highest interoperability should be reached ideally for all, but in any case for most of the use cases of storage, so that cost of deployment of distributed storage is decreased.

Technical and regulatory barriers, also including the market dimension, should be taken into account. This together with considering consumer acceptance of the solution as a prerequisite to increasing participation of consumers in the energy system.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 141 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-12: Replicable solutions for a cross sector compliant energy ecosystem

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to most of the following expected outcomes:

1.A catalogue of services and flexibility potential of appliances tailor-made for specific consumer groups, as well as the accompanying IT-tools that can help them providing flexibility services to the energy market and system.

2.Increase participation of energy consumers in demand side flexibility markets by reducing entry barriers and transaction cost, in particular in relation to data exchange and market access.

3.Provide viable interoperable solutions and products, available to all levels of the grid including within the home, which makes it simple to increase flexibility in energy consumption and have a positive impact in balancing demand/response with an increasing share of renewable energy sources.

4.Create a vibrant cross-sector ecosystem, successfully mobilising demand-response and demonstrating opportunities for new services provided by SMEs and start-ups.

5.Create sustainable marketplaces based on a comprehensive catalogue of energy smart appliances (home appliances including EV charging and distributed energy storage), services and hardware/software solutions compliant with a set of standards for Minimum Interoperability.

6.Demonstrate the potential for a sustainable up-take (coordinated across all projects from the call) based on components and solutions piloted in real life.

Scope: Promote the adoption and usage of connected interoperable energy smart home appliances (including the EV charging and home storage) and solutions in order to accelerate the deployment of demand-side flexibility services, reduce the entry barrier and facilitate replication.

1.Identify a set of open standards for Minimum Interoperability based on the results of multiple research and innovation projects and existing technological developments as well as already available open standards and/or open source solutions to enable energy smart appliances and solutions to participate in demand side flexibility.

2.Provide new business models supported by innovative interoperable solutions enabled by connecting systems from different sectors.

3.Test interoperable services/solutions based on a reference architecture and minimum interoperability mechanisms that can enable flexibility.

4.The solutions initially developed in a pilot in one country will have to be tested, in real life, in at least two other countries, with different energy constraints, by different entities. The overall target is replication in as many Member States/Associated Countries as possible.

5.Create and populate a commonly agreed catalogue of energy smart home appliances (including EV charging and storage), services and hardware/software solutions compliant to a set of standards for Minimum Interoperability.

6.The call is open to all stakeholders. For instance, utilities, ESCO/aggregators, appliances manufacturers, energy cooperatives, retailers owning buildings (heating/cooling) in many cities, office building that in their parkings offer eV chargers, water treatment plants, public buildings, schools, ICT companies, system integrators, Data Centre operators, EV manufacturers, storage providers, industry and other relevant stakeholders with a role in the energy flexibility market.

7.The projects should support the proliferation of innovative energy and energy services markets building on interoperable solutions that can be tailored easily to the type or need of users. Therefore the projects should take into account the social and behavioural dimensions of consumer’s participation and to get the acceptance of different energy technologies.

8.The solutions are expected to adapt digital technologies to the specificities and requirements of the energy system (Artificial Intelligence, Big Data, 5G, cloud/edge computing, Internet of Things ...).

9.While complying with cybersecurity requirements privacy issues are to be specifically considered. They have to be built on open architectures and commonly agreed standards derived from these technologies (such as SAREF) and relevant European and Global ICT and Energy Standards Development Organisation and associations

10.The selected projects will cooperate among themselves and with other relevant projects through regular common workshops, exchange of non-confidential reports, etc.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 142 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-13: Energy system modelling, optimisation and planning tools

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.Provide regional, national and European public authorities and network operators, with customisable open source models of the components of the energy system, as well as tools to assemble these component models into a model of the energy system integrating the infrastructure related to all energy carriers in a given geographical area, with static and dynamic modelling capabilities.

2.Provide regional, national and European public authorities and network operators, with an open source tool to allow them to better plan and optimise the development of renewable and low emission energy sources and the enhancement of infrastructure (including storage) to meet the future energy needs in a geographical area, while minimising the total investment and operation cost, hence satisfying the future final uses of energy (sometimes used as a feedstock) by consumers, at lowest cost and with better quality of service.

Scope: Advanced modelling tools to perform regional / cross-border and cross-energy vector system planning and optimisation on a long time horizon, where cross-sectoral disruptive innovations in industry, mobility and building sector can be included

Building on existing open source models or on the opening of currently proprietary models, as far as they are available, the project should develop and validate open source models of the components of the energy system and provide tools to integrate these component models into a system model to satisfy the (future) needs in a geographical area, thereby providing a planning tool for cost and emissions optimisation of the enhanced energy system at pan-European level. The aim is to better plan and optimise the expansion of the energy generation and transmission and storage systems to meet the (future) energy needs aggregated at a granularity level finer or equal to the NUTS2 level; the distribution layer to individual energy users is not to be considered.

The open source modelling tool should be composed of the most relevant of the following modules:

The multi-physics component models is expected to model the cost (CAPEX, fixed and variable OPEX, economic lifetime) and technical performances (including GHG emissions) of the components, they should be parametrised to take into account the local climate and socio-economic characteristics of the geographical area where they will be located, as well as the time-dimension, such as the season and time of day. The component models should be capable of dynamic modelling with appropriate time steps (e.g. quarterly or hourly power profile of sources for intraday balance assessment; weekly or monthly profile for seasonal balance). The component models need to be described with standard modelling languages and be modular, so that each one can be updated without impact on the others and can be assembled with other models. They should cover most of the components in the following list, at the very least one component in each of the 9 categories below:

1.Renewable energy sources: energy production units of several typical sizes, covering technologies, such as for example photovoltaic, concentrated solar power, solar thermal, geothermal, onshore wind, offshore wind, hydroelectric, tidal, wave, biogas, biomass … Modelling of their cost, GHG emissions, typical (average) production performance of the sources, taking into account (where applicable): the season (month of the year), time (hour of the day), geo-location (at NUTS-2 level), and other parameters that can affect cost/performance. Where applicable, the statistic variability of their performance should be given and power profiles should be generated, for running dynamic simulations when the component modules will be integrated into system modules. A large-scale source should have its own model, small-scale sources (such for example wind turbines or household PV) should be aggregated (e.g. households PV aggregated at the level of a city).

2.Non-renewable primary energy sources (natural gas, coal, oil, uranium …): extraction, import; modelling of the cost, capacity, GHG emissions and geolocation.

3.Non-renewable energy conversion: refineries producing fuels or hydrogen; modelling the cost and performance (including GHG emissions) of the conversion from the primary energy carrier to secondary energy carriers, including CCS where applicable.

4.Non-renewable electricity production (coal, natural gas, oil, nuclear …): cost and performance of existing or new power plants, including CCS where applicable; modelling the transformation from the primary energy carrier to electricity (including GHG emissions).

5.Renewable energy conversion: production of hydrogen and other renewable or low-emissions gaseous or liquid fuels; modelling of their cost and performances (power, efficiency …); modelling the conversion from the primary energy carrier to secondary energy carrier and by-products (O2, CO2, including GHG emissions …).

6.Energy storage models: stationary batteries (large scale and house), electric vehicle batteries, hydropower storage, thermal storage, methane storage, hydrogen storage … ; modelling of their cost and performances: power, efficiency, capacity, life expectancy, state-of-charge (for dynamic modelling), life cycle GHG emissions.

7.Transport pipelines (including recompression stations): cost (per km) and performance (capacity, efficiency, GHG emissions) of existing and new natural gas, hydrogen, CO2 pipelines, district heating/cooling pipelines or of upgrading pipelines to admixtures of renewable gasses or to pure hydrogen or to CO2; as well as other infrastructure (e.g. LNG terminals) or logistics (e.g. transport by ship).

8.Transmission power lines: cost (per km) and performance (capacity, efficiency), of existing or new power lines, or for upgrading existing power lines to higher voltage/capacity.

9.Energy consumers: modelling of the energy use profile of typical consumers (industry, buildings, households, local heat networks, mobility and transport) for the different types of energy carriers, taking into account (where applicable): the season (month of the year, and associated average temperature), time (hour of the day), geo-location (at NUTS-2 level), and other parameters that can affect their energy use. Where applicable, the statistic variability of their performance should be given and power profiles should be generated, for running dynamic simulations when the component modules will be integrated into system modules. Where applicable, their capability to shift their consumption in time (demand response) and to store energy should be modelled, including the cost of this flexibility service. A large-scale user should have its own model; small-scale users, such for example household or eVehicle and (bi-directional) charging or refuelling stations, should be aggregated at the level of a city or NUTS2 region.
New methods to take into accounts new types of assets connected to the grids (Electric Vehicles (EV), microgrids,
storage, small scale production, non-synchronous generators, etc.) and considering the cost-effective coupling with other energy networks.

System modelling, planning and optimisation tool:

1.A system modelling tool should be developed to integrate the models of the components located in a geographical area into a system model. The models will use available data on the future needs of industry and other end-user sectors. The system modelling tool should allow both static and dynamic simulations, to assess the intraday, weekly and seasonal balances and associated grids stability. The modelling tool has to be modular and open to ensure coupling with other models, for example models including the exchange of resources and materials (enabling industrial-urban symbiosis and circularity), as well as socio-economic and market models.

2.Based on the system model, an optimisation and medium-long term grid planning tool should be developed to optimise the development pathways for renewable energy and other low emissions sources, storage and the enhancement of infrastructure, to meet the future energy needs in a geographical area, while minimising the total investment and operation cost, hence satisfying the future final uses of energy vectors of consumers, at lowest cost and climate impact.

3.Visualisation tools should be developed to support the system modelling, the optimisation process and their results, notably in the format of dynamic energy heat maps. The compatibility of the results format with the JRC visualisation tools should be ensured.

Validation of the models and tools:

1.Methodologies and procedures should be developed for the certification of the components models and, if possible, system models.

2.The component models, system modelling and optimisation tools need to be validated by using them in support of the planning of the energy transition of two real-life geographical areas: one macro-region (e.g. several small or large countries) and one large (possibly cross-border) industrial cluster. The validations should cover the range of models and tools developed, and should therefore include in particular the dynamic modelling of relevant energy sources (intermittent and dispatchable), different existing or new energy networks, conversion between different energy vectors, energy storage and energy consumers capable of demand response.

The component models and the system modelling/optimisation tools need to be a properly documented and open source development allowing the EC, the Member States and Associated Countries and other public authorities or private organisations to use the tools for their planning needs, or to develop additional add on modules. The models and tools, as well as the relevant documentation and user guides, should be published under an appropriate open license and made available to the modelling community on the Energy Modelling Platform for Europe 143 . The results of the project have to be disseminated, notably at the EMP-E annual conference. Upon completion of the projects presently supporting the EMP-E platform and conference, the selected project should take over supporting the platform and organising the annual conference.

The research should entail interviews with relevant grid operators and public administrations in all EU Member States/ Associated Countries, so as to collect their views on how the tools could best meet their needs. At least 2 interviews per MS/AC should be foreseen.

The development of the models, simulation, optimisation and visualisation tools will be closely coordinated with Commission services (including the Joint Research Centre).

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 144 activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-14: Thermal energy storage solutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Develop and demonstrate novel modular, compact, high performances, thermal energy storage solutions (TES) for heating, hot tap water and cooling for electricity load shifting. The integration of the solution within the energy networks of the building and its system management should allow different functions, such as peak load reduction, energy saving, energy cost minimization.

2.Develop and demonstrate a novel thermal energy storage system much more compact than state-of-the-art technologies, enabling the storage of heat and cold for domestic applications for periods typically of 4 weeks long.

Scope: The scope covers the whole spectrum of application of the thermal energy storage systems, ranging from short run to longer run, as well as from the smaller to bigger sizes:

1.Thermal end-uses (space heating, hot tap water, cooling) represent a major share of the European electricity demand with consumption often at peak times. Integration into the building heating system and in the smart electricity grid is a key development aspect, next to the storage materials and technologies. Such storage devices reduces the demand for electricity from the grid at peak times during the day, allowing off peak electricity to be used in the building for satisfying cooling needs during summer and/or heating demand, for space heating and hot tap water at later times. The typical charging power is in the order of 3 kW, for periods of up to three hours. The TES system is conceived modularly. The high volumetric energy density is a basic requirement given its utilization.

2.For buildings not connected to district heating and cooling network, a much more compact TES system is needed to optimize and to increase the integration of varying RES . Such systems need much less volume than state-of-the-art technologies, realized with materials that have extremely low heat losses and enable the storage of heat and cold for domestic applications for periods typically up to 4 weeks. Cost reduction is a very important target, as the present solutions are too expensive. The ideal thermochemical TES process should have high reaction heat; Good reversibility; Fast charging and discharging rates; Stable reaction products; Non-toxic, non-corrosive, non-flammable and non-explosive reactants and products; Large-scale availabilities and abundance, affordable price.

The nature of the activities concerns:

1.The development of novel phase change materials (PCM) and thermochemical materials (TCM) and components of required characteristics for thermochemical and PCM TES, characterized by low starting TRL (4). The development & adaptation of available heat exchanger and novel reactor designs; design and development of controls and modelling for novel sensors for TCM and PCM, starting from a higher TRL (5).

2.Ice cold storage having higher TRL (6).

The achievable storage density (kWh/m3) depends on the technological approach (sensible heat, PCM and TCM) and decreases drastically moving from the component to the system level. Furthermore, with the exception of TCM, the charge of the store decreases with elapsed time. The expected system level storage density measured initially and after four weeks from the charge should be indicated.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 145 activities.

Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS)

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-15: Decarbonising industry with CCUS

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 29.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 58.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful, safe and economic demonstration of integrated-chain CCUS from relevant industrial sources will pave the way for subsequent first-of-a-kind industrial projects. The scale of the proposals should permit obtaining relevant data and experience required so that up-scaling to a first-of-a-kind plant can be envisaged as a next step.

The impact of projects under this call will be determined by the extent to which the results will be extended to be used in further industrial facilities. In addition, it is important to demonstrate how the captured CO2 will be utilised and/or stored in a sustainable way. Projects carried out in areas with a sufficient concentration of CO2 emitting industries are considered prime sites for hub and cluster developments, and are expected to generate the highest impact on full-scale deployment of the results.

Scope: CCUS is one of the key promising technologies that can reduce CO2 emissions in the carbon intensive industry and the only pathway for very stringent GHG emission reductions from those industries that generate CO2 as part of their production processes. Relevant industrial sectors in which inclusion of CCUS could contribute to reaching climate neutrality are for example steel, iron and cement making, oil refining, gas processing, hydrogen production, sustainable biofuel production and waste-to-energy plants. However, CCUS in industrial applications faces significant challenges due to its high cost and the fierce international competition in the sectors concerned. These sectors currently account for up to 20% of global CO2 emissions.

The focus of this topic lies in demonstrating the integrated chain of mature CO2 capture technologies in industrial facilities with the perspective of geological storage and/or use. Based on a high TRL (7 – 8) CO2 capture project a detailed plan on how to use the results, i.e. the subsequent transport, utilisation and/or underground storage of the captured CO2 should be developed. Important aspects to address are of technical (e.g. the optimised integration of capture plant with industrial processes; flexibility, scalability; CO2 purity), safety (e.g. during transportation and storage), financial (e.g. cost of capture; cost of integration) and strategic nature (e.g. business models; operation and logistics of industrial clusters and networks). The project should identify a detailed set of operational, environmental, technical and economic Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to allow monitoring and assessing the progress achieved by the project.

Technology development has to be balanced by an assessment of the societal readiness towards the proposed innovations. Relevant end users and societal stakeholders (such as civil society organisations, non-governmental organisations, and local associations) will be identified in the proposal, and involved in deliberative activities, so as understand and address their concerns and needs. This will be analysed during the project using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities, in order to create awareness, gain feedback on societal impact and advancing society’s readiness for the proposed solutions. Projects should also explore the socio-economic and political barriers to acceptance and awareness with a view to regulatory or policy initiatives and include aspects of circularity and best use of resources. Successful projects will be encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project network.

Cross-cutting issues

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 146

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 147

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 26 May 2022

Deadline(s): 27 Oct 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-01

RIA

9.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-02

RIA

5.00

Around 2.50

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-03

IA

10.00 148

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-04

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-05

IA

20.00 149

Around 10.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-06

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-07

IA

15.00 150

Around 7.50

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-08

IA

20.00 151

Around 10.00

2

Overall indicative budget

99.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Global leadership in renewable energy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-01: Digital solutions for defining synergies in international renewable energy value chains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The consortium must include as a beneficiary at least one legal entity established in a Mission Innovation Country 152 , not being Member State or Associated Country.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European and global scientific basis, European leadership and global role in the area of renewable energy and renewable fuels and related energy value chains while creating evidence for policy making by developing novel digital solutions.

2.Provide digital breakthrough solutions for promoting the increase of the global renewable energy share.

3.Reinforce the European scientific basis through international collaboration while increasing the potential to export European renewable energy technologies and ensuring political priorities in the context of sustainable global energy value chains.

4.Improve reliability of system components, advanced and automated functions for data analysis, diagnosis and fault detection, forecasting and model-predictive control frameworks, ancillary services for the stability of the network; maintenance planning and/or reporting.

Scope: Development of novel real time and open data monitoring and/or simulation solutions (e.g. including digital twins) for sustainable energy production and consumption, predictive modelling and artificial intelligence for the analysis of international renewable energy value chains and for internationally aligned decision-making in cooperation with international partners from Mission Innovation Countries. To ensure trustworthiness, wide adoption by user communities and support EU policy-makers, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, models and data related to renewable energy and fuels.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-02: AU-EU Energy System Modelling

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

In addition to the conditions described in General Annex B, the consortium must include at least three legal entities from three different African countries.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reinforce the activities in the long term the AU-EU HLPD CCSE Partnership.

2.Provide knowledge and scientific energy system modelling as evidence base including the environmental, social and economic trade-offs to contribute to R&I strategy and policy making.

3.Increase clean energy generation in the African energy systems.

4.A permanent network of African experts and expertise in this area.

Scope: The topic is contributing to the activities of the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialog (HLPD) Climate Change and Sustainable Energy (CCSE) partnership. Current models are based on developed country standard and usage. The development of energy system models tailored to the specific African social, economic and regulatory environment is crucial for energy generation system planning and for energy policy development. Today African countries are relying heavily on developed country models and expertise.

Therefore, the proposal should develop and test models for decision makers and planners to design and evaluate energy system(s) with a high penetration of renewable energy generation in African countries through a regional approach. Considerations are to be given to climate neutrality of cities and industries, using no fossil fuels. A focus should be made on the introduction of clean energy technologies. The tests should be done for at least two base cases.

Proposals should include activities to coordinate with the project(s) to be selected under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-01.

Actions should promote the highest standards of transparency in model adoption, including assumptions, architecture, code and data. The outcome of the project should be widely disseminated and all the source codes of the whole model to be open source and open access to stimulate future development. To ensure future uses, African experts in energy and in models development should be full partners in the project. The project should identify further local training needs.

The project should make use of existing European activities to create synergies and cross-fertilisation.

The project will contribute to the work of the AU-EU HLPD CCSE partnership through networking activities with existing projects.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-03: Innovative renewable energy carrier production for heating from renewable energies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European innovative knowledge basis and increase technology competitiveness in the area of energy carrier production and heating value chains, in particular increase of feedstock availability for renewable heating, thus supporting the EU goals for climate protection, energy independence and economic growth;

2.Technology de-risk of renewable energy carrier value chains as a necessary step before scaling up at commercial level;

3.Enhanced sustainability of renewable heating value and supply chains by improving techno-economic efficiency and minimising negative environmental effects.

Scope: Demonstrate cost-effective and energy-, catalyst and equipment material-efficient transformation of renewable energy into renewable energy carriers for heating, while ensuring very good combustion properties in respect of efficiency and avoidance of pollutants and environmental and socioeconomic sustainability of the respective heating supply and value chains.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-04: Technological interfaces between solar fuel technologies and other renewables

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis, technological leadership and global role in the area of renewable and solar fuels, while creating evidence for policy making;

2.Provide breakthrough solutions towards a fossil-free economy and ecosystem by bridging solar energy and other renewables in boosting renewable fuel production and storage with the potential of strongly reducing CAPEX and OPEX/toe, high penetration in the energy system, ensuring stability and security of energy supply;

3.Increase European technology competitiveness in solar and renewable fuel technologies, thus supporting the EU goals for climate protection, energy independence and economic growth.

Scope: Development of energy transmitting technological interfaces to couple solar fuel technologies to other renewables such as from e.g. biosources or directly connected renewable power generation, which allow for efficient feed in of other forms of renewable energy into solar fuel conversion technologies and allow for efficient and continuous renewable fuel production.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-05: Renewable energy carriers from variable renewable electricity surplus and carbon emissions from energy consuming sectors

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

·Advance the European scientific basis and increase technology competitiveness in the area of energy carrier production and integration with renewable electricity and carbon value and supply chains;

·Technology de-risk of renewable energy carrier value chains through demonstration as a necessary step before scaling up at commercial level;

·Enhanced sustainability of renewable energy carrier value and supply chains by improving techno-economic efficiency and avoidance of CO2/GHG emissions and renewable electricity economic or curtailment losses and supported by a life cycle assessment.

Scope: Demonstration of renewable energy carrier synthesis from variable renewable electricity surplus and carbon emissions from energy consuming sectors, which is targeting improvement of the overall synthesis value chain efficiency and viability while making best use of the CO2 emissions in synergy with renewable electricity generation. The incorporation of hybrids of renewable electricity with algal or synthetic renewable fuels in energy intensive sectors by integrating the conversion of surplus renewable electricity and carbon emissions from these sectors to liquid renewable energy carriers by algal, artificial photosynthesis or homologous non-solar pathways will be demonstrated. Conversion technologies should be based upon biological, biochemical, thermochemical and or electrochemical processes.

Proposals should avoid curtailing of renewable electricity and carbon emissions and improve overall efficiency and viability of renewable electricity assemblies in synergy with reduction of carbon emissions.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-06: Direct renewable energy integration into process energy demands of the chemical industry

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis, technological leadership and global role in the area of renewable integration into the chemical industry, while creating evidence for policy making;

2.Increase European technology competitiveness in renewable process energy technologies, thus supporting the EU goals for climate protection, energy independence and economic growth;

3.Provide breakthrough solutions towards a fossil-free economy and ecosystem;

4.Allow high penetration in the energy system, ensure stability and security of energy supply, including integration of local resources, and gain efficiency and costs in transforming the energy system on a fossil-free basis;

5.Enable transformation of the energy supply to socio-economic and environmental fossil-free sustainable solutions across energy intensive chemical industry, targeting in particular process energy and its GHG emissions.

Scope: Development of the technology and the methodology of integrating renewable energy in chemical processing by substituting fossil process energy in chemical industry, which has a high carbon footprint due to processing relative to the mass of the final product. Pursued technology developments are expected to directly target renewable energy integration into process energy demands of the chemical industry beyond electricity (targeting e.g. electrochemical potential of artificial photosynthesis to chemical reduction processes and/or e.g. direct solar thermochemical conversion) and should improve GHG balance and sustainability of the targeted process.

Possible synergies exist with topic: HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-21: Design and optimisation of energy flexible industrial processes (IA).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-07: Renewable energy incorporation in agriculture and forestry

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Meeting local and seasonal energy demands in agriculture and forestry with optimum agricultural and forest waste management and use while reducing the associated emissions is essential. If not managed, agricultural waste is often burnt in the fields and forests suffer from fires, thus increasing the environmental footprint of agriculture and forests. Soil and biodiversity improvement in agriculture could also benefit from renewable energy technologies. Demonstrating incorporation of renewable energy technologies to attain heat, waste and land management needs in agricultural and forestry will contribute to increase the penetration of renewable sources in the energy system and enable transformation of the energy supply across critical energy-consuming sectors, thus accelerating the achievement of the European Green Deal and climate and energy targets for 2030 and of net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, while supporting the EU goals for energy independence and economic growth. Furthermore, it will support achieving the specific objective of the post 2020 Common Agricultural Policy 153 regarding contribution to climate change mitigation and adaptation, as well as sustainable energy.

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Promote decentralised renewable energy use and cost-efficient decentralized production of renewable energy carriers.

2.Reduce agriculture and forestry carbon footprint from own energy consumption and agricultural/forest waste management.

3.Increase sustainability and circularity in agriculture while creating positive effects on biodiversity.

4.Increase sustainability and circularity in forestry.

5.Foster regional development in rural areas.

6.Support farmers’ and foresters’ engagement as prosumers of renewable energy.

Scope: Proposals should demonstrate incorporation of renewable energy technologies in agriculture or forestry to meet its electricity, heat, cold, waste and land management needs. Solutions should combine innovative renewable, circular and regional value chains from different renewables and adapted storage options to de-fossilize agricultural or forest processes trans-seasonally, taking into account hybridization compatibility. They should also address one of the two options:

1.Transformation of agricultural or forest wastes to renewable energy carriers in situ, e.g. by modular slow pyrolysis units, using renewable energy for process energy needs. Solutions should improve the cost-effectiveness and the sustainability of agriculture or forest seasonal energy demand based on renewables.

2.Development of renewable-based agricultural protocols for multiple and cover cropping and/ or mixed cropping which increase carbon sequestration and soil organic matter and reduce pesticides, combined with transformation to renewable energy carriers in situ, e.g. by biogas production, in a circular approach for soil nutrients and carbon. Positive effects on soil biodiversity/soil health and soil functionality as regards increasing soil organic matter, phosphorus and other nutrients and reducing the risk on groundwater contamination from nitrogen oxides should be assessed. Solutions should improve the cost-effectiveness and the sustainability (including biodiversity) of agricultural waste and land management through valorisation of wastes and secondary crops based on renewable energy technologies.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The effective contribution of renewable energy and agronomy disciplines is also expected.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02-08: Demonstration of complete value chains for advanced biofuel and non-biological renewable fuel production

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Complete value chains for advanced biofuels and renewable fuels of non-biological origin provide a systemic understanding of the value created and the constraints in individual chain steps. Demonstrating such complete value chains will contribute to increase the competitiveness of their technologies and foster their commercialization to allow high penetration of advanced biofuels and renewable fuels of non-biological origin in the energy and transport energy system, in particular for hard to electrify sectors.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Build a portfolio of complete value chains for advanced biofuels and renewable fuels of non-biological origin.

2.De-risk technology, boost the scale-up of advanced biofuels and non-biological origin renewable fuels.

3.Contribute to the priorities of the SET Plan Action 8.

4.Respond to short and medium term needs for renewable fuels in energy and transport.

5.Improve sustainability and security of the value chains.

Scope: Proposals should demonstrate innovative and cost effective sustainable value chains for advanced biofuels or synthetic renewable fuels of non-biological origin (other than for hydrogen as a final product), over the entire cycle from feedstock to end use. Any sustainable biomass feedstock including residues and wastes, or biogenic CO2 or industrial CO2 and renewable hydrogen, as well as input energy to the conversion should be addressed. Pathways which are biochemical, thermochemical, biological, chemical, electrochemical or combinations of them should be considered. Proposals should aim at improved performance in terms of increasing the efficiency and sustainability and reducing the cost, while evidencing the value creation along the value chain steps. Complete value chains may address any relevant end use.

Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 154

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 155

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Sep 2022

Deadline(s): 10 Jan 2023

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-01

IA

16.50 156

Around 5.50

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-02

RIA

9.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-03

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-04

RIA

18.00

Around 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-05

RIA

20.00

Around 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-06

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-07

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-08

RIA

9.00

3.00 to 4.50

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-09

IA

20.00 157

6.00 to 7.00

3

Overall indicative budget

127.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Global leadership in renewable energy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-01: Innovative components and/or sub-systems for CSP plants and/or concentrating solar thermal installations

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Concentrating solar thermal technologies supply renewable, dispatchable energy and can therefore be an important element of the evolving energy system. Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Higher shares of variable output renewables in the energy system.

2.Higher efficiency of concentrated solar power (CSP) plants and/or concentrating solar thermal installations.

3.Reduced operation and maintenance costs of CSP plants and/or concentrating solar thermal installations.

4.Achievement of the targets of the SET Plan Initiative for Global Leadership in CSP.

Scope: Support will be given to the demonstration of innovative, cost effective and more reliable components and/or sub-systems for CSP plants and/or concentrating solar thermal installations. The components and/or sub-systems will allow better efficiency in terms of solar energy conversion.

The demonstration should span a continuous interval of at least six months covering all possible incidence angles of the direct solar radiation.

Projects are expected to assess the sustainability of the proposed components and/or sub-systems in environmental, social and economic terms.

All demonstrators should be fully and transparently documented, to ensure replicability, up-scaling and to assist future planning decisions.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-02: Best international practice for scaling up sustainable biofuels

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The need of including sustainable biofuels in a transformed integrated energy system is recognized worldwide. Enhancing the European global role in this area will increase the potential to export European renewable fuel technologies into global developing markets, and improve sustainability of biofuel value chains worldwide while supporting the EU goals for climate change mitigation in 2030 and 2050.

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Build global knowledge for the scaling-up and the sustainability assessment of sustainable biofuels value chains.

2.Contribute to cost-effective and more sustainable large-scale production of sustainable biofuels.

3.Contribute to Mission Innovation Challenge n°4 Sustainable Biofuels 158 .

4.Contribute to the SET Plan Action 8 Bioenergy and Renewable Fuels for Sustainable Transport.

5.Accelerate capacity building for sustainable biofuels in the world.

6.Develop networks for skill development and knowledge sharing in sustainable biofuels value chains worldwide.

Scope: Proposals will aim at fostering international cooperation to develop best practices and concepts along the entire value chain for accelerating the scale-up of sustainable biofuels worldwide. Scaling up sustainable biofuels is a global challenge in terms of environmental, social, and economic sustainability, which can benefit from international collaboration and knowledge exchange. Proposals should address systemic constraints and opportunities for scaling up complete value chains of sustainable biofuels and propose solutions. Any sustainable non-food/feed biomass feedstock and any innovative technology or combinations of them should be considered. Proposals should enhance overall cost-effectiveness and sustainability of large scale production of sustainable biofuels based on Life Cycle Analysis addressing social, economic and environmental aspects. International cooperation with Mission Innovation countries is expected.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-03: Efficient and circular artificial photosynthesis

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis, leadership and global role in the area of renewable and solar fuels, while creating evidence for policy making;

2.Provide solar fuel breakthrough solutions towards a fossil-free economy and ecosystem by bridging solar energy and fuel needs with the potential of high penetration in the energy system, ensuring stability and security of energy supply;

3.Increase European technology competitiveness in solar fuel technologies, thus supporting the EU goals for climate protection, energy independence and economic growth.

4.Develop artificial photosynthesis solutions, which will minimize further downstream processing and increase their scalability and integration within the industrial value chain in respect of circularity.

Scope: Development of novel artificial photosynthesis technologies, which allow for improved efficiency of light harvesting, conversion to electrochemical potential and energy fixation to carriers with strictly implementing circularity by design and efficient use of carrier and (photo)catalyst materials through novel photoelectrochemical or bio-based (bio-hybrid) or biological pathways for solar fuel production with increased efficiency in comparison to light and dark reactions of natural photosynthesis. Production of hydrogen as a final product is not envisaged.

Synergies are possible with topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16 Creation of an innovation community for solar fuels and chemicals (CSA) and respective cooperation activities are encouraged.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-04: Integrated wind farm control

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

In order to ensure a balanced portfolio, at least the highest ranking proposal addressing offshore wind farms and the highest ranking proposal addressing onshore wind farms will be funded, provided they attain all thresholds. This condition to ensure a balanced portfolio will also considered to be met if one project addressing both aspects is funded.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: The EU aims to be climate neutral in 2050, and to achieve this goal wind energy technologies will need to unlock its full potential on low-cost reliable clean energy generation. Thus, the next generation of wind farms will need to be supported by an even more innovative set of physical and digital tools as well as operational controls, collectively called wind farm control. Generally, wind farm control refers to the coordination of different wind turbines within a wind farm to better the overall farm power production, and to reduce the structural loading among wind turbines 159 .

In this context, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Development of open source data-driven tools to decrease energy costs on operation, while increasing total wind farm output, and a parallel evaluation of operational risks arising from the chosen solution, including e.g. limitations from machine learning (AI) and resilience against third-party fraud, i.e. operational security.

2.Development of digital and physical tools, as well as interoperable frameworks and controls, for enhanced data collection, analysis, and operation aimed at an improved performance at farm level.

3.Allow operators to make better informed decisions on farm-wide system optimisation, lifetime extension, decommissioning and/or recycling of components.

4.Contribute to LCOE reduction in line with the SET Plan targets (actions should clearly justify the estimated LCOE at project start and end).

Scope: The proposal is expected to address all the following aspects:

1.Address and validate how digital innovation on wind farm control are able to provide more stable, resilient, secure, reliable and affordable energy, while retaining high levels of cybersecurity. Focus on farm output maximization is expected. Additionally, focus on reduced component load is strongly encouraged.

2.Address how these data-driven innovations reduce operational and maintenance costs, increase energy output, and their impact on (component, turbine, farm) lifetime;

3.Address the role of such innovations as a prognostic tool, regarding failures and damages:

4.Develop and release an open source digital/AI solution for sector uptake. This tool is expected to be built from concrete experiments and data measurements. Further, it should account for the advent of large wind turbines (up to 20 MW) and include those in the development of this tool.

In order to optimise impact and enhance synergies, cooperation with projects from the HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02-04 call is particularly encouraged.

The selected projects are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the project BRIDGE 160 when relevant.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-05: Novel Thin Film (TF) technologies targeting high efficiencies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition towards a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Increase the potential of thin-film technologies for mass production, low cost and/or specialised applications.

2.Reinforce the European PV value chain, support local companies to develop and sell differentiated PV products.

3.Allow for an efficient use of available areas for renewable energy generation/ reducing competition between different kinds of land use by further increasing PV energy yield/m2.

4.Enable and facilitate large-scale deployment of PV and generation of renewable electricity.

Scope: An alternative to c-Silicon PV is thin-film solar cells, which can be fabricated on various and flexible substrates (including glass, metal foils and polymers). A benefit of thin-film PV is the lower direct semiconductor materials cost. Realising lower costs in production requires high input material utilisation and low raw materials conversion costs. Largescale thin-film module production can be more cost efficient when utilising rapid processing technologies. With further advances in scientific understanding, 25% efficiency devices are within reach as are even higher efficiencies in tandem architectures. Translating those device and process advances to manufacturing technology will dramatically reduce LCOE once sufficiently scaled in both module size and production volume. This will require adapting deposition processes for higher rates and to larger-scale equipment while developing suitable robust techniques for inline process and quality control.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Develop novel environmentally benign thin-film technology concepts that optimise PV cell and module architecture, increase durability, decrease losses (minimising also the cell-to-module efficiency gap) and target very high efficiencies (>25%) with flexibility for specific applications.

2.Employ simple, scalable and low cost/low energy consumption and higher rate deposition processes.

3.Ensure compliance with all relevant standards, including those related to the specific applications targeted.

4.Perform device/module real–life (under actual outdoor operating conditions) characterisation for reliability and energy yield assessment.

5.Perform a life cycle analysis to bring evidence of the lower environmental impact, better resource efficiency than current commercial PV technologies, and circularity potential.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-06: Efficient and low-emission technologies for industrial use of combustion and gasification systems from low-value biogenic residues and wastes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis, technology base, leadership and global role in the area of bioenergy integration into industrial settings while creating evidence for policy making;

2.Increased feedstock diversification and better technological performance leading to cost-reduction of bioenergy with positive effects on renewables’ penetration, circularity and security of supply;

3.Reduced emissions and increased environmental and socio-economic sustainability of biomass combustion and gasification and bioenergy value chains.

Scope: Development of technologies for optimization of advanced biofuel flexible systems regarding upstream multi-feedstock, logistics, feeding, ash management, combustion or gasification processes and effluent emissions and their effective integration into industrial process energy environment through efficient and low-emission technologies for industrial use of combustion and gasification systems from low-economic value, but fully sustainable biogenic residues and wastes.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-07: Development of algal and renewable fuels of non-biological origin

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

At least one algal fuel project, the highest scored from the above threshold proposals will be funded, provided that it passes all thresholds

Expected Outcome: Renewable fuels of the future will be also based on algae and non-biological feedstock for sectors that depend on and operate with dense fuels. Improving these technologies will contribute to advance the European scientific basis and global technological leadership in the area of renewable fuels, increase their technology competitiveness and role in transforming the energy system on a fossil-free basis by 2050, in particular for hard to electrify sectors like aviation, while supporting the EU goals for energy independence.

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increase feedstock and technology basis for renewable fuels.

2.Facilitate development of advanced and high-quality biofuels from algae vegetable lipids.

3.Foster development of technological pathways for algal and non-biological renewable fuel production.

4.Increase robustness of conversion and process sustainability for algal and non-biological renewable fuels.

5.Contribute to the priorities of the SET Plan Action 8.

6.Deliver technology for longer-term needs for renewable fuels in energy and transport.

Scope: Proposals will develop and improve algal and/or non-biological renewable fuel technologies (other than for hydrogen as a final product), through developing synthetic pathways including biological, biochemical, thermochemical, electrochemical processes or combinations of them. Improving the performance of the conversion process by increasing the efficiency, reducing the cost and decreasing the GHG emissions from the production should be addressed beyond the current state of the art. Implementing and improving circularity for energy and material use should be considered, also as means to enhance sustainability and economic feasibility of the proposed concepts. Proposals should also address systemic constraints and opportunities for scaling-up algal and non-biological renewable fuel technologies.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-08: Development of digital solutions for existing hydropower operation and maintenance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advance the European scientific basis, technology base, technology leadership in the area of hydropower in the context of digital transition and energy markets while creating evidence for policy making;

2.Increase the technology competitiveness of the existing hydropower fleet in changing European power markets by increasing hydropower flexibility and decision-making in modern power markets;

3.Facilitate market penetration of renewables and getting closer to the European Green Deal and climate and energy targets for 2030 by increasing the flexibility, sustainability and predictability of existing hydropower;

4.Improve environmental and socio-economic sustainability of the existing hydropower fleet.

Scope: Development of novel sensor technologies and digital solutions for digitization of existing hydropower plants and improving their sustainable operation by addressing one or more of the following: weather and flow forecast, biodiversity monitoring, predictive modelling and artificial intelligence for the analysis of sensor data for decision-making in operation and maintenance. Acknowledging eventual confidentiality of operational data, to ensure wide uptake and reliability, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness of the digital solutions, extending to aspects such as assumptions, architecture, code and data.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03-09: Recycling end of life PV modules

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the exclusive licensing of results under certain conditions.

Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of the zero-emissions target. To that end, it is important to enhance its sustainability while creating wealth and additional employment opportunities in Europe. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Demonstrate efficient, low-cost, emerging recycling technologies for PV modules/products.

2.Increase recyclability and minimise the environmental impact of PV technology.

3.Introduce new business models and open new markets in PV recycling.

4.Reduce dependency on primary raw materials through the circular use of resources, sustainable products and innovation.

5.Strengthen domestic sourcing of raw materials in the EU.

Scope: PV technology is undergoing a transition to a new generation of efficient, low-cost products based on various photoactive materials. PV technology has definite environmental advantages over competing electricity generation technologies, and the PV industry follows a pro-active life-cycle approach to prevent future environmental impact and to sustain these advantages. However, long-term sustainability of photovoltaics will be largely dependent on the effectiveness of the process solutions that will be adopted to recycle the unprecedented volume of end-of-life panels/products expected to be generated in the near future. Recycling is indispensable to avoid the loss of the valuable materials employed to produce photovoltaics and, at the same time, prevent harmful elements, including, for example, heavy metals, to be dispersed into the environment through improper disposal practices.

The proposal should address all of the following:

1.Forecast the PV waste streams and estimate the market potentials.

2.Develop and demonstrate flexible, high efficiency and throughput recycling technologies adapted to the large volumes of PV modules/products that will be disposed in the future, depending on the typologies of cells/modules/products and reverse logistics.

3.Demonstrate re-use potential of high-value recycled material (maintaining its purity and/or integrity) in the PV sector.

4.Demonstrate a business case for the concept and a market introduction strategy.

5.Address the following related aspects: low environmental impact, resource efficiency and circularity potential.

The proposal should involve multidisciplinary consortia including industrial partners.

Destination – Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

This Destination addresses activities targeting the energy demand side, notably a more efficient use of energy as regards buildings and industry.

Demand side solutions and improved energy efficiency are among the most cost effective ways to support the transition to climate neutrality, reduce pollution and raw materials use, to create inclusive growth and employment in Europe, to bring down costs for consumers, to reduce our import dependency and redirect investments towards smart and sustainable infrastructure. The transition to a decentralised and climate neutral energy system will greatly benefit from the use of digital technologies which will enable buildings and industrial facilities to become inter-active elements in the energy system by optimising energy consumption, distributed generation and storage and vis-à-vis the energy system. They will also trigger new business opportunities and revenue streams for up-graded, innovative energy services which valorise energy savings and flexible consumption.

This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 161 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations. 

It covers the following impact areas:

1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

2.Affordable and clean energy;

3.Circular and clean economy.

The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to the “Efficient and sustainable use of energy, accessible for all is ensured through a clean energy system and a just transition”, notably through

1.Technological and socio-economic breakthroughs for achieving climate neutrality and the transition to zero pollution of the building stock by 2050, based on inclusive and people-centric R&I (more detailed information below).

2.Increased energy efficiency in industry and reducing industry’s Greenhouse Gas (GHG) and air pollutant emissions through recovery, upgrade and/or conversion of industrial excess (waste) heat and through electrification of heat generation (more information below).

Other Horizon Europe Clusters include topics and activities that can be relevant to this Destination, e.g. in order to seek synergies. These include (but are not limited to) the following:

Cluster 2:

1.Destination 2 – Innovative Research on the European Cultural Heritage and the Cultural and Creative Industries. That Destination is most relevant for the topics which scope addresses heritage buildings.

2.Destination 3 - Innovative Research on Social and Economic Transformations. That Destination is most relevant for the social innovation items included in some of the topics.

Cluster 3:

1.Destination 4 – Increased Cybersecurity. This potential link is most relevant for the topics that address smart buildings and digitalisation of buildings.

2.Destination 5 – A Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe. This potential link can be relevant for the topics that address the resilience of the building stock.

Cluster 4: the whole cluster is relevant, in particular Destination 1 – Climate Neutral, circular and digitised production, which is highly relevant for all topics on buildings (e.g. for the digitalisation of construction / renovation workflows).

Cluster 6:

1.Destination 3 – Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors and Destination 4 – Clean environment and zero pollution. This potential link is relevant for all topics, in particular those that address sustainable renovation of buildings.

Beyond Horizon Europe, other programmes include some components with which synergies and complementarities can be found. For instance, the Clean Energy Transition and Circular Economy sub-programmes under LIFE can contribute to the market uptake of the innovation delivered under this Destination. The Digital Europe programme includes actions that can be relevant to consider in relation to the topics that entail the development or use of (big) data approaches.

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock

Topics under this Destination targeting highly energy-efficient and climate-neutral European building stock focus on both, the energy challenge in buildings and, more broadly, the transformation of the built environment towards more sustainable living.

In line with the new European Bauhaus aiming to “bring the European Green Deal to life in an attractive, and innovative and human-centred way”, the sustainable built environment should go beyond merely improving the energy and resource efficiency of buildings and also include a qualitative, aesthetic and human dimension. At the intersection of science, technology and the arts, new creative design and architectural solutions should be developed to ensure the sustainable renovation of the existing European building stock for the well-being of its users. In particular the renovation or adaptive reuse of historical and heritage buildings and sites needs to embrace quality principles to safeguard the cultural values of Europe’s historical environment and local architectural identity.

Topics targeting energy efficiency in buildings under this Destination seek to achieve the following impacts:

1.More energy efficient building stocks supported by an accurate understanding of buildings performance in Europe and of related evolutions.

2.Building stocks that effectively combine energy efficiency, renewable energy sources and digital and smart technologies to support the transformation of the energy system towards climate neutrality.

Addressing the broader transformation of the built environment, though, requires a larger involvement of all players across the built environment value chain and throughout building life cycle. To this end, a co-programmed European Partnership on a people-centric, sustainable built environment has been set up (Built4People) to develop holistic R&I for an effective transition to sustainability. All Horizon Europe R&I actions addressing the challenges related to the buildings and construction sector will contribute to achieving the Built4People Partnership goals and will benefit from the coordinated approach within the community of its partners and stakeholders. Topics contributing to the implementation of the Built4People European Partnership seek to achieve the following impacts:

1.Higher buildings’ performance with lower environmental impacts through increased rates of holistic renovations.

2.Higher quality, more affordable built environment preserving climate and environment, and safeguarding cultural heritage and ensuring better living conditions.

Industrial facilities in the energy transition

Topics on industrial facilities in the energy transition supported under this Destination focus on thermal energy management in industry. The bulk of R&I activities related to industry is however supported under Cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01

66.00

19 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02

38.00

25 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01

54.00

06 Sep 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02

86.00

24 Jan 2023

Overall indicative budget

104.00

140.00

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 162

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 163

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 19 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-01

IA

10.00 164

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-02

IA

16.00 165

5.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-03

IA

10.00 166

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-04

IA

16.00 167

Around 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-05

IA

14.00 168

10.00 to 14.00

1

Overall indicative budget

66.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-01: Advanced energy performance assessment and certification

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved construction quality and service life compliance.

2.Improved accuracy of energy performance assessment and any other assessment conducted in parallel, reduced gap between assessment and actual performance.

3.Improved and automated monitoring of energy performance of buildings, and other relevant life-cycle performance aspects with a direct link to the energy efficiency performance.

4.Improved user-friendliness of Energy Performance Certificates and post-occupancy performance data, in terms of clarity, accuracy, trade-offs and usability of the information provided.

5.Increased uptake of design standards and practices based on actual performance.

6.More reliable understanding of energy and environmental performance in the early stage of the building life cycle, and over service life, based on robust and consistent assessment practices across the buildings sector and across Member States and Associated Countries.

Scope: The next generation of energy performance assessment and certification schemes needs to support the transition towards a climate neutral building stock over the full life cycle, relying on technological innovations to improve speed and quality of as-built performance assessment and service life compliance checks, also linking to other instruments such as building logbooks, building renovation roadmaps, Level(s) and other datasets. Energy performance assessment and certification schemes should seek to work coherently, where relevant, with other performance data generated over the building’s life cycle. This can include well-being, indoor air quality, noise and acoustic quality, daylight levels, pollutants and health related data, as well as data pertaining to other issues such as accessibility of buildings, and consumption of non-energy resources such as water.

The proposal should:

1.Develop more reliable, cost-effective and highly replicable energy performance calculation methods also addressing, in parallel, relevant life-cycle performance aspects (e.g. well-being, indoor air quality and comfort, acoustics, water consumption, resilience, or whole life carbon) with a direct link to the energy efficiency performance.

2.Address the definition and demonstration of advanced and innovative approaches for building energy performance and certification, and how these can interact with other relevant life cycle performance data and certification, focusing on a credible assessment of building intrinsic performance but also increasingly working towards output-based assessments using available building data; Investigate how such approaches can rely on automatic and semi-automatic assessment based on building digital models (e.g. BIM).

3.Seek to incorporate in those approaches social and economic indicators.

4.Develop dynamic energy and other relevant life-cycle performance assessment and certification databases as a unique source of information on individual buildings over their lifetime for home owners, investors, real estate agents and public authorities.

5.Demonstrate how data from smart sensors can be included in assessments in a dynamic way, also exploring, where relevant, how to combine building asset rating with building operational rating, and how to use digital innovations for the assessment of energy and other relevant life-cycle performance.

6.Ensure the proposed solutions build on the results of previous projects dealing with building performance including Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs), also considering where relevant integrating building renovation passports or roadmaps in EPCs.

7.Ensure the proposed solutions allow for synergies with other relevant instruments (e.g. the smart readiness indicator under Directive 2010/31/EU, building renovation passports and relevant parts of Level(s)).

8.Seek to ensure from the design phase that the project is developed with a view to integrate its results/deliverables under a digital building logbook.

9.Ensure that the proposed solutions comply with, and support a broad adoption of, relevant EU standards (e.g. Energy Performance of Buildings standards developed by CEN, CENELEC and ETSI under Mandate M/480) and codes in order to allow for an EU-wide deployment.

10.Ensure the involvement of relevant stakeholders (including European, national and regional certification bodies and consumer organisations).

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the Horizon Europe Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’.

Proposals submitted under this topic should include a clear business case and exploitation strategy, as well as demonstration activities (at least three demonstration use cases) of an adequate scale.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-02: Industrialisation of deep renovation workflows for energy-efficient buildings

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Significant improvement in productivity of construction and renovation processes for energy-efficient buildings, supporting an increase in scale in the renovation process and streamlining resource efficient nearly zero-energy performance renovation: 30 % waste reduction; improved quality of renovation; at least 30% and towards 50% reduction of on-site construction / renovation work time and 25% costs reduction.

2.More affordable renovation projects for owners, for all building types but with a specific focus on residential buildings.

3.Enhanced quality of construction, backed up by post-occupancy evaluations, also supporting a better integration of design and construction activities, streamlining commissioning of buildings, in particular in relation to energy management but also taking into account cross-cutting issues such as accessibility of buildings.

4.Reduced performance gap between as-built and as-designed (difference between theoretical and measured performance), allowing tracking performance across the life cycle.

5.Increased trust towards construction and renovation processes, by allowing tracking energy performance across the life-cycle.

6.Upskilled workforce for industrialised renovation workflows, including automated and robotised construction / renovation, relying on interoperable digital modelling data.

7.Enhanced safety of the construction workforce and increased acceptance of robotic support for deep renovation.

8.Innovative, tailored business models for deep renovation allowing increased scale of renovation, generating economies of scale and increasing the potential for attractive and affordable packages for end users including financing.

9.Tailored access to building information across the life cycle for relevant stakeholders (owners, facility managers, contractors, public authorities).

10.Integration with distributed renewable energy sources in neighbourhoods and districts, favouring the emergence of related initiatives (e.g. renewable energy communities).

11.Enhanced synergies of renovation with local resources, e.g. district heating & cooling networks.

Scope: Several recent projects & calls have focused on prefabrication for deep renovation, but more work is needed to innovate seamless workflows from design through to offsite manufacture, installation, and compliance checking on site, also ensuring due consideration of life cycle performance. There is also a need for more demonstrations across the EU.

Proposals should:

1.Investigate innovative approaches for industrialised deep renovation, covering the whole workflow from design through to offsite manufacture, installation, compliance checking on site and end strategies for maintenance, operation and end of life.

2.Make use of innovative processes and technologies, including those delivered by previous research such as design based on circularity principles, prefabricated components and digital tools, that allow to optimise workflows (cost, time, quality, resource use).

3.Develop significantly improved integrated digital twin solutions that can support all stakeholders involved in the different phases of the construction or renovation processes, i.e. from concept to end-of-use, including design, construction, commissioning, operation (management and maintenance) and, where relevant, change of use.

4.Demonstrate a seamless integration of the proposed approaches with state-of-the-art digital technologies for construction and renovation (Building Information Modelling, digital twins, etc.).

5.Investigate the use of robotic systems and automation such as additive manufacturing, on-site automated and robotic systems (e.g. robots for building component assembly), drones and autonomous vehicles (e.g. for surveying, inspection and monitoring), and other types of automated support to augment workers’ capability and safety (e.g. lift robots, exoskeletons) for deep renovation.

6.Investigate the application of the proposed approaches at neighbourhood- and district-level, with the aim to maximise synergies in renovation work and processes, decrease costs, and to optimise the use of energy-related shared district resources (e.g. heating and cooling networks, renewable energy sources, energy storage facilities, etc.).

7.Select processes and technologies that have a maximum potential for rapid and broad deployment at European level, with due consideration of the sector’s practices.

8.Ensure effective involvement of the buildings supply chain, in particular SMEs, as well as of building owners/tenants and other relevant stakeholders.

9.Where relevant, investigate whether and how the proposed approaches could apply to cultural heritage buildings.

10.Ensure the proposed approaches allow to reach the highest level of energy performance, also considering other relevant aspects (e.g. life cycle, accessibility), while keeping costs in an attractive range for owners.

11.Seek to ensure from the design phase that the project is developed with a view to integrate its results/deliverables under a digital building logbook.

12.Demonstrate, based on well-defined metrics and key performance indicators, that the innovative approaches proposed lead to fewer mistakes, less waste, higher resource efficiency, higher quality in particular with regard to energy performance (reduced performance gap), increased replicability across sites, and other relevant life cycle aspects, enhanced safety of workers and their ability to work alongside robots, and faster construction.

13.Investigate business models in view of mass deployment and EU-wide impact, seeking to address split of incentives between the owner and tenant of a building as a barrier to investments.

14.Lead at least 3 large-scale demonstration to assess the proposed approaches for a variety of buildings typologies representative of the European building stock, ensuring the most adequate coverage of climatic conditions.

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the Horizon Europe Partnerships on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ and ‘Driving Urban Transitions’.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-03: Advanced data-driven monitoring of building stock energy performance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.More robust, improved and consistent monitoring of performance (energy and other relevant aspects, such as indoor environment quality and life cycle) of buildings across the European sectors and through the whole value chain.

2.Better informed planning of building infrastructure (e.g. renovation roadmaps, heating & cooling systems, district heating networks, mobility infrastructures (EV charging, parking facilities, communication networks, strategies for whole life carbon reduction etc.) and better informed investment decision-making for designing future buildings and building processes.

3.Successfully tested smart energy services on the basis of advanced, high-quality building stock performance data.

4.Significant and measurable increase in the use of open, real-time and reliable building data from multiple sources.

5.Development of accurate methods that facilitate collection of data from the building stock (e.g. to support policy making and policy impact assessment or to substantiate performance guarantee schemes and contribute to de-risking investments in a climate neutral building stock over the full life cycle).

6.Better availability of big data and big data analysis facilities for real-life scale research, simulation and policy-making.

7.More effective implementation of EU policies that drive the transition to a green, digital and sustainable economy, and contribute to enhance the quality of the building stock across the board (e.g. quality of life and working, inclusiveness and accessibility, etc.).

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Enhance the collection and quality of energy and related (e.g. life cycle) data for buildings (including heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, indoor environment quality, all technical equipment, lighting and other appliances) through various sources such as manufacturers’ data, BIM and digital twin models, surveys, digital logbooks, sensors, meters, interfaces (statistical, structured and big data) and Level(s).

2.Explore approaches to integrate dynamic data from buildings (e.g. coming from sensors) with metering static data (e.g. data spaces, energy performance certificates databases), statistical data, and other types of data (e.g. qualitative feedback from building users).

3.Ensure the proposed approaches build on interoperability and cloud-based solutions that and allow for seamless collection and use of data from the buildings, systems and subsystems.

4.Develop new or enhance existing open source data analytics dashboards and prediction tools.

5.Develop improved tools for digital simulation and digital twinning.

6.Develop, enhance and integrate existing open data sharing platforms, including where relevant by refining and integrating building data reference architectures and making links with relevant data spaces.

7.Contribute to the development of open access and standardised European buildings data repositories, also supporting the development of related EU initiatives (e.g. the EU Building Stock Observatory, JRC E3P Roadmap for whole life cycle carbon emissions reduction).

8.Promote fair data management practices to ensure findability, accessibility, interoperability and re-usability of data.

9.Seek to ensure from the design phase that the project is developed with a view to integrate its results/deliverables under a digital building logbook.

10.Demonstrate digital data exchange platforms for building. The solutions should be interoperable and able to interact with grid management platforms.

11.Demonstrate real use cases with business potential (e.g. smart energy services) valorising high quality building performance data, e.g. to accurately monitor energy consumption and production across different fuels (for instance integrated heating and cooling and hybrid systems) as well as other relevant performance criteria.

12.Demonstrate that the proposed solutions allow to significantly improve the monitoring of the building stock performance, taking into consideration all relevant aspects (e.g. environmental, economic, and social ones).

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the Horizon Europe Partnerships on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ and ‘Driving Urban Transitions’.

Industrial facilities in the energy transition

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-04: Full-scale demonstration of heat upgrade technologies with supply temperature in the range 90 - 160°C

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstration at full scale (0.5 – 10 MWth) of industrial heat upgrade systems to supply various industrial processes with useful heat in the (sink) temperature range of 90 – 160 °C, extracted from renewable heat sources (e.g. solar thermal), ambient heat or industrial waste heat.

2.Scaling up and improvement of the economic and technical performances of heat upgrade in order to cover more industrial processes with special attention to integration and adaptation to existing/improved processes.

3.Demonstration of business models and contractual agreements in the cases of use of the upgraded heat within the industrial plant, in other neighbouring plants or heating networks, as part of the Hubs4circularity approach, identifying also potential regulatory barriers.

4.Better awareness of the challenges and benefits of heat upgrade in the relevant industrial sectors.

Scope: This topic aims to satisfy the need for low temperature heat in the relevant industrial sectors, by upgrading lower temperature heat flows, including from renewable heat sources, ambient heat or industrial excess (waste) heat, as a cost-efficient way to improve energy efficiency and reduce the GHG emissions.

Heat upgrade technologies exist, such as for example heat pumps, but their size needs to be scaled-up and their cost needs to be reduced, notably by improving their performances, and their operation needs to be demonstrated in various industrial contexts, in order to ensure their wide deployment. The optional integration of renewable heat sources (e.g. solar thermal) as the input heat flow to be further upgraded, is in scope.

In order to reach this goal all the following development areas need to be covered:

1.Identify the target industrial processes which would benefit from this technology, as excess (waste) heat sources and as users (heat sinks); assess the impacts of these applications in terms of energy savings and GHG and air pollutant emissions reductions in the EU (and Associated States, if data are available), so as to maximise the impact and coverage of the most promising applications in the subsequent optimisation and demonstration steps. A preliminary analysis of the technico-economic feasibility and impact of the proposed heat upgrade process is expected already in the proposal.

2.Optimise the heat upgrade system to improve its economic and technical performances in terms of: sink output temperature range (90 to 160°C); temperature increase between sink inlet and sink outlet temperatures; temperature spread between source and sink temperatures; flexibility to source input temperature variations; higher sink thermal power; higher coefficient of performance; bigger size; lower CAPEX (equipment) and operational costs (higher efficiency and lower maintenance).

3.Development/improvement of design tools at components and system levels.

4.Integration and long term full-scale demonstration of the system in an industrial application in at least one industrial sector.

5.Technical and economical life cycle assessment of heat upgrade systems adapted for at least 4 industrial sectors, to demonstrate economic viability, define business cases and exploitation strategy.

6.Assess the potential impact in CO2 emissions reduction (Mton CO2/a) and energy savings (TWh/a) in EU27 and (if data are available) in the Associated States, of using heat upgrade systems in the relevant industrial sectors, taking into account not only the thermal energy temperature and volumes needed by the relevant sectors but also the temperature lift capabilities, and the availability of ambient or waste heat sources. The supply temperature ranges to be considered for the impact assessment are: <100°C, 100-200°C and >200°C. Evaluate the potential impact at global level by extrapolation. In case several projects are funded under this call, the results of this assessment should be compared with the other projects and harmonised.

7.Identify the potential barriers to the deployment of heat upgrade and use due to the local regulatory framework in the EU Member States and Associated Countries.

8.Disseminate the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.

9.Given the transversal nature of the technology, the potential for transferring the technology to the building heating sector, including district heat networks, should be assessed and disseminated.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01-05: Industrial excess (waste) Heat-to-Power conversion based on organic Rankine cycles

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 14.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved systems based on Organic Rankine Cycle (ORC) to achieve scalability to higher power levels, higher cost effectiveness, wider input temperature ranges, significantly reduced system size, allowing wider take up of heat recovery and its conversion to power from more industrial processes.

2.Better awareness of the challenges and benefits of systems based on Organic Rankin Cycles.

Scope: Better use of process excess/waste heat represents a significant source of energy savings for industries. The conversion of excess heat back to electricity would also improve energy efficiency, mitigate the increase of electricity consumption due to industrial electrification and thereby reduce the load on the power grids. This will also facilitate balancing the grid due to intermittent supply of electricity from renewables and so contribute to reduce GHG emissions.

Accounting for the results of previous research 169 , proposals are expected to integrate an industrial excess heat-to-power conversion system based on Organic Rankine Cycle (ORC) and demonstrate the system operation in industrial environment at an output power level of at least 2 MW, with improved cost efficiency compared to existing solutions

In order to reach this goal all the following development areas need to be covered:

1.Optimisation of thermal cycles and mixtures of fluids or additives for different temperature levels of recovered heat and constrained industrial environment, in terms of efficiency and economics (CAPEX, OPEX).

2.Development/improvement of design tools at components and system levels.

3.Development/improvement of materials and components: heat exchangers, turbomachinery (including advanced sealing technologies), waste heat recovery unit, power generator and electronics, etc.

4.Integration and demonstration of the system in industrial environment; optionally heat storage can be integrated as well in the system.

5.Technical, and economical life cycle assessment of heat-to-power systems adapted for at least 4 energy intensive industrial sectors, to demonstrate economic viability, define business cases and exploitation strategy.

6.Evaluation of the potential impacts in terms of primary energy savings (GWh/year) in industry (heat recovery) and potential primary energy savings in the power generation sector, assuming full deployment in EU Member States and (as far as data are available for the calculation of the impact) in Associated Countries, and at global level by extrapolation.

7.Dissemination of the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 170

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 171

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 02 Sep 2021

Deadline(s): 25 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-01

IA

15.00 172

5.00 to 7.50

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-02

IA

22.00 173

9.00 to 11.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-03

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

Overall indicative budget

38.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-01: Demonstrating integrated technology solutions for buildings with performance guarantees (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrated viability of, and proven integrated technology solutions for, performance guarantees and performance-based contracts to increase buildings energy performance but including aspects going beyond energy towards a broader range of climate- and environment- relevant matters (e.g. resource efficiency, whole life carbon, etc.).

2.Enhanced consumer trust in guarantees of performance and related contracts.

3.Increased number of market actors, especially SMEs, offering performance-based business models.

4.Enhanced awareness of end users and capacity building of businesses on performance-based contracts.

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Design and demonstrate innovative integrated technology solutions based on state-of-the-art components (envelope, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, cooling, automation and control, renewable energy, etc.) solutions for cost-effective buildings’ overall performance enhancement with performance guarantees.

2.Investigate the viability of performance-based business models combining those technology solutions with attractive and innovative contractual frameworks for performance guarantees and testing them with the relevant market players (e.g. energy suppliers, product manufacturer, technology/service providers).

3.Develop business models that suit new industrialised design and production methods, and include enhanced energy and resource (based on suitable Level(s) indicators) performance guarantees with longer commissioning and condition-based maintenance to replace maintenance contracts.

4.Develop performance contracts that work with industrialised solutions for the renovations in the residential sector, valorising energy and environmental performance, resource and energy efficiency, energy flexibility (through demand response) and comfort (Comfort Performance Contracts) for all building elements (e.g. building envelope, equipment & systems, energy storage).

5.Build, where possible, on existing business approaches that have shown effectiveness for renovation (e.g. one-stop-shops, ESCOs).

6.Ensure that those business models make use of digital tools (e.g. energy management systems, block chain, digital logbooks) to increase data availability for measurement and verification and therefore increase the traceability of performance (e.g. energy savings, energy generation, GHG emissions, location of components and substances in the buildings) and to ease the implementation of performance-based contracts.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-02: Cost-effective, sustainable multi-functional and/or prefabricated holistic renovation packages, integrating RES and including re-used and recycled materials (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 9.00 and 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased scale and productivity in the renovation process: demonstrated and quantified decrease of on-site construction / renovation work time (at least 30% and towards 50%).

2.Benchmarked and quantified improvement of insulation and air-tightness compared to standard renovation solutions.

3.Demonstrated improvement of indoor environment and user comfort and satisfaction, as well as accessibility, increasing attractiveness of renovation for buildings owners and users.

4.Improved affordability of sustainable renovation and RES systems in buildings, in particular for households experiencing energy poverty issues.

5.Demonstrated reduction of embodied energy and CO2 of renovation, and emission of air pollutants over the life cycle.

6.Increased deployment of built-in renewable energy generation solutions for on-site multi-purpose (heating, cooling, electricity) renewable energy generation.

7.Increased share of reused and /or recycled and/or biosourced construction materials / products used in building renovation to contribute to circular economy.

8.Faster uptake of EU-wide standards or certification of reused and / or recycled construction materials / products.

Scope: Proposals are expected to deliver large-scale, real life demonstration of promising technology innovations already demonstrated at lab level. Proposals should cover all of the following:

1.Develop renovation solutions for a range of needs (from renovations limited in scope to deep renovations) applying predominantly re-used and / or recycled and/or biosourced construction materials / products in a cradle-to-cradle approach, allowing for installation without significantly modifying the structure of the building (or without overloading existing structures) and demonstrating a high replication and industrial potential.

2.Develop multi-functional (passive & active) and scalable renovation solutions to improve energy performance of buildings, applicable to different building types based on prefabricated components and integrated RES systems.

3.Develop building envelope solutions with integral means for combined active/passive management of energy transfer, i.e., integrating RES for active heat and sound insulation and direct on-site renewable electricity generation.

4.Seek to support the integration of local sources of reused components and secondary raw materials in the renovation packages relying, where relevant, on urban mining.

5.Develop novel testing methodologies oriented towards assessing the long-term performance of the elements. This should include the estimation of durability and service life.

6.Model and test in actual scale the materials and components selected.

7.Benchmark energy and environmental performance (applying the appropriate Level(s) indicators), monitoring (at least one year) at real scale of the new solutions, also demonstrating compliance with project and regulatory requirements, and demonstrating cost-effectiveness of the renovation solutions over the lifetime.

8.Assess the risks related to major disruptive events (such as flooding, heat waves, and/or other climate-driven events and/or earthquakes) that apply to the geographical zones targeted and, where relevant, include an analysis of resilience of the renovated building / infrastructure against those major disruptive events.

9.Demonstrate, based on clear and thorough documentation of relevant activities, that the proposed solutions lead to reduced maintenance costs, lead to an improvement of indoor environment and user comfort and satisfaction, as well as accessibility, can be used in a wide range of environmental conditions, favour sustainable use of resources, respect sustainability life cycle principles, including end-of-life analysis involving the reuse of new and replaced elements at the end of service life.

10.Consider renovation packages also integrating renewable energy sources for buildings with respect of the aesthetic, the historical value and/or the local architectural identity.

11.Lead at least 3 large-scale demonstration of the solutions in diverse geographical areas, with various local environmental, social, and economic conditions, addressing both residential and non-residential buildings.

12.Where relevant, contribute to standardisation (e.g. recycled concrete CEN standard) and certification activities (e.g. guides for non-standard hybrid component assessment).

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-03: Strengthening European coordination and exchange for innovation uptake towards sustainability, quality, circularity and social inclusion in the built environment as a contribution to the new European Bauhaus (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increased uptake of innovative solutions for a sustainable, digitalised, human-centric and inclusive, quality built environment, following circularity principles across the value chain;

2.Intensified, cross-sectorial and interdisciplinary peer-learning from front runners;

3.Increased awareness on benefits from technological and non-technological (social, cultural) innovation and the synergetic cross-border cooperation in the built environment sector, with due consideration of all relevant aspects such as sustainability, energy and resource efficiency, life-cycle perspective, digitalisation, inclusion and accessibility;

4.(In line with the New European Bauhaus) better acknowledgement and integration of quality architecture and design principles, blending design and sustainability in innovative solutions to improve sustainability of the built environment, including, if appropriate, cultural heritage, also ensuring compliance with the principles of circular economy, with due consideration of relevant aspects such as style, human-centric inclusivity and accessibility for persons with disabilities;

5.Improved visibility, more systematic adoption (including by users of the built environment) and uptake of innovative results, including from EU funded projects, in the field of sustainable built environment;

6.Strengthened, long-lasting and multi-disciplinary networking in the field of innovative sustainable built environment;

7.Scaled-up co-financing of innovation in the field of innovative sustainable built environment.

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Develop business models to ensure co-financing options to foster innovation for sustainability, style, accessibility and quality of the built environment;

2.Support the creation and operation of whole value chain Innovation Clusters linked to the ‘Built4People’ (B4P) partnership (People-centric sustainable built environment 174 ).

3.Link up the concept of whole value chain Innovation Clusters with regional/national innovation hubs and clusters, and, to relevant pilot projects of the New European Bauhaus, seeking to improve collaboration between those;

4.Combine specialisation and advanced expertise with multi-disciplinary knowledge for cross-border value chains and offer the best possible R&I support to all actors of the European built environment ecosystem in particular for SMEs and mid-caps, as well as their stakeholders and clients;

5.Put in place a long-term and multi-disciplinary network structure for those Innovation Clusters, along with an appropriate governance, to focus and nurture public investments that would serve several regions of Europe;

6.Organise supporting dissemination actions, including workshops, conferences, peer-learning activities involving final end-users and relevant experts (e.g. accessibility), industrial fora, dissemination material, etc. and develop an organisation and business model for an effective collaboration among these Innovation Clusters, including after the end of the grant;

7.Seek to cooperate with other coordination actions designed to support the New European Bauhaus, for instance in relation to education and dissemination, in the scope of Horizon Europe 175 and beyond;

8.Cooperate closely with the leading partners of the B4P partnership.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 176

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 177

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Apr 2022

Deadline(s): 06 Sep 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-01

IA

12.00 178

4.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-02

IA

12.00 179

4.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-03

IA

12.00 180

4.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-04

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-05

RIA

8.00

3.00 to 4.00

2

Overall indicative budget

54.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-01: Demand response in energy-efficient residential buildings

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased potential benefits, trust and acceptability of demand-response solutions for residential consumers.

2.Advanced asset control and aggregation approaches that enable the participation of residential buildings in commercial demand response.

3.Expanded pool of assets relevant for demand response in the residential sector.

Scope: Address the large but untapped potential of the residential sector for Demand Response with a view to support the energy transition at system level while respecting user privacy, comfort and ownership.

Proposals should:

1.Investigate innovative demand response solutions for the residential sector, including new control modes and asset optimisation techniques involving as many devices as possible.

2.Ensure that the proposed solutions comply with the principle of privacy by design and with best practices on data protection.

3.Ensure that the proposed solutions allow to minimise the effort required to elicit user preferences, also investigating innovative approaches for user segmentation and engagement.

4.Take due account the regulatory frameworks of the regions / countries in which the proposed solutions could be deployed in designing their innovation, and shaping related exploitation activities.

5.Seek to the best consideration of social and economic enablers in the design of the innovative solutions.

6.Consider social innovations, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change, social ownership, and new social practices.

7.Demonstrate that the proposed solutions lead to reducing costs of small demand response assets e.g. through improved models and faster data processing and, are scalable and replicable.

8.Demonstrate that the proposed solutions are suitable for explicit demand response, or a combination of both explicit and implicit residential demand response.

Each project is expected to include at least three demonstration sites located in different climatic regions.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 181 activities, in particular with respect to data exchange and interoperability.

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-02: Renewable-intensive, energy positive homes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Faster transition to the next generation of new constructions and renovation of cost-effective energy positive, climate neutral residential buildings.

2.Streamlined integration of advanced smart technologies, renewable energy and storage solutions in residential construction and renovation projects.

3.Faster transition to buildings and technical elements that are capable to adapt to different user profiles and lifestyles, improving air quality, human health and well-being parameters.

4.Improved skills and competences among the workforce.to support a rapid uptake of energy positive buildings in the residential sector.

Scope: The aim is to move beyond NZEB (nearly zero-energy buildings) for new constructions and to the extent possible, for renovations, and to streamline energy positive buildings, ensuring buildings can marry high energy performance with maximum flexibility and adaptability to a changing society in a cost-effective manner. This is a key challenge for the residential sector in the transformation to a highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock, where energy positive homes should become the norm.

Proposals should:

1.Investigate and demonstrate approaches for the construction of new energy positive residential buildings (and /or the renovation of existing residential buildings), with a focus on multi-family, multi-storey buildings, encompassing all relevant areas:

1.Design phase (aesthetic and technical solutions and their potential, passive and active strategies, sustainable design);

2.Integrated design and construction concepts;

3.Reconfigurable designs and technical elements capable of adapting to different user profiles and lifestyles;

4.Selection and installation of affordable and high performance construction products and materials, building on previous projects;

5.Innovative processes from manufacturing to construction site;

6.Integration of renewable energy production for heating and cooling, electricity production (e.g. BIPV and BAPV), and where relevant, thermal and electrical storage, including shared at neighbourhood and district levels; for existing buildings, cost-effective, innovative solutions that allow to (at least) fully cover the energy consumption of the building (electricity, heat and cooling) with renewable energy;

7.Advanced use of smart management technologies (for control and operational issues, Building Management Systems (BMS) or Building Automation Systems (BAS)) to improve air quality, human health and well-being parameters, to facilitate engagement and inclusiveness of occupants and support measurement of (as-built) building performance;

8.Reuse and recycling of elements, components and materials, in particular in relation to buildings end of life, also minimizing embodied carbon emissions over the whole life cycle, in particular for smart technologies;

9.Where applicable, the use of grey- and black-waters.

2.Ensure that the cost of such buildings/apartments does not increase substantially compared to current local / regional practises.

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the Horizon Europe Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’.

Each project is expected to include at least three demonstration sites located in different climatic regions.

The demonstrations are expected to span a continuous interval of at least twelve months and to ensure measurement of (as-built) building performances. The relevant building professionals (e.g. architects, installers, workers, craftsmen, building managers) should be involved.

Projects are expected to assess the sustainability of the proposed solutions in environmental, social and economic terms, considering among others the embodied carbon emissions from materials. The reuse and recycling of elements, components and materials of the proposed solutions at the end of life should be ensured.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-03: Smarter buildings for better energy performance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.More innovative, affordable, user-friendly and accessible products and systems to continuously monitor and improve the energy performance of buildings.

2.Increased building energy performance through the optimisation and integration of different technologies, including renewable energy and storage, and services.

3.Easier and more systematic use smart products and services to achieve savings where energy renovation is not an option.

4.Higher replicability to increase number of buildings with smart building devices and digital infrastructure resulting in a higher smart readiness rating.

Scope: Improvement and cost-reduction of technologies to predict, assess, monitor and control in real time the energy performance of buildings, including energy efficiency, renewables, storage and their optimisation.

The proposal should:

1.Develop new or enhance existing solutions for interoperability of systems, including between building automation and control systems (BACS) and other technical building systems and devices (including IoT ones), as well as between buildings and the grid.

2.Investigate innovative approaches to ensure high level of security and privacy by design in buildings.

3.Investigate approaches to reduce costs of systems allowing the integration of energy efficiency, renewables, storage and their optimisation.

4.On the basis of the above, demonstrate the potential for energy savings from energy management solutions based on smart technical building systems (predictive controllers, smart thermostats, active sensors, smart lighting, etc.).

5.Assess the contribution of proposed solutions to the enhancement of smart readiness of buildings as rated by the smart readiness indicator under Directive 2010/31/EU.

6.Demonstrate that the developed solutions are user-friendly and ensure the desired indoor environment quality and user satisfaction.

7.Where possible, demonstrate that such solutions can build flexibly on services/products not originally intended for energy management (e.g. a smart home system).

8.Seek to ensure from the design phase that the project is developed with a view to integrate its results/deliverables under a digital building logbook.

Each project is expected to include at least three demonstration sites located in different climatic regions.

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; in particular, liaison and synergies with the European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’.

Industrial facilities in the energy transition

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-04: Development and pilot demonstration of heat upgrade technologies with supply temperature in the range 150-250°C

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Validate the technical feasibility of industrial heat upgrade systems capable of supplying various industrial processes with useful heat in the (sink) temperature range of 150 – 250 °C from renewable heat sources (e.g. solar thermal), ambient heat or industrial waste heat.

2.Development and demonstration at pilot scale (5 – 200 kWth).

3.Better awareness of the challenges and benefits of heat upgrade in the relevant industrial sectors.

Scope: This topic aims to satisfy the need for low-medium temperature heat in the relevant industrial sectors, by upgrading lower temperature heat flows, including from renewable heat sources, ambient heat or industrial excess (waste) heat, as a cost-efficient way to improve energy efficiency and reduce the GHG emissions.

Available heat upgrade technologies, such as for example heat pumps, are limited to supply (sink) temperatures of 150°C. Innovative heat upgrade technologies have the potential to extend the temperature range up to 250°C, which would allow to cover more industrial applications.

In order to reach this goal all the following development areas need to be covered:

1.Identify the target industrial processes which would benefit from this higher temperature heat upgrade technology, as excess (waste) heat sources and as users (heat sinks); make a preliminary assessment of the potential impacts of these industrial applications in terms of energy savings and GHG and air pollutant emissions reductions in the EU (and Associated States, if data are available), so as to maximise the impact and coverage of the most promising applications in the subsequent development step; estimate by extrapolation the benefits at global level. A preliminary analysis of the feasibility and GHG emissions reduction impact, of the proposed heat upgrade process is expected already in the proposal.

2.Develop one or more heat upgrade technologies to raise the sink output temperature to the range 150 to 250°C. If needed investigate in new working fluids. Optimise the technical performances in terms of: temperature increase between sink inlet and sink outlet temperatures; temperature spread between source and sink temperatures; flexibility to source input temperature variations; higher sink thermal power potential; higher coefficient of performance.

3.Integration and demonstration of at least one system at pilot scale, in conditions, as far as practical, similar to real industrial environment. The optional integration of renewable heat sources (e.g. solar thermal) as the input heat flow to be further upgraded, is in scope.

4.Make a preliminary estimation of the future equipment cost for at least two industrial applications, to evaluate its economic potential; define an exploitation strategy.

5.Dissemination of the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01-05: Development of high temperature thermal storage for industrial applications

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Short term (intraday or a couple of days) thermal storage systems for decoupling the heat generation from the heat use in industrial processes.

2.Development of economically affordable new materials (including better basic understanding) for heat storage dedicated to medium to high temperature industrial processes.

3.Better awareness of the challenges and benefits of heat storage in the relevant industrial sectors.

Scope: This topic aims to satisfy the need for decoupling the heat generation from the heat use in continuous or non-continuous industrial processes, in order to allow for heat exchanges between different industrial processes and so enable industrial symbiosis, or to generate heat during off-peak times and so provide energy demand flexibility.

In order to reach this goal all the following development areas need to be covered:

1.Cost effective and new designs for high temperature storage of industrial heat, with minimal footprint. The large capacity storages in combination with long design lifetime, require the development of novel materials and designs.

2.Development of materials and components: thermal storage materials, container construction, insulation technology, heat exchangers with aid of computational fluid dynamics.

3.Integration and demonstration of the system at lab scale.

4.Make a preliminary estimation of the future equipment cost for at least two industrial applications, to evaluate its economic potential.

5.Make an analysis of the potential industrial applications and related benefits of the proposed storage system in EU27 and (if data are available) in the Associated States and, by extrapolation, at global level; a preliminary version of this analysis is expected already in the proposal. Define an exploitation strategy.

6.Dissemination of the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.

Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 182

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 183

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 06 Sep 2022

Deadline(s): 24 Jan 2023

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-01

IA

15.00 184

5.00 to 7.50

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-02

IA

15.00 185

5.00 to 7.50

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-03

RIA

20.00

4.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-04

IA

18.00 186

6.00 to 9.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-05

IA

18.00 187

6.00 to 9.50

2

Overall indicative budget

86.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-01: Designs, materials and solutions to improve resilience, preparedness & responsiveness of the built environment for climate adaptation (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased awareness of the built environment’s protective role for people and climate adaptation in case of disruptive events.

2.Mainstreamed resilience as a key feature of the built environment across its life cycle.

3.Improved ability of the built environment to support the preparedness and responsiveness to disruptive events at larger scales.

4.Improved ability of the built environment to contribute to the overall quality of living and working.

5.Strengthened supply chains for materials and solutions for a resilient and climate proof built environment, adapted to local risks.

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Deliver innovative designs, materials and solutions to improve resilience and climate proofing of the built environment (in particular new and existing buildings) in a cost-effective and reliable manner.

2.Ensure the proposed solutions cover a broad spectrum of natural risks and disasters, for instance natural disruptive events such as earthquakes, floods, heat waves, with a particular focus on extreme climatic events.

3.Ensure the proposed solutions make use of natural, easy to manage, as well as advanced, evolutive materials and technologies that help combat the effects of global warming (increased cooling demand, heat island effects, etc.) and result in increased durability, resilience and adaptability of buildings and infrastructures, including their foundations.

4.Consider social innovation where relevant, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and resilience, and as drivers of social change, social ownership, and new social practices.

5.Develop and deploy digital and interoperable tools for monitoring, detection of, and response to critical situations (e.g. evacuation of people and first responders).

6.Rely, where relevant, on self-sensing and adaptable materials, and materials with embedded sensors and actuators.

7.Include, as part of the proposed solutions, built environment concepts that are self-sustained for a certain period of time – including off-grid electricity supply, green infrastructure and water purification and / or rain water provision in buildings.

8.Where relevant, investigate whether and how the proposed approaches could apply to cultural heritage buildings across different typologies and geographic conditions, also including innovations in business models and ensuring holistic integration of disciplines across the value chain.

9.Validate the proposed solutions for a set of locations that is coherent with the risks and disasters considered in the proposal, ensuring a high degree of awareness and involvement of supply chains.

10.Demonstrate that the proposed solutions improve the protection of people when experiencing disruptive events and contribute to enhance resilience and climate proofing at a larger scale (e.g. district, city, energy system).

11.Demonstrate that the proposed solutions contribute to improving the overall quality of living and working in the buildings (e.g. in terms of accessibility, comfort and well-being).

12.Demonstrate cost-effective improvement of the energy performance, reducing the cost of the interventions compared to traditional methods, as well as the energy related operational costs after the renovation.

13.Demonstrate that the proposed solutions improve the use of relevant data such as weather forecasts or catastrophe warnings by monitoring and management systems in the built environment (e.g. to launch automatic emergency protocols to warn and protect buildings users).

14.Lead at least 3 large-scale demonstration of the solutions in diverse geographical areas, with various local environmental, social, and economic conditions.

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; e.g. with the Horizon Europe Partnership on ‘Driving urban transitions’.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

For this topic, projects are encouraged to define and implement ambitious international outreach and cooperation strategies.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-02: Solutions for the sustainable, resilient, inclusive and accessible regeneration of neighbourhoods enabling low carbon footprint lifestyles and businesses (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Lasting behavioural change of people and economic actors towards lower carbon footprint lifestyles and businesses.

2.Mainstreamed participatory planning processes and interaction with all relevant stakeholder groups in city planning.

3.More sustainable, low emission, inclusive and affordable neighbourhoods and built environment.

4.Improved accessibility of neighbourhoods through building-integrated, sustainable mobility solutions.

5.Extended application of digital applications and tools to ease decision-making processes in complex stakeholder structures.

6.Raised awareness and increased capacity of citizens on participatory processes for enhanced sustainability and environmental performance.

7.Increased well-being and economic prosperity of citizens in a low carbon, sustainable built environment by ensuring high indoor and outdoor quality, and affordability of renovation solutions.

8.Increased attractiveness of deep renovation through new regeneration and smart growth models for sustainable living.

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Deliver innovative methods and solutions for the regeneration of neighbourhoods, with due consideration of, inter alia, energy efficiency, sustainability, resilience, health, inclusiveness and accessibility, based on participatory planning processes and innovative decision-making procedures and digital applications.

2.Ensure the proposed solutions allow to identify and integrate local sources of raw materials for building renovation in built environment planning scenarios.

3.Ensure the proposed solutions include new evidence-based approaches (e.g. strategies and digital tools) to help quantify the benefits of integrated built environment transformation aimed at climate neutrality.

4.Ensure the proposed solutions allow for involving all stakeholder groups, including inter alia elderly people, those with reduced mobility and persons with disabilities, and households affected by energy poverty, also seeking to address gentrification issues in neighbourhoods affected by energy poverty.

5.Ensure the proposed solutions include concepts for local renewable energy generation and consumption integrated at building and district level in combination with multi-modal mobility concepts targeted to both urban and rural neighbourhoods.

6.Ensure the proposed solutions contribute to optimising energy balancing at local level (e.g. thanks to energy sharing platforms and services connected to local micro-grids and / or virtual energy markets, including demand response and decision-support systems and block chain applications).

7.Ensure the proposed solutions comply with the principles of circular economy, favouring urban mining, efficient use of resources, durability, reuse and recyclability.

8.Ensure the proposed solutions are developed taking into account local environmental, social, and economic conditions and are relevant for the different geographical locations targeted.

9.Where relevant, include concepts for energy circularity such as waste heat recovery from local industries (or other sources) and use in nearby buildings or in low-temperature district networks and, valorisation of by-products and residues (e.g. from local agro-food industry) for energy or other uses.

10.Where relevant, investigate whether and how the proposed approaches could apply to cultural heritage buildings.

11.Lead at least 3 large-scale demonstrations of the solutions in diverse geographical areas, with various local environmental, social, and economic conditions.

12.Consider social innovation where relevant and in the case where the proposed solutions are at the socio-technical interface and require social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

13.Facilitate awareness raising and capacity building of citizens and relevant stakeholders (e.g. citizen associations, local authorities, businesses from the relevant sectors) on the principles and multi-benefits of sustainable, inclusive and accessible built environment.

Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; e.g. with the European Partnership on ‘Driving urban transitions’.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-03: Sustainable and resource-efficient solutions for an open, accessible, inclusive, resilient and low-emission cultural heritage: prevention, monitoring, management, maintenance, and renovation (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased availability and enhanced overall performance, including with regard to cost-effectiveness, of solutions applicable to the reliable and respectful historical renovation of heritage buildings, preserving their architectural and cultural identity.

2.Demonstrated potential of sustainable, energy and resource-efficient historical renovation of heritage buildings.

3.Better protection of the value and long-term inclusiveness, accessibility and usability of cultural heritage sites.

4.More cost-effective and less disruptive modernisation and preservation of the heritage built environment.

5.Enhanced prevention and monitoring of the heritage built environment.

6.More important role of the cultural heritage in deployment, showcasing and replication of solutions for a sustainable built environment.

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Deliver technically and socially innovative, sustainable, energy and resource-efficient solutions for the cost-effective improvement and preservation of cultural heritage built environment along all relevant aspects: inclusiveness, accessibility, resilience, environmental and energy performance.

2.Ensure the proposed solutions cover all relevant aspects of the heritage built environment’s life cycle: design, renovation works, operation, monitoring and management, and maintenance.

3.Ensure the proposed solutions allow to maintain the heritage value (e.g. artistic, historic, archaeological, social and scientific) of targeted sites, while improving access and comfort of users and visitors, and reducing maintenance and operational costs.

4.Ensure, where relevant, that the proposed solutions rely on (adapted) historical or traditional construction techniques and materials for sustainable restoration.

5.Ensure the proposed solutions include natural low maintenance as well as advanced renovation techniques for high quality design and construction, including new digital technologies, while preserving the cultural value of the targeted sites.

6.Ensure the proposed solutions contribute to facilitate the integration renewable energy sources while respecting the aesthetic and cultural identity of the targeted buildings.

7.Ensure the proposed solutions contribute to the cost-effective improvement of the energy performance, also reducing the cost of the interventions compared to traditional methods.

8.Ensure the involvement of relevant stakeholder groups (e.g. civil society organisations, associations, cultural heritage stakeholders such as cultural heritage protection bodies) and citizens’ acceptance thanks to co-creation processes and socially innovative ideas.

9.Deliver and demonstrate decision-support tools for low-disruptive, optimal renovation of heritage built environment to enhance sustainability.

10.Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; e.g. with the Horizon Europe Partnership on ‘Driving urban transitions’.

11.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

12.This topic should consider social innovation as driver of social change, new social practices, social ownership and/or market uptake.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-04: Smart-grid ready and smart-network ready buildings, acting as active utility nodes (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes from the grid and to adapt their behaviour accordingly;

1.Improved interoperability and synergies between electricity and other energy carriers, and with other relevant non-energy sectors (e.g. mobility), supported by buildings, contribution to energy system integration at building’s level.

2.Improved competitiveness of buildings as flexibility assets for grid and network management.

Scope: The proposals should:

1.Deliver building-to-grid integration solutions that are cost-effective, simple to use and easy to install and maintain, and are applicable to both new and existing buildings.

2.Enhance interoperability and synergies between buildings and grids, electricity and other energy carriers (e.g. district heating networks, hydrogen, etc.) and where relevant, other relevant sectors (e.g. e-mobility).

3.Enhance synergies between on-site energy storage and on-site renewable energy sources.

4.Contribute to enhance interoperability in the modelling of energy grids and buildings.

5.Ensure the proposed solutions include ‘big data’ applications for real-time management and predictive maintenance of technical building systems.

6.Ensure the proposed solutions minimise potential negative impacts neither on the satisfaction of building users (e.g. in relation to comfort or accessibility) nor on the potential of circular material flows during the building’s life cycle, and maximise potential benefits (e.g. energy costs savings and health).

7.Ensure the proposed solutions give access to accessible, inclusive, reliable and user-friendly tools with limited maintenance needs and, to relevant building (and grid / network) data for interested stakeholders (e.g. facility managers).

8.Assess the contribution of proposed solutions to the enhancement of smart readiness of buildings as rated by the smart readiness indicator under Directive 2010/31/EU.

9.Where relevant, rely on advanced monitoring and management solutions such as those that integrate digital models / BIM with energy modelling and simulation at building level and district level.

10.Implement and demonstrate innovative and competitive balancing, storage and generation services in buildings, while maximising building users’ and occupants’ health, comfort and satisfaction.

11.Demonstrate cost-effectiveness and economic viability of the proposed solutions and underlying business models for both consumers / end-users and the economic actors involved.

12.Demonstrate the use of large-scale interoperable platforms that bring together different actors and sectors (ESCOs, aggregators, DSOs, etc.) to exchange data and develop services.

13.Seek to involve major European innovators, including social innovators, in relevant fields (demand response, communications, smart appliances, building services, facility management, energy services, etc.) with limited experience of Horizon 2020.

Clustering and cooperation with relevant projects is strongly encouraged; e.g. with the European Partnership on ‘Driving urban transitions’.

The selected projects are expected to contribute to relevant BRIDGE 188 activities, in particular with respect to data exchange and interoperability.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02-05: More sustainable buildings with reduced embodied energy / carbon, high life-cycle performance and reduced life-cycle costs (Built4People)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 9.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased and more traceable reduction of the GHG emissions of buildings in design, construction, renovation, operation and end of life.

2.Faster market uptake of design solutions, materials, products, techniques and business models that are demonstrated to reduce significantly building related life-cycle costs and impacts, including whole life emissions, compared to current building completions.

3.Mainstreamed affordable high life-cycle performance, and improved circularity of buildings in construction and renovation.

Scope: The proposal should:

1.Demonstrate innovative design, construction and renovation methods, design and technology solutions that minimise the overall life-cycle environmental impact, reducing energy consumption and carbon footprint of the built environment across the life cycle, from construction to end of life thanks to, inter alia, applying circularity principles throughout the design and construction process, flexible use and lifecycle extension by design, design for deconstruction, disassembly and reassembly, integration of waste, reused, recycled, upcycled and bio-based materials and components, optimisation of design, construction and operation by means of digital tools.

2.Deliver scalable full building demonstrations (both new and renovation) with validated performance measurements based on appropriate Level(s) indicators, demonstrating that the proposed methods and technology solutions optimise the use of energy and resources, and minimise the emissions of CO2 and other air pollutants across all phases of the life cycle, including construction and renovation works, and operation.

3.Integrate the use of low embodied carbon products and solutions, including those that are locally sourced and bio-based with low carbon impact and capturing / storing CO2, selected based on modelling of their performance in terms of (inter alia) insulating, cooling, acoustic and hygrometric performance, ageing patterns, potential for deconstruction and/or reuse at end of life, and potential for automated / mechanised deployment.

4.Identify and integrate local sources of reused or recycled construction products and secondary raw materials for building renovation in urban and rural planning scenarios.

5.Where relevant, investigate whether and how the proposed approaches could apply to cultural heritage buildings.

6.Seek to ensure from the design phase that the project is developed with a view to integrate its results/deliverables under a digital building logbook.

7.Deploy advanced, market-ready prefabs and multifunctional materials and components with optimal recycling and re-using potential (e.g. through new designs enabling the re-use) and optimal performance across relevant areas (energy, durability, safety and protection against fire).

8.Demonstrate innovative solutions for optimal design, construction, operation and maintenance of sustainable buildings, including efficient technical building systems, automation and control, digital building logbooks, digital twins and other tools.

9.Demonstrate the solutions in diverse geographical areas, with various local environmental, social, and economic conditions.

10.Clustering and cooperation with other relevant projects is strongly encouraged; e.g. with the Horizon Europe Partnership on ‘Driving urban transitions’.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric, Sustainable Built Environment’ (Built4People).

Destination – Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

This Destination addresses activities that improve the climate and environmental footprint, as well as competitiveness, of different transport modes.

The transport sector is responsible for 23% of CO2 emissions and remains dependent on oil for 92% of its energy demand. While there has been significant technological progress over past decades, projected GHG emissions are not in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement due to the expected increase in transport demand. Intensified research and innovation activities are therefore needed, across all transport modes and in line with societal needs and preferences, in order for the EU to reach its policy goals towards a net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 and to reduce significantly air pollutants.

The areas of rail and air traffic management will be addressed through dedicated Institutional European Partnerships and are therefore not included in this document.

This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 189 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations. 

It covers the following impact areas:

1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

2.Smart and sustainable transport.

The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute “Towards climate-neutral and environmental friendly mobility through clean solutions across all transport modes while increasing global competitiveness of the EU transport sector", notably through:

1.Transforming road transport to zero-emission mobility through a world-class European research and innovation and industrial system, ensuring that Europe remains world leader in innovation, production and services in relation to road transport (more detailed information below).

2.Accelerating the reduction of all aviation impacts and emissions (CO2 and non-CO2, including manufacturing and end-of-life, noise), developing aircraft technologies for deep reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and maintaining European aero-industry’s global leadership position (more detailed information below).

3.Accelerate the development and prepare the deployment of climate neutral and clean solutions in the shipping sector, reduce its environmental impact (on biodiversity, noise, pollution and waste management), improve its system efficiency, leverage digital and EU satellite-navigation solutions and contribute to the competitiveness of the European waterborne sector (more detailed information below).

4.Devising more effective ways for reducing emissions and their impacts through improved scientific knowledge (more detailed information below).

Zero-emission road transport

With the aim of accelerating the development and deployment of zero tailpipe emission road transport with a system approach in Europe, the European Partnership “Towards zero emission road transport” (2Zero) will work towards a common vision and delivering a multi-stakeholders roadmap for a climate neutral and clean road transport system that improves mobility and safety of people and goods and ensures future European leadership in innovation, production and services.

The transformation towards zero tailpipe emission road mobility will deliver tangible benefits including, at the local scale, pollutant emission reductions, cleaner air (including unregulated pollutants, nanoparticles and secondary pollutants), reduced noise, increased accessibility and more liveable urban plus peri-urban spaces. Major benefits for citizens’ health and quality of life will be generated, and European economic growth will be supported, hence a solid base for new business opportunities will be created. Within 2Zero, priority will be given to the development of drivetrains for zero emission heavy-duty long-haul vehicles, where progress is lagging behind other sectors of road transport.

Several levels of interactions are foreseen with other European initiatives, in particular with the Industrial Battery Value Chain (Batteries) and the Cooperative Connected and Automated Mobility (CCAM) co-programmed partnerships, as well as Clean Hydrogen Europe (CHE) and the Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart Cities.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting zero emission road transport under this Destination are:

1.Accelerated uptake of zero tailpipe emission, affordable, user-centric solutions (technologies and services) for road-based mobility all across Europe.

2.Increased user acceptance, improved air quality, a more circular economy and reduction of environmental impacts.

3.Affordable, user-friendly charging infrastructure concepts and technologies that include vehicle-grid-interactions.

4.Innovative use cases for the integration of zero tailpipe emission vehicles, and infrastructure concepts for the road mobility of people and goods.

5.Effective design, assessment and deployment of innovative concepts in road vehicles and mobility services thanks to life-cycle analysis tools and skills, in a circular economy context.

Aviation

Aviation, the climate and the economy are all inherently global and interlinked. Aviation’s global economic impact, before COVID-19, was more than €2.4 trillion per year, while the European one was more than EUR 700 billion per year. However, the environmental impact, although in absolute terms small, it is projected to increase towards 2050 to a level that is not compatible with the Paris Agreement, if action is not taken now.

The proposed European aviation R&I in Horizon Europe will follow a policy-driven approach along the two main priorities (i.e. climate neutrality by 2050 and digital transformation) and implemented in three streams of activities:

1.Collaborative aviation R&I under this Destination of the cluster 5 work programme focuses on transformative low-TRL (1-4) technologies, notably precompetitive fundamental aviation research and technologies for future development, validation and integration activities, in line with climate neutrality by 2050 and the new Industrial Strategy for Europe.

2.The European Partnership Clean Aviation (EPCA) focuses on three clearly identified paths, as described in Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA). It aims at accelerating the development, integration and validation of climate-neutral aviation technologies (TRL 4-6), for earliest possible deployment.

3.The European Partnership for Integrated Air Traffic Management (IATM) focuses on solutions that will support evolving demand for using the European sky, increased expectations on the quality of ATM and U-space service provision, transforming and optimising how ATM and U-space services are provided as well as accelerating market uptake. The focus of the IATM (IATM) is on digitisation, automation and Artificial Intelligence.

While these three work streams will work in complementarity, all propulsion technologies for integration at engine level will be developed exclusively in EPCA.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting aviation under this Destination are:

1.Disruptive gains by 2035, with up to 30% reduction in fuel burn and CO2 between the existing aircraft in service and the next generation, compared to 12-15% in previous replacement cycles (when not explicitly defined, baselines refer to the best available aircraft of the same category with entry into service prior to year 2020).

2.Disruptive technologies entering into service by 2035 as well as 2050, based on new energy carriers, hybrid-electric architectures, next generation of ultra-high efficient engines and new aircraft configurations.

3.New technologies for significantly lower local air-pollution and noise.

4.Increased understanding of aviation’s non-CO2 climate impacts, enabling R&I activities to more effectively contribute to the EU’s climate targets.

5.Maintain global competitiveness and leadership of the European aeronautics industry and the whole aviation ecosystem, including modernization of Air-Traffic Management by leveraging space-based services.

6.Protect the passenger and increase the resilience of the aviation ecosystem to external shocks (e.g. health issues, manufacturing, operations, cybersecurity).

7.Deliver an EU policy-driven planning and assessment framework/toolbox towards a coherent R&I prioritization and timely development of technologies in all three pillars of Horizon Europe.

Enabling climate neutral, clean, smart, and competitive waterborne transport

The European Green Deal refers to the need to achieve clean, climate neutral shipping and waterborne operations and to the importance of research and innovation in this respect. Waterborne transport, in particular where large sea-going vessels are used, remains an important emitter of GHG and the sector needs to step up its efforts on a significant scale and through a wide range of measures. Within the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) global agreement was reached in 2018 to cut total shipping GHG emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 (baseline). The EU considers this too timid and is committed to a much higher level of ambition. By the same date the Union aims to cut all transport emissions by at least 90%.

Even though the share of Inland Waterway Transport with regard to global GHG emissions is of minor importance the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine (CCNR) and its Member States take various steps to reduce the GHG emissions of the fleet. In 2018 the Mannheim Declaration was adopted which incorporates the EU GHG reducing targets for inland navigation and these efforts are supported through this work programme.

To provide the innovations needed to achieve the targets and show global leadership (also in pushing far more ambitious global regulatory standards) a new co-programmed European Partnership “Zero Emission Waterborne Transport” (ZEWT) will mobilise resources and leverage private and public investments towards the central objective of demonstrating by 2030 the deployable solutions needed for all main types of waterborne transport to become “net zero emission” by 2050 at the latest. Most topics on waterborne transport will contribute to the implementation of this partnership. Projects under ZEWT partnership topics are expected to provide up to two presentations on progress made to the ZEWT partnership members, also with the aim to support the monitoring of the ZEWT partnership performance as well the necessary underlying development to make these achievements possible within the time frame of the partnership.

Furthermore, in the context of the EU’s digital strategy “A Europe Fit for the Digital Age” the waterborne transport sector will have to embrace a wide-ranging digitalisation, resulting in new business patterns, smart ports, automation of shipping and cargo handling (which will provide higher efficiency and significantly safer operations), autonomous vessels, and new design and decision tools.

Topics on waterborne transport under this Destination of the cluster 5 work programme address climate neutrality and protection of the marine environment, digitalisation, and industrial competitiveness with the aim to support all pertinent EU policy objectives, also with regard to synergies with related programmes like the Connecting Europe Facility and the EU Innovation Fund.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting waterborne transport under this Destination are:

1.Increased and early deployment of climate neutral fuels and significant electrification of shipping, in particular and foremost in intra-European transport connections.

2.Increased overall energy efficiency and drastically lower fuel consumption of vessels (important in light of more expensive alternative fuels for which the sector will have to compete with other transport modes).

3.Enable the innovative port infrastructure (bunkering of alternative fuels and provision of electrical power) needed to achieve zero-emission waterborne transport (inland and maritime).

4.Enable clean, climate-neutral, and climate-resilient inland waterway vessels before 2030 helping a significant market take-up and a comprehensive green fleet renewal which will also help modal shift.

5.Strong technological and operational momentum towards achieving climate neutrality and the elimination of all harmful pollution to air and water.

6.Achieve the smart, efficient, secure and safe integration of maritime and inland shipping into logistic chains, facilitated by full digitalisation and automation.

7.Enable fully automated shipping (maritime and inland) and efficient connectivity.

8.Competitive waterborne industries, including the globally active European maritime technology sector, providing the advanced green and digital technologies which will support jobs and growth in Europe.

Impact of transport on environment and human health

Transport emissions are one of the main contributors to air quality problems, particularly in urban areas. At the same time, noise also negatively affects health. The World Health Organization (WHO) has classified traffic noise, including road, rail and air traffic, as the second most important cause of ill health in Western Europe, behind only air pollution caused by very fine particulate matter. Transport noise, particularly from road traffic, but also from rail and aviation, is a major contributor to noise pollution in urban areas. While type-approval noise limits for road vehicles, including their tyres, have been tightened over the years, the overall exposure to noise generated by road vehicles has not improved mainly due to increasing traffic volumes. L category vehicles are often perceived as a significant contributors to noise pollution and this might be due to the fact that noise emissions seem to be strictly optimised for specific conditions (but also due to tampering by their users, which in some cases is made too easy by the way the vehicles are built).

Electrification promises to address most of these issues, but as some transport modes are more difficult to electrify in the near future, there is need for research and innovation activities to develop appropriate and environmentally sustainable solutions. Furthermore, possible new pollutants and related health- challenges need to be monitored and investigated, and ways to deal with emissions by the existing fleet need to be studied and demonstrated.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting transport-related health and environmental issues under this Destination are:

1.The reduction of road vehicle polluting emissions (looking at both regulated, unregulated and emerging ones) from both existing and future automotive fleets; prevention of smog episodes in Europe and a better understanding of the impact of air and noise pollution on human health (including potential sex and gender differences) .

2.The better monitoring of the environmental performance and enforcement of regulation (detection of defeat devices, tampered anti-pollution systems, etc.) of fleets of transport vehicles, be it on road, airports and ports.

3.The reduction of noise emitted by L category road vehicles.

4.Substantially reduce the overall environmental impact of transport (e.g.: as regards biodiversity, noise, pollution and waste)

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01

258.00

14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01

253.00

26 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

258.00

253.00

Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 190

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 191

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-01

IA

45.00 192

10.00 to 15.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-02

RIA

20.00 193

4.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-03

RIA

25.00 194

7.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-05

RIA

25.00 195

2.00 to 6.00

6

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-06

RIA

29.00 196

3.00 to 6.00

5

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-07

IA

20.00 197

Around 10.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-08

RIA

15.00 198

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-09

CSA

0.50

Around 0.50

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-10

RIA

20.00 199

Around 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-11

IA

14.00 200

Around 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-12

IA

7.00 201

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-13

RIA

7.00 202

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-14

IA

10.00 203

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-15

IA

10.00 204

4.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-16

RIA

5.00

4.00 to 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-17

CSA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

Overall indicative budget

258.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Zero-emission road transport

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-01: Nextgen vehicles: Innovative zero emission BEV architectures for regional medium freight haulage (2ZERO)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Provide innovative, competitive and affordable zero tailpipe emissions vehicles architectures for regional medium freight transport and distribution full electric N2 and/or N3 category vehicles (VECTO vehicle group 1, 2 or 3, i.e. with Gross Vehicle Weight >7.5 t), with prototype(s) fully validated for a zero-emission driving range of at least 200 km under driving conditions comparable to VECTO regional and urban delivery mission profiles, with strong synergies of urban and suburban operations.

2.Demonstrate the vehicle’s functionality and performance in real world conditions, with innovative freight transport and logistics use cases, at least matching the vehicle dynamic performance of non-zero tailpipe emission vehicles and maximising productivity in terms of usage (t/km transported per year).

3.Provide fleet managers with ZEV-specific, flexible, managerial tools (e.g. adapted to the characteristics of vehicles and infrastructure) supporting the seamless integration of zero tailpipe emissions vehicles into fleets and facilitating the assignment of tasks and routes (infrastructure, range, charging time, payload etc.).

4.Demonstration of fast charging concepts capable of fitting established regulations and business practices, particularly at load/unload points enabling efficient operations.

5.Optimizing the specific charging infrastructures for logistics hubs and/or TEN-T urban nodes.

6.Contribute to significant price reduction steps by demonstrating a net total cost of operation (TCO) parity with 2020 engine-based solutions and assuming a production volume of >= 10.000 pieces/year and net TCO reductions beyond that volume.

7.Contribution to increasing economies of scale, following demonstration of powertrain integration in different applications and the realisation of the necessary value chains.

Scope: The action will focus on validation of full electric N2 and/or N3-category vehicle(s), specific regional, suburban and urban freight transport applications seamlessly integrated into fleets.

Proposals are expected to address all the following:

1.Validation of zero emissions vehicle(s) in the above mentioned categories demonstrating the capabilities of the proposed architecture in terms of range, payload, charging requirements, access to connected data etc.

2.Demonstration of high efficiency powertrains capable of at least 300 km range between recharging events, whilst operating with at their maximum allowed GVW.

3.Demonstrate at least 200 km average daily operation in real conditions over a period of at least 6 months, according to different mission profiles and requirements (distribution and delivery of refrigerated payloads optionally included) including end users from across Europe.

4.Achievement of total 10% improvement in overall efficiency over current generation electric vehicles of the same categories.

5.Demonstration of a delivery load capacity not less than 90% of a current ICE vehicle.

6.Define and develop charging infrastructure solution(s) and associated strategies (private, public or public-private) for the different use cases associated to logistics hubs and TEN-T urban nodes, also proposing an analysis of the minimum viable European recharging stations network, possibly also in coordination with projects issuing from 2Zero topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-03.

7.Development of specific powertrain components might be included where needed, considering synergies with HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-02 where appropriate.

8.Assess the capabilities under real operational conditions/use cases and propose strategies to overcome payload and range limitations (e.g. charging strategies while loading/unloading), exploiting all potential operational benefits (e.g. low maintenance and operational cost) as well as innovation enabled by big data acquisition, analysis, and usage to broaden the missions in terms of payload and daily running within the regional scope, and maximizing vehicle productivity (ton km per year) thus demonstrating value for fleet operators and end users.

9.Assess the potential impact in terms of emissions reduction considering the potential scale-up opportunities of the addressed use cases, prioritizing higher impact use cases.

10.Synergies with shorter range/lower payloads urban and suburban applications in the municipal waste collection or construction activities, can be included.

11.Projects should deliver digital twin models of the demonstrator vehicles, such that the impact of the innovations towards the overall objectives of the 2Zero partnership might be determined prior to the completion of the project. Data that is produced as output from a ‘digital twin’ should be FAIR, and deposition in relevant repositories should be encouraged 205 .

12.Develop and validate tools for zero tailpipe emission vehicles integration in fleets (and mixed fleets) for efficient assignment of tasks (routes, charging strategies, assignments etc.).

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-02: Nextgen EV components: Integration of advanced power electronics and associated controls (2ZERO)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstrate a minimum of 20% cost reduction of power electronic modules and inverters for a given power, to increase the overall affordability of EVs in mass production (in comparison to the cost of the best current-generation or close to market components at proposal submission time).

2.Significant advancements in efficiency (reduction of losses by 25%) and thermal performance (increased maximum operational temperature), both parameters versus the state of the art of the targeted application. This allows further range increases, faster charging and easier thermal management of the whole powertrain, as well as possible improvement in cabin-heating and defrosting in winter.

3.Development of power electronics enabling drastic size and weight reductions for the electric drive, with significant advances beyond 5 kW/kg or 20kW/litre for a BEV.

4.Facilitating the integration of power electronics in batteries and electric motors/axles (including modular approaches).

5.Increased reliability and availability of powertrain by intelligent control and diagnostics techniques, predictive maintenance of machine and inverter.

6.Achieve automotive quality levels in the whole system with new, robust and reliable functionalities and materials.

Scope: In the constant drive to improve efficiency and performance while increasing affordability, the recent introduction of wide bandgap (WBG) technologies (such as SiC, GaN and beyond, whose development is excluded in this topic since it is covered in the KDT partnership) need further effort for their integration in new, on-board architectures, taking into account new powertrain generations with different voltage levels, e.g. 400V, 800V and higher.

Achieving innovative compact integrated solutions will be both a strong lever for future economies of scale and a strong advantage for flexibility that will satisfy user’s needs and increase acceptance, as well as an enabler for new powertrain architectures with distributed multiple wheel drive.

Proposals are expected to address all the following:

1.System-partitioning/-integration: Intelligent, redundant and fail-safe topology/system architecture; highly integrated power electronics with component integration and building-block approaches for minimal level of parasitics; integration and functional modularity of power converters (integrated on-board charger and traction inverter, integrated inverter and electric motor, integrated DC/DC and inverter, high-frequency DC/DC power conversion with WBG components).

2.Circuit concepts and control: Topologies adapted to advanced WBG semiconductors and new materials, “including & beyond GaN”; control approaches for improved reliability as well as reduction of losses, noise and interference at a system level; novel control strategies with self-learning and intelligent monitoring capabilities, suitable for very high-frequency operation.

3.Interconnected technologies: robust assembly and materials, better suited for integration and new power semiconductors, alongside the capability for higher temperatures and currents, as well as extension to 3D design.

4.Joining and connecting technologies: Power output stages with low impedance connection and increased robustness against temperature cycling, as well as advanced interfaces for modular building blocks.

5.Thermal management: Module and component concepts with improved thermal performance; concepts for integrating cooling in housings, assemblies and component groups, and with environmental control if appropriate; direct liquid-cooling for high power can be considered through different solutions such as direct cooling with an immersed power module, jet impingement and spray, microchannel heatsinks or heat pipes; extension of air-cooling up to medium power levels.

6.Simulation/Prediction: Holistic simulation chain (e.g. along the value chain: Vehicle/ Motor/Electronics/IC); advanced physics-based simulation tools/models to increase development capabilities in order to close the gap to physical limits and reduce over-engineering; prediction of functional availability dynamically during operation predictive maintenance.

7.Gate Drivers: integration of the driver component with the power module to limit the stray inductance between the gate driver and the semiconductor; the gate driver should allow maximum switching speed by dealing with electromagnetic interferences (EMI) to drive wide bandgap devices.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-03: System approach to achieve optimised Smart EV Charging and V2G flexibility in mass-deployment conditions (2ZERO)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Definition of the optimal smart charging concepts able to cope with several million of Electric Vehicles (EV) deployed in different environments.

2.Development of smart charging strategies and control mechanisms that maximise the EV drivers’ satisfaction and the efficiency of the whole energy system, increasing the use of renewable electricity harnessing unused EV storage capacity, whilst minimising grid reinforcements and energy generation needs.

3.Innovative concepts and technologies performances to create affordable, user-friendly smart and bidirectional (V2X, where X can be G for Grid, H for Home and B for Business) charging solutions, co-optimising the needs of EV users, of the house/building and of the supplying grid.

4.A better understanding of the operational and economic trade-offs for the user and the vehicle (e.g; cost of battery damage, additional cost for electronics to enable V2G), and on the charging (e.g. installation cost, battery damage/degradation) infrastructure of the different smart and bidirectional (V2G) charging approaches and technologies (for instance AC vs DC), as well as the costs for the different actors involved.

5.Contribution to the integrated planning process of systems aimed at exploiting cross-sector mutual benefits (G2X and V2X).

6.Contribution to the standardisation process of interfaces for V2X.

7.Assess customer expectations and implement an open architecture (i.e. not proprietary) concerning smart and bidirectional charging solutions, as key success factors to build a mutually beneficial charging experience for the user and for the grid.

8.Demonstrate V2X potential in encouraging renewable energy growth through the integration with low power renewable energy sources (e.g. photovoltaics on the roof or in parking lots), by reducing energy exchange with the grid (in both directions) by 50%.

Scope: Digitally controlled charging solutions represent a fundamental building block of a full and effective shift to electromobility. When scaled to a mass-market-level, current uncontrolled charging (i.e. maximum available power from the moment the vehicle is plugged in) could contribute to create an extra burden on the power system. Mass availability of battery storage, provided by parked EVs (both light and heavy-duty vehicles) can however be turned into a clear upside if an integrated approach is adopted considering the different charging scenarios (public charging, home charging, depot charging, etc.). Moreover, the effective exploitation of EV charging flexibility can minimise investments in the electric grids, resulting in reduced system charges for the network users.

Proposals are expected to address all the following:

·Improve the whole user experience (localization, booking, payment and billing process) when charging EVs under different scenarios (on street and in personal parking, in company and public buildings, etc.) and considering different electric vehicle fleets (passenger cars, light and medium commercial duty vehicles). The quantity and quality of drivers’ needs (e.g. range anxiety, duration and preferred time slot for charging, acceptance of incomplete charge levels), the conditions for allowing a shared control of battery State-of-Charge, and the availability to commit to vehicle utilisation limitations (rewards & penalties) have to be considered as a starting point for designing smart and bidirectional charging solutions; integration and control solutions should also be considered, in view of achieving the best customer acceptance.

·Consider current slow/medium power charging, analyse and develop and demonstrate lower cost alternatives, appropriate for the mass deployment of slow charging, considering both AC and DC V2X solutions, related costs and issues (for instance power quality of AC systems), in view of optimising the cost of on-vehicle and infrastructure-side electronics.

·Complementing previous bullet innovative scalable solutions for large parking areas and urban, on-road parking in smart cities, e.g. from a suitable central power system with multiple outputs vs individual distributed low power chargers, are expected to be considered, developed and validated.

·In order to define optimal charging concept/strategies, trade-offs are expected to be performed in different EV penetration scenarios with a view to defining the optimal balance between the vehicle and infrastructure costs, the location and typology of charging infrastructures, and its interoperability whilst demonstrating the efficiency of V2X centralized and decentralized scenarios and catering for different EV categories, in different environments. The following alternatives are expected to be considered: public (including on-road and covered parking), private (residential and office buildings), in cities with high or low private parking availability, for light and heavy duty vehicles, in cities or countries with monophase and triphase systems, integration with personal (V2H) or business power generation (V2B), participation to grid service markets (V2G), aggregation with other consumer/prosumer facilities, behind-the-meter energy optimisation for prosumers.

·The impact of the different bidirectional charging profiles on the life of the EV battery and power electronics are expected to be quantified, used to define the damage cost and, therefore, the right level of incentives for the users in allowing their battery to be used.

·Performing fast charging can be an alternative to a pervasive low power charging network. These concepts are expected to be analysed and the respective pros and cons defined, including the impact on the grid of a large number of fast chargers adequately spread in the urban environment (considering the potential of local storage), with a view to providing authorities with a complete perspective of the optimal infrastructure depending on local conditions.

·Defining optimal charging concept/strategies through the development of smart charging processes and data models, considering current international and European standardisation activities, minimising EV driver’s costs by rewarding their charging/discharging flexibility via effectively exploiting the storing capabilities of EVs both in a planned way (charging in low cost/generation surplus time slots) and considering contingencies (fast response in balancing grids flows fluctuations). AI-driven energy management schemes are expected to be developed, including their market and regulatory frameworks (dynamic tariffs criteria and focused incentives), to be tested preferably through regulatory sandboxes. In this respect, the communication requirements among the energy actors are expected to be evaluated, promoting the interoperability (preferably at European level) between the proposed solutions.

·A final assessment of the conditions in which full V2X functionalities are needed and beneficial, and where simple V1G charge control is sufficient, are expected to be performed.

·Quantitative parametric and probabilistic models for assessing the impact of progressive, massive EV penetration on the electricity system are expected to also be established: these should consider modifications of hourly/weekly load profiles, conditions for energy adequacy (primary energy supply) and power adequacy (grid congestions/reinforcements).

·Clear framework for use of the necessary personal data and data portability generated by the natural persons making use of vehicle infrastructure pair should be investigated thoroughly in line with the General Data Protection Regulation.

·In order to achieve a seamless smart charging experience for the EV driver, the connectivity and interoperability between the vehicle and the different players in the EV charging ecosystem, including charging point operators (CPOs), electromobility service providers (EMSPs), roaming platforms and distribution system operators (DSOs), together with access to all the necessary data to facilitate this objective, should be considered. This should help in creating an integrated mobility system, assisting drivers and passengers to take optimal decisions in selecting the charging points and overall trip planning, in terms of cost, waiting time, and the extra services provided to drivers and to vehicles.

·The relevant data collection, exchange and management for smart and bidirectional charging are expected to be assessed, with a focus on the required in-vehicle data types (especially in relation to the battery management system) which are indispensable to operationalise these new charging technologies. Additionally, communication protocols and user interfaces (including the need for new/updated standards) are expected to be assessed and developed as needed in line with the work carried out by international and European standardisation organisation.

The selected projects are invited to participate to BRIDGE 206 activities when considered relevant.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04: LCA and design for sustainable circularity - holistic approach for zero-emission mobility solutions and related battery value chain (2ZERO & Batteries Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The project addressing this “Batteries-2Zero” Joint Call approaches a commonly accepted Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of zero-emission road transport solutions, focussing on zero-emission vehicles and their batteries, as one of their central components, as well as other applications of the same types of battery cells (e.g. industrial, stationary applications etc.).

Proposals are expected to provide for coordinated activities on LCA and Life Cycle Inventory (LCI) at vehicle and cell levels, to define and develop a unique and shared approach with common methodologies for both zero-emission vehicles and the battery value chain. The project’s main governance (e.g. Steering Group, Advisory Board) is expected to provide for direct involvement of relevant stakeholders from the automotive and battery sectors, as well as relevant European Commission services. Close cooperation with running EU-funded projects performing LCA in these sectors will also be expected to maximise synergies and reduce duplication of efforts.

The project’s results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A consensus concept for a harmonised, robust, transparent and real-data based LCA approach and tools (also with consideration for extension to social Life Cycle Assessments, S-LCA), with an emphasis on light-duty and heavy-duty zero-emission vehicles (ZEV) and batteries; enabling the assessment of the sustainability performance and evaluation of optimal designs along the value chain and over the full life-cycle (cradle-to-cradle), also taking into account the need of comparing with conventional solutions.

2.New, holistic and applicable quantitative tools to drive an approach to the design of ZEV, their components and batteries.

3.Take into account in particular uptake of the Renewable Energy both for manufacturing processes and for information to the end users.

4.A harmonised strategy for sustainability by design, describing requirements and specifications of tools for all life-cycle phases required to improve the environmental performance of ZEV and batteries, including their components and sub-systems.

5.A commonly accepted ontology for a European-wide LCI database for zero emission vehicles and batteries, including all sub-systems and components, and using real data for the present and short-term future, whilst using provisional data, based on trajectories for the reduction of GHG emissions in the Power, Industry and Transport sectors, and use cases, including pre-defined data quality indicators.

6.Greater environmental sustainability and lower TCO (total cost of ownership) through consistent and frontloaded real-data based assessment of technologies and solutions, with extension to other sectors using the same cells and technologies.

7.Alignment of on-going harmonisation and standardisation activities relevant for a road transport-specific LCA approach, with emphasis on ZEV and the related battery value chain.

8.In line with existing or upcoming legislation, and based on guidance from the EC, agree on the common access to the database, including, where this could be necessary for the Member States/Associated Countries to inform their policies.

9.Increased awareness and acceptance of a European-wide, battery and road transport-specific LCA approach and LCI database.

Scope: In order to make the best, most informed choices in terms of sustainability, it is of utmost importance for zero emission road transport to have the right tools to assess technologies, non-technical measures and product life cycle processes in a holistic way. In selecting the right technologies for clean and sustainable mobility at a system, vehicle and component level, the ecological footprint and the impact of technologies upon society have to be assessed, based on highly reliable data at an early stage of development and planning in a harmonised and comparable way.

Proposals are expected to address all the following:

1.Screening, collecting and evaluating existing LCA and S-LCA needs, methodologies, tools datasets and metrics, to identify and overcome knowledge gaps, to identify development needs in current methodologies and tools, as well as to identify the impact reduction potential for ZEV and batteries.

2.Elaborate a consensus LCA (and S-LCA) approach specific for zero-emission solutions, with an emphasis on light-duty and heavy-duty ZEV and the related battery value chain, suitable for the full life-cycle (cradle-to-cradle) whilst expanding the existing complexity of an environmental LCA to assess and compare the impact of solutions in a holistic way, and reflecting the needs of a resource-efficient circular economy.

3.Elaborate the baseline for a Europe-wide, commonly accepted, road transport sector LCA approach and LCI database for ZEV and the related battery value chain, based on real data or on provisional data based on trajectories for the reduction of GHG emissions in the Power, Industry and Transport sectors, ensuring openness, accessibility and transparency, implementing the FAIR data principles 207 , whilst ensuring applicability to existing technologies.

4.Taking into account existing and upcoming legislation, under policy guidance of the EC, define access to the database, for purposes of policy makers, including to the authorities of the Member States, where appropriate.

5.Promote the uptake of Renewables in manufacturing processes and information on renewables to the end users. Harmonise across all stakeholders for methodologies, tools, datasets and metrics as well as for target criteria, to help improve consistency, robustness and transparency, and to address important gaps in transport-specific LCA and LCI, with focus on ZEV and the battery value chain. It is of utmost importance to involve all stakeholders, including the European Commission services, Member States/Associated Countries and standardisation bodies, to ensure the acceptance and succeeding implementation of the LCA approach and LCI database.

6.Conceptualise the frontloading of a LCA and S-LCA for ZEV and the related battery value chain, at an early stage of development and planning, in a harmonised and comparable way, ensuring the compatibility and comparability with (conventional) alternatives.

7.Definition of use cases for ZEV and batteries, representative of real-world conditions (e.g. for activity, lifetime, impacts linked to the specific duty-cycle and accounting for user behaviour) and the exemplary characterisation and calculation of impacts from zero-emission vehicle components, through applying the consensus LCA approach, and assessing the variability inherent to key real-world parameters.

8.Elaborate the potential and outline the transfer of the consensus LCA and S-LCA for other applications, such as fuel cells or stationary battery systems, or markets such as aerospace or maritime.

9.This work should build upon both recent existing EC- and stakeholder-funded research (such as the eLCAr project and the reports “Circular Economy Perspectives for the Management of Batteries used in Electric Vehicles” and “Determining the environmental impacts of conventional and alternatively fuelled vehicles through LCA” 208 , aiming at aligning ongoing activities within this context towards a single LCA approach. Cooperation and exchange of experience and data with running projects performing LCA of batteries and cells is also expected to enrich the results.

The selected projects are invited to participate to BRIDGE 209 activities when considered relevant.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) and ‘Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility’.

Aviation

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-05: Greenhouse gas aviation emissions reduction technologies towards climate neutrality by 2050

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Deliver transformative technologies that will substantially reduce non-CO2 emissions. The selection of technologies should be compatible with operational procedures and aligned with a potential inclusion of non-CO2 emissions in EU and International aviation market-based measures (e.g. EU Emissions Trading System and ICAO CORSIA) and other potential relevant policy tools (e.g. European Green Deal) and studies 210 . Foster in-flight measurement of non-CO2 emissions.

2.Deliver transformative technologies for aircraft engines, systems and structures that will maximise the life cycle environmental impact reduction.

3.Explore new modular aircraft and/or component configurations, optimised for the lowest possible environmental impact and noise footprint at take-off and landing operations, allowing 24/7 operations.

4.Deliver improved aircraft performance technologies (including engine, hybrid-electric systems, electric & electromechanical systems, integrated H2 storage, management systems, light-weight multi-functional materials and structures and/or morphing capabilities), compatible with aviation climate reduction operational-mitigation strategies, in areas with high climate cost. The selection of technologies should deliver intermediate benefits and bridge the aviation climate neutrality gap towards 2050.

Scope: The impact of aviation to environment and climate is driven by long-term effects from CO2 emissions and shorter-term ones from non- CO2 emissions (water vapour, nitrogen oxides, sulphur oxides, aerosols, contrails and contrail cirrus). The CO2 effects are well understood and are proportional to the fuel used, while the non-CO2 effects are still insufficiently understood and carry large uncertainties. The total climate impact of aviation has been estimated 211 , 212 to two to four times higher than the effect of CO2 emissions alone. R&I activities in Horizon Europe will pay adequate attention to CO2 and non-CO2 emissions, as well as their interdependencies.

Regarding the reduction of full-flight fuel burn and CO2 emissions, the selection of technologies should have a holistic approach to aviation ecosystem, considering aircraft (including engines) technologies, improved air-traffic management solutions (input and synergies with ATM partnership), new fuel options (input and synergies with hydrogen partnership) and operational improvements. Timely alignment with European medium-term industrial roadmaps (beyond 2030) should be established.

Regarding the reduction of aviation non- CO2 emissions, the selection of technologies and operational measures should consider climate optimised flight trajectory planning avoiding sensitive areas, should be compatible with operational procedures and aligned with a potential inclusion of non-CO2 emissions in EU and International aviation market-based measures (e.g. EU Emissions Trading System and ICAO CORSIA).

A potentially high risk in pursuing transformative and disruptive climate neutral aviation technologies is the recent evidence (last decade) from not as flawless as expected entry into service of innovative propulsion and aircraft technologies at large. To mitigate this risk, the R&I actions proposed in this topic should profit and linked with more integrated design and manufacturing advancements that are covered in topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-06 (digital transformation).

Overall, this topic aims for new low TRL technologies for reduced life-cycle GHG emissions that will reach TRL4 by 2030, at the latest. The topic has synergies with the EPCA and Integrated ATM partnerships. All activities higher than TRL 3 that address the reduction of GHG aviation emissions, with emphasis on propulsion technologies and their integration, will be dealt in the European Partnership on Clean Aviation (EPCA) and the IATM partnership. The low-TRL technologies in this topic may enable expanding the design envelope with new configurations, more electrified aircraft and engine architectures, more electric systems, more integrated metallic, composite and multifunctional aerostructures, advanced flow control and high-lift aerodynamics as well as advancements in flight control systems. To enable effectively addressing the non-CO2 climate impacts, the topic will also support research to fill gaps in their understanding, and thereby enable addressing these impacts.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-06: Next generation digital aircraft transformation in design, manufacturing, integration and maintenance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 29.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project. However, exceptionally for this topic, activities may arrive up to TRL 6 in well-justified cases, in coordination with the forthcoming European Partnership on Clean Aviation and Integrated Air-Traffic Management Work Programmes.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Deliver transformative digital technologies that will allow flawless entry into service of future European aircrafts (including engines, structures and systems) of all platforms. The outcomes should be in-line with technologies for future climate-neutral aircraft configurations and their integration. Multi-disciplinary model-based digital twins that cover the complete aircraft lifecycle, scaled-prototypes, representative rigs and unique research infrastructures fall within the expected outcomes.

2.Advance further technologies that will enable flexible integration of simulation ecosystems in an extended enterprise context and allow multi-disciplinary design, optimisation and uncertainty quantification at realistic time-scales for commercial aviation.

3.Deliver new technologies and methodologies for model-based validation and certification, measurement and prediction of hardware and software reliability and impact on flight safety for commercial aviation, new standards and alternative methods of compliance. Ensure compatibility between EASA-FAA working groups on standards (e.g. APR 4754/ED-79, ARP 4761, DO 178/ED-12 and DO-254/ED-80).

4.Reduce the lifecycle greenhouse gas impact of aircraft materials (including rare earth elements) and explore the fastest path towards their economical substitution. Advance further recovery and recycling methods in order to extend the useful life of materials, reduce the carbon footprint and produce new high-quality parts for new applications. Enable a clear path towards a fully circular aircraft.

5.Deliver transformative digital and eco-efficient manufacturing technologies, advance further composite manufacturing, maintenance-repair-overhaul (MRO) and health assessment processes and procedures (including Health & Usage Monitoring Units) that will allow flawless entry into service and continuous airworthiness of European aircrafts of all platforms. Optimised manufacturing and MRO processes and tools, as well as on-board and on-site sensors and communication platforms are within the expected outcomes.

Scope: This topic is about a real digital transformation with a holistic and circular approach for the aviation ecosystem.

This topic aims to accelerate the design and manufacturing processes (including additive manufacturing) as well as allow flawless entry into service of new aircrafts and systems. The topic is in-line with the European new industrial policy and will bring even closer together the European supply chain (including innovative SMEs and start-ups). This topic may cover all aspects of digital aircraft, from design and manufacturing to operations and recycling. Digital-physical scaled demonstrator aircrafts for education, research and development are within the scope of this topic. Digital factory for all tiers and integrators and for all aircraft platform, from components to final assembly line (FAL) are also within the scope of this topic. As software becomes a vital part of the aircraft, new digital methods, tools and certification processes are of outmost importance. Synergies with the European High Performance Computing platform and European Digital Twin initiatives should be exploited.

Enabling climate neutral, clean, smart, and competitive waterborne transport

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-07: Enabling the safe and efficient on-board storage and integration within ships of large quantities of ammonia and hydrogen fuels (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Contribution to the establishment by 2027 of at least two full scale demonstration projects using or potentially using 100% climate neutral fuels in a realistic shipping environment.

2.Enabling the timely transition to climate-neutral ship operations by facilitating the wider adoption of carbon-neutral alternative fuels at a large scale and for shipping distances of 3000 nm or more.

3.Supporting the conditions for a timely and efficient uptake of sustainable alternative fuels along the specific supply and usage chain for maritime transport and inland navigation.

4.*Demonstration of the feasibility to store and use hydrogen based fuels (generally in liquid form) on a medium and large scale (capacities equivalent to +300 tons of conventional marine fuel [HFO, MGO or MDO]) in a realistic environment on-board.

5.*Demonstration of the use of these fuels in high power applications with long autonomy.

6.*Demonstration of the applicability, in particular with respect to short sea shipping, IWT vessels, and the stricter environmental expectations for passenger ships.

7.*Development of pertinent technical rules.

Scope: Commercial shipping, including deep sea shipping (intercontinental maritime transport), short sea shipping (services between European destinations), and other ship operations with high power demand (which may include also certain aspects in IWT), requires the storage of large amounts of energy with conventional fuel capacities from hundreds to thousands of tons allowing operational autonomy up to several months. The use of sustainable alternative fuels at scale embracing a number fuel options needs to be studied and solutions developed for a wide range of applications.

Sustainable hydrogen, ammonia and other hydrogen derived fuels are potentially promising alternative fuels to make shipping fully climate neutral and independent of fossil fuels. Only very limited experience with the use of ammonia and hydrogen as fuel in a maritime environment exists today.

Hydrogen and ammonia are particularly challenging in terms of on-board storage capacities, storage methods, safe handling, space constraints and the structural integration of tanks, and their subsequent use in high power propulsion systems.

The aim is to develop large and very large storage solutions for hydrogen and ammonia (e.g. compressed H2, liquid H2, LOHC, hydrides, ammonia derived compounds) and their integration on-board. Whilst a certain fuel neutrality is sought a rigorous preselection of the most suitable type and form of fuels is required in order to come to a realistic demonstration environment as early as possible.

Research and innovation is needed with respect to the efficient and safe on-board storage and use under real shipping conditions, taking into account aspects such as pressure, temperature, explosion risk and toxicity. These aspects have to be investigated considering all the relevant issues related to the maritime environment such as structural response of the ship, ship motions and related effects (e.g. sloshing, resonance), corrosion, etc.. In order to facilitate the wide-spread use of these clean fuels, solutions should be modular with the possibility of upscaling, and pertinent technical rules should be developed.

Solutions are not necessarily limited to maritime freight transport if it can be shown that these fuels can be used economically and efficiently at the specific scale of passenger services (ferries) and IWT. This may imply different regulatory constraints and infrastructure (bunkering) situations which have to be taken into account.

Projects will address both the storage of hydrogen and ammonia at capacities exceeding the equivalent of 300 tons of conventional marine fuels in order to show the use in a realistic environment with practical range and autonomy, although the fuel capacity may be adapted to the requirements of different ship types in a first stage of development. The scope extends to the design, testing and overall assessment of on-board systems for these fuels, developing concepts and testing them at lab scale with a robust perspective of scaling up to achieve the levels needed for operational commercial vessels. The structural integration of fuel and energy systems on-board, related safety issues, supporting standards development, and the minimisation of storage volumes and distributions systems towards the energy converters will be addressed. This also needs to take into account bunkering situations as part of the fuel handling on-board.

Transport of such fuels in dedicated carriers does not fall within the scope of this topic.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-08: Enabling the full integration of very high power fuel cells in ship design using co-generation and combined cycle solutions for increased efficiency with multiple fuels (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Establishing the basis for achieving TRL 8 in on-board use of high power fuel cells by 2030.

2.*Feasibility and technical demonstration of the use of high-power fuel cells in co-generation and/or combined cycle mode in waterborne transport.

3.*Proof of scaling up, to a target of significantly above 3 MW power output, of fuel cell installations for all shipping applications, including main propulsion of a short sea shipping or inland navigation vessel.

4.*In case of a fuel cell using fossil fuel as input proof of significant efficiency gains (at least 20%) in a realistic environment compared to the conventional use of the fuels (e.g. within an ICE) with consequent reduction in GHG emissions.

5.*Demonstration of the exploitation on-board of waste thermal energy produced by high temperature fuel cells in ship-specific applications (e.g. hot water, steam production, HVAC, etc.) for potential mass-market application.

6.*Showing a realistic pathway to the wider use of fuel cell technology in waterborne transport including the assessment of the maturity and resulting mid-term potential of various fuel cell systems. This may include an initial focus on lower power propulsion applications in inland navigation where power reserves for adverse sailing conditions are less relevant.

Scope: The use of fuel cells (FC) for waterborne applications is becoming increasingly relevant as stack power increases and the problem of the storage of un-regulated alternative fuels is solved. Demonstrating and upscaling this technology will lead to initial and earlier applications in IWT and short sea shipping vessels, as well as to complementary power generation on-board ships with high power demand, whilst also setting foundations towards deployment within even larger scale long distance applications.

Whilst previous projects have addressed applicability of mainly smaller fuel cell systems on-board, the full integration of very high power fuel cells on-board large ships represents a major challenge.

The total efficiency of high temperature FCs, using a variety of fuels, can be substantially increased through their use within a combined cycle, recovering secondary heat or using them in combination with secondary combustion systems. Whilst such installations are operating on land with substantial improvements in energy efficiency compared to an internal combustion engine, a fully integrated dual cycle multi-MW FC system has yet to be achieved on-board a ship. Regardless of the fuel used efficiency improvements would be expected to substantially contribute to climate neutrality as well as moving towards high power 100% hydrogen operations.

The aim is to prove the use of high-temperature FCs in a co-generation and combined cycle mode, either on a ship powered uniquely by FCs, or on-board a large ship with high power demand together with other power and thermal energy generation and management systems. Solutions need to address comprehensively the complexity of ship integration, e.g. the balance of plant components, batteries for dynamic loads and waste heat recovery systems.

A demonstrator of a high-temperature system as a large efficient unit will be developed and installed on-board a suitable vessel, and the budget foreseen reflects this ambition. The power of the FC will aim to exceed significantly 3 MW. The system may be run with conventional fossil fuels, with the use of an internal reformer. In this case the system needs to show a significant efficiency gain in terms of reduced GHG emissions compared to the conventional use of the fuel. Overall, the superiority of a FC solution over conventional ICEs should be demonstrated in a comparable arrangement. This may include an IWT application with less power to show the early marketability of the concept and its applicability on a large scale.

Initial target applications are those where the existing regulatory framework facilitates the introduction of a prototype which may depend on the sector of application, the ship type or the fuel used. The project should address the propulsion architecture and/or the electric system, but it shall not address the development of new FCs per se.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-09: CSA identifying waterborne sustainable fuel deployment scenarios (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A full understanding of clean fuel scenarios for different regions including sensitivity analysis of the different variables, consideration of evolving technologies and their applicability to maritime transport, inland navigation and waterborne operations.

2.Development of quantified and dynamic techno-economic models for the uptake of sustainable fuels in a variety of waterborne application cases and for a range of regional conditions, clearly identifying uncertainties and parameters to enable technical and economic viability.

3.Support for the transposition of RDI results into commercial and regulatory reality.

4.Support to identify the impacts on ports (e.g. bunkering supply and other services, also for IWT, emissions measuring and verification), derived for the defined scenarios for different regions.

Scope: Other than for short distances, waterborne transport is expected to become climate neutral mainly by the introduction of alternative, sustainable, and carbon-neutral fuels, by massive efficiency improvements and through related technologies for the fuel’s use in propulsion and power generation on-board.

However, the uptake of specific alternative fuels in different European waterborne segments and geographical areas will vary and depend on fuel costs, fuel availability (generation and distribution), national or regional incentives, international co-operation, and many other fixed and dynamic factors. Whilst some studies addressing fuels for maritime transport and/or inland navigation exist, a proper characterisation per segment and per area including sensitivity and variability analysis has not yet been addressed.

Supporting decision making within the ZEWT partnership the CSA will identify and monitor the evolution of different sustainable alternative fuel deployment scenarios, taking into account different types of services, the evolution of sustainable fuel supplies, operational costs and capital expenditure, environmental factors (in particular those affecting coastal and port communities), as well as distribution and infrastructure implications relevant to the sector. Evolving and potential market mechanisms, regulations (e.g. the integration of the maritime transport sector in the ETS, the FuelEU Maritime Directive etc.) and incentives are to be considered. Discussions with sustainable fuel suppliers and facilitating the timely commercial deployment of partnership outcomes to accelerate climate neutrality and emission reduction of shipping are tasks of the CSA.

A model is to be developed considering the wider aspects of waterborne transport (incl. IWT, short and deep sea shipping, high-tech vessels) involving energy and waterborne stakeholders, with an approach that is neutral with regard to specific energy carriers or technologies. Focus will be on the cost-efficient and timely deployment of solutions on a large scale and the potential evolution of these factors over time. A life cycle assessment should be included and linkages or synergies with alternative fuel use in other transport modes should be explored.

Activities will be undertaken in close and formal cooperation with the H2020 STEERER project which is identifying strategic technological paths and priorities towards climate neutrality as well identifying business model evolutions. Therefore, the budget of this CSA is reduced. The project will support the waterborne community in the identification of market trends with a systematic approach to future scenarios, understanding of uncertainties and critical factors.

The project will liaise with EU and international bodies and their initiatives with respect to future fuel scenarios and emission control governance (e.g. FuelEU Maritime, ESSF, IMO) and will establish contacts with the main associations of fuel suppliers.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-10: Innovative on-board energy saving solutions (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Proof of gains in vessel energy performance and operational efficiency through demonstrators that are applicable to maritime transport and/or inland navigation.

2.Significant reduction in GHG emissions from waterborne transport.

3.Enabling the timely on-board application of innovative and green solutions for energy transformation that require significantly higher volumes for storage and equipment.

4.*Deliver at the end of the project deployable energy efficiency solutions (stand alone or in combination, for new builds and for retrofitting) with at least 10% energy savings compared to best available technologies for stand-alone solutions and at least 20% for combined solutions, each on the level of the vessel.

Scope: The transformation of maritime transport and inland navigation towards climate neutrality can be accelerated through the development and deployment of innovative technologies to improve energy efficiency. The wide-spread adoption of these technologies, in particular for high-power vessels, is crucial. RDI efforts will develop technological solutions for higher efficiency, reducing fuel consumption as well as increasing performance. The overall aim is reducing the vessel’s energy demand, facilitating the transition to sustainable energy sources with lower energy density and potentially higher cost.

Energy efficiency measures may have specific applications linked to new technologies (e.g. alternative fuels, fuel cells, electrification, assisted wind power propulsion) which require significant changes in the on-board energy balance and management.

Projects are expected to address technological solutions for energy efficiency yielding at least 10% reduction in energy consumption compared to best available technologies for similar applications in case of a single measure and at least 20% in case of combined measures.

A wide range of potential solutions may be proposed, including for example: reducing thermal, electrical and propulsive loads, optimisation of on-board energy management systems, design based systemic/holistic approaches and/or the use of active/adaptive technologies.

Digital solutions supporting operational strategies and remote monitoring and control can also be addressed if they are contributing to higher energy efficiency. More and advanced sensors integrated with advanced energy management can form the basis for an increased full life-cycle ship energy efficiency and can feed into digital twin models for the ship and for its sub-systems. Cyber security aspects are expected to be taken into account.

Other potential solutions may include waste heat recovery systems, HVAC improvements, new hull forms, advanced propeller and appendages for enhanced hydrodynamics, reduced hull resistance through air lubrication, new automation and control strategies, new coatings, employing new high performance materials (in particular lightweight materials such as composites) or enhanced production processes.

To maximise the potential for GHG reduction, solutions will be prioritised that are applicable to a wide variety of waterborne operations (and not just selective cases), regarding both maritime and inland navigation.

The technical and operational transferability will be ensured through standardisation and the development of multi-media documentations and training programmes enabling also the long term development of skills.

Activities addressing efficiency gains through the design of internal combustion engines or power generation systems are excluded.

Solutions are expected to be demonstrated in line with the expected TRL but testing within an operational environment would be a benefit.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-11: Hyper powered vessel battery charging system (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Faster turnaround times of battery electric ships and facilitating the charging of larger on-board batteries.

2.New business models are developed for electrical ships and their port operations in close cooperation with land side stakeholders.

3.Increase Europe’s technological lead in fast charging systems for batteries that can be applied to a wide range of vessel types in the medium term.

4.Increase Europe’s competitive advantage within the electric shipping market supporting jobs and growth.

5.*At least two full scale demonstrators in two European ports showing the practical use for an end-to-end service between these ports (without a proprietary solution, the system needs to be compatible with charging in other ports as well).

6.*Demonstration and performance assessment in a realistic environment of fast multi-MW recharging systems, leading to an increase in the technical and economic viability of battery electric shipping.

7.*Market analysis and feasibility assessment of the more wide-spread deployment of fast high power electrical charging of vessels in European ports (or at certain offshore facilities), including short sea vessels and ferries.

8. *Demonstrated flexibility regarding different waterborne applications to be served by the same connecting facility.

Scope: Electrification is an important means to make waterborne transport climate neutral and is already successfully deployed within diesel hybrid ships and fully electric ferries serving shorter distances. The capacity and range of electric vessels are increasing and the cost of batteries are coming down. Due to comparatively high capital costs, business models of electric ships are often founded on high availability, reduced maintenance and fast turnaround.

The provision of high charging powers is often impeded by the lack of availability of high power fast charging and of an adequate electrical supply infrastructure in ports or ferry terminals. The provision of such infrastructure to enable (parallel) multi-MW charging can substantially increase the costs to deploy electric shipping services. Furthermore, charging infrastructures are usually bespoke to a particular electric vessel design. This lack of standardisation further hinders the deployment of electric ships of all types.

Focusing on the ship and shore side interface, R&I will deliver solutions and technology to minimise high power recharging times at port, explore the applicability of charging solutions to a variety of batteries and their usefulness for different ship types. R&I will develop standard interfaces which ensure a seamless integration of different electric ships into conventional port and ferry terminal operations, including their integration with future port and energy infrastructures as they evolve.

Projects will address technologies and solutions for minimising time-to-recharge, by ensuring a recharging system of at least 5 MW capacity. No specific type of connection (either physical or inductive) is preferred.

A high level of charging performance is expected being suitable for new vessels, but solutions should also be adaptable towards existing or refitted vessels.

The following aspects need to be addressed: Ease and required connection time, flexibility regarding power levels and energy transfer whilst minimising impacts on electrical grid infrastructure (cables, switchboards, etc.), addressing potential battery degradation during fast charging, impacts on materials through e.g. corrosion and thermal stress.

Substantial progress beyond the state of the art should be achieved, such as with respect to the Horizon 2020 E-Ferry project. Applicability should be towards a range of vessel types, with larger battery systems and longer autonomy.

It should be explored whether the results can be adapted to a range of particular charging situations where power demand may be lower but the resilience of the system has to be higher and the connection may be more difficult to make. For example, vessels serving wind parks or offshore installations may be able to benefit from direct and distributed charging at the park or installation to enable longer periods of fully electric operation increasing operational efficiency and eliminating excessive transit times.

The energy supply at the port side is not within the scope of this topic. However, projects are expected to consider the minimum requirements for land side grid capacity and technical specifications needed to accompany project outputs.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-12: Assessing and preventing methane slip from LNG engines in all conditions within both existing and new vessels (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

·Ensure that the transitional deployment of LNG fuel does not increase GHG emissions but maximises its potential to contribute to climate neutrality.

·Strengthening the European leadership in LNG technologies, allowing for a transitional sustainable use of LNG where it is beneficial.

·*At least one full scale demonstrator for full methane slip abatement for a vessel in operation.

·*Development and practical demonstration of technical abatement solutions both for retrofitted vessels and new builds, covering a range of operational scenarios.

·*Where still necessary and duly justified quantification of methane slip founded upon both in-situ measurements and consolidated pre-existing validated test results in the public domain addressing a range of LNG engine types and load factors, including dynamic loads as, for example, encountered in manoeuvring.

Scope: Nearly all commercial vessels in operation today have a power generation based on one or more Internal Combustion Engines (ICE). Directive 2014/94/EU on the Deployment of Alternative Fuels Infrastructure defined minimum requirements for the building-up of alternative fuels infrastructure e.g. for natural gas. Currently Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG - methane) is an alternate viable marine fuel deployed to substantially reduce ship-borne pollutant emissions.

However, the impact of LNG on greenhouse gas emissions is strongly influenced by “methane slip”, including the release of unburnt LNG from LNG-fuelled ICEs. This is a problem that is being tackled but not fully solved.

Since methane is a greenhouse gas 84 times more potent than CO2 on a 20 year basis, the potential release of unburnt methane substantially increases the fuel’s impact on climate change. Whilst it is known that operations under some engine loading conditions and with some engine types can significantly increase methane slip, there is a lack robust data on the scale of the challenge for the existing LNG fleet and for new vessels.

Projects will address the current state of the art and the scatter of emissions between different types of LNG-powered engines. Operational data on methane slip from existing engine installations will be assessed, compared and made available. Activities may include additional measurement campaigns of methane slip where necessary and duly justified, addressing the complexity of different engine types at different load factors (including highly dynamic loads) and operational profiles. Activities will lead to a better understanding of the parameters involved in order to develop the most efficient abatement strategies through ICE improvement and/or post-treatment technologies. Such activities are expected to go significantly beyond existing measuring campaigns and provide distinctively new knowledge. A repetition of measurements already made by producers of large marine engines will not be funded.

Project(s) will develop and demonstrate such strategies and the corresponding technologies for better performing ICEs and/or after treatment systems which virtually eliminate methane slip in all conditions in refitted or newly built vessels. By developing technologies also suitable for retrofitting this action will also have an impact on the existing LNG-powered fleet whilst ensuring that negative impacts on energy efficiency (potentially resulting in higher CO2 emissions) and on the suppression of pollutant emissions (in particular NOx) are avoided.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-13: Digital Twin models to enable green ship operations (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reduced emissions and improved efficiency enabled through development of digital models and tools for a wide range of vessel types, ship systems and operational environments.

2.Prove and quantify the impact regarding emissions reductions and improved efficiency through productivity and performance increases based on a proven and efficient environmental impact assessment methodology.

3.Ensuring the wider applicability of digital models for different ship types, both for new constructions and for retrofitting, through a comprehensive methodology and a transferable system architecture.

4.Proving the interoperability of data models between different ship types and regarding the link with port digital twin models.

5.Benchmarking efficiency improvements against other industry sectors.

6.Increase the confidence of investors concerning the expected improvements in energy efficiency and reduced emissions resulting from upgrades and modifications for both new designs and retrofitting.

7.In the medium term, enable the development of the “zero emission decision support system” as a contribution to the 55% reduction goals of fuel consumption in 2030.

Scope: The digital revolution is affecting most industrial sectors, enabling the digital modelling of designs, manufacturing processes and operations. A wider and better development of Digital Twin (DT) models enables new functionalities for the design and operation of vessels to improve operational efficiency to be developed and validated with increased confidence without resorting to more costly physical testing. DT modelling can be founded and validated using sensor data, data mining and merging, big data, AI and self-learning to improve efficiency on all levels. Such developments increase owner confidence in the expected performance when procuring innovative green systems as well as providing operational feedback to the manufacturer which can be used to further improve energy efficiency. In this respect DT models are understood as wide-ranging tools with known application areas and those still to be explored.

The waterborne (transport) sector is characterised by very diverse requirements and market realities. Ships, their systems and related technical and commercial processes are already widely using digital technologies including virtual models but those are generally developed individually and with significant overlaps. Capital expenditure is often very high. The wider implementation and integration of digital technologies into more coherent Digital Twins on-board and onshore supporting user oriented decisions is still in its infancy.

Whilst simulation environments are relatively mature maritime system tools, development to enable full exploitation of the potential functionalities is still lacking.

Activities will address the DT concept in order to improve energy efficiency and environmental performance from the early design phase of vessels to the end of the life cycle, thus providing assurance to the owner or operator concerning the expected improvements resulting from upgrades and modifications. This will be a key factor to achieve the zero-emission targets for waterborne transport, while increasing the understanding of vessel performance in a wide range of operations, in particular in the view of the parallel uptake of a multitude of innovative technologies for on-board energy storage, distribution and conversion as well as those for voyage optimisation and manoeuvring. A methodology to assess environmental impacts and performance improvements through the DT model should be developed and validated, with the definition of KPIs orienting the design choices and manufacturing processes.

Project(s) will develop DT models, preferably based on existing specifications and simulation environments, addressing different ship systems (e.g. engine and machinery operations, hull/propeller performance and interaction models, electric network management including in particular HVAC, cargo handling) in order to have a significant impact on energy efficiency as well as on operational performance, both in maritime transport and IWT and with regard to newbuildings and existing vessels. To this end the dynamic use of real life data (feedback loop) is expected to be addressed as well.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-14: Proving the feasibility of a large clean ammonia marine engine (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Contribution to at least one full scale demonstrator with the ammonia-fuelled marine engine used in a commercial vessel for main propulsion and/or (large scale) main power generation by 2027.

2.In the medium term, enabling operations for maritime intercontinental transport (tankers, bulk carriers, container ships, passenger ships) and realisation of bunkering infrastructures, depending on fuel availability scenarios.

3.Enable the timely transformation of the existing maritime fleet towards climate neutrality through retrofitting of existing vessels with ammonia-fuelled engines.

4.*Demonstration and validation of an ammonia-fuelled marine engine with power output in the +10 MW range. The validation shows safe and reliable operation in realistic scenarios and for a range of load cases.

5.*In case of proven feasibility pathways to the uptake of ammonia as a marine fuel for deep sea shipping and high power vessels are set out.

6.*Analysis of pathways to ammonia as a marine fuel through the establishment of regulations and solutions for health and safety issues.

Scope: Deep sea shipping (maritime intercontinental transport) and ship operations with very high power demand require the storage of large amounts of energy carriers aboard in order to ensure the required autonomy and the ability to navigate safely in adverse and extreme conditions. The use of low energy density green fuels will in these operational environments lead to a significant loss of cargo volumes or useable space (e.g. passenger cabins) which directly impacts the economic parameters of the vessels and consequently leads to reluctance by ship owners to invest in clean ships.

Ammonia is a zero carbon fuel, with a (slightly) higher volumetric energy density than liquid hydrogen and with comparatively high liquefaction temperatures and pressures. Due to this, and its combustion characteristics, green ammonia has been widely advocated as a potential sustainable alternative marine fuel. Yet its possible use within a large low-speed marine engine has yet to be proven. A practical and easy use of ammonia may be a game changer in making shipping climate neutral, in particular if it can be used in the existing fleet through retrofitting.

The aim is to develop, demonstrate and validate a multi-cylinder internal combustion engine of at least 10 MW power output running on ammonia as its main fuel, with IMO-Tier III or lower NOx emissions and negligible emissions of SOx, particulates and other harmful substances or odours. As an indication total tank-to-wake GHG emission reduction versus an MGO baseline should be at least 80% (taking into account that the climate-neutral upstream supply of ammonia is not part of this topic). Risks should be assessed and the engine should also comply with all relevant safety rules and regulations as stipulated by classification societies and flag states.

Projects should demonstrate the engine operating at its rated power in a laboratory or on board of an actual vessel, thus going beyond the state of the art which is currently demonstrating ammonia combustion in smaller (road vehicle-based) test engines, or rapid compression machines.

Assuming feasibility, pathways toward deployment will be proposed.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

Impact of transport on environment and human health

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-15: Development and demonstration of cost affordable and adaptable retrofit solutions for tailpipe and brake polluting emissions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Cleaner urban air and water quality and reduced health impacts and damage to historic buildings due to lower emissions from road transport by 2025.

2.Affordable and adaptable retrofit solutions that with a fraction of the vehicle market value (e.g. 10% or less), could reduce the emissions of the existing Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) based fleet by over 50-60% for NOx and 90% for particles (exhaust emissions).

3.Avoidance of transfer of pollution from high to low-income EU countries (exhaust emissions).

4.Reduced health impact for highly exposed groups like public transport workers and users (emissions from brakes).

5.Affordable and adaptable retrofit solutions to reduce particle emissions by over 90% for particles both in terms of numbers and mass (emissions from brakes).

6.Reduced impact by heavy metals on soil and surface and ground waters (emissions from brakes).

7.Reduced noise impact for retrofitted vehicles (exhaust emissions) and rolling stock (emissions from brakes).

Scope: The impact of transport on air and water quality has been repeatedly found to be due to tailpipe emissions from older vehicles, vehicles exceeding emissions limits in real driving conditions, or by vehicles, which, by not being subjected to specific limits, have high emissions of certain pollutants (e.g. ammonia-fuelled vehicles which emit a high number of particulates).Considering that the current automobile fleet in Europe is unlikely to be significantly renewed within the next 10 years, the proposed research actions should address emissions of nanoparticles from indirect injection (i.e. conventional) gasoline and natural gas engines or Pre-Euro 6 c direct injection gasoline cars that will continue to occur for the next couple of years. In all these cases, when the vehicles are sufficiently recent and therefore not candidates for scrapping, the proposed actions on retrofit technologies should aim at reducing real emissions at a relatively low cost, thus providing an early improvement of air quality without waiting for the vehicles to be replaced (or exported to other markets, thus just shifting the pollution to poorer countries).

The Horizon Prize for the Cleanest Engine retrofit has already demonstrated very high NOx reduction performance on a high emitting Euro 5 diesel, and one of the participants has brought a product on the market, while at the moment no solution is present on the market for ammonia and particulates by vehicle categories not fitted with particle filters (natural gas cars, trucks and buses, gasoline cars). Therefore, the proposed actions should demonstrate in the field the results of deploying available retrofits, in particular to public and private fleets running high numbers of kilometres within the city (buses, delivery vans, taxis), as well as developing and demonstrating new, low cost retrofit technologies for natural gas buses and natural gas and gasoline cars in the above mentioned applications, with a clear validation in real driving of the reduction of emissions. The proposed actions should also consider awareness raising of little known emissions issues (for instance, ammonia and nanoparticles below the regulated threshold) and specific incentive schemes to facilitate the adoption of these technologies should also be considered, taking into account the results of the currently running EU-funded projects on retrofits.

In addition to tailpipe particles, there is a growing awareness of the contribution by tires and brakes from road and rail vehicles. Brakes, different from tires, have the potential to emit large amounts of very fine particles and these can include harmful materials like heavy metals and resins. Moreover, they contribute to poor local air and water quality in specific and sometimes closed environments like bus stops, tunnels and train and metro stations. Therefore, the proposed activities should assess the specific contribution of brake particles on local air and water quality, possibly including citizen science contributions, for instance to assess the situation of complete network of metro and rail stations in cities or workers exposure, and to develop low cost retrofit solutions for these transport vehicles and demonstrate existing solution in the field to assess their benefit and usability/operating costs, while at the same time reducing the acquisition and installation costs, both for first installation and retrofitting (specifically on long-lived public transport assets).

In some specific cases, like urban heavy duty vehicles and rail rolling stock, noise is also an issue, therefore the retrofit solutions for these applications should also look at reducing exhaust noise, particularly during transients, while low particle emissions brake solutions should also look at integrating ways to reduce brake noise.

In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

Typically, projects should have a duration of 36 to 48 months. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other amounts or durations.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-16: Assessment of noise and particle emissions of L category vehicles from real driving conditions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.In-depth assessment of the noise and pollutant emissions of at least 150 L category vehicles, starting from the 10 top sellers of the different subcategories having significant sales (at least mopeds, 125cc, 250cc, 500 cc and above 500cc motorbikes, l6 and l7 microcars, light freight transport 3 and 4 wheelers), including different brands and geographical coverage. This will allow to take into account a large share of their environmental impact.

2.Measures for mitigating the noise from L category vehicles.

3.Development of reliable detection techniques for tampered L category vehicles.

4.Best practices for integrating a growing number of L category vehicles in the urban traffic without increasing the noise and emission pollution.

Scope: Noise pollution is a growing environmental concern and has been affecting quality of life and well-being. It is caused by a varied number of sources and is widely present not only in the busiest urban environments, it is also pervading once natural environments. The adverse effects affect the well-being of exposed human populations, in the health and distribution of wildlife, in the abilities of our children to learn properly at school and in the high economic price society must pay because of noise pollution. Health effects, for instance, can be as bad as increasing the risk of hypertension and cardiovascular disease.

Whilst the increase in traffic volume results in higher noise levels, the increase in urbanisation results in a higher number of people affected by noise. As a result, the adverse health impacts, both direct and indirect, of traffic noise are expected to increase in the future despite potential noise-reducing improvements in vehicles, tyres and roads.

One of the ways of reducing noise from road (or rail) traffic is by tackling the problem at source. Setting lower emission limits via regulation is doubtless effective if it is based upon an appropriate test methodology, and good results have been achieved on large vehicles. However L category vehicles are often perceived as a significant contributors to noise pollution and this might be due to the fact that noise emissions seem to be strictly optimised for specific conditions (but also due to tampering by their users, which in some cases is made too easy by the way the vehicles are built). Moreover, recent measurement campaigns in EU funded projects found some motorbikes having extremely high nanoparticles emissions. Real driving portable emissions measurement system (PEMS) tests will also allow to verify if there are issues in emissions testing, while lab tests should assess the risks posed by particle emissions down to 2.5nm. Tampering is also often performed in order to increase performance, leading to higher emissions.

There proposals should address the following:

1.Assess the behaviour of a large sample of these L vehicles in real driving conditions for both noise and emissions in comparison with certification tests (complemented where necessary by lab tests, since mini-PEMS cannot measure certain pollutants like particles, ammonia and hydrocarbons).

2.In particular, assess the real world driving behaviour that can produce particularly high annoyance and effect on health (noise emissions).

3.Propose specific technical improvements in the standard test procedure (performed in homologated test tracks) so that the tests could better approach real world driving conditions and improve measurement technology for detecting nanoparticles.

4.Assess how significant the impact of these emissions is on urban environments and health and examine whether the current regulatory limits are sufficient.

5.Assess how widespread tampering is, its impact on global urban noise and emissions lev, its impact on global urban noise and emissions levels, and propose solutions to prevent it.

6.Develop reliable technological solutions and effective experimental techniques for better enforcement of the regulatory measures for detecting noise under real driving conditions

This action will be focussed in particular in cities and regions with high powered two wheelers use and the derived knowledge will provide significant support to designing future measures aimed at reducing the noise and pollution emission levels from these vehicles.

Projects should make use of available results and technologies from projects funded in projects on remote monitoring issuing from topics LC-MG-1-1-2018 and LC-MG-1-9-2019, from projects on tampering LC-MG-1-4-2018, and from projects on nanoparticles measurement issuing from topic GV-02-2016.

Selected projects under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in joint activities as appropriate. 213

In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

Cross-cutting actions

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-17: Support for dissemination events in the field of Transport Research

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project’s results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Higher visibility, political and strategic relevance of the transport sector and of the EU policy in the field;

2.Enhanced dissemination, communication and valorisation of transport R&I objectives, perspectives, strategies and results;

3.More effective links and exchanges between research and innovation stakeholders and policy makers, to support the development and deployment of innovative solutions in Europe;

4.Increased attractiveness of transport related studies and reinforce the pursuit of excellence in European transport research and innovation, by giving recognition and visibility to the best achievements.

Scope: The action will prepare and provide support to the Transport Research Arena conference (TRA) to be organised in 2024 gathering transport stakeholders for discussing political, industrial and research issues on a European and global level.

Proposals are expected to demonstrate the financial and organisational support of the national authorities' and a preliminary economic plan covering the additional funding needs. In order to ensure high political and strategic relevance, preference will be given to proposals involving Member States holding the Presidency of the European Union in year 2024.

In line with previous TRA biannual conferences, the event should address the technological and industrial developments of the transport sector (road, rail, waterborne, aviation sectors and cross-modal aspects) providing a high level, future oriented perspective coming from politics, the industry and the research community, in response to Europe’s social needs and expectations.

In collaboration with the relevant actors, such as the European Commission services, the different European Technology Platforms (ERTRAC for road, ERRAC for rail, WATERBORNE TP for waterborne, ALICE for logistics and ACARE for aeronautics and ECTP for construction), the Conference of European Directors of Roads (CEDR), the European Transport Research Alliance (ETRA) and the previous TRA conference organisers in order to maintain continuity, the action will define the overall planning of the conference, structure the technical and political sessions of the event, contribute to select the appropriate location for the venue and offer operational IT tools for the registration of participants, the handling of speakers’ contributions, contribute to the organisation of logistics, etc. Support to the organisation of demonstration activities should also be foreseen.

Specific attention should be put on a broad and balanced participation i.e. students, young researchers, women, a large number of countries' representatives, etc.

The proposal is expected to also organise two competitions for transport research and innovation awards covering all transport modes and cross-cutting issues (technological, socio-economic and behavioural aspects) in line with the EU policy objectives for climate-neutral and environmentally friendly mobility:

1.A competition for students and young researchers with the goal of stimulating the interest among young researchers/students in the field of transport;

2.A competition for senior researchers in the field of innovative transport concepts based on results from EU-funded projects only.

The organisation of these awards should ensure high-quality competition and very good media coverage before, during and after the TRA conference, in line with previous editions (TRA Visions). The competition is expected to give particular attention to gender issues.

Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 214

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 215

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 02 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 26 Apr 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-01

IA

16.00 216

Around 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-02

RIA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-03

RIA

18.00

Around 9.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-04

IA

25.00 217

Around 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-05

RIA

15.00

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-06

IA

7.00 218

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-07

RIA

7.00

2.50 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-08

IA

58.00 219

15.00 to 20.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-09

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 6.00

4

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-10

IA

25.00 220

20.00 to 25.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-11

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-12

RIA

20.00

2.00 to 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-13

RIA

20.00

2.00 to 5.00

5

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-14

RIA

5.00

0.50 to 2.50

3

Overall indicative budget

253.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling climate neutral, clean, smart, and competitive waterborne transport

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-01: Exploiting electrical energy storage systems and better optimising large battery electric power within fully battery electric and hybrid ships (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Contributions to two full scale vessel demonstrators, hybrid and fully electric, by 2027 covering a sailing distance of at least 300 nm in the case of a fully electric vessel.

2.*Development and validation of electrical architectures for large battery systems on-board.

3.*Proof of the safe integration of battery systems into the ship’s electrical grid for a relevant number of ship types (e.g. IWT, short sea vessels, cruise ships, ferries) and operational scenarios.

4.*Verification of the architecture and the power management system for two cases: hybrid and fully electric.

5.*Documentation of skills requirements for the crew.

6.*In the short term, facilitate full battery electric transit for reduced noise and zero emissions on shorter routes (up to 100 nm) and during approach and harbour stay.

Scope: Electrification and electrical energy storage is one of the major drivers for climate neutrality in the waterborne sector. 100% electrical power can potentially be used on any kind of vessel, with an initial focus on ferries and short sea shipping where re-charging can be frequent, but also extending within hybrid applications to larger vessels on longer routes as well as to high power vessels and high-end complex ships with a high number and a wide variety of electrical consumers.

Large battery based electrical energy storage systems offer the highest energy conversion efficiencies. Within fully electric ships, notably ferries, batteries are the most energy efficient method to achieve climate neutrality. Within ICE hybrid vessels batteries increase total efficiency, cutting engine peak power demands, providing a “spinning reserve” and enabling the possibility of zero emission port entries and coastal passages utilising only battery power.

The latest industrial outcomes in large marine batteries are already addressing safe, long-life and cost-effective solutions. On the other hand, at ship level, the development of systems which ensure the full integration of batteries in the ship’s highly complex electrical network is crucial to ensure the optimal use of the electrical energy stored, alone or in combination with other zero-emission ship power sources like, for instance, fuel cells.

Projects will develop solutions for the on-board integration (including the optimisation of the electrical distribution grid) and control of batteries which will maximise the operational flexibility of different ships under electric-driven zero-emission operations, focussing on an optimal operation and the longest lifetime and lowest weight of the electrical systems and its key components. While ensuring the ship's energy balance and efficiency, solutions need to address one of these two cases:

1.The hybrid arrangement for zero local pollution (long and complete discharge cycles), or

2.The full electric arrangement, plug-in charging (charging strategy and battery size adapted to route).

Strategies for safe energy management systems with sufficient safety margins need to be addressed.

Projects will also investigate (e.g. through performance modelling) different optimisation strategies for the large capacity batteries on board and will need to prove the applicability to several ship types and operational profiles. It will need to establish connections with the project(s) awarded under the Horizon 2020 call LC-BAT-11-2020 which is focused on the development of cost-efficient batteries, including the certification methodology.

Consideration should be given to technology transfer from potentially related sectors, such as the energy management from solar panel systems.

Long term skills’ development needs and strategies with the aim to provide operational transferability of the developed solutions are integral to the topic and should also be investigated.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-02: Innovative energy storage systems on-board vessels (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Contributions to at least two full scale on-board demonstrators for two different electrical energy storage solutions by 2027.

2.Improve efficiency and make waterborne transport climate neutral through the exploitation of new innovative electrical storage systems.

3.In the medium term, upscaling of proven solutions for a broad range of ship types (e.g. IWT, ferries, short sea shipping) and operational scenarios, as an alternative to batteries.

4.Ensuring European leadership for energy storage solutions based on different technologies that will be fit-for-purpose for diverse waterborne applications.

5.*Achieve a comprehensive understanding of potential innovative energy storage systems other than batteries and their applicability to waterborne transport.

6.*Solutions to improve energy efficiency and make waterborne transport climate neutral founded upon innovative energy storage.

7.*Comprehensive assessment of the technical feasibility and adequacy of innovative energy storage for a range of waterborne operations including efficiency, safety, cost competitiveness compared to batteries, skills requirements, and regulatory aspects.

Scope: Battery based electric energy storage systems are increasingly deployed within the waterborne sector, particularly for sea short shipping, complex high-end ships and inland navigation.

Nonetheless, specific operational requirements (e.g. autonomy, power peaks, etc.), in particular in adverse conditions outside sheltered waters or going upstream on rivers, remain a concern. Fully battery electric shipping is demanding, requiring very high energy levels to achieve a realistic operational range and the necessary speed and thrust performance, whilst hybrid applications can also be excessively large. Both hybrid and full battery operations are subject to many more charging cycles and longer lifetimes than other transport applications.

Batteries within most waterborne applications deployments are founded upon established battery technologies. However, other energy storage systems exist which maybe valuable for waterborne application in the future which have not been fully investigated. For example, super-/ultra-capacitors, superconductivity magnetic energy storage, flywheels, flow batteries, etc.

Projects will focus on low TRL solutions for waterborne transport, preliminary integration, safety studies and the potential combination with other disruptive technologies such as super conductors and the wider use of DC grids. It will address the integration on-board of innovative energy storage systems (excluding storage of fuels and conventional batteries), including control systems and optimised operational deployment, and the connection to the on-board electrical grid.

Projects will address the cost competitiveness of the innovative solutions when compared with batteries, specify the applicability in specific waterborne segments (in particular in IWT where electrification may be pioneered through a dedicated project), determine risk levels, identify safety measures and propose possible regulatory aspects. The pertinent skills development will be outlined.

Activities will address innovative energy storage for waterborne applications, it will not address the internal design of the energy storage technology itself. For example, the design of super capacitors would be excluded.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-03: Exploiting renewable energy for shipping, in particular focusing on the potential of wind energy (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Renewable energy assistance is commercially viable and deployed at scale in commercial shipping and maritime operations, significantly contributing to making waterborne transport climate neutral.

2.In the medium term, enabling the wide adoption of automated wind technologies for long distance maritime transport.

3.*Through full scale demonstration prove the viability at large scale of power generation and propulsion assistance systems on-board harvesting renewable energies such as wind and solar.

4.*System designs (including modular/drop-in) to reduce the costs of and increase confidence in refitting of the most appropriate existing vessels addressing several types of ships and different forms of renewable energy.

5.*System designs including power management architectures and energy efficiency solutions (including wind-assisted and wind-based propulsion) for purpose built new ships including designs that are “wind-ready”. Demonstration of efficiency gains of at least 15% for power generation or at least 25% for propulsion purposes.

6.*Provision of a summary and an analysis of pertinent regulatory issues and how to address them.

7.*Documentation of skills requirements and incentives for the crew, for different types of ships and renewables adopted.

Scope: The use of on-board renewable energies, in particular automated wind assistance, has potential to substantially reduce the ship’s energy demands and hence reduce fuel consumption. Wind energy, harvested through e.g. rotors, hard and soft sails, kites, suction wings, turbines or specific hull forms, can serve multiple purposes on-board, including in particular primary propulsion with the additional beneficial effect of noise reduction. Potentially more expensive climate neutral fuels and carbon taxes will further enhance the economic benefits from efficiency gains and the exploitation of freely available renewable energies. With wind being a genuinely maritime feature shipping would also avoid costly competition with other transport sectors for sustainable fuels.

Whilst some renewable energy systems have been trialled at comparatively small scale, for particular routes and ship types, their scale has often been too small to provide conclusive data, and robust systems applicable for long distance trans-oceanic shipping are not yet available. R&I is needed to harvest the wind energy potential, significantly enlarging the current scale and expanding the typology for a much wider range of applications, demonstrating cost-effective, safe, reliable and easy-to-handle technologies in a variety of conditions. These conditions should be considered variable and dynamic if combined with beneficial changes in operational profiles such as advanced (satellite enabled) weather routing. The optimisation of aerodynamic efficiency of devices and the reduction of superstructure drags will be considered.

Overall energy efficiency strategies and architectures for the power management in large ships will be developed, with an optimised and self-adaptive operation of wind power systems as part of a hybrid architecture. For certain ship types and routes wind energy could become the main propulsion. This may in particular apply to smaller craft and fishing vessels (in transit) or to ships where wind propulsion can free bunker spaces for more paying cargo or passengers. In these cases attention needs to be given to the most practical and efficient system installation (e.g. retractable, auto-furling, hinged, multi-positional).

Projects are expected to address both retrofitting existing ships and new purpose built designs, taking into account regulatory issues and making use of the existing guidelines by classification societies on wind-assisted shipping. Large scale testing and preferably demonstration is expected. Attention should be given to the conditions under which renewable power sources on-board compete with specific fuel solutions in terms of life cycle and opportunity costs, proven sustainability and reliable sourcing, and operational risks in order to make the most convincing business case.

In addition to wind, other renewables such as solar electric systems should be considered for different ship types, to the extent they can significantly contribute to the ship’s overall power systems.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-04: Transformation of the existing fleet towards greener operations through retrofitting (ZEWT Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Accelerated achievement of climate neutrality of waterborne transport through retrofit modifications to the existing fleet.

2.Ensuring cost effective solutions for retrofitting existing ships, thus supporting ship owners in the process of making the European fleet more environmentally friendly.

3.Business models, industry standards, regulatory approvals, best practice guidance, and easy-to-customise strategies for retrofitting removing the commercial risk of deployment.

4.Increased competitiveness of European shipyards, repair yards, and European marine equipment providers within the domain of green shipping technology.

5.*Demonstrated retrofitting solutions for sea-going and inland navigation vessels in operation.

6.*Retrofit solutions to reduce GHG emissions that are developed and ready to deploy. The target is to achieve a GHG emissions reduction of at least 35% compared to the original design.

7.*Retrofit solutions involving climate neutral fuels making vessels GHG emission free. These solutions are expected to have a significant R&I content going beyond a simple exchange of fuels through minor technical adaptations.

8.*Establishment of an up-to-date catalogue of suitable solutions for a wide variety of ship types and operation scenarios.

Scope: Progress towards climate neutrality of waterborne transport can be achieved more quickly by means of retrofit solutions that improve the performance of the existing fleet (sea-going and IWT) whilst solutions which are exclusive to new ships can only be implemented at the pace of the commercially driven fleet renewal.

In the trajectory towards the transition to new technologies that will make waterborne transport and operation greener and climate neutral picking the low hanging fruits is important. With the comparatively long life cycles of waterborne assets and their high initial capital costs addressing the existing fleet is paramount in order to achieve fast and tangible results. Therefore, interventions that are easily implemented by shipyards, ship owners and operators need to be developed in the shortest possible time to reduce emissions from vessels already in service, both seagoing and those operating in inland navigation. The latter are particularly relevant as they tend to be in use in excess of 30 years and are largely owned by SMEs with limited investment potential.

In this context the owner-operator dilemma poses additional problem in the waterborne sector: A large number of ships are bareboat chartered by an operator who does not take investment decisions although he could benefit from them through lower running costs. The owner who would have to make those investment decisions, however, does not gain financial advantages as charter rates are generally fixed and depend on ship size and speed only. A performance related charter rate system has often been discussed but rarely implemented. Easy and relatively cheap retrofitting solutions may help in overcoming this dilemma.

For inland navigation and/or maritime shipping projects are expected to address one or more of the following:

1.Retrofit solutions to significantly reduce air or water pollution without increasing fuel consumption and hence GHG emissions, for example main engine abatement systems or engine and propulsion system modifications.

2.Retrofit solutions which significant reduce GHG emissions through partial or full electrification, clearly progressing beyond the state of the art. Indicative examples are battery ICE hybridisation for the main propulsion system and auxiliary power, electric network reconfiguration, electrical power management.

3.Retrofit innovative hydrodynamic improvements (hull, hull management, appendages) to significantly improve energy efficiency and reduce GHG emissions by reducing fuel consumption.

Projects will focus on the design for technically and economically efficient retrofitting of the ship along these main lines. Cost efficiency of the proposed solutions will come from standardised and modular solutions applicable to different ships or by significantly reducing operational costs over the expected remaining life time of the asset. This may require new business models and implementation strategies based on a catalogue of solutions including smart maintenance. Attention will be paid to solutions which are not causing secondary emissions to air or water and which will not significantly increase fuel consumption.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-05: Seamless safe logistics through an autonomous waterborne freight feeder loop service

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes as marked (“*”) whilst supporting the overall medium and longer term objectives:

1.Enable seamless safe logistics through an autonomous (or highly automated) waterborne freight feeder loop service for inland waterway and/or maritime transport applications. The autonomous system will provide an integrated, reliable, resilient, predicable fully automated service, also taking into account the interconnection of inland navigation and maritime transport in terms of serving the hinterland.

2.Provide increased legal and regulatory certainty concerning autonomous waterborne services within national maritime and/or inland waters, e.g. concerning COLREGs, national and inter-governmental legislation etc. Expansion to the international dimension where feasible.

3.Moving more freight by water with high levels of safety (taking in account all aspects related to fully autonomous navigation, e.g. manoeuvring, situational awareness, collision avoidance, failsafe operations), reduced environmental impact and contributions to climate neutrality, increased operational resilience and decongested land transport infrastructures.

4.Autonomous waterborne freight feeder services can be taken up by the market on basis of a sound business case. Development of new business models based on autonomous waterborne feeder services within national maritime and/or inland waters.

5.Reduced risk for first movers concerning autonomous waterborne technologies.

6.Improved European competitive advantage within global markets with respected to connected and autonomous shipping as well as broadening expertise across several member states and associated countries.

7.Exploitation of EU satellite navigation and other space based services.

8.Better understanding of the societal issues and consequences of automated shipping services, in particular regarding skills challenges.

9.*Preferably demonstrate the solution at full scale with all technology building blocks in a real world scenario. If full scale demonstration is unfeasible, solutions and key technology building blocks may be validated by means of testing within relevant environments, noting the lower project budget foreseen in this case.

Scope: Digitisation and automation are increasingly disrupting business models and the operation of the waterborne transport sector.

Whilst digital and connected solutions are widely deployed, autonomous waterborne transport remains at an early stage of development, particularly outside of military applications. A small number of early stage demonstrators are foreseen in the coming years with modest ambition and focus. The main challenges are both technical and regulatory. Automated maritime or inland waterways feeder services are seen as the most promising applications where the feasibility and commercialisation of automated shipping can be proven. In particular, an autonomous waterborne feeder loop or shuttle service providing regular reliable, resilient and integrated supplies of freight with an ambition of zero emissions is likely to have many applications.

Developing the necessary expertise for such services provides Europe with a competitive advantage in the face of strong global competition which is investing to develop similar technologies. Autonomous waterborne feeder services are expected to disrupt logistics, remove freight from congested land infrastructures, increase safety by reducing the human factor in accidents and incidents, and make transport climate neutral. They will change business models, increasing logistic chain integration and exploiting telemetry and shore-based support, whilst modifying the role of crews and legal responsibilities which will raise further societal issues that need to be addressed. These anticipated changes to waterborne transport also require clarity concerning the local rules and regulations in order to ensure legal certainty. Project(s) is/are expected to co-operate closely with the Horizon 2020 project MOSES which is already addressing aspects of robotic cargo handling and autonomous vessel manoeuvring and docking.

Building on the current state of the art and on-going activities, proposals should address all of the following points in line with the expected outcomes above:

1.Develop an autonomous waterborne freight feeder loop service for inland or maritime transport suitable for specific commercial applications and which can provide an integrated, reliable, resilient, predicable fully automated service with a preference for zero GHG and pollutant emissions as well as supporting safer navigation (e.g. manoeuvring, situational awareness, collision avoidance, failsafe operations). Feeder service is to be understood to include Ro-Ro services.

2.Given that an IWT application will significantly differ from a short sea application common technology building blocks need to be defined and developed. Project(s) should analyse differences and communalities in sufficient detail.

3.Key aspects to be addressed are real time data acquisition, management, storage and exchange, and the supporting digital infrastructure(s), standards and connectivity, also addressing the potential use of Galileo GNSS services.

4.Develop business cases which demonstrate the viability of the proposed solutions and their impact on logistic chains. The latter will require addressing port handling and intermodality.

5.In addition to the vessel projects should address the port and any other necessary shore side infrastructure as well as any adaptions to existing infrastructure such as locks and bridges in the case of inland waterways transport.

6.Address requirements for telemetry, its architecture, infrastructure monitoring and security needed for controlling the system’s water-side and shore-side assets.

7.Address the necessary safety, regulatory and legal rules (including liability, COLREGs etc.) needed to deploy such services. A clear distinction needs to be made between inland navigation and short sea shipping as different legal, fiscal and commercial conditions as well as emission baselines apply. The possibility for modifications of COLREGS and similar regulations as well as a more active role of shore traffic management services should be explored.

8.Whilst ensuring European added value, and visibility of the European activities, engage with wider activities addressing automated shipping, including internationally within IMO, as well as supporting EU policy making in the domain of autonomous and connected shipping.

9.Address reliability, liability and the consequences of system failure or breakdown. Special attention needs to be given to cyber security and resilience against malicious acts in all aspects.

10.Address the socio-economic implications of such automated feeder services, including employment, training and skills requirements as well as the social acceptance of such vessels. The latter may have higher pertinence where vessel operations are taking place in proximity to population areas.

11.Broaden European autonomous waterborne transport expertise amongst EU Member States and associated countries.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-06: Computational tools for shipbuilding

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Achieve a competitive advantage for European shipbuilders within global markets, particularly for complex high added value vessels.

2.Rapid early ship design (including an AI-based analysis of technical and legal requirements derived from historic data or from a structured feedback loop between builder and operator), underpinning the functional design concept and production cost estimations.

3.Virtual prototyping to increase the reliability of early stage capital cost estimations, particularly taking into account the full range of greening options and innovative (and potentially difficult to cost) technologies such as green power systems (batteries, fuels etc.), the impacts on weight and revenue generating spaces as well as benefits towards operational cost.

4.Provide benefits towards the competitiveness of the wider European shipbuilding sector, beyond single shipyards, through the creation of a fast, flexible and reliable design environment and platform that also includes repair yards. The platform is expected to be based on Industry 4.0 digital technologies and is expected to be fully tested through a dedicated design case as a demonstrator. This should include all relevant design disciplines and focus specifically on the full range of technologies supporting the reduction of emissions, with linkage to highly automated and robotised processes in parts manufacturing, assembly and outfitting with full supply chain integration.

5.Integration of the ship design stages (conceptual, functional, production), considering also supply chain management issues. Demonstration of a future proof ship design concept based on modular architectures that allow for (cost) efficient retrofitting during the ship’s life cycle.

6.Computational shipbuilding tools and data management systems which are resilient to cyber threats.

7.A European workforce that is highly skilled in the deployment and use of advanced computational tools in shipbuilding, particularly with respect to the integration of new technologies.

Scope: Advanced computational systems are essential to Europe’s competitive advantage in the construction, maintenance, conversion and repair of the world’s most complex, high added value ships. Present computational systems are often proprietary, increasingly outdated and difficult to maintain whilst Europe’s competitors are continuing to develop their advanced computational capacity. It is essential that Europe is able to maintain and extend its competitive lead within the high technology shipbuilding segment and that advanced computational tools are developed which in particular are able to integrate a wide range of emerging innovative technologies within designs, such as alternative power systems based on e.g. e-fuels, renewables, electrification, and hybridisation. Systems need to feed into competitive production processes as well as support potential changes to a ship design during its entire life-cycle.

The complexity of such tools and systems calls for novel solutions regarding design and production platforms, infrastructures, and services which may not be within reach of smaller European shipyards and design consultancies. Therefore, new concepts for a reliable and cost efficient roll-out of advanced platforms and tools are expected to be developed and demonstrated.

Furthermore developments should benefit the wider European shipbuilding sector and address the necessary skills development to enable full exploitation of the advanced computation tools.

Proposals should develop advanced innovative computational tools for shipbuilding that increase the European sectors competitiveness by addressing all of the following points:

1.Facilitate rapid early stage design to support lower risk bid development particularly when integrating innovative new technologies.

2.Provide better capital cost estimations and performance predictions, particularly showing the improvements expected from the inclusion of new technologies.

3.Tools to be integrated with ship construction and production, as well as considering supply chain management and future maintenance and repair of vessels.

4.Address and quantify the competitiveness gains provided by the tool(s) in the context of the wider European shipbuilding sector.

5.Ensure that the tool is robust and resilient against cyber threats.

6.Identify and address the necessary skills development needed to achieve the maximum benefit from innovative advanced computational shipbuilding tools.

7.Develop a business case to quantify the added value from the developed tool to the shipbuilder concerned and within the context of the wider European shipbuilding sector.

Impact of transport on environment and human health

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-07: Prevent smog episodes in Europe: Air quality impact of engine-emitted volatile, semi volatile and secondary particles

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Achieve better understanding of (semi)volatiles particles and secondary aerosol formation as well as their effects on health, air quality (in particular during winter season) and climate.

2.Assess the contribution to PM2.5 of precursors present in exhaust from transport (i.e. volatile organic compounds, NOx, unburned hydrocarbons, nano-particles below 23nm, ammonia, etc.) through the formation of secondary aerosol (organic –SOA- and inorganic).

3.Find ways in which scientific evidences of the role of emissions in atmospheric processes could be an input to develop policies and mitigate SOA formation in urban areas of EU.

4.Improved quantification of transport externalities.

5.Support of future emissions legislation and of “polluter pays” legislation.

Scope: The impact of transport emissions on air quality and health is relatively well known as far as direct pollutants emission are concerned, i.e. particulate, NOx, hydrocarbons etc. However, some of the emissions from engines and combustion processes in general are also leading to further formation of health impacting compounds due to atmospheric aerosol chemistry, and the specific impact of these compounds is less understood (except for ozone, whose chemistry has been widely studied for other reasons). Also, in fields where regulation limits particles emissions (cars, trucks, aircraft, non-road mobile machinery) current engine particles emissions count only assesses the number of solid particles, disregarding the so-called volatile and semi-volatile particles, thus underestimating the impact on air quality and health.

Proposals should assess in detail engines emissions in Real Driving Emissions (RDE)-compliant testing conditions (based on currently used fuels) leading to volatile and semi-volatile and secondary particulate, taking into account the wide available literature and results from projects issuing from topics LC-MG-1-1-2018 and GV-02-2016, prioritise them according to available information and assess their health impact with relevant modelling and in vitro and in vivo testing.

After assessing the risks associated to each emission, proposals should define a robust and transparent measurement and modelling system in order to determine an equivalent total particles emissions index for each engine encompassing all these emissions, to complement the direct solid particles emissions count currently in use to better quantify the total externalities of combustion engines in all transport fields and related fuels.

In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

Zero-emission road transport

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-08: Modular multi-powertrain zero-emission systems for HDV (BEV and FCEV) for efficient and economic operation (2ZERO)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 58.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstration of high efficiency long haul Heavy Duty Vehicle (HDV) powertrain for truck-trailer combinations, Vehicle Group 4, 5, 9, 10, 11 or 12 of VECTO capable of 750 km unrefuelled/unrecharged range whilst operating at maximum gross vehicle weight (GVW) of minimum 40 tons under operational conditions comparable to the VECTO long haul mission profile.

2.Demonstration of the developed concepts over a period of at least 6 months in real world conditions involving manufacturer(s), energy provider(s), electric and hydrogen infrastructure and end users (e.g. carriers, logistics service providers and cargo owners) from across Europe, covering at least 500 km (for long haul) average daily operation in real conditions – in line with drive and resting time regulation.

3.Provide fleet managers with ZEV-specific, flexible, managerial tools (e.g. adapted to the characteristics of vehicles and infrastructure) supporting the seamless integration of zero tailpipe emissions vehicles into fleets and facilitating the assignment of tasks and routes (infrastructure, range, charging time, payload etc.).

4.Contribute to significant price reduction steps by targeting and showing a pathway towards total cost of operation equality with 2020 engine-based solutions assuming a production volume of >= 10.000 pieces/year, and net TCO reductions beyond that.

Scope: The call is asking for a modular and flexible powertrain approach for large heavy-duty trucks which can serve varying mission demands (range, power and re-charging/-fuelling requirements) by varying battery/tank sizes to serve different missions and driving profiles within one vehicle platform.

Flexible vehicle platforms can allow the installation of modular powertrain solutions including either pure BEV/FCEV versions or hydrogen FC range extended battery vehicles, exploiting the scalability and modularity of the installed power units to allow cost efficient solutions for dedicated missions.

At least two different prototypes need to be demonstrated covering two different missions under operational conditions: one of which is mandatorily for long haul freight transport, as defined in expected outcomes, while the additional prototype(s) is/are open to Vehicle Group 4, 5, 9, 10, 11 or 12 of VECTO capable of operating at maximum gross vehicle weight (GVW) of minimum 40 tons under operational conditions comparable to the VECTO regional mission profile, and/or long distance coach(es).

Applicants should go beyond activities carried out by actions funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-DEST5-CCT-01-01, avoiding duplication of activities already performed under this topic, as well as of activities developed by ongoing Fuel Cell and Hydrogen Joint Undertaking projects 221 .

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Efficient energy/thermal management including the HVAC system and during ultra-fast charging both while driving and during breaks (including auxiliaries like overnight hotel and, optionally, refrigeration loads) achieving a minimum 44% energy efficiency in FC “charge sustaining mode” or 82% for BEV configurations (both at “tank-to-wheel” on the VECTO Regional Distribution and Long Haul cycles as appropriate).

2.For FC applications, the scalable power level of a hydrogen-based power unit for full power operation or range extension to vary power and range demands of different mission profiles is expected to demonstrate at least 90% availability and 30.000 hr FC operational life for safe and efficient operations, including scale-up options; (FC and tank development are excluded from this topic; suitable engagement with FCH projects needs to be foreseen).

3.For BEV long haul applications, demonstration of fast charging concepts, capable of fitting established regulations and business practices, with a range recovery of at least 400 km in 45 min, with an overall charge efficiency of at least 80%. The proposed solutions are expected to not reduce transport productivity (i.e. km per day, including driver resting time) and should be deployable at load/unload points and staging areas, while ensuring grid compatibility.

4.Demonstration of a delivery load capacity not less than 90% of a current such vehicle.

5.Improvement of inverter and DC/DC technologies integration in regard to optimized and novel cooling concepts and cost reduction, considering where appropriate synergies with HORIZON-CL5-2021-DEST5-CCT-01-02.

6.Improvement of specific central, high power electric motors or modular in-wheel motor concepts, considering where appropriate synergies with HORIZON-CL5-2022-DEST5-CCT-01-02.

7.Achievement of cost benefits by optimization of the control architecture.

8.Predictive maintenance strategies considering AI technologies, including deployment of prognostic and diagnostic techniques and control units in order to improve the lifetime of the fuel cells systems.

9.Show the minimum achievable impact on environment (GHG, polluting emissions, biodiversity, resources etc.) using a comparative life-cycle assessment.

10.Projects should deliver digital twin models of the demonstrator vehicles, such that the impact of the innovations towards the overall objectives of the 2Zero partnership might be determined prior to the completion of the project. Data that is produced as output from a ‘digital twin’ should be FAIR, deposition in relevant repositories should be encouraged 222 .

11.Price reduction resulting from economies of scale due to modularity and standardization of components in other truck, bus/coach (and where possible railway) applications (also creating links with on-going projects in the FCH partnership) with a clear roadmap for how to increase production numbers after the end of the project and for developing the necessary value chains. System level cost-effectiveness of solutions (including needed infrastructure) need to be analysed.

12.Develop and validate tools for zero tailpipe emission vehicles integration in fleets (and mixed fleets) for efficient assignment of tasks (routes, charging strategies, assignments etc.).

13.Identify European cross-border corridors with lower barriers or higher benefits to start market operations, along with possible future initiatives within the Connecting Europe Facility context.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-09: Nextgen EV components: High efficiency and low cost electric motors for circularity and low use of rare resources (2ZERO)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Lower cost, higher efficiency and power density electric motors for mass produced cars and vans, with a design-to-X approach enabling easy dismantling and recyclability and a reduced use of (rare) resources through the development or application of alternative materials or advanced configurations.

2.Lower electric vehicles (EV) cost and improved range and, therefore, a wider market penetration.

3.Improved motor design and development processes, considering a full product life-cycle assessment in a circular economy environment, for lower total energy and resources consumption.

4.European job creation/retention by developing a world-leading design and production base, including supplying SMEs.

Scope: Electrical machines are a fundamental part of zero emission powertrains for all classes of road vehicles, but the target of this topic is the core market (with powertrains of 50-120kW continuous power).

Proposals are expected to address all the following:

1.Increasing primary efficiency, in particular by widening the high efficiency area and compactness, for example through topology or operational improvements, inclusion of increased features in integrated solutions, analysis of performance aspects over the machine-in-system life-cycle.

2.Demonstrate the following specific targets (percentages with respect to automotive state of the art in 2020):

1.Continuous power densities >23kW/litre and >7 kW/kg or continuous torque densities > 50Nm/litre and >20Nm/kg, for the complete motor including its cooling, allowing global performance optimisation specific for the category and type of vehicle;

2.A 20% reduction in losses during typical vehicle operation;

3.A reduction in the use of rare resources by 60%;

4.Unit cost for the complete motor at mass production levels (100.000 units/year) < 6€/kW;

5.A recyclability rate >60%, or demonstrating the possibility of “functional” recycling of critical raw materials by repurposing magnets without extracting the single rare elements, thus keeping a higher share of the value.

3.Increase high system voltages offering new opportunities for readdressing the current versus voltage trade-offs, throughout the vehicle systems and in aspects of the recharging infrastructure, duly considering potential impacts.

4.Guarantee the heat rejection of high energy density motors through multiphysics models in order an optimal design (use of rare resources, reduction in losses, high efficiency).

5.Novel manufacturing process supporting increased integration, enabling, amongst other things, improved thermal control.

6.The use of alternative architectures and materials to the currently used rare earths-based magnets and configurations. Recyclability plus life-cycle environmental impact aspects need to be considered, aiming at the best compromise with other performance parameters to reach the stated outcomes. If composite reinforced materials (CRM) are included in the design, the development of processes for the economic recycling of at least 60% of any rare materials needs to be included: only this additional work will justify the use of up to EUR 2 million of the expected EU contribution.

7.The proposed motor concepts are expected to comply with automotive standards, given the normal dynamic and duty-cycle requirements, reliability, EMC etc. The proposed concepts should consider the motor (integration of electronics, excluding their development at component level), and integration of any related transmission. The concept has to be validated through representative duty-cycle evaluation, as a minimum on the test bed or, optionally with minimum-change integration, on an existing vehicle.

8.The provision of a digital-twin of the concept, in-line with current best practice modelling and simulation standards, is required.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-10: New generation of full electric urban and peri-urban Bus Rapid Transit systems to strengthen climate-friendly mass transport (2ZERO)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 20.00 and 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Development of next generation innovative effective public transport systems concepts using full electric buses (M3 223 ) through e-BRT.

2.Present efficient, economically viable and flexible, integrated solutions of e-BRT within existing mass transport networks (all modes) and with personal mobility solutions (walk, bike, powered two-wheelers, cars etc.).

3.Develop innovative, integrated, infrastructure solutions combining charging, bus-stops and dedicated bus lines, for both urban and peri-urban road networks.

4.Development of flexible bus transport, end-user solutions, for both urban use in dense city centres and for less populated peri-urban environments, meeting future user demands of convenience, efficiency, safety and security.

5.Development of an international market for European e-BRT systems, in particular, in countries with low offer of public transport with challenging conditions (climate, environment, poverty, etc.).

6.Reduction of greenhouse gas and pollutant emissions as well as traffic congestion, by demonstrating the developed technologies and advanced electrified Bus Rapid Transit (e-BRT) concepts in European and in developing countries’ partner countries cities.

Scope: The scale-up phase of clean and intelligent city buses should cover the most demanding routes, by switching the longest, fastest and busiest routes to electricity. Therefore, the investment in innovations in city buses (e.g. clean propulsion) can be optimized through BRT systems, as the operations can be planned, mileage is known and energy requirements can be predicted on-board since the roads and distances are familiar. As such, revisiting the concept of BRT with new, enabling technologies and solutions offers a key opportunity to reduce the carbon footprint of the transport sector, particularly in cities.

Demonstration and testing in real operation are expected to be developed in four or five different European cities and at least one city in a partner country in a developing context either in Africa or in the region of Latin American and Caribbean countries. The demonstration activities should include mega-cities, larger/smaller cities and the link to peri-urban, inter-urban and sub-urban dwellings in order to afford complementary solutions in test and demonstrations. Zero tailpipe emission buses and their related infrastructure are expected to be applied in BRT lines, in different city contexts, together with the needed integration of e-BRT with other mass-public transport systems, and with personal mobility solutions. Solutions include both the physical vehicles, recharging infrastructure and the overall services offering.

Proposals are expected to address all the following:

1.Electrification combined with automation and connectivity enablers 224 , to optimize and validate the whole advanced BRT system.

2.Operational concepts: increasing the capacity use rate; the average commercial speed; punctuality / regularity.

3.Synchronization with other city transport modes 225 ; service quality whilst reducing CO2 emissions, and cost per km/passenger.

4.Replicability: use of the e-BRT technology under environmental, infrastructure and social conditions different from the European ones.

The focus of projects is expected to be on mass transport, full electric Bus Rapid Transit (e-BRT) systems using full size buses (M3). Vehicle, infrastructure and operational aspects have to be addressed, considering charging systems for stationary, opportunity 226 and Electric Road Systems (ERS) for buses (wireless, contact, SRS etc.) and strategies (IMC, Opportunity at stops or terminal, offline charging etc.).

Proposals are expected to take into consideration the transport operators’ and transport authorities’ needs for financial viability, effectiveness, flexibility, environment conformance, safety and security. The impact of e-BRT technologies on bus performance and on the frequency of necessary repair and maintenance work, the life duration of the bus, and the costs that have to be covered at the end of the life (recycling; upgrading etc.) might have a huge influence on the financial side and should, therefore, also be covered. The impact of the solutions implemented in the different cities in terms of GHG emissions and traffic should also be quantified. Guidelines for regional and international replication conditions to reach out a larger number of cities and countries are expected to be developed.

This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Indeed, crosscutting issues related to socio-economic, gender, socio-cultural, and user aspects need to be addressed with the development of e-BRT systems in cities, taking into account location-specific characteristics of the implementation area, such as local policy targets, population density, and cultural matters. This will help at a better understanding and greater acceptability of such systems as well as socioeconomic benefits.

In line with the strategy for EU international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-11: Stimulating Road Transport research and innovation dissemination and implementation in Europe and around the World

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: Project’s results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthen and widely promote research and innovation activities, including among the public/civil society, via road transport dedicated events;

2.Identify, highlight and disseminate the contribution from road transport, in particular from projects focused on zero tailpipe emission solutions, to the realization of the European Green Deal and the Paris Agreement;

3.Provide a comprehensive overview of international developments in the field of road transport research to keep Europe competitive and successful;

4.Increase of cooperation with road transport related national and international organizations and support of international EU activities in line with the UN Sustainable Development Goals;

5.Contribute to identifying and analyse research and innovation areas for the future of road transport in the EU.

Scope: The objective of this topic is to promote sustainable road transport in Europe and at international level. This action will contribute to a further harmonisation of research and innovation activities, and therefore contribute to the European Research Area, as well as to the European strategies for future transport systems. The action should also help accelerating time to market of new mobility solutions, by stimulating a wider participation to EU activities and supporting European and worldwide dissemination of results. In addition, this initiative will support climate action and air quality improvement in line with the Green Deals targets and objectives, and contribute to the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals.

In line with these objectives, all the following aspects should be addressed:

1.Organisation of events, conferences, workshops and dissemination activities to present and discuss future technology and trends, results, exchange experience and foster innovation aspects of road transport research and innovation;

2.Identification of actions to support road transport area, in particular in the fields of education, training and skills at European level and standardisation and business models – mainly at EU level;

3.Fostering of the links between European, national and (where feasible) regional programmes for road transport research, supporting coordination of activities with Member States;

4.In the field of international cooperation, facilitating exchange between Europe and emerging economies in particular within Africa, Asia and Latin America;

5.Identification of barriers for the deployment of research results and improvement of framework conditions at European and international level, including development of pre-feasibility studies at least in the specific areas of “Urban zero-emission mobility”, “Air quality and climate change” and “Road safety”;

6.Track global progress on urban electric mobility, air quality and road safety and support UN activities (e.g. with UN Habitat and UNEP), and ITF/OECD;

7.Updating and coordinating research agendas and roadmaps in the field of road transport, in particular for urban mobility, road infrastructure, considering also road safety and logistics, taking into account relevant Horizon Europe partnerships and international activities in the field.

Aviation

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-12: Towards a silent and ultra-low local air pollution aircraft

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Deliver transformative technologies that will allow a step change in the reduction of local air quality (LAQ) from NOx, SOx, volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and particulate matter (PM) that occur below 900m above ground level around airports. Explore synergies with land-based energy systems in Destination 3 and 4 of this Work Programme for the capture of these emissions and/or purification of air.

2.Deliver transformative technologies towards a silent aircraft operations around airports, including a study on airport noise map towards assessing the airports that would most benefit from noise reduction policies.

3.Advance further integrated and reference European models and methods for estimating aircraft emissions (LAQ and noise) inventories for operations in the airport vicinity, highly accurate estimations on the number of people affected. The models, methods and advancements in measurement technologies should advance further, contribute to and collaborate with existing ICAO CAEP and EUROCONTROL initiatives. They should also be aligned with H2020-ARTEM outcomes towards meeting the ACARE Flighpath2050 goals.

Scope: LAQ and noise aviation emissions effect the quality of life and health. Air pollution is the number one environmental cause of premature death in the European Union. Despite progress in recent decades, it still causes more than 400,000 premature deaths every year, and it brings respiratory and cardiovascular diseases to millions.

While the aviation contribution is estimated to 0.4% of the total deaths attributed annually to global air quality degradation, aviation has a substantial impact on local air pollution around airport areas and efforts are ongoing to reduce it further. Aircraft noise remains a matter of concerns for airports and local authorities despite significant improvements, due to anticipated increase of total number of flights in Europe (could reach 12.8 million by 2035 – despite the present COVID-19 disruption).

Regarding the reduction of local air quality (LAQ) from NOx and particulate matter (PM), the selected technologies may consider sustainable drop-in and non-drop-in fuel options, aligned with EU industrial roadmaps and R&I activities in topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-05.

Regarding the reductions of aviation noise around airports, the selected technologies should consider propulsion and aircraft-propulsion integration interdependencies as well as operational air-traffic management procedures.

This topic aims to support the EU and ICAO LAQ and noise policies. This topic aims for new aircraft and engine technologies that satisfy the design and operational interdependencies between CO2, non-CO2 and noise emissions, are compatible with approved operational procedures and are aligned with the European industrial roadmaps for further development, validation and integration beyond 2030.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-13: Digital aviation technologies for new aviation business models, services, emerging global threats and industrial competitiveness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Transformative digital aviation technologies that will enable new European business models and products (e.g. Urban Air-Mobility (UAM), seaplanes) with minimal environmental impact and opportunities for European competitiveness.

2.Transformative digital aviation and space technologies as well as Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), that will enable new services with pronounced societal impact for intermodal and multimodal transport, search and rescue operations, fast response to natural disasters, freight, firefighting, high altitude earth data-services, agriculture and forestry.

3.New aviation products and services that exploit Artificial Intelligence and have pronounced impact to productivity, efficiency, automation and cost reduction.

4.Breakthrough technologies that will minimise the risks from emerging global threats (cybersecurity, COVID-19) as well as increase the resilience of aircraft systems from increasing frequency of extreme weather conditions (e.g. temperature change, wind patterns). Technologies that address applications in difficult to access areas, including the open sea emergency response, avalanches, landslides and floods are within the scope of the topic.

5.Transformative and breakthrough technologies that exploit synergies with aviation, space and defence. The development of materials and components for high-power density electrical architectures at high altitude environment (e.g. cabling, insulation, power electronics) are within the scope of this topic.

Scope: On 10 March 2020 the Commission presented a new Strategy to help Europe's industry lead the twin transitions towards climate neutrality and digital leadership. Europe needs industry to become greener, more circular and more digital while remaining competitive on the global stage.

The topic aims to enable new digital aviation technologies for new aircraft business models and services, (e.g. EGNSS-based search and rescue, urban air-mobility, firefighting, AI-based technologies, digital data platforms) as well as minimise the risk from emerging threats (extreme weather phenomena, cybersecurity, COVID-19 communicable diseases) to aviation. Synergies with other EU initiatives should be exploited towards European digital platforms that deliver insights and analytics for citizens, businesses and decision makers.

Third-country participation should guarantee and respect European IPR, interests and values.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-14: European Aviation Research Policy in support to EU policies and initiatives

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project, where applicable – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to one of the following expected outcomes:

1.Deliver at mid-term of Horizon Europe an update of European aviation R&I roadmap, while ensuring the alignment with the EU regulatory framework.

2.Deliver a coherent framework and toolbox for technology and policy assessment of the impact of European aviation research – with emphasis to GHG emissions, local air-quality and noise. Ensure coordination with EPCA, IATM, HFC, ACARE and ASD, taking into consideration the work performed in the CS2 Technology Evaluator and the envisioned Clean Aviation Impact Monitor in its environmental, scientific, societal and economic dimensions.

3.Support EU Member States/Associated Countries towards a coherent update of ICAO standards that will prevent backsliding.

4.Connect better European aviation R&I with education and skills and communicate the European aviation R&I to citizens and stakeholders.

5.Strengthen ERA in Aviation R&I, assess the R&I needs of European SMEs and promote aeronautics/aerospace spin-offs in all aspects of life.

6.Strengthen the synergies between all aviation-relevant R&I activities in Horizon Europe.

Scope: In 2021, the European R&I will operate in a new European and global political context, with a new EU budget, new policy priorities, and a new R&I programme. As the Commission moves away from program implementation, while works much closer with Member States, a new European aviation research policy framework is necessary. This aviation WP is a representative example that aims towards EU policies and priorities (European Green Deal and new European industrial policy).

The European aviation research policy aims to contribute with science-based informed decisions that will bridge the gap between R&I, regulatory framework and economic investments (with emphasis on climate neutrality by 2050 and European competitiveness). The European aviation research policy also aims to connect better European aviation R&I with education and skills as well as communicate the European aviation R&I to citizens and stakeholders.

Destination – Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

This Destination includes activities addressing safe and smart mobility services for passengers and goods.

Europe needs to manage the transformation of supply-based transport into safe, resilient and sustainable transport and demand-driven, smart mobility services for passengers and goods. Suitable research and innovation will enable significant safety, environmental, economic and social benefits by reducing accidents caused by human error, decreasing traffic congestion, reducing energy consumption and emissions of vehicles, increasing efficiency and productivity of freight transport operations. To succeed in this transformation, Europe’s ageing (and not always sustainable) transport infrastructure needs to be prepared for enabling cleaner and smarter operations.

Europe needs also to maintain a high-level of transport safety for its citizens. Resilience should be built in the transport systems to prevent, mitigate and recover from disruptions. Research and innovation will underpin the three safety pillars: technologies, regulations and human factors.

This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 227 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations. 

It covers the following impact areas:

1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

2.Smart and sustainable transport.

The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to “Safe, seamless, smart, inclusive, resilient and sustainable mobility systems for people and goods thanks to user-centric technologies and services including digital technologies and advanced satellite navigation services”, notably through:

1.Accelerating the implementation of innovative connected, cooperative and automated mobility (CCAM) technologies and systems for passengers and goods (more detailed information below).

2.Further developing a multimodal transport system through sustainable and smart long-haul and urban freight transport and logistics, upgraded and resilient physical and digital infrastructures for smarter vehicles and operations, for optimised system-wide network efficiency (more detailed information below).

3.Drastically decreasing the number of transport accidents, incidents and fatalities towards the EU’s long-term goal of moving close to zero fatalities and serious injuries by 2050 even in road transportation (Vision Zero) and increase the resilience of transport systems (more detailed information below).

Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)

The aim of relevant topics under this Destination is to accelerate the implementation of innovative connected, cooperative and automated mobility (CCAM) technologies and systems. Actions will help to develop new mobility concepts for passengers and goods – enabled by CCAM - leading to healthier, safer, more accessible, sustainable, cost-effective and demand-responsive transport everywhere. CCAM solutions will shift design and development from a driver-centred to mobility-user oriented approach, providing viable alternatives for private vehicle ownership while increasing inclusiveness of mobility. CCAM must be integrated in the whole transport system to fully exploit the potential benefits of CCAM and minimise potential adverse effects, such as increasingly congested traffic or new risks in mixed traffic environments.

The focus is on road transport, but relevant interfaces with other modes (for instance transfers and integration with public transport or rail freight transport) will be considered.

All technologies, solutions, testing and demonstration activities resulting from these actions should be documented fully and transparently, to ensure replicability, increase adoption, up-scaling, assist future planning decisions and EU and national policy-making and increase citizen buy-in.

Actions are in line with the recommendations of the new European Partnership on CCAM. The Vision of the Partnership is: “European leadership in safe and sustainable road transport through automation”. It aims to harmonise European R&I efforts to accelerate the implementation of innovative CCAM technologies and services. It aims to exploit the full systemic benefits of new mobility solutions enabled by CCAM. The European Partnership on CCAM plans to closely cooperate with other European Partnerships, in particular with “Towards zero emission road transport” (2ZERO), “Driving Urban Transitions” (DUT), “Key digital technologies” (KDT), “Smart networks and services” (SNS) and “AI, data and robotics” (AI). The European Partnership will establish cooperation mechanisms to ensure close interaction when defining R&I actions to maximise synergies and avoid overlaps.

R&I actions taking place at a socio-technical level aiming to better understand the science-society relationship (particularly when social practices, market uptake or ownership are concerned) should favour solutions that are grounded in social innovation in order to achieve its desired outcomes, i.e. by matching innovative ideas with social needs and by forming new collaborations between public and private actors, including civil society and researchers from the Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH).

To test CCAM solutions, applicants can seek possibilities of involving the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) in order to valorise the relevant expertise and physical facilities of JRC in demonstrating and testing energy and mobility applications of the JRC Living Lab for Future Urban Ecosystems https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/research-facility/living-labs-at-the-jrc

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting connected, cooperative and automated mobility under this Destination are:

1.Validated safety and security, improved robustness and resilience of CCAM technologies and systems.

2.Secure and trustworthy interaction between road users, CCAM and “conventional” vehicles, infrastructure and services to achieve safer and more efficient transport flows (people and goods) and better use of infrastructure capacity.

3.Seamless, affordable and user oriented CCAM based mobility and goods deliveries for all and high public acceptance of these services with clear understanding of its benefits and limits as well as rebound effects; based on the changing mobility needs and desires of a society in transition (digitally and environmentally).

4.Better coordination of R&I and large-scale testing activities in Europe and expanded knowledge base on CCAM solutions.

5.European leadership in the development and deployment of connected and automated mobility and logistics services and systems, ensuring long-term growth and jobs.

Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods

Multimodal and sustainable transport systems are the backbone for efficient mobility of passengers and freight. In particular, the areas of infrastructure, logistics and network/traffic management play a major role in making mobility and transport climate neutral, also through the digitalisation of the sectors. At the same time, being vulnerable to climate change and other disruptions, resilience in these three areas need to be increased. New and advanced infrastructures across all transport modes are required to enable the introduction of new vehicles, operations and mobility services. Furthermore, efficient and smart multimodal logistics are key for seamless and sustainable long-haul, regional and urban freight transport movements. Finally, dynamic multimodal network and traffic management systems are the “glue” of the entire transport network, for optimised door-to-door mobility of both passengers and freight.

To test solutions related to multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and good, applicants may seek possibilities of involving the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) in order to valorise the relevant expertise and physical facilities of JRC in demonstrating and testing energy and mobility applications of the JRC Living Lab for Future Urban Ecosystems 228 .

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods under this Destination are:

1.Upgraded and resilient physical and digital infrastructure for clean, accessible, affordable, connected and automated multimodal mobility.

2.Sustainable and smart long-haul, regional and urban freight transport and logistics, through increased efficiency, improved interconnectivity and smart enforcement.

3.Reduced external costs (e.g. congestion, traffic jams, emissions, air and noise pollution, road collisions) of urban, peri-urban (regional) and long distance freight transport as well as optimised system-wide network efficiency and resilience.

4.Enhanced local and/or regional capacity for governance and innovation in urban mobility and logistics.

Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes

Safety and resilience are of primary concern for any transport system. The EU set ambitious targets in its 2011 Transport White Paper, the third Mobility Package and, more recently, the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy 229 . COVID-19 has been a stark reminder of the importance of resilience to external disruptions, particularly for transport. Research and innovation will underpin the three pillars affecting safety and resilience: technologies; regulations (alongside acceptable level of risks); and human factors (individual and organisational aspects, including interaction with automation). The approach is risk-based and systemic, including transport means/vehicles, infrastructure, the physical environment (e.g. weather) and the various actors (e.g. manufacturers, regulators, operators, users) as well as all their interfaces, including certification and standardisation bodies.

Synergies should be exploited across research at national, EU and international level together with national authorities, EU agencies and international organisations to improve rulemaking, safety promotion and oversight.

The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting transport safety and resilience under this Destination are:

Safety in Urban Areas/ Road Transport Safety

1.50% reduction in serious injuries and fatalities in road crashes by 2030.

2.Improved reliability and performance of systems that aim to anticipate and minimize safety risks, avoiding risks and collisions, and reducing the consequences of unavoidable crashes.

3.Drastic reduction of road fatalities and serious crash injuries in low and medium income countries in Africa.

4.Better design principles of future road transport systems enabling also better traffic flow in big cities.

Waterborne Safety and Resilience

1.Ensure healthy passenger shipping by preventing and mitigating the spread of contagious diseases and infections.

Aviation Safety and Resilience

1.Decrease number of accidents and incidents due to organisational/human/automation factors and external hazards in all phases of flight, also beyond CAT category (80% goal in FlightPath2050), while enabling all weather operations.

2.Saving lives following a crash (post-crash survivability).

3.Anticipate emergence of new threats that could generate potential accidents and incidents (short, medium, and long term).

4.Ensure safety through aviation transformation (from green/digital technologies uptake up to independent certification).

5.Maintain safety and resilience despite the scale, pace and diversity of new entrants.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01

167.00

19 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01

122.00

12 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02

91.00

06 Sep 2022

Overall indicative budget

167.00

213.00

Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 230

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 231

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 24 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 19 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-01

IA

15.00 232

6.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02

RIA

15.00 233

12.00 to 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-03

IA

18.00

7.00 to 9.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-04

RIA

12.00 234

5.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-05

RIA

8.00 235

3.00 to 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-06

RIA

6.00

5.00 to 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-07

IA

15.00 236

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-08

IA

15.00 237

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-09

IA

23.00 238

Around 7.50

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-10

RIA

12.00

3.50 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-11

RIA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-12

RIA

8.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-13

IA

12.00 239

4.00 to 8.00

2

Overall indicative budget

167.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-01: More powerful and reliable on-board perception and decision-making technologies addressing complex environmental conditions (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Determination of the appropriate compositions of cost-efficient sensor suites that most effectively and reliably deliver the lateral, spatial and temporal resolution needed for real-time driving decision-making of Connected and Automated Vehicles (CAVs).

2.Ability to perform advanced environment and traffic recognition and prediction, limiting false detections and non-detections of obstacles, with particular attention to Vulnerable Road Users (VRU), in order to reduce existing disparities in the harm-to-exposure ratios of these vulnerable groups.

3.Ability to determine the appropriate course of action of a CAV in a real world environment with a wide range of traffic scenarios and identify use cases in which the vehicle’s decision-making might be contradictory to existing traffic rules (e.g. to make way for a priority vehicle, to obey police officers directing traffic).

4.Availability of robust, transparent and accurate systems to enable the safe and reliable operation of automated vehicles in expanding Operational Design Domains (ODDs) including all weather conditions, complex urban environments, challenges in rural environments, etc.

5.Standardization mandate for performance requirements for environment perception systems with respect to different automation levels and ODDs.

Scope: To achieve secure and trustworthy interaction between vehicles, infrastructure and road users, robust (e.g. weather resilient) and accurate on-board environment positioning and perception systems are essential for the extraction of reliable information required for real-time driving decision-making. Furthermore, advanced on-board decision-making functionalities need to handle the diversity of use cases in their respective operational domains. Such functionalities have to guarantee the safety and reliability of future automated vehicles, which will integrate complex in-vehicle systems-of-systems with advanced sensors, control and actuators, relying on extensive computational power and an increased dependency on software for decision-making.

The proposed actions are expected to address the development and demonstration of each of the following aspects:

1.More powerful and reliable embedded in-vehicle perception systems with increased performance, (weather) resilience and accuracy based on enhanced sensing, localization (with reliable, dynamic, high-definition digital maps, reliable and precise location from EU satellite navigation services) and improved object/person classification and cognition (with greater integration with infrastructure-based perception systems and other vehicles to complete data fusion and real time updates).

2.System self-assessment methods for environment perception technologies and improved hardware integration into the vehicle need also to avoid reliability issues due to environmental stresses, temperature shifts, vibrations, potential malicious attacks, low speed crashes, etc.

3.On-board, real-time, fail-safe, unambiguous and traceable decision-making systems for safe Connected and Automated Vehicles (CAVs) based on complex in-vehicle systems-of-systems requiring extensive computational power and highly advanced algorithms in order to address complex traffic scenarios (with VRU). These systems should be cost effective and respecting the protection of personal data with improved minimum risk manoeuvres in the event that the limit of the ODD is reached or in the case of a malfunction.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02: Common approaches for the safety validation of CCAM systems (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Common methodologies and tools for the safety validation of CCAM systems defined, accepted and validated

1.by the CCAM value chain and its R&I partners for the efficient verification of CCAM systems in their R&I and product development processes;

2.by authorities and certification bodies for the validation of CCAM systems within type approval schemes and in future exemption procedures;

3.and by consumer testing campaigns for the safety rating of automated vehicles assisting users in identifying the safest choices for their needs.

2.Verification, validation and rating procedures based on realistic and relevant test cases generated from an openly accessible European database, compliant with the FAIR data principles 240 , providing the widest possible range of relevant scenarios, which CCAM systems will potentially encounter on European roads as a basis for robust system design.

Scope: A decisive factor for the successful implementation of innovative CCAM technologies and for their acceptance and adoption in society will be assuring the effective safety of CCAM systems.

While different assessment methods for automated driving functions have been developed, common standard methodologies meeting all the requirements for testing, validation and certification of all levels and use cases of automated driving do not yet exist. Therefore, consensus building between all stakeholders is urgently needed to establish common, validated methodologies and tools. Existing approaches are currently analysed in Horizon 2020, an experts’ network has been set up and validation concepts are demonstrated for selected use cases e.g. in the HEADSTART project 241 .

Proposed actions should move the development of common verification and validation methodologies to a new level by widening substantially the scope of use cases addressed and by preparing the required tools to enable the comprehensive safety verification and validation of CCAM systems. This should take into account mixed traffic situations and include functional safety issues and cybersecurity. Such methodologies and tools should allow for their further development and adaptation with future technological evolution. Scenario-based approaches combining virtual and physical testing are needed, as conventional verification and validation approaches would require hundreds of millions of test kilometres for higher levels of CCAM.

Proposed actions are expected to develop a commonly accepted and harmonised simulation environment with standardised, open interfaces and quality controlled data exchange to enable the virtual testing of CCAM functions and systems in a multitude of relevant test cases and to enable the efficient and seamless use of validated models from different sources.

The validation of CCAM systems depends on the definition of relevant safety-critical scenarios and test cases. Several national and European projects have started to collect such scenarios and store them in databases. There is, however, no European database of relevant scenarios nor an agreed database structure. Scenario descriptions also need to be harmonised and not all relevant scenarios are known. Therefore, proposals need to define and develop processes and tools to continuously identify relevant events and convert them into detailed scenarios from various sources (including accidents), complemented by an ontology-based tool to define relevant future/theoretical scenarios. Diverse weather, lighting and road conditions, a broad spectrum of behaviour of other road users as well as edge cases should be considered. Following the collection of such scenarios, which can partly be derived from other projects and collaborations, scenarios need to be shared and centrally stored in a European database. This database should be established by the proposed actions based on an agreed structure and a harmonised scenario description (ontology layer) and metadata framework, in line with the FAIR data principles.

Proposed actions are expected to develop recommendations for harmonisation, standardisation and homologation including the conceptual description of an approval scheme for CCAM systems considering all types of vehicles and fed into on-going discussions regarding EU type vehicle approval rules as well as in the framework of the UNECE.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-03: Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI), connectivity and cooperation enabling and supporting CCAM (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

For Area A:

1.Common understanding of requirements and minimum set of infrastructure adaptations for the physical and digital infrastructure for CCAM systems and services, in mixed traffic with conventional vehicles and other road users and modes of transport.

2.Description and development of service architectures of PDI for CCAM systems and services and agreed classification of infrastructure support levels stimulating EU-wide/global harmonisation for classification of infrastructure support.

3.PDI support concepts of proven maturity (technically, functionally, etc.), developed in cooperation with road users and vehicle manufacturers to extend their Operational Design Domains (ODD), and ready for large-scale demonstration actions.

For Area B:

1.Connectivity and cooperation enablers and needs for higher levels of automation identified and assessed, based on a detailed use-case-approach for the CCAM mobility system.

2.Requirements for availability (e.g. coverage, security) and performance of connectivity and cooperation enablers (e.g. data rates, latency, robustness and redundancy, quality of service, resilience against cyberattacks) specified per use case, meeting requirements of functional safety and safety-critical applications.

3.Ensured quality of and trust in external data by common definitions (incl. quality indicators definition) meeting requirements of cross-border interoperability and continuity.

4.Feasible and sustainable concepts for and provision of road infrastructure coverage (short- and long-range connectivity along the road network) developed to enable CCAM services, included in testing at living labs and ready for large scale demonstration.

Scope: Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI), connectivity as well as cooperative information and action represent important resources which enable and support the integration of vehicles in the entire transport system. Road authorities and operators can provide essential PDI information to vehicles, road users and other modes of transport. As a complement, connectivity and cooperation are important capabilities of the full range of V2X actors (vehicles, infrastructures, vulnerable road users etc.). This is a necessary condition to proceed towards CCAM services in a developing CCAM ecosystem (involving benefits for e.g. road and mobility users, manufacturers across sectors, traffic management actors).

Actions are expected to address the activities either under area A) Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI) supporting CCAM or under area B) Connectivity and cooperation as enablers for CCAM and advanced traffic management while taking into account the complementing nature of both areas.

Area A: Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI) supporting CCAM

The Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI) is pivotal to improve CCAM services. The physical elements of infrastructure include markings, road signs, layout, etc., while the digital components encompass digitised spatial network including relevant traffic rules and regulations, input from road-side sensors, HD maps integrating static and dynamic data, etc. PDI support will particularly help in more challenging geographical or weather conditions, and can mitigate failure situations or gaps in the Operational Design Domain (ODD).

Research results so far have shown that the definition of ODD and infrastructure support level requirements serve as common basis of physical and digital infrastructure attributes in different Operational Environments (e.g. highly complex urban, interurban and motorway, peri-urban, dense traffic). Proposals are expected to develop a service architecture built upon this basis, which improves the functionality of highly automated vehicles by supporting their “sense, plan and act” ability. This service architecture will provide PDI support, which offers a finer gradation of dynamic traffic management regulations and can further increase the functional safety and the traffic efficiency – or more general, the performance – of CCAM services. Secure and trustworthy interaction between vehicles, infrastructure, and third-party services needs to be ensured, as well as addressing the aspect of maintenance/evolution for both types of infrastructure.

Proposed actions should build upon recent work of the CCAM Platform on classifying PDI elements 242 and develop a comprehensive classification scheme that also allows for describing the PDI support (and the regular update) on road network sections (what, where, when).

R&I actions should advance the technological readiness of PDI support (e.g. Proof-of-Concept) to level 6/7 on the way towards (pre-) deployment as an important contribution to large-scale demonstration actions.

Recurring technology and process innovation however bears the risk that investment, especially in sectors with long cycles, are devalued well before their (end of) lifetime. It is crucial to balance premature action versus deferral of decision making and proposed actions should therefore analyse the risks, benefits and required investments in PDI support and provide guidance towards minimum adaptations of PDI that provide a substantial and sustainable added value to CCAM.

Proposals should take into account that EU-wide/global harmonisation is key in this R&I action, enabling broad uptake of services in the common single market and paving the way towards coordinated deployment of necessary infrastructure support for CCAM. Potential needs for standardisation or input for future regulatory action should be developed.

Area B: Connectivity and cooperation as enablers for CCAM and advanced traffic management

CCAM systems and services as well as advanced traffic management use connectivity and cooperation for e.g. exchanging information on status and intentions, realising collective perception, planning cooperative manoeuvres on roads, negotiating slots (time, space) for executing manoeuvres. The first generation of C-ITS services (Day 1 services), limited to provide status information, represents a prominent example of grown technological readiness that have recently made their way into deployment in vehicles and the road infrastructure. The next wave of services, also taking advantage of emerging technologies, should enable connected cooperative automated mobility. Proposals have to build upon or further progress already deployed services, first concepts and message designs for next generation C-ITS services, as developed in C-ROADS, as well as insight from ongoing 5G Corridors for Connected and Automated Mobility. Proposed actions should address and sufficiently test all the following aspects in real traffic conditions:

1.Data provision through communication channels from external sources (e.g. road status, traffic and weather conditions from vehicle external sources) increasing the functionality of CCAM services and traffic management as well as road safety, traffic efficiency and environmental protection.

2.Ensuring interoperability and continuity of services, backwards compatibility of proposed solutions, supporting a mixed use or range of technologies (hybrid communication) while ensuring privacy and security for all, in all communication channels.

Because of the enabling nature of connectivity and cooperation as well as cross-sector links, proposed research has to contribute to an integrated collaborative perspective of CCAM. Proposals should include in research and testing all relevant actors across sectors to co-design CCAM services. Proposals should also embrace the necessity to come up with concepts for a sustainable organisation of the necessary co-investment, co-management and joint implementation of CCAM.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised for all projects of this topic, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-04: Cyber secure and resilient CCAM (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Safe and secure operation of CCAM vehicles and mobility systems and services, enhancing trust and end user adoption of CCAM solutions.

2.Cybersecurity requirements including data security and access control enabling harmonised approaches and tools for data sharing.

3.Improved understanding of the new, emerging and specific CCAM related cyber security and resilience challenges, by using the contextual definition, including sector specific security features.

4.Inclusion of cybersecurity and resilience as an integral part into the development process of CCAM solutions by OEMs, Tiers, telecom providers and service providers, with common aims and objectives, frameworks/architectures and designs.

5.Cybersecure data sharing approaches from pilot applications towards CCAM on a harmonised larger scale.

Scope: Safe and secure operation of vehicles and mobility systems is key to the further deployment of CCAM enabled mobility solutions, also to establish trust and acceptance amongst end users. Extending the system domains beyond the vehicle through connectivity (short range or networked) makes cybersecurity a fundamental building block for trusted (digital) interaction of road users with each other, the infrastructure and cloud-based solutions/services. Systems for CCAM need to be fail-operational and cyber-secure in their entire Operational Design Domains (ODD) guaranteeing a safe and secure operation of vehicles -independent of the respective security level the element or system has within its ODD.

Cybersecurity needs to be an integral part of the development process, with common aims and objectives, frameworks/architectures, and designs (including normal operation, decision making and actuation as well as anomaly detection).

Proposed R&I actions are expected to develop and validate methods and tools strengthening the security of CCAM solutions (vehicles, infrastructure, etc.). They involve specific security building blocks, which are ready-to-use in CCAM applications in vehicles, infrastructure with feasible communication protocols. As a system’s approach integrating vehicles, infrastructure, back-offices and mobility service centres is required, proposed actions are expected to develop harmonised interfaces and protocols.

Further R&I actions have to address continuous assessment of the robustness and resilience of CCAM enabled mobility solutions versus cyber-attacks, malfunction, misuse or system failure of the systems in use.

Actions should consider the security value chain at each level – from vehicle parts up to the transport infrastructure including the related services (e.g. maintenance, mobility) and protecting the user’s privacy and guaranteeing data integrity and authenticity. Actions should propose easy to use and re-use of best practices in cybersecurity for CCAM (i.e. architecture, design and implementation patterns).

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-05: Analysis of socio-economic and environmental impacts and assessment of societal, citizen and user aspects for needs based CCAM solutions (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

For Area A:

1.A well-founded understanding of effects and impacts (positive as well as negative), benefits and costs of CCAM systems and services (short, medium, long-term).

2.Methods and indicators to assess the impacts of CCAM solutions on mobility and wider socio-economic and environmental aspects (public health, land use/infrastructure need, accessibility, affordability, economy, employment, working conditions and required skills, energy use, air quality, carbon emissions, etc.).

3.Definition of KPIs incorporating societal targets with individual mobility needs.

4.Methods and tools for CCAM developers and manufacturers, authorities, municipalities and citizens enabling design and decision-making based on an integrated understanding of all its possible short, medium and long-term impacts, thereby avoiding negative rebound effects, such as discrimination or bias towards certain user groups, like women, the elderly, and disabled persons, but also ethnic minorities, persons from low income backgrounds, persons with varying digital literacy and skills, and those living in rural or peri-urban areas.

5.Input for the design and evaluation of CCAM partnership activities, in particular for the large-scale demonstrators (ex-ante and ex-post) and for public engagement activities aimed at realistically informing users of CCAM capabilities and expectations.

For Area B:

1.Methods and measures that capture the mobility needs of European citizens in the context of economic, social and environmental objectives at national, regional and local levels and that provide guidance on how to engage with citizens on CCAM solutions aiming to address these needs.

2.Robust and documented knowledge (e.g. knowledge maps) of users’ and implementers’ expectations, concerns and desires with regards to CCAM solutions for the mobility of persons and goods, with special attention to the needs of vulnerable users and under-researched groups, including women, disabled persons, and the elderly, but also ethnic minorities, persons from low income backgrounds, persons with varying digital literacy and skills, and those living in rural or peri-urban areas. This knowledge is to be integrated into the design and development of CCAM solutions to support these specific needs.

3.Tools that allow CCAM developers, deployers and public authorities to implement user-centred CCAM solutions that effectively contribute to societal targets, including equity, and the uptake of CCAM systems at regional level.

4.Recommendations for large-scale demonstration projects to include user and societal aspects taking into account location-specific characteristics of the implementation area, such as local policy targets, population density, and cultural matters.

All the above expected outcomes should support the uptake of CCAM solutions (including acceptance and adoption).

Scope: With the increasing digitalisation of road transport, CCAM solutions have the potential to deliver an improved quality of life, by increasing safety and providing more sustainable and inclusive mobility solutions. However, for these solutions to be successful, a comprehensive understanding of all effects of CCAM on individuals, society and the environment over time is needed. Moreover, the successful deployment of CCAM solutions will depend on their availability and accessibility to future users, including the deploying organisations, as well as on the willingness of the general public to use and accept future CCAM solutions.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.To make sure that the proposed actions reflect the realities of a society with changing mobility, digital and environmental needs, participatory processes with a wide and diverse range of future user groups, civil society organisations, citizens, experts, deployers and decision makers at various levels are strongly encouraged. The resulting methods and tools should therefore be designed and developed in a co-creation manner between authorities, municipalities and citizens, as well as CCAM developers and manufacturers. To this end, it is recommended to develop solutions that are grounded in social innovation.

Actions must address the activities either under area A) Analysis of socio-economic and environmental impacts of CCAM systems and services OR under area B) Assessment of societal, citizen and user aspects for needs-based CCAM solution development and deployment.

Area A: Analysis of socio-economic and environmental impacts of CCAM systems and services

The analysis of CCAM benefits and risks are, or have been, addressed in R&I projects, which has resulted in the creation of several impact assessment frameworks and decision support tools. However, these are not sufficiently comprehensive and lack a higher-level systems approach to fully understand and assess the short, medium and long-term risks of CCAM solutions on societal and environmental aspects. The maturity level of existing assessment tools varies: the analysis of accident risk of automated vehicles has been considered extensively, while the understanding of wider health and equity effects on users’ mobility experience is much less developed.

Actions will enhance existing methods/frameworks or develop new, broader, more comprehensive and inclusive methods for the assessment of how CCAM solutions, systems and services impact mobility and wider socio-economic and environmental aspects to ensure that the design of CCAM solutions are tailored to evolving mobility and environmental needs.

The proposed actions should include all the following aspects:

1.Develop comprehensive impact assessment methods that cover the full range of effects of CCAM systems and services by taking a systems perspective that includes e.g. effects on jobs, health, inclusiveness, affordability and access to essential services, environment.

2.For these methods, existing KPIs should be reviewed and updated if needed. In addition, new KPIs need to be developed, to capture aspects like equity in terms of access to mobility, or sustainability. User expectations towards e.g. comfort, perceived safety, necessary digital skills and access to information should also be addressed with qualitative assessments (e.g. observations, surveys, interviews).

3.Ensure practical usefulness of these methods by addressing regional specifics within Europe, as well as the evolving needs and dynamics of a society in transition towards more sustainable and shared mobility for both people and goods.

4.Cover under-researched fields in terms of impact assessment of CCAM solutions, such as the inclusion of underserviced or socio-economically challenged geographical areas and specific population groups.

Area B: Assessment of societal, citizen and user aspects for needs-based CCAM solution development and deployment

The assessment of societal, citizen and user aspects of CCAM has been addressed in a number of Horizon 2020 projects 243 , typically focusing on the acceptance of automated vehicles by drivers and the public, driver needs and trust, and ways to increase driver performance. Yet the assessment of CCAM solutions in terms of inclusiveness, equity and accessibility is lacking in most R&I projects, and rarely goes beyond considering gender, disability and age. While these categories need sustained attention, persons with different income levels, different digital experiences, literacy and access, as well as people living in rural or peri-urban areas, are examples of user groups that also need to be included in these assessment criteria so that extensive analyses of user needs and expectations can be carried out.

The aim is to proactively consider all user groups and societal objectives in the design and development phases of CCAM solutions.

The proposed actions should include all the following aspects:

1.Develop and apply a systems approach for better understanding and considering user and societal needs, desires and expectations related to CCAM solutions, systems and services. A broad understanding of “users” is to be applied, including persons, public institutions such as hospitals and schools, organisations and businesses.

2.Analyse equity aspects related to the deployment of CCAM solutions in terms of e.g. income level and solutions for deprived or underserviced areas, digital access and access to essential services, covering personal mobility as well as provision of supplies and necessities to end users.

3.Map the broad range of concerns and expectations concerning CCAM involving a variety of stakeholders (including citizens, communities, transport service providers, professional drivers, road transport operators, road authorities, vehicle and other industry) and disciplines, including SSH (social sciences and humanities) to invest in social innovation that can complement the deployment of needs-based CCAM solutions.

4.Define methodologies and mechanisms to communicate with future users/ citizens about CCAM aspects related to trust, ethics and acceptance.

5.Develop tools that foster capacity building on CCAM among planners and decision makers to enhance their ability to influence solution design and development.

6.Provide guidance on how to align overarching long-term policy goals and societal ambitions with user needs.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised for all projects of topic (addressing either area A or area B), in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-06: Framework for better coordination of large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe and EU-wide knowledge base (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Comprehensive analysis of all demonstrated CCAM use cases and harmonised approaches for implementing future large-scale demonstrations in Europe.

2.Common framework for large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe including the identification of common use cases and Operational Design Domains (ODDs) as well as the definition of a common taxonomy and tools for scenario assessment.

3.EU CCAM common evaluation methodology building on the outcome and recommendations from Working Group 2 of the CCAM Platform.

4.Test data exchange framework with a collection of best practices and guidelines, including specifications for data labelling (e.g. ODD definition) and common data formats (aligned with ongoing standardisation activities) as well as tools and documentation to use them, a common openly accessible platform safeguarding ethical usage of test data in a transparent manner to improve cooperation across projects and stakeholders.

5.Harmonised conditions and processes for tests of CCAM systems on public roads, including criteria for a mutual recognition of procedures (building on the outcome and recommendations from Working Group 4 of the CCAM Platform).

6.Common basis for CCAM Knowledge in Europe through an up-to-date and continuously maintained Knowledge Base on CCAM adapted to the needs of the potential members of the European Partnership on CCAM and all relevant stakeholders.

7.Efficient and sustainable governance structure for the collection of CCAM Knowledge in Europe and globally, thus facilitating the engagement and contribution of stakeholders from all sectors and in particular exchanges and cooperation with and amongst EU Member States/Associated Countries.

8.Network and forum of experts in the different thematic fields of R&I on CCAM with adequate tools and processes to enable the exchange of experiences and practices, stimulate collaboration and cooperation between all CCAM stakeholders and reach consensus on challenges and future R&I needs.

Scope: Many diverse CCAM related R&I activities, tests and large-scale demonstration projects are ongoing across Europe and coordination, knowledge and data exchange as well as harmonised approaches for implementing future large-scale demonstrations in Europe are needed to better exploit synergies between all these activities.

There is a need for a common and searchable baseline of CCAM, thus ensuring transferability of knowledge for future research, development and testing of CCAM.

The aim of this action is twofold:

1.to improve the coordination of CCAM demonstrations in Europe by developing a European framework for testing on public roads including common approaches for evaluation and test data exchange for large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe.

2.to expand, maintain and update the existing EU-wide Knowledge which should centralise information about stakeholders, CCAM related R&I programmes and projects in Europe and beyond.

Proposed actions must address Area A and Area B.

Area A: Framework for coordination of CCAM demonstrations in Europe

The numerous CCAM demonstration projects in Europe lack a common vocabulary and the impact assessments of these projects are often difficult to compare. If different methodologies lead to incompatible evaluations, it will be hard to get an overall picture on the socio-economic and environmental impacts across several activities.

Proposed actions should establish a well-structured overview of European evaluation methodologies and its testing instances (test sites, living labs, simulations, open road) and develop a common evaluation framework and methodology with common indicators for large-scale demonstration pilots. This will allow comparability of results, complementing evaluations and meta-analysis over multiple evaluation studies. It will thus allow maximizing the profits and ease spreading of the lessons learned across Europe. It will enable to assess the wider impacts of future CCAM systems and services, providing necessary input for decision and policy making by governments and industry. Links should be established with other initiatives developing methodologies and indicators for CCAM solutions in specific areas, in particular on societal aspects 244 .

Actions should build on the outcome of the CCAM Platform WG2 245 and on the methodologies and practices developed by past and ongoing R&I activities and gathered in the CCAM Knowledge Base 246 to establish common criteria for the preparation, execution and evaluation of all types of impacts of large-scale CCAM demonstrations in Europe, in particular common assessment indicators and methodologies.

Different parties involved in CCAM testing generate large amounts of test data (from in-vehicle or infrastructure). Actions should develop a test data exchange framework, which addresses legal and administrative aspects as well as technical aspects like data provision, access, protection of user data, and labelling of data and proper description of the data format. This latter includes describing objects, features and other road users around the vehicle, but also the driver and passenger whereabouts inside the cabin, efficient (semi)-automatic annotation processes and complex-label description in a large-scale data environment. As part of the labelling, a standardised and structured annotation model should be included.

Different national policy and legal frameworks make the organisation of cross-border testing difficult. To facilitate the development of both cross border testing and support authorities and in particular cities in organising piloting projects, a European framework for testing on public roads based on criteria for mutual recognition of procedures should be established. Proposed actions should establish links with UNECE and have very close cooperation with the EU Member States and Associated Countries through the CCAM Member States Advisory Board, in particular regarding testing conditions and regulations and associated harmonisation aspects.

Area B: EU-wide Knowledge Base

Proposed actions should continue and extend the existing EU-wide Knowledge Base 247 on CCAM as the “one-stop shop” for the exchange of knowledge and experiences on CCAM in Europe and beyond and to promote existing and valuable datasets. The Knowledge Base should collect structured, up-to-date and targeted information on European and national large and small scale demonstration projects and testing activities, test sites, corridors and living labs with their features and capabilities, standards, testing and assessment methodologies as well as regulations, policies and programmes in the field of CCAM in Europe and worldwide.

It should provide a common and searchable basis of CCAM, thus ensuring transferability of knowledge for future research, development and testing of CCAM. A wider engagement of the stakeholder community in providing content and actively contributing to its future development needs to be ensured.

The Knowledge Base should also function as the key information tool of the future European Partnership on CCAM to support the development and updates of the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA).

Particular emphasis should be placed on:

1.Extending the content about CCAM activities in Europe and globally and ensuring it is up-to-date and mapped.

2.Developing knowledge summaries and collecting background information about purposes and drivers behind testing and piloting activities, lessons learned, best practices, implementation guidelines enabling the translation towards actions and agendas by authorities, decision makers and the CCAM Partnership.

3.Structuring information and adding specific information, in particular according to stakeholder’s needs and priorities and developing targeted toolkits to support new stakeholders in setting up, running and assessing testing and piloting initiatives.

4.Collecting common terminologies, methodologies, standards and procedures related to CCAM and promoting the implementation of common metadata frameworks and the FAIR data principles 248 to support interoperability.

5.Maximize the outreach of the Knowledge Base through newsletters, dedicated social media channels.

In close cooperation with the future European Partnership on CCAM, proposed actions should establish a network of experts in different thematic fields of R&I on CCAM. Actions should provide a forum to facilitate the interaction of experts, the exchange of experiences, implemented technologies and solutions and practices, stimulate collaboration and cooperation between all parties involved in the CCAM European partnership and beyond. Actions should organise conferences and workshops on CCAM, in cooperation with the future European Partnership on CCAM.

Particular attention should also be given to international cooperation activities to stimulate the exchange and collaboration with partners from other regions of the world on common R&I challenges in the area of CCAM. It is important to establish close contacts with the CCAM Member States Advisory Board to ensure good support for feeding the Knowledge Base with up-to-date information.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-07: More efficient and effective multimodal freight transport nodes to increase flexibility, service visibility and reduce the average cost of freight transport

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

a.More efficient, effective and sustainable management of goods and freight flows in (air)ports and inland terminals, taking into account all costs (economic, social and environmental) of the proposed solutions/innovations, including externalities and possible rebound effects.

b.Expanded throughput of the nodes thanks to increased operational efficiency and optimised use of assets and infrastructures, without expanding the physical facilities.

c.Improved access to transhipment services at reduced costs.

d.More visible and standardised services provided within the multimodal freight transport nodes, seamlessly accessible by end users to maintain continuous door-to-door tracking of freight locations and boost shifting cargo to more efficient and sustainable transport modes.

e.Increased automation, digitalisation, standardisation and interoperability of processes, technologies and equipment, particularly intermodal transport units (ITUs) and cargo transport/transhipment procedures in multimodal freight transport nodes.

f.Better integration of the various freight transport nodes into overall logistic chains.

Scope: To achieve competitive sustainability and higher levels of efficiency taking account of all costs and externalities and to maximise the utilisation of the multimodal freight transport nodes’ capacity, the proposals should research and demonstrate all of the following points:

1.Building on previous EU and other funded projects 249 , and enabling compatibility with legacy systems, demonstrate and quantify the benefits of using different intermodal transport units (ITUs) and innovative automated loading systems to support multimodal logistics operations. Further develop standardisation strategies on intermodal transport units also focusing on different modes and logistics operators, cargo transport/transhipment procedures, technologies and interfaces to enable flexibility, efficiency and sustainability of the transport system.

2.In line with the strategy for EU international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation on standardisation of ITUs is encouraged.

3.Building on previous and on-going Horizon 2020 and CEF funded projects 250 and the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum’s findings 251 , deploy and demonstrate advanced cooperative logistics IT solutions in actual operational environment (minimum at TRL 7) focusing on better integration of the nodes in overall supply chains and the accessibility and usability of node services in an automated/digital manner, with a user perspective approach. The deployed IT solutions should:

1.Provide full visibility of the standard services offered by the multimodal freight transport nodes, and by the companies operating in them, e.g. open and shared warehouses, terminal services, transhipment facilities, transport services from and to the terminals;

2.Providing better estimated and actual times of arrival and of departure through real time track and trace of the transport and goods, benefitting from standardised identification (e.g. RFID, new sensors) and improved positioning accuracy based on European GNSS;

3.Provide automated decision support system functionalities to optimise the supply chain overall performance and its resilience against disruptive events (including pandemics);

4.Ensure compatibility of deployed solutions with existing legacy systems;

5.Ensure the resilience of data and management systems to mitigate the consequence of accidental or malicious interventions;

6.Address data ownership, confidentiality, governance and access rights;

7.Facilitate greenhouse gas emissions reduction through, for example, smart scheduling and routing on expected arrivals times to nodes/terminals supporting slower approaching speeds.

4.Capitalising on previous Horizon 2020 projects 252 , demonstrate the effectiveness of new business models and collaborative approaches - preferably supported by the IT infrastructure and solutions outlined above - able to support cooperative logistics operations with focus on the provision of open logistics nodal services. The business models should consider the legal constraints and include appropriate frameworks for contractual relations in collaborative environments. Based on the deployment of these new business models, identify concrete legal barriers and regulations at both European and national levels preventing their adoption and market uptake, and propose solutions and specific policy recommendations.

5.Ensure compatibility with existing and emerging EU logistics standards such as the European Maritime Single Window environment 253 for maritime transport and the platforms for Electronic Freight Transport information 254 and with the outcomes of initiatives such as the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum (DTLF).

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-08: New delivery methods and business/operating models to green the last mile and optimise road transport

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Take up and upscaling of innovative, best practice and replicable safe and sustainable last mile solutions in the living labs 255 involved in the proposals, while facilitating the common lesson drawing and learning at European level, in order to contribute to the priorities of the European Green Deal, which stresses that ‘’transport should become drastically less polluting, especially in cities.” 256

2.Develop logistics hubs and micro consolidation centres. During the assessment process of possible locations, cooperation with local authorities is required. Locations should be checked against the sustainable mobility and logistics plans of the concerning city.

3.Test and deploy new delivery methods (such as e-cargo bikes) in at least 3 cities/project.

4.Optimise urban space, loads and reduce empty miles through dynamic routing, load policies, multi/single-brand parcel lockers and boxes.

5.Demonstration of cost-efficient, zero-emission modes of last mile transport for urban and peri-urban deliveries in the living labs involved in the projects (as listed in the scope part below).

6.Increased quality and liveability of urban and metropolitan areas by reducing road risk, congestion, air and noise pollution.

7.Improve knowledge of user needs, habits and preferences in terms of deliveries by collecting and sharing information amongst public authorities and private companies aiming at clustering users while respecting GPDR.

Scope: The large scale introduction and application of cargo bikes, in urban and peri-urban areas has shown to be a game changer for cities: the image of cycling improves; general levels of cycling increase (both for freight and passengers); urban space is used more efficiently; air quality, noise and safety levels as well as quality of life improve. However, this innovative solution is present in only a few cities and at best in the starting phase in other European cities. Its full potential has not been achieved in any European city.

Projects should address both methodological and technical/vehicle aspects to help optimising last mile deliveries, where the benefits and how it can be replicated across several cities.

Demonstration of cleaner modes for last mile transport vehicles such as, electric assisted cycles (2/3/4 wheels), bikes and cargo bikes in combination with the testing of innovative tools such as dynamic e-routing, load policies, multi/single-brand parcel lockers and boxes, micro consolidation centres and zero emission freight in the urban context to measure their effects on optimisation (reducing empty miles), efficiency, and congestion reduction should be considered. Results could also contribute to better delivery technologies transforming the last mile such as camera-based object tracking, precise location brought by enhanced EU satellite navigation (GNSS) services, application of AI technologies and CCAM solutions to delivery services and advanced analysis based on driver apps. It is recommended the establishment of energy savings objectives (e.g. electricity) regarding micro-consolidation centres in relation to other traditional strategies.

Actions should focus on piloting cooperation with private logistics operators, local businesses and establish new models for addressing governance and management of logistics operations in urban and peri-urban areas. Projects should achieve cost-efficient and scale up potential and deployment of innovative and sustainable urban people and goods mobility solutions enabled by better governance and regulations, including procurement or white-label schemes as an efficient tool for achieving these goals.

A thorough evaluation, with a clear baseline in each city, should provide qualitative and quantitative information on the results of the local solutions implemented. The effectiveness of the proposed measures in achieving local policy objectives should be evaluated and the possible barriers to their broad take up and deployment identified, together with recommendations on how to overcome them. This should be accompanied by mechanisms for common lesson drawing and learning, within the project, between the projects funded under this topic and through the CIVITAS Initiative.

Proposals may include preparatory, take up and replication actions, research activities, as well as tools to support local planning and policy making.

A demonstrated contribution to the implementation of the cities’ Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans, without forgetting higher scales planning scope, is expected. If not already in place, the city can develop a Sustainable Urban Logistics Plan or other appropriate planning instrument to manage urban freight and logistics.

Funding for major infrastructure works is not covered by this action. Proposals should plan for an active collaboration within the CIVITAS initiative.

Social innovations should be considered, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change, social ownership, and new social practices.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-09: Climate resilient and environmentally sustainable transport infrastructure, with a focus on inland waterways

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Ensure navigability for inland waterways by assuring at least 50% capacity during extreme weather events.

2.Enhance land/sea/infrastructure resilience to extreme weather and human caused events by assuring at least 80% capacity at network level during the disruptions.

3.Contribute with at least a 20% increase in modal shift to the sustainability of transport systems.

4.Ensure resilience and smooth functioning of passenger mobility as well as freight transport and logistics networks operating on these infrastructures.

5.Increase the use of recycled materials within or across transport modes by at least 30%.

6.Reduce environmental impact (emissions, soil/water pollution, degradation of ecosystems and fragmentation of habitats) during construction, maintenance, operation and decommissioning of the infrastructure in line with the EU environmental legislation.

Scope: Transport infrastructure is vulnerable to climate change and other natural or human caused disruptions. Maintaining an elevated infrastructure reliability and performance is crucial for increasing the resilience of the transport system. For example, low or excessive precipitations and extreme temperatures put a strain on transport infrastructure, lowering its performance and capacity, exacerbating its vulnerabilities and raising safety concerns. At the same time when focusing at a resilient and performing transport infrastructure its environmental footprint, resource and material consumption and habitat fragmentation and biodiversity degradation should be reduced to a minimum. The goal is smart, green, sustainable, climate-resilient and biodiversity friendly infrastructure.

Research is needed in order to limit transport infrastructure vulnerability to climate change and other natural or human caused disruptions. Making infrastructures more resilient to climate change should focus on improving the ability of the transport infrastructure network to withstand disruption, adapt to changing conditions under extreme circumstances while maintaining its performance. The goal is to strengthen infrastructure reliability, improve its performance and increase the resilience of the whole transport system, creating a climate resilient infrastructure system. The proposals will develop and validate new solutions to increase efficiency, inter-modality, resilience, safety and security of the transport system, for passengers and freight. Proposals should address all of the following aspects with particular attention to inland waterways:

1.Solutions for ensuring the performance of inland waterways during periods of low or high water levels (as they are primary reasons blocking smooth functioning of this type of transport infrastructures).

2.Solutions for ensuring the performance and safety of land transport infrastructure and ports during extreme weather and man-made events. Development of strategies for increasing the capacity of resilient infrastructures during disruptive events. Interconnection of infrastructure health monitoring, traffic management and emergency management systems to support informed decision making during and after these events, also supporting possible redistribution of passenger and freight flows to complementary infrastructures.

3.Building on state-of-the-art solutions for surveillance and prediction of climate change effects, and identification of infrastructure points vulnerable to climate change, proposals should develop cross-modal strategies to upgrade (including physical upgrade) existing infrastructures and reduce their vulnerability, while using sustainable materials and construction techniques.

4.Design of standard, modular infrastructure elements for rapid deployment after disruptive events in order to increase the capacity of the transport network or create new provisional links as a temporary measure until the transport network recovers its normal capacity. Both mode-specific and multi-modal solutions can be considered.

5.Development of new governance models that enable cooperation across institutional, modal and national boundaries. Together with stakeholders and end users at various levels, develop and demonstrate innovative concepts and solutions to make operations for passenger mobility, freight transport and logistics supply chains more resilient to large-scale shocks and disruptions by enhanced planning, management and flow redistribution (considering also shifting to less carbon-intensive transport modes). Development of standard models and procedures to foster the implementation of resilient methodologies from design and construction and throughout the life-cycle of the infrastructure.

Innovative infrastructure solutions should contribute to lowering the environmental footprint, resources and material consumption. Exploring Nature-based solutions (NBS) is an opportunity for creating sustainable, climate-resilient EU transport infrastructure in a cost-effective manner, while producing substantial social, economic, and environmental co-benefits. The goal is smart, green, sustainable and climate-resilient infrastructure, planned in a way that maximises positive impact on economic growth and minimises the negative impact on the environment and, significant and lasting degradation of ecosystems and fragmentation of habitats, promoting environmentally friendly modes of transport and leading to the reduction of transport emissions.

Proposals need to include at least two pilot demonstrations in operational environment (minimum at TRL7) in CEF corridors, one specific for inland waterways and a second one for integrated with waterways hinterland infrastructure. Proposals should also consider results from previous calls on infrastructure resilience 257 and sustainable construction and should uptake relevant EU guidance on development and management of EU transport infrastructures and be compatible with EU environmental legislation 258 .

Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-10: Testing safe lightweight vehicles and improved safe human-technology interaction in the future traffic system

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.50 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest-ranked proposal in each area, i.e. one proposal for area A) Testing safe lightweight vehicles and another one for area B) Safe human-technology interaction in the future traffic system, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

For Area A:

1.Safer but also lighter and circular vehicle structures.

2.Advanced vehicle concepts with higher compatibility between vehicles of different sizes and masses in dissimilar crashes.

3.Advanced structural designs tolerant to a wider set of crash angles.

4.Demonstration of a minimum number of crash tests designed to validate virtual testing for a large number of different scenarios

5.Improved safety in future mixed traffic scenarios including an increasing number of automated vehicles

For Area B

1.Reduced driver distraction as an important factor in road crashes.

2.Intuitive and unobtrusive information of drivers and other road users about expected actions at any time.

3.Safer mobility for all road users including the ones with impaired mental and/or physical capacity.

4.Availability of human-centric adaptive interfaces and positive stimulation and utilisation of human abilities by new human-technology interfaces.

5.Improved validation methods for HMI.

Scope: Actions should address the activities EITHER under area A) Testing safe lightweight vehicles OR under area B) Safe human-technology interaction in the future traffic system. Proposals should clearly indicate which area they are covering.

Area A –Testing safe lightweight vehicles

Automotive safety has significantly progressed in the last decades thanks to advanced modelling and testing capabilities and new structural concepts, as well as the introduction of active safety.

Future vehicles and their structures, however, will have to be lighter and lighter, and this means already an intrinsic reduction of safety when crashing with a heavier crash counterpart. Moreover, new structural concepts will need to be more and more designed with a circular use of materials in mind, and structures with mixed light materials and related manufacturing concepts (including casting and 3D printing of complex shapes, for instance in energy absorbers or highly integrated structural components) will be widely different from today’s mostly sheet steel based concepts. Advanced testing on crash, toughness, fracture and fatigue of new materials and concepts should be performed where relevant. A smart integration of these concepts are expected to lead the demonstration of a more sustainable and safe body-in-white with at least a 10% weight reduction on already achieved results for multimaterial research structures.

In this context, the proposed actions should analyse the crash scenarios of the future, considering active safety devices but also their potential failure and the fact that for a long time there will be a mixed traffic situation where automated and semi-automated vehicles will share the road with normal “manually driven” vehicles and all types of unprotected road users.

This requires a new way of conceiving structures and their components, to ensure that all requirements are met at the same time and to further increase safety by including vehicle compatibility concept, like harmonised rigidity between light and heavy vehicles, so that the heavy vehicle helps the more vulnerable one in absorbing the impact energy. Standardised positions for crash absorbing elements should be addressed to ensure the best engagement scenarios, as well as multi-angle optimisation, to avoid that structures are optimised only for the exact test cases in regulation or in EuroNCAP tests. A significant number of crash tests is expected to be performed for validating the different scenarios.

Area B –Safe human-technology interaction in the future traffic system

Another challenge for the safety in future transport systems and services is the ever growing and intensified human interaction with ubiquitous digital content. The overload of various kinds of information from multiple sources can lead to increased driver or unprotected road user distraction and have negative impacts on road safety.

Human machine interfaces (HMI) with adaptive characteristics continue to be developed and new functionalities are continuously added, yet the impacts of those systems on the behaviour of drivers and other road users are not sufficiently known. Further research on the effects of such technologies in road transport safety is required.

These adaptive HMI systems can support a wide range of traffic users and could be included in scenarios based on the mixed traffic and accidentology where needed. As such the applications are not limited to higher levels of vehicle automation. Therefore, they need to consider a wide variation of human capabilities and reactions as well as long-term mental and physical capacities (including disabilities and disorders) and instantaneous limitations in capabilities (collapse, illness, drowsiness, etc.).

In particular, the following aspects should be considered by future research:

1.Design and development of intuitive, understandable, non-distracting and reliable adaptive interfaces for human-technology interaction in road vehicles minimising training needs for safe usage.

2.Develop concepts of external interfaces, also considering the characteristics (for instance speed, direction) that are possible to interpret and understand by all road users.

3.Understand long-term effects (physical and mental), potential risks and possible benefits for road users exposed to and actively using adaptive HMI technologies, and propose means to improve or maintain road user performance in terms of safety.

4.Development of safety validation methods for new adaptive HMI technologies.

While this topic is open to research on all human-technology interaction in the road transport system, specific issues of the interaction of highly automated vehicles with their occupants and other road users are covered in topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-02.

Typically, projects should have a duration of 36 to 48 months. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other amounts or durations.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-11: Radical improvement of road safety in low and medium income countries in Africa

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribute to the global target of 50% fewer road fatalities and serious injuries by 2030 in low to medium income countries in Africa.

2.Contribute to implementing the recommendations of the Road Safety Cluster of the African-EU Transport Task Force adopted in 2020.

3.More effective design of road safety practices, measures and policies in the targeted countries; establishment of the safe system approach in national road safety strategies.

4.In line with the Sustainable Development Goals and with the principles of the Joint EU-Africa Strategy (JAES), the activities to be implemented should contribute to the improvement of road safety and traffic fluidity conditions in Africa, ultimately saving thousands of lives and lessening the human, social and economic burden of road accidents.

5.The reinforcement of endogenous African capabilities with a view to long term sustainable progress in the fight against road casualties and for a more efficient and sustainable transport system.

6.The dissemination of European know-how and the deployment of sound technical and governance solutions. In particular, the outcomes of the SaferAfrica action should be included (in particular the African Road Safety Observatory).

Scope: Over 650 road deaths per day occur on African roads and unless measures are taken, road crashes in Africa are projected to increase by 68% over the next decade. African road traffic death rates are the highest globally and more than four times higher than the European average.

Building upon the work and activities already undertaken at EU level in this area, including the Safer Africa project and in line with the recommendations of the Road Safety Cluster of the African-EU Transport Task Force adopted in 2020, R&I is needed to create a strong analytical base and to develop and assess, with local partners, the implementation of small scale system pilots and its various components, at city, regional, national and continent level. Actions should contain the sharing of knowledge and best practice, data analysis, infrastructure for effectively reducing road deaths in Africa.

To address this challenge, proposals should address all of the following:

1.In-depth road accident investigations should be carried out at least in selected areas/countries to be able to find evidence of the underlying contributing factors behind accidents, whether related to the road user, vehicle, traffic environment or the traffic system.

2.develop an innovative approach to promote the Safe System approach in selected African countries, enabling the exchange of data, methodologies, training, knowledge and best practice with particular focus on leading road safety agencies, traffic system “owners” such as road authorities, the police, regulating and certifying agencies to support the preparation of their road safety strategies and targets.

3.Analyse the most appropriate road safety assessment methodologies and traffic management systems, as well as protection principles for the vulnerable road users and vehicle occupants, and define criteria for measuring future progress. Moreover, identify requirements for skills development and training of staff, and research and innovation needs, with a view to quick deployment of suitable solutions.

4.design, develop and implement a series of small scale pilot demonstration projects to test the implementation of a safe system approach at different levels (national, regional, city), involving different local stakeholders (e.g. civil society organisations such as citizens’ associations, and non-governmental organisations), local government bodies and institutions as well as private companies.

5.carry out an evaluation and assessment of the pilot demonstration projects that includes feedback from local actors, national and international stakeholders gathered through specific participatory workshops.

6.Define guidelines detailing requirements and propose recommendations from the small scale pilot demonstrations useful for the implementation of a safe system approach to be up-scaled for the African continent (capacity building).

A balanced participation of European and African partners in these activities is expected, also with the aim of reinforcing endogenous African capabilities, and will be taken into account in the evaluation of proposals. Multinational international cooperation with relevant third countries is encouraged in order to leverage resources and impact.

Typically, projects should have a duration of 36 to 48 months. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other amounts or durations.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-12: Controlling infection on large passenger ships

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes as applicable for the two sub-activities:

1.Communicable infections (Covid-19, influenza, norovirus) do not spread rapidly amongst passengers and crew on large passenger ships, in particular on cruise ships. The spread is controllable also beyond the vessel in ports and port communities.

2.Communicable infections on board large passenger ships can be detected systematically at an early stage and effective measures are put in place to prevent the spread of infection. Crews and other personnel are duly trained.

3.Large passenger ships are intrinsically designed to prevent the spread of infection and to facilitate measures in case of detection to eliminate further spread.

4.An evidence base is established concerning the specific mechanisms facilitating the on-board spread of infection and the effectiveness of different mitigation methods.

5.A knowledge base is publicly available concerning mechanisms facilitating the spread of on-board infection, mitigation measures and underlying evidence.

6.Evidence based guidance for healthy passenger ship design is available to improve the design of ships which can help avoiding infections and facilitate the detection on board infections at an early stage, inherently mitigate the spread of infection and facilitate actions to prevent its further spread.

Scope: Passenger ships and in particular cruise ships (with their high occupancy rates and elevated passenger and crew numbers of up to 8000 persons, close proximity of passengers and crews, high crew turnover with crews coming from many different countries, frequent port calls naturally implying common shore side excursions, and on-board activities with intense social interaction) have been implicated in the spread and multiplication of disease. Large and medium-sized cruise ships have seen a highly dynamic and sometimes dramatic multiplication of Covid-19 infections on-board and the disembarkation of several hundred infected (and often asymptomatic) passengers who subsequently became vectors for infection within the regions concerned and their home regions. In this context it needs to be kept in mind that cruise passengers often travel to and from the ship by air, adding to the potential spread. Passenger ships have also been hosts for the rapid spread of Norovirus illness, influenza and legionella infections. This can be particularly problematic for (generally smaller) passenger ships that undertake longer expedition-type cruises away from population centres, thus entirely or predominantly relying on on-board medical services and facilities. Europe as the world’s largest and almost exclusive producer of large and medium-sized passenger and cruise ships and as home to a large number of important cruise destinations must ensure a healthy on-board environment which is also crucial for the viability and the sustainable growth of the business. Whilst guidelines to control the spread of on-board infections have been published, it is clear that these are not fully effective and there is a lack of an evidence base to underpin the effectiveness of the suggested measures for different infections. Important knowledge gaps continue to exist and so far the real effectiveness of different mitigation measures now deployed remains largely anecdotal.

To address these challenges, proposals will address one of the following two aspects and cover all of the tasks mentioned.

1.“Infection control on-board large passenger ships - prevention, mitigation and management”.

1.Establishing a comprehensive scientific basis concerning the effectiveness of different prevention, mitigation and management measures.

2.Developing and demonstrating solutions for improving the prevention, mitigation and management of on-board disease and illness.

3.Cooperate and coordinate with other projects selected from this topic as well as other relevant actions such as the EU’s “healthy gateways” action.

4.Outcomes and data to be made publicly available to facilitate the take up of best practices, also in function of vessel type and size, type of cruise and cruise destination. A distinction should be made between large ferries as typically deployed in Europe and cruise ships.

2.“Healthy ship design”:

1.Applying a bottom-up evidence based approach address the functional and concept design of large passenger ships so as to reduce the on-board spread of infection.

2.Research should in particular address ventilation systems and their airflows, germicidal surfaces and disinfection practices, contamination control in all relevant ship areas, facilitating enhanced quarantine, process separation, the design of social areas including those for the crew, the design of crew work areas, especially pantries, laundries etc.. In this respect a better interaction of people with the vessel and its equipment on the basis of social innovations (e.g. hands-free accessibility solutions) should also be considered.

3.Innovative systems should be addressed to enable early stage detection of the spread of on-board infections such as for example employing AI, big data, smart sensors etc.

4.Cooperate and coordinate with other projects selected from this topic as well as other relevant actions such as the EU’s “healthy gateways” action.

5.Outcomes and guidance concerning healthy ship design should be made available to facilitate the take up of best practices by ship interior designers, shipyards, and equipment manufacturers.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-13: Safe automation and human factors in aviation – intelligent integration and assistance

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved monitoring of human performance, system performance and external hazards, in order to pave the way to more automation in aviation while meeting Flightpath2050 safety goals.

2.Avoiding startle response or “automation surprise”, enabling intelligent assistance to all operators on the air and on the ground in all safety-critical situations and allowing fall-back response in case of severe system perturbations - including pilot incapacitation, cyber-attacks and/or broader operational system-wide failures.

3.New crew and team configurations, including human-machine teaming, automation supervisory roles and distributed human crew (both airborne and on the ground) to ensure safety and optimise performance without leading to complacency or to loss of critical skills.

4.Better prepared workforce and training, with smarter selection, qualification and training tools and methods to maintain high standards of safety and resilience, including advanced simulation for complex safety-critical events.

5.Increased organisational and regulatory preparedness, safety culture and societal acceptance in the advent of more automation in aviation, from earlier integration of human factors and automation into design processes and safety case methods up to ensuring an appropriate level of human factors and automation competence in key organisations, including regulators.

Scope: Activities should address a renewed safety focus on the teaming between the human and automation, given the steady increase in automation in aviation operations at large (e.g. in cockpit, ATC, maintenance, etc.), including for new airborne services and vehicles such as drones. When automation is unable to cope, control should be handed back safely to the human.

Prepare the next step-change in automation, artificial intelligence (AI), in two steps. Firstly, in the medium term with the role of AI as ‘Digital Assistant’, part of the team, earning the trust of the human operators and the flying public. Secondly, in the long term, with the potential of AI to take over operations. For the transition to digital assistant and ultimately to AI-run operations, develop a novel approach to Human Factors and to safety (and security) assurance methods and processes.

System transition issues should be addressed, to avoid an initial spate of ‘automation-assisted accidents’, as it happened at the last step change in the level of automation in aviation (‘glass cockpits’), which nevertheless resulted in significantly improved safety.

Activities should consider the increasing complexity in aviation e.g. traffic growth expected back in the mid/long-term, more ‘new entrants’ as drones, more extreme weather events, more environmental constraints leading to more complex systems and operations. In such an evolving aviation environment it is needed to better understand and anticipate why incidents happen – the triggering events/hazards, the cognitive failures and the challenges at the human-machine interface – in order to learn the right lessons and then share them both internally and externally. This includes the impact of physical and mental wellbeing on human performance and safety, both in a positive sense (e.g. motivation, positive safety culture) and in a negative sense (e.g. fatigue, constraints during/after pandemic times, fitness for duty, skill loss, and complacency).

More focus is needed then on Human Digital Interface design and on integrating AI into human crews and teams, as a smart assistant to explain, accompany and support operators, in particular at safety-critical situations and to recover from emergencies. More adaptive and trustworthy human-machine systems and more intuitive interfaces should be developed.

Developments should be applied to realistic operational and regulatory contexts while devising how to maintain safety culture and societal acceptance along with organisational and regulatory preparedness. Particular attention should be paid to possible differences such as age, gender and ethnography. Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Activities should go beyond the state of the art and previous R&I activities, at least at EU level 259 . Activities should ensure no overlap but complementarity for integration with any other aviation activities, such as SESAR / Transforming the European ATM System partnership. The proposals may include the explicit commitment from the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) to assist or to participate in the actions 260 .

In order to achieve the expected outcomes with increased resources and impact, international cooperation can be foreseen with third countries with relevant capacities in this domain, while ensuring that the respect of European IPR, interests and values is strictly guaranteed.

Synergies with other transport modes and safety/security critical sectors adopting more automation is welcomed, in particular on risk assessment and pre-normative research to ensure fit-for-purpose rulemaking and management systems and a high level of cyber-attack protection.

Synergies with other topics in Horizon Europe can be exploited such as in Cluster 4 e.g. HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-02 (Software for low-power operation at the edge), HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11 (Pushing the limit of robotics cognition), in Cluster 3 e.g. HORIZON-CL3-2021-INFRA-01-01 (European infrastructures and their autonomy safeguarded against systemic risks), as well as with other EU programmes such as Connecting Europe Facility (CEF), NextGenerationEU and Digital Europe.

Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 261

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 262

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 14 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 12 Jan 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-01

IA

50.00 263

20.00 to 25.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-02

RIA

8.00

6.00 to 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-03

RIA

8.00

7.00 to 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-04

IA

10.00 264

4.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-05

RIA

12.00

5.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-06

RIA

13.00

4.00 to 4.33

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-07

IA

9.00 265

4.00 to 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-08

IA

12.00 266

3.50 to 6.00

2

Overall indicative budget

122.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-01: European demonstrators for integrated shared automated mobility solutions for people and goods (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 20.00 and 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstration of inclusive, user-oriented and well-integrated shared CCAM systems and services for people and goods in real traffic conditions, which contribute to

a.reduced carbon footprint and harmful emissions;

b.reduced congestion, more reliable, predictive travel times and more efficient transport operations;

c.Increased safety and security;

d.End-users’ adoption for specific use cases of innovative shared mobility solutions.

2.Demonstration of innovative cross-sector business models and partnerships for CCAM.

3.Assessment of all impacts of shared CCAM solutions in real world conditions, specifically on sustainability, inclusiveness and safety based on viable economic use cases for passengers and goods.

Scope: CCAM solutions have to provide a more user-centred, all-inclusive road mobility, while increasing safety, reducing congestion, emissions and contributing to climate neutrality. These novel mobility services enable seamless integration with existing services (e.g. public transport, logistics), and higher levels of automation support, transport productivity and efficiency (e.g. transportation of goods at lower speeds to save energy, operational efficiency at logistics hubs and in hub to hub corridors or last mile operations). Yet all these benefits need to be proven. Previous and currently ongoing demonstration projects for CCAM systems and services show, that further testing of highly automated systems and services with high scaling potential is necessary, involving more mature technologies or additional use cases in extended Operational Design Domains (ODDs). Proposed actions for this topic are expected to address all the following aspects:

1.implement a set of European demonstrators of smart, shared mobility and/or logistics use cases in real traffic conditions with ambitious and realistic operational domains (balancing environmental complexity, risk, speed, economic viability, etc.) enabled by CCAM solutions (SAE Level 4) with market potential (i.e. with scalable business and operating models).

2.Test robustness, reliability and safety of highly automated CCAM systems and services, while focussing on user interaction and interaction with other road users (specifically vulnerable road users such as pedestrians and cyclists). This includes testing of key enabling technologies (e.g. sensors, connectivity, cybersecurity, AI, big data, space-based services), physical/digital infrastructure support and optimised traffic and fleet management.

3.address user and customer needs for mobility and logistics, paying special attention to differences in mobility patterns by gender, age, disability and other social groups 267 . Further, deploy high quality services that are well integrated with other modes and existing mobility services.

4.apply, test and demonstrate the common evaluation framework for large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe and the test data exchange framework, provide input to the European knowledge base on CCAM (see topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-06) and contribute to the European database of relevant scenarios (see topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02).

Proposed actions should contribute to effective assessment and demonstration of benefits on energy efficiency, traffic flow, safety, user appreciation, etc. based on holistic modelling solutions. If possible, already existing investments at national and European level on demonstration activities should be leveraged, optimising return on investments and create a strong basis for even larger scale demonstrations and system integration.

Proposed actions should foster the collaboration between public and private stakeholders (e.g. cities, regions and infrastructure operators, authorities, civil society organisations, public transport operators, OEMs and suppliers, logistics hubs, freight transport and logistics service providers and freight transport and logistics users, research providers, ITS and telecom sector) to achieve common objectives and assess societal impacts. Co-creation with users should be considered to demonstrate benefits and raise public acceptance/adoption of CCAM under real-world conditions. To this end, it is recommended to develop solutions that are grounded in social innovation.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Proposed actions are expected to focus on demonstrators for integrated shared automated mobility solutions for people, for goods or for both, and should address resulting synergies and complementarities in the CCAM ecosystem when possible. All vehicles used for testing the innovative CCAM concepts should use zero emission technologies.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-02: Reliable occupant protection technologies and HMI solutions to ensure the safety of highly automated vehicles (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Protection systems in Connected and Automated Vehicles (CAVs) designed for a greater variation of unconventional seating positions and body postures, including sex, age and ability differences, to be sufficiently inclusive to encompass the diversity of the occupant population, considering all situations and conditions for the application of such systems and taking into account different accident configurations with a higher market penetration of CAVs.

2.New, advanced Human-Machine-Interface (HMI) solutions as enablers for the safe and efficient co-existence and interaction of CAVs with other road users (including Vulnerable Road Users and non-automated vehicles). Interfaces should be reliable and seamless, based on comprehensive knowledge and models of individual human behaviour and capabilities.

3.Advanced driver/passenger condition monitoring and improved HMI functionalities to prepare the driver to take control as may be necessary when the vehicle reaches the limits of its Operational Design Domains (ODD).

4.Consistent design methodologies and tools for performance assessment of the new protection systems.

5.Delivering evidence-based support to the regulatory bodies for the potential adaptation of traffic rules.

Scope: In order to ensure the safety of highly automated vehicles, on-board systems need to anticipate risks reliably, prevent crashes and minimise the consequence of unavoidable collisions while enhancing user acceptance, and generating trust and reliance on automated systems through well-designed, informative Human-Machine-Interfaces.

The proposed actions should address all the following aspects:

1.Development of vehicle crashworthiness and advanced safety solutions in order to protect passengers and mitigate injury risk in unavoidable collisions also with new, unconventional seating positions and body postures, considering new protection principles and taking into account all situations and conditions for the application of such systems (for example in shared automated road vehicles). This also includes the identification of new accident configurations and adaptations to the structural layout of vehicles.

2.Development of empathic HMI solutions, which includes a framework for modelling human emotions, in order to enable natural and intuitive interaction of CAVs with the driver, passengers and with other road users (including unprotected ones) also in mixed traffic situations.

3.Monitoring approaches and simulation models to detect and assess occupant status (including health) and level and point of attention of the driver, enabling appropriate HMI, linked also to the new intelligent protection systems in order to fully leverage their potential in terms of adapting to different seating positions, body postures, occupant sizes etc., including gender, age, and ability differences.

4.Improved solutions to address situations in which human drivers are expected to seamlessly resume control, for example when the limit of the ODD is approaching.

5.Recommendations for user-centric HMI design guidelines and for an extension of the European Statement of Principles for human-machine interaction (ESoP) 268 towards automated vehicles should be derived, taking into account also the interaction with unprotected road users and other non-automated, non-connected vehicles.

6.Development of assessment tools for the developed protection technologies and advanced safety solutions in order to support the definition of safety requirements, standards (e.g. UNECE) and the analysis of potential needs for the adaptation of traffic rules.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-03: Human behavioural model to assess the performance of CCAM solutions compared to human driven vehicles (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

A robust and scalable reference model of human driving behaviour:

1.Replicating the full performance spectrum of human drivers, which allows comparing the performance of an automated driving system in a specific situation to the human driver population. This serves as a basis to define the required safety level of CCAM systems and to take decisions on validation requirements in type approval schemes. The model will also help to define fair assessment criteria in consumer testing campaigns relative to human-driven vehicles and for the safety verification of CCAM systems in industrial development processes.

2.Serving as a reference for the automotive industry and its R&I partners to design human-like and therefore easily predictable and acceptable behaviour of automated driving functions in mixed traffic.

3.Helping the automotive industry, its R&I partners, certification bodies and consumer testing organisations to realistically represent the behaviour of other human-driven vehicles in the (virtual) simulation of mixed traffic. Virtual testing shortens development cycles and accelerates the implementation of CCAM technologies.

Scope: Statistical data available today gives a good idea of overall human driving, vehicle and infrastructure performance in terms of safety. However, evidence is missing on the precise performance of humans in the variety of specific situations that might be critical for automated driving systems. The variability of human behaviour and performance with factors like gender, cultural and ethnic background, ageing, diseases, driving experience, mental workload or fatigue makes the acquisition of such evidence a very challenging task. External factors such as diverse weather and lighting conditions play a role in this context, as well. Data on the dependence of human driving behaviour from such factors is partly available from previous research, but not sufficiently broken down to the level of specific driving situations.

Available software modules to simulate human driving behaviour only cover specific aspects of human driving performance so far and do not cover the full spectrum of drivers with statistical data on the probability of certain behavioural patterns.

Therefore, proposed actions have to develop a probabilistic human behavioural model with the potential to cover all relevant aspects of human driving performance as well as the broad spectrum of drivers and influencing factors. A methodology will be needed to extract consistent data on human driving performance from different data sources (e.g. real traffic, simulator tests) and collect such data with the long-term objective of fully depicting the large variance of human driving behaviour in different situations, while respecting gender, age and other factors like disabilities and diversity criteria. Proposals should calibrate the parameters of the model with the help of this data, and develop a corresponding validation concept based on real-world experiments. Potential ethical issues will have to be considered, as tests with humans need to be carried out and their personal data will have to be captured. The model should be transparent, independent from proprietary software tools and easy to use. It should be validated at least for selected fields of application with the perspective of extending these fields of application gradually and also simulating human behaviour in future scenarios of mixed traffic.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-04: Integrate CCAM services in fleet and traffic management systems (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Concepts of fleet and traffic management in the CCAM eco-system enabling optimised systems for the mobility of people and goods that take into account the balance between societal and individual user needs.

2.Intermodal interfaces and interoperability between traffic management systems (of different geographical locations and/or of CCAM vehicles and other modes of transport) considering integration beyond road transport in the overall multimodal transport system providing seamless mobility services.

3.Advanced simulation models and tools that enable and help assessing new traffic management strategies (including dedicated lanes, priorities at intersections etc.) for CCAM.

4.Optimised mobility network load balancing approaches through advanced traffic management guidance and information loops that can reach individual users as well as operational traffic management actors.

5.Effective cooperation and governance models for operating CCAM services as part of real-life fleet and traffic management systems developed and tested.

Scope: Proposed actions should develop and demonstrate concepts of traffic and fleet management to achieve a desirable integration of CCAM vehicles in the entire mobility system. CCAM vehicles should be considered in their different sizes and usages as well as their mobility service provision (private, public, shared, pooled etc.). Proposed actions should address both the transport of people and goods with automated fleets (commercial/logistics fleets, fleets operated by public or private transport operators) and individual vehicles (CCAM- or conventional vehicles) well integrated in the entire traffic management system. They have to address technology gaps to foster vehicle integration, communication and better manoeuvre coordination and orchestration concepts in managing fleets and traffic as well as integrating public transport and other shared mobility concepts. This involves planning, forecasting and managing fleet and individual vehicles’ movements according to their specific needs. Proposed actions should demonstrate traffic efficiency improvements by mobility network load balancing of routes, optimizing reliability of arrival times of goods delivery or shared mobility services, organize measures in case of events, or bilateral communication and acknowledgement of traffic management guidance if advised from an appropriate control centre.

Proposed R&I actions are expected to address intermodal interfaces and interoperability between traffic management systems from one geographical location to another and from one user group to another to attain seamless mobility for all.

Proposed actions should develop and demonstrate mixed traffic orchestration concepts, enabling or involving new mobility business cases for fleet operation (logistics, public or private transport operator, etc.). These new fleet and traffic management approaches should closely link to societal and individual user needs (including VRUs and other connected or non-connected users).

Advanced simulation models and tools should be able to test and demonstrate in real life traffic their ability to support the optimisation and balancing of the mobility network load. Testing and demos in real life traffic conditions should be undertaken through engagement with stakeholders from the industry, public authorities, public and private operators, service providers, the research sector and road and vehicle users and by satisfactorily addressing the priorities of all (win-win-win).

Governance of the traffic management system has to take into account the different needs and requirements of the users, depending on their gender, socio-economic background, age, ethnicity or ability, and the availability of services enabled by CCAM and the accordingly relevant supporting infrastructure. Both citizen-led needs and CCAM developments will guide the governance of traffic management systems which will eventually see the CCAM fleets of private and public transport (including on demand PT) integrated fully into the transport network. It is recommended to develop solutions that are grounded in social innovation.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-05: Artificial Intelligence (AI): Explainable and trustworthy concepts, techniques and models for CCAM (CCAM Partnership)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Concepts, techniques and models based on Artificial Intelligence (AI) used for situational awareness, prediction, decision making and triggering of actions for time critical and safety relevant CCAM applications as well as for cyber threat detection and mitigation.

2.A clear understanding of the capabilities, limitations and potential conflicts of AI based systems for CCAM.

3.Increased user acceptance from an early stage, based on explainable, trustworthy and human-centric AI. Interactions with vehicles using AI should be understandable, human-like and reflect human psychological capabilities, and free of gender, ethnic or other biases.

4.Accelerated AI development and training for CCAM enabled by a relevant set of real and synthetic traffic events and scenarios.

5.AI based CCAM solutions will evolve from reactive and/or adaptive system support into predictive system state awareness (including driver state and user diversity), decision-making and actuation, enhancing road safety especially in near-critical situations.

Scope: The deterministic understanding and consequential design of assistance systems are mostly reactive or to some extent adaptive. In the transition from driver assistance systems towards fully automated systems, a critical aspect is the decision making (i.e. planning and acting), based on robust and reliable detection and perception. AI has a huge potential to advance this process.

Specifically, in more complex and dense traffic environments, highly automated driving functions will benefit from the system state prediction enabled by AI. Yet, the current state of technology using AI for CCAM has limitations regarding human-like actions, more specifically the intuitive, split-second (predictive) assessments and ‘reflex decision making’. As such, any AI requires good integration into the overall system with close interaction and compatibility with the active safety systems (e.g. automated emergency braking).

For the development process, training is essential for the performance of unbiased AI. It requires sufficient traffic and event data under varying conditions from all over Europe, avoiding limited data sets. The current, mainly deterministic approaches for validation in automotive development will not be sufficient for future training and validation of AI-based or AI-supported functions, which will also need to be able to deal with complex issues as (un)intended miscommunication.

Proposed R&I actions therefore are expected to address all the following aspects

1.Support the development and integration of AI in CCAM with explainable, trustworthy and human-centric and unbiased concepts, techniques and models; this can be on vehicle level and on transport system level, where tactical and strategic links to traffic management and traffic conditions need to be established.

2.Address the knowledge gap on AI training and validation approaches as well as efficient and ethical approaches for data handling of increasing amounts of data.

3.Build upon existing and generated data for training and verification of AI supporting situational awareness in CCAM in more complex traffic scenarios (e.g. digital twins).

Specific automotive requirements on functional safety and security need to be considered in the development process of an automotive-grade AI ensuring consistency with existing validation procedures.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions, as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is advised, in particular with projects or partners from the US, Japan, Canada, South Korea, Singapore, Australia.

This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM).

Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-06: Predictive safety assessment framework and safer urban environment for vulnerable road users

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 4.33 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest-ranked proposal in each area, i.e. one proposal for area A) Predictive safety assessment framework and another one for area B) Safer urban environment for vulnerable road users, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

For Area A:

1.Harmonised, prospective assessment framework for road safety, both active and passive, solutions (for policy, regulatory and consumer assessment).

2.Comprehensive virtual representation of challenging scenarios in future road traffic.

3.Well-founded prognoses on the effects of new solutions on road safety and protection of vulnerable road users and vehicle occupants.

For Area B:

1.50% reduction in serious injuries and fatalities in road crashes by 2030, with a focus on measures addressing unprotected vulnerable road users

2. Better prediction of all road users behaviour and the use of new transport modes

3.Concepts and guidelines for safe inclusion of new types of vulnerable road users, e.g. those using new means of transport into the traffic system

4.Development of solutions that facilitate inclusion of all vulnerable users in the transport system, including people with disabilities, the elderly, and children by providing a safe environment for walking and cycling.

5. Facilitation of modal shift to active and clean modes of transport, improving the health of road users and the quality of urban environments.

Scope: A Safe System approach recognises that since accidents will continue to occur despite preventive efforts, it is a shared responsibility between stakeholders (road users, road managers, vehicle manufacturers, etc.) to take appropriate actions to ensure that road collisions do not lead to serious or fatal injuries. The safe system approach requires a systematic, multi-disciplinary, multi-sectoral, and multi-stakeholder approach which addresses the safety needs of all users; fatal and serious injury prevention, collision prevention and mitigation and post-collision care and aligns with other policies for co-benefits such as health, occupational health and safety, sustainable development and poverty reduction. In a Safe System approach, mobility is a function of safety rather than vice versa. It involves the implementation of system-wide measures that ensure, in the event of a collision, that the impact forces remain below the thresholds likely to produce either death or serious injury.

Area A – Predictive safety assessment framework

The road traffic system is changing with new technology, new means of transport as well as with regulatory and behavioural changes, and so will scenarios which are relevant for safety. Such future scenarios are not yet captured in accident databases. Traditional analysis methods and road studies can no longer predict the impact of new developments and new measures on road safety with an increased speed of technological development, but relatively slow penetration rates in the road traffic system. Also for already developed safety measures, scenarios need to be provided which cover more complex transport system levels where safety can be described in terms of risk and probability due to interplay between societal and technological driving forces as well as different stakeholder and user needs. A predictive safety assessment framework on higher system levels will support considerably the proactive management of road safety as an important principle of the safe system approach.

Virtual simulation allows for fast and extensive evaluation of safety measures even in scenarios which do not exist in real traffic yet. With growing computer power, safety assessment methods should therefore be extended to potential future scenarios and to the transport system level also allowing for the evaluation of socio-economic benefits. Such predictive assessment requires appropriate simulation environments and realistic models of all elements of the transport system (incl. human behaviour and traffic flow), which need to be harmonised to make them available for policy, regulatory and consumer assessment.

Within this context, actions should address the following aspects:

1.Develop new methods to efficiently predict the effects of the implementation of a new technology, new means of transport and regulatory or behavioural changes on road safety up to the level of socio-economic benefits.

2.Further develop virtual models of the relevant elements of the transport system for which such further development is most urgently needed, and validate them through testing activities and corresponding correlation.

3.Analyse, based on selected examples, how the application of new technology and/or the introduction of new regulation will affect the remaining road safety burden, and how traffic and crash scenarios will change with their market penetration and/or enforcement respectively.

Area B – Safer urban environment for vulnerable road users

A safe system strategy and targets to reduce accidents in urban areas inevitably should have at its core the safety of vulnerable road users. Vulnerable road users (pedestrians, cyclists and powered two wheelers) constitute almost 70% of the fatalities from road crashes in urban areas. Our society is characterized by an ageing generation, which is still mobile and more active in road traffic than in the decades before, therefore it is of high importance to improve safety in road traffic for elderly people by seeking solutions that would concomitantly address infrastructure and road user behaviour. A safe system strategy needs also to take into account the interactions between different modes of transport, especially the road intersection with trams, light-rail, commuter rail, including infrastructure and human factors of vulnerable users in relation to level-crossings and trespassing.

In this context, building on best practices (technological, non-technological and social), as well as ongoing projects and planned initiatives in the area of safe urban environment for vulnerable road users, actions should address the following aspects:

1.Protection principles and solutions to provide a safe environment for vulnerable road users through infrastructure measures and lifelong learning initiatives for vulnerable road users as well as for vehicle occupants (behavioural change, training courses, road safety education from an early age)

2.Identify specific mobility needs and public space design needs to promote a safe journey for the vulnerable road users, and enhance their perception of safety (considering among others women’s perception of safety and people with disabilities, like blind people in shared spaces).

3.Safe inclusion of new means of transport into the traffic system (including personal light electric vehicles, PLEVs, such as electric scooters and self-balancing vehicles and the safe transition to higher levels of automation e.g. automated public transport vehicles ). Safety measures on the vulnerable road users’ vehicles, improving stability, robustness and helping to prevent crashes overall.

4.Protective equipment (helmets, clothes, reflectors) that is innovative, effective, user friendly and likely to lead to higher usage rates. Possibilities of active equipment able to detect oncoming collisions and warn the VRU in order to prevent crashes should be explored and demonstrated

5.Improved detection mechanisms of vulnerable road users by other users and accurate prediction of their behaviour including at road intersections.

6.Analysis of the most common causes of accidents concerning vulnerable road users and demonstration of applied solutions.

7.Provide clear guidance to cities and Member States/Associated Countries on how to incorporate the vulnerable road users dimension into infrastructure planning and sustainable urban mobility plans especially for the aspects of safety, security and accessibility.

Actions should address the activities EITHER under area A) Predictive safety assessment framework OR under area B) Safer urban environment for vulnerable road users. Proposals should clearly indicate which area they are covering. At the same time, links will ideally be established between projects under both areas, so that solutions, concepts and measures developed under Area B) could be assessed using the framework from Area A).

Typically, projects should have a duration of 36 to 48 months. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-07: More resilient aircraft and increased survivability

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to two or more of the following expected outcomes in order to contribute to Flightpath2050 safety goals:

1.Near real-time proactive prediction, detection, communication and avoidance/mitigation of anomalies and hazards at the airport (e.g. on the runway, at ground-handling, etc.), in the atmosphere (e.g. extreme weather phenomena) and on-board (e.g. fire, electromagnetic interference, structural issues, etc.), including self-protection.

2.Improved safety modelling and design of aircraft and airports to increase survivability e.g. in case of fire, crash, ditching, including impact of new fuels or energy systems.

3.Improved means and methods for reliable tracking of aircraft and timely evacuation, search and rescue of passengers and crew.

Scope: Activities should contribute to maintain a high-level of safety in aviation by encompassing the evolution of external hazards with the evolution of aviation systems. Aircraft should be more resilient to external hazards and internal failures in all phases - from ground-handling, runway operations, up to flight and emergency operations. Should such rare events occur, the aircraft should be able to fly safely back to an airport, or, in the worst case, ensure the survivability of passengers and crew and their safe evacuation and rescue.

Increase the ability to predict and avoid or mitigate weather hazards, which remain one of the major challenges on the ground and in flight, such as thunderstorms, lightning strikes, turbulence and wind shear to icing, snow and fog, as well as emerging events such as drones incursion, and major events such as volcanic ash clouds that can affect large swathes of airspace. Prevent and handle electromagnetic interferences (including cosmic radiation) and fire events, triggered by internal failures or external hazards. Improve modelling and protections systems accordingly together with tools to assist the design and the certification process, considering also climate risks.

Advance systems and methods for reliable aircraft tracking and for safe evacuation, search and rescue of passengers and crew, including with new aerial means as drones. Advanced features of Galileo Search & Rescue operating service should be fully explored and exploited, if applicable.

Activities should go beyond the state of the art and previous R&I activities, at least at EU level 269 . The proposals may include the explicit commitment from the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) to assist or to participate in the actions 270 .

In order to achieve the expected outcomes with increased resources and impact, international cooperation can be foreseen with third countries with relevant capacities in this domain, while ensuring that the respect of European IPR, interests and values is strictly guaranteed.

Synergies with other transport modes and safety/security critical sectors is welcomed, in particular on risk assessment and pre-normative research to ensure fit-for-purpose rulemaking and management systems.

Synergies with the relevant topics in Horizon Europe Cluster 4 can be exploited e.g. HORIZON-CL4-2021-SPACE-02-52 (EGNSS applications for Safety and Crisis management), HORIZON-CL4-2022-SPACE-02-51(EGNSS applications for Smart mobility) as well as with other EU programmes such as Connecting Europe Facility (CEF), NextGenerationEU and Digital Europe.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-08: Safer navigation and tackling containership fires

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.50 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Navigational accidents including vessel collisions and groundings, damage to vessels and boats from debris (in particular lost containers), and harm to marine mammals are significantly reduced.

2.There is systematic understanding of the causes of navigational accidents and high standards are established for their prevention.

3.Automated systems reducing the human factor as a cause of navigational accidents are introduced on a relevant scale and deployed in particular on vessels operating in sensitive areas where navigational accidents and incidents would have a particular negative impact (coastal zones, marine protected areas).

4.Digital solutions (“smart ships”) that help in the prevention of accidents are developed and integrated in the overall vessel architecture and in traffic control systems. A link to automated and autonomous shipping solutions under development is established.

5.Containership fires can be systematically prevented, and when occurring they will be detected swiftly and tackled safely without recourse to external intervention.

6.The serious risk to crews, coastal and port communities from the toxic combustion products of containership fires is mitigated.

7.The frequency of containership fires is reduced in a statistically proven way.

Scope: Whilst the safety of shipping has significantly improved since the major disasters in the past decades navigational accidents remain a frequent and almost daily occurrence. In addition, the growing size of containerships has been linked to an increasing frequency of major containership fires which are difficult to tackle and have often resulted in the loss of lives and the total loss of ship and cargo as well as dangers from toxic combustion products. Lost containers remain a serious navigational hazard with consequences for the safety of smaller vessels and boats as well as for imminent and longer term coastal pollution.

Human factors are often the most important causal factor within navigational accidents including collisions with waterborne traffic and structures, and groundings. Furthermore hazards such as collisions with large marine mammals and debris can be difficult to detect by means of human observation.

Despite improvements fires on-board containerships continue to be a regular occurrence which often require external intervention for crew evacuation (where at all possible) and on certain occasions have remained uncontrolled for days before burning out or being extinguished. Such interventions cannot be assured easily on most major shipping routes and are not always effective with consequent risks to crews, the marine environment and potentially coastal communities.

To address these challenges applicants will address one of the following two aspects:

Navigational accidents

1.Systematically assess the causes, consequences and probability of navigational accidents, including collisions involving vessels and offshore structures, groundings, container losses, as well as collisions with marine mammals and floating objects.

2.Develop solutions and standards to address the most important causal factors, including the removal/reduction of human factors through smart sensors and automatic prevention and evasion measures.

3.To reduce and potentially eliminate the human factor develop and test innovative solutions beyond the state of the art to locate and stay clear of objects in order to avoid navigational accidents including collisions with marine mammals, floating debris and small surface vessels, in particular recreational crafts and fishing boats. Based on open source principles and common data protocols (e.g. AIS) the developed systems should also support digital networking to alert other waterborne traffic in real time of the location of hazards as well as supporting a European navigational hazards data base. The exploitation of Galileo GNSS services and eventually other space based services is to be foreseen.

4.Propose solutions to the tracking and recovery of lost containers in cases where those containers pose a risk to navigation and the marine environment.

Containership fires

1.Undertake a systematic analysis of containership fires’ causal factors (including malicious and erroneous cargo declarations), the currently established responses based on on-board means, and the consequences, including the potential consequence of a fire in coastal regions with an onshore wind.

2.Research should address the range of risks, ship and cargo system design issues, fire detection and firefighting methods, accident management methodologies, and pertinent regulatory issues in order to greatly reduce the risk of fires at sea.

3.Special attention should be given to fires within cargo areas (in holds and on deck) for which relevant risk control options should be presented, analysed and the effects of their application validated though computer simulation and model tests, including those for specific firefighting equipment.

4.In cooperation with relevant authorities (EMSA, European flag states, coast guards, rescue services) accident management strategies and plans to minimise the consequences from containership fires in European coastal and port areas should be developed. This should include an analysis of and proposition for stand-by equipment and assets.

5.Outcomes and strategies should be widely communicated to facilitate best practice and develop specific training plans, including practical exercises on a realistic scale, for crews in cooperation with operators and seafarer organisations.

Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 271

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 272

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Apr 2022

Deadline(s): 06 Sep 2022

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-01

IA

15.00 273

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-02

IA

15.00

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-03

RIA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-04

IA

20.00 274

8.00 to 10.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-05

RIA

15.00

4.00 to 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-06

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-07

RIA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

Overall indicative budget

91.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-01: Logistics networks integration and harmonisation through operational connectivity to optimise freight flows and drive logistics to climate neutrality

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Freight transport and logistics companies, including small and medium-sized enterprises, evolve to operate seamlessly engaging with nodes, partners and customers in an effective way, thus achieving a better utilisation of the assets and other resources in the freight transport and logistics chain within Europe.

2.Energy and emissions reduction potentials higher than 20%, based on the operative gains without needing to renew the assets, are demonstrated by the shared logistics networks (collaborative logistics).

Scope: Integration and harmonisation of closed independent logistics networks and of clusters of networks (e.g. from different logistics service providers or different cargo owners) providing open and shared services to manufacturers and retailers focussing on intra-European flows, would enable to optimise freight flows at system level, thus overcoming operational inefficiencies (e.g. peak overloads, partially loaded or empty transportation, sub-optimal transit routing, waiting times, higher overall costs, inefficient asset utilisation, increased emissions) and driving climate neutrality in logistics.

Projects will have to advance the adoption of technological solutions and organisational and behavioural models in use cases and applications under the leadership of logistics operators taking into account stakeholders’ preferences.

In pilot actions, two or more logistics providers or shippers’ logistics networks should develop and demonstrate a systemic framework for connecting effectively their independent logistics networks (at least partially) pooling the demand of various cargo owners and develop a system of logistics networks in which assets and services, including synchro-modal services, are shared and flows are managed in a consolidated way demonstrating potential benefits. Proposals should address all the following points and subpoints:

1.Develop and demonstrate a robust and transparent collaborative framework with guiding principles to ensure operational connectivity of logistics networks (e.g. services, shared resources and assets, information and financial flows, etc.) under the lead of logistics providers and addressing governance and potential anti-competition law issues. Current independent closed networks gradually are expected to become connected networks with shared and open capabilities, including intermodal transport solutions in specific demonstrators.

2.Through the pilot cases and demonstrators:

1.Identify and demonstrate potential gains of these logistics networks / systems of logistics networks compared to independent logistics networks in terms of emissions and energy consumption reduction and potential business models for uptake beyond the project duration.

2.Identify main barriers and opportunities to achieve a system of logistics networks, propose solutions and pilot them to deliver guidelines for expansion and implementation.

3.Address governance aspects (e.g. how to organise and expand the logistic network with other logistics networks willing to join or how to legally engage with users of these shared logistics networks services and capabilities) and propose actions to accelerate organic and jointly acceptable growth of these logistics networks.

4.Identify innovative business models addressing also revenue sharing.

5.Identify and assess existing regulation (e.g. anti-competition) preventing or the need for new regulation to enable this shared and holistic approach, by building on the results and outcomes of previous and ongoing projects and activities 275 . Develop guidelines to address specific concerns and propose specific recommendations that should be considered.

3.Identify and assess the main drivers and barriers towards horizontal collaboration in terms of organisational cultures and frameworks of the logistics service providers and the transport operators. Propose solutions to overcome the barriers and recommendations on how to create the best conditions (success factors) to boost new logistics collaborations, maintain them and reap their benefits.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-02: Urban logistics and planning: anticipating urban freight generation and demand including digitalisation of urban freight

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Take up and upscaling of innovative, best practice and replicable data driven logistics solutions and planning in the living labs 276 involved in the proposals, while facilitating the common lesson drawing and learning at European level, in order to contribute to the priorities of the European Green Deal, which stresses that ‘’transport should become drastically less polluting, especially in cities. 277 This action supports city sustainability targets such as climate neutrality, road safety, improved air quality, reduced congestion and better use of public space.

2.Optimal mix distribution of land uses both in city centres and peripheries looking at the preferred rationales for achieving the best combination of residential, commercial, leisure and industrial space to reach the most sustainable mobility patterns according to the available and future transport supply and demand. 278

3.Improved local authority capacity in the managing and collection of data, estimation and measurements of the impacts achieved by new measures and if a regulation is needed to ensure this happening.

4.Valorisation of data and information gathered from urban freight to better understand the impact of long-haul deliveries and e-commerce on the city as “just in time” deliveries are producing longer and more trips with more and emptier vehicles, leading to more congestion, air and noise pollution, Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and road risk in urban areas.

5.Optimise the potential mix of strategically positioned land, owned by public authorities (unused railway tracks and marshalling yards, real estate, parking) or by logistics service providers in urban areas, for developing a comprehensive policy strategy integrating transport, logistics and land use. The scope of this exercise includes the roll-out of new modes and increasing use of sustainable modes (waterways and rail). Better understand the impact of increasing transport and logistics patterns on the climate and environment, resilience and robustness of the transport network and the urban infrastructure. This exercise addresses as well the increasing impact of new modes, (electric assisted) cargo bicycles, light electric freight vehicles (LEFV) and vehicles on alternative fuels.

6.Optimize shared transport facilities for goods through smart solutions.

7.Improved space management and urban planning focusing on the “new normal” after the Covid-19 pandemic considering how cities are optimising their planning and allocation of space.

8.Demonstrate and deploy economically viable and sustainable solutions driven by relevant technologies (e.g. real-time traffic information, space management, floating car data) and demonstrate the convenience of consolidation, consistent with the full planning of loading and unloading spaces, to deliver the services and the goods.

9.New or upgraded sustainable urban logistics plan that includes the main stakeholders (cities, logistics operators, couriers, postal services, real estate and/or retail industries) and addresses to a minimum: development of safe and sustainable logistics and delivery models in cities, low emission zones, data collection and usage, consolidation and space management, clean and alternative vehicles, stakeholders dialogue, e-commerce.

Scope: How urban space is being used and allocated can influence congestion, noise, road risk, air quality, GHG emissions as well as liveability. At the same time there is a gap for purpose-oriented freight data collection in cities to support their decision making towards sustainability targets such as climate neutrality, air quality, road safety reducing congestion and better use of public space.

Proposals should consider dynamic space re-allocation for the integration of urban freight at local level and the impacts of how urban space is being used as well as the optimal mix of space distribution and of land uses. Proposals should analyse the potential of strategically positioned urban (or peri-urban) spaces to develop and implement a pilot demonstration, (but without interfering with parks, trees or other recreational green areas). The aim is to reduce the impact of freight transport and logistics on the urban fabric.

Projects could consider involving real estate companies, logistics service providers, together with cities, to develop sustainable business models for open and clean hubs/consolidation spaces in cities (for example using/sharing existing private locations such as underground private parking, office buildings and other potential available spaces in cities – while respecting security constraints).

A more efficient policymaking on urban freight logistics requires cities to enhance their data collection capabilities, while private logistics or e-commerce (like food delivery) companies and services should be encouraged to share data. Potential applications are Urban Vehicle Access Regulations (UVARs), including Low Emission Zones (LEZ), smart parking and dynamic space management and better traffic planning. A vast amount of transport data from different parts of the transport system currently remains unexploited. Understanding barriers and opportunities as well as developing local capacity related to data collection within the urban and peri-urban transport system is a first step to encourage private and public organisations to share transport data. Potential benefits of the data applications need to be checked on how they could support the optimization of sustainable mobility plans (SUMPs) and sustainable logistics plans (SULPs).

A thorough evaluation should provide qualitative and quantitative information on the results of the local solutions implemented. The effectiveness of the proposed measures in achieving local policy objectives should be evaluated and the possible barriers to their broad take up and deployment identified, together with recommendations on how to overcome them. This should be accompanied by mechanisms for common lesson drawing and learning, within the project, between the projects funded under this topic and through the CIVITAS Initiative.

Proposals may include preparatory, take up and replication actions, research activities, as well as tools to support local planning and policy making. A demonstrated contribution to the implementation of the cities’ Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans is expected. If not already in place, the city can develop a Sustainable Urban Logistics Plan or other appropriate planning instrument to manage urban freight and logistics. Funding for major infrastructure works is not eligible. Proposals should plan for an active collaboration within the CIVITAS initiative.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-03: Smart enforcement for resilient, sustainable and more efficient transport operations

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.An innovative, efficient, consistent and resilient enforcement system thanks to the direct contactless access to real-time digitized information on vehicle, driver and cargo by competent authorities.

2.A more competitive and fairer transport internal market thanks to the realisation of “compliance by design” and “compliance by default” principles.

3.Optimisation of the use of human and economic resources and increased productivity for both, public control authorities and transport operators, due to reduced administrative burden and time, while achieving a very significant increased control efficiency and consistency.

4.Improved transport workers social conditions and increased attractiveness of the sector, by reducing the pressure put on them as the main subjects responsible for law compliance.

5.Accelerated deployment of e-government services by authorities and uptake of digital solutions by transport operators for information exchange.

6.Decreased number of transport accidents, incidents and fatalities linked to the higher levels of compliance with road transport legislation.

7.Accelerated deployment of innovative connected, cooperative and automated mobility (CCAM) technologies and systems for passengers and goods to increase safety and reduce environmental impacts.

Scope: The research and innovation activities should provide innovative solutions for allowing the authorities to access directly and in real time all relevant information required under the different pieces of legislation in “one click”. In particular, that should include social rules (such as Regulation No 561/2006 on Driving times and resting periods, Regulation (EU) 165/2014 on the Tachograph and Directive 2006/22/EC as regards enforcement requirements for posting drivers in the road transport sector), market rules (such as Regulation 1071/2009 on access to the occupation of road transport operator, Regulations 1072/2009 and 1073/2009 on access to the market for freight and passenger road transport, Directive 96/53/EC on weights and dimensions of certain road vehicles, Directive (EU) 2016/797 on the interoperability of the rail system, Directive (EU) 2016/1629 on technical requirements for inland waterway vessels, and Directive 2005/44/EC on harmonised river information services (RIS) on inland waterways in the Community), as well as safety legislation (such as Directive 2006/126/EC on driving licences, Directive 2003/59/EC on the certificate of professional competence of drivers, Directive 2007/59/EC on the certification of train drivers and Directive (EU) 2017/2397 on the recognition of professional qualifications in inland navigation).

Research and innovation actions are expected to bring together stakeholders at various level, from supply chain (e.g. manufacturers, retailers, freight forwarders and logistics service providers), transport services (e.g. transport operators, enforcing authorities) and infrastructure networks (e.g. road / rail / inland waterways operators and transport node public authorities) to ensure a truly integrated approach.

The technical solutions should take into account the work done in the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum 279  and in its subgroup on electronic documents in particular, and build on the existing electronic databases and exchange of information platforms (RESPER, ERRU, TACHONET, RIS, IMI, eFTI, etc.), as well as privately developed tools already in place, allowing for their interconnection or integration in order to provide seamless access and exchange of information under the “only once principle”. They should also develop existing and/or new concepts and systems to incorporate the areas that are not yet covered by such electronic databases and platforms. The aim is to achieve a comprehensive ecosystem for smart transport enforcement that is tested and proved to be viable, economically and technically, and allows for future integration with relevant information exchange systems in use or considered for deployment in all modes of transport, as part of a wider multimodal transport information exchange environment.

The research should also provide assessment and recommendations on ensuring that there is a business case for the operators to make the information available electronically to the authorities, and for the authorities to accept it and implement the means to use this information in line with the “only once principle”. Recommendations could eventually include the need for legislative measures to support the uptake of the digital and communication technologies for smart enforcement.

Furthermore, the research should consider the business case and conditions for reusing administrative information, where relevant, for the purposes beyond proving legal compliance. This includes, for instance, for compiling statistics, informing research, assessing the use of infrastructure, optimising logistics operations and maximising utilisation of assets.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-04: Accelerating the deployment of new and shared mobility services for the next decade

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

Developing and pilot testing at least three different business models scenarios based on collaboration platforms or public-private partnerships/project, each of them contributing to:

1.Congestion and air pollution reduction, reduced road risk, social inclusion, accessibility in each city (living lab) 280 .

2.Increased share of new and shared mobility services (NMS) in the modal distribution, e.g. by 25% compared to a realistic baseline and financial viability of services.

3.Integration of new and shared mobility services with public transport (e.g. filling service gaps and off-peak periods), in at least following three collaborative use cases/living lab that will facilitate data sharing and connectivity with remote/peri-urban areas.

4. (Re-)Designing transport infrastructure 281 or upgrading/reusing existing infrastructure elements (e.g. street profile/layout, intersection/junction design, priority corridors/lanes, dedicated parking, charging/docking stations, street surfaces/pavements, etc.) to accommodate new mobility modes, patterns and behaviours with highest safety levels while being resilient to various climate conditions.

5.Developing results based policies as well as recommendations/each project in line with the Sustainable Urban Mobility Planning guidelines, to increase the understanding and take-up of new mobility services by local/regional authorities and public and private mobility service providers.

6.Actively engage in communicating the common learning, lesson drawing, evaluation, dissemination and the exchange of knowledge and best practices, both within the project and with the wider urban mobility and transport community.

Scope: New and shared mobility services have shown that they have the potential to meet urban dweller’s needs while at the same time bring about a more rational use of cars. However, in order to succeed at delivering ‘’Mobility As a Service’’ and address the challenges that cities face, high-quality, user centric, and reliable new mobility solutions need to be offered as a credible alternative to the private car, coupled with safe and integrated infrastructure.

New solutions should be explored and deployed for newly designed or existing transport infrastructure to accommodate new and shared mobility services. Mobility services that could be considered are, for example: micro mobility, including bike/scoter sharing, demand responsive transport, car-pooling or car sharing.

New and shared mobility services should be proposed in at least 3 living labs/project in integrated, complementary and reinforcing packages of urban mobility and planning measures and new technological solutions, combining “push’’ and “pull” measures.

The services deployed should enable the idea of a social optimum in mobility from several perspectives (including socio-economic, environmental, health, accessibility; gender and inclusion; and safety and security aspects) while considering the implications for transport infrastructure and urban design.

The new services should also be tested beyond the commercially interesting urban cores, providing low and zero emission solutions for car-dependent suburban, peri-urban and rural areas linked to specific needs of diverse target groups such as populations with no access to public transport or affluent communities dependent on the private car.

Projects should test new and shared mobility services in mobility management (such as for companies, schools, attractions). Innovative approaches that respond to the needs of a large variety of users (such as families with children, people living in remote locations, commuters, housing developers) are expected. The role of marketing and communication, and approaches based on the co-creation of solutions should be considered.

Equally eligible would be cooperative approaches with employers willing to enter in a pilot to test a ‘Mobility as a Service’ (MaaS) type of service for their employees or with housing developers that are offering reduced parking spaces to residents and seek to offer smart and shared mobility solutions in return.

The proposals should also explore how the adaptation of transport infrastructure (e.g. bike-lanes or new street designs, profiles and layouts, etc…), promotes the use of shared, micro- and active- mobility, limiting risks and increasing safety while reducing transport congestion.

The results and impacts should be assessed using a wide range of quantitative indicators and compared with the situation before the implementation of the proposed solutions.

Public space redesign actions targeted by the awarded projects should not come at the cost of removing or deterioration of parks, trees or green recreational areas in the selected partner cities.

The potential adverse impacts some NMS may generate for example on high-density urban areas, on safety and security, travel demand, public transport use and traffic volumes, should be considered.

A demonstrated contribution to the implementation of the cities’ Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans is expected. Proposals should collaborate with the CIVITAS initiative. They should demonstrate that the proposed approaches are truly innovative for the local context. Proposals should ensure that an appropriate geographical balance across Europe is achieved through twinning activities and other means to maximise impact without leaving anyone behind, and by demonstrating commitment of cooperation though their planned activities.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-05: Advanced multimodal network and traffic management for seamless door-to-door mobility of passengers and freight transport

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least four of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved multimodal transport network and traffic management capabilities, facilitating seamless door-to-door mobility for passengers and freight.

2.Effective and resilient network-wide data exchange and new integrated data management systems for dynamic and responsive multimodal network and traffic management.

3.Tested and validated systems for enhanced prediction and resolution of network bottlenecks, substantially increasing safety, security, resilience and overall performance of the entire transport network.

4.Innovative tools and services for optimising mobility flows of passengers and freight in cities and other operating environments, cutting congestion, journey times and traffic jams across transport modes, and thereby significantly reducing emissions (CO2, SOx, NOx, particles, noise).

5.New governance arrangements for multimodal transport network and traffic management, in view of further regulatory and policy actions.

6.High market adoption and transferability of innovations to different ecosystems.

Scope: Advanced multimodal network and traffic management capabilities are essential for the efficient operation of the entire transport network and for seamless door-to-door mobility of both passengers and freight. This is even more pertinent in view of new mobility trends and technologies, connected and automated vehicles, new physical and digital infrastructures and innovative services. At the same time however, a number of challenges remain to develop validated concepts and leverage multi-actor data exchange, ensure interoperability of new technologies and develop interfaces across transport modes, as well as to design appropriate governance arrangements for relevant public and private stakeholders.

In this context, building on best practices (technological, non-technological and socio-economic), ongoing projects on multimodal network and traffic management, as well as other initiatives (e.g. the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum), actions should address at least six of the following aspects:

1.Developing and carrying out validation for multimodal, dynamic, (cyber and physically) secure and resilient transport network and traffic management systems, leveraging state of the art technologies (e.g. artificial intelligence, high-performance computing, edge computing).

2.Demonstrating effective collection, analysis and use of network-wide fixed and variable data (e.g. using ICT and EU satellite-based information from vehicles, physical infrastructures and users) and developing integrated data management and monitoring systems, for effective and intelligent multimodal network and traffic management.

3.Developing new methods and tools for harmonised and comparable international monitoring of mobility demand, for passenger mobility and freight transport, including through survey data collection and big data processing, leveraging the opening of service providers’ databases to research and public authorities.

4.Conducting simulations for system-wide optimisation of demand/capacity balancing for multimodal passenger and freight flows, against foreseen (e.g. traffic disruption due to an important city-wide event) and unforeseen scenarios (e.g. major network/traffic disruption as a result of a hazard manifestation or compromise in transport safety due to a health emergency), to enable real-time prediction and balancing of mobility behaviour, as well as early problem detection and resolution.

5.Developing and testing network and traffic management visualisation and decision-making tools (e.g. using big data, artificial intelligence, machine learning), while taking into account regular mobility patterns (including soft modes) and user needs of citizens (including vulnerable road users and different gender groups) and businesses, as well as ad-hoc and flexible mobility-on-demand services, in the context of mobility/logistics as a service.

6.Demonstrating interoperability and enhanced interfaces of network and traffic management systems across stakeholders, transport modes and country borders.

7.Performing early pilot activities on multimodal network/traffic management, of limited scale and in defined environments, such as in the context of urban mobility of passengers and freight.

8.Conceiving, developing and preparing the introduction of next-generation multimodal network and traffic management services, provided by public and/or private stakeholders and operationalised at a centralised and/or decentralised level.

9.Develop and test implementable multi-level governance models, with roles and responsibilities for public and private stakeholders to share data and engage in transport network and traffic management functions, providing recommendations for further regulatory and policy actions.

In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-06: Smart and efficient ways to construct, maintain and decommission with zero emissions from transport infrastructure

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A holistic approach to lowering transport infrastructure environmental impact, which takes into account the whole life cycle of transport infrastructure; carbon-neutral construction, maintenance, operation and decommissioning of the infrastructure

2.Implementation of circular economy principles (for example, by fostering new solutions and systems that are easy to maintain, repair, update, adapt and replace and by maximising the re-use/recycle of infrastructure components) to reduce emissions and the environmental impact; 100% reutilisation of construction materials within or across transport modes.

3.Performance-based design models and manufacturing techniques (e.g. additive and subtractive manufacturing) with the objective to substantially reduce materials consumption in construction and maintenance activities.

4.Enhanced modular construction, maintenance and decommissioning interventions able to reduce life cycle cost (LCC) by at least 30%.

5.Optimisation of energy use and increased share of renewable energy for infrastructure management operations as a way leading to achieving energy neutrality

6.Novel governance, public procurement and data utilization models to decrease the emissions and carbon footprint of the whole life cycle of transport infrastructure by 20%

Scope: The overall objective of the topic is to support the development of sustainable transport infrastructure, addressing its environmental and economic efficiency dimensions.

Research should provide knowledge and technical solutions to limit transport emissions, both caused by transport infrastructure and to which transport infrastructure contributes, as the infrastructure related emissions are often unaccounted for. This in due to the long time between construction and decommissioning. Projects should cover the whole life cycle of transport infrastructure to which extent transport infrastructure design can influence and limit the overall emissions from construction, maintenance, operation and decommissioning of the infrastructure.

Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

1.Development of new methods and technologies to construct, manage and maintain transport infrastructure in order to further contribute to lowering emissions while allowing for cost saving.

2.Fostering of green, sustainable and innovative public procurement (particularly focused on the reduction of emissions, recycling and climate adaptation and mitigation).

3.Development of smart techniques for effective construction, maintenance and decommissioning tasks leading to zero emissions from transport infrastructure. Modular, standard and prefabricated solutions need to be considered. Additive manufacturing techniques (e.g. 3D-printing) can be also taken into account. Recycling and reuse of materials should be also incorporated into the automated processes.

4.Design and development of solutions for reduction of emissions through more efficient energy management on transport infrastructure operations by, for example energy harvesting on infrastructure and its verges, adaptive lighting systems, self-powered signalling systems and innovative tunnel ventilation. The proposed solutions should take into consideration existing regulations.

5.Validation of all the proposed solutions in at least three demonstration pilots at minimum TRL7, considering different environments and phases of the infrastructure life cycle, , namely design, construction, maintenance and decommissioning.

Proposals should build on previous results from projects on sensoring, digitalisation, asset management, decision support and automation in the construction and maintenance of infrastructures.

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02-07: New concepts and approaches for resilient and green freight transport and logistics networks against disruptive events (including pandemics)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.An adaptive multimodal European freight transport and logistics network, including its international connections, that reacts quickly and seamlessly upon disruptions (including pandemics), hence minimising the damage and shortening the recovery time while significantly reducing emissions.

2.European freight transport and logistics networks which are resilient by design, thanks to better operational interconnectivity of the stakeholders, services provided based on real-time status information, pre-defined alternative routes and synchro-modal approaches, robust data management, secure and resilient digital logistic and network management tools.

3.New cost-efficient business models and services towards resilient and zero-emission logistics are adopted by the sector in the short-medium term, also supported by appropriate regulatory frameworks and participatory planning processes.

Scope: New production and distribution trends (e.g. globalisation, lean manufacturing, just-in-time inventory) as well as emerging digital technologies have introduced new kinds of challenges to the supply chain. Together with resilient and smart infrastructures, new concepts, innovative solutions and better cooperation of operators are needed for freight transport to minimise the negative impacts of disruptions, shorten the recovery and ease the transition time, while taking in due account emissions and energy consumption reductions as feasible.

Research and innovation actions will have to bring together stakeholders at various level, from supply chain (e.g. manufacturers, retailers, freight forwarders and logistics service providers), transport services (e.g. transport operators, enforcing authorities) and infrastructure networks (e.g. road / rail / inland waterways operators and transport node public authorities) to ensure a truly integrated and jointly acceptable approach.

Proposals will have to:

1.Evaluate the resilience of strategic logistics networks and their related data and IT systems and propose management systems and operations, including alternative networks and transport services, to increase their resilience against natural, accidental and human triggered disruptive events. Proposed concepts and solutions should be suitable to increase the resilience and sustainability of the entire transport network. Lessons learnt from the COVID-19 crisis on how to make supply chains concurrently more resilient to large-scale shocks and environmentally friendly should be considered.

2.Develop and demonstrate how synchro-modal approaches (shipment split and merge, dynamic synchronisation of multimodal schedules, realignment in case of disruptions etc.) provide resilience and sustainability by design to the freight transport and logistics networks in which these services are operated.

3.Develop business intelligence capabilities, such as intermodal freight corridor performance and resilient measurement and assessment (e.g. evaluate what could be the alternative logistics networks and services to manage a failure in a main infrastructure in a transport corridor).

4.Define cost-efficient and green new business models able to be adopted by the sector in the short-medium term and propose business/regulatory roadmaps and recommendations to support the adoption of the new proposed approaches and other solutions enhancing the capability to manage disruptions.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Establishing synergies with projects funded under the Cluster 3 Civil Security for Society topic ‘Ensured infrastructure resilience in case of Pandemics’ could be envisaged.

Other actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grants to identified beneficiaries

1. Support for the SET Plan Conference

Slovenia will organise the annual Strategic Energy Technology Plan conference in 2021. The conference will take place in Slovenia during the Slovenian Presidency of the Council of the European Union. The European Commission will support the organisation of the annual SET Plan conference in cooperation with the entity designated by the Slovenian Presidency

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as it is responsible for energy policy and will lead all activities on energy policies during the time of Slovenian Presidency of the Council of the European Union. As such, the co-organisation of SET Plan Conference falls under its competence.

Legal entities:

Republic of Slovenia, Ministry of Infrastructure , Langusova 4, SI- 1000 Ljubljana

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 4th quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.25 million from the 2021 budget

2. Support to the IEA’s Clean Energy Transition Programme (CETP) for emerging economies

The IEA's Clean Energy Transitions Programme (CETP) aims to accelerate global clean energy transitions, particularly in major emerging economies, such as Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Mexico and South Africa and others. Drawing on the IEA’s recognised expertise across all fuels and technologies, this programme assists the target countries in overcoming the energy technology and policy challenges of moving towards the implementation of the Paris Climate Agreement. The CETP hence also contributes to the objectives of the European Green Deal’s international dimension, and it has therefore received EU funding since 2020.

The CETP includes collaborative analytical work, technical cooperation and strategic dialogues with key energy stakeholders in emerging economies. In particular, the EU is keen to continue supporting, through a 3-year project, activities related to (among others) the development of innovative and timely indicators of the clean energy transition, the integration of renewable energy through adequate policies and market design, and accelerated energy technology innovation and deployment through policy and international cooperation.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as it contributes directly and significantly to the external dimension of the EU Green Deal and the Paris Climate Agreement and can leverage IEA’s unique clean energy expertise and recognition in major emerging economies.

Legal entities:

Organisation of Economic Cooperation and Development (International Energy Agency), OECD, rue André-Pascal 2, PARIS CEDEX 16 75775

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 3rd/4th quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2022 budget

3. IRENA - Clean Energy Innovation Analysis & RE-MAP grants 282

Description: Provision of enhanced technical analysis and the fostering of broader information exchange on renewable energy innovation potential and deployment opportunities to support the implementation of the EU Green-Deal and its supporting strategies for reaching net-zero emissions in the EU energy system by 2050.

The International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA) has developed detailed knowledge and expertise on the status and prospects of innovative solutions for renewable energy amongst the major global players in clean energy innovation including in the EU and many EU member states. In addition, IRENA’s near-global membership of 162 countries enables the agency to convene experts and decision-makers from around the world to facilitate the exchange of knowledge and to increase collaboration.

The planned activities will leverage and allow IRENA to expand upon that expertise and its established collaborative frameworks. The activities will draw on IRENA Regional Remap analysis, including the upcoming REMap-EU, and will deepen IRENA’s work on the development, discussion and dissemination of an evidence base on innovation opportunities that can inform policy development and long-term planning including enhanced roadmaps for the pathway to the 2050 net-zero emissions goal. The expanded scope will ensure that EU specific opportunities to both learn from and share insights with countries within and outside the EU are identified as well as opportunities for EU innovations to be utilized further afield. Topics to be covered will include the following:

1.Analysis of emerging systemic innovative solutions and their deployment potential for the deep decarbonization of challenging end-use sectors including long-distance and freight transportation and energy-intensive industries.

2.Analysis of emerging systemic innovative solutions and their deployment potential for the deep decarbonization of buildings and urban environments.

3.Fostering of closer collaboration and enhanced information exchange between countries and companies, within and beyond the EU, on the topic of innovative solutions for the production and use of renewable fuels including hydrogen.

4.Fostering of closer collaboration and enhanced information exchange between countries and companies, within and beyond the EU, on the topic of making fuller use of underutilized renewable resources – including off-shore renewables and hydropower.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA) is an intergovernmental organisation that include all EU Member States and the European Union as members. IRENA has been requested by its members to develop a global renewable energy roadmap (REmap), which is published yearly.

From 2016-2018, the EC supported the development of a REmap analysis for the European Union which analysis supported EU policy development as well as IRENA’s global renewables roadmap. The Remap analysis consists of a technology-rich, bottom-up analysis of renewable energy potential, cost and benefits based on country by country analysis, with a methodology that is developed within IRENA and that needs to be consistent with other IRENA analyses to contribute to the global roadmap.

This study will provide an update and extension of the 2018 EU REmap analysis. As explained above, the services can only be provided by IRENA which is therefore placed in a de facto monopoly situation under point 11 of Annex 1, Financial Regulation.

Legal entities:

International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), Masdar City P.O. Box 236, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2021 – 4th quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

4. Improved offshore energy development in areas reserved for defence activities

The “EU Strategy to harness the potential of offshore renewable energy for a climate neutral future” COM(2020) 741 final, specify the need to identify barriers for offshore renewable energy developments in areas reserved for defence activities and improve co-existence. This action shall present a mapping of the areas in question, their potential for offshore energy generation including an analysis of the defence related barriers. On this basis solutions shall be developed for improved co-existence involving stakeholders and experts from both defence and energy sectors.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as the EDA is justified as an identified beneficiary through the dedicated action point in the offshore strategy (COM(2020) 741 final) that commits “The Commission and the European Defence Agency” to “set up a joint action”. Furthermore the particular confidentiality aspects related to the use of military installations and the EDA collaboration with the Ministries of Defence in the Member States positions them as the only organisation that can implement this action. “

Legal entities:

European Defence Agency, Rue des Drapiers 17-23; 1050 Bruxelles; Belgium

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: launch before end 2021 with a duration of 24 months

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2022 budget

5. Support to European Standardisation Organisations for biomethane injection in the grid in support of the implementation of the RED II as well as gas quality regulatory work

CEN/TC 408 worked on the Commission's Standardization Request M/475 on standards for biomethane use in transport and injection in natural gas pipelines under contract SA/CEN/ENTR/EFTA/475/2012-15 and the standardisation work has progressed well. However, the work identified important topics for which research has to be continued in order to provide certainty for the specification and in particular:

a. Impact of siloxanes on industrial boilers;

b. Impact of Sulphur on engines;

c. Impact of oxygen on underground storages;

d. Impact of components on health;

e. corrosion tests in gas networks;

f. impacts of Hydrogen content in biomethane on gas grid;

g. statistical analysis on biogas composition;

h. purification process.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as previous work under H2020 specific grant agreements with CEN have identified that there are knowledge gaps on impacts of biomethane related siloxanes on heavy duty vehicles engines and industrial boilers as well as the sulphur and oxygen content impact on gas facilities. In order to be able to update the bio-methane standards EN16723-1:2016 and EN16723-2:2017 it is necessary to perform experiments on these 2 topics. These are particularly relevant for advancing regulatory work for greening the gas grid under the Green Deal. It is also relevant for implementing RED II.

There is urgency to begin in 2021 to complement existing specific grant agreement ENER/C2/452-2019 as some work will need to run in parallel and to avoid significant gaps. Revision of EN16723 would follow on the basis of this work in 2023. Without this follow up agreement, it will not be possible to complete the work needed to revise CEN standard EN/16723.

Legal entities:

CEN – European Committee for Standardisation, Rue de la Science 23, 1040 Brussels Belgium

AFNOR – French Standardisation Association, Rue Francis de Pressence, 93571 La Plaine Saint-Denis Cedex, France

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 4th quarter 2021 with a duration of 12 months

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2021 budget

6. Support for the SET Plan Conference 2022

The Czech Republic will organise the annual Strategic Energy Technology Plan conference in 2022. The conference will take place during the Czech Presidency of the Council of the European Union. The European Commission will support the organisation of the annual SET Plan conference in cooperation with the entity designated by the Czech Presidency.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20(4) of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as it is responsible for energy policy and will lead all activities on energy policies during the time of Czech Presidency of the Council of the European Union. As such, the co-organisation of SET Plan Conference falls under its competence.

Legal entities:

The Czech Republic, Ministry of Industry and Trade, Na Františku 32, 110 15, Prague

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.25 million from the 2022 budget

Public procurements

1. Study on development of outlook for the necessary means to build industrial capacity for drop-in advanced biofuels

The study will analyse the means which are needed to achieve the necessary industrial growth for advanced biofuels contribution to meeting the new targets for 2030 and 2050 under the European Green Deal by collecting industrial input directly from industrial associations operating in the alternative and renewable transport fuels sector, analysing and putting forward recommendations and a roadmap. The study will make an analysis on the actual status in capacity and supply of alternative to fossil fuels for transport, and on the demand, which will be created if different policy scenarios are applied to meet the new targets for 2030 and climate neutrality for 2050. The analysis will take into account all available alternative fuel options including those based on technologies still in development and demonstration stage today. Based on the results for the demand in drop-in advanced biofuels, the input of the relevant fuel producers will be collected in order to determine the necessary developments of the relevant industry in terms of actions and investments for meeting this demand in 2030 and 2050 with full compliance at highest standards with regards to socioeconomic and environmental sustainability. The study will provide factual evidence and rigorous analysis of industries outlooks and will define strategic research and innovation directions and a roadmap for the industrial developments. The overall output will be presented in a strategic report, which will be validated in a workshop with relevant industrial stakeholders and experts.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.70 million from the 2021 budget

2. Study on Prize development for renewable energy systems (recognition and inducement prizes)

The study will investigate the potential candidates for prizes to be launched WP2023-2024 with the objectives to stimulate and accelerate the development and the market introduction of renewable energy systems. The scope of the work will cover the analysis of past prizes launched under Horizon 2020 and draw lessons to be learned, will establish criteria for prize selection in the field of renewable energy for both types, recognition and inducement prizes, and will draft aims and rules of contest for five prizes with the relevant stakeholders.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q2 in 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.70 million from the 2021 budget

3. Study on using pre-commercial procurements for drop-in advanced biofuel for commercial cargo-shipping and aviation

The study will address how to use pre-commercial procurements in the context of production capacities, target fleets and distribution infrastructure to create substantial uptake of drop-in advanced biofuel for commercial cargo-shipping and aviation which is essential for decarbonisation of the maritime and aviation sectors, yet those fuels are less competitive to fossil alternatives.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 3rd quarter in 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2021 budget

4. Dissemination and information activities 283

Communication activities such as meetings, conferences, out-reach communication events/papers/materials and publications should support dissemination of knowledge and information to relevant stakeholders.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: as of 2nd quarter in 2021 and as of 1st quarter in 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.17 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.17 million from the 2022 budget

5. Dissemination and information activities related to the EIC Prize Fuel From the Sun 284

Communication activities such as meetings, Grand Final, conferences, award ceremony out-reach communication events/papers/materials and publications should support dissemination of knowledge and information to relevant stakeholders.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 3rd quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.05 million from the 2021 budget

6. Information, dissemination and logistic support for EU in Mission Innovation 285

The European Commission, on behalf of the European Union, joined the Mission Innovation (MI) in June 2016. MI is a global initiative that aims to reinvigorate and accelerate public and private global clean energy innovation to make clean energy widely affordable and it is one of the key strategic forum for the EU's international cooperation in clean energy RD&D. MI members committed to share information on their clean energy RD&D activities, double their governmental clean energy investments within 5 years, and encourage greater levels of private sector investments.

To guarantee continuation of MI initiative, and maintain the ownership of the activities the EC, on behalf of the EU, is actively engaged in and another set of activities it leads, a series of supporting services need to be covered, mainly the websites, information and dissemination activities and logistic support, etc.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 3rd quarter 2021 and 3rd quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 2022 budget

7. Information services for energy research and innovation policy development 286

An information platform is planned to be used to gain a better understanding of the energy research sector. Intelligence gained through the platform will help to establish priority areas, base policy decisions on hard evidence, and allocate resources optimally.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 3dr quarter 2021 and 3rd quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 2022 budget

8. Smart Cities Marketplace 287

This action aims to continue the current well-established service portfolio of the Smart Cities Marketplace (knowledge-exchange, capacity building, matchmaking process) and expanding/supplementing it with a pan-European programme with certified experts and practitioners, which will provide hands-on help and know-how for making the much needed city-needs-led change a reality.

The Smart Cities Marketplace has established a large community of more than 6.000 smart city stakeholders across all relevant sectors (city administrations, industry, finance, research, EU and international initiatives, etc.) over the past few years.

Supported by and actively engaging these stakeholders the project fostered purposeful and tangible collaborations for the replication and upscaling of Smart City solutions.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: tender launch in 4th quarter 2021; project duration: 4 years

Indicative budget: EUR 7.00 million from the 2022 budget

9. Assessment of the competitiveness of clean energy technologies

This work will support the preparation of the annual Competitiveness Progress Reports required under the Regulation on the Governance of the Energy Union. It will build on the clean energy competitiveness framework and bring improvements, including on its social, economic, and environmental indicators, as well as its international dimension. It will also fill data gaps for specific technologies.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Calls for tender launch in 1st quarter 2022 – duration of contracts: 1.5 years

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2022 budget

10. Study on gender balance in the R&I field to improve the role of women in the energy transition

The study will investigate the gender balance in the R&I field in Europe and assess how to improve the role of women in the energy transition decision making process and in access to new employment opportunities: barriers, good practices and recommendations.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 3rd quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.90 million from the 2021 budget

11. Study on circular approaches for a sustainable and affordable clean energy transition

The study will investigate the horizontal nature of circularity, proposing a holistic view (circularity + sustainability + clean energy transition + increasing EU resilience and autonomy in technologies).

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.90 million from the 2022 budget

12. Organisation and operation the Grand Final event for the EIC Prize Fuel From the Sun 288

To contribute to the organisation and operation of the Grand Final event for the EIC Prize Fuel From the Sun, that is part of the final assessment of the applications.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 3rd quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.05 million from the 2021 budget

13. Support to the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of climate, energy and mobility research and innovation policy activities 289

The action will focus on three types of activities:

1.Technical assistance, and economic and policy analysis to support various aspects of the research and innovation policy relevant in climate, energy and mobility and related sectors.

2.Communication activities, such as events and publications, that could support dissemination of knowledge and information to interested organisations and individuals, as well as development of new forms of cooperation and information exchange between interested organisations and individuals.

3.Supporting new forms of innovation in the climate, energy and mobility sectors, as well as new forms of supporting innovation, e.g. start-up support, new business models, new financing instruments, cooperation with organisations outside the climate, energy and mobility sectors., supporting innovation investment communities and intermediaries.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: as of 2nd quarter 2021 and as of 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

Subscription actions

1. Contribution to Technology Collaboration Programmes (TCPs) of the International Energy Agency (IEA) 290

The Commission represents the European Union in the Technology Collaboration Programmes (TCPs) concluded under the framework of the International Energy Agency where it participates in activities in certain areas of energy research. The annual financial contributions will be paid to the entities responsible for managing the following TCPs:

1.Geothermal;

2.Bioenergy;

3.Ocean Energy Systems;

4.International Smart Grids Action Network (ISGAN);

5.Greenhouse Gas R&D;

6.Concentrated Solar Power;

7.Photovoltaic Power Systems;

8.Solar Heating and Cooling;

9.Clean Coal Centre;

10.Wind Energy Systems;

11.Renewable Energy Technology Deployment;

12.Hydropower;

13.Gas and Oil Technologies;

14.Energy Efficient End-Use Equipment (4E);

15.Clean Energy Education and Empowerment (C3E).

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter 2021, as of 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.45 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.45 million from the 2022 budget

2. International Partnership for Hydrogen and Fuel Cells in the Economy 291

The Commission represents the European Union in the International Partnership for Hydrogen and Fuel Cells in the Economy. The annual financial contribution will be paid to the entity responsible for managing it.

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter 2021, as of 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.05 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 2022 budget

3. Voluntary contribution to the CEM Secretariat for Phase III (July 2022 – June 2025) and to participation in its initiatives and campaigns 292

While the Commission has been active in the Clean Energy Ministerial (CEM) since its inception in 2010, the European Union formally became a member on 6 June 2016 when the EU Energy Ministers formally endorsed the CEM Framework Document. This Framework Document is a combination of political commitment and more detailed procedural arrangements of the co-operation, but does not create any legal or financial obligations under domestic or international law.

The CEM Framework Document establishes a multilateral CEM Secretariat to facilitate the long-term engagement of all CEM Members in the work of the CEM. This is hosted at the International Energy Agency (IEA) under an "Administrative Arrangement" between the IEA and CEM Members. In order to provide "adequate and predictable financial resources" for the CEM Secretariat, CEM Members are encouraged to provide voluntary contributions on an annual or multi-annual basis.

The CEM consists of major economies that, together with the European Commission on behalf of the EU, are aiming to accelerate the global clean energy transition. Together they have the potential for making a major impact as they represent about 90% of global clean energy investment and 75% of global greenhouse gas emissions.

The Commission has already expressed political support to extending the mandate of CEM from Phase II (July 2019-June 2022) to Phase III (July 2022-June 2025). Preparations of this new mandate (also referred to as CEM3.0) are underway with the Commission’s active participation in the CEM Steering Committee.

Under CEM, groups of member countries may create, engage in and provide voluntary financial contributions for initiatives and campaigns to advance specific CEM objectives. The Commission currently co-leads and supports financially the operating agents of the following initiatives: the Super-efficient Equipment and Appliance Deployment (SEAD) initiative (50.000 EUR/year) and the Hydrogen initiative (20.000 EUR/year); and it is in the process of joining the Equal by 2030 campaign (10.000 EUR/year).

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative timetable: Q2/Q3 2022 for the CEM Secretariat, and Q2/Q3 2021 and 2022 for the CEM initiatives and campaign

Indicative budget: EUR 0.08 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.68 million from the 2022 budget

4. IEA (EE HUB) 293

The purpose of the International Partnership for Energy Efficiency Cooperation (IPEEC) is to strengthen international cooperation on energy efficiency. The action carried out under the auspices of the Partnership should result in more effective energy policy and programme output, in best practices being more widely known, disseminated and applied and in
economies of scale. The aim of the Partnership is to offer a topic-driven, structured dialogue

and an operati
onal network for enhanced cooperation and exchanges on energy efficiency
between countries and international organisations by:

1.exchanging information and experience on development of regulatory measures, policies
and programmes;

2.developing benchmarks and sharing information on goods and services, along with
measurement methods regarding energy performance and energy savings;

3.strengthening information, education and training for energy consumers;

4.building stakeholder capacity by improving contacts between national, regional and local
authorities and other relevant partners and stakeholders, exchanging views and sharing

knowledge and experience.

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.08 million from the 2021 budget

5. Contribution to the International Renewable Energy Agency 294

The European Union is a member of IRENA. According to the organisation's Statute and Financial Regulation this implies the obligation to pay an annual contribution to its budget covering the participation of the EU in IRENA's activities. IRENA's main objective is to disseminate best practices in the field of renewables as the principal platform for international cooperation in the field, a centre of excellence on renewable energy and a repository of policy, technology, resource and financial knowledge. This includes:

1.The promotion of the widespread and increased adoption and the sustainable use of all forms of renewable energy globally, including in the EU, in particular to bring down costs and also to increase market experience, in order to contribute to economic growth and social cohesion as well as access to and security of energy supply;

2.Support activities for countries in their transition to a renewable energy future;

3.Reducing of barriers for renewable energy, stimulating best practice and raising awareness.

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.56 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.56 million from the 2022 budget

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

1. Clean Energy Technology Observatory 295

Development of a Clean Energy Technology Observatory that will monitor the EU research and innovation activities on clean energy technologies needed for the delivery of the European Green Deal; and will assess the competitiveness of the EU clean energy sector – and its positioning in the global energy market. It will build on the previous Low Carbon Energy Observatory and other related Commission activities.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: 3rd quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 5.00 million from the 2021 budget

2. Energy markets analysis 296

To use and further enhance the METIS model for better understanding energy economy-environment interactions at national, EU and regional levels, with a particular emphasis on the detailed assessment of EU energy policy impacts on the power and gas systems and markets.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2022 budget

3. Energy scenarios 297

To use, further develop and maintain JRC's modelling capabilities for better understanding energy-economy-environment interactions at both the EU and global levels, with a particular emphasis on the detailed assessment of EU energy policy impacts. The tools to be developed, maintained and applied include POTEnCIA, GEME3 and POLES.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2022 budget

4. Technical assistance for reviewing Annex V and VI in RED II 298

There is a legal obligation to keep Annex V and Annex VI of the directive (EU) 2018/2001 (RED II) updated. JRC technical assistance is required to adding or revising values for biofuel, bioliquid and biomass fuel production pathways.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2021 budget

5. Smart specialisation for climate adaptation 299

Provide guidance and support to EU regions and Member States in the development of smart specialisation strategies to unlock / identify links to EU Regional Funds to implement their climate adaptation plans and strategies contributing to a sustainable and inclusive growth. Development of specific synergetic actions in the area of climate adaptation among Horizon Europe, national research and innovation programmes, the EU Regional and cohesion programmes and the Next generationEU recovery instrument.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: as of 2nd quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

Indirectly managed actions

1. Response to lessons-learnt from recent accidents / incidents in air transport

Specific challenges:

The investigations of recent incidents and accidents in commercial aviation have raised the need to enhance further the end-to-end verification of complex systems, evolve airworthiness and flight standards, detect potential faults and improve the survivability of occupants in case of accidents.

Scope:

The targeted actions focus on specific safety issues, for which no new technological development will be undertaken but, building on previous research and innovation actions, the relevant changes to the aviation safety standards will be prepared and coordinated with stakeholders:

1.Further develop the understanding of complex errors in critical or automated aircraft systems (e.g. air sensors, flight controls and the applicability of new techniques for design verification and real-time fault detection);

2.Understand the risks for fire and smoke from lithium batteries in aircraft cabin, refinement of operational standards and procedures to mitigate these;

3.Develop comprehensive analysis and gather representative data for the assessment of aircraft evacuation issues, particularly for helicopter and VTOL ditching on water.

Contribution to EASA activities:

1.Evolution of airworthiness standards (risk mitigations and regulatory compliance demonstration);

2.Address EU MS safety investigation authority safety recommendations.

Impact:

1.Introduction of innovative methods and solutions for safety management;

2.Improvement of the European aviation safety system;

3.Reinforcement of EU industry’s leading position due to safety technologies.

Results needed by: 2023

Legal entities:

European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3; D-50668 Köln; Germany

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 3.40 million from the 2022 budget

2. Safety standards for the introduction of key concepts and technologies

Specific challenges:

Technological innovation for air transport requires the comprehensive evaluation of benefits, constraints, standardisation and deployment issues. Often, before new product approval, Aviation Authorities need to re-assess existing safety standards and certification processes to ensure their applicability to new technologies. Here the absence of up-front dedicated safety assessment and relevant data raises the risk of delaying deployment, or worse creating safety gaps with new products and processes. This research action concerns preparation for the safe introduction of several new concepts (reduced crew or single crew operations) and technologies (big data technologies, artificial intelligence, drones and U-Space) culminating with new or evolved aviation standards and regulations, encompassing aircraft system certification methods and tools, operational procedures and flight training processes and systems.

Scope:

The targeted actions focus on specific safety issues, for which no new technological development will be undertaken but, building on previous research and innovation actions, the relevant changes to the aviation safety standards will be prepared and coordinated with stakeholders:

1.Risk assessment framework for reduced crew and single crew operational concepts;

2.Development of certification standards supporting the introduction of artificial intelligence techniques for safety-critical aviation applications;

3.Introduction of new technologies for flight training devices (rules adaptation);

4.New safety standards for drone autonomous operations and U-Space services.

Contribution to EASA activities: Evolution of airworthiness and flight standards

Impact: Support of EU citizens and industry stakeholders through the safe and streamlined deployment of innovative products and operations

Results needed by: 2023-2024

Legal entities:

European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3; D-50668 Köln; Germany

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 3.40 million from the 2022 budget

3. Solutions for runway safety

Specific challenges:

With the forecasted increase of traffic the importance of maintaining the highest levels of safety standards for runway operations remains paramount, in particular to address the risks of aircraft runway collisions and excursions. These risks are part of the key risk areas for commercial air transport as reported from the EASA Annual Safety Review. The underlying issues include technical and operational issues, for instance the incomplete situational awareness for dense traffic runway operations, the gaps in solutions for the monitoring of runway surface conditions and the entry of erroneous flight parameters by crews.

This research action will build upon previous developments for the prevention and mitigation of runway accidents, such as those undertaken by the SESAR Programme and the EREA Future Sky Safety initiative, and will align with joint action plans prepared by aviation stakeholders for the prevention of runway incursions or excursions.

Scope:

The targeted actions focus on specific safety issues, for which no new technological development will be undertaken but, building on previous research and innovation actions, the relevant changes to the aviation safety standards will be prepared and coordinated with stakeholders:

1.Consolidation of best-practice and issues for the implementation of the ICAO ‘triple one’ concept (one runway, one frequency, one language);

2.Introduction of new technologies for runway state assessment (assessing runway micro-texture);

3.Enable mitigating means for frequent causes of incidents such as the entry of erroneous take-off parameters.

Contribution to EASA activities:

1.Contribution to Best Intervention Strategies;

2.Evolution of safety standards.

Impact:

1.Improved technology and operations for the EU aviation industry;

2.Reduction of runway incidents / accidents.

Results needed by: 2023

Legal entities:

European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3; D-50668 Köln; Germany

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.10 million from the 2022 budget

4. Standards supporting the digital transformation of aviation

Specific challenges:

The fast-paced digital transformation observed in several industrial sectors is extending to aviation and air transport. The need to anticipate the changes and evolutions of aviation standards requires timely and upstream investigation, through several case studies, of the application of radically new concepts and processes for aviation products, processes and operations (such as machine-learning techniques, ‘internet of things’). This includes developing capabilities such as tools and methods for design, simulation (digital twins), verification and validation and their application to aircraft certification, regulatory approval and safety monitoring processes.

Scope:

The targeted actions focus on specific safety issues, for which no new technological development will be undertaken but, building on previous research and innovation actions, the relevant changes to the aviation safety standards will be prepared and coordinated with stakeholders:

1.Develop a robust safety risk assessment methodology to support the identification and consolidation of safety hazards and their mitigation using numerical tools (the ‘digital twin’ concept);

2.Prepare the roadmap for the next evolution(s) of airworthiness and maintenance standards for new digital applications and validate the new capabilities for the associated performance and risk assessment.

Contribution to EASA activities: Roadmap for the changes to aviation standards

Impact: EU preparedness for the deployment of digital innovation in aviation and air transport

Results needed by: 2024

Legal entities:

European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3; D-50668 Köln; Germany

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.10 million from the 2022 budget

5. Development of new aviation health safety standards (for flight crews)

Specific challenges:

Current aviation standards have been built with duly consideration to occupational safety and health conditions affecting flight crew members. Nevertheless the lack of a comprehensive investigation centred on actual air transport operations of the potential hazards, incidents, causes and the appropriate mitigations, including new health monitoring solutions, represent a major obstacle for the evolution of those standards.

In particular the monitoring of the impact of diseases or health issues during the career of aviation professionals requires the investigation of the state-of-the-art of medical research developments, the development of extensive health data sets and the validation of solutions for use in an aviation environment.

As an example, a review of the current examination process of pilots living with HIV and HIV treatment revealed a lack of specific research on this subject.

1.Scope: Comprehensive assessment of health risks for aviation professionals in the fields of cardiovascular diseases and mental health, incl. risks following COVID-19 infection;

2.Investigation of aviation health safety issues (causes, incidence, mitigations) in the context of aircraft cabin environment, including air contamination events;

3.Evaluation of innovative solutions for health monitoring and protection in the context of aircraft operations;

4.Evolution of aeromedical standards for aviation professionals, including solutions for health monitoring of aviation professionals during their career, for pilots living with HIV.

Contribution to EASA activities:

1.Evolution of aeromedical standards;

2.Comprehensive assessment of health safety risk and mitigations for air transport.

Impact:

1.Development of international health safety standards for air transport;

2.Clarity and improvement of conditions for the EU aviation sector.

Results needed by: 2023-2024

Legal entities:

European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3; D-50668 Köln; Germany

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.70 million from the 2022 budget

6. Impact of security measures on safety

Specific challenges:

The implementation of aviation security measures can have a direct impact on safety aspects of aerodrome or aircraft operations. Airport security, aircraft security, cargo and mail or inflight security are the areas where interdependencies are highly visible and where any security requirements should also consider possible impacts on and potential contribution to aviation safety.

The research action aims to provide new methods, tools and data for the effective performance of safety analysis while considering security measures, involving the different stakeholders concerned and to support the preparation of the evolutions needed in safety standards and in the aviation regulatory framework.

Scope:

1.Assessment of the impact of security requirements on operational safety and performance, including development of new solutions and tools to ensure efficient assessment in the early phases of development.

Contribution to EASA activities: Impact analysis of security requirements on safety standards

Impact:

1.Enhanced standards for EU aviation industry;

2.Contribution to international aviation standards.

Results needed by: 2023-2024

Legal entities:

European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3; D-50668 Köln; Germany

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2022 budget

7. Contribution to InvestEU blending operation under the Green Transition product

The ‘Fit for 55’ package of measures adopted by the Commission in July 2021 sets out the policies and legislation for the EU to meet its 2030 target of 55% net greenhouse gas emissions reductions, which will create new opportunities for investment in new technologies and approaches. The final aim is decarbonising the economy in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement, the European Green Deal and the European Union’s 2050 net-zero target, and Climate Law. That is why the European Commission intends to establish an efficient framework to identify European projects deploying innovative technologies, business models and approaches to reduce the green premium – the difference between the price of a carbon-emitting technology and its clean alternative. Under existing initiatives, the Commission has already been supporting, under InnovFin and other EU programmes, a variety of technological pathways for decarbonisation. InnovFin Energy Demonstration Projects 300 , in particular, has been very effective at mobilising finance for first-of-a-kind projects in the area of innovative renewable energy production, storage and smart grids. It has mobilised so far EUR 346 million of EU support for 11 operations (with total project costs of EUR 864 million).

The blending operation will target projects at TRLs 6-8 via the European Investment Bank (EIB) or other implementing partners’ financial instruments, by providing loans and quasi-equity (or a combination of both), which may be blended with non-reimbursable components. The financial instrument component of operations may draw from the Innovation Fund, this Horizon Europe action, or the InvestEU budget, while the non-reimbursable component will only be funded by this Horizon Europe action – to be spent economically as a last resort option to enable project’s financial closure.

The blending under the InvestEU’s Green Transition product focusses on the following four areas that are underrepresented in the current portfolio of InnovFin:

1.Renewable hydrogen. In July 2020, the Commission adopted the Hydrogen Strategy 301 with the aim of decarbonising its production and to expand its use to store, transport and accelerate the use of renewable energy, as well as replacing fossil fuels in specific sectors, aiming to reach 40 GW of electrolyser capacity by 2030, producing up to 10 million tonnes of renewable hydrogen. Investments in renewable hydrogen production capacity are estimated at EUR 180-470 billion in the EU until 2050. The strategy identifies as a clear priority the production of renewable hydrogen, i.e. hydrogen produced through electrolysis using renewable electricity. In this context, a top priority is to demonstrate larger size, more efficient and cost-effective electrolysers, with capacities reaching 100 MW and above. Another priority is to further develop large scale hydrogen end-use applications, notably in industry. The path to business case feasibility (without any grant component) of the solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated. The necessary coordination, along the value chain with the European Clean Hydrogen Alliance 302 , and on data and knowledge with the observatory and data base in the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking, is foreseen.

2.Sustainable aviation fuels (SAF). Though aviation accounted for only 3.7% of total CO2 emissions in the EU in 2018, it accounted for 15.7% of CO2 transport emissions. Aviation is the second highest transport sector after road vehicles, and the fastest growing. Reducing aviation emissions is challenging considering the long operational life of aircraft and the fact that that zero-emission aircraft configurations and powertrain options for commercial air transport are far from technological and commercial maturity. SAF can significantly reduce aviation reliance on fossil fuels, while relying on existing infrastructure and propulsion systems, but the transition will require significant investments. While several SAF production pathways are certified, their use in the fuel mix is still negligible (less than 0.1%) due to high production costs. The price of the most innovative and sustainable types of fuels is estimated at up to 3 to 6 times the price of fossil aviation fuels depending on the production pathway, while their lifecycle emissions savings are 85% or more compared to fossil fuels. The path to business case feasibility (without any grant component) of the solutions at potential replication sites shall also be investigated as well as sustainability in wider scale as part of the Fit for 55 package. The Commission has therefore proposed the ReFuelEU Aviation initiative 303 to boost the supply and use of sustainable aviation fuels in the EU. The action will support the development of the most innovative SAF notably advanced biofuels and RFNBOs 304 in line with the ReFuelEU Aviation and Renewable Energy Directive sustainability framework.

3.Long duration energy storage (LDES). At any moment in time, electricity consumption and generation have to be perfectly matched. This balance is necessary not only in the short term for power grid stabilisation (for which short duration storage solutions exist), but also over the long term, to ensure supply adequacy, by compensating for fluctuations, for meteorological dark and still periods (‘dunkelflaute’) that can last a few weeks, and for seasonal variations between summer and winter. Long duration – weekly to seasonal - renewable grid scale energy storage needs will expand as both the electrification of demand and the share of renewable – and variable as well as distributed - energy sources in the total supply mix will grow. Sustainable long duration energy storage therefore has a key role to play in the transition towards a carbon-neutral economy. The storage system needs to be optimised for large capacity and long duration (weekly, seasonal), for minimal climate and environmental footprint over the full life cycle, for regulatory compliance and for financial viability (hence maximising round trip efficiency, minimising costs and identifying a business case for the targeted investment based on electricity storing / de-stocking price projections). The path to business case feasibility (without any grant component) of the storage solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated. Sustainable storage solutions for renewable energy, involving an energy vector that can be used for other purposes than regenerating electricity are also eligible. The topic is open to all technologies: chemical (including hydrogen and its derivatives), electrochemical, thermal and mechanical technologies (other than pumped hydro which is mature and available commercially).

4.Direct air capture (DAC) of CO2. European Commission scenarios reaching net-zero emission by 2050 show extensive use of carbon dioxide removal, including DAC. For example, the 1.5 tech scenario forecasts 266 Mt of CO₂ point capture and 200 Mt of CO₂ DAC. Most IPCC scenarios modelling 1.5°C paths also include a share of carbon dioxide removal (with and without DAC). DAC emerges as the most relevant source of carbon for renewable power-to-fuels/chemicals processes in such scenarios, but several challenges remain for a large-scale deployment of the technology. The future operational and financial viability (without any grant component or support scheme) of any DAC solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated in function of the fate of the captured CO2 (i.e. underground storage or use), renewable energy source used for the capture process, and vicinity to CO2 transport and storage infrastructure (in case of underground storage). The International Energy Agency estimates the current DAC cost to be within a wide range of $100-$1000 per captured tonne of CO₂. Stakeholders claim that costs can be reduced to €50-€100 by 2030 with sufficient investments in R&I and deployment. As there is so far no specific EU initiative targeting DAC, this topic will fill an important gap.

Functioning of the blending operation

The blending operation will be open to all applicants meeting the set eligibility criteria set in this text and InvestEU Green Transition product. As such, it is not restricted to projects proposed under pre-existing or future partnerships with the European Commission. This blending operation is particularly relevant because it seeks to bring together the public and private sector to fund pre-commercial, industry-scale demonstration projects for critical decarbonisation technologies, directly addressing the early deployment funding gap for the selected technologies and provide a structure to accelerate their commercialisation.

Projects’ selection and financing procedure follows the InvestEU Regulation. In particular, the EIB or other implementing partners will check the financial viability of and perform full due diligence on each potential financing operation, while the Commission services assure their eligibility under the ‘policy check’ procedure. Special attention shall be paid to ensuring that the technologies developed and Intellectual Property generated will benefit the EU interest, in particular by focussing the funds on high quality projects realised in the Union/ eligible Associated Countries.

Expected impact

Unprecedented investment is needed to turn climate policy targets into reality. Attaining the 2030 target of at least 55% net emissions reduction is estimated to require EUR 350 billion of additional annual investment. Blended finance is a crucial tool to mobilise urgently needed private ‘patient capital,’ especially in domains considered too risky for the markets to function. This is the case of the technologies selected, which will benefit from investments in demonstration and scaling-up – leading to increased confidence among market participants, economies of scale in production and deployment, and significant cost reductions. The project pipeline of the InnovFin EDP and FutureMobility facility, as well as the high number of submitted proposals under the first Innovation Fund calls, indicate the richness of the EU ecosystem, which - boosted by the fit-for-55 package - is expected to thrive in the coming years. The initiative will accelerate the reduction of the green premium in key areas, allow for wider, faster up-take and contribute to the creation of jobs in the EU in green industries manufacturing these solutions.

Legal entities:

European Investment Bank (EIB), 98-100, boulevard Konrad Adenauer, L-2950 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, as the implementing partner under InvestEU

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 50.00 million from the 2022 budget

Expert contract actions

1. Experts for the monitoring of actions

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: As of 1st quarter 2021 and 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.80 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.80 million from the 2022 budget

2. External expertise to advise on EU research and innovation policy

This action will support the provision of independent expertise in support of the design, implementation and valorisation of EU research policy. Individual experts will work in the following domains:

1.Analysis, design, assessment and implementation of strategic climate, energy and mobility research and technology options and actions

2.Future climate, energy and mobility -related research actions and programmes, contribution to their impact assessment.

3.International cooperation in the field of climate, energy and mobility research and innovation.

4.Analysis and valorisation of EU climate, energy and mobility research results in view of contributing to the elaboration of policy reports (such as projects for policy, project cluster reports, etc).

5.Preparation of actions for Horizon Europe missions.

The tasks of individual experts would include:

1.Analysis of the contribution of the funded research to the EU policy objectives spanning across all climate, energy and mobility modes and systems;

2.Analysis of the state-of-the-art at international level; investigation of deployment options for the developed knowledge;

3.Participation in international symposia, including the drafting of White Papers and reports on the symposia's conclusions;

4.Advise the Commission on promising technologies covered by European and nationally funded projects and on ways to stimulate synergies;

5.Assist the Commission in the evaluation of calls for expression of interest.

In addition to individual experts, this action could provide for Commission expert groups.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: As of 2nd quarter 2021 and as of 1st quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.80 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

Budget 305

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01

136.00

from 01.020250

136.00

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-01-two-stage

51.00

from 01.020250

51.00

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02

87.00

from 01.020250

87.00

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01

232.00

18.50

from 01.020250

163.32

18.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

68.68

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01

138.00

from 01.020250

125.37

from 01.020250 - NGEU

12.63

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01

73.00

35.00

from 01.020250

57.00

35.00

from 01.020250 - NGEU

16.00

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-02

230.80

from 01.020250

175.80

from 01.020250 - NGEU

55.00

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03

280.00

from 01.020250

217.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

62.50

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01

381.00

from 01.020250

193.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

187.50

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-02

99.00

from 01.020250

66.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

32.50

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-03

127.50

from 01.020250

109.25

from 01.020250 - NGEU

18.25

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-01

66.00

from 01.020250

33.00

from 01.020250 - NGEU

33.00

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02

38.00

from 01.020250

19.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

18.50

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-01

54.00

from 01.020250

36.00

from 01.020250 - NGEU

18.00

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D4-02

86.00

from 01.020250

53.00

from 01.020250 - NGEU

33.00

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01

258.00

from 01.020250

134.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

123.50

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01

253.00

from 01.020250

187.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

65.50

HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01

167.00

from 01.020250

113.10

from 01.020250 - NGEU

53.90

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01

122.00

from 01.020250

81.00

from 01.020250 - NGEU

41.00

HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-02

91.00

from 01.020250

73.50

from 01.020250 - NGEU

17.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04 under Part 12 of the work programme

11.76

from 01.020250

11.76

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

25.63

from 01.020250

25.63

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

4.00

from 01.020250

4.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.58

from 01.020250

0.58

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

7.28

from 01.020250

7.28

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.50

from 01.020250

2.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.50

from 01.020250

2.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03 under Part 12 of the work programme

11.76

from 01.020250

11.76

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

69.35

from 01.020250

69.35

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

63.59

from 01.020250

63.59

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05 under Part 12 of the work programme

5.57

from 01.020250

5.57

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

35.27

from 01.020250

35.27

Other actions

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

4.25

5.25

from 01.020250

4.25

5.25

Public procurement

4.07

9.77

from 01.020250

4.07

9.77

Subscription action

1.22

1.74

from 01.020250

1.22

1.74

Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

6.30

1.00

from 01.020250

6.30

1.00

Indirectly managed action

64.20

from 01.020250

64.20

Expert contract action

1.60

1.80

from 01.020250

1.60

1.80

Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.44

0.44

from 01.020250

0.44

0.44

Contribution from this part to Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre under Part 12 of the work programme

2.19

from 01.020250

2.19

Contribution from this part to Public procurement under Part 12 of the work programme

9.84

from 01.020250

9.84

Contribution from this part to Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 under Part 12 of the work programme

3.31

from 01.020250

3.31

Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.58

from 01.020250

0.58

Contribution from this part to Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) under Part 12 of the work programme

0.04

from 01.020250

0.04

Contribution from this part to Service Level Agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

1.20

from 01.020250

1.20

Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

49.43

from 01.020250

49.43

Estimated total budget

1730.00

1702.26

(1)    Activities in this cluster will contribute to multiple SDGs, with the most direct impact on SDG 7 (Affordable and clean energy), SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure), SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities), and SDG 13 (Climate Action). In addition, SDG 3 (Good health and well-being), SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation), SDG 8 (Decent work and economic growth), and SDG 12 (Responsible production and consumption) will be positively impacted.
(2)    Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation, EC COM (2020) 456 final
(3)    A Clean Planet for all A European strategic long-term vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy; COM/2018/773 final
(4)    Social innovation concerns the development of new products, methods, and services for and with society to meet societal needs involving citizens, public authorities, business and industry, social partners and academia—the “Quadruple Helix”—in their design, development, and implementation.
(5)    Clean Hydrogen, Transforming Europe's rail system, Integrated Air Traffic Management, Clean Aviation
(6)    Activities specifically targeting fuel cells and hydrogen are primarily supported through calls for proposals of the European Partnership on Clean Hydrogen. However, in justified cases and in line with topic descriptions, specific aspects of hydrogen and fuel cells can be supported outside of the Clean Hydrogen Partnership
(7)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
(8)     https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/erdf/
(9)     https://ec.europa.eu/esf/main.jsp?catId=62&langId=en
(10)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/just-transition-mechanism/just-transition-funding-sources_en
(11)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/archives/life/index.htm
(12)     https://ec.europa.eu/inea/en/innovation-fund
(13)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/jobs-growth-and-investment/investment-plan-europe-juncker-plan/whats-next-investeu-programme-2021-2027_en
(14)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/recovery-plan-europe_en
(15)     https://eit.europa.eu/our-communities/eit-innovation-communities
(16)    Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088
(17)    http://mission-innovation.net/our-work/innovation-challenges/
(18)    Topics HORIZON-CL5-2021-ESS-02-01 and HORIZON-CL5-2022-ESS-02-02
(19) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(20)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(21)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(22)    In particular relevant projects financed under the 2018-2020 H2020 work programme Call - Building a low-carbon, climate resilient future: climate action in support of the Paris Agreement, notably under areas: Decarbonisation, Climate adaptation, impacts and services; the Cryosphere and the Knowledge gaps. The final list is to be agreed with the European Commission.
(23)    https://climatechangemitigation.eu
(24)    https://www.unenvironment.org/explore-topics/education-environment/what-we-do/earth-school
(25)    See, for example, https://countdown.ted.com/
(26)    In the context of the European Green Deal which sets ambitious goals towards achieving climate neutrality by 2050, the objective of the Climate Pact is to raise awareness on climate change, to engage citizens and communities in action for climate and environment and to build on and amplify existing initiatives in Europe.
(27) or https://www.climatewatchdata.org/data-explorer/ .    For a ranking, see e.g. here : http://www.globalcarbonatlas.org/en/CO2-emissions
(28)    As defined by the World Bank .
(29)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(30)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(31)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
(32)    For European Commission’s impact assessments please refer to https://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/impact/ia_carried_out/cia_2016_en.htm (Note: initiatives included in this data base may not be exhaustive and applicants are free to choose other case studies).
(33)     https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html
(34)     https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/vol4.html
(35) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(36)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(37)    A list of other relevant projects can be found here : https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/776479
(38)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(39)     https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/peseta-iv
(40)    E.g. UN Decade on Ecosystem Restoration.
(41) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(42)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(43)    E.g., H2020 CRESCENDO (Coordinated Research in Earth Systems and Climate: Experiments, kNowledge, Dissemination and Outreach) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/641816 , H2020 PRIMAVERA (PRocess-based climate sIMulation: AdVances in high resolution modelling and European climate Risk Assessment) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/641727 , or projects funded from the call topic H2020-LC-CLA-18-2020.
(44)     https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/europe-investing-digital-digital-europe-programme
(45)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(46)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(47)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(48)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
(49)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
(50) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(51)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(52)    Of which EUR 10.68 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(53)    Of which EUR 12.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(54)    Of which EUR 18.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(55)    Of which EUR 13.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(56)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(57)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-10, HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-11
(58)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-09, HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-11
(59)    This budget is shared with topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-09, HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-10
(60)    Projects focused on Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) may be particularly relevant in this regard; a large number of these can be found in the Science with and for Society part of Horizon 2020: https://op.europa.eu/s/oeby .
(61) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(62)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(63)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(64)    Of which EUR 7.63 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(65)    Natural graphite has been included in the Critical Raw Materials list, https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/specific-interest/critical_en
(66)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable)
(67)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable)
(68)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(69)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
(70) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(71)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(72)    Of which EUR 16.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(73)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/communication-european-strategy-data-19feb2020_en.pdf
(74)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(75)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(76)    The Smart Grid Interoperability testing methodology developed by JRC of the EC is one such methodology https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/smart-grid-interoperability-testing-methodology
(77)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(78) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(79)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(80)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(81)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(82)    Of which EUR 12.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(83)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(84)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(85)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(86)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(87)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(88)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(89)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(90)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(91)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(92)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(93)    http://www.eddie-erasmus.eu/
(94)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(95)    REGULATION (EU) No 347/2013 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL on guidelines for trans-European energy infrastructure.
(96)    https://www.ccusnetwork.eu/
(97)    COM(2020) 474 - Critical Raw Materials Resilience: Charting a Path towards greater Security and Sustainability
(98)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(99)    https://www.unece.org/energywelcome/areas-of-work/unfc-and-resource-management/about-unfc-and-sustainable-resource-management.html
(100)    https://data.europa.eu/euodp/en/home
(101)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable)
(102) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(103)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(104)    Of which EUR 25.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(105)    Of which EUR 22.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(106)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(107)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(108)     Creating energy citizenship through material participation
(109)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(110)    The boundaries between the sea basins as defined in the Directive 2008/56/EC.
(111)    Financial close occurs when all the project and financing agreements have been signed and all the required conditions contained in them have been met. It enables funds to start flowing so that project implementation can actually start. It includes, but it is not limited to, permitting and planning approvals, outstanding technical design issues, remaining key project and financing documents, and funding approvals. More information can be found at: https://www.eib.org/epec/g2g/iii-procurement/32/323/index.htm
(112)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(113)    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2020.109836
(114) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(115)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(116)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(117)    Of which EUR 20.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(118)    Of which EUR 16.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(119)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(120)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(121)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(122)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(123)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(124)    Of which EUR 27.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(125)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(126)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(127)    Of which EUR 17.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(128)    Of which EUR 15.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(129)    Of which EUR 29.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(130)     COM(2020) 474 - Critical Raw Materials Resilience: Charting a Path towards greater Security and Sustainability
(131)     Critical Raw Materials for Strategic Technologies and Sectors in the EU - A Foresight Study
(132)    Financial close occurs when all the project and financing agreements have been signed and all the required conditions contained in them have been met. It enables funds to start flowing so that project implementation can actually start. It includes, but it is not limited to, permitting and planning approvals, outstanding technical design issues, remaining key project and financing documents, and funding approvals. More information can be found at: https://www.eib.org/epec/g2g/iii-procurement/32/323/index.htm
(133)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(134)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(135)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(136)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(137)     https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/xpert_group1_reference_architecture.pdf
(138)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(139)    https://interconnectproject.eu/
(140)     https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/xpert_group1_reference_architecture.pdf
(141)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(142)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(143)    http://www.energymodellingplatform.eu/
(144)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(145)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(146) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(147)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(148)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(149)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(150)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(151)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(152)    http://mission-innovation.net/
(153)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/cap-post-2020-environ-benefits-simplification_en.pdf
(154) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(155)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(156)    Of which EUR 8.25 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(157)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(158)    http://www.mission-innovation.net/our-work/innovation-challenges/sustainable-biofuels/
(159)    FarmConners. D1.5: Recommendations and best practices for testing and validation of wind farm control. 2020.
(160)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(161)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
(162) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(163)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(164)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(165)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(166)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(167)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(168)    Of which EUR 7.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(169) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(170)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(171)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(172)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(173)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ec_rtd_he-partnerships-built4people.pdf
(174)    E.g. actions funded under the HORIZON-CIT- 2021-01-02 topic, which should contribute to the New European Bauhaus movement and the objectives of the European Green Deal, in relation to the Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart Cities.
(175) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(176)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(177)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(178)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(179)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(180)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(181) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(182)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(183)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(184)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(185)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(186)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(187)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(188)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
(189) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(190)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(191)    Of which EUR 22.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(192)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(193)    Of which EUR 12.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(194)    Of which EUR 12.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(195)    Of which EUR 14.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(196)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(197)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(198)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(199)    Of which EUR 7.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(200)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(201)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(202)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(203)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(204)    Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” - https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0
(205)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(206)    Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” - https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
(207)    “Circular Economy Perspectives for the Management of Batteries used in Electric Vehicles” (Hill, N., Clarke, D., Blair, L. and Menadue, H., Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2019, ISBN 978-92-76-10937-2 (online), doi:10.2760/537140 (online), JRC117790); “Determining the environmental impacts of conventional and alternatively fuelled vehicles through LCA” (Hill N. et a., 2020, DG CLIMA),
(208)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
(209)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:7bc666c9-2d9c-11eb-b27b-01aa75ed71a1.0001.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
(210)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2018:716:FIN
(211)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:7bc666c9-2d9c-11eb-b27b-01aa75ed71a1.0001.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
(212)    These joint activities could, for example, take the form of clustering of projects and involve joint coordination and dissemination activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, or the development and adoption of best practices. Successful proposals will also be encouraged to exchange with other relevant proposals funded under other topics and other clusters to ensure synergies on cross-cutting challenges of common interest. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget to cover those joint coordination and dissemination activities without the prerequisite to define concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant preparation phase with the Commission.
(213) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(214)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(215)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(216)    Of which EUR 12.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(217)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(218)    Of which EUR 29.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(219)    Of which EUR 12.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(220)    https://www.fch.europa.eu/page/fch-ju-projects
(221)    Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” - https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
(222)    Category M3: motor vehicles designed and constructed primarily for the carriage of passengers and their luggage with more than eight seating positions in addition to the driver's seating position and having a maximum mass exceeding 5 tonnes.
(223)    e.g. big data, cloud computing, artificial intelligence
(224)    e.g. metro, bike-sharing, ferry
(225)    e.g www.oppcharge.org
(226)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
(227)     https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/research-facility/living-labs-at-the-jrc
(228)    COM(2020) 789 final.
(229) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(230)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(231)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(232)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(233)    Of which EUR 2.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(234)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(235)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(236)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(237)    Of which EUR 11.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(238)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(239)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(240)    https://www.headstart-project.eu/
(241) https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/regexpert/index.cfm?do=groupDetail.groupDetail&groupID=3657    To gain a deeper understanding how infrastructure can support CCAM, CCAM Platform WG 3 (Physical and Digital Road Infrastructure) is working on a matrix linking physical and digital infrastructure attributes to basic driving tasks of sense – plan – act. Moreover, the WG 3 scoping paper provides recommendations for follow-up actions addressed to the CCAM partnership, a.o. to identify pre-deployment opportunities. More information on Working Group 3 of the CCAM Platform:
(242)    SUaaVE ( http://www.suaave.eu/ ), PAsCAL ( https://www.pascal-project.eu ), Trustonomy ( https://h2020-trustonomy.eu/ ), Levitate ( https://levitate-project.eu )
(243)    In particular HORIZON-CL5-2021-DEST6SMS-01-05: Analysis of socio-economic and environmental impacts and assessment of societal, citizen and user aspects for needs based CCAM solutions
(244) https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/regexpert/index.cfm?do=groupDetail.groupDetail&groupID=3657    Working Group 2 of the CCAM Platform focussing on the “Coordination & Cooperation of R&I and testing activities” has analysed key challenges and identified actions regarding the development of a common evaluation methodology (CEM) and has provided a first outline of a European CEM. During this process, it has been deemed valuable to develop a set of guidelines and establish a support team that can offer advice to projects on methodological aspects and for setting up an evaluation plan. More information on Working Group 2 of the CCAM Platform:
(245)    See https://knowledge-base.connectedautomateddriving.eu/methodology/
(246)    The existing Knowledge Base (https://knowledge-base.connectedautomateddriving.eu) has been established as the one-stop shop for CCAM knowledge in Europe, which is used by an increasing number of stakeholders from Europe and other regions of the world. It features a number of essential elements for the identification of future R&I needs, supporting the harmonisation of procedures and the transferability of best practices. These elements include past and present R&I projects (both on a European and national level), information on related regulation and national policies, strategies and action plans, guidelines and evaluation methodologies, data sharing, relevant terms, related events (including materials from past events)
(247)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable). Further information: https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ ; and Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf)
(248)    Horizon 2020 funded projects such as MODULUSHCA (https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/314468), Clusters2.0 ( http://www.clusters20.eu/ ), AEROFLEX ( https://aeroflex-project.eu/ ), and Less than Wagon Load ( http://lessthanwagonload.eu/ ).
(249)    Horizon 2020 funded projects such as AEOLIX ( https://aeolix.eu/ ), SELIS ( http://www.selisproject.eu/ ), COREALIS ( https://www.corealis.eu/ ), 5G-LOGINNOV ( https://5g-ppp.eu/5g-loginnov/ ), and Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) funded projects such as iTerminals 4.0 (https://iterminalsproject.eu/)
(250)    Enabling organisations to reap the benefits of data sharing in logistics and supply chain, https://www.dtlf.eu/sites/default/files/public/uploads/fields/page/field_file/executive_summary2_reading__0.pdf
(251)    Horizon 2020 funded projects such as ICONET https://www.iconetproject.eu/ , and LOGISTAR https://logistar-project.eu/ .
(252)    Regulation (EU) 2019/1239 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 establishing a European Maritime Single Window environment and repealing Directive 2010/65/EU.
(253)    Regulation (EU) 2020/1056 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 July 2020 on electronic freight transport information (Text with EEA relevance)
(254)    At least three living lab cities should be included as demonstrators of the innovative solutions and at least three follower cities. At least one of the living labs and follower cities should be located in areas experiencing rapid economic and social change.
(255)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:b828d165-1c22-11ea-8c1f-01aa75ed71a1.0002.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
(256)    EU funded projects such as RESIST , FORESEE , SAFEWAY , PANOPTIS
(257) Water Framework Directive : Directive 2000/60/ECHabitats Directives : Directive 92/43/EECBirds Directive : Directive 2009/147/ECEnvironmental Impact Assessment Directive : Directive 2011/92/EU amended by Directive 2014/52/EUStrategic Environmental Assessment : Directive 2001/42/ECFloods Directive : Directive 2007/60/EC    Guidance on Inland waterway transport and Natura 2000 Sustainable inland waterway development and management
(258) - Projects For Policy (P4P) on Aviation Safety https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b4690ade-3169-11e8-b5fe-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-75248795 - Coordination-support action OPTICS2 https://www.optics-project.eu/narratives/    Examples of aviation safety research projects available on:
(259)     https://www.easa.europa.eu/domains/safety-management/research
(260) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(261)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(262)    Of which EUR 25.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(263)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(264)    Of which EUR 4.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(265)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(266)    See for example the Gendered Innovations case study on smart mobility (2020, p.114): https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/strategy_on_research_and_innovation/documents/ki0320108enn_final.pdf
(267)    European Commission Recommendation on safe and efficient in-vehicle information and communication systems: update of the European Statement of Principles on human-machine interface, 2008/653/EC
(268) - Projects For Policy (P4P) on Aviation Safety https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b4690ade-3169-11e8-b5fe-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-75248795 - Coordination-support action OPTICS2 https://www.optics-project.eu/narratives/    Examples of aviation safety research projects available on:
(269)     https://www.easa.europa.eu/domains/safety-management/research
(270) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(271)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(272)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(273)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
(274)    E.g. Digital Transport and Logistics Forum www.dtlf.eu ,, Collaboration Concepts for Co-modality (CO3) http://www.co3-project.eu/ ., NexTrust
(275)    At least three living lab cities should be included as demonstrators of the innovative solutions and at least three follower cities. At least one of the living labs and follower cities should be located in areas experiencing rapid economic and social change.
(276)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:b828d165-1c22-11ea-8c1f-01aa75ed71a1.0002.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
(277)    These patterns are data supported, by collecting and analysing freight data.
(278)    https://www.dtlf.eu/
(279)    At least three living lab cities should be included as demonstrators of the innovative solutions and at least three follower cities. At least one of the living labs and follower cities should be located in areas experiencing rapid economic and social change.
(280)    Solutions need to demonstrate that traffic congestion is not increased.
(281)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(282)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(283)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(284)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(285)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(286)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(287)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(288)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(289)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(290)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(291)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(292)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(293)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(294)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(295)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(296)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(297)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(298)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(299)     https://www.eib.org/en/products/mandates-partnerships/innovfin/products/energy-demo-projects.htm
(300)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0301
(301)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/european-clean-hydrogen-alliance_en
(302)    Commission proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on ensuring a level playing field for sustainable air transport (COM(2021) 561 final, 14 July 2021, 2021/0205 (COD))
(303)    Renewable Fuels of Non Biological Origin (RFNBOs) as defined under RED II.
(304) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX VIII

“Annex IX

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

9. Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment

Table of contents

Introduction    

Destination – Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

Conditions for the Call    

Understanding biodiversity decline    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-01: European participation in global biodiversity genomics endeavours aimed at identifying all biodiversity on Earth    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-02: Data and technologies for the inventory, fast identification and monitoring of endangered wildlife and other species groups    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03: Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04: Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services    

Valuing and restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06: Nature-based solutions, prevention and reduction of risks and the insurance sector    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-07: Ecosystems and their services for an evidence-based policy and decision-making    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-08: Supporting the development of a coherent and resilient Trans-European Nature Network    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-09: Assessing and consolidating recent scientific advances on freshwater ecosystem restoration.    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-10: Demonstration of measures and management for coastal and marine ecosystems restoration and resilience in simplified socio-ecological systems.    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-11: What else is out there? Exploring the connection between biodiversity, ecosystems services, pandemics and epidemic risk    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-12: Improved science based maritime spatial planning and identification of marine protected areas    

Managing biodiversity in primary production    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-13: Breeding for resilience: focus on root-based traits    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-14: Fostering organic crop breeding    

Enabling transformative change on biodiversity    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-15: Quantify impacts of the trade in raw and processed biomass on ecosystems, for offering new leverage points for biodiversity conservation, along supply chains, to reduce leakage effects    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-16: Biodiversity, water, food, energy, transport, climate and health nexus in the context of transformative change    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-17: Policy mixes, governance (including financing) and decision-making tools for transformative action on biodiversity    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-18: Understanding the impacts of and the opportunities offered by digital transformation, new emerging technologies and social innovation on biodiversity    

Interconnecting biodiversity research and supporting policies    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up of the new EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 ('Science Service').    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-21: Impact and dependence of business on biodiversity    

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth    

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

Conditions for the Call    

Understanding biodiversity decline    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01: Observing and mapping biodiversity and ecosystems, with particular focus on coastal and marine ecosystems    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-02: Building taxonomic research capacity near biodiversity hotspots and for protected areas by networking natural history museums and other taxonomic facilities    

Valuing and restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-04: Natural capital accounting: Measuring the biodiversity footprint of products and organizations    

Managing biodiversity in primary production    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-05: Intercropping – understanding and using the benefits of complexity in farming and value chains    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-06: Monitoring and effective measures for agrobiodiversity    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-07: Protection and sustainable management of forest genetic resources of high interest for biodiversity, climate change adaptation, and forest reproductive materials    

Enabling transformative change on biodiversity    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-08: Assessing the nexus of extraction, production, consumption, trade and behaviour patterns and of climate change action on biodiversity in the context of transformative change    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-09: Understanding the role of behaviour, gender specifics, lifestyle, religious and cultural values, and addressing the role of enabling players (civil society, policy makers, financing and business leaders, retailers) in decision making    

Interconnecting biodiversity research and supporting policies    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity    

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

Conditions for the Call    

Managing biodiversity in primary production    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-01-two-stage: Maintaining and restoring pollinators and pollination services in European agricultural landscapes    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-02-two-stage: Boosting breeding for a sustainable, resilient and competitive European legume sector    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-03-two-stage: Resilient beekeeping    

Destination – Fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling sustainable farming    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-01: Reaching the farm to fork target: R&I scenarios for boosting organic farming and organic aquaculture in Europe    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-02: Developing sustainable and competitive land-based protein crop systems and value chains    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-03: Digitalisation as an enabler of agroecological farming systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-04: Tackling outbreaks of plant pests    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-05: Animal welfare 2.0    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-06: Vaccines and diagnostics for priority animal diseases    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-07: Research & innovation roadmap for blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-08: Uncovering lock-ins and levers to encourage farmers to move to and stay in sustainable, climate-neutral and biodiversity-friendly farming systems: from experiments to systemic mechanisms    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-09: Towards an EU approach to assess and internalise positive and negative externalities of food for incentivising sustainable choices    

Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-10: Sea to fork transparency and consumer engagement    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-11: Digital transition supporting inspection and control for sustainable fisheries    

Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12: Filling knowledge gaps on the nutritional, safety, allergenicity and environmental assessment of alternative proteins and dietary shift    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-13: Evidence-based decision-making to change social norms towards zero food waste    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-14: Microbes for healthy and sustainable food and diets    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-15: Transition to healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-16: Identification, assessment and management of existing and emerging food safety issues    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17: Increasing the transparency of EU food systems to boost health, sustainability and safety of products, processes and diets    

Targeted international cooperation    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-18: One Health approach for Food Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA)    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-19: EU-China international cooperation on integrated pest management in agriculture    

Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling sustainable farming    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-01: Risk assessment of new low risk pesticides    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-02: Socio-economics of pesticide use in agriculture    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-03: Enhancing biosecurity in terrestrial livestock production    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-04: Innovative solutions to prevent adulteration of food bearing quality labels: focus on organic food and geographical indications    

Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-05: Integrated and sustainable freshwater bioeconomy: Combining aquaculture, biodiversity preservation, biotechnology and other uses    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-06: Biosecurity, hygiene, disease prevention and animal welfare in aquaculture    

Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-07: Building alternative protein-friendly sustainable and healthy food environments    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-08: Research and innovation for food losses and waste prevention and reduction through harmonised measurement and monitoring    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-09: Microbiomes in food production systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-10: Integrated surveillance system to prevent and reduce diet-related non communicable diseases (NCDs)    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-11: Effective systems for authenticity and traceability in the food system    

Targeted international cooperation    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-12: Agro-ecological approaches in African agriculture systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-13: AU-EU Combatting all forms of malnutrition    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-14: African food cities    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-15: Support for international research on infectious animal diseases    

Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling sustainable farming    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-01-two-stage: Agroecological approaches for sustainable weed management    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-02-two-stage: Emerging and future risks to plant health    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-03-two-stage: Ecology of infectious animal diseases    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-04-two-stage: Smart solutions for the use of digital technologies for small- and medium-sized, farms and farm structures    

Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-05-two-stage: Innovative food from marine and freshwater ecosystems    

Destination – Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling a circular economy transition    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-01: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-02: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s project development assistance (CCRI-PDA)    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-03: Innovative solutions to over-packaging and single-use plastics, and related microplastic pollution    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-04: Increasing the circularity in textiles, plastics and/or electronics value chains    

Innovating sustainable bio-based systems and the bioeconomy    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-05: Novel, non-plant biomass feedstocks for industrial applications    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-06: Contained biomass solutions for sustainable and zero-Indirect Land Use Change (ILUC) production systems for high value applications    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-07: Microbiomes for bio-based innovation and environmental applications    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-08: Mainstreaming inclusive small-scale bio-based solutions in European rural areas    

Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-09: Unlocking the potential of algae for a thriving European blue bioeconomy    

Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling a circular economy transition    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-01: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s project development assistance (CCRI-PDA)    

Innovating sustainable bio-based systems and the bioeconomy    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-02: Marginal lands and climate-resilient and biodiversity-friendly crops for sustainable industrial feedstocks and related value chains    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-03: Benefits of the transition towards sustainable circular bio-based systems from linear fossil-based    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-04: Maximising economic, environmental and social synergies in the provision of feedstock for bio-based sectors through diversification and increased sustainability of agricultural production systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-05: EU-China international cooperation on unlocking the potential of agricultural residues and wastes for circular and sustainable bio-based solutions    

Safeguarding the multiple functions of EU forests    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-06: Strengthening the European forest-based research and innovation ecosystem    

Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-07: Marine microbiome for a healthy ocean and a sustainable blue bioeconomy    

Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

Conditions for the Call    

Enabling a circular economy transition    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-01-two-stage: Integrated solutions for circularity in buildings and the construction sector    

Innovating sustainable bio-based systems and the bioeconomy    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-02-two-stage: Exploring extreme environments: novel adaptation strategies at molecular level for bio-based innovation    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-03-two-stage: Sustainable biodegradable novel bio-based plastics: innovation for sustainability and end-of-life options of plastics    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-04-two-stage: Photosynthesis revisited: climate emergency, “no pollution and zero-emission” challenge and industrial application    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-05-two-stage: Life sciences and their convergence with digital technologies for prospecting, understanding and sustainably using biological resources    

Safeguarding the multiple functions of EU forests    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-06-two-stage: Harnessing the digital revolution in the forest-based sector    

Destination – Clean environment and zero pollution    

Call - Clean environment and zero pollution    

Conditions for the Call    

Halting emissions of pollutants to soils and waters    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01: Regional nitrogen and phosphorus load reduction approach within safe ecological boundaries    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-02: Optimisation of nutrient budget in agriculture    

Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03: Preventing and managing diffuse pollution in urban water runoff    

Addressing pollution on seas and ocean    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04: Achieving zero polluted seas and ocean    

Increasing environmental performances and sustainability of processes and products    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-05: Environmental sustainability criteria for biological resources production and trade in bio-based systems: impacts and trade-offs    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-06: Increasing the environmental performance of industrial processes in bio-based sectors: construction, woodworking, textiles, pulp and paper and bio-chemicals    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-07: International and EU sustainability certification schemes for bio-based systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-08: New genomic techniques (NGT): understanding benefits and risks – focus on bio-based innovation    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-09: Environmental impacts and trade-offs of alternative fertilising products at global/local scale.    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-10: Environmental services: improved bioremediation and revitalization strategies for soil, sediments and water    

Call - Clean environment and zero pollution    

Conditions for the Call    

Halting emissions of pollutants to soils and waters    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01: Preventing groundwater contamination and protecting its quality against harmful impacts of global and climate change    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-02: Piloting innovative governance solutions to limit nitrogen and phosphorus emissions at the interface of rural/coastal and urban/industrial environments    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03: EU-China international cooperation on nature-based solutions for nutrient management in agriculture    

Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04: Securing drinking water quality by protecting water sources against pollution, providing innovative monitoring and treatment solutions and ensuring safe distribution    

Destination – Land, ocean and water for climate action    

Call - Land, ocean and water for climate action    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-01: Improved understanding, observation and monitoring of water resources availability.    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All)    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-03: Key oceanic and polar processes driving regional & global climate change    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04: Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – linking pilot farms    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05: Agroecological approaches for climate change mitigation, resilient agricultural production and enhanced biodiversity    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-06: Resilient livestock farming systems under climate change    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-07: International Research Consortium on (agricultural) soil carbon    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-08: Agroforestry to meet climate, biodiversity and farming sustainability goals    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-09: Enhancing science-based knowledge on EU forests’, including old-growth forests, capacities to mitigate climate change    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-10: EU-China international cooperation on increasing the resilience of forests    

Call - Land, ocean and water for climate action    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-01: Climate sensitive water allocation systems and economic instruments.    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02: Understanding the oceanic carbon cycle    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03: Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – boosting the role of advisory services    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-04: Fostering the resilience of agricultural production: from observation of changes to the development of resilience strategies    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-05: Forestry - European observatory of climate change impacts and demonstration network of climate smart restoration pilots    

Destination – Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-01: Grasping rural diversity and strengthening evidence for tailored policies enhancing the contribution of rural communities to ecological, digital and social transitions    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Expertise and training centre on rural innovation    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-03: Smart XG, last-mile and edge solutions for remote farming, forestry and rural areas    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-04: Socio-economic empowerment of the users of the sea    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Integrated urban food system policies – how cities and towns can transform food systems for co-benefits    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions    

Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01: Boosting women-led innovation in farming and rural areas    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Assessing and improving labour conditions and health and safety at work in farming    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-03: Integration of marine ecosystem service valuation, conservation and restoration in socio-economic models    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-04: Social innovation in food sharing to strengthen urban communities’ food resilience    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities    

Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-01-two-stage: Smart solutions for smart rural communities: empowering rural communities and smart villages to innovate for societal change    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being    

Destination – Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal    

Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal    

Conditions for the Call    

Innovating with governance models and supporting policies    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-01: Mobilising the network of national contact points in Cluster 6    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-02: Furthering food systems science and federating researchers across the European Research Area    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-03: Preparatory action for the Horizon Europe Food System Partnership    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-04: Strengthening bioeconomy innovation and deployment across sectors and all governance levels    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-05: Fostering strategic advice and synergies between national and EU research and innovation agendas, including SCAR foresight    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-06: Environmental and social cross-compliance of marine policies    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-07: Regional governance models in the bioeconomy    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-08: Improving understanding of and engagement in bio-based systems with training and skills development    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-09: Revitalisation of European local communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Raising awareness of circular and sustainable bioeconomy in support of Member States to develop bioeconomy strategies and/or action plans    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Education on the bioeconomy including bio-based sectors for young people in primary and secondary education in Europe    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-12: EU agriculture within a safe and just operating space and planetary boundaries    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Modelling land use and land management in the context of climate change    

Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-14: User-oriented solutions building on environmental observation to monitor critical ecosystems and biodiversity loss and vulnerability in the European Union    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Preparing for pre-commercial procurement (PCP) for end-user services based on environmental observation in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-16: Tools to support the uptake and accessibility/exploitability of environmental observation information at European and global level    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-17: Common European Green Deal data space to provide more accessible and exploitable environmental observation data in support of the European Green Deal priority actions    

Digital and data technologies as key enablers    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-18: Mapping and improving the data economy for food systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-19: Development of the markets and use of digital technologies and infrastructure in agriculture – state of play and foresight: digital and data technologies for the agricultural sector in a fast changing regulatory, trade and technical environment    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-20: Data economy in the field of agriculture – effects of data sharing and big data    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-21: Potential of drones as multi-purpose vehicle – risks and added values    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-22: Assessing the impacts of digital technologies in agriculture – cost, benefits and potential for sustainability gains    

Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-23: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks, compiling and sharing knowledge ready for practice    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24: Supporting knowledge exchange between all AKIS actors in the Member States by means of an EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-25: Improving national AKIS organisation in a co-creative process across the EU    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-26: Deepening the functioning of innovation support    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-27: Developing EU advisory networks on consumer-producer chains    

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-28: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal    

Conditions for the Call    

Innovating with governance models and supporting policies    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-01: Mobilisation of society to transform food systems for co-benefits    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-03: Multi-layer governance performance of marine policies    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-04: Consumer-focused labelling options for bio-based products    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-05: Innovative tools and methods to evaluate the design and support, monitoring and implementation of effective CAP strategic plans    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-06: Water governance, economic and financial sustainability of water systems    

Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-07: New technologies for acquiring in-situ observation datasets to address climate change effects    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-08: Uptake and validation of citizen observations to complement authoritative measurement within the urban environment and boost related citizen engagement    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-09: Environmental observations solutions contributing to meeting “One Health” challenges    

Digital and data technologies as key enablers    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Piloting approaches and tools to empower citizens to exercise their “data rights” in the area of food and nutrition    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Upscaling (real-time) sensor data for EU-wide monitoring of production and agri-environmental conditions    

Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-12: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks, compiling and sharing knowledge ready for practice    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-14: Improving preparation of multi-actor projects to enable the relevant actors to work in a co-creative way    

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Developing EU advisory networks on water use    

Other actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)    

1. Dedicated support for the IPBES secretariat    

2. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)’s ‘Programme on the Circular Economy in Cities and Regions’    

Indirect Management    

1. Circular city centre (C3)    

2. Circular economy technical assistance facility (CETAF) for local and regional circular economy investments    

Public Procurements    

1. Indicators and methods for measuring the transition to climate-neutral circularity, its benefits, challenges and trade-offs    

2. Circular value chain analysis focusing on intra- and inter-value chain collaboration    

3. Development of life-cycle information    

4. Support the transition towards circular economy at local and regional scale    

5. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities    

Subscription Actions    

1. GEO subscription 2021-2022    

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

1. Leveraging European data-sharing and exploitation practices within GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems)    

Expert contract actions    

1. External Expertise    

Budget    

Introduction

The Horizon Europe mandate for Cluster 6 is to provide opportunities to enhance and balance environmental, social and economic goals and to set human economic activities on a path towards sustainability. The underlying paradigm of Cluster 6 is therefore the need for a transformative change of the EU economy and society in order to reduce environmental degradation, halt and reverse the decline of biodiversity and better manage natural resources while meeting the EU’s climate objectives and ensuring food and water security.

Research and Innovation (R&I) in this cluster will contribute to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals and accelerate the ecological transition required by the European Green Deal. Of particular relevance will be SDG 2 – zero hunger; SDG 3 – good health and well-being; SDG 6 - clean water and sanitation; SDG 8 – decent work and economic growth; SDG 9 – industry, innovation, and infrastructure; SDG 11 – sustainable cities and communities; SDG 12 - responsible consumption and production; SDG 13 – climate action, SDG 14 – life below water and SDG 15 - life on land".

Activities in this work programme will contribute to all key strategic orientations (KSOs) of the strategic plan 1 , with orientations B and C contributing the most directly. These KSOs are:

1.promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital and enabling technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations;

2.restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources to ensure food security and a clean and healthy environment;

3.making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

4.creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

To contribute to these programme-level KSOs, Cluster 6 will deliver on six specific expected impacts. In this work programme, each expected impact has been transformed into one or two specific destination(s) (see table below). This destination-based work programme structure follows a thematic centre-of-gravity approach, but activities in a given destination may be of a cross-cutting nature and will often contribute to multiple expected impacts. The specific contribution to the overall expected impacts is explained in the introductory text of each destination.

Expected impact (strategic plan)

Destination (Cluster 6 work programme)

Climate neutrality is achieved by reducing GHG emissions, maintaining natural carbon sinks, and enhancing the sequestration and storage of carbon in ecosystems, including by unfolding the potential of nature based solutions, production systems on land and at sea as well as rural and coastal areas, where adaptations to climate change are also being fostered for enhancing resilience

1.Land, oceans and water for climate action

Biodiversity is back on a path to recovery, and ecosystems and their services are preserved and sustainably restored on land, inland water and at sea through improved knowledge and innovation

2.Biodiversity and ecosystem services

Sustainable and circular management and use of natural resources as well as prevention and removal of pollution are mainstreamed, unlocking the potential of the bioeconomy, ensuring competitiveness and guaranteeing healthy soil, air, fresh and marine water for all, through better understanding of planetary boundaries and deployment of innovative technologies and other solutions, notably in primary production, forestry and bio-based systems

3.Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

4.Clean environment and zero pollution

Food and nutrition security for all within planetary boundaries is ensured through knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and food systems, which are sustainable, resilient, inclusive, safe and healthy from farm to fork

5.Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

Rural, coastal and urban areas are developed in a sustainable, balanced and inclusive manner thanks to a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural and demographic drivers of change as well as deployment of digital, social and community-led innovations

6.Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

Innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience are established and monitored through enhanced and shared use of new knowledge, tools, foresight, and environmental observations as well as digital, modelling and forecasting capabilities

7.Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

Activities under Cluster 6 will help to accelerate the ecological transition required by the European Green Deal in order to achieve climate neutrality by 2050. This will be done by preserving Earth’s natural carbon sinks such as soils and plants, forests, farmed lands and wetlands, substantially reducing GHG from the agricultural sector and transforming the food system. In addition, activities will foster innovation to develop the circular economy and exploit the potential of biological resources for renewable products. This will reduce the EU’s dependence on non-renewable resources, and help to reduce emissions/waste from industrial processes by using more sustainable bio-based systems. At the same time it will avoid trade-offs that could damage biodiversity and will promote synergistic measures to protect biodiversity. R&I will support the objectives the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, of the circular economy action plan, the EU industrial strategy, the bioeconomy strategy, the EU forest strategy, the blue growth strategy, the chemicals strategy for sustainability and the EU plastics strategy, in addition to the EU climate policy.

Protecting and restoring the integrity of ecosystems and their capacity to deliver a wide range of essential services, thus putting Europe’s biodiversity on a path to recovery by 2030, as required by the EU biodiversity strategy, is fundamental to achieving the European Green Deal objectives. Avoiding loss of biodiversity also has the potential of helping to avoid threats to human health in the future. R&I will address the multiple challenges in this area, including by enabling transformative changes. This cluster will improve knowledge on the causes of biodiversity decline, the role of ecosystems and their services and support their restoration. The cluster deals with agriculture, forestry, aquaculture and fisheries, food and bio-based systems, animal and human health, which directly depend on ecosystem services. These sectors have profound environmental impacts and at the same time are particularly affected by the global environmental changes. Particular climate adaptation and biodiversity needs will have to be considered for their transformation. R&I activities will include solutions addressing indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, which at the same time impact the climate and our resilience to adapt to it.

Cluster 6 will steer and accelerate the transition to sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems to achieve effectively the objectives of the farm to fork strategy. It will empower farmers, fishermen and aquaculture producers to transform their production methods more quickly and efficiently and make the best use of nature-based, technological, digital and social innovations. This will deliver better climate mitigation and environmental results, increase climate resilience and reduce dependency on pesticides and antimicrobials. At the same time it will also provide consumers with affordable, safe, nutritious, healthy and sustainable food. R&I will also stimulate practices at all stages of the food system from processing to services and the use and valorisation of waste and by-products and surplus management. This will ensure safe and sustainable food and facilitate a shift to sustainable and healthy diets. R&I will also support the design, implementation and monitoring of the common agricultural policy (CAP), the common fisheries policy and the EU General Food Law.

Improved knowledge and innovations will be key to the success of the zero-pollution ambition of the European Green Deal to halt and prevent pollution, and will therefore address issues concerning fresh and marine waters, soils, nutrients as well as the environmental performance of processes. R&I will support EU environmental legislation and policies that target a higher level of protection for biodiversity, soil, water, air and marine resources, including the Birds Directive and the Habitats directive, the pollinators initiative, the revised soil thematic strategy and the EU Water Framework Directive and the maritime policy and the EU Arctic policy.

The cluster will support the development of resilient and vibrant rural, coastal, urban, and peri-urban areas in line with the Commission priority “An economy that works for people”. It will develop new governance models ensuring that no one is left behind to implement the Green Deal initiatives, needed to ensure a fair and just transition. This cluster will help to use, uptake and deploy environmental observation and take advantage of digital solutions in coherence with the EU priority “A Europe fit for the digital age”. The cluster will also take advantage of opportunities that the post-COVID-19 crisis recovery package offers to set the economy on a path to sustainable development in line with the UN 2030 Agenda.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF, ESF+, JTF, EMFAF, EAFRD and InvestEU ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) currently available in all Member States aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one member state it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

Research on a societal and political framework is necessary to achieve the transformation expected and R&I investments under Cluster 6 will therefore emphasise the role of the social sciences and humanities, gender, inter/transdisciplinary and systems approaches. R&I will build on existing research infrastructures.

Cluster 6 activities will sustain the EU’s ambition in international fora in areas of paramount importance such as biodiversity, climate change, the management of natural resources, seas and ocean, sustainable agriculture, food safety and food and nutrition security.

In line with the European Green Deal objectives, research and innovation activities should comply with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle 2 . This compliance needs to be assessed during the course of the project and during the expected life cycle impact of an innovation if the innovation is commercialised. The robustness of the compliance must be customised to the envisaged technology readiness level (TRL) of the project. In this regard, the potential harm of innovation actions contributing to the European Green Deal will be monitored throughout the project’s duration.

To be more effective in achieving impact, the proposals shall synergize with relevant initiatives funded at EU level, including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT). The innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT KICs can in particular contribute to building communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and fostering the exploitation of the project results. Where relevant the proposals are encouraged to explore possible forms and means of service provisions distinct to the EIT KICs, in particular EIT Food and EIT Climate-KIC.

For topics in this cluster, the consortia should consider their possible contribution to Joint Research Centre (JRC) relevant platforms for capitalising the knowledge developed in their projects, and to become more policy relevant, contributing in terms of data, indicators and knowledge. With reference to:

8.Life cycle assessment (LCA) and its relevant application to value chain assessment, refer to the European Platform on Life cycle assessment (EPLCA, https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ ) and make reference to the Environmental footprint method when applying LCA ( https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/index.htm )

9.Raw materials, refer to the Raw materials information system (RMIS, https://rmis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ )

10.Soil and soil related issues, refer to the European Soil Observatory (ESO, https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/eu-soil-observatory )

11.Natural capital accounting, refer to the INCA platform ( https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/ecosystem-accounts )

12.Biodiversity, refer to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, ( https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en ).

Specific requirements for multi-actor projects:

Proposals submitted for topics requesting to follow the multi-actor approach must meet all requirements listed below. The multi-actor approach described here, which is a form of responsible research and innovation, aims to make the R&I process and its outcomes more demand-driven, reliable and relevant to society. This is more than just widely disseminating the results of a project, or listening to the views of a board of stakeholders. A multi-actor project ensures the genuine and sufficient involvement of a targeted diversity of actors, which serves the objectives of the topic. Which relevant key actors participate depends on the objective of the proposal. The actors are essentially the (end-) users 3 of the project results and are backed up by useful intermediaries who can bring in further knowledge relevant to the topic’s objectives, such as farmers / farmers' groups, foresters / foresters’ groups, fishermen / fishermen's groups, advisors, food processors, businesses, consumer associations, local communities, citizens, civil society organisations including NGOs, government representatives, etc. The genuine and sufficient involvement of such actors should take place all over the whole course of the project: from participation in project planning and experiments to implementation, dissemination of results and a possible demonstration phase. Building blocks for the project proposal are expected to come from science as well as from practice and from intermediaries: it is a ‘co-creation‘ process. End-users and practitioners are to be involved, not as a study-object, but to use their practical and local knowledge and/or entrepreneurial skills to develop solutions and create ’co-ownership‘ of results for (end-) users and practitioners. This will speed up the acceptance and take-up of new ideas, approaches and solutions developed in the project. Therefore, a multi-actor project proposal must demonstrate:

1.how the project proposal's objectives and planning are targeting the needs/problems and opportunities of the (end-)users of the project results;

2.how the description of the project concept and in particular the composition of the consortium reflects a balanced choice of key relevant actors who have complementary types of knowledge (scientific and practical), and will ensure a broad implementation of project results which should be useful in practice;

3.how the project intends to include existing practices and tacit knowledge in scientific work. This should be illustrated in the project proposal with a sufficient number of high-quality knowledge exchange activities indicating the precise and active roles of the different non-scientific actors in the work. Thanks to the cross-fertilisation of competencies and ideas between actors, this should generate innovative findings and solutions that are more likely to be applied;

4.how the project will facilitate the multi-actor engagement process by making use of the most appropriate methodologies;

5.the project's added value: how the project will complement existing research and best practices;

6.the proposal should demonstrate how the project will result in practical knowledge, approaches or tools, made easily understandable and accessible, and how this free material for practice will feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by the (end-) users of the project results in the countries and regions;

7.for topics linked to Intervention Area 3, for EU-wide communication, this knowledge should also be assembled in a substantial number of ‘practice abstracts’ in the common EIP format 4 of the European Innovation Partnership (EIP) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI);

8.for other topics, this EIP may also be used if they are covered under its innovative areas 5 , as may other similarly effective solutions for dissemination through the main existing dissemination channels targeting (end-)users;

9.for topics linked to Intervention Area 3, involvement, as much as possible, of interactive innovation groups operating in the EIP-AGRI context, such as EIP-AGRI Operational Groups funded under Rural Development Programmes.

Destination – Biodiversity and ecosystem services

The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 is a cornerstone of the European Green Deal that will put Europe’s biodiversity on the path to recovery by 2030, for the benefit of people, the climate and the planet. It will also prepare the EU to take a leading role in the upcoming international negotiations on a new global framework to halt biodiversity loss. With the Green Deal’s ‘do no significant harm’ vision, all EU policies will become more biodiversity-friendly, focusing more on the sustainable use of ecosystems, supporting the recovery in a post-pandemic world 6 . This policy vision is fully supported in the strategic plan of Horizon Europe for 2021-2024 in its first key strategic orientation ‘Protecting and restoring ecosystems and biodiversity and managing sustainably natural resources on land and at sea, and achieving climate neutrality and adaptation’. Consequently, Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ intends to achieve the following expected impact from Cluster 6 ‘Biodiversity is back on a path to recovery, and ecosystems and their services are preserved and sustainably restored on land, inland water and at sea through improved knowledge and innovation’. All actions funded under this destination must therefore help to deliver this main impact.

Research and innovation is key to delivering results that will have an important impact on biodiversity, food, health, water and climate, which are all interconnected, and to achieving the goal of healthy and resilient ecosystems by 2030. It will also enable transformational change engaging European society and economy and their global impacts, making decisions more biodiversity-friendly. R&I will support policy targets, develop nature-based solutions 7 and holistic approaches to address the main causes of biodiversity loss, particularly in connection to production systems, bringing all sectors together to be integrated in ecosystem-based management. Investments in R&I will help to protect and restore the integrity of terrestrial, aquatic and marine ecosystems, currently under multiple pressures, and protect and restore their capacity to deliver a wide range of essential services. Under Horizon Europe, a long-term strategic research agenda for biodiversity will also be developed.

The sixth mass extinction is taking place: one million species are at risk of extinction, and the degradation of ecosystems severely affects the fabric of life that enables the survival of humankind 8 . None of the globally agreed targets of the 2011-2020 strategic plan for biodiversity has been fully achieved 9 , with the biodiversity crisis even deepening. Our knowledge on biodiversity status, pressures, impacts and responses needs to be improved, requiring even basic taxonomic work in certain ecosystems. Understanding biodiversity decline and addressing its main drivers through data-driven science, integrated multidisciplinary knowledge, new tools, models and scenarios, will support Europe’s policy needs and boost global biodiversity science. Solutions for preventing and addressing the individual and cumulative effect of direct drivers of biodiversity loss (land use change, overexploitation, climate change, invasive species, pollution) need to be further developed and made available to policy makers and practitioners, such as through the new EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 10 . For more impact on society and economic sectors, citizen science and crowdsourcing also require big data analysis, artificial intelligence, social sciences, communications and policy tools.

Valuing and restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services is necessary to develop tools to guide decisions, inform and implement policies on the environment, water, health, climate, disaster risk reduction, agriculture, forests and other land use types, protected areas management, the sustainable bioeconomy, the blue economy, maritime and cross-sectoral spatial planning, and responsible business practices. The continued degradation of the ecosystems and their services affects biodiversity and climate change 11 , and increases the risk of severe ecological disasters and pandemics. The European Green Deal and its biodiversity strategy call for urgent action to restore damaged aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems in order to increase biodiversity and deliver a wide range of ecosystem services.

The contribution of ecosystems to human wellbeing and the economy is not properly accounted for in market transactions, or in planning and investment decisions: the social and economic co-benefits of healthy ecosystems are often disregarded. Natural capital accounts need to be developed and mainstreamed. Investments in R&I will also lay the ground for scaling up and speeding up the implementation of technological, societal and nature-based solutions (NBS). NBS support vital ecosystem services, biodiversity and biomass provision, as well as access to drinking water, clean soil, improved livelihoods, healthy diets and food safety and security from sustainable food systems. NBS deployment will also create green jobs and build resilience to climate change and natural disasters. Citizens, authorities, businesses, social partners and the research community must be engaged at local, regional, national and European levels.

Managing biodiversity in primary production: Biodiversity is the basis for sustainable and resilient agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry, as also recognised in the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies under the Green Deal. With diverse genetic resources, it is possible to use in primary production plants and animals that are adapted to different environments, ecosystems and meet diverse needs. Furthermore, the interplay between species below and above ground delivers important ecosystem services, such as pollination, soil fertility, pest and risk control. Despite these recognised benefits, current production systems tend to be specialised and rely on a limited number of crops, breeds and forest tree species whose genetic basis is narrow. Reversing this trend and increasing their resilience is critical and of global concern in particular in the current context of accelerated climate change and a growing population whose production and consumption footprint is increasing.

Enabling transformative change 12 in biodiversity: Science (IPBES and IPCC) and Policy (the global post-2020 biodiversity framework and the EU biodiversity strategy) clearly underline that biodiversity loss can only be successfully addressed if transformative changes are initiated, accelerated, and up-scaled. There is however hardly any knowledge on potentials and challenges arising from transitions focused on biodiversity. System-level change of this kind starts with social innovation in the form of, for example, regulations, incentives, local and participatory processes, and through the introduction of new technologies, new production processes, or new consumer products, which change how socio-technical and socio-ecological systems operate and impact their environment. Such transformative change must decrease the impacts of indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, which are in turn, underpinned by societal values and behaviours. Indirect drivers of biodiversity loss are understood to mean here: production and consumption patterns, human population dynamics and trends (including their footprints), trade, technological innovations, and local to global governance (including financing). Research and innovation can enable these transformative changes to happen and initiate processes, behaviour changes and actions which are transforming the way we impact biodiversity. Socio-economic and multidisciplinary research, including on the role of education, will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, address the indirect drivers for biodiversity loss, and accelerate transformative changes in our society that are relevant to biodiversity.

Interconnecting biodiversity research and supporting policies refers to the establishment of the European Partnership ‘Rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth’ and to the support to other science-policy interfaces. The European partnership on biodiversity 13 will connect national, local and European research, innovation and environmental programmes, combining resources in support of one goal, i.e. that by 2030 biodiversity in Europe is back on the path to recovery. It will co-develop multidisciplinary research and innovation programmes with stakeholders, set up a European network of coordinated observatories for biodiversity monitoring, and implement a broad range of activities to increase the relevance, impact and visibility of EU research and innovation in tackling the biodiversity crisis in line with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 .

Science-policy interfaces on biodiversity and nature-based solutions have made good progress in recent years 14 , and must be stepped up to achieve targeted impacts on biodiversity-relevant policies, that can in turn be used as structured policy input into the research cycle. These interfaces are also key to guiding biodiversity governance, and to implement the EU Green Deal and international conventions 15 . In line with the Commission priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', the EU must take and demonstrate leadership in this field, notably by increasing its support to IPBES 16 -to bring it up to the same level as the IPCC-, and to the Convention on Biological Diversity. Besides economic support, this also includes efforts to create synergies and cooperation between IPBES, regional Multilateral Environmental Agreements and other relevant research communities to ensure a full coverage of all relevant aspects of biodiversity and ecosystem services in order to underpin the full scope of the post 2020 global biodiversity framework.

All topics will directly contribute to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 13, 14, 15, 17.

Several missions will also help to achieve biodiversity-related impacts, notably in the areas of ‘Adaptation to climate change including societal transformation’, ‘Climate-neutral and smart cities’, ‘Ocean, seas and waters’ and ‘Soil health and food’.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services, and more specifically to one or more of the following impacts:

1.Biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations are better understood and addressed through the production, integration and use of open data, knowledge, education and training, innovative technologies, solutions and control measures, in collaboration with European and international initiatives.

2.Biodiversity and natural capital are integrated into public and business decision-making at all levels for the protection and restoration of ecosystems and their services; science base is provided for planning and expanding protected areas, and sustainably managing ecosystems.

3.Europe builds competitive sustainability and tackles climate change and natural disasters through the deployment of nature-based solutions, including ecosystem-based disaster risk-reduction approaches fully reaping their economic, social and environmental benefits for a green recovery across all European regions.

4.The interrelations between biodiversity, health, food, soil, water, air and climate are better known and communicated to citizens and policy-makers; in particular, risks associated with microbiomes and biodiversity-friendly prevention/mitigation measures, and opportunities for biodiversity recovery are identified.

5.Practices in agriculture and forestry support biodiversity and the provision of other ecosystems services based on a) a better understanding of functional biodiversity (above and below ground), b) effective knowledge and innovation systems and c) ready-to use solutions for land managers, adapted to specific conditions.

6.Access to a wider range of crops and breeds with a broadened genetic base is improved in line with global biodiversity commitments by gaining greater insight into the characteristics of genetic resources and by enhancing capacities for their preservation and use in breeding and in primary production (farming, forestry, fisheries, aquaculture). More (bio)diverse, resilient production systems will have positive knock-on effects on value chains, consumption, healthy diets and the wider, non-managed biodiversity.

7.Approaches for enabling transformative changes in society for biodiversity and ecosystems recovery are identified, tested and implemented in policy, governance, law business and society; all indirect drivers of biodiversity loss are addressed and ‘do not harm’ biodiversity policies become a mainstream part of all sectors.

8.Biodiversity research is interconnected across Europe, supporting and enhancing the ambition of national, EU and international environmental policies and conventions.

When considering the impact of the proposals, their compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle 17 has to be assessed. Also it has to be ensured that the research and innovation activities do not cause a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

The portfolio of actions under this destination will have impacts in the following areas: “Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in waters”; “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”; “Clean and healthy air, water and soil”; “Sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea”; and “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01

194.50

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02

20.00

20.00

22 Jul 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01

95.00

15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-two-stage

46.00

15 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

01 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

Overall indicative budget

214.50

161.00

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 18

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 19

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-01

RIA

20.00

10.00 to 20.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-02

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03

RIA

16.00

Around 16.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04

RIA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-07

RIA

13.00

Around 13.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-08

IA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-09

CSA

0.50

Around 0.50

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-10

IA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-11

RIA

12.00

4.00 to 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-12

RIA

7.00

3.00 to 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-13

RIA

16.00

Around 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-14

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-15

RIA

10.00

2.00 to 3.00

4

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-16

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-17

RIA

8.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-18

RIA

5.00

2.00 to 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19

CSA

13.00

11.00 to 13.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-21

RIA

5.00

2.00 to 3.00

2

Overall indicative budget

194.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Understanding biodiversity decline

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-01: European participation in global biodiversity genomics endeavours aimed at identifying all biodiversity on Earth 20

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding given the global dimension of this topic.

International cooperation is encouraged.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, successful proposals will help to create and maintain European nodes and networks integrated into global biodiversity genomics initiatives and help to better understand biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations.

Projects results are expected to contribute to at least four of the six following expected outcomes:

1.Creation and management of the European node of the International Barcode of Life.

2.Creation of a European hub affiliated to the Earth Biogenome Project, with a common goal and clear targets.

3.Development of the necessary networks, technologies, quality standards, reference atlas and taxonomic expertise through Europe to systematically, and comprehensively identify specific, intra-specific and ecosystem diversity through genomics techniques, such as full-genome sequencing, barcoding and metabarcoding.

4.Advances in the assessment of pan-European biodiversity via genome sequencing and/or DNA barcoding of threatened/endangered species, ecologically through barcoding and/or genome sequencing (animals, plants, fungi and microorganisms), ecological keystone species and economically important species, (e.g. pollinators and their biome, soil, forest, and marine and/or freshwater communities as well as invasive species and/or disease vectors).

5.Pan-European barcoding of pollinators by completing the Barcode of Life for European bees, butterflies, moths and hoverflies.

6.The active support and cooperation of citizen scientists and other non-professional taxonomists.

Scope: DNA-based identification systems can track biodiversity change on large geographic scales and reveal the interactions among the species in a biome. On the other hand, fully sequencing life, including, when relevant, information on symbiotic organisms, microbiomes and parasites, is expected to provide new tools for the conservation, preservation and regeneration of biodiversity, drug discovery and advanced biotechnology.

The International Barcode of Life (iBOL) consortium has set up high-throughput barcoding infrastructure to barcode all biodiversity on Earth by 2045 with the help of the international community and several new infrastructures across the world. Several EU and associated countries currently participate in the barcoding endeavour, but there is no pan-European node of iBOL as such.

Similarly, the Earth BioGenome Project (EBP), initiated in 2018, aims to sequence and catalogue the genomes of all of Earth's currently described eukaryotic species over a period of 10 years. Several European groups have joined the endeavour but no European target or project has been proposed yet.

Proposals should set up one or both European hubs for iBoL and/or EBP, and leverage resources and expertise to advance in completing the barcoding and/or sequencing of European biodiversity in a smart and efficient way, taking advantage of existing networks, infrastructures and expertise. Specific groups of ecological or economic importance, or species under threat, such as pollinators, mycorrhizal fungi, invasive species or disease vectors, should be sufficiently prioritised.

Projects should sufficiently plan their barcoding effort to maximise possible applications, such as, for example: registering patterns of biodiversity across ecoregions to forecast changes in response to anthropogenic drivers of biodiversity loss; discovering new species; tracking invasive alien species by metabarcoding forest soil samples, freshwaters or coastal waters; revealing symbiomes and trophic chains, etc. Proposals should contribute to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 by generating the reference genomes of the representative species across the tree of life, leveraging the existing genome sequencing facilities. Sample collection standards and protocols should be developed, validated and adopted, as should engagement actions and tools to allow citizens and other non-professional-taxonomist stakeholders to participate at different stages of the activities.

Data, results and methodologies from projects funded under this topic should contribute to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 21 , and be permanently and openly accessible in any relevant repositories. International cooperation with strategic third country partners is strongly encouraged, for example with Canada.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-02: Data and technologies for the inventory, fast identification and monitoring of endangered wildlife and other species groups

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal, the EU biodiversity strategy 2030 and the Birds and Habitats Directives, successful proposals will help to bridge taxonomic and monitoring gaps, by providing methods, data, knowledge and models on the conservation status and ecological requirements of species and habitats and help to better understand and address biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations.

Projects results should contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Systemic, integrated and (open-)standardised data, knowledge and models on the conservation status and ecological requirements of species and habitats, with a focus on those covered by the Birds and Habitats Directives and IUCN Red List. This will lead to better management of protected sites and species, in particular with a view to setting conservation objectives and developing appropriately designed and effective management plans

2.The bridging of taxonomic and monitoring gaps thanks to new enabling tools, technologies, fast identification methodologies and integrated monitoring systems across Europe on wildlife species. These will help to identify biodiversity threats, such as invasive species, emergence of disease threats, conflict situations with production animals and/or human communities, etc.

3.Models upscaling the results of biodiversity assessments to wider areas, based on existing datasets of environmental descriptors.

4.Integrative taxonomy of inventory pollinator species (bees, butterflies, moths and hoverflies), soil fauna (mites, springtails, woodlices, millipedes and earthworms) and/or other threatened species groups

Scope: The EU biodiversity strategy contains concrete objectives to protect and restore biodiversity and to address the main pressures and threats to biodiversity. In order to achieve these objectives, basic research is needed to better understand, monitor, observe and manage biodiversity, including in protected areas. Such knowledge is also indispensable to support the protection and restoration of natural capital and ecosystems.

Better, accessible and FAIR 22 data on species, biodiversity and ecosystems will also help to ensure that biodiversity preservation is a mainstream feature of other sectors, such as agriculture, transport, energy or the bioeconomy. There is a need for systemic and standardised biodiversity data on the ground in order to build up our knowledge on the status and trends of habitats and species and ecosystems, and on the drivers of decline.

Monitoring needs to be of better quality, greater relevance and more cost-effective. This is to be achieved by, among other things, developing, testing and implementing new (long-term) approaches that make use of recent technological advances and existing data from multiple origins (e.g. observation data, remote sensing, DNA technologies, big data analysis, AI, deep learning, historical records, use of citizen science and volunteer expert data).

Projects should develop, test and implement enabling tools, technologies and fast identification methodologies to produce and integrate data, knowledge and models on the conservation status of species and habitats, with a focus on those covered by the Birds and Habitats Directives. Projects should also help to develop an integrated European biodiversity monitoring system, in collaboration with the initiatives and projects mentioned below. There needs to be a particular focus on to those species and habitats, for which knowledge gaps still exist, and on those prioritised for conservation action in line with the EU biodiversity strategy 2030, such as pollinators, sea birds, marine mammals, invertebrates, amphibians, reptiles, bats, mosses, lichens, wetlands, coastal and marine areas, grasslands, mires, bogs and fens, heathland and shrubs.

The biogeographical approach of the Natura 2000 network needs to be taken into account. If the proposal addresses the pollinator-related outcomes, projects should produce an inventory of pollinator species through integrative taxonomy, and bridge taxonomic gaps by developing tools (field guides, identification keys, national reference collections and checklists, European online ID platform, image recognition/apps, digitalised collections, etc.) for bees, butterflies, moths and hoverflies.

Projects should contribute their data to the Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 23 and earmark the necessary resources for cooperation with the Centre; projects should also promote synergies with the European co-funded partnership on biodiversity 24 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and its activities. Cooperation is also expected with other relevant projects and initiatives, such as EUROPABON 25 which was awarded funding under the call ‘SC5-33-2020: Monitoring ecosystems through research, innovation and technology’, or with projects resulting from this specific call as well as other EU-funded calls. Strong collaboration and networking is expected with the future taxonomy CSA resulting from topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-02: ‘Building taxonomic research capacity near biodiversity hotspots and for protected areas by networking natural history museums and other taxonomic facilities’.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03: Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 16.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome:

1.In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, and in order to better understand biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations, successful proposals will contribute to all of the following expected outcomes: Closure of the gap in the knowledge and exploration of marine and coastal biodiversity at the level of species, the intraspecific/genetic level, ecosystems, functionalities, trophic-interactions and interconnections across temporal and spatial scales;

2.New theoretical frameworks for the organisation of marine biotic communities, with key species, from microbiome to megafauna, from benthic to pelagic, especially invertebrates and apex predators, and considering sex segregation determined by environmental parameters, in space and time and the ecosystem processes linking them (energy and biogeochemical cycles, including the role of migratory species behaviour ), from deep sea to coastal biotopes including intertidal areas

3.Ocean health prediction (including climate change vulnerability), decision-making and policy implementation supported by the full integration of ecological components with physical and geochemical components (in four dimensions: surface, water columns, seafloor, time) into improved global and regional high-resolution models of ecosystems conditions and dynamics;

4.Improved detection and monitoring of invasive alien species, assessment of their impact on biodiversity and conservation monitoring of endangered species;

5.Natural capital accounting with an estimation of the value and co-benefits of services from healthy deep sea to coastal ecosystems, including non-financial benefits such as well-being and social and cultural values for policy and decision-making; development of a common EU methodology and criteria for the non-financial ecosystem benefits;

6.Improved science-based maritime spatial planning and identification of Ecologically or Biologically Significant Marine Areas and design of Marine Protected Areas.

Scope: Studies estimate there may be 0.7 to 1.0 million eukaryotic marine species, of which about only 226,000 are described. The EEA State of Nature Report 2013-2018 found a general lack of marine species data that hampers the elaboration of conservation and restoration measures, the sustainable management of ecosystems and, therefore, the achievement of favourable conservation status. For instance, invertebrates supporting the lower level of the food chain or marine mammals are among those species with the highest proportion of unknown assessments (over 78 %). In the deep sea, over 90% of the species may be new to science. Additionally, very little is known about the effects of modern biogenic structures related to feeding types and morphological traits that may play a major role in biogeochemical cycles. Marine biodiversity hotspots in tropical and subtropical shallow areas host species and processes that are yet undescribed. The lack of biodiversity knowledge and appropriate monitoring are critical limiting factors in the definition and implementation of measures, where the range, population size and suitable habitat area are unknown in the majority of Member States and for the majority of vulnerable marine species and ecosystems. The main reasons are the limited access and high cost of explorations of the diversity of biotopes in the vast marine and coastal realm, in particular the deep sea, and the resources available to identify organisms across the full range of sizes (from microorganisms to megafauna).

Acidification, deoxygenation, global warming and climate change, including seasonal patterns, are affecting marine ecosystems faster than terrestrial ecosystems, with their cumulative and long term effects amplifying the unprecedented pressures of the rapidly evolving ocean economy, driven by human needs for food, energy, transportation and recreation, as underlined by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) Global Assessment Report on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES GA, 2019). The effects have been documented on mobile and habitat building species over the past two decades and reveal an accelerating trend (IPBES GA, IPCC 2019). Many marine species are highly mobile, often migratory and rely on a number of different habitats throughout their developmental stages. In addition, the marine realm hosts numerous species for which sex determination is dependent upon environmental conditions such as temperature, seasonal patterns, and other geochemical parameters. For these species, environmental changes may cause different responses and effects on species populations and related ecosystems functions that are not shown when studying the species indiscriminately of sex and population dynamics.

With so much still unknown, ecosystem processes cannot be fully understood. This weakens models of marine ecosystems and their responses to pressures and diminishes our capacity to predict and take the best measures. Since biodiversity is declining at an unprecedented rate in Earth’s history, there is an urgent need to take conservation measures and develop holistic ecosystem-based management approaches, so that these ecosystems become resilient to environmental changes and are able to provide services for humankind and the planet’s life support system. For this, it is critical to improve the knowledge and understand and model marine biodiversity as soon as possible. Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

1.Increase understanding of the dynamics of marine biodiversity and ecosystems processes and functioning (including primary production, food webs and biogeochemical cycles) in Europe, in its outermost regions and overseas countries and territories, whose participation is encouraged, and in areas beyond national jurisdictions. Ensure that new modelling and scenario approaches integrate new and existing biodiversity data and knowledge from other EU, international and national projects and from long-term ecosystem and socio-ecological research infrastructure on species, biotopes and ecosystem processes.Genomics and taxonomic technologies for the inventory and fast identification of marine species from microbes, plankton and invertebrates to migratory species (including diadromous species), apex predators such as sharks and mammals, corals and other habitat building species, generating reference datasets from identified voucher specimens and novel methods to improve biodiversity monitoring and inventory.

2.Increase understanding of how input from freshwater and estuarine systems influence coastal marine communities and their ecosystem functionality.

3.Use acoustic and non-invasive monitoring as an integral component of any marine ecosystem exploration and assessment.

4.Develop methods and indicators for regular and timely integrated assessments of the state / health of marine biodiversity and its key ecosystem services, in the EU and associated countries’ marine waters (Good Environmental Status) and in areas beyond national jurisdiction.

5.Contribute to the Global Taxonomy Initiative of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) and to free and open access to the Global Biodiversity Information Facility’s biodiversity data.

6.Identify opportunities for cooperation with relevant projects, such as EUROPABON 26 , which was awarded funding under the call ‘SC5-33-2020: Monitoring ecosystems through research, innovation and technology’, or the projects resulting from topics under the Heading ‘Understanding biodiversity decline’" in Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ as well as topics from Destination ‘Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption’ (aquaculture, fisheries), Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ (biotechnologies, microbiome), Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ (Carbon cycle and natural processes) and Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’ (environmental observation). Cooperation is also expected with the Biodiversity Partnership 27 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and other relevant Horizon Europe missions and partnerships. Proposals should outline a plan on how they intend to collaborate with other projects selected and with the initiatives mentioned, by e.g. participating in joint activities, workshops, common communication and dissemination activities, etc. Applicants should allocate the necessary budget to cover the plan. The plan’s relevant activities will be set out and carried out in close co-operation with the relevant Commission departments, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

7.Where relevant, create links, contributing to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), the European Space Agency’s Earth Observation Programme and in particular the flagship actions on biodiversity and ocean health of the EC-ESA Joint Earth system science initiative, is expected.

8.Improve professional skills and competences on marine taxonomy and system thinking.

9.Engage in cooperation with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 28 and other relevant existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms 29 .

10.Contribute through education and training (school & ocean literacy, art and citizen science platforms) to a greater overall societal and public understanding of the link between biodiversity and the functioning of ecosystems.

To achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04: Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, successful proposals will contribute to all following expected outcomes notably to better understand biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations:

1.Policy makers and implementing authorities at national and regional level can assess and predict impacts (incl. tipping points) of multiple stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity (cf. sensitive species and habitats), ecosystems functioning and all its services (including climate change adaptation, resilience and human health)

2.Better management and impact assessment of invasive species, harmful algal and jellyfish blooms

3.Implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive by determining pressure levels that clearly equate to acceptable levels of environmental impact on the Good Environmental Status.

4.Ecosystem based management approaches and policy measures for activities both at sea and on land to reduce pressures to ensure Good Environmental Status and will enable the sustainability of coastal and marine ecosystems to deliver services and be resilient to rapid climate and environmental changes.

Scope: The European Environment - State and Outlook 2020 30 (EEA, SOER) underscore the fact that the current trajectories of social and economic development are destroying the ecosystems that ultimately sustain humankind. The Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services: An EU Ecosystem assessment (Maes et al., 2020) 31 points out the knowledge gaps in marine data and highlights that the data coverage in space and time is still insufficient to provide an exhaustive assessment of the condition of marine ecosystems and their services in Europe (incl. the outermost regions and overseas territories). The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) Implementation Report (2020) 32 underlines the lagging targets and actions to reach the Good Environmental Status in European seas. Consistently with the knowledge review in the latest IPCC SROCC 33 and IPBES GA 34 reports, shifting onto sustainable pathways requires urgent rapid and large-scale reductions in human and environmental pressures, going far beyond the current reductions. Europe is not making enough progress in addressing environmental challenges, that natural capital is not yet being protected, conserved and enhanced in accordance with the ambitions of the Seventh Environment Action Programme (7th EAP 35 ).

Pressures on marine and coastal biodiversity and ecosystems are increasing at a faster rate than the efforts to protect them. Adding to human direct pressures, the integrity of these ecosystems and their capacity to deliver a wide range of multiple essential services and benefits to people is already and will be further undermined by the effects of climate and environmental changes which occurs faster in the ocean (like warming, stratification, sea level rise, extreme events, pollution, eutrophication, deoxygenation, and acidification).

There are still many stressors whose negative effects are not well defined, as their effects may only appear upon interacting with others stressors, creating unknown synergies. Identifying and defining direct and indirect anthropogenic and environmental stressors and their interactions should be the first step towards correctly quantifying their effects and feeding the models (forecast).

With increasing industrial use of the ocean space, there is a growing need for the development of tools for impact monitoring.

Conceptual and numerical models are crucial tools to understand how multiple factors interact and could affect non-linear systems such as natural ecosystems. They cannot be fully substituted by observations and monitoring, but empirical data is essential to validate model results and provide levels of uncertainty.

Models but also design and use of biodiversity scenarios are important approaches to perform ‘what if’ scenarios, in order to forecast potential impacts of different management options affecting the status of stressed ecosystems under evolving environmental conditions.

In order to facilitate and speed up the development of measures and holistic ecosystem-based management approaches that promote the sustainability of coastal and marine ecosystems and enable them to deliver services and be resilient to rapid climate and environmental changes, proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

1.Develop a systemic approach for the integrated impact assessment of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine ecosystems processes and services (from benthic to pelagic systems, from food to human health) and assessment of the state of coastal and marine ecosystems “health” or condition, and resilience to cumulative pressures.

2.Characterise, measure, and understand the combined impact of different types of pressures or perturbations (chemicals and energy pollution, bioaccumulation, invasive species, extraction activities, river inflows and supplies of sediments and nutrients, hypoxia, pH, warming, etc.) on coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems condition (biotic communities, structure, biotope, and functions) from small cells to large ecosystems cells, from invertebrates to predators, and considering sex segregation of species determined by environmental parameters, in space and time including estimates of the extinction risks of species and structures, which might play key roles in the functioning of an ecosystem and in the conservation of marine biodiversity.

3.Increased understanding of the biological mechanisms that determine the response of organisms and ecosystems to environmental changes (including components of stability, such as resistance, resilience and recovery), as well as the limits of their response adaptation capacity (tipping points), and the implications for the management of aquatic areas, habitats and species

4.State of the Art Biologging technology and molecular methods, in combination with knowledge on oceanographic processes to understand the effects of agents of change on the ecology and population dynamics through different levels of marine food chains.

5.Rationalise and advance strategies for monitoring European populations of marine species at the top of food chains, especially those that can indicate important changes in the oceanic environment, and have life histories that make them especially susceptible to change.

6.Integrate existing and new biodiversity data and knowledge from multiple origins, including other EU (Horizon 2020 and previous framework Programmes), international and national research projects. Proposals should take into account all the relevant knowledge and data from the IPCC, IPBES, JRC, LIFE projects, EEA, MAES, the IUCN Guidelines and other relevant initiatives.

7.Develop technologies, methods and models that can quantify and forecast how cumulative anthropogenic perturbations can affect ecosystem’s sustainability, productivity and resilience against environmental stressors.

8.Where relevant, creating links, contributing to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), European Space Agency Earth Observation Programme and in particular the flagship actions on biodiversity and ocean health of the EC-ESA Joint Earth system science initiative, is expected.

9.Contribution to enhancing the overall societal and public understanding of link between marine biodiversity and ecosystem functioning and human health through education and training (school & adult education, citizen science platforms)

10.Cooperate with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity by providing and harnessing data and applying an integrated conceptual framework and with other relevant existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms 36 .

11.Opportunities for cooperation with the Biodiversity Partnership 37 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and other relevant Horizon Europe missions and partnerships, as well as synergies with relevant projects in Destination ‘Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption’ (aquaculture, fisheries), Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’ (pollution), ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ (climate) and Destination ‘Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities’ (land sea connection, coastal areas) should be identified. Proposals should outline a plan on how they intend to collaborate with other projects selected and with the mentioned initiatives, by e.g. participating in joint activities, workshops, common communication and dissemination activities, etc. Applicants should allocate the necessary budget to cover the plan. Relevant activities of the plan will be set out and carried out in close co-operation with relevant Commission services, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

Valuing and restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the development of policies, business models and market conditions to scale up and speed up the implementation of nature-based solutions (NBS) 38 . It will contribute to the wider deployment of NBS and to fully reaping their economic, employment, social and environmental benefits in order to build a competitive sustainability in Europe and to tackle climate change. NBS contribute to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and other Green Deal priorities, by supporting biodiversity and vital ecosystem services: climate change mitigation and enhancement of carbon sinks, biomass provision, access to fresh water, clean soil, healthy diets and lifestyles and sustainable food systems. NBS deployment will also create green jobs and build resilience to climate change and natural disasters.

Successful proposals will contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Better understanding of the economic and financial performance of NBS, contributing to a greater promotion of investments in NBS and to an acceleration of market uptake.

2.NBS markets are further developed and better structured.

3.Actors involved in NBS markets are better equipped to conduct cost-benefit analysis and monetisation of NBS, and to address their funding needs, for greater implementation of NBS, including ecosystem-based disaster risk reduction approaches.

4.NBS business cases are strengthened, contributing to greater adoption of NBS and awareness of their benefits.

5.Regional and Europe-wide advisory services are equipped with better tools and create multi-stakeholder networks to more effectively support NBS project development and investment vehicles.

6.Informing Mission Adaptation to Climate Change, the EU Adaptation Strategy and the EU Taxonomy on Sustainable Finance.

7.Assess potential skill gaps and devise trainings to tackle this skill shortage

Scope: Developing markets for NBS has proved a continuing challenge. NBS investments are many and varied, with their benefits and costs differing by project type and context. They produce a range of benefits, many of which are public goods with limited revenue streams that may accrue to different stakeholder groups. Detailed understanding of these benefits is lacking. The same is true for potential economic benefits resulting from avoidance or reduction of costs due to NBS intervention (such as those related to insurance, penalty or capital costs). In addition, the variety of NBS and their context-specific nature across urban, periurban and rural realms, makes it difficult to predict reliably their commercial prospects. These features make financing of NBS projects challenging and investment from the private sector particularly so. As a result, funding of NBS has typically focused on a narrow range of public sources. Addressing knowledge gaps about the economic and financial performance of NBS investments, in combination with trialling the development of business cases and models for NBS implementation 39 is particularly urgent in the current context where NBS need to be exponentially scaled up to meet the policy priorities of the European Green Deal. Despite growing interest in NBS, upscaling NBS investment would require better understanding of different return on investment (ROI) models while accounting for indirect revenue streams associated with NBS (e.g. lower insurance costs for local government from investment in flood defences). The successful proposal should:

1.Provide guidance for project developers and decision makers to take informed decisions about NBS: e.g. comparison of strengths and weaknesses of green and grey solutions in climate change adaptation; cost-benefit assessments for NBS (including both the initial capital investment and maintenance stage); resilience and insurance values of NBS; assessment of other co-benefits of NBS, including non-monetary ones. Synergies should be considered with the dedicated topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06: Nature-based solutions, prevention and reduction of risks and the insurance sector;

2.Analyse the potential for development of specific demand and supply chains in NBS;

3.Provide methodological guidance on assembling NBS business cases, applying a Total Economic Value framework, of practical use to practitioners in making the case for NBS investments;

4.Develop a coaching programme on NBS readiness assistance where businesses and projects selected for Investment Readiness Assistance receive coaching packages tailored specifically to their readiness levels and business objectives to advance the maturity of projects, taking also into account skill gaps;

5.Create new or assess, streamline and provide access to existing toolboxes to support regional needs related to NBS financing and implementation; Consider the diversification of financing arrangements and mixes: co-financing and benefit sharing options with the private sector; PPPs; innovative financing mechanisms; and innovative arrangements, e.g. to involve and compensate the land owners who provide the space for NBS implementation;

6.Assess the impacts and opportunities for NBS associated with the EU Taxonomy on Sustainable Finance and support the practical implementation of the Taxonomy by stakeholders;

7.Analyse innovative financing approaches, including NBS ‘green bonds’ and blended finance at appropriate levels (e.g. European cities), while considering synergies with the European Investment Bank and any other relevant actors;

8.Identify the potential for private investment in different NBS typologies and identify the critical conditions/actions necessary for upscaling, including research related needs. Provide a strategy for greater finance mobilisation through, for example, a NBS investment community or marketplace where potential project partners, entrepreneurs, investors, and innovation stakeholders can meet to discuss and advance investment in NBS;

9.Identify and analyse case studies of multiple-benefit, co-governance/co-ownership projects with participation of the private sector, exploring their costs and benefits, analysing their financing strategies and identifying critical success factors;

10.Explore synergies and interconnection of different EU initiatives (such as INTERREG, LEADER, URBACT, Covenant of Mayors, etc.) in terms of financing and potential for more coordinated actions and aggregated impact on NBS;

11.Develop additional training and tailored courses, networking and B2B matchmaking sessions and other relevant events.

Proposals should address all of the above points.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Collaboration with the Biodiversity Partnership 40 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) is expected in the context of reinforcing the knowledge base for assessing, developing and deploying nature-based solutions.

Applicants should create synergies with projects under the same topic and other relevant ongoing or up-coming projects, notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces; HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06: Nature-based solutions, prevention and reduction of risks and the insurance sector; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities; HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being; HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions.

To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outputs are accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for NBS) 41 .

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06: Nature-based solutions, prevention and reduction of risks and the insurance sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic aims to support the development of policies, business models and market conditions to scale up and speed up the implementation of nature-based solutions (NBS) 42 . It will contribute to the wider deployment of NBS and to fully reaping their economic, social and environmental benefits in order to build a competitive sustainability in Europe and to tackle climate change. NBS contribute to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and other Green Deal priorities, by supporting biodiversity and vital ecosystem services, notably building resilience to climate change and natural disasters.

Successful proposals will contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.More robust and integrated NBS for climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction at local, regional, national and European level, notably contributing to the EU’s Action Plan on the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, the EU Adaptation Strategy and Mission Adaptation to Climate Change.

2.Wider recognition and implementation of NBS as their benefits (avoided damages) are fully recognised when compared to the costs of inaction, thus contributing to greater resilience and competitiveness of the European economy and society.

Greater engagement of the insurance sector in NBS markets and NBS funding and collaboration with other actors across different countries, regions, and cities.

Scope: The costs from climate-related hazards in Europe are increasing and are likely to rise even further and faster over the coming century due to a projected increase in the severity and frequency of events brought by climate change. This will exacerbate other changes related to land use and urbanisation. While encompassing the whole cycle of disaster risk management, in line with the implementation of the EU Sendai Framework over the next ten years (2015-2030) and the new EU Adaptation Strategy, special attention on the role of prevention and risk reduction in Europe is needed, notably through nature-based solutions (NBS). The role that the insurance and reinsurance industry can play in resilience and risk reduction is not sufficiently explored. Previous research highlights that the insurance sector can support action as institutional investors, insurance providers, innovators of new insurance products or as partners bringing their risk management expertise 43 . Data collected by insurance companies can help municipalities in their understanding of risk and to better prioritize climate adaptation measures 44 . However, several barriers remain insufficiently addressed to further engage the insurance sector in the particular case of NBS – from data management issues to overcoming the uncertainty of investments, or finding adequate regulatory incentives 45 .

The successful proposal should:

1.Establish a network and the needed collaborative and participatory arrangements and spaces between all relevant stakeholders in risk reduction across scales: insurers and re-insurers (including insurance associations), public authorities (local, regional and/or national), financing bodies (e.g. the EIB and other investors), farmers associations, relevant actors from the scientific community and potential links to other relevant initiatives (such as the Covenant of Mayors);

2.Facilitate a dialogue at different levels of such a network of stakeholders on potential opportunities, strategies or mechanisms to foster collaborative action for a more robust decision-making and for increased risk prevention through NBS;

3.Identify risk-related data requirements, mechanisms, existing tools, and opportunities for better data sharing (and data crowdsourcing) to identify areas at risk and potential areas of intervention through NBS or hybrid approaches;

4.Support the establishment of secure and efficient data sharing mechanisms between local authorities, insurers and the private sector, taking into appropriate consideration data privacy issues;

5.Develop agreed and robust metrics for the quantification of risk reduction performance, and/or ways to assess risk mitigation potential from NBS, including better integration of NBS models and catastrophe models, damage estimates under climate change scenarios and avoided damages;

6.Identify financing options and existing success stories for NBS investments from insurance companies, including through blending mechanisms;

7.Identify new insurance products that are transparent and affordable in terms of risk premiums and/or pooling of risks;

8.Highlight best practices, and remaining gaps, related to the use of NBS to reduce and control risks, considering the type of hazard, location, and scale of intervention;

9.Identify specific case studies related to NBS and reduction of risk in EU policies and strategies (e.g. the EU adaptation strategy, the action plan on the Sendai framework for disaster risk reduction, the common agricultural policy (CAP), the EU forest strategy, the Water Framework Directive, the Floods Directive, restoration objectives in the EU biodiversity strategy, etc.).

Proposals should address all of the above points.

Complementary activities such as interviews, research reviews and small research/experimentation-oriented actions may be envisaged. The stocktaking of previous Horizon 2020 projects on NBS, and how these results can be integrated in future insurance sector involvement should also be addressed.

Applicants should create synergies with projects under the same topic and other relevant ongoing or up-coming projects, notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces; HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities. To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

Proposals should ensure that project outputs are accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for NBS) 46 . Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-07: Ecosystems and their services for an evidence-based policy and decision-making

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: In support to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 the successful proposal should provide knowledge to support EU and its Member States as well as relevant Associated Countries in the implementation of its actions and commitments by contributing to the integration of biodiversity and natural capital into public and business decision-making at all levels for the protection and restoration of ecosystems and their services. Successful proposals will contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Inform the policy decisions affecting the environment thought a better understanding of the condition of ecosystems and their services in Europe, helping fill the current knowledge gaps.

2.Contribute to the evidence and awareness of the importance of biodiversity, healthy ecosystems and the social and economic values that emerge from them though a better understanding of ecosystems services in relation with ecosystems condition.

3.Support restoration targets and secure the sustainability of human activities and human well-being through the definition of the minimum criteria for ecosystems to achieve or maintain a healthy state or a good condition.

Scope: The first EU-wide Ecosystem Assessment report states that Europe’s ecosystems, on which we depend for instance for food, timber, clean air, clean water, climate regulation and recreation, suffer from unrelenting pressures caused by intensive use of land or sea , climate change, pollution, overexploitation of natural resources and invasive alien species. Ensuring that ecosystems achieve or maintain a healthy state or a good condition is a key requirement to secure the sustainability of human activities and human well-being.

The successful proposal should cover the main knowledge gaps identified by the EU Ecosystem assessment 47 report to improve the assessment of the condition of ecosystems while providing uptake of the assessment’s outcomes in policy. It should develop and test indicators not yet available for supporting the ecosystem and services assessment. This includes developing the minimum criteria, reference levels and aggregation schemes to define good ecosystem condition. This definition is not restricted to protected areas, but should encompass also forests, agroecosystems, urban areas, soil ecosystems, wetlands, fresh water and marine ecosystems. The proposal should addresses regional diversity and the corresponding decision level.

The proposal should investigate how good ecosystem condition is related to the capacity of ecosystems to deliver ecosystem services and focus on quantification of ecosystem services and on data derived from biodiversity and ecosystem monitoring in combination with models to study these. The proposal should develop and test methods and tools (in particular methods developed for natural capital accounting) to consistently report harmonised and verified ecosystem data at EU and Member State and Associated Country level that can be used to regularly report or assess the pressures and condition of ecosystems, dynamics, trends and changes over time.

The proposal should bring the individual MAES components 1) map ecosystems, 2) map and assess condition of ecosystems, 3) map and assess ecosystem services delivered by ecosystems together in integrated ecosystem assessments to better understand how the condition of various ecosystem types influences the delivery of different ecosystem services.

The proposal should demonstrate how to apply the MAES 48 outputs and other relevant ecosystem knowledge in practical policy, including its implementation, and other decision-making process (public and private) at various spatial and temporal scales while involving relevant stakeholders and citizens.

The proposal should follow up on European and global projects and networks to facilitate dialogue among the relevant scientific communities, funding bodies, relevant stakeholders and user communities in Europe throughout the duration of Horizon Europe.

The proposal should test and demonstrate the links between biodiversity, ecosystems and macro-economic policies and national policies for instance on agriculture, fisheries, forestry and climate. The proposal should develop and test practical applications seeking to harness the full potential of ecosystem services for evidence-based decision making. Ecosystem services need to be uptake and better integrated in different sectoral policies including, amongst others, urban and regional development, the common agricultural policy, conservation planning or marine spatial planning.

Applicants should create synergies with relevant projects under this Call. To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, and, where possible, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables. Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the Biodiversity Partnership 49 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and the Science Service HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19. The proposal should set practical policy recommendations for the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 targets, commitments, and ecosystem services-related policies, thereby contributing to the implementation, monitoring of progress and ratcheting up of the strategy’s commitments as part of the European Green Deal.

The successful proposal should show how their results might provide timely information on relevant project outcomes. Cooperation is expected with projects under “HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC” and “HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity” for major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), as well as the Convention on Biological Diversity.

The successful proposal should ensure that all evidence, data and information will be accessible through the Oppla portal, and prepare the inclusion of its results, knowledge synthesis and policy briefs to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement. Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-08: Supporting the development of a coherent and resilient Trans-European Nature Network

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Contributing to the implementation of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, this topic aims to give support to building a coherent and resilient trans-European nature network (TEN-N) of protected areas, including through the set-up of ecological corridors, thereby contributing to the protection and restoration of ecosystems and their services in Europe.

Successful proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Development of a coherent and resilient trans-European nature network of protected areas, by supporting Member States on the key commitments for protecting at least 30% of EU land area, and strictly protecting at least 10% of EU land area.

2.Setting up of ecological corridors – within and outside the network - to prevent genetic isolation, allowing for species migration including the response to climate change, and maintaining and enhancing healthy ecosystems, and delivering multiple ecosystem services.

Promote, support and demonstrate innovative and replicable financing solutions for the upscaling investments in green and blue infrastructure 50 (GI) and nature-based solutions (NBS).

Scope: The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 addresses the on-going biodiversity decline through an EU Nature Protection and Restoration Plan across land and sea, including through the deployment of a truly coherent TEN-N increasing and interconnecting the current network of protected areas. The strategy includes key commitments for 2030 for legally protecting a minimum of 30% of the EU’s land area and 30% of the EU’s sea area and strictly protecting one third of the EU’s protected areas, including all remaining EU primary and old-growth forests. Additionally, setting up and integrating ecological corridors will be important to prevent genetic isolation, allowing for species migration and dispersal, and for maintaining and enhancing healthy ecosystems. This is particularly relevant for increasing resilience of the network with respect to climate change 51 .

The successful proposal should set up a strategic plan to support national authorities in identifying and selecting the relevant priority areas for EU land protection and the set-up of ecological corridors. It should be built on the existing EU network of protected areas and based on the EU Guidance to Member States 52 , referred in the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030.

The successful proposal should consider various climate change scenarios, propose solutions for strengthening ecological connectivity under these different scenarios, through additional protected areas and ecological corridors. In this context, it should also consider the role of Green Urban Spaces and intensively managed ecosystems.

It should promote, support and demonstrate innovative and replicable financing solutions in GI and NBS and innovative cooperation and participatory approaches across borders among Member States on different levels involving a wide range of stakeholders across sectors.

The successful proposal should set out a clear plan to collaborate with national authorities and stakeholders, relevant projects under this call the EU Biodiversity Partnership, the Science Service under HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: ‘A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up the new EU biodiversity strategy’ as well with the EU Natura 2000 Biogeographical Process 53 which will be the main forum for discussion of the targets between the Commission, Member States and stakeholders. To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and dedicate appropriate resources for coordination measures, and, where possible, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables. The successful proposals should provide knowledge to Convention on Biological Diversity (e.g. SBSTTA/SBI) and to the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services processes where relevant. Projects should ensure that all evidence, data and information will be accessible through the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement. Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-09: Assessing and consolidating recent scientific advances on freshwater ecosystem restoration.

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal will improve the knowledge to restore ecosystems and halt biodiversity loss, in particular Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ impact “Biodiversity in Europe is back on a path of recovery by 2030; ecosystems and their services are preserved and sustainably restored on land, in inland water and at sea through improved knowledge and innovation

The project will contribute to all of the following expected outcomes

1.Support public authorities and other organisations engaged in ecosystem restoration to implement and prioritise innovative restoration approaches.

2.Increase evidence of the potential of innovative restoration approaches to halt biodiversity loss and contribute to carbon storage in sediments and soils.

3.Build the foundations for large scale restoration projects and related investments.

Scope: Freshwater ecosystems are degraded due to barriers and other morphological changes, loss of wetlands and floodplains, over abstraction of surface and ground waters, land management that reduces infiltration and generates pollution in land and seas. In responding to the climate and biodiversity crises and acknowledging that healthy water ecosystems are essential for climate adaptation there is an opportunity to determine how to prioritise and deliver aquatic and terrestrial ecosystem restoration at scale throughout Europe, both in rural and urban areas. There is a need to build on recent research from disparate research communities and approaches like the mapping and assessment of ecosystem services to identify how restoration can deliver on multiple objectives (ecosystem services, biodiversity protection, sediment management, climate adaptation, mitigation) and deliver value for citizens.

The objective of this topic is to determine how to implement the restoration of freshwater ecosystems and remove hydromorphological barriers to ensure sustainable environmental flows and to support achievement of good status in both surface and ground waters, long-term water resource management, biodiversity and climate resilience.

This topic should result in a comprehensive review of the knowledge about and past experience with effective approaches to freshwater ecosystem restoration. The scope should include methods for detection and identification of ecosystem degradation, assessment and restoration potential, methods for prioritisation including ones based on mapping of ecosystem services, options for restoration including ones for heavily modified water bodies, approaches to long-term management of restored ecosystems and approaches for monitoring and evaluation including proper evaluation of environmental impacts of restoration options and contribution to climate mitigation. The governance aspects should play important role including strengthening relevant institutions, cross-sectoral collaboration between water and other relevant authorities, financing models for restoration measures, and long term maintenance and protection of restored bodies, economic analysis of costs and benefits, including citizens engagement.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-10: Demonstration of measures and management for coastal and marine ecosystems restoration and resilience in simplified socio-ecological systems.

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must
use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal will improve the knowledge to restore ecosystems and halt biodiversity loss, supporting notably the following impact in this destination: ‘Biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations are better understood and addressed’

Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Demonstration of the best combinations of interventions and approaches in a simple socio-ecological system; guidelines to upscale them to more complex systems, for the restoration and protection of coastal, marine and connected freshwater biodiversity and ecosystem services and their resilience to environmental changes in both protected and non-protected areas;

2.Formulation and implementation of European & international marine related policies.

Scope: Pressures on marine biodiversity, and the ecosystems they form a part of, are increasing at a faster rate than the efforts at protection. Adding to human direct pressures, the effects of climate and environmental changes are becoming main drivers affecting the integrity of marine ecosystems and their capacity to deliver a wide range of multiple essential services and benefits to people. Those global changes are occurring already and have a more rapid affect in the ocean than on land (like warming, stratification, sea level rise, extreme events, pollution, eutrophication, deoxygenation, and acidification).

There is an increasing need for a holistic ecosystem-based and knowledge-based overarching approach that ensures the sustainability and resilience of coastal and marine ecosystems with a Multi Actor Approach involving the four leviers of transformation (science & innovation; economy & finance; individual & collective action; governance). This approach should at the same time integrate and balance different ocean uses and relevant land-based activities to optimise the overall sustainability of the ocean economy.

This topic aims at speeding up the identification, the development and integration of ad hoc measures and holistic ecosystem-based management approaches at larger scale, considering as well the land-sea interactions, especially connected inland waters, that will restore coastal and marine ecosystems and enable the sustainable delivery of services and resilience to rapid climate and environmental changes. To do so, it is necessary to test with no delay several types of interventions, tools and targets (conservation, restoration, holistic ecosystem-based management, marine nature-based solutions, social innovation) at realistic scales, with spatially well-defined socio-ecological system boundaries before upscaling to larger and more complex socio-ecological systems.

1.In this topic simplified socio-ecological systems are systems where the number of socio-economic activities, governance levels and range of ecosystems diversity are such that they allow for the experiment to be conducted within the duration of a project and the range of funding available. They should include already existing MPAs and/or other area based management tools to allow for a quick start of the project’s testing approaches. For example, but not exclusively, the system composed by the relevant EU Outermost regions, such Azores, Madeira, Canary Islands and Capo Verde (Macaronesia), La Réunion, Maurice and related islands (Mascarene Islands), la Gaudeloupe, Saint Martin and la Martinique (Lesser Antilles), Mayotte (Comoros archipelago), French Guyan, or a system of Mediterranean islands (e.g., the Tuscan Archipelago) could provide an example of a large scale but simplified socio-economic system that could be used for assessing cumulated impacts and identifying solutions. Similarly, the Greenland- Iceland-Faeroe region could offer a site in sub-polar Arctic region for identifying integrated solutions for marine biodiversity management under rapid climate change conditions. Inland, presence of protected areas including human activities can also provide an ideal context to explore these questions.

2.This topic would allow projects in different simplified socio-ecological system so several measures and approaches could be conducted in parallel with a shared method enabling both highly system specific as well as shared challenges and solutions to be identified cross-islands / interregional cooperation and policy implementation. Social innovation and co-creation of the approaches and solutions by involving the four levers of transformation in the local communities would be central to enable proper scientifically sound and societally acceptable interventions.

3.Innovative approaches and lessons learnt for upscaling measures and holistic socio-ecological management of marine and coastal ecosystems recognising the need to preserve the inherently dynamic nature of coastal ecosystems and their associated landforms. Projects should build on existing knowledge to avoid duplications and overlaps with past or ongoing research and integrate results from multiple origins, including other EU or national projects.

4.Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected.

5.Proposals should outline a plan on how they intend to collaborate with other projects selected under any other relevant topic/call, by e.g. participating in joint activities, workshops, common communication and dissemination activities, etc. Furthermore, the plan should embrace cooperation with the Biodiversity Partnership 54 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and other relevant Horizon Europe missions and partnerships. Applicants should allocate the necessary budget to cover the plan. Relevant activities of the plan will be set out and carried out in close co-operation with relevant Commission services, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

6.Contribution to enhancing the overall societal and public understanding of link between biodiversity and ecosystem functioning through education and training (school & adult education, citizen science platforms)

7.In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-11: What else is out there? Exploring the connection between biodiversity, ecosystems services, pandemics and epidemic risk

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to European Green Deal priorities and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, whilst supporting the EU’s response to the coronavirus and other zoonotic outbreaks, in the context of EU’s goal of leading just digital, economic and ecological transitions that will leave no one behind, One Health approaches, and the future European Health Union. It will explore the evolution and spread of microbiomes in the wild and their relationship with biodiversity loss, ecosystems dynamics and epidemics risk, in a broad societal, climate change and global context. By doing so, the interrelations between biodiversity, health and environment (e.g. climate and land use) will be better known and communicated to citizens and policy-makers. In particular, risks associated with microbiomes and biodiversity-friendly prevention/mitigation/restoration measures, and opportunities for biodiversity recovery will be identified. This topic is also expected to have impacts related to ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’ and ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’.

Projects results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.The evolution and spread of microbiomes in the wild and their relationship with biodiversity loss and ecosystems dynamics is understood and modelled, within the broader context of socio-economic driving forces, climate change, public health, and increasing resilience.

2.Epidemics risks are understood, mapped and forecasted on the basis of relationships between factors such as land use, ecology, climate, biodiversity, and socio-economic factors, including wildlife trade, that determine the pace at which new pathogens emerge and then spread once transmission between humans occurs.

3.Contribution to ecosystem services: use of novel technologies for better land use and environmental management, increasing (or at least preserving) biodiversity under unfavourable environmental/climatic conditions.

4.Sustainable prevention/mitigation measures improving microbiomes and biodiversity conservation/recovery are proposed.

5.Molecular and phylogenetic characterisation of potential emerging and novel pathogens and their hosts in both natural and human-modified areas for use as pre-leads in future vaccines, antimicrobials and other prevention strategies.

6.Pathogen detection and surveillance strategies, focusing on human populations at risk but also on potential reservoirs and vectors, based on rapid, on-site, genomic tools allowing a fast and early response when facing potential outbreaks.

7.New multidisciplinary collaborations that embody the One Health/EcoHealth concept are active and efficient as a way to prevent pandemics, sustain biodiversity, promote human, animal and ecosystem health and nature conservation, as well as support the needed transformative change.

8.Effective strategies to increase awareness and participation of indigenous and local communities in pandemics prevention are in place: risks management and opportunities for biodiversity conservation/recovery are built together.

Scope: Wildlife microbiomes, whether symbiotic, commensal or pathogenic, and their potential to spread by crossing interspecies barriers, eventually reaching humans via transitional interfaces (e.g. peri-urban, farming areas), are still largely unknown. Complex links between increased human-mediated disturbance, land-use change, natural habitat loss/degradation/fragmentation, climate change and biodiversity loss have all been linked to increases in the increased prevalence and risk of zoonotic disease for a variety of pathogens, mostly driven by human activities that modify the environment or spread pathogens into new ecological niches 55 . Zoonotic diseases are significant threats to human health, with vector-borne diseases accounting for approximately 17 per cent of all infectious diseases and causing an estimated 700,000 deaths globally 56 in a normal year, which can more than double in pandemic years 57 .

The magnitude and direction of altered disease incidence due to anthropogenic disturbance differ globally and between ecosystems. Some described mechanisms and drivers that especially affect infectious disease risk are 58 habitat alteration (e.g. deforestation, urbanisation), depletion of predators, biological invasion, host transfer, biodiversity change, human-driven genetic changes, bushmeat hunting and consumption, environmental contamination by infectious agents, international exchanges, trade, etc.

This call aims to recover biodiversity and ecosystems services whilst predicting and preventing future pandemics and epidemic outbreaks, especially in tropical areas and biodiversity hotspots, through collaboration between environmental (including climate), ecological, biomedical and social sciences. Projects should map, identify and characterise (e.g. with molecular techniques) potential emerging pathogens and their hosts/vectors in both carefully selected natural and human-modified areas, explore the relationship of biodiversity and ecosystems dynamics with microbiomes’ evolution and spread, within the broader context of socio-economic driving forces, climate change, public health and animal health.

Pathogen discovery, prophylaxis and operational surveillance strategies should be developed to search for new potential pathogens, within natural and human-modified ecosystems and hosts as well as in cases of human infectious diseases of unknown aetiology, to prevent, detect and contain their outbreaks. Risk maps and predictive models should be built based on development trends, the presence of probable host/bridge species, environmental and socio-economic factors.

The impacts of land use and climate change on biodiversity, ecosystem services and pandemics should be also taken into account, as well as any recent IPBES reports on the links between biodiversity and pandemics 59 .

Ecologists, infectious-disease researchers, medical doctors, veterinarians, environmental, public-health and animal-health experts, socio-economic stakeholders and the private sector, particularly SMEs, as well as authorities, civil and political entities, should contribute among others to devise an early warning mechanism, track environmental change, assess the risk of pathogens crossing over and reduce risky human activities.

Efforts to preserve/restore biodiversity should address the economic and socio-cultural factors that drive natural habitat alteration and the rural poor’s dependency on hunting and trading wild animals. International cooperation with non-EU countries where new pathogens have emerged is strongly encouraged. Projects should ensure availability and interoperability of their data with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity and earmark the necessary resources for cooperation. Collaboration with the Biodiversity Partnership (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and creating links to its activities is expected 60 .

This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-12: Improved science based maritime spatial planning and identification of marine protected areas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal will improve the knowledge to restore ecosystems and halt biodiversity loss, supporting notably the following impact in this destination: ‘Biodiversity and natural capital are integrated into public and business decision-making at all levels for the protection and restoration of ecosystems and their services; science base is provided for planning and increasing protected areas, and sustainably managing ecosystems’.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Prioritisation of future protected areas, restoration areas, and science-based maritime spatial planning (including in larger scale hot spots identified in maritime national plans in order to develop ad hoc plans addressing specific scenarios so as to ameliorate the high impact of human activities over the ecosystem services).

2.Implementation of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 (legally protect a minimum of 30% of the EU’s sea area of which 10% is strictly protected, and integrate ecological corridors, as part of a true Trans-European Nature Network, maritime spatial planning and ecosystem-based management covering all sectors and activities at sea, as well as area-based conservation-management measures) and the Convention on Biological Diversity post-2020 framework.

3.Improved science based for the description of Ecologically or Biologically Significant marine Areas (EBSA)

Scope: Restored and properly protected coastal and marine ecosystems bring substantial health, social and economic benefits to coastal communities and the EU and Associated Countries as a whole. The need for stronger action is all the more acute as marine and coastal ecosystem biodiversity loss is severely exacerbated by global warming.

Achieving a good environmental status of marine ecosystems, will be accomplished not only through protected areas and the restoration of important ecosystems but also by the ways we use the sea so that we no longer endanger food security, fishers’ livelihoods, and the fisheries and seafood sectors. The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 underlines the application of an ecosystem-based management approach to reduce the adverse impacts of fishing, extraction, mining and other human maritime activities, taking into account pressures from land-based activities, especially on sensitive species and seabed habitats. To support this, national maritime spatial plans should aim to cover all blue economy sectors and take into account the natural ecological features and the link between them.

Experience and lessons learnt from existing marine protected areas (MPAs) show that our capacity to identify ideal locations for MPAs, their sizes, borders, management practices and their connectivity fails to consider the different aspects of biodiversity attributes, to recognise climate change impacts and lacks a sound scientific base in relation to certain aspects. The optimal locations, connectivity and restrictions in MPAs required to achieve the protection of biodiversity and ecosystem services remain uncertain and are likely to become even more dynamic as the marine environmental conditions are changing fast.

So far, there has been a predominance of MPAs and projects concerned with genes and species and less with individual traits and inter-specific processes, and very few addressing large-scale habitats and ecosystem level processes. Knowledge and scientific approaches are still lacking to address all biodiversity attributes using a coherent and systemic approach. Links and feedbacks between and within biodiversity attributes, ecosystem services and policy implications are lacking.

By building on and integrating existing knowledge and results from multiple origins, including other EU and national projects, research and innovation could pave the way to fill present gaps on marine biodiversity and its management by better linking spatially ecological features with socio-economic elements. It can also have potential links with activities funded by the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund (EMFAF), in particular calls and projects on Maritime Spatial Planning.

1.Design of ad hoc innovative flexible socio-ecological management to cope with a rapidly changing environment for coastal, offshore and deep-sea marine ecosystems, taking into account their connectivity, including through deep-sea migratory species, and the need to preserve their inherent natural dynamics.

2.Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected

3.Proposals should outline a plan on how they intend to collaborate with other projects selected under any other relevant topic/call, by e.g. participating in joint activities, workshops, common communication and dissemination activities. Furthermore, the plan should embrace cooperation with the Biodiversity Partnership 61 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and other relevant Horizon Europe missions and partnerships. Applicants should allocate the necessary budget to cover the plan. Relevant activities of the plan will be set out and carried out in close co-operation with relevant Commission services, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

4.Provide approaches for greater policy coherence between the Water Framework Directive, Marine Strategy Framework Directive, Maritime Spatial Planning and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and how these policies can better assist in the preservation of inherently and spatially dynamic systems.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

Managing biodiversity in primary production

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-13: Breeding for resilience: focus on root-based traits

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the biodiversity and farm to fork strategies, a successful proposal will support the transition to more sustainable practices in agriculture by reducing the need for external inputs and supporting biodiversity in agroecosystems.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A better understanding of root-based traits (including the capacity to establish beneficial interactions with soil biota) and their genotypic variability as well as increased insight into the (adaptive) phenotypic plasticity of roots;

2.Enhanced capacities for root phenotyping under controlled and on-field conditions;

3.The delivery of strategies for breeding for below-ground traits capitalising on more effective interactions between plants and microorganisms in the rhizosphere;

4.An increased use and valorisation of genetic resources (in situ and ex situ) for root based traits.

On the longer term projects will contribute to: the development of crops (annual and perennial) and forest trees that are more tolerant to abiotic stress conditions, require less external inputs (e.g. fertilisers and pesticides) and show an increased capacity for carbon sequestration, thereby contributing to adaptation of agriculture and forestry to climate change.

Scope: With increasing effects of climate change and a shift towards low(er) input production systems, there is the need for crops that are capable of capturing resources more efficiently and are resilient to abiotic stresses.

The root system and its interaction with soil biota is crucial for nutrient and water acquisition as well as for the capacity of plants to adapt to changing environments and to be more tolerant against pests and diseases. Phenotypic plasticity is key for plants to respond to varying soil conditions and highly dynamic distribution of soil resources. The size and architecture of the root system also determine the allocation of carbon in the soil. Breeding for root traits is therefore a promising strategy to increase plant stress resilience while also enhancing soil carbon sequestration.

Proposals should:

1.Identify root traits that increase resource efficiency of plants in different environments, taking into account beneficial plant – microbe interactions and the restitution of plant-fixed carbon to the soil;

2.Increase our knowledge on the (molecular and biochemical) plasticity of root responses and their metabolic mechanisms to environmental cues;

3.Improve existing and/or develop new root phenotyping tools (including image analysis protocols) to be used in controlled and on-field conditions, thereby overcoming the root data bottleneck;

4.Develop strategies to implement “root breeding”, i.e. select for desirable root characteristics and exploit the genetic variation in root traits.

Activities should be carried out in a range of agronomically relevant soil conditions.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-14: Fostering organic crop breeding

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme pa
rt.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the objectives of the EU biodiversity and farm to fork strategies to transition to fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the objective to increase organic farming. They should do so by increasing the availability of and access to suitable plant reproductive material for organic crops and by increasing the competitiveness of the organic crop breeding sector. As such, activities funded under this topic will help the EU achieve the target of at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030. Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Greater knowledge of relevant traits for organic crop production;

2.Improved and open access to a wider pool of high-quality plant reproductive material for the organic crop sector;

3.Improved adaptation of new organic crop varieties and organic heterogeneous material to organic farming conditions (e.g. agronomic performance under organic cultivation practices, disease resistance, resilience to drought, longevity, adaptation to different pedo-climatic conditions, nutritional quality, etc.);

4.Improved identification and traceability of organic heterogeneous material (OHM);

5.Increased competitiveness of the organic crop breeding sector achieved by (i) improved availability of breeding strategies for organic crop production; (ii) novel governance and financing models supporting new breeding initiatives for organic crop production; (iii) increased relevance of the organic sector for commercial plant breeders and seed producers generating increased demand for organic seed and breeding; (iv) improved quality and transparency in the organic plant reproductive material market; (v) training, demonstration and networking.

Scope: Promoting the use of more sustainable farming practices is an EU policy objective enshrined in the European Green Deal and its related strategies. Boosting organic farming in the EU, one of these objectives, can greatly contribute to achieving the ambition to significantly reduce the use and risk of inputs in farming while making agriculture more resilient, including through increased (bio)diversity. Increasing the availability of organic varieties for the organic sector that are better adapted to different and variable conditions is important in order to improve the performance of the organic crop sector. Application of the new organic Regulation 62 (EU) No 2018/848 has the potential to support higher levels of biodiversity and greater resilience in the organic sector with the use of new tools such as the definition of organic heterogeneous material (OHM) and organic varieties. The possibility to use landraces can also revive traditional and regional crops. However, achieving adequate and timely upscaling of organic breeding and seed production that meet growing market demands can be challenging for the sector. Strong involvement from public and private actors, novel governance and financing models for breeding, variety testing and seed production, as well as training, are needed.

Proposals should contribute to improving the availability and quality of plant reproductive material and the selection of varieties suited to the specific conditions of organic farming, in line with the objectives and requirements for organic plant reproductive material set out in Regulation (EU) No 2018/848 and the transformation of the EU’s breeding sector. Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and ensure a value chain approach with adequate involvement of the farming sector. Activities should take into account the diversity of seed systems in the EU. The topic is open to all types of organic farming systems in various geographical and pedo-climatic conditions. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals should develop measures to support the preservation of genetic resources and increase the availability of plant reproductive material for the organic sector, including through pre-breeding and breeding activities and new approaches to seed sourcing.

Proposals should develop measures that contribute to the development of organic heterogeneous material 63 and varieties suitable for organic cultivation for an increasing range of crops, including arable, forage and horticultural crops.

Proposals should develop specific protocols for testing new organic varieties. Measures should consider the adaptability of OHM and organic varieties to different climatic and edaphic conditions, and resistance to pests and diseases, as well as combining these assets with crop stability, productivity and nutritional content in order to maintain a level of competitiveness of the organic plant reproductive material. The potential of OHM to foster and improve the use of traditional material in organic crop farming should be analysed.

Proposals should develop a toolbox to identify OHM and a system to ensure OHM breeding traceability and maintenance. Case studies of innovative engagement of value chain partners in organic plant breeding in different contexts should be analysed and key factors of success should be identified. Proposals should develop governance and financial models to support organic plant breeding that include all actors in the value chain. Proposals should conceive marketing and value chain development strategies to introduce improved varieties for seed multiplication and treatment, ensuring quality and transparency in the organic seed market. Proposals should set up new networks, and expand existing ones where relevant, to demonstrate and test organic crop breeding in different pedo-climatic regions across Europe, with an emphasis on regions where the organic sector is less developed. Proposals will give attention to participatory on-farm demonstrations. Proposals should design training packages tailored to the specific needs of different actors of the organic breeding and seed business to strengthen their capacities and increase breeding gains.

Proposals should develop scientifically robust and transparent methodologies, building on achievements from previous research activities. To ensure trustworthiness, swift and wide adoption by user communities, and to support EU and national policy-makers, actions should adopt high standards of transparency and openness, going beyond ex-post documentation of results and extending to aspects such as assumptions, models and data quality during the life of projects.

Enabling transformative change on biodiversity

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-15: Quantify impacts of the trade in raw and processed biomass on ecosystems, for offering new leverage points for biodiversity conservation, along supply chains, to reduce leakage effects

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society.

Projects should address all following outcomes:

1.understanding and quantifying the impacts of the trade in raw and processed non-food biomass 64 from land and sea on biodiversity and on the wide range of services that ecosystems can provide, including in relation to climate change mitigation and adaptation.

2.identifying new leverage points for biodiversity conservation 65 , for example along supply chains, within and beyond the retailing sector, reducing leakage effects (including carbon leakage), and providing recommendations on how to address these leverage points at corporate and institutional level.

3.making available and using (local) solutions for retailers and their leverage effects on (global aspects of) patterns of biomass production and consumption, rebuilding our economy in a biodiversity-friendly way within planetary boundaries, including through sustainable corporate governance.

4.specifying the meaning of transformational change in practice, based on case studies.

5.improving the understanding of the biodiversity inter-dependencies of the SDGs; strengthening IPBES and IPCC by the contribution of European research and innovation.

6.providing approaches, tools and knowledge influence policies at the right level on transformative change for biodiversity – the key elements of this change by the portfolio of cooperating projects (of which these projects are part).

With the focus on quantifying impacts of trade of raw and processed biomass on ecosystems, projects are encouraged to engage in international cooperation (in particular with African countries, Brazil, Latin American and Caribbean countries or the Mediterranean region) to find new leverage points for biodiversity conservation along supply chains and to reduce leakage effects for the EU and associated countries 66 .

Scope: In addition to focusing on limiting the impacts from biomass production and consumption on biodiversity, proposals should look at the whole trade-related value chain, at the scale needed to have a greater effect on protecting and restoring biodiversity. Proposals should analyse how the biomass sector could increase its positive impact on biodiversity. They should support biodiversity to deliver a wide range of ecosystem services, including on mitigating and adapting to climate change.

Proposals should increase the volume of evidence available by taking systematic approaches that take account of links between activities and leakage effects at different stages in the value chain or link production and consumption explicitly, including with institutions, businesses, retailers and investors, civil society, and should cover more than one product at a time.

The knowledge gained should help establish an ‘ecological footprint’ of biomass and the manufactured goods based on biomass, within planetary boundaries as stipulated in the EU bioeconomy strategy 67 . The knowledge should be usable for science-industry cooperation on the bioeconomy 68 , and should follow the pollution and climate neutrality targets and commitments, due diligence and human rights requirements, and the policy on just transition, for the service industry and the financial sector.

Proposals should take into account the role of governments as major consumers of goods and services (and the leverage in procurement processes), and of manufacturers and retailers as consumers of primary resources.

The outcomes of these projects should help integrate biodiversity values into the circular economy, for example by cutting waste from the biomass chain, reducing leakage effects, tele-coupling, using carbon and nitrogen footprints in production processes and minimising the use of plastic in the economy. The projects should give explicit values and accounting of these benefits for biodiversity.

Proposals should look at how to further mainstream biodiversity into socio-economic and environmental agendas, from the transformative aspect of minimising the impacts of trade in raw and processed biomass for protecting, sustainably managing and restoring biodiversity and the wide range of ecosystem services it can deliver, in order to nudge pathways towards fair and equitable development and just transitions (1) across the EU Member States and associated countries, and (2) globally.

Proposals should build their analysis on the synergies between multiple Sustainable Development Goals, to deliver directly and indirectly biodiversity benefits. They should highlight the role of biodiversity in attaining the set of Sustainable Development Goals relating to the trade in raw and processed biomass.

Proposals should provide case studies and collect good and failed examples that can serve as useful inputs to these transformations. They should inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources for coordination measures, to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, joint communication and outreach measures) with all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity funded under this destination. This applies to projects funded under this destination that aim to deliver multiple co-benefits, including on the reduction of biodiversity loss 69 . Proposals should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant to promoting transformational change and sharing biodiversity knowledge 70 . Furthermore, projects are expected to cooperate with the European partnership on biodiversity 71 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and the Science Service (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19).

Proposals should show how their results can provide timely information for relevant IPBES and IPCC functions. They are expected to cooperate with the CBD, and with. with projects ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’, ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-21: Impact and dependence of business on biodiversity’.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-16: Biodiversity, water, food, energy, transport, climate and health nexus in the context of transformative change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society.

Proposals should look at how to further mainstream biodiversity into policy making and governance (including financing) for achieving transformative action, both under and above the scope of socio-economic and environmental agendas.

The project should address all following outcomes:

1.The interlinkages (nexus) between biodiversity, water, food, energy, transport and health in the context of climate change, the underlying causes of biodiversity loss and the determinants of transformative change to achieve the 2050 vision for biodiversity are assessed.

2.Options for change, showing which societal factors (including policy competences, markets and stakeholder interests) drive transformative change with a positive effect on biodiversity, and which factors drive transitions that have a negative impact on biodiversity in the short-, medium- and long-term, are identified, understood, and co-developed by the relevant actors.

3.Guidance to facilitate potential just transition pathways and actions at European level to feed into systemic policy decisions. This includes guidance on how to enhance the synergies between biodiversity preservation and action on climate-neutrality, and how to avoid trade-offs.

4.Specifying the meaning of transformational change in practice, based on case studies illustrating how to put transformational change into action. Creating specific narratives, business models and policies, including on nature-based solutions for climate mitigation and adaptation, water and health, to aid the transition to a biodiversity- and climate friendly, sustainable Europe.

5.Knowledge is produced (e.g. meta-studies 72 , publications) and made available by 2023-2024, fit for the production of IPBES assessments on transformational change and on the nexus between biodiversity, climate, water, food and health. Putting in place measures to build capacity, policy support, and science brokerage of project results, including after the release dates of the IPBES assessments, by effective and impactful dissemination.

6.Scientists dispose of a network that facilitates and promotes research on transformational change for biodiversity across natural and social sciences 73 .

7.Approaches, tools and knowledge influence policies at appropriate level on transformative change for biodiversity – the key elements for this change are delivered by the portfolio of cooperating projects (of which this project forms part of).

Scope: The European Green Deal and its biodiversity strategy call for transformative change, which requires the policy and tools to bring about transformative change. The post-2020 biodiversity goals risks to be missed from the outset if the required policy decisions are not taken and implementation is not secured. Policy makers find the task of translating science on transformative change into policy daunting and challenging. This is where European research and innovation together with the community outside academia (business, government organisations etc.) must urgently demonstrate what transformative change could actually mean and achieve for biodiversity. There is also a need for practical guidance to policy makers and society on the impacts of the necessary structural, ecological, social and economic transformations the European Green Deal could achieve.

The European Union and associated countries still need to identify the key factors in society that can stimulate or hinder this transition across the continent and share such findings with other regions of the world. This includes research into behavioural, social, cultural, economic, institutional, infrastructure, technical and technological factors.

Proposals should focus on indirect drivers of biodiversity loss: production and consumption patterns, human population dynamics and trends, trade, technological innovations, local to global governance (including financing), which in turn cause the direct drivers (land and sea use change, over-exploitation, climate change, pollution, invasive species).

With the focus on biodiversity, and links to human activity, proposals should examine how transformative change takes place in different societal and cultural contexts. They should look at what triggers these changes and what obstacles there are (behavioural, financial, policy, institutional, power setting etc). The proposals should measure and model their impact; and provide options for action (at individual, business and society level) to promote and enable transformative changes, including through nature-based solutions. Social innovation and the gender dimension should be explored when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. The proposals should should look at gender dynamics and diversity to investigate how different identities and social groups are tangibly promoting transformative changes through bottom-up transition initiatives for sustainable lifestyles that are of major relevance to biodiversity.

The Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) is for biodiversity and ecosystems services what IPCC is for climate change. In this context, this topic should support the upcoming IPBES assessments, expected to deliver in 2023-24, on transformational change and on the nexus of biodiversity, climate, water, food and health, with an additional focus on energy and transport. The IPBES assessment is expected to examine, inter alia:

(a) Values (relational, utilitarian, etc.) and how they influence behaviour;
(b) Notions of good quality of life, worldviews and cultu
res, models of interaction between nature and people and social narratives;
(c) The role of social norms and regulations, and of economic incentives and other institutions in leveraging behavioural change in individuals, businesses, communities and societi
es;
(d) The role of technologies and technology assessment;

(e) The role of collective action;

(f) The role of complex systems and transitions theory;

(g) Obstacles to achieving transformative change;

(h) Equity and the need for “just transitions”;

(i) Les
sons from previous transitions.

The project should feed input into this assessment, critically examining the usability of the IPBES conceptual framework for these aspects.

Proposals should provide case studies and collect good and failed examples, including current and business models, the role of citizen science, and scenarios that could provide useful input into these transformations and inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

Proposals should build their analysis on synergies between multiple Sustainable Development Goals to deliver both direct and indirect biodiversity benefits. They should also look at the role of biodiversity in reaching the set of Sustainable Development Goals, when related to the interlinkages (nexus) between biodiversity, water, food, energy, transport and health 74 in the context of climate change, the underlying causes of biodiversity loss, and the determinants of transformative change.

Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, joint communication and outreach) with all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity funded under this destination. They should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant to transformational change and to biodiversity knowledge 75 . Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the Biodiversity Partnership (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01), the Science Service HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19, and the Convention on Biological Diversity and projects under ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’.

This topic should involve contributions from social science and humanities disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-17: Policy mixes, governance (including financing) and decision-making tools for transformative action on biodiversity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy, successful proposals will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society.

Projects should address all following outcomes:

1.Tools promoting the benefits of biodiversity are taken up by policy makers, industries, civil society organisations including NGOs, financing entities, businesses and retailers. These solutions can include a stocktaking of good practice (in addition to natural capital accounting and reporting), standards, agreements, charters, commitments, regulations, financing streams (positive incentives vs harmful subsidies), engaging society and incorporating lifelong learning.

2.Increased use and mainstreaming of ‘green over grey’ approaches, in particular by adopting nature-based solutions on land and at sea, in line with the Green Deal’s ‘do no significant harm’ principle.

3.Ways to facilitate the application of systemic, sustainable policy mixes and governance approaches, based on a range of policy tools, economic instruments or regulations.

4.Developing and testing approaches on (1) mitigating existing and future risks to biodiversity and on (2) better reflecting how biodiversity loss affects company business models, value chains, profitability and long-term prospects, so that methods and tools can be integrated into decisions, while factoring in societal and democratic processes (citizen engagement, political campaigns, science denialism).

5.Making options available on how to implement in practice the renewed sustainable finance strategy for the financial system to generate a positive impact on biodiversity.

6.Promoting tax systems and pricing that reflect environmental costs, including biodiversity loss, to shift the tax burden from labour to pollution, and to tackle the issue of under-priced resources and other environmental externalities.

7.Making available case studies on what transformational change 76 means in practice.

8.Improving the understanding of the biodiversity inter-dependencies of the SDGs. Supporting IPBES and IPCC work by providing input from European research and innovation. Providing approaches, tools and knowledge influence policies at the right level on transformative change for biodiversity. The key elements for this change will be delivered by the broader portfolio of collaborative projects (of which these projects developing the toolbox for transformative changes with a positive effect on biodiversity, providing policy mixes, science-policy communication, governance and decision-making tools form part).

Scope: Policy mixes, governance (including financing) and decision-making tools to achieve the necessary ecological, climate, economic and social transition for biodiversity are not yet widely available, and must be developed. Proposals should take up the work of the renewed sustainable finance strategy which will help ensure that the financial system contributes to mitigating existing and future risks to biodiversity.

Proposals should look at how to further mainstream biodiversity into policy making, science, and governance (including financing) to achieve transformative action within and beyond socio-economic, climate and environmental agendas.

Proposals should build their analysis on the synergies of multiple Sustainable Development Goals, to deliver direct and indirect biodiversity benefits, and on the role of biodiversity in reaching the set of Sustainable Development Goals.

Proposals should produce case studies and a collection of good and failed examples of developing and implementing policy tools, best practices and instruments, which could feed into the just transformation process and inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, joint communication and dissemination) with all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity funded under this destination. They should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant for transformational change and on biodiversity knowledge 77 . Projects are expected to cooperate with the European partnership on biodiversity (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and the Science Service (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19). Proposals should show how their results and outcomes could provide timely information for major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES), the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and the Convention on Biological Diversity 78 .

This topic should involve contributions from the social sciences and humanities disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-18: Understanding the impacts of and the opportunities offered by digital transformation, new emerging technologies and social innovation on biodiversity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy, successful proposals will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity, tackle indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative change in our society.

Digital technologies are transforming all sectors of society, from food production to mobility, energy, climate mitigation and adaptation measures, construction, infrastructure, technology use, human behaviour and societal organisation, with different impacts on and perceptions of biodiversity, due to the speed, scale and level of connectivity of these transformations. Projects should help identify a safe operating space, in which digitalisation and new emerging technologies generate no unsustainable rebound effects, but instead can be a vehicle for accelerating and amplifying the transition to a safe and just world for humankind whilst protecting, restoring and sustainably using biodiversity and ecosystem services.

Project should address all following outcomes:

1.A better understanding, today and for the future, of the impacts on, risks and opportunities for biodiversity of digital transformation (for example smart technologies, artificial intelligence, automation, miniaturised sensors, citizen science applications, crowdsourcing), new materials (e.g. for biomimicry), and new and emerging technologies.

2.Identification and an assessment of how system-level change affecting biodiversity through social innovation happens. This should cover bringing in new technologies, new production processes, consumer products, regulations, incentives, or participatory processes, and changes how socio-technical and socio-ecological systems operate.

3.Making proposals for safeguards to build public understanding of the range of diverse values held by members of the public (i.e. indigenous communities, youth, women, vulnerable groups in society, socially or economically marginalised groups), to promote democracy and a socially just transition taking action on biodiversity. Proposals should promote incorporating these safeguards in transformative processes linked to the digital sector and technology, which can have positive or negative impacts on biodiversity and on the wide range of services ecosystems can provide.

4.Demonstrating the potential of social innovation to tackle biodiversity loss, as well as using biodiversity and the ecosystem services it provides, with nature-based solutions as case studies. Demonstrating how nature-based solutions, enabled by social innovation, tackle poverty, low resilience and social inequality to achieve a just transition.

5.Testing active intervention by R&I policy and sector policies (niche creation, reformulation of governance, ‘exnovation’), also by empowering and endowing communities.

6.Approaches, tools and knowledge influence policies provided at the right level on transformative change for biodiversity. The key elements for this change are to be delivered by the portfolio of cooperating projects (of which these projects form part).

Outcomes should be formulated in such a way that enables their potential users (policy makers, institutions, businesses, engineers, civil society) to understand and concretely apply them, including for monitoring, accounting and reporting purposes. The outcomes should be translated into options to ratchet up the targets and enabling mechanisms of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the global post-2020 biodiversity framework, and to feed input into the processes on the Paris Agreement, the Sustainable Development Goals and IPBES. With the focus on the impacts and opportunities of digital transformation, new emerging technologies and social innovation on biodiversity for the EU and associated countries, projects are strongly encouraged to engage in international cooperation, in particular with African countries, Brazil, Latin American and Caribbean countries or the Mediterranean region, in order to understand differences between the EU/AC and other world regions.

Scope:

1.Proposals should generate, collect and distribute knowledge on how to tackle the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss linked to technological and social innovation, which includes digitalisation. They should also assess the impacts on biodiversity of the digital divide between urban, peri-urban and rural areas. Proposals should explain how changes in our societies are fostered by technological and social innovation impacting biodiversity – for example by bringing in new and emerging technologies, new production processes, consumer products, regulations, incentives, or participatory processes, which change how socio-technical and socio-ecological systems operate.

2.Proposals are expected to contribute to informing stakeholders and users on the social and technological impacts of new and emerging technologies that are not covered by existing procedures for biodiversity-related risk assessments 79 . This includes the wider positive and negative impacts on societal values, behaviour, institutional, financial and business frameworks, which in turn are having an impact on biodiversity and the capacity of ecosystems to provide a wide range of services.

3.Proposals should assess which tools further mainstream biodiversity into policy making, and governance (including financing, the promotion of innovation, and bringing in new and emerging technologies) to achieve transformative action that benefits biodiversity, to avoid, mitigate or manage conflicts linked to these transformational changes 80 . In doing this, proposals should engage with civil society, policy makers, finance and business leaders, to create a toolbox for transformative change via action on biodiversity.

4.Proposals should build their analysis on the synergies between multiple Sustainable Development Goals to deliver both direct and indirect biodiversity benefits, staying within planetary boundaries, and on the role of biodiversity in reaching the set of Sustainable Development Goals. Proposals should factor in impacts and opportunities of digital transformation, new emerging technologies and social innovation on biodiversity. This explicitly includes the interdependence of biodiversity loss and climate change, and the impacts on biodiversity of digital, technological or social approaches on action to mitigate and adapt to climate change – and vice versa.

5.Proposals should develop pathways for digital developments to achieve a successful twin digital and biodiversity transition. They should develop methodologies to assess their impacts (including the impacts from energy/electricity infrastructure, or on democracy and on trust in science) on environmental, social and economic systems. Such assessments should focus on the direct and indirect effects of digital developments on biodiversity, intertwined with climate change and health.

6.Proposals should provide case studies and a collection of good and failed examples, including current relevant business models, the role of citizen science, and scenarios that could provide useful impact to these transformations and inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

7.Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, and joint communication and dissemination) with all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity funded under this destination. They should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant to transformational change and to biodiversity knowledge 81 . Furthermore, projects are expected to cooperate with the Biodiversity Partnership and the Science Service. Proposals should show how their results and outcomes can provide timely information to major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and to the Convention on Biological Diversity. They are expected to cooperate with projects ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-2022-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’.

8.Where relevant, projects are expected to create links to and use information, data and impact-related knowledge from the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

Interconnecting biodiversity research and supporting policies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up of the new EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 ('Science Service').

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 11.00 and 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants to actions under point k) of the topic .

The maximum amount to be granted
to each third party is EUR 200 000, as actions under k) are key activities which the Science Service must deliver through the approaches laid out in its other actions, and to which the broad science community should contribute. Maximum 30% of the total requested EU contribution may be allocated to this purpose. The process of selecting entities for which financial support will be granted, within open calls for proposals to be evaluated by external, independent experts in a fair and transparent process must be defined in the proposal.

Expected Outcome: The project is expected to connect up biodiversity research across Europe, supporting and enhancing the ambition of national, European and international environmental policies and conventions.

Contributing to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the aim of this topic is to give support for developing and implementing this and other EU policies by generating knowledge generation, guiding biodiversity governance and ecosystem monitoring, and implementing the EU Green Deal. It supports the development of a long-term strategic research agenda for biodiversity.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.a single entry point linking European research and biodiversity policymaking that will be embedded in the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) as ‘scientific pillar’, which will collect and organise knowledge resulting from science that is relevant for implementing the EU biodiversity strategy and other relevant EU policies, in particular knowledge generated from EU-funded R&I projects, relevant infrastructures and platforms.

2.feeding input into the monitoring, reporting and review mechanism of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 with relevant research-based assessments and options that can feed into any short- and medium-term corrective action necessary (“ratcheting up”).

3.full integration into, and support to the governance framework of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 to steer implementation of the commitments on biodiversity agreed at national, European or international level.

4.setting up a functional, early delivering Science Service at EU level, also involving associated countries where appropriate, to bolster at global level the EU’s ambitions for research into biodiversity-relevant areas.

Scope: The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 announced a science policy mechanism for research-based options to ratchet up the implementation of commitments made on biodiversity. This topic is to provide a Science Service as a dedicated tool to regularly integrate science into EU biodiversity policy-making in terms of what is needed to implement the strategy. It should bridge the continued and critical gap on knowledge sharing and should complement other EU-funded initiatives 82 . It should feed into the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 83 . At the same time, it should provide a single-entry point linking RTD funded research and innovation with biodiversity policymaking via the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity. Further, the Science Service might act as a pilot on how any science component could work in practice in the context of the post-2020 Global Biodiversity Framework. With this work, Europe could test and lead the way on how to make such an instrument, triggering research-based options to implement the biodiversity strategy, work in practice.

The objective is to reformat and connect research results to the needs of environmental policy in a targeted dialogue between science and policy makers. This should include science resulting from the latest EU R&I activities and infrastructures, shape future R&I and be embedded in the long-term strategic research agenda on biodiversity. Proposals should develop a Science Service mechanism that covers all of the following aspects:

1.Inspired by IPBES functions, it should provide relevant policy tools (e.g. indicators), generate knowledge to fill gaps, build capacity within and beyond the EU, and contribute to science-based assessments for the EU decision-making process.

2.All work carried out by the Science Service should be defined under strong and clear governance arrangements, including how to prioritise requests, and designed to support implementing, monitoring, reporting and reviewing the EU biodiversity strategy. The governance should be led by DG RTD, in cooperation with DG ENV, DG JRC and the EEA, and ideally involve the Environmental Knowledge Community (EKC) 84 and factor in its needs and requests.

3.The Science Service should feed into the EC Knowledge Centre on Biodiversity 85 and support it to direct knowledge gaps and policy questions to science, synthesize knowledge, and communicate emerging issues identified by science to decision-makers in policy, business, NGOs, land users or site managers. The Science Service should also be involved and feed knowledge into strategic dialogues and fora organised by the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, as well as in expert meetings requested by the EKC. The Knowledge Centre on Biodiversity should manage exchanges from policy to science and vice-versa, and the Science Service constitutes its primary tool for making scientific information accessible to policy makers.

4.Member States, and where appropriate associated countries, civil society and the Mission Boards under Horizon Europe, may also ask the Science Service to cover specific topics. The process of directing requests for contents and format to the Science Service, and how to provide information, is to be agreed with the relevant EU services, including with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

5.The Science Service should use the tools and results funded by the EU research framework programmes 86 , by other sources of European funding 87 , and additional relevant sources 88 , which it should help integrate into the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity. It should cooperate with the European partnership on biodiversity 89 .

6.The Science Service should take up requests from biodiversity policy-making to the Biodiversity Partnership, and to the biodiversity-relevant missions in Horizon Europe. This would be orchestrated in collaboration with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity; such as via its user forum function. The Science service should also organise ad-hoc high-level expert advice to the European Commission’s high-level decision-makers on specific issues related to biodiversity.

7.The work of the Science Service should be presented and discussed at expert or working groups according to the governance framework of the EU biodiversity strategy, and should support European research policy related to biodiversity. It should also act as a ‘back office’ for organising the cooperation of biodiversity-relevant research projects – in thematic clusters where appropriate – under Horizon Europe and Horizon 2020, such as yearly meetings or through common products, in collaboration with the Executive Agency. This would be done in collaboration with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

8.The Science Service should support the orchestration of current and future knowledge mechanisms to implement the long-term European strategic biodiversity research agenda, including work under the Biodiversity Partnership and other biodiversity-relevant partnerships; such as EKLIPSE, Oppla, NetworkNature, the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 90 and other biodiversity-relevant science advisory mechanisms. It should also describe the global aspects of its services in the mid-term planning.

9.Proposals should indicate what specific results the Science Service should initially deliver by the end of year one. This pilot exercise should be relevant to and fit the timeframe set out in the policy agenda of the EU biodiversity strategy, and optionally, for the global biodiversity agenda. Throughout the duration of the project, the following annual work plans should be aligned to the long-term strategic research agenda (in preparation - See EU biodiversity strategy).

10.The Service should then deliver, communicate and disseminate regular (e.g. half-yearly) input in the form of options and scenarios for implementing the biodiversity strategy for 2030 and beyond. The aim must be to trigger response from those entities responsible for implementing the strategy (e.g. EU services, national and local authorities, business, civil society and the environmental knowledge community in general).

11.It should provide, on request of its governance bodies, summaries, knowledge synthesis, factsheets or briefs and reviews of biodiversity research outputs and tools usable for implementing and ratcheting up the EU biodiversity strategy, in language and format tailored to the target users, such as:

1.foresight, analysis of new and emerging topics,

2.indicators and valuation methods,

3.analysis of the behavioural, institutional and bio-physical factors for biodiversity conservation and restoration, including on tipping points and planetary boundaries,

4.projections/forecasts, integrated models, scenarios and pathways that integrate socio-economic and cultural values, that avoid lock-in pathways, and that provide incentives for large-scale demonstration of nature-based solutions and testing of governance approaches, financing and business models to enable transformative change,

5.requests to existing science-policy services (such as EKLIPSE and Oppla) in collaboration with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity for dedicated biodiversity-relevant science-policy tasks that those services can deliver, and that the Science Service channels into the biodiversity governance framework,

6.support for science-based decision-making for biodiversity against disinformation campaigns; and

7.testing new ways of communicating biodiversity-related science to non-scientific audiences.

12.Proposals should describe how the Science Service can deliver its work in line with the timeframe for policy processes and to implement the EU biodiversity strategy. They should explain how they have sufficient resources, and a flexible, lean mechanism following the principles of credibility, relevance and legitimacy, including whether internal assessments or peer reviews on its outputs are planned.

13.Proposals should evaluate the experience of comparable instruments covering some of the actions or procedures that the Science Service should set up 91 , focused on biodiversity but also in other fields, and under the governance framework of the EU biodiversity strategy.

14.The project should draw up a plan on how to finance and govern the activities of this kick-starting service over the medium- and long-term and seek to secure commitments to allow the work of the Science Service to continue after the funding of this topic ends, i.e. before 2027.

Proposals should strike an appropriate geographical balance across Europe.

This topic should involve contributions from the sciences and humanities disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the Commission priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', to implement the EU Green Deal and demonstrated leadership as stipulated in the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, a successful proposal will step up EU support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC 92 to achieve targeted impacts on biodiversity-relevant policies, and to integrate structured policy input into the research cycle. Projects should produce all following outcomes:

1.EU projects and initiatives are aware of and use the knowledge generation, policy support and capacity building functions of IPBES, including the recommendations issued by its task forces (for IPBES and IPCC).

2.better take up IPBES and IPCC findings and conclusions.

3.Resolving shortcomings in the uptake of IPBES assessments in sectorial policy making other than for biodiversity, and business decisions at European, national and local level, when translating its outcomes into options for better protecting and restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services.

Scope: Science-policy interfaces on biodiversity and nature-based solutions have made good progress in the last years, but must be stepped up to achieve the targeted impacts on biodiversity-relevant policies, and to get structured policy input into the research cycle. They are also key in guiding biodiversity governance, and in implementing the EU Green Deal and international conventions. In line with the Commission’s priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', the European Union must take and demonstrate leadership in this field, notably by increasing its support to IPBES -to elevate it to the same level as the IPCC-, and for the Convention on Biological Diversity. Besides economic support, this also includes efforts to create synergies and cooperation between IPBES, regional Multilateral Environmental Agreements, and other relevant research communities to ensure a full coverage of all relevant aspects of biodiversity and ecosystem services in order to underpin the full scope of the post 2020 global biodiversity framework.

This action delivers targeted support to areas of specific interest for European research policy by using IPBES outputs. It also helps European researchers play their role in IPBES assessments, in particular those from southern, central and eastern European countries, and those from the Western Balkans, Central Asia, and from Africa 93 , who remain underrepresented, due to a lack of capacity to participate in meetings, networking or science input at global level. Three major functions of IPBES still need to be further developed to achieve a proper level of uptake in Europe: knowledge generation, policy support and capacity building functions, including the task forces.

The project should cover the following points:

1.providing assistance to the EU and associated countries, and to central Asian and to African researchers, knowledge holders and local communities for input into IPBES and IPCC;

2.networking between scientific disciplines relevant to IPBES and IPCC (e.g. between SSH, STEM);

3.translating IPBES output into EU languages, targeted to a wider readership by the EU public, interest groups, research and innovation projects, policy makers and businesses in cooperation with ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up the new EU biodiversity strategy (‘Science Service’)’;

4.facilitating synergies through cooperation between IPBES and IPCC researchers and relevant regional Multilateral Environment Agreements, such as the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) Air Convention;

5.proposing standards for EU-funded biodiversity projects in applying the relevant work of the IPBES data and knowledge task force;

6.supporting European negotiators at IPBES plenary meetings and inter-sessional work (such as for the review of assessments, the work of task forces and preparation for plenary groups);

7.improving the level of coherence in how the EU and associated countries give input into both, CBD (e.g. SBSTTA/SBI) and IPBES processes in cooperation with ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’.

The project should detail a plan on how the work can be further financed and governed over the medium- and long-term and secure commitments that enable the work to continue after the funding of this topic ends.

Proposals must not develop any new platforms but ensure that all relevant evidence, data and information is accessible through e.g. the Oppla portal and cooperate with existing networks of national platforms 94 . They must also prepare the inclusion of its results to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity according to an agreed format.

The project is to set a clear plan on how it will plan to collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other related topics, such as ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-16: Biodiversity, water, food, energy, transport, climate and health nexus in the context of transformative change’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-21: Impact and dependence of business on biodiversity’, and with the Biodiversity Partnership (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01). This includes links to ESFRI research infrastructures, to test whether they could host predictive models, visualization and analysis of their platform's, early warning systems, to respond to IPBES assessments and CBD requests), by participating in joint activities such as workshops or joint communication and dissemination measures. Proposals should include dedicated tasks and allocate sufficient resources for coordination measures.

This topic should involve the contribution from the social sciences and humanities disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-21: Impact and dependence of business on biodiversity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

Proposals must present an interdisciplinary team of experts, including corporate practitioners, in accounting, ecology, business management and organisation, social, political and environmental economics.

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 95 , the topic aims to support the development of policies, business decisions and knowledge generation, to tackle the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and accelerate biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in businesses and our society.

Successful proposals will help integrate biodiversity into business decisions to improve:

1.public health and well-being and to tackle inequalities, create new jobs and sustainable growth in rural, post-industrial and coastal areas; strengthen resilience against environmental and climate stressors; minimise the risks of future diseases linked to business activities, with disastrous health, economic and social impacts, and

2.corporate decision making and business resilience and to minimise investment risk and thereby play a key role in the sustainable transition of the economy.

Projects should produce all following outcomes:

1.A better understanding and awareness of how businesses depend, and impact upon, biodiversity and ecosystem services, based on past and ongoing knowledge, also from practical business experience (by private companies), to feed into business decision making.

2.Making available knowledge (e.g. meta-studies, publications) for the production of the IPBES methodological assessment on business and biodiversity, which is planned to be adopted in 2024-25, following a fast-track approach. Putting in place capacity building, policy support, and science brokerage of the projects, including after the release dates of the IPBES assessment, through effective and impactful dissemination.

Making accessible scientific evidence that is directly relevant to multiple Sustainable Development Goals, in particular closely related to Goals 9 (build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation), 12 (ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns, i.e., issues of production and efficient use of natural resources), 13 (climate change), 14 (life below water) and 15 (life on land).

Scope: Key economic sectors depend on and have a direct and indirect, positive or negative impact on biodiversity. Biodiversity is directly at the centre of many economic activities, and a healthy biodiverse planet is a precondition for humankind to exist – and thus for businesses to grow and for the economy to recover following a crisis such as the COVID-19 pandemic.

Keeping nature healthy is critical for the economy, both directly and indirectly. The World Economic Forum ranks biodiversity loss and ecosystem collapse as one of the top five threats humankind will face in the next ten years. Businesses rely on biodiversity as inputs into their production processes, with over half of global GDP – some €40 trillion – dependent on nature and the services it provides.

Conversely, if we continue doing business as usual, and contribute to destroying ecosystems, the continued degradation of our natural capital will considerably limit business opportunities and socio-economic development potential. Internalising biodiversity into business decisions can enhance the health and well-being of all people and tackle inequalities, create new jobs and sustainable growth in rural, post-industrial and coastal areas; strengthen resilience against environmental and climate stressors; and minimise the risks of future outbreaks of infectious diseases with disastrous health, economic and social impacts. From the perspective of the private sector companies, integrating natural capital and biodiversity impacts and dependencies will enhance corporate decision making and business resilience as well as minimise investment risks. It will better inform, transform and improve their companies’ sustainable decision-making processes, including by removing key blind spots in company risk assessments.

This means putting together a highly interdisciplinary team of experts, including biodiversity and corporate practitioners. It needs to cover biophysical and socio-economic aspects related to multiple sectors that have different impacts and ways of managing and accounting. Key expertise is needed in accounting, ecology, business management and organisation, social, political and environmental economics. This topic does not cover developing natural capital accounts or measuring biodiversity footprints.

The proposals should cover all of the following points:

1.identifying criteria and indicators for measuring dependence, impact and contribution to the recovery of biodiversity and ecosystem services;

2.developing methods to reduce adverse impacts and related material and reputational risks, and to develop the business case for long-term sustainability, for business sectors in addition to forestry, agriculture and fisheries, tourism, energy and mining, infrastructure and manufacturing and processing, that are directly dependent upon ecosystem services;

3.developing a tool box to measure, assess and monitor the dependence and impact of the business sector on biodiversity, improved risk management linked to biodiversity, and the contribution of business to biodiversity recovery 96 ;

4.assessing the broader impact of businesses on biodiversity, the cumulative impact and the indirect impact from supply chains, trade or substitution effects (such as tele-coupling);

5.collating targets and regulations (at any level within the EU and in associated countries) that stimulate innovation generating a positive impact on biodiversity and on the decoupling of environmental pressures from increased output;

6.promoting (1) business cases that contribute to the conservation, restoration and sustainable use of biodiversity and the wide range of ecosystem services and (2) public accountability, informing regulatory agencies and guiding financial investments and influencing producer, retailer and consumer behaviour. Analysing the added value of creating a Horizon Europe prize 97 for innovative businesses that improve biodiversity and its wide range of ecosystem services, focused on nature-based solutions 98 . Delivering timely input to IPBES assessment on business, and the processes on IPBES objectives for building capacity, strengthening the knowledge basis, supporting policy, and communicating and engaging, on impact and dependence of business on biodiversity, and the relevant IPBES task forces.

Proposals should also show how their results could provide timely information on project outcomes to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and to the Convention on Biological Diversity. Projects are expected to cooperate with projects HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC, HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity and HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-04: Natural capital accounting: Measuring the biodiversity footprint of products and organizations.

Proposals should make available the relevant evidence, data and information via the Oppla portal, and prepare to feed in the uptake of its results according to an agreed format to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity. Collaboration with the Knowledge Centre should also include its stakeholders forum.

The project should set out a clear plan on how it will collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topics, such as HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-16: Biodiversity, water, food, energy, transport, climate and health nexus in the context of transformative change, and with the European partnership on biodiversity HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01 99 , by participating in joint activities such as workshops or communication and dissemination activities. The project should also set out a clear plan on how it will collaborate with key business-related networks that promote the integration of biodiversity into corporate decision making. Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources for these coordination measures.

This topic should involve the contributions from the social science and humanities disciplines.

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 100

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 101

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 22 Jul 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01

COFUND

20.00

20.00

40.00 to 165.00

1

Overall indicative budget

20.00

20.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 40.00 and 165.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

Financial support provided by the
participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 102 does not apply. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 7 000 000 for the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

Total indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 165 million.

Expected Outcome: The partnership is expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

In line with the European Green Deal and the Convention on Biological Diversity, this partnership will contribute to the objectives and targets of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 under the overarching objective that, by 2030, biodiversity in Europe is back on the path to recovery. A successful proposal will contribute to the EU Green Deal priorities, the Birds and Habitats Directives, and to EU climate and agricultural policies. It will help connect biodiversity research across Europe, supporting and raising the ambition of national, EU and international environmental policies and conventions 103 . The expected outcomes of the topic will also contribute to other impacts of Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’, as well as to the Commission priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', and to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 13, 14, 15, 17.

1.Biodiversity research and environmental policy institutions build up coherent initiatives through a co-funded European partnership.

2.National/local and EU research & innovation programmes share information between programmes and with environmental ministries and agencies, combining in-cash and in-kind resources. EU and national/regional biodiversity research agendas from EU Member States and associated countries- are complementary; a long-term pan-European strategic research agenda is co-created and implemented.

3.Biodiversity monitoring in Europe is structured in the form of a network of coordinated observatories providing accessible knowledge on biodiversity and ecosystem services to users via the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

4.The partnership increases the relevance, impact and visibility of R&I and European leadership in tackling the biodiversity crisis.

5.Biodiversity is mainstreamed across sectors and policies across Europe by using tools such as natural capital accounting and by rolling out nature-based solutions, including traditional and new technologies, which provide multifunctional and resilient solutions to complex societal challenges.

Scope: The European partnership on biodiversity ‘Rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth’ is one of the actions included in the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It should coordinate research programmes between EU and its Member States and associated countries and trigger combined action. For the first time, it should mobilise environmental authorities as key partners in carrying out biodiversity research and innovation, along with ministries of research, funding agencies, and environmental protection agencies. The partnership’s co-created strategic research and innovation agenda for seven years should include calls for research projects, biodiversity- and ecosystems monitoring and science-based policy advisory activities.

The partnership and its members should be committed to the Global 2050 Vision of ‘Living in harmony with nature’ adopted under the Convention on Biological Diversity - by 2050, biodiversity and its benefits to people should be protected, valued and restored. The long-term goals in the zero-draft of the post-2020 global biodiversity framework, adding up to this 2050 Vision include:

1.net zero ecosystem loss by 2030, with a decreased risk of species extinction risks decreasing, and an increase in abundance of endangered species and their genetic diversity;

2.rolling out of nature-based solutions at sufficient scale to contribute to people’s and environmental needs across Europe;

3.good biodiversity status fully acknowledged as one of the basis for sustainable development and a green economy, and EU/AC leadership is recognised in this context.

To reach these long-term goals, the Biodiversity Partnership should support the contribution of R&I to the EU biodiversity strategy to 2030 to enable transformative change that puts biodiversity on the path to recovery by 2030, for the benefit of the climate and people.

The partnership should aim to achieve five overarching objectives:

1.Produce actionable knowledge to tackle both the direct and indirect drivers of biodiversity loss; produce knowledge on biodiversity status, trends and dynamics, and in integrating drivers, pressures, impacts and responses; produce knowledge on the trade-offs and synergies between multiple drivers of biodiversity change; and an assessment of new tools and approaches to biodiversity/ecosystem conservation and restoration;

2.Expand and improve the evidence base, accelerate the development and wide deployment of nature-based solutions to meet societal challenges across Europe in a sustainable and resilient way, contributing to protecting biodiversity while tackling multiple challenges such as the climate crisis while improving food and nutrition security, the water supply, addressing flooding and water scarcity, and tackling other societal priorities.

3.Making the business case for the conservation and restoration of ecosystems, by contributing science-based methodologies to account for and possibly value ecosystem services and the natural capital, and to assess the dependency and impact of businesses on biodiversity.

4.Improved monitoring of biodiversity and ecosystem services across Europe (status and trends), building on existing national/regional monitoring schemes, building new capacity for setting up new schemes, promoting new and efficient technologies and experience from processes related to mapping and assessing ecosystems and their services (MAES) with regard to enhancing and standardising tools for mapping and assessment.

5.Science-based support for EU, Member States and associated countries policy-making, including for strengthening and implementing environmental policies and laws, and improving cross-sectoral links synergies with other European sectoral policies. More generally, R&I programmes should be better linked to the policy arena, providing greater input to policy making and improving the assessment of policy efficiency. The European partnership for biodiversity should be implemented through a joint programme of activities ranging from research to coordination and networking, including training, demonstration and dissemination, to be structured along the following main work streams:

6.Actions to promote and support R&I programs and projects across the European Research Area, including launching ambitious joint calls to fund transnational R&I projects and run mobility schemes, for example for young scientists or between academia and business;

7.Actions to build R&I capacity and increase the impact of R&I programmes and projects, including science-based policy support;

8.Actions to support, harmonise and carry out biodiversity monitoring;

9.Measures to improve the uptake, demonstration and rollout of solutions to tackle the above-mentioned objectives of the partnership;

10.Measures to enhance the excellence, visibility and impact of European R&I at international level.

11.Measures to regularly update the partnership vision and strategy.

The composition of the partnership should include at least a geographically representative distribution of national and regional research and innovation authorities and funding agencies, environmental authorities, and environmental agencies from EU Member States, associated countries and their regions. The number of partners and their contribution should be sufficient to attain a critical mass in the field. Partners are expected to provide financial and/or in-kind contribution, in line with the level of ambition of the proposed measures. The partnership should be open to including new partners over the lifetime of the partnership. Its governance should create a clear and transparent process for engaging with a broad range of stakeholders, together with the full members of the partnership, to ensure that the work strategically covers a wide range of views in the field of biodiversity, nature-based solutions and ecosystem services throughout the lifetime of the partnership. To ensure that all work streams are coherent and complementary, and to leverage knowledge investment potential, the partnership is expected to foster close cooperation and synergies with the Horizon Missions on Soils; Ocean, seas and waters; Climate Adaptation and Cities; and with the future European Partnerships Agroecology, Urban Transitions, Agriculture of Data, Water, Blue Economy, and Circular/Bio-based economy. The partnership should collaborate closely with the EC ‘Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity’ 104 recently launched by the EC to build the expertise in Europe to inform, track and assess progress in implementing the EU 2030 biodiversity strategy and to underpin further biodiversity policy developments. It should also cooperate with the Science Service project under Horizon Europe 105 , which is embedded into the EC ‘Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity’ and aims to facilitate the inclusion of research results into action to implement biodiversity policies.

The partnership should allocate resources to cooperate with existing projects, initiatives, platforms, science-policy interfaces, institutional processes at EU level, and at other levels where relevant to the partnership’s goals. Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals that provide grants to third parties.

Applicants are expected to describe in detail how they would carry out this collaborative work in practice. Given the global dimension of biodiversity, membership and other modalities of participation from institutions in non-EU countries is encouraged. In particular, the participation of legal entities from international countries and/or regions including those not automatically eligible for funding is encouraged in the joint calls.

Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals that provide grants to third parties.

Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary channels under this action to enable the partnership to achieve its objectives. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 7 million for the whole duration of Horizon Europe. It is expected that the partnership organises joint calls on an annual base from 2022-2027 and therefore it should factor ample time to run the co-funded projects.

This topic should involve contributions from the social sciences and humanities disciplines.

The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 106

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 107

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01

RIA

14.00

4.00 to 14.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-02

IA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03

CSA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-04

IA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-05

RIA

16.00

Around 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-06

RIA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-07

RIA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-08

RIA

12.00

Around 3.00

4

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-09

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

95.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Understanding biodiversity decline

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01: Observing and mapping biodiversity and ecosystems, with particular focus on coastal and marine ecosystems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 14.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all types of ecosystems, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but with at least two-third of the topic budget to projects highest ranked within marine/coastal ecosystems, and one third of the topic budget to the highest ranked projects within the terrestrial/freshwater ones, provided that the applications attain all thresholds

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, successful proposals will contribute to all the following expected outcomes notably to better understand biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations:

1.Next generation fit for purpose and user friendly, validated and integrated coastal, marine and terrestrial biodiversity observation, mapping and monitoring tools (from remote sensing to eDNA, AI, robotics and citizen science framework) that provide data to feed models of prediction of biodiversity (for global and regional scales to define and update ecosystem-based management approaches).

2.Fulfil the objectives of the Global Biodiversity Observation Network (The Group on Earth Observations Biodiversity Observation Network – GEOBON, MBON, GOOS)

3.Empowering ocean observations (e.g., citizen science framework, robotics, artificial intelligence, big data analytics) and robust science-based thinking at national and international levels will promote science diplomacy and wider societal actions to support responsible and sustainability thereby enhancing ocean governance

4.Coastal, marine and terrestrial biological processes and biodiversity are integrated into national, regional (including EU and AC sea basins), and global observation systems. Reliable and affordable methods for monitoring water quality in line with the MSFD and WFD, which would generate information that is geo referenced and available more in real time.

5.In line with the targets of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, contribute to establish a network of effectively and equitably managed, ecologically representative, protected areas and/or other area-based effective conservation measures.

6.“Blue Carbon” balance model in the different marine ecosystems for possible use for carbon offsetting and for Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC)

Scope: Better biodiversity observations are needed to assess the health of ecosystems and the impact of measures derived from EU policies, and to feed data into models for the predictions of effects and the development of management measures for the implementation of EU policies.

Observation and mapping of coastal and marine biodiversity are key tools to manage and share the “ocean commons” in a fair and responsible way under the present global challenges and rapid environmental changes. They also help ensure that the benefits derived from the exploitation of ocean resources can be sustainably managed and equitably shared. The distribution of these “ocean commons” is changing. The melting polar ice caps, stagnation in wild seafood provisioning opportunities, emergence of harmful pathogens and parasites, and previously inaccessible ocean spaces (e.g. the deep sea) now increasingly within human reach, are challenges that need to be addressed by responsible ocean governance to reduce the potential for conflicts at all levels and ensure human well-being. Current knowledge on how to relate and govern marine natural resources and associated societal changes is fragmented, and observations of resource distribution, use, state and dynamics are scant and insufficiently accessible. We need to advance observations to support modelling of the complex links between marine ecosystems and societal developments to forecast, manage and mitigate these changes.

Adequate scientific knowledge is also fundamental to protect and restore favourable conservation status of habitats and species under EU nature legislation, notably the Birds and Habitats Directive and good ecological status under the Water Framework Directive. Reliable data and knowledge are necessary inter alia to define protected areas in line with the EU biodiversity strategy and its underlying legislation, to develop conservation objectives, conservation and restoration measures, to define the conservation status and to undertake environmental impact assessments.

In order to do so, projects are expected to encompass all of the following aspects:

1.Use of satellite and drone images (earth observation) to assess pressures on freshwater, coastal and marine ecosystems (fragmentation, hydromorphological changes, etc.);

2.Develop eDNA protocols complementing established biological indicators to monitor ecological status, in the context of the Water Framework Directive.

3.New platforms and integration of variety of sensors in situ, autonomous unmanned vehicles, acoustic monitoring, satellite applications, holistic approaches (e.g., systems biology, meta-omics, and ecosystem approaches) and novel theoretical frameworks linking evolutionary theory and oceanography as well as marine social sciences and humanities can provide an integrated framework to inform decision making, particularly in inherently dynamic coastal ecosystems.

4.Where relevant, creating links, contributing to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), European Space Agency Earth Observation Programme and in particular the flagship actions on biodiversity and ocean health of the EC-ESA Joint Earth system science initiative, is expected.

5.Contribute to improving the knowledge on marine and terrestrial habitats and species protected under the Birds and Habitats Directive.

6.Contribute to improving the knowledge on how invasive alien species interact with local biodiversity to better feed policies on their prevention, eradication and management In line with EU Regulation 1143/2014 on invasive alien species,

7.Implement the Essential Ocean Variables for sustained observations of marine biodiversity and ecosystem changes identified by the Global Ocean Observing System (GOOS).

8.The projects should benefit from the large datasets recovered from the long-term environmental monitoring conducted through the national and European dedicated Research Infrastructures (e.g. eLTER).

9.Technical, theoretical and practical development and validation for the use of environmental DNA (eDNA), combined with other ocean data (both biotic and abiotic). These approaches promise leaps in our ability to sample ecosystem-wide data at increasingly low costs.

10.Investigate all key processes (ecological and anthropogenic) controlling the fate of carbon and its sequestration in marine and costal ecosystems. Evaluate the “Blue Carbon” balance in the different marine ecosystems through high-resolution mapping and modelling of marine ecosystems of the European EEZ, characterised by habitats, species, processes and functions, from deep sea, offshore to coastal.

11.The tools, models and geo-referenced information systems that should be designed should be focused on user needs and designed with user experience.

12.Standardised minimum set of Essential Ocean and Biodiversity Variables (EOVs / EBVs)

13.Contribution to enhancing the overall societal and public understanding of link between biodiversity and ecosystem functioning through education and training (school & adult education, citizen science platforms)

14.All the marine observations connected though these actions should be incorporated into EMODnet.

15.Cooperation with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity and other relevant existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms 108 .

16.Contribute to the free and open access to biodiversity data of the Global Biodiversity Information Facility.

17.Opportunities for cooperation with relevant projects, such as EUROPABON 109 awarded under the call ‘SC5-33-2020: Monitoring ecosystems through research, innovation and technology’ or the projects resulting from topics under the Heading ‘Understanding biodiversity decline’ in Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ and from Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ (Carbon cycle and natural processes) and Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’ (environmental observation) should be identified. Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the European co-funded partnership on biodiversity 110 (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) and other relevant Horizon Europe missions and partnerships. Proposals should outline a plan on how they intend to collaborate with other projects selected and with the mentioned initiatives, by participating in e.g. joint activities, workshops, common communication and dissemination activities, etc. Applicants should allocate the necessary budget to cover the plan. Relevant activities of the plan will be set out and carried out in close co-operation with relevant Commission services, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

18.This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

19.In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-02: Building taxonomic research capacity near biodiversity hotspots and for protected areas by networking natural history museums and other taxonomic facilities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Capacity-building actions and local nodes may be supported through grants to third parties. In this case, the proposal must define the process of selecting entities for which financial support will be granted, within open calls for tenders to be evaluated in a fair and transparent process. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000, as building capacity near biodiversity hotspots is a key activity of the action. Maximum 30% of the requested EU contribution may be allocated to this purpose.

Expected Outcome: In supporting the implementation of the Green Deal, the EU 2030 biodiversity strategy and the Birds and Habitats Directives, successful proposals will contribute to increasing and transferring local taxonomic knowledge, innovation and expertise across Europe, in particular for endangered species and other relevant groups of species, to better understand and address biodiversity decline, its main direct drivers and their interrelations.

Successful proposals must address all the following outcomes:

1.Increased local taxonomic knowledge and expertise across Europe, in particular for endangered species and other species groups of particular interest, through a network of expert trainers.

2.National reference collections for pollinators (bee, butterfly, moth and hoverfly specimens).

3.Better taxonomic research capacity and reinforced digital networking, in particular near biodiversity hotspots and for protected areas, and access to materials, resources, advice, and professional expertise and infrastructures from museums and other taxonomic facilities, such as botanical gardens, herbaria, natural history collections, and biodiversity research centres.

4.New taxonomy methods and technologies are put to use and tested in situ, in particular, generation of reference datasets linking DNA data and voucher specimens, and identification methodologies and digital applications, including 2D and 3D specimen digitalization. Knowledge and tools are generated and shared among central and local taxonomy nodes in the network, as well as with citizen scientists and end-users worldwide.

5.Strategic opportunities to promote integrative taxonomy in professional careers and academic curricula are identified. Pilot actions to address the current shortage of taxonomists are initiated.

Scope: Professional taxonomists are highly specialised and skilled experts, traditionally working in academia or curating collections in natural history museums, herbaria, botanical garden or biobanks. European collections hold and document 80% of the worlds’ described biodiversity. Today, this expertise is increasingly required by decision-makers at local and regional levels to plan and implement conservation efforts, establish protected areas, combat invasive species, sustainably manage forests, fields and seas, and many other aspects of ecological, economic and societal importance. There are millions of species still undescribed and there are far too few taxonomists to do the job: global biodiversity is being lost at an unprecedented rate because of human activities, and, paradoxically, many species are disappearing at the same rate to the decline of the number of experts who are able to document that disappearance.

EU Member States and associated countries, often lack permanent taxonomic capacity in the field, in particular near biodiversity hotspots and protected areas. They could greatly benefit from professional expertise, networking and infrastructures from natural history museums and other taxonomic facilities, such as botanical gardens or biobanks, and centres integrating new genome- and image-based technologies to advance taxonomy, contributing at the same time with adequate in situ conservation monitoring, data and samples.

Building on expert findings and recommendations, the taxonomic network should develop a plan to strengthen taxonomic expertise in Europe, promote taxonomy and its applications in official curricula and businesses, and develop plans for international cooperation. Expert taxonomy trainers across Europe 111 should train a network of ‘followers’, by creating simple-to-use identification guides and methodologies, training programmes, online tools and activities adapted to local needs and resources (by area and by taxa of particular importance, such as endemic, locally-threatened species, those in the Red List, or intra-specific diversity). The strategy of promoting integrative taxonomy should also account of the publication gap in taxonomic journals, discouraging specialists in academic competitions. For example, strategies should encourage the engagement of taxonomists in wide ecological research projects, and identify relevant opportunities in the private sector, securing their career development. The project should also lead with guidance, resources and expertise to establish or improve national reference collections for pollinators in all European countries (bee, butterfly, moth, and hoverfly and beetle specimens), as well as for soil fauna (mites, springtails, woodlices, millipedes and earthworms) and freshwater taxa including invasive alien species in all European countries. This should be carried out in collaboration with projects resulting from topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-02: ‘Data and technologies for the inventory, fast identification and monitoring of endangered wildlife and other species groups’.

The network should also support, guide and supervise the establishment of adequate facilities in a pilot number of local nodes (such as wet labs, connected computer data nodes and remote communications). For this purpose, proposals can include financial support to third parties in the form of grants. A maximum of EUR 200 000 per third party could be granted. The consortium need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support will be granted. A maximum of 30% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

Successful proposals should also promote the effective development of European infrastructures, such as LifeWatch ERIC, the future DiSSCo’s digitalised collections, or eLTER, and application of advanced taxonomic technologies (such as eDNA, genomics, AI).

The action should also seek to involve amateur taxonomists, reach for citizen scientists with tools and networks, produce/update a strategic mapping and agenda for taxonomic expertise in Europe, and identify gaps and needs for future actions. Gender aspects should be addressed both in amateur and professional taxonomy communities and the biogeographical approach needs to be taken into account.

Valuing and restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: This topic aims to support the development of policies, business models and market conditions to scale up and speed up the implementation of nature-based solutions (NBS) 112 . It will contribute to deploying NBS more widely and to fully reaping their economic, social and environmental benefits in order to build a competitive sustainability in Europe and to tackle climate change. NBS contribute to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and other Green Deal priorities, by supporting biodiversity and vital ecosystem services: climate change mitigation and improving carbon sinks, biomass provision, access to fresh water, clean soil, healthy diets and lifestyles and sustainable food systems. Deploying NBS will also create green jobs and build resilience to climate change and natural disasters.

Successful proposals must contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Broad and effective community of innovators in the EU and associated countries, practitioners and developers of NBS – including but not limited to Horizon 2020/Horizon Europe projects – engaged across communities of science, business, policy and practice, and from local to global level;

2.Better engagement, with public authorities, private sector and society at large for implementing and investing in NBS;

3.Establish European NBS “quality brand” with an underlying, comprehensive and agreed vision and agenda, to position and promote EU excellence in NBS innovation;

4.Improve cooperation and synergies with key strategic international partners and collaboration with CEN/CENELEC to develop European and international standards and foster the emergence of a global market for NBS;

5.Consolidate NBS knowledge across sectors and disciplines through regional and Europe-wide transdisciplinary collaboration, advisory services, awareness raising, knowledge transfer and skills development.

Scope: Nature-based solutions (NBS) deliver multiple ecosystem services to address diverse societal challenges with a systemic and innovative approach. An effective multi-stakeholder platform is needed to support and consolidate the understanding of NBS and to promote their use and speed up market up-take and wider implementation.

Such a platform enables: a) dialogue, interactions, knowledge and information sharing; b) integration of EU project results and platforms; and c) collaboration and think-and-do-tanks among relevant stakeholders (science, public administration, professional organizations, businesses and investors, civil society).

NetworkNature 113 , a CSA funded under Horizon 2020’s Societal Challenge 5 (WP 2019) that is due to end in 2022, is in the process of creating this platform. The Oppla 114 portal is developing the underlying EU NBS knowledge repository, supporting access, sharing NBS knowledge more widely, including from EU-funded NBS projects, to already engaged and new target audiences, such as the finance and investment sector and the wider public.

This topic aims to maintain and build upon the achievements of NetworkNature and Oppla. The successful proposal should further develop and consolidate an engaged, broad and effective European community of innovators, practitioners and developers to promote the design, deployment, out- and up-scaling of NBS at the European and global scale, while recognising regional and national specificities, contexts and needs.

The successful proposal should undertake continuous and strategically driven stakeholder dialogue and facilitate sharing of practice, experience and expertise related to all NBS-relevant aspects, across multiple scales and sectors. Actions should cover social, economic, financial, environmental, educational, institutional, regulatory and cultural aspects; in particular:

1.Improve engagement, strengthened ties and new partnerships with public authorities, the private and financing sector and society at large to implement and invest in NBS, based on a high level of awareness about their advantages in order to widen the uptake of these solutions;

2.Maintain and further develop an online open source stakeholder platform that facilitates the interactions within and between NBS knowledge holders and implementers;

3.Identify, evaluate, standardise and gather tools, mechanisms and advisory services that support different actors in NBS in a one-stop-shop, aiming at supplying offers to match the needs which are brought forward;

4.Build on NetworkNature's business plan, to make such a platform financially self-sustainable by the end of the project, and emphasise payback models and payable advisory services;

5.Maintain and support established NBS hubs and establish new ones; support and advise on communication and outreach campaigns and regular events in all Member States, involving international networks and environmental communicators and targeting all relevant stakeholders involved in the NBS value chain, including the scientific community;

6.Develop a ready-to-use communication toolbox in all EU official languages for regional and local authorities to better communicate about NBS and their benefits, namely in terms of economic growth and job creation;

7.Facilitate the clustering of current and upcoming EU-funded NBS relevant research and innovation projects and promote the uptake of their results in further EU or national initiatives (e.g. in projects resulting from the LIFE programme or cohesion policy);

8.Assist the Commission in organising science-policy workshops and assessing the contribution of NBS to global and EU policies, notably related to the EU Green Deal. These include biodiversity, pollution, climate adaptation and mitigation, water, agriculture and forestry, as well as urban and regional development, health, transformative change and just transitions;

9.Facilitate the development of guidelines for practitioners with state-of-the-art NBS design practices and protocols; Collaborate with CEN/CENELEC to develop European standards, making sure these guidelines are accessible to all users;

10.Help to the develop and mainstream NBS-related professional training and include it in primary, secondary and higher-education curricula 115 ;

11.Develop mechanisms for capacity building and knowledge sharing across disciplines, the involving EU and MS/AC-wide professional organisations. Include partner organisations across EU Member States to ease dissemination of NBS knowledge at local and Europe-wide level ;

12.Promote international cooperation with key strategic partners and sharing best practice, in particular with – but not limited to –Latin American and Caribbean countries, the USA and Africa;

13.Support a dialogue between cities implementing NBS (e.g. through twinning, peer exchanges, etc.) to encourage NBS knowledge sharing, experience exchange and access to best practices in the Member States; and establish links with other networking initiatives such as ICLEI, or the Covenant of Mayors;

14.Further develop and maintain existing databases of facts and figures on NBS cost-effectiveness, including in monetised form, and according to NBS typology and challenges addressed by NBS, for improved communication and outreach;

15.Identify specific areas and priorities where further research and innovation and educational development are needed to more widely implement, exploit benefits and market acceptance of NBS.

The proposals must address all of the above points and should ensure that all evidence and information will be accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for NBS) 116 .

Applicants should create links with projects under the same topic and other relevant ongoing or up-coming projects, notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06: Nature-based solutions, prevention and reduction of risks and the insurance sector’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions’. To this end, proposals should include specific tasks and sufficient resources for coordination measures, envisage joint activities and joint deliverables.

Collaboration with the Biodiversity Partnership (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01) is expected in the context of strengthening the knowledge base for assessing, developing and deploying nature-based solutions.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-04: Natural capital accounting: Measuring the biodiversity footprint of products and organizations

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: In keeping with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 the successful proposal is expected to contribute to measuring and integrating the value of nature into public and business decision making at all levels for the protection and restoration of ecosystems and their services.

Successful proposals will contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Change the way in which EU and associated countries organizations and companies allocate capital or influence their activities to promote a sustainable management by mainstreaming the use of corporate natural capital accounting.

2.Integrate biodiversity and ecosystem considerations into business decision-making at different levels by measuring the biodiversity footprint of products and organisations through improving, developing and implementing standardised methods, criteria and standards that focus on essential features of biodiversity, ecosystems services, values, and sustainable use.

3.Improve corporate biodiversity disclosure through innovative approaches to foster principles of biodiversity data transparency to accurately report on biodiversity, ecosystems and services.

4.Demonstrate innovative solutions for valuing business impacts and dependencies in biodiversity and ecosystem and how this ends up in risks and opportunities for businesses private decision-making.

5.Explore solutions to decrease the biodiversity footprint of retailers in global value chains.

Scope: The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 recognises that biodiversity considerations need to be better integrated into public and business decision-making at all levels. This should include measuring the environmental footprint of products and organisations on the environment, through life-cycle approaches complemented and eventually integrated by natural capital accounting. In this context, the Commission will support the establishment of an international natural capital accounting initiative.

Natural capital accounting has potential in providing a meaningful basis for business performance reporting by explicitly mapping out impacts and/or dependencies on natural resources and placing a monetary value on them. Specific examples include business accounting and reporting and the disclosure of non-financial reporting and accounting directives.

The successful proposal should develop, take up or demonstrate in real settings standardised natural capital accounting practices to support companies to measure, value and synthetise biodiversity and ecosystem risks assessment, notably in a way that is suitable for routine consideration in business and economy decision-making (including at executive level). It should also mainstream environmental footprints methods for instance through quantifying the environmental impacts of products, or supply and value chains, business models or organisations based the Commission Organisation Environmental Footprint (OEF) and the Product Environmental Footprint (PEF).

The successful proposal should contribute to the alignment of natural capital accounting between the public and private sectors and to explore how the links to link the collection and use of statistics and data for natural capital accounting. It should also address the obstacles businesses are facing, in particular on data collection and improving the access and utility of European environmental data sets at different levels (i.e.: national statistical offices, environmental agencies, corporate reports) allowing better corporate and national data integration for economic and financial decision making.

The successful proposal should work on methodologies for companies to set science-based biodiversity targets. It should also address the specific decision-making needs of corporates and financial service provider to allow a specific and meaningful linkage with the macro-economic perspective and the ecological concept of planetary boundaries at the scale of decision to be taken at corporate level enabling to assess and understand to corporate safe operating space.

The successful proposal should develop and test concrete natural capital accounting and reporting frameworks for business performance with respect to biodiversity and ecosystem services reporting. This should include explicit mapping of the impacts and/or dependencies on natural resources and placing a monetary value on them. Specific examples should include business accounting, reporting, and the disclosure of non-financial reporting.

The successful proposal should explore to which extent the System of Environmental-Economic Accounting / Experimental Ecosystem Accounting (SEEA EEA) framework in its current form is useful for natural capital assessment and natural capital accounting by businesses. This should be done both in terms of methodological approach and data collection o the opportunities for adapting the SEEA EEA framework to make it more tailored to the business needs or the extent to which national statistical offices can benefit from data collection by businesses.

The successful proposal should develop and test concrete natural capital accounting basis for business performance on biodiversity and ecosystem services reporting by explicitly mapping out impacts and/or dependencies on natural resources and placing a monetary value on them. Specific examples should include business accounting, reporting, and the disclosure of non-financial reporting.

The successful proposal should support the European contribution to a globally consistent approach to account for ecosystems and their value. The proposal should ensure that the EU continues to play a lead role in international environmental affairs through its support for effective measures, international standards and accounting relating to natural capital.

The successful proposal should improve the access and utility of European environmental data sets at different levels (i.e: national statistical offices, environmental agencies, corporate reports) allowing better corporate and national data integration for economic and financial decision making.

The successful proposal should support developing and testing natural capital and biodiversity based business models. These are expected to invest in nature for the benefit of biodiversity, ecosystems functioning and ecosystem services and address the challenge to turn the value of ecosystem into a revenue stream. The successful proposal should help making natural capital and biodiversity based business models bankable, thereby enabling private investments in nature conservation. In other words, ‘how to facilitate making money with nature by enhancing ecosystem conditions but not by exploiting it to the detriment of nature’.

The successful proposal should therefore take stock and establish links with the work undertaken by ongoing initiatives, European and national platforms on business and biodiversity, the Natural Capital Protocol, Value balancing alliance, the Knowledge Innovation Project KIP INCA and other Horizon 2020 related projects 117 .

The successful proposal should support the practical implementation of corporate reporting obligations such as under the EU Non-Financial Reporting Directive (2014/95/EU) 118 or of the EU Taxonomy on Sustainable Finance.

Applicants should create synergies with relevant projects under this call (‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-07: Ecosystems and their services for an evidence-based policy and decision-making’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-17: Policy mixes, governance (including financing) and decision-making tools for transformative action for biodiversity’ the EU Biodiversity Partnership and the Science Service. To this end, proposals should include specific tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, and, where possible, envisage joint activities and joint deliverables.

The proposal should set practical policy recommendations for the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 targets and commitments. Proposals should contribute to strategic dialogue with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity forum and ensure that all evidence, results, data and information will be accessible and interoperable with the KCBD 119 .

In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic should include the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities disciplines.

Managing biodiversity in primary production

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-05: Intercropping – understanding and using the benefits of complexity in farming and value chains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals
must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, successful proposals will promote diversification in agriculture as a means to increase the resilience of the sector vis-a-vis variable environmental, climatic and economic conditions. By promoting biodiversity, proposals will address consumer demands for more diversified and sustainable production in agriculture.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Integration of knowledge from diverse disciplines (e.g. ecology, agronomy, genetics, physiology as well as social sciences) to better understand, assess and use ecological processes which underpin the multiple benefits arising from intercropping;

2.Better understand the barriers for the adoption of intercropping by farmers;

3.Optimised, field-tested and ready-to-use agronomic practices for intercropping applicable to various conditions across Europe;

4.More wide-spread practical expertise of intercropping amongst advisors and farmers;

5.Increased evidence and appreciation of the beneficial effects of intercropping on crop quality and product quality along with wider benefits for biodiversity, soil health, water quality and reduced GHG and air pollution emissions;

6.Demonstration of the economic avenues and benefits of diversified production for the farming sector and related value chains.

In the long(er) term:

1.More sustainable, biodiverse and resilient farming ensuring the continued delivery of a larger range of food and non-food products along with multiple ecosystems services;

2.Stronger links between the various operators in value chains and increased economic avenues for the farming sector;

3.Better appreciation by the wider public of the benefits of intercropping and diversification in general.  

Scope: Farmers face increasing pressure to shift production towards lower input systems, while continuing to ensure sufficient supplies of food and non-food products. The Green Deal in particular has set ambitious targets to reduce by 2030 the overall use of chemical pesticides and fertilisers, reduce nutrient losses and increase organic farming 120 .

Species rich production systems such as intercropping 121 have shown significant potential to increase resource efficiency and resilience against biotic and abiotic stresses, thereby allowing to deliver yield gains without increased inputs, or stabilise yields with decreased inputs. Diversified farming systems making use of strategic intercrops can also improve soil health and deliver multiple ecosystem services.

The benefits of intercropping are the result of highly dynamic interactions between plants and their environment and allow to optimise the use of resources such as nutrients, water or solar radiation. Despite these benefits, intercropping is not widely applied in European agriculture, due e.g. to an increased complexity of operations and labour intensity at farm level or a market pulls for more standardised products and processing as well as for simplified modes of marketing,

Activities should:

1.Study the (context specific) mechanisms that underpin the benefits associated with intercropping such as enhanced resource efficiency, disease and pest avoidance and product quality;

2.Elucidate the links between above- and below-ground species interactions and how these could be optimised through management;

3.Provide evidence on the effects of intercropping on product quality down the value chain;

4.Identify, test and demonstrate agronomic practices that promote benefits from intercropping by optimising the interactions between plants, environment and management (G x G x E x M) , including the use of inputs and adapted machinery such as precision tools;

5.Explore farmers’ the motivation to adopt intercropping practices and propose solutions to overcome potential barriers;

6.Promote the uptake of intercropping through the development of guidelines and wide-spread practical demonstrations taking into account a range of farming systems, pedo-climatic conditions and value chains;

7.Identify and test avenues for marketing and processing of more diverse farming outputs across the value chain.

Result of activities should benefit both conventional and organic agriculture. International co-operation is strongly encouraged in particular with countries where intercropping is more widely applied, yet would benefit from further optimisation.

Activities must implement the multi-actor approach, thus ensure an adequate involvement of advisors, farmers, other players in the value chain and consumers. Communication and outreach to a wide range of stakeholders is essential.

This topic should include the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and other relevant topics, e.g. by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-06: Monitoring and effective measures for agrobiodiversity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the 2030 biodiversity strategy and other policies such as the common agricultural policy (CAP), successful proposals will contribute to the take up of practices in agriculture that promote biodiversity as well as to effective monitoring of farmland biodiversity to maintain and re-establish biotopes and habitats.

Projects should address all of the following outcomes:

1.Methods and tools for a systematic monitoring of in situ biodiversity of agricultural areas, considering above ground and soil biodiversity;

2.Enhanced methods and indicators to evaluate the impact of agricultural practices and in particular CAP agri-environment measures or ecoschemes on above and below ground biodiversity;

3.Increased access to information on carbon- and nature-rich areas;

4.More effective farm advisory systems in relation to biodiversity issues and providing special advice for farmers including those operating in Natura 2000 sites

In the longer term:

1.More effective agri-environment measures, improving both above- and below ground biodiversity in agricultural areas along with an increased uptake of agroforestry measures under rural development programmes.

Scope: The EU biodiversity strategy 2030 underlines the role of farmers in preserving biodiversity while at the same time indicating that certain agricultural practices are a key driver for biodiversity decline.

According to the latest State of Nature Report (EEA, 2020), many terrestrial habitats are severely impacted by agriculture, especially grasslands and freshwater habitats, heath and scrub, and bogs, mires and fens playing important role in soil carbon sequestration. This is also the case for most of the species groups, including reptiles, molluscs, amphibians, arthropods, vascular plants and breeding birds.

Grasslands as one of the most species-rich habitats in Europe, are among the habitats with the highest share of assessments showing a bad conservation status (49 %), accompanied by deteriorating soil properties.

Farmland birds and insects, particularly pollinators, and soil microbiota are key indicators of the health of agroecosystems and are vital for agricultural production and food security. The biodiversity strategy aims to bring back at least 10% of agricultural area under high-diversity landscape features. These include, amongst others buffer strips, rotational or non-rotational fallow land, hedges, non-productive trees, terrace walls, and ponds. Such measures help enhance carbon sequestration, prevent soil erosion and depletion, filter air and water, and support climate adaptation.

The EU Birds and Habitats Directive aims at reaching favourable conservation status of wild birds as well as of those species and habitats covered in the annexes of the Habitats Directive. However, there are many data gaps to identify species’ requirements and to monitor population trends over time for those species dependent on agricultural habitats. This hampers the design of appropriate agro-ecological conservation measures and the proper implementation of the Directives. It is therefore necessary to monitor the diversity and area of habitats for farmland-dependent species, in space and time, in order to maintain and re-establish biotopes and habitats.

Projects should:

1.Map carbon and nature rich areas and analyse the effects of agricultural practices on biodiversity;

2.Monitor the diversity and area of habitats for farmland-dependent species, in space and time;

3.Develop and test effective agri-environment measures as well as indicators and monitoring tools to determine the effectiveness of conservation measures for species and their habitats in the agricultural context;

4.Develop and demonstrate practical examples of agro-forestry systems and how these can be promoted through rural development programmes.

Activities should be carried across a range of climatic/biogeographical regions in the EU and Associated Countries.

The project needs to take account of already existing European species action plans, such as the Turtle Dove action plan and the EU Wet Grassland Wader action plan. Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the Biodiversity Partnership and other relevant Horizon Europe missions and partnerships.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-07: Protection and sustainable management of forest genetic resources of high interest for biodiversity, climate change adaptation, and forest reproductive materials

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity and climate change objectives, successful proposals will support the protection and sustainable use of forest genetic resources by contributing to a better insight into the characteristics of genetic resources in the climate change context, adaptive and biodiversity supporting practices in forestry and the enhancement of Europe’s ambition in the international biodiversity agenda and international conventions.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved cooperation and knowledge sharing on deploying and conserving forest genetic resources in Europe;

2.Better conservation of unique tree lineages for forest ecosystem restoration and management;

3.Sustainable use of genetic resources within the forest community in a climate change context;

4.Efficient implementation of the Access and Benefit Sharing Regulation in the EU.

Scope: Diversity of forest genetic resources provides the adaptive potential for tree species and populations to cope with climatic changes and future challenges. The adaptive potential of forests depends on their demographic history and the forces of natural selection. It also depends on forestry activities and the choice of species and populations that show better potential for adaptation to climate change or to subsequent effects of climate change. Provenance trials and common garden trials allow for the assessment of phenotypic responses in various environmental conditions and genomic backgrounds and therefore, genotype X environment interactions. New provenance trials in new environments including populations from range and habitat margins, coupled with genomic analysis of the provenances should provide insights to improve adaptive forest management.

Proposals should:

1.Conduct research and networking on provenance trials or common gardens, with new trials and reassessment of older provenance tests using phenotypic traits related to climate change adaptation. This analysis should guide adaptive forest management to choose appropriate forest reproductive material, including its use through assisted migration. This may also lead to a requirement for research into adaptive silvicultural management of stands to support the efficient and sustainable deployment of forest genetic resources.

2.Evaluate the impact of forestry activities on forest genetic diversity, develop new cultural trajectories to protect and sustainably use forest genetic resources in naturally regenerated forests, and quantify the ecosystem services provided by forest genetic resources.

3.Focus on methods and strategies to breed forest reproductive material with a higher genetic diversity, to diversify tree species composition when establishing new forests and regenerating existing forests. Biomass properties, essential for wood-based products as well as properties related to resilience to climate change induced disturbances, need to be safeguarded or enhanced in the new reproductive material.

4.Develop methods and tools to expand the production capacity of nurseries and the diversity of forest reproductive material produced to anticipate and mitigate the impact of extreme weather events, stimulate the development of nurseries in regions where forest reproductive material with useful characteristics is available, establish an EU network of forest nurseries assisting each other with the provision of forest reproductive material, and ensure the traceability of the material from the nursery to the final planting site.

5.Expand the EU Forest Reproductive Material Information System (FOREMATIS) and link it with existing information systems to provide information on genetic conservation units with useful properties, to serve as a decision-support tool on where to best source and/or plant forest reproductive material. This would take into account current/future climatic conditions, and create an archive for future generations that should allow the tracking of exact planting site and performance of forest reproductive material.

6.Cover different climate/biogeographical regions in Europe.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Enabling transformative change on biodiversity

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-08: Assessing the nexus of extraction, production, consumption, trade and behaviour patterns and of climate change action on biodiversity in the context of transformative change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal must develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society.

Projects must address all of the following outcomes:

1.Economically, socially, ethically and institutionally viable and sustainable pathways are designed to minimise biodiversity loss or to enhance biodiversity. These pathways should consider mutually influencing extraction, production, consumption, trade patterns in the medium- and long-term (beyond 2030).

2.Improve understanding of the human dimensions impacting biodiversity i.e. ethics, social context, institutions, organisation, behaviour will provide policy makers, industrial stakeholders and civil society the tools needed to reframe their actions, by highlighting the synergies of mainstreaming biodiversity with climate transitions, including on how to avoid or minimise trade-offs.

3.Better understand social norms and behaviours, linked to socio-economic values (e.g. ethics, social context of individuals, consumers, institutions, organisations, industry) affecting biodiversity.

4.Inform and motivate transformational change through learning, co-creation and dialogue based on case studies. The understanding of the biodiversity inter-dependencies of the SDGs has improved; IPBES and IPCC are strengthened through European research and innovation. Provide a set of approaches, tools and knowledge influence policies at the appropriate level on transformative change for biodiversity – the key elements for this change are delivered by the portfolio of cooperating projects (of which these projects form part).

With focus on assessing the nexus of extraction, production (including processing), consumption, trade and behaviour patterns, including transformative changes for climate change on biodiversity for the EU and Associated Countries, international cooperation in particular with African countries, Brazil, Latin American and Caribbean countries or the Mediterranean region is strongly encouraged.

Scope: Proposals should address all the following points:

1.Assess how extraction, production, processing, consumption, trade, behaviour patterns, especially linked to primary production (e.g. livestock with/or energy crops, etc. including through tele-coupling from consumption and all along supply chains), integrated food systems, and transformative changes towards climate neutrality, affect biodiversity and ecosystem services.

2.Develop pathways together with key industries and key stakeholders to minimise loss of, and enhance biodiversity, whilst increasing the delivery of a wide range of ecosystem services. These industries cover food, feed, fibre, energy production and the wider food chain (related to bio-economy, renewable energies, infrastructure, technologies) 122 , and the deployment of climate mitigation and adaptation measures potentially harmful for biodiversity (e.g. concrete walls in coastal areas, replacement of biodiversity rich ecosystems for energy crops, etc.).

3.Identify and address leverage points for transformational change in trade, triggering changes in established and new production and consumption patterns for new business models.

4.Highlight the potential of (1) public procurement for delivering biodiversity benefits and (2) nature-based solutions for enabling and accelerating the relevant aspects of transformative change.

5.Quantify investments into infrastructure and labour that could be shifted from impacting biodiversity negatively towards benefits for biodiversity, including the anticipation, mitigation and management of social, institutional and economic conflicts this may trigger (or decrease), to achieve a just transition process.

6.Understand and engage communities and other social actors, including through citizens science, and initiate behavioural changes leading to production and consumption patterns preventing further biodiversity loss.

7.Cooperate with ongoing activities to include biodiversity into integrated assessment models 123 and analyse the usability of existing and emerging concepts such as ‘Planetary Boundaries’, ‘Doughnut Economy’, ‘Environmental Footprints’.

8.Explain the relevance of transition pathways for biodiversity for competitive sustainability, towards a just transition in the full range of SDGs and climate neutrality.

Unsustainable production and consumption, including the role of trade for linking both, are pushing many of the direct drivers of biodiversity loss: land use change, overexploitation, climate change and pollution. Proposals should, based on a clear understanding of these relationships 124 address how leverage points and levers can be identified and used for generating benefits for biodiversity, e.g. through revision of regulation, standards, funding practices or governance processes.

They should highlight how the primary production sectors (in particular in agriculture, forestry, fisheries, raw material extraction, and also the construction sector) and the related infrastructure and energy provision and use impacts biodiversity directly. They should show effects on the direction of economic development, which leads to lock-in effects, inequalities, lack of capacities of institutions at every level to shift towards sustainable use, the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystem services. On patterns of consumption, proposals should show how their impacts such as uneven use and exploitation of resources, generation of waste and pollution, value setting, power setting in societies, institutions and financial streams could be addressed in business, institutional and consumer agendas to achieve positive outcomes for biodiversity.

Proposals should assess the cultural diversity that influences these compromises and people’s engagement, and lead the way to further mainstream biodiversity in socio-economic and environmental agendas, from the transformative aspect of changing extraction, production and processing, consumption, trade and behaviour patterns, including on actions for addressing climate change on biodiversity. They should also analyse and test the use of nature-based solutions as tool in this regard. Optimal and cost-effective use of behavioural games, networks of sensors, GIS-mapping, big data and observational programmes such as the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, through the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) as well as citizens' observatories, should be used as appropriate to enable the integration and visualisation of data.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Proposals should build their analysis upon the links between multiple Sustainable Development Goals, to deliver direct and indirect biodiversity benefits, and of the role of biodiversity in reaching the set of Sustainable Development Goals, when related to extraction, production, consumption, trade and behaviour patterns.

Proposals should produce case studies and collect good and bad examples that could inform these transformations and inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

Proposals should include specific tasks and ensure sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, as well as joint communication and dissemination) with all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity. This concerns projects funded under this destination, or under calls included in Destination ‘Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption’ related to transformational change (Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption) that aim to deliver various co-benefits, including on the reduction of biodiversity loss. Projects should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant for transformational change and on biodiversity knowledge 125 . Cooperation and possibly synergies with relevant topics in Cluster 5 should be explored and established as relevant. Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the European partnership on biodiversity and with the Science Service.

Proposals should show how their results might provide timely information for major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), as well as the Convention on Biological Diversity on project outcomes. Cooperation is requested with projects under ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of social science and humanities disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-09: Understanding the role of behaviour, gender specifics, lifestyle, religious and cultural values, and addressing the role of enabling players (civil society, policy makers, financing and business leaders, retailers) in decision making

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy, a successful proposal will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, finance and business leaders, address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society.

The projects should address all of the following outcomes:

1.Inform approaches tackling biodiversity loss and implementing nature-based solutions that consider how behaviour, lifestyles, religious, societal and cultural values shape the choices of producers and consumers, institutions and their policy decisions.

2.The motives behind broad societal changes and transitions are taken up in the design of relevant policies, communication and engagement campaigns and other actions.

3.Leverage points in those sectors with the greatest impact on biodiversity are addressed, as the role of decisive actors (civil society, education institutions, policy makers, financing and business leaders, retailers) and their inter-sectorial consultation is known. This includes human rights and due diligence across economic value chains, as well as the role of employment patterns for a just transition.

4.The understanding of the biodiversity inter-dependencies of the SDGs has improved; IPBES and IPCC are strengthened by the contribution of European research and innovation. Approaches, tools and knowledge influence policies at the adequate level on transformative change for biodiversity – the key elements for this change are delivered by the portfolio of cooperating projects (of which these projects form part).

Scope: Proposals should engage with civil society organisations – in particular those working on gender, diversity, equity and inclusion –, social partners, policy makers, financing, industry and business leaders, and retailers and value-led (such as religious and cultural) institutions when addressing the role of enabling players for transformative changes in biodiversity actions, exemplified at relevant levels from local to global. They should identify and test measures to overcome barriers for behaviour changes in biodiversity action, considering ethical questions in behavioural economics, e.g. linked to future generations. This should acknowledge the interdependence of the climate and biodiversity crisis.

The proposals should explore intersectionality approaches and consider interlocking systems of power between gender and other social categories and identities such as religion, ethnicity and race (including migrants and refugees), social class and wealth, gender identity and sexual orientation and disability to better address access to and ownership of nature-based solutions.

The proposals should analyse and address the impact of intrinsic vs economic/utilitarian values. They should include an estimation of the importance of engineered vs haphazard policy making factors at relevant levels, and specify and address effects of processes affecting adherence to democracy, voting campaigns, science denialism 126 .

The proposals should build their analysis upon the synergies of multiple Sustainable Development Goals, to deliver direct and indirect biodiversity benefits, and of the role of biodiversity in reaching the set of Sustainable Development Goals, considering the importance of behaviour, lifestyle, religious and cultural values.

The proposals should produce case studies and collect good and failed examples that could inform these transformations 127 and inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

Proposals should include specific tasks and provide sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, as well as joint communication and dissemination) with all projects with all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity funded under this destination, and should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant for transformational change and on biodiversity knowledge 128 . Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the European partnership on biodiversity and the Science Service (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up of the new EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 (‘Science Service’). Proposals should show how their results might provide timely information for major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), as well as the Convention on Biological Diversity on project outcomes. Cooperation is expected with projects ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-2022-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of social science and humanities disciplines.

Interconnecting biodiversity research and supporting policies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the Commission priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', to implement the EU Green Deal and demonstrated leadership as outlined in the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, a successful proposal will increase the European support to the Convention on Biological Diversity.

The project results must contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A dedicated mechanism for scientific and technical cooperation of the EU and associated countries with the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) delivers support for its working groups and task forces, and for the respective subsidiary bodies (including the Informal Advisory Group on Technical and Scientific Cooperation).

2.Improved coherence in how the EU and associated countries contribute to CBD (e.g. SBSTTA/SBI) and to IPBES processes in cooperation with HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC.

Scope:

1.Research on biodiversity and nature-based solutions has made good progress in the last years, but must be stepped up to achieve targeted impacts on biodiversity-relevant policies. Global initiatives, in turn, should provide structured policy input into the research cycle. This is also key to guiding biodiversity governance, and to implement the EU Green Deal and international conventions. In line with the Commission priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', the EU must demonstrate leadership in this field, notably by increasing its support to the Convention on Biological Diversity.

2.The proposals should cover all the following points:

1.Deliver a dedicated mechanism for scientific and technical cooperation of the EU and Associated Countries with the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) for its Informal Advisory Group on Technical and Scientific Cooperation.

2.In cooperation with the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, deliver on the European technical and knowledge contribution to a global biodiversity platform for biodiversity, and support the implementation of the CBD monitoring framework (including in collaboration with EU and national monitoring initiatives and the Biodiversity Indicators Partnership),

3.Improve biodiversity knowledgeto better understand gaps in global biodiversity action and to identify the needs for stepping (“ratcheting”) up biodiversity commitments and action.

4.Engage and support European researchers participating in CBD working groups and task forces, and the CBD’s subsidiary bodies, and provide this expertise to UNFCCC processes.

5.Provide technical and scientific support to negotiators from the EU and associated countries in preparing and at SBSTTA/SBI meetings and CBD COPs.

6.Share relevant information so that the EU can lead and cooperate on worldwide research, which includes targeted capacity building for central and eastern European and associated countries.

3.Proposals should indicate which specific tasks they plan to deliver at the end of year one. This should be relevant and timely for the policy agenda of the Global Biodiversity Agenda, and for the international dimension of the EU biodiversity strategy.

4.Proposals should then deliver regular (e.g. every six months) input according to the agenda of SBSTTA and SBI to the EC services, and continuous support for the Working/Advisory Groups under CBD, in cooperation with the Science Service (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up of the new EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 (“Science Service”), the Biodiversity Partnership, and further relevant instruments, tools and mechanisms 129 . Its results, where relevant, should be accessible through the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, according to agreed standards. Proposals should outline sufficient resources for such cooperation and contribute to the strategic dialogues into the KCBD forum.

Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 130

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 131

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 01 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-01-two-stage

IA

20.00

6.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-02-two-stage

IA

14.00

Around 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-03-two-stage

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

Overall indicative budget

46.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Managing biodiversity in primary production

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-01-two-stage: Maintaining and restoring pollinators and pollination services in European agricultural landscapes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Project consortia must give evidence that they have the rights to undertake actions on the areas to be restored.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor ap
proach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Grants will be awarded to proposals according to the ranking list. However, in order to ensure a balanced portfolio of supported actions, at least the two highest-ranked proposals covering action mainly in the European Union and Associated Countries will be funded provided that they attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: Responding to the EU Green Deal, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the farm to fork Strategy, a successful proposal will restore pollinator-habitats, support the development of pollinator-friendly policies, business models and market conditions, by helping to establish sustainable, productive, climate-neutral and resilient farming systems by minimising pressure on ecosystems, delivering a wide range of ecosystem services, improving public health and generating fair economic returns for farmers. Projects should address all of the following outcomes:

1.Agricultural landscapes that are dominated by intensively managed crops and grasslands, are restored 132 through co-designed (with farmers and other land managers, local communities, agricultural advisory services, landscape planners, the nature conservation sector etc.) large-scale, experimental pollinator-friendly practices and services and through social innovation processes, such as new innovative approaches to enhance community participatory planning and innovative business models.

2.Management, restoration, conservation and connectivity of wild pollinator habitats follow scientific and policy recommendations, which have been tested in the projects on their applicability. The range of recommendations in question is set in the Assessment Report on Pollinators, Pollination and Food Production of IPBES 133 and the updated Plan of Action of the international initiative on the conservation and sustainable use of pollinators 134 .

3.Systemic approaches provide an effective enabling environment for stakeholder actions. They demonstrate that coherent and comprehensive policies for the conservation and sustainable use of pollinators at various governance levels can be demonstrated at least at landscape scale. , and contributing to foster sustainable agricultural practices while ensuring farming viability and profitability, for different agricultural sectors.

4.Improved coordination in governance, as well as enhanced data accessibility, financing and maintenance agreements for actions beneficial for pollinators are achieved

5.Adaptive management of measures for the conservation and sustainable use of pollinators is informed by continuous monitoring and assessing of the outcomes, including by using results-based payment schemes.

Scope: This topic aims at maintaining and restoring species-rich pollinator communities and their services in agricultural landscapes dominated by intensive land use, and facilitating the uptake of pollinator-friendly practices at wider scale.

The direct and indirect drivers of pollinator decline are cross-cutting in nature .This calls for the need to ensure policy coherence and to integrate pollinator and pollination considerations not only in policy measures that support the transition towards more sustainable agricultural practices, but also across sectors (for example forestry, consumption and health) and at different spatial scales (farm, landscape, ecosystem).

Despite efforts, many of the main direct drivers of pollinator loss have remained largely unchanged over the years: habitat fragmentation and land use change, the widespread use of synthetic chemicals in agriculture and in other sectors, invasive alien species, and pathogens (in case of managed pollinators). In particular, great attention has been focused on drivers linked to intensive agricultural practices, such as monoculture, and the use of synthetic fertilisers and pesticides that can have direct and indirect effects on pollinators. In addition, the increasing negative impact on pollinator habitats of other direct drivers, such as climate change, have exacerbated the problem.

This topic aims at restoring and maintaining species-rich pollinator communities and their services in agricultural landscapes characterised by intensive farming practices, and facilitating the uptake of pollinator-friendly practices in the agricultural sector at a wide scale, in different pedo-climatic conditions across Europe. The proposed projects should emphasise mainstreaming pollination concerns into policies, developing and implementing measures on the ground to support the conservation and sustainable use of pollinators, addressing risks, and building capacity. In doing this, they should involve all relevant stakeholders along the agri-food chain and share knowledge on multiple levels to integrate pollination considerations into farming, land use and other management decisions, focusing collaborative research on emerging issues and prevailing needs.

The proposed projects should build on existing experience 135 in particular on lessons learned and best practices gained through EU-funded projects and initiatives such as those supported by Horizon 2020, Results-Based Payment Scheme projects 136 , the LIFE programme, and prepare the uptake of approaches developed and tested in this topic into future EU-funded activities (such as LIFE, the common agricultural policy, Horizon Europe). The proposals should show how their results may contribute to the EU Pollinators Initiative 137 , feed into relevant IPBES functions, and ensure cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity. Coordination with the two following topics should be envisaged: ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’.

Projects are expected to secure additional funding or in-kind contributions when implementing restoration actions.

Proposals should include specific tasks and envisage sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g. activities, workshops, as well as joint communication and dissemination) with all projects funded under this topic for aspects of horizontal nature and for cooperation with other projects such as BiodivERsA, Oppla, the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, relevant H2020 projects such as SHOWCASE and HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-08: ‘Agroforestry to meet climate, biodiversity and farming sustainability goals’. Actions should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant for pollinators and the restoration of their habitats. Furthermore, cooperation is expected with the European partnership on biodiversity 138 and with the Science Service (HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19: A mechanism for science to inform implementation, monitoring, review and ratcheting up the new EU biodiversity strategy (‘Science Service’), and with other large-scale initiatives under Horizon Europe, such as the candidate partnership on agroecology, living labs, research infrastructures and the proposed mission ‘Caring for soils is caring for life’.

The proposals should address all of the following points:

1.Demonstrate measures to diversify large-scale farming systems and the resulting feeding resources and habitats of pollinators in agricultural lands, grasslands and semi-natural areas, through agro-ecological practices, including organic farming and agroforestry, as well as through home gardens, and forestry systems where relevant to the restored landscapes, with a view to ensure heterogeneous habitats formed by native species that offer diversified floral and nesting resources for pollinators;

2.Create set-asides for nature, such as uncultivated patches of vegetation, to enhance floral diversity, and to ensure native, diverse, abundant and continuous floral resources for pollinator across time and space;

The two points mentioned above combined should cover at least 50% of the proposed budget.

1.Analyse and evaluate different options to protect and conserve threatened pollinator species as well as their natural environment, and elaborate the requirements to promote recognition of pollinator-friendly practices and consequences on pollination functions and services in existing certification schemes; and develop methods for the inclusion of pollinator conservation into ecosystem restoration frameworks (in particular on grassland and other agro-ecosystems).

2.Develop prototypes of potential extension services, farmer-to-farmer sharing approaches and farmer field schools to strengthen synergies between scientific evidence, traditional knowledge, conservation and farmer-researcher community practices, to exchange knowledge and provide hands-on education and empowerment of local farming communities on pollinators. This could include for instancefostering networks for exchanges of native seeds

3.Elaborate, based on the large-scale approach, how the promotion of coherent policies across sectors and issues (e.g. biodiversity, agriculture and food security, chemicals and pollution, reduction of inequality, climate change and disaster risk reduction) could look like for pollinators. This scalability plan should be developed with the involvement of the communities concerned, and should include the dissemination of innovative solutions and practices, and a process for commitments in adopting large-scale restoration of pollinator communities within governance and financing systems, to allow replication and upscaling across the EU, associated countries and internationally. It should seek guarantees for the non-reversibility and/or continuity of restoration activities and/or further replication and/or expansion, implementation of sustainable management practices and monitoring after the end of the projects.

4.Assess and propose options to develop and implement innovative incentives, consistent with international obligations, for farmers and other actors along the agri-food chain, to encourage the adoption of pollinator-friendly practices (e.g. carbon sequestration measures that increase pollinator habitats; conservation of uncultivated areas for pollinator forage; communication to consumers and other actors on the benefits of pollinator-friendly practices, etc). This should also cover assessing the impacts on farmers’ income, on overall business performance of farms, as well as on social aspects in farming communities.

5.Build on existing knowledge, developed inter alia by EU-funded research projects, to assess options to remove or reduce incentives that are harmful to pollinators and their habitats (e.g. pesticides subsidies; incentives for pesticide use as credit requirements from banks), and to promote alternative approaches to pesticide use (e.g. Integrated Pest Management), taking into consideration the needs of farmers, gardeners, land managers, indigenous people, local communities and other stakeholders 139 ;

6.Design and test a system to monitor the effectiveness of the large-scale interventions, taking into consideration the scale-dependent aspects of protecting pollinators and managing pollination functions and services, using standard methods in line with the proposal for an EU Pollinator Monitoring Scheme 140 , and contribute to their improvement.

The proposals should develop scientifically robust and transparent methodologies, building on achievements from previous research activities. To ensure trustworthiness, swift and wide adoption by user communities, and to support EU and national (including from associated countries) policy-makers, actions should adopt high standards of transparency and openness, going beyond documentation of results and extending to aspects such as assumptions, models and data quality during the projects life.

Applicants are reminded that costs for land purchase or lease are not eligible costs in the context of activities of research and innovation or innovation projects.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-02-two-stage: Boosting breeding for a sustainable, resilient and competitive European legume sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy and the farm to fork strategy to transition to a fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture, notably its objective to foster EU-grown plant proteins, in line with the ‘’Report on the development of plant proteins in the EU’’ 141 . They should do so by increasing the availability of crops and breeds that cater for the specific needs of the legume sector, thus supporting increased (agro-) biodiversity and the transition to sustainable, productive, climate-neutral and resilient farming systems that minimise pressure on ecosystems while ensuring fair economic returns for farmers and food consumption that is sustainable in terms of both health and the environment.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved legume varieties for different attributes/traits (e.g., resilience to abiotic and biotic stresses, nutrient composition, food and feed processing, flavour, etc.);

2.Improved availability of and open access to data on breeding methods and legume breeding research outcomes;

3.Increased competitiveness of the legume breeding sector through cost-effective legume breeding methods, novel governance models, testing, training and networking;

4.Improved biodiversity and diversification of farming systems and agri-food value chains, as well as increased farmers’ competitiveness through the implementation of crop rotation systems based on the cultivation of legumes;

5.Improved delivery of environmental services from agriculture, including the reduction of greenhouse gas and air pollution emissions.

Scope: Legume crops are a source of food, feed and environmental services. For instance, legumes have the unique capacity to fix nitrogen in the soil and therefore improve soil fertility, while at the same time reducing the need to use conventional inorganic fertilisers. Legumes have an important role to play in the transition towards more sustainable farming systems that provide economic, environmental and social benefits and address relevant objectives of the EU biodiversity and farm to fork strategies. In view of the global increase in protein demand, a sustainable diversification of protein sources in the EU and Associated Countries needs to be explored and developed. Legume crops have a significant role to play in this regard. However, for a variety of reasons, legume production in the EU and Associated Countries is not sufficiently developed. Amongst others, a lack of breeding efforts and insufficient use of genetic resources are responsible for the low percentage of arable land currently used for legumes, despite their agronomic and environmental benefits. Closing gaps in breeding (traditional and new varieties) including facilitating knowledge and best practices sharing in legume breeding, can be a key driver for improving the competitiveness of legume crops grown in the EU and Associated Countries.

Proposals should build on the results of relevant EU-funded research projects. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of farmers, the breeding sector and other relevant actors of the value chain. This topic is open for the breeding needs of the legume sector in conventional, agroecological and organic farming, and addresses all climate / biogeographical regions in the EU and Associated Countries. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged. Proposals should include a clear plan to collaborate with other projects selected under this topic. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals should develop a catalogue of legume species and varieties and desired characteristics driven by demands in the EU and Associated Countries food and feed chains. Proposals should develop a range of measures to improve legume varieties for different attributes, such as higher and more stable yields, enhanced tolerance to abiotic and biotic stresses, resource efficiency, increased nitrogen-fixing capacity (e.g. enhanced use of plant root-microbiome interactions within rhizosphere layer), and enhanced nutritional quality, food and feed processing, etc., through pre-breeding and breeding activities and tapping into local and traditional varieties where relevant. Proposals should improve screening techniques to better understand genetic relationships, origin and susceptibility to specific attributes. Proposals should build an open repository of breeding methods and breeding research outcomes for different attributes. Proposals should analyse the cost-effectiveness of legume breeding methods and identify the best varieties suited for given uses (e.g. crop rotation, extensive agricultural livestock systems, etc.). Case studies of innovative engagement of value chain partners in legume breeding initiatives in different contexts should be analysed and key factors of success should be identified. Governance and financial models should be developed to support legume breeding initiatives that are inclusive for all actors in the value chain and that build linkages among those actors, with a view to strengthening legume demand. Proposals should design training packages tailored to the specific needs of different actors in the legume breeding and seed business to strengthen their capacities to achieve breeding gains. Building on existing tools or mechanisms, where relevant, proposals should set up a transdisciplinary EU and Associated Countries wide platform to facilitate trans-national and trans-regional knowledge and best practices sharing in legume breeding, including facilitating cross-regional testing of varieties. Proposals should foster demonstration and testing of legume breeding in different regions, with emphasis in regions where the legume breeding sector is less developed.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-03-two-stage: Resilient beekeeping

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering biotic and abiotic factors, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the biotic stressors (i.e. diseases) that is the highest ranked, and one project highest ranked within the abiotic stressors, if the applications attain all thresholds .

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the objective of the biodiversity strategy and the farm to fork strategy to transition to fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture, and contribute to preserve biodiversity and strengthen the resilience and sustainability of specific farming sectors. It will contribute to the impacts related to a better knowledge of the biodiversity decline and of the interrelations between biodiversity, health and climate, as well as to the practices in agriculture supporting biodiversity and other ecosystem services.

The proposed projects are expected to contribute to a better understanding of agroecosystems practices that can sustain honeybees, to enhanced preservation of honeybee genetic resources and their use in breeding, and to mitigation of impacts of beekeeping activities on wild pollinators.

1.Improved resilience of beekeeping against stresses like climate change, nutritional stresses, pathogens and chemicals;

2.Support to stakeholders associated with beekeeping, trade, services, monitoring and control through increased knowledge on honeybee immunity and nutrition;

3.Improved capacity to deal with relevant honeybee pathogens;

4.Robust evidence-based understanding of the importance of diversity within honeybee populations;

5.Improved understanding of the impacts of beekeeping activities on wild pollinators and strengthened capacity to address them.

Scope: Resilience of beekeeping is important both for pollination services and for the honeybee production sector. Bees are subject to numerous biotic and abiotic stressors (e.g. loss of feed resources, exposure to various chemicals, invasive species and/or pathogens) and the impact of climate change on honeybees requires further attention. The biology of honeybees, including immunity and nutrition is still poorly understood, as is the role of genetic diversity within honeybee populations and interactions between honeybees and their environment.

The proposals will address relevant areas of research as appropriate:

1.Develop technologies and strategies for beekeepers to adapt to climate change and possibly contribute to mitigate climate change, including the design of novel beehives equipment, technologies and management protocols;

2.Perform baseline studies on immunity, health, nutrition, and genetic diversity and resistance of honeybees in line with their biological performance;

3.Develop tools for assessing potential impacts of beekeeping on wild pollinators at landscape scale, strategies for mitigating those impacts, and tools tailored to public authorities for planning and decision-making with regard to optimal deployment of bee hives at local or regional level, taking into account among others nutrition requirements and landscape factors;

4.Address at least Varroa destructor and possibly other honeybee mites, as well as Aethina tumida

5.Review the key biological mechanisms of Varroa destructor, which determine its multiplication in a hive, including its potential connection with other pathogens, and identify possible novel areas to target with potential new control methods, including bee genetic resistance, especially in light of the experience and limitations of the attempts to fight it in Europe in the last decades;

6.Assess the vulnerability and preparedness of the EU honeybee-keeping sector in relation to Aethina tumida and Tropilaelaps spp. which are exotic or largely exotic to the EU (A.tumida is present in southern Italy), scrutinise strategies and practices in other countries (outside of EU) where these appeared recently, identify successful practices and suggest mitigation strategies for and by the beekeepers to live with these pathogens, in case of their eventual spread in the EU.

Proposals should include, if appropriate, a genetic component, looking at both the diversity of honeybee populations and the possibility of breeding and conservation approaches to address the identified challenge.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of beekeepers, farmers, agricultural advisory services, manufacturers, the veterinary profession, ecology and nature conservation experts, and other relevant actors.

Destination – Fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

National, EU and global food systems are facing sustainability challenges, from primary production to consumption, that could jeopardise food and nutrition security. The farm to fork strategy, which is key to the success of the European Green Deal and achievement of the UN sustainable development goals (SDGs), aims to address these challenges and to deliver co-benefits for environment, health, society and the economy, ensuring that actions leading to recovery from the COVID-19 crisis also put us onto a sustainable path going forward. Research and innovation (R&I) are key drivers steering and accelerating the transition to sustainable, safe, healthy and inclusive food systems, from farm to fork, thereby ensuring food and nutrition security for all.

Sustainable farming systems provide a number of economic, environmental, social and health benefits, and are the main prerequisite for food and nutrition security. For farmers, who are the backbone of food systems and the immediate managers of natural resources, the Green Deal sets ambitious targets with respect to the sustainability and safety of feed and food production. These targets are included in the core Green Deal policy initiatives, in particular the farm to fork strategy, the biodiversity strategy, zero pollution efforts and climate action. R&I in line with the strategic approach to EU agricultural research and innovation 142 will be key enablers if these challenging targets are to be achieved. They will speed up the transition to sustainable and competitive agriculture by unlocking the potential of agroecology 143 , including improving organic farming as part of the agroecological transition, boosting production of EU-grown plant proteins and advancing digital and data technologies (Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’). R&I will support farmers to manage land, soil, water and nutrients in new, sustainable ways, in particular through the Horizon Europe mission in the area of ‘soil health and food’. New knowledge and innovative solutions will improve plant and animal health and welfare, prevent interspecies disease transmission through food production and trade systems, and reduce farmers’ dependency on pesticides, antimicrobials and other external inputs. Thanks to R&I, farming systems will maximise provision of a wide range of ecosystem services from more sustainably managed EU agro‑ecosystems and landscapes, and help to reverse the loss of biodiversity and soil fertility while ensuring resilient primary production (Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’). Farmers will be better equipped to make a significant contribution to climate neutrality and become more resilient to climate change (Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’). Also, R&I will support the development of policy (in particular the common agricultural policy (CAP)), business models and market conditions enabling transition to sustainable food and farming systems. Effective agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKISs) will speed up innovation and the uptake of R&I results from farm to fork (Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’). As a result, farmers will be able to transform their production methods and move to climate- and environment‑friendly, and resilient farming systems, thereby contributing to sustainable food value chains that provide producers with fair economic returns and consumers with affordable, safe, healthy and sustainable food (Destinations ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ and ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’).

Sustainable fisheries and aquaculture contribute directly to environment‑friendly, inclusive, safe and healthy food production by providing highly nutritional proteins, lipids and micronutrients for a healthy diet. Sustainably produced food from marine and freshwater bodies can and should account for a much bigger proportion of our overall food consumption. The farm to fork strategy seeks to help fishers and aquaculture producers to achieve better climate and environmental results and to strengthen their position in the supply chain. R&I will directly support the common fisheries policy (CFP) and deliver inclusive, diversified approaches to allow fisheries management to adapt to different realities, including in the international context. Sustainable and resilient aquaculture systems, including the use of low trophic species (e.g. algae and herbivores), high animal welfare standards and alternative sources of protein for food and feed, will increase seafood production and reduce its environmental impact while adding economic value to the chain. Seafood security will benefit from a drastic reduction in the current massive pre- and post-harvest losses in seafood biomass. Producers’ and consumers’ awareness, trust and behaviour with respect to the responsible production, consumption and disposal of seafood will contribute directly to the competitiveness and sustainability of the sector. An overarching partnership for a climate‑neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy will contribute to food security, added value, blue growth and jobs in Europe through a jointly supported R&I programme in the European seas, coastal and inland waters.

Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion requires robust, system-wide changes at all governance levels (from local to global and vice versa) as food systems are intertwined with all other sectors and are among the key drivers of climate change and environmental degradation. Food systems are to be understood as covering all the sectors, actors, stakeholders, organisations and disciplines relevant to and connecting primary production from land and sea, food processing, food distribution and retailing, food services, food consumption, food safety, nutrition and public health, and food waste streams. The European Green Deal and, in particular, the farm to fork strategy support a shift to more resilient and environmentally, socially and economically sustainable food systems, as required to deliver safe, healthy, accessible and affordable food and diets for all sourced from land and sea, while respecting planetary boundaries. This will involve a better understanding of the multiple interactions between the components of current food systems, to foster solutions that maximise co-benefits with respect to the four priorities of the Commission’s ‘Food 2030’ R&I initiative:

1.nutrition and health, including food safety;

2.climate and environmental sustainability;

3.circularity and resource efficiency; and

4.innovation and empowering communities.

R&I will accelerate the transition to sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems by delivering in various areas: dietary shifts towards sustainable and healthy nutrition; supply of alternative and plant-based proteins; prevention and reduction of food loss and waste; microbiome applications; improving food safety and traceability; fighting food fraud; behavioural change; personalised nutrition; urban food systems (Destination ‘Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities’); food systems governance and systems science; and digital and data-driven innovation (Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’).

R&I activities supporting the partnership for safe and sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate will help identify and deliver innovative solutions providing co-benefits for nutrition, food quality, the climate, circularity and communities.

The EU also aims to promote a global transition to sustainable food systems. Targeted R&I activities, in particular under the EU-Africa Partnership on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) and global initiatives involving international research consortia, will contribute to this ambition.

Expected impacts:

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out credible pathways to fair, healthy, safe, climate- and environment‑friendly, resilient food systems from primary production to consumption, ensuring food and nutrition security for all within planetary boundaries in the EU and globally.

More specifically, proposals should contribute to one or more of the following impacts:

1.sustainable, productive, climate-neutral and resilient farming systems providing consumers with affordable, safe, traceable healthy and sustainable food, while minimising pressure on ecosystems, restoring and enhancing biodiversity, improving public health and generating fair economic returns for farmers;

2.sustainable fisheries and aquaculture increasing aquatic biomass production, diversification and consumption of seafood products for fair, healthy, climate‑resilient and environment‑friendly food systems with low impact on aquatic ecosystems and high animal welfare; and

3.sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems delivering co-benefits for climate mitigation and adaptation, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable healthy nutrition, safe food consumption, food poverty reduction, the inclusion of marginalised people, the empowerment of communities, and flourishing businesses.

When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle 144 , whereby R&I projects should not support or involve activities that significantly undermine any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

To unlock the full potential of R&I and maximise impacts, participatory approaches, e.g. multi-actor approach, involving input from industry, technology providers, primary producers, the food, drink and hospitality industry, consumers, citizens, local authorities, etc. should be promoted with a view to co-creating innovative systemic solutions in support of food systems’ sustainability.

Topics under this destination should have impacts in the following impact areas of the Horizon Europe strategic plan for 2021-2024:

1.sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea

2.climate change mitigation and adaptation;

3.enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in waters;

4.good health and high-quality accessible healthcare;

5.clean and healthy air, water and soil;

6.a resilient EU prepared for emerging threats; and

7.inclusive growth and new job opportunities.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01

186.00

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01

164.00

15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-two-stage

66.50

15 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

Overall indicative budget

186.00

230.50

Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 145

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 146

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-01

RIA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-02

IA

9.00

Around 9.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-03

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-04

RIA

14.00

Around 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-05

RIA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-06

IA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-07

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-08

RIA

12.00

Around 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-09

RIA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-10

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-11

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12

RIA

11.00

Around 11.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-13

RIA

12.00

6.00 to 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-14

RIA

12.00

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-15

RIA

12.00

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-16

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17

IA

11.00

Around 11.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-18

RIA

18.00

Around 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-19

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

Overall indicative budget

186.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling sustainable farming

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-01: Reaching the farm to fork target: R&I scenarios for boosting organic farming and organic aquaculture in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See
definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the farm to fork’s strategy objective of a transition to fair, healthy, climate-resilient and climate- and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the target of at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030 and a significant increase in organic aquaculture, by evaluating the conditions and proposing scenarios relating to knowledge and innovation for reaching this target.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Support for the implementation of the common agricultural policy (CAP), the EU organic farming regulation and the action plan for the development of the organic sector in the EU;

2.Robust evidence on the socio-economic scenarios and market analysis of organic (crops and livestock) farming and aquaculture and food systems across the EU and Associated Countries for reaching the target of at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030 and a significant increase in organic aquaculture;

3.Increased and coordinated research and innovation (R&I) investments in the organic sector;

4.Improved exchange of knowledge and best practices on organic (crops and livestock) farming and aquaculture production, and increased availability of advisory services and capacity building, leading to an innovation ecosystem in the EU and Associated Countries that is fit to support the achievement of the farm to fork target on organics.

Scope: The EU is taking a leading role in promoting organic farming and aquaculture and organic food production systems, ensuring high quality standards and developing new value chains. One of the goals of the farm to fork strategy is to reach at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030 and a significant increase in organic aquaculture. This significant increase needs to be accompanied by a similar increase in the organic market. However, the current distribution of organic farming and aquaculture in the EU and Associated Countries is uneven, and there is a need to understand better the obstacles that prevent their development. A number of factors need to be in place for this increase to happen. Among those, research to identify the possible socio-economic impacts on organic producers and on other operators of the value chain, as well as empowering the organic (crops and livestock) farming, aquaculture and food sectors, are essential. Networking and the coordination of research and innovation activities among all relevant actors in the organic farming and aquaculture sectors can ensure the strategic thinking, mobilisation of resources and sharing of knowledge and best practices that are needed to strengthen the organic R&I ecosystem in the EU and Associated Countries, in order to support the achievement of these objectives.

Proposals should evaluate the constraints and lock-ins for reaching the farm to fork strategy target on organics, and the necessary facilitating environment. Proposals should analyse the uptake of organic (crops and livestock) farming and aquaculture across the EU and Associated Countries and the reasons for their varied uptake.

As part of a foresight exercise, proposals should set out scenarios showing where the expected increase can be achieved, and analyse the socio-economic impacts on existing and new organic producers and other market players.

Proposals should assess various actors’ knowledge needs when it comes to enhancing innovation towards greater adoption of organic farming and aquaculture, so that the target of the farm to fork strategy can be reached. Proposals should promote capacity building and ensure the necessary sharing of knowledge and best practices among organic (crops and livestock) farmers, aquaculture producers, advisors, scientists and other operators in the value chain, building on existing tools where relevant and available.

In undertaking these activities, proposals should promote close cooperation among relevant research and innovation actors across the EU and Associated Countries, ultimately leading to a more efficient organic production R&I ecosystem. As such, proposals should help to preserve and continue existing communities of research providers and research funders, and widen them to include other public or private actors.

Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and ensure a value chain approach, with adequate involvement of the organic farming and aquaculture sectors.

Collaboration should be ensured with other relevant EU-funded research projects and initiatives under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe, including the relevant Horizon Europe partnerships and networking initiatives.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-02: Developing sustainable and competitive land-based protein crop systems and value chains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals
must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the farm to fork’s strategy objective of a transition to a fair, healthy and resilient EU agriculture sector, in particular the goal of fostering EU-grown plant proteins, in line with the ‘’Report on the development of plant proteins in the EU’’ 147 . Activities should support the transition to sustainable, productive, climate-neutral and resilient farming systems that minimise pressure on ecosystems, while ensuring fair economic returns for farmers and food consumption that is sustainable in terms of both health and the environment.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Identification of the most suitable regional and local transition paths for stimulating sustainable, resilient and economically viable land-based protein crop production for food and feed in the EU and Associated Countries, resulting in increased commercial production of such crops and enhanced food security in the context of protein requirements in the EU and Associated Countries;

2.Improved, robust evidence of the social, economic, environmental, climate and health benefits and costs of increasing land-based protein crops production;

3.Improved capacities of farmers to cultivate land-based protein crops through innovative advisory tools, improved and wider exchange of knowledge and best practice, adoption of sustainable crop rotation practices and collaboration with other actors in the value chain;

4.Stronger innovation ecosystem for land-based protein crop development in Europe through multi-stakeholder and transdisciplinary intra-regional, trans-regional and trans-national collaboration and networking.

Scope: Land-based protein crops 148 are a source of food, feed and environmental services and have an increasingly important role to play in the transition to more sustainable farming systems that provide economic, environmental and social benefits. In view of the increase in protein demand, the sustainable diversification of protein sources in the EU and Associated Countries needs to be explored and developed. Land-based protein crops have a significant role to play in this regard. However, due to a variety of factors, their production in the EU and Associated Countries is not sufficient to cover the growing demand for plant-based proteins. It is becoming necessary to develop and ensure more sustainable and resilient supply chains, and to promote higher consumer acceptance and attractive market opportunities. Specific measures are needed to realise the potential of land-based protein crops in the EU and Associated Countries.

Proposals should build on and expand existing knowledge in order to identify the most suitable transition paths for sustainable land-based protein crop production in different pedo-climatic regions, and to develop strategies for sustainable and competitive regional protein-based crop systems and agri-food and feed chains. Proposals should cover the diversity of available and novel land-based protein crop species with a crude protein content of more than 15%, and consider conventional, agroecological and organic farming systems in all European climate/biogeographical regions. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and should ensure adequate involvement of farmers and all relevant actors in the value chain for land-based protein crops. Proposals should build on the results of relevant projects and thematic networks funded under Horizon 2020 and include a task to collaborate with the project(s) selected under the following topic in this work programme: HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12: Filling knowledge gaps on nutritional, safety, allergenicity and environmental assessment of alternative proteins and dietary shift. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals should identify the most suitable transition paths for the development of sustainable new and existing land-based protein crop farming systems and agri-food and feed chains across the EU and Associated Countries. Proposals should explore the potential for value chain development, taking into consideration opportunities, constraints and impact of different tools, instruments and policies, on different value chain actors, using case studies of existing farms, networks of farms and producer organisations. Proposals should develop and test strategies for sustainable and competitive local and regional land-based protein crop systems that result in improved production techniques, cropping system design that promote crop diversification, feed efficiency, value chain development, reduced environmental impact and improved farmers’ organisation, taking into account complementarity across regions and addressing regional imbalances. Proposals should document specific support needs (advice, knowledge and best practice sharing, etc.) for farmers seeking to cultivate protein crops in different regions, assessing the availability of specific tools and developing new, innovative ones. Building on existing tools or mechanisms where available and relevant, proposals should establish a transdisciplinary, multi-stakeholder EU and Associated Countries-wide network to facilitate trans-national and trans-regional sharing of knowledge and best practice in land-based protein supply chain management and agronomic practices, including facilitating cross-regional testing of varieties. Building on existing tools or mechanisms where available and relevant, proposals should establish regional multi-stakeholder networks for advisory services, awareness raising, the sharing of knowledge and best practice, experimentation and demonstration on land-based protein crops species that are best adapted to regional conditions. Proposals should analyse the impact of climate change on land-based protein crops in various farming systems, and their contribution towards climate resilient farming and wider environmental benefits in relation to aspects such as biodiversity, input reduction, closing nutrient cycles, increased soil organic matter and improved soil health. Proposals should develop innovative measures for improving the impact of land-based protein crop production in terms of increased (agro-)biodiversity. Proposals should develop methods and indicators to compare the climate, environmental, social and health benefits and costs of greater land-based protein crop production and its industrialisation, considering the impact of policy measures on land-use changes and implications for farmers, in different farming systems and regions. Proposals should develop indicators to take into account and compare the further industrialisation feasibility and costs of the varieties considered. A method for the systematic collection of data on land-based protein crops for economic and environmental assessment should be developed.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-03: Digitalisation as an enabler of agroecological farming systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the
multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the farm to fork’s strategy objective of a transition to a fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture sector, in particular the goal of promoting agroecology, by improving understanding of the potential of digitalisation as an enabler of agroecology, a transformative, sustainable, healthy, resilient and inclusive approach to farming that can minimise farming pressure on ecosystems while generating fair economic returns for farmers.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Robust evidence of existing innovative digital tools and technologies that specifically support the transition to agroecology for different crops, farming systems and pedo-climatic conditions;

2.Improved understanding of the barriers, drivers, risks and usability aspects of digital tools that support the implementation of agroecological farming approaches for different crops and farming systems in different pedo-climatic regions;

3.Greater awareness among different actors of the cost-effectiveness and the economic, environmental and social performance of digital tools that support the implementation of agroecology, as well as the barriers and incentives for their uptake and deployment;

4.Pathways to address research and innovation (R&I) needs as regards digital tools that specifically support the transition to agroecology in the EU and Associated Countries.

Scope: Agroecology 149 is a holistic approach that relies on and maximises the use of ecological processes to support agricultural production. By working more with nature and ecosystem services, it has the potential to increase farms’ circularity, diversification and autonomy, and drive a full transformation of farming systems and agricultural value chains, from input substitution and beyond. Agroecological farming systems therefore have great potential to enhance the sustainability performance of agriculture and agricultural value chains that contribute to the objectives of the EU farm to fork strategy. Compared to industrialised and most conventional agricultural production, agroecology brings a higher level of complexity to farming systems. Digital technologies and agricultural equipment can play a key role in improving the performance of agroecological approaches at farm and territorial level, and boosting their uptake by farmers, inter alia by supporting their decision-making on farming practices. These technologies, which include artificial intelligence, geo-spatial technology, advanced image analysis procedures, the internet of things (IoT), robotics and sensors, are available and can be applied to most farming approaches. However, agroecological farming systems are more likely to benefit from tailored digital technologies and technology portfolios that enable, for instance, ongoing monitoring of the transition of farming practices and their performance through databases of in-situ data, or support for farmers’ decision-making through the integration of the different elements of an agroecological farming system in a holistic, system-based approach. The cost-effectiveness and performance of these solutions need to be evaluated in order to ensure they contribute to the effectiveness and sustainability of agroecological systems and to farm and/or landscape management. Activities should contribute to road-mapping for the improved productivity and sustainability performance of agroecological farming systems by assessing the availability of digital, data-based solutions tailored to agroecological farming and the potential to adapt “standard” digital technologies used in agriculture to the specific requirements of agroecological approaches for farm and landscape management. Due attention should be paid to aspects relating to security in the use of data, interoperability and the extent to which farmers and other actors in the food chain accept and are able to use these solutions.

Proposals should ensure that any data produced in the course of the project comply with the FAIR principles. Proposals should build on the results of relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020 and ensure collaboration with projects funded under the following calls in this work programme: HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05: Agroecological approaches for climate change mitigation, resilient agricultural production and enhanced biodiversity and HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-01-two-stage: Agroecological approaches for sustainable weed management.

Proposals should evaluate the need for such tools, and their implementation capacity for different crops and farming systems in different pedo-climatic zones, taking account of local natural habitat types. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector.

Proposals should document specific needs for digital technologies to support agroecological farming approaches, at farm, territorial and regional / national level. Building on existing data bases of digital technologies for agricultural production, proposals should assess the availability of tools tailored to agroecological approaches and identify gaps and needs for the adaptation of existing technologies or the development of new, innovative solutions to serve the needs of agroecological farming systems. Proposals should evaluate the cost-effectiveness of the solutions proposed, and assess their potential performance in agroecological farming systems for different crops, farming systems, biogeographical regions and pedo-climatic conditions. Proposals should analyse barriers to and incentives for the uptake and effective deployment of these tools, including analysis of cost effectiveness, risks, usability and affordability for farmers, as well as social and cultural obstacles. Based on this information, proposals should compile an open repository of available digital tools to address the specific needs of agroecological farming systems, including organic, under different pedo-climatic conditions. In collaboration with a wide range of stakeholders, including farmers, the private and public sector as well as consumer representatives, proposals should develop a roadmap for R&I on digital technologies to support agroecology in the EU and Associated Countries.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-04: Tackling outbreaks of plant pests

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition
of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient EU agriculture and forestry, including an ambitious target for the reduced use of plant protection products 150 , proposals will support research and innovation (R&I) to help the agricultural / forestry sectors to remain productive and contribute to sustainable agriculture and/or forest health.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Find adequate responses to EU quarantine plant pests;

2.Enhance capacities to prevent, monitor and (bio)control important plant pests;

3.Support to relevant EU and Associated Countries’ plant health policies.

Scope: Proposals should target one or more plant pest(s) 151 that are either Union quarantine plant pests 152 present in the EU or Union quarantine pests which are priority pests 153 in the EU, and that are of concern for agriculture and/or forestry. They should improve methods and strategies for surveillance and control, and extend the range of tools for integrated and effective pest management.

Proposals should:

1.Contribute to the understanding of the drivers of plant pest spread and establishment including the influence of climate change, ecosystem degradation, and globalisation.

2.Develop efficient surveillance methods and strategies for early-detection and (bio)control of the pest(s).

3.Extend the range of tools and technologies available for the development of economically and environmentally sound solutions for effective pest management in farming and forestry in line with the principles of integrated pest management.

4.Analyse the social and economic implications for farmers affected by the plant pest(s) and developing approaches whereby those affected can best cope with the situation.

5.Analyse the ecological impact of plant pest(s) spread and establishment.

International cooperation with countries affected or threatened by the same pest(s) is strongly encouraged. Proposals should consider both the conventional and the organic sectors. Proposals must implement the “multi-actor approach” including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as research, plant health services and farmers/foresters are brought together.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of supporting the analysis of social and economic implications for farmers affected by the plant pest(s) and developing approaches on how to best cope with the situation when affected.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-05: Animal welfare 2.0

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient livestock production systems, including the improvement of animal welfare and reduction of anti-microbial usage, a successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help policy makers and other actors (e.g. economic operators) monitor and improve animal welfare in intensive and extensive systems, thus contributing to sustainable agriculture.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved capacity to evaluate and monitor the state of animal welfare in a region/country or in relation to a group of operators;

2.Enhanced capacity to further improve animal welfare by business operators or decision makers, through provision of best practices and innovative tools and

3.Enhanced capacity to integrate the environmental and socio-economic impact of proposed practices and innovations.

Scope: Farming and food production data are collected at different stages of the production process of terrestrial livestock, mostly to improve economic efficiency, disease control, food safety and quality. Few data collected on farms or during subsequent processing (e.g. in slaughterhouses or dairies) are used to monitor the welfare state of the animals and the different levels of welfare. This can be done through a combination of diverse sources of data already collected and more intensive collection through automatic systems, or routine sampling. At present, even where data are used for animal welfare purposes, they are often exploited only at individual farm level or for just a few operators. The development of algorithms to interpret the various types of data that are collected could increase their value in relation to animal welfare. This would be beneficial both at farm level and in broader contexts, e.g. among groups of operators, or at regional, national, or EU levels.

Proposals should address all of the following areas of research in terrestrial livestock:

1.Identification of the data and appropriate indicators that enable assessment of animal welfare on farms, during transport and at the time of slaughtering/killing;

2.Development of innovative ways of automatically collecting data pertaining to welfare and related sustainable farming techniques;

3.Standardisation of data collection for a population of operators along the supply chain;

4.Development of algorithms integrating heterogeneous data from a population of operators in order to evaluate the level of animal welfare within the population concerned;

5.Development of best practices associated with statistically meaningful improvements in animal welfare (i.e. associated with improved indicators at population level);

6.Evaluation of the environmental and socio-economic impacts of best practices for animal welfare, including marketability;

7.Development of monitoring tools and smart models to improve the scope of the data collection both quantitatively (population size) and qualitatively (quality of data collected and impacts measured); and

8.Development of innovative ways to estimate the impact of past detrimental conditions on welfare.

The choice of the population of operators should take into account their economic and social relevance for the EU policy and regulatory framework, and potential animal welfare issues (to be addressed both quantitatively and qualitatively). The choice of data studied should take into account complementarity, frequency and ease of collection (automation or routine sampling). It should also take account of the various dimensions of animal welfare (feed and water, comfort, health, behaviour, etc.). Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector, the veterinary profession, agricultural advisory services and other relevant actors along the food chain.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-06: Vaccines and diagnostics for priority animal diseases

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient livestock production systems, including the reduction of anti-microbial usage, a successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help policy makers and economic operators reduce the burden of infectious animal diseases, thus contributing to a sustainable livestock industry and public health (food safety, zoonoses, anti-microbial resistance).

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Enhanced capacity to prevent or control relevant priority diseases, through the provision of innovative tools and products to policymakers, the veterinary profession and business operators; and

2.Increased knowledge of virulence factors, mechanisms of infection and protection and identification of protective antigens needed for effective vaccine development.

Scope: Vaccines and diagnostics are essential components of the toolbox for preventing and controlling infectious animal diseases and limiting their impact, including the potential reduction of anti-microbial usage. The development or improvement of vaccines for regulated diseases may not be attractive for the pharmaceutical industry and public support may be needed because of market failure. It is important that the toolbox includes early, fast and reliable diagnostics, which may go hand in hand with vaccination (e.g. DIVA tests). New developments in science and technology (e.g. genomics, artificial intelligence) enable a fresh approach to vaccine and diagnostic development.

Proposals should address, for terrestrial livestock and relevant wildlife, improvements in vaccine technologies (e.g. adjuvants, stability and administration), products (e.g. new/improved vaccines, vaccines addressing multiple pathogens), underpinning knowledge (virulence factors, infection and protection mechanisms, protective antigens necessary for effective vaccine development) and related diagnostics, and look into the feasibility of vaccine production based on existing or novel vaccine platforms. Use of artificial intelligence to decipher target antigens is encouraged.

Diagnostics for infectious diseases in terrestrial livestock and related domains is recommended, for instance to set animal-specific clinical breakpoints for susceptibility of key veterinary pathogens for which disease-specific breakpoints are unavailable and generic breakpoints based on antimicrobial concentrations in serum are not relevant. Point-of-care and multi-pathogen diagnostic tools are particularly helpful for strengthening surveillance and capacity to respond to threats.

The choice of infectious agents / diseases should take into account their importance for EU policy and regulation, e.g. by virtue of being responsible for epizootic diseases such as African swine fever, African horse sickness, or being priority zoonotic diseases, contributing to anti-microbial resistance, or having serious socio-economic impacts more generally. Proposals may use priorities identified under OIE 154 , in EU animal health law, or by the SCAR Collaborative Working Group on Animal Health and Welfare 155 , Discontools 156 , or the STAR-IDAZ International Research Consortium 157 .

Participation of industry is highly recommended.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

International research cooperation with institutions outside the EU is welcome insofar as it brings clear added knowledge, value and expertise to the project and maximises the impact.

Proposed research should take into account other EU funded projects, including those funded under ICRAD ERA-NET 158 .

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-07: Research & innovation roadmap for blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy and the headline ambitions of a ‘digital age’ and ‘economy that works for people’, leaving no one behind, the successful proposals will support increased traceability and transparency in food supply chains and support the implementation of sustainability schemes. They will therefore contribute to the ambition of developing sustainable, productive and climate-neutral, biodiversity-friendly, and resilient farming systems providing consumers with affordable, safe, healthy and sustainable food, minimising pressure on ecosystems, improving public health and generating fair economic returns for farmers through the exploration and development potential of the use of blockchain in the agri-food sector.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.enhanced transparency and traceability in agri-food supply chains, including “green supply chains” through blockchain technologies;

2.contributing to increasing competitiveness and market power of producers, including through smart contracts;

3.reduce transaction costs and administrative burdens in the field of agri-food management for public and private actors through blockchain technologies and dedicated tools;

4.capacity building in Research & Innovation (Infrastructure), in the agri-food sector and public administration for the development, assessment and application of blockchain technologies in the field of agri-food;

5.excellence in research and innovation in blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector in Europe through networking of actors and initiatives.

Scope: The potential of blockchain technologies across sectors and fields of application has been widely acknowledged and is driven in private and public domains. Also in the area of agri-food, blockchain technologies have raised interest, but are not yet applied in mainstream mode. On the one hand, the area of agri-food induces special challenges to the application of blockchain technologies, such as the nature of products; on the other hand, the sector is predestinated for tracking technologies. As pointed out in the European Commission`s Green Deal, and the farm to fork strategy in particular, transparency and sustainability efforts in the food supply chain are to be increased and power between actors to be balanced. Blockchain technologies can not only support traceability ambitions, but also support the implementation of organic or other (sustainability-related) labelling schemes as well as sustainable finance and climate mitigation and/or biodiversity-friendly schemes, and smart contracts, track information for consumers, and reduce administrative burdens for the public administration

A new level of ambition is needed to tackle research and innovation (R&I) in the field of blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector, thereby generating the necessary knowledge and solutions to enhance the development and application of blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector in the private and public domain and develop the relevant capacities to foster this R&I objective in the short, medium, and long term. Experiences from the application of blockchain technologies in others sectors and areas are to be capitalised.

Activities should create an effective framework for action, which is expected to allow pooling resources, coordinating efforts and developing a coherent portfolio of R&I activities in the wider area of blockchain technologies in the field of agri-food following an integrative and de-fragmented systemic approach. This should include:

1.mapping and assessing existing blockchain technologies related European and international R&I activities and promoting their coordination in the field of agri-food; where relevant, initiatives and approaches developed in / for other sectors / fields of application with the potential of being transferred to the agri-food sector might be mapped as well;

2.assessing the extent of application of blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector in the EU and globally including the extent to which blockchain technologies meet EU and international regulatory requirements, and draw lessons learnt, benefits and shortcomings/ disadvantages;

3.analysing the needs for R&I on blockchain technologies in agri-food as expressed through stakeholder consultation and on-going research projects;

4.identifying gaps, priority areas and types of action for intervention;

5.proposing methodologies to monitor and review a portfolio of blockchain technologies related R&I activities in the field of agri-food.

Funded activities are expected to increase European capacities (technical, organisational) for implementing a major R&I programme on blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector. This results in:

1.a roadmap for R&I on blockchain technologies in the agri-food sector in Europe developed following the concept of "co-creation" with a wide range of stakeholders, including the private and public sector as well as consumer representatives;

2.improved coordination with existing activities in Europe and globally, thereby raising visibility and effectiveness of R&I funding going beyond EU-funded initiatives and including e.g. also nationally or regionally or privately supported actions;

3.identification of potential "flagships" for testing and demonstrating solutions on key actions from a producer, processor, consumer, investor and public administration perspective under consideration of experiences gained/ approaches developed in other sectors;

4.informed development of policies, supported development of relevant policies, and facilitated harmonisation and coordination between decision-making levels.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.development of innovative, cost-effective and resource-efficient blockchain-based approaches (including systemic approaches) to increase the traceability of agricultural products taking local, regional, national, European and global supply chains as reference point considering private and open blockchain networks.

2.development of innovative approaches reflecting on the environmental, socio-economic and practicability implications of the application of different blockchain approaches considering at least the situation in the EU and developing countries.

3.giving special attention to the capacities of (small) farmers and processors and actors in third countries in the deployment of blockchain technologies, as well as to private and public (sustainability-related) labelling schemes, organic and climate- and biodiversity-friendly production, sustainable finance, food safety, food safety emergencies, detection of non-authorised substances, border controls and consumer benefits, and fraud prevention.

4.identification of possible new application areas for blockchain technologies in the area of agri-food; possible spill-over effects to related application fields, such as bio-based value chains.

5.development of innovative resource efficient approaches to reduce transaction costs and administrative burden for producers and the administration (for organic products).

6.development of suitable R&I programmes to deliver the knowledge, technologies and practices needed to achieve the aforementioned expected outcomes.

7.establishment of links to relevant actors and organisations, including to Digital Innovation Hubs, the European Blockchain Partnership and the EU Blockchain Observatory.

Proposals are expected to demonstrate how to liaise with Cluster 4 activities as regards the development of cross-sectoral technological developments of blockchain solutions and reflect on their potential for the agri-food sector, e.g. in the fields of blockchain-based Internet of Things network management, authentication and access controls methods and novel decentralised analytics.

International cooperation is strongly encouraged.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-08: Uncovering lock-ins and levers to encourage farmers to move to and stay in sustainable, climate-neutral and biodiversity-friendly farming systems: from experiments to systemic mechanisms

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the Green Deal, notably the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, climate action, zero pollution ambition and the common agricultural policy (CAP), the successful proposals should support the development of policies, business models and market conditions that enable sustainable, productive and climate-smart agricultural systems. The farming systems should provide consumers with healthy and sustainable food affordable for all, improving public health, minimising pressure on ecosystems, enhancing biodiversity, and generating fair economic returns for farmers.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.improved understanding of challenges and opportunities for the development of sustainable, climate-neutral, biodiversity-friendly farming systems at the farm and landscape levels;

2.improved understanding of farmers’ individual (behavioural/decision-making) and systemic ‘lock-ins’ and ‘levers’ for moving to and staying in sustainable, climate-neutral and biodiversity-friendly farming systems;

3.improved understanding of consumers’ behaviour (decision-making) and market segmentation with regard to buying food from sustainable, climate-neutral and biodiversity -friendly farming systems;

4.improved understanding of behaviour (decision-making) of upstream and downstream operators in agri-food value chains and other relevant actors across food systems with regard to hindering/facilitating transition to sustainable, climate-neutral and biodiversity-friendly production and consumption systems;

5.better design and implementation of relevant policies, in particular the CAP, the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, that effectively incentivise large-scale and long-term behavioural shifts by farmers to sustainable, climate-neutral and biodiversity-friendly farming systems;

6.improved farm advice, business strategies and relationships building on common interests among relevant food systems operators and actors across sectors, helping farmers to produce in a more sustainable manner, contributing to climate neutrality and reversing biodiversity decline; and

7.improved capacities of researchers in behavioural and experimental research, and systems thinking.

Scope: Although the EU has made strides in improving the sustainability of agriculture, substantial efforts are still needed to achieve the ambitious targets of the European Green Deal, in particular the farm to fork strategy and the objectives of the future CAP. Many emerging approaches, such as agroecology 159 (including organic farming), etc., have the potential to make farming systems more sustainable in climate, environmental, economic and social terms. However, multiple ‘lock-ins’ are preventing farmers from scaling the transition up and out to more sustainable production systems. Policy and business shifts are needed to help them escape from the ‘lock-ins’ and change at the requisite pace. An in-depth understanding of farmers’ ‘lock-ins’ and ‘levers’ is key to spurring large-scale and lasting shifts to sustainable farming systems. Behavioural and experimental research that unpacks the decision-making involved in adopting sustainable practices holds significant potential when it comes to identifying ‘lock-ins’ and ‘levers’, thereby improving the effectiveness of the CAP and contributing to the successful implementation of the farm to fork strategy. In addition to unpacking the pieces of the behavioural (decision-making) puzzle, it is important to compile a wider, more comprehensive picture of the food systems in which farmers operate and of their governance, structures, mechanisms and dynamics that lock them into unsustainable practices or incentivise them to take and stay on a sustainable path.

Proposals should investigate farmers’ decision-making (behaviour) and the broader food systems in which they have to operate (and/or create collective action), so as to uncover what locks them into unsustainable practices and what incentivises them to move to and stay in sustainable production systems. Attention should be paid to the full range of decision-making factors (e.g., behavioural, economic/regulatory, knowledge, biophysical, gender, cultural, etc.) and food systems’ structures, mechanisms and dynamics (e.g., feedback loops, trade-offs and synergies, etc.).

Proposals should take a comprehensive behavioural approach and investigate proximal and distal factors to understand farmers’ behaviour (decision-making) better, in order to inform the design and implementation of policies (in particular the CAP) and the European Green Deal initiatives (in particular farm to fork and biodiversity strategies). Extensive experimental research should cover, for instance (but not limited to) ‘nudges’, voluntary schemes or mandatory regulation, to fill gaps in policy-oriented research and support effective, evidence-based policy design and implementation.

It is also important to analyse behaviour (decision-making) of other food system actors and their role in/influence on hindering or incentivising farmers’ decisions as to whether to adopt and maintain sustainable practices in the long-term. To this end, proposals should thoroughly analyse consumers’ preferences (habits, choices), decision-making and shopping behaviour, in particular looking at market segmentation and willingness to pay versus buying acts, in various contexts. This knowledge should be shared broadly with farmers, so that they can respond better to changes in consumer demand, which is a strategic CAP objective. In addition, proposals should explore the behaviour (decision-making) and actions of downstream and upstream operators in agri-food value chains (e.g., input industry, food companies, retailers, hospitality industry, etc.) and other relevant food system actors that lock farmers in unsustainable practices or enable/encourage them to adopt sustainable practices and stimulate or hinder consumer demand for more sustainable food.

With an interdisciplinary lens, proposals should also consider the ‘whole-systems’ in which farmers operate and analyse the systemic mechanisms, structures and dynamics that lock farmers (and landowners) into unsustainable states and ways to break away, build collective interest for and incentivise them to move to and remain in sustainable farming systems.

Concurrent research should be conducted using the same (or similar) methods in a variety of settings representative of the diversity in agri-food systems and conditions in the EU and Associated Countries (e.g., a wide range of farm typologies, diverse farming systems, including (but not limited to) various agroecological approaches and organic farming, sectors/value chains, collective actions, regions and communities, etc.) in order to be able to derive meaningful conclusions on the general validity of decision-making (behavioural) factors and systemic insights across countries and contexts.

Proposals should also explore and propose ways to engage diverse food system operators and actors (e.g., through innovative policies, improved farmers’ organisation, social innovation or new business models, etc.), in enabling farmers to move to and stay in sustainable farming systems.

Based on the research results, proposals should formulate and disseminate widely to relevant actors:

1.policy recommendations and innovative policy options, in particular for the CAP, environmental policies, and relevant Green Deal initiatives; and

2.business strategies (including the identification of end markets for sustainable products on a cross-sectoral basis);

for encouraging farmers to lastingly adopt sustainable practices and progressively raise their sustainability performance.

The possible participation/contribution of the JRC in the project would consist of being involved in the selection of policies, business models and market conditions to be tested, the design of the experiments and the formulation of the policy recommendations.

Proposals should build and expand on the achievements of past and current research and innovation (R&I) projects, e.g., those funded under topic SFS-29-2017 160 . Collaboration with future projects to be selected under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-09 is encouraged. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-09: Towards an EU approach to assess and internalise positive and negative externalities of food for incentivising sustainable choices

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals
must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, in particular the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, climate action and zero pollution ambition, the successful proposals should help to speed up the transition to sustainable, biodiversity-friendly, zero pollution, climate-neutral and resilient farming and food systems on land and at sea. They should do so by supporting the development and implementation of policies, business models and market conditions that better internalise the external costs and benefits of food, thereby make the most sustainable food the most available and affordable for consumers, while generating fair economic returns in the supply chain, in particular for primary producers and SMEs.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.better understanding by policymakers, businesses and other actors in farming and food systems on land and at sea, of challenges and opportunities in relation to the internalisation of climate, environmental, social and health externalities of food at various levels (e.g., policy, product, organisational, farm, and investment) and in different contexts;

2.well-informed policy at local, regional, national and EU levels on the possible ways of steering primary producers’, businesses’ and consumers’ decision-making towards sustainable options by assessing and valuing the externalities of food (including using subsidies, taxes, incentives, etc.);

3.widespread use by policymakers, farmers and businesses of improved and harmonised approaches to identify, measure and value the positive and negative climate, biodiversity, environmental, social and health impacts of food; and

4.better internalisation of the positive and negative climate, biodiversity, environmental, social and health externalities of food, so that the most sustainable and healthy food becomes the most affordable and available for consumers, while generating fair economic returns in the supply chain, in particular for primary producers and SMEs.

Scope: Better internalisation of positive and negative climate, biodiversity, environmental, social and health externalities of food has emerged in the policy debates as one of many options for improving the availability and affordability of sustainable food for consumers and generating fair economic returns for sustainable producers. However, the advantages and disadvantages of the internalisation externalities of food are widely discussed. In addition, the attribution, assessment and valuation of these externalities are complex and challenging tasks. Interest and research around the internalisation of externalities of food have been growing in recent years. A number of initiatives and collaborations are building at various levels, from local to global. Accordingly, various frameworks, methods and approaches to operationalise the internalisation of externalities related to food have been developed and researched (e.g., true cost accounting). Nevertheless, the concept remains more theoretical than practical and it requires development and adaptation over time.

Proposals should follow a ‘multi-actor approach’, pilot a ‘community of practice’ and convene policy dialogues engaging researchers, policymakers and other relevant actors from across farming and food systems on land and at sea (e.g., farmers, fishers, downstream and upstream businesses, retailers, hospitality operators, consumers, financial institutes, NGOs, etc.) that are involved on the ground in identifying, measuring and putting a monetary value on the positive and negative climate, biodiversity, environmental, social and health externalities of food. A balanced coverage of the EU contexts and the inclusion of a wide range of viewpoints (i.e., from ‘believers’ to ‘sceptics’) and relevant projects/initiatives at different levels, from local to global, are essential.

Based on an in-depth review of the state-of-the-art (including scientific evidence, diverse projects and initiatives, and, for example, existing natural capital accounting), proposals should scrutinise various approaches to:

1.identifying, assessing and monetarising positive and negative climate, biodiversity, environmental, social and health externalities of food; and

2.measuring degrees of internalisation (i.e., what parts of various costs and benefits are already internalised in the current context).

Proposals should explore possible ways to improve, harmonise and operationalise these approaches in practice. They should also map and analyse gaps in existing databases, and collect data needed to assess the externalities, in such a way that they can be used for several purposes (e.g., footprint analysis). Proposals may identify a comprehensive set of case studies (e.g., based on a comprehensive ‘hotspot’ analysis) and demonstrate the usefulness of various approaches and databases in practice.

Proposals should also identify various possible strategies for elevating internalisation of externalities and embedding it in decision-making of primary producers, businesses and consumers. They should analyse these strategies in order to inform policymakers and businesses about the various possible options (e.g., taxing negative externalities and/or rewarding positive externalities across food value chains, from input industry through production to consumption) and their effectiveness, costs, benefits and risks.

All work should cover a wide range of food products sourced from different types of farming systems on land and at sea (including agroecological and organic), supply chains, processes, contexts and levels (e.g. farm, product, policy, investment, organisational, etc.). Attention should also be paid, inter alia, to legal issues (especially in relation to fiscal policy) and distributional effects, the international dimension (e.g., how to deal with feed and food produced outside the EU) and the whole spectrum of impacts along value chains (e.g., in relation to deforestation, land-grabs and rights violations, leakage of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, etc.), in line with the principles of due diligence and systems thinking.

Policy recommendations and business strategies should be derived from the insights generated, and then widely communicated and disseminated. Proposals should encourage networking, sharing of knowledge and good practices, as well as building the necessary expertise and competencies among policymakers and businesses, including primary producers and SMEs. As a result, taking into account the various approaches and viewpoints, a consensus should be reached in the policy debate on the feasibility, implications and next steps for developing and implementing a harmonised EU approach for assessing and internalising externalities of food. Depending on the results, proposals may also develop an action plan for policymakers and businesses, and a roadmap for future research and innovation (R&I) to operationalise in practice the assessment and internalisation of externalities of food.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project would consist of a contribution to a holistic assessment, including footprints (e.g., with the MAGNET model). This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-10: Sea to fork transparency and consumer engagement

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, the EU bioeconomy strategy and blue growth strategy, the successful proposal will support consumer engagement to a more sustainable, environmentally friendly, inclusive, safe and healthy seafood consumption through innovative information strategies and tools.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Sustainably fished or farmed nutritious seafood with a low ecological and carbon footprint is well-communicated, well-accepted and preferred by consumers.

2.Identification of key bottlenecks to achieve a fully transparent seafood value chain in Europe, including the assessment of criteria for consumers’ non-acceptance.

3.A lasting cooperation on data and information sharing between fishers, aquaculture producers, industry, retail sector, public authorities, scientific or knowledge centres, digitalisation companies and consumers, implementing innovative tools, including labelling in support of and complying with the current relevant legal framework and the future EU framework for food sustainability labelling. Full life cycle analyses that include environmental impact with an extended variety of monitored and communicated indicators on the environmental and climate footprint of seafood products supported by digital transition.

4.Growth, in the medium and long-term, of sustainable aquaculture in the EU and increased competitiveness of European seafood in global markets.

5.Increase public awareness and education to reaching and engaging more citizens to achieve a carbon footprint reduction in the seafood supply chain.

6.Social innovation for short-chain slow seafood solutions. Promotion of traditional or indigenous knowledge and skills or cultural culinary heritage and short-food chains with potential integration in ecotourism.

Scope: Transparency in the seafood chain is fundamental to create trust and improve acceptance by the consumers. A wealth of information is already available on seafood supplies to guide consumers and retailers in their purchasing choice. However, knowing when and where fish are caught in the vastness of the ocean is challenging and requires innovative and cost-efficient approaches. Additionally, farmed fish and shellfish grow in relatively controlled conditions, but producers do not always find the way to demonstrate this benefit. A lot of seafood is consumed processed and this adds downstream steps before reaching consumers’ table through logistics and retail. Often, consumers are faced with fish and shellfish of little-known origin with little information about fishing gear, feed, welfare issues, processing and transport details. This adds to an already existing important lack of trust in seafood, especially farmed seafood. Therefore, the level of awareness and demand among consumers and retailers is still far from sufficient to achieve a fully sustainable seafood sector and to efficiently promote consumption of the products with nutritional benefits and the lowest ecological and carbon footprint.

Research in this topic is expected to contribute to improving our understanding and developing new approaches and tools (e.g. new methods to trace origin, interoperable data technologies) to provide fully traceable records on how seafood is produced, processed and transported. The environmental performance of seafood production and consumption needs to be based on a complete set of criteria that can be efficiently ranked, monitored and integrated in transparent labelling of seafood in support of and complying with the current relevant legal framework and the future EU framework for food sustainability labelling. Issues of biology, feeding, disease, pathology, environmental sustainability (including issues related to organic aquaculture) among others should be addressed.

Innovations should lead to a change in the seafood consumption behaviour towards a preference for nutritious and sustainable seafood with a low ecological and carbon footprint.

Proposals should significantly increase the visibility of sustainably fished or farmed seafood and the engagement of consumers with these products through improved monitoring approaches, analytical methods and communication and marketing strategies, and the development and optimization of web-based and digital tools. Traceability should be ensured. Moreover, the tool can show information on the seafood species life cycle, nutritional values and the fishing or production and processing methods.

The use of social innovations for short-chain slow food solutions to reach and engage more citizens should be considered. Underused caught or produced species with very low ecological or carbon footprint can also be promoted. Traditional or indigenous knowledge and skills or cultural culinary heritage should be taken into account where relevant and appropriately assessed for environmental and food safety, and integrated in ecotourism developments. Special attention should be paid to the younger generation.

Cooperation activities with projects funded under other seafood-related topics are encouraged. Engaging with managing authorities of European Structural and Investment Funds during the project would help increase implementation of the project outcomes.

Active co-creation with stakeholders and end-users, including from third countries that export seafood to the EU is also key for the achievement of traceability in all seafood consumed in the EU.

International co-operation with partners from non-associated third countries is strongly encouraged as a win-win scenario, while contributing to the European competitiveness and resilience.

Where relevant, proposals may seek synergies and capitalise on the results of projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, its continuation European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. Social innovation 161 is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-11: Digital transition supporting inspection and control for sustainable fisheries

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, Common Fisheries Policy, the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, and the blue growth strategy, the successful proposal will support better fisheries management through data and technological development.

Project results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advancing the digital transition for fisheries inspection and control and deliver data for fisheries science, management and monitoring in a cost-efficient way to fully achieve the objectives of the Common Fisheries Policy (CFP).

2.Delivering innovative technological solutions such as machine learning and artificial intelligence and advance sensing technologies to support biologically complex data analysis

3.Devise new monitoring and control strategies to stop illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing (IUU) and promote sustainable fisheries in the EU and globally.

4.Create a new generation of jobs in the EU requiring digital and high-tech know-how applied to fisheries.

5.Improve the professional skills and competences of those working and being trained to work within the blue economy.

Scope: The CFP aims to ensure that fisheries are environmentally, economically and socially sustainable and provide a source of healthy food for EU citizens. The CFP adopts a cautious approach, which recognises the impact of human activity on all components of the ecosystem. It seeks to make fishing fleets more selective in what they catch, to phase out the practice of discarding unwanted fish and to fight IUU vigorously. These illegal practices deplete fish stocks, destroy marine habitats, distort competition, put honest fishers at an unjust disadvantage and weaken coastal communities, particularly in developing countries. The EU is working to close the loopholes that allow illegal operators to profit from their activities. To be successful, the EU needs to have in place a technologically advanced and effective fisheries control system. Fighting IUU requires global cooperation, namely through regional fisheries organisations, to foster synergies by adopting innovative control technologies and data standards by fishing, coastal, port and consumer states.

Despite the advances attained since its inception, important challenges remain to ensure that the CFP aims are fully met. The availability and quality of fisheries data should be improved and more needs to be done to ensure that these data are shared systematically between all relevant entities, including fisheries scientists. In the EU, current control measures are only partially effective at ensuring the enforcement of the landing obligation, and of fully documented fisheries more generally. Accurate recording and accountability of by-catches of sensitive species, such as birds and mammals, and of marine biological resources are essential for an ecosystem approach to fisheries and for a sound stock assessment, which are in turn the foundation of responsible and sustainable fisheries management. The control and monitoring of vessels operating outside EU waters (long-distance fleet) as well as the small-scale fleet and recreational fisheries need particular attention.

Moreover, in order to ensure that EU fish imports come from sustainable fisheries and to promote the eradication of IUU worldwide it is necessary to cooperate with third-countries and international organisations to strengthen and promote the use of similar cost-efficient control technologies and data standards. The digital revolution has to contribute to ensure accurate catch registration data, including from weighing at landing, the verification of measures on fishing capacity applicable to vessels engine power, better traceability of fisheries products and improved catch certification schemes.

Digitisation and advanced tools applied to fisheries, such as Remote Electronic Monitoring Systems (REMs), artificial intelligence, machine learning tools, sensor data and high-resolution satellite imagery, have enormous potential to optimise fishing operations and enhance our ability to collect and analyse data, as well as improve monitoring and control capabilities and ultimately support a sustainable management of marine biological resources.

Research and innovation under this topic should review existing and develop new technological solutions to improve: (i) detection of illegal discards; (ii) checks on weighing, weighing systems and accurate catch registration; (iii) data management and reporting and third-party reporting based on remote electronic monitoring systems on vessels; (iv) risk management applied to fisheries; (v) monitoring and control of small-scale, recreational and long-distance fleet, (vi) electronic marking of fishing gear, (vii) identifying IUU activities as well as fisheries products stemming from those activities, (viii) promoting data standards and protection, remote access to data and automatic data exchange protocols, and (ix) innovative tools to assess compliance with technical requirements and measures applicable to fishing vessels, such as continuous engine power monitoring.

Research under this topic should be cross-disciplinary bringing together marine scientists, maritime (including fisheries) surveillance and control authorities, IT specialists and governance experts.

Where relevant, proposals may seek synergies and capitalise on the results of projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, its continuation European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12: Filling knowledge gaps on the nutritional, safety, allergenicity and environmental assessment of alternative proteins and dietary shift

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to promote the production, provision and safe consumption of alternative sources of protein, and dietary shifts towards sustainable healthy nutrition, contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co‑benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction, empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

The farm to fork strategy states that ‘[a] key area of research will relate to (…) increasing the availability and source of alternative proteins such as plant, microbial, marine and insect-based proteins and meat substitutes’.

While information already exists on the environmental and climate-related benefits of a dietary shift to alternative proteins, more R&I is needed to obtain a comprehensive and up‑to‑date understanding of the environmental footprint and sustainability performance of alternatives (e.g. plant-based, microbe-based, ocean-based (i.e. fish, algae, invertebrates), fungus-based, insect-based, cultured meat) compared to conventional sources of protein (e.g. meat and dairy) and dietary shifts. There is also a need for further research on the positive and negative impacts of alternative protein sources in European diets on human health (e.g. food allergies) and their bioavailability (along with other characteristics such as structure, colour, taste and flavour). It is presumed that a shift to alternative proteins should lead to healthier and overall more sustainable diets, but this depends on the nature of the shift (e.g. shifting from processed meat to another nutrient‑poor, highly processed protein source might not provide the desired health benefits).

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.informing a systemic approach to integrated food policy development and informing sectoral policies (e.g. on food safety, public health, agriculture, aquaculture and the environment) through additional, up-to-date information and knowledge on alternative sources of protein and dietary shift; and

2.providing solutions and assessing their potential for fighting climate change (through adaptation and mitigation), halting biodiversity loss and improving ecosystem services, promoting the circularity of the food system and improving people’s health and well‑being through more nutritious, healthier and overall sustainable food systems and food choices.

Scope: Many studies (e.g. IPCC, EAT-Lancet) have highlighted the large environmental impact of traditional livestock production and consumption of products thereof, and the need for and benefits of a dietary shift to alternative protein sources. For example, switching from meat and dairy to alternative sources of protein could lead to savings in land use (plant alternatives need less land per unit of protein; aquatic animals generally have a high production per area), better animal welfare and less deforestation for food production. Excessive consumption of livestock-derived products could also lead to a decline in health. The World Health Organization (WHO) has classified processed meat as carcinogenic to humans and red meat as probably carcinogenic to humans. An Oxford University model specifies that switching to diets made of alternative protein sources (e.g. algae, insects, plants, fungi) reduces diet‑related mortality by 5-7%, due to increased consumption of dietary fibres 162 . However, a concern regarding novel foods (especially those containing proteins) is the likelihood of food allergies.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.consider all alternative sources of protein (e.g. plant-based, microbe-based, ocean‑based (i.e. fish, algae, invertebrates), fungus-based, insect-based, cultured meat), including their processing, and avoid focusing on only one, so as to enable comparison;

2.fill knowledge gaps and improve our understanding of the positive and negative impacts of each type of alternative protein and the overall dietary shift with respect to the environment, natural resources, biodiversity and climate (considering global aspects, pedo‑climatic and biogeographical conditions, pollution pressure and trade issues);

3.fill knowledge gaps on the characteristics of each type of alternative protein, including nutritional quality (e.g. bioavailability, the quality of the protein itself and of combined protein sources), alone and in the context of its introduction in European diets (taking into account the cultural aspects of diets and national dietary advice in the EU);

4.fill knowledge gaps on the health impact of alternative proteins and overall dietary shift in the European Union, in particular for those sources of proteins for which limited information on health impacts is available, such as (but not limited to) invertebrates or insects-based proteins (e.g. allergies, compliance with nutrient‑based and food‑based dietary guidelines and recommended dietary patterns), while considering gender aspects, and other safety aspects (e.g. not cytotoxic, no toxic aggregates or excessive amount of toxic substances);

5.conduct a comparative systemic analysis of conventional and alternative proteins. New Product Environmental Footprint (PEF)-based categories should be created and health effects should be included in diet assessment frameworks. Non-linear effects should be studied, with regard to both consumption and production;

6.highlight the need for new future-proof technologies and anticipate potential issues in relation to resource availability, pollution and societal acceptability;

7.create or contribute to a data space to gather knowledge, information and results of studies, and share them openly (open science) among research communities, interested parties and the public (dietary data hub). Seek interactions and complementarities with the data space for R&I and the European Open Science Cloud, and contribute to increasing the level of FAIRness (Findability, Accessibility, Interoperability and Re-usability) of dietary data;

8.clearly explain how they will contribute to the farm to fork objectives and deliver co-benefits on each of the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g. meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way); and

9.implement the multi-actor approach by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research. Proposals should also promote international cooperation. Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects (especially the four projects funded under topic LC-SFS-17-2019: Alternative proteins for food and feed). Projects should have a clear plan as to how they will collaborate with other projects selected under this topic (if funding of more than one project is possible) and topic HORIZON‑CL6‑2021-FARM2FORK-01-02: Developing sustainable and competitive land‑based protein crop systems and value chains. They should participate in joint activities, workshops, focus groups or social labs, and common communication and dissemination activities, and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities. The possible participation of the JRC in the projects will also ensure that the proposed approach will be compatible with and/or improve existing databases and tools used at the European Commission with regard to the environmental aspects, and ensure open access to data.

10.This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-13: Evidence-based decision-making to change social norms towards zero food waste

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the
multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 (according to the activity) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, and the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to prevent and reduce food loss and waste, contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and the empowerment of communities.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.More timely and responsive decision-making on food waste prevention and reduction by any actor seeking to implement a food waste prevention or reduction initiative, based on new, comprehensive and easily accessible evidence of the impact and cost-effectiveness of different measures and behaviours at different levels and across different sectors, including consumers;

2.Food companies engage more and more effectively in food waste prevention and reduction activities.

Scope: Food loss and waste has negative impacts on society, the environment and the economy: it contributes to food insecurity and hinders nutrition; generates greenhouse gas emissions and creates pressure on land and water, including deforestation, degradation of natural habitats and biodiversity loss; it is also responsible for great economic losses. Such negative impacts are exacerbated in times of crisis (e.g. COVID-19), when food supply‑chain disruptions generate additional food losses and wastes.

Reducing the amount of food intended for human consumption that is eventually lost or wasted represents a complex challenge, as it involves changing established business practices and people’s habits, while guaranteeing the safety of food. As demonstrated by UNEP Food Waste Index Report 2021 163 , food is wasted mainly towards the end of the supply chain (particularly at consumption level, in households and food services). Here, consumer behaviour and the lack of awareness and coordination between actors in the supply chain play a key role. An additional issue directly linked with loss and waste is the amount of packaging that is eventually discarded with – or without – the food.

Successful proposals are expected to address two complementary areas:

Area A:

Developing a comprehensive evidence-based analysis of food loss and waste prevention actions, with the overall aim of informing decision-making. In particular, this should involve an impact assessment and cost-benefit analysis of existing food waste prevention actions in the EU and its associated countries, and of their economic, environmental and social impacts. This should include developing a database of actions and tools for preventing and reducing food waste and loss, which will help inform future interventions by different stakeholders and promote replicability across countries.

The development of sector-specific guidance sharing the key success factors, barriers and data for an effective prevention and reduction of food losses and waste is also recommended.

Area B:

Supporting research (i.e. development of an evidence base) and innovation (with a special focus on open and social innovation) on existing social norms responsible for food waste, so as to foster appropriate changes in consumer behaviour and business practices (e.g. marketing standards, retail and trade practices, restaurant portion sizes).

This will involve gathering new evidence on the feasibility of innovations that are tailored to specific contexts.

On consumer behaviour, the investigation should include analysis of current trends and correlations as regards:

1.Food waste and convenience food (i.e. ready to eat);

2.Food waste at household level and food services (i.e. eating out/take away);

3.Food waste, obesity and malnutrition;

4.Food waste and crisis response policies (e.g. case of COVID-19).

As regards food businesses, this activity should support innovative and/or improved business practices in large companies and SMEs that:

1.Effectively signal the value of food, so as to reduce food waste;

2.Redesign portion sizes to reduce food waste;

3.Operationalize food waste reduction and prevention though internal corporate policies and business strategies with supply chain actors.

The expected behavioural change should also be supported by new or specifically adapted technologies in both of the following areas: date marking and sustainable and smart food packaging.

Successful proposals should build on the work of the Commission’s Joint Research Centre in support of the EU Platform on Food Losses and Food Waste, and be in line with the Commission’s environmental footprint method 164 , 165 , especially as regards to the life-cycle assessment.

Successful proposals should deliver on food waste reduction and prevention across the food system. They should explain how they will deliver co-benefits to the Food 2030 priorities (nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, and innovation and empowerment of communities).

The required multi-actor approach (see eligibility conditions) will be implemented by conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research and involving a wide range of food system actors, with special attention to consumers and civil society organisations.

Proposals should develop compelling communication products, potentially two-way communication activities for each relevant food system actor and an innovative science education package for schools. They are encouraged to build on past or ongoing EU-funded research and collaborate with relevant initiatives, including the Commission’s Platform for Food Losses and Waste. They should set out a clear plan on how they will cluster with other proposals selected under this and any other relevant topic, e.g. by participating in joint activities, workshops, and common communication and dissemination activities.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Proposals should address inequalities, be they due to gender, race or other social categories. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-14: Microbes for healthy and sustainable food and diets

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction
to this work programme part.

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. It will support R&I to foster advances in research related to microorganisms for safer, healthier and more environmentally friendly food processing. This is along with contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A furthering of open access provision for the necessary standardisation, identification, and mapping techniques of existing and potential beneficial microorganisms, and microbial consortia for use in food processing, which providing an assessment of their benefits with respect to nutrition, health, food safety, circularity, and sustainability.

2.Knowledge from the assessment of the economic, societal and environmental importance of fermented foods and of their role in transition from animal to vegetable proteins.

3.Advanced knowledge on what can be considered a healthy human microbiota and the conditions (for example diet and treatments) under which this equilibrium is disrupted.

4.Further knowledge on fermentation-based solutions for food products and processes, such as improved nutritional, structural, and functional properties, and enhanced food preservation.

Scope: There is evidence that beneficial bacteria and other microorganisms can lead to a healthy animal and human gut microbiome, that microbiomes can improve food quality and safety (incl. tailored food) as well as the nutritional value of aliments/food, contributing to more sustainable food systems. The rupture of the human microbiome symbiotic relationship could also be associated to more health disorders and the cause of chronic diseases, and that food is an essential lever to maintain symbiosis by promoting optimal intestinal microbial diversity and restoring healthy microbiome profiles and functionality. An expected outcome of this topic is the further scientific underpinning, verification and elucidation of these investigative pathways through evidence driven research and innovation.

In this context food based on microbial fermentation needs further investigation as it currently accounts for 5 to 40% of our diet (country depending) yet we still know little of its role in the human digestive system after ingestion. Further research should provide sustainable dietary strategies based on microbe-fermented foods aiming to improve human health and sustainability of dietary patterns, and help in determining any possible role in metabolic disease control. Food fermented by microorganisms and food ingredients produced by them also have huge innovation potential, in particular for SMEs, for local development, and as a way of minimizing food waste from non-optimal raw material, waste products from food manufacturing, or seasonal overproduction.

Activities should develop applicable solutions, in particular for the food processing industry, and in the utilisation of fermentation potential. New products may seek EU market regulatory approval, thus proposals should consider and address relevant regulatory requirements as well as EFSA guidance documents for specific safety testing and risk assessment protocols.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Understand the interaction of microbial biodiversity, mechanisms between fermented foods, different types of food microbiomes, and the human microbiomes in order to determine the role of fermented food in nutrition, health and diet diversification.

2.Develop applicable solutions for the food processing industry utilizing microbial potential in the production of food ingredients, and nutrients including formulation into food products.

3.Develop new tests to evaluate the condition of the symbiosis between humans and microbiotas used routinely in pro- and diagnostics.

4.Using microbes to reduce food packaging, food processing inputs (e.g.: energy, water), chemicals used in food (production), while ensuring the increased lifespan and safety of the products and the benefits to human and animal health.

5.Activate societal engagement with relevant stakeholders (e.g. farmers, civil society organisations, regulatory bodies, citizens and media outlets) in order to ensure product acceptability and labelling in compliance with the relevant legal framework.

Proposals should explain how they will deliver co-benefits to the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities as well as those relevant to different socio-economic and cultural groups.

Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach by involving a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research engaging consumers, consumer organizations and civil society organisations and including local and indigenous knowledge of soils. Proposals are encouraged to build on past or ongoing EU-funded research, research infrastructures and collaborate with relevant initiatives, including the Horizon Europe Soil Health and Food Mission. International cooperation (such as the International Bioeconomy Forum) is highly recommended. Proposals should include a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other proposals selected under this and any other relevant topic, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-15: Transition to healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. Se
e definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to facilitate the transition towards healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour. It will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

The main objective of this topic is to understand better, and measure, factors influencing dietary behaviour. It also seeks to support the development of innovative, effective tools and strategies to facilitate the transition towards healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour and self-management of dietary habits.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.improved knowledge and understanding of the factors influencing the dietary behaviour of different target groups (in particular vulnerable groups) across Europe, including barriers and constraints;

2.identification of effective means whereby each food system actor can foster behavioural change;

3.enabling consumers to make informed food choices;

4.a scientific basis for dietary advice to support policymakers and Member States that will empower individuals to adopt healthy and sustainable dietary behaviours, choices and lifestyles, as a win-win for their health and the environment, building on the advice of competent bodies at national, EU and international levels; and

5.a better scientific basis on which policymakers could develop communication strategies that would increase the acceptability of food and health policy interventions by all actors and sectors that aim to support a shift towards healthy and sustainable diets for all, bearing in mind that education and dietary advice is a national competence.

Scope: Changes in food production, processing and consumption patterns have contributed to diet-related health problems worldwide 166 . Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as cardiovascular diseases (CVDs), cancer, obesity, chronic respiratory diseases and diabetes account for 71% of all deaths. NCDs are largely preventable through effective interventions that tackle shared risk factors such as unhealthy diet, physical inactivity, tobacco use and the abuse of alcohol. According to the EAT-Lancet Commission, a shift from current diets to healthier diets is likely to benefit human health substantially, averting about 11 million deaths per year. Long-lasting, healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour needs to be given high priority from an early age, as good eating habits are usually formed in childhood.

The change of dietary behaviour is a complex challenge subject to manifold influences that should be better understood at individual and system levels, and through public engagement and inter-/trans-disciplinary approaches. The development of new approaches/strategies/tools requires a systemic approach involving all the main actors at different levels, who can ensure acceptance of and better adherence to healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour. These include governmental and public authorities, healthcare providers, education systems from schools to universities, (local) producers, the food industry, retailers, hospitality and food services, non‑governmental consumer and patient organisations, the general public, policymakers and the media.

Proposals should consider a range of geographical, socio-economic, behavioural and cultural factors and aim to produce innovative and effective strategies, tools and/or programmes promoting sustainable and healthy dietary behaviours and lifestyles to be used by policymakers, and monitoring approaches for measuring progress towards these goals if policymakers decide to implement such strategies, tools and/or programmes. The gender dimension (possible physical and behavioural differences) should also be investigated. Data collected and integrated by the private and public sectors should be broken down by gender and age.

Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects, and input from national, EU and international competent bodies. Selected projects under this topic (and under the topic HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage: Prevention of obesity throughout the life course) are strongly encouraged to participate in joint activities as appropriate, possibly in the form of project clustering, workshops, etc. Proposals are expected to demonstrate support for common coordination and dissemination activities. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover such activities.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.map and monitor dietary patterns at national/regional/rural/(sub)urban levels relevant to different genders, socio-economic and cultural groups, including the most vulnerable, to provide a snapshot of the situation across Europe;

2.identify, involve and analyse different population groups, in particular the most vulnerable, and the health and environment impact of their choices, in order potentially to enable them to benefit from the outcome of the project;

3.understand and measure the impacts of the factors and incentives influencing individual and collective dietary choice and behaviour across Europe;

4.improve our understanding of the barriers and enabling factors affecting food system actors’ efforts to improve food environments and to produce, process, promote and provide healthier and environmentally, socially and economically sustainable food products/processes/services to respond to citizens’ needs/demands;

5.for specific groups, develop innovative actions/approaches/interventions for different countries, region, urban and rural areas that policymakers could use to facilitate the transition towards healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour and lifestyle, and evaluate the effective impact if those would be implemented;

6.develop innovative and effective tools to improve education, communication, engagement and training on sustainable healthy nutrition and diets, and on sustainable food systems, adapted to different population groups in respect of cultures, needs and gender at different levels (e.g. public authorities, health care providers, education systems). The tools should be available to the responsible national authorities, to support their efforts on health promotion, disease prevention and care;

7.develop science-based tools for translating the scientific evidence base into easy-to-understand food-based dietary guidelines by national competent authorities that take account of local, seasonal, cultural, social, ethical, health and environmental factors and help consumers to make informed, responsible and easy choices;

8.fill knowledge gaps and update the scientific evidence base to provide support for national authorities developing dietary guidelines for specific population groups (using the basis provided by national, EU and international competent bodies);

9.provide recommendations for policymakers, underpinned by scientific evidence, to facilitate the transition towards healthy personalised management and sustainable dietary behaviour and lifestyle; and

10.provide evidence-based cost-benefit analysis of the proposed measure(s).

The multi-actor approach (see eligibility conditions) will be implemented by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting inter-/trans-disciplinary research. Proposals should bring together multiple types of scientific expertise in health and natural sciences, and social sciences and humanities. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-16: Identification, assessment and management of existing and emerging food safety issues

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the
introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment-friendly food system, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I on integrated approaches throughout the food system for detecting, assessing and mitigating relevant food safety risks. It will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.reduced risks from biological and chemical hazards throughout the food system;

2.administrations’ ability to anticipate and mitigate emerging food safety risks, capacity and expertise for risk assessment activities including holistic risk assessment (risks in combination with benefits) and best-fitting control measures for biological and chemical hazards across the food system;

3.improved support for food systems regulatory science (integrated risk-benefit assessment, cost-benefit assessment) through robust holistic risk assessment;

4.improved use of ‘big data’ to predict and prevent emerging food related threats; and

5.long-term anticipation and prevention of emerging risks for food and feed safety, plant, soil and animal health, and nutritional quality through better trend tracking and characterisation systems.

Scope: Food-borne diseases are a significant cause of morbidity and mortality, and a significant impediment to socio-economic development worldwide, but the full extent and burden of unsafe food, and especially the burden arising from chemical and biological hazards, is still largely unknown 167 .

Successful proposals are expected to address both of the following areas (area A and area B):

Area A

1.develop methods for early identification and monitoring of drivers of (re)emerging food safety risk and threats (e.g. global environmental changes, globalisation, technological innovations, policy changes, changes in values, perceptions and sensitivity, change in economic models, etc.);

2.develop methods and devices for the characterisation of emerging risks, with the aim of anticipating and possibly mitigating/preventing impacts (preparedness);

3.develop educational material/curricula to help strengthen existing food safety risk analysis teaching with an inter-/trans-disciplinary systems dimension;

4.engage authorities and the general public throughout Europe in early warning and the identification of emerging risks through a coordinated citizen science approach, and food safety awareness-raising efforts;

5.develop guidance on how to integrate food safety considerations in the design phase of innovations such as circular economy, by identifying possible emerging risks, in liaison with relevant initiatives that would benefit from the results;

6.develop methods to guarantee food safety in local food systems from farm to fork, in particular in small-scale businesses, and local cooperatives; and

7.develop holistic risk-benefit assessment methods and tools, and adapt these for use in a regulatory setting.

Area B

1.improve knowledge on the persistence of pathogens (including viruses) in food matrices and food processing environments for improved microbe control;

2.develop data, indicators and tools to address and tackle the risks associated with new and food-borne pathogens (including viruses);

3.develop and validate detection methods for new hazards and develop methods and devices for early identification of risks for food safety and threats;

4.develop more robust and responsive models for food safety crisis management, taking into account socio-economic and environmental factors;

5.analyse drivers of risks (globalisation, urbanisation, environmental degradation, climate change, etc.) to support the long-term anticipation and possible prevention of emerging risks; and

6.develop scientific evidence to support assessment of the risk posed to susceptible human subpopulations (including gender in the research context) and ecosystems and the underlying risk drivers.

Successful proposals should deliver support for evidence-based policymaking and related risk assessment activities and implementation needs, in particular for the development of effective regulatory control and enforcement aspects in the area food safety. Engagement with risk managers and risk assessors is expected for priority-setting and to deliver impactful results.

Proposals should explain how they will deliver co-benefits to the four Food 2030 priorities.

The multi-actor approach (see the eligibility conditions) must be implemented by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research. Proposals are encouraged to follow the One Health 168 approach and to build on past or ongoing EU-funded research and cooperation with relevant initiatives (such as the One Health’ European joint programme 169 ). They should have a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other projects selected under this topic (if funding of more than one project is possible). They should participate in joint activities, workshops and common communication and dissemination activities. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17: Increasing the transparency of EU food systems to boost health, sustainability and safety of products, processes and diets

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 (according to the activity) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300 000 in order to cover the expenses for developing and piloting crosscutting and systemic solutions th
at improve transparency with regards to one or several of the six objectives mentioned in the topic.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment-friendly food system, the successful proposal will support R&I to increase transparency across food systems to boost health, sustainability and safety of products, processes and diets, contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Advances in R&I to upgrade transparency will provide multiple benefits relevant to improving food safety, fighting food fraud and addressing growing public concern in the EU as regards the climate, biodiversity and environmental impacts of food and diets in practice.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.accelerate the deployment of transparency innovations and solutions in EU food systems, especially among micro-enterprises and SMEs, to boost health, sustainability, and safety of products, processes and diets, and drive climate action; and

2.ensure that future transparency innovations and solutions are demand-driven, systemic and cost-effective, and support the objectives of the EU farm to fork strategy and the EU Green Deal.

Scope: Despite technological progress and the emergence of new approaches, solutions and methodologies, recent literature 170 highlights continuing challenges in increasing the uptake of transparency solutions among food system actors. These include concerns about connectivity, interoperability, privacy, cost-efficiency and low consumer confidence in the technologies being deployed. In addition, many point to the fragmentation and complexity of food systems, the high number of SMEs and micro-companies, and the cross-cutting and systemic nature of transparency innovations as important reasons for the slow deployment of the solutions.

Transparency (defined in supply chains as access to non-distorted, factual, relevant and timely information about supply chain products 171 ) is a critical component of modern food systems. Transparency of food production from farm to fork is crucial to inform consumers, authorities and food system actors on product characteristics such as origin, production method, ingredients and safety, and on sustainability and ethical aspects of products and processes. It is also a crucial factor in ensuring food traceability and authenticity.

Proposals should accelerate the deployment of transparency solutions in EU food systems, especially among micro-enterprises and SMEs, to boost health, sustainability and safety of products, processes and diets in the period to 2030, and drive climate action. In particular, proposals should facilitate innovations that increase transparency in support of six objectives:

1.Improving the efficiency and effectiveness of traceability;

2.Making it easier for people to adopt healthy and sustainable diets with a lower environmental and climate impact, by advancing innovations that provide and process transparency data across the food chain to support the implementation of the future EU framework for sustainability labelling;

3.Making it easier for farmers and food businesses to increase the sustainability of their products and processes, and make them more nutrition-sensitive;

4.Drastically improving the efficiency and effectiveness of food safety processes and procedures, within companies and beyond;

5.Increasing the authenticity of products, and reducing food fraud; and

6.Increasing the capacity of authorities and policymakers that deal with food safety, sustainability, nutrition and health to monitor the performance of different parts and processes of the food system.

Proposals should build a network of expertise that can act as an EU hub for knowledge sharing and the demonstration and piloting of systemic solutions relating to transparency. The network should be governed by a wide range of experts and stakeholders, including primary producers, processors, retailers, food service providers, consumers, public and private institutions (governmental institutions, civil society, including NGOs, and industry), investors, entrepreneurs and policymakers.

Proposals should create an inventory of validated technologies (such as IoT, blockchain, artificial intelligence, 5G/edge, and ‘big data’), open data, approaches and methodologies based on past research and emerging best practice. They should demonstrate the use of these technologies to address the above objectives using existing or emerging data infrastructures across the food chain. They should make a particular effort to valorise relevant past EU-funded research.

Proposals should consolidate the state of play as regards approaches for dealing effectively with cross-cutting challenges (e.g. connectivity, privacy, interoperability, consumer acceptance, cost-effectiveness, skills) and address the lack of such approaches where needed and in line with the relevant legal frameworks.

Proposals should widely disseminate and communicate expertise among primary producers, processors, retailers, food service providers, public and private institutions (governmental institutions, NGOs, industry), investors, entrepreneurs and policymakers. In this way, they should build awareness, education and skills on at European level in a way that supports solution development in practice in major food categories, by taking into account EU, national, regional and sectoral contexts and needs (health, food & nutrition policies, environmental, socioeconomic, cultural, gender-related, behavioural and dietary).

Proposals should develop methodologies, tools and approaches to enable the clients of the network of expertise to engage actively with end-users of transparency solutions (e.g. retailers, public authorities), a broad range of food system actors, technology and infrastructure providers and policymakers, to make sure that new transparency solutions are demand-driven, systemic, in line with the relevant legal frameworks, and cost-effective, and that they support the objectives of the EU farm to fork strategy, including the implementation of the future food sustainability labelling framework. Proposals are encouraged to assess the merits of existing and future citizen-science initiatives that can help build or uptake transparency solutions.

Proposals should help clients to apply systems thinking to identify challenges linked to the above objectives and possible innovative systemic solutions. They should help them understand and assess how transparency solutions will be used and how they will generate benefits and incentives for consumers and food businesses by enabling policy development (including the implementation of a future EU framework for sustainability labelling). They should stimulate mutual learning across parts of food systems, scientific disciplines, geographies and languages.

Proposals should perform these tasks using a business model that guarantees the functioning of the network and its services beyond the lifespan of the project.

In addition, proposals should develop and pilot cross-cutting and systemic solutions that improve transparency as regards one or more of the six objectives, while respecting the relevant legal frameworks and national competence in the area of diet and health, to complement and support the above tasks. The pilots should advance solutions that can benefit a wide range of micro-enterprises and SMEs. For the purpose of the pilots, proposals may involve financial support for third parties in the form of grants, typically in the order of EUR 100 000 to 300 000 per party. These amounts are deemed sufficient to ensure that solutions are demand-driven, systemic and cost-effective, and support the objectives of the EU farm to fork strategy and the EU Green Deal. Up to 20% of the EU funding requested by the proposal may be allocated to the purpose of financial support for third parties.

Proposals should explain and map how the pilots will achieve co-benefits relevant to the Food 2030 priorities (nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities).

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic, by participating in joint activities, and common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals are encouraged to link with relevant smart specialization platforms.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Targeted international cooperation

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-18: One Health approach for Food Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least five independent legal entities established in Africa. The places of establishment of at least four of these legal entities must be in the same geographical region of Africa (as defined by the African Union: https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 )

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The EU’s relationship with Africa is a key priority for the EU. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the growing urgency of the climate crisis put pressure on both domestic/local food production and on ecosystems that generate higher health risks for plants, animals and humans with the emergence of new pest and diseases.

In line with the farm to fork strategy, and the development of Green Alliances on sustainable food systems, successful proposals will provide a comprehensive and integrated response to current and future challenges benefiting people, nature and economic growth in Europe and in Africa.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

1.EU – Africa jointly tackle climate change and environment-related challenges and meet the objectives of the Paris Agreement on climate change, and contribute to the Sustainable Development Goals;

2.develop nature-based solutions to plant nutrition, plant health and animal health addressing human health, with innovative methods and technologies that optimize, and limit when necessary, the use of external inputs and helps farmers in the implementation of regulated deficit strategies;

3.strengthened transdisciplinary research and integrated scientific support for relevant EU policies and priorities (the EU strategy for Africa, European Green Deal objectives, etc.);

4.In line with the EU priorities, proposals should take into consideration the objectives of the European One Health Plan against Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) 172 that aim at making the EU a best practice region, boosting research, development and innovation and shaping the global agenda.

Scope: The “One Health” approach to plant and animal health is based on a systemic perspective linking the health of ecosystems, animals and humans. It requires interventions at different level (local, territorial, value chain) and coherent public policies. ‘One Health’ can be applied to establish a transformative approach to increasing sustainable practices in agriculture and improving the overall health and well-being of humans, animals, and natural ecosystems.

There is a need to fill knowledge gap regarding interactions with different components and especially between human and animal and plant health and strengthen monitoring and evaluation systems to prevent the emergence and spread of pest and diseases with nature-based solutions.

Proposals should build on existing and new knowledge, data, models (including in situ calibration measurement) and available tools to:

1.identify local farm animals and crops in the different agro-ecological zones in Africa to maintain/increase productivity, resilience and nutritional quality taking into account the interactions between plants, animals, diseases, pests, zoonosis and ecosystems under conditions of limited external inputs and increased abiotic and biotic stresses;

2.develop innovative means including innovative methodologies for risk assessments and practices to tackle current and emerging plant pests and diseases, pests and zoonosis (including transboundary infectious livestock diseases) taking into account the interactions between plants, livestock health and the natural ecosystems;

3.develop sustainable and systemic integrated approaches to plant and animal health from farm to international scales in line with a greener agriculture by optimising resource efficiency, minimising production losses and avoiding geographical spread of diseases/pathogens (i.e. control of locusts or other migratory pests, development of vaccines) including animal breeding and being responsible/respectful of natural ecosystem integrity, goods and services;

4.establish a multidisciplinary team that works together to achieve these outcomes and bring together experts from academic, government, public, and private institutions to achieve meaningful change in public awareness, policies, and practices that support implementation of sustainable agricultural practices.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector and, as relevant, bio-based industry active in rural areas.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-19: EU-China international cooperation on integrated pest management in agriculture

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be coordinated with the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners.

The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, the successful proposals will help to promote a global transition to sustainable food systems. They will therefore help to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population and support the development and implementation of integrated pest management practices. They will strengthen international cooperation with actors from China in the areas of integrated pest management.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.reduce the use of pesticides for crops of importance to the EU, Associated Countries and China which dependency on chemical pest management is currently high;

2.increase on-farm use and implementation of integrated pest management practices;

3.develop integrated pest management training for farmers/growers and extend the range of applications through incentives to increase the uptake of integrated pest management practices;

4.raise awareness of integrated pest management practices and improve product quality and food safety by decreased residue concentrations of pesticides in crops and lower environmental impact.

Scope: A high percentage of food crops is lost to plant pests and diseases annually. At the same time, concerns are mounting over the impact of pesticides used in agriculture on the environment, non-target organisms and human health. Proposals should support the development and implementation of integrated pest management practices for crops where the dependency on conventional chemical pesticides is the highest, and where the exchange of information, best practices and technologies is of benefit to the EU, Associated Countries and China.

Proposals should:

1.enlarge the range of tools available for integrated pest management practices, such as crop diversification leading to more functional diversity, effective cropping techniques, appropriate species and varieties resistant to pests, the development of biological control agents, the preservation and enhancement of natural enemies of pests etc.;

2.develop technologies enabling the prevention, modelling and monitoring of pest emergence allowing timely and appropriate intervention in line with the principles of integrated pest management;

3.develop risk assessment methods for assessing the risks and environmental impacts of these technologies;

4.support capacity building, training and education enabling farmers/growers to adopt sustainable agricultural practices in pest management and the establishment of a reward/incentives system.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector. Practical solutions for farmers/growers, close to the market, should be facilitated by the involvement of industry, including SMEs, to promote the transfer of technology relating to integrated pest management.

Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs.

Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is envisaged to be implemented as a coordinated call but if no agreement is reached with the Ministry of Science and Technology China (MOST) on the co-funding of Chinese partners, it will be implemented as a normal call. Updates will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal.

Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 173

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 174

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-01

RIA

7.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-02

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-03

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-04

IA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-05

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-06

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-07

IA

12.00

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-08

RIA

14.00

Around 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-09

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-10

RIA

11.00

Around 11.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-11

RIA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-12

RIA

28.00

Around 7.00

4

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-13

RIA

11.00

Around 11.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-14

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-15

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

164.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling sustainable farming

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-01: Risk assessment of new low risk pesticides

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient EU agriculture and forestry, including an ambitious target of the reduced use of plant protection products, the successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help agriculture / forestry sectors to remain productive and contribute to sustainable agriculture and forest health.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.improve risk assessment of new so-called low-risk substances and plant protection products with the use of relevant methods;

2.foster EU regulatory science and risk assessment of new low-risk pesticides for agriculture;

3.ensure the safety of new low-risk pesticides used in agriculture through robust and transparent risk assessment;

4.increase the availability of safe and environmentally friendly methods for plant protection and weed control to reduce risks to the environment, non-target organisms and human health.

Scope: Concerns are mounting over the effects of pesticides on the environment, non-target organisms and human health. Member States and EU policies seek to reduce the reliance on chemical pesticides for crop protection through the design and implementation of approaches that are more integrated and include restrictions on the use of several active substances. To ensure the lowest risk to human health and the environment, the development of so-called low-risk substances 175 is encouraged by several regulatory incentives in the EU. However, the changing nature of low-risk plant protection products requires increased capacities in risk assessment. The plant protection products approval and authorization process has to keep pace with scientific and technological developments aiming to advance assessment methods of new low-risk plant protection products.

New products may seek EU market regulatory approval, thus proposals should need to consider and address relevant EU regulatory requirements as well as relevant guidance documents that are to be followed for the specific hazard characterisation and exposure assessment to achieve an appropriate risk assessment.

Proposals should contribute to:

1.improve the risk assessment of newly proposed or specifically adapted low-risk pesticides such as new species/strains of microorganisms, ds-RNA-based pesticides, pheromones, plant extracts, and/or microbiome solutions or a new mode of application with the use of relevant methods;

2.develop and advance the integration of different tools, technologies and methodologies to support the comprehensive and consistent risk assessments of new low-risk pesticides to ensure safety and sustainability;

3.contribute to understanding the biological effects of these new substances and/or products;

4.assess the impacts and risks of these new substances and/or products;

5.assess and improve the level of certainty in risk assessments of new low-risk pesticides;

6.identify the relevant additional studies required for assessing these new low-risk pesticides in order to establish that they have a hazard profile compatible with their classification as low-risk substances and plant protection products;

7.contribute to the standardisation and validation of the developed tools, technologies and methods for risk assessments.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-02: Socio-economics of pesticide use in agriculture

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals
must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, the successful proposal will support integrated pest management practices facilitating the progress towards the ambitious target of reduced use of plant protection products while supporting the agricultural / forestry sectors to remain productive and contribute to sustainable and biodiversity friendly agriculture and/or forest health.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Identify opportunities and barriers to increase the uptake of integrated pest management and low-pesticide-input pest management across the diversity of EU and Associated Countries farming systems;

2.Increase the capacity to understand the impact of current pesticide use practices and proposed alternatives on the agricultural sector;

3.Develop a thorough understanding of farmers’ decision-making, governance aspects and consumption patterns behind integrated pest management and low pesticide use practices;

4.Support the design of relevant related policies to achieve the targets of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies;

5.Strengthened transdisciplinary research and integrated scientific support for relevant EU policies and priorities (Sustainable Use Directive 176 , common agricultural policy (CAP), Green Deal objectives, European pillar of social rights, etc.).

Scope: Research has shown that well-designed integrated pest management programmes can control pests in an ecologically friendly manner; however, farming today relies on chemical treatments to ensure farm profits and yield. A better understanding of the social, economic and policy factors that can hinder or promote the uptake as well as evidence of the economic performance of integrated pest management/ low pesticide practices are needed to identify measures that can enhance its adoption and encourage the involvement of all relevant actors across the value chain. Project funded under this topic should ensure synergies and collaboration with other relevant ongoing Horizon 2020 projects.

Proposals should:

1.Improve understanding of the reasons for the limited uptake of reduced pesticide use/integrated pest management practices and/or shift towards low-risk pesticides and bio-control agents and practices. This should include a deeper analysis of the evolution since the whole agricultural sector may be impacted by a reduction of pesticide use.

2.Improve understanding of the impact (including direct and indirect effects) of current pesticide use practices and proposed alternatives at various scales, from fields to landscape and rural areas.

3.Analyse the sociological and economic drivers and unintended consequences, such as the switching of crops and/or pesticides when a plant protection product becomes unavailable.

4.Analyse the consequences of the ongoing development of resistances to the use of pesticides (both in qualitative and quantitative terms), on productivity, on the economic performance of farms, on natural habitats and biodiversity and the environment.

5.Analyse the competitiveness of goods produced using chemical pesticide-free/low-pesticide agriculture.

Proposals should cover a wide range of farm typologies, sectors and systems representative of the diversity of farming in the EU and Associated Countries, including both conventional and organic. Proposals must implement the “multi-actor approach” including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as research, social partners, plant health services and farmers/foresters are brought together.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of the use of a farm-level modelling tool to contribute to the assessment of the socio-economic impacts of alternative pesticide use practices, as well as to the evaluation of different policy scenarios to incentivise the uptake of alternative pesticide strategies. Additionally, the JRC could contribute to the analysis of possible survey data dealing with socio-economic impacts of current and alternative pesticide use practices.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-03: Enhancing biosecurity in terrestrial livestock production

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the ‘farm to fork’ strategy for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient livestock production systems, including the reduction of anti-microbial usage, a successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) in helping policy makers and economic operators to prevent and control infectious animal diseases, thus contributing to sustainable agriculture and to public health.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.improving the capacity of policy makers, members of the veterinary profession, business operators and other relevant actors to prioritise and implement biosecurity measures in different production systems on farms and other places where animals are handled;

2.gaining a better understanding of the costs and efficiency of certain biosecurity measures.

Scope: Biosecurity refers to a set of management and physical measures designed to reduce the risk of introduction, establishment and spread of diseases, infections or infestations to, from and within a population 177 . Biosecurity can prevent or minimise the risk of transmission of infectious diseases not only to animals, but also people (zoonoses), and contributes to the fight against antimicrobial resistance. Where no vaccine is available nor authorised, like for African swine fever or other new and emerging diseases, the control of infectious diseases relies heavily on biosecurity and no disease prevention, eradication or control programme can work without it. Proposed projects should address biosecurity at primary production, at least on farms and where animals are handled, but may also address relevant sectors like the feed industry. Effective biosecurity requires constant attention by those implementing it. Biosecurity can more easily be performed in enclosed facilities, like for indoor livestock farming, than in outdoor production, which may facilitate direct or indirect contacts with wildlife and subsequent transmission of a pathogenic infectious agent to livestock, although risks from outdoor farming may not always be higher than indoor. General principles of external and internal biosecurity are known, not least at farm level, but may not be equally applicable to all farms, production systems and species and protect equally well against all relevant diseases. The costs and efficiency of different measures are not always known, and guidelines are not common yet.

The proposals should:

1.address different terrestrial animal species and production systems, and different situations where livestock are handled;

2.address the main diseases or groups of diseases against which biosecurity measures are effective, taking into account epidemiology of the diseases and related risks (e.g. wildlife);

3.collect and disseminate best practices, and develop guidelines where appropriate;

4.develop validated applicable methods or refine tools to assess biosecurity measures on farms or other places where livestock is handled;

5.select certain measures, evaluate their efficiency, where appropriate by testing, and estimate their cost.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector, the veterinary profession, advisory services and other relevant actors.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-04: Innovative solutions to prevent adulteration of food bearing quality labels: focus on organic food and geographical indications

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to
this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The farm to fork strategy aims to accelerate the transition to sustainable farming and food systems by, inter alia, promoting the growth of organic farming with a view to achieve the target of at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030. Moreover, the strategy envisages the strengthening of geographical indications (GIs), by including specific sustainability criteria, where appropriate. One of the strategy’s main priorities is to combat food fraud along the food supply chain. The successful proposals should therefore contribute to preventing food fraud of products with quality labels, in particular organic and GIs. In this way, they should facilitate progress towards the strategy’s challenging target for organic farming and strengthen the GIs scheme.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.a wider use of new and improved tools and field-deployable methods and approaches for rapid and cost-effective verification of claims related to food products of plant and animal origin with quality labels, in particular organic and GIs;

2.unlocked potential of new technologies and other innovative approaches (e.g., business models) fit for farmers and food businesses (especially small-scale farmers and small and medium-sized enterprise (SMEs)) as well as policymakers, which cost-effectively enable traceability and transparency along the supply chains of quality labelled food, in particular those with organic and GIs labels;

3.improved functioning and effectiveness of the control systems in Member States and Associated Counties and the EU’s legislative framework for organic and GI food products;

4.increased data availability, interoperability and use, and improved analytical capacity for enhanced traceability and transparency along the supply chains of quality labelled food, in particular organic and GIs;

5.well-informed decision-making by farmers, food businesses and policymakers to improve climate, environmental, economic and social sustainability along the supply chains of quality labelled food, in particular organic and GIs.

Scope: Quality labelled food products, such as organic and GIs, are generally more expensive than their counterparts. Therefore, foods with such quality labels are particularly prone to fraud. Illegal practices can considerably harm the quality schemes, as they can undermine consumer confidence, thus damaging the farmers and food businesses who respect the rules. The main challenge is that it is difficult for consumers and operators across supply chains to visually distinguish genuine from false organic or GI products. Traditional methods of determining food quality are time consuming and usually require special laboratory analyses, which are often costly and may not be sufficient to guarantee a product’s authenticity and traceability. In addition, as organic and GI food supply chains become more complex, the need to ensure product traceability and transparency along the entire chain increases. Existing traceability and control systems help track products throughout the food supply chain and improve transparency. However, the organic and GI sectors rapidly change due to, for example, widespread use of e-commerce, and given the expected growth of these sectors, the risk of fraud may increase. Therefore, it is important to continuously innovate and upgrade the approaches to prevent fraudulent practices. Diverse new technologies and other innovative solutions (e.g., business models; participatory certification; local, short or mid-tier supply chains; etc.), are emerging to improve the authentication and traceability of quality labelled food products, in particular those with organic and GI labels, as well as to increase transparency of supply chains, thereby contributing to combating fraud. These innovative solutions need to be developed/improved, tested, demonstrated and deployed.

Proposals should investigate the current fraud practices affecting quality labelled food products, in particular organic and GI, and analyse the root causes/drivers of these practices and obstacles and ways to eradicate them. Based on these insights and building on the state-of-the-art in research and innovation, proposals should develop/improve, test, demonstrate and pilot promising innovative low-cost methods, tools and approaches to authenticate and/or trace quality labelled food products, especially organic and GIs, as well as to improve transparency of their supply chains from farm to fork. They should explore the potential of various technological and non-technological innovative solutions (e.g., digital (such as photonics, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain, internet of things (IoT), machine learning, etc.), new business models (in particular involving and suitable for small-scale farmers and SMEs), suitable reference materials, rapid and field-deployable, non-destructive testing methods, technologies to improve cybersecurity, etc.), and their combinations. The heterogeneity of products and sectors, as well as the diversity of supply chains and contexts should be taken into account. Proposals should also investigate the barriers and incentives to scaling up the use of the innovative solutions as well as assess the positive and negative impacts on the different operations and actors in the organic and GI food value chains, particular attention should be paid to small-scale farmers, SMEs and consumers, as well as the control systems used in Member States and Associated Countries. Proposals should also develop a system to increase availability of and access to relevant data, promote data harmonisation and improve the ways in which data are stored. In addition, they should explore ways to advance the analysis, use, interoperability and security of data to enhance fair transparency and support better decision-making, to improve sustainability along organic and GI food supply chains.

The innovative solutions should be widely disseminated and recommendations for relevant actors in the public sector and business should be provided. Close involvement and consultation with project advisory board members is recommended. Projects should use the 'multi-actor approach', ensuring adequate involvement of all relevant actors, including input suppliers, farmers and SMEs. Proposals may build on existing research infrastructures, where relevant. Proposals are encouraged to build on past and ongoing EU-funded research and innovation projects, and are strongly encouraged to cluster with upcoming projects under the HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-10, HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-11 and HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17 topics. They are also encouraged to cooperate with actors working on related initiatives, including the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) Knowledge Centre for Food Fraud and Quality, which provides expertise in food science, authenticity and quality of food supplied in the EU. The possible participation/contribution of the JRC in the project would consist of ensuring that the project deliverables are compatible with and/or improve existing databases and tools used at the European Commission and fostering open access to project results via dissemination through the European Commission Knowledge Centre for Food Fraud and Quality.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. For this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-05: Integrated and sustainable freshwater bioeconomy: Combining aquaculture, biodiversity preservation, biotechnology and other uses

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, the EU bioeconomy strategy and blue growth strategy, the successful proposal will support freshwater aquaculture products/processes and/or environmental services sustaining the health of freshwater ecosystems and their bioeconomy sectors.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improvement of the environmental footprint and resource efficiency of freshwater aquaculture and stimulation of its diversification and growth in the framework of an integrated freshwater bioeconomy strategy.

2.Preservation of freshwater biodiversity by reducing the freshwater aquaculture impacts (e.g. with appropriate spatial planning) and assessment of its potential for biotechnological applications

3.Stimulation of sustainable economic growth and jobs creation in the freshwater bioeconomy sector for people living in lakeside and riverside areas in Europe.

4.Improvement of the professional skills and competences of those working and being trained to work within the blue economy.

Scope: Freshwater systems host an immense biodiversity and support a multitude of activities providing livelihoods to inland populations. Lakes, ponds and rivers require a transition to more sustainable and environment-friendly productive ecosystems through optimal water management and planning, mutually benefiting the different ecosystem services by developing economic activities in rural areas, maintaining the biodiversity, and increasing resilience to climate change and water crises.

Aquaculture, in particular integrated multi-trophic or recirculating aquaculture systems, can be key for the development of lakeside and riverside areas as it can be combined with other bio-based activities, such as farming, livestock and the use of hitherto unused naturally produced biomass. Addressing environmental concerns, such as the requirements of the Water Framework Directive and the Habitats Directive, are essential for sustainable growth of freshwater aquaculture. Preserving biodiversity, including health and biosecurity issues, is also key for potential biotechnological applications that should also be explored under this topic.

The Strategic Working Group on Fisheries and Aquaculture (SCAR-Fish) of the Standing Committee on Agricultural Research (SCAR) highlighted in a recent study 178 several issues that urgently need to be explored by research and addressed by innovation, such as climate change-related issues and issues of profitability. Research in this topic should consider the priorities of the SCAR-Fish study.

Strong and active involvement of stakeholders and end-users, including industry and NGOs, in a co-creation approach, is key for the success of the projects that will be selected.

International co-operation with partners from non-associated third countries is strongly encouraged as a win-win scenario, while contributing to the European competitiveness and resilience.

Where relevant, proposals may seek synergies and capitalise on the results of projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, its continuation European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-06: Biosecurity, hygiene, disease prevention and animal welfare in aquaculture

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, the EU bioeconomy strategy and the blue growth strategy, the successful proposal will support research and innovation on animal health and welfare in aquaculture to contribute to an environmentally friendly, inclusive, safe and healthy seafood production, including from freshwaters.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Advancement of knowledge about how farmed fish react to farming conditions and their effects on their welfare and growth.

2.Development of innovative and less invasive disease prevention, monitoring, control and treatment approaches for a more sustainable production.

3.Healthier seafood production through improvement in farming practices and thus contribute to increase its competitiveness.

4.Improve the professional skills and competences of those working and being trained to work within the blue economy.

Scope: Aquaculture is the food production sector with the fastest growth globally, but in the EU it is stagnant. Fish and mollusc disease remain an important constraint on productivity and its prevention and management are essential for the sustainability of the European aquaculture industry. Parasites, viruses and microbes often have devastating effects when they infect fish or shellfish farms. The great variety of species cultured and production systems used hinders the implementation of good husbandry practices tailored to each aquatic species. The aquaculture sector falls short of codes of good practice and technologies for the early detection, prevention and control of aquatic diseases. There is also a need for alternatives to pharmaceutical treatments: antimicrobials and antiparasitic drugs are limited and expensive, environmentally impacting and raise consumers concerns on the safety of seafood. The Strategic Working Group on Fisheries and Aquaculture (SCAR-Fish) and the Collaborative Working Group on Animal Health and Welfare (SCAR-AHW) in the frame of the Standing Committee on Agricultural Research (SCAR), highlighted in a recent study 179 several fish pathology issues that need urgently to be explored by research and addressed by innovation, such as rapid tests for diagnosis and DNA vaccines at the level of hatchery, bloodstock, cage, pond, etc. Research in this topic should consider the priorities of the SCAR-Fish study.

A similar SCAR-Fish and SCAR-AHW study 180 revealed major gaps related to fish welfare, such as a striking lack of welfare indicators, and a strong interest from the industry to improve fish welfare for more and better production. Main gaps presented by this study should be included in the research under this topic.

Codes of good practices are crucial for fish and shellfish sustainable production. Research under this topic should develop innovative aquaculture approaches to achieve the highest possible health standard in production, including breeding, nutrition, alternative disease control methods or increased biosecurity. A holistic approach should be applied, considering the interaction with the environment, the reservoirs, wild and farmed fish interaction or the importance of co-existing pathogens simultaneously infecting the same hosts. Modelling of aquaculture health economics should be covered in the study.

Strong and active involvement of stakeholders and end-users, including industry and NGOs, in a co-creation approach, is key for the success of the projects that will be selected.

International co-operation with partners from non-associated third countries is strongly encouraged as a win-win scenario, while contributing to the European competitiveness and resilience.

Where relevant, proposals may seek synergies and capitalise on the results of projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, its continuation European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams

Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-07: Building alternative protein-friendly sustainable and healthy food environments

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to promote the production, provision and consumption of alternative sources of proteins as well as dietary shifts towards sustainable healthy nutrition. This will contribute to transforming food systems so that they can deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shifts, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

The EU’s farm to fork strategy states that: “European diets are not in line with national dietary recommendations, and the ‘food environment’ does not ensure that the healthy option is always the easiest one”.

The food environment, which makes the link between food supply and diets, is one of the determinants of consumer choices and food production. As such, food environments are essential to enabling a dietary shift towards less livestock-based and less highly processed food (e.g., more fresh and minimally processed fruit and vegetables, plant-based and aquatic food to tackle the over-consumption of meat and dairy). Much more R&I is needed on food environments to ensure that environmental sustainability and health objectives can be achieved.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improving the effectiveness and efficiency of food environments to ensure that people, including the most vulnerable groups, have choices in terms of alternative proteins (e.g. plant-based, microbe-based, ocean-based (i.e. fish, algae, invertebrates), fungus-based, insect-based), to foster a dietary shift (accessibility and availability).

2.Ensuring an overall improvement in public health as a result of this shift, with a shift towards healthy, sustainable and diversified dietary patterns in line with national dietary advice.

3.Reducing the environmental burden of European diets, including but not limited to greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, air pollution and impact on ecosystems, improving circularity (e.g. food waste and by-products), providing new, sustainable and healthy products made of alternative sources of proteins to consumers.

Scope: According to studies carried out by Milford et al. (2019) 181 and Castellani et al. (2017) 182 , consumer choices depend on the food environment that ensures the availability of and access to food. The behavioural sciences suggest that, to achieve a meaningful dietary shift, a choice architecture should be designed to promote healthy and sustainable food preferences.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Empowering the ‘middle part’ of the food system, including for example industry, processors, retailers, food services, cooks and caterers to shape the food environment toward sustainability EU-wide, through the provision of a diverse diet based on alternative protein sources, including through training/skills-building among different actors in order to produce and provide alternative protein food.

2.Working on diversifying the offering, particularly in terms of alternative protein sources, and ensuring easier access to and affordability of sustainable and healthy (as defined in national dietary recommendations) foods and diets everywhere (urban, peri-urban and rural areas) for everybody (including the most vulnerable).

3.Developing industry-ready processes to sustainably produce food based on alternative proteins whose sensory characteristics (e.g. colour, taste, structure) and nutritional value will be accepted by consumers.

4.Developing a typology of food environments across Europe and identifying the enabling factors for positive transformative change to healthy sustainable diets.

5.Assessing the tools and instruments (e.g. policy measures, incentives, existing and new promotion and marketing approaches, pricing policies) necessary to increase and vary the provision of alternative protein foods, which would lead to overall healthy and sustainable dietary patterns in line with national recommendations.

6.Taking into account several key elements for the provision of alternative protein sources, e.g. shelf life, food handling, affordability (including externalities in prices of unhealthy and unsustainable diets), trade-offs between various food provision routes, developing new varieties of protein sources and rediscovering/valorising old varieties, traceability, and preserving flavour and natural resources (this would therefore be linked to the outcome of projects funded under the HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12 topic: Filling knowledge gaps on the nutritional, safety, allergenicity and environmental assessment of alternative proteins and dietary shift). Gender aspects could also be considered.

7.Exploring how the food environment can become ‘crisis-proof’ (whether something can be learnt from or has changed with the COVID-19 pandemic): creating resilient local, regional or European food systems that provide food and nutrition security for Europeans in a way that protects against future disruptions in supply chains. One way of doing this is by diversifying diets and providing people with alternative sources of protein.

8.Clearly explain how the proposal will deliver co-benefits to each of the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g. meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

9.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

10.Implementing the required multi-actor approach (see the eligibility conditions) by involving a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting trans-disciplinary research. Proposals should also promote international cooperation. Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects (especially the four projects funded under the LC-SFS-17-2019 topic: Alternative proteins for food and feed). Projects should have a clear plan on how they will work with other projects selected under this topic (if funding of more than one project is possible). They should participate in joint activities, workshops, focus groups or social labs, as well as organise common communication and dissemination activities and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

11.This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-08: Research and innovation for food losses and waste prevention and reduction through harmonised measurement and monitoring

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve up to TRL 6 (according to the activity) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, and one project highest ranked within the area B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, and in particular the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's climate objectives, the successful proposals should support prevention and reduction of food losses and waste. They should therefore contribute to creating sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems that deliver co-benefits for climate mitigation and adaptation, biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food consumption, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Projects results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Successful implementation of the harmonisation of food waste measurement across Europe, supported by the development of new tools across the food system on land and at sea, from farm to fork, producing reliable and comparable data on food and waste (area A);

2.With respect to food losses at the primary production stage:

1.robust measurement of the magnitude of food losses at the primary production stage (i.e., agriculture, fisheries and aquaculture) at Member States and the EU levels for various commodities and at aggregated level, thereby contributing to the prevention and reduction of such losses (area B);

2.better understanding of the drivers (root causes) of food losses at the primary production stage and identification of ways for policymakers and primary producers to prevent and reduce them (area B).

3.Well-informed and more effective policy and business strategies for preventing and reducing food losses and waste across the food system on land and at sea, from farm to fork (area A and B).

Scope: Each year, a substantial amount of food is lost or wasted all along the food value chain, from primary production to final consumption. Food losses and waste have negative impacts on the society, the environment and the economy. They contribute to food insecurity and hinder nutrition, generate GHG emissions and create pressure on land and water, including through habitat degradation and biodiversity loss, and are responsible for great economic losses. Such negative impacts are exacerbated in times of crisis such as the current COVID-19 pandemic, when additional food losses and wastes are generated by disruptions in food supply chains.

Preventing and reducing the amount of food intended for human consumption that is eventually lost or wasted is a complex challenge. The robust and reliable measurement and monitoring of food losses and waste is key to tracking progress made over time and informing the development and implementation of effective strategies and actions.

The recent adoption of the EU Commission Decision (EU) 2019/1597 set a common method and minimum quality requirements for the uniform measurement of levels of food waste at the national level. However, since thoroughly assessing food losses at the primary production stage is difficult, time-consuming and costly, the common EU method excludes measurement of food losses at this stage. In addition to this lack of information about the levels of food losses at the primary production stage, there is also insufficient understanding of the root causes and drivers behind these losses, and this is key to developing effective strategies for preventing and reducing them.

Proposals responding to this topic should address one of the two complementary areas:

1.Develop cost-efficient food waste-relevant data collection, integration and analyses based on a large number of varied sources (e.g. households, food services, other small business), as well as on food discarded through wastewater, in order to improve the mapping of current food waste profiles at European and national level. To this end, proposals should speed up the innovation process and develop and test new technologies and tools along the food systems – from farm to fork, on land and at sea.

2.Develop and validate new tools and methods to measure and estimate food losses at the primary production stage, including storage of products originating from agriculture, fisheries and aquaculture. These new tools and methods should be applied and food losses at primary production stage measured across a large enough sample of diverse farms/production systems and value chains (including organic and agroecological), for a wide range of the most important commodities produced in the EU, across several years and in all Member States. This should generate robust measurement/estimation of food losses at the primary production stage for different commodities, at the Member State and EU levels, and at an aggregated level. Where relevant, measurements from Earth observation platforms may be used. To minimise data collection bias, each Member State should create a pool of trained researchers who are able to use the method and directly measure the food losses at the primary production stage. In addition to measurement, the direct and indirect drivers and root causes of food losses at primary production stage should be thoroughly investigated. Particular attention should be paid to the identification of market driven food losses at the primary production stage, to assess the potential for a reduction strategy based on marked demand shifts. Generated insights should also allow for identification of possible ways to prevent and reduce food losses at the primary production stage.

Proposals should provide recommendations for policymakers and best practice guidelines / business strategies for researchers and relevant operators across the various diverse terrestrial and aquatic food value chains.

Proposals should build on the work done by the Commission’s Joint Research Centre in support of the EU Platform on Food Losses and Food Waste and be aligned with the environmental footprint method developed by the Commission. The possible participation of the JRC in the project would consist of gathering data collected in the projects into a consistent framework for modelling food losses and waste, integrating life cycle assessment considerations in the projects, in particular in the assessment of food losses and waste prevention intervention and food innovation, helping translating results into policy relevant outputs.

Proposals should deliver on the food waste reduction and prevention targets relevant to the farm to fork strategy, across the food systems. In addition, in area A, they should also explain how they will deliver co-benefits on the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, and innovation and empowerment of communities.

In area A, the required multi-actor approach must be implemented by conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research and involving a wide diversity of food system actors, with special attention paid to consumers and civil society organisations.

Proposals are encouraged to build on past or ongoing EU-funded research and work together with relevant initiatives including the European Commission Platform on Food Losses and Food Waste. They should set out a clear plan on how they will work with other proposals selected under this and any other relevant topics, e.g. by participating in joint activities and workshops, or by running common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. Proposals should take into account and address inequalities, whether they be due to gender, race or other social categories.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-09: Microbiomes in food production systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. It will support R&I to foster advances in microbiome-related research for more sustainable agricultural food production. This in turn will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.More nutritious and diverse plant-based food produce and products, based upon diverse microbiomes.

2.Knowledge that leads to microbiome based understanding as needed by the industry on the interaction of plants (e.g. secondary metabolites) and of plant microbiomes with animal and human microbiomes. This is within the context of animal/human health effects, and of plants hosting plant/human/animal pathogens or other microorganisms causing quality and safety problems.

3.Enhanced "translational research", which generates and applies knowledge that can improve human health and environmental practices and contributes to yield stability and food and nutrition security.

4.Strengthened relationships between all actors involved in our food systems (e.g. farmers, and consumers) by offering transparency of business strategies, including related integrated assessments and decision support tools.

Scope: Diversity is increasingly important and is fundamental to achieving the UN Sustainable Development Goals 2, 3, 12, 13, 14 and 15. To introduce such diversity there is a need to implement research and innovation, education, communication, regulation and policy at (multi-)national and European level addressing existing food systems-related microbiome research gaps from laboratory to the field to food production ecosystems. This includes the interaction of food chain microbiome components from the soil to the plant/animal to the plate. We require a better understanding of the interaction of microbial biodiversity of plant/animal/human microbiomes and other biological processes in the larger food and animal/human health context. This is based upon an understanding that plant/animal/human microbiome/ microbiota comprises all microorganisms, including pathogens, and beneficial microorganisms.

The scope covers plant/animal/human/food microbiome interactions that can provide healthier food and reduce human health and environmental risks, and contribute to restoring biodiversity, enhanced circularity, and climate change adaptation.

A better understanding of the potential (direct or indirect) interactions between plant/ animal/human/food microbiomes should be achieved. Successful proposals should directly link their R&I coverage with other related intervention actions developing microbiome products and knowledge. In the medium term, food products grown and processed under optimised conditions favouring positive interactions with the microbiome must be harvested and delivered at comparable costs to those originating in today's conventional farming or intensive agriculture systems. This should be achieved while ensuring that the microbiome-solutions have low risk for consumers, farmers and other users, and the environment, maintaining the economic balance of production facilities and preventing dramatic economic losses, in particular to primary producers. New products may seek EU market regulatory approval, thus proposals should address relevant EU regulatory requirements as well as EFSA safety guidance and risk assessment and health outcomes verification.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.The characterisation and development of microbiomes and their downstream products providing dietary diversity for improved human and animal health, and resilient food production systems.

2.Mapping and provision of the arising co-benefits relevant to the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy plant-based food and feed as well as those relevant to different socio-economic and cultural groups.

3.Increasing knowledge and understanding of the biological and ecological processes involved in the assembly and dynamics of plant microbial communities, particularly microbial invasion and persistence, all along the production chains to deploy microbiota shaping-based strategies to improve the quality and safety of food products.

4.Designing multi-objective multi-region microbiome/diet transition pathways for EU food systems, gathering all aspects of sustainable food systems and diets, health and safety parameters, biodiversity climate and environmental factors, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities, traditional and cultural resources.

5.Seek international cooperation (such as with the International Bioeconomy Forum, the ‘one planet sustainable food systems’ programme, etc.), along with early and wide communication of microbiome science and applications.

6.Address food industry needs, particularly personnel training in classical microbiology and modern microbiome skills; the closing of regulatory loopholes for microbial products; and the demarcation of research levels providing better differentiation to the companies developing the products.

The required multi-actor approach (see eligibility conditions) must be implemented by involving a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research engaging consumers and civil society organisations. Proposals are encouraged to build on past or ongoing EU-funded research, research infrastructures and collaborate with relevant initiatives, including the Horizon Europe mission in the area of soil health and food international cooperation, the International Bioeconomy Forum, the ‘one planet sustainable food systems’ programme, etc. The proposals should set out a clear plan on how it will collaborate with other related proposals selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-10: Integrated surveillance system to prevent and reduce diet-related non communicable diseases (NCDs)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I aiming to reduce diet-related non-communicable diseases (NCDs). It will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shifts, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Improving public health by introducing improved NCDs biomarkers.

2.Better understanding of human (male and female) physiology, metabolic regulation and the links between all aspects of nutrition and health, microbiome and disease development.

3.Robust and reliable knowledge base on variations in human health in response to nutrition and other relevant factors. Translation of this knowledge into innovative and effective food and nutrition solutions to improve people’s health and wellbeing in ways that are adapted to women and to men, while simultaneously taking into account other dimensions of sustainability such as climate and the environment.

4.Comprehensive evidence base on links between nutrition/health and disease by conducting hypothesis-driven studies and adopting more integrated research approaches.

5.Improved public awareness and a healthier diet which will reduce NCDs in particular in vulnerable population groups across Europe, addressing health inequalities.

Scope: Unsustainable and unhealthy diets, with an increased demand for livestock products and calorie-dense and nutrient-poor foods that are often highly processed (high in calories, sugars, sodium/salt, saturated fat and alcohol, and low in wholegrains, fruits and vegetables, legumes, nuts and seeds), are the leading NCD risk factor and a driver of high obesity rates. In Europe, at present, more than half of the adult population is overweight or obese, and children and population groups of lower socio-economic status are the most severely affected. NCDs such as cardiovascular diseases, cancers, chronic respiratory diseases and diabetes are responsible for the deaths of 41 million people each year, equivalent to 71% of all deaths globally 183 . NCDs have a negative impact on both lives and health budgets but are largely preventable through effective interventions that tackle shared risk factors (such as unhealthy diets, physical inactivity, tobacco use and alcohol abuse).

The complexity of the interactions between diet and human health requires multi-level engagement and inter- and transdisciplinary approaches to improve public health and reduce Europe’s major health and economic burden. The development of new societally acceptable approaches/strategies/tools for healthy and sustainable diets that reduce diet-related NCDs requires a systemic approach involving a wide diversity of actors and sectors at different levels (from local to international). These include policy makers and public authorities, health care providers, schools and higher education establishments, food producers and processors, retailers, hospitality and food services (e.g. restaurants, canteens), researchers, non-governmental consumer and patient organisations, science brokers and private individuals.

Proposals should consider a range of diet-related NCDs, geographic, socio-economic, behavioural and cultural factors. The gender dimension of the research is particularly important for this topic. Data collected and integrated by the private and public sectors should be broken down by gender and by socio-economic groups.

Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects. Selected projects under this topic (and under the HORIZON-HLTH-2022-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage topic: Prevention of obesity throughout the life course) are strongly encouraged to participate in joint activities as appropriate, possibly in the form of project clustering, workshops, etc. Proposals are expected to show support for common coordination and dissemination activities. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover such activities.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Mapping and monitoring of the diet-related NCD situation (e.g. cardiovascular and heart diseases, obesity, diabetes, cancer and allergies) at the EU level, based on a literature review to better understand the relationship between lifestyle (including diet, nutrition and alcohol, physical activity), physiological and genetic parameters including the human microbiome, gender and sex, geographical placement (national/regional/neighbourhood and rural/urban zone), socio-economic, cultural and environmental (with particular reference to the human exposome) factors, biological parameters (including genomics and microbiomes), and the risk of NCDs.

2.Development of standardised methods for collecting (missing) data, using existing data/studies/cohorts and increasing the use of big data and artificial intelligence to elucidate the complex interactions between diet and human health.

3.Development of advanced and easy-to-use biomarkers of risk/response for NCDs, including non-invasive and microbiome-based ones.

4.Assessment and monitoring of the impact of existing measures/interventions/policies in the EU on reducing NCDs.

5.Investigating and generating a strong evidence base for the key physiological processes involved in the development of NCDs and how they may be affected by nutrition (from specific nutrient, dietary components to foods and dietary patterns) and other factors (e.g. geographical, biological, socio-economic, cultural, environmental, educational), taking into account individual genotype-phenotype status.

6.Development of a strong evidence base on the risks of unhealthy diet and unhealthy food (high in calories, sugars, sodium/salt, saturated fat and alcohol, low in wholegrains, fruits and vegetables, legumes, nuts and seeds, and often highly processed) within the development of NCDs versus healthy food/products.

7.Identifying high risk/vulnerable populations across Europe, better understanding their predisposition to diet-related diseases, and designing specific hypothesis-driven research and well-controlled intervention studies with very strict conditions to reduce dietary and health inequalities in different countries, regions, rural and urban areas.

8.Developing more targeted recommendations for effective and cost-efficient integrated policies (such as social, fiscal, regulatory, marketing) in the short-, medium- and long term. These are to support Member States and associated countries and policy makers in designing effective and cost-efficient policies that focus on prevention and promote healthy diets to reduce diet-related NCDs, taking into account environmental, gender, social and economic sustainability aspects.

9.Undertaking risk/benefit cost analyses for the different options proposed to better predict and understand effective and long-term impacts and facilitate informed policy decisions and societal debate.

The required multi-actor approach (see the eligibility conditions) must be implemented by involving a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-11: Effective systems for authenticity and traceability in the food system

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work p
rogramme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Actions developing tools and models are expected to reach TRL 7by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, the successful proposal will support R&I in improving traceability and combating food fraud along the food supply chain. It will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shifts, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.A robust knowledge base of the underlying reasons for/drivers of food fraud (e.g. economic and social) and the extent of food fraud.

2.Innovative strategies and solutions (tools and devices) to prevent fraudulent practices by improving traceability and safeguarding authenticity, and fostering solutions for fraud prevention.

3.Improved assistance to control bodies and authorities in fraud prevention.

4.Improved transparency through digital solutions (such as IoT, artificial intelligence, blockchain and distributed ledger technologies) that meet consumer demand for food transparency, with a focus on demonstrating authenticity of food as a way to reduce food fraud and boost consumer confidence in food origin and quality.

5.Contribution to further development of policies for food authentication and traceability and for fighting food fraud/food crime.

6.Support official control by providing guidance on detection and mitigation of fraudulent practices.

Scope: To contribute to the goals of the farm to fork strategy, the EU will scale up its fight against food fraud to create a level playing field for operators and strengthen the powers of control and enforcement authorities. The new EU Official Controls Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2017/625) includes key provisions in relation to food fraud. Recently, the issue of food fraud has been thrust into the spotlight and is of increasing concern to society and to the food industry. It can have very different impacts on consumers, ranging from direct health threats (e.g. consumption of toxic adulterants and contaminants) to violation of consumer rights (e.g. mislabelling). With the complexity of the global market and the addition of e-commerce, the safety risks of food fraud are likely to increase. Therefore, there is a constant need for sensitive and accurate authentication methods and innovative traceability methods to prevent food fraud and help the industry and official control authorities. Maintaining the integrity of European foods is vital to protect both consumers and the legitimate producers, industry and retail, and foster consumer confidence in the authenticity of all food products.

Successful proposals are expected to address both areas (area A and area B):

Area A:

1.Take stock and determine the current state-of-the-art, identify gaps, and suggest short-, medium- and long-term strategies for closing gaps in research addressing various aspects of fraud such as societal and economic drivers, fraud opportunities, mitigation and prevention measures.

2.Quantify the economic dimension of the food fraud problem and understand the behaviour of food criminals perpetrating food fraud.

3.Carry out translational research on fraud detection methods to provide the required evidence base for harmonisation and standardisation of methods and harmonisation of strategies for regulatory use.

4.Develop and validate rapid food fraud detection tools and real-time in-situ/on-line analytical methods for testing authenticity and quality.

5.Develop and implement new food fraud detection models (based on data, by applying artificial intelligence techniques) and tracing methods through the use of new and emerging technologies, such as blockchain and smart labelling tools.

6.Build common platforms and tools for sharing information among stakeholders.

Area B:

1.Support the development of an early warning system (EWS) for detection and possible further prevention of fraudulent practices and an efficient use of artificial intelligence, taking into consideration the data protection rules in place.

2.Evaluate the utility of different food-authenticity-related databases existing in Member States and the EU institutions, and create a central database/data portal for further use of these data by authorised users to improve fraud detection and enforcement actions by the competent authorities.

3.Develop tools that increase consumers’ confidence in the authenticity and quality of the food supply, in line with the relevant legal frameworks.

4.Investigate food chain stakeholders’ attitudes towards adulterated food to understand better their motivation to commit fraud and trade-in inferior quality goods.

The required multi-actor approach (see the eligibility conditions) must be implemented by involving a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research. Proposals should bring together major stakeholders and scientific expertise to protect consumers and industry from food fraud.

Projects relevant to this topic should support policymaking and implementation relevant to fighting food fraud.

Proposals should explain how they will contribute to achieving the objectives of the farm to fork strategy and deliver co-benefits to the four Food 2030 priorities.

Proposals should involve a wide diversity of actors and implement an inter- and trans-disciplinary approach. They are encouraged to build on past and ongoing EU-funded research, and are strongly encouraged to cluster with upcoming projects under the HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-04 topic: Innovative solutions to prevent adulteration of food bearing quality labels: focus on organic food and geographical indications. They are also strongly encouraged to work with existing research infrastructure and collaborate with relevant initiatives, including specifically the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) Knowledge Centre for Food Fraud and Quality, which provides expertise in food science, authenticity and quality of food supplied in the EU. The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure that the project deliverables are compatible with and/or improve existing databases and tools used at the European Commission and foster open access to project results via dissemination through the European Commission Knowledge Centre for Food Fraud and Quality, particularly to the competent authorities of the EU Member States.

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they will work with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic, by participating in joint activities and running common communication and dissemination activities. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Targeted international cooperation

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-12: Agro-ecological approaches in African agriculture systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use
the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of par
ticipants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least eight independent legal entities established in Africa. The places of establishment of at least five of these legal entities must be in the same geographical region of Africa (as defined by the African Union: https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 )

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the agro-geographical regions of Africa, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project per geographical region that is the highest ranked, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, and its promotion of global transitions on sustainable food systems, successful proposals will provide a comprehensive and integrated response to current and future challenges benefiting people, nature and economic growth in Europe and in Africa.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.EU – Africa jointly tackle climate change and environmental-related challenges (e.g., biodiversity loss, natural habitats alteration, landscape degradation) and meet the objectives of the Paris Agreement on climate change, and contribute to the Sustainable Development Goals, in particular ensuring food and nutrition security and decent livelihoods.

2.Identification of optimal combinations of agro-ecological practices that increase the climate change mitigation and adaptation of different farming systems in different agro-ecological zones in Africa while ensuring the financial viability of businesses.

3.Quantification and assessment of socio-economic and environmental performance of agro-ecological strategies contributing to sustainable agriculture practices, supporting small farmers and access to local and international markets.

4.Increased end-user adoption and implementation of agro-ecological practices by farmers supporting rural communities, ensuring farm resilience and viability at individual and system levels.

5.Strengthened transdisciplinary research and integrated scientific support for relevant EU policies and priorities (EU strategy for Africa, Green Deal objectives, etc.).

Scope: The EU’s relationship with Africa is a key priority for the EU. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the growing urgency of the climate crisis put pressure both on domestic/local food production and on ecosystems that generate higher health risks with the emergence of new pest and diseases for plants, animals and humans.

The implementation of agro-ecological approaches will alleviate the pressure that agri-food production places on natural ecosystems, contributing to resilience of agri-food systems and facilitating nature-based responses to current and future agri-food risks and threats. Agro-ecological transitions of food systems requires strong food governance with interventions at different level (local, territorial, and value chain) and coherent public policies.

Proposals should build on existing and develop new knowledge, data, models (including indicators) to:

1.Identify and evaluate the most suitable agro-ecological strategies for various farming systems in different agro-ecological zones, in Africa.

2.Deliver a method to identify the best combination of agro-ecological practices for different farming systems, identifying barriers to and drivers of (socioeconomic and ecological) its wide implementation and the conditions, means and tools to support agro-ecological transitions at individual, territorial and systems levels, and including prospective related to access to local and international markets.

3.Develop indicators to monitor and measure the qualitative and quantitative impacts of these strategies for different farming systems, the climate neutrality potential and trade-offs, nutrients flows, biodiversity and improvement of in farm socio-economic resilience.

4.Support farmers, advisory services and actors in value chains in implementing agro-ecological practices by stablishing communities to support capacity building, knowledge exchange, and share best practices across different human communities in relation to agro-ecological practices that contribute to mitigating climate change and other environmental impacts.

5.Identify approaches and methods to enhance the demand for food products resulting from agro-ecological practices, from local, national, regional and international markets.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector and, as relevant, bio-based industries active in rural areas.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-13: AU-EU Combatting all forms of malnutrition

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least five independent legal entities established in Africa. The places of establishment of these legal entities must cover at least three different specific regions in Africa (as defined by the African Union: https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 ).

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor app
roach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU`s climate objectives for 2030 and 2050, the EU’s “Comprehensive Strategy with Africa” calls for the EU to “partner with Africa to maximise the benefits of the green transition and minimise threats to the environment”. It states that: “The EU and Africa must join efforts to reach the Sustainable Development Goal of zero hunger and address the challenges of nutrition and food security by boosting safe and sustainable agri-food systems.” In support of this strategy, the EU and the African Union are implementing a ten-year roadmap (2016-2026) on research and innovation in food and nutrition security and sustainable agriculture to which the successful proposal will contribute. This will help to transform food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), environmental sustainability, biodiversity and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses. An estimated 821 million people are currently undernourished, and 151 million children under five years of age are stunted. At the same time, the number of overweight and obese people is increasing rapidly in Europe and Africa, with no signs of slowing.

This research and innovation action (RIA) will build on the international dimension of the farm to fork strategy. It relates to evidence presented by the EAT Lancet report and the 2020 Global Nutrition Report. It contributes to the agenda and follow-up of the 2021 UN World Food Systems Summit.

A successful proposal will develop and test approaches to innovations that improve nutrition through a deeper understanding of the unmet nutritional needs, aspirations, behaviours and preferences of consumers who remain underserved by markets and face limited access to affordable nutritious foods.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Better informed nutrition policies that can be scaled-up by initiatives such as SUN (scaling-up nutrition).

2.Improved nutrition in African countries reducing all forms of malnutrition through safe, healthy and affordable diets, including dietary shifts, that reduce the pressure of food production on land and water use and reduces the climate footprint of downstream activities from farm to fork.

Scope: Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Mapping and monitoring of dietary patterns at national/regional/rural/urban levels relevant to different socio-economic and cultural groups, including low-income settings, the most vulnerable, rural food environments and for those in conflict or protracted-crisis situations to better understand what people are eating and how they make food choices.

2.Contribute to standardised metrics and tools to measure the food environment. In many food systems the absence of formal channels to acquire food lead to a dynamic, self-sufficiency and unregulated retail food environment with a large proportion of informal food vendors. This results in enormous variety in metrics in terms of reference points (i.e. food accessibility), media coverage (i.e. food promotion) and level of implementation (i.e. policies).

3.Improved knowledge and measurement of the factors influencing dietary behaviour in selected African countries, and development of effective means for each food system actor to share food knowledge and improve food behaviour.

4.Assessment of the value of and potential for scaling-up of sustainable traditional food knowledge based on access to biodiverse agro-ecological situations.

5.Assessment of innovations to improve nutrition, driven by a deep understanding of the unmet nutritional needs, aspirations, behaviours and preferences of consumers who remain underserved by markets and face limited access to affordable nutritious foods.

6.Innovative and effective tools to improve education, communication, engagement and training on sustainable healthy nutrition and diets, and more generally on sustainable food systems adapted to different population groups in respect of their age, culture and needs and considering gender.

7.Provision of a scientific basis for sharing food knowledge and developing dietary advice to support policy makers to empower individuals to adopt healthy and sustainable food behaviour, as a win-win for both their health and the environment.

8.Supporting the development of new integrated policy-making and implementation efforts such as the scaling-up nutrition initiative within and across countries (at multiple levels). This will support healthier and sustainable dietary behaviours and lifestyles with the provision of innovative, efficient, effective, evidence-based and ready-to-use tools/strategies including cost-benefit assessment of the different options proposed.

9.Contributing to the mapping and monitoring of mycotoxin effects in unsafe foods and diet-related non-communicable diseases (NCDs) to better understand the relationship between lifestyle (including mycotoxin levels, diets, nutrition and alcohol), gender, geographical, socioeconomic and environmental factors, biological parameters, and the risk of development of diet related NCDs.

10.Development of innovative and effective policies/strategies/tools contributing to reduce dietary and health inequalities as precursors of NCDs, in particular in vulnerable population groups.

11.A space for mentoring and acceleration of innovative business concepts, including social innovation and upscaling for promising approaches using cascading funding opportunities.

12.When relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the global Earth observation system of systems (GEOSS).

13.Include a clear plan on collaboration with other projects selected under this topic, other nutrition related EU projects and similar projects funded under the EU-AU HLPD-FNSSA priority from different funding sources including Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe, ERA-Nets, African Union research grants, DeSIRA or PRIMA. They should contribute to the work of the FNSSA-working group (WG) by linking to the LEAP4FNSSA project supporting the FNSSA-WG secretariat. They should participate in joint activities, workshops, and communication and dissemination activities and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary funding to cover these activities.

14.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-14: African food cities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least five independent legal entities established in Africa. The places of establishment of these legal entities must cover at least three different specific regions in Africa (as defined by the African Union: https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 ).

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor app
roach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's climate objectives for 2030 and 2050, the EU’s “Comprehensive Strategy with Africa” calls on the EU to “partner with Africa to maximise the benefits of the green transition and minimise threats to the environment”. In support of this strategy, the EU and the African Union are implementing a ten-year roadmap (2016-2026) on research and innovation in food and nutrition security and sustainable agriculture to which the successful proposal will contribute. It will also contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

Urban areas contribute significantly to global food-system related emissions and food waste. Urban growth often happens at the expense of natural resources. Urban areas are increasingly affected by the double burden of malnutrition: high prevalence of undernourishment and undernutrition and increasing obesity and the spread of non communicable diseases.

A successful proposal will build on initiatives like the Milan Urban Food Policy Pact (MUFPP), on the FAO urban food agenda and upon the recommendations of the Task Force Rural Africa report. It will address big, intermediate and small cities and towns. It will address the fact that poorly planned urban food systems lack opportunities to link rural and urban food producers, markets and consumers, and limit the access of vulnerable groups to safe and healthy nutrition.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all or some of following expected outcomes:

1.A shift to food security and improved nutrition in five African cities (could encompass rural urban centres and cities) through a shift to healthy and affordable diets that reduces the pressure of food production on land and water use and reduces the climate footprint of downstream activities from farm to fork.

2.Reducing the food-system-related environmental footprint, improving circularity (e.g. food and packaging waste), and providing citizens with new, sustainable and healthy products.

Scope: Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Understanding: promoting multi-stakeholder collaborations in assessing data on food challenges (including harmful marketing and advertising and unequal access to healthy food for the urban poor), and identifying opportunities and indicators in developing urban food policies.

2.Engaging: mobilising a wide diversity of food system actors (from farm to fork, the public and private sector, and society, organic and conventional); in particular higher education institutions and research centres to work with local actors in support of evidence-based food policy development and to help provide local solutions to integrated food system challenges.

3.Mutual learning: reinforcing or creating new networks of African cities and towns to share good practices and learn from and support each other. This implies also involving cities (in Africa, Europe or elsewhere) with well-developed food policies to provide guidance and lessons learned, as well as new forms of collaboration/twinning.

4.Innovation: proposals should envisage a space for mentoring and accelerating innovative business concepts, including social innovation and upscaling in view of African or European food business entrepreneurs with special consideration of women and the diaspora using cascading funding opportunities. Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed assessment approaches or collect or prepare data sets or provide other contributions to achieve the project objectives. A maximum of EUR 60 000 per third party may be granted. Conditions for third parties support are set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support will be granted. A maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose. The financial support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

5.Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the global Earth observation system of systems (GEOSS).

6.Exploring how the food environment can become crisis-proof (whether something can be learnt from or has changed with the COVID-19 crisis) and how to create resilient local, regional food systems with border regimes, which do not disrupt supply chains.

7.Governance: developing and evaluating innovative multi-actor urban food systems governance processes and capacities for science-backed integrated policy making and implementation actions that deliver on the international collaboration dimension of the farm to fork strategy objectives and Food 2030 co-benefits for health, environment, climate, circularity and inclusion, while minimizing trade-offs.

8.EU-AU partnership: proposals should have a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other projects selected under this topic and similar projects funded under the EU-AU HLPD-FNSSA priority from different funding sources including Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe, ERA-Nets, African Union research grants, DeSIRA or PRIMA. They should contribute to the work of the FNSSA-working group (WG) by linking to the LEAP4FNSSA project supporting the FNSSA-WG secretariat. They should participate in joint activities, workshops and as common communication and dissemination activities and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessaryfunding to cover these activities.

9.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-15: Support for international research on infectious animal diseases

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient livestock production systems, including the reduction of anti-microbial usage, a successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help research funders, policy makers and business operators in decreasing the burden of infectious animal diseases, thus contributing to sustainable agriculture and to public health at global level. Considering the transboundary nature of infectious animal diseases and relate issues such as anti-microbial resistance, providing support to the work of the STAR-IDAZ International Research Consortium (IRC) will facilitate international coordination of research in these domains. Such a support will enhance and leverage capacity to prevent and control diseases not only globally, but also in the EU and associated countries, to reduce the risk to human health arising from infectious animal diseases and anti-microbial resistance, and to contribute to global food security.

At EU level, this will contribute to supporting the objectives of the ‘farm to fork’ strategy for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient European livestock production systems, including the reduction of anti-microbial usage while improving the efficiency and competitiveness of livestock production,

Project results are expected to contribute to all following outcomes:

1.ensuring public access to and active dissemination of pertinent information on research activities, needs, and research outputs on priority infectious animal diseases, including zoonoses, and related issues; and

2.fostering the delivery of new or improved prevention, control and surveillance tools or strategies.

Scope: Infectious animal diseases and related issues can cause serious social, economic and environmental damage and in a number of cases threaten human health (zoonoses, anti-microbial resistance). These diseases do not respect borders and can often spread quickly through out the globe. These global threats, the diversity of pathogens and livestock species and the scarce resources available for animal health research make the case for international cooperation on priority diseases and issues, in order to expedite the development of better prevention and control methods, ensure the sustainability of livestock industries and protect human health and the environment. This initiative should consolidate and deepen international research cooperation in the area of infectious animal diseases and related issues such as anti-microbial resistance. It should support the activities of the STAR-IDAZ International Research Consortium (Star-IDAZ IRC), aiming to strengthen the global network of research programme owners and funding organisations in order to achieve specific targets relating to the prevention and control of priority infectious animal diseases, including zoonoses, and related issues such as anti-microbial resistance and new emerging threats. The action should (i) facilitate the work of the Executive and Scientific Committee and the working groups, (ii) organise research gap analyses as appropriate, (iii) maintain the necessary tools and other work resources, (iv) disseminate pertinent information and results to stakeholders and users, (v) organise interaction with relevant projects and initiatives, and (vi) organise activities to leverage resources and enlarge the network as appropriate. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 184

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 185

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-01-two-stage

RIA

14.50

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-02-two-stage

RIA

7.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-03-two-stage

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-04-two-stage

IA

15.00

Around 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-05-two-stage

IA

18.00

Around 6.00

3

Overall indicative budget

66.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling sustainable farming

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-01-two-stage: Agroecological approaches for sustainable weed management

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.50 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals mus
t use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the farm to fork’s strategy objective of a transition to a fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture, notably its objective to promote agroecology, and the target to reduce the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides 186 , by unfolding the potential of agroecology to provide alternative weeding strategies that reduce or eliminate the use of pesticides used as herbicides. This will support the transition to sustainable, safe, productive, climate-neutral and resilient farming systems that minimise the pressure on ecosystems while ensuring fair economic returns for farmers.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Evidence of optimal and innovative combinations of holistic alternative weeding techniques based on agroecological approaches in different European pedo-climatic conditions for a wide range of crops and farming systems, including conventional, organic and mixed farming;

2.Quantitative and qualitative evidence of the social, economic and environmental sustainability and performance, as well as trade-offs, of different alternative weeding strategies across Europe at farm, landscape and regional levels, and in the medium to long term;

3.Robust evidence of factors influencing farmers’ decision-making and improved knowledge co-creation and feedback among actors in the food value chain, resulting in ease of use, end-user acceptance and increased implementation of alternative and holistic weeding strategies based on an integrated use of agroecological approaches;

4.Improved, open access to data on current weed management practices and use of herbicides across several representative European agro-ecosystems.

Scope: Herbicides have become the foundation of weed management in EU farming systems. Given that herbicides can have harmful effects on the environment, non-target organisms, and animal and human health, reducing reliance on these products has become a policy objective. Sustainable and effective non-chemical alternatives to reduce or eliminate the use of herbicides are largely lacking for most crops and farming systems in the EU. Weed-related challenges can be better addressed as a part of broad-based, holistic strategies such as agroecology 187 that, by relying on and maximising the use of ecological processes to support agricultural production, have the potential to advance ecosystem sustainability while ensuring profitability of the farming activity. Agroecology is a holistic approach that relies on and maximises the use of ecological processes to support agricultural production. By working more with nature and ecosystem services, agroecology has the potential to increase the circularity, diversification and autonomy of farms, and drive a full transformation of farming systems, from input substitution and beyond. In parallel, progressing towards digitalisation or the implementation of new digital technologies is one of the main ambitions facing EU agriculture. The development and promotion of alternative weed management techniques and strategies that do not only rely on chemical herbicides are required. Moreover, factors such as soil and climatic conditions, as well as the type of crop and the farming system can largely determine the spatial and temporal development of major weeds and, therefore, the effectiveness and efficiency of these strategies. Agroecological or nature-based principles can provide systemic, sustainable, context-specific and socially acceptable alternatives to address these challenges.

Activities should advance knowledge, build capacities and deliver innovative systemic and holistic solutions to reduce and eventually eliminate the use of chemical pesticides used as herbicides, and will address the needs of a wide range of crops (arable and permanent) and farming systems, both conventional and organic. Proposals should cover all EU and Associated Countries biogeographical/pedo-climatic regions. Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and should build on and expand the achievements of relevant past and ongoing EU-funded research projects.

Proposals should include a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic. Projects should ensure collaboration with projects funded under the following topics in this work programme: HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05: Agroecological approaches for climate change mitigation, resilient agricultural production and enhanced biodiversity and HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-03: Digitalisation as an enabler of agroecological farming systems. Proposals should identify optimal combinations of agroecological solutions for socially, economically and environmentally sustainable alternative weed management strategies that reduce or eliminate the use of herbicides. They should do so by capitalising on the opportunities offered by cropping system design, mechanical weed management techniques, soil management practices, breeding, bio-based herbicides, precision and site-specific weeding and digitalised weed monitoring, including by using technology and knowledge of weed biology. Proposals should test and evaluate the sustainability, performance and profitability of these strategies versus classical chemical weed management approaches in the medium- to long-term and at farm, landscape and regional levels, undertaking qualitative and quantitative estimates of trade-offs, and identifying gaps and needs towards non-chemical weed management. Proposals should undertake comprehensive analysis of the socio-economic aspects involved in the adoption of alternative weeding strategies based on agroecological approaches and of the factors influencing farmers’ decision-making, including consumer and market aspects, like risk perception and acceptance of food produced with new weed management strategies. Proposals should develop and test strategies involving all relevant actors for knowledge co-creation and feedback to demonstrate and accompany farmers in implementing and/or switching to agroecological weed management. Proposals should develop a repository of current weed management practices and use of herbicides in several representative EU and Associated Countries agro-ecosystems.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-02-two-stage: Emerging and future risks to plant health

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approac
h in the introduction to this work programme part.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture and forestry, including an ambitious target of reduced use of plant protection products 188 , the successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help the agricultural / forestry sector to remain productive and contribute to sustainable agriculture and/or forest health.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Find adequate responses to new and/or emerging plant pests;

2.Improve the understanding of drivers of plant pest emergence including the influence of climate change, ecosystem degradation and globalisation;

3.Develop economic and environmentally sound solutions for effective pest management in farming and forestry in line with the principles of integrated pest management;

4.Support to relevant plant health policies in the EU and Associated Countries.

Scope: Proposals should target one or more new or emerging 189 plant pests 190 (regulated, non-regulated, introduced or native) that are causing or likely to cause, significant (socio) economic and/or environmental losses to agriculture and/or forestry in the EU and/or Associated Countries. Within the scope of this topic are pests exhibiting an altered and higher probability of entry and spread in a new area that might be the result of changes in their biology or changes in agriculture or forestry pest management practice or rapid spread in new areas 191 . The choice of target pest(s) should consider the potential threat in terms of development and spread, its potential exacerbation under climate change as well as the potential impact on agricultural production, forestry, trade and the wider environment (including soil and water). Activities should consider both the conventional and the organic sectors.

Proposals should:

1.Increase knowledge of the biology, pathways of entry, behaviour in the plant-soil system where relevant, and drivers of spread including the influence of climate change and globalization of pest(s);

2.Improve methods and strategies for prevention, early detection and surveillance;

3.Develop and uptake rapid and effective tools for the prevention of entry, spread and establishment, early detection, surveillance, treatment and (bio) control of plant pests for a sustainable and integrated pest management;

4.Identify and introduce resistance traits to support the long term sustainability of agriculture and forestry in the EU and/or Associated Countries;

5.Assess the social and economic implications for farmers and ecological impacts of the plant pest(s) and the development of approaches on how to best cope with these situations;

6.Integrate citizen science as a tool to monitor emerging pests.

International cooperation with countries affected or threatened by the same pest(s) is strongly encouraged. Proposals must implement the “multi-actor approach” including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as research, plant health services and the farming/forestry sector are brought together. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of support on the analysis of the potential impact of the studied pests and the development of economic and environmentally sound solutions for effective pest management in farming and forestry in line with the principles of integrated pest management in particular their acceptance by farmers.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-03-two-stage: Ecology of infectious animal diseases

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the ‘farm to fork’ strategy for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient livestock production systems, including the reduction of anti-microbial usage, a successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help policy makers and relevant actors (e.g. business operators) in the prevention and control of infectious animal diseases in a changing environment, thus contributing to sustainable agriculture and to public health.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.improving the capacity for risk-based surveillance thanks to a better understanding of sources and pathways of emergence and spread of animal diseases, including habitat destruction;

2.increasing the capacity to prevent and control diseases in animals, and their potential impact in human population; and

3.improving understanding of the impact of climate change on pathogen ecology and animal diseases to predict them and possibly define appropriate countermeasures.

Scope: The emergence, persistence and spread of diseases is the result of a number of factors linked to the dynamic biological or ecological interplay among and between the infectious agents, the hosts (intermediary or definitive), the community of hosts (intermediary or definitive, including wildlife), vectors in the case of vector-borne diseases, the environment, including other living organisms found in agro-ecosystems, and human activity. Understanding this interplay, at various spatial scales (herd, farm, landscape), in particular the capacity of infectious agents, vectors or hosts to persist in different agro-ecosystems, to circulate between them, or to evolve and potentially become more pathogenic or jump between species is often incomplete for known diseases, and virtually non-existent for new diseases, like the emergence of Coronavirus infections highlighted.

The proposals should address relevant areas of research in terrestrial livestock, and related wildlife as appropriate and should contribute to:

1. understanding the population dynamics of pathogens in and outside hosts, including interactions within and between humans and animals;

2. understanding the drivers of pathogen evolution (e.g. mutations) and their impact on virulence and cross-species transmission;

3. understanding the impact of the host immune response on pathogen adaptation / evolution;

4. understanding the mechanisms of behaviour/persistence of pathogens in animals, animal products, vectors and outside the host (e.g. environment, fomites);

5. inactivation of pathogens in a changing environment;

6. understanding antimicrobial resistance development, where relevant.

The choice of the infectious agent / diseases should take into account their importance for the EU policy and regulatory framework, not least for epizootic diseases such as African swine fever, avian influenza or African horse sickness, or for zoonotic pathogens, or major diseases, including production diseases, responsible for high antimicrobial usage and potential transfer of resistance to human pathogens or microbiota. Where appropriate for the diseases targeted, cooperation with relevant professionals outside the animal health domain (e.g. public health, environment) is recommended, as highlighted by the ‘one health’ approach. The gender aspects should be considered, where relevant, e.g. in pathogen transmission.

Proposals may use priorities identified under the SCAR 192 Collaborative Working Group on Animal Health and Welfare 193 , Discontools 194 , or STAR-IDAZ International Research Consortium 195 . They should draw on lessons learned from other EU funded projects on selected diseases and clearly underline how they will bring new knowledge and impacts. International research cooperation with non-EU countries where selected diseases are endemic is encouraged to maximise the impact.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-04-two-stage: Smart solutions for the use of digital technologies for small- and medium-sized, farms and farm structures

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy and the Headline ambitions of a Digital Age and Economy that works for people, leaving no one behind, and the biodiversity strategy, the successful proposals will support the development of small- and medium sized farms to benefit from digital technologies and strengthen their capacities to their effective and efficient deployment. Projects will therefore contribute to the development of sustainable, productive and climate-neutral and resilient farming systems providing consumers with affordable, safe, healthy and sustainable food, minimising pressure on ecosystems, improving public health and generating fair economic returns for farmers through the development of smart solutions for the use of digital technologies for small- and medium-sized, farms and farm structures. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Innovative solutions for the use of digital technologies (fostering soft- and hardware) tailored to the needs of small- and medium-sized farms and farm structures, including crop- and livestock production;

2.Increased uptake of innovative digital technologies by farmers;

3.Contribution to avoiding an increased digital divide between small and large farms;

4.Increase in the environmental and economic performance of small- and medium-sized farms in the EU and Associate Countries.

Scope: Despite the potential of digital technologies to increase the economic and environmental performance of the agricultural sector, there is still need to increase the uptake of precision farming tools, particularly among small- and medium-sized farms. An increase in the digital divide between small and large farms is to be avoided.

While one main reason for this circumstance is – as for many investments in agricultural equipment – investments in digital technologies frequently only become cost-effective, if a critical mass of production volume is given. In addition, small- and medium-sized farms and farms structures have in some areas specific needs and strengths, because of e.g. a small average parcel seize, which should be considered in the development of digital solutions for the sector.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Development and piloting of cost-effective digital solutions for small- and medium-sized farms and farm structures for at least grass land and arable crops under representative consideration of the diverse environmental, climatic and socio-economic conditions across the EU and Associated Countries.

2.Development of business and/ or governance models facilitating the roll-out of the piloted innovation at larger scale in several countries; if relevant, models may not only consider financing the purchase of the digital solutions but also the establishment of other framing conditions or propose public intervention (e.g. data provision) or public-private partnerships or cooperative (digital) service provision and taking.

Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, involving at least scientists, , SMEs, and representatives of the agricultural sector. Proposals are expected to demonstrate how networking activities fostering the exchange of experiences and knowledge transfer are organised. Exchange/ collaborate with Digital Innovation Hubs 196 and the consideration of the potential of social innovation to increase efficiency and effectiveness in the wider application of the developed innovative digital solutions are encouraged. Special attention may also be given to certain crops and / or sub-branches, and/or specific production processes for which currently less dedicated precision farming technologies are available on the market.

Proposals may involve financial support to third parties to provide direct support (e.g. in the form of cascading grants) to researchers, developers, SMEs, start-ups and other multidisciplinary actors in particular for populating, testing and validating use cases and/ or other actions contributing to the objectives of the project. A maximum of € 60 000 per third party might be granted. Conditions for third parties support are set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support will be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose. The financial support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-05-two-stage: Innovative food from marine and freshwater ecosystems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, the EU bioeconomy strategy and blue growth strategy, the successful proposal will support environmentally friendly, inclusive, safe and healthy seafood production through innovation in the supply chain.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Implementation of the ecosystem approach for sustainable management of marine or freshwater fisheries or in aquaculture development.

2.Wider and more diverse range of seafood (including from fresh waters) available to European consumers, and greater overall seafood consumption.

3.Tools to limit the waste and discarding of seafood during production, processing, transport and consumption, including the minimisation of the environmental impacts of fisheries and aquaculture through better gears or practices.

4.Verification of existing and development of new seafood processing methods that add nutritional and economic value and minimise the environmental impact.

5.Improved professional skills and competences of those working and being trained to work within the blue economy.

Scope: Despite the vast diversity of biota in the European seas, rivers and lakes, consumers prefer only a few species for consumption. This is even more pronounced for aquaculture production where only a very limited number of fish and shellfish species are farmed. Moreover, some of the farmed species are higher predators and, despite improvements in feeds, fishing for feed is still a sad reality. Waste of seafood during production, processing, transport and consumption is massive; valorisation of fish and shellfish biomass is still far from achieving its full potential in the context of a circular economy.

Innovation under this topic should explore and test solutions for more sustainable fishing and/or aquaculture practices and diversify production through low trophic level fisheries and/or aquaculture. This could include animals (herbivorous, filter-feeders), algae (micro- and macro-), bacteria and fungi. Issues of biology, feeding, metabolism, disease, pathology, environmental sustainability, gear technology, processing, and marketing of products may be addressed.

Innovation should additionally focus on improving the environmental impact of fisheries and/or aquaculture, e.g. with more selective and less impacting fishing gear, low carbon fishing approaches, nutritious and safe feeds, recirculating aquaculture systems, integrated multitrophic aquaculture, disease control and sustainable solutions in fish and shellfish rearing. It may also identify captured species of high abundance and high nutritional value and reach out to consumers to promote their consumption.

Innovative processing, including digital and packaging solutions as well as formulation and/or fortification, may also be considered to minimise loss of fish and shellfish biomass, add nutritional and economic value to the chain (including by-products), enhance the shelf life of the products, and reduce food waste.

The projects that will be selected may also address issues of proximity between seafood production and consumption, e.g. by exploring possibilities to turn artisanal fisheries more environmentally friendly and economically viable. Innovative processing possibilities may also be explored.

A strong communication component and a genuine co-creation approach with stakeholders and end users, including from industry, consumers and NGOs, are key for a successful introduction, in the medium-term, of innovative and sustainably produced seafood in the EU and in Horizon Europe associated countries. Training and education activities should be included.

International co-operation with partners from non-associated third countries is strongly encouraged as a win-win scenario, while contributing to the European competitiveness and resilience.

Where relevant, proposals may seek synergies and capitalise on the results of projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, its continuation European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams.

Social innovation should be considered when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Destination – Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

This destination and its topics target climate-neutral circular and bioeconomy transitions, covering safe integrated circular solutions at territorial and sectoral levels, for important material flows and product value chains, such as the textile, electronics, plastics and construction sectors, as well as key bioeconomy sectors such as sustainable bio-based systems, sustainable forestry, small-scale rural bio-based solutions, and aquatic value chains. With this approach, the destination supports the European Green Deal, and other European initiatives such as the Industrial Strategy, SME Strategy, Circular Economy Action Plan, Bioeconomy Strategy, Biodiversity Strategy, Farm to Fork Strategy, Textile Strategy, Plastics Strategy, the Action Plan on Critical Raw Materials, and the Forest Strategy.

More specifically, the focus on circularity 197 aims at less waste and more value by extending the lifetime and retaining the value of products and materials. It supports a sharing, reusing, and material-efficient economy, in a safe way, and minimises the non-sustainable use of natural resources. The cascading use of materials and innovative upcycling of waste to new applications is encouraged. The safe and sustainable use of biomass and waste 198 for the production of materials and products, including nutrients, can reduce Europe’s dependence on non-renewable resources, cut GHG emissions, offer long-term circular carbon sinks and substitutes to fossil-based and carbon-intensive products, and reduce pressures on biodiversity and its wide range of ecosystem services. The potential of biological resources goes beyond biomass processing into renewable products. It includes the use of organisms and their parts in “green” (i.e. more environmentally friendly) bio-based industrial processes. Marine and land-based biotechnology can provide new sustainable and safe food and feed production methods, greener industrial products and processes, new health-related products, and can help characterise, monitor and sustain the health of marine and terrestrial ecosystems. The potential of marine resources and biotechnology will contribute to the coming “blue economy”, accelerating the transition towards a circular and climate-neutral economy that is sustainable and inclusive. The concepts of the circular economy, bioeconomy and blue economy converge and altogether provide an opportunity to balance environmental, social and economic goals, with their sustainability ensured by the life cycle assessment approaches.

Acknowledging the multiple benefits of circularized material/substance and energy flows, such circularity however has to be achieved in a safe, non-hazardous way without (re-)connecting epidemiological pathways or introducing pathogen/toxin enrichment cycles when involving biogenic materials. Established circularized material/substance flows have to be complemented with accompanying research in their safety and non-hazardous to health, society, economy and nature. In addition, a local and regional focus 199 is crucial for a circular economy and bioeconomy that is sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just. Innovative urban and regional solutions and value chains can create more and better quality jobs and help our economies rebound from the COVID-19 crisis.

A systemic and science-based circular transition with the help of research, innovation and investments will address all issues from material selection and product design via resource efficiency along the value chain to an optimised after-use system, incorporating reuse, repair and upgrade, refurbishment, remanufacturing, collection, sorting and new forms of recycling and upcycling also to improve the waste cycle management. It will tackle all barriers and mobilise all key stakeholders. The development of definitions, taxonomies, indicators and targets will inform and support policy and decision making. The use of advanced life cycle methods such as the European Commission Product Environmental Footprint (PEF), data and information will enable economic actors, including consumers, to make sustainable choices. The development and deployment of specific technological and non-technological circular solutions, including new business models, will cover intra- and inter-value chain collaboration between economic actors. The development of a working after-use system for plastic-based products, incorporating reuse, collection, sorting, and recycling technologies will provide insights into the transition towards a circular economy for key material flows including plastics. The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 200 under the European Circular Economy Action Plan will expand the circular economy concept beyond traditional resource recovery in waste and water sectors and support the implementation, demonstration and replication of systemic circular solutions for the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale. Water use will be tackled from a circularity perspective, aiming at pollution prevention, resource efficiency and business opportunities.

Bio-based innovation lays the foundations for the transition away from a fossil-based carbon-intensive economy by encompassing the sustainable sourcing, industrial 201 202 and small scale processing and conversion of biomass from land and sea into circular bio-based materials and products with reduced carbon and environmental footprint including lower impacts on biodiversity and long-term circular carbon sinks in sustainable products substituting carbon-intensive ones, with improved end-of-life including biodegradability in specific natural as well as controlled environments. It also capitalises on the potential of living resources, life sciences and industrial biotechnology for new discoveries, products, services and processes, both terrestrial and marine. Bio-based innovation can bring new and competitive economic activities and employment to regions and cities in the recovery from the COVID-19 crisis, revitalising urban, rural and coastal economies and strengthening the long-term circularity of the bioeconomy, including through small non-food bio-based solutions. Furthermore, targeted and well-tailored investments can increase and diversify the income of primary producers and other rural actors (e.g. SMEs).

To enable the bio-based innovation, environmental objectives and climate neutrality will build on a robust understanding of environmental impacts and trade-offs of bio-based systems at the European and regional scale, including the comparisons to similar aspects on the fossil and carbon-intensive counterparts. Systemic impacts of bio-based systems on biodiversity and its wide range of ecosystem services as well as how we restore and use them, need to be assessed, and negative impacts avoided in line with the “do no harm” principle of the European Green Deal. Implementing sustainable and just bio-based value chain requires symbiosis across primary production and industrial ecosystems in regions, Member States and Associated Countries and improved environmental performance of products, processes, materials and services along value chains and life cycles.

The multifunctional and sustainable management of European forests as well as the environmentally sustainable use of wood and woody biomass as a raw material have a crucial role to play in the achievement of the EU’s climate and energy policies, the transition to a circular and sustainable bioeconomy as well as the preservation of biodiversity and the provision of ecosystem services such as climate regulation, recreation, clean air, water resources and erosion control among many others. Furthermore, forestry and the forest-based sector offer important opportunities for wealth and job creation in rural, peripheral and urban areas. The condition of European forests is increasingly threatened by a growing number of social, economic and environmental and climatic pressures. The European Green Deal and the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 recognise that the EU’s forested area needs to improve, both in quality and quantity, for the EU to reach climate neutrality and a healthy environment. The multifunctionality and the sustainable forest management under rapid climate change will be enabled through a variety of approaches, including the use of intelligent digital solutions, enhanced cooperation in forestry and the forest-based sector as well as the establishment of an open-innovation ecosystem with relevant stakeholders.

Aquatic biological resources and blue biotechnology are crucial to delivering on the Green Deal’s ambition of a ‘blue economy’, which alleviates the multiple demands on the EU's and the Associated Countries’ land resources and tackles climate change.

The immense marine and freshwater biodiversity both faces and offers solutions to multiple challenges such as climate, biodiversity loss, pollution, food security, green products, and health but remains largely unexplored. Unprecedented advances in the biotechnology toolbox (e.g. -omics, bioinformatics, synthetic biology) have triggered an increased interest in the potential of aquatic bioresources. Further research and innovation will be key to unlocking the value of the marine and freshwater biological resources available in Europe, including its outermost regions by learning from the functioning and processes of aquatic living organisms to provide a sustainable products and services to the society, whilst avoiding systemic impacts on biodiversity. Algae biomass is becoming increasingly important not only as food but also as a sustainable source of blue bioeconomy products such as pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, and speciality chemicals. Although only a small fraction of marine microbial diversity has been characterised to date, advances in genetic and sequencing technologies are opening new avenues for the understanding and harnessing marine microbiomes such as for the biodiscovery of new products and services for the environment and society.

Expected impacts

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to developing circular economy and bioeconomy sectors, achieving sustainable and circular management and use of natural resources, as well as prevention and removal of pollution, unlocking the full potential and benefits of the circular economy and the bioeconomy, ensuring competitiveness and guaranteeing healthy soil, air, fresh and marine water for all, through better understanding of planetary boundaries and wide deployment and market uptake of innovative technologies and other solutions, notably in primary production (forestry) and bio-based systems.

Specifically, the topics will target one or several of the following impacts, for circular economy, bio-based sectors, forestry and aquatic value chains:

1.Regional, rural, local/urban and consumer-based transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy and bioeconomy across all regions of Europe based on enhanced knowledge and understanding of science, in particular regarding biotechnology-based value chains, for all actors, including policy makers, to design, implement and monitor policies and instruments for a circular and bio-based transitions.

2.European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering the use of primary non-renewable raw materials and reducing greenhouse gas emissions and other negative environmental footprint (including on biodiversity), enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency (e.g. by circular design, improved waste management, cascading use of biomass) along and across value chains, developing innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors, substituting fossil-based ones, increasing circular practices in textiles, plastics, electronics and construction, developing recycling technologies and industrial symbiosis, increasing circular bio-based systems from sustainably sourced biological resources replacing carbon-intensive and fossil-based systems, with inclusive engagement of all stakeholders;

3.Improved consumer and citizen benefits, including in the rural settings by establishing circular and bio-based systems based on sustainability, inclusiveness, health and safety; reaching a significantly higher level of involvement of all actors (manufacturers, retailers, consumers, public administration, primary biomass producers etc.);

4.Multi-functionality and management of forests in Europe based on the three pillars of sustainability (economic, environmental and social);

5.Enlarged potential of marine and freshwater biological resources and blue biotechnology to deliver greener (climate-neutral circular) industrial products and processes, and to help characterise, monitor and sustain the health of aquatic ecosystems for a healthy planet and people.

When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the “Do No Significant Harm” principle 203 according to which the research and innovation activities of the project should not be supporting or carrying out activities that make a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

In addition to the impacts listed above, topics under this destination will address the following impact areas of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan for 2021-2024: “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”, “Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in waters”, “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats”; “Inclusive growth and new job opportunities”; “Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01

126.50

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01

66.00

15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-two-stage

76.00

15 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

01 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

Overall indicative budget

126.50

142.00

Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 204

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 205

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-01

IA

21.50

5.00 to 10.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-02

CSA

10.00

0.40 to 2.00

6

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-03

IA

18.00

5.00 to 7.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-04

IA

22.00

6.00 to 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-05

IA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-06

IA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-07

IA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-08

CSA

9.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-09

IA

18.00

Around 9.00

2

Overall indicative budget

126.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling a circular economy transition

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-01: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.50 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Proposals funded under this topic, and their circular systemic solutions, must form part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). This means that:

1.Proposals have to achieve deep cooperation between them by means of specific activities which will be included in at least one of their work-packages;

2.Proposals have to cooperate with CCRI and its coordination service by means of sharing with this initiative knowledge and experiences developed during the implementation and demonstration of the circular systemic solutions;

3.Proposals have to participate in the CCRI’s events.

Applicants have to acknowledge and integrate these obligations into their proposal.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support the delivery of solutions to implement the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy. The topic will support the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale across regions of Europe.

Proposals funded under this topic will form part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 206 . Proposals are expected to provide policy-makers, public and private investors and local communities with concrete and demonstrated examples of circular systemic solutions. In the context of this topic, a circular systemic solution is defined as a demonstration project for deploying a circular and climate-neutral economy at urban and/or regional scale, involving key stakeholders and, ideally, addressing more than one economic sector.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved circularity and reduced GHG emissions in economic sectors, natural ecosystems, and efficient valorisation of local resources in cities, regions or their groupings.

2.Creation of business opportunities in the circular economy at urban and/or regional scale.

3.Increased circular and climate-neutral practices among citizens and their participation in circular systemic solutions.

4.Enhanced knowledge transfer between the cities, regions or their groupings involved in the proposals financed under this topic and other cities and regions in EU Member States and Associated Countries.

5.Creation of jobs in the short to medium-term perspective.

6.More effective widespread uptake and easier replication, scalability and visibility of circular systemic solutions and hence multiplication of their economic, social and environmental benefits to achieve the policy targets of the European Green Deal, circular economy action plan, EU bioeconomy strategy and the European industrial strategy at local, regional, national, European and international levels.

Scope: Proposals are expected to implement and demonstrate circular systemic solutions for the deployment of the circular economy (including the circular bioeconomy) in cities, regions or their groupings.

The implemented circular systemic solutions should address economic, social and environmental dimensions of the transition towards a circular economy and include science, technology and governance components. They should demonstrate circular governance models and support the active participation of all relevant actors in cities, regions or their groupings. Examples of relevant actors are: public administrations and utilities; private sector services and industries, including small and medium enterprises (SMEs); scientific and innovator communities including incubators and accelerators; financial intermediaries with a focus on environmental and social impact; venture capitalists and business angels; civil society, including citizens; and non-governmental organisations and philanthropy.

The implemented circular systemic solutions may consider applying the circular economy principle not only to waste and water management, but also to other sectors including, for example, one or more of the new circular economy action plan key product value chains, i.e.: batteries and vehicles, electronics and ICT, packaging, plastics, textiles, construction and buildings, food, water and nutrients. 207 The circular systemic solutions may also include nature-based solutions. Circular systemic solutions and the economic sectors involved in them should be selected and based on a detailed analysis of the cities, regions or their groupings’ socio-economic and environmental needs to be addressed, circular potential to be exploited and challenges to be tackled.

Circular systemic solutions should identify, analyse and, when feasible, quantify the economic, social and environmental benefits and trade-offs/challenges related to their implementation and demonstration. They should include the monitoring and evaluation of the transition towards a circular economy, identify their strengths and weaknesses as well as causes. They should analyse the experimented regulatory obstacles and drivers and provide clear and precise policy recommendations to improve circular economy. Each circular systemic solution should address environmental externalities and contribute to preserving and, where possible, increasing the well-being and the health conditions of the local communities involved in the transition towards a circular economy.

It is crucial that the circular systemic solutions implemented and their business models have a high replicability and scalability potential. This is fundamental to facilitate that circular systemic solutions demonstrated in specific areas will be replicated in others. During their implementation and by the end of their life cycle, the selected proposals are expected to share with all stakeholders clear and comprehensive guidelines on the circular systemic solutions adopted, including their strengths and weaknesses experienced.

It is essential that proposals also ensure complementarity and cooperation with existing and future relevant European projects on the circular economy and the circular bioeconomy, with special reference to those on local and regional scale, and avoid overlaps and repetition. In particular, cooperation and complementarity should be ensured with the projects under the European Green Deal Call’s topic ‘LC-GD-3-2-2020 - Demonstration of systemic solutions for the territorial deployment of the circular economy’. 208

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-02: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s project development assistance (CCRI-PDA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.40 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Proposals funded under this topic must form part of the instruments for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). This means that:

1.Proposals have to cooperate with CCRI and its coordination service by means of sharing with this initiative knowledge and experiences gained through the implementation of the CCRI-PDA service;

2.Proposals have to participate in the CCRI’s events.

Applicants have to acknowledge and integrate these obligations into their proposal.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the delivery of services and solutions to implement the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan, the bioeconomy strategy. The topic will support the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy across regions of Europe at local and regional scale.

The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s Project Development Assistance (CCRI-PDA) will be included in the instruments implementing the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). 209 It will be carried out in close coordination and cooperation with the CCRI.

Investors and lenders need to gain more confidence on investment projects related to circular economy which are still seen as risky. European added value can be achieved, for example, where projects introduce innovation to the market regarding financing solutions minimising transaction costs and engaging the private finance community. European added value could also be achieved where projects demonstrably address legal, administrative and other market opportunities and challenges for innovative and sustainable circular economy investment schemes.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Delivery of innovative financing schemes that are operational and ready to finance circular economy investments at local and regional scale;

2.Delivery of a series of sustainable circular economy projects and innovative financing solutions/schemes at local and regional scale across Europe;

3.Demonstration of innovative and replicable investment financing solutions, documenting feedback/uptake from potential replicators.

Scope: The CCRI-PDA services will be provided to public and private project promoters such as local and regional authorities or their groupings, public/private infrastructure operators and bodies, utilities and services, industry (including SMEs). The action will support building technical, economic and legal expertise needed for project development and leading to the launch of concrete investments.

The purpose of the CCRI-PDA is to help project promoters develop their projects and to bring together the technical, economic and legal expertise needed for developing circular economy investment projects at local and regional scale resulting in the actual launch of investments during the action. Ultimately, PDA projects should demonstrate the financial viability and sustainability of circular economy investment projects at local and regional scale and provide tangible showcases that should trigger further market replication.

The CCRI-PDA will pay for those activities necessary to prepare and mobilise finance for investment programmes, such as feasibility studies, stakeholder and community mobilisation, business plans and preparation for tendering procedures or setting up a specific financing scheme/financial engineering.

Proposals should address the development or replication and implementation of innovative financing schemes for circular economy investments at local and regional scale.

The CCRI-PDA services should support public and private project promoters to launch investments for activities aimed at increasing circularity in economic sectors that are relevant for the transition towards a sustainable circular economy at local and/or regional scale. The economic sectors involved in each CCRI-PDA service should be selected according to local and/or regional circular economy needs, resources and potential. This selection must be clearly justified and explained.

Proposals should clearly focus their activities on the launch of significant circular economy investment programmes at local and regional scale. Ideally, the proposed investments should be launched before the end of the action, which means that projects should result in signed contracts for circular economy investments at local and regional scale to that effect.

In addition, proposals should include some of the following features:

1.Clearly focus their activities on the launch of significant circular economy investment programmes at local and regional scale;

2.An exemplary/showcase dimension in their ambition to increase circularity in specific sector(s) at local and regional scale and/or in the size of the expected investments and leverage factors 210 ;

3.Deliver organisational innovation in the mobilisation of the investment programme (e.g. bundling, pooling or stakeholder engagement);

Moreover, all proposals should demonstrate a high degree of replicability and include a clear action plan to communicate experiences and results towards potential replicators across EU Member States and Associated Countries.

Indicatively, the CCRI-PDA focuses on small and medium-sized circular economy investments of up to EUR 20 million. 211

The EU contribution per proposal should not exceed 10% of the respective investment.

Proposals should justify the budget for the PDA provided to public and private project promoters based on the expected investment portfolio to be set up including the expected amount of investments to be triggered and the respective leverage factors to be achieved.

Proposals are expected to ensure synergies and complementarities with other EU financial schemes for circular economy projects. Examples and background information on already existing PDA facilities are available at: https://ec.europa.eu/easme/en/project-development-assistance-pda

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-03: Innovative solutions to over-packaging and single-use plastics, and related microplastic pollution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all impacts in this destination related to consumers and industry, in particular to European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering the environmental footprint, enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency, through increased circularity and a resulting reduction in GHG and air pollution emissions.

Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following outcomes:

1.Increased deployment and market uptake of innovative solutions, through better design, alternative materials, business models promoting reuse, deposit systems, smart labelling in support of and complying with the current relevant legal framework and, when scope would cover the food chain, the future EU framework for sustainability labelling, etc.

2.Increased reuse, recyclability and upcycling of packaging and single-use plastics

3.Significant reduction in over-packaging and single-use plastics in consumer goods, food packaging and humanitarian relief items

4.Significant reduction in packaging waste and single-use plastic waste

5.Significant reduction in management costs for the respective waste streams

6.Significant reduction in the release of microplastics from packaging and single-use plastics into the environment

Scope: The amount of materials used for packaging is growing continuously and in 2017 packaging waste in Europe reached a record – 173 kg per inhabitant, the highest level ever. In order to ensure that all packaging on the EU market is reusable or recyclable in an economically viable way by 2030, the essential requirements for packaging relate to reducing (over)packaging and packaging waste, designing for re-usable and recyclable packaging, including alternative reusable products or systems, and reducing the complexity of packaging materials.

Plastics continue to be one of the key areas in the 2020 circular economy action plan (CEAP). This is due to their circularity potential, but also due to concerns about their environmental footprint and the use of primarily fossil-based feedstock for their production. One of the main sources of pollution is the amount of single-use plastics and plastics packaging that is wasted daily and that overburdens our waste and water management systems. A particular issue regarding plastics is the pollution from microplastics and disintegrating material, which reaches the soils and ocean and whose possible health impacts on animals and humans still need to be assessed in depth. Some of these microplastics are added intentionally to products such as cosmetics, while other pollution comes from the disintegration and migration of various types of plastics during their use and waste phases. Plastic waste is also an unintended consequence of humanitarian response – often funded by European taxpayer money – and leading to pollution in countries receiving aid but without the capacity to manage the waste.

In line with the EU strategy for plastics in a circular economy and the Single Use Plastics (SUP) Directive, and in line with the priorities on plastics and packaging in the CEAP, projects should combine at least three of the following elements: a reduction of (over)packaging and packaging waste, design for reuse and recyclability of packaging, a reduction of material complexity including the number of materials used (including diverse polymers), the restriction of intentionally added microplastics, increasing the uptake of alternatives decreasing the dependency on fossil fuels and the related pollution, and measures to prevent the release of microplastics at all relevant stages of the product life cycle.

Projects should demonstrate at large scale and validate innovative solutions that are quantitatively relevant and replicable under diverse economic, geographical and social conditions, and across sectors, including humanitarian response, through better design, alternative materials (including biobased and biodegradable), business models promoting reuse, recycling, upcycling, deposit systems, smart labelling, sensor-based sorting, etc. to tackle over-packaging and single-use plastics in consumer goods, food packaging and humanitarian relief items. Where the use of alternative materials is concerned, projects should address aspects to assure quality and safety of these new alternatives.

All solutions should be based on life-cycle approaches. Proposals should integrate life cycle assessment using the European Commission’s Product Environmental Footprint (PEF) method and relevant costing methods. Projects should choose a systemic approach to value chains and end users, including consumers as key actors. All achieved outcomes should be demonstrated using quantitative indicators and targets wherever possible.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Research on the above issues in the humanitarian context (relating to humanitarian relief items) is also eligible under this topic.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-04: Increasing the circularity in textiles, plastics and/or electronics value chains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all impacts in this destination related to consumers and industry, in particular to European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering the environmental footprint, enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency, through increased circularity and a resulting reduction in GHG and air pollution emissions.

Project results are expected to contribute to at least four of the following outcomes:

1.Increased deployment and market uptake of new technological solutions to waste management and recycling, and the measurement of recycled content

2.Enhanced diffusion and demonstrated benefits of advanced digital solutions in circular businesses

3.Emergence of new value chains using upcycled, recycled and/or biobased resources

4.Increased upcycling and recycling rates for the targeted material streams

5.Increased uptake of recycled material and upcycling to new higher-value products

6.Increased resource efficiency along and across value chains, causing a measurable reduction in GHG emissions

7.Increased diffusion of new circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair, reuse and remanufacturing

8.A significantly higher level of involvement of all actors (manufacturers, retailers, consumers, CSOs, public administration etc.) in circular practices

9.Increased level of information and awareness of citizens regarding circular and climate-neutral products and services

10.Strengthened competitiveness and job retention and creation potential of circular value chains under different economic and social conditions

Scope: The 2020 circular economy action plan (CEAP) highlights the four material streams textiles, plastics, electronics including ICT equipment, and construction as particularly important with regard to their circularity potential and their environmental footprint. The circularity deficits for these streams are mainly due to the: lack of trust in secondary raw materials; lack of control over supply chains; lacking focus on material efficiency and design for circularity; unsustainable product lifetimes; lack of repair services; price gap between primary and secondary material; lack of secondary material markets; insufficient collection and sorting systems; insufficient and unpredictable input quality for recycling; insufficient information about quality and quantity of materials, including knowledge about possible microplastics pollution and substances of concern, lack of communication along the lifecycle between manufacturers and recyclers; lack of involvement and empowerment of citizens that would allow environmentally informed purchases.

Projects should address the priorities set in the CEAP, which states that “electrical and electronic equipment continues to be one of the fastest growing waste streams in the EU, with current annual growth rates of 2%. It is estimated that less than 40% of electronic waste is recycled in the EU. Value is lost when fully or partially functional products are discarded because they are not reparable.” Textiles are “the fourth highest-pressure category for the use of primary raw materials and water, after food, housing and transport, and fifth for GHG emissions, as well as one of the highest sources of emissions of synthetic microfibers in the EU. It is estimated that less than 1% of all textiles worldwide are recycled into new textiles.” “In the light of the complexity of the textile value chain, to respond to these challenges the Commission will propose a comprehensive EU Strategy for Textiles.” It will be necessary to boost “sorting, re-use and recycling of textiles, including through innovation”, while “tackling the presence of hazardous substances”. Beside the continuous implementation of the EU plastics strategy, the CEAP has a strong focus on microplastics, but also calls for mandatory recycled content and the controlled use of bio-based, biodegradable plastics and alternative materials. In view of the feasibility problems of plastic recycling, this will require the deployment of technologies that are still in their infancy, such as the various forms of chemical and enzymatic recycling.

Projects should deal with one of the three priority material streams (plastics, textiles, electronics), taking however into account the complexity of some materials currently in use (such as composites) and that the three streams are related and to some extent overlapping (plastics-textiles; plastics-electronics), and that specific solutions might require an integrated approach.

Projects should demonstrate and deploy at large scale innovative solutions and designs for increased quality, non-toxicity and durability of secondary materials and increased share of secondary materials in new products. Projects should demonstrate increased recovery, recycling and upcycling rates and a higher uptake of secondary materials for high value applications. Projects should also demonstrate circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair and reuse, remanufacture, product-service-systems, and in the full lifetime of products or services. To achieve this, targeted market size, economic feasibility, cost efficiency and social acceptance need to be addressed. To break down the barriers for this transition, it is important that proposals involve and address the different perspectives of all relevant actors, e.g. manufacturers, retailers, consumers and civil society organisations (CSOs). The projects should consider the use of digital solutions and demonstrate their benefits for increased circularity. Projects should also help produce harmonised and robust methods to assess the amount of recycled content in sectoral products, which is key for a future review of green claims through authorities and consumer organisations. Environmental, social and economic impacts should be assessed from a lifecycle perspective as product, organisation and consumption environmental footprints, using the respective methods developed by the European Commission (Product Environmental Footprint, PEF, should be used for the assessment of the environmental impacts) and through costing methods; relevant data should be fed into the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment, following the specific Environmental Footprint data and format requirements. The functional performance of technologies and secondary materials can be assessed through the EU Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) scheme. Considering the microplastics and microfiber pollution and hazardous substances that are present in the targeted waste streams, their removal from the materials used for the products in concern as well as from the recovered material is crucial, in addition to applying less-polluting production and consumption procedures. Decontamination levels need to be properly addressed and accumulation prevented. All achieved outcomes should be demonstrated using quantitative indicators and targets wherever possible.

Projects should also develop training material to endow workers in this occupational group with the right skillset in order to deploy the new technologies developed. Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Innovating sustainable bio-based systems and the bioeconomy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-05: Novel, non-plant biomass feedstocks for industrial applications

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to the impacts of this destination and European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy. They should help to improve European industrial 212 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering environmental footprint (including on biodiversity), enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency (in particular upcycling and cascading use of biomass) along and across value chains, developing innovative bio-based products. They should engage all stakeholders, and improve their knowledge and understanding of science, in particular biotechnology-based value chains.

Project results should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.More effective prospecting and greater use of biological diversity to generate verifiably more sustainable biomass feedstocks, including through improved harvesting, and processing, and commercially valuable climate-neutral circular bio-based, materials and products. This covers more robust verification of sustainability via life-cycle assessment approaches.

2.Greater resource efficiency of production pathways, by applying upcycling and the cascading use of biomass residues or side-streams (e.g. as growing substrates), leading to lower land dependence for biomass 213 , and thus reducing any conflict with food/feed production.

3.Higher capacity and engagement of SMEs, contributing to skilled job creation and economic benefits, and improving industrial competitiveness due to the expanded range of natural ingredients for the new applications in industrial sectors. Higher functional performance of the pursued value chains and products, and more sustainable industrial practices and resource independence of the EU Member States and associated countries.

Better public understanding across the EU Member States and associated countries of biotechnology, and of the biodiversity conservation and enhancement objectives enshrined in the EU biodiversity strategy and respect to the principles of access and benefit sharing (UN Biodiversity Convention), via clear, inclusive and transparent communication strategies.

Scope: The innovative bioeconomy sectors need to diversify and to deliver technological and industrial solutions based on available and sustainably accessible biomass. In particular, current plant-based biorefining may need upgrading to leave more land available for biodiversity protection and food production, while allowing the substitution of fossil-based resources with bio-based ones. The scope therefore covers the production of key bio-based products such as food and feed ingredients, including proteins, lipids and fibres, antioxidants and other substances with biological activities, and key bio-based materials (e.g. bio-based plastics, composites, fibres) or chemicals 214 , in a resource-efficient approach 215 . This calls for identifying and optimising sources as microorganisms, insects, fungi or mixotrophic algae, which requires defining certain growing conditions in suitable systems such as biofermentors 216 , where they need to be efficiently processed, extracted and converted into industrial outputs of interest. Proposals should increase circularity, in particular for the use of biomass residues or side-streams used as feed material, and should deliver necessary upgrades to and upscaling of the strategies for the cultivation, production and extraction systems.

Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects (especially under the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking or on microbiomes). Proposals should:

1.Develop and demonstrate techno-economic viability of the bio-based production platforms applying the resource efficiency principles (ensuring savings on water, energy, chemical inputs, biomass waste, side-streams or residues), getting more out of less by making use of autotrophic plants and heterotrophs, and applying the modern biotechnological principles. This covers the development of a bio-based microbial production platform for high-value biologically active substances, food/feed ingredients, or bio-based materials as well as efficient separation and extraction approaches for products of interest.

2.Identify and implement the best combination of appropriate technical solutions and practices for specific industrial value chains (justifying the choice, including on level of innovation and business viability), as well as the barriers and drivers derived from e.g. governance and market aspects, while seeking the engagement and understanding of all actors.

3.Develop and transparently communicate the key parameters to monitor and measure the qualitative and quantitative impacts of these solutions and practices for different sourcing, optimization and production systems, the potential of replacing available traditional alternatives, if relevant, and trade-offs, including on biodiversity, and the associated improvement in socio-economic resilience of businesses, for the creation of jobs and industrial competitiveness.

4.Develop and test mechanisms involving all actors and specifically including bio-based industries active in knowledge co-creation, exchange, feedback and communication. Demonstrate them to all actors (e.g. agricultural operators, farmers, SMEs and civil society) and help them implement and understand solutions for new or improved bio-based products and processes and for addressing other environmental impacts e.g. lowered pressure on land and on biodiversity sourcing.

5.Consider contributing data and results to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by the JRC

In this topic it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content..

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-06: Contained biomass solutions for sustainable and zero-Indirect Land Use Change (ILUC) production systems for high value applications

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to the impacts of this destination and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy, They should help improve European industrial 217 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by developing innovative bio-based products. They should engage all stakeholders and improve their knowledge and understanding of science, in particular of biotechnology-based value chains, and increase benefits for consumers.

Project results should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Lower production costs, improved safety and access to final efficient, specific, high-yield and high-value, climate-neutral circular applications 218

2.Lower dependence on land-based production systems, minimising the risk of Indirect Land Use Change (ILUC) 219 , with specific technical solutions and strategies for innovative, high-output, multi-source high-value contained applications, based on a variety of biological organisms 220 and their cultivation systems and technologies involved.

3.Methodologically robust verification of sustainability of the production system via life-cycle assessment approaches. This covers the greater resource efficiency of production pathways, by applying the upcycling and cascading use of biomass residues or side-streams.

4.More mature and advanced biotechnology solutions for the innovative culture, screening and processing of the selected organisms, as well as the related digital applications, thus contributing to European industrial competitiveness.

5.Higher engagement of SMEs, for creating skilled jobs and bringing other socio-economic benefits for end users and/or patients, through expanding the range of natural ingredients for new applications in industrial sectors, enhancing the functional performance of the investigated value chains and products, and contributing to more sustainable industrial practices and resource independence of the EU Member States and associated countries.

6.Better public understanding across EU Member States and associated countries of biotechnology, and of biodiversity conservation and enhancement objectives set out in the EU biodiversity strategy and respect for the principles of access and benefit sharing (UN Biodiversity Convention), via clear, inclusive and transparent communication strategies.

International cooperation is encouraged, to allow the exchange of best practice, while ensuring win-win scenarios and contributing to European competitiveness.

Scope: The innovative bioeconomy sectors need to diversify and deliver technological and industrial solutions based on available and sustainably sourced biomass. In particular, this covers sustainable application in various industrial systems for high value products and uses, such as in the pharmaceutical, diagnostic and veterinary sectors 221 , especially in the context of biorefining and other (industrial) high-value uses 222 .

This calls for identifying, optimising, screening and monitoring of the growing conditions in suitable systems such as bioreactors 223 , from where they need to be efficiently processed, extracted and converted into industrial outputs of interest. The scope covers innovative multi-scale bioreactor designs, and related innovations such as hydroponics systems and phenotyping platforms for increased sustainability of biomass production, and its efficient, pathogen-free processing and use.

Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects (under Horizon 2020 and other EU-funded initiatives). Proposals should:

1.Develop bio-based production platforms applying resource-efficient principles (ensuring savings on water, energy, chemical inputs, biomass side-streams or residues), including the study of mixed multi-species communities, and applying modern biotechnological principles, as well as efficient separation and extraction approaches for products of interest.

2.Identify and implement the best combination of appropriate technical solutions and practices for specific industrial value chains (justifying the choice, including on business viability), as well as the barriers and drivers derived from governance and market aspects, while seeking engagement and understanding of all actors. Participation of industry and SMEs is considered essential.

3.Develop and transparently communicate: (i) the key parameters to monitor and measure the qualitative and quantitative impacts of these solutions and practices for different optimization and production systems, (ii) the potential of replacing available traditional alternatives, if relevant, and trade-offs, including with respect to biodiversity, patient perspective, and (iii) the associated improvement of socio-economic resilience of the businesses for the jobs creation and industrial competitiveness.

4.Develop and test mechanisms involving all actors and specifically including the research community and bio-based industries in knowledge co-creation, exchange, feedback and communication to demonstrate and accompany all actors (e.g. civil society including patient and other related groups) to implement and understand of solutions for improved bio-based products and processes and to address other environmental impacts. Develop specific recommendations for policy makers, while seeking involvement of broader civil society.

5.Consider contribute data and results to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by the JRC.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-07: Microbiomes for bio-based innovation and environmental applications

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals should contribute to the impacts of this destination, and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy. They should help improve European industrial 224 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by developing innovative bio-based products. They should engage all stakeholders and improve their knowledge and understanding of science, in particular biotechnology-based value chains, and increase benefits for consumers.

Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Deeper understanding of the structural composition of microbiomes, their structure, functions, mechanisms, and potentials, as related to bio-based innovation (i.e. bio-based materials, biochemicals, products and services, including the environmental applications), as well as improved methods of their isolation and cultivation. This should lead to innovative solutions to engineer and control microbiomes and guarantee safety and efficacy for specific applications.

2.Improved interdisciplinary cooperation on R&D&I between academia and industrial sectors (e.g. industrial biotechnology, food, pharma and ICT/data industries) and higher engagement of industry and SMEs.

3.More systematic adoption of recent advances in molecular biology and biotechnology to increase industrial uptake of R&D&I on microbiota. This includes, in particular, their complex communities via biotechnology approaches, leading to more cost- and resource-efficient production of high-value complex molecules, lowering pressure on natural resources, or increasing their use in environmental applications.

4.Greater and more inclusive understanding, awareness and trust in innovations, via societal dialogue and transparent communications with all stakeholders (academia, industry, including SMEs, NGOs, regulatory institutions, international partners etc.).

Scope: Microbiomes is the term given to the collective genomes of mixed nature-based microorganism populations. In recent years, scientific-technological progress in genome sequencing and other -omics technologies and in the bioinformatic analysis and interpretation of the data has opened up the opportunity to better understand the composition of (often difficult to cultivate with existing approaches) microbial communities, the functions and interaction of their members, and their interaction with their environment (e.g. soil) or hosts (humans, animals, plants).

The scope includes developing the methods for molecular cartography, the quantitative determination of genes and metabolites and establishing the R&D resources (e.g. inventories, catalogues, “reference microbiomes”, databases etc.). Marine microbiomes are excluded from the scope, in order to avoid overlaps with the parallel topic 225 .

International cooperation is encouraged, as it can contribute to European competitiveness and resilience.

Proposals should:

1.Develop and apply a toolbox of technologies to identify, characterise and sustainably exploit (including isolation and cultivation aspects) the microbiomes and their genetic and metabolic diversity relevant for the bio-based sectors. Develop the related microbiome-based bioprocesses, e.g. to enable industrial manufacturing of high-value bio-based substances or materials (excluding biofuels/bioenergy applications), at sufficiently large scale, or for the environmental protection applications (e.g. decomposition of persistent and hazardous contaminants or industrial, municipal waste and residues).

2.Identify and characterise the key environmental and safety aspects, and potential impacts, while adhering to the binding EU and international regulatory framework. 

3.Outline the scale-up production processes for novel bio-based innovations that are necessary to reach a critical mass for a given application, to achieve economies of scale, address different market segments and potential applications, etc. This includes addressing process and product safety, including occupational and consumer safety aspects, taking into account best international practice and initiatives.

4.Ensure the transparent and inclusive engagement of all actors, including industry and SMEs, the scientific community, regulatory institutions, and broader civil society, including NGOs, to ensure the necessary impact and awareness.

5.Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects, including on food systems, health and industrial value chains, as related to microbiomes.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-08: Mainstreaming inclusive small-scale bio-based solutions in European rural areas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introductio
n to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives and the EU bioeconomy strategy, successful proposals will support innovators to scale-up inclusive and small-scale biobased solutions in rural areas contributing to regional, urban and consumer-based transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy and bioeconomy across all regions of Europe at local and regional scale.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced cooperation between the key players and knowledge holders resulting in sustainable business model pathways for bio-based innovations in rural areas;

2.Provision of tailored and independent support to innovators in order to accelerate the development of marketable products and services and to improve the market penetration of bio-based solutions in Europe;

3.Successful deployment of existing scientific and practical knowledge and more bio-based solutions introduced in rural areas in line with relevant policy initiatives (e.g. bioeconomy strategy, European Green Deal, common agricultural policy (CAP), long-term vision for rural areas, etc.).

Scope: Europe's future economic growth and job creations will increasingly stem from innovation in products, services and business models. This is why there is currently considerable investment in research and innovation. However, there are barriers to the adoption and implementation of research results and cooperation between research, advisory services, farmers, foresters and other actors in the supply chain is not adequately supported. Regional platforms for innovation support services are needed to help European regions develop their bio-based economies and to increase awareness and knowledge about emerging opportunities as well as the environmental and socio-economic impacts relating to the valorisation of locally or regionally available biomass.

Proposals will:

1.Establish regional platforms that provide innovation support services to multi-actor partnerships (e.g. farmers, foresters, clusters, business support organisations, social partners, civil society organisations including non-governmental organisations, etc.) and increase regional stakeholders’ awareness and understanding of the bioeconomy, its potential and impacts, and help them build the capacity to identify innovative bio-based business models.

2.Based on previous research results (e.g. BE-RURAL 226 , Power4Bio 227 , BioeastUp 228 , etc.), activities should help match information on regionally available biomass, waste and residue streams with market information and technologies to enable full utilisation and sustainable production of bio-based products.

3.Help transfer training and knowledge on better nutrient recycling in the circular bioeconomy, by identifying links between different agricultural/forestry and industrial value chains, raising awareness and sharing best practice on the use of residues as soil improvers and fertiliser in the bio-based economy.

4.Consider contributing data and results to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by the JRC.

Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant topics (e.g. HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Expertise and training centre on rural innovation) is strongly encouraged.

Social innovation 229 is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-09: Unlocking the potential of algae for a thriving European blue bioeconomy 230

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, EU bioeconomy strategy and blue growth strategy, the successful proposal will support the development of algae-based greener aquatic industrial products/processes and/or environmental services sustaining the health of aquatic ecosystems for a healthy planet and people.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Leveraging of the potential of algae as an industrial feedstock by upscaling and demonstrating the techno-economic viability of algae cultivation and biotransformation concepts with positive environmental, social and economic impacts. Implementation of the European Green Deal’s sustainable blue economy and the EU bioeconomy strategy.

2.Provide market knowledge to align the development of new algae products to the uses and needs of various sectors.

3.Strengthen the competitiveness of the European blue bioeconomy and marine biotechnology industry by reducing technical bottlenecks and by developing promising business models making the whole algae sector more attractive to investment.

4.Provide scientific evidence on environmental benefits - including on ecosystem services, if relevant - and on risks of algae-based cultivation. Deliver - if applicable - a comparison between the environmental footprint of algae-based products and their land based counterparts.

Scope: The farm production of micro- and macro-algae is one of the most promising emerging ocean sectors. Algae can be developed and processed into an almost endless number of products, enabling a shift to aquatic biomass production and reducing the pressure on plant biomass derived from agriculture and forestry. Total algae production in the EU increased by 76% between 2006 and 2016.

EU policy is set to unlock the versatility and potential of algae. The European Green Deal and the farm to fork strategy support the role of algae in the protein transition and its contribution to a sustainable food system. Moreover, the 2018 EU bioeconomy strategy stresses the potential of algae as a source of innovative aquatic bio-based products such as pharmaceuticals, cosmetics and fine and speciality chemicals. The integrated processing of algae offers an interesting way to exploit, profitably and sustainably, most or all of its potential, by recovering and separating the biomass components and by minimising waste production.

Applicants should carry out activities along the following lines of research:

1.Demonstrate viable concepts to enable the cost-effective cultivation and processing of algae into circular bio-based products and/or environmental services (e.g. medical, cosmetics, fine and speciality chemicals, remediation). The integration with food/feed production or with other processes (such as water treatment, crop and livestock farms and carbon sequestration) could be considered if it adds to the economic, environmental and social viability of the whole concept.

2.Scale-up the production of algae products and bring them closer to market by addressing key challenges such as (i) optimising strains’ biology (including if relevant associated microbiomes) and the mechanisms regulating cell performance for rapid growth and high yields of novel valuable compounds; (ii) pest and disease control; (iii) standardising the product and production lines; (iv) post-harvest treatment and storage; (v) assessing risks of escape of propagules with the potential to affect local genetic biodiversity; and (vi) securing the safety of the selected applications. The efficiency and capacity of production systems should also be improved. Demonstrate downstream processing and fractionation of components that enable the practical implementation of multiproduct algal biorefineries.

3.Establish European strategic development plans for the proposed algae farming that address biodiversity and ecosystems considerations. Key factors such as the carrying capacity of the European seas and the availability and use of land/light/energy should be considered; Provide estimates of the market demand for algae products and of the market structure.

4.Quantified assessment of environmental benefits and risks of algae farming and products, including a comparison with land-based products. Assessment of possible ecosystem services of algae farming.

Strong weight is placed on industrial leadership in the projects. The emphasis should be on the delivery of tangible social and environmental benefits. Successful proposals should carry out a Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of the proposed concept. Efforts should be dedicated to improve the professional skills and competences of those working and being trained to work in algae farming (e.g. through the development of training material).

Where relevant, proposals may seek synergies and capitalise on the results of projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, its continuation European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams.

Cooperation with other selected proposals under this topic and complementary topics included in this work programme is encouraged. This notably includes other algae-relevant topics “HORIZON-CL6-CIRCBIO-02-04-two-stage: Photosynthesis revisited: climate emergency, “no pollution and zero-emission” challenge and industrial application” and “HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-05-two-stage: Innovative food from marine and freshwater ecosystems”.

Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 231

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 232

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-01

CSA

10.00

0.40 to 2.00

6

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-02

IA

14.00

Around 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-03

CSA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-04

IA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-05

RIA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-06

RIA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-07

RIA

18.00

Around 9.00

2

Overall indicative budget

66.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling a circular economy transition

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-01: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s project development assistance (CCRI-PDA)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.40 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Proposals funded under this topic must form part of the instruments for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). This means that:

1.Proposals have to cooperate with CCRI and its coordination service by means of sharing with this initiative knowledge and experiences gained through the implementation of the CCRI-PDA service;

2.Proposals have to participate in the CCRI’s events.

Applicants have to acknowledge and integrate these obligations into their proposal.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the delivery of solutions to implement the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy. The topic will support the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy across regions of Europe at local and regional scale.

The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s Project Development Assistance (CCRI-PDA) will be included in the instruments implementing the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). 233 It will be carried out in close coordination and cooperation with the CCRI.

Investors and lenders need to gain more confidence in investment projects in the field of circular economy which are still seen as risky. European added value can be achieved, for example, where projects introduce innovation to the market regarding financing solutions minimising transaction costs and engaging the private finance community. European added value could also be achieved where projects demonstrably address legal, administrative and other market opportunities and challenges for innovative and sustainable circular economy investment schemes.

CCRI-PDA projects’ results are expected to contribute to the delivery of a series of sustainable circular economy projects and innovative financing solutions/schemes at local and regional scale across Europe.

Scope: The CCRI-PDA beneficiaries include public and private project promoters such as local and regional authorities or their groupings, public/private infrastructure operators and bodies, utilities and services, industry (including SMEs).

The purpose of the CCRI-PDA is to help project promoters develop their circular economy projects and to bring together the technical, economic and legal expertise needed for developing circular economy investment projects at local and regional scale resulting in the actual launch of investments during the action. Ultimately, CCRI-PDA projects should demonstrate the financial viability and sustainability of circular economy investment projects at local and regional scale and provide tangible showcases that should trigger further market replication.

The CCRI-PDA should provide support for those activities necessary to prepare and mobilise finance for investment projects, such as feasibility studies, stakeholder and community mobilisation, business plans and preparation for tendering procedures or setting up a specific financing scheme/financial engineering.

Proposals could address the development or replication and implementation of innovative financing schemes for circular economy investments at local and regional scale.

The CCRI-PDA should support public and private project promoters to launch investments for activities aimed at increasing circularity in economic sectors that are relevant for the transition towards a sustainable circular economy at local and/or regional scale. The economic sectors involved in each CCRI-PDA service should be selected according to local and/or regional circular economy needs, resources and potential. This selection must be clearly justified and explained.

Proposals should clearly focus their activities on the launch of significant circular economy investments at local and regional scale. The investments should be launched before the end of the action, which means that projects should result in signed contracts with investors for circular economy investments at local and regional scale to that effect.

In addition, proposals should include all following features:

1.Clearly focus their activities on the launch of significant circular economy investment programmes at local and regional scale;

2.An exemplary/showcase dimension in their ambition to increase circularity in specific sector(s) at local and regional scale and/or in the size of the expected investments and leverage factors 234 ;

3.Delivery of organisational innovation in the mobilisation of the investment programme (e.g. bundling, pooling or stakeholder engagement);

In addition, all proposals should demonstrate a high degree of replicability and include a clear action plan to communicate experiences and results to potential replicators across EU Member States and Associated Countries.

Indicatively, the CCRI-PDA focuses on small and medium-sized circular economy investments of up to EUR 20 million. 235

The EU contribution per proposal should not exceed 10% of the related investment.

Proposals should justify the budget for the project development assistance needed based on the expected investment portfolio to be set up. This includes the amount of investments that is expected to be triggered and the respective leverage factors to be achieved.

Proposals are expected to ensure synergies and complementarities with other EU financial schemes for circular economy projects. Examples and background information on already existing PDA facilities are available at: https://ec.europa.eu/easme/en/project-development-assistance-pda

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Innovating sustainable bio-based systems and the bioeconomy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-02: Marginal lands and climate-resilient and biodiversity-friendly crops for sustainable industrial feedstocks and related value chains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to the impacts of this destination and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy, and engage all stakeholders. They should help improve European industrial 236 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering the environmental footprint (including on biodiversity), enabling climate neutrality and higher resource efficiency (in particular upcycling and cascading use of biomass) along value chains, and developing innovative bio-based products.

Projects results should contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Identification of the co-benefits potential risks and upscaling potential of sustainable biomass production with a low potential for Indirect Land Use Change (ILUC) with focus on marginal lands 237 . This should include non-edible (industrial) biomass use (such as in biorefineries of various scale and types for climate-neutral circular materials and products); introducing new industrial cropping systems (such as perennial crops).

2.An improved understanding of the actual available land in the EU Member States and associated countries that could be used for biomass production that can be certified as ‘low ILUC’ for use in bio-based sectors; taking into account increasing resilience to environmental climate change effects such as soil erosion and water stress of the identified crops.

3.An increased understanding of the biodiversity challenges and potentials, and the ecosystem services, with due attention to protection measures, coupled with end-user adoption and implementation of environmentally sound practices by all operators (farmers, researchers, and bio-based industry active in rural areas). This should include the replication of such practices across Europe.

4.Improved functional performance of the specific value chains and products, and improved resource efficiency thanks to a better application of the cascading use of biomass.

Scope: Sustainable biomass provision by primary land sectors (agriculture and forestry), supporting climate change mitigation and adaptation. This will require finding a balance between productivity and ecosystem services, notably biodiversity and social sustainability goals.

The topic explores two main aspects. First, enhancing ecosystem services to prepare for increased water stress and water scarcity due to climate change (including the increasing desertification of large parts of the EU, especially of the Mediterranean and Central European Member States). Secondly, serving multi-purpose and optimised 238 biomass production, with a specific focus on improving biodiversity-related benefits, with opportunities for European rural development and improved industrial competitiveness.

The scope includes identifying and developing environmentally and economically viable sources of pollinator-supporting industrial crops (e.g. by exploring the traits supporting the pollinators such as nectar provision, or resistance to pests and diseases, as well as the optimisation of a related agronomic practice). It also includes identifying and optimising crops (e.g. non-edible oil and fibre crops, dryland shrubs and woody crops) that could be adapted through modern biotechnology tools to require low-water/low-input use, and upscaling them in related value chains, e.g. in industrial sectors such as biochemicals, composites or elastomers, with the aim of replacing their fossil-based counterparts.

The topic aims to engage all relevant actors, especially the farming community, but also bio-based industry and academia, and civil society, calling for working together and co-creation, to develop solutions involving end users and taking into account a comprehensive business case at farm/production level.

Proposals should help to increase farming systems’ resilience to climate change and boost the sustainability of biomass provision through sound agronomic practices, with particular focus on high resource efficiency (including water, and nutrients e.g. via nature-based solutions and biodiversity-friendly solutions) and circular use of biomass and other natural resources.

Proposals may develop key performance indicators and life cycle assessment (LCA) criteria for operators, or identify biodiversity hotspots along the value chains and test them against established benchmarks as part of the overall recommendations.

Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU Member States and associated countries research projects (especially under the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking and the future Circular Bio-based Europe partnership).

Proposals should:

1.Identify and evaluate the most suitable feedstock options for different farming systems and pedo-climatic conditions. The agricultural diversity of EU and associated countries should be considered, and the selected options should contribute efficiently to climate change mitigation/adaptation (with a focus on water scarcity and water stress) and biodiversity preservation and enhancement (with special attention to marginal lands under high risk of desertification), while ensuring overall business case viability.

2.Develop sustainable diversification strategies that can help optimise the production of agricultural feedstock in the emerging bio-based economy (e.g. through intercropping systems, logistics and storage). Identify and produce crops suited to marginal lands. Optimise intermediary/catch crops to increase biomass production sustainably, or optimise perennial crops and short-rotation coppice plantations in annual crops-dominated agricultural production systems.

3.Identify and implement the best mix of appropriate technical solutions and practices for specific industrial value chains (a proposal should select and justify the choice). The scale-dependent effects on farms and landscapes should be analysed, as well as the barriers and drivers arising from governance and market issues. Make an effort to inform and engage all actors.

4.Develop and communicate the methods to monitor and measure the qualitative and quantitative impacts of these solutions and practices for different farming systems, the climate neutrality/negativity potential and trade-offs, including for biodiversity, and the associated improvement in farm/business socio-economic resilience.

5.Develop and test mechanisms with all actors, notably the research community and bio-based industry. Exchange knowledge on and demonstrate solutions for climate change mitigation and adaptation, water stress and biodiversity loss (including biotechnology approaches) to rural stakeholders (farmers, foresters) and the broader public, and help them implement them.

6.International cooperation is encouraged to allow the exchange of best practice while ensuring win-win scenarios and contributing to European competitiveness.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-03: Benefits of the transition towards sustainable circular bio-based systems from linear fossil-based

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support policy makers in their efforts to develop sustainable pathways to replace fossil and carbon-intensive systems with circular bio-based systems at the EU and regional scale, in line with the 2030 climate targets and European Green Deal objectives. Project outcomes will contribute to foster European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence.

Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

1.Policies are designed to enable the transition from linear fossil-based systems to circular bio-based systems, setting priorities.

Scope: Abandoning the current linear fossil-based economy is a prerequisite for European Green Deal objectives and, in general, for preserving life on our planet. Biogenic resources are key means of mitigating climate change as they can strengthen natural and anthropogenic carbon sinks. Circular bio-based systems are part of the solution to achieving climate neutrality, where they replace carbon-intensive and fossil-based systems and are based on sustainably sourced biological resources. Policies must ensure that this transition from linear fossil-based to circular bio-based systems is sustainable and aims at i) climate change mitigation and adaptation; ii) increasing resource efficiency and circularity; iii) preserving and restoring natural resources, their ecosystem services and biodiversity; and i) ensuring a just transition for everyone. Policies and priorities should be comprehensive and underpinned by a critical assessment of the environmental/social/economic impacts of the current linear fossil-based economy. That assessment should help individuating policy priorities, as well.

To support designing policies to transition away from linear fossil-based systems towards sustainable circular bio-based ones, proposals should:

1.Consolidate knowledge on current trends in terms of the environmental, economic and social limits of a linear carbon-intensive and fossil-based economy. By limits, we mean technical and structural barriers and/or inability to reach local and global Sustainable Development Goals (e.g. SDGs, climate change mitigation targets, European Green Deal objectives). Cultural and social limits should also be considered, including barriers related to gender and age.

2.Develop new/improve existing methodologies to assess environmental/social/economic impacts of linearity vs circularity in the economy, including on waste production and disposal, non-renewable resources exploitation and loss, geographically (and socially) unbalanced distribution of resources and growth, biodiversity loss at global and local scale. The methodologies should consider circular economy indicators, methods and concepts developed or under development in existing initiatives, including Commission’s ongoing work on the circular economy monitoring framework and R&I activities.

3.Assess the environmental/social/economic impacts of the EU’s current linear fossil-based economy. This should include aspects related to the geographical distribution of oil origins and global trade, direct and indirect environmental impacts of fossil-based value chains on a life cycle base, including on, but not limited to, climate change, resource use including land, water and marine space, air/water/soil quality, ecosystems services and biodiversity. Costs arising from environmental and social impacts should be internalised in the economic impacts assessment.

4.Develop and compare multiple scenarios of transitioning from fossil-based to circular bio-based systems, modelling the replacement of the fossil-based activities, with a focus on the most carbon-intensive ones, with bio-based systems, including innovative solutions, at EU and global scale. Environmental/social/economic impacts of bio-based systems should be assessed with validated methodology, considering also the benefits of applying a circular approach to the bio-based systems. Biogenic carbon capture utilization (BCCU) solutions 239 for bio-based systems via nature-based solutions (e.g. in soils or long-term circular bio-based materials) should be part of the assessment. Scenarios should compare the impacts of fossil-based and bio-based solutions, and include social aspects and social innovation, especially at the socio-technical interfaces of innovative solutions.

5.Identify knowledge gaps in the assessment of the sustainability of the transition from fossil-based to circular bio-based systems and in the comparison between alternative scenarios as described under point d).

6.Identify priorities in the transition from fossil-based to circular bio-based systems, according to scenarios analysed in the project and develop guidelines and policy recommendations.

Proposals should include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-04: Maximising economic, environmental and social synergies in the provision of feedstock for bio-based sectors through diversification and increased sustainability of agricultural production systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach and ensure adequate involvement of the forest-based sector. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and the EU bioeconomy strategy, successful proposals will demonstrate the potential of diversification strategies in the primary production sector for providing feedstock in bio-based value chains. They should contribute to regional, urban and consumer-based transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy and bioeconomy in Europe at local and regional level.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Sustainable primary production systems to diversify income for farmers, while supporting the development of bioeconomies in rural areas within planetary boundaries.

2.Targeted policies at EU / national and regional level promoting sustainable agricultural production systems in full respect of biodiversity protection and enhancement objectives.

3.Improved knowledge of primary producers on co-benefits and potential risks of introducing new production systems.

4.Better management of the actual available land in EU Member States and associated countries that has been and could be envisaged for biomass production that is certifiable as ‘low induced land use change (ILUC)’ for the use in bio-based sectors 240 .

Scope: Securing long-term supply of affordable and sustainable biomass is a key challenge for the European bioeconomy. It is crucial to limit negative (indirect) changes in land use, which can lead to losses of biodiversity, carbon or other ecosystem services and to move towards a sustainable bioeconomy that operates within sustainable parameters. The diversity and diversification of farming systems can contribute to a sustainable European bioeconomy by securing stable revenues for farmers, lowering negative environmental impacts and increasing resilience to climatic, economic and biological risks.

Proposals will:

1.Explore alternative systems and designs to improve the overall sustainability of local and regional agricultural production systems in a variety of landscapes, soil and climatic conditions, across the EU and associated countries;

2.Consider the environmental, economic and social impacts of primary production systems and contribute to the characterisation of diversity and its relation to expected functions and benefits;

3.Develop sustainable diversification strategies that can optimise the production of agricultural feedstock in the emerging bio-based economy. These could include the co-production of food and non-food products (e.g. through intercropping systems), diversification and optimisation of crops cultivated in greenhouses for high value products, optimisation of intermediary/catch crops to increase the biomass production in a sustainable way and circular low-emission livestock or mixed farming systems.

4.Optimise diversification strategies for different European agricultural production models/sectors with a view to minimise potential land conflicts and in line with agro-ecological practices.

5.Consider contributing data and results to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by the JRC.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector and other actors in rural areas.

Social innovation 241 is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, development of training material for upskilling of reskilling of the workforce, social ownership or market uptake.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-05: EU-China international cooperation on unlocking the potential of agricultural residues and wastes for circular and sustainable bio-based solutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-a
ctor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be coordinated with the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners.

The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, EU bioeconomy strategy and farm to fork strategy, successful proposals will explore opportunities for the valorisation of waste, by- and co-products. They should contribute to regional, urban and consumer-based transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy and bioeconomy across in Europe at local and regional level.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

·Strengthened international cooperation with actors from China in the areas of agricultural residues and wastes for circular, biosecure and sustainable bio-based solutions

·Establishment of bio-based production systems that are optimised in view of sustainability, circular resource use and economic viability

·Increased resource efficiency through reduction of waste and better waste management practices in primary production systems.

·Increased opportunities for the valorisation of waste, by- and co-products resulting in environmental and economic benefits for the farming sector (e.g. development of new products and processes).

·Improvement in overall environmental performance (soil health, water quality, low-carbon livestock, reduction of emissions, biodiversity, etc.) of bio-based sectors.

Scope: Agriculture generates co-products, by-products and waste streams that are often not treated adequately in environmental and economic terms. In crop cultivation, losses can be observed at farm and post-harvest levels and downstream along the value chain. Co-products or by-products are generated, for instance in the wine, fruit and vegetable, olive oil, starch and sugar sectors, which offer potential to further valorise the resources. In livestock production, and in particular in large-scale production systems, appropriate management of manure and other waste sources from livestock production and transformation is a challenge. Therefore, this topic addresses opportunities for new processes and concepts that enable innovative uses of these materials while quantifying the impact of deviating biomass streams from their current flow (e.g. in terms of biodiversity impacts, soil fertility, etc.).

Proposals will:

1.Evaluate existing techniques and develop new innovative approaches for the efficient use of agricultural wastes, co-products and by-products, thereby contributing to the creation of sustainable value chains in the farming and processing sectors.

2.Address, if applicable, innovative solutions for protein recovery and/or microbial protein production from agricultural wastes/by-products for food and feed applications to meet the demand for new protein-based products at local and global levels.

3.Examine the safety and risks of circularised substance flows, particularly the reutilisation of food waste and (animal) by-products, and prevention of the creation of pathogen/toxin enrichment cycles and introduction or reconnection of epidemiological pathways.

4.Demonstrate environmentally-friendly and economically viable approaches in sector-specific case studies and test the possible practical take-up of proposed approaches and technologies.

5.Examine the synergies/conflicts and interdependencies between the different agri-waste feedstock and develop coherent indicators to evaluate their quantity, quality and sustainability attributes, as well as the costs associated with their production, collection and processing.

6.Consider environmental, economic and social safeguards, such as the sustainable extraction rates of residues, with a view to maintaining low emissions, soil health and fertility, as well as possible conflicts with alternative uses.

7.Address, if applicable, nutrient and energy recovery and the overall minimisation of environmental impacts in the context of good agricultural practices and possible sanitary implications.

8.Improve data collection (e.g. data on residue quantities, residue management and feed requirement) at farm-level, link them with relevant information systems (e.g. the Farm Accountancy Data Network (FADN)) and improve knowledge on the availability, demand and market prices of agricultural waste and residue streams.

9.Develop training material to endow primary producers and workers with the right skillset in order to adapt to the proposed viable approaches.

Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs.

Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is envisaged to be implemented as a coordinated call but if no agreement is reached with the Ministry of Science and Technology China (MOST) on the co-funding of Chinese partners, it will be implemented as a normal call. Updates will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

Safeguarding the multiple functions of EU forests

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-06: Strengthening the European forest-based research and innovation ecosystem

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach and ensure adequate involvement of the forest-based sector. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: To support the new EU forest strategy, successful proposals will assess research needs and funding possibilities for forestry and the forest-based sector, notably for the multifunctionality and management of forests in Europe based on the three pillars of sustainability (economic, environmental and social). Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Better insights into existing funding sources (including Horizon Europe, rural and regional development funds) and streamlining of research and innovation (R&I) actions in Europe.

2.Establishment of a co-creative environment allowing stakeholders to identify jointly existing research gaps and future priorities to coordinate research efforts at regional, national and European level.

3.Intensified trans-national R&I cooperation in forestry and the forest-based sector on research priorities, critical and key technologies.

4.Creation of an open-innovation ecosystem with relevant stakeholders in the EU and associated countries to support the evolution of the forest-based sector.

Scope: A key R&I challenge for the coming years is to address the complexity of the forest-based sector in environmental terms (long life cycle, ecosystem functioning and diversity, spatial variability, interface between the soil and the atmosphere, in the middle between cultivated and natural assets), economic terms (multiple forest owners and SMEs, competitiveness on global markets) and policy terms (many forest-related policies including biological diversity, climate and energy, bioeconomy, rural development, trade, agriculture, etc.).

A successful transition of the forest-based sector towards greater sustainability needs to be underpinned by a comprehensive scientific assessment. Better coordination of research activities is also required to overcome fragmentation of public research efforts, to strengthen the link between forest managers, industries and society and to streamline the activities of European, national and regional stakeholders.

Proposals will:

1.Analyse the forest-based sector in an integrated way, considering different biodiversity and bioeconomy issues, societal expectations and climate change risks that call for an intensified European and international collaboration.

2.Design a suitable method for conducting foresight analysis on issues that are likely to have an impact on forests in European regions and globally.

3.Consider the future availability of and demands for different forest resources, and assess their sustainability within the changing global economic, social and environmental conditions.

4.Provide evidence and knowledge on how existing funding sources at EU (including Horizon Europe, rural and regional development funds), Member State, associated countries’ and regional levels are mobilised to support research and innovation initiatives in the forest-based sector.

5.Address the necessity for new knowledge to support major transitions and innovations in forestry and the forest-based sector in view of the new EU forest strategy and other major policy initiatives.

6.Develop a structured framework for a European network of research funding and research policy organisations across the different parts of the forest-based and related sectors to increass cross-fertilisation between different areas of knowledge generation and innovation activities.

7.Develop an R&I roadmap at EU-level and prepare for a possible European partnership or other appropriate comprehensive actions under Horizon Europe.

8.Provide scenarios and information on how to maximise synergies and minimise trade-offs between the different funding instruments and research needs (environmental, economic and social dimensions)

9.Assess the potential of flagship projects in selected key strategic areas in the forest-based sector (e.g. integrated forest research across several dimensions of sustainable forest management; landscape-level integration of forest research at the interface with other sectors (agriculture, cities, water); increased, sustainable wood production and mobilisation; renewable building materials for healthier living; role of new wood-based products to reach climate neutrality by substitution effects; contributions of the forest-based sector in the green recovery).

Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and ensure a value chain approach, with adequate involvement of the forestry and forest-based sector.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-07: Marine microbiome for a healthy ocean and a sustainable blue bioeconomy 242

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, the EU bioeconomy strategy and the blue growth strategy, the successful proposals will support the development of microbiome-based greener aquatic industrial products/processes and/or environmental services sustaining the health of aquatic ecosystems for a healthy planet and people.

The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Provision of a scientific base to enable the efficient production of high‑quality marine microbiome data, increased data interoperability and facilitate its use by a wide range of stakeholders. Improvement of capacity building in bioinformatics in Europe and overcome fragmentation.

2.Increased engagement of all actors in the marine microbiome biodiscovery pipeline, including industry, the scientific community, and civil society in full consideration of the sustainability objectives while accelerating the profitability and economic prospects of marine microbiome-enabled products and processes.

3.Proven biodiscovery strategies based on whole microbiome communities enlarging the spectrum of biotechnology-enabled products and processes of value to society based on marine bioresources.

4.Better protection and sustainable use of marine (genetic) bioresources by advancing new intellectual property rights (IPR) approaches to securing clear access while ensuring fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from their utilisation.

5.Increased awareness on the potential of marine microbiome to boost the sustainable blue bioeconomy.

Scope: The ocean is the Earth’s largest microbiome. Microorganisms represent nearly 90% of the ocean biomass and largely determine the functioning and health of marine ecosystems. They also contain a great variety of metabolic pathways that can yield beneficial products and processes such as medicines, high value industrial compounds and environmental services. The marine microbiome is one of the fastest growing segments of the blue bioeconomy and its study is vital to advance the discovery, understanding, protection and harnessing of the ocean.

The purpose of the action is to develop novel tools and approaches to produce, analyse and use marine microbiome data for the discovery and production of high value sustainable industrial products/processes and/or environmental services that sustain the health of aquatic ecosystems.

Applicants should address:

1.Scientific and technological challenges cutting across marine microbiome fields such as: (i) developing new methods to analyse and model microbiome communities and take full advantage of post-genomic technologies and bioinformatic analysis pipelines; (ii) developing standards and common methodologies that are coherent across marine microbiome exploration, monitoring and engineering, and can adapt to the capacity of the different sectors (science, industry, people and society); and (iii) optimising the use of (pre-existing) databases and research infrastructures by ensuring interoperability and enhanced networking.

2.Bioprospecting to discover biological compounds or functions that are obtained only through complex interactions involving whole microbiome communities; targeted cultivation strategies beyond lab grown monocultures; manipulate and bioengineer microbiome products that ensure the sustainable use of marine bioresources; ensure open access and benefit sharing in balance with agreements and negotiations to protect intellectual property.

Collaboration between private industry and academia, and the link with end users and society are both essential. In addition, the professional skills and competences on marine microbiomes of those working and being trained to work within the blue bioeconomy should be improved.

Proposals should assess the risks and ethics related to microbiome science & technology and guarantee the preservation of biodiversity and the compliance with EU regulations on access to genetic resources and the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from their utilisation (ABS) in the EU. Fostering long-term preservation in biobanks, proper documentation of rights for redistribution and full traceability of their use and benefits.

Dissemination, public engagement and establishing links between researchers and the various end users should be central to the proposals. Projects should seek synergies and capitalise on the results of past or ongoing research. Cooperation with other selected proposals under this topic and complementary topics included in this work programme 243 is encouraged.

International co-operation is strongly encouraged as a win-win scenario, while contributing to the European competitiveness and resilience.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 244

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 245

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 01 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-01-two-stage

IA

21.00

6.00 to 8.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-02-two-stage

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-03-two-stage

IA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-04-two-stage

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-05-two-stage

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-06-two-stage

IA

15.00

6.00 to 8.00

2

Overall indicative budget

76.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Enabling a circular economy transition

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-01-two-stage: Integrated solutions for circularity in buildings and the construction sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ impacts related to consumers and industry, in particular to European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering the environmental footprint, enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency, through increased circularity and a resulting reduction in GHG emissions.

Project results are expected to contribute to at least four of the following outcomes:

1.Increased deployment and market uptake of innovative climate-neutral circular solutions for construction, waste prevention, lifetime extension and significant improvement of lifecycle performance of buildings and their components, including GHG emissions

2.Increased deployment and market uptake of innovative solutions to design and manufacture for disassembly, waste prevention and management, reuse and recycling in the construction sector, including production and assembling

3.Enhanced diffusion and demonstrated benefits of advanced digital solutions, ensuring coherence with other initiatives such as digital logbooks for logistics of construction materials and the energy-efficient operation of buildings

4.Increased recovery and recycling rates of construction and demolition waste

5.Improved elimination of hazardous substances from secondary materials

6.Increased upcycling of reused and recycled material in construction materials, products and buildings

7.Increased knowledge about the overall environmental footprint of buildings and construction materials, including the integrated assessment of material and energy efficiency with regard to possible trade-offs and synergies, and increased practical application of the Commission’s Product Environmental Footprint method.

Scope: The 2020 circular economy action plan (CEAP) states that “the built environment has a significant impact on many sectors of the economy, on local jobs and quality of life. It requires vast amounts of resources and accounts for about 50% of all extracted material. The construction sector is responsible for over 35% of the EU’s total waste generation. Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from material extraction, manufacturing of construction products, construction and renovation of buildings are estimated at 5-12% of total national GHG emissions. Greater material efficiency could save 80% of those emissions.” Measures should strive for the use of more climate-neutral circular materials with low environmental footprint and tackle material recovery, upcycling, recycled content in products, durability and adaptability of buildings, and they should have a strong life cycle and digitalisation focus. They should also focus on circular design that facilitates reuse and recycling beforehand.

This activity should demonstrate at large scale and deploy innovative climate-neutral circular solutions that prevent waste, expand the lifetime and improve the life cycle performance of buildings and their components, but also improve the quality of and the confidence in reused and recycled material. This targets materials, products, equipment and systems, their sourcing, design, upgradability, durability, material efficiency, dismantling, recyclability, etc. Dismantling and deconstruction should be embedded already in the design phase, with the adoption of circular economy principles, and thus reduce construction and demolition waste (CDW). As part of an overall digitalisation of the construction ecosystem, projects should use digital tools such as Building Information Modelling (BIM) or Digital Twin, which are key to traceability and circularity, and can be further used during deconstruction. Appropriate material recycling within construction operations, waste material identification, sorting and decontamination solutions should be considered to improve material logistics, processing and upgrading. Projects should aim to support the strengthening of preferably local or regional secondary material markets. All solutions should be based on life-cycle approaches and proposals should integrate life cycle assessment using the European Commission’s Product Environmental Footprint (PEF) method and relevant costing methods. The projects should also propose, test and demonstrate new business models. Projects should also develop training material to endow workers in this occupational group with the right skillset in order to deploy the new technologies developed. All achieved outcomes should be demonstrated using quantitative indicators and targets wherever possible.

With regard to the territorial aspects of all proposed solutions, proposals seek to contribute to the goals and cooperate with the services of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). Joint activities with CCRI projects are encouraged.

Proposals should seek to build synergies with projects funded under Cluster 4 Destination ‘Climate neutral, circular and digitised production’, section “A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction”. Projects are therefore strongly encouraged to organise joint activities, ensure synergies and undertake clustering activities with projects under Cluster 4.

Projects should seek to contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative by supporting the green and digital transitions in communities’ living environments through merging sustainability, inclusiveness and quality of experience.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Innovating sustainable bio-based systems and the bioeconomy

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-02-two-stage: Exploring extreme environments: novel adaptation strategies at molecular level for bio-based innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Projects will contribute to the expected impacts identified for Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’, and to the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the Bioeconomy and biodiversity strategies. Their results will help to improve the European industrial 246 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence by lowering the environmental footprint (including on biodiversity), enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency (in particular upcycling and cascading use of biomass) along and across value chains, developing innovative bio-based products. They will engage all stakeholders and improve their knowledge and understanding of science, in particular biotechnology-based value chains

Projects results should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

Deeper understanding of the molecular, biochemical and cellular mechanisms of ecological adaptation of terrestrial and aquatic organisms in response to life under extreme or changing environments, while strengthening the remediation options at macro level for the studied populations, including by their interactions, thus contributing to expanding the range of potential climate change mitigation strategies.

1.Stronger innovation capacity by applying the discovered principles (including via biotechnology routes) to the development of more resilient innovative feedstocks needed for sustainable bio-based products 247

2.A significantly improved environmental footprint of novel feedstocks based on discovered principles 248 , and a wider range of sustainable biomass resources available to European industry, that are important for industrial competitiveness and SMEs participation, thus helping to create skilled jobs and boost the economy.

3.Increased public understanding in Europe of biotechnology, the conservation of biodiversity, and EU biodiversity strategy goals. Respect of the principles of access and benefit sharing (UN Biodiversity Convention), via clear, inclusive and transparent communication strategies.

Scope: The topic covers R&D needed to advance and potentially exploit knowledge on the ways terrestrial and aquatic organisms and their populations adapt, on molecular, physiological, and ecological levels, to the effects of climate change, such as by tolerance to extreme temperatures, drought/water stress, salinity or increased biotic pressures (new pests), as observed at macro-scale (e.g. shifting ecological niches). The scope covers understanding the complex interactions between the affected populations (e.g. molecular signalling), and broader outcomes on an ecological level. International cooperation is strongly encouraged to maximise the impact.

Where relevant, proposals should seek synergies and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects. Proposals should:

1.Identify and justify the choice of the selected organism or system under investigation, specifying the level and characteristics of the environmental stimuli covered (i.e. extreme or changing environment linked to climatic conditions).

2.Consider the broader level of climate adaptation in the systems identified, in order to shed light on the possibility and magnitude of applying the discovered principles as part of a mitigation strategy.

3.Engage with industrial actors including SMEs to identify and implement the best combination of appropriate technical solutions and in particular biotechnology for specific industrial value chains, for sustainable biomass generation, taking into account the barriers and drivers derived from governance and market aspects, while seeking engagement and understanding of all actors.

4.Develop and communicate the key methods to monitor and measure the qualitative and quantitative impacts of these solutions and practices for different biomass sourcing, optimization, processing and production systems, the potential of replacing available traditional alternatives, if relevant, and trade-offs, including for biodiversity, and potential benefits in terms of the socioeconomic resilience of businesses, job creation and industrial competitiveness.

5.Develop and test mechanisms with all actors, notably the research community and bio-based industry. Exchange knowledge on and demonstrate solutions for improved bio-based products and processes and for addressing other environmental impacts such as on biodiversity to agricultural operators, farmers, fishers, foresters, SMEs and the broader public, and help them implement them.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-03-two-stage: Sustainable biodegradable novel bio-based plastics: innovation for sustainability and end-of-life options of plastics

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support the uptake of bio-based innovation with high environmental and functional performance of products, processes and services along value chains and life cycles by bio-based industry, in line with European Green Deal objectives. Project outcomes will contribute to foster European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, by lowering the environmental footprint and enabling climate-neutrality and higher resource efficiency along value chains.

Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

1.Bio-based plastics value chains are deployed with improved functionalities and environmental performances, less toxicity substances, lower waste production and better product safety control along the whole value chain.

Scope: There is a need to develop innovative, sustainable bio-based and biodegradable plastics with novel properties and production processes to deliver environmentally friendly materials with the desired properties for long-term circular applications, markets and uses. The approach should combine environmental sustainability, circularity and functionality of the developed products and of the supply chain. Results should be aligned to recent policy developments on plastics.

Proposals should:

1.Develop novel sustainable bio-based biodegradable plastics with enhanced functionalities, circularity and environmental sustainability, based on their non-toxic nature and improved end-of-life behaviour, for specific applications. The bio-based plastic should be mechanically recyclable and its biodegradability in specific environments should allow for a more sustainably managed end-of-life such as either composting or anaerobic digestion or home composting or in ‘in-situ’ degradation (i.e. natural soil and marine environments) depending on applications and conditions.

2.Develop and optimise innovative aspects of the production process, for example green chemistry and/or fermentative production, especially with respect to catalysts, higher yield, bio-based plastic quality, while ensuring the sustainability of biological feedstock used in the manufacturing, including biological waste and residues, and of production processes, aiming at a low environmental footprint and economic viability.

3.Test the biodegradability in the specific environment where the bio-based plastic developed for selected applications and conditions could end its life cycle, i.e. either composting plant or anaerobic digester, or home composting, or in ‘in-situ’ degradation (i.e. natural soil and marine environments);

4.Consider process and product safety (i.e. production through to the use of a product) in value chains, especially for new products and materials, following national or EU regulations. The toxicological evaluation of products and the EU regulatory requirements for product safety should be systematically addressed as part of proposals/projects, in particular where uses may be linked to critical exposure routes (e.g. food contact materials).

5.Demonstrate the scaled-up production processes and cost competitiveness for novel sustainable bio-based biodegradable plastics in order to reach a critical mass for a given bio-based plastic, to achieve economies of scale.

Proposals should include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic. Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and to capitalise on the results of past and other ongoing research projects. They should take a multidisciplinary approach, involving many stakeholders and fields of applications and considering various aspects along the bio-based plastics value chain, including EU rules on product safety. They should also consider contributing data and results to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by the JRC.

For this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-04-two-stage: Photosynthesis revisited: climate emergency, “no pollution and zero-emission” challenge and industrial application

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ impacts, and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy. They will help improve European industrial 249 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence to develop innovative bio-based products. They will engage all stakeholders and improve their knowledge and understanding of science, notably of biotechnology-based value chains, and improve benefits for consumers.

Projects results should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Wider application of recent advances in molecular biology and biotechnology to increase photosynthetic efficiency of plants and/or algae and other autotrophic organisms, increasing their assimilation of carbon dioxide, boosting biomass yields, their processing and recovery of substance and materials of economic interest, and resulting in potential contribution to climate change mitigation and adaptation.

2.Increased industrial uptake of plants and photoautotrophic organisms via biotechnology approaches, for the production of high-value complex molecules, to improve cost- and resource-efficiency. Wider uptake of life sciences and biotechnology innovations, supporting high engagement of industry and SMEs in Europe.

3.Greater understanding and application of biotechnology to address air pollution (especially ozone) by crops and plants related with heat waves and environmental stress.

4.Greater and more inclusive understanding and awareness of innovations, via transparent communication and societal dialogue with all stakeholders (academia, industry, SMEs, NGOs, regulatory institutions, international partners etc.).

Scope: The photosynthetic capacity of plants, algae and other photosynthetic organisms to assimilate atmospheric carbon dioxide positions them at the centre of the global climate change adaptation and mitigation challenge 250   251 . Their autotrophic lifestyle also makes them ideal platform organisms for sustainable production of biomolecules 252 , including molecules of high socio-economic value, of interest to diverse industrial sectors, by increasingly sophisticated synthetic and molecular biology approaches 253 .

This creates new opportunities for industrial production, beyond improved yields, while helping increase CO2 assimilation capacity - contributing notably to the reduction of pollution in Europe, and making it more efficient. In particular, recent research confirm a strong correlation between plant physiological reactions during drought and heat waves, which are increasing in frequency and intensity in Europe, notably by contributing to ozone pollution 254 , the so-called ‘climate penalty of plants” 255   256 .

The topic covers innovative technologies with potential to boost the efficiency of photosynthesis, reduce the ‘climate penalty of plants’, and increase their sustainable industrial application. All photoautotrophic organisms such as plants, micro- and macro algae, cyanobacteria and purple sulphur bacteria are in the scope.

International cooperation is strongly encouraged to allow the exchange of best practices while ensuring win-win scenarios and contributing to European competitiveness.

Proposals should:

1.Develop and apply a toolbox of technologies to optimise the photosynthesis pathways and structures of plants and algae to enable industrial manufacturing of large quantities of high-value bio-based compounds, substances or materials (excluding biofuels/bioenergy applications), while addressing the CO2 assimilation and the zero-pollution goals (especially ozone pollution) at sufficiently large scale.

2.Identify and characterise the key aspects of the environmental and safety aspects, as well as the future scenarios of increasing environmental pressures under climate change conditions (water, gaseous inputs, land use etc.), for the selected crops, beyond the model species.

3.Outline the necessary scale-up production processes for novel bio-based innovations in order to reach a critical mass for a given application (including the crop/species selection), to achieve economies of scale, address different market segments and applications.

4.Consider process and product safety - including the occupational and consumer safety aspects - in value chains, in line with national or European regulationsEnsure the transparent and inclusive engagement of all actors, including industry and SMEs, the scientific community, regulatory institutions, and broader civil society, including NGOs, to ensure the necessary impact and awareness.

5.Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past 257 and ongoing 258 research projects, taking care to avoid overlaps.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-05-two-stage: Life sciences and their convergence with digital technologies for prospecting, understanding and sustainably using biological resources

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and other European initiatives such as the circular economy action plan, the industrial strategy, the bioeconomy strategy and the biodiversity strategy, the successful proposal should support the uptake of bio-based innovation, to improve European industrial 259 sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence. They should develop innovative bio-based products using the full benefits of artificial intelligence and other digital technology innovation. They should engage all stakeholders and improve their knowledge and understanding of science, notably biotechnology-based value chains, and improve benefits for consumers.

Project results tshould contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Use the full potential of artificial intelligence applications for prospecting, understanding and sustainably using biological resources within safe planetary boundaries.

2.Digital tools, sensors and methods for improved efficiency, climate change adaptation and sustainability of industrial processes in the bio-based sectors considering the needs of stakeholders are integrated in innovative engineering solutions.

3.Enhanced monitoring, reporting and management of natural resources using artificial intelligence and other digital technology applications.

Scope: Engineering biology applications have grown beyond chemical production to include the generation of biosensor organisms for the lab, animal, and field, modification of agricultural organisms for nutrition and pest/environmental resilience, production of organisms for bioremediation, and live cell and gene/viral therapies. The rapid expansion of the field has resulted in new tools and new approaches. However, we are still challenged by the need for novel and more robust and interoperable computational tools and models for engineering biology. For example, improved models of synthetic systems (synthetic biology) and of their interaction with their host organisms could help enable more successful engineering.

This information infrastructure for biological design is at an early stage compared to engineering disciplines such as mechanical and electrical engineering, as the biomanufacturing field has emerged only recently. A critical bottleneck is a lack of established “design rules,” core aspects of biological and biomolecular function that apply to diverse systems and applications. Furthermore, technologies for the utilization, manufacture, and deployment of innovative bio-based systems are still under development. These roadblocks have hampered the development of standard computational frameworks to represent, process and store information on biological components, predict system behaviour, and diagnose failures. Therefore, widespread automation in the bio-based sectors remains out of reach.

A mature computational infrastructure for biodesign requires powerful access to information on biological parts and systems, their environments, their manufacturing processes, and their operations in and beyond the laboratory in which they are created. This in turn requires findable, accessible, interoperable, and reusable data that enable effective aggregation information on bio-based systems, their environments, and their processes of manufacture, and the establishment of standard models of data processing and analysis, including bioinformatics, biosensors, bioindicators, ‘-omics’ technologies that allow open-development and scalable execution in the bio-based sectors.

The topic aims to prevent pollution and sustainably manage and use natural resources within safe planetary boundaries, including in the deployment of the bioeconomy and the bio-based sectors. The topic focuses on bioinformatics, “cheminformatics” and artificial intelligence as approaches and tools to transform available information into biologically or biotechnologically applicable knowledge. It also aims to efficiently integrate digital technologies into bio-based operations to optimise value chains from a technical, economic, social and environmental point of view.

Proposals should:

1.Enable prospecting, understanding and sustainable use of biological resources based on their convergence with digital technologies that lead to optimised and more efficient bio-based operations.

2.Identify and characterise advanced technologies, including artificial intelligence, and their benefits for the utilisation, manufacture, and deployment of innovative bio-based systems.

3.Develop integrated biological designs and data models for improved prospecting, understanding and deployment of higher efficiency and sustainability of biological resources and industrial bio-based operations (e.g. bioinformatics, biosensors, bioindicators, data analysis, ‘-omics’ technologies).

4.Improve the economic and environmental sustainability of bio-based operations.

5.Focus on the integration of -omics and machine learning techniques such as active learning for the design-build-test-learn (DBTL) cycle.

6.Develop improved models and model standards of synthetic systems (synthetic biology) and of their interaction with their host organisms to facilitate more successful engineering and broader application in the bio-based sectors.

7.Establish bio computer-aided design (BioCAD) tools and design-of-experiment (DoE) approaches.

8.Reinforce and maintain scientific infrastructures to integrate existing biodiversity information (species, habitats and environmental processes).

9.Consider contributing data and results to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by the JRC.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation.

Safeguarding the multiple functions of EU forests

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-06-two-stage: Harnessing the digital revolution in the forest-based sector

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU forest strategy and the European digital strategy, successful proposals will demonstrate the potential of digital solutions in forestry and forest-based value chains contributing to the multifunctionality and management of forests in Europe based on the three pillars of sustainability (economic, environmental and social). Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Deployment of information and communication technology (ICT) innovations in forestry to optimise productivity as well as the delivery of ecosystem services.

2.Application of innovative approaches along the forest-based value chain by more accurate tracing methodologies of forest resources.

3.A greater competitive advantage for European industries that utilise forest resources more efficiently.

Scope: The improved use of information flows and intelligent digital solutions that are increasingly available in forest monitoring, management and forestry operations, could help to significantly improve and unlock the efficiency of wood supply chain activities. Modern digital applications also provide promising possibilities to improve forest managers’ decision making in a precious and complex forest environment and to improve ecosystem monitoring.

This topic addresses innovations in information systems for forest managers, forest-based industries and policy makers as well as advances in precision forestry, harvesting systems and forest nursery operation, optimised harvest planning, operations management, timber transport and logistics, as well as safety, ergonomics and smart assistance for human workers. The synergetic use of geo-spatial, statistical, and modelling technologies together with information and communication technologies such as aerial and satellite retrievals, (in particular from the Copernicus programme) and the ‘web of things’ combined with big-data analytics is highly encouraged.

The aim is to harness the potential of ICT and new technologies to improve the sustainability of forest management and logging operations with a view to sharing data throughout the wood value chain, thereby driving greater sustainability, to offer new business models along the value chain and to improve the traceability of forest resources for optimised and transparent supply chains. The integration in the new technologies of climate change impacts on these wood chains should be an essential component. Activities may also include robust and transparent methods and tools for high resolution forest and ecosystems services assessments, natural disturbance risk monitoring and analysis (including pests and forest fires) and disaster response systems.

Besides activities such as prototyping, testing, demonstrating and piloting in a near to operational environment, proposals may include limited research activities. Assessing and deepening the understanding of economic, social and environmental impacts through an enhanced application of digital technologies for foresters, small and medium-sized enterpirses (SMEs) and industries, as well as end-consumers will be of special interest, including the assessment of risks and opportunities for jobs in forestry, the wider forest-based sector and rural communities.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the primary sector and the wider forest-based value chain. Cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects is strongly encouraged.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Destination – Clean environment and zero pollution

Anthropogenic pollution undermines the integrity of Earth ecosystems and severely affects natural resources essential for human life. Keeping our planet clean and our ecosystems healthy will not only contribute to addressing the climate crisis but also help regenerate biodiversity, ensure the sustainability of primary production activities and safeguard the well-being of humankind. In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, particularly its zero pollution ambition, and the 2030 Climate Target Plan, and other relevant EU legislation 260 , this destination seeks to halt and prevent pollution by focussing the work programme 2021-2022 on fresh and marine waters, soils, air, including from nitrogen and phosphorus emissions, as well as on the environmental performance and sustainability of processes in the bio-based systems. Synergies with other clusters (notably 1 and 5), relevant destinations as well as missions and partnerships will be exploited.

Halting emissions of pollutants to soils and waters is of fundamental significance for the planet. Diffuse emissions of pollutants from land and urban sources, including atmospheric depositions, are a major stress factor for terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, threatening the quality of surface waters and aquifers, and affecting soil quality and all water-dependent sectors that require a holistic understanding of the pollution sources, key vectors and pathways. Projected impacts of climate change will alter, and notably reduce, the hydrological flows in many parts of Europe, while eutrophication could be exacerbated by increasing temperatures. Climate change and increasing water demand will exert significant pressures on surface and groundwater quality 261 , notably where the combined effect of water table depletion and sea level rise will endanger the integrity of coastal aquifers and groundwater quality. This is due to saline water intrusion or extreme events (e.g. higher tides, storm surges or inland flooding events), which will put coastal wetlands and reservoirs, estuaries and ecosystems at risk. While recognising its essential role in aquatic ecosystems functioning and services, the sediments originating mostly from run-off and erosion are likely the major source of physical pollution of water bodies (excessive turbidity, impacts of deposition, accumulation of litter and debris) and contribute to a large extent to chemical and biological pollution of receiving waters. Beside land use practises, the increasing intensity and variability of precipitation will exacerbate erosion risks, affect the deposition and transport of sediments and could lead to a remobilisation of legacy contaminants and further deteriorate the quality of soils, sediments and water bodies, including aquifers, estuaries and coastal areas, and of their ecosystem function and services.

Keeping nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) cycles in balance is another crucial challenge. N and P flows from anthropogenic sources, mostly from excessive or inefficient input of fertilisers (including manure, sewage sludge, etc.) in agriculture, currently exceed planetary boundaries. Their leaching and run-off negatively affect soil biodiversity, pH, organic matter concentration and carbon sequestration capacity, and cause the eutrophication of water bodies while ammonia and nitrous oxide emissions affect air quality and climate. As all environmental media are concerned, a systemic approach is necessary to limit N/P emissions from different sources, for example through the deployment of alternative fertilising products, and considering regional conditions (geography, climate zones, economy activities, soil properties, eco-system condition, agricultural practices, governance structures etc.), and to bring N/P flows back within safe ecological boundaries

Protecting drinking water and managing water pollution in rural settlements, and in increasingly dense urban areas requires innovative and holistic approaches at city/catchment level to ensure water quality, resilient to the impacts of climate and global change, by considering different spatial and temporal scales and contexts, aging water infrastructures, as well as pollution derived from point and non-point sources, and natural/human-made disasters. Protective measures should consider current and future land use, environmental needs and socioeconomic interests as essential elements for improving water quality and its management and governance. Re-emerging pollutants, such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or mercury, and contaminants of emerging concern (CECs) in water bodies may have impacts on ecological and human health, and some are not well regulated under existing environmental legislation. Sources of these pollutants include e.g. industry, agriculture, urban runoff, household products, coatings, paints and pharmaceuticals that are normally disposed of to sewage treatment plants and subsequently discharged into water bodies. Micro-pollutants, plastics, pathogens and CECs, individually or combined, represent a concern for a safe and good quality drinking water supply. Increasing water temperatures, notably due to climate change could deteriorate the quality of aquatic ecosystems and drinking water sources by favouring the conditions for enhanced eutrophication as well as pathogen development or the spread of invasive species. Emerging concerns are also growing at the level of drinking water treatment and distribution, notably in relation with disinfection operations and possible harmful effects of by-products and metabolites.

Addressing pollution on seas and ocean is a prerequisite for a healthy planet. The ocean is being polluted and destroyed due to the release of substances or energy in marine waters which initiate a range of subsequent effects. According to a new European Environment Agency report, all four regional seas in Europe have a large-scale contamination problem, ranging from 96% of the assessed area in the Baltic Sea and 91% in the Black Sea, to 87% in the Mediterranean and 75% in the North-East Atlantic Ocean. The main sources of pollution include industrial, agricultural and municipal waste runoff, other human activities (e.g. transport), underwater noise, light, atmospheric deposition, etc. into marine waters.

Increasing the environmental performance and sustainability of processes and products plays a significant role in keeping our planet clean. Environmental pollution resulting from human activity is detrimental to ecosystems at different functional levels, representing, also, an important economic burden for society. Circular bio-based systems, including biotechnology, have the potential to substantially contribute to the European Green Deal objectives, provided that they are developed sustainably and systemically aiming at mitigating the climate change and its impacts, increasing resource efficiency and circularity, preserving and restoring ecosystems services, natural resources, air/water/soil quality and biodiversity. Indicators of such sustainability are needed, building on dynamic perspectives at scales ranging, in space, from planetary to local ecosystems and, in time, from next decade to the end of century and beyond. Environmental impacts should be traced along value chains and trades to enable responsible production and consumption.

Expected impacts

Pollution must be halted and eliminated to guarantee clean and healthy soils, air, fresh and marine water for all. To reach this objective, it will be paramount to advance the knowledge of pollution sources and pathways to enable preventive measures, improve monitoring and control, apply planetary boundaries in practice and introduce effective remediation methods.

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contribute to the aforementioned goal to achieve a clean environment and zero pollution, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Advanced understanding of diffuse and point sources of water pollution in a global and climate change context, enabling novel solutions to protect water bodies, aquatic ecosystems and soil functionality, and further enhancing water quality and its management for safe human and ecological use, while fostering the EU’s and Associated Countries’ position and role in the global water scene.

2.Balanced N/P flows well within safe ecological boundaries at EU and Associated Countries, regional and local scale, contribute to restoring ecosystems.

3.Clean, unpolluted seas in the EU and Associated Countries as a result of successful behavioural, social-economic, demographic, governance and green-blue transitions.

4.Circular bio-based systems reversing climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting air, water and soil quality along supply chain of biological feedstock and industrial value chains, within the EU and Associated Countries and across borders.

5.Innovative biotechnology creating zero-pollution bio-based solutions.

When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the “Do No Significant Harm” principle 262 according to which the research and innovation activities of the project should not be supporting or carrying out activities that make a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

Actions should develop scientifically robust and transparent approaches and methodologies, building on achievements from previous research activities, where possible and appropriate. To ensure deployment, trustworthiness, swift and wide adoption by user communities, and to support EU and national policy-makers, they should adopt high standards of transparency and openness, going beyond ex-post documentation of results and extending to aspects such as assumptions, models and data quality during the life of projects.

Topics under this destination will address the following impact areas of the Horizon Europe strategic plan for 2021-2024: “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”; “Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in waters”; “Good health and high-quality accessible healthcare”; “Clean and healthy air, water and soil”; “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats”; and “Inclusive growth and new job opportunities”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

65.00

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

51.00

15 Feb 2022

Overall indicative budget

65.00

51.00

Call - Clean environment and zero pollution

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 263

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 264

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01

CSA

6.00

Around 2.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-02

RIA

7.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03

RIA

10.00

2.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-05

IA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-06

RIA

7.00

Around 3.50

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-07

CSA

6.00

Around 2.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-08

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-09

CSA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-10

RIA

11.00

Around 5.50

2

Overall indicative budget

65.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Halting emissions of pollutants to soils and waters

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01: Regional nitrogen and phosphorus load reduction approach within safe ecological boundaries

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support local administrations and policy makers to apply a systemic approach preventing pollution from nitrogen and phosphorus, in line with the zero pollution ambition. Project outcomes will contribute to maintaining nitrogen and phosphorus flows well within safe ecological boundaries at EU, regional and local scale and to restoring ecosystems. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Harmonised environmental protection policies and implementation actions delivered by local administrations and policy makers to achieve nitrogen and phosphorus load reduction targets at regional/river basin level.

2.Best practices shared in EU and Associated Countries to prevent pollution from nitrogen and phosphorus emissions to air/soil/water including the design of inter-sectorial governance models and policy implementation tools to deploy the concept of nitrogen and phosphorus load reduction targets.

3.Improved knowledge on the physical science of climate change.

Scope: The quantification of nitrogen and phosphorus emissions reduction necessary to respect ecosystems’ health in order to achieve the objectives of EU legislation and the 2030 targets of the biodiversity and farm to fork strategies may be assessed through a nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) load reduction targets approach. The scope of the topic is to develop a regional/river basin approach. The topic is targeted to stakeholders from regions/river basins or clusters of regions/river basins: local agencies of environmental protection, local administrators, scientists and experts in environmental impacts models. A cluster may be formed by two or more regions/river basins, in the EU and Associated Countries, with very similar characteristics in terms of territorial conditions or being neighbouring regions/river basins.

Proposals will:

1.Develop a robust and transparent methodology to identify safe ecological limit values (e.g. concentration in media) of N/P applicable at regional scale to ensure good status for ecosystems in air/water/soil, inside and outside the local scale and apply the methodology to regions/river basins of the consortium. The local territorial specificity will be taken into account, in terms of territorial extension, land use, orography, distribution of basins and fresh water bodies, coastline, lagoons, etc. A coherent set of environmental indicators and their limit values at local scale will be selected for each region/river basin, based on legislation, existing and announced objectives and on scientific evidence, including datasets from the long-term environmental monitoring campaign and tools 265 . Indicators of N/P limit values should align to the monitoring capacity of N/P patterns in the environment.

2.Review scientific knowledge of the contribution of N/P flows to climate change, including their impacts on carbon sink capacity of soils, of any other impact of N/P life cycle in the environment, of short-term and long-term dynamics of P in the soil matrix and its regional variation across the EU;

3.Develop and/or improve an existing methodology to assess N/P emissions (flows) from all economic activities that may exist in the region/river basin (i.e. agriculture, aquaculture, forestry, industrial sectors, including food/drink sector, water supply, water/waste management, bioenergy, fossil-based energy production, mining activities, transport, etc.) including unintentional losses (e.g. losses and run-off of agricultural nutrients into the soil) and their impacts on air/water/soil environmental quality. Apply the methodology to regions/river basins of the consortium. Data from existing initiatives, consolidated reporting from national authorities, elaboration from EEA, Eionet, ESTAT, etc. and existing modelling capacity, either locally available or based on a twinning process across regions/clusters shall be considered in order to facilitate harmonisation of the approaches;

4.Develop and/or improve an existing methodology to identify the N/P load reduction targets for all regions/river basins of the consortium to stay within local N/P limit values;

5.Apply existing 266 /develop new methodologies to model pathways to reduce N/P emissions to meet load reduction targets and at the same time prevent pollution in air, water and soil, contribute to climate change mitigation, protect biodiversity and avoid pollution swapping. Pathways may include but are not limited to: i) integrated land/marine and bioeconomy; ii) limiting livestock stocking density; iii) integrated agricultural practices, including agro-ecology, aiming at limiting N/P flows and any other environmental impacts; iv) nature-based solutions (e.g. in waste water treatments, soil remediation); v) integrated industrial innovation towards circularity, industrial symbiosis and innovative resources use to improve efficiency and reduce N/P emissions from industrial sectors and any other environmental impact;

6.Identify inter-sectorial governance models and design policy implementation tools at regional level, also to integrate policy requirements for environmental legislation and emission sources from many sectors, including measures to foster a systemic shift in societal aspects (e.g. approaches to address meat consumption, food waste prevention, greener mobility, consumers' awareness of environmental footprint of goods etc.).

Proposals should include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic. If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing, they must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-02: Optimisation of nutrient budget in agriculture

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor ap
proach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the zero pollution action plan and the farm to fork strategy, the successful proposal will support to limit and reduce pollution due to the excess of nutrients and nutrient losses (especially nitrogen and phosphorus) in the environment, stemming from excess use in agriculture. It will contribute with new and enhance knowledge to the development of integrated nutrient management plan.

Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Improve nutrient budget and flows by identification of optimal combinations of nutrients in different farming systems (conventional, agro-ecological and organic systems) following, when possible, a holistic approach of the plant and animal productions system.

2.New approaches and methods supported with sound indicators to monitor and measure nutrients flows and practices with the greatest climate change mitigation potential and water and nutrient leakages, and biodiversity preservation while ensuring economic farm viability.

3.Identification and targeted implementation of individual or combined region-specific agricultural practices that help balance nutrient cycles and Nature Based Solutions for plant and animal nutrition and health optimizing the use of external inputs and implementation of regulated deficit strategies.

4.Quantification of the potential to save particularly N and P emissions from the implementation of relevant individual or combined agriculture practices, e.g. organic agriculture, agro-ecology, conservation agriculture, improve organic and mineral fertilization management, etc., that enhance soils health and combat eutrophication and water pollution.

5.Improved nutrient budget at different scales, by sound quantification of the inputs and outputs of water and nutrients in different agricultural systems including quantitative environmental and economic indicators for farms, regions and/or products.

6.Enhanced models to identify contamination and pollution hotspots locally, to extrapolate to regional, national and global solutions.

7.Strengthened transdisciplinary and interdisciplinary research and integrated scientific support for relevant EU policies and priorities (common agricultural policy (CAP), Green Deal, the zero pollution action plan, the farm to fork, etc.).

Scope: Sustainable agricultural production systems not only deliver nutritious food and other raw materials, they are also key drivers of economic growth in rural areas. Roughly 25% of the annually produced terrestrial agricultural biomass is used by humans, about 70% 267 (mostly from grassland, by-products, and inedible crop residues) converted through animals into food and manure, and the remainder goes into biofuel. Unsustainable agricultural systems can cause a variety of adverse environmental effects, such as climate change, loss of biodiversity, and air and water pollution due to poor management of nutrients.

When possible, the holistic consideration of plant and animal nutrition within the agricultural production systems could contribute to more sustainability of the food chain by promoting the minimization of nutrients leakage and improved nutritional values of fertilisers, feed and food. This approach could cover the basic nutritional elements (carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen), the macro elements (phosphorous, potassium, magnesium, calcium, sulphur) but also the trace elements (zinc, copper, iron, iodine, selenium, manganese). In line with the European Green Deal, the development of a nutrient budgeting approach could focus on the fluxes of carbon (C).

However, there are substantial knowledge gaps regarding the measurement and understanding of the impacts of nutrients flow in different farming practices (conventional, agro-ecological and organic systems, specialised and mix farming systems) at various scales, from local to global, and the capacity to model those impacts.

Proposals should build on existing and new knowledge, data, models (including in situ calibration measurement), artificial intelligence and tools to:

1.Optimise and harmonise nutrient and water flow models, indicators and data for quantification and assessment to prevent or reduce environmental pollution caused by nutrients, across sectors, for different types of agricultural practices (conventional, organic and agro-ecological agriculture), and scales – farm, local, regional and river basin.

2.Explore and assess safe alternative nutrient sources and pathways (e.g. organic vs inorganic), enhance management and recycling of organic wastes and explore nutrient recovery opportunities (e.g. by using treated sewage sludge or wastewater) as well as nutrient mobilisation through microorganisms;

3.Build upon available results from previous EU projects funded under the Horizon 2020 topic CE-RUR-08-2018-2019-2020: Closing nutrient cycles.

4.Enhance nutrient use efficiency at different levels.

5.Analyse climate change effects of certain nutrient flows, including interactions between nutrient, water and carbon cycles.

6.Develop biological models for nutrients flows remote sensing tools, in agricultural systems: for physical, chemical and biological parameters, using smart sensors and AI technologies.

7.Develop digital platforms to allow precision nutrient management at farm scale and landscape scale.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector and, as relevant, bio-based industry active in rural areas.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03: Preventing and managing diffuse pollution in urban water runoff

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, successful proposals will contribute to halt and prevent pollution of freshwater and soils, and consequently also protecting biodiversity, as addressed by several impacts under Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’, in particular “Advanced understanding of diffuse and point sources of water pollution in a global and climate change context, enabling novel solutions to protect water bodies, aquatic ecosystems and soil functionality, and further enhancing water quality and its management for safe human and ecological use, while fostering the EU’s position and role in the global water scene.”

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Wider use of an enhanced knowledge base required to assess and monitor pollution sources, transport pathways and impacts of diffuse pollution conveyed to receiving water bodies by urban water runoff and storm water overflows, including forward looking approaches aimed to anticipate and prepare for future or emerging challenges.

2.Implement advanced preventive and mitigating strategies to reduce diffuse pollution of urban waters based on source control measures and storm water management that also consider climate change impacts.

3.Apply effective risk assessment and risk management strategies enabling early warning systems and delivering ready-made outputs for decision-making and governance in urban areas.

4.Deploy innovative concepts, cost effective technologies and advanced sensors and monitoring approaches for sustainable waste water collection and urban drainage systems preventing pollution due to urban run-off.

5.Comprehensive urban runoff and storm water management plans implementing holistic approaches at city/catchment level to ensure resilient urban water quality and climate adaptation.

6.Broad uptake of advanced knowledge, breakthrough solutions and innovative technologies to enhance competitiveness of the EU water sector and fostering the EU’s position and role in the global water scene.

7.Increasing the EU scientific and technological base and guidance on measures to manage storm water quality and evidence for policy-making and implementation.

8.Science and evidence-based implementation of the European Green Deal and the Sustainable Development Goals, notably the SDG 6 “Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all”.

Scope: Good quality of fresh water is essential for human wellbeing and health, for supporting healthy aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity, and crucial for agriculture and food production, three major components of the European Green Deal. Despite significant progress in reducing conventional water pollutants and improving freshwater quality, pollution loads from urban point and non-point sources remain an important challenge, particularly exacerbated in water scarce areas. Urban storm water runoff is a large contributor to diffuse pollution that impairs the quality of receiving waters and ecosystems and public health. Impacts of climate change, affecting e.g. the variability and intensity of precipitation, the concentration of pollutants and the temperature of runoff water, may further aggravate the problem.

Additional knowledge is needed on sources and transport pathways of diffuse pollution conveyed by urban runoff and storm water overflows, including emerging threats and challenges posed by climate change. This accurate knowledge is essential for developing preventive and mitigation strategies focussing on source control and storm water management measures.

Proposals in this field should aim to develop holistic approaches at city/catchment level ensuring resilient urban water runoff quality by considering different spatial and temporal scales and contexts, and different technologies. Urban runoff water quality management plans should consider micro-pollutants, contaminants of emerging concern, behavioural changes and societal and technical developments, including in relation to urban planning, buildings and mobility, construction and manufacturing materials, as well as sound risk management approaches. The identification and selection of measures to manage storm water quality will require engaging with relevant stakeholders, water utilities, public authorities and industry to develop guidance for decision makers and policy makers on urban runoff and storm water control measures and deploy easy and ready-made options for end users’ implementation.

Actions in this topic should also aim to develop innovative and integrated concepts and technologies, including digital advances, for urban drainage systems by combining advantages from blue-green-grey solutions and decentralised approaches to preventing and managing water pollution from urban runoff and storm water overflows.

In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies.

If appropriate, applicants are advised to seek complementarities and synergies, while avoiding duplication and overlap, with relevant actions funded under Horizon 2020 calls 268 , as well as targeted topics supported in the last Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe calls, addressing micro/nano-plastics, persistent and mobile pollutants, such as per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS), pharmaceuticals and contaminants of emerging concerns (CECs), pathogens and antimicrobial resistance.

In order to better address some or all of the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Addressing pollution on seas and ocean

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04: Achieving zero polluted seas and ocean

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive, successful proposals will support the development and implementation of a policy vision and the transition needed to reach clean European seas, cutting across behavioural, social-economic and governance spheres.

1.Better understanding of major obstacles and showcasing of best practices on the implementation of sustainable and effective marine pollution reduction, prevention, mitigation measures and monitoring (e.g. administrative, legal, financial, technical, social);

2.Improved support, with a set of guidelines, for the needed blue green transition to reach the policy vision of achieving clean European seas by 2030.

Scope: To reach the policy vision of achieving clean European seas, a profound transition is needed on how we address and manage marine pollution – a blue green transition. Many national laws, European and international agreements, forbid dumping of harmful materials into the environment, although enforcing these regulations remains a challenge. Proposals should consider all of the following aspects in the move towards this transition: i) encouraging the enforcement of existing or new pollution management related legislation; ii) the incorporation of new circular economy principles (designing materials and processes to enhance the recyclability and reuse of products and wastes e.g. plastics); iii) encouraging responsible chemical-use through consumer and political actions; iv) the definition and uptake of effective sustainability policies e.g. procurement processes – to better capture and uptake green, blue, sustainable, and circular innovations, etc. In summary, this transition embraces all levels e.g. legal, social, economic, industrial 269 , environmental and wide range of stakeholders e.g. decision makers, scientists 270 , citizens, industry, overall all players behind man-made pollution as well as players that can contribute with solutions (e.g. innovators, procurement experts, service providers etc). Proposals should consider ways for improved cooperation within and across sectors, regions and countries (the ocean and seas do not have borders), improved sharing and integration of information, development of joint measures to achieve zero polluted ocean and seas.

Social innovation is encouraged when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Increasing environmental performances and sustainability of processes and products

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-05: Environmental sustainability criteria for biological resources production and trade in bio-based systems: impacts and trade-offs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support tracing environmental impacts of biological resources production and trade by primary producers, traders and certification companies to enable responsible production in the industrial bio-based systems, in line with the 2030 Climate Target Plan and the zero pollution ambition. Project outcomes will contribute to establish circular bio-based systems reversing climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting air, soil and water quality along supply chain of biological resources and industrial value chains, within the EU and across borders. Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

1.Certification schemes for international trade at EU and global scale of biological resources for bio-based systems include the environmental impacts and trade-offs along the bio-based supply chains.

Scope: Assessment of environmental sustainability of biological resources production and trades in the bio-based systems is still a challenge. Indicators of such sustainability should build on dynamic perspectives at scales ranging, in space, from planetary to local ecosystems and, in time, from next decade to the end of century and beyond.

Proposals should:

1.Identify the range of biological resources intended for industrial bio-based systems at EU and local (regional/rural/urban/coastal) scale, including primary biomass resources production and biological secondary raw materials from rural/urban/industrial activities. Industrial bio-based systems do not include food/feed, biofuels, bioenergy and cultural/recreation sectors. However, relevant initiatives in the field of assessment and certification of environmental sustainability of biological resources arising from EU policies in the bioeconomy sectors should be taken into account. Aspects of trade of biological resources within the EU and at global level should be part of the analysis.

2.Collect data and figures on volumes of biological resources identified under a) in global trade flows and imports into the EU and their geographic distribution. The data collection should be based on existing and consolidated statistics and market databases.

3.Improve existing and/or develop new methodology for the assessment of the environmental impacts and trade-offs of biological resources in the scope addressing, but not limiting to, the following environmental categories: i) GHG emissions/savings and carbon footprint; ii) emissions from nitrogen and phosphorous based fertilisers; iii) land use and land use change and its related impact on land carbon sink capacity; iv) marine space use and marine space use change; v) water use; vi) biodiversity and ecosystem services; vii) energy consumption, viii) any other aspects of air/water/soil environmental quality. Assessments should consider the life cycle perspective and relevant regulatory requirements in terms of trade (across and within the EU), to the extent possible. Trade-offs and synergies with food production, nature-based solution to protect biodiversity or other resources use and ecosystem services (e.g. recreation, urban creep) should be included in the assessment;

4.Align methodology in c) with indicators (e.g. environmental, demographic, geophysics indicators) provided by consolidated and available database, including networks of environmental observations, efficiently.

5.Adapt methodology in c) to be suitable to definition/identification of environmental sustainability criteria compliant with the format of certification schemes in terms of either adopting existing certification schemes or developing of ad hoc ones. Criteria should be aligned with the Commission’s Taxonomy Regulation 271 . Traceability of biological resources at European and global scale should be essential part of certification.

6.Demonstrate the developed methodologies for the assessment of environmental impacts and trade-offs, sustainability criteria and certification schemes to a range of biological resources intended for industrial bio-based systems in an operational environment and deliver guidelines.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals’ consortia should involve primary producers of biological resources, trade bodies, bio-based industries, agencies/companies developing certification, consumers’ organisations and any stakeholder along the supply chain of biological resources for bio-based industries.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-06: Increasing the environmental performance of industrial processes in bio-based sectors: construction, woodworking, textiles, pulp and paper and bio-chemicals

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support circular bio-based systems in industrial sectors in line with the European Green Deal and its zero pollution ambition and 2030 Climate Target Plan by increasing the environmental performance and sustainability of processes, and their ability to reverse climate change, restore biodiversity and protect air, water and soil quality along industrial value chains, within EU and across borders.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

1.Improvement of the environmental performance of industrial processes in the following bio-based sectors: construction, woodworking, textiles, pulp and paper, and bio-chemicals.

Scope: Proposals under this topic should focus on all of the following industrial bio-based sectors: construction, woodworking, textiles, pulp and paper, and bio-chemicals.

Proposals should:

1.Identify and analyse case studies for each aforementioned industrial bio-based sector at the local (regional, rural, urban or coastal) or international scale within the EU and Associated Countries, and collect data and figures on the environmental performance of industrial processes in these sectors.

2.Improve existing and/or develop new methodologies to assess the environmental impacts of these processes. The assessment should use, when possible, the Life Cycle Assessment methodology (in line with the existing international standards, the European Commission’s Product Environmental Footprint method 272 and other relevant sources of information), and include, but not limited to, the following environmental impacts: GHG emissions and carbon footprint, emissions to air/water/soil, water and primary energy use, biodiversity and ecosystem services. The assessment methodology should also look at social and economic aspects. Relevant data may feed into the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment 273 .

3.Assess and analyse the environmental impacts and trade-offs of bio-based processes identified in a) based on the methodology developed in b).

4.Identify and evaluate possible solutions to improve the environmental performance of bio-based processes based on c). The aspects to be evaluated include, but are not limited to the following: GHG emissions reduction, resource and energy efficiency, shift to renewable energy sources, enhanced circularity of materials (including upcycling and cascading use of biomass), non-toxic substances used in the processes, replacement of toxic substances with non-toxic ones, minimisation of residual waste at all phases of the processes, efficient recovery of any waste and residual flows.

5.Demonstrate, where possible, the best solutions identified under point d) in order to evaluate their effectiveness and assess monitoring procedures.

6.Develop recommendations and guidelines to improve the environmental performance of processes in each of the aforementioned industrial bio-based sector. These should include a prioritisation of solutions and recommendations for modifications in specific processes and preliminary indications for monitoring procedures.

Proposals should include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic. Moreover, they should build synergies with research and innovation projects funded under Horizon Europe notably under “HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-05: Environmental sustainability criteria for biological resources production and trade in bio-based systems: impacts and trade-offs”, and where relevant, seek complementarities and capitalise on the results of other past and ongoing research projects (especially under the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking).

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-07: International and EU sustainability certification schemes for bio-based systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The successful proposals will support tracing environmental impacts along value chains and trades in the bio-based systems for business-to-business communication to enable responsible production and consumption, in line with the 2030 Climate Target Plan and the zero pollution ambition. Project outcomes will contribute to establish circular bio-based systems reversing climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting air, soil and water quality along supply chain of biological resources and industrial value chains, within the EU and across borders.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Bio-based value chains transparency in international and EU trade is enhanced through business-to-business labels of biological resources and bio-based materials and products.

2.Harmonization of existing international and EU certification scheme and the monitoring system and indicators of their effectiveness and robustness.

Scope: Climate neutral circular bio-based systems have the potential to establish a zero-pollution economy provided that they are developed sustainably. Environmental, social and economic impacts and trade-offs should be traced along value chains and trades to enable responsible production and consumption. Activities under this topic should assess scope, potential and requirements of international and EU sustainability certification schemes and business-to-business labels applicable to biological resources including primary biomass resources and bio-waste and residues intended for bio-based industrial value-chains and to bio-based materials and products, also in complementarity with actions on bio-based innovation and market measures. Industrial bio-based systems do not include food/feed, biofuels, bioenergy and cultural/recreation sectors. However, relevant initiatives in the field of assessment and certification of environmental sustainability arising from EU policies in the bioeconomy sectors should be taken into account. Traceability of biological resources and bio-based materials and products on a business-to-business level, at the EU and the global scale, should be part of certification, including aspects on primary and secondary biomass and bio-based intermediates in global trade flows and imports into the EU.

Proposals should:

1.Review and analyse existing international and EU sustainability certification schemes and business-to-business labels for biological resources. The analysis should encompass schemes applied/applicable to biological resources intended for industrial bio-based value chains. Certified environmental, social and economic impacts and trade-offs should be analysed. Bio-waste and any biological secondary raw materials from rural/urban/industrial activities are included in the definition of biological resources.

2.Collect data and figures on volumes of biological resources and bio-based materials and products in global trade flows and imports into (exports from) the EU and their geographic distribution, distinguishing between certified and uncertified resources and materials/products. The data collection should be based on existing and consolidated market databases.

3.Review and analyse existing international and EU sustainability certification schemes and business-to-business labels for bio-based materials and products with the same level of detail apply to the analysis of resources (point a).

4.Assess existing/develop new monitoring system and indicators of effectiveness and robustness of existing certification schemes and labels reviewed in point a) and c). The task should consider the life cycle analysis perspective and identify minimum requirements of a certification scheme to ensure its completeness covering environmental, social and economic aspects.

5.Demonstrate/test effectiveness of existing (voluntary) certification schemes and labels and monitor their robustness; this action includes testing the monitoring system and indicators assessed/developed within the project, point d, on the reviewed schemes, point a) and c). The results should consolidate the optimal monitoring system and indicators and provide a preliminary selection of (parts of) the certification schemes covering the minimum requirements identified in point d). The same for labels.

6.Assess costs from the adoption of certification schemes and labels in selected industrial bio-based value-chains. The assessment includes selecting a range of value-chains in the EU and Associated Countries and the corresponding biological resources and flows of materials and products among those certified and reviewed in point a and c and collecting data and figures on the known costs: actual economic and internalised environmental and social ones. The evaluation of the externalised environmental and social costs should be part of the overall assessment, based either on primary data or/and on models taken from peer-reviewed literature in the related fields of economy, social and environmental sciences.

7.Evaluate the feasibility of business-to-business labels that award best performances either of resources or material or products from either environmental or social aspects. The feasibility should include modelled economic costs and benefits.

8.Analyse and develop recommendations on how to promote the best practices in the adoption of effective and robust certification schemes and business-to-business labels. Promoting actions may include deployment and take-up by industrial sectors of certification schemes, building trust between business stakeholders, deploying corporate responsibility, engagement with and awareness of bio-based sectors.

9.Engage in cooperation with international partners and organisations, to increase impact and outreach, while ensuring sufficient focus on the EU’s situation.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals should include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic. Proposals’ consortia may include, but not be limited to, experts in certification schemes and stakeholders of the international and EU trade of biomass resources and bio-based materials and products.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-08: New genomic techniques (NGT): understanding benefits and risks – focus on bio-based innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’ impacts, and European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan and the bioeconomy strategy, and specifically in respect to circular bio-based systems in industrial sectors along value chains and supply chains of biological feedstock, within Europe and globally, as well as to delivering the innovative “zero-pollution” bio-based biotechnology solutions.

Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved understanding of the benefits and risks of new genomic techniques applied for plants 274 and/or animals 275 and microorganisms and consequences for human health and the environment (e.g. environmental balance, biodiversity impacts), aiming at a holistic approach 276 .

2.Advancing the potentials of the new genomic techniques (via technical and social innovation)

3.Contribution to an improved and more inclusive understanding and awareness, through transparent communication of the risks and benefits of the new genomic techniques and resultant innovation, while supporting societal dialogue and engagement with all stakeholders (academia, industry, including SMEs, NGOs, regulatory institutions, international partners and consumers or civil society to ensure public knowledge and awareness).

Scope: There is a need to enable major advances in the life sciences and biotechnology, in new genomic techniques, such as gene/genome editing 277 . This aims to ensure they can contribute safely and sustainably addressing the grand societal challenges of our age, such as climate change mitigation and adaptation, improved resource efficiency by industry and throughout various sectors of the economy. This covers their applicability for bio-based sectors (e.g. development of improved and more resilient feedstocks, plants and livestock to achieve a more efficient use of resources, longer shelf life of the agricultural products, products or agricultural by-products rendered more reusable). These advances must be aligned with the relevant EU legal framework 278 , while aiming to support the climate ambition of zero net emissions by 2050, as well as biodiversity protection and resource efficiency goals. A key aspect should be the combination of safety, environmental sustainability and functionality of the developed products. It needs to recognize the need for a holistic approach at the ecosystem level, for both conventional and alternative production systems. R&I activities should result in solutions to develop safe and more environmentally friendly products, allowing for innovation, transparency and inclusiveness for all actors.

International cooperation is strongly encouraged, to exchange best practice, while contributing to the European competitiveness.

Proposals should:

1.Advance new genomic techniques in bio-based innovation (purely medical applications such as the therapeutical/clinical applications are excluded), to understand and increase their impact, as related, for instance, to the origin of feedstocks and its other features and its applicable conversion pathways (e.g. via biorefinery processing), storage, logistics, enhanced functionalities and environmental sustainability, safety/non-toxic nature and improved end-of-life behaviour (e.g. reuse/reprocessing), etc. for specific applications.

2.Develop future scenarios taking into account in different environmental, social and economic drivers, to assess potential critical impacts and bottlenecks with respect to the EU and international governance frameworks. This should take into account the expected demand of primary resources needed to satisfy the growing bio-based economy (especially sustainable biomass), the need to protect and restore biodiversity, as well as the increasing environmental pressures under climate change conditions.

3.Develop new approaches to design innovative aspects of the production process, screening procedures, molecular tools and digital applications.

4.Outline the necessary scale-up production processes for novel bio-based innovations in order to reach a critical mass for a given application, to achieve economies of scale, address different market segments and applications, etc.

5.Ensure transparent and inclusive engagement of all actors, including industry and SMEs, scientific community, regulatory institutions, and broader civil society, to ensure necessary impact.

6.Where relevant, proposals should seek synergies and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects.

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-09: Environmental impacts and trade-offs of alternative fertilising products at global/local scale.

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The successful proposals will support awareness of environmental performances of alternative fertilising products and their uptake by stakeholders and local administrators, in line with the zero pollution ambition. Projects outcomes will contribute to maintaining nitrogen and phosphorus flows well within safe ecological boundaries at the EU, regional and local scale and to restoring ecosystems.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Orienting the production and the application of alternative fertilising products according with the best environmental performances and practices.

2.Local administrations formulate policies to support the development of sustainable local value chains deploying alternative fertilising products.

Scope: The scope of this topic is the assessment of environmental impacts and trade-offs of the production and application of a range of fertilising products derived from secondary raw materials which could replace nitrogen- and phosphorus-based fertilisers produced from conventional processes (including mining and fossil-based processes) in a life cycle perspective. Examples of alternative fertilising products within the scope include products made from secondary raw materials such as, for example: recycled nutrients from urban and industrial waste water and sewage sludge, organic fertilising products from bio-waste, from any biological residue or by-products, from digestate and from treated manure.

Proposals should:

1.Collect all relevant data and figures on a range of fertilising products derived from secondary raw materials. Information should include all phases of their life cycle: production, distribution/trade, storage, application on lands and consequent transformation/diffusion into the different environments. The range of alternative fertilising products should be selected in order to cover at least one product from each main waste/residue raw material, i.e. at least one from each of: urban waste water, industrial waste water, sewage sludge, bio-waste, biological by-products, digestate and treated manure.

2.Apply and/or improve existing methodologies to assess the environmental impacts and trade-offs of the alternative fertilising products selected at point a) on a life cycle base, building on and complementing existing assessment results published by European Commission (project SAFEMANURE 279 ). In particular, methodology and assessment should include the territorial and practical factors in terms of local vs global production and trade, local management procedures (storage, spreading on soils) also depending on specific agricultural applications and practices (e.g. agro-ecological vs traditional approach, current legislation at national level, within the consortium). Impacts and trade-offs should include categories on: climate change mitigation, including in terms of restoring the carbon sink capacity of soils, biodiversity and ecosystems protection, including soil biodiversity and below-ground ecosystems, land use and land use change, water consumption, energy use, nitrogen and phosphorus flows into the environment and any other pollutants’ emission that affect air/water/soil, including microplastics. Methodology and assessment should rely on existing procedures, e.g. Product Environmental Footprint method 280 and other validated/certified modelling and objective techniques, experimental tests, consultation of peer-reviewed scientific literature;

3.Relevant data may feed into the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment 281 if feasible;

4.Analyse technical aspects of the environmental impacts prevention and control operations during all phases of life cycle of the selected alternative fertilising products and their effectiveness. Include preliminary assessment of costs of installation/maintenance and social benefits of such operations. Alternative fertilising products under this proposal seeking market regulatory approval, should consider relevant regulatory requirements.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Activities should include a thorough analysis of past research projects and studies developed under the EU funding programmes. Proposals should include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic. Proposals’ consortia should include stakeholders from the whole value chain such as producers of fertilisers and farmers, as well as scientists and experts in the analysis of environmental impacts of agricultural products.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-10: Environmental services: improved bioremediation and revitalization strategies for soil, sediments and water

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and its zero pollution ambition and Climate Pact, the successful proposal should support circular bio-based systems reversing climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting soil and water quality along the supply chain of biological feedstock and industrial value chains, within Europe and globally, as well as deliver innovative “zero-pollution” bio-based biotechnology solutions and advanced bioremediation methods for environmental protection.

Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Improved bioremediation and revitalization strategies for contaminated environments, including soil, sediment, surface water and groundwater using recent advances in biotechnology;

2.New approaches for efficient bioremediation and resource recycling;

3.Provide science-based evidence and bio-based solutions enabling a better assessment of pollution threats from pollutants’ remobilisation to soil, sediment, surface water and groundwater;

4.Reduce the main negative impacts of pollution in terms of loss of biodiversity and ecosystem services;

5.Validated newly developed and effective bioremediation methods in different environmental conditions, also based on microbiome exploitation potential;

6.Improved overall environmental performance (soil and sediment health, water quality, reduction of emissions, etc.);

7.Improved environmental footprint and lower toxicity of processes, products and services by means of biotechnologies;

8.Advanced assessment of effective methods of bioremediation with improved environmental, economic and social sustainability.

Scope: Environmental pollution has been a major concern over the past few decades influencing the quality of life. Contamination of soils, sediments and water remains a major ecological problem. This pollution contains dangerous and persistent toxic substances that have adverse effects on human health and the environment. Pollutants resulting from human activity are detrimental to ecosystems at different functional levels, representing an important economic burden for society.

Remediation strategies, such as chemical and physical approaches, are not enough to mitigate pollution problems. Bioremediation using microbes is a sustainable, eco-friendly and socially acceptable alternative to conventional remediation approaches and helps improve the environment. It plays a significant role in monitoring “Zero-pollution”. Many microbes with bioremediation potential have been isolated and characterised but, in many cases, cannot completely degrade the targeted environmental pollutant or are ineffective in situations with complex contamination such as mixed waste.

The topic aims at improving bioremediation and revitalization strategies for soils, sediments, surface water and groundwater while respecting the EU legislation and regulations applicable in this area, including the use of naturally occurring and optimised organisms.

Proposals should:

1.Identify and analyse optimised proteins, microorganisms, microbiomes, plants, and animals (specifically fish and molluscs/bivalves including mussels) for sediment, watershed and wastewater remediation and revitalization (e.g. novel enzymes to degrade xenobiotic small molecules such as toxins, antibiotics and microplastics, selective uptake of non-degradable metal toxins, bioadsortion);

2.Identify and characterise plant platforms, microorganisms and microbiomes that can be optimised for efficient remediation of a range of contaminated environments (e.g. enzymes optimised for efficient bioconversion and/or biosequestration of environmental contaminants, biological tools/systems for land-based bioremediation, phytoremediation for contaminated industrial sites);

3.Identify and characterise plants transformed with pathways and metabolisms that enable the uptake of targeted contaminants and that have clearly visible ‘markers’ for public surveillance (for example, colours that clearly mark the plant as being genetically modified, so as to prevent people from eating these plants);

4.Develop strategies for efficient metabolic pathways of naturally-occurring species to be re-introduced into the environment;

5.Develop sustainable and cost-effective technologies for bioremediation of water resources used for water production and effective in situations with mixed waste (e.g. nature-based solutions) 282 283 ; and/or develop sustainable and cost-effective technologies for bioremediation of soil resources, including those effective in situations with mixed waste;

6.Enable new microbial approaches, such as combinations of synthetic auxotrophies, that increase the safety and reduce the risk of deploying optimised microbes in the field;

7.Develop and analyse the ability of defined consortia of bacteria, fungi algae and/or other organisms to most productively revitalise soil, sediment and water sources (for example, by researching functioning of ecosystems in the hyporheic zone, which plays a crucial role in the purification of bank filtered water and thus in ensuring a safe supply of drinking water in several countries);

8.Identify and assess (with quantification) the key environmental, economic, social and safety benefits of bioremediation and revitalization strategies for soils, sediments, surface water and groundwater compared to standard physicochemical remediation approaches;

9.Where relevant, proposals should seek synergies and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects 284 , 285  

For this topic, it is not mandatory to integrate the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) into research and innovation

Call - Clean environment and zero pollution

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 286

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 287

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01

RIA

12.00

2.00 to 4.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-02

IA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03

IA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04

RIA

15.00

2.00 to 4.00

4

Overall indicative budget

51.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Halting emissions of pollutants to soils and waters

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01: Preventing groundwater contamination and protecting its quality against harmful impacts of global and climate change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, successful proposals will contribute to halting and preventing pollution of freshwater and soils, and consequently also protecting biodiversity, as addressed by several impacts under Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’, in particular “Advanced understanding of diffuse and point sources of water pollution in a global and climate change context, enabling novel solutions to protect water bodies, aquatic ecosystems and soil functionality, and further enhancing water quality and its management for safe human and ecological use, while fostering the European position and role in the global water scene.”

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.Wider use of an enhanced knowledge base and better understanding of pollution sources, pathways and impacts, including surface hydrology, aquifers and receiving water bodies, as well as the synergistic effects of multiple stressors on groundwater quality.

2.Implement advanced prevention and mitigation strategies to protect groundwater against pollution induced by global and climate change, including anticipative approaches preparing for future or emerging challenges.

3.Apply effective risk assessment and risk management strategies enabling early warning systems and delivering ready-made outcomes for decision-making and governance.

4.Deploy innovative monitoring strategies, including advanced sensors, tracers and analytical methods, and integration of IT tools/platforms and advanced modelling.

5.Broad uptake of advanced knowledge, breakthrough solutions and innovative technologies to enhance the competitiveness of the EU water sector and foster the EU’s position and role in the global water scene.

6.Increasing the EU scientific and technological base on measures to manage groundwater quality and providing evidence and guidance for policy-making and implementation.

7.Science and evidence-based implementation of the European Green Deal and the Sustainable Development Goals, notably the SDG 6 “Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all”.

Scope: The European Union has made noticeable progress in terms of reducing concentrations of nutrients in groundwater and in rivers through the implementation of dedicated policy measures. However, Member States identified that diffuse pollution is still a significant pressure that affects 35% of the area of groundwater bodies 288 , while quality standards (pesticides, herbicides, etc.) were exceeded in 15% of the groundwater bodies studied. Climate change and increasing water demand will exert significant pressures on groundwater quality, notably where the combined effect of reduced hydrological flows, water table depletion and sea level rise endanger the integrity of coastal aquifers and groundwater quality due to saline water intrusion. Extreme events like higher tides, storm surges and inland flooding events, and consequent pollutant and pathogen runoff, will put at risk wetlands and reservoirs, estuaries and ecosystems, jeopardising an efficient and qualitatively good groundwater recharge. Rising water tables in urban and rural areas, caused by e.g. higher sea level, changing water use or variable precipitation patterns, could potentially affect pollution sources (sewage, runoff infiltration, dilution of soil pollutants, salinization, etc.) and deteriorate the quality of groundwater.

Additional knowledge is needed to understand the synergistic effects and risks of multiple stressors and pollutants on groundwater quality to better evaluate the impacts of global and climate change, particularly in highly vulnerable areas affected by diffuse pollution, anthropogenic activities and/or water table fluctuations. Actions in this field should aim to identify and assess sources and pathways of groundwater pollution to inform risk management plans at basin/regional scales, with particular consideration of aquifer recharge with reclaimed water and persistent pollutants.

Further developments are expected in terms of cost-efficient monitoring strategies, which could include new tracers and sensors, increased sampling and analytical capacity, as well as integrating IT advances and geophysical modelling.

Proposals in this area should assess possible options and anticipate novel strategies to protect groundwater quality by considering the harmful effects of and threats from climate change. Actions in this field should focus on preventive measures and consider technological and non-technological solutions, and should engage with policy and decision-making bodies.

In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies.

If appropriate, applicants are advised to seek complementarities and synergies, while avoiding duplication and overlap, with relevant actions funded under Horizon 2020 calls 289 , as well as targeted topics supported in the last Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe calls, addressing micro/nano-plastics, persistent and mobile pollutants, such as per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS), pharmaceuticals and contaminants of emerging concerns (CECs), pathogens and antimicrobial resistance.

In order to better address some or all of the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-02: Piloting innovative governance solutions to limit nitrogen and phosphorus emissions at the interface of rural/coastal and urban/industrial environments

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In the context of eliminating pollution to guarantee a clean and healthy environment and in line with the zero pollution ambition, successful proposals will deliver governance solutions that halt nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) pollution and limit N/P emissions to remain within safe ecological boundaries at European, regional and local scale while restoring water, air and soil ecosystems.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Dynamic interfaces between rural/coastal and urban/industrial environments that allow for the exploitation of hitherto untapped synergies in eliminating and preventing N/P pollution

2.Mainstreamed circular and sustainable use of N and P recovered from urban/industrial contexts and returned to agricultural/primary production in rural/coastal environments throughout Europe, with a view to closing N/P cycles and stimulating a market for recovered N and P

3.Best practice on how to implement innovative governance models shared among relevant stakeholders across the EU

4.Better informed and less fragmented policies and regulatory instruments at regional, national and European scale to promote re-balancing N/P flows and restoring ecosystem services to stay within safe ecological and planetary boundaries

Scope: In line with the overarching objective to bring N/P flows back within safe ecological and planetary boundaries and to achieve the deliverables of the European Green Deal and other relevant EU legislation, at regional level, this Innovation Action (Pilot) explores innovative governance solutions to support transferring resources and services between rural/coastal and urban/industrial environments while limiting N/P emissions and other emissions exacerbating pollution, biodiversity loss and climate change. N/P relevant materials and residues discarded in one environment may be a valuable resource in another context but are not always exploited due to systemic or structural barriers. Actions may include piloting incentives (regulatory, structural, financial, behavioural etc.), innovative supply and value chains and novel infrastructures or other governance solutions.

Proposals should

1.Develop novel or adapt existing governance models and test in an operational environment how these innovative tools and instruments will drive systemic change to promote circularity, environmental protection and closed N/P circles at the urban/rural interface.

2.Demonstrate these innovative governance models in geographically representative regional clusters throughout the EU and associated countries. A cluster may be formed by two or more regions/river basins, in EU and associated countries, with very similar characteristics in terms of territorial conditions or being neighbouring regions/river basins, which feature similar degrees of N/P emission pressures as well as physical, social and economic specificities and governance structures. All relevant stakeholders (local authorities, farmers and other rural stakeholders, urban/industrial actors, environmental protection organisations, academia etc.) should be involved.

3.Showcase how innovative governance models at relevant levels can contribute to achieving EU objectives, such as the targets of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies on reducing fertiliser use by 20% and nutrient losses by 50% until 2050 290 , by fostering ecologically responsible and sustainable use, recovery and exchange of N/P relevant resources, services and infrastructures between urban/industrial and rural/coastal environments while taking into account local specificities.

4.Identify opportunities to exchange N/P flows between both environments and demonstrate novel governance/structural approaches to fully exploit synergies that help bring these flows back within safe ecological boundaries by building on past and ongoing Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects that develop a regional N/P load target approach while keeping within safe ecological boundaries.

5.Implement innovative practices and technologies at different governance and stakeholder levels in order to promote increased dialogue and collaboration, to encourage behavioural change and public acceptance of recovered products as well as more effective problem-solving mechanisms.

6.Assess these novel governance approaches, develop guidelines and recommendations for all concerned stakeholders on how to best implement these novel governance approaches, disseminate results and best practice, and envisage regional twinning and mentoring schemes.

7.Review existing EU policies and contribute to designing harmonised, coherent and efficient policies and regulatory instruments that facilitate eliminating and preventing N/P pollution and conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the ecological and economic cost of non-action.

Applicants are encouraged to select different regional clusters per project and to diversify their proposed consortium by involving a wide range of relevant stakeholders, such as primary producers, representatives of administrations at different levels, actors from related industries, value chains, environment organisations, academia, citizens, etc. Proposals should further include a task dedicated to sharing methodologies and findings with projects funded within this topic.

This topic is part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and should be carried out in close cooperation with it.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03: EU-China international cooperation on nature-based solutions for nutrient management in agriculture

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach.See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be coordinated with the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners.

The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

Expected Outcome: In line with the zero pollution ambition, the farm to fork strategy, in particular promoting the global transition to sustainable food systems, successful proposals will support the development of Green Alliances on sustainable agro-food systems in relation to nutrient management that halt nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) pollution and limit N/P emissions to remain within safe ecological boundaries at European, regional and local scale. Moreover, selected proposals are expected to reinforce the transdisciplinary research and integrated scientific support for relevant EU policies and priorities (common agricultural policy (CAP), Green Deal objectives, etc.).

Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthened international cooperation with actors from China in the areas of nutrient management to halt pollution and limit N/P emissions to remain within safe ecological boundaries at different scales while restoring water, air and soil ecosystems.

2.Develop and test Nature based Solutions (NBS) 291 to plant nutrition and health, with innovative technologies that optimise the use of external inputs and helps European farmers in the implementation of regulated deficit strategies.

3.Support for the implementation of the nutrient budget methodologies with new or improved technologies for different agricultural systems considering environmental, social and economic factors at different scales farms, regions and/or products.

4.Identification and management of potential new sources and pathways of nutrients through distribution/sharing of organic wastes at local level to reduce nutrient loads to soil and water bodies.

5.Uptake of knowledge and innovations in implementing a sustainable management of natural resources.

Scope: The success implementation of a sustainable nutrient management plan requires the availability of the technologies to support farmers in their decision-making and applications of the nutrients plans, based on the type of production system, environmental conditions, soil type, water availability and socio-economic aspects of both crops and nutrients. Nature-based solutions (NBS) and innovative agricultural and environmental tools can improve nutrient management and strategies for, among other things, meeting the objectives of the European Green Deal, including the farm to fork strategy, and the biodiversity strategy, the circular economy action plan and the zero pollution action plan for air, water and soil.

Proposals should build on existing and new knowledge, data, models (including in situ calibration measurements) and available tools to:

1.Develop smart nutrient management plans and methods to prevent, mitigate and when possible eliminate pollution in soils, water and air caused by nutrients and water management practices, across sectors, for different types of agricultural practices (conventional, organic and agro-ecological agriculture), and scales – farm, local, regional and river basin.

2.Explore and assess the potential of alternative nutrient sources (organic vs inorganic), enhance management and recycling of organic wastes and explore nutrient recovery opportunities, for different agricultural systems.

3.Analyse the effect of NBS on climate change and crop productivity including nutrient availability, and interactions between nutrients and carbon cycles.

4.Develop models and tools to monitor nutrients flow based on remote sensing technologies and data, in agriculture and forestry systems: for physical, chemical and biological parameters.

5.Engage with technology development actors, farmers and investors organising large scale online hackathon activities to support tech services for farmers at farm and local level in their nutrient management plans e.g. by allowing targeted field application of fertilisers (organic / inorganic), and addressing geographical imbalances in nutrient flows.

6.Develop Decision Support Systems to assess and understand the performance and relative merits of NBS for nutrient management.

Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector and, as relevant, bio-based industries active in rural areas.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs.

Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is envisaged to be implemented as a coordinated call but if no agreement is reached with the Ministry of Science and Technology China (MOST) on the co-funding of Chinese partners, it will be implemented as a normal call. Updates will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal.

Proposals are requested to collaborate with other relevant projects selected under other relevant topics/calls. In addition, proposals follow FAIR data principles, ensuring that resulting knowledge will be accessible through the Oppla portal.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04: Securing drinking water quality by protecting water sources against pollution, providing innovative monitoring and treatment solutions and ensuring safe distribution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, successful proposals will contribute to halt and prevent pollution of freshwater and soils, and consequently also protecting biodiversity, as addressed by several impacts under Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’, in particular “Advanced understanding of diffuse and point sources of water pollution in a global and climate changing context, enabling novel solutions to protect water bodies, aquatic ecosystems and soil functionality, and further enhancing water quality and its management for safe human and ecological use, while fostering the European position and role in the global water scene.”

Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

1.A wider use of a better understanding and an enhanced knowledge base required to assess pollution sources, pathways and combined effects on drinking water systems, including forward looking approaches aimed to anticipate and prepare for future or emerging challenges.

2.Implement advanced preventive and mitigating strategies and measures to protect drinking water sources, treatment and supply against harmful effects of global and climate change.

3.Apply effective risk assessment and risk management strategies enabling early warning systems and delivering ready-made outputs for decision-making and governance.

4.Exploit advanced, integrated and cost-effective water quality sensors and analytical methods.

5.Deploy innovative and robust monitoring systems and real-time information on drinking water quality, from sources to supply.

6.Disseminate and use a robust knowledge on the occurrence, persistence and degradability of disinfection by-products (DBPs) in drinking water with due consideration to operational parameters, chemicals, materials and biofilms interactions, including the pathways related to human exposure.

7.Spread the use of advanced and cost-effective drinking water treatment and disinfection processes and technologies, including transformative approaches.

8.Broad uptake of advanced knowledge, breakthrough solutions and innovative technologies to enhance competitiveness of the EU water sector and fostering the EU’s position and role in the global water scene.

9.Increasing the EU scientific and technological base and guidance on measures to manage drinking water quality and evidence for policy-making, safety planning and implementation.

10.Science and evidence-based implementation of the European Green Deal and the Sustainable Development Goals, notably the SDG 6 “Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all”.

Scope: The European Union policy framework has secured public safety and health objectives by the Drinking Water, Bathing Water and Floods Directives (EU, 1998, 2006, 2007), and the ongoing development and implementation of minimum requirements for water reuse. Despite the valuable output of implemented measures, some persistent problems are still a major, and sometimes unknown, risk factor for human and ecosystem health. Past contaminated sites and industrial activities managing hazardous chemicals, such as highly persistent compounds, together with agriculture and food production (pesticides, herbicides, antibiotics etc.), and household activities release a number of substances that individually or combined represent a concern for the safety of drinking water supplies. Detrimental effects of natural/human-made disasters and increasing water temperatures due to climate change could deteriorate the quality of drinking water sources by favouring the conditions for enhanced eutrophication leading to algal and cyanobacterial outbreaks as well as pathogen development or the spread of invasive species. Emerging concerns are also rising at the level of drinking water treatment and distribution, notably in relation to disinfection operations, materials and products, ageing infrastructure, biofilm growth and possible harmful effects of unintentionally formed by-products and metabolites.

Actions in this field should aim to expand the knowledge base required to identify, assess and prevent pollution threats (micro-pollutants, pathogens, toxins, algal blooms, etc.) and the combined effects of multiple stressors on water sources, including risk assessment and management, to protect drinking water preparation and distribution. Particular attention to extreme weather events and possible synergistic effects affecting hydraulic flows, temperatures and pollutants’ loads should be considered, whenever appropriate.

Advanced water quality assessment needs further development of sensors sensitivity, automated routine monitoring and fast analytical responses that fully integrate IT advances. Proposals in this topic should aim to extend the current analytical capacity to enable among other issues the detection of suspect and non-targeted pollutants, resulting in robust and reliable monitoring systems for consideration in future legislation. They should also consider the requirements of the revised Drinking Water Directive as regards catchment management.

Unintended disinfection by-products (DBP) and interactions with chemical reagents used for drinking water treatment (DWT), engineering and contact materials as well as the combined effects of biofilms formation are emerging as hazardous chemical risks that could affect human health. Proposals in this field should further extend the knowledge base of mechanisms and reactions leading to DBP formation by analysing raw water quality and precursors, as well assessing DWT operational parameters, including disinfection needs, methods and doses. Advanced DWT solutions should explore integrated systems coupling different treatment technologies and strategies enabling the optimization of the operational DWT effectiveness while removing DBP risks.

In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies.

If appropriate, applicants are advised to seek complementarities and synergies, while avoiding duplication and overlap, with relevant actions funded under Horizon 2020 calls 292 , as well as targeted topics supported in the last Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe calls, addressing micro/nano-plastics, persistent and mobile pollutants, such as per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS), pharmaceuticals and contaminants of emerging concerns (CECs), pathogens and antimicrobial resistance. Whenever possible, proposals should consider already developed digital solutions for real-time water monitoring systems. Activities related to water reclamation and reuse, indirect potable use or alternative water sources are beyond the scope of this topic.

In order to better address some or all of the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Destination – Land, ocean and water for climate action

Assessing the impacts of climate change on our land and marine environments, natural resources, agriculture and food systems, and identifying mitigation options and adaptation pathways, requires interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary research and investments across a broad range of activities. Research is needed to better understand who or what is exposed and sensitive to these changes, their underlying vulnerability, the associated costs and adaptive capacity. Research is also required to provide mitigation options that reduce the risk of long-term climate change

The conservation and enhancement of Earth’s natural carbon sinks such as soils and plants, forests, farmed lands, wetlands and the oceans is crucial. The European Green Deal green oath to “do no harm”, requires a careful examination of the trade-offs and synergies among the sustainability goals, including health protection, food and nutrition security, ecosystem services and biodiversity preservation both on land and at sea. R&I has a significant role to play to support the design and implementation of policies that will ensure the achievement of EU climate objectives.

Agriculture has a significant role to play to reduce and mitigate GHG emissions and to enhance carbon sinks. It also needs to strengthen its capacity to adapt to climate change and its resilience. The forestry sector faces similar challenges.

Freshwater resources are increasingly under stress as a consequence of overuse and climate change with wide-ranging consequences for human societies and ecosystems. It is therefore necessary to define the safe operating space in terms of water quantity and availability, reduce the vulnerability to change and enhance our adaptive capacity.

Strengthening the ocean and climate nexus is another priority for the EU. There is growing political awareness of the importance of ocean and polar regions as an integral part of the Earth’s climate system and of the need to ensure the integrity and resilience of these ecosystems.

While new knowledge leading to a better understanding of the impacts of climate change is necessary, a strong priority needs to be granted to the large-scale deployment and uptake of solutions for climate adaptation and mitigation. Environmental observations and related solutions will be necessary throughout, from understanding to deployment.

Understanding the impacts of climate change on primary production and natural systems is a pre-requisite for policy and societal action on climate change adaptation and mitigation. At present, our understanding of the interactions between climate change and ecosystem management, protection and restoration is limited, yet it is crucial to enabling sound decision making for mitigation and adaptation measures. Monitoring and evaluation of the impacts of climate change, land use change and associated biodiversity loss on a range of key issues related to agriculture and forestry are crucial with respect to the transition to net-zero emissions in the EU. R&I are also needed to close knowledge gaps in support of decision-making aimed at preserving the integrity of ocean and aquatic ecosystems through a better understanding of the drivers of change and of emerging threats. Moreover, since water availability is vulnerable to climate change, it is necessary to improve the projections of changes to the water cycle at different relevant scales and projections of the frequency and intensity of extreme events. We also require improved long-term observations and assessment of the effects of climate change on diverse water uses and on the state of ecosystems and their services.

Reducing GHG emissions and enhancing carbon sinks in primary production and natural systems are key elements of the European Green Deal. Achieving sustainable land management and efficient use of natural resources that foster climate change mitigation implies finding the right balance between productivity, climate, biodiversity and environmental goals in the agriculture and forestry sectors, with a long-term perspective. R&I activities will support solutions for climate- and environmentally-friendly practices, to reduce emissions of major greenhouse gases and the environmental footprint of land use changes and agricultural activities. R&I, new technologies and business models are expected to unlock the full potential of LULUCF 293 activities in the mitigation of climate change. Results of funded activities will benefit land and forest management and the delivery of multiple services provided by land and forests, such as the provision of goods as long-term carbon stocks in harvested wood products, peatlands and wetlands, the protection of soils, water and biodiversity and finally climate change adaptation and mitigation. Ocean is also a large storage system for the global reservoirs of climate-regulating factors. R&I will advance knowledge innovations to foster ocean-based solutions/mitigation options, helping to close the emissions gap.

Climate action calls also for fostering adaptation to climate change of ecosystems, primary production, food systems and the bioeconomy. Climate change is exacerbating existing risks to livelihoods, biodiversity, human and ecosystem health, infrastructure and food systems. There are growing concerns regarding the role of climate change in the spreading of new plant and terrestrial and aquatic animal diseases, which can jeopardise food safety and security. Human activities relying on the availability and use of water are particularly impacted by variable and extreme weather events, which may at the same time lead to desertification. Agriculture and forestry in the EU are vulnerable to climate change. There is in particular growing evidence about the effects of climate change, and of extreme weather events, on agricultural production and crop yields, which need to be mitigated, and also on the forest sector. Coastal areas are also threatened by sea level rise, saline water intrusion, biodiversity loss, ocean acidification, extreme events and a shrinking cryosphere. R&I will, therefore, be critical to foster adaptation and build resilience in agriculture, forestry and coastal areas. They will aim to deliver on the urgent need to foster the adaptation of primary production, notably by providing farmers and other actors in bioeconomy value chains with better-adapted crop varieties and animal breeds with lower impacts on the related ecosystems. R&I efforts are critical to avoiding, reducing and reversing desertification. Water adaptation strategies and approaches will be developed and tested. Appropriate solutions including water allocation schemes will be developed for businesses, farmers and ecosystems. Potential trade-offs, and measures to mitigate and avoid them, will be assessed to ensure environmental sustainability and to keep the objectives of enhancing soil fertility, increasing carbon storage in soils and biomass, benefitting agricultural productivity and food security and reducing biodiversity loss. R&I will also aim at better understanding how institutions and behaviour shape vulnerability and offer opportunities for adaptation.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to climate action on land, oceans and water and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Better understanding and enhancing the mitigation potential of ecosystems and sectors based on the sustainable management of natural resources;

2.Advanced understanding and science to support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, water and soil systems and economic sectors in the context of the changing climate;

3.Efficient monitoring, assessment and projections related to climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation potential in order to bring out solutions for tackling emerging threats and support decision-making in climate change mitigation and adaptation policies at European and global levels;

4.Fostered climate change mitigation in the primary sector , including by the reduction of GHG emissions, maintenance of natural carbon sinks and enhancement of sequestration and storage of carbon in ecosystems;

5.Improved adaptive capacity of water and soil systems and sectors including by unlocking the potential of nature-based solutions;

6.Better managed scarce resources, in particular soils and water, thus mitigating climate related risks, in particular desertification and erosion, thanks to informed decision-makers and stakeholders and integration of adaptation measures in relevant EU policies.

When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the “Do No Significant Harm” principle 294 according to which the research and innovation activities of the project should not be supporting or carrying out activities that make a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

This destination contributes to support R&I on climate for areas covered by Cluster 6 notably on the implementation of climate change mitigation and adaptation solutions while Destination “Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality” in Cluster 5 concentrates on activities related to climate science and modelling.

Topics under this destination will have impacts in the following impact areas of the Horizon Europe strategic plan for 2021-2024 295 : “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”; “Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in water”; “Clean and healthy air, water and soil”; “Sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea”; ”A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats”; “A secure and open EU society”; and “Inclusive growth and new job opportunities”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01

108.00

10.00

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01

75.00

15 Feb 2022

Overall indicative budget

108.00

85.00

Call - Land, ocean and water for climate action

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 296

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 297

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

2022

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-01

RIA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02

COFUND

10.00

10.00

20.00 to 126.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-03

RIA

15.00

7.00 to 8.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04

CSA

23.00

Around 23.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05

RIA

7.00

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-06

RIA

12.00

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-07

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-08

RIA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-09

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-10

RIA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

Overall indicative budget

108.00

10.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-01: Improved understanding, observation and monitoring of water resources availability.

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, successful proposals will contribute to foster the adaptation of water resources to climate change, in particular Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ impacts “Advance the understanding and science, and support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, water and soil systems and economic sectors in the context of the changing climate” and “Improve tools and technologies for efficient monitoring, assessment and projections related to climate change impact”

Projects results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes

1.Enhanced knowledge base regarding water related climate change impacts, vulnerability, risk and adaptation assessments in Europe and abroad.

2.Provide a more complete picture of future water vulnerabilities, including both water quantity and quality aspects, by better considering the interactions among climate change and variability, land surface and groundwater hydrology, water engineering, and human systems, including societal adaptations to water scarcity

3.Support decision makers defining the safe operating space in terms of water quantity and availability, i.e., defining sustainable water management and climate change adaptation measures, meeting growing water supply, food, and energy needs, and controlling the high inter-annual variability in water availability

4.Improve Member States’ preparedness for climate change impacts with respect to floods and droughts and support more accurate decision making for flood and drought risk reduction and response.

5.Improve knowledge of ecological flows in the context of the Water Framework Directive and especially of the impacts of management, infrastructure and climate on ecological flows; improve prediction of drought events and water scarcity and enhance the assessment of the impacts of drought on water quality and biodiversity.

6.Minimise the disparities associated with data collection and reporting between researchers and data agencies, enhance the interoperability, in particular through the mainstreaming of community-accepted standards, metadata schemas and data management best practices in line with the FAIR principles, between data providers and data users and strengthen coordination among various monitoring services

7.Foster commitments between climate change and water scientists, monitoring services, industry, water utilities and other socioeconomic communities to collect, standardise, and widely disseminate information on water use in different sectors.

Scope: Freshwater resources are under increasing stress as a consequence of overuse and climate change with wide-ranging consequences for human societies and ecosystems. To reduce the vulnerability of ecosystems, society and water consuming economic sectors (agriculture, energy, industry) to climate change, it is necessary to enhance the knowledge on water resource availability and use, on future changes to climate and hydrological systems and on risks of extreme weather events.

Actions should address one or more of the following issues:

1.A comparative assessment of the state-of-the-art integrated river basin models that are currently used for assessing water availability and vulnerability in the context of climate change. Models should be capable of simulating both surface and groundwater quantity and quality issues, as well as water supply and use and land use changes. They should be also able to take into account the socio-economic impacts of future climate change scenarios, as well as the costs and benefits associated with the adaptation strategies defined in response to those. In assessing water availability, an estimation should be made of the environmental flows necessary to sustain the health of both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. The impacts of various management and hydraulic infrastructure systems on the ecological flows of water and sediments should also be considered in this estimation. Assessments should be carried out in several river basins within and outside Europe, which are particularly vulnerable to climate change impacts and are facing significant water related problems, with a view to providing policy recommendations for long term infrastructure investments and management strategies beyond the river basins addressed.

2.Improve accuracy and spatiotemporal resolution of regional scale projections of changes in precipitation, soil moisture, runoff and groundwater availability for management purposes, and quantification of the related uncertainties. Projections of changes in the frequency and intensity of extreme events such as severe storms, heat waves, floods, including flash floods and droughts should be also made. The potential of recent global observation studies and data collections, in cooperation with relevant EU earth observation initiatives, such as ESA, should be considered.

3.Development of techniques, monitoring tools and innovative sensors for advance measurement and calculation of current available water balances and future needs and monitoring, leveraging on advanced computation technologies (e.g. high performance computing, edge analytics, cloud computing, and grid computing), artificial intelligence and Internet of Things

4.Development of a long-term observation framework and capacity, in collaboration with the Copernicus programme and GEOSS and any other relevant global observation initiatives, to support integrated analysis of water resource availability in Europe, including the development of community-driven, open access, end-to-end data infrastructures. This framework should be linked the European Open Science Cloud, as a pan-European cross-sectoral data space for research and innovation, and should include all relevant in situ and earth observations needed to monitor and assess the impacts of climate change on water resource availability and to support integrated model developments and adaptation planning responses. Both surface and groundwater resources as well as water quantity and water quality issues should be considered. Particular attention should be given to ensuring availability of data to measure and/or assess relevant water use. In developing this framework, a thorough review of existing observational systems and initiatives at both EU and global level developed over recent years should be undertaken, and experiences and lessons learnt from previous long term water related research studies across a wide range of river basins within and outside Europe should be considered. Cooperation with relevant European water observation institutions and initiatives, such as ESA, EEA and JRC, is important.

Actions should bring together a multidisciplinary and multi‐institutional team of researchers to pursue a combination of field data collection, innovative data analysis methods, artificial intelligence and the development of data‐driven reduced-complexity models for scientific understanding and to guide management decisions, and to support relevant stakeholders and policy makers.

All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE 298 principles.

In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All)

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 20.00 and 126.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives, the 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

Total indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 126 million.

Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, the successful proposal will contribute to foster the adaptation of water resources to climate change, contributing therefore to Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ impact “Advance the understanding and science, and support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, water and soil systems and economic sectors in the context of the changing climate”, as well as preserve and restore ecosystems and biodiversity, prevent pollution in land and seas, enhance food security, foster sustainable and circular management of water resources and innovative governance.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased protection of water resources and ecosystems and strengthening of biodiversity, by developing a more systemic and integrative policy which considers cross-sectoral interactions (water, biodiversity, agriculture, fisheries and aquaculture, energy, health).

2.Enhanced resilience, mitigation and adaptation of water systems to climate change and multiple interacting stressors.

3.Pooled resources (EU, Member States, Associated Countries, European platforms and economic sectors) and alignment within a shared and co-developed strategic research and innovation agenda (SRIA) and related implementation plans and better embedding of national and regional knowledge and innovation ecosystems within that of the EU.

4.Leverage impacts of policies on the water security crisis, by upscaling projects (from research to demonstration) and supporting policy implementation based on cooperation, across stakeholders and sectors.

5.Strengthened alignment between funders’ programmes and timelines and knowledge transfer, and addressing the lack of continuity of funding from research to implementation and difficulties in securing long-term investments.

6.Greater cooperation across sectors, with multi-stakeholder engagement and empowerment, to co-develop and co-implement solutions and to drive the necessary societal transformations required for securing water for all.

7.Reinforced role of the EU in the international water agenda (implementation of UN SDGs) and in strengthening water diplomacy.

8.Science and evidence-based implementation of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies.

Scope: Water resources are vital for all human activities and the environment. Ensuring that enough water of high quality is available for all purposes remains a key challenge globally and within Europe.

Global trends project world-wide growth in water use by 55% by 2050, due to growing demands from manufacturing, thermal electricity generation, agriculture and domestic use, all increasing the pressure of human activities on our freshwater resources. Furthermore, water quality is declining due to agricultural, industrial, mining and urban pollution, impacting the availability of water of sufficient quality for users. According to the recently released Global Assessment by the Intergovernmental Platform for Biodiversity and ecosystem services (IPBES), freshwater biodiversity is declining rapidly. Hydrological extreme events, such as floods and droughts, are going to increase, according to the latest IPCC conclusions, exacerbating the water crisis and impacts across all economic sectors.

Achieving good status of Europe’s surface waters and providing enough water for all, is not only important for the implementation of EU water related policies, it is also an essential element for achieving other EU related policies, such biodiversity, agriculture, climate and energy related policies. Water is also central to all components of the European Green Deal. There is, therefore, a need to produce science-based knowledge to support the European Green Deal and other EU policies by monitoring problems related to water and developing feasible technical and managerial solutions.

Water is a dedicated UN Sustainable Development Goal (namely SDG6) but it will not be achieved by 2030 at current rates, considering trends in financing, capacity and political commitments. This will also undermine progress towards most of the other SDGs, particularly the goals related to poverty, hunger, health, clean energy, cities, climate, life below water and life on land, but also gender equality and peace, which are all related to water.

The diversity of challenges we are now facing to secure water for all, requires a new co-funded partnership that brings together all public and private research funders and supports a more efficient collaboration and integration of EU, Member States and Associated Countries R&I activities related to water. This will ensure a transition to a healthy planet, respectful of planetary boundaries, a resilient Energy Union, and implementation of an EU policy of climate neutrality, in line with Horizon Europe priorities.

It also requires the alignment and/or integration of different research and innovation agendas and of EU and national programmes, coordination of funding agencies and commitments to implement a long-term strategy that would deliver major changes and impacts. Based on a shared and co-constructed SRIA, such a partnership should combine bottom-up and top-down approaches to reconcile needs whilst pooling resources from different sources. It should foster consortium building and help leverage between existing initiatives under common broader or specific objectives. This will give direction and shape to a common water implementation strategy.

A European partnership is also necessary to deliver an objective and impact-driven approach and build critical mass in resources (human and financial), expertise and capacities in the longer-term, in line with the challenge faced. This would allow for the mobilisation of additional national resources with access to other instruments / financing / investments along the same strategic research agenda (e.g. real-life testing sites, research infrastructures, and innovation hubs or competitiveness clusters), contributing from collaboration that benefits existing European, national and local ecosystems.

Tackling the global challenges also requires different forms of cooperation (to maximise the types and number of partners involved). This would allow implementation of a larger range of types of actions, such as development of academic and applied research, innovative solutions, including collaboration with enterprises in projects, transfer of innovation to enterprises, addressing the science/policy interface, while having better access to research infrastructures and connections to implementation tools (financial, regulatory), demonstration and training.

The co-funded European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All) should address the following vision: “Boosting the systemic transformations and changes across the entire research – water innovation pipeline, fostering matchmaking between problem owners and solution providers to ensure water security for all in the long term”.

Water4All should propose a portfolio of multi-national, multi-faceted and cross-sectoral approaches, encompassing policy, environmental, economic, technological and societal considerations to enable water security for all in the long term. It should therefore be implemented through a joint programme of activities ranging from research and innovation programme coordination to new knowledge and innovation development, transfer to policy-making, operational implementation and demonstration of the efficiency of solutions. It should be structured according to the following pillars:

1.Identify research and innovation priorities to strengthen alignment of EU and national RDI programmes and increase the impact and policy relevance.

2.Develop new knowledge and innovative solutions for a systemic and inclusive approach to water challenges at operational scale (e.g. river basin, water catchment).

3.Transfer knowledge and innovation to i) policy-makers and ii) operators / managers so that they are able to implement the proposed solutions.

4.Demonstrate the efficiency and the sustainability of the proposed solutions at local level, in close cooperation with the relevant actors (including policy-makers and decision-makers).

5.Increase and strengthen international cooperation to develop a critical mass in relation to the global challenges faced.

This will create a continuum from the identification of the challenges to the demonstration of proposed solutions, ensuring a more rapid translation of research and innovation into concrete applications and uptake by relevant managers and citizens.

Water4All should rely on a core group composed of R&I programme owners and funders from ministries in charge of R&I policy and agencies, policy makers from ministries in charge of environmental policy and environmental / water protection agencies, from the EU, neighbouring countries and beyond the EU, as core members, in close cooperation with a wide range of other research and economic actors (multinational corporations, suppliers & SMEs, research & technology developers, water utilities, civil society organisations). Partners are expected to provide financial and/or in-kind contributions for the governance structure, the joint calls, and other additional activities. To achieve the international cooperation objectives, collaboration with non-European countries is strongly encouraged.

The partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to such countries wanting to join.

To ensure the coherence and complementarity of activities, and to leverage knowledge investment possibilities, the partnership is expected to foster close cooperation and synergies with other ongoing EU and nationally funded R&I activities, the Horizon Missions on Healthy Soils; on Ocean, seas and waters; on Climate Adaptation and on Cities, relevant Horizon Europe partnerships (Chemical Risk Assessment, Driving Urban Transition, Waterborne, Biodiversity, Blue Economy, Safe and Sustainable Food System, Agro-ecology living labs) and other programmes/initiatives (such as Cohesion Policy funds, LIFE programme, COST actions, Development and International Cooperation funds, ESA/Copernicus, KIC Climate, PRIMA, follow-up of BONUS). Proposers are expected to describe in details the way to implement such collaborations.

Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joints call for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-03: Key oceanic and polar processes driving regional & global climate change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within set topics, provided that the proposals attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: In support to the European Green Deal and climate initiatives, and the EU Arctic Policy, successful proposals will contribute to strengthening the ocean - climate nexus and our understanding of the ocean and polar regions, as an integral part of the Earth’s climate system. Successful proposals will further the science for understanding key processes that link the ocean to climate and people. They will allow for a better understanding of the nature and magnitude of these processes, and the impact of human activity on them. Given their specific vulnerability to climate change, this knowledge may help formulate the appropriate policy action to better protect the ocean and the polar regions and help ensure their health, integrity and resilience.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased predictability and reduced uncertainty associated with key oceanic and polar processes and advanced understanding and science of the ocean-climate nexus.

2.Contribution to the next generation observation and modelling of key ocean-climate processes and indicators.

3.Contribution to the implementation of the EU Arctic Policy, the All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance, the European Commission-European Space Agency flagship action on polar changes & global impacts, European climate policies and a substantial contribution to key international assessments, such as the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and ecosystem services (IPBES), World Ocean Assessment (WOA) and other major regional and global initiatives.

Scope: The Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC) is a key component of the Earth climate. It can significantly imprint the vertical structure of global ocean heat uptake and drives a large part of the deep-ocean oxygenation and deep storage of anthropogenic carbon. The AMOC is expected to slow down with climate change with strong impact on the oceanic heat storage, carbon pump, and ventilation. Such change in the AMOC is also expected to impact the polar regions that are already experiencing warming at a faster rate than other places. Indeed, the current climate in polar regions is influenced by interactions between the ice sheets, the ocean, sea ice and atmosphere, and their response to anthropogenic climate forcing. Both the Arctic and Antarctic are connected to global climate through several feedback mechanisms, such as the AMOC, snow albedo effect, sea level rise from melting glaciers and ice sheets, changing terrestrial ecosystems that lead to changes in fluxes of carbon dioxide, and methane nutrients. Several of these processes exhibit tipping points (e.g. methane hydrate release in a warming Arctic Ocean, thawing permafrost and release of carbon). Potential tipping points in the polar regions include a significant slowdown of the AMOC and a destabilization of Greenland and Antarctica ice sheets. There is deep uncertainty regarding the contribution the melting of the Antarctic ice sheet will make to mean global sea level rise towards the end of this century. The potential consequences vary greatly from region to region making the information needed at local and regional level highly relevant for supporting local and regional adaptation decisions. The Southern Ocean controls the natural release of CO2 from the ocean, helps to absorb anthropogenic CO2 and modulates transport of heat towards the Antarctic ice cap. The largest anthropogenic storage of CO2 is in the North Atlantic. The observational record is not long enough to determine if changes observed in the circulation of the Atlantic and Southern Oceans are due to natural variability, or are a response to anthropogenic forcing.

Actions should aim at developing innovative approaches to address only one of the following options:

1.Regional & global components of the Atlantic meridional overturning circulation (AMOC)

Actions should further the research on how and why the AMOC has changed over time, and how it will evolve in the future. Actions should endeavour to understand the entire system of the AMOC, as well as its links with the world ocean circulation system, in particular with the polar oceans. Actions should enable the sustained and sustainable observation of the AMOC by improving, developing and/or deploying existing and novel methods and technologies to observe the AMOC and its functions in the Earth system, and may include the development of advanced methods and digital technologies such as machine learning algorithms and multiple observational constraints. Observations should address climate change indicators, including indicators of past climate change, measurements of ocean heat content and currents, carbon dioxide solubility and fluxes, modifications of ocean circulation and climate feedbacks.

Action should address observational gaps of existing AMOC observing systems, focusing for example on formation regions, ocean boundaries and topographic constriction points, which are not or only poorly observed by large-scale observation systems such as the Argo array of profiling floats, or current generation satellite altimeters. Emerging technologies such as ocean gliders, remote mooring telemetry and autonomous vehicles offer opportunities to streamline traditional transport mooring arrays. This will lead to a more precise assessment (key for e.g. IPCC reports) of the risk of rapid changes using the newly released CMIP6 database and high-resolution models developed, inter alia, within the EU Horizon 2020 framework programme. Actions should add new observations of biogeochemical parameters (including carbon) and ecosystem-relevant quantities to observing arrays, thus providing synergy and optimisation of the long-term research infrastructure. Actions should also include reconstructions of deep boundary current intensities at different time scales to better discriminate/characterise anthropogenic impact from natural variability during the observational period. Actions should focus on improving models to better understand short-term variability and impacts on European and global climate. Moreover, action should interpret the recent changes in this context, to understand how close we may be to a climate tipping point.

1.Improving understanding and observation of Antarctic key processes and the Southern Ocean circulation

Actions should endeavour to reduce the deep uncertainty regarding the Antarctic contribution to global mean sea level rise towards the end of this century. Action should further the science and understanding of the dynamics of the Antarctic ice sheet and its climatic triggers, which constitute the major source of uncertainty about sea level rise. Actions should endeavour to understand the sensitivity of the low-latitudinal oceans to freshwater fluxes in order to advance the comprehension of the dynamics and functioning of the southern sources of deep waters, the Antarctic bottom water (AABW) circulation and thus counteract the deficit of scientific knowledge limiting the complete understanding of decadal to millennial time-scale climate change. Actions should focus on the potential importance of feedbacks between the northern and southern sources of deep waters. Actions should endeavour to close the gap towards producing an integrated view of the planet's climate system and the role of Antarctica in it. Actions should focus on understanding the Antarctica climate variability, Antarctic surface mass balance and the forces that control future change and responses to change, including tipping points. Actions should research the Antarctic ice sheet dynamics and integrate this knowledge into coupled ice sheet-climate models adapted to the Antarctic and Southern Ocean region, in order constrain and improve the accuracy and precision of predictions of future changes in global and regional temperatures, ocean acidification and sea level rise. Actions should reduce the gap in ocean observations in the Antarctica allowing for improved sea ice and weather forecasting and other environmental predictions that could improve the quality of various applications including search and rescue, coupling with numerical weather and seasonal predictions, historical reconstructions (reanalysis), aquaculture and environmental management including environmental emergency response. Actions should endeavour to understand how ice-shelf loss in Antarctica link with and impact on the ocean’s circulations system, in particular the AMOC, and the relationship between the relative strength of the Antarctic circumpolar current (ACC) and AMOC.

For both options, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, with a strong linkage with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance, with participation from bordering countries and countries – beyond the EU Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe – that took part in the Arctic Science Ministerial. Actions under this topic should plan on a close collaboration among each other and with the EU Polar Cluster. Actions should build upon and link with past Horizon 2020 projects, EU PolarNET2, Copernicus, Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON), Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) and Southern Ocean Observing System (SOOS), and other international Ocean Observing Initiatives. The R&I needs to be conducted in a multidisciplinary and ecosystem-based approach. All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be made available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS, and EMODnet).

This topic links with research conducted under Cluster 5 (‘Climate, Energy and Mobility’) Destination ‘Climate sciences and responses’ and Cluster 6 (‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’) Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ and Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the European Green Deal’, Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04: Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – linking pilot farms

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 23.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The conservation and enhancement of Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks such as soils and plants, forests, farmed lands and wetlands is crucial. The European Green Deal gives research and innovation (R&I) a significant role to play in supporting the design and implementation of policies that will ensure the achievement of the EU’s climate objectives. Project implementation is expected to contribute to mitigation and adaptation to climate change and help achieve climate neutrality by 2050.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Expand the knowledge base of climate related practices, resulting in increased application of climate neutral farming approaches, assessing and evaluating different methods with all relevant actors involved;

2.Speed up involvement and adoption by farmers of innovative / smart farming practices that mitigate emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and that foster adaptation of the sector to climate change. In the long term, this will support a more substantial contribution of the farming sector to mitigation of GHG emissions and to carbon storage;

3.Increased involvement of Member States’ and Associated Countries agricultural knowledge and innovation system (AKIS) in climate-related farming issues, including through linking to the European innovation partnership "agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) national / regional / local projects and to advisors, with a view to wider dissemination and interaction within the Member States.

Scope: A wide adoption of practices contributing to mitigation of climate change and carbon storage by farmers is a priority to ensure that the EU reaches GHG mitigation objectives by 2030 and climate neutrality by 2050. Farming is also vulnerable to impacts of climate change; hence adaptation is of utmost importance. Mainstreaming the use of climate-smart practices has been recognised as a priority at the global level, including at the G-20. In particular, the engagement of farmers in this effort needs to be increased. Therefore, a strong involvement of Member States’ AKIS is needed, as well as the development of targeted advice to farmers on climate issues.

The aim is to establish a three level network in a phased manner over Cluster 6 work programmes 2021/2022 and 2023/2024. The first level is a network which will engage front-runner farmers introducing on-farm trials and demonstration of innovations, using existing knowledge both in the EU and Associated Countries. The second level is a network to connect to all advisors on the subject in the Member States, building on achievements of Horizon 2020 projects and EIP-AGRI operational groups and the development of Member States’ AKIS, to ensure the provision of targeted advice. The third level of the network will engage and strengthen the capacity of experimental research stations on climate issues.

The present topic deals with the level of commercial farms. This level will engage commercial farms led by sustainability-oriented farmers who are eager to pilot existing or new ready-for-practice techniques and demonstrate them to other farmers. The second level will aim at sharing broadly climate neutral ready-for-practice solutions through a collaborative innovation ecosystem, involving all advisors and the main AKIS actors and AKIS coordination bodies in Member States. The second level will be implemented through Topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03 “Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – boosting the role of advisory services”.

Proposals should:

1.Network existing nationally or regionally funded trial farms, including those linked to universities and research institutes, and other farms not yet part of networks;

2.Exploit existing and develop new solutions through practice oriented on-farm testing and demonstration in a co-creative approach with the pilot farmers and their advisors;

3.Collect and compare tool-kits for assessing GHG balances at farm level, performance monitoring, decision tools, climate services, etc. for possible use on average farms;

4.Support the implementation of the EU carbon farming manual as foreseen in the farm to fork strategy and the implementation of the third party certification of carbon removals, as foreseen in the circular economy action plan;

5.Foster knowledge exchange within and among Member States and regions and establish links with the EIP-AGRI and Member States’ AKIS networks and coordination bodies;

6.Link the demonstration farms into an EU demonstration farm network including all Member States to stimulate effective cross-fertilisation among Member States. Include a sufficient number of farmers and their advisors per country, taking into account the size of the Member State and ensuring a broad EU coverage;

7.Proposals should include a task to collaborate with project of topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03 “Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – boosting the role of advisory services” and a topic to be published in Cluster 6 work programme 2023/2024;

8.The project should operate for at least seven years and build on the outcomes of the climate-related projects from various funding sources. The project must implement the multi-actor approach and may involve social innovation.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05: Agroecological approaches for climate change mitigation, resilient agricultural production and enhanced biodiversity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should contribute to the European Green Deal and international objectives to foster climate change mitigation and adaptation in agriculture. It should in particular support the farm to fork's strategy objective of a transition to a fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture, notably its objective to promote agroecology, by unfolding its potential as a farming system based on the sustainable management of natural resources. Activities should improve the knowledge base to inform decision-makers and other relevant stakeholders on how agroecology can contribute to these objectives, while remaining a profitable activity for farmers.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased and robust evidence of the potential of agroecology for climate change (mitigation and adaptation), its climate neutrality potential, impact on biodiversity, and the potential for improving farm socio-economic resilience. This should be achieved through quantitative and qualitative assessments allowing to identify and monitor the implementation and performance of optimal combinations of agroecological practices and strategies, as well as trade-offs or gains, barriers and drivers, for different crops and systems representative of the diversity of EU and Associated Countries farming, and at the farm and landscape level;

2.Qualitative and quantitative data availability of the social, economic and environmental sustainability and performance of agroecological strategies, contributing to a dependable and transparent knowledge base for EU policy design and implementation (common agricultural policy (CAP), European Green Deal, objectives of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, etc.);

3.Increased understanding, adoption and implementation of agroecological practices by farmers;

4.Improved understanding of the definition of agroecology and of its application to EU and Associated Countries farming.

Scope: Achieving sustainable agricultural production that fosters both climate change mitigation and adaptation of agriculture to climate change is a policy objective that implies finding a balance with productivity and wider sustainability goals, such as preserving and enhancing biodiversity. Agroecology 299 can provide an important contribution to achieving these objectives, while at the same time enhancing food and nutrition security, thus contributing to achieving the objectives of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies and the Sustainable Development Goals. Agroecology is a holistic approach that relies on and maximises the use of ecological processes to support agricultural production. By working more with nature and ecosystem services, agroecology has the potential to increase the circularity, diversification and autonomy of farms, and drive a full transformation of farming systems, from input substitution and beyond. The effectiveness of agroecology is context-specific and practices need to be implemented on a significant proportion of farms to deliver tangible impacts on sustainability. Specific methods and indicators are needed to monitor and quantify the positive effects of these practices on climate change mitigation and adaptation at the farm and landscape levels, along with its impacts on yield stability, farm viability and biodiversity, for different farming systems and pedo-climatic conditions. Moreover, improving farmers’ uptake of agroecological practices calls for specific support measures and for the design of specific business cases at the farm and landscape levels.

Activities should improve knowledge of the contribution of agroecological practices to climate change mitigation, increased adaptation of farming to climate change, and preservation and enhancement of biodiversity, while ensuring farm profitability, thus providing an important contribution to policy design. Proposals should cover the wide range of crops and farming systems present in the EU and Associated Countries agricultural sector, from conventional to organic. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector. Projects funded under this topic should build on the results of relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020 and should ensure collaboration with projects funded under calls HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-01-two-stage: Agroecological approaches for sustainable weed management and HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-03: Digitalisation as an enabler of agroecological farming systems in this work programme.

Proposals should identify, evaluate and deliver a method that allows identification of the optimal combinations of agroecological practices and the most suitable agroecological strategies that efficiently contribute to climate change mitigation and adaptation while ensuring biodiversity preservation or enhancement and overall farm profitability. Proposals should improve existing indicators and develop new ones where relevant, to monitor and measure the qualitative and quantitative impacts of these strategies, including their climate neutrality potential and trade-offs or gains in biodiversity, and the associated improvement in farm socio-economic resilience. Proposals should develop tools to identify and monitor both the implementation of agroecological practices in farm management and the full-farm agroecological approaches, analysing the scale-dependent effects from farm to landscape level, as well as the opportunities and challenges derived from regulation and market aspects. Proposals should develop and test innovative mechanisms to accompany farmers in implementing and/or switching to agroecological practices that contribute to mitigating climate change and other negative environmental impacts. Proposals should undertake an analysis of the social, environmental and economic sustainability performance of such strategies and analyse the potential to integrate such practices in business cases at farm level, including exploring the potential of labelling of products linked to agroecological practices in support of and complying with the current relevant legal framework and, where the scope of activities would cover the food system, the future EU framework for food sustainability labelling to promote and scale-up their uptake.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-06: Resilient livestock farming systems under climate change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the European Green Deal and international objectives to foster climate change mitigation, pollution prevention and control, and adaptation in agriculture. It will in particular support the farm to fork strategy objective for a transition to a fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture. It will contribute to climate action on land and more specifically towards climate neutrality by reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and enhancing natural carbon sinks: better understanding and mobilising the mitigation and adaptation potential of livestock farming and related sectors based on the sustainable management of natural resources.

The following outcomes are expected:

1.Enhanced adoption by farmers and other relevant actors of innovations that increase the mitigation and adaptation capacity of livestock farming systems to climate change, at animal, population and farm level, therefore improving the resilience of production systems as well as animal health and welfare.

2.Improved capacity to assess the environmental and socio-economic impact of mitigation and adaptation practices and options at different scales, alone and in combination.

3.Consolidated transition towards a resilient livestock production with novel integrated approaches (in terms of management, breeding, feeding, local resources use, etc.) defined for different climate change scenarios.

Scope: Terrestrial livestock production is considered a large contributor to anthropogenic GHG emissions worldwide and emissions of pollutants to air and water. Although emission intensity in Europe is lower in comparison to many other regions of the world, options to better assess and improve the emissions balance of terrestrial livestock production, weather intensive or extensive/low input, including organic, are necessary, including the evaluation of appropriate indicators of GHG emissions in different breeds, environments and production systems, in order not to rely solely on a reduction of the demand in food of animal origin to improve the emission balance of the sector. A variety of options have been identified, but are not yet common practice, and the potential of breeding to contribute to an improved GHG balance was not much investigated so far. In addition, the likelihood of further climate change occurring, and the increasing scale of potential climate impacts require addressing agricultural adaptation of the livestock sector as well.

The proposals should investigate at different levels (animal, herd, farm and sector, region) and with a coherent approach, practices and innovations that enable a reduction of the net GHG emissions by terrestrial livestock, while striving to ensure farm viability and resilience of productions systems, including adaption to climate change, and taking into account the impact on the environment and biodiversity. Trade-offs within and between the different levels should be addressed. At animal level, the research should use systems biology to study interactions between host and environment (e.g. feed and microbes) and how this interplay affects the efficiency of feed utilisation (energy and proteins) and GHG emissions, not least methane. Proposals should define and investigate traits/phenotypes, and the potential of breeding, to reduce GHG animal emissions or/and adapt to climate change. At farm level, different husbandry practices should be addressed. At sector/regional level, a system approach should investigate how different actors can cooperate to improve the GHG balance of livestock production, optimising the use of resources, including feed (e.g. production and origin), improving circularity. In addition to biophysical research, the proposals should address the potential socio-economic impact of the proposed practices and innovations, and look at options to facilitate their uptake. Proposals should develop or refine related tools for a proper assessment of practices and proposed innovations. Proposals should take into account novel farming systems and future scenarios, different breeds, particularly local breeds, various management approaches, climatic conditions and regional specificities. Proposals should address at least cattle and pigs and may address any other relevant species.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector, terrestrial livestock breeders, advisers and other relevant actors.

The proposals should take into account other EU-funded projects, including those funded under the ERA-NETs SusAn 300 and ERA-GAS 301 .

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-07: International Research Consortium on (agricultural) soil carbon

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: Activities should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.establishment of an International Research Consortium (IRC) on soil carbon and related issues;

2.creation of a knowledge platform for sharing information on relevant research activities and results concerning methodologies for soil carbon balance monitoring, and practices for increasing soil carbon (e.g. carbon farming);

3.better coordination of research activities and of methods for monitoring soil carbon stock changes at global level, thereby maximising complementarities and avoiding duplication of efforts;

4.validated methods to support national greenhouse gas (GHG) inventories;

5.increased transparency with regard to progress towards commitments on soil carbon under the Paris Agreement on Climate Change.

On the long(er) term, activities will contribute to meeting international commitments concerning carbon sinks (Paris agreement), as well as to the European Green Deal overall objective to become the world's first climate neutral continent by 2050.

Scope: Soil health is threatened both in Europe and globally by the effects of human activities and climate change. It is estimated that between one fourth and one third of global soils suffer from degradation. Soil degradation negatively impacts on food production, biodiversity or soil’s capacity to retain water and store carbon. Urgent action is needed to stabilise and increase soil carbon in soils, thereby also drawing down atmospheric CO2 and monitor its status in more reliable ways, at a range of scales from field to region and at a low cost. Yet, knowledge and methodological gaps exist in relation to measuring soil carbon stocks and changes in soil carbon as well as with regard to effective measures for increasing soil carbon. Furthermore, research and innovation (R&I) efforts are dispersed and results not widely known or taken up.

International research cooperation is needed to pool resources and scale up efforts for monitoring soil carbon stock changes, remote sensing and modelling. Activities should include

1.building a formal research cooperation between EU and international partners on soil carbon. While initially focusing on carbon in agricultural soils, the partnership should progressively expand during the lifetime of the project to address also other land uses (e.g. forests, pastures, public areas for recreation including in urban settings);

2.an analysis of results of on-going R&I and knowledge sharing through a single online knowledge platform with access to information and data from different existing repositories;

3.building a roadmap for R&I priorities at international level based on identified knowledge gaps as well as identifying and developing joint flagship initiatives;

4.establishing the methodological basis for a harmonised monitoring and verification of soil organic carbon balance.

For activities involving satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing, the selected project should use as much as possible Copernicus and/or Galileo / EGNOS (taking into account possible limitations on their use by international partners). Other data and services may be used additionally.

Activities should be implemented in synergy with major soil related European initiatives including the European Joint Programme EJP Soil and a planned mission in the area of Soil Health and Food.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-08: Agroforestry to meet climate, biodiversity and farming sustainability goals

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should contribute to the European Green Deal and international objectives to foster climate change mitigation and adaptation in agriculture. It should in particular support the farm to fork's strategy objective of a transition to a fair, healthy and resilient European agriculture, notably its objective to promote agroforestry as a sustainable farming practice that can foster climate change mitigation and carbon sinks in the primary sector, by optimising and deploying agroforestry for climate neutrality and mobilising its mitigation potential as a farming system based on the sustainable management of natural resources. Activities should improve the knowledge base to inform decision-makers and other relevant stakeholders on how agroforestry can contribute to better manage scarce resources such as soil and water in a changing climate. As such, activities should deliver dependable and transparent knowledge base for EU policy design and implementation (common agricultural policy (CAP), European Green Deal objectives, farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, etc.).

Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes (depending on the activities covered):

1.Improved qualitative and quantitative data availability of the contribution of agroforestry to climate change (mitigation and adaptation), soil conservation and (agro-)biodiversity (including genetic diversity within species) and to greater economic, environmental and social sustainability of farming;

2.Improved configuration and management of agroforestry systems, including systems involving animal production, through models and tools;

3.Enhanced capacities of various actors to measure the economic, environmental and social performance of agroforestry, in particular at farm level and in relation with the support scheme designed under the CAP as regards environment and climate objectives, through appropriate methods and indicators;

4.A strengthened and more robust agroforestry innovation ecosystem and increased end-user acceptance and implementation of agroforestry in the EU and Associated Countries.

Scope: Achieving sustainable agricultural production that fosters both climate change mitigation and adaptation and biodiversity preservation and enhancement is a policy objective that implies finding a balance with farm productivity, socio-economic viability and wider sustainability goals. Agroforestry systems include both traditional and modern land-use systems where trees are managed together with crops and/or animal production systems in agricultural settings. These systems have the potential to increase ecosystem services - including soil carbon sequestration, water retention, erosion control, soil nutrients, pollination, pest- and disease-control - and biodiversity, while improving farming productivity, profitability and sustainability of farmers’ incomes. Implementation of agroforestry in the EU and Associated Countries needs to be boosted in order to maximise this potential. The management of agroforestry systems is critical for their positive impact on climate and the environment as well as to ensure a balance with productivity and profitability for farmers. This is essential to promote the uptake and long-term sustainability of agroforestry.

Proposals should increase knowledge of the contribution of agroforestry to ecosystem services underpinning climate change mitigation and adaptation, increased biodiversity and farming resilience and boost the implementation of this type of farming systems in different pedo-climatic zones across the EU and Associated Countries. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure involvement of farmers and all other relevant actors in the value chain. Proposals should cover the conventional, agroecological and organic sectors. Proposals should build on and expand existing knowledge, tools and initiatives developed by Horizon 2020 projects, and where relevant ensure coordination with those projects/initiatives. Proposals should include a clear plan to collaborate with other projects selected under this topic. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals should address at least five of the following activities:

1.Design agroforestry systems for climate change (mitigation and adaptation) and increased (agro-)biodiversity that also ensure farming resilience to fluctuating climate, environmental and socio-economic conditions, farm income stability and enhanced ecosystem services, in different regions and pedo-climatic conditions;

2.Develop methods and indicators that allow the identification of newly established agroforestry systems and monitor their performance over time. Analysis of trade-offs and synergies (e.g. between ecosystem services and between the environmental and socio-economic benefits) should be included;

3.Develop models and tools adapted to real farm conditions and considering the full amount of food, feed (for systems including livestock), timber or biomass and ecosystem services produced, to allow the configuration and efficient management of agroforestry systems that take into account aspects such as tree renewal, adaptation to biotic and abiotic stresses, selection and improvement of agricultural varieties and animals most suited for agroforestry, recovery and improvement of biodiversity, soil water related aspects, and erosion control, in different regions and pedo-climatic zones;

4.Building on existing tools and methods where available, enhance quantification of the contribution of agroforestry to ecosystem services underpinning climate change (mitigation and adaptation) in relation to aspects such as carbon sequestration potential, stability of organic carbon in the soil (top- and sub-soil), reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, soil erosion control, pest and disease control, increased organic matter in (top- and sub-) soil, and nutrient recycling, and develop indicators. When animals are present, animal production, health and welfare aspects should be considered;

5.Enhance quantification of the contribution of agroforestry to increased (agro)biodiversity, including on pollinators, and the linkages with soil quality and water quality and quantity, and develop indicators, as well as guidance for species selection;

6.Improve knowledge of the economic, environmental and social performance of agroforestry systems and their contribution to sustainable food and feed / non-food biomass production, analysing their productivity and profitability for farmers and factors influencing farmers’ decision-making, and considering aspects such as crop / tree and livestock / tree combinations, factors explaining yield response variability, tree size, animal production, a mix of traditional and new systems and applications, etc. Identify needs for new equipment, machinery and management tools;

7.Building on existing tools where relevant, develop a model to measure the impact of policies on agroforestry, both in terms of barriers or incentives to maintain existing agroforestry systems and to establish new ones. Sharing of experience among stakeholders as regards relevant common agricultural policy (CAP) support to agroforestry should be promoted. The potential of labelling of products linked to agroforestry in support of and complying with the current relevant legal framework and, when the scope of activities would cover the food system, the future EU framework for sustainability food labelling, should be investigated;

8.Design and implement a plan to boost networking and research and innovation (R&I) support to agroforestry at regional level, building on and expanding existing networks and initiatives where available and relevant, and involving policy makers, regional authorities, institutions, researchers, consumers and other key stakeholders;

9.Develop a training package and guidelines to support farmers in designing business plans linked to value chain development to put in place and manage agroforestry systems in different regions.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-09: Enhancing science-based knowledge on EU forests’, including old-growth forests, capacities to mitigate climate change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: In line with the EU Green Deal objectives and the EU forest strategy, successful proposals will support the preservation and enhancement of carbon stocks and sinks while supporting biodiversity, genetic diversity within and among tree species, and providing renewable resources for a circular and sustainable bioeconomy contributing to fostering climate change mitigation in the primary sector and carbon sinks and optimising and deploying nature-based solutions for climate neutrality.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Forest managers adapting to sustainable management practices in view of climate change, bioeconomy, genetic diversity and biodiversity objectives;

2.Improved knowledge on scenarios and sustainable pathways for forestry and the forest-based sector including measures and management strategies taking into account regional differences in Europe and changes in species composition;

3.Increased forest-based carbon removals through forest management practices and uses of long-lived wood products;

4.Better understanding on how forest management impacts carbon sequestration in comparison to non-managed forests;

5.Pathways to achieve the ambition of the Paris Agreement ambition to limit climate warming;

6.Transfer of knowledge from science to practice (good practice).

Scope: Carbon sequestration by forest ecosystems has attracted much interest as a mitigation approach, as it can be considered as a relatively inexpensive option to address climate change in the short- medium- and long term. Forest lands, covered by the regulation on land use, land-use changes and forestry, are expected to contribute to the achievement of Europe's climate ambition for 2030. As shown in the in-depth analysis in support of the “Clean Planet for all” communication, this contribution needs to be increasing to achieve climate neutrality by 2050.

This topic aims to increase the science-based knowledge for an efficient implementation of good management practices that ensure the multiple functions of various forest types in Europe and to increase forest carbon stocks in the short-, medium-, and long-term.

Proposals will:

·Contribute to a better understanding of favourable management practices for both soil and vegetation, within-species genetic diversity upon, species selection and rotations to enhance and climate-proof forest carbon stocks (considering both in situ carbon sequestration and carbon storage in long-lived wood products) and sinks, while considering the broad range of other forest values and ecosystem services.

·Consider the dynamics of the carbon stored in the different pools (above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, deadwood, litter, soil organic carbon fractions, harvested wood products) under different forest management regimes and at different scales (EU-wide, national, local) to identify possible adaptations to current European models of sustainable forest management, so that the forest-based sector can optimise climate action, and to facilitate the monitoring and reporting of GHG emissions.

·Improve the integration of European forests, including forest practices, in global and regional climate modelling.

·Contribute to progress in the certification and authenticity verification of carbon removals that are nature-based (i.e. through forest protection, afforestation and sustainable forest management) or through the forest biomass used for longer-lived and higher-substitution products.

·Design and monitor the efficacy of forest-based mitigation plans, combining the growing potential of satellite-based remote sensing with surface monitoring.

·Develop recommendations for up-take in practice, including specifying which silvicultural measures to apply to which types of forest in order to maximise their mitigation potential while ensuring the provision of other ecosystem services, under the current and future climate, while fully respecting ecological principles favourable to biodiversity and soil conservation.

·Analyse socio-economic aspects of forest-based mitigation strategies, including forest managers’ and users’ perception and factors influencing their decision making such as consumer choices, sectorial integration and international/domestic competition.

·Improve knowledge on the environmental integrity, the social acceptability and the economic feasibility of forest-based mitigation actions such as afforestation, reforestation, forest restoration, forest protection, sustainable forest management and enhanced wood harvest and use, especially for long-lived products.

Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and should include a task to collaborate with other projects financed under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-05: Forestry - European observatory of climate change impacts and demonstration network of climate smart restoration pilots.

This topic should involve effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-10: EU-China international cooperation on increasing the resilience of forests

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be coordinated with the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners.
The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement
will be applied.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives and the EU forest strategy, successful proposals will support the resilience and adaptation of forests and the forest-based sector contributing to advance the understanding and science, and support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, water and soil systems and economic sectors in the context of the changing climate.

Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthened international cooperation with actors from China in the areas of forest adaptation to climate change

2.Comprehensive knowledge base on the impact of climate change on forests and their capacity to adapt

3.Increased adaptation efforts in climate change hotspots in the EU/associated countries (mountains, Mediterranean, Northern Scandinavian Peninsula, Central and Eastern Europe, outermost regions) and China

4.Informed decision-making by forest managers adopting sustainable forest management practices.

5.Knowledge transfer and capacity building at science-policy-practice interface.

Scope: Adaptation and increased resilience of forests is essential for the forests to maintain their function as carbon sinks, to protect existing stocks and to ensure that forests will continue to provide important ecosystem services and to support the forest-based bioeconomy. Due to the high variation of European and Chinese forests, diversity of landscapes as well as governance and ownership structures, adaptation strategies need to be adapted to regional conditions and circumstances, with focus on the most vulnerable forests in climate change hotspots.

Proposals will:

·Develop and refine projections at regional scale, improve the modelling of effects on natural vegetation, both at individual and ecosystem level and support science-based decisions with a view to the sustainable management of forests, including activities related to afforestation, reforestation and regeneration.

·Design adaptation plans to increase the resilience of forests by active management of the species composition and the genetic diversity within these species (including through assisted species migration, and forest regeneration and afforestation with species already adapted and / or further improved to tolerate or even benefit from future climate conditions) while supporting forest production and ecosystem services under climate change in the various regions and forest types of Europe.

·Analyse socio-economic aspects of forest adaptation, including forest managers’ and users’ perception and factors influencing their decision making such as consumer choices, sectorial integration and international/domestic competition and analyse the potential of incentives and tools to reach forest managers and to encourage changes towards preventive strategies/measures by taking into account the different forms of forest governance and ownership.

The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Proposals should include a task to collaborate with projects financed under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-05: Forestry: European observatory of climate change impacts and demonstration network of climate smart restoration pilots. Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs.

Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is envisaged to be implemented as a coordinated call but if no agreement is reached with the Ministry of Science and Technology China (MOST) on the co-funding of Chinese partners, it will be implemented as a normal call. Updates will be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Call - Land, ocean and water for climate action

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 302

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 303

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-01

IA

10.00

4.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02

RIA

15.00

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03

CSA

20.00

Around 20.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-04

RIA

15.00

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-05

RIA

15.00

Around 15.00

1

Overall indicative budget

75.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-01: Climate sensitive water allocation systems and economic instruments.

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, successful proposals will contribute to foster the adaptation of water resources to climate change, in particular Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ impact “Advance the understanding and science, and support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, water and soil systems and economic sectors in the context of the changing climate”.

Projects results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes

1.Achieve transparent water sharing and adjust water allocation across environmental and human uses towards long-term water replenishment capacity and availability,

2.Adopt inclusive, forward-looking and climate risk-informed water allocation planning and management processes, foster adoption of digital technologies in water management

3.Guide decision makers in transboundary rivers to share transboundary waters equitably, reaping the benefits of appropriate water allocation regimes.

4.Identify water efficiency deficiencies and achieve improvement by at least 50% by 2030, in regions under water stress, now or in the future, and for water bodies at risk of failing to achieve good ecological or quantitative status.

5.Reduce the water footprint of water-using sectors, especially agriculture, energy and industry.

6.Promote financing mechanisms to smoothen the transition to more appropriate water pricing policies in water supply and sanitation and in the different economic sectors, such as agriculture, energy and industry, taking into consideration the opportunities available in various EU (e.g. CAP, Cohesion Policy funds, etc.) and national funding mechanisms and policies.

7.Help structure an appropriate policy dialogue to support water allocation reforms and increase stakeholders engagement.

8.Support the implementation of the European Green Deal and the Sustainable Development Goals, notably the SDG 6 “Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all”.

Scope: Current water allocation regimes are largely shaped by historical preferences and usage patterns. They are therefore usually not well equipped to deal with the growing water needs and intensifying competition of the different water use sectors, the impacts of climate changes, especially water scarcity and/or shifts in societal preferences, such as increasing value placed on water related ecological services. It is therefore important to assess current water allocation systems in different regions and sectors and to develop pertinent water allocation models that are able to perform well under both average and extreme conditions and could demonstrate adaptive efficiency in order to adjust to climate conditions.

Actions under this topic should address ways to value water appropriately, taking into account the multiple and diverse values of water to different groups and sectors, and ways to develop appropriate tariffs and prices to ensure access to water which should be available and affordable to all, while also securing adequate pricing policies allowing for systematic renewal of water service infrastructure. Actions should develop and demonstrate in relevant river basins and sectors, innovative tools / instruments on intelligent water allocation schemes relevant for decision-making recommendations (e.g. on permits). The opportunities for developing water allocation schemes based on digital technologies should be explored.

The challenges for water allocation regimes, especially in developing countries, are also aggravated by weak water policies which contributes to structural water scarcity, increasing the risk of shortages for users and the environment. The interaction of policies, regulation and implementation mechanisms should be especially assessed, as well as, the interplay between conventional and non-conventional water resources (e.g. wastewater reuse, desalination, etc.).

Water allocation scheme in transboundary river basins should also be addressed with a view to developing an internationally accepted and standardised mechanism for allocation of water in cross-border river basins, by taking into account the various socio-economic and environmental disparities among these countries and making transboundary waters an area of cooperation rather than conflict.

Climate change impacts on freshwater resources can have significant impacts on agricultural production resulting in destabilising effects on agricultural markets, food security and other non-agricultural uses. Current water allocation regimes in agriculture should be reviewed in this context, with a view to developing the necessary combination of various adaptation measures, such as, water pricing, water use restrictions, improvement of water use efficiency, economic incentives, water reuse, shifting to less water-requiring crops and fallowing, etc., to cope with the reduction of water availability anticipated in climate change scenarios.

International cooperation with non-associated third countries with transboundary rivers is encouraged.

In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02: Understanding the oceanic carbon cycle

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support to the European Green Deal and its biodiversity and climate initiatives, successful proposals will contribute to strengthening the ocean - climate nexus by reinforcing the scientific capacity to further our understanding of the natural ocean carbon sinks and their potential role in mitigating and adapting to climate change, help identify lasting solutions to climate change by paying greater attention to nature-based solutions for healthy and resilient seas and ocean. The ocean is a large storage system for the global reservoirs of climate-regulating factors. Successful proposals will also close knowledge gaps in support of decision-making aimed at preserving the integrity of ocean and aquatic ecosystems through a better understanding of the drivers of change in the ocean and emerging threats.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Furthered ocean exploration and increased understanding, predictability and reduced uncertainty associated with the oceanic carbon cycle and the role, capacity, spatial and temporal changes and trends over time in the ocean and its ecosystems in absorbing and storing CO2 from the atmosphere.

2.Improved understanding of the potential of the ocean and its ecosystems for contributing to the next generation of carbon cycling models, such as those used by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, to set global climate policy.

3.Significant contribution to closing the knowledge gaps in the ocean carbon cycle and substantial contributions made to key international assessments, such as the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES), World Ocean Assessment (WOA) and other major regional and global initiatives.

Scope: The ocean has a key role in regulating atmospheric CO2 concentrations and currently take up about 25% of annual anthropogenic carbon emissions. The oceanic carbon cycle is composed of processes that exchange carbon between various pools within the ocean, as well as between the atmosphere, Earth interior, and the seafloor. The oceanic carbon cycle is a result of many interacting forces across multiple time and space scales. The oceanic carbon cycle is a central element of the global carbon cycle and contains three main processes (or pumps): the solubility pump, the carbonate pump, and the biological pump. In order to better understand, quantify and predict the ocean’s potential for carbon uptake, actions should further research the oceanic carbon cycle. The deep sea and its water column may be the largest carbon sink on Earth but its large-scale carbon uptake potential and future is still unknown. Ocean carbon sequestration options include the management of natural ocean processes, i.e. actions to maintain the integrity of natural carbon stores and actions that enhance the long-term (century-scale) removal and sequestration of greenhouse gases from the atmosphere by marine systems, primarily by biological means. Actions should aim at developing innovative approaches to understand the complex processes underlying the oceanic carbon cycle, its efficiency, climate sensitivity, and emerging feedbacks. Actions should further the understanding of the resilience to climate change and temporal and regional variability of the natural carbon inventory in the ocean. Actions should further the understanding of how the biological pump and the deep ocean carbon sink will respond to the rapid and ongoing anthropogenic changes to our planet—including warming, acidification, and deoxygenation of ocean waters. Actions should advance the scientific understanding of marine pelagic and benthic invertebrate and vertebrate carbon, the carbon services they provide (i.e. trophic cascade carbon, biomixing carbon, carbon mineralisation, bony fish carbonate, whale pump, twilight zone carbon, biomass carbon, deadfall carbon and marine vertebrate mediated carbon), and the intricate biological pathways involved in carbon cycling and the associated implications for climate regulation. Actions should assess and model the marine vertebrate carbon services and should link them to population dynamics, with a view to gathering enough evidence to enable their inclusion in the models of carbon cycling. Actions should assess and model the as yet poorly quantified carbonate-forming invertebrate species in the deep sea, such as reef-building scleractinians, as well as their resilience to cumulative impacts of global changes. Actions should contribute to ocean observations and the Digital twin of the oceans by providing an ocean carbon-modelling environment. Actions should improve the sampling of regions and metrics for marine organisms and should gather evidence and data to estimate and quantify the global CO2 sequestration potential of protecting and restoring populations of invertebrates and vertebrates to previous levels. Actions should explore the efficiency and global magnitude of the biological pump and how this will be affected by climate change. Actions should deliver quantification and predictability of the ocean carbon sink and in so doing, should contribute to resolving the uncertainty in the magnitude and sign of projections of future global ocean primary production. The regional variability in the amplification or reduction of the efficiency of the ocean carbon sink is an important element that actions should take into consideration, as the climate effects on the carbon sink (both on the physical and biological drivers) will have a strong regional correlation. The importance of polar regions in the carbon cycle needs to be kept in mind. Actions should further the regional predictive skill beyond five years.

Actions should further investigate tipping points and irreversibility in the ocean carbon cycle (both for the upper ocean and the intermediary & deep ocean), the biogeochemical feedbacks, the changes that will occur in the 21st century, both globally and regionally, and how the multiple stressors will affect the primary production (monitoring strategies to have access to all the compartments - upper, intermediary and deep ocean). Among the stressors, the effects of trawling, drilling, overfishing, deep-sea mining and dredging on carbon cycling and sediment dynamics should be included and investigated using marine monitoring techniques. Actions should look into the policy implications of the findings of this research.

For this action, the multifaceted nature of the ocean carbon cycle necessitates collaboration across disciplines, taking an ecosystem approach. At a minimum, actions should link science on the changing ocean physics and chemistry, and more generally on climate, with the study of the marine biota and their evolution. International cooperation is strongly encouraged. Actions under this topic should plan on a close collaboration among each other and should build upon and link with Horizon 2020 projects and other European and international ocean observing initiatives, including the Integrated Ocean Carbon Research, IOC-R. All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS, and EMODnet). Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected.

This topic links with research conducted under Cluster 5 (‘Climate, Energy and Mobility’) Destination ‘Climate sciences and responses’; Cluster 6 (‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’) Horizon Europe Mission Ocean, seas and waters, Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’, Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’, Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’, Destination ‘Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities’ and Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the European Green Deal’; Horizon Europe Mission Ocean, seas and waters.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03: Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – boosting the role of advisory services

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor
approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The conservation and enhancement of Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks such as soils and plants, forests, farmed lands and wetlands is crucial. The European Green Deal gives research and innovation (R&I) a significant role to play in supporting the design and implementation of policies that will ensure the achievement of the EU’s climate objectives. Project implementation is expected to contribute to mitigation and adaptation to climate change and help achieve climate neutrality by 2050.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Expand the knowledge base of climate related practices, resulting in increased application of climate neutral farm approaches, assessing and evaluating different methods with all relevant actors involved in Member States and Associated Countries;

2.Speed up involvement and adoption by farmers of innovative / smart farming practices that mitigate emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and that foster the adaptation of the sector to climate change. In the long term, this will support a more substantial contribution of the farming sector to mitigation of GHG emissions and to carbon storage;

3.Increased involvement of Member States’ and Associated Countries agricultural knowledge and innovation system (AKIS) in climate-related farming issues, including through linking to the European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) national / regional / local projects and the advisors, with a view to wider dissemination and interaction within the Member States.

Scope: A wide adoption of practices contributing to mitigation of climate change and carbon storage by farmers is a priority to ensure that the EU reaches GHG mitigation objectives by 2030 and climate neutrality by 2050. Farming is also vulnerable to impacts of climate change; hence adaptation is of utmost importance. Mainstreaming the use of climate-smart practices has been recognised as a priority at the global level, including at the G-20. In particular, the engagement of farmers in this effort needs to be increased. Therefore, a strong involvement of Member States’ AKIS is needed, as well as the development of targeted advice to farmers on climate issues.

The aim is to establish a three level network in a phased manner over Cluster 6 work programmes 2021/2022 and 2023/2024. The first level is a network which will engage front-runner farmers introducing on-farm trials and demonstration of innovations, using existing knowledge. The second level is a network to connect all advisors on the subject in the Member States, building on achievements of Horizon 2020 projects and EIP-AGRI operational groups and the development of Member States’ AKIS, to ensure the provision of targeted advice. The third level of the network will engage and strengthen the capacity of experimental research stations on climate issues.

The present topic deals with the advisory level. Learning from experiences on “real” farms led by sustainability-oriented farmers eager to pilot existing or new practice-ready techniques, this level will aim at enhancing up advisors’ competences by sharing widely climate neutral ready-for-practice solutions across the EU. This requires interaction between collaborative innovation ecosystems and will involve the main AKIS actors and AKIS coordination bodies in each Member State.

Proposals should:

1.Use advisors to spread solutions from practice oriented on-farm testing and demonstration in project work programme HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04 “Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – linking pilot farms” and help develop new solutions through taking part in practice-oriented innovation projects such as EIP Operational Groups;

2.Collect and provide tool-kits for GHG balances at farm level, performance monitoring, decision tools, climate services, etc. for possible use by a wide range of farms;

3.Support the implementation of the EU carbon farming manual as foreseen in the farm to fork strategy and the implementation of the third party certification of carbon removals, as foreseen in the circular economy action plan;

4.Foster knowledge exchange within Member States and regions and establish links with the EIP-AGRI and AKIS networks and AKIS coordination bodies of Member States and Associated Countries;

5.Link advisors in an EU climate-smart farming network including advisors in all Member States to stimulate effective cross-fertilisation among Member State advisors. Include a sufficient number of various types of advisor per country, taking into account the size of the Member State and ensuring a broad EU coverage;

6.Proposals should include a task to collaborate with other projects involved in the network HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04 “Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – linking pilot farms” and a topic to be published in Cluster 6 work programme 2023/2024);

7.The project should operate for at least seven years and build on climate-related projects from various funding sources. The project must implement the multi-actor approach and may involve social innovation.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-04: Fostering the resilience of agricultural production: from observation of changes to the development of resilience strategies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000 as it is one of the main objectives of the action to provide financial support to third parties/in order to cover the expenses related to developing resilience strategies.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal climate ambition, project implementation is expected to contribute to mitigation and adaptation to climate change and help achieve climate neutrality by 2050.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Establishment of a comprehensive capacity to observe the short-term to long-term drivers of change and their impacts on agriculture in key areas;

2.Better informed policies and strategies regarding mitigation and adaptation to climate change;

3.Better resilience of European food security to shocks such as those arising from various drivers of change, including climate change, including through the development of strategies and policies.

Scope: Resilience of the farming sector to exogenous shocks needs to be boosted. Impacts of climate change in the short- to medium-term are gaining more importance and there is an urgent need to develop resilience strategies. It is also necessary to set up a capacity to observe the short-term to long-term impacts of climate change and reinforce strategies to deal with those impacts.

1.An observatory of the impacts of drivers of change on food security should be set up. The observatory should cover at least the following issues related to the impact of climate change: 1) biodiversity and genetic resources, with a focus on agro-biodiversity and invasive species and genetic resources under pressure as a consequence of climate change and 2) sustainable productivity (including impact on photosynthesis), animal and plant diseases and nutritional composition

2.The observatory should make use of various types of data, at various geographical scales and should include, as appropriate, citizen observations. It should cover the main biogeographical regions of Europe;

3.The observatory should contribute to establish / reinforce strategies to deal with those impacts.

4.The impact of shocks should be modelled as relevant for use in policy-relevant areas in order to improve resilience of the agro-food sector.

5.Project should contribute to the development of a contingency plan for ensuring food supply and food security that is to be put in place in times of crisis as foreseen in the farm to fork strategy.

6.Case study strategies should be developed in a participatory manner to foster the resilience in the short- to long term at various geographic scales. These resilience strategies should also take into account the mitigation and adaptation objectives of the EU. Preparation of the strategies may be supported through grants to third parties. In this case, the proposal must define the process of selecting entities for which financial support will be granted, typically in the order of 60.000 – 200.000 EUR per party. It is expected that up to 30% of requested EU contribution will be devoted to grants to third parties.

7.Proposals should ensure that the approach proposed is compatible with and improves the tools used at the European Commission.

8.The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure that the approach proposed will be compatible with and improve the tools used at the European Commission

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-05: Forestry - European observatory of climate change impacts and demonstration network of climate smart restoration pilots

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount
to be granted to each third party is EUR 150 000 as it is one of the main objectives of the action to provide financial support to third parties.

In this case, consortia must define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support will be granted. It is expected that up to 40% of the project budget will be devoted to grants to third parties.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives and the EU forest strategy, successful proposals will increase the knowledge on climate change impacts and enhance the practical knowledge on adaptive management practices contributing to efficient monitoring, assessment and projections related to climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation potential in order to bring out solutions for tackling emerging threats and support decision-making in climate change mitigation and adaptation policies at European and global levels. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Better knowledge on impacts and effects of drivers and pressures on Europe’s forests in the context of climate change.

2.Combination of modern monitoring tools (remote sensing) and traditional approaches (demo sites) in European forests.

3.Enhanced practical knowledge on restoration, afforestation, reforestation and forest protection addressing forest composition and forest management practices that support mitigation, adaptation, optimal use of genetic diversity within and among tree species, and (biodiversity), maximising the synergies and minimising trade-offs.

4.Better knowledge on best practices for effective adaptation and mitigation strategies, including synergies with biodiversity management goals and soil carbon impacts.

5.Increased capacity and exchange of scientific knowledge, proven experience and know-how, tools and practices.

6.Engagement of the society in forest restoration through information, participation and merging of societal engagement with scientific evidence and professional expertise.

Scope: A holistic approach is needed to ensure that climate, biodiversity and bioeconomy goals can be integrated at different scales in practice and with the engagement of local communities, forest owners and industries. Intensive monitoring of impacts and sharing of experiences in the context of climate change is an important decision support at the science-practice interface to implement adapted forest management practices successfully.

Proposals will:

1.Establish a European network to gather information on current developments in demo and long-term observation sites;

2.Reinitiate EU participation in the International Co-operative Programme on the Assessment and Monitoring of Air Pollution Effects on Forests (ICP Forests) for long-term observations of forest ecosystems;

3.Develop an evidence-based overview on current and planned forest restoration activities across Europe and their socio-economic and environmental impacts;

4.Quantify possible synergies and trade-offs between contrasting forest management objectives at different spatial, temporal scales in different social environmental contexts in Europe;

5.Analyse typical restoration cases to systematise knowledge on implementation successes and failures in specific regional settings, and distil best practices cases and business models for upscaling;

6.Engage with key stakeholders and citizens to develop regionalised restoration trajectories through assessment of regional restoration pathways;

7.Consider forward-looking forest conversion through adaptive forest management to mitigate/prevent future adverse effects;

8.Improve communication and network/capacity building and exchange of experience, engagement with key stakeholders including national and regional policymakers and enable knowledge exchange beyond the forest community;

9.Pilot climate-smart forestry measures and support forest restoration of damaged areas and degraded ecosystems in view of the diverse forest conditions, value chains and societal needs found across Europe.

Proposals may involve financial support to third parties, particularly for setting up of the observatory and for supporting the implementation and scaling-up of climate-smart restoration pilots. All European climate/biogeographical regions should be covered.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

The involvement of citizens and civil society in co-creating solutions (e.g. as part of user-led innovation or citizen science), alongside other actors, is encouraged as part of the project’s methodology / approach.

Proposals should include a task to collaborate with other projects financed under the topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-09: Enhancing science-based knowledge on EU forests’, including old-growth forests, capacities to mitigate climate change and associated risks and HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-10: EU-China international cooperation on increasing the resilience of forests.

Projects should consider to collaborate with the EU Observatory on Deforestation and Forest Degradation, managed by the Joint Research Centre (JRC) of the European Commission.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Destination – Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

Places and people matter to the achievement of a more sustainable Europe. The Sustainable Development Goals and the ecological and digital transitions brought forward by the European Green Deal 304 and digital strategy 305 , alongside the recent pandemic, bring challenges and opportunities that differ for different places and people. Rural (including mountains and sparsely populated areas) and coastal areas, play a key role in managing, protecting and using natural resources. The provision of both private and public goods from these areas depends on the resilience and attractiveness of rural and coastal communities and the capacity of people who live and work there to access a sufficient level of well-being. The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted deficiencies in digital infrastructures and economic opportunities that hamper resilience. Urban communities generally offer better access to many services but are also more vulnerable to supply-chain disruptions, as shown during the COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, they have a key role to play in fostering sustainable production and consumption as major demand drivers. In all communities, social and behavioural drivers play an important role in enabling or slowing down transitions. Knowledge and innovative solutions need to be developed to enhance every community’s resilience and capacity to contribute to and benefit from the upcoming transitions in an economy that works for all territories and ensures a fair and just transition leaving no one behind.

Under this destination, transdisciplinary R&I with a strong social and behavioural sciences dimension, and attention to gender aspects, will foster a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural 306 , coastal and urban areas in three different ways. Firstly, it will aim to increase our understanding of the differential impacts of climate, environmental, socio-economic and demographic changes on rural, coastal and urban areas in order to identify ways to turn these changes into equal opportunities for people wherever they live, enhancing territorial cohesion and enabling a just transition. Secondly, it will explore innovative ways to tailor policy responses to the place-based challenges identified at various levels of governance. Thirdly, it will support bottom-up community-led innovation to empower communities to develop, test and upscale solutions that answer global challenges in locally adapted ways. Achieving policy goals require providing people with more equitable access to the knowledge and skills required to make informed choices and be actively engaged in the sustainable and circular management of natural resources, from production or service provision to consumption. Rural, coastal and urban communities, in particular women, youth, the most vulnerable groups like indigenous people and those hit the hardest by the COVID-19 pandemic, need to see their labour conditions, quality of life and long-term socio-economic prospects improved in the context of major transitions and rising threats to climate, resources and health. Their capacity to drive community-led innovations must be enhanced and their resilience increased across the diversity of European territories including remote places such as mountains and sparsely populated areas. Mobilising the forces of digital transformation, start-up ecosystems, nature-based solutions, as well as social and policy innovation will facilitate necessary changes and support smart, environment and climate friendly and resilient lifestyles.

Activities under this destination are complementary to Cluster 2 activities with attention to spatial differences and specifics in relation with democracy (Destination ‘Innovative research on democracy and governance’), socio-economic transformations (Destination ‘Innovative research on social and economic transformation’) and cultural heritage (Destination ‘Innovative research on the European cultural heritage and the cultural and creative industries). They are also complementary to Cluster 5’s Destination ‘Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition’ on cities and communities that should explore place-based approaches to climate, energy and mobility specifically for all places.

To maximise the intended impacts and to ensure uptake by the communities, actions in the cluster should aim for high standards of transparency and openness for the solutions developed, going beyond ex-post documentation of results and extending to aspects such as assumptions, processes, models and data during the life of projects.

Expected impacts

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities and more specifically one or several of the following expected impacts:

1.Rural, coastal and urban areas are developed in a sustainable, balanced and inclusive manner thanks to a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural, cultural and demographic drivers of change as well as deployment of digital, nature-based, social and community-led innovations.

2.Rural, coastal and urban communities are empowered to act for change, better prepared to achieve climate neutrality, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience to various types of shocks, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups.

3.Rural communities are equipped with innovative and smarter solutions that increase access to services, opportunities and adequate innovation ecosystems, including for women, youth and the most vulnerable groups, improve attractiveness and reduce the feeling of being left behind, even in the most remote locations like mountains.

4.The sustainable development of coastal areas including coastal protection and resilience reaps the benefits of social, digital and community-led innovations, to deliver nature-based and scientifically validated solutions to existing coastal socio-economic and environmental threats. In this way, applications of new social, economic and governance frameworks are enabled.

5.Tourism, recreational and leisure activity development in natural and coastal areas respects long-term environmental carrying capacity, and social goals.

6.Urban and peri-urban communities – including the most vulnerable individuals and families – can access, afford and choose healthier, nutritious and environmental-friendly food.

When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the “Do No Significant Harm” principle 307 according to which the research and innovation activities of the project should not be supporting or carrying out activities that make a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

Topics under this destination will have impacts in the following impact areas of the Horizon Europe strategic plan for 2021-2024[ 308 ]: “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”; “Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in water”; “Sustainable food systems from farm to fork”; “Good health and high-quality accessible healthcare”; “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats”; “A competitive and secure data-economy”; and “Inclusive growth and new job opportunities”.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01

53.00

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01

42.00

15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-two-stage

33.00

15 Feb 2022 (First Stage)

06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

Overall indicative budget

53.00

75.00

Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 309

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 310

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-01

RIA

15.00

7.00 to 7.50

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-03

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-04

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-05

IA

12.00

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

53.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-01: Grasping rural diversity and strengthening evidence for tailored policies enhancing the contribution of rural communities to ecological, digital and social transitions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposals focusing on one type of activity or sector (e.g. primary production) are out of scope.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal 311 , in particular its fair and just transition component, the European digital strategy 312 , the European pillar of social rights 313 and the EU long-term vision for rural areas 314 . It will do so by improving the understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural, cultural and demographic drivers of change in rural areas. Stronger evidence on which to build their strategies and initiatives will empower rural people to act for change and get prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.more evidence-based, place-based, integrated and tailored policies, strategies and governance frameworks at local, regional, national and EU levels to drive the sustainable transition of rural areas and communities, building on the specific outcomes below;

2.a refined understanding by policy-makers and rural actors of the diversity of rural situations, and of the challenges and opportunities associated with megatrends, potential major shocks and upcoming transitions, in particular climate, environmental and social challenges, to tailor policy interventions to local realities;

3.a refined understanding by policy-makers and rural actors of functional characteristics of territories, functional relations between rural places and other rural and/or urban places within a territorial continuum and the importance of these relations for sustainable development, to design synergistic approaches favouring a networked and interlinked development; and

4.a refined assessment by policy-makers of the impact of all current and upcoming policies on rural communities (rural proofing 315 ), including sectoral or thematic policies (such as climate, energy, mobility, digitalisation, health and social inclusion), or policy frameworks designed to accompany sustainability transitions in general, to tailor interventions to maximise possibilities for rural communities to contribute to and benefit from these transitions.

Scope: The EU aims to lead just digital, economic and ecological transitions that will leave no one behind. Close to one third of EU citizens live in rural areas, which represent 83% of the EU territory and supply the whole of society with essential goods and services. These broad figures hide a variety of situations, challenges and opportunities regarding the aforementioned transitions that the current evidence base insufficiently captures.

The design of positive governance frameworks and policy interventions for rural communities is hampered by i) the lack of conceptual frameworks that properly grasp the role of rural areas and communities in sustainable development and sustainability transitions; ii) a lack of data on several aspects at the right geographic scale, in particular on climate and environment performance and on social challenges, quality of life and well-being. The lack of data at the right geographical scale (local in many cases) is hampered by the technical and economic difficulties of finer data collection.

Proposals should explore innovative and out-of-the box ways to describe and characterise rural areas or various forms or degrees of rurality in multi-dimensional ways, screening a wide range of possible (including new) data sources going beyond conventional indicators such as population density and settlement configuration. They should analyse national and other definitions and approaches and engage with stakeholders to understand their perspectives on rurality. Proposals should define and describe functional linkages between various localities and territories and explore and develop ways to apply functional geography approaches to rural areas (e.g. developing the concept of functional rural area), learning from past work 316 and failures on such approaches. Trade-offs in selected approaches should be analysed in regional and national contexts highlighting geographical differences.

Proposals should screen and benchmark the performance and cost efficiency (infrastructure needs, ease and frequency of updates etc.) of data collection methods and technologies including new ones (e.g. digital technologies, geolocation and geospatial techniques, crowd sourcing, citizen science) that could be used to collect the necessary rural data at the local level across a majority of EU Member States and Associated Countries in Europe, at affordable costs and select viable options for testing these options. They should strengthen rural evidence and rural data collection, documentation and access, in particular in the environmental, climate and social fields by generating data and designing, testing and implementing methods to:

1.calculate climate and environmental indicators for rural communities, including rural dwellers and secondary-homers;

2.upgrade socio-economic (including culture) assessment, analysis, monitoring and evaluation tools (stats, indicators, including the measurement of well-being, quality of life and attractiveness including gender and age differences);

3.assess resilience to major threats, with particular emphasis on resilience and vulnerability factors under the COVID-19 pandemic.

This should result in enriched, upgraded and regularly updated platforms, data and indicators mapping, describing and monitoring economic (including sectors, jobs and income), social (including quality of life and well-being) and environmental (including climate mitigation and adaptation and energy) characteristics of rural areas and communities at sub-regional, local or functional levels, contributing to relevant actions of the long-term vision for rural areas in this domain. The analysis carried out should help to grasp the diversity and specificity of rural places in the EU and Associated Countries, their inter-relations, their preparedness for transitions, major shocks and megatrends, their capacity to take advantage of these trends in adaptive and resilient ways.

Proposals should benchmark climate and environmental policies and existing frameworks to describe and measure well-being, quality of life and attractiveness, assess their relevance for rural areas and communities and make recommendations for adapting these frameworks. They should in particular propose innovative schemes to reach climate neutrality by 2050 while taking advantage of the ecological transition and preserving ecosystems (nature-based solutions), landscapes etc. Finally, they should support rural proofing 317 by developing tools completing those already existing on territorial impacts (e.g. under the EU Better Regulation 318 ), to assess the impact of EU policies and programmes on rural areas and communities.

Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, bringing together from the start multiple types of scientific expertise in both hard sciences (e.g. climate, energy, and environment) and social sciences and humanities (e.g. geography, sociology, behavioural sciences, policy, foresight) together with a variety of rural community representatives. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. Projects outputs should be scalable at least to the EU as a whole, hence they should be developed using data from a representative diversity of rural contexts across the EU. Proposals should strengthen evidence on rural areas and communities in a multi-dimensional way (proposals focused on one particular sector -e.g. primary production- or dimension of sustainability would not be considered as addressing the challenge appropriately). Proposals should engage with both national authorities and rural communities on their understanding of rurality and on project developments. Proposals should foresee a task to work jointly with other projects funded under this topic and with the European Commission, its common agricultural policy 319 networks 320 and other relevant networks (e.g.: future Farm Sustainability Data Network (FSDN) 321 ) and projects (including research projects 322 ) contributing to building rural evidence.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of connecting project activities to on-going work on integrated territorial strategies and or various domains mentioned in the topic to ensure complementarities and synergies, in particular advising on the data collection methods to be tested and on filling-in data gaps at high spatial granularity (NUTS3, LAU or grid levels). The contribution is framed on the context of the Knowledge Centre for Territorial Policies.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Expertise and training centre on rural innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all member states of the African Union are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposals focusing on o
ne type of activity or sector (e.g. primary production) are out of scope.

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal 323 , in particular its fair and just transition component, the European digital strategy 324 , the European pillar of social rights 325 and the EU long-term vision for rural areas 326 . It will do so by accelerating the deployment of digital, nature-based, social and community-led innovations in rural areas through capacity building and enhanced knowledge exchange, leading to rural communities that will be better equipped with innovative and smarter solutions that increase access to services, opportunities and adequate innovation ecosystems. Enhanced capacities and better knowledge flows and innovation support will empower rural people to act for change and get prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced capacity of rural communities and rural people to innovate for change thanks to the specific outcomes below;

2.improved skills and knowledge of rural citizens, entrepreneurs, organisations, local action groups 327 and community leaders of existing tools to develop and implement rural innovation (including social innovation) strategies and innovative actions to implement these strategies in rural communities, in all domains of relevance to rural life and economy;

3.shortening of the innovation cycle in rural communities and businesses leading to quicker results and transitions in rural communities, strengthened human capital, including more lively networks and improved attractiveness of rural communities, in particular for women and young people;

4.enhanced valorisation by rural communities of the results of rural innovation projects funded under various programmes; and

5.enhanced dialogue and cooperation on rural innovation worldwide, with sharing of learning resources.

Scope: Proposals should provide capacity building on rural innovation towards rural communities and actors in the EU and beyond, seeking to valorise the outcomes of projects funded under various programmes. The latter may include Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, the common agricultural policy (LEADER, EIP-AGRI operational groups), regional policy (community-led local development, INTERREG, smart specialisation strategies), preparatory actions such as the Smart rural project 328  or SMARTA 329 and other EU or non-EU relevant actions. Projects from these programmes should be considered as relevant if they produced practical tools to develop and/or implement strategies and roadmaps in various domains (energy, digital, climate adaptation and mitigation, mobility, environment, social, education and care, food etc.), innovation approaches such as living labs, activities related to smart villages; training packages, videos etc. innovation activities in general and innovative solutions. Proposals should pay special attention to social innovation 330 , which has been demonstrated to have a high potential to meet rural challenges. Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the interface between social and technical solutions and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Capacity building should target in particular communities developing smart village strategies 331 as foreseen under the common agricultural policy for 2021-2027 332 or similar initiatives, paying attention to the needs of various groups within these communities (e.g. women, youth etc.). They should map and promote funding opportunities and prepare the ground for rural communities to take part in innovation actions funded under Horizon Europe or other innovation support actions that can be used to support ecological, digital or social transitions in rural areas (whether or not they are targeted to these areas).

Proposals should organise the capitalisation and exchange of knowledge between projects funded under Horizon Europe working on innovation for rural communities. They should feed in and translate results from the research and innovation actions as these results become available. They should allow the portfolio of projects to reflect on rural innovation processes, lessons learnt and ways to improve innovation processes and innovation systems for rural communities in a multi-dimensional and multi-sectoral way. They should also ensure a lively interface between actions supporting rural community-led innovation funded under Horizon Europe (e.g. HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01 and HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-01-two-stage in the work programme 2021-2022) and common agricultural policy networks 333 . The project duration should be adapted to ensure such capitalisation is possible (a duration of at least five years is recommended). They may engage in collaboration with projects funded under other relevant calls 334 .

Proposals should explore with rural communities and benchmark various options and business models to create viable, networked and long-term rural innovation expertise and training mechanisms, centre(s) or hub(s) in Europe, able to capitalise on new knowledge and tools created and process them into training packages and sessions for rural communities in Europe and beyond. They should engage with international partners, including relevant international organisations (e.g. FAO, OECD) and partners in priority regions of the world for EU international cooperation on rural development (e.g. Africa) or with outstanding expertise in rural development, on resources to support the sustainable development of rural communities. Proposals may include partners from these countries in capacity building activities.

Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, bringing together the required competencies in communication, dissemination, exploitation and training alongside genuine knowledge of rural communities’ context. Training contents and packages should be provided in multiple languages and multimedia formats allowing their wide dissemination in the EU and beyond. They should be developed, tested and validated taking into account the specific needs of various types of rural actors (including women, young people, entrepreneurs, community-leaders, elderly etc.) in various types of rural areas (e.g. close to cities, remote etc.) and cover a wide variety of important aspects of rural life that rural communities may want to innovate on (e.g. energy, mobility, education, services, health, climate, environment etc.). Proposals focusing on one type of activity or sector (e.g. primary production) would not be considered as addressing the challenge appropriately. Synergies may be developed with other actions targeting community-based innovations in specific domains, innovation support or education and training.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-03: Smart XG, last-mile and edge solutions for remote farming, forestry and rural areas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposa
ls focusing on one type of activity or sector (e.g. primary production) are out of scope.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction t
o this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the ambitions of the Green Deal, the Digital Age and an Economy that works for people, leaving no one behind, the farm to fork strategy and the European strategy for data in particular, successful proposals will strengthen the capacities of famers, foresters and rural community through connectivity gains. They will therefore contribute to i) fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural areas thanks to the deployment of digital, nature-based, social and community-led innovations; ii) empowering people to act for change and get prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience; and iii) equipping rural communities with innovative and smarter solutions that increase access to services, opportunities and adequate innovation ecosystems.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reduce (the risk of) digital divides between different types of farms, sectors and regions.

2.Contribute to increase the competitiveness and social and environmental sustainability of the agricultural and forestry sectors and rural areas through innovative 5G, last-mile and edge solutions.

3.Facilitate decision-making, in particular for municipalities, farmers, foresters and their associations, in the selection of internet connectivity solutions under consideration of technical, economic and environmental aspects.

4.Increase energy efficiency through analysing and developing connectivity options and contributing to climate mitigation.

Scope: Missing access to fast broadband still presents a development challenge to many rural and remote areas. Frequently, the investments costs appear to be too high in comparison to the final number of end users in certain regions. Sometimes only investing in the “last-mile” presents a bottleneck to the connectivity. End-user needs vary not only between communities, but also between individual businesses and households, making it more challenging to find a common solution.

5G connectivity is a prerequisite for the running of several real-time applications, including of applications in the agricultural and forestry sectors, and has thus theoretically the potential to increase the economic and environmental performance of the sectors.

Overall, a range of possibilities to establish different types of broadband access at e.g. community-, farm- or field level are available going along with different investment and running costs.

Edge technologies allow under certain conditions the processing and analysis of data in remote systems, independently from larger data centres, which are frequently far away from rural communities. Edge technologies have the potential to reduce energy consumption. 335

Communities and businesses in rural areas considering upgrading their internet connectivity are confronted with decision-making challenges regarding the choice of technologies in which they should invest in to achieve best outcomes at system level under consideration of technical, economic, environmental and social aspects and the location-specific requirements and systemic resilience.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Assessing the socio-economic and environmental effects of innovative and existing 5G/4G/3G provision options (at regional-, community-, and farm-level) and making them feasible for non-scientists).

2.Developing innovative cost-effective and environmentally friendly solutions to 5G-and last-mile provision in remote areas tailored to the needs of communities, farms and forestry.

3.Assessing the socio-economic and environmental effects of innovative and existing edge technology options (at regional-, community-, and farm-level) and making them feasible for non-scientists.

4.Developing innovative cost-effective and environmental friendly edge solutions tailored to the needs of communities, farms and forestry, including an energy balance at system level.

5.Developing innovative business models (including at systemic level and cross-sectoral approaches).

Proposals are expected to undertake a comprehensive stocktaking exercise of solutions towards 5G, last-mile and edge solutions existing in the EU and globally (including satellite-based solutions 336 and other solutions, such as drones-assisted broadband provision), and of related studies and assessments. This review may also cover connectivity solutions developed in other domains, such as expedition, emergency or military services.

The aspects of regional and/or systemic resilience and energy efficiency should be elaborated, including the contribution to climate mitigation. Different regional contexts in the EU and Associated Countries as it regards environmental framing conditions, as well as the structure of the society and economy are to be reflected. To tailor solutions to practitioners’ and citizens’ needs, proposals must implement the multi-actor approach.

Project results are to be made feasible to rural communities, farmers and foresters associations, and policy-makers. A decision-making support tool, which includes assistance in business model development, is to be provided. – Practitioner-orientation has to form a key element of the project(s).

Proposals are not expected to develop innovative technology solutions for the general use of 5G, but should reflect and build – as far as possible – on the (interim) results of relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe Cluster 4, the Digital Europe Programme, the Connecting Europe Facility and other research and innovation projects, to develop innovative solutions tailored to the needs of remote farming, forestry and rural communities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-04: Socio-economic empowerment of the users of the sea

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposals focusing on one type of activity or sector (e.g. primary production) are out of scope.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive coastal development, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal, incorporating a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural, cultural and demographic drivers of change. Conducted research activities and innovative results will empower people to act for change through education and upgraded skills, leading to positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups. Among several potential coastal sectors being addressed, the proposal will ensure inclusion of tourism, recreational and leisure activity development in coastal areas to respect long-term environmental carrying capacity, and social goals.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural, cultural and demographic drivers of change for users of the sea in coastal areas is taken into account by the policy making community.

2.Better understanding of the nature connectedness of coastal communities and preconditions, hurdles and success factors for social transition and nature-based social innovation inspired the policy making community to take measures.

3.Socio-economic resilience and well-being of coastal communities (including gender related) are measured, understood and enhanced through a properly developed and established link with coastal ecosystem services and cultural heritage.

4.Empowerment of coastal communities and sectors to innovate for the ecological transition and feel part of it, through a multi-actor approach.

5.Design of transition mechanisms and identification of the means to make necessary changes socially acceptable, that among others may include curiosity-driven citizen science initiatives and outcomes connected to specific societal and blue bioeconomy-related socio-economic challenges on coastal climate adaptation and mitigation, coastal pollution, coastal biodiversity, circularity and sustainability or other aspects of coastal (eco)tourism and cultural events etc.

6.Creation of a well-connected community, involving companies, local businesses, social innovators, private investors, researchers, citizens and policy makers, which will bring together on the one hand research actions and results and on the other implementation actions, new initiatives, and policy developments for their own companies or local communities.

7.Improved skills in ocean literacy education and awareness raising, social sciences, green skills and digital transformation to process and integrate large network input of gradually more ‘Green and Blue Literate’ citizens that are more engaged to take direct and sustainable action.

8.Contributions to Maritime Spatial Planning and Integrated Maritime Policy, including the Water Framework Directive and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive.

9.Contribute to the UN SDG 1, SDG 2, SDG 3, SDG 5, SDG 10, SDG 11 and with a specific emphasis on UN SDG 14.

Scope: The multi- and trans-disciplinary proposals should undertake a thorough analysis of gaps in ocean literacy, marine environment connectedness like monetary and non-monetary values of the marine environment, socio-economic vulnerability and resilience (including gender-related) and preparedness for the social transition of coastal communities and stakeholders in order to advance understanding of the preconditions and success factors for social transition and nature-based social innovation. Proposals should deal with environmental and socio-economic challenges related to coastal climate adaptation and mitigation, coastal pollution, coastal ecology, coastal habitability and entrepreneurship, blue spaces and well-being, coastal (eco)tourism and cultural events, coastal food and energy production and consumption among others. Proposals should identify opportunities based on coastal ecosystem services and active engagement and participation of the users of the sea in designing, implementing and maintaining nature-based solutions (including monitoring activities on the performance and impacts of the solutions), taking into account cultural heritage aspects where relevant. SSH approaches should serve through a multi-actor approach to orient and contextualise coastal STEAM (science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics) activities related to the above-mentioned challenges in terms of social and economic impact as well as in terms of the deep impact of human behaviour, culture (including indigenous knowledge and practices) and history (including religion literacy) on all societal innovation and integrated sustainable coastal zone development and management. Proposals should engage or create appropriate multi-stakeholder platforms who should jointly evaluate cultural, societal and economic marine or coastal practices that are not compatible with sustainability principles, avoiding duplication with other projects, existing initiatives or platforms. They should jointly identify required cultural and societal changes for a sustainable use of the sea, design transition mechanisms and identify the means to achieve necessary changes. Attention needs to be given to different learning arrangements (e.g. multi-actor networks, producer-consumer association, hybrid innovative networks, territorial alliances, twinning approaches) as well as to innovative governance mechanisms at various levels, and their potential implications for social transition and nature-based social innovation. Activities should cover diverse types of coastal areas across the EU and Associated Countries and non-European (Black Sea and Mediterranean) countries. In line with the objectives of the EU Global Approach to Research and Innovation 337 , proposals are strongly encouraged to include third country participants, especially those established in Black Sea and Mediterranean countries.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

The involvement of sea-based businesses, and economic and local development bodies is required to implement the multi-actor approach (cf eligibility conditions). Engaging with managing authorities of European Structural and Investment Funds during the project would help increase implementation of the project outcomes and support further uptake.

Projects should build on existing knowledge and integrate results from multiple origins, including other EU, international or national projects. Some cooperation activities with projects financed under Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ and topics of the Green Deal Call could be included, as well as with relevant projects from other EU programmes or with relevant EU initiatives and thematic networks.

This topic should be linked to the Horizon Europe Missions Ocean, seas and waters and Adaptation to Climate Change including Societal Transformation, the Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy, the Biodiversity Partnership or other partnerships where relevant.

Social innovation 338 is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

The possible participation of the JRC 339 in the project will consist of contributing to the analysis of patterns and practice of participation of local and urban communities into place-based ecosystems developing integrated sustainable development strategies and action.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Integrated urban food system policies – how cities and towns can transform food systems for co-benefits

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
Proposals
focusing on one type of activity or sector (e.g. primary production) are out of scope.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to
this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as of the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support the development of policies, business models and market conditions contributing to the sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of urban and peri-urban areas and to the empowerment and resilience of their communities, who can access, afford and choose healthier, nutritious and environmental-friendly food.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.City-region food systems and of the urban-rural linkages across Europe are better understood and taken into account in urban policies;

2.The concept of local food environments is better understood and taken into account in local planning, with a view to driving people towards healthier food choices and transforming urban food systems to be healthier, circular and resilient;

3.More cities and towns build on good practice initiatives (e.g.: signatory cities of the Milan Urban Food Policy Pact) to develop integrated urban food policies and planning frameworks linking health, environment and food systems, bridging the national and the local level and including risk prevention and reduction plans to anticipate and manage food systems shocks, as well as to develop resilience;

4.Strengthened urban food systems governance through increased multi-stakeholder engagement in designing and implementing urban food policies in cities and towns across Europe, representing different cultural and geographical settings;

5.More Higher Education Institutes engaging in structured and long-term collaborations with local/regional actors to help transform their urban food system through participatory R&I;

6.Improved decision-making by government actors willing to commit to change their local food systems, based on ready-to-use knowledge on the typologies, evolution, outcomes and impacts of integrated local food policies, throughout and within Europe, and in comparison with other regions.

Scope: Urban areas face a serious challenge to ensure healthy, affordable, safe and sustainably produced food to their residents. Many cities and their inhabitants are disconnected from their food – e.g. where it comes from, how it is produced, the impact food production and consumption have on the environment, climate and health, and the complexity and fragility of food value chains –. The way in which cities deal with food is highly variable and often fragmented, but integrated urban food policies and social innovations providing co-benefits are progressively emerging throughout Europe.

A key issue to be addressed is that of poorly planned urban food environments that drive citizens, and children in particular, towards unhealthy packaged food that is high in calories, sugars, salt and saturated fat, which contributes to obesity and diet-related illnesses. Furthermore, different shocks disrupting urban food systems worldwide can exacerbate the already limited access to healthy food, in particular for the urban poor.

Cities have the potential to make healthy and sustainable food available, affordable and attractive to all, which will in turn reduce consumption-based GHG emissions, in a win-win situation for people and the planet.

Proposals under this topic should address the following four issues and be targeted to help at least 5 cities/towns lacking integrated food systems policies to take ambitious and decisive action:

1.Understanding: map local food systems, policies and actions, with a special focus on assessing short supply chains and urban food environments (including harmful marketing and advertising and unequal access to healthy food for the urban poor), and on developing local indicators and monitoring frameworks.
This should be built on existing tools such as the “Food systems dashboard framework” and should include the development of food systems stakeholder maps, maps of the formal and
informal food flows and retail channels and, especially relevant in case of food shock crisis, maps identifying the most vulnerable people and their access to nutritious food.
This should include analysing the local responses to emergencies and take into a
ccount the environmental, social and economic dimension.

2.Governance: develop and evaluate innovative, multi-actor, urban food systems governance processes and capacities for science-backed integrated policy making and implementation actions that deliver on farm to fork strategy objectives and Food 2030 co-benefits for health, environment, climate, circularity and inclusion, while minimizing trade-offs. Special attention should be given to improving food environments, providing increased food access to vulnerable groups and fostering short supply chains.

3.Engaging: mobilise a wide diversity of food system actors from farm to fork (i.e. public and private, the financial sector, civil society and academia). Higher education institutions and research centres, in particular, should be engaged to collaboration with local actors to support evidence-based food policy development and to help provide local solutions to integrated food system challenges.

4.Mutual learning: reinforce or create new networks of cities and towns to share good practices and learn from and support each other. This implies involving cities with well-developed food policies to provide guidance and lessons learned, as well as new forms of collaboration/twinning.

Proposals should address inequalities in urban food systems, whether they be due to gender, race and other social categories.

Conducting inter and trans-disciplinary research and involving a wide diversity of food system actors is required to implement the multi actor approach (cf eligibility condition). In particular, a strong involvement of citizens and civil society, together with urban designers, design thinkers, social innovators, planners, social scientists and public authorities to strengthen relationships between urban planning and food choices and to develop new methods and approaches to innovation have to be ensured.

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how it will collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, e.g. by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the EU’s goal of leading just digital, economic and ecological transitions that will leave no one behind, supporting in particular European Green Deal priorities such as the biodiversity strategy for 2030. It will support the empowerment of rural, coastal and urban communities to act for change and to contribute to the Green Deal objectives through education and upgraded skills regarding the design, implementation and benefits of nature-based solutions (NBS) 340 . By doing so, communities will be better prepared to adapt to climate change through the deployment of NBS, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience and positive long-term prospects, including jobs for all, notably for young people.

Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Increased awareness of the value of NBS to educate children and young people in an innovative and holistic way, developing 21st century competencies, values and attitudes through an active and engaging pedagogy.

2.NBS teaching programmes and materials are more widely available across the EU.

3.Local communities across the EU are stimulated to co-create NBS, thus contributing to greater upscaling and impact of these solutions.

4.Increase awareness and long-term public engagement on NBS and their benefits, enhancing citizens' capacity to act as responsible and participative actors in a knowledge-based society.

Scope: Citizens and experts have identified better awareness of the opportunities, benefits, and limitations of nature-based solutions (NBS) as one of the main factors that could facilitate the transition to more sustainable cities and territories, and help build physical and mental resilience. Examples of NBS include green roofs and green walls that cool down cities in the summer; parks that may contribute to air purification and provide leisure and exercise opportunities to citizens; green corridors connecting natural areas; urban food gardens, etc.

NBS build on nature and ecosystems to deliver social, ecological, and economic benefits, increasing biodiversity and contributing to climate change adaptation and mitigation. Their large educational potential remains quite unexplored, whilst innovative programmes and resources around NBS for children and families have only recently started to appear in formal and informal education. Building on scientific evidence and experiences from NBS projects in cities and involving teachers in different countries, an educational pilot study in 2020 exploited research results to develop educational programmes and resources, raising awareness on NBS and their benefits in primary and secondary schools 341 .

The scope of the present topic is to upscale that pilot, broaden its geographical and educational reach, and increase its impact. The successful proposal should set up a multidisciplinary, pan-European network of education professionals, researchers, public authorities, multipliers and civil society to integrate and help create awareness and mainstream NBS-related EU research and innovation into primary and secondary schools, vocational training and higher education centres (e.g. architecture and engineering), influencers, mass media and other multipliers.

The successful proposal should develop learning scenarios, formal and informal education activities and training programmes for teachers to mainstream biodiversity and NBS in education at all levels, in a broad range of disciplines (not exclusively STEM), adaptable, freely available in all European languages, to be used inside and outside (remote learning, classroom, in/with nature, outdoors).

Actions should build on the results of the pilot project and the growing corpus of EU-funded project results, networks and initiatives to develop innovative, open-access educational programmes and materials to raise awareness on NBS and their social, economic and environmental benefits among children, young people and their families in an interdisciplinary, problem-based learning approach. They should combine the use of ICT (e.g. games, apps, etc), remote learning, audio-visual productions and social media with real-life experiences in nature and local NBS, such as educational green roofs and urban gardens. All programmes and materials should be tested in a network of pilots and should convey a call for action for students to engage with local stakeholders (e.g. involving celebrities as NBS 'ambassadors', where appropriate) and reflect on the different ethical, economic, environmental and social aspects related to NBS, including gender aspects. Responsible research and innovation (RRI) guidelines and tools should be applied. The work that the JRC may have developed on a competence framework for sustainability during the lifetime of the project should also be taken into account.

Relationships should be considered between educational programmes, together with practitioners and policy-makers (e.g. linking up living-lab models and embedding demonstration approaches and NBS projects in conjunction with local schools, universities and colleges).

Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outputs will be openly accessible through the Oppla (the EU repository for NBS) and Scientix (the community for science education) portals 342 .

Applicants should create synergies with projects under the same topic and other relevant ongoing or up-coming projects, notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities’; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being’. To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 343

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 344

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01

RIA

6.00

Around 3.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-02

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-03

IA

9.00

Around 9.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-04

IA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

Overall indicative budget

42.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01: Boosting women-led innovation in farming and rural areas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must
use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal 345 , the EU farm to fork strategy 346 , the European pillar of social rights 347 , the European gender equality strategy 348 and the EU long-term vision for rural areas 349 . It will do so by increasing the understanding of the social and behavioural drivers of change, especially in relation with gender norms and relations and by favouring the deployment of women-led innovations in farming and rural communities. Improved knowledge of the specifics of women-led innovation, more supportive innovation ecosystems and smart solutions coming from women-led innovations will empower rural people to act for change and get farming and rural communities prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs for all, in particular women.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.more effective policy and governance frameworks and knowledge and innovation systems to boost women’s roles in the sustainable development of rural areas and in innovation in farming, in the rural economy and in rural communities;

2.improved understanding, awareness and recognition of women’s role in the future of the farming sector (in particular ecological transitions), rural economies and communities and related innovation by policy-makers, rural citizens, innovation support services and scientists;

3.combating and transforming gender norms and stereotypes, fostering broad social equalities and advancing Sustainable Development Goal 5 on gender equality; and

4.enhanced capacity of rural women to innovate for change, including improved skills, solutions to challenges faced by rural women, stronger networks and enhanced knowledge flows from, between and towards women innovators in rural areas and in farming, facilitating the uptake and dissemination of successful innovations and innovation-support tools, in particular those contributing to ecological transitions.

Scope: The role that European women play in rural development and in farming is still widely under-researched. And so is their role as entrepreneurs and innovation leaders, the specifics of the innovations they develop and how the current governance framework contributes to boosting their innovation capacity or to hampering it. Current evidence suggests that this role is underestimated and that the potential of rural women to contribute to sustainability transitions remains partially untapped, in particular due to a lack of targeting in policy frameworks and innovation support systems.

Proposals should analyse the role that women play and will play in the future of rural areas considering megatrends in European rural economies and communities in general and in farming in particular (proportion of official and non-official farm labour, involvement in innovative activities, role in social capital, specific social challenges and risks, relation to environment and environmentally-friendly farming practices etc.), highlighting differences between and within studied countries. They should analyse the specifics of women-led or gendered innovations in farming and in rural communities (specific needs and challenges, sectors and activities, scope, outcomes and benefits, hurdles and obstacles, knowledge and support sources and various forms of social capital involved), the relevance of the agricultural and rural knowledge and innovation systems for women, including education, training and advice. To this end, proposals should actively support a number of practical user-centred women-led interactive innovation initiatives to create knowledge of the specifics of women-led innovation processes, favour exchanges across initiatives and derive new knowledge and practical tools for women, support organisations and policy makers at national (including Associated Countries) and EU level to enhance change.

Proposals should benchmark EU and national policy and legal frameworks on farming and rural development for their gender equality performance, taking into account the new European gender equality strategy. They should also formulate recommendations on how to improve legal, policy or governance frameworks in rural economies in general and in farming in particular to support women-led innovation and women’s role in farming and rural economies.

Proposals should be transdisciplinary, with a key role for social sciences and humanities (SSH) such as sociology, psychology, economics and innovation studies. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. Social innovation should be considered alongside other types of innovation 350 . Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, involving women rural innovators and supportive organisations in all tasks alongside scientists, innovation support services and other relevant actors all along the project. The consortia and practical innovation initiatives supported should be located in a set of different locations representing the diversity of European rural socio-economic conditions. Proposals should include a task to coordinate with other proposals funded under this topic, as well as under topics on the ‘expertise and training centre on rural innovation’ (HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02), ‘smart solutions for smart rural communities’ (HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-01-two-stage), other relevant projects 351 and with future common agricultural policy networks 352 , to build synergies in engagement activities and dissemination and exploitation of results.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Assessing and improving labour conditions and health and safety at work in farming

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-act
or approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the EU farm to fork strategy 353 , the European pillar of social rights 354 and the long-term vision for rural areas 355 . It will do so by increasing the understanding of the social and behavioural drivers of change, especially in relation with social inclusion, labour, health and safety aspects, and by favouring the deployment of innovations that improve labour conditions, health and safety in farming, equipping the sector with smarter and innovative solutions that increase opportunities for most vulnerable groups, improve attractiveness of farm work and reduce the feeling of being left behind. Improved knowledge leading to more supportive policy frameworks alongside practical innovations will empower people and businesses to act for change and get prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.enhanced understanding and awareness by policy makers, farmers organisations, trade unions and health authorities of farmers’ and farm workers’ health and safety, and on the implications of the perceptions of their work on the future of the sector and hence on long-term food security;

2.improved policy and governance frameworks favouring safer and more inclusive working environments for farmers and farm workers;

3.wider use of corporate social responsibility innovations by farm businesses; and

4.improved health, safety and labour conditions in farming thanks to better performing European and national policy and legal frameworks and innovative bottom-up initiatives.  

Scope: Proposals should analyse health and safety at work issues in the farming sector with a specific focus on working conditions (and how they will evolve with digital transitions, climate change, health risks, regulatory developments on chemicals, farmers mental health, injuries, etc.) and labour conditions (seasonal patterns, working time, income and work outside legal contracts, including mobile EU and non-EU workers) also in relation to the perceived attractiveness of farming or working in farming as a job. They should analyse work risks and the vulnerability of farm workers of different genders and ages. They should engage with current and potential future farmers and farm workers on their perception of work in farming and their perspectives and plans for the future, including farm inheritance/take over, seeking to understand the attractiveness of the job (e.g. in relation to wages, stability, seasonality etc.). They should assess the impact of the type of labour force involved (family, local, external) on society and on the farm (including from the workers’ perspectives) and the consequences in case of external shocks such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic.

Proposals should explore the potential of corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives and social economy and entrepreneurship to improve the situation of farm workers, including business models that reward improved working conditions through premium prices or other forms of reward, including for non-productive functions such as social inclusion, empowerment and care (non-EU good practices could be considered). They should analyse consumers’ willingness to pay for more ethical working conditions and enabling conditions for market development in this arena. To this end, they should support social innovation 356 , social entrepreneurship or corporate social responsibility pilots in a limited number of localities to serve as role models or positive examples to learn from and be scaled-up.

They should explore the policy implications of the outcomes (including regulation and control); benchmark policy design and delivery and make recommendations for improved policy frameworks at the right level of governance considering the various competencies involved (EU, national, regional etc.). Finally, they should develop training and education actions to raise farmers, farm workers, trade unions and farmers organisations awareness of health-protecting innovations that can be scaled up.

Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, bringing together multiple science fields, in particular the social sciences and humanities (SSH) (e.g. sociology, behavioural sciences, psychology etc.), actors with complementary knowledge of health, employment, farm contracts, taxation etc., farmers and farmer organisations or trade unions and support groups for farmers facing difficulties. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. Proposals should cover a representative variety of countries and sectors at least in the EU, covering in particular countries and sectors in which intra-EU and non-EU mobile workers are a significant part of the sector’s labour force. Attention should be paid to gender and age disparities in the cases analysed and pilots supported. For gender-related issues, the project may engage in collaboration with projects funded under HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01: Boosting women-led innovation in farming and rural areas.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-03: Integration of marine ecosystem service valuation, conservation and restoration in socio-economic models

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-ac
tor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, the successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of coastal areas, thanks to deployment of digital, nature-based, social and community-led innovations, to deliver nature-based and scientifically validated solutions to existing coastal socio-economic and environmental threats. People are empowered to act for change through upgraded skills and innovative governance that favours an integrated and interlinked territorial development. Coastal communities are better prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience to various types of shocks, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups. Tourism, recreational and leisure activity development in coastal areas respects long-term environmental carrying capacity, and social goals.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Nature-based and community-led socio-economic development in the coastal sector, revitalising social capacities in fragile communities and supporting environmental improvements, based on integrated marine ecosystem service valuation, management, conservation and restoration.

2.Lasting cooperation between local communities and coastal sectors and authorities through enhanced governance and social innovation in different regional contexts.

3.Properly assessed and transdisciplinary scientifically validated, supported and monitored social innovation experiments related to coastal climate adaptation and mitigation, biodiversity, water quality, pollution, seafood production, ecotourism etc.

4.Innovative socio-economic models resulting from the projects, based on a long-term perspective using a participatory process of visioning and experimentation, are implemented in integrated coastal zone management.

5.Improved employment prospects through job creation, development and training of knowledgeable regional/local ambassadors for natural habitat restoration and transformation.

6.Scientifically validated recommendations for tourism development in coastal areas reflecting long-term carrying capacity and social goals.

7.Nature-based scientifically validated solutions to existing socio-economic and environmental threats, are embedded in new regulations and European Directives like the Maritime Spatial Planning Directive, the Water Framework Directive, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive and the NATURA 2000 Directives.

Scope: Coastal ecosystems play an important role in nutrient recycling/regulation, sediment stabilisation and transfer, food production, reducing risks and impacts of climate change, etc. They are the basis of important socio-economic activities such as tourism and wellbeing, fisheries and aquaculture, housing and transport, trade, renewable energy. Integrated coastal zone management requires more and better integration of ecosystem services’ valuation, management, conservation and restoration in socio-economic models through partnerships and collaborations between a range of multi-sector organisations, authorities and coastal communities for a balanced sustainable development and management of potentially vibrant coastal areas.

The multi- and trans-disciplinary proposals should design, scientifically guide and develop nature-based coastal socio-economic models, businesses and marine spatial planning, based on the limits and potential of coastal ecosystem services. These scientific activities should aim to avoid traditional conflicts between human-based activities, reduce urban pressures, protect and restore coastal ecosystems, and support critical ecosystem services in order to ensure good environmental or ecological status, social cohesion and resilience. The proposals should stimulate and benefit from increased nature connectedness of coastal communities; cultural heritage including traditional skills, nature-based social and frugal innovation, active engagement and employments of knowledgeable regional/local ambassadors for natural habitat restoration and transformation, ocean literacy training towards and within companies, digital transformation and collaborative (e)governance improvements. Activities could usefully include innovative business models integrating land-based and sea-based production or service provision with simultaneous benefit for the local economy, local jobs and the environment.

The proposals should cover a representative set of coastal areas or regions across Europe varying according to size and geographical, environmental, socio-economic, institutional and administrative conditions (regional, inter-regional, macro-region, cross-border). Interactive research approaches should be used to engage with relevant stakeholders, local businesses and citizens and elaborate options for cooperation, networking and integrated governance seeking to enhance partnership. Proposals could seek to create long-lasting relationships within and between the case study areas benchmarked by the project in order to generate knowledge exchange to foster synergistic relationships in different coastal areas of Europe.

The potential use of instruments provided by the European Structural and Investment Funds for the period 2021-2027 should be explored. Some cooperation activities with projects financed under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-04, Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ and Green Deal Call topics could be included; as well as with relevant projects from other EU programmes or with relevant EU initiatives and networks.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Proposals must involve coastal actors and other land and sea-based businesses, and economic and local development bodies to implement the required multi-actor approach (cf eligibility conditions). Engaging with managing authorities of the European Structural and Investment Funds during the project would help increase implementation of the project outcomes and support further uptake.

This topic should be linked to the Horizon Europe Missions Ocean, seas and waters and Adaptation to Climate Change including Societal Transformation, the Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy, the Biodiversity Partnership or other partnerships where relevant.

Social innovation 357 is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-04: Social innovation in food sharing to strengthen urban communities’ food resilience

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must
use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as of the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support the development of policies, business models and market conditions contributing to the sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of urban and peri-urban areas and to the empowerment and resilience of their communities, who can access, afford and choose healthier, nutritious and environmental-friendly food.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.The concept of urban food-sharing economy and of its impacts on the society, the planet and the economy at urban and peri-urban level are better understood, as well as the drivers to its development and the implementation gaps;

2.Urban and peri-urban communities develop or strengthen their food-sharing economies as a step towards more innovative, inclusive, sustainable and resilient local food systems and supply chains that can also address emerging problems, such as the challenges posed by the measures to contain the Covid-19 pandemic;

3.Prevention and reduction of food waste.

Scope: With the recent Covid-19 pandemic, it is now evident that the risk of disruptions of food systems needs to be given greater attention. Strengthening the resilience of communities (in particular the most vulnerable and isolated, and those at risk of food poverty) to potential food system disruptions is at the heart of this topic.

The Pandemic has contributed to the emergence of territorialised and community-based food economies spontaneously created by citizens. These new sharing and circular economies are based on the redistribution of value, knowledge-sharing and reciprocal support, and are often supported by local governments.

Urban food sharing initiatives have been multiplying across a wide range of diversified cities, far beyond the wealthiest ones, and are often facilitated by new technologies such as apps, websites and social media. Such initiatives develop strategies that support an increase in resilience, social justice and empowerment of vulnerable and marginalised populations.

However, urban food sharing is still an unexplored – and debated – field; there is currently no agreed definition and many activities can be considered as part of it (e.g., kitchen spaces, meal sharing, food business incubators, collaborative delivery services, food donation). The lack of political interest, financing and sufficient data, as well as the existence of regulatory barriers and risks (both real and perceived), are holding back the rise of new food systems economies that work for all people and the planet.

The proposals should foster social innovation, with a special focus on building a more widespread and resilient food sharing economy, where different practices can be considered, while working on 5 distinct areas:

1.Mapping, tracking and monitoring: building on the work of the EU-funded project ‘Sharecity’ 358 , proposals should investigate the food sharing landscapes of at least 100 EU/Associated Countries cities to understand how food sharing landscapes differ within and across countries; moreover, proposals should develop automated systems to search, collect and – especially – update existing urban and peri-urban initiatives;

2.Cost-benefit analysis: proposals should define appropriate measures and indicators to assess the social, economic and environmental benefits of urban and peri-urban food sharing, including developing new indices to describe the specificity of food sharing economy. This should include the production of new knowledge on the challenges, implementation gaps and innovative mechanisms to foster for sustainable food sharing in cities, towns and neighbourhoods;

3.Comparative governance analysis: proposals should investigate how different food sharing landscapes evolve and, also through a scenario analysis, how to transform the existing regulatory regimes, governance structures and habits, to promote sustainable food sharing;

4.Strategic planning: proposals should exploit the potential for replicability/scale up of existing food sharing initiatives across the EU and associated countries and bring innovation into urban food systems design to integrate sustainable food sharing and build the urban food systems of the future;

5.Challenging the existing theories: proposals should study the relationship between the evolution of social norms, culture and local conditions, including their change due to the global pandemics, and the rise of food sharing initiatives.

Furthermore, proposals should support the definition of innovative local strategies to overcome the barriers to food and nutrition security in urban areas and boost community resilience. This can include the creation and evaluation of distributive food systems (e.g. mutual aid programmes, local food systems networks) based on local needs and capacities, where value, knowledge and power would be redistributed fairly across actors and territories; tailored solutions - including social innovations, frugal innovation, technologies, new/adapted business models -, as well as new market places.

Proposals should address inequalities in urban food systems, whether they be due to gender, race and other social categories.

Proposals should implement the multi-actor approach by conducting inter and trans-disciplinary research and involving a wide diversity of food system actors, with a special attention to consumers and civil society organisations. They should ensure a strong involvement of citizens and civil society, as well as of academia, industry and public authorities in the development of the methods and approaches to innovation.

Proposals should explain and map how the co-benefits relevant to the four Food 2030 priorities will be achieved: Nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, Climate and environment, Circularity and resource efficiency, Innovation and empowerment of communities.

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other proposals selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, e. g. by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the EU’s goal of leading just digital, economic and ecological transitions that will leave no one behind, supporting in particular European Green Deal priorities such as the biodiversity strategy for 2030. R&I will contribute to develop rural, coastal and urban areas in a sustainable, balanced and inclusive manner thanks to the deployment of nature-based solutions (NBS) 359 and to a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural and cultural drivers of change. R&I will also further support the empowerment of communities to deploy NBS to adapt to climate change and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience, well-being and positive long-term prospects, such as jobs for all (including for women, young people and vulnerable groups).

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced contribution of nature-based solutions (NBS) to social and economic targets, especially in vulnerable communities and notably regarding the transformative change needed to address the biodiversity and climate crises.

2.New NBS governance models and co-creation approaches and tools, as well as NBS design and technologies that enhance social benefits while providing ecological and economic benefits.

3.NBS are better suited to respond to different socio-political contexts and have higher replicability in the diverse environmental, economic and social conditions across Europe.

Scope: Nature-based solutions (NBS) are already being delivered with increasing evidence on their effectiveness, but implementation issues persist, hindering NBS uptake and upscale. There is a need to move beyond seeing the implementation challenge as primarily a technical issue, to develop our understanding of the economic, social, political, moral and cultural dimensions of designing and implementing NBS 360 .

Most of the available approaches seem inadequate to fully take into consideration synergies and trade-offs among different actions, notably in what concerns the social and cultural benefits of NBS. They often also fail to understand the social, political and institutional contexts and the material and discursive elements that shape NBS implementation. This, in turn, affects the long-term success of NBS, notably in contributing to the transformative change needed to address the biodiversity and climate crises. This understanding is particularly crucial when implementing NBS to support vulnerable communities and regions to cope with transformative change in old-industrialised, low-income, outermost or disaster-hit areas. NBS can also contribute to addressing inequities and well-being in communities and regions who need it most, especially in terms of the post-COVID19 recovery. Additionally, our understanding of how diverse actors – who may operate at different scales and through multiple networks – are engaged in the development and implementation of NBS is still limited, especially when the deployment of NBS implies collaboration across different regions, administrative areas or simply different types of land owners.

The successful proposals should:

1.Gain a wider understanding of the role of actors involved in NBS, considering: a) particular groups of actors that have been under-researched (e.g. land holders such as churches, charitable organizations, educational establishments, utilities, etc.); b) sectors of the economy (e.g. agriculture, forestry, tourism, finance, etc.) and c) landscapes (e.g. coastal areas, river catchments, wetlands, etc.);

2.Investigate how different NBS designs and governance can contribute to environmental justice, prevent environmental racism and gentrification, insure the inclusion and active participation of women, youth, minority groups, immigrant communities, etc.;

3.Develop innovative governance models: a) exploring different forms of engagement, inclusion and stewardship; b) enabling the breaking of silos in public administration and between different administrative domains; and c) tackling other legal, management and administrative issues;

4.Propose ways in which NBS governance and design can contribute to transformative change and to a just transition in support of the Sustainable Development Goals;

5.Understand and propose solutions to functional conflicts in land-use for better and more integration between NBS, land-use planning and other (possibly conflicting) sectors, their policies and planning processes;

6.Explore governance techniques (e.g. standards, certification, incentives, subsidies, etc.) that develop private and voluntary governance alongside formal regulatory and planning powers, with a view to mainstreaming NBS in the public and private sectors.

7.Identify the possibilities for, and limits to, the full co-creation approach in NBS (including co-design, co-implementation, co-maintenance and co-monitoring), their underlying governance arrangements and instruments;

8.Provide approaches based on citizen science, big data or artificial intelligence tools to better communicate the science of NBS and promote citizen engagement in the co-creation, co-implementation and co-monitoring of NBS;

9.Understand how the meanings and values attached to nature in urban, rural, coastal, periurban or post-industrial areas affect the long-term success of NBS. To this end, investigate what counts as nature, what is valued and why this varies amongst individuals and communities as well as how this can be taken into account in the development of NBS.

10.Investigate the impact of citizens’ perceptions and expectations towards NBS on management decisions and delivery of ecosystem services, while considering also the role of NBSs in generating new kinds of connections and values for nature and with what consequences.

Proposals should address all of the above points.

Proposals should bring together from the start multiple types of scientific expertise in both natural sciences and social sciences and humanities (e.g. geography, sociology, political ecology, behavioural sciences, anthropology, philosophy, etc). In particular, this topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Projects should seek to contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative by supporting the green and digital transitions in communities’ living environments through merging sustainability, inclusiveness and quality of experience. Small-scale pilots could be envisaged to explore NBS which are innovative either in their functional scope, socio-economic reach, integrative approaches or application in new settings.

Applicants should create synergies with projects under the same topic and other relevant ongoing or up-coming projects, notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces; HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding; HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-06: Nature-based solutions, prevention and reduction of risks and the insurance sector; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being; HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions. To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outputs will be accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for NBS) 361 .

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with the Latin American and Caribbean region and the USA.

Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 362

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 363

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Feb 2022 (First Stage), 06 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-01-two-stage

IA

14.00

Around 7.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage

RIA

19.00

Around 6.00

3

Overall indicative budget

33.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-01-two-stage: Smart solutions for smart rural communities: empowering rural communities and smart villages to innovate for societal change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Where relevant, activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal 364 , in particular its fair and just transition component, the European digital strategy 365 , the European pillar of social rights 366 and the EU long-term vision for rural areas 367 . It will do so by supporting digital, social and community-led innovations and by equipping rural communities with innovative and smarter solutions that increase access to services, opportunities and adequate innovation ecosystems, including for women, youth and the most vulnerable groups, improve attractiveness and reduce the feeling of being left behind, even in the most remote locations like mountains. The increased availability of smart solutions and support to community-led innovations will empower people to act for change and get prepared to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, adapt to climate change, and turn digital and ecological transitions into increased resilience, good health and positive long-term prospects, including jobs, for all including women, young people and vulnerable groups.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced capacity of rural communities and rural people to innovate for change thanks to the specific outcomes below;

2.Enlarged set of smart solutions for rural communities (practical and transferable innovative solutions to challenges faced by rural communities in a variety of fields e.g. social services, health, energy, mobility, climate adaptation and mitigation, biodiversity and ecosystem management, education, access to culture, etc.).

3.Upgraded approaches, methods, tools and skills to design, implement, monitor and evaluate community-led innovations contributing to the implementation of smart village 368 strategies and social innovation 369 initiatives improving i) rural people’s well-being, ii) rural community resilience to shocks, iii) rural contributions to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals and to the EU long-term vision for rural areas 370 .

4.Strengthened human capital, including networks, enhanced relations and knowledge exchange between smart villages and rural community innovators on transferable innovations and innovation processes.

Scope: Proposals should start from past work conducted in the framework of i) EU action on smart villages 371 , including the related preparatory actions 372 ; and ii) Horizon 2020 projects dedicated to social innovation in rural areas 373 . Proposals should support a large number of rural community-led, social innovation or smart village pilot initiatives in a set of locations in the EU and Associated Countries representative of the diversity of social and geographical contexts. They should prototype, test, pilot and demonstrate innovations that answer the most pressing rural challenges found at these locations, with particular attention to social and environmental challenges.

Proposals should explore various forms of innovations: technical, technological, business, organisational and social. Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the interface between social and technical solutions and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Proposals should exploit in particular the potential of digital technologies to answer rural communities’ challenges, respecting the principles of the declarations on “joining forces to boost sustainable digital transformation in cities and communities” 374 and on “a smart and sustainable digital future for European agriculture and rural areas” 375 . Proposals should build on the work of projects funded under the topic DT-ICT-09-2020 376 and avoid duplications.

Criteria for selecting the pilot initiatives supported should include the contribution to rural people’s well-being, rural community resilience to shocks, Sustainable Development Goals and the EU’s long-term vision for rural areas as well as the potential transferability or replicability of the innovations to other European villages facing similar conditions. The experience gained from supporting these community-led innovation pilot initiatives should lead proposals to formulate upgraded approaches, methods and tools that should be widely disseminated in close coordination with the ‘expertise and training centre on rural innovation funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02. Proposals should also capitalise on i) rural innovation processes and knowledge and innovation systems or ecosystems needed to support rural community-led or social innovation and smart villages; and ii) lessons learnt to improve policies and governance frameworks, especially on instruments supporting the development of social capital, social networks, social economy and social innovation and with attention to various needs of various target groups.

Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, bringing together scientists alongside rural community organisations, action groups or networks with a demonstrated ability to connect to a large number of local communities and disseminate and exploit project results. The consortium should bring together a multiplicity of competences and science disciplines with an effective contribution of SSH disciplines, to ensure a skilled accompaniment of a wide range of innovation areas likely to come from the pilot initiatives (climate mitigation and adaptation, social care and services, energy, mobility, culture, education etc.) and innovation approaches and technologies (technical, organisational, social, digital…). It should demonstrate substantial prior experience in facilitating community-led bottom-up innovation initiatives.

As an option, proposals may provide financial support to third parties, particularly for SMEs or entities who would develop specific innovative solutions needed in the pilot initiatives. Consortia who decide to use this option should define the selection process of entities for which financial support will be granted.

Proposals should include a task to cooperate with other projects funded under this topic, other relevant innovation projects and with the ‘expertise and training centre on rural innovation’ funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02 from the beginning of the project (taking up tools and training kits) until its end (dissemination of upgraded tools and smart solutions) and with the projects funded under HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01 for issues related to women-led innovation. Proposals should also foresee close coordination with the common agricultural policy networks 377  to maximise the contribution of project activities to the achievement of future common agricultural policy (2021-2027) objectives 378 , in particular in relation with smart villages 379 . Finally, proposals are encouraged to liaise with the relevant European Institute of Technology knowledge and innovation communities 380 .

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the EU’s goal of leading just, digital, economic and ecological transitions that will leave no one behind, supporting in particular European Green Deal priorities such as the biodiversity strategy for 2030. R&I will support the development of nature-based therapy to help communities turn the ecological transition into opportunities for good health and well-being, increased resilience, and positive long-term prospects such as the creation of green jobs.

Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Sharper view of green space management, nature protection, agriculture and forestry sectors as care providers and their possible linkages with the healthcare, social and educational sectors;

2.Stronger evidence base for the causal relationships between nature and health and well-being for more effective nature therapy prescriptions;

3.Cost-effective nature therapy prescriptions are more widely used in the health care sector;

4.Greater citizen and policy-maker awareness of the positive benefits of nature for health and well-being;

5.Wider utilization by healthcare professionals and citizens of nature therapy as a form of preventive medicine.

Scope: Nature affects human health in different ways. In particular, urban environments can have a negative impact on physical and mental health. This is due to urban stressors such as increased noise levels, higher crime rates and higher levels of pollution. The total global burden of disease attributable to mental illness has recently been estimated to be as high as 32% of total years lived with disability and 13% of disability-adjusted life-years, on par with cardiovascular and circulatory diseases. It is important, therefore, to determine the degree to which nature experience might lessen and address this burden. Even more so in view of the fact that the opportunities and time spent in nature are decreasing.

However, despite many putative positive correlations identified between nature and health and well-being, the causal understanding of relationships between health and nature exposure are not well understood. The long-term effects are also less well studied and recognised in policies. Social, economic and cultural factors strongly mediate the strength and direction of linkages between health and nature. Age, gender and especially socio-economic status may modify the association between greenness and health behaviours and outcomes and need to be better understood to create more effective nature therapy. Additionally, mental health benefits may vary with the type of interaction with nature and the form of sensory input. Furthermore, the health and well-being benefits of exposure to nature are affected by cultural perspectives and experiences relating to social interaction and contact with the natural environment.

A successful proposal should:

1.Develop a common framework to increasingly recognise and promote contact with nature, including protected areas and other green and blue spaces, as a cost-effective response for the prevention and treatment of human health and well-being;

2.Propose an interdisciplinary and cross-sectoral approach, including the involvement of the health care sector, land owners, as well as green space management and nature protection sectors;

3.Improve schemes monitoring nature-health linkages to enhance the evidence base and tools for the health care sector, green space management, nature protection, urban planning and landscape architecture;

4.Develop longitudinal prospective methods, (quasi-) experiments or well-controlled interventions, to provide more evidence of the causal relationships between nature and health and well-being:

1.Understanding of when people explicitly choose to go to an urban green space and what experiences they have there (e.g., active versus passive activities).

2.Determining the type of interactions and dose of interactions necessary for long-term health and well-being benefits.

3.Understanding the mediators of the health-nature relationship, such as age, gender, socio-economic status or culture.

4.Considering the difference between greenness quantity and quality and determining which aspects of natural features are relevant to mental health.

5.Understanding how different geographical locations and factors such as population density affect the health-nature relationships;

5.Test nature therapy sessions, identify best-practices and develop the necessary tools and guidelines for integration of nature-based care in the public health sector;

6.Identify legal and administrative arrangements, partnerships, and financial mechanisms for implementation of nature therapy sessions.

The proposals should address all of the above points.

Proposals should bring together from the start multiple types of scientific expertise in both health and natural sciences, as well as social sciences and humanities, together with a variety of community and health sector representatives, businesses, civil society organisations and citizens.

Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outputs will be accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for nature-based solutions) 381 .

Applicants should create synergies with projects under the same topic and other relevant ongoing or up-coming projects, notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces; HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities; HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions. To this end, proposals should include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with the USA, Japan and the LAC region.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Destination – Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

Transformative changes such as the ones required within the Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance. At the same time, to ensure coordination and for collaborative decision-making, governance requires multiple channels and networks that provide readily available data and information coming from different sources.

R&I activities under this destination aim at both: experimenting with new ways to govern the transition process and modernising the governance, in particular by making information and knowledge available and accessible. R&I for governance to support the Green Deal shall provide insights into institutional barriers such as lock-ins, path dependency, political and cultural inertia power imbalances and regulatory inconsistencies or weaknesses.

Innovative governance supporting the Green Deal objectives needs to recognise, cope with and promote resilience in the face of on-going shocks and disruptions both globally and across Europe, whether these be climatic, ecological, economic, social, geo-political or related to health. Critical risk assessment and reduction strategies need to be incorporated, including the diversification of infrastructures, resources and knowledge through more self-sufficiency and autonomy.

Taking advantage of the use, uptake, deployment and exploitation of environmental observations 382 as well as digital solutions, assessed through the “do not harm” principle of the Green Deal, is key for innovative governance models and a more science-based policy design, implementation and monitoring. To maximise impacts of R&I on the ground and spark behavioural and socio-economic change, the knowledge and innovation produced throughout the whole cluster should be widely disseminated to key stakeholders of the relevant sectors of the cluster. In particular, the Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) needs to be reinforced to accelerate the required transformative changes.

Data and information obtained through Environmental Observation is of great value when assessing the state of the planet and is delivering crucial information to support the Green Deal and the climate and ecological transition. Integration of this information from different sources (space-based, airborne including drones, in-situ and citizens observations) with other relevant data and knowledge while ensuring (better) accessible, interoperable or deployable information, delivers information necessary for shaping the direction of the development of policies in the broad context of Cluster 6 of Horizon Europe. A strong link to the European Earth observations programme Copernicus (in Cluster 4) and the European Space Agency’s (ESA) Earth observation programme, as well as support to the Group on Earth Observations (GEO), its European regional initiative (EuroGEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is foreseen for topics on environmental observations under this destination. R&I activities relevant to ocean, seas and coastal waters will complement and support the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development and UN Decade on Restoration, the G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiative, the pan-Commission Destination Earth initiative, the European Global Ocean Observing System (EOOS) and the GOOS 2030 strategy.

Digital innovation, in complementarity with Cluster 4 and Digital Europe Programmes activities, should bring benefits for citizens, businesses, researchers, the environment, society at large and policy-makers. The potential of the ongoing digital transformation, and its wider impacts, positive and negative, need to be better understood and monitored in view of future policy design and implementation, governance, and solution development

This destination will develop innovative digital and data based solutions to support communities and society at large, and economic sectors relevant for this cluster to achieve sustainability objectives. R&I activities will add value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative technologies in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bioeconomy, ocean and biodiversity.

Knowledge and advice to all actors relevant to this cluster are key to improve sustainability. For instance, primary producers have a particular need for impartial and tailored advice on sustainable management choices. Knowledge and Innovation Systems are key drivers to enhance co-creation and thus speed up innovation and the take-up of results needed to achieve the Green Deal objectives and targets. This will include promoting interactive innovation and co-ownership of results by users, as well as strengthening synergies with other EU Funds in particular the CAP, reinforcing the multi-actor approach and setting up structural networking within national/regional/local AKISs. AKIS goes beyond agriculture, farming and rural activities and covers environment, climate, biodiversity, landscape, bio-based economy, consumers and citizens, i.e., all food and bio-based systems including transformation and distribution chains up until the consumer.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to innovative governance and sound decision making in policy for the green transition, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

1.Innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, societal engagement and innovation;

2.Green Deal related domains benefit from further deployment and exploitation of Environmental Observation data and products ;

3.A strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) 383 ;

4.Sustainability performance and competitiveness in the domains covered by Cluster 6 are enhanced through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers;

5.More informed and engaged stakeholders and end users including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS)

6.Strengthened EU and international science-policy interfaces to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals

When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the “Do No Significant Harm” principle 384 according to which the research and innovation activities of the project should not be supporting or carrying out activities that make a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

Topics under this destination will have impacts in the following areas: “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”; “Clean and healthy air, water and soil”; “Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in water”; “Sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea”; “High quality digital services for all”; and “A Competitive and secure data-economy”.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01

223.00

06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01

147.00

10 Mar 2022

Overall indicative budget

223.00

147.00

Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 385

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 386

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 06 Oct 2021

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-01

CSA

3.50

Around 3.50

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-02

RIA

17.00

Around 6.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-03

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-04

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-05

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-06

RIA

8.00

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-07

CSA

5.00

Around 2.50

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-08

CSA

5.00

Around 2.50

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-09

CSA

5.00

Around 2.50

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-10

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-11

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-12

RIA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-13

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-14

RIA

20.00

3.00 to 5.00

4

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-15

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-16

IA

13.00

Around 13.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-17

IA

10.00

3.00 to 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-18

RIA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-19

RIA

4.00

2.00 to 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-20

RIA

4.00

2.00 to 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-21

RIA

12.00

Around 6.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-22

RIA

15.00

Around 7.50

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-23

CSA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24

RIA

15.00

Around 15.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-25

CSA

10.00

Around 10.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-26

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-27

CSA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-28

CSA

8.50

Around 3.00

3

Overall indicative budget

223.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Innovating with governance models and supporting policies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-01: Mobilising the network of national contact points in Cluster 6

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Applicants must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for Cluster 6 ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’ and officially nominated by a Member State or Associated Country.

Only if and for as long as Horizon Europe structures have not been officially nominated, will national support structures responsible for Societal Challenges 2 (SC2) and 5 (SC5) be eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the successful proposal will interconnect national contact point (NCP) service across Europe and will help develop innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, societal engagement and innovation.

1.An improved and more interconnected national contact point (NCP) service across Europe, in the areas covered by Horizon Europe Cluster 6 ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’, thereby simplifying access to Cluster 6 Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted.

2.A more harmonised level of NCP support services across Europe.

3.Enhanced integration of all the crosscutting issues throughout Horizon Europe.

4.Increased participation of less active member states, associated countries, regions and stakeholders in the actions funded under Horizon Europe Cluster 6 programme to leverage the full R&I potential.

5.Connection with NCP Academy activities.

6.Increased cooperation of NCPs with the enterprise Europe network.

Scope: Proposals should aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between national contact points (NCPs) in the areas covered by Horizon Europe Cluster 6 ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’, with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants, taking into account the diversity of actors that make up the constituency of this cluster. In addition, the action is expected to provide important feedback on issues relating to programme planning, design and evaluation.

Proposal should aim to facilitate trans-cluster cooperation in the areas covered by Pilar 2, with a view to identifying synergies, to make it possible to share good practices and tools. Close coordination and cooperation are key to achieve the objectives and impacts of the NCP networks.

The activities of this topic should build on the knowledge and tools already generated by the NCP networks developed under Horizon 2020.

In view of the changes brought about by the adoption of Horizon Europe, the network of NCPs is expected to organise transnational events to communicate with all interested actors regarding new research activities; to draw lessons from previous research programmes on best practice for cooperation; to help interested stakeholders prepare for new funding schemes and structures.

The network is expected to organise NCP Information Days, NCP trainings, brokerage events for interested actors, dissemination of relevant results and provide appropriate tools and instruments to support NCPs, researchers and other actors. Activities will support researchers and other actors in the areas of food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment to connect into all clusters of Pillar 2 and across the three pillars of Horizon Europe. To achieve its expected outcomes and objectives, the NCP network should cooperate with, but should not duplicate actions foreseen in other thematic and horizontal Horizon Europe NCP networks, and in other networks such as the Enterprise Europe Network. 387

Proposals should include a work package to implement matchmaking activities to link up potential participants from widening countries with emerging consortia in the domain of Cluster 6 ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’. Matchmaking should take place by means of online tools, brokerage events, info days and bilateral meetings between project initiators and candidate participants from widening countries. Other matchmaking instruments may be used as appropriate. Attention should be paid to increase participation of newcomers throughout Europe less active member states, associated countries, regions and stakeholders. Where relevant, synergies should be sought with the enterprise Europe network to organise matchmaking activities in accordance with Annex IV of the NCP minimum standards and guiding principles.”

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping new and less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries. This should contribute to increase the quality of proposals submitted, including those from countries where success rates in Horizon 2020 Societal Challenges 2 and 5 were lower than average.

The consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs.

Submission of a single proposal is encouraged and it should cover the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

Countries not participating as beneficiaries of the action may benefit from the activities carried out by the network.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-02: Furthering food systems science and federating researchers across the European Research Area

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within Action a) that is the highest ranked, one project highest ranked within Action b) and one project highest ranked within Action c), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

Expected Outcome: The selected project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.New game changers to provide sustainable diets and nutrition for all, ways to meet the Green Deal targets, establish cross cutting priorities, establish knowledge as a legitimate player/enabler in public debate, accelerate scientific progress, redesign farming systems, cope with unforeseen system shocks, and develop smart diversification.

2.A food systems transformation, which achieves co-benefits for nutrition and health, climate mitigation and adaptation, environment, biodiversity, circularity, inclusion and overall sustainability.

3.Novel understanding on how, and to which degree, such a transformation can be catalysed and sustained in the long term, and how the resulting trade-offs can be mitigated.

4.Knowledge and understanding of how to move towards true cost accounting of food and food systems services that adequately integrate social and environmental externalities and embed environmental accounting (e.g. LCA).

5.New insights, methods and tools to assess and manage the full systemic complexity of food systems and their multiple drivers, their dynamics and the issues and opportunities that relate to them.

6.Ways to measure food system performance across all three dimensions of sustainability, which can provide more informed decision and policymaking, and implementation.

7.An increase in the scientific understanding of food systems, in particular their systemic aspects, as to how they function, and how to transform them for co-benefits and minimised trade-offs.

8.Engagement of academia and the necessary practitioners in science, innovation and beyond, that can deliver the necessary scientific methodologies and approaches to support policymakers to put complex transformations into practice.

9.The establishment of a broad interdisciplinary network of researchers, scientists, universities and research centres covering a wide diversity of food systems-related disciplines, as well as those dealing with complex systems, to further systems science in this area.

10.A strengthened European Research area for food systems transformation for co-benefits

Scope: This topic should support and strengthen the science, and the science-policy interface relevant to food systems, in particular in relation to delivering on farm to fork and Green Deal policy priorities. Successful proposals are expected to address one of the three inter-connected transformation actions:

Action a) Advance food systems science through:

1.Mapping of existing food systems and typologies and design of new/existing indicator sets that could be applied at different spatial levels (local to global), with a focus on Europe.

2.Development of methods and means to assess food system sustainability, such as establishing an overall food systems sustainability score incorporating common agreed Life Cycle Analysis methodologies.

3.Development of innovative cause-effect simulation models that include all food system sectors and actors beyond the economic focus and which can integrate the three pillars of sustainability to explore the potential impact of different food systems transition options and scenarios delivering co-benefits, while minimising trade-offs.

4.Providing sound evidence for policy and regulatory science needs to deliver food systems transition towards sustainability; including on how to transition to a true cost of food and food systems services that adequately embed social and environmental externalities relevant to various levels (global to local).

Action b) Contribute to building up a food systems European Research Area – part 1 - through:

1.Launching new and assessing ongoing food systems foresight activities (building on existing ones including the fifth SCAR Foresight), detecting emerging trends, and delivering early warnings to policy makers and other relevant actors.

2.Establish a project for policy support capacity to extract, summarise and disseminate findings and achievements of relevant EU Horizon projects and clusters of projects to policy makers, food systems actors and the public.

3.Perform measurement of, and increase research impact of food system science (for example by assisting scientists to adopt inter and transdisciplinary approaches), and encourage the exchange of scientists for mutual learning and knowledge transfer across disciplines

4.Foster citizen science in support of food systems transformation by assessing existing attempts, communicating successes, and catalysing new citizen science initiatives across Europe, in particular by engaging with youth, women, and under-represented communities

Action c) Contribute to building up a food systems European Research Area – part 2 – by creating an interdisciplinary pan-European academic network for food system science that integrates the social sciences and humanities, natural science and engineering, and design. This should:

1.Federate universities, academics and researchers across Europe to support and engage in inter and trans-disciplinary research, foster debate, reflexivity and responsible research and innovation (RRI) in support of food systems transition and improved policymaking at all levels from global to local.

2.Develop and share freely available open access educational material/curricula to be used by Higher Education Institutes (bachelors and post-graduate levels) to help strengthen their exiting food systems-related teaching and research with an inter and transdisciplinary systems dimension that integrates all three aspects of sustainability, and farm to fork policy and Green Deal priorities.

3.Support researcher training, mobility, mutual learning and knowledge sharing, and open science approaches.

4.Disseminate and communicate scientific outcomes adapted for multiple audiences including researchers, policy makers, industry, science media and society. This will also include the organisation of a major international annual/bi-annual conference dedicated to advancing food systems science.

5.Establish a high-level liaison with EU and relevant international initiatives.

Proposals must involve a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research to implement the required multi actor approach (cf eligibility conditions).

All projects should explain and map how co-benefits should be achieved relevant to the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities.

All projects should ensure a clustering mechanism with each other and feedback mechanisms with other governance topics and provide general scientific advice for related food systems oriented Horizon Europe projects.

All projects should set out a clear plan on how they should collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities and channels.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-03: Preparatory action for the Horizon Europe Food System Partnership

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, the successful proposal will support the establishment of innovative governance models, to establish the EU Horizon Europe Partnership entitled “Safe and sustainable food systems for people planet and climate, to underpin the needed transition to sustainable food systems, provide solutions to the farm to fork strategy by connecting national, regional and European research and innovation programmes and food systems actors, to deliver co-benefits for nutrition and health, climate and biodiversity, circularity and communities.

The results of the project will support European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, and for tackling the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050.

1.It is a Horizon Europe food systems governance topic that is dedicated to the alignment of European R&I policy priorities, programmes, agendas, and the leveraging of R&I investments to transform food systems for co-benefits.

2.It will seed the creation of a more structured Food Systems European Research Area as a preparatory action towards the build-up of the EU Horizon Europe Partnership entitled “Safe and sustainable food systems for people planet and climate”, expected to be launched in 2023, that will mobilise public authorities designing and implementing more coherent and ambitious EU R&I policy.

Scope: This project should:

1.Convene R&I funders to help shape a more impactful and ambitious European Food Systems Research Area.

2.Maximise alignment, leverage focus, and impact by exploring and building on common R&I policy priorities with and between R&I public funders in Member States.

3.Support the relevant SCAR Strategic and Collaborative Working Groups, in particular the SCAR Food Systems Working Group and relevant Joint Programming Initiatives, to map potential co-funders on regional and national level and play a leading role as a convenor of stakeholders in framing the partnership.

4.Liaise with other relevant Horizon Europe partnerships to avoid overlap and benefit from collaboration, taking advantage of SCAR.

5.Support the development of a partnership approach and a strategic research and innovation agenda based on operational objectives that are specific, measurable, attainable, realistic and time-bound (SMART).

6.Foresee a mechanism to engage in a responsive and flexible way with EU and national farm to fork policy makers, relevant EU Agencies, industry, academia, civil society organisations, philanthropic organisations, education establishments, and finance sectors to leverage investments and support the deployment of good practices and responsible research and innovation-driven business opportunities, as well as outcomes for the public good.

7.Liaise with international organisations and initiatives (e.g. FAO, WFP, WHO, OECD, WEF, Project Drawdown, etc.) and private funders (EIT FOOD KIC and relevant European Technology Platforms and foundations), urban and regional food systems strategies (including actions relevant to smart specialization).

8.Foster programmes that should encourage the greater take up of digitalisation and social sciences and humanities, to improve social legitimacy and focus more on consumer and citizens needs and aspirations, and foster behavioural changes at all levels.

9.Assess existing and foster improved food systems education and training programmes across member states, in cooperation with Higher Education Institutes (HEI) and professional/vocational training centres to fill skills and knowledge gaps.

10.Explain and map how co-benefits should be achieved relevant to the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities.

11.Establish a branded network of European universities, where rectors develop and adhere to code of practice and action plan that motivates the organisation, staff and students to foster Food 2030 inspired food system transition for co-benefits relevant to their internal corporate practices, local/regional communities, link to similar international networks for example in the EU-AU Partnership on food and nutrition security and sustainable agriculture.

The project should set out a clear plan on how it should collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-04: Strengthening bioeconomy innovation and deployment across sectors and all governance levels

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the
multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to the development of a Strategic Deployment Agenda for the Bioeconomy, including Food Systems, one of the actions in the 2018 bioeconomy strategy and Action Plan. The European bioeconomy strategy and Action Plan 388 aims to deploy innovations across Europe to ensure that the bioeconomy as a whole is a vehicle for inclusive and sustainable growth at the local level, and is a key contributor to EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. It will contribute to improved governance for innovation ecosystems and enable advances in sustainability and resilience.

Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Improved understanding about which measures should be taken, by EU, Member States, and others to strengthen the innovation ecosystem within and across food systems and bio-based sectors, based on a detailed mapping exercise and on a comprehensive view on issues related to deployment

2.Improved impact and efficiency of bioeconomy innovation and innovation systems

These outcomes will also support the farm to fork strategy for fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food systems, the EU Green Deal policy priorities and the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050.

Scope: Innovation today and the initiatives and structures that are part of it at EU, national, regional, and local level already contribute to the uptake and deployment of innovative solutions for example by supporting testing, demonstration, and training, and by investing in the infrastructure that enables these activities. However, more action is needed to (1) address the fragmentation of this innovation ecosystem across food systems and bio-based sectors, (2) to create linkages between the different levels of governance, and (3) to improve the interfacing between the research communities, the innovation communities, investors and citizens. Actions that address these areas of improvement across the bioeconomy are to be preferred because their crosscutting nature and trans-disciplinarity might be a further source of innovation and system transformation, and because they enable sharing of best practices across sectors and actors.

Proposals are expected to:

1.Identify instruments and initiatives that contribute to spreading knowledge and deploying innovations in and across food systems and bio-based sectors, at EU, national, regional, and local level. Identify links with other policies (e.g. education) and instruments (e.g. financial instruments, regulation);

2.Analyse possible interactions and complementarities between initiatives, instruments and policies;

3.Identify opportunities for improved governance and for enhanced cooperation between instruments and initiatives within the bioeconomy’s innovation ecosystems, across the EU, Member States and private sector;

4.Recommend actions to improve bioeconomy innovation and the deployment of new knowledge, technologies and practices, in particular by strengthening cooperation between entities and activities that support different forms of innovation.

Proposals should:

1.Map the structures, instruments and initiatives that make up the innovation ecosystem of the bioeconomy with respect to food systems, bio-based sectors (including the blue economy), at local, regional, national and EU level

2.Put in place networking and matchmaking activities to allow these structures, instruments and initiatives to raise their profile, to identify opportunities for new collaborations both amongst themselves, and across the different sectors of the bioeconomy

3.Provide advisory support to these structures, instruments and initiatives to align themselves to policy priorities at different levels of governance, and in full awareness of existing schemes of sustainability and circularity indicators of the bioeconomy

4.Identify best practices to improve the exploitation of outcomes from funded research within innovation communities, innovators and entrepreneurs, and public and private investment communities

5.Examine the possibilities for improved reporting on the state-of-play and results of innovation in the bioeconomy

6.Address specific barriers to reducing the fragmentation of the innovation ecosystem

7.Deliver specific recommendations related to thematic financial instruments and tools applicable to sectors of the bioeconomy and to innovation. Targets of this activity should be previously mapped public and private investors, entrepreneurs and all the structures, institutes, programs and initiatives. Advice should focus on the effective and integrated use of financial tools to support innovation in the long term, and on the contribution to building a sustainable and responsible financing framework in Europe

8.Where appropriate, link to Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects that demonstrate innovative and cross-sectoral solutions, as well as to relevant EU initiatives (for example those linked to : European Innovation Partnerships, European Innovation Council, European Institute of Innovation & Technology).

9.Engage with policy makers and other stakeholders/initiative-owners that are responsible for innovation support at different levels of governance, to co-create recommendations to improve bioeconomy innovation and the deployment of new knowledge, technologies and practices

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they foresee to collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topics/calls, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-05: Fostering strategic advice and synergies between national and EU research and innovation agendas, including SCAR foresight

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Improved coordination of national research programmes on food, agriculture and the wider Bioeconomy with a view to integrate them better within the European Research Area (ERA) through:

1.Regular portfolio analysis to support a better structured organisation, facilitation and reporting of SCAR Strategic and Collaborative Working Groups`(SWGs/CWGs) activities on the various themes of main relevance for Horizon Europe, the common agricultural policy, the Green Deal, Digital Europe and the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies. This will lead to enhanced R&I cooperation between Member States and Associated Countries and to synergies at national and EU level;

2.Improved linkages between Horizon Europe, the CAP and the Green Deal, including its farm to fork and biodiversity strategies through enhancing Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) in the countries and a more efficient European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) on Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability, bridging the gap between science and practice;

3.More inclusive SCAR SWGs and CWGs, fostering mutual learning, covering as much as possible all European Member States and Associated Countries and serving the development and implementation of foresight based research and innovation policy strategies on European and national level.

Scope: The main focus of the successful proposal should be to support the work of the SCAR SWGs and CWGs. This includes notably the organisation and facilitation of the activities, particularly meetings and workshops of SCAR SWGs, CWGs and potential ad hoc task forces, according to the initiatives taken by the Working Groups themselves.

This should in the short- to medium-term improve the quality of outputs of the SCAR SWGs or CWGs in the different areas covered, thus having a positive impact on achieving the objectives of the European Green Deal, the farm to fork strategy, the common agricultural policy, the biodiversity strategy, the wider food systems and bioeconomy research and innovation policies and the Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems in Member States and Associated Countries.

Main activities are the collection of a portfolio of ongoing or finished projects at national, regional and EU level relevant to the various themes covered in the work plans of the SCAR SWGs and CWGs, as well as on other issues that may arise in light of policy developments and priorities. This includes the search, the summarising and analysis of relevant project content and outputs in order to help prepare the activities of each SWG/CWG, including their regular meetings, according to the specific theme(s) covered. This should support the depth of strategic discussions in the Working Groups. At the end of each year, an annual overview document of all portfolios per theme should be made.

Activities should consider the linkages to Horizon Europe partnerships and missions, to Joint Programming Initiatives and ERA-Nets, other relevant policies (e.g. Education policy) and interesting Member States/Associated Countries networking activities. Support for phasing-in of SCAR SWGs or CWGs that may be set up in the future also forms part of the scope. Ad hoc task forces may be used to support specific activities for short time periods.

This proposal should furthermore ensure broader dissemination of the outputs of the SCAR SWGs and CWGs, including the portfolio analysis, to any actor interested in their respective domains, both in classical ways (e.g. with reports, factsheets, videos, workshops, conferences, etc.) as by using up to date IT tools and websites, providing on a case by case basis interactive linkages with the young generation of scientists, innovators and citizens for example by hackathons. These materials and tools should be widely spread and also be made available to the SCAR Steering Group and the SCAR Plenary. It includes helping to prepare the input from the SWGs/CWGs for the SCAR Foresights and to help disseminate outcomes, as well as supporting its take-up by SCAR Working Groups and possible ad hoc task forces, including linking to international R&I partnerships (EU-AU) and processes, such as the UN Food Systems Summit follow-up.

The consortium should be representative of the EU Member States and Associated Countries. Entities in EU Member States and Associated Countries not integrated in the consortium should be identified and the reasons for not participating in the Consortium clearly explained in the proposal. These countries should nevertheless be invited and encouraged to participate in the project activities (e.g. meetings, workshops).

A project duration of 4 years is expected.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

The foreseen services stated under the tender specifications (Annex II to the invitation to tender) of the on-going public procurement procedure on “Framework Services Contract for Strategic Analysis and Support for Enhanced Research Cooperation in Agriculture and Food” (see procurement documents available at https://etendering.ted.europa.eu/cft/cft-display.html?cftId=7758 ) are out of the scope of this topic.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-06: Environmental and social cross-compliance of marine policies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will enhance new knowledge and design or improve tools to achieve better informed decision-making processes and better integrated policies, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal, with particular focus on supporting the Water Framework Directive, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive and Nature Directives. In this way proposals will contribute to the development or improvement of innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience and of EU and international science-policy interfaces.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Better understanding of policy (in)coherence, potential weaknesses in cross-compliance, trade-offs and underexploited synergies between marine/maritime policies, legislation and regulation is used by the policy making community

1.to halt biodiversity decline and enhance biodiversity and ecosystem restoration and conservation for the benefit of local communities

2.to favour nature-based climate adaptation and mitigation measures

3.to achieve progress towards zero pollution.

2.Analytical contributions, orientations and proposals to improve international, European, national or regional marine/maritime policies, legislation, regulation and their implementation, are provided to the policy making community in order to fully integrate the environmental, social and health requirements and considerations, enabling a better integration and harmonisation of policies.

3.Better understanding of (a potentially regulatorily consolidated) lack of biodiversity, pollution or climate related considerations and socio-economic power balances in decision making that could disadvantage biodiversity and ecosystem conservation and restoration and ecosystem services’ benefits to local communities or disadvantage pollution prevention, reduction and remediation; is used to the benefit of international cooperation and development aid for local communities.

4.Better understanding of the effects of different climate adaptation measures on good ecological, environmental or conservation status, is leading to tangible support for nature-based and socially acceptable climate adaptation and mitigation strategies with low carbon footprint.

5.Better understanding of the weaknesses in consistency between emission control regulation and fresh water and marine environmental quality standards for chemical substances and user or prohibition guidelines at local level (communes, garden maintenance companies etc.), as well as food quality and safety or other health standards is used by the policy making community.

6.Better understanding of the weaknesses in cross-compliance between common agricultural policy and the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) such as in relation to eutrophication in fresh and marine waters has inspired the policy making community to introduce improvements.

7.The policy making community exploited a better insight in how the Member States’ Maritime Spatial Plans, River Basin Management Plans and MSFD measures link together concerning climate adaptation and mitigation, biodiversity and ecosystem conservation and restoration, and pollution.

Scope: Proposals should focus on implementation research on environmental and social cross-compliance of a broad range of marine and maritime policies to detect inconsistencies between different policies, legislation and regulations as barriers for the Green Deal and its strategies (EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, Climate Adaptation Strategy, the zero pollution ambition) in the marine domain.

Actions should address one or more of the following options:

1. Environmental and social cross-compliance and coherence of marine policies for nature-based climate adaptation and mitigation

A sufficient scientific knowledge base is needed to be able to judge and avoid potential exemptions of Water Framework Directive and Marine Strategy Framework Directive requirements or conflicts with NATURA 2000 legislation for new coastal infrastructure licences for climate adaptation and mitigation actions. The implementation of Article 4(7) of the WFD on how to deal with new physical modifications to (including coastal) water bodies currently differs considerably from one Member State to another 389 .

Proposals should analyse European, national or regional marine/maritime policies, legislation and regulation, in particular related to the Water Framework Directive, Marine Strategy Framework Directive and Nature Directives versus marine sectorial and marine spatial planning legislation, regulation and implementation focusing on climate adaptation and mitigation. Proposals should review the knowledge on the effects of different climate adaptation and mitigation measures on good ecological, environmental or conservation status, also taking into account the benefits of traditional and indigenous knowledge and experience on climate adaptation and mitigation ecosystem services for integration in policy implementation.

Proposals should identify weaknesses in cross-compliance and coherence of marine/maritime policies, legislation and regulation to favour nature-based climate adaptation and mitigation measures. They should make proposals for improvement and define research and innovation needs to cover gaps in knowledge to assess effects of different climate adaptation and mitigation measures on good ecological, environmental or conservation status to support environmentally friendly decision making.

2. Environmental and social cross-compliance and coherence of marine policies to halt biodiversity decline and enhance restoration and conservation for the benefit of local communities

Proposals should analyse international, European, national or regional marine/maritime policies, legislation and regulation (Convention on Biological Diversity, Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction, Environmental Impact Assessment etc.) versus marine sectorial (such as International Seabed Authority, international fisheries regulation, fossil fuel exploration/exploitation, marine wildlife trade, agriculture, waste, etc.) and marine spatial planning legislation, regulation and implementation focusing on biodiversity and ecosystem conservation and restoration, including Marine Protected Area assignments.

Proposals should identify weaknesses in cross-compliance and coherence of marine/maritime policies, legislation and regulation to halt biodiversity decline and enhance restoration and conservation for the benefit of local communities. They should make proposals for improvement to support environmentally friendly decision making at all governance levels, also taking into account the benefits of traditional and indigenous knowledge and experience on biodiversity and ecosystem services for integration in policy implementation.

3. Environmental and social cross-compliance and coherence of marine policies to achieve progress towards zero pollution

Proposals should focus on implementation research on environmental and social cross-compliance and coherence of a broad range of marine and maritime policies to detect inconsistencies between different policies, legislation and regulations in order to achieve progress in the elimination of historical and future pollution. Proposals should analyse international, European, national or regional marine/maritime policies, legislation and regulation, versus marine sectorial legislation, regulation and implementation focusing on all kinds of pollution. They should make proposals for improvement to eliminate inconsistencies at all relevant governance levels and define potential scientific needs to achieve them.

The size of requested EU contribution should be commensurate to the breadth of the project scope.

The proposals should cover a representative set of coastal areas or regions across Europe varying according to size and geographical, environmental, socio-economic, institutional and administrative conditions (regional, inter-regional, macro-region, cross-border).

Interactive research approaches should be used to engage with local, regional, national and – where relevant - international authorities, as well as local communities, citizens and other relevant stakeholders, considering gender, age and socio-economic background, where relevant.

Projects should build on existing knowledge and integrate results from multiple origins, including other EU, international (for example UN) or national projects or studies. Some cooperation activities with projects financed under topics from Destinations “Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services” and “Clean environment and zero pollution” and Green Deal calls (like LC-GD-7-1-2020 Restoration of Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services) could be included. This topic should also be linked to the Horizon Europe Missions Ocean, seas and waters and Adaptation to Climate Change including Societal Transformation, the Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy, the Biodiversity Partnership, the Partnership Water security for the planet (Water4All) or other partnerships where relevant.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-07: Regional governance models in the bioeconomy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, and EU bioeconomy strategy, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. In addition, the topic supports the strengthened EU and international science-policy interfaces to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Creation of a supporting governance structure and related capacities for regional authorities, contributing to the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 390 and aiming at developing comprehensive and innovation- and sustainability-driven bioeconomy strategies.

2.Support to local economic and implementing authorities, including at bioeconomy clusters’ level, to improve engagement of regional and local actors, considering hierarchy of use, trade-offs, synergies, business models, participatory approaches etc. with improved environmental, social and economic impacts.

3.Support to the development of regional/local strategies, aiming at exploiting and developing balanced local potentials and innovation (in terms of feedstock, infrastructures (e.g. biorefineries) for logistics, services and production, investments) within the framework of local development and investment as well as environmental protection plans.

4.Integration of the opportunities created by the local bio-based economy within broader bioeconomy transition, e.g. by linking ecosystem/nature services’ valorisation with sustainable biomass production, processing, product design and manufacture, circular use and upcycling to new applications.

5.Development of the best practice guidelines for local operators and innovation developers, supporting climate-neutrality and low environmental footprint improvements of bio-based products and services;

6.Development of novel business models and related social measures to enable consumers, industry and public bodies to switch to socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within their choices (e.g. regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education); ensuring synergies, transparency and inclusiveness of all actors;

Scope: Improved and informed governance including social innovation contributes to reducing resource consumption and results in an increased innovation capacity of all actors, and reducing the risk of leaving anyone behind. This should take into account the regional and local peculiarities, including feedstock availability, industrial development, consumption patterns, market measures and available investment streams (financial models), while ensuring effective sharing of best practices across European regions. This also helps to advance innovation at local scale and engage all actors.

This action should support the implementation of sustainable bio-based value chains, in regional settings (toolbox of instruments including strategies, plans and programmes, including the social dimension). Proposals should benefit from social creativity and opportunities at regional scale unleashed for bio-based systems, ensuring their low environmental footprint, and providing for its operational verification. Robust environmental protection plans should underpin the effort undertaken.

The local dimension refers to regional scales, in terms of rural/urban/coastal areas, to be identified/defined in their specific characteristics to act as optimal frameworks for coherent and replicable strategies of bio-based systems. The proposals should seek complementarities with related actions 391 on the governance of bio-based innovation and ensure inclusiveness and the engagement of all actors.

Proposals should:

1.Analyse and structure the regional bioeconomy-related policy mix (e.g. regional operational programmes, bioeconomy strategies under the common agricultural policy instruments, innovation action plans, business models, environmental protection plans) to understand the potentials, bottlenecks, and opportunities, capacities etc. for feedstocks, infrastructure, investment, human skills, innovation actors (including community knowledge) etc. to enable sufficient impacts/benefits/positive trade-offs and performances of the specific bioeconomy/bio-based value chains;

2.assess existing/develop a new policy monitoring system and key performance indicators of the effectiveness and robustness of existing governance schemes, to allow replication across Europe (e.g. income generation for all stakeholders, labour conditions, environmental indicators, social engagement, innovation parameters etc);

3.ensure efficient exchange of best practice and engagement of all actors (regional and local authorities, SMEs, civil society organisations including NGOs, knowledge providers) via robust and transparent communication and awareness-rising campaigns;

4.analyse social and economic barriers and potentialities to enable the transition towards socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within all ranges (e.g. regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education), ensuring inclusiveness of all actors (NGOs, civil society etc, considering gender and age, where relevant.)

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-08: Improving understanding of and engagement in bio-based systems with training and skills development

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposal(s) will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal and EU bioeconomy strategy, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. In addition, the topic supports the strengthened EU and international science-policy interfaces to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Creation of guidelines for training and mentoring programmes in specific European regions and local communities, on knowledge and skills useful in the bioeconomy, and in particular bio-based sectors.

2.Increased awareness, understanding and engagement of all actors (especially stakeholders involved in adult learning, retraining and skills’ development) with focus on co-creation, and social innovation.

3.Support to the local balanced local potentials and innovation (in terms of feedstock, infrastructures, capacities) within the framework of local development and investment as well as fostering sustainability-driven policy.

4.Integration of the opportunities created by the human-centric principles, offered by art, culture and (eco)-design, in respect to the bio-based feedstocks, including traditional and novel biological materials.

5.Support to the feedback loops from the society to the policy makers, by developing the best practice guidelines for local operators and innovation developers, supporting climate-neutrality and low environmental footprint improvements of bio-based products and services;

6.Development of skills leading to the novel business models and related social measures to enable consumers, industry and public bodies to switch to socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within their choices (e.g. regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education); ensuring synergies, transparency and inclusiveness of all actors.

Scope: Improved and informed governance including social innovation contributes to reducing resource consumption and results in an increased innovation capacity of all actors, and reducing the risk of leaving anyone behind. This should take into account the need to promote social engagement, supporting the permanent learning and re-training, in the area of bio-based economy.

This needs to take into account local specificities, such as the sustainable biological resources available (both traditional materials such as wood, cork or straw), but also innovations such as sustainable bio-textiles, bio-composites, 3-D printed biomaterials, recycled agro-food residues etc. This also helps to advance innovation and awareness including on social level, looking on the role of design, arts and culture, as technological capacities. The improved understanding of the social attitudes in diverse European regions forms an important part of this action.

This action should support the implementation of sustainable bio-based value chains, in the regional settings, by developing guidelines and creating feedback loops to the respective policy makers. Proposals should benefit from social creativity and opportunities for bio-based systems unleashed at regional scale ensuring their low environmental footprint and sustainability. Robust environmental evaluation should underpin the effort undertaken.

The proposals should seek complementarities with related actions on governance of bio-based innovation and ensure inclusiveness and engagement of all actors, especially SMEs, civil society organisations including NGOs and broader civil society (e.g. educational institutions, museums, science, art centres).

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Proposal could explore intersectionality approaches and consider aspects like gender, ethnicity, migrant or refugee status, social class, sexual orientation and disability to ensure inclusion of marginalised groups in decision-making, citizen engagement and training activities.

Proposals should:

1.Analyse and develop guidelines on the regional bioeconomy-related skills/(re)-training/adult learning programmes to allow replication across Europe, taking into account the diversity of regional/local approaches, including the existing support measures (e.g. bioeconomy strategies, sectorial public and industry programmes and initiatives).

2.Assess and integrate the contribution from the humanities/art/design/culture into bioeconomy/bio-based economy sectors (e.g. role of innovation and sustainability for the new bio-based materials, new functionalities, safety, user-friendliness, understanding);

3.Ensure efficient exchange of best practice and engagement of all actors (e.g. regional and local authorities, SMEs, civil society organisations including NGOs, University alliances and professionals’ associations, knowledge providers, artists, designers and architects) via robust and transparent communication and awareness-rising campaigns;

4.Analyse and develop recommendations on social and economic barriers and potentialities (e.g. job creation capacity and its quality) to enable the transition towards socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within all ranges (e.g. regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education), ensuring inclusiveness of all actors (NGOs, civil society, including women, ethnic and religious minorities, migrants and refugees, the LGBTIQ community, disabled persons, youth and the elderly, etc);

5.Link with relevant activities under H2020, BBI JU, BIOEAST Initiative and EIT Knowledge and Innovation Communities, in particular their education efforts.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-09: Revitalisation of European local communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposal(s) will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, in particular the European Green Deal, and EU bioeconomy strategy, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. In addition, the topic supports the strengthened EU and international science-policy interfaces to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

1.Higher awareness of stakeholders (e.g. by development of a programme that focuses on helping local stakeholders, including primary biomass producers, civil society organisations including NGOs and SMEs to be integrated in and benefit from bio-based value chains) – identifying local actors and improve communication between them, showing opportunities for collaboration along the bio-based value chain.

2.Increased opportunities to develop skilled jobs and small-scale establishments in the bioeconomy, thus helping to revitalise local communities (by supporting the local and regional rural development, economic and implementing authorities, to raise awareness of bio-based options)

3.Advancement of the role of ‘social enterprise’ model for local communities, including the low-income populations, benefiting from creativity linked to bio-based solutions and promoting inclusiveness and cooperation at all levels.

4.Increased opportunities created by the local bio-based economy within broader bioeconomy transition, e.g. by linking valorisation of ecosystem/nature services’ (e.g. recreation) with sustainable biomass production, processing, product design and manufacture, circular use and upcycling to new applications.

5.Supporting the development of for small businesses and for business-to-consumers communication of innovation, climate-neutrality and low environmental footprint/benefits/trade-offs and performances of bio-based products and services (e.g. by development of best practice guidelines);

6.Supporting novel business models and related social measures to enable consumers, industry and public bodies to switch to socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within their choices (e.g. guidelines on regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education); ensuring synergies, transparency and inclusiveness of all actors)

Scope: The action advances the role and impact of bio-based innovation to accelerate the transition from a linear fossil-based economy, which leads to overuse and depletion of natural resources, into a resource-efficient and circular bio-based systems operating safely within planetary boundaries. Improved and informed governance and especially social innovation contributes to reducing resource consumption and results in an increased innovation capacity of all actors, while reducing the risk of leaving anyone behind, particularly in the areas and communities in need of revitalisation. This also helps to advance innovation at local scale and engage all actors (especially the ‘social enterprise’ model relevant for vulnerable populations).

Proposals should benefit from social creativity and opportunities at regional scale unleashed for bio-based systems, ensuring their low environmental footprint, in terms of feedstock, resources, processes, materials and products. Impacts and trade-offs, such as the carbon footprint and environmental footprint of the whole value chains should be part of the assessment of the bio-based systems. The proposals should seek complementarities with related actions 392 , under rural development programs on the governance of bio-based innovation and ensure inclusiveness and engagement of all actors.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Proposal could explore intersectionality approaches and consider aspects like gender, ethnicity, migrant or refugee status, social class, sexual orientation and disability to ensure inclusion of marginalised groups in citizen engagement and the development of tools and guidelines.

Proposals should:

1.select a range of bio-based systems where value chains can be tailored to specific needs in respect to the revitalisation of local communities (understood both in territorial and social sense), to their environmental and social impacts (benefits and trade-offs) from trade in the primary materials to the final products;

2.focus on relevant new or updated business models and local capacities (feedstocks, infrastructure, human skills, etc), and innovation actors (including community knowledge and marginalised groups), to enable sufficient impacts/benefits/positive trade-offs and performances of the specific value chains;

3.assess existing/develop new monitoring system and indicators of the effectiveness and robustness of existing governance schemes, to allow replication across Europe (e.g. income generation for all stakeholders, labour conditions, environmental indicators, social engagement, innovation parameters etc);

4.ensure efficient engagement of all actors (public authorities, SMEs, NGOs, knowledge providers) via robust and transparent communication and awareness-rising campaigns;

5.analyse social and economic barriers and potentialities to enable the transition towards socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within all ranges (e.g. regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education), ensuring inclusiveness of all actors (NGOs, civil society etc).

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Raising awareness of circular and sustainable bioeconomy in support of Member States to develop bioeconomy strategies and/or action plans

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposal(s) will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’ “Innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation”. This action will support Member States that do not have a bioeconomy strategy and/or an action plan in developing one as part of their preparation for a sustainable economic, social and environmental transition to climate neutrality as called for in the European Green Deal.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased awareness of decision makers and public administrators in different ministries about the various bioeconomy sectors, the role of the bioeconomy in the EU policies, the benefits of the bioeconomy and particularly the circular bio-based sector, including products substituting fossil-based and carbon-intensive products and reducing of respective emissions of GHGs and other pollutants.

2.Improved inter-ministerial interaction and engagement in Member States that are developing or are preparing to develop their Strategy and/or Action Plan through exchange of good practices and experiences at meetings and conferences.

3.Increased awareness of the bioeconomy and its potential among a broad range of national stakeholders, such as the general public, knowledge providers, universities, investors, industry, primary producers and NGOs, through tools such as for example workshops, living lab activities, exhibitions.

4.Better interconnection of stakeholders into national bioeconomy hubs with the aim of providing a framework and the assurance that even without national level strategic orientation they are in line with the EU objectives.

5.Improved information about current policy instruments and solutions to bridge between strategies and actual policy, including exploitation of opportunities offered by the current EU policy framework (e.g. related to circular economy, energy, innovation, agriculture).

Scope: The European Green Deal, the Commission’s growth strategy, has set Europe on its path to be the first climate neutral continent by 2050 and achieve a green transition that must be just, fair and inclusive. One of the seven core pathways to deliver on climate neutrality, identified in the Clean Planet Strategy is the bioeconomy. The updated EU bioeconomy strategy has highlighted the relevance of developing national bioeconomy strategies and action plans to deploy a sustainable and circular bioeconomy across Europe taking into account economic, social and environmental aspects.

To date, there are still Member States, including many from Central and Eastern Europe that do not have a national bioeconomy strategy and/or action plan despite their high biomass resource base and new bioeconomy potential. This topic should support Member States to develop strategies and/or action plans by improving knowledge and raising awareness of a sustainable, circular bioeconomy, its challenges and opportunities as well as experiences made elsewhere.

Moreover, the topic should help to bring together national stakeholders in deploying and fostering the bioeconomy related research and innovation developments by engaging local stakeholders into the participation in macro-regional and European thematic networks and into building the common European Research Area.

The focus of the topic should be two-fold: reaching out to decision makers and public administrators in different ministries as well as to a wide range of stakeholders crucial for the development of the national strategies and bioeconomy deployment across Europe. These stakeholders could consist for example of investors, industries, SMEs, feedstock providers (e.g. waste, side streams, farmers, foresters, fishermen). It is also relevant to cooperate and establish links with relevant existing initiatives such as the BIOEAST, EUBIONET, BBI JU and the Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE) Partnership.

This topic should ensure that Member States without bioeconomy strategies and/or action plans become equally empowered to make the transition to climate neutrality as those that already have a bioeconomy strategy in place.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Education on the bioeconomy including bio-based sectors for young people in primary and secondary education in Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Successful proposal(s) will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’s and support the European Green Deal priorities and the updated European bioeconomy strategy with the aim to accelerate the transition to a sustainable and circular bioeconomy in Europe. This will contribute to achievement of a climate-neutral Europe by 2050.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased awareness of the environmental, social and economic benefits of sustainable and circular bioeconomy and its sectors, in particular bio-based sectors among young people at pre-school, elementary and high school level.

2.Increased interest among new generations to join education and training on sustainable and circular behaviours and to become responsible consumers that will take on a sustainable and circular lifestyle; and new ways of attracting talent in the life science, technology and the bioeconomy opportunities.

3.Innovative approaches to provide a toolkit with educational and information material, such as videos, games, social media, prize competitions, including nomination of “Bioeconomy Youth Ambassadors” campaigns for children and young adults in high schools.

4.Preparing the younger generation to assume their role in the transition to a circular and sustainable bioeconomy, e.g. through the uptake of innovative solutions.

5.Strengthened cooperation between teachers, parents and youth by developing new approaches.

Scope: The updated European bioeconomy strategy highlights the importance of education and increasing public awareness of all areas of the bioeconomy as crucial to understanding the challenges and the opportunities offered by the bioeconomy.

This topic should focus on the bioeconomy in general but with a specific focus on circular bio-based sectors and their potential, to prepare citizens for a future that should assume a sustainable and circular lifestyle (in terms of consumption, recycling, etc.) and to inspire young people to pursue education in life science, technology and bioeconomy related areas. The actions should promote the bioeconomy and bio-based solutions that provide environmental, climate-neutral and socio-economic benefits through education, training and awareness raising on sustainable production, consumption and lifestyles by engaging children and young adults.

Strengthening the knowledge and sensitivity of future generations to environmental issues, sustainability and circularity through information and education programmes targeting younger generation can contribute to raising a future generation of decision-makers and a workforce that are informed and interested in bioeconomy.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-12: EU agriculture within a safe and just operating space and planetary boundaries

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will set out a credible pathway to contributing to innovative governance and sound decision making in policy for the transition of European agriculture required by the European Green Deal.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Boost EU and Associated Countries analytical and modelling capacity in agriculture in both bio-physical and socio-economic domains

2.Develop an analytical and policy framework and timeframe for the European farming sector to operate within safe and just operating space and planetary boundaries and achieving EU climate change policy objectives

3.Analyse policies and develop policy recommendations for the agricultural policies in Europe in 2030

Scope: In order to enable the transition to sustainable agriculture, it is crucial to establish the necessary policy framework and related monitoring and evaluation activities. This implies the development of appropriate tools for measurement and monitoring of socio-economic and biophysical data in order to model and project scenarios and derive the necessary targets, trajectories and relevant policy measures and the development of relevant analysis.

Projects should:

1.operationalise the concept of safe and just operating space, including planetary boundaries, in the case of the EU agriculture and at different spatial scales;

2.boost the analytical and modelling capacity of the EU and Associated Countries in the farming sector with a view to informing impact assessments and formulating policy recommendations, with a particular focus on conditions and policy measures for the EU farming sector to respect planetary boundaries, in particular regarding climate change and biodiversity, and safe and just operating space;

3.work at various geographical scales, from local, national, EU to global levels, and simulations and projections should range from short / medium term (to capture the accelerating impact of climate change) to long term policy scenarios;

4.Within a foresight exercise, develop post-2027 science-based targets for European farming allowing the sector to remain within the planetary boundaries and a safe and just operating space, and the conditions to achieve the targets, and develop a roadmap and the related policy framework to reach those objectives;

5.mobilise running Horizon 2020 projects and build on their main results. It should aim to bridge gaps in modelling approaches relevant to the exercise, including those identified by the Horizon 2020 project Suprema. Projects should link in particular with the projects financed under RUR-03-2018 (CONSOLE 393 , Contract2.0 394 and EFFECT 395 ) and RUR-04-2018-2019 (Mind Step 396 , BESTMAP 397 and AGRICORE 398 );

6.include a task to collaborate with other projects financed under this topic and under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-13 “Modelling land use and land management in the context of climate change”;

7.work in a multidisciplinary manner and involve a broad community of scientists including climate, land, biodiversity, health, human, economic and environment sciences;

8.establish a regular dialogue with the European Commission regarding objectives, timeline and main deliverables with the goal to provide analyses, analytical tools, simulations and policy recommendations for the common agricultural policy (CAP) post 2027, as well as other relevant EU programmes (for instance EU climate and biodiversity policies). The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure that the approach proposed will be compatible with and improve the tools used at the European Commission. Project duration should not be shorter than four years;

9.ensure that the proposed approach will be compatible with and improve the tools used at the European Commission.

As an option, necessary additional analysis and modelling may be supported through grants to third parties. In this case, the proposal must define the process of selecting entities for which financial support will be granted, of up to 60.000 EUR per third party. Grants to third parties may be utilised to ensure a comprehensive coverage of technical issues and the participation of pluralistic approaches to the analytical work on a series of key issues.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Modelling land use and land management in the context of climate change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will set out a credible pathway to contributing to innovative governance and sound decision making in policy for the transition required by the European Green Deal.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Boosting of economic and environmental modelling of land use and management and carbon sequestration in Europe and use of modelling for policy purposes (mainly climate policy, agricultural policy, land use policy).

2.Contribution to the formulation, implementation and monitoring of land-related issues of agriculture and forestry policies, in particular linked to climate change.

Scope: To ensure the sustainable management of land resources in the long term there is a need for an integrated framework that addresses society's objectives appropriately by understanding the trade-offs between uses and by incentivising actions / behaviours / investments contributing to desirable targets. Land use and management has a key role to play in Europe in terms of boosting carbon storage, producing biomass for the bioeconomy, reducing urban sprawl and attaining the objective of climate neutrality by 2050 while ensuring food and nutrition security, biodiversity commitments and well-being in general. There are however substantial knowledge gaps regarding, in particular, the understanding of the impacts of farming / forestry practices at various scales, from local to global, and the capacity to model these impacts (economic and environmental). Work should include the analysis of land use dynamics and trends between arable land, permanent grassland, land abandonment / marginal lands, forest areas, for which quantifications and an identification of drivers and impacts should be done in an integrated manner.

Projects should:

1.work on land use dynamics and explore the effects of policy measures that can influence such dynamics, in particular agricultural, land use and climate policies.

2.focus activities mainly on agriculture and forest land use/cover and should extend to interactions of the former with other main land uses/covers and drivers. This should ensure usability of the results in larger contexts. While focusing on Europe, proposals are encouraged to draw on good examples from elsewhere.

3.work at various spatial scales – farm level, regional to EU levels - and simulations and projections should range from medium-term to long-term policy scenarios and should cover the whole of the EU and its Member States and possibly Associated Countries.

4.The possible participation of the JRC in the projects will ensure that the proposed approach will be compatible with and/or improve existing databases and tools used at the European Commission and ensure open access to data.

5.include a task to collaborate with other projects financed under this topic and under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-12 “EU agriculture within a safe and just operating space and planetary boundaries”. They should also liaise with relevant Horizon 2020 modelling projects (including LandSupport 399 ).

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-14: User-oriented solutions building on environmental observation to monitor critical ecosystems and biodiversity loss and vulnerability in the European Union

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the delivery of services and solutions for the implementation of the European Green Deal and the biodiversity strategy, through the deployment and exploitation of environmental observations 400 , benefiting a broad range of end users and helping them restore biodiversity and ecosystems under threat, thus contributing to the global observation and monitoring of the living realm.

Proposals are expected to contribute to at least four of the following outcomes:

1.Better informed policy formulation for biodiversity & ecosystem services on European/national and regional level, built on enhanced understanding of better quantified and characterised changes in biodiversity and ecosystem services and the prediction of their trajectories;

2.Enhanced understanding of the adverse cumulative impacts of climate change and anthropogenic activities on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning and in particular on habitats and key species at risk of extinction in sensitive ecosystems to define enhanced management, adaptation and mitigation actions;

3.Enhanced planning and ecosystem-based management of land and sea with the objectives to minimise the adverse effects of climate change and anthropogenic activities on ecosystems and biodiversity;

4.Dependable data, information and knowledge to support adaptation and mitigation of biodiversity loss resulting from climate change and anthropogenic activities, through maximised exploitation of information and data from European data infrastructures, European programmes (such as EMODnet 401 and European research infrastructures 402 ) and GEO 403 initiatives;

5.Support to the development of the European service sector regarding end-user climate services related to biodiversity and ecosystems and deliver usable results to the monitoring framework of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030;

6.A contribution to the EC-ESA joint Earth system science initiative 404 (in particular to the flagship action on biodiversity and ocean health);

7.Improved governance of biodiversity monitoring and reporting, in particular together with the ‘Rescuing biodiversity to safeguard live on Earth’ partnership 405 , the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity and GEOBON 406 .

Scope: The projects are expected to further the harmonisation, mobilisation, and uptake of monitoring and environmental data to better characterise and understand the natural and anthropogenic pressures on biodiversity, the extent of the destruction of natural biological resources and its connection with ecosystem conditions within safe planetary boundaries. There is a need for knowledge of both better quantified and more precisely characterised changes in biodiversity and related ecosystem services (in coastal, marine, terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems), and of ecosystem status and quantified impacts of the main direct drivers of changes (i.e. land and sea use changes, pollutions, climate change, invasive alien species and exploitation of natural resources) on European natural capital.

The projects should deliver new Earth observation (EO) data services building on the potential of EO capabilities in order to address end-user needs facing the deterioration and destruction of their living environment and ecosystems. The projects under this topic should tackle issues raised within the European Green Deal calls 407 and provide solutions to halt biodiversity loss and protect vulnerable ecosystems, and ensuring ecosystem capacity to continue to provide services to society and the environment. The projects should make mapping tools and information solutions available, which are needed by a wide variety of end users in order to meet targets for conservation and restoration of diverse terrestrial, coastal and marine ecosystems. Hence, the development of tools to support decision-making and participatory management are crucial in this context. Solutions related to improving ecosystem health and resilience should be integrated into best practice monitoring activities within respective monitoring governance schemes. This should enable stakeholders and policy makers to take the right conservation and restoration measures, in particular with the use of a holistic ecosystem-based management in response to the urgent need for halting biodiversity loss and, consequently, alterations to ecosystem functions and sustain the delivery of precious ecosystem services.

Building on existing services and frameworks provided through GEO, EuroGEO 408 , European research infrastructures, European Ocean Observing Systems, EMODnet, Copernicus, ESA 409 Earth Observation programmes and EGNSS, this topic should address the downstream part of the value chain to support mitigation and adaptation to climate change impact on biodiversity and ecosystems. The consortia should engage with end users and stakeholders, contribute to customising of data and exploitation platforms, deliver scaling-up and replication of existing service models, and brokerage of knowledge and dissemination to the public. The successful proposals should build on outcomes of EU funded projects such as Horizon 2020 projects like ECOPOTENTIAL 410 , initiatives like EuropaBON 411 and programmes like LIFE 412 , and should feed into the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, and deliver usable results to the monitoring framework of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Preparing for pre-commercial procurement (PCP) for end-user services based on environmental observation in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the preparation, facilitation and pavement of the way for pre-commercial procurement in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation to enable up-scaling and wide use of end-user services to respond to common needs in this area. The successful proposal will be contributing to the European Green Deal objectives by further deploying and exploiting the use of environmental observations 413 .

In order to do so the project is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Creation of a critical mass of procurers of solutions and services in the area of climate change adaption and mitigation, which will undertake joint, cross-border or coordinated procurements;

2.Description of the common needs of the public procurers for end-user services in the area of climate change adaption and mitigation;

3.Reduced fragmentation of public sector demand via creation of a network(s) of public procurers capable of collectively implementing PCPs and/or public procurement of innovative solutions (PPIs);

4.Increased awareness in the network of procurers of relevant standards, certification and GEO data sharing principles;

5.Leverage of additional investment in research and innovation in the domain of environmental observation and the Copernicus Climate Change Service;

6.Increased awareness and successful use of public procurement to boost innovation and increased exchange of experience in procurement practices and strategies (organising trainings and other information exchange tools) in the specific area of climate services.

Scope: The project is expected to prepare a pre-commercial procurement due to be part of the Cluster 6 work programme for 2023 in the domain of climate change services using the information and data from the Copernicus programme, GEO initiatives, other relevant initiatives such as EMODnet, European Commission Knowledge Centre on Earth Observation hosted at JRC, European research infrastructures and the broad range of environmental information.

The action should deliver all the necessary elements in preparation of the PCP as described in Annex H of the general annexes to this work programme.

Proposals should lead to the establishment of a critical mass of public and/or private procurers in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation, to overcome the fragmentation of demand for solutions and services and to lead to a more rapid market uptake of such solutions and their early deployment. Demonstrated engagement from participants for a further Europe-wide take-up and rollout of results during and following the proposal are expected. Proposals should implement an open market consultation to gain insights into state-of-the-art technologies and ongoing developments, including prototypes and demonstration services coming out of relevant Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, ESA and national projects. This could include new approaches for market consultations with suppliers, paying special attention to SME suppliers.

Proposals should engage public and/or private procurers from each country participating (at national, regional or local level) that have responsibilities and budget control in the relevant area(s).

The network(s) of public and/or private procurers created should investigate the feasibility of, test and prepare the launch of joint or coordinated procurements (PCP), which would ultimately develop innovative, fully tested, fit-for-purpose and cost-effective end-user services in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation. These solutions should be based on a complete set of common needs and specifications. Finally, to facilitate future replication, a set of well-documented practices should be made available.

Preparation activities for the joint or coordinated PCP will be supported, but not the costs of the procurement resulting from any PCP procedures.

Project duration should be 24 months.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-16: Tools to support the uptake and accessibility/exploitability of environmental observation information at European and global level

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will enhance access and usability of environmental observation 414 information and promote pre-operational European services through global infrastructures in line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the European strategy for data and the European digital strategy, thus deploying and adding value to environmental observations and contributing to a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Conversion of existing environmental platforms into fully interoperable digital ecosystems, taking advantage of the progresses made in artificial intelligence, machine learning and high performance computing;

2.Enhance the FAIRness (findability, accessibility, interoperability and re-usability) of environmental observation data, for example, through annotations turning them into relevant, open and accessible knowledge and provide support to decision makers involved in implementing the objectives of the European Green Deal 415 , the new EU climate adaptation strategy 416 and European strategy of data 417 ;

3.Improve the environmental observation knowledge at regional and local level across all European regions, leveraging existing platforms to foster the usability and practicability of digital services in support to the Horizon Europe missions and partnerships;

4.Better access for European stakeholders to global environmental observation data, actionable information and knowledge, especially to the data derived from European programmes such as Copernicus 418 , Galileo 419 /EGNOS 420 and INSPIRE 421 to establish a common European Green Deal data space, fully interlinked with the common European data space for research and innovation and the European Open Science Cloud;

5.Contribution to the Destination Earth initiative 422 .

Scope: The project is expected to enhance access and usability to environmental observation information and promote pre-operational European services through global infrastructures, notably through the GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems) infrastructure. Proposals should turn existing platforms into consolidated digital systems which provide analytical tools, including machine learning for large-scale analysis, improve the value of environmental observations (including in-situ data) to enrich the knowledge base needed to facilitate the reduction of anthropogenic impacts and to assure on optimal management of the transition to a climate neutral economy and a more resilient society.

Proposals should build on the relevant existing infrastructures 423 and facilitate access and exploitation of EO derived data. The tools and services developed under the proposal(s) should be made available for future integration in the common topical European open infrastructure, Destination Earth. Proposals should deliver a plan for the sustained uptake of services by the European commercial sector and leverage the tools developed for the benefit of users from a variety of different sectors (e.g. public, private, civil society, citizen science). Proposals should contribute to support the EC-ESA initiative on Earth system science 424 .

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-17: Common European Green Deal data space to provide more accessible and exploitable environmental observation data in support of the European Green Deal priority actions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to unleashing the potential of environmental and climate data through dedicated European data spaces in line with the objectives of the European Green Deal and the European strategy for data, by further deploying digital and data technologies as key enablers and strengthening EU and international science-policy interfaces as well as contributing to the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Available FAIR 425 data, information and knowledge in support of the European Green Deal priority actions on climate change, circular economy, zero pollution, biodiversity, deforestation and compliance assurance;

2.Consolidated arrangements for European Green Deal data access, sharing and interoperability, in line with the FAIR principles for data, to facilitate the combination of data for policy analysis fostering as such innovative data analytic solutions;

3.Concrete solutions and tools using data analytics and machine learning techniques to support to the European Green Deal priority actions;

4.Increased convergence of the use of high performance computing, cloud, edge, computing, data analytics and artificial intelligence resources for Earth system modelling.

Scope: Successful proposals are expected to contribute towards unleashing the potential of environmental, biodiversity and climate data through dedicated European data spaces. This should allow to exploit the major potential of environmental observation 426 data in support of one or more of the European Green Deal priority actions: climate change, circular economy, zero pollution, biodiversity, deforestation and compliance assurance. Successful proposals are expected to address these challenges and contribute across all environmental areas to help harness the power of big data and artificial intelligence for the benefits of the European Green Deal. The proposals should also help in the convergence of use of high performance computing, cloud, data and artificial intelligence resources for Earth system modelling.

Proposals should contribute to the implementation of the European strategy for data in the domain of environment/climate and could act as a digital enabler for the European Green Deal in those domains. To provide a sustainable perspective for the results achieved, the data and services developed under the proposals should firmly aim to be connected into the common topical European open infrastructure, Destination Earth. Proposals should leverage environmental, geospatial and climate-related data, which are a prerequisite to better understand issues and trends on how our planet and its climate are changing and to address the role humans play in these changes. Proposals should contribute to the release and use of those data to strengthen evidence-based analytical capabilities for policy-making and implementation, including through building on the planned efforts of the European Commission Knowledge Centres on Earth Observation, Biodiversity and Bio-economy hosted at JRC. Proposals should deliver open access to data useful for decision-making by public administrations, investors, insurers, businesses, cities, rural communities, citizen scientists, civil society and citizens, and for the development of new instruments to integrate climate change into risk management practices across the EU. Proposals should build on significant gains in our knowledge over the past decades on data management, to contribute to defragmenting data flows across topics, time and space, and develop best practices in the use of existing relevant platforms such as the Copernicus DIAS and the GEOSS infrastructure, or platforms in development under e.g. Destination Earth 427 , and communities in order to help prioritise and direct the efforts undertaken in the context of the European strategy for data.

Digital and data technologies as key enablers

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-18: Mapping and improving the data economy for food systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-ac
tor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: This action will enhance the sustainability performance and competitiveness in the domains covered by Cluster 6 through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers. It will help to achieve better informed decision-making processes, social engagement, governance and innovation. It will help deliver solutions to advance the European Green Deal priorities, the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system. In particular, it will contribute to improving the data economy for food systems.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the expected outcomes:

1.address the lack of solid knowledge about the data economy in food systems, its development, its fairness and inclusiveness, and its impacts including on EU policy objectives such as those related to food and nutrition security (FNS), sustainable and resilient food systems 428 , climate change, health, competitiveness, fair trading practices, privacy, and consumer protection

2.increase insights in the state-of-play, the actual and potential impacts (positive and negative), the drivers, barriers and enablers of digital transformation, its fairness and inclusiveness

3.accelerate the positive impacts of the digital transformation, and broaden the group of citizens, communities, companies and other food system stakeholders that benefit from it.

Scope: Data driven innovation is fast reshaping the way we produce and consume food. It enhances the potential to manage natural resources more efficiently and to care for the ecosystems that our food production relies on without exceeding finite boundaries. It improves the transparency of our food systems, processes and products from farm to fork, enables a more resilient, safe, circular and customised supply and more personalised diets. It motivates policy-makers, regulators and researchers to make better use of data for monitoring and for generating new insights.

Proposals should gather expertise from a broad range of disciplines and food system participants to obtain new insights and achieve a deepened and more comprehensive understanding of the data economy for food systems. New insights and understanding should relate to the data economy’s structure, its functioning, its present and potential development and its performance versus relevant EU policy objectives, as a basis for future policy recommendations, improved governance and monitoring.

The research that is conducted should therefore go well beyond technology insights and include a holistic assessment of the state-of-play of the data economy, data driven innovation and data reuse 429 in EU food systems, of the drivers, barriers and enablers of digital transformation, and of ongoing and expected trends, including behavioural. Proposals should assess actual and expected impacts (positive and negative) of this transformation on the performance of EU food systems versus the 3 dimensions of sustainability and versus relevant EU policy objectives, including “the European Green Deal” (and therein “the EU Farm-to-Fork Strategy”), an “Economy that works for people” and “a Europe fit for the digital age”. In their assessment of impact, proposals should include a review of the inclusiveness of the ongoing digital transformation in EU food systems (e.g. participation of micro-companies and SMEs, role of gender), and study the fairness of the data economy (e.g. presence of power asymmetries based on data holdings, unfair competition and practices, fair distribution of added value among actors, empowerment of consumers, including the most vulnerable). Proposals will perform 5-10 detailed end-to-end case studies of data flows and reuse in specific parts of our food systems, from farm to fork.

Proposals will put in place a broad stakeholder dialogue to facilitate and discuss new insights, to boost mutual learning and cooperation, to increase awareness among policy makers and stakeholder representatives about the benefits and pitfalls of digital transformation, and to generate new ideas and approaches to improve governance of the data economy in food systems. The stakeholder dialogue should attract and involve players from all parts of the data value chain and representing different sectors and markets. Special care should be taken to involve SMEs, young entrepreneurs, young farmers, start-ups, cities and consumers, and to include relevant actors that are not directly linked to the food value chains (e.g. social media companies, knowledge brokers, educators).

Proposals should develop a framework for the data economy in food systems, as a basis for monitoring its future development, its performance and impacts.

Proposals should formulate recommendations (including technological, societal, economic, legal) for policy makers (EU, national, regional, local) and other stakeholders. They should do this with a view to accelerating the uptake of data driven innovation and data reuse in a socially acceptable way and to improving the development, functioning, governance, monitoring, impact and fairness of the data economy in food systems, within the context of overall EU policy objectives. These recommendations should also take into account trends and opportunities 430 that the research identified, that are expected to be important drivers of change in food systems, and for which improved governance, adapted legal frameworks, new policy initiatives and enhanced societal engagement (from citizen science to prosumer approaches) can significantly increase the positive and mitigate the negative impacts of future changes. This includes efforts to explain and map how the recommendations generate co-benefits for the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities.

These recommendations should also address the need for more (and more effective) exchange and reuse of data assets across parts of EU food systems, national boundaries and language barriers, public and private sectors, and for a wider adoption of data driven-innovations. They should also help to mitigate power asymmetries based on data holdings, ensure fairer competition in the data economy, maximise benefits for citizens and food system actors and enable more open access to data. More specifically, an EU data space for Food systems, in which data is shared for the common good (“data commons”), should be examined to support the objectives of the EU Farm-to-Fork Strategy. Integration of such a data space, with the European Open Science Cloud, the common European data space for research and innovation, should aim at allowing the research community to create new knowledge in this domain.

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they plan to collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-19: Development of the markets and use of digital technologies and infrastructure in agriculture – state of play and foresight: digital and data technologies for the agricultural sector in a fast changing regulatory, trade and technical environment

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See defin
ition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork Strategy and the headline ambitions of a Digital Age – the European Strategy for data in particular - and the headline ambition an Economy that works for people, leaving no one behind, the successful proposal(s) will support the capacities to understand and develop the markets and use of digital technologies in agriculture. They will therefore contribute a) to the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers, and b) to the development of innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, and innovation through research and innovation in the field of digital technologies and infrastructure in agriculture.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increase transparency in the markets for digital and data technologies in the agricultural sector and in data sharing in the agricultural value chain, and support competition;

2.Lower the risk of investments in digital and data technologies in the agricultural sector;

3.Strengthen policy-making and-monitoring and foresight capacities in agriculture and digital and data technologies;

4.Contribute to an increased uptake of digital and data technologies in the agricultural sector and indirectly contribute to an increase in environmental and economic performance of the agricultural sector through increased and enhanced used of digital technologies and data.

Scope: The potential of digital technologies in the agricultural sector to enhance its sustainability and economic performance and to enhance working conditions has been acknowledged. The uptake of digital technologies in the agricultural sector and the development of supplementing data-technology-based solutions in the EU are increasing. However, there is hardly comprehensive, independently collected data about the actual uptake and use of digital technologies by farmers, the trade of sector-related digital technologies, and about the extent and structure of the provision of digital and data services in the agri-food supply chain, which is of global outreach.

To the same time, policies and the regulatory framework directly or indirectly influencing the deployment of digital and data technologies in the EU is evolving in a fast pace and will continue to do so. 431  Also trade regimes are continuously changing. For stakeholder in the agricultural and the digital sector to invest in digital and data technologies, it is important to be able to assess the possible implications of changing regulatory and market conditions on the development, purchase and use of digital and data technologies in the agricultural sector.

An increase in information on markets and on the actor networks, and of the storage and the flows of goods and data, increases transparency, strengthens the consumers`/ users` position and boost competition.

Capacities in modelling and in carrying out foresight analyses for the development of markets and of the situation in the agricultural sector is also one pre-requisite for tailored policy-making.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Development of innovative approaches to assess the uptake of digital technologies and digital infrastructure (including platforms) in the agricultural sector globally with special attention to the situation in the EU and associated countries;

2.Development of innovative approaches to forecast the markets and the uptake of digital technologies and digital infrastructure (including platforms) globally with special attention to the situation in the EU under consideration of fast-changing regulatory framing conditions in the fields of data-, digital and machinery technologies and of agricultural policies;

3.Demonstration of the qualitative and quantitative implications for the use of digital and data technologies by farmers and other actors along the supply chain in a way that demonstration results can be steadily adapted to changing framing conditions. Demonstrations should allow for the reflection of scenarios.

Proposals are expected to consider innovation in digital technologies brought onto the market during the life-time of the project. They must implement the multi-actor approach involving targeted stakeholders, including farmers, agri-businesses, policymakers etc. to test demonstration and communication tools. They should also provide a basis for the development of business cases, e.g. for the integration and sharing of databases across entities and infrastructure.

For the assessment of the uptake of digital technologies by farmers, statistic approaches evolving in the EU are to be considered; assessment approaches may vary between continents and regions.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-20: Data economy in the field of agriculture – effects of data sharing and big data

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy and the Headline ambitions of a Digital Age –the data Strategy in particular - and the headline ambition an Economy that works for people, leaving no one behind, the successful proposals will support capacities to understand, develop and demonstrate the data economy in agriculture and its effects. This topic aims to contribute a) to the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers, and b) to the development of innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes through research and innovation related to data economy in agriculture.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Awareness and informed decisions based on the demonstration of the costs, benefits, risks, and added value as well as the economic and societal potential of agricultural data sharing taking an EU perspective. 432

2.Increase in transparency in data sharing in the agricultural value chain.

3.Increased sharing of agricultural data, and the effective and efficient use of private and public data for private and public purpose, particularly through the demonstration of the costs, benefits, risks, and added value as well as the economic and societal potential of agricultural data sharing taking an EU perspective. 433

4.Contribute to an increased uptake of digital and data technologies in the agricultural sector and indirectly contribute an increase in environmental and economic performance of the agricultural sector through increased and enhanced used of digital technologies and data.

5.Strengthen policy-making and-monitoring capacities in agriculture and data technologies.

Scope: Used effectively, agricultural data has the potential to increase the performance of the sector and of businesses along the supply chain in a sustainable way as well to as to serve public good purposes. For instance, agricultural data forms a key input to precision farming applications and can form input to the analysis on environmental conditions as well as to other fields, e.g. bioinformatics. Thus, agricultural data has a value and presents an interesting element for the data economy.

A crucial parameter to the effectiveness and efficiency of the application of data technologies is the quantity and quality of agricultural data serving as basis for such analyses. However, agricultural data, which stems from multiple sources and includes business, personal and public data, is not straightforward accessible, not even for fees/ financial resources.

Next to technical issues related to e.g. data interoperability, questions on the ownership of agricultural data and the readiness to share the data present a burden to the use of agricultural data. Farmers, for instance, need to trust that their farm data is handled and share carefully, and have to see their and societal benefits to share the data, and have a stake in the economic benefits of agricultural data.

Currently, some companies in the agri-food value chain are collecting agricultural data, e.g. through farmers as customers. Not always is the use of that data, e.g. for product development or farm-tailored advertisement, fully transparent. Moreover, some companies with high numbers of customers, easily gain enormous market power and generate income through the use of the collected data and the application of data technologies.

Developments in the agricultural sector as well as in EU policies 434 , which are/ will be addressing those circumstance to increase the readiness to data sharing to increase the benefit for the economy and society and to overcome power imbalances and a lack of transparency in the use of data, occur rapidly. These changing framing conditions offer opportunities as well as challenges to the agricultural sector as well as to the data economy.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Quantitative and qualitative analyses of the effects of various data sharing and marketing and use options (considering among others private and public data, private and public actions, and big data opportunities) for the actors along the agri-food supply chain and the development of scenarios for the data economy.

2.Implications of the ongoing policy-making process at EU level including the development of relevant legislation in the analyses.

3.Effects of multi-level governance systems in the EU under consideration of the situation and conditions in various Member States as well as effects of international (trade) relations.

4.Consideration of multiple data-sharing business- and governance approaches and technical solution in data sharing in the agricultural sector.

5.Consideration of climate adaptation and reducing administrative burden in the assessment of the potential of agricultural data sharing for the sector and the society.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-21: Potential of drones as multi-purpose vehicle – risks and added values

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy and the Headline ambitions of a Digital Age and an Economy that works for people, that works for all, leaving no one behind, the biodiversity strategy, the successful proposals will support the effective and efficient deployment of drones, including in the field of environmental monitoring. They will therefore contribute a) to the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture, forestry and rural areas through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers, and b) to the development of innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience, notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes through research and innovation in the field of drones.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthened capacities for sustainable smart farming, forestry and rural communities through exploiting the potential of drones and other remotely piloted aircraft systems.

2.Strengthened the capacities for plant, plant-health, livestock, livestock-heath, and agri-environmental monitoring (including tree health) through the use of drones and other remotely piloted aircraft systems.

3.Reduced risk of the use of drones and other remotely piloted aircraft systems.

Scope: The increased use of drones for sectoral and societal purposes can be observed in the EU. Also in the field of agricultural production, drones are used in the EU, whereby to different extents across Member States because of environmental, socio-economic and also regulatory framing conditions. While the use of drones can bring advantages to agricultural production, e.g. to collect data on crop conditions, it also goes along with risks emanating from the use of the unmanned vehicle itself, or the activity it is carrying out. For several reasons, e.g. a lack of cost-effectiveness, the potential of drones is not fully exploited by the agricultural sector in the EU. When exploring the opportunities to increase the use of drones, the consideration of aspects related to the safe use and the interests of the society at large, which might be negatively affected by the use of drones, is of outermost importance. To the same time, drones can also deliver services of common interests, which have the potential to be well linked to the agricultural use of drones, for instance, the collection of environmental information in agricultural landscapes, such as about landscape features, water quality or soil quality, and biodiversity in and around utilised agricultural areas. Exploring possibilities to use drones as multi-purpose vehicle in rural areas, e.g. for reasons of cost-effectiveness is of interest.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Stock-taking of innovation in the use of drones as multi-purpose vehicle in agricultural production, forestry and the development of rural communities globally, the advantage and disadvantages of different approaches, and perform comparative analyses with the situation of the use of drones in the EU.

2.Development of innovative approaches to use drones and other remotely piloted aircraft systems as multi-purpose vehicle in agriculture, e.g. for production assessment, cover-crop seeding, pest and disease detection, harvesting planning as well as innovative approaches to use drones as multi-purpose vehicle linking agricultural and wider environmental observation interests (including the assessment of landscape features, forests, water quality, and soil carbon) and for rural services.

3.Assessment of the potential of the use of drones and other remotely piloted aircraft systems in the agricultural sector and socio-economic and environmental effects under consideration of different regulatory scenarios.

4.Development of business models to the use of drones and other remotely piloted aircraft systems in agriculture, which may include agriculture / forestry / community development interlinkages.

5.Development of innovative approaches to assess and reduce the risks related to the use of drones in the agricultural sector, especially in the context of spraying.

Projects are expected to take into consideration the results of other related Horizon 2020/ Europe projects, such as AW-Drones 435 and ROMI 436 , as well as of other relevant projects and initiatives.

Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to academic researchers, hi-tech startups, SMEs, rural communities and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed assessment approaches or collect or prepare data sets or provide other contributions to achieve the project objectives. A maximum of € 60 000 per third party might be granted. Conditions for third parties support are set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose. The financial support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-22: Assessing the impacts of digital technologies in agriculture – cost, benefits and potential for sustainability gains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to t
his work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy and the Headline ambitions of a Digital Age and an Economy that works for people, leaving no one behind, the biodiversity strategy, the successful proposals will support the development of capacities for assessing and demonstrating environmental and socio-economic effects of digital technologies in agriculture. They will therefore contribute to the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers through research and innovation in the field of the assessment of impacts of digital technologies in agriculture.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Awareness and informed decisions based on the demonstration of the costs and benefits of the use of digital technologies for the agricultural sector.

2.Facilitated uptake of digital technologies by farmers, including through decision-making support and the analysis of farmers’ motivations.

3.Strengthen the capacities of farmers` advisors in the field of digital technologies.

4.Strengthening the capacities to design, implement, monitor and evaluate policy measures in the fields of agriculture, environment and climate, as basis for better tailored, more effective and efficient policy measures in the fields of digitalisation in agriculture, and sustainability.

Scope: Digital technologies in agriculture and their potential to increase farms` economic and sustainability performance, facilitate work and enhance working conditions has received huge attention in the political sphere in recent years. Agriculture has to play a key role in achieving environmental and climate ambitions in the EU, and digital technologies offer opportunities to increase the sustainability performance of the agricultural sector. However, there is still a huge “gap” between the portfolio of digital technologies offered at the market and the actual uptake and use by farmers in the EU. Moreover, while the potential of digital technologies to better tailor agricultural production is widely acknowledged, there is little knowledge about the actual reduction of negative environmental and climate effects due to their application.

Studies show that among key uptake barriers hindering the farmers to make use of digital technologies are a) a lack of knowledge about those tools in general, as well as their costs and benefits, b) a lack of overview of the strengths and weaknesses of certain tools in the huge portfolio offered on markets and the suitability to address farm-specific needs, and c) a lack of believe in the added value of digital technologies for the management of a farm. An additional barrier to the uptake of digital technologies by farmers presents the effort needed to become familiar with new tools. For many farmers the real demonstration of effects as well as “hard figures” of production effects are important to be convinced to apply a certain method/ technology. Also cultural aspects play a role in the perception of digital technologies.

The effectiveness of digital technologies as it regards sustainability gains between laboratory conditions and the environmental and socio-economic reality vary.

Independent assessments of the effects of the use of the range of digital technologies tools under ideal and real-life conditions are essential for policy development, monitoring and evaluation. For many environmental parameters, the final impacts of farming can only be assessed with a huge time lag/ delay or are hardly measurable at all. The more important it is, to have figures, which impacts certain farming practices may have.

In addition, policy-makers and administrations are challenged by estimating rates for supporting the use of digital technologies in agriculture as well as the effects of employment structures in rural areas.

Against this background, independent quantitative and qualitative assessments of the multiple costs and benefits and potential sustainability gains of digital technologies are essential. It is also important to make those assessment results of possible effects of digital technologies feasible, assessable and usable, particularly for farmers, their advisors, and policy-makers, as it may form a stepping stone to facilitate the uptake of digital technologies in the sector and may facilitate the design of tailored policy measures.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Demonstration of the costs and benefits for farmers/farms of the use of digital technologies for individual production steps (e.g. in per ha calculations and livestock surveillance) as well as for following a “whole-farm approach” which is applied, e.g. in the use of some Farm Management Systems under real testing conditions and with quantitative and qualitative assessments.

2.Analyses and developed assessment approaches representative for the EU under consideration of the various biogeographical conditions, and several types of farms and farmers under consideration of different business models, e.g. cooperative purchase of equipment, use of contractor services etc.

3.Stock-taking of results of former or still ongoing Horizon 2020 projects falling directly or indirectly under the scope of this theme, e.g. Smart-AKIS 437 , to capitalise those findings and draw lessons learnt.

4.Provision of innovative decision-making support on the selection and use of digital technologies.

5.Generation of information and knowledge for the design of policy measures.

6.Recommendations, under which conditions/ in which way digital technologies deliver best results for a farmer and on business models for financing/ for financing their use.

7.Generation of innovative tools making the results of the projects easily accessible and usable for the different target groups (at least farmers and advisors), e.g. cost calculators.

8.Facilitated qualitative and quantitative assessment of the (positive and negative) environmental effects (e.g. reduction of inputs/ emissions) of the use of digital technologies in agriculture.

Projects are expected to foster the development of capacities for assessing the contribution of agriculture to sustainability ambitions through the development of assessment approaches, analyses, and knowledge generation on the impacts, especially the costs, benefits and potential sustainability gains and losses, through the application of digital technologies. Projects are expected to make a significant contribution to establish a basis for the development, implementation and evaluation of sustainability- and data-related policies at regional, national and EU level and reaching related objectives, including Green Deal ambitions, CAP, the White Paper on Artificial Intelligence, and Sustainable Finance.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Testing of digital technologies in agriculture under real production conditions.

2.Consideration of farmers´/ producers´/ contractors´ behaviour.

3.Representativeness of analyses and developed assessment approaches for the EU and associated countries for several types of farms and farmers.

4.Links to relevant EU policy monitoring and evaluations and statistical systems.

5.Exploration of the potential of digital technologies use in agriculture as means for independent monitoring.

6.Recommendations under which conditions/ in which way digital technologies deliver best sustainability performance.

Tools developed within the project(s) are to be linkable to Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems in Member States.

The multi-actor approach must be implemented, involving at least scientists and representatives of the agricultural sector. They are encouraged to envisage collaboration with Digital Innovation Hubs 438 supported under the Digital Europe Programme is regarded as beneficial for the overall results of the projects.

If involving machinery companies, selected projects should build their work on digital technologies and machinery from at least three companies and brands.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure that the approach proposed will be compatible with and improve the tools used at the European Commission.

Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-23: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks, compiling and sharing knowledge ready for practice

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, CAP and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters. Primary producers have a particular need for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. This speeds up innovation and the uptake of results, and is key to improve sustainability. It adds value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bioeconomy and biodiversity. This will lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 439 ).

Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not captured and spread, and often research findings are not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. Proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this, are essential because national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors. It will scale up local solutions up to the EU level and may even influence policy design wherever useful.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

2.The conservation of practical knowledge for the long term - beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels that farmers/foresters consult most often, delivering as much audio-visual material and as many “practice abstracts” in the common European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) format as possible, including also education and training materials.

3.Increasing the flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories. In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system.

4.Achieving greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

5.The cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 440 , as well as contributing to the European Green deal and Farm to Fork objectives. Examples are climate issues, pesticide use, water use and pollution, short supply chains linking to the consumer, farm viability, animal welfare, generational renewal, and much more.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Tackling the most urgent needs of farmers and foresters by building on the experience and outcomes of at least 5 EIP-AGRI 441 Operational Groups of at least 3 Member States, scaling it up at European level choosing a related common theme on which to collect, summarise, share and translate the existing knowledge from science and practice in an easy-to-understand way for practitioners.

2.Compiling a comprehensive description of the state of current farming and forestry practices on the chosen theme with a view to explain the added-value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals must pay attention to the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

3.Delivering an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, and feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

4.All materials should also be provided in the common EIP-AGRI format to the EIP-AGRI as 'practice abstracts', as well as to the national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

5.Besides giving the details about the EIP-AGRI Operational Groups which are involved 442 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies shall be built with running and future EIP-AGRI Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

6.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge in particular activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors and run for minimum three years.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24: Supporting knowledge exchange between all AKIS actors in the Member States by means of an EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work p
rogramme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, common agricultural policy and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on appropriate management of data and information derived from different sources that are readily available. The expected outcome of this topic is to multiply the use of practice-oriented knowledge, build capacities and to demonstrate innovative solutions to accelerate the transition to a sustainable management and use of natural resources in farming and forestry. This will lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 443 ).

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1. Making information and knowledge readily available and easy accessible to farmers, foresters, advisors and other users 444 of practice-ready knowledge. This will support the policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, such as the European Green Deal, the farm to fork strategy and the CAP, the biodiversity strategy and the wider bioeconomy research and policies by supporting the transition process across the EU in new and coherent ways;

2. The CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 445 . This project will provide overall support related to concrete practice-oriented knowledge co-creation, the (digital) organisation of it and the sharing of approaches to do so among Member States;

3. The outcomes will be connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and the sharing of knowledge, in particular by:

(a) creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice to trusted information sources and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge and innovation;

(b) connecting innovation actors and projects; resulting in faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice and communicating to the scientific community about the research needs of practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Collect and enable sharing – as a minimum – of the outcomes of all multi-actor projects from Horizon 2020 and those from Horizon Europe, and of all EIP-AGRI Operational Group innovative projects 2014-2020 and of those to come in the 2021-2027 period. This should be done by developing, operating and fine-tuning the use of an open access and open source digital EU-wide knowledge reservoir for practice interoperable with the European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI). The knowledge reservoir should be refined to make the tool as interactive and interoperable as possible with Member States’ growing number of websites and knowledge reservoirs for agriculture and forestry practice, and integrate as much as possible practice-oriented project outcomes from any other funding source. Where needed, this may entail policy dialogues and small studies;

2.Develop this tool, which is to be owned and exploited by the EU, enabling it to serve the knowledge interactions within the EIP-AGRI network, in particular with a view to explore how to encourage emergence of new EIP-AGRI innovation projects by connecting projects and actors. To this end, the project should collaborate with the EIP-AGRI networks at Member State and at EU level;

3.Share the output of the EU knowledge reservoir as widely as possible, using existing dissemination channels for farmers and foresters and national/regional/local AKIS channels, with the support of AKIS coordination bodies and platforms in Member States. Explore the possibilities for translation of its content into EU languages;

4.Develop interactive communication activities on the outcomes of clusters of projects in the reservoir, so that the knowledge comes to life through workshops and encounters between AKIS’ actors, in particular those who have common interests across the EU. This will be the way to find out whether the knowledge reservoir meets end-users’ expectations. Through peer-to-peer activities and mixed actor events on dedicated parts of the content of the knowledge reservoir, enable innovations to arise from existing work, using the inputs and suggestions received from key actors all over the EU;

5.Use the collected material to develop educational material for students, farmers, foresters, advisors and others 446 , and for encouraging on-farm demonstrations. Give input for training of advisors and farmers (or other users). All this material is to be exploited across Europe through real life, one-to-one and virtual activities;

6.The project should collaborate with all 27 EU Member States’ AKIS’ coordinating bodies 447 and related networks, and strongly connect to the EIP-AGRI at EU level. Make use of the AKIS coordination in each Member State to connect actors all over Europe working on specific subjects. This collaboration should serve to verify whether the reservoir indeed meets the expectations of Member States’ AKIS’ actors;

7.Make use of local connections in all 27 EU Member States to interpret the national/regional contexts, including in particular the innovation strand of national CAP Networks. Use the knowledge and innovation experts in the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss the project strategy and progress at the various stages of the project;

8.Projects should have a minimum duration of 7 years, and build on the developments of the projects EURAKNOS 448 and EUREKA 449 , and - if relevant - of similar international initiatives. They must implement the multi-actor approach, including as a minimum the EIP-AGRI and national CAP networks and AKIS actors from many Member States as well as IT-experts with experience in knowledge reservoirs. Proposals should include tasks to collaborate with these Horizon 2020 projects to take over the agreed IT standards and languages according to the outcomes of the feasibility discussions in EURAKNOS and EUREKA.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-25: Improving national AKIS organisation in a co-creative process across the EU

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See d
efinition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, CAP and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on appropriate governance to interlink Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation System (AKIS 450 ) actors and connect them with practice-oriented information derived from different sources that are readily available. The expected outcome of this topic is to develop sound AKIS governance in Member States. Member States’ authorities and AKIS actors need insights and tools to advance knowledge exchange, build capacities. Innovative governance solutions should accelerate the transition to a more sustainable management and use of natural resources in farming and forestry. This will lead to better informed and engaged stakeholders and users of innovative project results thanks to effective AKIS and related platforms.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

Member States need to find new ways to govern the transition process and at the same time modernise governance. Special attention shall go into making information and knowledge more readily available and accessible and to improving knowledge flows between AKIS actors, as foreseen in the AKIS strategies of the post 2020 Common Agricultural Policy 451 . The task of the future AKIS coordination bodies and platforms is to find adequate governance to share knowledge and innovation supporting the European Green Deal and farm to fork objectives, achieving the Sustainable Development Goals while trying to solve institutional barriers and lock-ins, political inertia and power imbalances.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes

1. New know-how to be used by policy makers and other AKIS actors 452 to improve knowledge flows and develop a well-functioning AKIS in their country. This supports policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, such as the European Green Deal, the Farm to Fork Strategy and the Common Agricultural Policy. Examples are farm viability and generational renewal, agro-ecology, climate mitigation and adaptation, pesticide reduction, reduction of water use and pollution, and much more.

2. The CAP post 2020 cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 453 . Support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing will become available under the post 2020 CAP. This project must help Member States to benchmark among them in order to choose the most effective AKIS interventions adapted to their local/regional/national situations. It should improve learning on how to organise their AKIS to improve its functioning.

3. The outcomes should be approaches to better connect actors, policies and projects and instruments to speed up innovation and the uptake of knowledge, in particular to:

(a) create added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encourage the wider use of available knowledge and innovation;

(b) connect innovation actors and projects at all levels; resulting in faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice and communicate to the scientific community the research needs of practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Compare the various types of AKIS 454 within the EU at national, regional and local level to discover how they effectively and efficiently enhance interaction between AKIS actors through activities at various geographical levels. Special attention shall be paid to making practice-oriented information and knowledge better available, shared and accessible and on how to improve knowledge flows between AKIS actors, including informing research on needs from practice and finding ways to reward scientists for results useable in practice in particular. Project activities should help learning processes for practitioners within the country and regions, as well as support them to benefit from well-functioning AKISs. Project proposals must also support development of various cross-border approaches between AKISs to enhance knowledge flows and initiatives to incentivise innovation projects among countries and regions within the EU, and to learn from each other.

2.A specific part of the project should be dedicated to sharing the various ways and good examples of how advisors can be intensively integrated in AKIS 455 , including for innovation support 456 .

3.Assess current AKIS, using practical tools and indicators capable of monitoring the functioning of Member States’ AKIS. This should include institutional arrangements and ways to stimulate researchers to exchange information with practice and have an effective impact on the transition to a more sustainable agriculture by adjusting the focus of their research to more practical approaches and interaction with practice. Provide advice and support on how to measure improving the functioning of the AKIS, making use of a coherent and effective approach while taking into account the national/regional/local historical and cultural contexts.

4.Provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

5.Cover all 27 EU Member State in the project, and make use in all those countries of experts who understand and are able to make an accurate interpretation of the national/regional contexts of practitioners. Use the knowledge and innovation experts in the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss the project’s strategy and progress in the various stages of the project. Projects should have a minimum duration of 7 years and must implement the multi-actor approach. Since innovation support is an essential element in a well-functioning AKIS, cooperation with the project under HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-26 is expected.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-26: Deepening the functioning of innovation support

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals
must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, common agricultural policy and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on how to discover innovative ideas and how to enable the relevant actors to work out these ideas in a co-creative way as from the very start of the making of the proposal. The expected outcome of this topic is to develop sound, coherent and well-prepared innovation generation and support methods, which enable individual grassroots innovative ideas to come to fruition. It should help project coordinators to find methods to use the complementary knowledge of partners to develop ready-to-use solutions. Member States’ authorities and actors of the agricultural knowledge and innovation system (AKIS) need insights and tools to improve the interaction, connections and drafting skills for preparation of innovation project proposals. This will eventually lead to useable and practice-oriented innovative project results, better informed practitioners motivated to implement those results and, as a consequence, increased impact of funding for multi-actor research and innovation and European innovation partnership (EIP) Operational Groups.

Member States AKISs need to be equipped to advance knowledge, build capacities and co-create innovative solutions to accelerate the transition to a sustainable and circular management and use of natural resources. To this end, the CAP post-2020 introduced for all Member States an obligation to have innovation support services in place 457 , to speed up innovation by helping to develop individual innovative grassroots ideas into interactive innovation projects 458 . Such services can serve as one stop shops for innovation and should help future users of project results to prepare multi-actor innovative projects with a view to testing the potential innovation they have in mind. Member States need to find new ways to organise innovation support which fuels the generation of solutions for the transition process towards more sustainable farming and forestry. This can be done in particular in the form of a one-stop-shop for innovation, which can provide practical information on the subject of the potential project, existing scientific knowledge and project management as well as tips and tricks on how to develop such projects into a coherent project proposal. Being able to connect the most relevant actors with complementary knowledge is also an essential element, and will help to attain the objectives of the potential project. Deepening innovation support will need to take into account institutional barriers and lock-ins, political inertia and tackle power imbalances between potential actors involved in co-creative innovation processes.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1. Helping innovation support services to tackle innovative ideas related to the policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, such as farm viability, agro-ecology, climate issues, pesticide reduction, reduction of water use and pollution, short supply chains, generational renewal, etc, as well as the European Green Deal, the Farm to Fork Strategy and the CAP, the Biodiversity Strategy and the wider bioeconomy research and policies.

2. Contribute to the CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 459 . Projects shall provide overall support to generate practical approaches ultimately leading to better capturing of emerging needs and/or innovative opportunities, knowledge co-creation, in relation to the new obligation for Member States under the CAP post-2020 460 to have innovation support services in place, taking into account national and regional contexts.

3. The outcomes shall connect actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up creation of innovative solutions, in particular by:

(a) creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge which can serve the innovative idea;

(b) connecting innovation actors and projects; resulting in faster co-creation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them into practice and communicating the research needs of practice to the scientific community.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Develop approaches to set up and improve the functioning of innovation brokers, which have the capacities to find individual innovative grassroots ideas at an early stage as well as practice needs or innovative opportunities. These innovative ideas should then be developed with the support of the owner of the idea and a number of relevant actors with complementary knowledge into an EIP-AGRI interactive innovation project510, using methods ensuring co-ownership of the initiators and partners in the project. Seed funding as used for EIP-AGRI Operational Group projects is often a good solution to accompany this process, but also other approaches such as “innovation advice” or “innovation coaching” are an option to investigate 461 .

2.Explore how such innovation support approaches could be embedded in the national/regional AKIS, in particular through useful connections with advisors, and how they can be linked to other broader innovation support mechanisms, including research, advisors and CAP networks at Member State or regional level 462 .

3.Investigate and compare among Member States how the governance of such innovation support could be organised at the level of the managing authorities (single “one-stop-shop” service or mixed model with several smaller and/or bigger innovation support services, or…) taking into account the great variety of contexts in Member States and regions.

4.Cover all 27 EU Member States in the project to ensure learning from diversity. Make use in all those countries of experts who understand and are able to make an accurate interpretation of the national/regional contexts and its impact to help develop the ideal solution for that Member State.

5.Projects should have a minimum duration of 6 years, investing most in the very first years, and use the support from the knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the project. They must implement the multi-actor approach, including existing experienced innovation support services as partners which can share their methods and help develop solutions in other contexts.

6.As foreseen in the Multi-Actor Approach requirements 463 , provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, including as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-27: Developing EU advisory networks on consumer-producer chains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction
to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, CAP and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on advisor exchanges across the EU to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, of demonstration of innovative solutions, as well as helping to bring them into practice, which accelerates the needed transitions. Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) in which advisors are fully integrated 464 are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers.

Primary producers have a particular need for impartial, ready-to-use and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. This speeds up innovation and the uptake of results, and is key to improve sustainability. It adds value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bioeconomy and biodiversity. This will lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems.

Transformative changes such as those required within the European Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors are key actors strongly guiding and with powerful influence over producers’ decisions. A novelty in the post-2020 CAP plans 465 is that advisors now must be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. They must now be able to cover economic, environmental and social domains, as well as be informed on up-to-date science and technology. They should be able to translate this knowledge into opportunities and use and adapt those to specific local circumstances. This specific topic focuses on the important role advisors can play to exploit the potential of connecting consumers with producers through short supply chains, an upcoming issue in the more sustainable and diversified agriculture of the future.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Production of supporting services and sharing of materials to facilitate the upscaling of short supply chains, such as knowledge networks and peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, inspiration tours, advice modelling, communication and education materials, sharing of effective business models and making use of possible accelerators serving both producers and consumers, SWOT analysis schemes, (new) business model analyses, etc

2.Development of interaction with regional, national and EU policy makers, potentially leading to an EU network to discuss institutional barriers to producer-consumer chains, including bottlenecks, lock-ins, political inertia, ambiguous regulations, inequality between Member States and power imbalances;

3.The policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, as well as the European Green Deal, and in particular the Farm to Fork Strategy and the Common Agricultural Policy, with the objective to increase farmer viability and raise consumer awareness on connecting producers and consumers in short food supply chains;

4.The CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 466 . This project shall provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing of novel information across borders. It shall help to fill gaps on emerging advisory topics which is useful in particular in relation with the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS which shall cover a much broader scope than in the former period;

5. The outcomes should speed up the introduction, spread and bringing into practice of innovative solutions related to consumer-producer chains overall, in particular by:

(a) creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU;

(b) learning from innovation actors and projects, resulting in faster sharing and implementation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them into practice and communicating to the scientific community the bottom-up research needs of practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Connect advisors with knowledge on short supply chains who have a broad and extensive network of farmers across all EU Member States into an EU advisory network on short food supply chains to better connect consumers with producers, securing producers’ income, building on the outcomes of the EIP-AGRI Workshop “Cities and Food – Connecting Consumers and Producers” and the Focus Group on Short Food Supply Chains 467 .

2.Share effective and novel short chain approaches and experiences among this EU advisory network. These approaches must be sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects.

3.Focus on cost-benefit elements. Collect and document good examples in this regard, connecting with farmers, intermediates and consumers in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, learn about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation, to ensure financial win-wins for producers and consumers.

4.Integrate the advisors of the EU short food supply chain network into the Member States’ AKIS as much as possible. They can provide encouragement as innovation brokers in local short chain projects of European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) Operational Groups. They should give hands-on training to farmers and local advisors, lead national thematic and learning networks on the subject, deliver and implement action plans with interested farmers, inspire new and incoming farmers or farms at the cross-roads of intergenerational renewal, connect with education and ensure broad communication, support peer-to-peer consulting, develop on-farm demonstrations and YouTube demo films, and provide specific back-office support for generalist advisors within the national/regional AKIS.

5.Explore if the some or all activities of the EU advisory network on short supply chains can be upscaled at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Wherever possible, develop digital advisory and accelerator tools for common and open use across the EU. Determine whether common instruments can be created to incentivise the implementation of short food supply chains linking producers with consumers, for instance in the framework of smart villages, or to incentivise novel food strategies for cities, villages and rural areas, etc.

6.Include all 27 EU Member States in the EU advisory network. Make use in all those countries of experts who understand and are able to make an accurate interpretation of the national / regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support from the knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategies, coordination and progress in the various stages of the 2 projects. Projects should run at least 5 years. They must implement the multi-actor approach.

7.Provide all outcomes and materials to the EIP-AGRI, including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national / regional / local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-28: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, CAP and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters. Primary producers have a particular need for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. This speeds up innovation and the uptake of results, and is key to improve sustainability. It adds value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bioeconomy and biodiversity. This will lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 468 ).

Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not captured and spread, and often research findings are not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. Proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this situation, are essential because national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 469 , as well as European Green Deal and Farm to Fork objectives;

2.The collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

3.Conserve practical knowledge for the long term - beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels that farmers/foresters consult most often.

4.Increase the flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories. In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system;

Achieve greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Summarise, share and present - in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters – the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners. The specific themes of the networks can be chosen in a 'bottom-up' way on the condition that they tackle the most urgent farmers’ or foresters' needs.

2.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming practices on the chosen theme to explain the added-value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals shall focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

3.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, making use of audio-visual material wherever possible, including also materials serving education and training;

4.This range of material should feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

5.As many “practice abstracts” in the common European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) format as possible, as well as other type of materials should be provided to the EIP-AGRI, as well as to national / regional / local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-22), all in the requested formats;

6.Besides giving the details on the EIP-AGRI Operational Groups which are strongly recommended to be involved 470 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP-AGRI Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

7.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors; and run for minimum 3 years.

Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 471

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 472

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Oct 2021

Deadline(s): 10 Mar 2022

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-01

CSA

8.00

Around 8.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02

COFUND

23.00

23.00 to 150.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-03

RIA

6.00

Around 6.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-04

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-05

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-06

RIA

10.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-07

IA

20.00

Around 3.00

6

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-08

IA

14.00

3.00 to 5.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-09

RIA

10.00

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-10

RIA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-11

RIA

15.00

5.00 to 7.50

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-12

CSA

9.00

Around 3.00

3

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-13

CSA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-14

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-15

CSA

8.00

Around 4.00

2

Overall indicative budget

147.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Innovating with governance models and supporting policies

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-01: Mobilisation of society to transform food systems for co-benefits

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The
proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will involve the mobilisation of society to transform food systems for co-benefits. This will lead to innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience, which achieve better-informed decision-making processes, societal engagement, and innovative solutions.

With the overarching aim to help transform food systems for co-benefits to nutrition and health, climate, environment, biodiversity, circularity and communities, the project will:

1.Build on the Fit4Food2030 473 initiative to further the mobilisation of all relevant Food System public and private sector stakeholders, researchers, non-governmental organisations, educators, knowledge brokers, media and society, to work together via an interlinked structure at the level of cities, regions, and countries across Europe, and that supports mutual learning and good practices.

2.A new and improved structured network of evidence-based policy labs throughout Europe so as to raise awareness, foster joint action, good practices and knowledge sharing amongst stakeholders relevant to food system policy developments and implementation at various levels: local, regional, national, EU and international level. Key to this will be the inclusion of decision and policy makers, scientists, and public authorities to ensure the sustainability and legitimacy of the governance process.

3.Increased pan-European citizen engagement, social innovation and co-creation through local or regional living labs; promote food systems science education for children and youth while respecting national competence in the area of education and health, and measure the food systems transition progress in society.

Scope: Successful proposals are expected to:

1.Establish a pan-European Food 2030 multi-actor and public engagement mechanism to raise food system awareness and foster more citizen (including youth) involvement and interest in science, research and innovation, necessary to foster support for a food system transformation that delivers co-benefits.

2.Engage a network of science museums to co-create and deploy a Food 2030 “food systems lab” inspired by the Oceans Plastic Lab 474 to be deployed across Europe linking in particular to EU presidencies, important global meetings (e.g.: COP), and other relevant place-based initiatives (like I-Capital, Green Capital, etc.).

3.Support emerging relevant citizen science projects at local level (neighbourhoods, towns and cities), conduct hackathons, hold science cafés, and set up a dedicated video channel to display food systems success stories, all with the aim of raising awareness of the need to transform food systems and to co-create citizen-inspired solutions.

4.Develop and deploy innovative interactive food systems education material in support of both the informal and formal education of children and youth (including gender-specific messaging) across Europe while respecting national competence in the area of education and health, in cooperation with relevant European school networks, associations and local media outlets.

5.Facilitate the cooperation of relevant EU Horizon Europe projects to arrive at a common language and explore/set common goals, discuss potential farm to fork strategy and Green Deal interventions, all with a view to strengthen co-ownership and cooperation, share and communicate knowledge, boost innovation and increase take-up of improved policy schemes among the food system actors, and society.

6.Measurement of food systems transition progress by, for example, conducting surveys or employing sentiment analyses that demonstrates society’s level of interest and willingness to transform food systems for co-benefits and the perceive trade-offs.

7.Explain and map how co-benefits will be achieved relevant to the four Food 2030 priorities 475 : nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities.

Involving a wide diversity of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research is expected to implement the required multi actor approach (cf eligibility conditions).

The project should set out a clear plan on how it will collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 23.00 and 150.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

Type of Action

Programme Co-fund Action

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
As financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives, the 60 0
00 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

Total indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 150 million.

Expected Outcome: The partnership is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal and Digital Europe priorities, the successful proposal will contribute to the sustainability and resilience of the blue economy by supporting the establishment of innovative governance models. It will also contribute to strengthening the EU and international science-policy interfaces in marine- and maritime-related domains as well as the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) by supporting the further deployment and exploitation of Environmental Observation data and products and of digital and data technologies.

1.EU and national multi-level cooperation and alignment across and within regional seas of research and innovation programmes, priorities and investments are enhanced, based on established strategic research and innovation agendas and related cooperation activities, including international agreements and outreach; as well as cooperation with other Horizon Europe initiatives, European partnerships and missions.

2.Europe’s role in ocean science, research, social and technological developments, innovation and productivity in the marine domain is clearly strengthened by 2030 and transformative governance enables the advances of the role of Europe in business, finance and social developments in the marine/maritime domain.

3.By 2030, Europe has contributed significantly and in a measurable way to the climate neutrality of the blue economy, the European Green Deal objectives and its different strategies.

4.The science-based implementation of EU marine-related legislation, regulations and objectives is supported, as well as the advanced sustainability of activities, practices and existing and new products and services of the blue economy value chains throughout European regional seas and the Atlantic.

5.Transformative change is promoted and enabled through actionable science and sustainable, fair and just solutions for the blue economy and for communities, involving a participatory and multi-stakeholder approach.

6.The deployment of digital, nature-based and social innovations as well as community-led and purpose-driven technology for the blue economy is supported.

7.Ocean literacy in the EU and beyond is increased.

8.Sustained ocean and coastal observations and availability of FAIR data for environmental, climate and blue economy purposes are substantially increased.

9.Global cooperation with key partners bordering the different EU sea basins is strengthened.

Scope: Europe’s seas and ocean do not stop at national borders, nor do the challenges they face. Many of the issues are common throughout European seas and the Atlantic, even globally. A major effort is needed to increase the development of ocean science, research, technological developments and innovation, both to protect the ocean and to increase the resilience of its ecosystems and to ensure a strong sustainable blue economy and science-based design of marine spatial planning, involving all stakeholders. No nation can face this on its own and undertake the investments in research, technology and innovation that are needed to steer new business, governance and social developments 476 .

Many of the identified research priorities and activities of the EU and individual countries are similar and, therefore, require alignment over all European seas and ocean. Existing and new funding streams from national, public and private sources will need to be pooled, together with EU funding, in order to maximise efforts and achieve efficiency gains. To address these issues, sea basin-specific Research and Innovation Agendas (RIAs) have been developed for the Atlantic, the Mediterranean, the Baltic Sea and the North Sea, and the Black Sea 477 . An impact-driven and coherent approach needs to be designed to combine all of these research and innovation agendas, in order to structure the European landscape, so that common issues can be addressed jointly, and national marine strategies are developed in a consistent way.

The partnership should catalyse the transformation of Europe’s blue economy towards climate neutral status by 2050. By aligning national, regional and EU R&I priorities and bringing together science, industry, governance and society, it should deliver knowledge and solutions to make the blue economy sustainable. Responding to national and EU policy goals (e.g. European Green Deal, Marine Strategy Framework Directive), the partnership should aim to achieve a healthy ocean, a sustainable and productive blue economy and the well-being of citizens.

The partnership should increase scientific contributions, applicable in a legal/regulatory context, related to biodiversity, ecosystem conservation and restoration, climate mitigation and adaptation, and pollution, including eutrophication, noise, marine litter and hazardous substances, and should facilitate the use of scientific knowledge by regulators and policy-makers, contributing to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the farm to fork strategy, the mission in the area “Ocean, seas and waters”, the circular economy action plan and the zero pollution ambition.

The partnership should promote technological, nature-based, social, economic and cultural innovation and experiment with new planning, governance, business and finance models. It should also contribute to the future EU initiative on ocean observation, to the development of a common European ocean data space, to the Ocean Digital Twin and to the implementation of the European Ocean Observing System (EOOS).

The partnership should put the emphasis on the development of basin- or Europe-wide holistic, integrated, systemic and cross-sectoral approaches and foster co-creation processes involving all relevant stakeholders and actors, while remaining operationally manageable. It should engage local, regional and national authorities, industry and businesses, including SMEs, knowledge institutions and citizens through Open Science and an inclusive governance, policy and decision-making. It should harness the full potential of social sciences and humanities (SSH), social innovation and citizen engagement to deliver portfolios of solutions, measures and tools and facilitate their replication, and upscaling. In particular, this topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

It should contribute to improve the quality of life and long-term socio-economic prospects of coastal communities, including women, youth and the most vulnerable groups like indigenous people, in the context of major transitions and rising threats to climate, resources and health, including by increasing their resilience to crises like the COVID-19 pandemic. In line with the European Commission’s political vision of leaving no one behind, the wide diversity and heterogeneity in levels of socio-economic, technological, institutional, innovation and skills potential should be taken into account.

The European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy should be implemented through a joint programme of activities for high impact, relevance and capacity building, ranging from research to coordination and networking activities, including training, demonstration, communication and dissemination activities in all research and innovation projects of the partnership. Emphasis should be given to demonstration, upscaling and experimentation calls. To ensure effective and smooth implementation, three dedicated pillars of activities within the partnership are needed:

1.Implementation of joint activities in particular calls for proposals with co-funding from the Union.

2.Implementation of joint activities without co-funding from the Union.

3.A broad set of activities supporting coordination, international cooperation and outreach, uptake of results etc.

These activities should be structured along the following main building blocks of activities:

1.Development of work programmes as implementation steps of the high-level Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA). This SRIA should be included in the proposal, outlining implementation modalities and building on existing SRIAs or equivalent in the EU sea basins. It should include the demonstration of the achievability of policy targets at sea-basin scale.

2.Joint calls for challenge-driven R&I to address critical issues for a sustainable climate-neutral blue economy with integrated and multi-stakeholder approaches.

3.Setting-up a multi-stakeholder community of practice to facilitate science-policy-business-society dialogues, share experiences and disseminate results and innovations on key issues for social transition and sustainable development.

4.Undertaking communication and dissemination measures to make R&I results accessible for all stakeholder groups and users and prepare guidelines, references, tools and trainings for replication and mainstreaming; communicating to citizens and civil society at large, and involving them to achieve policy goals.

5.Synthesising R&I results and achievements from clusters of projects.

6.Setting-up (a) knowledge hub(s) to support capacity-building on integrated approaches.

7.Setting-up rigorous monitoring to follow progress of projects and taking stock of diverse solutions, good practice cases and the contribution to the achievement of the objectives of the partnership and the related policy targets.

8.Exploring interfaces with public procurement and investment programmes by developing links with other programmes, private funds, etc. to support take-up and larger-scale implementation of tested approaches and solutions.

Given the global dimension of ocean policy, membership and other modalities of participation from organisations and institutions in non-associated third countries is strongly encouraged, in particular key partners bordering the different EU sea basins. International cooperation should contribute to align strategies and research agendas, strengthen data collection, monitoring and sharing, as well as access to infrastructures, promote good practice for maritime policies, promote the exchange and export of key technologies and gradually open up cooperation with new countries outside of Europe. It should support the EU’s strong commitment to the UN Decade of Ocean Science, the G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiative, the All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance, the BLUEMED Initiative, the Black Sea Synergy and other international initiatives.

The partnership should cover the Atlantic, the Baltic Sea, the North Sea, the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. It is expected to include and be open to all relevant public marine/maritime funding organisations and ministries from EU Member States and associated countries as core members, in close cooperation with the private sector, including SMEs and foundations. Appropriate links to other relevant ministries and organisations, including civil society, will be established.

Partners are expected to provide financial and/or in-kind contributions for the governance structure, the joint calls and other dedicated implementation actions and efforts for national coordination. The partnership is expected to mobilise EU, national and regional capacities to leverage investments, including from the private sector, increase up-scalability and market accessibility for the developed solutions and thus increase the return to investments.

To ensure the coherence and complementarity of activities, and to leverage knowledge investment possibilities, the partnership is expected to foster close cooperation and synergies with other relevant proposed European Partnerships, notably “Rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth”, “Safe and Sustainable Food Systems”, “Water security for the planet (Water4All)”, “Zero-emission waterborne transport”, “Clean Energy Transition” and others where relevant, as well as the EIT Climate KIC and the EIT FOOD. The partnership will also be linked to the relevant objectives of the mission in the area of “Ocean, seas and waters”. Proposers are expected to describe in details the way to implement such collaborations.

Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. Therefore, the 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply. It is expected that the partnership organises joint calls on an annual base and therefore it should consider ample time for the implementation of the co-funded projects. The EU contribution for this action will be implemented in annual instalments of around EUR 20-30 million.

Engaging with managing authorities of European Structural and Investment Funds, as well as others like LIFE, Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA III) and Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument (NDICI), during partnership implementation would help increase the implementation of the project outcomes and support and facilitate further uptake.

The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-03: Multi-layer governance performance of marine policies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal(s) will enhance new knowledge and design or improve tools to achieve better informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal. Proposals will contribute to the development or improvement of innovative multi-layer governance models enabling sustainability and resilience and of EU and international science-policy interfaces.

Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Better understanding by the policy making community of the institutional barriers such as lock-ins, path dependency, bounded rationality, political inertia and power imbalances in the formulation and implementation of marine policies.

2.The policy making community exploited analyses and better understanding of formal and informal policy governance work streams or processes, including public consultation and encompassing local, regional, national, European and global ocean governance aspects.

3.Stronger e-government and easily achievable open government data facilitate greater access to public services.

4.Appropriate communication, exchange, coordination and management is enabled at regional, national and European level.

5.Improved collaborative governance performance allowing social and technical innovations to provide opportunities for the social contract between the State and the citizenry through increased transparency, enabling better spatial planning and natural resource management, ultimately leading to increased trust in policy making.

Scope: The management of the ocean, seas and coasts is largely carried out in a fragmented manner, at institutional as well as legal governance level and through several related sectors. Poor coordination between sectoral approaches, low institutional capacity, weak implementation of international conventions and lack of technical knowledge and of financial resources for regional, cross-regional and national processes are common issues in Member States and partner countries, affecting coastal communities severely in terms of food security and livelihoods (loss of jobs). Current policy governance models and work streams, including public consultation, at different governance levels, need to be analysed in relation to their performance and further challenged to intensify regional and local integration in the policy dialogue, as the (total, regional and local) transitions towards a sufficiently protected marine natural capital and health and wellbeing of citizens should also be just and inclusive. Proposals should address the need to meet increasing public demands and to address declining public trust.

Proposals should conceptualise and operationalise strategies to address identified barriers to collaborative governance related to the ocean and seas based on a long-term perspective using a participatory process of visioning and experimentation, accompanied by strong and justified recommendations on the required capacity building.

Proposals should improve or develop and leverage innovative digital tools, towards a stronger e-government and easily achievable open government data.

The proposals should cover comparisons within, across and between different spatial governance layers (local, regional, inter-regional, macro-regional, cross-border, international) to cover a representative set of governance structures across Europe varying according to size and geographical, environmental, socio-economic, institutional and administrative conditions.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Interactive research approaches should be used to engage with local, regional, national and international authorities, as well as local communities, citizens and other relevant stakeholders, considering gender, age and socio-economic background, where relevant.

Projects should build on existing knowledge and integrate results from multiple origins, including other EU, international (for example UN) or national projects or studies. Some cooperation activities with projects financed under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-06 on environmental and social cross-compliance of marine policies could be included. This topic should also be linked to the Horizon Europe Mission Ocean, seas and waters and the Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy or other partnerships where relevant.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-04: Consumer-focused labelling options for bio-based products

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the deployment of business-to-consumers communication by producers and traders of bio-based products to enable responsible production and consumption in line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the EU bioeconomy strategy and the European Climate Pact. Project outcomes will contribute to improve the sustainability performance and competitiveness in the bio-based systems and to the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Transparency of bio-based products and information to consumers and public authorities are provided through effective and robust business-to-consumers labelling on product traceability, quality, carbon footprint, biodiversity impacts and other environmental footprints.

2.Consumers, industry and public bodies are enabled to switch towards socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within their choices in a transparent and inclusive way.

3.Improved understanding of metrics on value generated per unit of biological resources.  

Scope: The project is expected to advance the role and impact of bio-based innovation to accelerate the transition from a linear fossil-based economy, which leads to overuse and depletion of natural resources, into resource-efficient and circular bio-based systems operating within safe planetary boundaries. Improved and informed governance and social innovation contribute to reducing resource consumption and result in an increased innovation capacity of all actors. Informed consumers may pursue the objectives of circular economy, asking for efficiency and inclusiveness of services provided through less resources and goods, changing consumption patterns (e.g. reducing meat consumption), preventing food waste and separating bio-waste from other waste streams so that it can be (partly) converted to bio-based materials.

Proposals will focus on consumer-oriented labelling options for industrial bio-based products with low environmental footprint, in terms of resources, processes and materials used. Industrial bio-based products do not include food/feed, biofuels, bioenergy and cultural/recreation sectors. However, relevant initiatives in the field of consumer-focussed labelling of sustainability of bio-based products, arising from EU policies in the bioeconomy sectors, should be taken into account.

Proposals should:

1.Select a range of bio-based systems where value chains can be monitored in their environmental and social impacts (benefits and trade-offs) from the primary materials trade to the final products.

2.Develop pre- and co-normative research to design or update standards and labels for business-to-consumers communication of climate-neutrality and environmental impacts/benefits/trade-offs and performances of materials and products. Environmental impacts should include carbon footprint, climate neutrality, biodiversity impacts and any other environmental footprint relevant for the specific bio-based value chain and final products. Metrics on value generated, in the final product, per unit of biological feedstock used, including bio-waste, will be assessed.

3.Develop guidelines on the design of labels for bio- based products that include the perspectives of public authorities (national, regional, local) and consumers.

4.Assess existing/develop new monitoring system and indicators of effectiveness and robustness of existing business-to-consumers labels and certification schemes.

5.Demonstrate/test effectiveness of existing (voluntary) business-to-consumers labels and certification schemes and monitor robustness. This action includes the identification of labels and certification schemes and testing of the monitoring system and indicators assessed/developed.

6.Assess costs and benefits from the adoption of business-to-consumers labels and certification schemes in selected bio-based systems.

7.Assess and develop smart options for the consumers in the digital age (e.g. mobile applications) aiming at sound understanding and practical use in support of and complying with the current relevant legal framework.

8.Analyse social measures to enable consumers to switch towards socially and environmentally responsible behaviour within their choices (e.g. regulatory measures, corporate responsibility initiatives, education), ensuring inclusiveness of all actors (NGOs, civil society etc) and taking into account differences between gender, age and socio-economic background.

The proposals should seek complementarities with related actions on bio-based innovation and market measures 478 , e.g. synergies with the food systems if appropriate 479 or any other sector, and ensure inclusiveness and engagement of all actors along bio-based value chains.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-05: Innovative tools and methods to evaluate the design and support, monitoring and implementation of effective CAP strategic plans

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to innovative governance and sound decision making in agricultural policies for the green transition. In particular, they will contribute to achieving better informed decision-making processes, to establishing and monitoring innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience through enhanced and shared use of new knowledge, tools, foresight, and environmental observations as well as digital, modelling and forecasting capabilities. They will also contribute to strengthened EU science-policy interfaces to support the European Green Deal and to achieve the sustainable development goals.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.policymakers are supported with cutting-edge tools and methods to design, monitor and implement tailored and results-based common agricultural policy (CAP) strategic plans that fully reflect the ambition of the Green Deal, in particular the farm to fork strategy and the biodiversity strategy;

2.accountability of the CAP strategic plans is improved through SMART 480 targets for improved performance against clear baselines, which are coherent with EU objectives and international commitments; and

3.good practices on the application of innovative tools and methods are widely shared and used across Member States.

Scope: Agri-food systems are key sectors for the delivery of the objectives of the European green deal while the CAP is the most important EU policy mechanism with the capacity to have a significant impact on the agricultural dimension of these systems at European level.

In the new results-based delivery model of the CAP, Member States are in charge of tailoring CAP interventions to maximise their contribution to EU objectives and to achieve agreed targets. In developing their CAP strategic plans, Member States need to analyse their specific situation and needs, set their targets and design the interventions that will allow them to reach these targets, while being adapted to the national and specific regional contexts.

They also have a say in designing the compliance and control framework applicable to beneficiaries while continuing to ensure effective monitoring and enforcement of the attainment of all policy objectives.

Proposals should:

1.Review and benchmark existing tools and/or methods used in different Member States to support the development, implementation and monitoring of effective CAP strategic plans.

2.Develop, test and demonstrate a set of innovative tools and/or methods, both qualitative and quantitative, to evaluate the design and support the implementation and monitoring of effective CAP strategic plans.

3.The proposed tools and/or methods should:

1.take into account all objectives and policy instruments post-2020 CAP;

2.enable analysis of coherence between the multiple instruments of the CAP as well as with other EU policies and international commitments;

3.be compatible with and/or innovative in relation to the tools and methods used by the European Commission.

4.Apply and evaluate potentials and limitations of the proposed tools to different case studies within Member States, with attention given to balanced geographical coverage and taking into account the diversity of farming systems across the EU, including the outermost regions, and different government structures, e.g. regional / federal administration approaches.

5.Develop methodological protocols and guidelines for the users of the tools and methods.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure access to and improve the tools, methods and databases supporting the design and evaluation of CAP strategic plans based on scientific evidence. In particular it will contribute to the adjustment, further development, and application of existing modelling tools used by the Commission for the foresight analysis of CAP strategic plans, their coherence with the CAP, other EU policies and commitments, and their impact at EU, national, regional and farm level.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-06: Water governance, economic and financial sustainability of water systems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, successful proposals will contribute to innovative governance and sound decision making in water policy, in particular Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’s impact “Innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation”.

Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improve policy implementation for securing sustainable water use across sectors, while insuring transparency and inclusiveness

2.Promote a better integrated planning approach across water-using sectors

3.Help to link water management to the economic and social development sectors.

4.Support coordination between water policies and other relevant policies and coordination of planning measures across relevant EU and national instruments for sustainable water use

5.Empower citizens by increasing their motivation and capacity to influence effective water governance decisions.

6.Help society to implement through governance, the technological, economic, political, and social measures that will set a course toward the achievement of a desirable, more sustainable and secure water future.

7.Support the implementation of the European Green Deal and the Sustainable Development Goals, notably SDG 6 “Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all”

Scope: Changing the way water is used, managed and shared with people, our environment and our economy, addressing trade-offs and ensuring policy coherence, and helping shape the appropriate institutional environment to deal with the complexity of multiple water challenges and the design of the water systems of the future, requires effective development and implementation of sound water management and governance strategies. The governance and institutional set up must be designed to respect the needs of the natural aquatic environment in terms of water quantity (water allocation) and quality, reconcile the competing demands of the economy over water resources and drive the transition in water using sectors towards operation within the sustainability limits.

Water problems are commonly the results of governance problems. Technical solutions often exist, but clarity is often lacking as to who does what, at which level and how. Implementing appropriate governance schemes or designing new multi-level governance and institutional settings for the implementation of sound water management, will help to achieve sustainable use of natural resources, as well as prevent pollution and protect biodiversity.

This topic aims to validate innovative multi-level water governance practices among various stakeholders to strengthen policy integration, coherence and coordination and assess their impacts on economy, social well-being and environment.

Actions should assess current governance approaches and organisational models in different river basins to optimise water governance and integrate it with other sectors, such as energy, agriculture, land use and urbanisation, and to overcome fragmentation in public policy formulation and decision-making. They should also aim to understand how different operational governance contexts at various levels, influence the effective realisation of sustainable water management in practice and explore the interaction among governance approaches at different spatial and temporal scales with a view to understanding potential conflicts and strengthening synergies.

Research should also address ways to value water and develop appropriate tariffs and pricing policies to ensure both access to water and sufficient funds for systematic renewal of water service infrastructure, as well as ecosystems restoration.

Innovative mechanisms should be developed to promote stakeholder engagement and involvement of public participation in defining and developing methods for collaborative approaches, as well as to promote social innovation, effective communication platforms, encourage exchange of know-how, expertise, eliminate frustration, minimize risks of distortion, and increase citizens’ responsibility.

The role of appropriate economic policy instruments, financing and business models (investments, risk management, water pricing, cost-benefits…) in governance towards ensuring long term financial sustainability and increasing investments in the water sector, should be also assessed.

Actions to effectively implement appropriate governance approaches in practice, taking into consideration research insights, and to support the implementation of relevant governance indicators, such as, those developed by OECD, including the assessment of their performance, should be also supported.

In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-07: New technologies for acquiring in-situ observation datasets to address climate change effects

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: Through the development of new technologies a successful proposal will contribute to addressing the lack of ground observation (in-situ observation) 481 necessary to cope with climate change effects in hard-to-reach areas, areas facing extreme physical conditions and critical areas for human health and security. As such contributing to the European Green Deal objectives and a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), by deploying and adding value to environmental observation 482 .

Proposals are expected to contribute to at least four of the following outcomes:

1.Lower cost of in-situ observation in terms of capital cost, deployment/recovery, and maintain leading;

2.Improved geographical coverage and long-time series of in situ environmental observations;

3.Tested and validated new in-situ measurement technologies in hard-to-reach under-sampled areas;

4.Dedicated technical protocols ensuring validation, interoperability, and synchronisation between in-situ and remote sensing systems in compliance with the GEOSS and Copernicus requirements;

5.Established collaboration with environmental observation data providers to ensure proper gap filling and adequate responses in terms of acquisition protocols;

6.Coherent business model(s) involving industrialists, research centres, and users ensuring the sustainability of systems developed;

7.Contribute to reinforcing the in-situ component of the GEO initiative, the Copernicus programme and the EC-ESA initiative on Earth system science, and to strengthen in-situ observations to adequately complement the space-based observations planned through Copernicus Expansion Missions.

Scope: The geographical coverage and acquisition of long time series of in-situ observation of the various components of the Earth’s systems should be improved in order to ensure a proper monitoring and modelling of the environmental processes. This is recognised in the context of the Copernicus programme, by the GOOS 2030 Strategy, and was reiterated at global level at the GEO Ministerial Summit 483 in November 2019 in the Canberra Ministerial Declaration 484 . This topic is intended to support innovative technological solutions building on cutting-edge technologies in the domain of measurement and testing, big data and ICT to acquire necessary parameters from in-situ measurements required to ensure an integrated monitoring and model data assimilation necessary to respond to the climate transition and the European Green Deal challenges. This call covers marine and/or terrestrial measurements in hard-to-reach areas or areas with extreme physical conditions such as the polar regions, the tropical regions and desert regions, the deep-sea, and the high-altitude regions where the lack of in-situ data makes global assessment and mitigation of climate change effects very challenging. Proposals could also address geographical and high temporal resolution gaps in observations such as the real-time monitoring of aeroallergens or other atmospheric aerosols affecting health. The proposals should be conducted, inter alia, in collaboration with Copernicus and other, relevant activities 485 and communities in order to guaranty coherent approaches regarding the acquisition of new in-situ data and development of related monitoring systems – in particular in view of supporting the calibration of remote-sensing data. During the development of the systems, special attention should be given to data management, standardisation and dissemination issues.

The development of new in-situ observation systems should be conducted in close collaboration with the commercial sector. The sustainability of the systems beyond the duration of the project should be part of the work plan of the proposal and be the subject of concrete actions with the relevant partners in the proposal (users, industrialists, research organisations, including European research infrastructures).

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-08: Uptake and validation of citizen observations to complement authoritative measurement within the urban environment and boost related citizen engagement

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the wide deployment of and adding value to environmental observations 486 , by improving the uptake and validation of data collected by citizens and by increasing citizen involvement and engagement, thus contributing to the European Green Deal objectives and a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.A more widespread participation of citizens, (e.g. new and/or existing associations/groupings of citizens observers) in the monitoring, observation, and protection of the urban environment, complementary to governmental measures;

2.Greater availability of qualitative and quantitative in-situ data for long time series and better geographical coverage, contributing to the in-situ component of existing observation systems (such as Copernicus 487 , European research infrastructures 488 and GEOSS);

3.Broader use of data and information collected by citizens in policy and research, with crowdsourcing and citizen observations acknowledged as valuable information complementary to authoritative observations;

4.Increased use of existing toolkits and development of new toolboxes (methodologies, methods, technologies) for broad use, which could include the development of efficient passive sampling systems;

5.Leveraged use of wearables for citizens and other low-cost technologies in the domain of environmental observation.

Scope: Successful proposals are expected to support citizen engagement, specifically the active role of citizens in the collection and use of data and information within the urban environment to complement the data and information collected through other means of observation (space-based, airborne, etc.). The proposals selected under this topic should increase societal awareness about the urban environment and lead to an increase in actions necessary to protect it. The proposals should contribute to more comprehensive and available data and information of good quality to assess the state of the urban environment in support of the climate transition and the European Green Deal and to the GEO initiatives related to urban environment and urban resilience.

The information derived by the selected projects should help in shaping policies targeting the monitoring and greening of the urban environment, in addition to monitoring schemes already set out by public authorities at different levels (regional, national, European, even global).

Proposals should pay particular attention to encouraging the validation and uptake of citizen observations for policy and compliance use.

The proposals should ensure that the observations/data produced will be available on relevant existing platforms such as GEOSS, European research infrastructures, INSPIRE 489 and EMODNet 490 .

The sustainability of the (existing) validation methods should be ensured for a broader use in the future, through the development of toolboxes, containing tested methodologies, methods and technologies.

The social and cultural dimensions of the citizen observation should be given due consideration within the proposals and therefore be looking into possibilities to engage citizens through e.g. social innovative 491 , cultural or art-related initiatives. This should be in the context of further engaging and raising the interest and awareness of all citizens in observing their environments, but also in looking into the possibilities for co-creation of solutions for the urban environment. Particular attention should be paid to engaging women and marginalised groups, such as ethnic minorities and disabled persons, in co-creation efforts.

Particular attention should be directed to cooperation between different groups of engaged citizen observers, strengthening mutual learning and the exchange of good practices (in particular with respect to data quality). This could include the build-up of skills, capacity and networking possibilities between citizen associations to help them get involved in citizen observations. Applicants should seek cooperation with local, regional, national and European environmental agencies.

Selected projects are expected to be developed in co-creation and to build upon the results of the WeObserve project 492 , as well as demonstrating measures to communicate and cooperate with other relevant citizen science projects 493 funded under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe as far as possible.

The Commission Staff Working Document ‘Best Practices in Citizen Science for Environmental Monitoring’ 494 published on 27 July 2020 is of interest in the context of this topic.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

Projects should seek to contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative by supporting the green and digital transitions in communities’ living environments through merging sustainability, inclusiveness and quality of experience. Projects, by considering the social and cultural dimensions of citizen observation of the urban environment, are well placed to contribute to the objectives of the initiative by bringing the European Green Deal into citizens’ lives and living spaces.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-09: Environmental observations solutions contributing to meeting “One Health” challenges

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the deployment of and adding value to environmental observations 495 , focussing on how the use of environmental observation can contribute to the ‘One Health’ domain, in line with the European Green Deal objectives.

Proposals are expected to contribute to at least three of the following outcomes:

1.Better insights in how to foster the use of environmental observation in the large domain of One Health 496 and the areas within this domain that could benefit the most from environmental and Earth observation;

2.An increase of the capacity to trace environmental parameter changes on how they impact on the emergence of diseases;

3.Monitoring of the evolution of ecosystem barriers and reinforcement of their sustainability, specifically in densely populated or intensively used areas;

4.Contributing to understanding the emergence and tackling the spread of new infectious diseases affecting human, animal or plant health, and the interlinkages that may exist between them and building up of more resilient ecosystems;

5.Better insights into the concept of alert and early warning systems, including, where possible, the next steps taken (e.g. exploitation/scaling up) in working with the outcomes of the EIC Horizon Prize on Early Warning for Epidemics 497 .

Scope: The general scope of this topic is to explore areas of the One Health policy that would benefit from the use of environmental observation and how environmental observations can be used for further shaping policies in the context of e.g. human health, animal health (including zoonoses) and plant health.

The proposal should build on the holistic integrative concept of ‘One Health’ that includes not only the health of humans, but also of animals, soil and plants including ecosystems and environmental health. Information deriving from environmental observation combined with health data over the broad range of the One Health concept should be delivered through an integrated approach aggregating all the components of the One Health with the intention to support related policies within the health area in a comprehensive way.

A specific focus of the proposal should be on the monitoring of the evolution of ecosystem barriers in densely populated, industrialised or agricultural areas. The proposal should also investigate how environmental observations could provide information that can contribute to improving the effectiveness, sustainability and resilience of these ecosystem barriers in facing emerging diseases. The proposal should include the reanalysis of long time series of environmental observations and their correlation with the emergence or spread of diseases.

It should also work on the concept of alert or early warning systems based on observation that would contribute informing governments and authorities, and finally operators, on the health risks related to the destruction of ecosystems and biodiversity with a One Health approach, including a consideration of disease hazards, human (or animal) exposure and vulnerability. Research on the risk for human health and ecosystems of new contaminants could help early detection and reduce negative effects within the One Health domain. A particular area of interest in this context is the follow up to the EIC Horizon Prize on Early Warning for Epidemics 498 and how the insights gained from the outcomes of the prize could be further developed.

Links to the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), and the EU satellite navigation programme (EGNSS) are relevant and expected.

Digital and data technologies as key enablers

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Piloting approaches and tools to empower citizens to exercise their “data rights” in the area of food and nutrition

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-6 (according to the activity) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300 000 in order to cover the expenses related to the development and
implementation of the pilots .

Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers for the European Green Deal priorities, the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system. It will help to bring about innovative and inclusive governance, better informed decision-making processes, social engagement, and innovation.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the expected outcomes:

1.empower citizens to exercise their “data rights” and to contribute to a just transition of food systems

2.pilot digital solutions in food systems and nutrition with enhanced personal data protection and data sovereignty and which achieve a fairer distribution of wealth and benefits

3.advance alternative approaches to food system data sharing that promote innovation and increase competition

Scope: Proposals should support the implementation of the European Data Strategy 499 in food systems. The European Data Strategy has the ambition to make the EU the leading role model for a society empowered by data, for the benefit of all. It outlines a future in which the way that data is collected and used, places the individual first, in accordance with European values, fundamental rights and rules. It also emphasises that citizens will only trust and embrace much needed data-driven innovations – in food systems and beyond - if they are confident that any personal data sharing in the EU is compliant with strict data protection rules and respectful of their data sovereignty 500 . Current centralised platforms for big and social data management in food systems tend to consolidate the dominance of existing incumbent actors. They allow limited control over the data by citizens (e.g. food purchasing data, data from wearables on activity and health, online behaviour regarding diet and food, data from personalised nutrition solutions), and enable lock-ins by limiting data portability.

Proposals should build on recent research and innovation 501 about new architectures for managing online identity, personal and other data as an alternative to current dominant models. They should pilot new approaches to digital solutions in food systems and nutrition, which enhance personal data protection and data sovereignty, and which achieve a fairer distribution of wealth and benefits. The pilots should test and fine-tune new approaches that address the lack of sovereignty of European citizens on food and nutrition related data, and allow them to decide what is done with their data (purchasing data, data on dietary behaviour, nutritional health data, physical activity data). This data also includes the data that is generated by smart connected devices used by citizens. The tools and concepts of the pilots can include consent management tools, personal information management apps (including fully centralised solutions building on blockchain), as well as personal data cooperatives or trusts acting as novel neutral intermediaries in the personal data economy.

Proposals and their pilots should demonstrate the feasibility of achieving a more acceptable trade-off between the need for data-driven innovation in food and nutrition and the need for personal data protection and data sovereignty. They should be focused on 2 key areas of digital transformation and data driven innovation in food systems (such as online food retail, home delivery of food, personalised nutrition, digital tracking of food and nutrition related consumer behaviour, food advertising) whose future development is likely to have significant impact on reaching the objectives and targets of the EU’s Farm-to-Fork Strategy, on meeting the EU's Climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and on contributing to a just transition 502 . Proposals should explain and map how the pilots will achieve co-benefits relevant to the four Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowerment of communities. Gender aspects should be considered, where relevant.

Proposals may provide support to third parties to develop and implement the pilots. This support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As a reference, 50% of the EU funding can be allocated to financial support to the third parties, through grant amounts that are in the EUR 150 000 to 300 000 range. The amounts are deemed sufficient to pilot solutions that enough impact to be able to advance alternative approaches to food system data sharing. Proposals should focus their support for the pilots on third party projects from outstanding academic research groups, start-ups and SMEs, so that multiple third parties can be funded in parallel contributing to the same key area of digital transformation and data driven innovation, using short research cycles targeting the most promising ideas. Each of the selected third parties projects should pursue its own pilot and objectives, while the proposal should provide the programme logic and vision, the necessary technical support, as well as coaching and mentoring, in order that the collection of third party projects and pilots contributes towards a significant advancement and impact in the key area. The focus should be on advanced research that can be brought quickly to the market; apps and services that innovate without a research component are not covered by this model.

Proposals should make explicit their capacity to attract top talent, to bring about disruptive innovation in line with EU policy objectives, to engage with a broad range of with food system actors and stakeholders as well as with communities and citizens, to deliver a solid value-adding services package to the third party projects, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently. They should explore synergies with other research and innovation actions, supported at regional, national or European level, to increase the overall impact.

Where possible they should make data available for broader communal use (as part of “data commons for food and nutrition”) and seek integration of the data and value-added services on those data through federated infrastructure such as the European Open Science Cloud.

This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Upscaling (real-time) sensor data for EU-wide monitoring of production and agri-environmental conditions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based Earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy and the headline ambitions of a ‘Digital Age’ and an ‘Economy that works for people’, leaving no one behind, and the biodiversity strategy, the successful proposals will support smart-farming and agri-environmental monitoring. They will therefore contribute a) to the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers, and b) to make agriculture benefit from further deployment and exploitation of Environmental Observation data and products through research and innovation related to sensors and sensor data.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthening capacities for smart farming, and thus to enhance the environmental and economic performance of the agricultural sector.

2.Strengthening capacities for agri-environmental (climate) monitoring, particularly of soil and crop conditions.

3.Provision of inputs to the work of the Horizon Europe candidate partnership “Agriculture of Data” and the potential R&I mission on soil health.

Scope: Sensors are increasingly used to enhance agricultural production e.g. through the assessment of environmental and crop conditions as well as through livestock monitoring. The information value of data collected through sensors can be increased through the analysis of the data in combination with other data sets. Reference data may, e.g. be formed by data sets generated by sensors at other places or by satellite and earth observation data or other data sets reflecting on environmental conditions. Data generated locally through sensors is often more precise, in comparison to global / EU-wide / national / or regional data sets.

The interpretation of local data sets benefits from such supra-regional data sets allowing e.g. for comparison of crop conditions, e.g. as basis for developing approaches to adapt agricultural production to climate change or for market analyses. In addition, there is the possibility to upscale the more detailed through sensors locally generated information through the application of data technologies, allowing to generate a data, information and knowledge base. Such bases can serve as input for analyses to serve the agricultural sector as well as environmental, climate, and wider policy monitoring purposes.

Of particular interest in agricultural production are approaches of real-time data generation and processing allowing for instance to better tailor certain production steps, combine different production steps or operate Internets of Things (IoT). Edge computing can play a key role to facilitate and enhance such sensor-based analyses and production approaches.

Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

1.Development of innovative approaches to use in-situ data collected through sensors used in agricultural production as input to the application of data technologies.

2.Development of approaches to analyse the data in real time through processing at the source (edge computing) associated with analytics (including AI) in combination with e.g. earth observation data.

3.Development of innovative approaches to benchmark and tailor agricultural production through sensor data sharing at regional level including the development of business models.

4.Development of approaches to generate EU-wide data sets through the upscaling of data collected through sensor used in agricultural production (in combination with other data sets, such as satellite data).

5.Demonstration of how sensor-generated data can be further capitalised for the development of the agricultural sector, other sectors and the public good (including policy-making and implementation).

Based on a stock-taking analysis, proposals should (also) focus on crops currently covered less by (private sector) sensor developments. Approaches towards livestock monitoring and/or approaches towards monitoring of agri-environmental conditions through livestock data should be considered. Proposals should reflect on different bio-geographic conditions in Europe.

Proposals are expected to demonstrate governance and management structures allowing for a steady adaptation of the work schedule of the projects (like a rolling plan); this is expected to allow to adapt the work to the most recent developments and innovations in the field of sensors and sensor data in the public and private domain.

Proposals are expected to reflect on possibilities to interlink (interim) project results or parts of them to the functioning of the forthcoming common European agriculture data space and/or the common European data space for research and innovation, the European Open Science Cloud in cooperation with the European Commission. The potential of internet of things (IoT) technologies should be considered.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure that the approach proposed will be compatible with and improve the tools used and or developed at the European Commission.

In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-12: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, CAP and Farm to Fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters. Primary producers have a particular need for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. This speeds up innovation and the uptake of results, and is key to improve sustainability. It adds value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bioeconomy and biodiversity. This will lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 503 ).

Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not captured and spread, and often research findings are not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. Proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this situation, are essential because national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 504 , as well as European Green Deal and Farm to Fork objectives;

2.The collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

3.Conserve practical knowledge for the long term - beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels that farmers/foresters consult most often.

4.Increase the flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories. In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system;

5.Achieve greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Tackle the most urgent farmers’ or foresters' needs by summarising, sharing and presenting - in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters – the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners. The specific themes of the networks can be chosen in a 'bottom-up' way on the condition that they.

2.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming practices on the chosen theme to explain the added-value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals must focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

3.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, making use of audio-visual material wherever possible, including also materials serving education and training;

4.This range of material should feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

5.As many “practice abstracts” in the common European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) format as possible, as well as other type of materials should be provided to the EIP-AGRI, as well as to national / regional / local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24);

6.Besides giving the details on the European innovation partnership (EIP) Operational Groups which are strongly recommended to be involved 505 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

7.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors; and run for minimum 3 years.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks, compiling and sharing knowledge ready for practice

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the
multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters. Primary producers have a particular need for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. This speeds up innovation and the uptake of results, and is key to improve sustainability. It adds value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bioeconomy and biodiversity. This will lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results including primary producers and consumers thanks to effective platforms such as Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS).

Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not captured and spread, and often research findings are not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. The proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this, are essential because national and sectoral agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKISs) are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors. It will scale up local solutions up to the EU level and may even influence policy design wherever useful.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 506 , as well as contributing to the European Green deal and farm to fork objectives. Examples are climate issues, pesticide use, water use and pollution, short supply chains linking to the consumer, farm viability, animal welfare, generational renewal, etc.

2.The collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

3.Conserve practical knowledge for the long term - beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels which farmers/foresters consult most often, delivering as much audio-visual material and as many “practice abstracts” in the European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) common format as possible, including also education and training materials;

4.Increase the flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories. In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system;

5.Achieve greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Build on the experience and outcomes of at least 5 EIP-AGRI Operational Groups of at least 3 Member States and choose a common theme related to the themes of the 5 Operational Group projects. Projects should tackle the most urgent needs of farmers and foresters. Collect, summarise, share and translate the existing knowledge from science and practice, resulting from the EIP-AGRI Operational Groups and beyond, in an easy-to-understand language for practitioners.

2.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming practices on the chosen theme to explain the added value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals must focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

3.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, and feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

4.All materials should also be provided to the EIP-AGRI in the common 'practice abstract' format, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats;

5.Besides giving the details on the EIP-AGRI Operational Groups which are strongly recommended to involve 507 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP-AGRI Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

6.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors and run for minimum 3 years.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-14: Improving preparation of multi-actor projects to enable the relevant actors to work in a co-creative way

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on improving the preparation of multi-actor projects to enable the relevant actors to work in a more co-creative way. The expected outcome of this topic are approaches for developing sound, coherent and well-prepared multi-actor projects, enabling project coordinators to use the complementary knowledge of partners to prepare actions to find ready-to-use solutions. Member States’ authorities and AKIS actors need insights and tools to improve the interaction, connections and drafting skills in particular in the stage before putting down the multi-actor project proposals for selection. This will lead to better informed and engaged stakeholders and users of innovative project results leading to more effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) and related platforms.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1. Improve the drafting of multi-actor project proposals 508 and in particular the involvement of relevant actors with complementary knowledge in a balanced way in the preparatory stage.

2. The policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, such as for instance agroecology, climate, pesticide reduction, reduction of water use etc, as well as the European Green Deal, the Farm to Fork Strategy and the CAP, the Biodiversity Strategy and the wider bioeconomy research and policies,.

3. The CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 509 . It will provide overall knowledge to the CAP supported projects related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing.

4. The outcomes will be connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation, in particular:

(a) create added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encourage the wider use of available knowledge and innovation;

(b) connect innovation actors and projects at all levels; resulting in faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice and communicate to the scientific community the research needs of practice.

Scope: Proposals should:

1.Develop ways to improve in particular the preparation of Horizon Europe multi-actor projects to better include at an early stage the needed variety of relevant practice actors in a balanced way and to be able to find useful information for the topic, with the view of strengthening co-creation between all actors even before the start and selection of the project. Make use of potential capacities of national/regional AKIS and AKIS coordination bodies to this effect.

2.In particular, test out the effect of providing seed funding to fund the preparation phase as happens successfully in European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) Operational Groups 510 to improve the overall multi-actor quality of project proposals.

3.Find ways to improve the connection and interaction between Horizon Europe Multi-actor projects and EIP-AGRI Operational Group innovation projects on specific topics before the very start of the multi-actor project, thus improving the interaction between the local/regional/ national level and the EU level and the quality of project proposals. Explore what are multi-actor consortia experiences and questions related to the preparation phase, to better understand which hurdles should be solved to ultimately result in more integration of EIP-AGRI Operational Groups in Horizon Europe Multi-actor projects and a better uptake of the results of EU multi-actor projects at national/regional/local level and vice versa. This should help sharing knowledge across the EU at all levels and between the projects from different funding sources and ultimately result in better prepared project proposals.

4.Resulting from experience gained during the project, develop guidelines and pathways, maybe at institutional level, to improve the overall quality of the preparation phase of multi-actor projects. As soon as possible, find effective and efficient ways to profit from the initiatives of the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24), boosting women-led innovation in farming and rural areas (HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-01) and the project interlinking national AKISs (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-23). Make use of Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts in the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss the project strategy and progress in the various stages of the project.

5.Cover all 27 EU Member States in the project. Make use in all those countries of experts who understand and are able to make an accurate interpretation of the national/regional contexts of practitioners and its impact on improving preparation of multi-actor projects.

6.Provide all outcomes and materials to the EIP-AGRI, including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

The project should run for 5 years and result in guidance on how to improve preparation of multi-actor projects to enable the relevant actors to work in a more co-creative way. The project must implement the multi-actor approach, including partners of multi-actor consortia, of EIP-AGRI Operational Groups, policy makers and AKIS coordination bodies and AKIS actors in Member States. Outcomes should be presented to policy makers at all levels, with a view to adapt policies and governance to improve multi-actor project proposals. The results of the projects should also be disseminated to all those who may start up multi-actor projects or EIP-AGRI Operational Groups.

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Developing EU advisory networks on water use

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. S
ee definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: In support of the Green Deal, Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and farm to fork objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on advisor exchanges across the EU to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, of demonstration of innovative solutions, as well as helping to bring them into practice, which accelerates the needed transitions. Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) in which advisors are fully integrated are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers.

Transformative changes such as the ones required within the Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors are key actors strongly guiding and with a big influence over producers’ decisions. A novelty in the post- 2020 CAP plans 511 is that advisors now must be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. They must now be able to cover economic, environmental and social domains, as well as be informed on up-to-date science and technology. They should be able to translate this knowledge into opportunities, and use and adapt those to specific local circumstances. This specific topic focuses on the important role advisors can play related to climate change effects on water shortage, water pollution and avoiding salty soils, a quickly upcoming issue in the more sustainable agriculture of the future.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.The most urgent policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, as well as the European Green Deal, and in particular the Farm to Fork Strategy and the CAP, with a view to increase farmer viability, help raise awareness and tackle societal challenges in helping the reduction of water pollution and use;

2.The CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 512 . This topic will help to fill gaps on emerging advisory topics beyond the classical sectorial advice, which is useful in particular in relation with the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS which must cover a much broader scope than in the former period. It will provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing.

3.Development of interaction with regional policy makers and of a potential EU network to discuss institutional barriers to practical water-related issues, such as bottlenecks, lock-ins, political inertia, ambiguous regulations, inequality between Member States and power imbalances;

4.Production of supporting services and materials to facilitate the upscaling of prevention of water shortage and pollution, such as water audit schemes, novel water retention practices, water knowledge networks and peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, advice modules, communication and education materials, effective business models for farm management on dry soils, etc

5.The outcomes should speed up introduction, spreading and bringing into practice of innovative solutions related to avoiding water shortage and pollution overall, in particular by:

1.creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU;

2.learning from innovation actors and projects, resulting in faster sharing and implementation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them into practice and communicating to the scientific community the bottom-up research needs of practice.

Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

1.Connect advisors having a broad and extensive network of farmers across all EU Member States in an EU advisory network dedicated to water use, including avoiding water shortage and pollution, with a view to sharing experiences on how to best tackle the issues, building on the outcomes of the EIP-AGRI “Focus Group on Water and Agriculture” 513 , the EIP-AGRI Workshop: “Connecting innovative projects: Water & Agriculture” 514 , and the H2020 “Thematic network to improve water management” 515

2.Share effective and novel approaches among the EU advisory network on water use, which are sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects.

3.Take strong account of cost-benefit elements. Collect and document good examples in this regard, connecting with farmers, intermediates and consumers in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, learn about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation, to ensure financial win-wins for producers, citizens and water companies.

4.Integrate the advisors of the EU water use network into their Member State AKIS as much as possible. They should encourage as innovation brokers innovative projects on water use solutions in European innovation partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) Operational Groups. They should give hands-on training to farmers and local advisors, lead national thematic and learning networks on the subject, deliver and implement action plans to make water use more efficient, reduce farmers’ water use and pollution, inspire new and incoming farmers or farms at the cross-roads of intergenerational renewal, connect with education and ensure broad communication, support peer-to-peer consulting, develop on-farm demonstrations and YouTube demo films, and provide specific back-office support for generalist advisors within the national / regional AKIS.

5.Explore if the activities of the EU advisory network on water use can be up scaled at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Wherever possible, develop digital advisory tools for common use across the EU. Seek if common tools can be created to incentivise the implementation of the learnings from this project.

6.Include all 27 EU Member States in the EU advisory network, using local AKIS connections which can more accurately interpret the national/regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support of the Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the 2 projects. Projects should run at least 5 years. They must implement the multi-actor approach.

7.Provide all outcomes and materials to the EIP-AGRI, including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national / regional / local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

Other actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

1. Dedicated support for the IPBES secretariat

The Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) is a science-policy interface on biodiversity and ecosystem services that aims to build capacity for and strengthen the use of science in policymaking. The Commission will pay a contribution on behalf of the EU to the IPBES secretariat with the aim of supporting the IPBES mechanism to further develop work on capacity and knowledge foundations, to communicate and evaluate the Platform's activities, deliverables and findings, including policy tools, and to synthesise, review, assess and critically evaluate relevant information and knowledge on biodiversity and ecosystem services, generated by governments, academia, scientific organizations, nongovernmental organizations and indigenous and local communities from the EU and worldwide. This action must start in 2022 to guarantee the EU’s continuous support to the IPBES secretariat.

Legal entities:

IPBES (Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services) secretariat, UN Campus, Platz der Vereinten Nationen 1, D-53113 Bonn, Germany

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: First Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 5.00 million from the 2022 budget (Dedicated support for the IPBES secretariat)

2. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)’s ‘Programme on the Circular Economy in Cities and Regions’

The Programme will cooperate closely with and contribute to the implementation of the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 516 by providing cities and regions with circular economy diagnostic and solutions, in particular on the governance of the circular economy, which includes regulatory, capacity, information aspects, amongst others. The Programme will contribute to the identification of policy recommendations and targeted actions to implement circular economy initiatives at territorial level, promote multi-stakeholder dialogues and disseminate results and best practice. In particular, the cooperation with the CCRI will be based inter alia on the exchange of information, knowledge and experiences on the implementation of the Programme and CCRI activities, including the participation of the Programme’s representatives in CCRI events, and vice-versa.

The OECD Programme on the Circular Economy in Cities and Regions 517 supports cities and regions in their transition towards a circular economy, through:

·Learning: engaging in multi-stakeholder policy dialogues with cities and regions to identify challenges and opportunities, providing socio-economic and environmental analysis and tailored policy recommendations. To date, a number of policy dialogues have been carried out, such as in Glasgow (United Kingdom), Granada (Spain), Groningen (Netherlands), Umeå (Sweden), Valladolid (Spain) and Ireland, including more than 300 stakeholders.

·Sharing: favouring peer-to-peer learning, best practice and lessons from circular economy experiences within and outside Europe. A global coalition of more than 100 cities and regions are engaged in the overall dynamics of the Programme, including by contributing to the OECD Roundtable on the Circular Economy in Cities and Regions, a networking platform to favour experience exchanges across stakeholders, and to Webinars on the Circular Economy in Cities and Regions. Moreover, a new Report on the Circular Economy in Cities and regions collects practices, challenges and solutions across 51 cities and regions from OECD countries.

·Measuring: providing a self-assessment measurement framework for decision making and evaluation of circular economy strategies. 518 The Programme developed a Checklist for Action to support the implementation of the policy recommendations, with more specific guidance and milestones and a Scoreboard on the Governance of the Circular Economy for governments to self-assess existing enabling conditions for a circular economy, identify challenges and set priorities towards a more effective, efficient and just circular-economy transition.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation to enable the OECD to support through fundamental services for circular economy policies at the local and regional scale EU policy priorities such as the European Green Deal 519 , the new EU circular economy action plan 520 and the EU bioeconomy strategy 521 . The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

Legal entities:

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), 2, rue André Pascal, 75016 Paris, France

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)’s ‘Programme on the Circular Economy in Cities and Regions’)

Indirect Management

1. Circular city centre (C3)

Cities have great potential to be cradles and catalysts for circular developments, which can address many of the linear problems in EU cities today, and make cities more regenerative, resilient, clean and liveable. However, many cities are finding substantial barriers to advance in their transition to a circular economy. A recently published OECD report on the circular economy in cities and regions 522 noted amongst other that (i) the lack of a holistic vision is a major obstacle for 67% of surveyed cities and regions, often due to poor leadership and co-ordination, and/or the lack of political will, (ii) cultural barriers represent a challenge for 67% of surveyed cities and regions along with lack of awareness (63%) and inadequate information (55%) for policymakers to take decisions, businesses to innovate and residents to embrace sustainable consumption patterns, (iii) the lack of human resources is a challenge for 61% of surveyed cities and regions.

The Urban Agenda Partnership on the Circular Economy came to similar findings. In its Circular Economy Final Action Plan 523 , in the section on Better Knowledge, it noted that “a vast amount of cities in the EU currently lacks a holistic and comprehensive strategy, plan or roadmap for the circular economy that goes beyond the utility and waste management sector. Only a very small number of European cities have fully embarked on the transition to a circular economy and developed such detailed visions, strategies and roadmaps. When it comes to implementation however, even front-runner cities find themselves in the initial phase of learning, experimenting and discovery”.

Finally, the InnovFin Advisory study on Access-to-finance conditions for projects supporting Circular Economy 524 highlighted the need for circular economy investment advisory service destined to support circular economy projects with respect to access to finance and technical, circular economy focused project preparation. In particular, it pointed to the need to develop a systemic approach for the transition to circular economy, including building-up of knowledge, intelligence and creating awareness among relevant stakeholders on the importance and value added of circular properties.

The objective of this action is to support the launch and deployment of a new European Circular City Centre (C3) implemented by the EIB advisory services under the InvestEU Advisory Hub. The C3 will collect and disseminate existing and develop new circular city awareness raising, capacity building and knowledge sharing material, provide light advisory services to cities and arrange circular city webinars and other knowledge sharing and awareness building events.

The C3 light advisory services will have a particular focus on supporting cities in:
i) preparation of circular strategies and roadmaps; ii
) identification, screening and preparation of circular investment programmes and projects; and iii) improving the bankability of their circular projects and identifying suitable funding sources. The C3 will focus on innovative activities and projects in key sectors at local and regional scale that use the most resources and/or generate most waste, and where the potential for circularity is high, as outlined in the new circular economy action plan 525 . Eligible activities and projects should include the piloting, scale up and commercialization of innovative circular technologies, products, materials and business models. Conversely, activities and projects in sectors with no or only minor impact on the circular economy transition in cities and regions as well as activities and projects focussing exclusively or mainly on energy efficiency, renewable energy generation (fuels, heat or power) or energy recovery from waste are not in the scope of the action.

The C3 and related services are expected to mobilise cities, circular stakeholders and project promoters and enable them to take their first steps in their circular transition. The C3 will also support cities in the first stages of circular project identification and preparation and thereby contribute to the transition from talking about the circular economy to implementing this crucially important change.

The C3 will cooperate closely with and act in complementarity to the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 526 and the related projects 527 and to the parallel action proposed for the Circular Economy Technical Assistance Facility (CETAF), also implemented by the EIB advisory services. It will contribute to the CCRI and CETAF implementation by building awareness, sharing knowledge and providing advice to cities and regions on how to promote the circular economy transition in their territories. In particular, the cooperation with the CCRI will be based inter alia on the exchange of information, knowledge and experiences on the implementation of the C3 and CCRI activities, including the participation of C3 representatives in CCRI events, and vice-versa.

The EIB is already engaged in awareness building, advisory and lending to circular cities, and has accumulated considerable experience in this area. As one example, the EIB under the European Investment Advisory Hub 528 have recently developed and implemented the Circular City Funding Guide website 529 , intended to support the access to financing for the circular transition in cities.

Given the increased policy focus on supporting and facilitating the circular transition in the EU, and the important role cities will have in such a transition, there is a need and rationale to expand its support activities in this field. This action would enable the EIB to increase its reach and impact of fundamental services that support EU policy priorities such as the European Green Deal 530 , the new EU circular economy action plan 531 and the EU bioeconomy strategy 532 .

The indicative start of the action is Q2 2021, following the conclusion of an advisory agreement with the EIB Group for the implementation of the Invest EU Advisory Hub. The envisaged horizon for use of the funds under this action is 2027.

Legal entities:

European Investment Bank, 98-100, Boulevard K. Adenauer, L-2950 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: Second quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 5.00 million from the 2021 budget (from the 2021 budget )

2. Circular economy technical assistance facility (CETAF) for local and regional circular economy investments

Cities have great potential to be cradles and catalysts for circular developments which can address many of the linear problems in EU cities today, and make cities more regenerative, resilient, clean and liveable. However, many cities are finding substantial barriers to advance in their transition to a circular economy. A recently published OECD report on the circular economy in cities and regions 533 noted amongst other that “a vast majority of the 51 surveyed cities and regions reported challenges related to insufficient funding (73%), as well as financial risks (69%), lack of critical scale for business and investments (59%), and lack of private sector engagement (43%)”.

The Urban Agenda Partnership on the Circular Economy came to similar findings. In its Circular Economy Final Action Plan 534 , in the section on Better Funding, it noted that “the lack of available funding, including for project preparation and investment, as an important barrier for the circular economy transition in cities”.

The InnovFin Advisory study on Access-to-finance conditions for projects supporting Circular Economy 535 highlighted the need for circular economy investment advisory service destined to support circular economy projects with respect to access to finance and technical, circular economy focused project preparation.

The objective of this action is to fund the Circular Economy Technical Assistance Facility (CETAF) to be deployed through the European Investment Bank (EIB) advisory services under the InvestEU Advisory Hub, aimed at supporting investment projects and programmes substantially contributing to the circular economy transition in cities and regions across Europe. The CETAF, which shall follow the example of the ELENA (European Local ENergy Assistance) facility in the energy efficiency and renewable energy sectors, will provide technical assistance (TA) grants for the preparation and development of projects in key sectors for the circular economy at local and regional level. More specifically, CETAF will focus on innovative activities and projects in key sectors that use the most resources and/or generate most waste and where the potential for circularity is high, as outlined in the new circular economy action plan 536 . Eligible activities and projects shall include the piloting, scale up and commercialization of innovative circular technologies, products, materials and business models. Conversely, activities and projects in sectors with no or only minor impact on the circular economy transition in cities and regions as well as activities and projects focussing exclusively or mainly on energy efficiency, renewable energy generation (fuels, heat or power) or energy recovery from waste are not in the scope of the action.

The CETAF is expected to catalyse investment in circular economy projects and programmes in cities and regions. The expected outcome of this action is technically and economically viable as well as bankable investment projects and programmes with a minimum total investment volume of EUR 20 million. 537 A minimum ratio/leverage factor between the total investment amount and the amount of the TA grant shall be defined as well as a minimum own contribution from project promoters to the overall cost of project preparation and development. Eligible recipients of TA grants are both public and private entities.

The facility will cooperate closely with and act in complementarity to the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 538 and the related projects 539 and to the parallel action proposed for the Circular City Centre (C3), also implemented by the EIB advisory services, by supporting project promoters to bridge the gap between their circular economy strategies/plans and concrete investment programmes and projects. In particular, the cooperation with the CCRI will be based inter alia on the exchange of information, knowledge and experiences on the implementation of the CETAF and CCRI activities and on the participation of CETAF representatives in CCRI events, and vice-versa.

The EIB has long-time experience in providing financing and technical assistance for sustainable urban and regional investment projects and programmes with both climate and circular economy relevance. Related TA mandates successfully implemented by the EIB include the EU funded URBIS 540 , ELENA and JASPERS 541 facilities. The EIB has also been a driving force in different platforms dedicated to the promotion of the CE, with particular focus on cities. As an example, the EIB, with support from the European Investment Advisory Hub, took a lead role in the design, preparation and implementation of the Circular City Funding Guide 542 .

Given the increased policy focus on scaling and speeding up the circular transition in the EU, and the important role of cities and regions will have in such a transition, the EIB is in a good position to provide a significant contribution through technical assistance in this field. The CETAF would enable the EIB to further support EU policy priorities such as the European Green Deal 543 , the new EU circular economy action plan 544 and the EU bioeconomy strategy 545 by supporting concrete investments in circular economy solutions at local and regional scale.

The indicative start of the action is Q2 2021 following the conclusion of an advisory agreement with the EIB Group for the implementation of the Invest EU Advisory Hub. The envisaged horizon for use of the funds under this action is 2027.

Legal entities:

European Investment Bank, 98-100, Boulevard K. Adenauer, L-2950 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: Second quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 10.00 million from the 2021 budget

Public Procurements

1. Indicators and methods for measuring the transition to climate-neutral circularity, its benefits, challenges and trade-offs

Objective

A commonly accepted and sufficiently inclusive definition of circularity and measurement methods can support the transition to a more circular economy in multiple ways. Among other things, it can facilitate the development and access to finance, credit risk assessment, and the transferability and replicability of projects and investments across regions and jurisdictions. The introduction of robust indicator frameworks that quantify progress towards circularity is however challenging, with countries and businesses showing widely different approaches and degrees of advancement. The practice of measuring, assessing and taking informed decisions based on the climate, environmental and social impacts of business activities, products and services is not yet widespread and well-established. Methods are gradually emerging. The Commission developed the Product and Organisation Environmental Footprint method, allowing to calculate environmental impacts, including greenhouse gas emissions, throughout the value chain. Harmonised European standards for life cycle assessments can provide the basis for environmental product declarations (EPD), and national LCA-databases (e.g. Ökobaudat) and evaluation systems (e.g. BNB) exist in some Member States. A common method can visualise the advantages and trade-offs of a circular economy and provide knowledge needed to understand the opportunities a circular economy gives compared to a linear economy. It can provide the tools to manage response actions and mitigating measures.

Projects shall enhance the knowledge base for policy makers to design, implement and monitor policies and instruments for transition to a circular economy. This enhancement should focus on the following elements:

1.Definitions, scope and taxonomy of circular economy, criteria and benchmarks for defining the level and progression towards circularity reflecting current and future technology developments, taking into account the work on sustainable finance and taxonomy;

2.Assessment of the potential and impacts of circular economy transition on climate mitigation (e.g. greenhouse gas emissions reduction), zero pollution and ecosystem protection as well as competitiveness, job creation and raw material security objectives. This includes analysis of material and consumption flows broken down to sector level for sectors with the highest material flows and impacts. Modelling of different scenarios of transition should be done. The assessments should in first instance focus on the key product value chains mentioned in the circular economy action plan 2020, i.e. electronics including ICT, batteries and vehicles, packaging, plastics, textiles, construction and buildings, and food, water and nutrients. This work should take into account existing 546 and ongoing work within the European Commission and the EEA;

3.Further development of indicators and methods at product, service and organisation level for measuring resource use, including consumption and material footprints and risks (including a weighting by their life-cycle environmental footprint) to account for optimisation of material consumption and environmental impacts associated with production and consumption patterns;

4.Assessment of capital flows and investment needs in the circular economy and analysis of barriers and risks that prevent circular economy financing;

5.Assessment of regulatory barriers at regional, national and EU level, and of policy measures to overcome them;

6.Policy tools including incentives and their applicability at different governance levels to trigger and foster effective transition processes.

All elements will be analysed at EU, national and regional level. Ongoing work within the European Commission, and ESTAT on updating the circular economy monitoring framework, including consumption and material footprints (including a weighting by their life-cycle environmental footprint), as well as relevant existing international and European standards, should be taken into account. The ultimate outcome is knowledge and a toolbox that will subsequently enable decision-makers in public institutions and businesses to formulate targets and measure progress, set up institutions and policies necessary for transition processes at different scales. The contractor may consider links with related activities including the EU Bioeconomy Monitoring System and/or contribute to the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy hosted by JRC. The contractor is also strongly encouraged to organise joint activities, ensure synergies and undertake clustering activities with projects under C5-D1-CSR-04-2021, “Modelling the role of the circular economy for climate change mitigation” and relevant H2020 projects, in particular under CE-SC5-25-2020, “Understanding the transition to circular economy and its implications on the environment, economy and society”.

Expected results

1.Robust indicators and methods for measuring transition to climate-neutral circularity, its benefits, challenges and trade-offs, including definitions, criteria and benchmarks for assessing the progress towards circularity, consistent with existing or currently developed standards in this field

2.An enhanced knowledge base and toolbox for policy makers, enabling them to design and compare, implement and monitor policies and instruments for a circular transition

3.Systemic insight into the opportunities, challenges and risks, and instruments of circularity

4.Facilitated implementation of the EU taxonomy for sustainable finance

This action is expected to be implemented via the launch of a new Framework Contract for a maximum duration of 4 years and an estimated ceiling of EUR 1.00 million.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

2. Circular value chain analysis focusing on intra- and inter-value chain collaboration

Objective

Businesses are often reluctant to engage in collaborative partnerships and to share business-related information with others, which would be necessary in order to develop circular economy business models and projects. This is due to real and perceived risks of exposing sensitive business information as well as inadequate knowledge about circular economy opportunities, and the lack of capacity to identify and implement specific actions, and to limited incentives for cooperation within existing linear value chains. Understanding the risks of information sharing and complexity of international value chains is important when developing policies for a resource efficient and circular economy. In addition to the positive impacts on knowledge creation, setting up collaborative partnerships and networks to prepare innovative circular economy initiatives can align business interests and improve the definition of roles and responsibilities between the various partners.

Digital technologies can track the journeys of products, components and materials and make the resulting data securely accessible to authorised actors. The European data space for smart circular applications will provide the architecture and governance system to drive applications and services such as product passports, resource mapping and consumer information. As part of the governance of the sectoral actions, the Commission will cooperate closely with stakeholders in key value chains to identify barriers to the expansion of markets for circular products, and ways to address those barriers. In synergy with the objectives laid out in the industrial strategy, the Commission will enable greater circularity in industry by promoting the use of digital technologies for tracking, tracing and mapping of resources; promoting the uptake of green technologies through a system of solid verification by registering the EU Environmental Technology Verification scheme as an EU certification mark. The new SME Strategy will foster circular industrial collaboration among SMEs, building on training, advice under the Enterprise Europe Network on cluster collaboration, and on knowledge transfer via the European Resource Efficiency Knowledge Centre.

The contractor should analyse existing and potential circular value chains to identify patterns in intra-value chain and inter-value chains interactions and collaboration between all relevant actors and mapping material flows. The contractor is expected to describe and categorise these interactions and collaborations, and provide insight into the opportunities and challenges as well as conditions of success. The role of trust between different actors, the importance of a sufficient level of knowledge and data sharing, the role of digital technologies and the importance of incentives on regional, national, European and/or global level are key topics that should be addressed. Results need to be included in existing Commission knowledge bases such as the EC JRC RMIS. Circular economy requires transparency about associated materials and financial flows of the product and its components during their entire life cycles. The contractor should also help improve the methodology for the analysis of circular value chains, and develop advanced instruments for this purpose, focusing on intra- and inter-value chain collaboration and including the mapping of material flows. Recommendations for policy makers to design, implement and monitor policies and instruments for a circular transition should be presented in the form of a toolbox.

Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

Expected results

1.Setup of collaborative partnerships and networks to develop innovative circular economy solutions

2.An enhanced knowledge base for policy makers to design, implement and monitor policies and instruments for a circular transition, with a particular focus on trust-building and the role of advanced digital technologies in responsible data management

3.Systemic insight into the opportunities, challenges and instruments of circularity regarding all elements of intra and inter-business value chains

4.Identification and analysis of instruments to trigger changes in the behaviour of economic operators

5.Development of advanced instruments for the analysis of circular value chains, focusing on intra- and inter-value chain collaboration and including the mapping of material flows

This action is expected to be implemented via the launch of a new Framework Contract for a maximum duration of 3 years and an estimated ceiling of EUR 1.00 million.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Second quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

3. Development of life-cycle information

Objective

Life-cycle assessment is a key element of the evaluation of the environmental performance of products and production processes. If properly applied it is a powerful decision-making tool for economic operators and policy makers. Wide application of this tool is prevented by the lack of scientifically robust life-cycle data, especially in the sectors where technologies, materials, production processes, value chains and business models evolve fast, often driven by EU policies. Several recent EU policy initiatives emphasise the need for a life-cycle approach in managing the environmental performance of products, technologies and companies.

The objective of this public procurement is to develop scientifically robust life-cycle data for the rapidly innovating sectors of bioeconomy, renewable energy and construction. These data will be publicly available for application by economic actors and policy makers, and underpin relevant policies at EU, national and regional level.

Expected results

The contractor is expected to develop aggregated and disaggregated life cycle datasets and to provide additional support to the users in the form of a helpdesk and dedicated online training activities. The development of the datasets shall include methodological adaptations of existing datasets and creation of new datasets for sectors and value chains currently not available in existing LCA databases. The resulting datasets shall be fully compliant with the latest version of the guide for Environmental Footprint compliant datasets 547 . The possibility of developing different versions of some datasets in order to comply with sector-specific needs shall also be taken into account. The level of granularity of datasets is set at national and sectoral level as a default with the possibility to deviate if justified on the basis of the analysis of variance of life cycle impacts. The contractor shall keep data updated for the duration of contract. Data shall be made publicly available through the European Platform for LCA 548 .

The expected impact of this public procurement action is that LCA will become easier to apply and affordable for all potential users. Consequently, it will be applied more frequently in industrial and policy setup. Life-cycle information on materials, products and technologies will spread along value chains in business-to-business and business-to-consumer interactions. New policy initiatives will use LCA, and specifically the PEF and OEF, to set environmental performance benchmarks and standards. The broad application of PEF/OEF in policies and decision-making will lead to improved environmental management and reduced environmental impacts, and a new competitive edge to EU companies and industries on the global market.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 5.00 million from the 2021 budget

4. Support the transition towards circular economy at local and regional scale

The circular economy concept should be a central component in local and regional economies, which have a suitable scale for closing resources loops, creating sustainable circular ecosystems and designing participatory community-based innovation schemes. An increasing number of cities, regions, industries and businesses are engaged in testing and improving circularity in their territories, economic sectors, value chains and services. Nevertheless, the concrete implementation of systemic solutions for the territorial deployment of the circular economy still needs to be demonstrated and replicated in other areas. In particular, a major challenge is to apply effectively the circular economy concept in urban and regional policy areas beyond traditional resource recovery in waste and water sectors.

The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) is part of the European circular economy action plan and aims to support circular solutions for the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale. The CCRI’s activities aim to contribute to the implementation of the European Green Deal 549 , the circular economy action plan 550 and the bioeconomy strategy. 551

The objective of this other action is to strengthen the coordination and support service for the implementation of the CCRI. It will also ensure the cooperation among the CCRI’s projects covered under the Green Deal Call and Horizon Europe and relevant initiatives and stakeholders. This other action will complement the Horizon 2020 SC2 WP 2020 Other Action 2 and the 2020 Green Deal Call Other Action 7, being all used to implement the activities of the coordination and support service for the implementation of the CCRI via the framework contract established under Horizon 2020 SC2 WP 2020 Other Action 2.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

5. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities

A number of specific contracts will be signed under existing framework contracts in order:

(i) to support the dissemination and exploitation of project results;

(ii) to contribute to the definition of future challenge priorities;

(iii) to carry out specific evaluations of programme parts

(iv) to organise conferences, events and outreach activities.

Should existing framework contracts prove unsuitable or insufficient to support the abovementioned activities, one or more calls for tender may be launched as appropriate.
Subject matter of the contracts envisaged: studies, technical assistance, conferences, events and outreach activities.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.24 million from the 2022 budget

Subscription Actions

1. GEO subscription 2021-2022

An annual contribution to the 2021 and 2022 activities of the GEO Secretariat, as a subscription to a body of which the Union is a member, according to Article 239 of the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities (2018).

As a full member of the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) the Commission will pay a contribution on behalf of the EU to the GEO Trust Fund, which is the budgetary structure agreed by the GEO members to fund the GEO secretariat (hosted by the World Meteorological Organisation in Geneva, Switzerland), to ensure the implementation of the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) according to its annual work plan and the continuity of the leadership and participation of the EU in GEO.

Type of Action: Subscription action

Indicative budget: EUR 1.20 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.20 million from the 2022 budget

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

1. Leveraging European data-sharing and exploitation practices within GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems)

The European Strategy for Data (COM(2020)66 final) and the upcoming ePrivacy Regulation and Data Act outline an ambitious agenda for the establishment of a single market for data in Europe. In compliance with this legal framework, it is proposed that the JRC, building on its experience on data handling, supports DG R&I in its contribution to the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) helping to export the European good practices and ethical guidelines on data exchange and exploitation to the international Earth observation community within GEO for a better leadership of Europe in the domain of EO data sharing and uptake. It will contribute as well to increase the European contribution to GEOSS via Destination Earth and the European Green Deal data space.

Building on a multitude of emerging technologies, data sources, standards, licenses and actors, multiple data ecosystems are already emerging in Europe. These new developments would benefit from coordination between those initiatives and in depth adaptations of GEOSS with a view to the delivery of Earth observation (EO) services and products in the different GEO Engagement priorities and in particular, the ones related to the Paris Agreement. The provision of such services should be coordinated between regional GEOs and in particular EuroGEO, the European contribution to GEO, and AOGEO, the Asia-Oceania regional GEO initiative.

The developments will take advantage of the European Open Science Cloud facility and other infrastructures, and of the most recent technological evolutions such as IoT, edge computing, data interoperability, data-sharing tools and enablers, architectures and governance mechanisms to sustain GEOSS in the long term, and coordination between the European Horizon 2020 projects such as e-shape, the various initiatives and flagships of the 2020-2022 GEO work programme and the European Space Agency (ESA) GEO portal enhancements.

This activity is directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of an evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders, including via the European Commission Knowledge Centre on Earth Observation and the Destination Earth initiative. The improvement brought to the GEOSS infrastructure will contribute to leverage into GEOSS services, data of the Copernicus programme, and applications developed through Horizon 2020 EO projects such as e-shape, including through promoting the use of existing applications and in developing new ones in the area of climate services.

The administrative arrangement for technical and scientific services with the JRC will cover the cost of the technical coordination and support of the uptake of European data-sharing and exploitation solution within the GEOSS infrastructure. It will also cover the provision of expertise to the GEO governance for activities relevant to the evolution of GEOSS, including participation in the work of the different GEO governance bodies. The development and testing of Earth observation information systems developed through Horizon 2020, such as the GEOSS infrastructure, falls under the mandate of the JRC, which is to deliver Commission's in-house science services.

Indicative duration: 36 months

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: Third quarter 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 2.60 million from the 2021 budget

Expert contract actions

1. External Expertise

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.70 million from the 2022 budget

Budget 552

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01

194.50

from 01.020260

194.50

HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02

20.00

20.00

from 01.020260

20.00

20.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01

95.00

from 01.020260

95.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-two-stage

46.00

from 01.020260

46.00

HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01

186.00

from 01.020260

186.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01

164.00

from 01.020260

164.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-two-stage

66.50

from 01.020260

66.50

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01

126.50

from 01.020260

126.50

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01

66.00

from 01.020260

66.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-02-two-stage

76.00

from 01.020260

76.00

HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

65.00

from 01.020260

65.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

51.00

from 01.020260

51.00

HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01

108.00

10.00

from 01.020260

108.00

10.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01

75.00

from 01.020260

75.00

HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01

53.00

from 01.020260

53.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01

42.00

from 01.020260

42.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-two-stage

33.00

from 01.020260

33.00

HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01

223.00

from 01.020260

223.00

HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01

147.00

from 01.020260

147.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04 under Part 12 of the work programme

4.52

from 01.020260

4.52

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

9.15

from 01.020260

9.15

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

0.38

from 01.020260

0.38

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

46.86

from 01.020260

46.86

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

4.77

from 01.020260

4.77

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

5.00

from 01.020260

5.00

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.50

from 01.020260

1.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.50

from 01.020260

2.50

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03 under Part 12 of the work programme

4.52

from 01.020260

4.52

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

31.61

from 01.020260

31.61

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

31.70

from 01.020260

31.70

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05 under Part 12 of the work programme

2.14

from 01.020260

2.14

Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

13.57

from 01.020260

13.57

Other actions

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

1.00

5.00

from 01.020260

1.00

5.00

Indirectly managed action

15.00

from 01.020260

15.00

Public procurement

7.50

1.24

from 01.020260

7.50

1.24

Subscription action

1.20

1.20

from 01.020260

1.20

1.20

Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

2.60

from 01.020260

2.60

Expert contract action

2.00

1.70

from 01.020260

2.00

1.70

Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.29

0.29

from 01.020260

0.29

0.29

Contribution from this part to Public procurement under Part 12 of the work programme

6.89

from 01.020260

6.89

Contribution from this part to Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre under Part 12 of the work programme

2.05

from 01.020260

2.05

Contribution from this part to Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 under Part 12 of the work programme

1.29

from 01.020260

1.29

Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

0.38

from 01.020260

0.38

Contribution from this part to Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) under Part 12 of the work programme

0.03

from 01.020260

0.03

Contribution from this part to Service Level Agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

0.60

from 01.020260

0.60

Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

17.66

from 01.020260

17.66

Estimated total budget

1165.91

927.74

(1)    https://op.europa.eu/en/web/eu-law-and-publications/publication-detail/-/publication/3c6ffd74-8ac3-11eb-b85c-01aa75ed71a1
(2)    As defined in Articles 3(b) and 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2020 (see Annex XY)
(3)    An “(end-) user” of project result is a person who is him/herself putting the project results into practice
(4)    The EIP common format for "practice abstracts" is available at:  https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/content/eip-agri-common-format
(5)    For the innovative areas covered by the EIP see section 8 (pp.8-9) of the Commission Communication 2012(79) final: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52012DC0079&from=EN
(6)    COM/2020/380 EU biodiversity strategy for 2030: Bringing nature back into our lives
(7)    Nature-based solutions are “inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services.”
(8)    IPBES global assessment (2019). Summary for policy-makers.
(9)    United Nation’s 5th Global Biodiversity Outlook (2020).
(10)    https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en
(11)     https://www.nature.com/articles/s41558-020-0738-8
(12)    Transformative change has been defined by IPBES as “A fundamental, system-wide reorganization across technological, economic and social factors, including paradigms, goals and values”. IPBES global assessment (2019). Summary for policy-makers.
(13)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(14)    Good leverage effects have been achieved, notably through EKLIPSE, Oppla, the NBS platform, the EU4IPBES support action 2018-2021.
(15)    In particular, the UN Convention on Biodiversity, and the Sustainable Development Agenda 2030
(16)    The Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
(17)    As per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(18) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(19)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(20)    Such as the International Barcode of Life (iBOL) consortium, https://ibol.org/ , and the Earth BioGenome Project global consortium, https://www.earthbiogenome.org/
(21)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en
(22)    FAIR data principles: Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
(23)    The EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) is an action of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It aims to enhance the knowledge base, facilitate its sharing and foster cross-sectorial policy dialogue for EU policy making in biodiversity and related fields. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
(24)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(25)    https://europabon.org/
(26)    https://europabon.org/
(27)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(28)    The EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) is an action of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It aims to enhance the knowledge base, facilitate its sharing and foster cross-sectorial policy dialogue for EU policy making in biodiversity and related fields. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
(29)    BISE, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams.
(30)    The European environment — state and outlook 2020 (EEA SOER 2020 https://www.eea.europa.eu/soer)
(31)    Maes et al., 2020
(32)    COM(2020)259 - MSFD Article 20 implementation report (https://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/eu-coast-and-marine-policy/marine-strategy-framework-directive/index_en.htm)
(33)    Special Report on the Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate (https://www.ipcc.ch/srocc/)
(34)    Global Assessment Report on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (https://ipbes.net/global-assessment)
(35)    The 7th Environment Action Programme (EAP)( https://ec.europa.eu/environment/action-programme/)
(36)    BISE, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams.
(37)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(38)    As defined by the European Commission: Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. In https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=nbs .
(39)    The socio-political and cultural aspects of NBS are, in turn, the focus of HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities.
(40)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(41)     https://oppla.eu/ .
(42)    As defined by the European Commission: Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. In https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=nbs .
(43)    Weinberg, J., Thakar K., Marchal, R., Nanu, F. and Lopez Gunn, E. (2019). DELIVERABLE 8.3; Second Roundtable Report and Policy Brief. EU Horizon 2020 NAIAD Project, Grant Agreement N°730497.
(44)    Ebeltoft, M. (2016). Private-Public-Project: sharing insurance loss data to local and national authorities, (and scientists) in DRR and resilience work. NORDRESS Island, January 2016.
(45)    Marchal, R., Piton, G. Lopez-Gunn, E., Zorrilla-Miras, P. Van der Keur, P. Dartée, K. Pengal, P. et al. (2019). The (Re)Insurance Industry’s Roles in the Integration of Nature-Based Solutions for Prevention in Disaster Risk Reduction—Insights from a European Survey. Sustainability 11 (22): 6212. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11226212.
(46)     https://oppla.eu/ .
(47)    Maes, J., Teller, A., Erhard, M., Condé, S., Vallecillo, S., Barredo, J.I., Paracchini, M.L., Abdul Malak, D., Trombetti, M., Vigiak, O., Zulian, G., Addamo, A.M., Grizzetti, B., Somma, F., Hagyo, A., Vogt, P., Polce, C., Jones, A., Marin, A.I., Ivits, E., Mauri, A., Rega, C., Czúcz, B., Ceccherini, G., Pisoni, E., Ceglar, A., De Palma, P., Cerrani, I., Meroni, M., Caudullo, G., Lugato, E., Vogt, J.V., Spinoni, J., Cammalleri, C., Bastrup-Birk, A., San Miguel, J., San Román, S., Kristensen, P., Christiansen, T., Zal, N., de Roo, A., Cardoso, A.C., Pistocchi, A., Del Barrio Alvarellos, I., Tsiamis, K., Gervasini, E., Deriu, I., La Notte, A., Abad Viñas, R., Vizzarri, M., Camia, A., Robert, N., Kakoulaki, G., Garcia Bendito, E., Panagos, P., Ballabio, C., Scarpa, S., Montanarella, L., Orgiazzi, A., Fernandez Ugalde, O., Santos-Martín, F., Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services: An EU ecosystem assessment, EUR 30161 EN, Pulications Office of the European Union, Ispra, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-17833-0, doi: 10.2760/757183, JRC120383.
(48)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/knowledge/ecosystem_assessment/index_en.htm
(49)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(50)    Green Infrastructure is a strategically planned network of natural and semi-natural areas with other environmental features designed and managed to deliver a wide range of ecosystem services. It incorporates green spaces (or blue if aquatic ecosystems are concerned) and other physical features in terrestrial (including coastal) and marine areas. On land, GI is present in rural and urban settings.” (European Commission, 2013)
(51)    Climate change impacts on ecosystems are now evident across all ecosystems, for example, where climate change is increasing the risk of forest fires and other ecosystem degradation. Furthermore, climate change is projected to drive species to higher latitudes. A more coherent network of nature is one of the solutions to mitigate impacts of and adapt to climate change and allow species to migrate.
(52)    This Guidance is currently under discussion in the frame of the EU Nature Directives Expert Group (NADEG) and should be finalized by the end of 2021 at the latest.
(53)    The Biogeographical Process is guided and monitored by the Expert Group on Natura 2000 Management, and Steering Committees composed of representatives of the Member States, the European Commission, the European Environment Agency, the European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity, the European Habitats Forum and the Natura 2000 Users Forum.
(54)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(55)    Whitmee et al. 2015 and CBD SoK 2015
(56)    IPBES Global Assessment on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services & IPBES The assessment report on land degradation and restoration.
(57)    In the first twelve months of the COVID-19 pandemic, more than 2 million related deaths have been officially registered worldwide (worldometers.info/coronavirus, 19 January 2021).
(58)    Patz & Confalonieri (2005) Human Health: Ecosystem Regulation of Infectious Diseases. Ecosystems and Human Well-being: Current State and Trends. 1. cited in IPBES global assessment report, 2019
(59)    IPBES (2020) Workshop Report on Biodiversity and Pandemics. Daszak, P. et al. doi:10.5281/zenodo.4147317 https://ipbes.net/pandemics
(60)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(61)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(62)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv%3AOJ.L_.2018.150.01.0001.01.ENG
(63)    ‘Organic heterogeneous material’ means a plant grouping within a single botanical taxon of the lowest known rank which: (a) presents common phenotypic characteristics; (b) is characterised by a high level of genetic and phenotypic diversity between individual reproductive units, so that that plant grouping is represented by the material as a whole, and not by a small number of units; (c) is not a variety within the meaning of Article 5(2) of Council Regulation (EC) No 2100/94 (1); (d) is not a mixture of varieties; and (e) has been produced in accordance with this Regulation.
(64)    See https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/bioeconomy/topic/biomass_en (for energy, feed, fibre, textile production or carbon storage)
(65)    As referred to in the understanding of transformative change in IPBES and GBO-5, EEA
(66)    Including telecoupling effects on and from Europe
(67)    See https://ec.europa.eu/commission/news/new-bioeconomy-strategy-sustainable-europe-2018-oct-11-0_en and biomass assessment studies https://ec.europa.eu/knowledge4policy/projects-activities/jrc-biomass-study_en
(68)    Such as the BBI Joint Undertaking and later the Circular bio-based Europe (CBE) Partnership
(69)    In addition, cooperation with projects run under the call Horizon 2020 LC-CLA-14-2020 ‘Understanding climate-water-energy-food nexus and streamlining water-related policies’
(70)    BISE, EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams
(71)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(72)    Based on available knowledge, such as in GBO-5, EEA reports on transformative change, EU workshop on transformational change for biodiversity (https://ec.europa.eu/info/events/workshop-transformative-change-global-post-2020-biodiversity-framework-2020-mar-18_en), FP7 and H2020 projects on urban and climate transformations, including under the projects from topic LC-CLA-14-2020 Understanding climate-water-energy-food nexus and streamlining water-related policies
(73)    STEAM and SSH
(74)    Integrating lessons from the global ‘One Health’ and the One Health European Joint Programmes, IPBES workshop report on biodiversity and pandemics and cooperation with projects HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-11: ‘What else is out there? Exploring the connection between biodiversity, ecosystems services, pandemics and epidemic risk’ and HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: ‘Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being’.
(75)    BISE, EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams.
(76)    Referring to, and critically assessing, the understanding of transformative change in IPBES and GBO-5, EEA and based on existing tools such as https://www.sustainable-prosperity.eu/ or workshops https://ec.europa.eu/info/events/workshop-transformative-change-global-post-2020-biodiversity-framework-2020-mar-18_en
(77)    BISE, EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams
(78)    In particular the policy support function of IPBES, https://ipbes.net/policy-support . Projects are requested to cooperate with projects ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-20: Support to processes triggered by IPBES and IPCC’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-10: Cooperation with the Convention on Biological Diversity’.
(79)    Such as in the frame of the Convention on Biological Diversity and the Cartagena Protocol
(80)    Referring to, and critically assessing, the understanding of transformative change in IPBES and GBO-5, EEA
(81)    BISE, Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams
(82)    Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, Biodiversity Partnership, Horizon Europe’s large-scale missions, further projects funded by R&I within this work programme.
(83)    The EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) is an action of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It aims to enhance the knowledge base, facilitate its sharing and foster cross-sectorial policy dialogue for EU policy making in biodiversity and related fields. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
(84)    The Environmental Knowledge Community (EKC) is a collaboration between different services of the European Commission (EC) and the European Environment Agency (EEA) to exploit new ways of creating and exchanging knowledge that is related to environmental policy-making.
(85)    e.g. directly EU-funded or co-funded projects by Joint Programming Initiatives, ERA-Nets, the European partnership on biodiversity
(86)    Such as funding under the Multi-annual financial framework (e.g. LIFE or COST, regional and cohesion, agricultural and rural development, fisheries and maritime, climate, social, just transition funding, neighbourhood, international cooperation), or under the Recovery Fund.
(87)    This covers e.g. relevant ESFRI's research infrastructures and Global Biodiversity Information Facility (GBIF) national nodes, biodiversity-relevant knowledge and data from citizen science, businesses, NGO, earth observation (linked to Galileo and Copernicus), governance processes, in order to increase the value and return-on-investment.
(88)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(89)    The EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) is an action of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It aims to enhance the knowledge base, facilitate its sharing and foster cross-sectorial policy dialogue for EU policy making in biodiversity and related fields. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
(90)    such as IPBES, IPCC, EEA (the European Environment Agency), SCAR (Standing Committee on Agricultural Research), EPBRS (European Platform for Biodiversity Research Strategy), SfEP (Science for Environment Policy), SAM (the European Commission’s Scientific Advice Mechanism), EPRS (European Parliamentary Research Service) or the UK’s Climate Change Committee.
(91)    Considering Horizon Europe Cluster 5 – Destination 1 “Climate Science and Responses”
(92)    Europe and Central Asia form one region for IPBES purposes; cooperation with Africa is a priority for the policy agenda of the European Union
(93)    Such as e.g. the ECA network, the Sub-global Assessment Network, BES-Net or EKLIPSE
(94)    In particular its chapter 3.3 “Building on an integrated and whole of society approach”
(95)    Based on, and/or in cooperation with relevant projects funded by the EU (such as ‘Aligning Biodiversity Metrics for Business and Support for Developing Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for Natural Capital’), under Horizon 2020 (‘WeValueNature’, ‘MAIA’) or LIFE (such as ‘Transparent’), and the EU and national Business@Biodiversity Platforms, and further EU and global networks and platforms
(96)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/prizes/horizon-prizes_en
(97)    Complementary, and in distinction to the European Business Award for the Environment https://ec.europa.eu/environment/awards/index.html
(98)     https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(99) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(100)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(101)    Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) No 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012; https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32018R1046
(102)    In particular, the UN Convention on Biodiversity, and the Sustainable Development Agenda 2030
(103)    The EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) is an action of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It aims to enhance the knowledge base, facilitate its sharing and foster cross-sectorial policy dialogue for EU policy making in biodiversity and related fields. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
(104)    To be funded through the topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-19
(105) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(106)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(107)    BISE, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams.
(108)    https://europabon.org/
(109)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(110)    Such as the members of the Consortium of European Taxonomic Facilities (CETAF): https://cetaf.org/
(111)    As defined by the European Commission: Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. In https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=nbs .
(112)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/887396/ .
(113)     https://oppla.eu/ .
(114)    Synergies should be considered with HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions.
(115)     https://oppla.eu/ .
(116)     MAIA and We Value Nature
(117)    The Commission is currently working on a review of the EU Non-Financial Reporting Directive (2014/95/EU) – current guidelines: https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/non-financial-reporting-guidelines_en
(118)    The EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity (KCBD) is an action of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. It aims to enhance the knowledge base, facilitate its sharing and foster cross-sectorial policy dialogue for EU policy making in biodiversity and related fields. https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
(119)    Green Deal farm to fork and biodiversity strategies with 2030 targets: Reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides; reduce nutrient losses by at least 50% while ensuring no deterioration in soil fertility; this will reduce use of fertilisers by at least 20 %; achieve at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming
(120)    intercropping is understood as a farming practice growing two or more crop species together at the same time in the same place
(121)    Based on the development of sustainable pathways as issued by projects such as CD-LINKS and EUCalc.
(122)    Such as activities stemming from CL5-D1-CSR-07-2021/2, CL5-D1-CSR-09-2021/2 and CL5-D1-CSR-15-2021/2
(123)    As provided in IPBES (2018, 2019), IPCC (2019), EKLIPSE and EC (2020), GBO-5 (2020), FP7 and H2020 projects on climate and urban transitions. See also http://www.biodiversitybarometer.org/
(124)    BISE, Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams
(125)    Cooperation with Horizon 2020 Green Deal Call topic 10.2 is encouraged
(126)    Using results from previous projects and initiatives at EU and global level (see also project POLICYMIX and studies such as http://www.biodiversitybarometer.org/ or https://portfolio.earth/) and referring to, and critically assessing, the understanding of transformative change in IPBES and GBO-5, EEA
(127)    BISE, Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BiodivERsA, Oppla, NetworkNature and their joint work streams
(128)    Such as BISE, Oppla, EKLIPSE, NetworkNature, EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity
(129) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(130)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(131)    “Restoration” is based on CBD guidance on ecosystem restoration, and in line with the EU 2030 biodiversity strategy whose Restoration Plan aims to help bring diverse and resilient nature back to all landscapes and ecosystems. On experience of the LIFE programme, see i.a. https://ec.europa.eu/easme/sites/easme-site/files/restoration_of_intensified_farmland_life_platform_-_final.pdf
(132)    IPBES (2018) https://ipbes.net/assessment-reports/pollinators
(133)    As adopted in CBD/COP/DEC/14/6..
(134)    Based on and/or informing the EU Pollinators Initiative, the Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, BISE, and further projects and initiatives of EU importance and globally such as SC5-32-2020: Addressing wild pollinators decline and its effects on biodiversity and ecosystem services, or EcoStack, POSHBEE, B-GOOD and IPMWORKS, EIP-AGRI, the Focus Group on Bee Health and Sustainable Bee Keeping https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/focus-groups/bee-health-and-sustainable-beekeeping
(135)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/rbaps
(136)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/conservation/species/pollinators/index_en.htm
(137)    https://www.biodiversa.org/1759
(138)    In cooperation with e.g. Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe calls on Integrated Pest Management
(139)     https://wikis.ec.europa.eu/display/EUPKH/EU+Pollinator+Monitoring+Scheme
(140)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52018DC0757
(141)     https://ec.europa.eu/programmes/horizon2020/en/news/final-paper-strategic-approach-eu-agricultural-research-and-innovation
(142)     http://www.fao.org/3/i9037en/i9037en.pdf
(143)    See Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation).
(144) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(145)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(146)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52018DC0757
(147)    This topic focuses on protein rich plants with a crude protein content of more than 15 % (oilseeds: rapeseed, sunflower seeds and soya beans; pulses: beans, peas, lentils, lupins etc.; and fodder legumes: mainly alfalfa and clover), accounting for about 1/4 of the total crude plant protein supply in the EU.
(148)     http://www.fao.org/3/i9037en/i9037en.pdf
(149)    The farm to fork strategy sets the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides
(150)    A pest is defined here as any species, strain or biotype of plant, animal or pathogenic agent injurious to plants or plant products (EU legislation, Regulation 2016/2031)
(151)    See part B of Annex II to Commission Implementing Regulation 2019/2072 for pests known to occur in the Union territory
(152)    See Annex to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/1702 for priority pests.
(153)    https://www.oie.int/fileadmin/SST/adhocreports/Diseases%20for%20which%20Vaccines%20could%20reduce%20Antimicrobial%20Use/AN/AHG_AMUR_Vaccines_Apr2015.pdf and https://www.oie.int/fileadmin/Home/eng/Internationa_Standard_Setting/docs/pdf/SCAD/A_SCAD_Sept2018.pdf (annex8 p;46)
(154)    https://www.scar-cwg-ahw.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Final-Report-CWG-AHW-CASA_updated-EU-AH-SRA.pdf
(155)    www.discontools.eu
(156)    www.star-idaz.net
(157)    https://www.icrad.eu/
(158)     http://www.fao.org/3/i9037en/i9037en.pdf
(159)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/sfs-29-2017
(160)    https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/innovation/social_en
(161)    World Economic Forum, Oxford Martin School, Oxford University (2019), Meat: The future of series – Alternative proteins.
(162)     https://www.unep.org/resources/report/unep-food-waste-index-report-2021
(163)     JRC - Assessment of food waste prevention actions. Development of an evaluation framework to assess the performance of food waste prevention actions
(164)     Calculator for impacts of food waste prevention actions
(165)     Scientific Advice Mechanism, Group of Chief Scientific Advisors: Towards an EU Sustainable Food System, Scientific Opinion n°8 (March 2020).
(166)    WHO estimates of the global burden of foodborne diseases: foodborne disease burden epidemiology reference group 2007-2015. http://who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/199350/9789241565165_eng.pdf
(167)    https://www.who.int/news-room/q-a-detail/one-health
(168)    One Health European Joint Programme: https://onehealthejp.eu/
(169)     E.g. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2019.07.024
(170)     https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aei.2010.06.001
(171)    The European One Health Plan Against Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) can be found at: https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/antimicrobial_resistance/docs/amr_2017_action-plan.pdf
(172) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(173)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(174)    Low-risk active substances for plant protection are defined according to criteria outlined in Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 concerning the placing of plant protection products on the market and repealing Council Directives 79/117/EEC and 91/414/EEC. They are subject to specific provisions for their approval and the authorisation of low-risk plant protection products containing them outlined in this Regulation and its implementing Regulations.
(175)    Directive 2009/128/EC on the sustainable use of pesticides
(176)     https://www.oie.int/en/standard-setting/terrestrial-code/access-online/?htmfile=glossaire.htm
(177)     SCAR-Fish (2020) Evaluation of the freshwater aquaculture research needs in Europe. Edited by P. Lengyel. https://scar-europe.org/images/FISH/Documents/Freshwater_aquaculture_research_Europe_final_04022020.pdf
(178)     SCAR-Fish & SCAR AHW (2019). Disease Prevention In Farmed Fish New Developments and Research Needs. https://scar-europe.org/images/FISH/Documents/CASA_Fish_Disease_Final-Report.pdf
(179)     SCAR-Fish & SCAR AHW (2018). Strengthening fish welfare research through agap analysis study. https://scar-europe.org/images/FISH/Documents/Report_CWG-AHW_CASA_FISH-welfare.pdf
(180)    Milford, A.B., et al. (2019). Drivers of meat consumption. Appetite 141 (2019) 104313.
(181)    Castellani, V., et al. (2017). Consumer Footprint - Basket of Products indicator on Food. JRC Technical reports.
(182) ECIPE. Europe’s Obesity Challenge. 2016    IPES FOOD 2019. Towards a Common Food Policy for the European Union: The policy reform and realignment that is required to build sustainable food systems in Europe. International Panel of Experts on Sustainable Food systems;
(183) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(184)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(185)    The farm to fork strategy sets the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides
(186) http://www.fao.org/3/i9037en/i9037en.pdf    
(187)    The farm to fork strategy sets the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides
(188)    EFSA Scientific Colloquium XVI
(189)    A pest is defined here as any species, strain or biotype of plant, animal or pathogenic agent injurious to plants or plant products (EU legislation, Regulation 2016/2031)
(190)    EFSA Scientific Colloquium XVI
(191)    Standing Committee on Agricultural Research
(192)    https://www.scar-cwg-ahw.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Final-Report-CWG-AHW-CASA_updated-EU-AH-SRA.pdf
(193)    www.discontools.eu
(194)    www.star-idaz.net
(195)    For more information on Digital Innovation Hubs, please see https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/digital-innovation-hubs.
(196)    In synergy with Horizon Europe Clusters 4 and 5, in particular, Cluster 4 dealing with industrial and technological aspects and raw materials supply, including construction with lower environmental footprint, through modularisation, digital technologies, circularity and advanced materials, while Cluster 6 has a systemic approach across sectors including civil society, covering the whole value chain: including technological, business, governance and social innovation aspects.
(197)    EU Waste Framework legislation: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/legislation/
(198)    In synergy with Horizon Europe Cluster 4, with focus on the industrial dimensions; and Cluster 5, covering cross-sectoral solutions for decarbonisation (including on community level), whereas Cluster 6 targets systemic regional and local (i.e. territorial) circular and bioeconomy approach.
(199)    https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(200)    In synergy with Horizon Europe Clusters 4, 5 (including their European Partnerships), whereas Cluster 4 targets industrial dimension (including digitisation and circular and climate neutral / low carbon industry, including developing bio-integrated manufacturing), and Cluster 5 covers cost-efficient, net zero-greenhouse gas energy system centred on renewables (including R&D necessary to reduce CO2 emissions from the power and energy-intensive industry sector, solutions for capturing, utilisation and storage of CO2 (CCUS), and bioenergy and other industrial sectors), while Cluster 6 covers the research and innovation based on sustainable biological resources (bioeconomy sectors), in particular for new sustainable feedstock development and through the development of integrated bio-refineries).
(201)    In synergy with the European Partnership on Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE), under Horizon Europe Cluster 6.
(202)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(203) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(204)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(205)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(206)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(207)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-3-2-2020;freeTextSearchKeyword=green%20deal;typeCodes=1;statusCodes=31094501,31094502,31094503;programCode=H2020;programDivisionCode=null;focusAreaCode=31087050;crossCuttingPriorityCode=null;callCode=H2020-LC-GD-2020;sortQuery=submissionStatus;orderBy=asc;onlyTenders=false;topicListKey=topicSearchTablePageState
(208)    The CCRI is part of the European circular economy action plan (CEAP) and aims to support circular solutions for the transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(209)     i.e. the amount of circular economy investment triggered for each euro of Horizon Europe support.
(210)    The Circular Economy Technical Assistance Facility (CETAF) will focus on projects and programmes with a minimum total investment volume of EUR 20 million.
(211)    In connection with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(212)    Lowering the negative environmental impacts of growing biomass without use of land (zero pesticides, reduced emissions and energy use)
(213)    Production of bioethanol and other biofuels falls outside the scope of this topic
(214)    e.g. by fully exploiting the cascading use of biomass resulting from agricultural production as growing substrates
(215)    In connection with topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-06 “Contained biomass solutions for sustainable and zero-ILUC production systems for high value applications”
(216)    In connection with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(217)    e.g. production of engineered proteins such as reagents, diagnostics, innovative (e.g. scalable plant-based) vaccines or metabolites for specific industrial products (pharmaceuticals, veterinary products, biological reagents)
(218)    As defined by the recast Renewable Energy Directive (EU) 2018/2001 from December 2018, and Land use and forestry regulation for 2021-203, see https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/forests/lulucf_en
(219)    Such as algae, fungi, plant cells, invertebrates, microorganisms, including complex multi-species communities. See a complementary topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-05: Novel non-plant feedstocks for industrial applications
(220)    e.g. antibodies, vaccines, proteins, peptides, bioactive metabolites, linking with Horizon Europe Cluster 1 Health and topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-05: Novel non-plant feedstocks for industrial applications
(221)    e.g. cosmetics, food ingredients
(222)    The proposals should cover size of the chosen contained systems, to enable upscaling and replication.
(223)    In connection with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(224)    HORIZON-CL6-2022-CIRCBIO-01-07: Marine microbiome for a healthy ocean and a sustainable blue bioeconomy
(225)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/818478
(226)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/818351
(227)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/862699
(228)    As defined by the European Commission: innovations that are social in both their ends and their means. Specifically, […] social innovations [are] new ideas (products, services and models) that simultaneously meet social needs (more effectively than alternatives) and create new social relationships or collaborations. They are innovations that are not only good for society but also enhance society’s capacity to act.” according to the European Commission Bureau of European Policy Advisors ( BEPA, 2011, p. 9 ; see also Regulation (EU) No 1296/2013 on a European Union Programme for Employment and Social Innovation (" EaSI ") ).
(229)    Cyanobacteria are in scope of this topic.
(230) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(231)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(232)    The CCRI is part of the European circular economy action plan (CEAP) and aims to support circular solutions for the transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(233)     i.e. amount of investments in the circular economy triggered per each EUR of Horizon Europe support.
(234)    The Circular Economy Technical Assistance Facility (CETAF) will focus on projects and programmes with a minimum total investment volume of EUR 20 million.
(235)    In connection with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(236)    Elbersen, et al. Definition and Classification of Marginal Lands Suitable for Industrial Crops in Europe (EU Deliverable), WUR: Wageningen, The Netherlands, 2018; p. 44
(237)    including by the modern biotechnology approaches, as appropriate
(238)    In synergy with European partnerships under Clusters 4, 5, and 6.
(239)    According to Directive (EU) 2018/2001
(240)    As defined by the European Commission: innovations that are social in both their ends and their means. Specifically, […] social innovations [are] new ideas (products, services and models) that simultaneously meet social needs (more effectively than alternatives) and create new social relationships or collaborations. They are innovations that are not only good for society but also enhance society’s capacity to act.” according to the European Commission Bureau of European Policy Advisors ( BEPA, 2011, p. 9 ; see also Regulation (EU) No 1296/2013 on a European Union Programme for Employment and Social Innovation (" EaSI ") ).
(241)    In the context of this topic marine microbiome is understood as the global collective of all microorganisms in marine and aquatic environments. The term refers also to the specific communities of microbes that live in and on individual aquatic ecosystems, including their creatures.
(242)    Another microbiome-related topic presented in this work programme is “HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-07: Microbiomes for bio-based innovation and environmental applications.”
(243) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(244)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(245)    In connection with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(246)    i.e. molecular traits linked with sustainable intensification of production, quality of the concerned feedstocks, or enhanced defence ability
(247)    e.g. through lowered requirements for pesticides or irrigation.
(248)    In connection with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(249)    For instance, see Ort et al. Redesigning photosynthesis to sustainably meet global food and bioenergy demand. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA112, 8529–8536 (2015).
(250)    Notwithstanding the recognized need for even stronger emission reductions.
(251)     O’Neill E. and Kelly, S. 2016 Engineering biosynthesis of high-value compounds in photosynthetic organisms,
(252)    Schander et al., A synthetic pathway for the fixation of carbon dioxide in vitro, Science 18 (Nov 2016): 900-904
(253)    Lin et al.Vegetation feedbacks during drought exacerbate ozone air pollution extremes in Europe. Nat. Clim. Chang.10, 444–451 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-020-0743-y
(254)    Sadiq, M. The climate penalty of plants. Nat. Clim. Chang.10, 387–388 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-020-0765-5
(255)    Air quality in Europe – 2019 report Report no. 10/2019 (European Environment Agency, 2019);  https://www.eea.europa.eu//publications/air-quality-in-europe-2019
(256)     E.g. FP7 project “ 3to4 ”: Converting C3 to C4 photosynthesis for sustainable agriculture
(257)     E.g. Horizon 2020 call BIOTEC-02-2019 : Boosting the efficiency of photosynthesis (RIA), with projects CAPITALISE, GAIN4CROPS and PhotoBoost.
(258)    In synergy with European partnerships under Cluster 6, in particular Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE).
(259)    cf. European Green Deal deliverables farm to fork strategy, biodiversity strategy, soil strategy, but also bioeconomy strategy, marine strategy, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development etc., the Missions on Soil Health and Food as well as on Ocean, seas and waters, etc.
(260)    Member States identified that diffuse pollution is still a significant pressure that affects 35 % of the area of groundwater bodies, while quality standards (pesticides, herbicides…) were exceeded in 15 % of the groundwater bodies
(261)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(262) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(263)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(264)    For the atmospheric compartment the JRC has developed the global emissions database EDGAR (https://edgar.jrc.ec.europa.eu) and the FASST (https://tm5-fasst.jrc.ec.europa.eu) modelling tool,
(265)    For example Blue 2: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/blue2_en.htm
(266)    A nutrient budget quantifies the inputs and outputs of nutrients in a system and can be used to understand better how the system soil-water-plant-nutrients works, and provide quantitative environmental and economic indicators for farms, regions and products.
(267)    Including access and use of data and information collected through long-term environmental monitoring activities supported by national and/or European research infrastructures.
(268)     The need for new ways of working for Europe to strengthen its industry for the transitions, whether it be on skills or circularity (Industry Strategy)
(269)     A new generation of sustainability scientists needs to be trained to focus on a holistic vision of the marine ecosystem. Centred on solving societal challenges. Improving management of marine ecosystem/resources.
(270)     Regulation on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU) 2020/852
(271)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/dev_methods.htm
(272)    https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
(273)    Such as ensuring molecular containment of genetically modified crops
(274)    Such as related to gene-drive eradication of vectors of human and animal pathogens, e.g. malaria
(275)    E.g. development of long-term environmental and population models concerning the spreading into the environment of organisms obtained by NGTs, taking into account the climate change issues.
(276)    Including, if relevant, epigenomic control mechanisms
(277) http://curia.europa.eu/juris/documents.jsf?num=C-528/16    Including the EU Court of Justice judgment in Case C-528/16,
(278)     https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/eur-scientific-and-technical-research-reports/technical-proposals-safe-use-processed-manure-above-threshold-established-nitrate-vulnerable
(279)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/dev_methods.htm
(280)     https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
(281)    The EU and nature-based solutions ( link )
(282)    What nature-based solutions can do for us ( link )
(283)    Horizon 2020 call CE-BIOTEC-04-2018 : New biotechnologies for environmental remediation (RIA)
(284)    Horizon 2020 call CE-BIOTEC-08-2020 : New biotechnologies to remediate harmful contaminants (RIA)
(285) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(286)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(287)    European Environment Agency The European environment — state and outlook 2020 https://www.eea.europa.eu/soer-2020/intro
(288)    Including access and use of data and information collected through long-term environmental monitoring activities supported by national and/or European research infrastructures.
(289)    cf. https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/farm-fork_en
(290)    As defined by the European Commission: Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. In https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=nbs
(291)    Including access and use of data and information collected through long-term environmental monitoring activities supported by national and/or European research infrastructures.
(292)    LULUCF stands for land use, land use change and forestry.
(293)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(294)    Footnote indicating link to the document.
(295) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(296)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(297)    https://inspire.ec.europa.eu/
(298)    http://www.fao.org/3/i9037en/i9037en.pdf
(299)    https://era-susan.eu/
(300)    https://www.eragas.eu/en/
(301) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(302)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(303)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(304)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/shaping-europe-digital-future_en
(305)    R&I will support the implementation of an EU-level long-term vision for rural areas to be published in the 2nd quarter of 2021.
(306)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(307)    Link to the strategic plan
(308) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(309)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(310)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(311)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/shaping-europe-digital-future_en
(312)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/deeper-and-fairer-economic-and-monetary-union/european-pillar-social-rights/european-pillar-social-rights-20-principles_en
(313)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
(314)    See Point 1 ‘Promoting rural prosperity’ of the Cork 2.0 Declaration (2016)
(315)    Such as ROBUST ( https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/727988 ) and COASTAL (https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/773782) under Horizon 2020 and projects funded under the ESPON programme https://www.espon.eu.
(316)    Rural proofing means to ‘systematically review other macro and sectoral policies through a rural lens, considering potential and actual impacts and implications on rural jobs and growth and development prospects, social well-being, and the environmental quality of rural areas and communities’, Cork 2.0 Declaration, A better life in rural areas .
(317)    Better regulation tool #33 on territorial impacts: https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/better-regulation-toolbox-33_en
(318)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy_en
(319)    Currently ENRD and EIP-AGRI ( https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/rural-development_en#enrd ) to be replaced by the networks to be funded under the future CAP: https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en
(320)    Commission Communication ‘A farm to fork strategy’ (in particular section 3.2) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0381
(321)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/agriculture-and-forestry/rural-and-farming-dynamics-and-policies_en; projects funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-13 "Modelling land use and land management in the context of climate change"
(322)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(323)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/shaping-europe-digital-future_en
(324)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/deeper-and-fairer-economic-and-monetary-union/european-pillar-social-rights/european-pillar-social-rights-20-principles_en
(325)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
(326)    https://enrd.ec.europa.eu/leader-clld/lag-database_en
(327)     https://www.smartrural21.eu/
(328)    https://ruralsharedmobility.eu/
(329)    Social innovation is defined for this topic as “the reconfiguring of social practices, in response to societal challenges, which seeks to enhance outcomes on societal well-being and necessarily includes the engagement of civil society actors”. (SIMRA)
(330)    https://enrd.ec.europa.eu/enrd-thematic-work/smart-and-competitive-rural-areas/smart-villages_en
(331)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en
(332)    Currently ENRD and EIP-AGRI ( https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/rural-development_en#enrd ) to be replaced by the networks to be funded under the future CAP: https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en
(333)    e.g. HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-26 ‘Deepening the functioning of innovation support’, HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-08 ‘Mainstreaming inclusive small-scale bio-based solutions in European rural areas’; HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-09 ‘Revitalisation of European local communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation’ etc.
(334)    See e.g. “A European Strategy for Data” published by the European Commission in Q1 2020 (https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/policies/building-european-data-economy).
(335)    See e.g. OECD (2017) “THE EVOLVING ROLE OF SATELLITE NETWORKS IN RURAL AND REMOTE BROADBAND ACCESS”, for reflections on the potential of satellite-based broadband provision for rural areas.
(336)    Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on the Global Approach to Research and Innovation. Europe's strategy for international cooperation in a changing world. https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/strategy_on_research_and_innovation/documents/ec_rtd_com2021-252.pdf
(337)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/innovation/social_en
(338)    For the participation of the JRC, see General Annex B.
(339)    As defined by the European Commission: Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. In https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=nbs .
(340)     www.scientix.eu/pilots/nbs-project .
(341)     https://oppla.eu/ and www.scientix.eu , respectively.
(342) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(343)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(344)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(345)    https://ec.europa.eu/food/farm2fork_en
(346)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/deeper-and-fairer-economic-and-monetary-union/european-pillar-social-rights/european-pillar-social-rights-20-principles_en
(347)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_20_358
(348)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
(349)    Social innovation is defined for this topic as “the reconfiguring of social practices, in response to societal challenges, which seeks to enhance outcomes on societal well-being and necessarily includes the engagement of civil society actors”. (SIMRA)
(350)    These could include for example projects that will be funded under HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Assessing and improving labour conditions and health and safety at work in farming; ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-26: Deepening the functioning of innovation support’ and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-14: Improving preparation of multi-actor projects to enable the relevant actors to work in a co-creative way’.
(351)    Currently ENRD and EIP-AGRI ( https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/rural-development_en#enrd ) to be replaced by the networks to be funded under the future CAP: https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en
(352)    https://ec.europa.eu/food/farm2fork_en
(353)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/deeper-and-fairer-economic-and-monetary-union/european-pillar-social-rights/european-pillar-social-rights-20-principles_en
(354)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
(355)    Social innovation is defined for this topic as “the reconfiguring of social practices, in response to societal challenges, which seeks to enhance outcomes on societal well-being and necessarily includes the engagement of civil society actors”. (SIMRA)
(356)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/innovation/social_en
(357)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/646883/
(358)    As defined by the European Commission: Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Hence, nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. In https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=nbs .
(359)    The economic aspects of NBS are the focus of HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions (NBS): cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding.
(360)     https://oppla.eu/ .
(361) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(362)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(363)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(364)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/shaping-europe-digital-future_en
(365)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/deeper-and-fairer-economic-and-monetary-union/european-pillar-social-rights/european-pillar-social-rights-20-principles_en
(366)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
(367)    Smart villages are defined for this call as “communities in rural areas that use innovative solutions to improve their resilience, building on local strengths and opportunities”. A more complete definition is available on p.2 of the briefing note from February 2019: https://digitevent-images.s3.amazonaws.com/5c0e6198801d2065233ff996-registrationfiletexteditor-1551115459927-smart-villages-briefing-note.pdf
(368)    Social innovation is defined for this topic as “the reconfiguring of social practices, in response to societal challenges, which seeks to enhance outcomes on societal well-being and necessarily includes the engagement of civil society actors”. (SIMRA)
(369)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
(370) https://enrd.ec.europa.eu/smart-and-competitive-rural-areas/smart-villages/smart-villages-portal_en     https://enrd.ec.europa.eu/enrd-thematic-work/smart-and-competitive-rural-areas/smart-villages_en ;
(371) https://www.smartrural21.eu     http://www.pilotproject-smartvillages.eu ;
(372) SIMRA: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/677622 - RURITAGE: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/776465 RURACTION: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/721999    In particular:
(373)     https://www.living-in.eu/declaration
(374)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/eu-member-states-join-forces-digitalisation-european-agriculture-and-rural-areas
(375)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/dt-ict-09-2020
(376)    Currently ENRD and EIP-AGRI ( https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/rural-development_en#enrd ) to be replaced by the networks to be funded under the future CAP: https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en
(377)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en
(378)    https://enrd.ec.europa.eu/enrd-thematic-work/smart-and-competitive-rural-areas/smart-villages_en
(379)    https://eit.europa.eu/our-communities/eit-innovation-communities
(380)     https://oppla.eu/ .
(381)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(382)    The European Commission is a member and co-chair of the Group on Earth Observations (GEO), as such the European Commission adopted the GEO Canberra Declaration ( https://earthobservations.org/canberra_declaration.php and Commission Decision C(2019)7337/F1) and committed to contribute to the GEO objectives, including to the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).
(383)    as per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation)
(384) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(385)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(386)    Building notably on the booklet of good practices for the NCP-EEN Cooperation developed by NCPs CaRE the network of SC5 NCPs http://www.ncps-care.eu/?wpdmpro=booklet-good-practices-for-the-ncp-een-cooperation
(387)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1583773927512&uri=CELEX:52018DC0673
(388)     WFD fitness check EC Staff Working Document SWD(2019) 439 final
(389)    https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(390)    Such as the POWER4BIO and BE-Rural projects funded under Horizon 2020 or the projects under the call SwafS-14-2018-2019-2020: Supporting the development of territorial responsible research and innovation.
(391)    such as the topic “HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02: Expertise and training centre on rural innovation”
(392)     https://console-project.eu/
(393)    https://www.project-contracts20.eu/
(394)    http://project-effect.eu/
(395)    https://mind-step.eu/
(396)    http://bestmap.eu/
(397)     https://agricore-project.eu/
(398)     https://www.landsupport.eu/
(399)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(400)    https://www.emodnet.eu/en
(401)    https://www.esfri.eu/
(402)    http://www.earthobservations.org/index.php
(403)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/ec-esa-joint-initiative-on-earth-system-science/
(404)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/european-partnership-rescuing-biodiversity-safeguard-life-earth_en
(405)    https://geobon.org/
(406)    https://ec.europa.eu/easme/en/news/european-green-deal-call
(407)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/knowledge-publications-tools-and-data/knowledge-centres-and-data-portals/eurogeo_en
(408)    https://www.esa.int/
(409)     http://www.ecopotential-project.eu/ps://www.esa.int/
(410)     https://europabon.org/
(411)     https://ec.europa.eu/easme/en/life
(412)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(413)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(414)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(415)    https://ec.europa.eu/clima/news/commission-launches-online-public-consultation-new-eu-strategy-adaptation-climate-change_en
(416)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-data-strategy_en
(417)    https://www.copernicus.eu/en
(418)    https://www.gsc-europa.eu/
(419)    https://egnos-user-support.essp-sas.eu/new_egnos_ops/
(420)    https://inspire.ec.europa.eu/
(421)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/destination-earth-destine
(422)    Such as the Copernicus DIAS, the European Open Science Cloud, EMODNet, the European research infrastructures, the Euro Data Cube, the GEOSS Infrastructure, INSPIRE and GBIF (Global Biodiversity Information Facility).
(423)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/ec-esa-joint-initiative-on-earth-system-science/
(424)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable
(425)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(426)     https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/destination-earth-destine
(427)    Including the EU farm to fork strategy and the priorities of the FOOD 2030 initiative
(428)     https://content.iospress.com/articles/information-polity/ip419
(429)    Trends and opportunities can be cross-cutting (example: demands for a better trade-off between the need for data-driven innovation and the need for personal data protection and data sovereignty) or specific to food systems (examples: demands for greater transparency about the food people eat with regards to health and sustainability; demands for more circular, resilient and customized food supply; a greater prevalence and uptake of personalized nutrition solutions)
(430)    See, e.g. the announcements in the Digital package published by the European Commission in February 2020, and the Data Strategy in the package, in particular. https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/policies/building-european-data-economy .
(431)    The main focus is with the agricultural sector and public interests in the EU. However, as data flows and trade relations are global, analyses have to go beyond the EU context.
(432)    The main focus is with the agricultural sector and public interests in the EU. However, as data flows and trade relations are global, analyses have to go beyond the EU context.
(433)    Key policy ambitions related to the data economy and the use of data for the society/ the public good are reflected in a “European Strategy for Data” published by the European Commission in February 2020 (see https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/policies/building-european-data-economy).
(434)    Funded under Horizon2020 call MG-2-3-2018.
(435)    Funded under Horizon2020 call SFS-05-2017.
(436)    The Thematic network Smart-AKIS was funded under call Horizon2020 ISIB-02-2015, see https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/696294.
(437)    For more information on Digital Innovation Hubs, please see https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/digital-innovation-hubs.
(438)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation
(439)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal
(440)    EIP-AGRI : European Innovation Partnership (EIP) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability’
(441)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach
(442)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
(443)    See definition of the 'multi-actor approach' in the introduction to this work programme part.
(444)    Article 5 of the CAP post 2020 proposal
(445)    See the requirements for the 'multi-actor approach' in the introduction to this work programme part.
(446)    “AKIS coordination bodies “ in the CAP plans are responsible for the management of the Member States AKIS’ strategies
(447)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/817863
(448)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/862790
(449)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
(450)    Art 102 of the post 2020 CAP on AKIS strategies
(451)    See the requirements for the 'multi-actor approach' in the introduction to this Work Programme part
(452)    Art 5 CAP post-2020 proposal
(453)    Art 3 and 102 of the CAP post-2020 proposal
(454)    advisors’ integration within AKIS is a newly introduced obligation in Art 13(2) as also measured by result indicator 2
(455)    Art 13(4) of the CAP post 2020 proposal
(456)    Art 13(4) of the post 2020 CAP proposal
(457)    Such as Horizon Multi-actor projects or EIP-AGRI Operational Groups
(458)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal
(459)    Art 13(4) CAP post 2020 proposal
(460)    See EIP-AGRI seminar on AKIS : https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/event/eip-agri-seminar-cap-strategic-plans-key-role-akis
(461)    Art 102 of the CAP post 2020 proposal
(462)    See introduction of the Work Programme
(463)    Article 13(2) of the CAP post 2020
(464)    Art 13(2) of the post-2020 CAP regulation
(465)    Art 5 CAP post-2020 proposal
(466)     https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/event/eip-agri-workshop-cities-and-food-%E2%80%93-connecting
(467)    AKIS (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation System) means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields
(468)    Art 5 of the post 2020 CAP regulation
(469)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach
(470) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(471)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(472)     https://fit4food2030.eu/
(473)     https://oceanplasticslab.net/
(474)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/index.cfm?pg=policy&lib=food2030
(475)     The final evaluation of the BONUS programme, the mid-term review of the EU Atlantic Strategy, the OECD report on the Blue Economy, the IPCC report on the ocean and cryosphere, etc. support this.
(476)    The Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for the Black Sea is a milestone feature of the EU’ Black Sea Synergy policy and a scientific pillar of the Common Maritime Agenda for the Black Sea.
(477)     E.g. topic “HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-07: International and European sustainability certification schemes for bio-based systems”
(478)    E. g. topic “HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17: Increasing the transparency of EU food systems to boost health, sustainability and safety of products, processes and diets”
(479)    specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound
(480)    All non-space based observations which may include remote sensing from ground-based, marine or airborne platforms
(481)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(482)    http://www.earthobservations.org/geoweek19.php
(483)    https://earthobservations.org/documents/geo16/MS%204.2_Draft%20Canberra%20Declaration_final.pdf
(484)    European research infrastructure, EMODnet, INSPIRE, GEOSS, EGNSS, ESA etc.
(485)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(486)    https://www.copernicus.eu/en
(487)    https://www.esfri.eu/
(488)    https://inspire.ec.europa.eu/
(489)    https://www.emodnet.eu/en
(490)    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.
(491)    https://www.weobserve.eu/
(492)    e.g. https://cordis.europa.eu/article/id/421641-environmental-observations-informing-citizens-and-supporting-policymaking-through-innov
(493)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/legal/reporting/pdf/best_practices_citizen_science_environmental_monitoring.pdf
(494)     The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations
(495)     https://www.who.int/news-room/q-a-detail/one-health
(496)     Reference to prize winner when available (expected in Sept/Oct 2021)
(497)    https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/wp/2018-2020/main/h2020-wp1820-eic_en.pdf
(498)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-data-strategy_en
(499)     Compliance with strict data protection rules and data sovereignty are referred to as “data rights” in the title
(500)     For example: Horizon 2020 projects DECODE and LEDGER developed distributed and open platforms for citizen-friendly data governance (using technologies including blockchain, distributed ledger) and promoted open disruptive innovation.
(501)     See EU Green Deal
(502)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation)
(503)    Art 5 of the post 2020 CAP regulation
(504)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach
(505)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal
(506)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach
(507)    See definition of the 'multi-actor approach' in the introduction to this work programme part
(508)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal
(509)    Art 114 and 71 (1)(a) of the CAP post 2020 proposal
(510)    Art 13(2) of the post 2020 CAP regulation
(511)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal
(512)     https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/publications/eip-agri-focus-group-water-and-agriculture-final
(513)     https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/event/eip-agri-workshop-connecting-innovative-projects
(514)     https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/news/thematic-network-improve-water-management-fertigated-crops
(515)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(516)     http://www.oecd.org/regional/
(517)     https://www.oecd.org/regional/cities/circular-economy-cities.htm
(518)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(519)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(520)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/index.cfm?pg=policy&lib=strategy
(521)     https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/sites/10ac6ae4-en/index.html?itemId=/content/publication/10ac6ae4-en
(522)     https://ec.europa.eu/futurium/en/system/files/ged/ua_ce_final_action_plan_part_i.pdf (section 2.3.1)
(523)     https://www.eib.org/attachments/pj/access_to_finance_study_on_circular_economy_en.pdf
(524)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(525)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(526)    Including the HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-02: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s Project Development Assistance (CCRI-PDA) and the HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-01 – Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions.
(527)     https://eiah.eib.org/
(528)     https://www.circularcityfundingguide.eu/
(529)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(530)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(531)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/index.cfm?pg=policy&lib=strategy
(532)     https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/sites/10ac6ae4-en/index.html?itemId=/content/publication/10ac6ae4-en
(533)     https://ec.europa.eu/futurium/en/system/files/ged/ua_ce_final_action_plan_part_i.pdf (section 2.3.1)
(534)     https://www.eib.org/attachments/pj/access_to_finance_study_on_circular_economy_en.pdf
(535)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(536)    The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative Project Development Assistance (CCRI-PDA) will focus on small and medium-sized circular economy investments of up to 20 million.
(537)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(538)    Including the HORIZON-CL6-CIR-2021-00-00: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s Project Development Assistance (CCRI-PDA) and the HORIZON-CL6-CIR-2021-00-00 – Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions.
(539)     https://eiah.eib.org/about/initiative-urbis.htm
(540)     https://jaspers.eib.org/
(541)     https://www.circularcityfundingguide.eu/
(542)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(543)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/
(544)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/index.cfm?pg=policy&lib=strategy
(545)    Cf. Monitoring Framework of indicators for the circular economy; https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/circular-economy/indicators/monitoring-framework .
(546)    Available at : https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/guide-ef-compliant-data-sets
(547)     https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
(548)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(549)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/pdf/new_circular_economy_action_plan.pdf
(550)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/environment/index.cfm?pg=circular
(551) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX IX

“Annex XI

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

11. Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area

Table of contents

Introduction    

DESTINATION 1: IMPROVED ACCESS TO EXCELLENCE    

Call - Teaming for Excellence    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-01-01-two-stage: Teaming for Excellence    

Call - Twinning Western Balkans    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-02-01: Twinning Western Balkans Special    

Call - Twinning    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-03-01: Twinning    

Call - Excellence Hubs    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-04-01: Excellence Hubs    

Call - European Excellence Initiative (EEI): Strengthening capacity for excellence in higher education institutions and surrounding ecosystems    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-05-01: Capacity building to strengthen networks of higher education institutions and cooperation with surrounding ecosystems    

Call - Support for R&I policy making in the Western Balkans    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-06-01: Support for R&I policy making in the Western Balkans    

Call - Hop On Facility    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-07-01: Hop On Facility    

DESTINATION 2: ATTRACTING AND MOBILISING THE BEST TALENTS    

Call - ERA Chairs    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-01-01: ERA Chairs    

Call - Fostering balanced brain circulation (BBC) - ERA Fellowships    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-02-01: Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Fellowships    

Call - Fostering balanced brain circulation (BBC) - ERA Talents    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-03-01: Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Talents    

Call - Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Fellowships    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-04-01: Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Fellowships    

DESTINATION 3: REFORMING AND ENHANCING THE EU RESEARCH AND INNOVATION SYSTEM    

Call - European Research Area    

Conditions for the Call    

PRIORITIZING INVESTMENT AND REFORM    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-09: Support for policy makers – Programme level collaboration between national R&I programmes    

IMPROVING ACCESS TO EXCELLENCE    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-20: Towards a Europe-wide training and networking scheme for research managers    

TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-30: Implementation of a new macro-economic modelling concept    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-32: Standardisation Booster for fostering exploitation of FP-funded research results    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-33: R&I intensive IP management: Scenarios for the future    

DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-40: Modelling and quantifying the impacts of open science practice    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-41: Global cooperation on FAIR data policy and practice    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-43: Capacity-building for institutional open access publishing across Europe    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-44: Societal trust in science, research and innovation    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-45: Support to changes in the assessment of research and researchers to reward the practice of open science    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-50: Protection of Higher Education Institutions and research organisations against conventional and non-conventional threats    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-60: A capacity-building and brokering network to make citizen science an integral part of the European Research Area    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-61: Supporting and giving recognition to citizen science in the European Research Area    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-70: Developing a STE(A)M roadmap for Science Education in Horizon Europe    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-80: Centre of excellence on inclusive gender equality in Research & Innovation    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81: Policy coordination to advance the implementation of the ERA gender equality and inclusiveness objectives within Member States    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-90: The challenges of research ethics and integrity in response to crisis: the coronavirus pandemic and beyond    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-91: Ensuring reliability and trust in quality of Research Ethics expertise in the context of new/emerging technologies    

Call - European Research Area    

Conditions for the Call    

PRIORITIZING INVESTMENT AND REFORM    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-10: Support for policy makers – Programme level collaboration between national R&I programmes    

TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-30: Testing of the ERA Hub concept – pilot phase    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-31: Innowwide Bridging Facility    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-32: An experimentation space for the uptake and use of R&I results for EU resilience and future preparedness    

DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-40: Stepping-up institutional and territorial changes towards open and responsible research and innovation    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-41: Increasing the reproducibility of scientific results    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-42: Supporting the development of aligned policies for open access books and monographs    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-44: Developing and piloting training on the practice of open and responsible research and innovation    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-50: Developing an effective ERA talent pipeline    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-51: Acceleration Services in support of the institutional transformation of Higher Education Institutions    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-60: A European competence centre for science communication    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-70: Open schooling for science education and a learning continuum for all    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-80: Living Lab for gender-responsive innovation    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-81: Support to the implementation of inclusive gender equality plans    

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-91: The empirical and behavioural approach to research ethics and integrity    

OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS    

GRANT TO IDENTIFIED BENEFICIARIES    

1. Support the Slovenian Presidency for the organization of an ERA Conference    

2. Support to RESAVER Pension Fund    

3. ERA Talent Platform    

4. The EuroScience Open Forum (ESOF) and European City of Science 2022 actions    

5. European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) 2022    

6. EU Gender Equality Competence Facility    

7. Science Advice for Policy by European Academies    

8. Presidency event - Conference on international cooperation in research and innovation    

9. NCP Network including proposal pre-check    

10. Framework Partnership Agreement with COST (European Co-operation in Science and Technology)    

11. Implementation of COST actions - Specific Grant under Framework Partnership Agreement    

12. Presidency conferences with a European regional dimension - WIRE    

PRIZE    

1. EU Award for (Academic) Gender Equality Champions    

2. Horizon impact award    

EXPERT CONTRACT ACTIONS    

1. External expertise for monitoring of Widening and ERA actions    

2. Monitoring experts for Horizon 2020 legacy    

3. Use of individual experts in support of the new ERA's objectives    

4. Commission expert group on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on gender equality in EU R&I    

5. External expertise for ad hoc tasks related to the implementation of Horizon Europe Ethics Appraisal scheme    

6. Use of individual expert(s) on ad hoc tasks related to the implementation of the European Valorisation policy    

PUBLIC PROCUREMENT    

1. EU data for R&I policy    

2. Development of the European Innovation Scoreboard    

3. Overview of regulatory sandboxes and innovation-enabling approaches to regulation    

4. Support for policy makers – Horizontal support to the Strategic Coordinating Process for partnerships    

5. Implementation of Workshop series with industry and other stakeholders as well as discussions with Member States to prepare ERA common industrial technology roadmaps    

6. Implementation of the Horizon Policy Support Facility    

7. ERA Talent Platform – the international dimension    

8. Observatory on Knowledge Ecosystems and Research Careers    

9. Development of the ERA Talent Platform: website, proof of concept, online services, design, maintenance, communication    

10. Technical support to Retirement Savings Vehicle for European Research Institutions and research performing individuals (RESAVER)    

11. Monitoring and evaluating the Horizon 2020 complementary support for the European Universities initiative    

12. Studies and communication    

13. Monitoring gender equality in Research and Innovation - Development, implementation and dissemination of indicators (She Figures)’    

14. Service Facility in Support of the Strategic Development of International Cooperation in Research and Innovation    

Budget    

Introduction

Overall description of common policy objectives and rationale based on specific programme and strategic plan

This part of the Work Programme will implement concrete measures in support of Widening participation and strengthening the ERA (European Research Area) and is divided in two components:

I: Widening Participation and Spreading Excellence;

II: Strengthening the European Research Area.

It will optimise the impact of Pillar 2 by contributing to the objectives of the entire framework programme. It is going to amplify geographical diversity, build the necessary capacity to allow successful participation in the R&I process and promote networking of and access to excellence. Synergies will be pursued with the programme parts on European Innovation Ecosystems and the European Institute of Innovation & Technology (EIT). In addition, this programme part will advance the dissemination and exploitation of research results by reinforcing the interaction between education and research and strengthen collaborate links across Europe and open up European R&I networks. It will contribute to improving research management capacities in the Widening Countries and Outermost Regions, support national policy reforms as well as valorise the potential of the Union’s talent pool through targeted actions. This part of the work programme is based on the results of the strategic planning process and is fully aligned with the strategic objectives of the ERA communication (COM(2020) 628 final) 1 published on 30/09/2020 that aims at building a common scientific and technological area for the EU.

Although the EU is a global leader in research and innovation, its performance has stagnated since 2012, and major players, from Asia in particular, are catching up and gradually occupy a more prominent position on the global R&I and technological landscape. While R&I is the engine of long-term productivity growth, Europe continues to lag behind in turning the outcomes of its excellent research into disruptive innovation. There is a growing disparity between countries and regions in terms of R&I performance, which calls for fully mobilising research, innovation and technological capacities in less developed regions.

Structural R&I policy reforms plus better national, regional and institutional cooperation in the production and diffusion of high-quality knowledge are vital. For example, more and better links between R&I actors across Europe are needed, if Europe as a whole wants to capitalise on excellence from across the continent, maximise the value of public and private investments, and their impacts on productivity, economic growth, job creation and well-being.

The Union now needs to raise the bar on the quality and impact of its R&I system, requiring a renewed ERA across the EU and associated countries, strongly supported by the Horizon Europe and national and regional programmes.

Article 181(2) of the TFEU specifically points out that, a well-integrated yet tailored set of Union measures is needed, combined with reforms and performance enhancements at national and regional level (through smart specialisation strategies) and along with effective institutional changes within research funding and performing organisations, including universities, will lead to outstanding knowledge production. Therefore, the enabling conditions related to the governance of smart specialisation introduced under the new generation of cohesion policy programmes is a key delivery tool of these reforms. By joining efforts at Union level, synergies can be exploited across Europe and the necessary scale can be found to make support to national policy reforms more efficient and impactful.

The activities supported under this part specifically address ERA policy priorities, notably deepening the ERA while generally underpinning all parts of Horizon Europe. In this regard, they aim at encouraging more investments, improving the access to excellence, translating R&I results into the economy and improving research management capabilities.

Activities will also foster brain circulation across the ERA through mobility of researchers and innovators, to address current imbalances, and will support the development of networks of scholars, scientists, researchers and innovators, policy makers and research managers to put all their (intangible) assets to the service of the ERA and by supporting the development of domain-specific science roadmaps.

The goal is a Union, where knowledge and a highly-skilled workforce circulate freely, research outputs are shared rapidly and efficiently, where researchers benefit from attractive careers and gender equality is ensured, where Member States and associated countries develop common strategic research agendas, aligning national plans, defining and implementing joint programmes, and where the outcomes of R&I are understood and trusted by informed citizens and benefit society as a whole.

This part will contribute de facto to all SDGs, but directly to the following: SDG 4 - Quality Education; SDG 5 - Gender Equality; SDG 9 - Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure; SDG 17 - Partnership for the Goals.

Moreover, it will contribute to achieving Horizon Europe expected impacts along the four key strategic orientations set in the strategic plan, and support the implementation of key policy objectives of the European Commission notably the European Green Deal and the EU’s digital strategy.

Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF , ESF+ , JTF , EMFF , EAFRD, ERASMUS+ and InvestEU ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) [currently available in all Member States] aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one member state it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

Part I: Widening Participation and Spreading Excellence - Overall strategic approach

Research and Innovation (R&I) policy can only strive towards more excellence if everyone progresses. The EU’s R&I system needs to promote a more inclusive approach in which all can participate and from which all can benefit. Existing disparities between R&I leading and lagging countries can be tackled by introducing structural policy reforms. Closer links between research and innovation and institutional cooperation to produce high-quality knowledge are also paramount to help bridging these disparities. By building upon their excellence pockets and connecting them to broader networks of excellence less R&I advanced countries will be able to upgrade their R&I systems, making them stronger and allowing the EU as a whole to advance together. All possible means need to be mobilised and coordinated towards this end. According to the Horizon Europe regulation in this programme component the less advanced countries eligible for hosting the co-ordinator of widening actions are Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia and all Associated Countries with equivalent characteristics in terms of R&I performance and the Outermost Regions (defined in Art. 349 TFEU). Hereinafter, these countries including the Outermost Regions will be named 'widening countries' in the following document.

In the field of climate science as well as clean-tech and energy&transport technologies, disparities between R&I leading and lagging countries are particularly large. Widening countries are often faced with a relatively larger challenge in terms of decarbonisation, while their R&I Innovation systems are not yet sufficiently developed to fully tackle the challenges, and reap the opportunities, that the transition to a climate-neutral economy brings. This Work Programme component therefore particularly encourages to improve access to excellence and reform the innovation system in these domains.

This programme part is especially responding to the second policy priority of the ERA communication i.e., improving access to excellence: towards more excellence and stronger R&I systems across the whole of the EU where best practice is disseminated faster across Europe. It will support the widening countries to increase the performance of their R&I systems towards excellence through building on dedicated Horizon Europe measures and complementarities with smart specialisation strategies under Cohesion Policy. Nevertheless, it is not made-up exclusively for participants from widening countries since it pursues a pan-European approach of collaboration and mutual knowledge sharing in the spirit of solidarity.

The key objectives of this component of the work programme are the following:

1. Encourage institutional reforms and transformation processes of the R&I system at national and regional level in widening countries in line with ERA principles

2. Mobilise national investments in R&I capacity in widening countries

3. Raise the bar for excellence of R&I actors in widening countries in partnership with outstanding European and international institutions (‘win-win situation’)

4. Increase number of participations and success rates of widening actors in research and innovation projects in other parts of Horizon Europe (notably in pillars 2 and 3)

5. Promote the creation of new innovation ecosystems and scale up existing ones by a set of measures, which include, among other, place based and international collaboration between academia and business in widening countries

6. Foster brain circulation, including inter-sectoral mobility for researchers and innovators and turn it into brain gain for widening countries

These objectives will be achieved by combining revamped traditional widening actions with a number of novel elements included in the advancing Europe package agreed by the legislators in March 2019.

Part II: Strengthening the European Research Area - Overall strategic approach

The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrates more than ever the importance of R&I cooperation to deliver solutions to society’s most demanding problems and needs. Delivering Europe’s recovery together with the green and digital twin transitions is paramount. To match these challenges, a new level of ambition that better links R&I with the economy, as well as with education and training, and puts the EU’s scientific knowledge to work is necessary.

The new ERA communication calls for deepening existing priorities and initiatives through new and stronger approaches. The green and digital transitions and the recovery call for cooperation between the Commission and the Member States. They require the setting of new priorities, launching ambitious joint initiatives and developing common approaches between policies.

To address these ambitious priorities and initiatives, Annex 11 of the Horizon Europe Work Programme, sets out to reform and enhance the EU R&I system in line with four of the objectives of the ERA Communication. Investments and reforms will be prioritised, access to excellence will be improved and R&I results will be translated into the economy. These actions will result in deepening the ERA. The principle of excellence, meaning that the best researchers with the best ideas obtain funding, remains the cornerstone for all investments under the ERA.

The goal is a Union where knowledge and a highly skilled workforce circulate freely, where research outputs are shared rapidly and efficiently, where researchers benefit from attractive careers, and gender equality is assured; where common strategic research agendas are aligned to national plans and where the outcomes of research and innovation are understood, trusted and increasingly used, by informed citizens to the benefit of society. Envisaged activities complement the direction of the ERA Communication.

DESTINATION 1: IMPROVED ACCESS TO EXCELLENCE

Introduction

The ERA Communication (COM(2020) 628 final, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0628&from=EN) has established the need of improving access to excellence as one of the four main strategic goals. In particular striving towards more excellence requires a stronger R&I system where best practice is disseminated faster across Europe. The strategic plan for Horizon Europe aims at underpinning geographical diversity, building the necessary capacity to allow successful participation in the R&I process and promoting networking and access to excellence thus optimising the impact of Pillar 2 and contributing to the objectives of the entire programme.

This destination will address “improving access to excellence” through a portfolio of complementary actions that aim at building up R&I capacities in widening countries, also through national and regional R&I reforms and investments, to enable them to advance to the competitive edge at European and international level. This portfolio constitutes the widening dimension of a broader European Excellence Initiative that reaches out beyond this programme part and will be implemented together with ERASMUS+.

Each of the five proposed actions is addressing a different target group of potential beneficiaries with a customised intervention logic. The use and appropriate design of partnerships with leading institutions abroad will be a key vector for accessing excellence. The intervention logic is designed to work points at a multitude of scales ranging from individual researcher through career development, focussed networks, institutional development to a systemic impact on national R&I systems.

Capacity building will go beyond purely scientific capacities since it includes the development of management and administrative capacities for the benefit of institutions (notably in Twinning and the Strengthening Capacities for Excellence in Universities) that are eager to take over consortium leadership roles especially under Pillar 2. Teaming actions will create new or modernise existing centers of excellence by means of a very close and strategic partnership with leading institutions abroad. The impact will be amplified by the conditionality of a securing a complementary investment (especially for infrastructure, building, hardware) from the structural funds or other sources. Once established the centres will function as lighthouses with far reaching impact and role models for attracting the best talents. Further, they will demonstrate the success of modern governance and management, and, hence stimulate generalised reforms in the national R&I environment.

In a complementary manner with a focus on the transformation of the academic and higher education system the university related scheme will foster reforms in widening countries embedded in dynamic European university alliances. Scientific excellence in the more traditional sense is the aim of Twinning where focused networks with excellent partners will develop new promising R&I domains and test novel approaches in smaller joint research projects.

Innovation excellence is the focus of excellence hubs where innovation ecosystems in widening countries and beyond will team up and strive for creating better linkages between academia, business, government and society that will foster a real placed based innovation culture in widening countries on the grounds of a strategic agenda in line with regional or national smart specialisation strategies. In this context, synergies will be sought with the programme parts on European Innovation Ecosystems and the European Institute of Innovation & Technology (EIT).

Furthermore, research and innovation performance is correlated with the efficiency of the national research and innovation system and the capacity and the effectiveness of the National Contact Points (NCPs). Special attention should be given to the less experienced entities in low R&I performing countries to bridge the knowledge gap and rapidly acquire know-how accumulated in other countries thus enabling better access to funding opportunities in the EU Framework Programmes and beyond.

A dedicated support mechanism is envisaged in this Work programme part with the specific objective to strengthen the activities of NCPs to support international networking and to improve the quality of proposals from legal entities from low R&I performing countries.

The NCP action will include the establishment of an NCP network for the ERA component of this work programme part.

In addition, particular attention will be paid to cross-cutting objectives set for Horizon Europe, such as gender equality and open science practices, through the different funded actions.

Expected impact

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impacts:

1.Increased science and innovation capacities for all actors in the R&I system in widening countries

2.Structural changes leading to a modernised and more competitive R&I systems in eligible countries

3.Reformed R&I systems and institutions leading also to increased attractiveness and retention of research talents

4.Mobilisation of national and European resources for strategic investments

5.Higher participation success in Horizon Europe and more consortium leadership roles

6.Stronger linkages between academia and business and improved career permeability

7.Strengthened role of the Higher Education sector in research and innovation

8.Greater involvement of regional actors in R&I process

9.Improved outreach to international scale for all actors

10.A more consistent level of NCP support services across Europe

11.An improved and professionalised NCPs in the widening countries, that would help simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-01-two-stage

180.00

05 Oct 2021 (First Stage)

08 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-02

21.00

05 Oct 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-03

149.00

18 Jan 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-04

50.00

15 Mar 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-05

30.00

04 Nov 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-06

5.00

29 Sep 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-07

40.00

20 Apr 2022

10 Nov 2022

Overall indicative budget

205.00

270.00

Call - Teaming for Excellence

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-01-two-stage

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 2

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 3

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 29 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 05 Oct 2021 (First Stage), 08 Sep 2022 (Second Stage)

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-01-01-two-stage

CSA

180.00

8.00 to 15.00

12

Overall indicative budget

180.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-01-01-two-stage: Teaming for Excellence

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 180.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

A Teaming project must involve at least two beneficiaries: a) the main applicant organisation (the coordinator) which will be a university or a research organisation, a national or regional authority or a research funding agency, and b) at least one leading university or research organisation established in another Member State or Associated Country as an advanced partner.

The project must have a complementary funding (e.g. national and/or regional funding, European funding, such as from Cohesion policy programmes, or private sources). Its total amount must at least equal the total requested Horizon Europe contribution.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

Since funding for projects funded under this topic is coming from more than one source, this action is an EU Synergy grant and the following conditions will apply:

The project proposal will undergo a joint evaluation of both project parts funded under Horizon Europe and under any chosen complementary funding source, such as from Cohesion policy programmes. The operations supported by a complementary source must comply with the scope of the supporting programme, and they must provide an effective contribution to the achievement of programme’s specific objectives. In addition, when Cohesion policy funding is mobilised, it must be consistent with the relevant smart specialisation strategy.

A clear description of the project part supported by a complementary funding must be included in the proposal, where relevant including the eligible category of research and development, technical specifications of infrastructure, preliminary planning for building and installations, cost-benefit analysis, etc.

In kind contributions are not considered complementary funding.

All recruitments have to follow a transparent, merit based and open recruitment procedures

The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, as indicated in Point 4) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking). The method described in its 1), 2), 3) and 5) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications exceeding all of the evaluation thresholds set out in this work programme, but cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

Expected Outcome: Disparities in R&I performance are due to, among other reasons, the insufficient critical mass of science and lack of centres of excellence having sufficient competence to engage countries and regions strategically in a path of innovative growth. Teaming is responding to this challenge establishing new centers of excellence or modernising existing ones with the help of leading European partnering institutions. This will help countries to increase their R&I intensity and to attain a competitive position in the European R&I system and globally, especially by becoming drivers of change.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased scientific capabilities of the beneficiary institution and the host country enabling them to successfully apply for competitive funding in the EU and globally,

2.Improved the R&I culture of the country hosting the co-ordinator (indicators such as research intensity, innovation performance, values towards R&I) through centers of excellence as lighthouses and role models,

3.Stimulus for institutional and systemic reforms and R&I investments at national level taking into account the enabling conditions on governance of smart specialisation introduced under cohesion policy programmes as far as applicable,

4.Strengthened and mutually benefitting collaboration with partners from leading scientific institutions from abroad,

5.Development and promotion of new research strands in relevant domains,

6.Developed and enhanced research and innovation capacities and the uptake of advanced technologies,

7.Contribution to the achievement of the specific objectives of the supporting national/regional/EU programme as complementary funding,

8.Enhanced innovation and integration of planned processes, services and products of the centre,

9.Enhanced co-operation and synergies with other EU projects.

Scope:  

Teaming is one of the actions that stimulates Europe exploiting its potential by maximising and spreading the benefits of research and innovation. It is vital for Europe's competitiveness and its ability to address societal challenges.

The Teaming action is designed to support the creation of new centres of excellence or upgrading the existing ones in low R&I performing countries, building on partnerships between leading scientific institutions in Europe and the main beneficiary institutions in low R&I performing countries that display the willingness to engage together for this purpose. This can help countries that are lagging behind in terms of research and innovation performance attaining a competitive position in the global value chains. Leading scientific institutions are advanced and established partners that have developed an outstanding reputation in research and innovation excellence in the chosen scientific domain. Institutions that are still in the process of development or modernisation, e.g. those that are still receiving support as coordinators from widening actions under Horizon 2020, are normally not considered leading institutions, unless a proper justification is provided for in the proposal.

In order to maximise impact of research and innovation on society, environment and economy at large and to contribute in particular to the achievement of the Union’s objectives, Union funding must be coherent and work in synergy. This notion is highly relevant for Teaming action, where a complementary funding from a national (or regional or European or private source) is required. The implementation of Teaming action is expected to become an influential and meaningful bridge particularly between smart specialisation strategies and excellence in R&I with the aim of strengthening the European Research Area and contributing to the Sustainable Development Goals.

Whatever the source of the required complementary funding, a Teaming project, as a notable flagship in its host country, exemplifies not only the achievements in R&I, capacity building or competitiveness, but also sets and facilitates synergies in practise.

The evaluation of the complementary funding part may use additional criteria required by, where relevant, the Cohesion Policy programmes and/or legislation. The managers of the complementary funding should apply to the operations the categories, maximum amounts and methods of calculation of eligible costs established under Horizon Europe. In addition, they should be able to apply Art.25 (d) of the revised General Block Exemption Regulation.

Proposals may be evaluated by an additional panel of experts with specific knowledge on complementary funding sources.

In the first stage of evaluation the R&I excellence and the conceptual approach for the Centers of Excellence will be evaluated. Applicants have to present a strategic vision on how to develop R&I excellence beyond the state of the art in the chosen domain and on how the co-ordinator will benefit from the partnership with a leading institution from abroad. In addition, the conceptual approach should outline how the access to complementary funding from other sources will be ensured, in the respect of national, regional and/or European strategies or policy priorities (e.g. notably smart specialisation strategies, Green Deal, Digital transformation). Proposals also should sketch out briefly how the autonomy of the envisaged center will be ensured and the necessary human resources recruited and retained.

Proposals invited to the second stage must include an investment plan for the full project including a binding commitment for the necessary complementary funding.

At a detailed level the full proposal should:

1.Present a strategy for how the centre will develop excellence in the chosen relevant R&I domain that will put it at the competitive edge beyond the state of the art enabling future success in competitive calls,

2.Demonstrate the growth potential and expected socio-economic outreach of the Centre of Excellence for the benefit of the host country or region,

3.Demonstrate how the project will contribute to encouraging and supporting reforms of the R&I system at regional and or/national level,

4.Elaborate on the structure of the consortium and how this will create a win-win situation,

5.Demonstrate how the newly established/upgraded Centre will have full autonomy in decision-making. In particular, the Centre of Excellence should have the maximum degree of autonomy in terms of taking its own decisions, being in legal, administrative, operational, personnel and academic matters. The Centre should be able to fix and pay competitive salaries for its personnel,

6.Elaborate on the steps that will be taken to ensure long-term self-sustainability after the end of the Horizon Europe grant,

7.Propose a robust human resource strategy that addresses gender equality (in line with the research institutions respective gender equality plans) and international component, ensuring appropriate management capacities for the effective and efficient running of the Centre of Excellence,

8.In order to assure the autonomy of the Centre of Excellence (CoE), if relevant, the project might benefit of having the CoE coordinating the project within the duration of the Grant,

9.Present an investment plan including the letter(s) of commitment for complementary funding from the competent national/regional authorities or private sources to commit financial resources (e.g. resources coming from programmes co-financed by the ERDF or other sources ) for implementing the future Centre, in particular regarding investment in infrastructure and equipment. The letter(s) of commitment for complementary funding of the project will be an integral part of the evaluation of the proposal,

10.The grant awarded from the Horizon Europe budget should provide substantial support for the start-up and implementation phase of the future Centre of Excellence including the recruitment of the managerial, technical and scientific personnel. It should also cover expenses related to team members of the future Centre of Excellence (e.g. their salaries, recruitment costs 4 , management costs, travel and subsistence costs),

11.A minor research component can be accepted not exceeding 10% of the total Horizon Europe grant that may include a preparatory research project. Such small research project embedded in the Teaming action should be aligned with the objectives of the project and e.g. serve the purpose of developing and testing new methodologies and instruments and/or the integration of new scientific personnel. If preparatory research activity is planned to carry out, the outline of a respective work plan at an appropriate level of detail should be presented,

12.The duration of the grant should be up to six years.

Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with ERA objectives.

Call - Twinning Western Balkans

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 5

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 6

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 29 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 05 Oct 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-02-01

CSA

21.00

0.80 to 1.50

14

Overall indicative budget

21.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-02-01: Twinning Western Balkans Special

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The coordinator must be a legal entity established in one of the following countries: Republic of Albania, Montenegro, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo[This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence], Montenegro, Republic of North Macedonia, and Republic of Serbia.

Furthermore, at least 70% of the budget for research activities must be allocated to the coordinator from the above stated eligible countries.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, as indicated in Point 4) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking). The method described in 1), 2), 3) and 5) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

Expected Outcome: The special Twinning call for Western Balkans will contribute to the wide policy initiative to support of Western Balkan countries. The European Commission adopted on 6th of October a comprehensive Economic and Investment Plan for the Western Balkans (COM(2020) 641, 6/10/2020) , which aims to spur the long-term economic recovery of the region, support a green and digital transition, foster regional integration and convergence with the European Union.

Twinning aims to enhance networking activities between the research institutions of the Western Balkan Countries and top-class leading counterparts at EU level by linking it with at least two research institutions from two different Member States or Associated Countries. Therefore, building on the huge potential of networking for excellence through knowledge transfer and exchange of best practice between research institutions and partners. Twinning actions intend to help raise the research profile of the institution from the Western Balkan country as well as the research profile of its staff including a special focus on strengthening the research management and administrative skills of the coordination institution from the Western Balkan Country.

In order to support reaching the goals of the Economic and Investment Plan for the Western Balkans and to ensure the sustainability of investment in the region, the Commission will propose a dedicated Agenda for the Western Balkans on Innovation, Research, Education, Culture, Youth and Sport ('Innovation Agenda for the Western Balkans').

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved excellence capacity and resources in Western Balkan countries enabling to close the still apparent research and innovation gap within Europe.

2.Enhanced strategic networking activities between the research institutions of the Western Balkan countries and at least two internationally-leading counterparts at EU level.

3.Raised reputation, research profile and attractiveness of the coordinating institution from the Western Balkan country and the research profile of its staff.

4.Strengthened research management capacities and administrative skills of the staff working in institutions from the Western Balkan country.

5.Improved creativity supported by development of new approaches in R&I collaboration, increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists.

Scope: The purpose of the special Twinning call is to raise the bar for excellence of all R&I actors in these countries. It will be implemented as one special call for Western Balkan countries with a limited eligibility for hosting the co-ordinator for the following countries Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo, Montenegro, North Macedonia and Serbia in 2021.

This special Twinning aims to enhance networking activities between the research institutions of the Western Balkan countries and leading counterparts at EU level. It links the coordinator located in a Western Balkan country with at least two leading research institutions from two different Member States or Associated Countries in the role of the advanced partners. Therefore, it builds on the huge potential of networking for excellence through knowledge transfer and exchange of best practice between research institutions and partners.

Twinning proposals should have to clearly outline the scientific strategy for stepping up and stimulating scientific excellence and innovation capacity in a defined area of research as well as the scientific quality of the partners involved in the twinning exercise. This scientific strategy should include arrangements for formulating new (or ongoing) joint research project(s) in the scientific area of choice and describe how Twinning will take this research to a new stage, by enlarging its scope and/or the research partnership. If relevant, any links with sustainable development objectives are to be outlined.

Such a strategy should include a comprehensive set of activities to be supported. These should include at least a number of the following: a) short-term staff exchanges; b) expert visits and short term on-site or virtual training; c) workshops; d) conference attendance; e) organisation of joint summer school type activities; f) dissemination and outreach activities. As far as appropriate these activities should take into account the gender equality plans of the participants.

Proposals should also focus on strengthening the research management and administration skills of the coordinating institution from the Western Balkan country. A dedicated work package or task should emphasise specific activities, which will help the staff of the coordinating institution to improve their proposal preparation and project management/administration skills. If not yet in place, setting up/upgrading a research management/administration unit within the coordinating institution would be beneficial. This will be achieved by fully utilising the experience and best practices of the internationally leading partners and is expected to be a concrete deliverable of the Twinning exercise.

A research component not exceeding 30% of the total Horizon Europe grant may include an exploratory research project. This will open opportunities for integrating smaller research projects and by this strengthening the commitment and the engagement of the twinning partners.

The Twinning proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the twinning exercise within the coordinating institution (and possibly at regional/national level) based on indicators, such as expected future publications in peer reviewed journals, collaboration agreements with businesses, intellectual property, new innovative products or services, number of international students and of local students’ national and international mobility, number of women scientists and their roles in the institutions.

It should be explained how the leading scientific institutions in the partnership will contribute in terms of provision of access to new research avenues, creativity and the development of new approaches, as well as acting as a source of increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists. The benefits for the leading scientific institutions and the way they would materialise through the partnership should be substantiated.

Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with ERA objectives, as far as appropriate.

The research part of the project should be presented through a dedicated work package and plan including the scientific objectives, tasks and roles of the partners.

The duration of the Twinning project should be up to 3 years.

Call - Twinning

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 7

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 8

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 20 Jul 2021

Deadline(s): 18 Jan 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-03-01

CSA

149.00

0.80 to 1.50

100

Overall indicative budget

149.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-03-01: Twinning

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 149.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation. Furthermore, at least 70% of the budget for research activities must be allocated to the coordinator from a widening country.

Proposals also submitted under call HORIZON-WIDERA-ACCESS-02 Twinning Western Balkans are not eligible.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, as indicated in Point 4) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking). The method described in 1), 2), 3) and 5) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

Expected Outcome: To prevent further disparities, maximize investment in R&D and enhance economic growth, Horizon Europe is taking relevant actions under Widening participation and spreading excellence objective. Twinning actions are one of the main instruments of this objective.

Twinning aims to enhance networking activities between the research institutions of the Widening countries and top-class leading counterparts at EU level by linking it with at least two research institutions from two different Member States or Associated Countries. Therefore, building on the huge potential of networking for excellence through knowledge transfer and exchange of best practice between research institutions and partners. Twinning actions intend to help raise the research profile of the institution from the Widening country as well as the research profile of its staff including a special focus on strengthening the research management and administrative skills of the coordination institution from the Widening country.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved excellence capacity and resources in Widening countries enabling to close the still apparent research and innovation gap within Europe.

2.Enhanced strategic networking activities between the research institutions of the Widening countries and at least two internationally-leading counterparts at EU level.

3.Raised reputation, research profile and attractiveness of the coordinating institution from the Widening country and the research profile of its staff.

4.Strengthened research management capacities and administrative skills of the staff working in institutions from the Widening country.

5.Improved creativity supported by development of new approaches in R&I collaboration, increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists.

Scope: Twinning proposals should have to clearly outline the scientific strategy for stepping up and stimulating scientific excellence and innovation capacity in a defined area of research as well as the scientific quality of the partners involved in the twinning exercise. This scientific strategy should include arrangements for formulating new (or ongoing) joint research project(s) in the scientific area of choice and describe how Twinning will take this research to a new stage, by enlarging its scope and/or the research partnership. If relevant, any links with sustainable development objectives are to be outlined.

Such a strategy should include a comprehensive set of activities to be supported. These should include at least a number of the following: short-term staff exchanges; expert visits and short term on-site or virtual training; workshops; conference attendance; organisation of joint summer school type activities; dissemination and outreach activities. As far as appropriate these activities should take into account the gender equality plans of the participants.

Proposals should also focus on strengthening the research management and administration skills of the coordinating institution from the Widening country. This should take the form of a dedicated work package or task, placing emphasis to specific activities, in view of helping the staff of the coordinating institution to improve their proposal preparation and project management/administration skills. If not yet in place, setting up/upgrading a research management/administration unit within the coordinating institution would be beneficial. This will be achieved by fully utilising the experience and best practices of the internationally leading partners and is expected to be a concrete deliverable of the Twinning exercise.

A research component not exceeding 30% of the total Horizon Europe grant may include an exploratory research project. This will open opportunities for integrating smaller research activities and by this strengthening the commitment and the engagement of the twinning partners.

The Twinning proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the twinning exercise within the coordinating institution (and possibly at regional/national level) based on indicators such as expected future publications in peer reviewed journals, collaboration agreements with businesses, intellectual property, new innovative products or services, number of international students, number of women scientists and their roles in the research institutions.

It should be explained how the leading scientific institutions in the partnership will contribute in terms of provision of access to new research avenues, creativity and the development of new approaches, as well as acting as a source for increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists and young researchers including doctoral candidates. The benefits for the leading scientific institutions and the way they would materialise through the partnership should be substantiated.

Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with ERA objectives, as far as appropriate.

The research part of the project should be presented through a dedicated work package and plan including the scientific objectives, tasks and roles of the partners.

The duration of the Twinning project should be up to 3 years.

Call - Excellence Hubs

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-04

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 9

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 10

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 03 Nov 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Mar 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-04-01

CSA

50.00

3.00 to 5.00

10

Overall indicative budget

50.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-04-01: Excellence Hubs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, as indicated in Point 4) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking). The method described in 1), 2), 3) and 5) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

Other requirement

Consortia must include at least two different place based R&I ecosystems in at least two different countries eligible to host the co-ordinator under the widening part of Horizon Europe. Each ecosystem needs to include four different categories of actors i.e. a) academic institutions (universities and/or non-university research centers or labs), b) business entities (active established firms with relevant revenues), c) public authorities or authorised agencies and d) societal actors (civil society organisations, associations, citizens, end users, media, cultural actors etc.). This quadruple helix approach needs to be presented in the proposal either by one or more umbrella organisations (e.g. clusters) or representative individual entities representing each of the four categories. Ecosystems with a large number of members are to be preferably represented by a limited number of key players (at least two, thereof one research and one business partner) whereas proposed activities are open for participation of other members, too. Such member need to confirm their engagement in the project by letters of endorsement (signed by the member sheet). At least one of the business entities needs to be an established firm (no start-up) with significant and proven operational income to be verifiable by balance sheets or business reports of at least two consecutive years. In addition, consultants and start-ups may participate if duly justified.

Expected Outcome: Excellence hubs are an initiative to strengthen regional innovation excellence in placed based innovation ecosystems by cross-border collaboration on a common strategy and/or alongside value adding chains. Place based innovation ecosystems are interconnected companies, research institutions, governmental bodies and societal actors that are mutually reinforcing each other in a territorial context and together raise the level of innovation excellence in their regional fabric.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Excellent and sustainable place based innovation ecosystems in Widening countries and beyond in relevant domains of cutting-edge science and innovation

2.Long term joint R&I strategies underpinned by concrete action plans of European relevance

3.Common investment plans for R&I including infrastructures leveraging national, regional and European funds as well as private capital in a synergetic manner

4.R&I pilot projects alongside a joint strategy and in line with regional and national strategies, notably regional innovation strategies for smart specialisation (RIS3)

5.New competencies and skills for researchers, entrepreneurs and professionals in R&I intensive domains

6.Strengthened linkages between science and business

7.Poles of attraction for talents in catching up regions and countries

8.Improved knowledge transfer and development of entrepreneurial skills.

9.Uptake of innovative technologies

10.New business opportunities especially for SMEs and new employment.

Scope: Excellence hubs are part of the European excellence initiative and complement the science oriented schemes Teaming, Twinning, ERA Chairs and the European excellence initiative for universities by a dedicated innovation component. Excellence hubs will focus on innovation by allowing innovation ecosystems in widening countries and beyond, to team up and create better linkages between academia, business, government and society. This will foster a real placed based innovation culture in widening countries based on a strategic agenda aligned with regional or national smart specialisation strategies. In this context, synergies will be sought with the programme parts on European Innovation Ecosystems and the European Institute of Innovation & Technology (EIT).

This action is embedded into the broader European initiative on ERA hubs and will help to bridge the innovation divide in this context. It responds to the third priority in the ERA communication on translating R&I results into the economy and will especially support R&I policies aiming at boosting the resilience and competitiveness of our economies and societies. This means ensuring Europe’s competitive leadership in the global race for technology based on excellence while improving the environment for business R&I investment, deployment of new technologies and enhancing the take up and visibility of research results in the economy and society as a whole. This action addresses regions as R&I actors since they are the place where the innovation and industrial ecosystems breath and develop, making the links between Europe and industry/SMEs, research centres, innovation stakeholders as well as citizens. Regionally developed innovation ecosystems connected across Europe will be the driver of new European strategic value chain.

Unlike Teaming projects that are centred around a single beneficiary Excellence hubs are networks of place based innovation ecosystems in widening countries involving larger communities of actors in a regional context based on the quadruple helix principle (see below). Individual participants and ecosystems from other EU member states, associated countries and international co-operation partners may join in duly justified cases e.g. given by a specific expertise needed or the involvement in a relevant value adding chain.

Projects should be established around the following core components:

1.Cross-border joint R&I strategy aligned with regional smart specialisation strategies and/or European policy priorities such as the green and digital transition

2.R&I project consolidating academia business linkages and providing evidence for strategy building and investment

3.Action and investment plans for implementation of the strategy

4.Conceptual design and pre-planning for pilots and demonstrators (if applicable) in line with the strategy

5.Accompanying measures e.g. to raise visibility, citizen engagement, technology transfer, entrepreneurship training, staff exchange, mutual learning etc.

Excellence hubs should improve access to excellence for R&I actors in widening countries and elaborate joint R&I strategies that are aligned with national, regional (notably RIS3) and/or European strategies or policy priorities (e.g. Green Deal, Digital transition). These strategies will be underpinned by concrete actions plans and an investment strategy that reaches out beyond the project’s lifetime and will leverage national, regional and European funds as well as private (venture) capital. Investment plans may include pertinent R&I infrastructures as well as demonstrators and pilots.

The research component should be developed by joint pilot research projects in a domain covered by the joint strategy that will facilitate long term cross border and inter-sectoral collaborative links between partners notably academia and business and advancement in science and technology development with market potential. In a particular R&I projects should serve the purpose to close knowledge gaps and develop evidence to underpin the development of the strategy and the investment plans. For example, in the R&I projects lab prototypes might be developed leading to the design of pilot plants or demonstrators (see above). However, the realisation of such pilots and demonstrators must be financed by other sources in particular programmes co-financed by the ERDF. The approach how to access such co-funding at a later stage should be sketched out in the proposal. Notably for the case of ERDF the proposal should demonstrate the alignment with the pertinent regional smart specialisation.

Accompanying measures are complementary activities that may promote knowledge and technology transfer, mutual learning and skills development especially in research and innovation management and entrepreneurship as well as citizen engagement. Mutual secondments and staff exchange within and between ecosystems will help to build trust and long term collaborative links.

Proposals should outline the nexus of collaborative links and if applicable competitive relations of commercial actors within each of the ecosystems in a conceptual model. Ecosystems or individual partners from outside the widening countries may participate in the consortium as long as they prove added value by facilitating access to excellence for the widening countries. Proposals should convincingly demonstrate the relevance of the chosen scientific domain by its alignment with regional (in particular RIS3), national and/or European R&I strategies and policy priorities. Applicants may choose between a more regional orientation e.g. proven by a common denominator in their regional smart specialisation strategy and/or a more global orientation towards European policy priorities such as the green or digital transition.

The description of R&I content based on this choice should include a long-term vision beyond the state of the art of the chosen R&I domain. On top of that, proposal need to demonstrate the win-win effects of the partnership established by the consortium and the benefits for employment and post crisis recovery. For the implementation, proposals should present a coherent package of actions well proportioned in terms of strategy development, research, innovation and outreach activities.

Excellence hubs as a new action under the widening component are complementary but different to initiatives such as Digital hubs or the EIT regional innovation scheme (RIS) because of their strategic orientation, broader scope and alignment with widening eligibility criteria.

The expected duration of the project is up to 4 years.

Call - European Excellence Initiative (EEI): Strengthening capacity for excellence in higher education institutions and surrounding ecosystems

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-05

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 11

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 12

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 29 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 04 Nov 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-05-01

CSA

30.00

1.50 to 2.00

15

Overall indicative budget

30.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-05-01: Capacity building to strengthen networks of higher education institutions and cooperation with surrounding ecosystems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

Entities who already benefit from the European Universities initiative pilot funding of Horizon 2020 can participate, but are excluded from receiving funding through this action.

Expected Outcome: The European Universities initiative, currently piloted under Erasmus+ and supported through Horizon 2020 has created enormous dynamism across higher education sector to jointly create critical mass and implement institutional transformation strategies towards universities of the future, involving also surrounding ecosystems. The European Universities will be drivers of a European Excellence Initiative in the future with a distinct widening module.

Through the European Excellence Initiative, Horizon Europe’s support aims at the transformation of higher education sector and their surrounding ecosystems, including non-university research centres. The Excellence Initiative would thereby mobilise local and regional government’s investments in higher education sector (in its broadest sense). It will also include research activities in strategically relevant domains with a centre of gravity in widening countries. The widening dimension and relevance will be closely monitored on the grounds of an overall distribution KPI.

Pending the evaluation of the European Universities pilot portfolio in 2021-2022, the European Excellence Initiative in 2021 will focus on capacity building for networks of higher education institutions and partners in the local ecosystem, with a view of preparing the networks towards the full roll-out of the European Universities initiative in the years to come as announced in the European Skills Agenda adopted by the Commission on 1 July 2020.

Further to its proposals adopted on 30 September 2020 for the new ERA for Research and Innovation and the European Education Area, supported by the Council in its Conclusions, the Commission will engage further with the sector towards developing a higher education transformation agenda.

Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Integrated and longer term cooperation between the partner higher education institutions (HEI) in the network, and with actors in surrounding ecosystems, jointly creating critical mass to contribute better to major societal challenges;

2.Tangible progress towards institutional transformation / modernisation of HEI (in its broadest sense), including through pilots or study cases, with a particular emphasis on the entities located in widening countries;

3.Strengthened cooperation with a view to raising excellence, global competitiveness, and general attractiveness for international talents and investments, including gender equality provisions; this includes preparations to embark onto the potential future European Universities initiative;

4.Contribute to a portfolio of successful cooperation models for modernisation/ transformation at research and innovation level, in synergy with HEI’s education dimension; identify remaining barriers at regional/national/EU level hampering cooperation between HEI and modernisation of HEI; act as a regional role model of successful transformation;

5.Facilitate future synergies between the European Education Area and the European Research Area, in particular in relation to the European Universities alliances.

Scope: The capacity building towards the European Excellence Initiative aims to significantly strengthening cooperation between at least two organisations from higher education sector in a Widening country (or different Widening countries), by linking it with at least two internationally-leading institutions from two different Member States or Associated Countries.

1.Enhance the scientific and technological capacity of the linked institutions with a principal focus on the entities from the Widening Country/-ies;

2.Help raise the excellence profile of the HEI from the Widening country as well as the excellence profile of its staff;

3.Strengthen considerably the networks towards realising integrated cooperation between the participating entities in the research and innovation dimension, in synergy with the entities’ education and training dimensions.

Proposals are expected to clearly outline the cooperation and strategy for stepping up and stimulating scientific excellence and innovation capacity in defined areas of research and innovation as well as the scientific quality of the partners involved in the exercise. This strategy should include arrangements for institutional transformation according to a shared agenda that could include (a) developing shared research & innovation strategies and roadmaps to create directional and interdisciplinary critical mass, in order to more effectively create impact for society; (b) sharing capacity and resources, through collaborative settings preparing the network towards the establishment of a European Universities alliance or similar long-term network, (c) strengthening attractiveness of researchers’ careers, towards a pipeline of talents crucial for an effective European Research Area, including reform in career assessment; (d) co-operation with surrounding ecosystem actors for the transmission of knowledge and talents, e.g. through creation or reinforcing of technology transfer offices and cooperation platforms; (e) transition to knowledge- and digitally-driven universities, conducting Open Science; (f) creating proximity to and engaging citizens for solving societal challenges; (g) supporting institutional change through inclusive gender equality plans. Where relevant, any links with sustainable development objectives are to be outlined.

The way forward with and within the different priority areas for transformation of universities remains the choice of the beneficiaries. For all areas listed above, where appropriate, legal, regulatory, and financial barriers hampering cooperation among HEI in research and innovation as well as recommendations on the way forward should be identified. More detailed information, including examples of activities that can be supported within these different priority areas can be found in the accompanying information document 13 , which is published together with this work programme.

The common strategy should include a comprehensive set of activities to be supported. These should include at least a number of the following: short term staff exchanges; expert visits and short-term on-site or virtual training; workshops; conference attendance; organisation of joint summer school type activities; dissemination and outreach activities; research management and administration; capacity building for research management and technology transfer; explorative research projects (led by widening partners) to develop new research strands etc.; capacity building for the application of open science practices.

Proposals should target the higher education sector; this may include any type of university, research organisations, academies of science, polytechnic universities, universities of applied science, and specialised public laboratories. HEI partners in surrounding ecosystems, such as businesses, societal actors or other non-academic entities are encouraged to be involved as partner organisations.

Call - Support for R&I policy making in the Western Balkans

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-06

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 14

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 15

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 29 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 29 Sep 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-06-01

CSA

5.00

4.00 to 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

5.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-06-01: Support for R&I policy making in the Western Balkans

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome:  

The actions funded under this topic will coordinate national and regional R&I, Education, Culture, Youth and Sport initiatives by pooling resources and contributing to the alignment of national and regional research, innovation, education, cultural youth and sport policies and thus contributing to the objectives of the Widening programme.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Support to the Western Balkans Steering Platforms for Research and Innovation, and Education and Training as valuable instruments of policy dialogue with the region (incl. support to the annual Ministerial meeting of the Western Balkans Platforms on Education and Training, Research and Innovation and Culture);

2.Facilitation of the implementation of the Western Balkans Agenda on Innovation, Research, Education, Culture, Youth and Sport:

1.Highlighting the strategic importance of the Western Balkans and facilitating actions aiming to support the region’s EU integration process, covering Research, Innovation, Education, Culture, Youth and Sport.

2.Aiming to promote regional economic growth and prosperity through planned investments, to be directed towards game-changing innovations and actions that create a sustainable and human centric development and digital future. Support the ongoing process of reforming education, training and research systems, and the development of the cultural and creative sectors with more and better opportunities for capacity building.

3.Contributing to the closer integration of the Western Balkan partners with the EU’s priorities, most notably the Green Deal, the Digital transformation, including the enhancement of ICT and digital skills along the lines of the Digital Agenda for the Western Balkans and the renewed Digital Education Action Plan, the European Education Area and an Economy that works for and connects people and communities.

3.Providing support to the accession process and facilitate the association of Western Balkan countries to relevant European funding programmes.

4.Identification of common priorities agreed among the participating national and regional R&I, education and cultural programmes as well as activities in the field of youth and sport, taking into account international developments where relevant;

5.Contribution to joint initiatives, resulting in the funding of cross-border innovation actions, design/implement a portfolio of complementary actions which would enable Western Balkans stakeholders and policy makers to better internationalise and integrate in EU actions and policy making;

Implementation of and financial support to other joint activities supporting R&I, regulatory or societal uptake of results.

Scope:  

The COVID-19 pandemic has stressed the important role of research and innovation to tackle the immediate crises but also to ensure a sustainable and inclusive recovery while boosting the resilience of production sectors, the competitiveness of economies, and the transformation of the socio-economic systems across Europe. The Western Balkans are trying to catch up on Research, Development and Innovation (RDI). Closer links between research and innovation and institutional cooperation to produce high-quality knowledge, underpinning economic and societal solutions are paramount to help bridging the R&I gap between the EU Member States and (potential) Candidate Countries. Actions stemming from this Call will foster the capacity building in the Western Balkans to allow successful participation in the R&I process, improve the Technology Transfer Process, promote networking of and access to excellence, thus optimising the participation in and impact of Horizon Europe across the region. Activities from this Call will strengthen and foster the development of the human capital base in the region, they will promote the establishment of open, inclusive and responsible national research and innovation systems, support an institutional change through the development of inclusive gender equality plans in line with Horizon Europe and the ERA objectives, as well as support evidence based policy making.

The expected duration of the project is up to four years.

Underpinning the Western Balkans Agenda on Innovation, Research, Education, Culture, Youth and Sport, this action will foster a comprehensive policy approach, while seeking synergies across the entire Horizon Europe and other EU funding programmes. An action funded under this call will support the coordination and synchronised interaction among a multitude of instruments and programmes targeting the Western Balkans region. This should not only facilitate an increased participation of Western Balkan entities in relevant European funding programmes but also create economies of scale, complementarity, synergies, and avoid overlapping of actions.

An action stemming from this topic will support a platform for the various services addressing education, culture, youth, sport, research and innovation in the Western Balkans in their programming and implementation. All these areas are key for finding new solutions to the challenges we are facing across South East Europe. The actions should also aim to support the implementation of people-to-people cooperation projects with and within the Western Balkans, supporting partnerships between higher education institutions as well as creative professionals and industries and European incubation networks for creativity-driven innovation.

This action aligns with ERA and Widening objectives in that it aims to strengthen links with EU partners and opens up to EU networks, contributes to improving research and innovation management capacities in the Western Balkans, and it supports national policy reforms through targeted actions. A key element in this is the support to the development and implementation of Smart Specialisation Strategies and macro-regional strategies in cooperation with the JRC and the Policy Support Facility.

Initiatives in the fields of research, innovation, education, culture, youth and sport create new opportunities, reduce the skills mismatch, help to tackle climate change, support sustainable economic growth, the competitiveness of businesses and industries and the intercultural dialogue, enables digital transformation and provides better public services for all Europeans. The challenges of today require international efforts, addressing them jointly is in of broader and direct interest.

Proposals are invited to demonstrate engagement from relevant programmes and initiatives to pool resources and to ensure complementarity between activities and policies with those of the Framework Programme and relevant initiatives.

Proposals should seek parallel synergies with national (or regional) research programmes and initiatives as well, where appropriate, facilitate access to resources from national agencies, pertinent foundations, charities and transnational initiatives.

The proposal should also demonstrate potential impact on national, regional and transnational research and innovation.

Participation of key legal entities from associated third countries, particularly from the Western Balkans, is encouraged.

Call - Hop On Facility

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-07

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 16

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 17

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 04 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022, 10 Nov 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-07-01

RIA

40.00

0.20 to 0.50

80

Overall indicative budget

40.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-07-01: Hop On Facility

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.20 and 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in Widening countries may join already selected actions, subject to the agreement of the respective consortium and provided that legal entities from such countries are not yet participating in it.

The proposal must be submitted by the co-ordinator of a consortium funded under Pillar 2 or a EIC Pathfinder call of Horizon Europe with a valid grant agreement that does not have any participant from a country eligible to host the co-ordinator under the Widening component (Widening country). The proposal must include the accession of one additional partner from a widening country.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The proposal will be evaluated by independent experts focussing on the added value of the new partner and the work-package or task assigned to this institution in the context of the ongoing project. The ongoing project as such is not subject of the evaluation.
In case of proposals receiving equal score in the ranking procedure, a preference will be given to those proposals with a particular relevance to green or digital transitions of the economy.

Expected Outcome: The Hop On Facility is based on Article 20 (3) of the HE Common Understanding providing that the work programme may foresee the possibility for legal entities from low R&I performing countries to join already selected collaborative R&I actions, subject to the agreement of the respective consortium and provided that legal entities from such countries are not yet participating in it. The scheme further aims at achieving the Inclusiveness ambition of the future ERA policy by involving research institutions from widening countries under Horizon Europe Pillar 2 actions.

Main selection criteria are excellence and added value of the new partner performing a relevant additional task in the project. All consortium partners need to agree on the accession of the new partner whereas the R&I relevance and complementarity needs to be demonstrated. The accepted application will trigger a GA amendment with the service in charge of the related topic.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.At system level, it mobilises excellence in the Widening countries, increases visibility of the participants from the Widening countries, improves knowledge circulation, and reduces lack of participation of the Widening countries in specific thematic domains.

2. At organisation level, it opens up silos of established closed consortia, improves research excellence of the Widening country’s institutions in specific fields, enlarges outreach of the participants’ R&I actions and provides access to new talent pools.

3. At the level of the beneficiary, new competencies and skills for working in transnational projects including research management and dissemination and exploitation are acquired.

Scope: The Hop On Facility integrates one additional participant from a Widening country to an ongoing project under Pillar 2 or the EIC pathfinder scheme while topping up a relevant task or work package and the cost incurred by the additional participant. This will happen on a voluntary basis without affecting the freedom of choice for the consortium and the principle of excellence. The Hop On Facility is open to all topics under Pillar 2 and the EIC pathfinder. Applications with activities that contribute to the policy objective of the transition towards a green and digital economy are especially encouraged.

The action will be part of an existing project with a valid Grant Agreement. Applications must demonstrate the R&I added value of the new partner and present a visible and distinct work package for the acceding partner. Proposal should include a detailed description of the profile of the new partner and its role in the existing project. The additional partner and task should be presented in a distinct font or coulour in a doucment based on the Description of the Action (DOA) of the ongoing action. Selected consortia will be invited to submit an amendment request for accession of a new partner, modification of the description of the action and upgrade of the budget.

The budget increase must be exclusively account at the benefit of the new partner with the exception of a coordination fee of up to 10% of the increased budget to be allocated to the coordinator of the consortium.

DESTINATION 2: ATTRACTING AND MOBILISING THE BEST TALENTS

Introduction

In line with the strategic priority of “Deepening the ERA” this part will support further progress on the free circulation of knowledge in an upgraded, efficient and effective R&I system. The destination will be pursued both at the level of individual researchers e.g. helping to develop the skills that researchers need for excellent science and, connecting all actors across Europe and at the level of institutions and smaller research teams around future ERA Chair holders.

ERA Chairs will support universities or research organisations from eligible countries to attract and maintain high-quality human resources under the direction of an outstanding researcher and research manager (the 'ERA Chair holder'), and to implement structural changes to achieve excellence on a sustainable basis.

The institutional dimension will be complemented by opportunities for brain circulation for research and innovation talents across the ERA and across sectors, aiming at reverting the brain drain from widening countries. It will focus support to early career and experienced talents to explore unknown personal territories for professional development and training, by being mobile in the European Research Area in other sectors and in less obvious knowledge hubs across Europe, notably in widening countries. It will put emphasis on intersectoral mobility for early career researchers and innovators and foster a better exploitation of existing (and possibly jointly managed) research infrastructures in the targeted countries through mobility of researchers and innovators. Reinforcing and strengthening the interaction between education and research, such as through the research and innovation dimension of European Universities, training and mobility. Furthermore, specific attention will be paid to promoting gender balance among the supported talents.

Expected impact:

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact:

1.Effective institutional reforms in research institutions in widening countries

2.Better use of existing research infrastructures

3.Excellent talents attracted in institutions and research infrastructures

4.Reverted brain drain

5.Improved linkages and increased mobility between academic and business, notably by overcoming sectoral barriers

6.Free circulation of knowledge and expertise in line with ERA priorities

7.Improved gender balance and equal opportunities

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-01

80.00

15 Mar 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-02

8.00

12 Oct 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-03

24.00

29 Sep 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-04

8.00

29 Sep 2022

Overall indicative budget

120.00

Call - ERA Chairs

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 18

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 19

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 29 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 15 Mar 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-01-01

CSA

80.00

1.50 to 2.50

32

Overall indicative budget

80.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-01-01: ERA Chairs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 80.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, as indicated in Point 4) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking). The method described in 1), 2), 3) and 5) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

The composition, levels of remuneration and timeline of implementation of the ERA Chair holder research team should be indicated and the appointment of team members must follow an open, transparent and merit-based recruitment process with no more than 50% of the team appointees having previous contractual links with the coordinator.

Expected Outcome: Progress towards more and better links between research and innovation actors across European Research Area and beyond is a requirement if Europe as a whole is to capitalise on excellence from across the continent. To foster brain circulation for researchers and innovators the intervention point of the ERA Chairs actions is attracting in a sustainable manner outstanding scientists and innovators to universities or research organisations in catching up countries and regions. This measure of “brain gain” and creation of pockets of excellence will impact on the culture and performance of host institutions.

The leadership of the ERA Chair holder and the creation of a permanent and excellent research group in the chosen scientific field will ensure excellence, visibility and better integration in the European Research Area, as well as fostering competitiveness in research funding and promoting institutional reforms aligned with ERA priorities.

Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

At system level:

1.Increase in number of R&I talents moving to host organisations in Widening countries

2.Increase in international, interdisciplinary and intersectoral mobility of researchers and innovators

3.Encouraging institutional reforms in research institutions and in the national R&I system in widening countries

4.Strengthening of Widening countries’ human capital base in R&I with more entrepreneurial and better trained researchers and innovators

5.Better communication of R&I results to society

6.Better quality and capacity of research and innovation contributing to Europe's competitiveness and growth

7.Improved excellence capacity and resources in Widening countries and close the still apparent research and innovation gap within Europe

At organisation level:

1.Research excellence of the institution in the specific fields covered by the ERA Chair holder.

2.Increased attractiveness of the institution for internationally excellent and mobile researchers.

3.Creation of a permanent and excellent research group in the chosen scientific field with a spill-over effect on the institution;

4.Improved capability to succeed in competitive research funding in the EU and globally, at least, in the fields of choice;

5.Greater contribution to the knowledge-based economy and society

Scope: Research organisations located in widening countries interested in establishing an ERA Chair shall submit a proposal with the prospective ERA Chair holder who should be an outstanding researcher and/or innovator in the chosen scientific domain. The scientific field can be any domain of research and innovation addressed under the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union 20 .

The institution in the Widening country shall be the coordinator and can opt between a joint application with the legal entity currently employing the future ERA Chair or submitting a proposal as a single applicant. For the former, partner institutions can be located in any country (including countries outside the EU) except the country of the coordinator and ERA Chair holders can be citizens of any country in the world.

Proposals should include a CV in Europass form 21 of the future ERA Chair holder and detail the scientific and technical support he/she will provide to the coordinator and how the proposed activities will upgrade from the current situation. If there is a partner institution proposals should outline any additional support to be provided by it to the coordinator. Proposals should also describe any relevant investments of the coordinator in research projects, facilities and infrastructures and how those will be achieved and/or a better use of the installed research capacity (in particular of EU co-funded research infrastructures & facilities). Existing or foreseen arrangements for compliance with ERA priorities 22 including the European Charter for Researchers & Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers 23 are to be outlined in the proposal.

ERA Chair holders should be excellent researchers and/or innovators in the chosen field of research 24 . They should establish a research team fully integrated in the coordinator's institution to significantly improve its research performance in the scientific domain of choice and to be more successful in obtaining competitive funding. The selection of personnel to the research team is to be conducted by an international recruitment panel leaded by the ERA Chair and outlined in proposals. The ERA Chair holder should also have a position within the organisation/university, allowing her/him to make appropriate resource allocation decisions, supervise team members and freely apply for research funding. When this is compatible with the nature of the coordinator, he/she is expected to take on some teaching duties.

To allow for the determination of the commitment of the future ERA Chair holder and of the coordinator institution, proposals shall include: 1) a letter signed by the prospective ERA Chair holder expressing his/her commitment to the proposal and willingness to take on the underlying tasks and obligations; 2) a letter from the head of the coordinator institution committing to the proposal and stating that the ERA Chair holder is to receive adequate support to take on her/his tasks and duties including, for example, access to research facilities, supervision of researchers, teaching duties (if any) and capacity to apply freely to national and international funding.

The ERA Chair holders might move on a temporary or permanent basis to the coordinator’s premises. To this end, secondments or any other legal arrangements (e.g., leave without pay, sabbatical licences) are possible including part-time work and multiple stays. All contractual arrangements and the timeline of ERA Chairs stays at the coordinator should be indicated in the proposal as well as the salary, travel and daily allowances and/or other perks to be offered. If, at any stage, the preferred option is an employment contract, the future contractual arrangements with the coordinator should be detailed.

To ensure the sustainability of the action, the ERA Chair research team should have conditions to thrive after the end of the Horizon Europe funding. This should be clearly demonstrated in the proposal and include the appointment of the leader of the newly created research group on a permanent basis within the coordinator organisation (to which the ERA Chair holder might apply) during the initial 3 years of the duration of the grant. This is to be conducted through an open recruitment procedure to be monitored by the European Commission.

Grants have an expected duration of up to 5 years and cover expenses related to the ERA Chair holder and a number of team members (e.g. their salaries, recruitment costs 25 , administrative costs, travel and subsistence costs) and research costs up to 10% of the EU contribution. Costs to be claimed by a partner institution should be mainly linked to personnel seconded to the coordinator. The grant should also provide a contribution towards measures aimed at facilitating structural changes in the institution (e.g. costs for trainings, meetings, publications and managing Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).

Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with ERA objectives, as far as appropriate.

Call - Fostering balanced brain circulation (BBC) - ERA Fellowships

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 26

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 29 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 12 Oct 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-02-01

TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

8.00

50

Overall indicative budget

8.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-02-01: Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Fellowships

Specific conditions

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

See these exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

See these exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part. These training and mobility actions will be mono-beneficiary grants. The legal entity acting as a coordinator (host organisation) must be established in a widening country.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

See exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

See exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Total indicative budget

The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Expected Outcome: This action builds on the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2021 action (HORIZON-MSCA-PF-2021). The target group are host organisations located in Widening Countries.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

For supported ERA Fellows:

1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects of fellows within academia and beyond;

2.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through interdisciplinary, inter-sectoral and international experience;

3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public, that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact;

For participating organisations in the Widening Countries:

1.Increased alignment of working conditions for researchers in accordance with the principles set out in the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

2.Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training and supervision;

3.Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

4.Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations; better transfer of knowledge;

5.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

For Widening countries:

1.Increased attractiveness for researchers to entities in widening countries, by providing competitive grants and spreading attractive working and employment practices;

2.More postdoctoral researchers attracted to widening countries.

Scope: Fellowships should be provided to excellent researchers 27 , undertaking cross-border mobility either to or between EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries. Applications are expected to be made jointly by the researcher together with a beneficiary in the academic or non-academic sector located in a Widening Country.

ERA Fellowships should take place in a Widening Country. Fellowships are open to researchers of any nationality who wish to engage in R&I projects by either coming to Europe from any country in the world or moving within Europe to a Widening Country.

In order to apply for the ERA Fellowships call, applicants need to submit their proposal to the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions (MSCA) Postdoctoral Fellowships 2021 28 . To be eligible to this call the host organisation must be located in an eligible widening country. The application to the (MSCA) Postdoctoral Fellowships 2021 will be automatically resubmitted to this call in case the proposal fails to reach an adequate place in the ranking to be funded. This simplified submission procedure to the ERA Fellowships call presents applicants moving to Widening countries with an additional funding opportunity but there is the possibility to opt out during the application stage.

The proposals submitted under the ERA Fellowships must fulfil all the admissibility and eligibility conditions of the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2021 and pass all the thresholds for that call.

ERA Fellowships will be implemented applying the award criteria, scoring and threshold for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions. The ranking order for the ERA Fellowships call will follow the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2021 call scores and evaluation procedure and proposals will also retain the scores and comments included in the Evaluation Summary Report (ESR) of this call. The MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2021 model grant agreement will be used to the ERA Fellowships.

Secondments

Researchers receiving an ERA Fellowship may opt to include a secondment phase, within the overall duration of their fellowship in any country worldwide. The secondment phase can be a single period or be divided into shorter mobility periods. Secondments cannot exceed one third of the standard fellowship duration and should be in line with the project objectives, adding significant value and impact to the fellowship.

Placements in the non-academic sector

ERA Fellowships can provide an additional period of up to six months to support researchers seeking a placement at the end of the project to work on R&I projects in an organisation from the non-academic sector established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. While this possibility is also available to fellows recruited in the non-academic sector, such a placement should be implemented at a different non-academic host organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. The request for such a placement should be an integral part of the proposal, explaining the added-value for the project and for the career development of the researcher, and will be subject to evaluation. It must be substantiated by a Letter of Commitment from the European non-academic organisation hosting the secondment 29 . This incentive aims at promoting career moves between sectors and organisations and thereby stimulate innovation and knowledge transfer while expanding career opportunities for researchers.

Training activities

The training activities implemented under the ERA Fellowships should include training for key transferable skills 30 , foster innovation and entrepreneurship, (e.g. commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication, public engagement and citizen science) and promote Open Science practices (open access to publications and to research data, FAIR data management, etc.).

Career Development Plan

In order to equip ERA Fellows with skills that enhance and expand their career opportunities inside and outside academia, a Career Development Plan should be established jointly by the supervisor(s) and the researcher. In addition to research objectives, this plan should comprise the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan has to be submitted as a project deliverable at the beginning of the action and can be updated when needed.

Call - Fostering balanced brain circulation (BBC) - ERA Talents

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 31

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 32

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 29 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 29 Sep 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-03-01

CSA

24.00

0.40 to 0.60

40

Overall indicative budget

24.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-03-01: Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Talents

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.40 and 0.60 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Objective: The objective of this action is to attract more R&I talents of diverse expertise to entities in widening countries, by providing competitive grants and spreading attractive working and employment practices. Pending the outcome of an ongoing study on brain circulation, the action may target a specific or broad audience of early career and experienced researchers, and/or other R&I talents, such as research infrastructure experts and operators, R&I facilitators in higher education institutions and research organisations such as data stewards and knowledge brokers, research managers and administrators, as well as junior researchers in non-academic sector and starting entrepreneurs. Attention should be paid in fostering gender equality in talent recognition and support.

This topic is subject to the conclusions of a study organised by the Commission that will map the brain drain problem across ERA, analyse its causes and identify the most appropriate solutions towards increased attractiveness for talents in Widening Countries and more balanced brain circulation across the ERA.

Call - Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Fellowships

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-04

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 33

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 29 Jun 2022

Deadline(s): 29 Sep 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-04-01

TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

8.00

50

Overall indicative budget

8.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-04-01: Fostering balanced brain circulation – ERA Fellowships

Specific conditions

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

Type of Action

TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

See these exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

See these exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part. These training and mobility actions will be mono-beneficiary grants. The legal entity acting as a coordinator (host organisation) must be established in a widening country.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

See exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

See exceptions and specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Total indicative budget

The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

Expected Outcome:  

This action will build on the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2022 action (HORIZON-MSCA-PF-2022). The target group are host organisations located in Widening Countries.

Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

For supported ERA Fellows:

1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects of fellows within academia and beyond;

2.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through interdisciplinary, inter-sectoral and international experience;

3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public, that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact;

For participating organisations in the Widening Countries:

1.Increased alignment of working conditions for researchers in accordance with the principles set out in the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

2.Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training and supervision;

3.Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

4.Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations; better transfer of knowledge;

5.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

For Widening countries:

1.Increased attractiveness for researchers to entities in widening countries, by providing competitive grants and spreading attractive working and employment practices;

2.More postdoctoral researchers attracted to widening countries.

Scope: Fellowships should be provided to excellent researchers 34 , undertaking cross-border mobility either to or between EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries. Applications are expected to be made jointly by the researcher together with a beneficiary in the academic or non-academic sector located in a Widening Country.

ERA Fellowships should take place in a Widening Country. Fellowships are open to researchers of any nationality who wish to engage in R&I projects by either coming to Europe from any country in the world or moving within Europe to a Widening Country.

Secondments

Researchers receiving an ERA Fellowship may opt to include a secondment phase, within the overall duration of their fellowship in any country worldwide. The secondment phase can be a single period or be divided into shorter mobility periods. Secondments cannot exceed one third of the standard fellowship duration and should be in line with the project objectives, adding significant value and impact to the fellowship.

Placements in the non-academic sector

ERA Fellowships can provide an additional period of up to six months to support researchers seeking a placement at the end of the project to work on R&I projects in an organisation from the non-academic sector established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. While this possibility is also available to fellows recruited in the non-academic sector, such a placement should be implemented at a different non-academic host organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. The request for such a placement should be an integral part of the proposal, explaining the added-value for the project and for the career development of the researcher, and will be subject to evaluation. It must be substantiated by a Letter of Commitment from the European non-academic organisation hosting the secondment 35 . This incentive aims at promoting career moves between sectors and organisations and thereby stimulate innovation and knowledge transfer while expanding career opportunities for researchers.

Training activities

The training activities implemented under the ERA Fellowships should include training for key transferable skills 36 , foster innovation and entrepreneurship, (e.g. commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication, public engagement and citizen science) and promote Open Science practices (open access to publications and to research data, FAIR data management, etc.).

Career Development Plan

In order to equip ERA Fellows with skills that enhance and expand their career opportunities inside and outside academia, a Career Development Plan should be established jointly by the supervisor(s) and the researcher. In addition to research objectives, this plan should comprise the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan has to be submitted as a project deliverable at the beginning of the action and can be updated when needed.

DESTINATION 3: REFORMING AND ENHANCING THE EU RESEARCH AND INNOVATION SYSTEM

Introduction

Horizon Europe has a new level of ambition – to maximise the impact of EU research and innovation funding for European science, economy and the wider society. It marks a paradigm change in the design of the EU R&I Framework Programmes (FP) from an activity-driven to an impact-driven programme. Coupled to this ambition is the relaunching of the European Research Area (ERA) as described in the recently published Commission Communication entitled A new ERA for Research and Innovation (COM/2020/628 final of 30.09.2020).

The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrates the importance of R&I cooperation to deliver solutions to society’s most demanding needs. Delivering Europe’s recovery is a priority as are the green and digital twin transitions. To match these challenges, a new level of ambition that links better R&I with the economy, as well as with education and training, is necessary to put the EU’s scientific knowledge to work.

The new ERA calls for deepening existing priorities and initiatives through new and stronger approaches. The green and digital transitions and the recovery call for cooperation between the Commission and the Member States. They require the setting of new priorities, launching ambitious joint initiatives and developing common approaches between policies.

To address these requirements, Destination 3 of Annex 11 of the Horizon Europe Work Programme, will support efforts to reform and enhance the EU R&I system. Destination 3 is built around four strands corresponding to the four objectives set out in the ERA Communication: 1. Prioritise investments and reforms; 2. Improve access to excellence; 3. Translate R&I results into the economy and 4. Deepen the ERA. The principle of excellence, meaning that the best researchers with the best ideas that respond best to the societal challenges obtain funding, remains the cornerstone for all investments under the ERA.

Strand 1 recognises the importance of prioritising investments and reforms to accelerate the green and digital transformation and to increase competitiveness as well as the speed and depth of the recovery. It offers support for policy makers and addresses the need for better analysis and evidence, including simplifying and facilitating the inter-play between national and European R&I systems.

Strand 2 addresses the need to improve access to excellence and to increase the performance of R&I systems, building on dedicated Horizon Europe measures as well as complementarities with smart specialisation strategies under the Cohesion Policy.

Strand 3 addresses the importance of translating R&I results into the economy. R&I policies should aim to boost the resilience and competitiveness of our economies and societies.

Strand 4 addresses the challenge of deepening the ERA and includes Open Science, Higher Education and Researchers, Citizen Science, Science Education, Gender and Ethics. It aims at underpinning a new ERA benefiting from knowledge creation, circulation and use. This empowers higher education institutions and research organisations to embrace a transformative process; where a highly skilled workforce circulate freely; where research outputs are shared; where gender equality is assured; where the outcomes of R&I are understood, trusted and increasingly used, by educated informed scientists and citizens to the benefit of society.

Expected impact:

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impacts:

1.Reform and Enhance the EU R&I system

2.Prioritisation of investments and reforms, realisation of the recovery and the twin transitions

3.Improved access to excellence

4.Greater quality of the scientific production and stronger translation of R&I results into the economy

5.Deepen the ERA

6.Coordinated national and regional R&I programmes by pooling national resources and contributing to the alignment of national research and innovation policies

7.Improved knowledge for policy making about the networking patterns of research support staff and research management

8.Synergies between research & innovation and higher education policies and programmes

9.Modernised higher education sector, benefitting from targeted transformations in higher education, research, and innovation

10.Increased number of interconnected knowledge ecosystems, strong in knowledge creation, circulation and use

11.Researchers benefit from attractive careers

12.Inclusive gender equality is promoted in the European research and innovation system

13.A more open and inclusive research and innovation system

14.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and to set it as a modus operandi of modern science

15.Increased engagement of citizens with research and innovation

16.Increased alignment of strategic research with society needs, expectations and values

17.Identified synergies between second and third level education, and between education and business;

18.Increased trust in science and R&I outcomes, and greater two-way communication between science and society

19.Knowledge and a highly skilled workforce circulate freely

20.Improved capacities within the EU R&I system to conduct open science

21.A more open and inclusive research and innovation system

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01

61.50

23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01

60.50

20 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

61.50

60.50

Call - European Research Area

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 37

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 38

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 23 Sep 2021

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-09

CSA

10.50

2.00 to 3.00

4

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-20

CSA

3.00

Around 1.50

2

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-30

RIA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-32

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-33

CSA

1.00

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-40

RIA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-41

CSA

2.00

Around 1.00

2

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-43

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-44

RIA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-45

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-50

RIA

2.00

Around 1.00

2

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-60

CSA

4.00

Around 4.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-61

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-70

CSA

5.00

1.50 to 1.75

3

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-80

RIA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-90

CSA

4.50

Around 4.50

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-91

CSA

4.50

Around 4.50

1

Overall indicative budget

61.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

PRIORITIZING INVESTMENT AND REFORM

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-09: Support for policy makers – Programme level collaboration between national R&I programmes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

The actions funded under this topic will coordinate national and regional R&I programmes by pooling national resources and contributing to the alignment of national research and innovation policies. The expected outcomes:

1.Identification of common research and innovation priorities agreed among the participating national and regional R&I programmes, taking into account international developments where relevant;

2.Implementation of multiannual joint calls, resulting in the funding of transnational collaborative R&I projects;

3.Implementation of other joint activities supporting the market, regulatory or societal uptake of results;

4.Contribution to participating states meeting Global Challenges, including relevant contribution to the SDGs.

Scope: Since the introduction of the European Research Area (ERA) and starting of FP6, Programme level collaboration among Member States and their research and innovation programmes has become a cornerstone of the ERA, with annual investment from Member States of more than EUR 800 million per year. More than 250 networks among research funders have been created over time, serving different research needs but always coordinating public research investments across borders and allowing researchers to apply for calls for transnational research projects funded by the participating states.

The new policy approach to European Partnerships limits co-funding to Member State collaboration to Union and Horizon Europe priorities. Therefore, the ERA part of the Horizon Europe provides the possibility for Member States, Associated Countries and civil society organisations such as foundations, to maintain existing and establish new collaborations on priorities of their choice.

The successful proposal should align national and regional research funding programmes (managed by national or regional programme owners / managers) on agreed common priorities and implement joint calls for transnational R&I projects as well as other joint calls. Applicants have to demonstrate clear commitments from participating programmes to pool resources and ensure complementarity between activities and policies with those of the Framework Programme and relevant European Partnership Initiatives.

Proposals should pool the necessary resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes as well as, where appropriate, leverage resources from pertinent foundations, charities and transnational initiatives, with a view to implementing calls for proposals resulting in grants to third parties without EU co-funding in this area.

The proposal should also demonstrate potential impact at national, regional and transnational level research and innovation. The proposal should demonstrate that activities exclude overlaps with on-going actions co-funded by the EU under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe.

Participation of legal entities from third countries and/or regions including those not automatically eligible for funding is encouraged.

The actions should envisage a duration which is appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic.

IMPROVING ACCESS TO EXCELLENCE

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-20: Towards a Europe-wide training and networking scheme for research managers

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved knowledge for policy making about the training and networking patterns of research support staff and research management

2.Measures to increase awareness amongst research management staff about existing training, networking and mobility opportunities at EU, national, and regional levels

3.Ultimately, increased capacity and compatibility of cooperation and funding systems throughout the ERA for research management, and support to scientists.

4.Improved awareness of the EU policy drivers and the EU research peculiarity in the Higher Education Institutions and Research organisations

5.Preparation of the establishment of (a) central hub(s) to provide the EU research system with the most appropriate “fit for purpose” skills in EU research management, with active involvement of entities located in widening countries

6.Provide recommendations aiming at facilitating a clear career path for research managers at national and EU levels, enhancing their role towards the achievement of the new ERA objectives, including those addressed in the related Council Conclusions on the New European Research Area (13567/20).

Scope: Research management can take many shapes: research policy advisers, research managers, financial support staff, data stewards, research infrastructure operators, knowledge transfer officers, business developers, knowledge brokers, innovation managers, etc. Entities and regions who are proven strong and excellent hubs in knowledge creation and innovation usually rely on a strong population of research managers.

This topic aims at improving training and skills development of research management staff, to develop better research and innovation management capacity and guidance for researchers across the entire ERA, as well as pave the way towards institutional acknowledgement of the research management profession.

Proposals are expected to map and analyse the EU landscape of research management and the financial framework to support it. They should address a wide scope of activities, such as trainings, study visits, staff exchange, internships, exchange of good practices, development of guidelines for new research managers and policy recommendations on how to deliver on research management under the new ERA.

It could include piloting a European network for research managers, including research infrastructures managers, through the integration of existing capabilities of Research Organisations, Higher Education Institutions and institutes, networks or umbrella organisations in research management. Projects are expected to generate a wide outreach to the European community of research managers, active across the ERA.

Proposals should explore the possibility to create new training paths dedicated to research support/management staff, or to optimise integration of existing recognised institutional training and certification programmes for research managers. Both these solutions should aim also at developing recommendations to strengthen existing schemes at EU level.

TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-30: Implementation of a new macro-economic modelling concept

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Better integration of research and innovation activities in macro-economic models, leading to better measurement of their impact and a better understanding of the channels through which research and innovation lead to impact (direct and indirect) in Europe.

2.Improved macro-economic modelling for the evaluation of R&I policy, at the different levels of policy intervention (EU, national, regional), and reinforced alignment between the development of models and policy use, for example in the context of assessing policy options.

3.Reinforcement of the scientific community focused on the role of research and innovation in the EU economy based on macro-economic models and increased interactions between this community and policy makers in charge of R&I policy in Europe.

Scope: This action will operationalise the recommendations of the “Expert Group to advise on further development of the macro-economic modelling agenda” run during the period 2019-2020, which can be found in the report of the Group 39 . Based on these, it will implement a renovated macro-economic modelling concept to improve the treatment of R&I and R&I policies in macroeconomic models, by developing a modelling framework consistent with the most recent empirical evidence and the theoretical state of the art.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-32: Standardisation Booster for fostering exploitation of FP-funded research results

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:



Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Increased participation of research performers in standardisation activities

2.Increased development of new standards or revision of existing standards to reply to new industrial and market conditions through contribution of EU research performers

3.Increased uptake of new technologies resulting from boosting standardisation activities

Scope: The Standardisation Booster will help beneficiaries, whose H2020 and Horizon Europe research results appear likely to lead to the revision or creation of a standard, to test the relevance of their results for standardisation activities. This booster will be open for on-going and closed H2020 and Horizon Europe projects. This service will help these beneficiaries to engage with standardisation bodies and contribute to the preparation and elaboration of standardisation activities, such as participating in a focus group, setting up a new technical committee, drafting a technical specification or a technical report, participating in awareness events.

The Standardisation Booster will serve as a standardisation proof of concept scheme. The consortium will manage the scheme and should be able to engage with high-level independent experts in standardization in order to assess the standardization potential of research results. The consortium will select H2020 or Horizon Europe projects with a high likelihood of leading to the preparation and elaboration of standardisation activities, while ensuring geographical and gender balance.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-33: R&I intensive IP management: Scenarios for the future

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A mapping of the forthcoming technology process trends and the IP framework relevant for R&I that will go with these

2.An assessment of the current intellectual property methods and how fit for purpose they are taking into account the transformation of research results into markets / socio-economic benefits

3.Development of scenarios with potential new protection mechanisms that will benefit both the research community and society.

4.Set of guidelines to R&I actors, notably the research generators, for the protection and use of intellectual property assets.

5.Set of recommendations for policy makers regarding the future needs for framework conditions relevant for R&I.

6.Establishment of a communication channel with the aim of promoting an open dialogue on R&I driven intellectual property needs, bringing together various stakeholders and practitioners and providing a feedback loop between practitioners and policy makers regarding emerging needs.

Scope: Technology sovereignty requires, together with investment, an in-depth understanding of the research and innovation landscape. The current Open Innovation strategies, the ever growing Open Science practices and the artificial intelligence revolution create an ecosystem where the innovations happen faster than ever (machine learning, big data etc.).This topic will look at ways to overcome the existing gaps researchers have to face when following unconventional discovery methods (e.g. artificial intelligence, computer inventions etc.).

DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA

OPEN SCIENCE

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-40: Modelling and quantifying the impacts of open science practice

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Beneficiaries must ensure early and open sharing of the strategies, methodologies, models, and raw and analysed data deriving from their activities. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Structured evidence of scientific, societal and economic impacts of open science practice, complemented by the new methods, tools and data required to measure them.

2.Better knowledge on how impacts develop and how a diversity of benefits can be achieved at scientific, societal and economic levels.

3.Better understanding on how the practice of open science can contribute to the increased reproducibility of research results.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Prioritisation of policy actions for open science, and improved policy making on open science.

2.Maximised impact of open science.

3.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and to set it as a modus operandi of modern science.

Scope: Open science consists of sharing knowledge and data as early as possible in the research process, in open collaboration with all relevant actors, including citizens. The mainstreaming of open science practice 40 is driven by expected impacts: (i) on the research system, e.g. increased efficiency, better reliability, and better responsiveness towards societal challenges; (ii) on the innovation system, e.g. faster innovation when results are shared earlier, and innovations more directed towards societal challenges; (iii) on the interface between science and society, e.g. more productive interactions among academia and other knowledge actors, and higher trust of society in the science system when researchers and citizens are engaged. While past projects have started building an evidence base, this remains fragmented and incomplete. A broad and comprehensive evidence base would help define new policies for open science, drive further uptake and help communicate on open science.

Proposals are expected to:

1.systematise and evaluate the validity and robustness of existing literature, data and evidence of impacts of open science practice, including potential legal and licensing issues;

2.leverage and valorise the body of knowledge resulting from the Science and Society (FP6), Science in Society (FP7) and Science with and for Society (Horizon 2020) programmes;

3.complement existing evidence and develop scientific methodologies and models to capture impacts, notably those relating to socio-economic, including gender equality related, environmental and public health aspects. It is in particular expected to develop and implement methods for measuring the contribution of open science practice to the reproducibility of research results, and the implications of involving citizens, civil society and end-users in R&I;

4.perform cost/benefit analyses of open science practice and conduct research to identify by which causality/mechanisms the impacts develop.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-41: Global cooperation on FAIR data policy and practice

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:
Beneficiaries must make proactive efforts to freely share, in a timely manner and as appro
priate, all relevant results with the other grants awarded from the same call topic, and with the EOSC Partnership 41 . Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them, and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional exploitation obligations: Beneficiaries must make all relevant results generated in the action available for re-use, through a well-defined mechanism, to the EOSC Partnership. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthened international cooperation to increase and mainstream FAIRness 42 of data and digital objects.

2.Connection of disconnected initiatives on data management, data stewardship and FAIR data practices, across borders and disciplines, as enablers of open science.

3.Increased FAIR data sharing within and across scientific disciplines and innovation sectors.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Proliferation of interdisciplinary research that helps address societal challenges.

2.More efficient research practices as a result of an increased reproducibility of research and reduced duplication of efforts.

3.Better informed citizens and society about the results and value of research.

4.Improved quality of R&I within the EU.

5.Contributions to sustainable growth and faster innovation in Europe, and beyond, in the context of the global economy.

Scope: Technological advancements have made science more data intensive and interconnected, with researchers producing and sharing increasing volumes of research data. To produce high quality research data, researchers have to follow good data management and data stewardship practices. Beyond proper data collection, annotation and archival, good data management and stewardship include long-term care of valuable digital assets, either alone or in combination with newly generated data. To maximise the value of science, research data should be FAIR: Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable. The FAIR principles, introduced in 2014, are a minimal set of community-agreed guiding principles that allow both machines and humans to find, access, interoperate and re-use research data. It is recognised that FAIR data play an essential role in the objectives of Open Science to improve and accelerate scientific research, to increase the engagement of society, and to contribute significantly to economic growth. Accordingly, the EU’s Open Science policy 43 contains the ambition to make FAIR data sharing the default for scientific research and this can be accelerated by focusing on specific scientific disciplines. Although the FAIR principles were initially applied to research data, their coverage extends to all digital objects that are essential to research practice (e.g. algorithms, models, tools, workflows), and to other public sector data. However, initiatives for good data management and stewardship practices and FAIR practice remain fragmented across borders and disciplines. In addition, interoperability remains the least developed to date. Interoperability standards, at discipline-level first, and then across disciplines, are an essential catalyst to foster interdisciplinary science to tackle the global societal challenges of our age. Finally, FAIR digital objects related to the research process are increasingly indispensable to ensure the reproducibility, integrity and re-use of data.

Proposals should support international cooperation on the FAIRness of both data & digital objects in a discipline-specific manner. Applicants should map current initiatives and best practices, globally, within a given scientific discipline, and should facilitate the exchange of best practices across disciplines. They should support case studies and pilots to implement both domain-specific and domain-independent recommendations in FAIR practice (from the Research Data Alliance –RDA-, the Committee on Data of the International Science Council -CODATA-, etc.). They should develop, pilot and possibly deploy interoperability standards and guidelines for increasing FAIRness in specific scientific disciplines, and across different disciplines. They should also develop assessment and evaluation methodologies to appraise FAIRness within disciplines and to develop domain-specific benchmarks.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, in areas such as data interoperability, metadata and vocabularies or the use of persistent identifiers, proposals should coordinate the work and establish a feedback mechanism with the awarded proposal(s) from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05 in order to ensure alignment with EOSC policies and to identify common useful tools and resources as well as relevant data repositories that comply with EOSC guidelines.

Proposals are also expected to engage and/or align where appropriate with projects funded under topics HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-03 and HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-04. Finally, if appropriate, proposals should further seek alignment with disciplinary use cases for FAIR as will be developed under topics HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-06, HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-07, and HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03.

Any prospective alignments should be clearly acknowledged in the proposals, which should foresee dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources for such activities.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-43: Capacity-building for institutional open access publishing across Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved understanding of the current landscape of institutional scientific publishing activities across Europe.

2.Coordination amongst institutional publishing services and initiatives across Europe at the non-technological level and improve their overall service efficiency, in particular in a multilingual environment.

3.Actionable recommendations for strategies regarding institutional publishing in research performing organisations across the European Research Area.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Increased equity, diversity and inclusivity of open science practices in the European Research Area.

2.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and set it as a modus operandi of modern science.

Scope: Recent years have witnessed a sharp increase in open access publishing activities. Commercial scientific publishers and other service providers have turned their attention to open access publishing, responding to increased demand for open access by funders and research performing organisations. Research institutions have also developed their own open access publishing activities and services. These are either new and based on open access publishing, or are existing publishing activities transitioning into the new digital and open access environment. Libraries are often involved, while new types of mission-driven open access university presses are also emerging in Europe and beyond. Such initiatives do not require article fees for publishing, and are often supported by their institutions. They enable open access publishing of journals and other types of outcomes in various languages and are important in supporting multilingualism in Europe. At the same time, they often have not gained the prestige bestowed on established publishing venues, usually produced in collaboration with well-known commercial scientific publishers. Moreover, institutional publishing in the social sciences and the humanities is often in languages other than English, which is both an asset and a limitation.

This action aims to support institutional publishing initiatives across Europe to improve the quality of their non-technological services to researchers, and to overcome fragmentation, specifically:

1. Activities that provide a comprehensive map of the current landscape of institutional publishing activities across Europe, through the collection of robust empirical evidence on service provision mechanisms, funding processes, gaps, among other things to be specified;

2. Activities that improve the coordination, quality and services of existing and substantial institutional open access publishing in EU member states and associated countries. This can be achieved, in particular, by establishing minimum shared standards and good practices for the non-technological aspects of their services, such as developing high quality journal policies and procedures to make services more efficient and more attractive for researchers (editorial scopes, peer-review policies, organisation of editorial and publishing business processes, translation, among others), developing appropriate business/funding models that support the long-term provision of services, etc.;

3. Explicit and actionable recommendations for strategies and policies to be adopted by research institutions to support the further flourishing of their mission-driven, open access publishing activities in a coordinated fashion across Europe.

Duration: The action should be no longer than 36 months.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-44: Societal trust in science, research and innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Recommendations for policy makers, research funding and performing organisations, higher education institutions and other research and innovation actors for tackling societal mistrust in science, research and innovation;

2.Recommendations for strengthening the co-creation of R&I contents by society, and for the spreading of good practices and evidence of their effects.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Increased public trust in science;

2.Increased alignment of strategic research with society needs, expectations and values.

Scope: Societal trust in the research system and confidence in its outcomes is vital to ensure the EU’s contribution to attain the Sustainable Development Goals and to achieve the European Green Deal targets; for the uptake of innovation in society; and for continued public support for investment in R&I.

Trust depends on scientists and engineers’ capacity to demonstrate high standards of research integrity, an ethical mind-set, critical thinking and rigorous exploration of ideas in an open, transparent manner; and their desire to maximise the societal relevance, robustness and overall quality of outcomes. This, in turn, is fostered by conducive institutional governance arrangements and policy environments. In addition, citizen and civil society’s involvement in co-creating R&I agendas and contents makes research more relevant and responsive to society and strengthens co-ownership and trust in scientific evidence and innovation.

However, not all research is conducted in line with these high standards. Rules and guidelines are sometimes missing or ignored, research protocols and raw data are not always published, methodological limitations may be inadequately addressed, inappropriate statistical analyses may lead to exaggeration of conclusions, papers are generally only published when significant results are obtained, and self-interest may interfere in peer-review processes. A significant part of research cannot be reproduced and therefore cannot be relied upon to build a solid base for policy or innovation, and this leads in turn to a decrease in societal trust in research and innovation. Compounding this, research often addresses issues of limited direct relevance to end-users, or comes to conclusions that are wildly out of step with societal needs and values, including gender equality related ones, because societal input to setting the research agenda and taking part in research is often treated as an afterthought – long after innovations and research trajectories have been decided.

To better understand the nature and scale of the sources and consequences of mistrust of society in science and the challenges of science-society co-creation, a series of expert workshops, small-scale studies and participatory research actions should take into account existing knowledge (including from projects funded under previous Framework Programmes) and should lead to new and robust evidence and analysis, as a basis for further policy action. Evidence from relevant Eurobarometers, and national science barometers, should form particularly important inputs to this action.

The action should involve a broad range of potential users and stakeholders and the general public in co-creation (e.g. civil society, businesses, research/academia, public authorities and policy makers), develop policy guidance and recommendations, and implement innovative means of communicating and disseminating the findings and messages. As such, Responsible Research and Innovation could be a relevant research approach. Close co-operation should be sought with relevant projects to encourage uptake and early sharing of knowledge and evidence.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-45: Support to changes in the assessment of research and researchers to reward the practice of open science

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Consolidated information on initiatives for reforming the assessment of research and researchers, taking better account of open science practice 44 .

2.Connection of existing initiatives at European level, facilitating mutual learning, and stimulating consensus building among the stakeholders.

3.Pilots on new metrics, methods and institutional changes for reforming the assessment of research and researchers, which lead to better rewarding the practice of open science, as well as related issues such as gender equality, science education, and academia-industry collaboration.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Researchers incentivised to practice open science.

2.Increased impact of open science.

3.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and set it as a modus operandi of modern science.

Scope: The current evaluation and funding system of research and researchers is limiting open science practice, as it is still largely based on inappropriate indicators, favouring quantity of results of individual researchers rather than quality of (collaborative) open research practice and socio-economic impact of research. For the focus to shift to quality over quantity, and to more efficient and impactful research, changes are required in the institutions performing and funding research and innovation. One way of doing this is for research funding and performing organisations to develop and implement strategies and policies that reward the practice of open science in the evaluation of research and researchers.

A few institutions in Europe, including some universities, are currently taking steps to reward the practice of open science, by reforming the assessment system of their research and researchers. The proposals should build on these various institutional initiatives, on the results of projects funded under earlier Framework Programmes such as the “Science with and for Society” part of Horizon 2020, as well as on policy work conducted by the Open Science Policy Platform and by several umbrella organisations of research performing and research funding organisations. The proposals are expected to support the sharing of information at European level across institutions and umbrella organisations, to identify good practices, and to develop guidance and recommendations on institutional changes with respect to rewarding researchers for open science practices. The proposals should also pilot the development, implementation and monitoring of new methods, associated metrics, strategies and policies, by clusters of funders and/or research performing organisations, for research and research career assessment that integrates open science practices, in several EU member states and associated countries.

To ensure complementarity of outcomes and synergies, applicants are expected to cooperate with projects to be funded under topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-01.

HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS AND RESEARCHERS

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-50: Protection of Higher Education Institutions and research organisations against conventional and non-conventional threats

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Increase the awareness of Higher Education Institutions and research organisations to conventional and non-conventional threats

2.Boost the capacities of Higher Education Institutions and research organisations to deter and respond to non-conventional threats

3.Improve the resilience of Higher Education Institutions and research organisations

Scope: The EU Higher Education Institutions and research organisations continue to face serious threats, such as to academic freedom, freedom of research and institutional autonomy, as well as increasing distrust in science and scientific experts, next to various forms of foreign interference. In addition, acute threats increasingly take non-conventional forms, such as cyber-attacks, infiltration or disinformation campaigns. These actions seek to access research findings, destabilise and endanger our higher education and research institutions and undermine our fundamental European values. To respond to these threats, the EU Higher Education Institutions and research organisations need to boost significantly their capacities in detecting and tackling these threats and they need to be well informed and geared with simple and effective tools ensuring security while respecting the openness of research and innovation. Given the very nature of the topic, continued exchange with member states and relevant stakeholders is necessary in order to expand the knowledge of conventional and non-conventional threats to Higher Education Institutions and research organisation, and develop appropriate actions.

Proposals are expected to: (i) analyse possible threats and identify mitigation measures; (ii) increase awareness of threats within higher education institutions and research organisations; (iii) promote networking and optimising of infrastructure and resources to ensure adequate preparedness and prevention at European level.

In the framework of the new ERA, this action should also complement and reinforce EU action for academic freedom as well as the European Pact for Research and Innovation, which aims at deepening the implementation of the new ERA’s objectives, setting out commonly agreed values and principles and indicating the areas where Member States will jointly develop priority actions.

CITIZEN SCIENCE

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-60: A capacity-building and brokering network to make citizen science an integral part of the European Research Area

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:
Beneficiaries must make proactive efforts to freely sh
are, in a timely manner and as appropriate, all relevant results with the other grants awarded from this work programme part subject to the same additional dissemination obligations. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them, and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Strengthened links and collaboration between citizen science initiatives and other research and innovation actors;

2.Increased capacity to conduct excellent research and innovation through citizen science, while maximising other potential benefits of citizen science;

3.Data infrastructures better aligned to the needs of citizen science, and improved data practices employed by citizen science initiatives;

4.Europe positioned as a leader in citizen science throughout the entire research and innovation system with flourishing and mutually beneficial global collaborations. 

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Increased engagement of citizens in research and innovation;

2.Increased public trust in research and innovation;

3.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and to set it as a modus operandi of modern science;

4.Increased openness of the EU R&I system.

Scope: Citizen Science is a rapidly emerging mode of research and innovation that shows huge promise in terms of collecting new qualities and quantities of data, harnessing collective intelligence, improving science-society literacy, and improving the relationship between science and society. However, it is embedded institutionally only to a limited extent, at an early stage of developing data infrastructures, and lacks the capacities and sustainable resourcing required to live up to its potentials.

This action will become a central point of exchange between citizen science in Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, and other EU-level and sub-national programmes and initiatives. It should amplify significant outcomes of citizen science in areas such as Horizon Europe’s Missions, should they be confirmed, Clusters and Partnerships, the Sustainable Development Goals, and the Green Deal, across all parts of the research and innovation system. It should maintain up-to-date repositories of initiatives, good practices and tools, and become a stage for discussion and collaboration.

It should offer extensive in situ brokering, skills, training, and capacity building services to citizen science practitioners, civil society, public authorities, businesses/SMEs, formal and informal education establishments, and research funding and performing organisations, with a view to raising their awareness, knowledge and skills to collaborate with, support, and implement citizen science.

Co-ordination of and support for citizen science to work towards FAIR (and in many cases open) data should cut across activities. The action should become a key interlocutor between citizen science initiatives and existing thematic databases and infrastructures. It should support - and ‘connect the dots’ between - existing efforts to make citizen science data FAIR and open, make new efforts to liaise between citizen science and infrastructures where they are needed, identify unmet needs, and develop policy recommendations. Overall the action should move citizen science towards open science as its modus operandi.

Underlying these activities should be efforts to reduce disparities in awareness and actual practice of citizen science across disciplines in the ERA (e.g. at local, regional, national and EU levels). Moreover, significant efforts should be made to be inclusive in citizens’ involvement in terms of geography, gender, ethnicity, disability, age, socio-economic background etc. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation and mutual learning that promise tangible scientific, societal or policy impacts is advised.

The action should build on and valorise the results of earlier projects in the Science and Society (FP6), Science in Society (FP7) and Science with and for Society (Horizon 2020) programmes, in particular projects focused on public engagement, responsible research and innovation, and citizen science , as well as of national and regional initiatives, and should aim to provide a seamless transition between previous supporting actions and this new action.

The action should be no shorter than 3 years.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-61: Supporting and giving recognition to citizen science in the European Research Area

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:
Beneficiaries must make proactive e
fforts to freely share, in a timely manner and as appropriate, all relevant results with the other grants awarded from this work programme part subject to the same additional dissemination obligations. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them, and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants or prize.
The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Significant number of experimental citizen science initiatives kick-started;

2.Significant number of citizen science initiatives supported to become sustainable;

3.Significant number of newcomers to the Framework Programme and a significant number of citizens involved in co-producing scientific knowledge;

4.Increased recognition of excellent citizen science initiatives throughout the European Research Area;

5.Improved evidence base for making policy on citizen science.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Increased engagement of citizens with science and researchers with citizens;

2.Increased public trust in science;

3.Increased alignment of strategic research with society needs, expectations and values;

4.Better understanding among citizens of the process of building scientific knowledge through experimentation;

5.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and to set it as a modus operandi of modern science;

6.A more open and inclusive research and innovation system.

Scope: Citizen Science is a rapidly emerging mode of research and innovation that shows huge promise in terms of collecting new qualities and quantities of data, harnessing collective intelligence, improving science-society literacy, and improving the relationship between science and society. However, financial support is not well adapted to the needs of small-scale and experimental activities and many citizen science initiatives that have proven their worth fail to sustain over the longer term. In addition, citizen science is under-recognised for its role in bridging between science and society, under-utilised where it is needed such as in relation to the Green Deal and the Sustainable Development Goals, and practitioners of citizen science are insufficiently recognised within the EU research and innovation system as conducting high-quality activities that can have numerous side-benefits.

In order to help remedy these weaknesses in the European research and innovation system, this action will launch two calls for proposals through financial support to third parties:

1.Kick-starting: This will kick-start and provide support services to at least 100 citizen science activities that are at the conceptual or pilot stage and which show promise in terms of innovative theme or approach, collecting and analysing data, or generating other important benefits.

2.Sustaining: This will support at least 25 on-going or recent citizen science activities to find ways to sustain their activities; these will have shown their worth in terms of innovative theme or approach, collecting and analysing data, generating other important benefits, or have particular potential to scale up across member states or the ERA.

The two calls may be launched over one or more waves but it should not be necessary to be supported by the ‘kick-starting’ call to apply for ‘sustainable’ call. Efforts should be made to evaluate the response to the open calls, capture the benefits arising from the citizen science activities it kick-starts (social, economic, democratic, scientific, etc.), and develop intelligence about factors that support or hinder the sustainability of successful citizen science initiatives.

In addition, this action should launch a European Union Prize for Citizen Science (funded by the action through financial support to third parties) open to all citizen science initiatives involving research and innovation actors, including civil society organisations, in the European Union. The action should prepare, publicise and launch the competition, organise a high-profile award ceremony and showcase the breadth and scope of excellent citizen science activities taking place across the European Union. In close liaison with the Commission throughout the process, the action should decide on the award categories, setup the panel of experts that will evaluate the contestants, and develop the conditions for participation and the award criteria that enable identification of excellent/best-in-class examples of citizen science in terms of their contribution to the scientific evidence base and/or other benefits (e.g. societal, economic, democratic). The action should also set up a comprehensive communication strategy around the prize. Prizes should be awarded to several winners (e.g. for different categories) and be funded through financial support to third parties. Each prize should be in the range of EUR 10 000 – 60 000.

Across all three of parts (kick-starting, sustaining, and the citizen science prize), the action should consider citizen science across all areas of research and innovation and take into account all of the different forms of participation that citizen science can entail without prejudice to any. Significant efforts should be made to be inclusive in terms of geography, gender, ethnicity, disability, age, socio-economic background etc. The large majority of the funding should be allocated to the activities to kick-start and sustain citizen science initiatives. The action should develop policy recommendations, policy briefs, and other research and innovation results/outputs and disseminate its experiences and learnings widely.

The action should build on and valorise the results of earlier projects in the Science and Society (FP6), Science in Society (FP7) and Science with and for Society (Horizon 2020) programmes, in particular projects focused on public engagement, responsible research and innovation, and citizen science, as well as of national and regional initiatives, and should aim to provide a seamless transition between previous supporting actions and this new action.

The project should last a minimum of 4 years.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-70: Developing a STE(A)M roadmap for Science Education in Horizon Europe

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 1.75 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Better knowledge on policy deficiencies and better understanding of needs;

2.Identify synergies between second and third level education, and between education and business;

3.Contributions to future Policy actions;

4.Promoting an integrated learning continuum between second and third level education and between education and business;

5.Convince students and citizens about the opportunities within policy areas such as the Green Deal, Digitisation and Health.

Scope: Europe needs more scientists and Europe needs a science literate society. The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrated the importance of Europe’s scientists and medics in keeping our society safe and healthy. The comprehensive recovery package to help the EU rebuild highlights the importance and necessity of major EU policies on the European Green Deal, the Digital transition and Health, all of which call for more highly educated European scientists.

In order to increase the uptake in science careers, to feed the talent pipeline, a plan of action is needed to encourage more interest in STE(A)M for young and old alike, with a focus on also increasing female participation and deconstructing gender stereotypes. The use of artistic approaches to STEM involving creative thinking and applied arts (the “A” in STEAM) could prove particularly useful in this regard. Convince students and citizens of the importance of policies such as the Green Deal and Digitisation and the opportunities that exist within these areas. Science is not just about hard science; it encompasses a world of technology not always obvious to the student and undergraduate. It is important to take into account the needs of industry in education and to develop work ready students and graduates. Introduce the concept of open schooling. Support formal, informal and non-formal science education initiatives, in synergy with the European Education Area.

This action should develop and deliver a STEAM roadmap for Science Education in Horizon Europe, in synergy with Erasmus. The action should develop strategies to increase the uptake of science careers to feed the talent pipeline, demonstrate the breadth of content available for consideration, align the needs of society and industry with education to prepare students to become active citizens and ready for the world of work, develop synergies between second and third level education and promote science education mainstreaming in funded projects.

The action should consider current policy initiatives and identify gaps and overlaps or duplication of effort. Reference and consideration should be given to previously funded projects. Applicants should develop links with Scientix 45 , as well as with projects funded under SwafS-26-2020 (Innovators of the future: bridging the gender gap), and consider links with other policy domains.

GENDER EQUALITY

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-80: Centre of excellence on inclusive gender equality in Research & Innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome:  

Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Advancement of knowledge, policy and practice on inclusive gender equality in research and innovation institutions across Europe, with an intersectional, geographically inclusive, and multi-sectorial approach.

2.Reduced disparities across Member States and strengthening of the European Research Area and its gender equality and inclusiveness objective.

Scope: As having a Gender Equality Plan (GEP) in place is becoming an eligibility criterion for legal entities applying to Horizon Europe, and, as the new European Research Area Communication of 30 September 2020 is foreseeing stronger measures to promote inclusive gender equality plans, there is a strong need for expert policy and knowledge support for inclusive GEP implementation, in research and innovation (R&I) organisations (including research funding and performing organisations, incl. companies and SMEs) across EU Member States. In order to adapt to different national and local situations, and help foster effective transformation in countries and institutions less advanced in the field of gender equality in R&I, a first European centre of excellence on inclusive gender equality in R&I will be created.

Building on projects and actions supported through Horizon 2020, including projects ACT, GE Academy, GENDERACTION, and the pilot European knowledge and support facility for fostering institutional change through gender equality plans funded under the SwafS work programme 2020, as well as on initiatives developed by existing national or regional centres of excellence and knowledge centres on gender equality in R&I in Europe, and by European R&I stakeholder umbrella organisations, proposals are expected to cover the following:

1.Establish a sustainable European Centre of Excellence and think tank to advance and disseminate knowledge on inclusive gender equality policies in R&I, addressing three levels of inclusiveness, i.e.: the intersectional level, considering intersecting social categories such as ethnicity (including migration and refugees), disability, sexual orientation and gender identity (LGBTIQ issues) or else social origin; the sectorial level, to better address innovation and the private sector; and geographical inclusiveness. This Centre could work as a single entity or as core centre and network of hubs in different Member States, and should involve experts from different Member States, including widening countries.

2.Provide expertise and support to Member States, R&I organisations, and the European Commission, in the design, implementation and assessment of institutional change through inclusive gender equality plans, including through the design and delivery of tailored training activities on inclusive gender equality in R&I, and the development of an enhanced Community of Practice on gender equality and diversity in R&I organisations, including R&I performing and funding organisations.

3.Provide expert support for the collection of pan-European data on gender equality in R&I and the development of new indicators, including on intersectionality. Collected data should cover also information on the uptake and implementation of gender equality plans in EU Member States and Associated countries, and contribute to the She Figures 46 publication.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81: Policy coordination to advance the implementation of the ERA gender equality and inclusiveness objectives within Member States

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome:  

Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

·Development of a consistent and sustainable coordination network of national representatives on gender equality and inclusiveness in support of the implementation of the ERA Communication policy objectives, leading to better coordination of Member States' efforts.

Scope: The new European Research Area (Communication of 30 September 2020 on “A new ERA for Research and Innovation”) is foreseeing strong measures to promote inclusive gender equality plans in Research and Innovation (R&I) organisations, in line with the European Strategy for Gender Equality for the period 2020-2025, to which R&I, and Horizon Europe, must contribute actively. As the new ERA Communication and the Council Conclusions of 1 December 2020 on the new ERA underline, there is a need for policy coordination to advance the implementation of the ERA gender equality and inclusiveness objectives within the Member States. Ensuring the active promotion of equal opportunities for all includes opening up gender equality policies in R&I to diversity, and more specifically to: social categories and grounds for discrimination intersecting with gender, such as ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation or else socio-economic status; geographical inclusiveness; and opening to the innovation and private sector. This new inclusive approach to gender equality is also embedded in the new European Commission Gender Equality Strategy 2020-2025.

Building on related projects and actions supported through Horizon 2020, including project GENDERACTION, the action focuses on the establishment of a sustainable network of national representatives from all EU Member States and Associated Countries, both from national bodies (e.g. ministries) and from national research funding organisations, to support the implementation of the gender equality and inclusiveness objectives of the ERA. During its lifetime, the action should:

1.Develop various innovative and engagement activities, connect citizens, experts and policy makers, as well as contribute to policy making at national and European administration level.

2.Provide support and advancing the knowledge of representatives of widening countries is of particular importance. The action should also develop knowledge and build capacities, competences and expertise for gender equality and mainstreaming in R&I with a variety of European and national stakeholders. Special consideration will be given to mutual learning exercises to enhance the competence of national gender equality representatives, including helping less experienced national gender representatives to acquire expertise.

3.Establish a transnational Community of Practice of R&I funding organisations for the promotion of a gender-inclusive culture change in R&I institutions across Europe, linked through a Memorandum of Understanding. Specific attention should be paid to promoting the development of incentives or setting requirements at research funding level to foster institutional change in organisations, as well as establishing a zero-tolerance policy on gender-based violence including sexual harassment in R&I organisations.

4.A specific focus should also be placed on promoting the integration of the gender dimension into R&I content, with an opening to intersectionality. For this, the action should foresee mobilising national expertise on the integration of the sex and gender analysis in R&I content to support the different Horizon Europe National Contact Points in all EU Member States.

5.The work by this action should be performed in coordination with ERA-related official groups, and in collaboration with the European Commission, in line with ERA objectives.

The participation of at least 23 Member States, and in addition, of national representatives from Associated Countries, to the consortium, is strongly encouraged, and the project must engage and deploy activities with all EU Member States and, as much as possible, with all Associated Countries.

ETHICS AND INTEGRITY

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-90: The challenges of research ethics and integrity in response to crisis: the coronavirus pandemic and beyond

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Due to the scope of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, proposals must include at least two participants from China, Korea and/or African countries non-associated to Horizon Europe. Participants from countries, which are not eligible for funding according to the General Annexes, may take part in the project as associated partners.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:

Proposals must include structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 47 , and the European Networks ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 48 and ENRIO (European Network of Research Integrity Offices) 49 .

The output material of the action must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

Crises, and in particular health related ones, have become a dramatic reality for the EU and globally since the beginning of the coronavirus pandemic. Scientific knowledge focuses the attention, as it is a key element to address the urgency of the situation in an effective way and improve preparedness for the future. The extremely heavy human, social, cultural and economic consequences associated with the time pressure sets exceptional conditions calling for an adaptation of the way and procedures to work, and decide and prioritise which inevitably raises associated ethical questions. Some research topics have an intrinsically complex ethics dimension, for example research on the imposing of protection measures, health care prioritization, consequences for family life, and gender impacts on health.

In this context, the activity proposed is expected to propose an operational ethics and integrity framework, which preserves the key ethics principles while supporting a rapid and effective response to a crisis and improving overall preparedness.

Scope: The first priority is to analyse what characterises, from an ethics perspective, a crisis of a global, sudden and unexpected nature of the type of the Covid-19 pandemic, and isolate what are the related ethics and integrity challenges as regards the production, sharing and use of scientific knowledge and data 50 in designing and implementing responses as well as in anticipating future global urgencies.

Derogations of human rights and freedoms, albeit in the interests of the public good, must be temporary, proportionate, used only as last resort, and critically there must be clear transparent criteria for their suspension e.g. in the form of sunset clauses to emergency legislation. The greatest danger – during and after the end of any formal ‘state of emergency’ – is a ‘new normal’ of eroded rights and liberties. 51 For example, the pressing need to collect large amounts of personal data raises important questions regarding the preservation of privacy 52 , and should be assessed carefully against the need to ensure information of data subjects and the possibility to pursue alternative means.

An important element that characterises major crises is that they go beyond the impact on the wellbeing of persons and touches the society more globally notably in terms of solidarity and social justice, as well as gender equality. Mid and long-term social, cultural and economic consequences are also more prominent in these unusual research contexts. The issues related to the role of ethics and integrity experts (as advisors, for example), informed consent, undue inducement, the right to know, and to opt out should be among the elements to tackle.

Based on this analysis, the action should draw the lessons and examine how to adapt processes followed under normal conditions (e.g. for informed consent, regulatory approvals etc.).

The scope should also cover the ethics of the scientific work on public health measures (such as behavioural studies, communication strategies, gender impacts on health 53 ), including those aiming at an increased preparedness. The objective is to cover emerging ethics issues related to new concepts like “immunisation certification” that are at the centre of vivid debates involving fundamental values.

The action should clearly highlight what cannot be accepted or neglected in the name of coping with the urgency and the magnitude of the impact of a crisis (including the moral distress of the front line personnel, a large majority of which are women). Another important example is the need to always conduct, prior to the start of a research, an independent ethical review, which remains a necessary safeguard for the individuals involved and enhance the trust from the impacted communities and the society as a whole 54 . Emergency needs adaptation should not lower ethics and integrity standards.

The work should be based on existing know how and identification of preparedness need. The joint advise on “Improving Pandemic Preparedness and Management” 55 by the Group of Chief Scientific Advisors (GCSA), the European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies (EGE) and Peter Piot, special advisor to the President of the European Commission, should be considered. In a bottom-up approach, involving all relevant stakeholders (e.g. researchers, research funders, policy-makers, publishers and citizens) through the organisation of participatory events (workshops, consultations, ‘town hall’ meetings) the activities should propose ways and means to encourage changes in the research culture, and promote openness, communication and dialogue. This must be done in cooperation with ENRIO (European Network of Research Integrity Offices) 56 and ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 57 . The cooperation with other relevant networks can be envisaged.

The action should result in (A) the identification of policy options at EU level (including those to address possible legislation gaps) and practical ways to support the work of relevant stakeholders notably the ethics committees and integrity bodies. The European Code of Conduct for Research Integrity 58 should be a main reference.

The work undertaken should also result in (B) operational (“how-to”) guidelines to support the work of research teams.

The need to complement the European Code 59 with specific guidelines should be assessed and a proposal (C) for short documents complementing the Code should be made, focusing for example on fast track processes (ethics review, publication etc.).

In addition, this action should produce (D) traditional and online training material (reflecting the guidelines) for students, early career and experienced researchers. Case studies (for example on mobile tracing apps) should be included in order to facilitate practical learning. The material, as well as all other outputs of the action, must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 60 . Where relevant the EU Digital education plan 61 should be taken into account.

Although the main focus should be on the recent Covid-19 pandemic, it is also important to have in mind the wider objective of addressing the ethics of global crisis of the same kind (manmade or not). The action should in this regard present a generalised version of the produced recommendations and guidelines and training material.

Publicly available results from relevant EU funded research projects 62 (e.g. SHERPA, SIENNA, Panelfit, SOP4RI) should be taken into account. Structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science and the European Networks ENERI and ENRIO, with clear attribution of research ethics and research integrity responsibilities, is necessary.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, cooperation with actors from China, Korea and/or African countries non-associated to Horizon Europe is required.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-91: Ensuring reliability and trust in quality of Research Ethics expertise in the context of new/emerging technologies

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Due to the scope of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, proposals must include at least two participants from China, Korea and/or African countries non-associated to Horizon Europe. Participants from countries, which are not eligible for funding according to the General Annexes, may take part in the project as associated partners.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:

Proposals must include structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 63 , and the European Networks ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 64 and ENRIO (European Network of Research Integrity Offices) 65 .

The output material of the action must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

Ensuring the adherence to the highest standards of research ethics is a key element of national and EU research policy. Because of its universal impact on our society and its primary role in innovation, the need for ethics rigour, the pillar of public trust in the scientific endeavour, is essential. Overall, research ethics is the foundation of high quality research and a prerequisite for achieving excellence in research and innovation in Europe and beyond.

In order to ensure that the research activities meet these expectations, they need to comply with the relevant legislations (e.g. on personal data protection, clinical trials, animal research etc.) and ethics principles. Assessing the compatibility with ethics principles requires the involvement of ethics experts that usually provide, as an ethics committee/panel an opinion or an approval. These experts, including early career researchers, come from all disciplines in science, from the public and private sector, as well as from citizens associations and NGOs.

Reliability and trust in the quality and expertise of the ethics experts is therefore key. This requires beyond the questions related to the independence and the possible conflicts of interest, that the experts have the necessary knowledge and understanding of the issues at stake to be able to assess the activity under review.

The recent rapid development of new technologies with high potential socio-economic impact 66 constitutes in this regard an important challenge: ensuring that technological transformations go hand in hand with the protection and promotion of fundamental rights thus ensuring that people can prosper, enjoy their rights and freedoms and live without discrimination. 67 In this context, because of the continuous globalisation of the research activities involving those new technologies, the risk of ethics dumping, the exportation of unacceptable practices outside the EU is a growing concern.

The action proposed should address these issues in mobilising the research ethics community and develop the necessary education, awareness and training actions as well as propose possible adaptation of the ethics review process.

Scope: The first objective should be to identify the main ethics challenges resulting from the most impactful new and emerging technologies, including the specific challenges arising from research activities involving those new technologies in collaboration with non-EU partners and outside the EU.

From this analysis, the action should develop education, awareness actions and trainings for research ethics experts. This should be done by involving the key stakeholders. Structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 68 and the European networks ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 69 and ENRIO (European Network of Research Integrity Offices) is necessary. The cooperation with other relevant networks can be envisaged. In addition, where feasible these activities should be based on the analysis of case studies, including from non-EU countries where relevant research activities take place, to facilitate the development of practice-oriented trainings as well as the identification of good practices. The material produced, as well as all other outputs of the action, must be made available in the platform Embassy of Good Science, a one stop shop for all Commission produced ethics and research integrity reference materials and trainings, which can be readily used by all Members States and beyond. Where relevant, the EU Digital Education Action Plan 70 should be taken into account.

The action should be based on the results coming from projects funded by the EU 71 on the ethics dimension of new technologies and other relevant domains (notably SIENNA, PANELFIT, SHERPA, I-CONSENT, ENERI, and TRUST) as well as benefit from the work of the project SOP4RI, working on standard operating procedures and VIRT2UE working on a train-the-trainer programme. For the ongoing projects, cooperation and synergies should be established, via a dedicated horizontal coordination work package. This work package should also pay particular attention to the cooperation with the projects resulting from call H2020-SwafS-2020-1 TechEthos, HYBRIDA and ROSiE. 72 The involvement of the stakeholders such as ENERI and ENRIO should also be used to launch a debate on the impact of the new ethics challenges on the ethics review process to determine how its role and working practices could evolve to maintain effectiveness.

In addition, this cooperation with the main actors should aim at disseminating widely the material produced. The action should in this context foresee the training of the 250-300 Horizon Europe ethics appraisal scheme experts, paying close attention to gender balance, as well as to gender equality and diversity related ethical aspects, and make use of their feedback to improve the trainings. More largely, the institutions organising ethics reviews (universities, research centres, etc.) should be invited to ensure that the experts they rely on are also trained, as part of their quality process and standard operating procedures.

Finally, the action should aim at valorising the work produced beyond the community of ethics and integrity experts and in particular by promoting its use for the students and young researchers that will constitute the next generation of ethics experts and reviewers. In this perspective, cooperation should be sought with large university/research networks (such as EUA, YERUN, LERU, CESAER, EARMA etc.) in order to enrich the relevant ethics related curriculum with the material produced by the action.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, cooperation with actors from China, Korea and/or African countries non-associated to Horizon Europe is required.

Call - European Research Area

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 73

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 74

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 19 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2022

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-10

CSA

7.50

2.00 to 3.00

3

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-30

CSA

3.00

Around 1.50

2

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-31

CSA

1.50

Around 1.50

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-32

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-40

CSA

5.00

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-41

RIA

4.00

Around 2.00

2

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-42

CSA

2.00

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-44

CSA

3.50

Around 3.50

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-50

CSA

3.00

1.50 to 2.00

2

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-51

CSA

10.50

2.50 to 3.50

3

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-60

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-70

CSA

5.50

1.50 to 2.00

3

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-80

RIA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-81

CSA

3.00

0.50 to 1.00

4

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-91

CSA

3.00

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

60.50

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

PRIORITIZING INVESTMENT AND REFORM

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-10: Support for policy makers – Programme level collaboration between national R&I programmes

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: The actions funded under this topic will coordinate national and regional R&I programmes by pooling national resources and contributing to the alignment of national research and innovation policies. Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Identification of common research and innovation priorities agreed among the participating national and regional R&I programmes, taking into account international developments where relevant;

2.Implementation of multiannual joint calls, resulting in the funding of transnational collaborative R&I projects;

3.Implementation of other joint activities supporting the market, regulatory or societal uptake of results;

4.Contribution to participating states meeting Global Challenges, including relevant contribution to the SDGs.

Scope: Since the introduction of the European Research Area (ERA) and starting with FP6, Programme level collaboration among Member States and their research and innovation programmes has become a cornerstone of the ERA, with annual investment from Member States of more than € 800 million per year. More than 250 networks among research funders have been created over time, serving different research needs but always coordinating public research investments across borders and allowing researchers to apply for calls for transnational research projects funded by the participating states.

The new policy approach to European Partnerships limits co-funding to Member State collaboration to Union and Horizon Europe priorities. Therefore, the ERA part of the Horizon Europe provides the possibility for Member States, Associated Countries and civil society organisations such as foundations, to maintain existing and establish new collaborations on priorities of their choice.

The successful proposal should align national and regional research funding programmes (managed by national or regional programme owners / managers) on agreed common priorities and implement joint calls for transnational R&I projects as well as other joint calls. Proposers have to demonstrate clear commitments from participating programmes to pool resources and ensure complementarity between activities and policies with those of the Framework Programme and relevant European Partnership Initiatives.

Applicants should pool the necessary resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes as well as, where appropriate, leverage resources from pertinent foundations, charities and transnational initiatives, with a view to implementing calls for proposals resulting in grants to third parties without EU co-funding in this area.

The proposal should also demonstrate potential impact at national, regional and transnational level research and innovation. The proposal should demonstrate that activities exclude overlaps with on-going actions co-funded by the EU under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe.

Participation of legal entities from third countries, and/or regions including those not automatically eligible for funding is encouraged.

The actions should envisage a duration which is appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic.

TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-30: Testing of the ERA Hub concept – pilot phase

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Test the new ERA Hubs 75 concept across different geographies and structures in Europe, based on common compliance criteria; the process should act as an incentive for advanced ecosystems to seek recognition, and for less advanced ecosystems to reach the criteria facilitating support from European, national and regional level.

2.Better coordinate relationships between the European Research Area and relevant national or regional stakeholders in order to ensure the smart directionality introduced in the new ERA.

3.Develop a common platform for collaboration and best practice sharing across borders, sectors and disciplines on knowledge production, circulation and use, and facilitate cross-fertilisation and smart directionality among ecosystem actors to achieve transformative changes and advance Europe together.

4.Increase both the interoperability of the European ecosystems and the intra-operability within each territorial ecosystem, aiming to improve coordination, and foster excellence.

5.Facilitate a better circulation and absorption of talents in countries/regions, as well as improve knowledge circulation and uptake of research results;

6.Provide a toolbox of best practices for researchers, innovators, industry and institutions across Europe to cooperate.

Scope: A vibrant ecosystem is an essential condition for growth. In order to take full advantage of possible synergies and complementarities between the EU and national and regional ecosystems for knowledge production, circulation and use, there is a need to make compatible and interoperable the policy frameworks that govern existing structures for knowledge transfer and sharing, and address common criteria for assessing work, processes and outputs. Reinforcing the networking interconnecting geographically or thematically, the ecosystem actors on the basis of smart specialisation and other strategic considerations, such as value chains, will consequently stimulate excellence and complete the coverage across Europe.

This action should build on the preparatory work of the previous Work Programme on Knowledge Ecosystems, which provides among others a mapping of existing ecosystem actors engaged in knowledge production, circulation and use across Europe, as well as designing the ERA Hubs concept as a toolbox of pre-defined common standards of work, processes and outputs, and key performance indicators on operational, programme and strategic impacts. The concept should be tested on collaborations, platforms, or other structures bringing together ecosystem actors, and increase networking between those structures in a coordinated approach, around a common agenda and compliance criteria. The rollout of the concept across Europe is expected to support and coordinate the efforts at local and regional level for the implementation of a pan-European ERA Hubs initiative.

The scope of this action is to pilot the ERA Hub concept with a limited number of ecosystems through implementation in countries and regions where knowledge ecosystem structures aligned to the ERA Hubs concept already exist, combined with countries or regions where an integrated place-based approach is missing. The main goal of the action is to fine-tune through experimentation the designed concept of ERA Hubs and its technical specifications and compliance criteria, share practices, as well as provide a toolkit of best practices and activities that ensure a strong basis for a potential scale-up in different geographies across the EU territory in the next phase.

Projects will be assigned to entities or networks of structures involved in knowledge production, circulation and use activities at European, national, regional or city level, which should take the coordination role in orchestrating the actors of an ecosystem working together to implement the ERA Hubs concept, in pursuit of intra-operability with the territorial ecosystem and a common agenda supporting the economic transitions and smart specialisation strategies, as well as job creation and skills development to better absorb talent in a country or region. These structures could be entities that have the competences and/or the willingness to become pioneers, benchmarks and ambassadors of the new concept and should include higher education institutions or their tech transfer offices, research institutes, business schools, private companies, not for profit organisations, or entities already part of pan-European networks or coming from different funding communities, in order to better connect those communities.

Support from institutional, regional, or national sources is highly encouraged (proven through e.g. letters of commitment), in order to make considerable progress in the deployment of the ERA Hubs initiative in the respective country or region.

The action should include the development of an independent monitoring mechanism to assess the progress of the ecosystem actors engaged in a common agenda and implementation of the ERA Hubs concept in a dedicated country or region. On the basis of the assessment, projects should also provide recommendations on how to deploy the ERA Hubs in different geographies and regions.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-31: Innowwide Bridging Facility

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Contributing to implementing the political priorities of the new European Commission, in particular in relation to the objective of ‘A stronger Europe in the world’, and in relation to the EU communication on the comprehensive Strategy with Africa, aiming to support building knowledge economies

2.Economic growth and job creation in the EU and in Africa, contributing to the AU Agenda 2030 and relevant EU policies, and enhancing the visibility of EU R&I at the international scene

3.Transfer and internationalisation of demonstrated technologies and know-how, both to and from the EU and Africa

Scope: Competition has become global and so is innovation. To compete effectively in new and emerging markets, European and African SMEs need to develop partnerships with their strategic counterparts to generate joint business opportunities in new product-market combinations. Developing a new product-market combination with a strategic partner can be very challenging for SMEs on both continents in terms of technological & financial risks, and market barriers. Before starting, it is essential to assess first the technical feasibility as well as developing a deep understanding of the business environment, including the financial, legal, market and cultural aspects in the targeted markets. This instrument will allow European and African SMEs to develop a partnership beyond conventional market studies, sales channels and export aids. This Horizon Europe funded ‘INNOWWIDE Bridging Facility’ precisely covers these risks, by supporting innovative European and African SMEs in conducting Viability Assessment Projects (VAPs) in Europe and Africa, creating the favourable conditions needed to increase the uptake of European and African innovative solutions in each other’s markets. An SME friendly bottom-up approach applies, with no specific technical areas to be addressed.

The VAPs will be selected following a series of open calls organised by the action. The proposal for undertaking the action should define the organisational process for selecting the VAPs for which financial support will be granted, including the process of selecting, allocating and reporting on the use of independent experts and ensuring no conflicts of interest.

At least 75% of the EU funding shall be allocated to financial support for the third parties carrying out the selected VAPs.

The calls should specify that each VAP should include a wide variety of activities to explore the practical, technological and commercial viability of an innovative solution in particular in terms of how it needs to meet local conditions and demands.

Proposals must detail the different types of activities for which a third party may receive financial support such as market studies, partner search and networking, approaches for client/user involvement including societal, behavioural and cultural aspects, and other activities aimed at overcoming barriers for market introduction and uptake.

Proposals must clearly detail the criteria for awarding financial support and simple and comprehensive criteria for calculating the exact amount of such support, which may not exceed EUR 60 000 for each VAP. The award criteria must be objective and non-discriminatory.

Each VAP shall be led by an entity established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe associated country and shall involve at least one entity established in an African country.

The open calls must be published widely, and Horizon Europe standards with respect to transparency, equal treatment, no conflict of interest and respect of confidentiality must be adhered to. The results of the calls must be published without delay, including, for each VAP, a description of the project, the legal name and country of the third party, the start date and duration of the project, and the amount of the award.

Proposals should specify how they will promote the calls, how they will monitor and report on call results and how they will assess the quality of the outcomes and experiences from the VAPs, as well as how they will provide regular in-depth analyses and which indicators will be used for measuring the impacts achieved. Analyses should draw up R&I policy conclusions on questions such as which additional joint R&I activities in third countries should be supported, what framework conditions for R&I cooperation need improving, and what further R&I support services should be implemented.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-32: An experimentation space for the uptake and use of R&I results for EU resilience and future preparedness

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.A methodology and toolbox to design and implement testing of policy relevant findings stemming from European R&I that can contribute to EU resilience and future preparedness.

2.A knowledge base of EU research findings, with high capacity to inform policy and engage citizens and research communities, that are tested, including the methodologies for testing (small scale experiments, randomised control trials etc).

3.Lessons learnt to enhance the use of R&I results to enable fast response in the face of future crises and strengthen economic and social resilience, for example through supporting policy reforms, new regulation, social innovation, behavioural change, new technology adoption and the integration of the gender dimension.

Scope: R&I results and new scientific knowledge can inform policy making and help address societal challenges through new technological and societal solutions, as well as through providing policy recommendations and policy options with a proper (scientific) understanding of the underlying conditions. Testing policy recommendations and findings of scientific research through experiments and novel methodologies increases understanding of the implications, risks and opportunities of possible new solutions, enabling societies to respond faster and more effectively to crises and built resilience and social cohesion.

This action aims at increasing the visibility and fostering the use of R&I results with high policy relevance to contribute to the recovery and resilience of Europe, while engaging research communities and citizens in an “experimentation space” for new, science based, socially inclusive and gender responsive policy initiatives and solutions.

The action will match policy relevant findings for EU resilience stemming from research (such as from EU H2020, HE and previous programmes as well as other EU programmes, and national level publicly funded research) with national, regional and local needs, and carry out the experimentation phase in co-creation with the research communities and citizens. At the core of the action is the design of appropriate trial mechanisms that will test research findings which can be translated to policy and new societal solutions, and thereby provide policy makers and citizens with a high degree of confidence and trust in responding to new challenges.

The project consortium may consider links with related knowledge management activities by the European Commission, including the European Commission’s Knowledge Centres and the Knowledge for Policy Platform hosted by the Joint Research Centre.

DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA

OPEN SCIENCE

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-40: Stepping-up institutional and territorial changes towards open and responsible research and innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The
maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60.000. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:
Beneficiaries must make proactive efforts to freely share, in a timely manner and as appropriate, all relevant results with the other grants awarded from this work programme part subject t
o the same additional dissemination obligations. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them, and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Consolidated evidence base on sustainable institutional and territorial changes towards open and responsible research and innovation;

2.A central point of expertise providing services and support for research and innovation institutions, and territories, to open up to society;

3.A significant number of institutions and territories in the European Research Area (ERA) become more porous to society, align with the needs, values and expectations of society, improve the excellence of their research and innovation, promote gender equality, and reduce instances of ethical misconduct;

4.Reduction in disparities between institutions and territories in terms of their attention to open and responsible research and innovation.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Open and responsible research and innovation practices mainstreamed throughout territorial and institutional settings;

2.Increased impact of EU R&I outputs and the conversion of knowledge and ideas into products and services.

Scope: Research and innovation institutions play a key role in creating an enabling environment for opening research and innovation towards society, sharing research outputs, improving research integrity and gender equality, and promoting science education, societal engagement (such as citizen science and other forms of co-design and co-creation) and two-way science communication. At territorial level, interactions between different institutions from across the quadruple helix 76 , and including societal actors such as civil society organisations and non-governmental organisations, are essential to ensuring that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation are aligned with the needs, values and expectations of society.

However, European research and innovation actors lack a consolidated evidence base and guidance based on EU investments in this area to date to support them, there are significant differences in attention to different aspects of responsibility and openness between institutions and territories, rewards and incentives at the workforce and institutional level are often misaligned or even disfavour openness to society, and there is no central point of reference or provider of services and expertise to turn to.

This action consists of three parts, all of which must be addressed:

The first involves consolidating the evidence base and develop innovative guidance and other materials, which can support institutions and territories to implement sustainable institutional changes and open up to society 77 . It should take into account and build on the learning and knowledge developed by Horizon 2020’s Science with and for Society programme 78 and potentially other sources of knowledge.

The second part involves financial support to third parties, by launching ‘cascading grant’ call(s) to support institutions and territories from across the ERA to implement sustainable institutional changes towards open and responsible research and innovation. This may require consultancy or other kinds of support services to be developed and rolled out to successful institutions. A significant number of institutional changes (e.g. 70-100 individual institutional changes) should be expected in beneficiary organisations and territories. As such, a significant proportion of the funding should be allocated to the ‘cascading grant’ mechanism. One or more call(s) for proposals should be launched, which could focus on specific disciplines, MoRRI country clusters 79 , or other pertinent criteria, but with the underlying goal of reducing disparities between institutions and territories in terms of their attention to different dimensions of openness and responsibility.

The third part involves acting as a central point of expertise and support services on open and responsible research and innovation for institutions and projects under Horizon Europe and within the European Research Area. This point of expertise should have appropriate high-level visibility, and the ability to interact and support all parts of the research and innovation system (all parts of quadruple helix, disciplines, sectors). In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international networking is advised to support co-operation on the issue at global level and provide expertise in support of institutions and projects.

The action should evaluate its impacts and develop recommendations useful to policy makers and those responsible for the governance of research and innovation institutions. The action should raise awareness of the benefits of open and responsible research and innovation to organisations across the ERA. It should develop close co-operation with other relevant projects, with a view to fostering collaboration and the early sharing of knowledge and evidence.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-41: Increasing the reproducibility of scientific results

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:
Beneficiaries must make proactive efforts to freely share, in a timely manner and as appropriate, all relevant results with the other grants awarded from the same call topic. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them, and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Structured understanding of the underlying drivers, of concrete and effective interventions - funding, community-based, technical and policy - to increase reproducibility of the results of R&I; and of their benefits;

2.Effective solutions, policy-, technical- and practice-based, to increase the reproducibility of R&I results in funding programmes, in communities and in the dissemination of scientific results;

3.Greater collaboration, alignment of practices and joint action by stakeholders to increase reproducibility, including but not limited to training, specialised careers and guidelines for best practice.

These outcomes should contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Increased proportion of reproducible results from publicly funded R&I;

2.Increased re-use of scientific results by research and innovation;

3.Greater quality of the scientific production.

Scope: Reproducibility refers to the possibility for the scientific community to obtain the same results as the originators of a specific finding. As such, reproducibility is core to scientific progress, and there is debate on whether there is a ‘crisis of reproducibility’ in contemporary science. At a time when funding levels for R&I are under scrutiny globally, and societal trust in the outcomes of research and innovation become increasingly essential, there is a need to address inefficiencies in the research process, to avoid useless and costly repetition, to maximise return on investment in R&D&I, to prevent the propagation of mistakes, and to facilitate the translation of results into innovations.

Therefore, this topic aims to fund activities to

a) determine how increased reproducibility generates gains and savings in the R&I process and improve overall performance - alongside the demonstrated positive effects on their quality, integrity and trust-worthiness, and

b) find, experiment and mainstream concrete solutions and best-practices to increase the reproducibility of research funded with European taxpayers’ money, including through the more systematic integration of sex and gender as variables whenever relevant.

Consequently, actions should help understand and promote reproducibility by:

1) creating an open knowledge base of results, methodologies and interventions on the drivers and consequences of reproducibility for the R&I system; and to fill the main gaps in such knowledge;

2) develop, validate, pilot and deploy practices and practical tools for funders, publishers and scientists;

3) promote uptake, greater collaboration, and increased alignment of the activities of stakeholders - scientific and technical communities, publishers and funders among others - to increase reproducibility.

Finally, projects should assist further policy development on reproducibility, based on scoping work by the Commission 80 . While solutions should be applicable to Europe, attention should be paid to reproducibility in global science.

It is expected that the funded action(s) will adhere to best practices in open science and reproducibility (e.g. re-use existing results, fully document the research process), and provide a final reflection based on their own experience at the forefront of reproducibility.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-42: Supporting the development of aligned policies for open access books and monographs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Improve the understanding of the current landscape of scientific book and monograph publishing in different fields of science in which it plays an important role, and in particular the bottlenecks in strategies and policies for their open access.

2.Support aligned funder and institutional policies for open access monographs and books within the open science culture in the European Research Area and facilitate their coordination.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Address and increase equity, diversity and inclusivity in open science practices 81 inside the European Research Area.

2.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and to set it as a modus operandi of modern science.

Scope: Monographs, books and other types of long-text formats are very important outputs in some disciplines, such as in the Social Sciences and the Humanities. Whilst many disciplines rely nearly exclusively on the production of articles, professional advancement requirements, as well as the nature of the research and the writing process in some disciplines, result in the unwavering significance of long-text formats and monographs, both in the digital and in the print formats.

Open access for monographs and other long-text formats has been a slow process in multiple aspects. This is likely because of the higher costs and business models of book publishing, as well as a hesitancy on the side of researcher to trust important parts of their work in terms of volume to the new open access publishing environment. Additionally, funder policies and strategies focus a lot less on monographs than on journal articles, and they are often recommendations and not requirements.

This action aims to support the development of aligned institutional and funder policies and strategies regarding open access to books and monographs in Europe. In this context, the action should support: 1. activities that foster greater understanding of bottlenecks in the development of policies and strategies for open access to books and monographs by institutions and funders; 2. the coordination of policies amongst funders and research institutions, and the sharing of good practices in policies and strategies for open access to books and monographs; 3. actionable and evidence-based recommendations and resources for comprehensive institutional and funder policies for open access to books and monographs. The action may also envisage international cooperation with entities outside the EU Member States and associated countries.

The action should be no longer than 24 months.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-44: Developing and piloting training on the practice of open and responsible research and innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:Beneficiaries must make proactive efforts to disseminate policy recommendations aimed at relevant research institutions and levels of governance. Beneficiaries must acknowledge and incorporate this obligation in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them, and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Consolidated evidence base on open and responsible research and innovation 82 training for researchers at all stages of their careers across the European Research Area.

2.Development and piloting of high-quality training to a significant number of researchers on diverse aspects of open and responsible research and innovation.

3.Establishment of a platform for further development of training, mutual learning, and dissemination of recommendations to authorities and institutions responsible for researcher training.

These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

1.Improved skills leading to greater employability and career prospects for researchers.

2.Improvements in the excellence of the science conducted, improved capacity within the European Research Area to tackle societal challenges, greater interaction between science and society, improved overall effectiveness of EU research and innovation funding.

3.Improved engagement and cooperation of researchers, with communicators, journalists, industry, policy maker and civil society.

Scope: In order to ensure the excellence of EU research and innovation, the research workforce needs to strengthen skills related to integrity, avoidance of various forms of bias, including gender bias, non-discrimination and inclusion, FAIR data management, data robustness and reproducibility, dissemination and exploitation of results, and interdisciplinary research. It requires skills to communicate science and research results, in the media (including social media) and to policy makers, and skills to participate in public debates. It also requires skills to engage the public to develop research and innovation agenda, the ability to work in multi-actor collaborations covering all parts of the quadruple helix 83 where interests and motivation for engaging in research may be diverse, and actively involve citizens in research activities such as citizen science to expand the scope and the potentials of science itself. These skills are needed at all stages of researchers’ careers, from undergraduate onwards (including as part of doctoral training).

This action consists of three parts, all of which must be addressed:

The first part consists of consolidating existing evidence 84 on researcher training on open and responsible research and innovation, at all stages of their careers, from undergraduate onwards (including as part of doctoral training), and identifying gaps in existing practices in the European Research Area. This will include mutual learning activities within and outside the European Research Area to ensure established and emergent good practices are considered. Existing initiatives, such as the European Charter and Code 85 and the EU Principles for Innovative Doctoral Training 86 , should be taken into account.

The second part consists of developing training modules, courses or other kinds of interventions on open and responsible research and innovation that will be piloted to a significant number of students and researchers in different kinds of research organisations and higher education organisations across Europe, and at all stages of their studies and careers. The learning outcomes will be evaluated, with a view to refining the training ready for more widespread deployment (e.g. at national, institutional levels, or in MSCA actions). Attention should be paid to the gender dimension of the training/learning outcomes, and to ensure that the training is adapted and piloted to researchers of all backgrounds (age, ethnicity, geography, gender, etc.).

The third part consists of establishing a platform, sustainable beyond the lifetime of project funding, to continue knowledge exchange, develop guidance, and further develop training on open and responsible research and innovation. Part of the work must include the wide dissemination of policy recommendations aimed at relevant research institutions and levels of governance.

Working closely with relevant on-going actions, quadruple helix stakeholders, and science outreach stakeholders, is advised. The action is also expected to build on and valorise results from projects already funded under the “Science with and for Society” part of Horizon 2020.

HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS AND RESEARCHERS

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-50: Developing an effective ERA talent pipeline

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Several projects may work in parallel and contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

1.Creation of a common academic researchers’ career structure, taking into account new developments and diversification of careers in academia, based on practices in Member States, linking it to the updated European Skills Competences and Occupations (ESCO) framework 87

2.Enabling widespread recognition of the ESCO qualifications profile, more precisely the competences that PhD trainees and postdocs in various stages of their careers have obtained, both within and outside academia regardless of sector, discipline or location

3.Mainstreaming of tenure track like systems, as an attempt to improve career development and solve part of the precarity of research careers in academia

4.Mainstreaming practices for higher education institutions to involve non-academic sector from the onset in training & career development of PhD students

5.Mainstreaming value creation and intersectoral mobility schemes within higher education institutions to promote jobs and growth.

Scope: The European Research and Innovation system needs to optimise its support for the constant flow-through of highly skilled talents to match the demand of society and the economy. Establishing an enhanced framework for researchers' careers within the EU towards a pipeline of highly skilled, creative, and resilient talents will accelerate the achievement of a knowledge-based society and economy.

The talent pipeline’s main initiator remains the curiosity-driven approach to science, delivering creative and resilient individuals that can cope with change, for the benefit of society as a whole. The autonomy of organisations that are at the basis of the talent pipeline is an additional essential success factor for the ERA to provide visible value through excellence in research and innovation.

The framework aims at addressing: (i) the recognition of the research profession and PhD qualifications within and outside academia, the structuring of the researcher scientific career (i.e. to improve interoperability between academia and other employers), (ii) the diversification of the careers of talents trained as researcher, (iii) solutions to the precariousness of researchers’ careers in academia including a model tenure-track system accompanied by possible standard principles, and (iv) strengthened interaction with business to facilitate access to the labour market.

The common framework for research careers is expected to be based on dynamic competence profiles of researchers in various stages of their diverse careers in order to enable widespread recognition of the competences that PhD trainees and postdocs have obtained, both within and outside academia independent of sector or discipline and geographical location. It should be translated in the new European competence framework 88 , which will need to be mainstreamed across Europe.

We expect projects to take measures to improve flow-through of talent within academia and to and from the non-academic sector or to other highly needed positions in academia, to (i) improve transferable skills training, involving non-academic actors in education and training of researchers from the onset, (ii) improve talent transfer to actors in the surrounding ecosystem, (iii) improve value creation practices among higher education institutions, (iv) communicate about the competences and qualifications of researchers and their talents to economic actors and society as a whole, (v) initiatives enabling the sustainable and dynamic interaction within and between the ecosystem actors for knowledge production, circulation and use, and stimulating career fluidity through inter-institutional and inter-sectoral mobility (bi-directionally), (vi) embed additional elements in the assessment schemes for both organisations and individuals at all career stages, (vii) propose methodologies on how to introduce skills requirements from the business, social and public sector to academia.

Activities should include the establishment of pilot (for instance) local talent management centres and training hubs that strengthen involvement of the non-academic sector in defining the priorities of researchers’ training and lifelong learning upskilling. Attention should be paid to addressing gender equality related issues throughout the different strands of the proposed framework.

Duration: The action should be no longer than 2 years.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-51: Acceleration Services in support of the institutional transformation of Higher Education Institutions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes in relation to acceleration services in support of the institutional transformation of higher education institutions (HEI):

1.A methodology towards acceleration services that can help HEI or alliances/networks of HEIs in pursuing institutional transformations, including a monitoring mechanism to assess quality of the delivered services.

2.A coaching service with best practice examples and guidance for individual HEIs as well as networks of HEIs, aligned with the common transformation agenda, facilitating access to finance from various sources.

3.Tested acceleration services with user groups (HEI umbrella organisations, individual HEIs, or networks of HEIs, including partners from surrounding ecosystems), supporting HEI or networks of HEIs in developing a strategy to pursue institutional transformations in the field of R&I.

4.An investment strategy mechanism, implemented with the user group, facilitating access to funding from national, regional, or EU resources to deliver on the Higher Education Transformation Agenda.

5.Progress of the user groups of the acceleration services regarding the implementation of the chosen areas of the transformation agenda, measured through a monitoring mechanism.

6.Policy feedback to the European Commission and Member States on the acceleration services, and widespread dissemination of the pilot results to other target groups

Scope: The overall aim of the Higher Education Institutions acceleration services is to help institutions to successfully implement a strategy and roadmap for transformation, by creating a shared knowledge base, coaching service and virtual meeting place for them to connect with peers and other ecosystem actors, as well as with investors and public funders. The acceleration services should consist of (i) a coaching and support mechanism for HEIs to pursue institutional transformation in various areas, (ii) a methodology for an investment strategy to facilitate access of higher education institutions and surrounding ecosystem to support to deliver on the chosen transformations, (iii) a monitoring mechanism to assess progress in the transformation efforts. Projects should address all three aspects and test them with user groups.

HEIs, including universities, are crucial drivers of knowledge ecosystems, and increasingly also of innovation ecosystems. The new ERA is expected to strengthen the R&I dimension of HEIs through a comprehensive institutional Higher Education Transformation Agenda in synergy with the European Education Area, reinforcing their role as drivers of change, fostering their recovery, enabling shared objectives between the EU and Member States’ initiatives to support higher education institutions in their efforts to transform on their education, research, innovation and service to society missions. To deliver on the transformation agenda for HEIs a large-scale concerted action in support of the institutional transformation efforts of HEIs will be required, including a standard methodology to develop roadmaps of EU, national and regional actions and investment measures for institutions or alliances.

Projects should build on the results of previous analyses that set out a framework for empowering HEIs across Europe in their research and innovation mission, facilitating ongoing transformation processes based on universities’ needs (“Towards a 2030 Vision on the Future of Universities in the field of research and innovation in Europe”, October 2020 89 ), and the analyses performed under the previous Work Programme (in particular the study “Knowledge ecosystems in the new ERA: a comprehensive analysis of the state of play, the design of monitoring mechanisms, and creation of a toolbox of support measures”, 2021).The projects should link and build on the results of the initiative of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) on Innovation Capacity Building for Higher Education launched in 2021 that has the objective to unlock the full innovation potential of higher education institutions (HEIs).

The Higher Education Transformation Agenda developed under the previous Work Programme is expected to include the most important priorities and challenges for HEIs regarding institutional transformations towards the future, including (trans)national cooperation with other HEIs, and the growing importance of engagement with a broad range of sectors and societal actors inherent to the multiple dimensions of HEI (education, research, innovation, service to society). Acceleration services should address all possible R&I areas of the Higher Education Transformation Agenda such as: (a) empower HEIs towards developing shared R&I strategies that deliver on Europe’s challenges with critical mass; (b) facilitate the sharing of capacity, infrastructure and resources through collaborative settings, such as the European Universities initiative; (c) improve the attractiveness of researchers’ careers, including through reform of the career assessment and incentives regimes; (d) facilitate co-operation with surrounding R&I ecosystem actors; (e) support the transition to knowledge- and digitally-driven HEIs that mainstream Open Science practices and include research and innovation outputs in teaching; (f) engage citizens in solving societal challenges; (g) support institutional change through inclusive gender equality plans.

Projects are expected to a methodology how to deploy such acceleration services including (i) access to coaches, mentors, expertise and training from academia or outside academia, with different profiles that match with the areas from the transformation agenda, which the project puts at the disposal of individual HEIs or networks of universities in need of institutional transformation in the field of R&I; these experts, coaches, mentors, etc should provide support for (ii) strategy development, (iii) roadmap development, and (iv) mapping of required support resources, as well as provide (v) detailed advice on access to funding from EU, national, and regional sources to allow the HEIs to deliver on the transformations; this should in particular include support and access to financial instruments for excellent research and innovation capacity, and support for disruptive innovation from academic sector, incl. spin-offs from universities and public research organisations, and cooperation agreements between academic and business sector. This should lead to a standard methodology to develop specific investment agendas for individual institutions or networks of HEI that consists of different funding and financial instrument branches, aligned with the priorities and areas of the common transformation agenda, and realising concerted support to the institutional transformation efforts universities want to engage in.

The acceleration services should be piloted together with large user groups (either individual HEI, networks or alliances of universities and surrounding ecosystem actors, or umbrella organisations of HEI), and progress of the users in the implementation of the chosen areas of the transformation agenda should be measured. Actions should therefore include an evaluation mechanism that enables to assess the strategies from individual HEIs or alliances of universities, pursuing institutional transformation towards universities of the future, for instance under supervision of an ‘acceleration board’ of independent experts. The evaluation mechanism should also monitor progress of the HEIs in the implementation of the chosen areas from the transformation agenda.

Projects should disseminate widely the methodology and the results of the pilot with user groups, as well as provide policy recommendations to the Commission and Member States on the acceleration services, in view of future targeted and synergetic actions in support of Higher Education sector.

The duration of the action should not exceed 5 years.

SCIENCE COMMUNICATION

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-60: A European competence centre for science communication

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Consolidation of knowledge and development of guidelines, tools, innovative strategies, and recommendations to improve science communication for all research and innovation actors;

2.Establishment of a European competence centre for science communication, sustained beyond the lifetime of funding;

3.Increased networking and mutual learning, higher quality, more trustworthy, and more rapidly mobilised science communication by national authorities, businesses, civil society organisations, other stakeholders and projects.

Scope: Science communication is a scientific discipline, an activity conducted by career scientists and science outreach organisations, and a specific career pathway followed by journalists. It has the potential to improve science-society relations by increasing the transparency of science, building trust in the processes and outcomes of science, and raising scientific literacy. It can also improve the uptake of science by society and support evidence-based policy making.

Science and science communication have been undergoing radical changes over recent years, creating opportunities that may, in turn, pose new challenges. For instance, traditional media are increasingly being superseded by social media with more user-edited content; rapid diffusion of open access or pre-peer review papers gives the general public access to research that was previously locked behind paywalls; and open data enable a wider set of actors to interact with, analyse and interpret research results than in the past.

The covid-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of communicating scientific knowledge and recommendations to respond to a fast-moving and critical threat. It is important to learn from this and other experiences when science communication has been essential to conveying scientific knowledge and recommendations on critical issues, to explaining how hypotheses, experiments and uncertainties are also part of the scientific method, to build capacities and strengthen networks, and to ensure greater ability in the future to react rapidly and effectively to critical situations.

This action has two parts, both of which must be addressed:

The first part consists of consolidating the evidence base on science communication from on-going and past projects and initiatives 90 , covering a wide range of existing and potential critical areas for research and innovation for society. Particular attention should be paid to contextual issues (geography, gender, age, socio-economic status, etc.) that affect the uptake or effectiveness of science communication. Policy reports and recommendations, guidelines, and innovative strategies should be developed for all research and innovation actor types; potential targets should include government agencies and public authorities, research funding and performing organisations, and civil society organisations. An important outcome should be the publication of one or more user-friendly handbook(s) for effective science communication, backed by an interactive and pedagogical online toolkit, for use by Horizon Europe projects. This part should involve all parts of the quadruple helix 91 in co-creation activities, to ensure that the outcomes are usable in different contexts, for different purposes, and by different research and innovation actors; considerable efforts to disseminate the findings across the European Research Area should be undertaken.

The second part will consist of establishing a centre of knowledge, expertise, advice, resources, and tools on science communication in the European Research Area. It should link to - and support - existing communities of knowledge and practice, with the goal of improving co-ordination and mutual learning between them. It should support potential user groups including R&I projects, public authorities, government agencies, the private sector, and civil society organisations, to improve and initiate trusted and impactful science communication. An important element will be preparing the European Research Area to react quickly to situations requiring science communication, and the ability to provide rapid advice and support, as required. The centre should work towards the sustainability of its activities beyond the lifetime of funding, including through the provision of a basket of services and other activities that have market value; a business plan should therefore be elaborated from the very earliest stages of the project.

The action should build on the knowledge, networks and capacities developed by Horizon 2020 92 and by national and regional initiatives and work closely with relevant projects. A minimum project duration of 4 years should be envisaged.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-70: Open schooling for science education and a learning continuum for all

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.50 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Promote creation of new partnerships that foster networking, sharing and applying science and technology research findings amongst teachers, researchers and professionals across different enterprises;

2.Engage learners in meaningful real-life problem-solving situations, within education, the workplace and other learning environments;

3.Encourage science studies and science careers by supporting cross-community networks of stakeholders to address issues such as the Green Deal, Health and Digitalisation;

4.Increase female participation in science studies and science careers and deconstruct gender stereotypes;

5.Foster, share and apply science and innovation research to different genres of enterprises eg start-ups, SMEs, entrepreneurs;

6.Encourage mentoring across the different groups involved in the partnerships in order to take full advantage of science, technology, research and innovation;

7.Encourage industry-funded innovation to become part of lifelong learning programmes

Scope: Science education should be an essential component of compulsory education for all students. Policies should support students, teachers, parents and the wider community to improve access to and provide everyone with the opportunities to pursue excellence in learning and learning outcomes and to ensure young people and adult learners alike are motivated to learn and to be fully equipped to engage in scientific discourse and facilitate further study in science education.

The proposed action targets the creation of new partnerships in local communities to foster improved science education for all citizens and to contribute to a learning continuum for all. It seeks to promote partnerships between for example teachers, students, scientists, researchers, innovators, professionals in enterprise and other stakeholders in science related fields to work together on real-life challenges and innovations within local communities with a view to engaging them in teaching and learning processes and to promote science education as part of local community development.

This action aims to support a range of activities based on collaboration at local level between formal, non-formal and informal science education providers, enterprises and civil society in order to integrate the concept of open schooling, including all educational levels, in science education.

The action should consider current policy initiatives. Reference and consideration should be given to previously funded projects. Applicants should develop links with Scientix 93 and consider links with other policy domains such as projects funded under SwafS-26-2020 (Innovators of the future: bridging the gender gap).

Currently, Europe faces a shortfall in science-knowledgeable people at all levels of society at a time when it needs ever more scientists and a science literate society. The coronavirus pandemic demonstrates the importance and necessity of having highly qualified scientists, researchers, innovators and medics to keep our society safe and healthy. To increase the uptake of science careers to feed the talent pipeline, and to improve science literacy in our adult population and support a learning continuum for all, a collaborative action on Open Schooling is proposed.

GENDER EQUALITY

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-80: Living Lab for gender-responsive innovation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Advancement of knowledge and practice on gender-responsive innovation in Europe

2.Strengthening of the innovation and inclusiveness dimensions of the European Research Area.

Scope: Women remain disproportionately under-represented among innovators and start-up entrepreneurs and hold less than 10% of patent applications 94 , while the integration of the gender dimension into product design, technologies and innovations in general, remains very limited despite its potential for opening new markets and its core importance for solving global challenges and European priorities. Moreover, a positive correlation between the European Innovation Scoreboard and the Gender Equality Index has been reported, and a higher proportion of research organisations with a gender equality plan in a given country is similarly correlated with a higher Innovation Score 95 .

A “Living Lab” will be put in place, gathering innovators as well as social science and gender scholars to investigate and generate new and disruptive ideas to promote women innovators and develop gender-responsive innovation. This novel knowledge and collaboration scheme will build on projects and actions supported under Horizon 2020, including the EU Prize for Women Innovators and its network of awardees, project GENDERACTION, recommendations from the Horizon 2020 Expert Group to update and expand “Gendered Innovations/Innovation through Gender” 96 and outputs of projects funded under the SwafS-26-2020 (Innovators of the future: bridging the gender gap) topic. It will also complement initiatives led by the European Innovation Council, as well as EIT-led activities aimed at supporting women-led innovation.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Establish a sustainable learning and collaboration hub between various innovation ecosystem actors, including, e.g., women innovators, social innovators, education institutions, science and technology museums, foundations, start-ups and larger companies, as well as social science researchers and gender scholars from a variety of scientific disciplines.

2.Develop real-life action research with above-mentioned stakeholders, based on the co-development and testing of user-centred and open and social innovation processes promoting gender equal participation, as well as integrating the gender dimension into their contents, with an opening to intersectional approaches considering social categories intersecting with gender such as ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation or else social origin. A special focus should be placed on information technology and AI-related fields and Commission priorities such as the European Green Deal and the preparedness and response to future pandemics.

3.Propose concrete new methods and solutions for the development of gender-responsive innovation in Europe.

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-81: Support to the implementation of inclusive gender equality plans

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:
The scheme must involve at least one leading university or resear
ch organisation in gender equality, and at least three less advanced institutions from Widening Member States or Associated Countries including countries from the Western Balkans

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhance the reputation, attractiveness, inclusiveness and research excellence of less advanced institutions as a result of implementing inclusive gender equality plans.

2.Transform institutions to advance inclusive gender equality within the European Research Area (ERA).

Scope: The institutional change strategy implemented through gender equality plans has had very positive impacts in many research organisations and been a catalyser at national and EU level, as the latest ERA progress report has shown. However, there is a heterogeneity in the implementation of Gender Equality Plans across the EU, and persisting structural barriers in R&I institutions which must be addressed, through a renewed approach.

The inclusion scheme aims to strengthen and go beyond the minimum requirements for a Gender Equality Plan (GEP) as defined in Horizon Europe eligibility criteria, and to support the implementation of inclusive GEPs in line with the new ERA Communication and gender equality objectives 97 .

Actions should clearly outline the approach for boosting gender equality strategies, including new areas such as intersectionality and diversity, outreach beyond the organisation, gender budgeting, or gender and innovation among others, building on knowledge and expertise developed through related Horizon 2020 projects and tools (e.g. GEAR Tool, ACT Communities of practice). Advanced organisations will mentor on best practices, processes, monitoring and actions to undertake in the inclusive GEPs.

Proposals are expected to address the following:

1.Methods for exchanging and implementing good practices and materials, tailored to individual organisations’ needs for the development of inclusive GEPs;

2.Support for reinforcing their networking in the area of gender equality and inclusiveness, especially with already existing Communities of Practice;

3.Activities such as on-site visits, on-site or virtual training; workshops; dissemination and outreach and capacity building activities.

4.Implementation of specific actions in the less advanced institutions specifically addressing the opening to intersectionality and diversity, including in the integration of intersectional sex and gender analysis into R&I content.

The partners involved in the twinning exercise are expected to revolve either around a specific thematic area or have widening partners with similar national/regional background for a better contextualization.

ETHICS AND INTEGRITY

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-91: The empirical and behavioural approach to research ethics and integrity

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:

Proposals must include structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 98 , and the European Networks ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 99 and ENRIO (European Network of Research Integrity Offices) 100 .

The output material of the action must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science.

.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

Trust in science is key for an inclusive, open and democratic society. 101 To sustain that trust, it is pivotal all research is conducted in line with the highest standards on research ethics and integrity. Research misconduct, in any stage of the research process, can undermine public trust in research and may amount to severe socio-economic consequences.

Several factors may lead researchers to breach research ethics and integrity standards and engage in questionable research practices. While some of these factors are systemic and institutional, individual factors may contribute to researchers’ behaviour within the institutional environments in which they operate. While researchers mostly act with integrity , they sometimes (and often unintentionally) end up engaging in questionable practices that could lead to transgressions, engulfing research teams, departments, institutions and on rare occasions, even national research systems. In order to develop a comprehensive preventive policy and support research organizations and research funders to uphold the highest standards of research ethics and integrity, there is a need to explore in depth the behavioural and organizational factors that may facilitate researchers engaging in questionable practices and misconduct and develop methodologies to address those factors.

This action aims to improve the understanding of researchers’ behaviours and incorporate this knowledge in measures aiming at enhancing promotion of ethics and integrity principles through shared responsibility (individual and institutional), improved education and training processes and qualified mentoring and support. Guaranteeing a generalised and consistently high level of research ethics and integrity, could drastically improve the relevance, robustness, accessibility and dissemination of research results and enhance societal trust in the scientific process.

Scope: In order to elucidate behavioural factors that may lead researchers to breach standards of research ethics and integrity, this action should perform a literature review, map the existing knowledge on behavioural ethics and moral psychology and identify research outcomes and research needs.

Based on the results of the literature review the action should develop a casuistry-based methodology to address research misconduct. This methodology should also take into account personal and institutional responsibilities for the promotion of research integrity and relevant research and efforts on the rehabilitation and reintegration of researchers. Particular attention should be paid to issues related to the mental health and wellbeing of researchers, especially for those employed in uncertain work conditions (short-term contracts, early career researchers, students, etc.), including with respect to bullying and sexual harassment as well as other forms of gender-based violence.

Based on the results of the literature review, the action should conduct a public consultation process with all involved stakeholders and ensuring adequate representation of young students and early career researchers. The literature review and the consultation process should also incorporate real life experiences from researchers, members of ethics and misconduct committees, Integrity and Ethics officers (and the local and national level).Participation of the private sector is strongly encouraged, especially as behavioural studies on ethical conduct in industry have been widely published and discussed.

Publicly available results from relevant EU funded research projects 102 (e.g. SOP4RI, Integrity, PRO-Ethics, TRUST, PRO-RES, Path2Integirty) should be taken into account. Structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 103 and the European Network ENRIO, is necessary.

In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly advised, in particular with countries which have concluded an international agreement on science and technology with the European Union. Participants from countries, which are not eligible for funding according to the General Annexes, may take part in the project as associated partners.

The action should develop:

1.An identification of current needs in improving institutional research culture, taking into account the potential unequal impacts on people of different genders;

2.Specific course material to enhance and supplement current efforts on research ethics and integrity that stem from (but not limited to) EU-funded projects (see https://www.embassy.science/ );

3.Guidelines to facilitate adoption of the gained knowledge in host institutions - as a supplement to existing Standard Operating procedures (see SOP4RI, https://www.sops4ri.eu/ ). These guidelines should also cover responsible mentoring, supervision and role modelling;

4.Methodologies for measuring the short-, medium- and long-term impact of ethics and integrity trainings in the attitudes and behaviours of students and researchers and their ethical conduct in research and innovation; and

5.A best practice manual, based on case studies of implemented measures that analyse what works and what does not work in various contexts, to enable practice-oriented learning.

All outputs of the action must be available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science web site ( https://www.embassy.science/ )

OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS

GRANT TO IDENTIFIED BENEFICIARIES

1. Support the Slovenian Presidency for the organization of an ERA Conference

As part of the implementation of the renewed ERA, the Slovenian Presidency will organise a major ERA conference in the second half of 2021. This high-level conference will engage in major political debates related to ERA as well as its future governance. This grant will support the government of Slovenia, and more concretely the Ministry of Education, Science and Sport, in organizing this conference.

Legal entities:

Government of Slovenia, Ministry of Education, Science and Sport, Masarykova 16, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q4 / 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget

2. Support to RESAVER Pension Fund

RESAVER Pension Fund is the first multi-country, multi-employers pension fund that enables mobile employees of the research institutions to remain affiliated to the same supplementary pension fund (2nd pillar and 3rd pillar) when moving between different countries and changing jobs.

The pension fund is based on the IORP II directive ((2016/2341/EC) Institutions for Occupational Retirement Provision) which provides a framework for institutions providing occupational pensions in all EU countries. The pension fund complies with national social and labour law and does not interfere with Member States prerogative in the area of 1st pillar pension.

The purpose of the grant is to provide financial support towards the functioning of the RESAVER pension fund in its core activities - over a period of three years - in order to carry out a set of activities detailed in a work programme.

Legal entities:

'RESAVER Pension Fund OFP' (Retirement Savings Vehicle for European Research Institutions), 22, Rue de Pascale, 1040 Brussels. Belgium

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.85 million from the 2021 budget

3. ERA Talent Platform

The new ERA Communication outlines that EURAXESS services, network and portals will be broadened into an ERA Talent Platform, an online one-stop-shop, with improved structure and governance, exploiting links to Europass, the EU platform for people to manage their learning and careers and the EURES network of European public employment services. The Council Conclusions on the Future of the ERA calls on the Commission and Member States to develop EURAXESS as the ERA pilot action to foster “inclusiveness” within the ERA into an ERA Talent Platform fit to address existing barriers to unbalanced mobility patterns by supporting researchers in their career development within the ERA, connecting researchers and institutions, and improving employability and talent absorption and mobility schemes.

The scope of the action is to further intensify the services provided by the EURAXESS network, by reforming its structure and expanding its mandate towards taking care of the career development of researchers in Europe, with particular focus on talented researchers and opening new career trajectories for them in academia, industry and business. This is expected to happen through the set -up of dedicated physical and/or virtual centres/hubs affiliated to the existing network, acting as one-stop-shops based on multidisciplinary teams and cross-country and cross-border coordinated structures on a common agenda and standards of work, processes and tools for talent management services.

The support for the career development of talented researchers needs to take into account different layers of specialization, such as a basic career orientation service or more advanced services, consisting in personalized assistance, such as organization of trainings and providing access to career advisor, mentoring and coaching sessions. The advanced services need to be empowered with competences drawn from or accessed through EURAXESS centres’ partnerships with multiplier and enabler organizations.

The centres to be specialized in talent management services should also assist institutions and have within their portfolio the organization of networking activities to connect researchers with employers and the local/regional R&I community. Additional services for institutions should include, among others, the creation of communities of practice on the sub-processes of talent management (recruitment, selection, integration in the culture of the host country, rewards and skills, recognition and motivation of high-potential researchers, etc.). Such centres should facilitate best practice sharing and are expected to keep their R&I communities informed and engaged on new ERA policy measures in the respective areas.

The support for talented researchers should be complemented by enhanced services for the social-cultural and labour integration of researchers and their families in the host country.

The reform and expansion of the services need to be reflected on the EURAXESS portal and national portals, which should develop into a Talent Platform addressing both researchers and institutions, including newly designed sections, tools and training materials making EURAXESS a recruitment, career development and social networking website, designed for research professionals. A specific focus should be placed on fostering gender equality in talent recognition, including through targeted support for women researchers, and also addressing mobility-related dual career and work-life balance issues.

Legal entities:

UNIVERZITET U BANJOJ LUCI, 1511001I4/161100, Bulevar Vojvode Petra Bojovica BB, Banja Luka 78000 , Bosnia and Herzegovina, BA0401017720006

Service Public Federal de Programmation Politique Scientifique, 30 Boulevard Simon Bolivar, Brussels 1000, Belgium

VALSTS IZGLITIBAS ATTISTIBAS AGENTURA, VALNU IELA 1, RIGA 1050, Latvia

FUNDACION ESPANOLA PARA LA CIENCIA Y LA TECNOLOGIA, ES3, 577, Calle Pedro Teixeira 8, Planta 2, MADRID 28020, Spain, ESG82999871

NORGES FORSKNINGSRAD, 970141669, Stensberggata 26, Oslo 0170, Norway, NO970141669MVA

SOFIISKI UNIVERSITET SVETI KLIMENT OHRIDSKI (СУ Св.Климент Охридски), 2263021177, Bul Tzar Osvoboditel 15, Sofia 1504, Bulgaria

CONSORZIO PER L AREA DI RICERCA SCI ENTIFICA E TECNOLOGICA DI TRIESTE CONSORZIO AREA, PADRICIANO 99, TRIESTE 34012, Italy

GOETEBORGS UNIVERSITET (UGOT), VASAPARKEN, GOETEBORG 405 30, Sweden, SE202100315301

UNIVERSITE DE LIEGE, 325777171, Place du 20 Aout 7, Liege 4000, Belgium, BE0325777171

SIHTASUTUS EESTI TEADUSAGENTUUR, EE4, 90000759/1125175, Soola 8, Tartu 51013, Estonia

BAY ZOLTAN ALKALMAZOTT KUTATASI KOZHASZNU NONPROFIT KFT., KONDORFA UTCA 1, BUDAPEST 1116, Hungary, HU23497980

FUNDACAO PARA A CIENCIA E A TECNOLOGIA, 503904040, Avenidad Carlos I 126, Lisboa 1249-074, Portugal, PT503904040

RESEARCH AND INNOVATION FOUNDATION, CY12, 102, Strovolos Avenue 123, Nicosia 2042, Cyprus

THE BRITISH COUNCIL, GB22, RC000060/CH209131, Spring Gardens 10, London SW1A 2BN, United Kingdom, GB238767421

INSTYTUT PODSTAWOWYCH PROBLEMOW TECHNIKI POLSKIEJ AKADEMII NAUK, RIN-48/98, Adolfa Pawinskiego 5B, WARSAW 02-106, Poland, PL5250008979.

CENTER REPUBLIKE SLOVENIJE ZA MOBILNOST IN EVROPSKE PROGRAME IZOBRAZEVANJA IN USPOSABLJANJA, 1833006000, Ob Zeleznici 30A, Ljubljana 1000, Slovenia, SI33171629

IRISH UNIVERSITIES ASSOCIATION LTD, 264534, Merrion Square 48, Dublin D2, Ireland, IE8264534J

AGENCIJA ZA MOBILNOST I PROGRAME EUROPSKE UNIJE (AGENCY FOR MOBLITY AND EU PROGRAMMES), 080631323, Frankopanska 26, Zagreb 10000, Croatia, HR25385906011

THE FAROESE RESEARCH COUNCIL (GRANSKINGARRADID), Bryggjubakki 12, Torhshavn FO-110, Faroe Islands, FO527920

CONFERENCE DES PRESIDENTS D UNIVERSITE, FR3, 504248626, Boulevard Saint Michel 103, Paris 75005, France

ACADEMIA DE STIINTE A MOLDOVEI, STEFAN CEL MARE 1, CHISINAU 2001, Moldova

AGJENCIA KOMBETARE E KERKIMIT SHKENCOR DHE INOVACIONIT, RRUGA PAPA"GJON PALI" II NR.3, TIRANA 1001, Albania, ALL62127451O

DEUTSCHES ZENTRUM FUER LUFT - UND RAUMFAHRT E.V. DLR (DLR PT), Linder Hoehe, 51147 Koeln, Germany

Lietuvos mokslo taryba -The research Council of Lithuania (RCL) , Lithuania, Gedimio pr.3, LT-01103, Lithuania

The Malta Council for Science and Technology, Ministry of Science and Employment (MCST) , Villa Bighi, Kalkara KKR 1320 – Malta

University of Helsinki (HC), P.O. Box 4 Yliopistonkatu 3, 00014, Helsinki, Finland

University of Luxembourg (UL), Maison du Savoir 2, Avenue de l’Université, L-4365 Esch-sur-Alzette, Luxemburg

University of Montenegro (UoM) , Cetinjska 2, Podgorica, 81000, Montenegro

ETHNIKO KENTRO EREVNAS KAI TECHNOLOGIKIS ANAPTYXIS (CERTH), represented by Director of Central Directorate and Chairman of the Board of Directors of CERTH, Athanasios KONSTANDOPOULOS (Party no. 1), CHARILAOU THERMI ROAD 6 KM, THERMI THESSALONIKI 57001, Greece, EL099785242

EIDGENOESSISCHE TECHNISCHE HOCHSCHULE ZUERICH, GESETZSR414110, Raemistrasse 101, Zuerich 8092, Switzerland, CHE115203630MWST

KOBENHAVNS UNIVERSITET, 29979812, Norregrade 10, Kobenhavn 1165, Denmark, DK29979812

MASINSKI FAKULTET - UNIVERZITETA U NISU (MASINSKI FAKULTET - UNIVERZITETA U NISU), 07174713, Aleksandra Medvedeva 14, Nis 18000, Serbia, RS100662813

STREDISKO SPOLECNYCH CINNOSTI AV CR v.v.i., 60457856, Narodni 1009/3, Prague 1 11000, Czech Republic, CZ60457856.

SAIA, n. o., 31821596, Sasinkova 10, Bratislava 1 812 20, Slovakia, SAIA, n. o.

UNITATEA EXECUTIVA PENTRU FINANTAREA INVATAMANTULUI SUPERIOR, A CERCETARII, DEZVOLTARII SI INOVARII, 12354176, Mendeleev Street 21-25, Bucharest 010362, Romania

OEAD (OSTERREICHISCHE AUSTAUSCHDIENST) GESELLSHAFT MIT BESCHRANKTER HAFTUNG - AUSTRIAN AGENCY FOR INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION IN EDUCATION AND RESEARCH (OeAD-GmbH) GMBH, FN320219K.

DRUSHTVO ZA EDUACIJA CENTAR ZA INOVACII TRANSFER NA ZNAEENJE DOOEL SKOPJE AD, 6953476, Rilksi Congress 49 14, Skopje 1000, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, MK4058014518960

STICHTING EP-NUFFIC, NL6, 41150085, Kortenaerkade 11, Den Haag 2518 AX, Netherlands, NL002877612B01

IP&D INNOVATION PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT, A. NUTMAN STREET 35, REHOVOT 76656, Israel, IL513423244

THE ICELANDIC CENTRE FOR RESEARCH, 5310942129, Laugavegur 13, Reykjavik 101, Iceland

Government of Flanders (VL O), Department of Economy, Science and Innovation (EWI), Koning Albert II-laan 35, Box 10, 1030 Brussels, Belgium

UGPE (European Project Management Unit) within the Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research, 7ième Etage. Bur. 710, DG R&I Horizon2020 - 50 Av. Mohamed V, 1002, Tunis -TUNISIE

Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation, Aleksidze Str 1, 0193 Tbilisi, Georgia

National Academy of Sciences of the Republic of Armenia, 24 Marshal Baghramjan Avenue 375019 Yerevan, Armenia

TURKIYE BILIMSEL VE TEKNOLOJIK ARASTIRMA KURUMU, 278, Ataturk Bulvari 221, Ankara 06100, Turkey, TR1750003600

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q3 / 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 4.00 million from the 2022 budget

4. The EuroScience Open Forum (ESOF) and European City of Science 2022 actions

Expected Outcomes:

1.Bring together more than 5000 delegates from more than 50 countries within and outside Europe;

2.Showcase latest developments in research and innovation and offer open forum for lively discussion and debate on the future of European science, policy and innovation;

3.Encompass three interconnected programmes: scientific research and innovation, science-to-business and scientific careers;

4.Parallel Science in the City festival targets local citizens to extend and enhance dialog and exchange on science and its role in society.

Scope:

In addition to the ESOF conference, Leiden, the host city of ESOF 2022, includes two new initiatives:

1.A festival: “European Science in the City” to be organised in close collaboration with the European Commission. The goal of the new event, associated with the more general “Science in the City” festival of ESOF, will be to showcase for the general public and European citizens the results of R&I projects supported by the European Commission, including the Horizon Europe programme. The “European Science in the City” festival will be promoted together with the ESOF conference.

2.A year of events: the European City of Science (ECS) - a true all-year programme with various events and activities programmed by the host city in the spirit of the European Capital of Culture or the European Green Capital. In this perspective, the yearlong programme of the European City of Science will target a wide population of European citizens beyond simple local or regional impact.

Support offered to the organisers of ESOF2022 and its associated events, notably the European City of Science (ECS) to ensure that a structured and expanded dialogue among all societal actors (researchers, citizens, policy makers, business and third sector organisations, including all social groups) will be developed. In this context, special emphasis is placed on exploring and supporting citizen science as an important dimension of open science and as a way to promote further Responsible Research and Innovation through outreach activities, science education and various forms of public engagement with science.

An inclusive and integrated combination of seminars, workshops, debates and round table discussions using new interactive and engaging formats is included and centred on Horizon Europe key societal challenges.

Legal entities:

Foundation Leiden European City of Science 2022 , Zijldijk 8, 2362 AE Warmond, Netherlands.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q4/2021

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget

5. European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) 2022

The European Union Contest for Young Scientists is a science competition for 14 to 20 year olds. It brings together first prize winners of national science contests for pre-Higher Education Institution school science projects to compete for prizes and awards. The contestants are judged by a jury of eminent scientists selected by the European Commission. The jury award 1st, 2nd and 3rd monetary prizes as well as other prestigious prizes donated to the contest by international research organisations and other similar bodies. The EU Contest takes place each year in a different location. This Contest provides additional stimulus to young people who have already demonstrated that they are applying science to solve problems. Many go on to become successful scientists. It attracts a considerable level of co-funding in the host country, and high levels of international media attention. The proposal could also consider a pilot scheme for other constituents such as early career researchers. The proposal could also consider a pilot scheme for other constituents such as early career researchers.The organisation of the contest is based on the General Guidelines on the organisation of the European Union Contest for Young Scientists and its Annex 1 – Rules of the contest. These are updated annually by the European Commission. https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/eucys_en

Legal entities:

Foundation Leiden European City of Science 2022 , Zijldijk 8, 2362 AE Warmond, Netherlands.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget

6. EU Gender Equality Competence Facility

This EU Gender Equality Competence Facility will follow up on the pilot European knowledge and support facility for fostering institutional change through gender equality plans, funded under the 2020 work programme of Horizon 2020, under the Science-with-and-for-society programme.

In support to the requirement for public bodies, research organisations and higher education establishments applying to Horizon Europe to have a Gender Equality Plan (GEP) in place as an eligibility criterion, this facility will act as a competence centre and deploy support to research organisations and universities on how to design, implement, evaluate, and sustain a gender equality plan.

This practical support will be adapted to the specific country context and organisation needs. It will also provide guidance, practical information and disseminate the good practices and best tools in the field. It will include the development of an enhanced digital, interactive platform to offer access to gender knowledge and expertise, focusing in gender equality plans. The platform will include digital training modules and an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for the implementation of GEPs. It will take into account and build on the GEAR tool developed by European Institute for Gender Equality and DG Research and Innovation.

Legal entities:

The European Institute for Gender Equality (EIGE), Gedimino pr. 16, LT-01103 Vilnius, Lithuania

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q3 / 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

7. Science Advice for Policy by European Academies

Expected impact:

1.Enhanced capacity for sound evidence-informed policy-making by providing reliable, state-of-the art, policy-relevant and publicly accessible scientific evidence available to the Group in a timely, efficient and transparent manner;

2.A demonstrably more open and inclusive dialogue about major societal challenges via a transparently managed, interdisciplinary approach and a wide engagement of the scientific community;

3.Increased societal awareness of the role of science advice-to-policy- and to decision-making, by developing capabilities to accurately communicate science advice, including the degree of uncertainty of specific scientific knowledge;

4.Improved transparency of the EU policy-making process, including through the possibility of active engagement with the wider public and involvement of the entire scientific community​

Scope: Better Regulation is a priority for the European Commission (‘the EC’) and so is the use of scientific evidence to inform policy-making. Scientific advice is necessary and it must be excellent, independent, timely, relevant to European Union (EU) policy-making and as interdisciplinary as required to address all dimensions of the policy issue at stake.

In this regard, the Science Advice for Policy by European Academies (‘the SAPEA’) Consortium has a proven record of working in partnership mode to provide scientific evidence to the European Commission’s Group of Chief Scientific Advisors (‘the Group’), within the framework of the Commission’s Scientific Advice Mechanism (‘SAM’). SAM consists of the Group, the external scientific evidence provider SAPEA and a dedicated secretariat established in DG RTD. As evidence-informed policy is among the priorities of the 2019-2024 European Commission One of the priorities for this College: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/political-guidelines-next-commission_en.pdf

Building on its experience, the SAPEA consortium will:

1.Provide at the request of the Commission targeted scientific evidence in a timely and transparent manner to inform the production of science advice by the Group of Chief Scientific Advisors. The evidence should be of the highest scientific quality, developed by complete and independent evidence analysis and synthesis respecting timelines and policy needs;

2.Strengthen the links between European science academies and ensure active participation of all academies that are associated in the networks that make up the Consortium, and include experts from other organisations. In carrying out this process, the Consortium will ensure optimal geographical and gender diversity, coverage of all relevant science fields, and interdisciplinary. An open and inclusive approach will be used involving experts who are not Academy Fellows, both early career and senior of various, relevant backgrounds. These approaches aim at increasing the range of the available scientific evidence to be considered and the excellence of the expertise provided;

3.To consider for the Evidence Review Report scientific evidence published in peer reviewed scientific journals, edited volumes, and monographs submitted by independent experts in the area under consideration. Scientific evidence submitted by other interested entities should only be considered, if relevant and meeting high quality and if these entities provide proof that they are registered in the EU Transparency Register..

4.Develop novel and improve existing forms of scientific input to address short-term needs of the Group in a timely, reliable, policy-relevant and efficient manner, e.g. fast evidence-gathering tools and literature reviews, short term evidence reports, and expert consultation on high-priority, short-term policy initiatives.

5.Develop further SAPEA’s internal database to access an up-to-date pool of top-quality experts in various fields, in combination with other networking approaches that can be called upon at short notice.

6.In coordination with the secretariat supporting the Group of Chief Scientific Advisors, engage with citizens, stakeholders, scientific communities and policy-makers to disseminate and promote the work of the Group, and to monitor, assess and report on the impact and uptake thereof;

7.Increase awareness of the significance of science-to-policy advice and ensure outreach to larger audiences, including in the Member States, through targeted communication actions, novel information products, media outreach, and policy monitoring processes, whilst ensuring consistent internal and external communication;

8.Include an ‘early alert’ mechanism to signal topics and challenges that may become relevant for the Group of Chief Scientific Advisors and the Commission, identified through techniques such as horizon scanning and consultation including through through the academy networks.

9.Formulate in the Evidence Review Report (ERR) clear options and conclusions (not policy recommendations) in response to the given policy question.

​The project duration is up to 3 years.

Legal entities:

Acatech (Deutsche Akademie der Technikwissenschaften), , Unter den Linden 14, 10117 Berlin, Germany

FEAM - Federation of European Academies of Medicine, Palais des Académies, Rue Ducale 1, 1000 Brussels, Belgium

Euro-CASE, Grand Palais des Champs-Élysées | Porte C, Avenue Franklin D. Roosevelt, 75008 Paris, France.

ALLEA,, c/o Berlin-Brandenburg Academy of Sciences and Humanities, Jägerstrasse 22/23, 10117 Berlin, Germany

Young Academy of Europe e.V., Saupfercheckweg 1, 69117 Heidelberg, Germany

Academia Europaea, Room 251, Senate House, University of London, Malet Street, London, WC1E 7HU

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q4 / 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 2.20 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 2.20 million from the 2022 budget

8. Presidency event - Conference on international cooperation in research and innovation

Expected Outcome: the project is expected organise an international conference which will contribute to all of the following outcomes, based on the elements listed below, as a key stpe in the implementation of the Global Approach to Research and Innovation, as set out in the Commission Communication of 18 May 2021 and the Council Conclusions of 28 September 2021:

1.Create a shared European dynamic to strengthen international R&I partnerships, while promoting reciprocity and shared values and principles;

2.Strengthen concertation between Member States and with the Commission on their approaches and actions to support international cooperation, guiding the international elements of both Horizon Europe and of Member States’ own programmes, in particular by focusing joint efforts on global challenges and strengthening the role of multilateral alliances in these areas;

3.Launch a multilateral dialogue with international partners on the implementation of the EU’s Global Approach to research and innovation to identify a pathway to achieve a level playing field in terms of values, principles, reciprocity and framework conditions, notably through establishing a more permanent dialogue around these issues;

4.Increase the visibility of research innovation and higher education actions in the framework of external action.

Expected Impact: the proposal should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

1.Achieve a critical mass of global research efforts focused on common challenges facilitated by common approaches to research and innovation.

Scope: To meet these objectives, the conference programme is proposed as follows:

First block: Exchanges between Member States and with the Commission in the form of a meeting of European Ministers for Research and Innovation on “What are the stakes for international cooperation in R&I in a changing world” (What coordination mechanisms? What strategies are needed with the rest of the world?):

1.Target audience: EU Member State Ministers for Research and Innovation, European Commissioner for Innovation, Research, Culture, Education and Youth.

Second block: Launch of a multilateral dialogue with international partners on the theme of “a new research and innovation partnership based on shared values and principles. The discussion will also bring in the perspective of higher education:

1.Target audience: EU Member State Ministers, European Commissioner for Innovation, Research, Culture, Education and Youth; Ministers/Ambassadors of countries having concluded Science and Technology Agreements with the EU, Associated Countries; international organisations such as the OECD and UNESCO.

Legal entities:

Institut de recherche pour le développement (IRD), 44 boulevard de Dunkerque, CS 90009, 13572 Marseille Cedex 02, France

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: Q1 /2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2021 budget

9. NCP Network including proposal pre-check

Research and innovation performance is correlated with the efficiency of the national research and innovation system and the capacity and the effectiveness of the National Contact Points (NCPs). Special attention should be given to less experienced entities in low R&I performing countries to bridge the knowledge gap and enable better access to funding opportunities in the EU Framework Programmes and beyond.

A dedicated support mechanism under this Work programme part with specific objective to strengthen the activities of NCPs to support international networking and to improve the quality of proposals from legal entities from low R&I performing countries is envisaged.

Proposals should aim to facilitate trans-national co-operation between NCPs with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to programme applicants, taking into account the diversity of actors that make up the constituencies of both the Widening and ERA parts. They also should show that the activities put forward will deliver tangible benefits to potential applicants.

Activities should capitalise on relevant work of the previous NCP network project in this sector. To help close the innovation divide, a substantial component of the proposed activities must be devoted to activities aimed at helping NCPs in those countries that have been participating at low levels in the FP programmes up to now. These activities should help these NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how on NCP operations accumulated in other countries including, for example, training, mentoring, and twinning. They may also include awareness raising actions aimed at increasing visibility of well-qualified potential applicant organisations in the Widening countries.

Support will be given to a consortium of identified NCPs in the area of the ‘Widening Participation and strengthening the European Research Area’ part coordinated by an organisation with a proven track record in managing an network of NCPs in the Widening domain. The members of the core consortium are identified in this call. Additional NCP organisations especially from Associated Countries may participate as linked third parties.

The implementation will include following actions: info days, training and workshops; tailored consultations and advice; support to matchmaking platform; proposal pre-screening (checks on eligibility and viability of concept) and actions dedicated to networking and matchmaking activities capitalising on the experience of the former NCP WIDENET project. For matchmaking activities the consortium will closely collaborate with NCP networks working on ohter parts of Horizon Europe notably pillar 2. A mutual learning process among NCPs will help building capacity by helping less experienced NCPs to enhance their competence (training, workshops). For these activities beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants.

The implementation will be carried out in work packages distinguished for the two programme part components (Widening and ERA). The Widening part will especially take into account the requirements of the Advancing Europe package.

For the proposal pre-check part it ranges from seminar style training for proposal writing for larger groups to written advice on individual proposals (e.g. on clarity of objectives, consistency with work programme, balanced budget etc.) but not on scientific content and coaching of individuals. The action may include advice for applications outside the widening programme to a limited extent and based on strategic choices such as areas under Pillar 2, where application success rate from Widening countries were below average in comparable fields of Horizon 2020. As far as the matchmaking is concerned, possible synergies with existing platforms, e.g. Funding & Tenders Portal and EURAXESS should be explored, as well as dedicated events for brokerage and partner search in a physical or virtual mode.

Special attention should be given to enhancing the competence of NCPs, including helping less experienced NCPs rapidly acquire the know-how built up in other countries. The consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs.

Legal entities:

Estonian Research Council, Soola 8, Tartu 51004, Estonia

National Centre for Research and Development, Nowogrodzka 47A, 00-695 Warszawa, Poland

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION AND SCIENCE, 2A, Aleksandar Dondukov blvd., 1000, Sofia, Bulgaria

Agencija za Mobilnost i Programe Europske Unije, Frankopanska 26, 10 000 Zagreb, Croatia

Research and Innovation Foundation, 123 Strovolos Avenue, 2042 Nicosia, Cyprus

TECHNOLOGICKE CENTRUM AKADEMIE VED CESKE REPUBLIKY, Ve Struhach 1076/27, 160 00 Praha, Czechia

Academy of Finland, Hakaniemenranta 6, PO Box 131, FI-00531 Helsinki, Finland

DEUTSCHES ZENTRUM FUER LUFT- UND RAUMFAHRT EV, Linder Hohe, 51147, Koln, Germany

Foundation for Research & Technology - Hellas, Nikolaou Plastira 100, Vassilika Vouton GR - 700 13 Heraklion, Crete, Greece

Nemzeti Kutatási, Fejlesztési és Innovációs Hivatal , 1077 Budapest, Kéthly Anna tér 1., Hungary

Rannsoknamidstod Islands (The Icelandic Centre for Research), Borgartun 30; 105 Reykjavik; Iceland

AGENZIA PER LA PROMOZIONE DELLA RICERCA EUROPEA, Via Cavour, 71, 00184 Roma, Italy

VALSTS IZGLITIBAS ATTISTIBAS AGENTURA, Vaļņu iela , Rīga, LV-1050, LATVIA

Research Council of Lithuania, Gedimino pr. 3,LT-01103, Vilnius, Lithuania

THE MALTA COUNCIL OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, Villa Bighi, Triq il-Marina, Kalkara KKR 1320, Malta

FCT – Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia, Av. D. Carlos I, 126, 1249-074, Lisbon, Portugal

CENTRUM VEDECKO-TECHNICKÝCH INFORMÁCIÍ SR, Lamačská cesta 8-A; 811 04 Bratislava; Slovak Republic

Ministry of education, science and sport , Masarykova 16, SI - 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Agencia Estatal Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas, Serrano 117, 28006, Madrid, Spain

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative budget: EUR 8.00 million from the 2021 budget

10. Framework Partnership Agreement with COST (European Co-operation in Science and Technology)

COST (European Co-operation in Science and Technology) is an EU funded pan European programme that enables researchers to set up their interdisciplinary research networks in Europe and beyond. The programme was established in 1971 in an intergovernmental mode. It will be implemented by a member state owned organisation i.e. the COST Association under a Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA). This FPA will outline an action plan for the full duration of Horizon Europe until 2027 describing the strategic objectives and key milestones for the implementation of COST. This FPA is based on Article 195 of the Financial Regulation that allows the use of a named beneficiary for activities with specific characteristics that require a particular type of body on account of its technical competence, its high degree of specialisa­tion or its administrative powers, on condition that the activities concerned do not fall within the scope of a call for proposals.

While the networks are open to international partners from outside Europe, COST provides a unique low entry mechanism for researchers from countries catching up in the R&I in the EU and from its Eastern and Southern neighbours while remaining open for researchers from all European countries and international partners. For many researchers (especially at the beginning of their career) from widening countries, the participation in COST networking actions is the sole opportunity for getting in touch with European and international research initiatives and to benefitting from exposure to leading scientists in their field. The approach of COST is not funding research itself but pooling resources and research results by networking and hence upscaling.

The specific objectives of this support mechanism are to:

1.Increase participation of widening countries (inclusiveness target countries (ITC) according to COST internal terminology) in European research activities and higher success rates;

2.Contribute towards improving the R&I culture of the widening country (indicators such as research intensity, innovation performance, values towards R&I);

3.Improve scientific capabilities of widening countries to increase their chances in participating and successfully obtaining competitive funding from the EU and other international sources;

4.Trigger scientific breakthroughs and new research strands by pooling interdisciplinary resources across Europe;

5.Boost the career of young and female researchers by networking and brain circulation in line with ERA principles and the development of leadership skills;

6.Strengthen the research management capacities and administrative skills of participating researchers;

7.Develop operational synergies with other widening actions and create links to thematic parts of Horizon Europe, notably Pillar 2.

Legal entities:

COST Association , Avenue du Boulevard - Bolwerklaan 21, 1210 Brussels

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

11. Implementation of COST actions - Specific Grant under Framework Partnership Agreement

The EC funds almost the entire programme under a Framework Partnership Agreement (FPAs) with underlying Specific Grant Agreements (SGAs). In the FPA and the SGAs the beneficiary COST Association commits to a mandatory conditionality to spend at least 50% of the budget at the benefit of researchers from countries eligible from the Widening countries and to run 80% of the activities with a significant widening dimension. The primary purpose of this grant is the implementation of the COST networking actions. Other services may be implemented as far as complementary and appropriate. The personnel costs operations incurred by the COST Association as the implementing structure are eligible as direct cost up to a maximum of 20 million Euro as far as they are necessary for the implementation of the COST networking actions and related other support activities. For the same purpose cost for other goods and services and subcontracting are eligible up to a maximum of 2 million Euro. COST networking actions will be implemented by third party grant holders using financial support to third parties.

The beneficiary may provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party must be necessary to meet the objectives of the SGA and will be fixed in the grant agreement in line with the COST Vademecum. It will be used for the implementation of networking tools defined in a closed list that is fixed in the description of the action.

The COST Association will organise competitive open calls and an independent evaluation and selection procedure according to its own rules in agreement with the European Commission. At proposal stage at least 50% of the participants must be located in widening countries.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: CSA for 3 years

Indicative budget: EUR 153.00 million from the 2021 budget

12. Presidency conferences with a European regional dimension - WIRE

A two-day conference (WIRE) will be organised under the EU French Presidency (Presidency Conference) in 2022. The event will gather actors active in the innovation and education ecosystem with the aim of improving science-based competitiveness.

The conference will debate knowledge based regional development and will offer potential solutions of streamlining resources aimed for this. Representatives of education organizations, research organizations, start-ups, clusters, policy makers and other related interested parties will exchange views and best practices that could lead to a higher impact of innovation across users and society at large. Best practices, trends and visions will be considered.

Legal entities:

Université Paris-Saclay, 3 rue Joliot Curie, Bâtiment Breguet, 91190 Gif-sur-Yvette, France

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 1st Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2022 budget

PRIZE

1. EU Award for (Academic) Gender Equality Champions

Expected Outcomes:

1.Enable the creation of a European community of academic and research champions in institutional transformation towards inclusive gender equality.

2.Strengthening of the inclusiveness and connectivity objectives under the new European Research Area.

Award and certification schemes implemented in different countries, in the EU and beyond, have been shown to be useful tools for advancing gender equality in academic, research and innovation organisations, with some awarding schemes effectively being used as drivers for competition in attracting students and researchers and/or as prerequisite for having access to funding. Building on the feasibility study for a European award/certification system for gender equality in research organisations, including universities, carried out by Horizon 2020 project CASPER, an annual Award scheme is established. The “EU Award for (Academic) Gender Equality Champions” is meant as a booster and complement to the requirement for higher education and research organisations applying to Horizon Europe to have in place a Gender Equality Plan (GEP) in place, and as an enabler for the transformation agenda of universities set in the new European Research Area in synergy with the European Education Area. The Award will be awarded annually to up to four academic or research organisations, i.e. two awardees for each of the following two categories:

1.Organisations that have demonstrated the most progress in the implementation of their GEP and its achieved results;

2.Organisations that have developed the most innovative inclusive GEP addressing intersections with other social categories such as ethnicity, social origin, sexual orientation and gender identity (LGBTI+) or disability.

Two prizes of EUR 0.1 million each for each category: EUR 0.4 million from the 2022 budget.

The contestant will have to provide proof of eligibility and a written presentation of their achievements, as well as support their applications with a link to a video. The submission consists of a complete application.

Essential award criteria:

Eligible applications will be evaluated by a Jury consisting of a group of independent experts, with expertise on gender equality plan implementation and intersectional approaches in research and higher education institutions, appointed by the Commission.

The prize will be awarded, after closure of the contest, to the contestants who in the opinion of the jury best address as set of cumulative criteria set for each of the two prize categories.

Eligibility criteria:

The contestant must be a university, higher education institution, or research organisation (public or private) located in an EU Member State or a country associated to Horizon Europe 104 .

Applicants that have already received an EU or Euratom prize cannot receive a second prize for the same activities

The specific rules of the contest will be published each year by the European Commission (on the Funding & Tenders Portal but also actively publicised elsewhere to maximise participation), which will directly launch and manage the contest and award the prize based on the judgement of independent experts.

Expected results: The prizes will boost public awareness of the importance of addressing gender equality in academic and research organisations through institutional change, incentivise a high degree of commitment to the implementation of inclusive GEPs, and create a community of champions inspiring other academic and research organisations into become gender equality champions themselves.

Indicative timetable of contest(s):

Stages

Date and time or indicative period

Opening of the contest

First quarter of 2022

Deadline for submission of application

Second quarter of 2022

Evaluation and solutions demonstration (if applicable)

N/A

Award of the prize

Third or Fourth quarter of 2022

Form of Funding: Prizes

Type of Action: Recognition Prize

Indicative timetable: Q4/2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2022 budget

2. Horizon impact award

Expected Outcomes:

1.To celebrate the successful uptake and use of EU funded project results, thus boosting and promoting their achieved impact.

2.To showcase best practices, create role models and inspire R&I beneficiaries to use their research results to create value for the society at large.

The Commission will award on an annual basis a recognition prize to reward beneficiaries that have successfully used their research results to create value for society. The beneficiaries must be able to show proof of effective exploitation and uptake of their research results. This action aims to illustrate the wider socio-economic benefits of the EU investment in R&I and to encourage project beneficiaries to best manage and use their research results.

In particular, six winners will be selected by the evaluation jury for their achievements. The prizes are monetary and each of the six winners will receive EUR 25.000.

Total of six prizes of EUR 0.025 each: EUR 0.15 million from the 2021 budget, and EUR 0.15 million from the 2022 budget.

All applicants are required to submit letter(s) of support coming from the user community that can provide testimony on achieved impact.

Essential award criteria:

The prize will be awarded, after closure of the contest, to the contestant(s) who in the opinion of the jury best addresses the following cumulative criteria:

1. Pathway from results to societal benefits:

Applicants will need to detail how the R&I results were directly or indirectly exploited after the lifetime of the project. They will need to describe the activities that were done to ensure that the R&I results lead to societal benefits. They will need to describe the scale and the sustainability of their actions.

2. Achieved impact:

Applicants will need to demonstrate the already existing impact and created societal benefits. They will need to detail concrete examples of how their research results have benefitted the society and who are the user communities that have profited from it. The achieved impact must be already materialized. The letter of support will serve as a testimony of the described impact.

Eligibility criteria:

The contest is open to all legal entities (i.e. natural or legal persons, including international organisations) or groups of legal entities that participated as beneficiaries in FP7 or Horizon 2020 105 . The projects must have ended by close of the contest 106 . Natural persons such as ERC principal investigators or MSCA fellows and legal entities principally created by past beneficiaries for the exploitation of the project results, are also eligible.

Applicants that have already received an EU or Euratom prize cannot receive a second prize for the same activities

For the common Rules of Contest for Prizes please see the Funding and Tenders Portal .

The specific Rules of Contest will be published in 2021 and in 2022 by the European Commission, which will directly launch and manage the contest and award the prizes based on the judgement of independent experts.

Indicative timetable of contest(s):

Stages

Date and time or indicative period

Opening of the contest

Q1-Q2 (2021/2022)

Deadline for submission of application

Q2-Q3 (2021/2022)

Evaluation and solutions demonstration (if applicable)

N/A

Award of the prize

Q3-Q4 (2021/2022)

Form of Funding: Prizes

Type of Action: Recognition Prize

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021 and Q2 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.15 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.15 million from the 2022 budget

EXPERT CONTRACT ACTIONS

1. External expertise for monitoring of Widening and ERA actions

This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) and where appropriate include ethics checks.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2022 budget

2. Monitoring experts for Horizon 2020 legacy

This action is for financing external experts in charge of reviewing legacy projects from Horizon 2020 related to SEWP and Swafs.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 2022 budget

3. Use of individual experts in support of the new ERA's objectives

This action will support the provision of independent expertise to improve the evidence base and collect advice on various aspects related to the Reforming and Enhancing the EU Research and Innovation System and the pursued of the revitalised European Research Area. Individual experts will work in the following domains:

1.Experts to contribute to the development of the ERA Scoreboard, to enable monitoring of progress of the realisation of ERA’s objectives;

2.Experts to map out the academic freedom landscape in Europe and to divise an appropriate system for monitoring its development;

3.Experts on Human Resources and researchers’ careers, experts on services for researchers such as those of the EURAXESS services network, as well as experts in employment conditions and contracts, social security and remuneration; the experts will contribute to the development of a wide range of actions related to the strengthening of research careers, including researchers’ mobility, improvement of the attractiveness of researchers’ work conditions, careers, remuneration, assessment;

4.Experts in legal matters related to cross-border institutional cooperation, and cooperation within knowledge ecosystems, to support the development of a legal toolbox that facilitates such cooperation;

5.Experts in various areas of higher education institutional transformation, in order to monitor transformation and strengthen synergies between education, research and innovation.

The ERA Scoreboard will provide internationally comparable quantitative data and indicators to monitor progress on the realisation of the new ERA at EU and national level, revise priorities and actions in the ERA Roadmap and provide evidence and analysis for the European Semester. The Scoreboard will be issued on an annual basis.

Academic freedom is a prerequisite for scientific excellence and for fostering strong collaborative links between researchers, international partners, scientific organisations and businesses. Academic freedom and the values that it encompasses lead to the creation of resilient R&I ecosystems that cherish, among others, openness, freedom of discussion, autonomy by engaging into open science, peer reviews, research verifiability and replicability, autonomous research agenda setting. The independent experts will contribute to reinforce the future European Pact for Research and Innovation, which aims at deepening the implementation of the new ERA’s objectives, setting out commonly agreed values and principles and indicating the areas where Member States will jointly develop priority actions.In the frame of the implementation of the “European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers” (C&C), the European Commission relies on independent experts to perform the peer review assessments on which the continuous monitoring mechanism for the Human Resources Strategy for Researchers (HRS4R) award and renewal is based. The creation of a larger pool of experts is envisaged, including in legal, HR, skills, social security, remuneration and employment conditions matters, as well as in science education, skills, financial instruments, innovation, value creation, cooperation and ecosystems, foreign interference, science diplomacy and international competitiveness. This should allow greater flexibility and crossed interactions between various intervention fields, including legal, technical, and operational ones.

Experts in cross-border institutional cooperation and mobility of R&I talents should allow gathering evidence and advice to facilitate cross-border cooperation between higher education institutions and between higher education institutions and other actors of the ecosystem, as well as facilitate circulation of talents.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021 and Q3 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.20 million from the 2022 budget

4. Commission expert group on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on gender equality in EU R&I

The Expert Group will deliver a study on the consequences of the COVID-19 crisis and the pandemic containment measures put in place at institutional, national and EU level, on the work and productivity of women researchers and on gender equality in the EU R&I system in general.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts, including the number of meetings to be attended and possible preparatory work.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: Q4 / 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2021 budget

5. External expertise for ad hoc tasks related to the implementation of Horizon Europe Ethics Appraisal scheme

This action will support the use of independent experts to advise on or assist with the implementation of the Horizon Europe Ethics Appraisal scheme in view of ensuring and maintaining its quality and effectiveness.

Since the above tasks requires specialised knowledge in research ethics/integrity and the related national and European legal framework (e.g. Data protection and privacy, Informed Consent, Artificial Intelligence and Emerging technologies, Benefit sharing, etc.) a special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 2022 budget

6. Use of individual expert(s) on ad hoc tasks related to the implementation of the European Valorisation policy

This action will support the use of independent experts to advice on or assist with the implementation of the European Valorisation policy. Individual experts will work in the following areas:

1.European knowledge valorisation strategy and specific dimensions and results of its development and implementation, in particular for the delivery of the European Research Area

2.IP strategy for European R&I

3.Industry-academia knowledge exchange and collaboration

4.Citizen engagement and knowledge valorisation through collaboration with cities and communities

5.Science and research informing policies

6.Other specific aspects with a key role in the European Knowledge Valorisation policy

The tasks require specialised knowledge in R&I Valorisation, intellectual property management, exploitation and dissemination of research results, open innovation, university-business collaboration, citizen engagement for innovation etc.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2021 budget

PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

1. EU data for R&I policy

Overall, the set up of an initiative to allow MS and the European Commission to share microdata related to R&I projects, and the progressive integration of R&I project data with other sources of related data, are fundamental to strengthen ERA and reinforce our research and innovation systems by informing better evidence based policy making. The main tasks are: (1) Data sharing and interoperability of different sources of competitive or non-competitive Research and Innovation funding in Europe, and integration with relevant external data sources; (2) Digital enabling infrastructure; (3) Data analysis and visualisation tools (The EU Dashboard); (4) Capacity building. These activities will be complemented with other data activities aimed at acquiring, interlinking and visualising R&I related data.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021 and Q2 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.50 million from the 2022 budget

2. Development of the European Innovation Scoreboard

This action will support the continuation and enhancement of the European Innovation Scoreboard, which provides a comparative analysis of innovation performance in EU countries, other European countries, and regional neighbours.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.75 million from the 2021 budget

3. Overview of regulatory sandboxes and innovation-enabling approaches to regulation

The study will analyse innovation-enabling approaches to regulation with a focus on regulatory sandboxes. It will establish a state-of-play regarding the use of regulatory sandboxes and experimentation clauses in the European Union, with a benchmarking internationally and vs. other experimentation-enabling instruments. The study will identify key features, benefits and risks related to regulatory sandboxes, present best practices regarding the implementation and evaluation of regulatory sandboxes and analyse how learning from regulatory sandboxes at national level can contribute to evidence-based policy-making at EU level. It will also briefly present an overview of sandboxes and similar instruments in European Programmes.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q2 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2021 budget

4. Support for policy makers – Horizontal support to the Strategic Coordinating Process for partnerships

This action will offer horizontal support to the strategic coordinating process for partnerships. It will support the identification of gaps and emerging opportunities in the partnerships landscape and support the preparedness of Member States' and Associated Countries' participation in the Strategic Coordinating Process. It will contribute to the implementation of the revised policy approach for European Partnerships in Horizon Europe.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3 /2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2022 budget

5. Implementation of Workshop series with industry and other stakeholders as well as discussions with Member States to prepare ERA common industrial technology roadmaps

This action is a key element to implement priority action 5 under ERA with which the Commission will work with stakeholders from relevant industries to develop by end of 2022 common industrial technology roadmaps which ensure a better transfer of R&I into the real economy and make EU industry more competitive. Industrial technology roadmaps will address R&I for the development of key industrial technology roadmaps across Horizon Europe clusters, ranging from circular industries over health equipment to clean transport and social innovation. They will gauge the prospects of future technological development, collect relevant evidence and co-design R&I investment agendas from basic research to deployment.

The Commission will co-create Industrial technology roadmaps with Member States, industrial companies, RTOs, universities and other stakeholders. The preparation of roadmaps within the deadline stipulated by ERA will require 4-5 meetings per roadmap with industry and other stakeholders and 4-5 meetings with representatives from Member States (ERA Forum for Transition). In order to inform, steer and organize these discussions, the Commission requires support services for the preparation, implementation and summary of discussions, organisation of the meeting venue and administrative support.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 / 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

6. Implementation of the Horizon Policy Support Facility

In order to make research and innovation deliver on their full potential to be the key drivers of economic growth and of the transition towards a sustainable society, ambitious policy reforms of national R&I systems are necessary. Through the Policy Support Facility (PSF), the Commission assists Member States and countries associated to Horizon in developing and implementing those reforms. It offers, on a voluntary basis, high-level expertise and tailor-made advice to national public authorities. An overview of past activities can be found at https://rio.jrc.ec.europa.eu/en/policy-support-facility . The PSF has demonstrated that it serves as enabler for concrete policy changes.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021 and Q2 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.50 million from the 2022 budget

7. ERA Talent Platform – the international dimension

The new ERA Communication outlines that EURAXESS services, network and portals will be broadened into an ERA Talent Platform, an online one-stop-shop, with improved structure and governance, exploiting links to Europass, the EU platform for people to manage their learning and careers and the EURES network of European public employment services. The Council Conclusions on the Future of the ERA calls on the Commission and Member States to develop EURAXESS as the ERA pilot action to foster “inclusiveness” within the ERA into an ERA Talent Platform fit to address existing barriers to unbalanced mobility pattern by supporting researchers in their career development within the ERA, connecting researchers and institutions and improving employability and talent absorption and mobility schemes.

The scope of this action is to complement the ERA Talent Platform with an additional dimension and module addressing international and European researchers living and working outside of Europe. It is expected to consist of the development of a portfolio of support services and associated tools, designed to create transnational ties with researchers and scientific communities within the global R&I ecosystem.

This action will build on the EURAXESS Worldwide structure of international hubs and it is expected to be a physical and virtual networking, knowledge-sharing and advocacy platform of services and tools that will serve as a diplomacy asset internationally and promoting instrument of European R&I landscape, attracting international talent and European researchers back home.

This action should be in strong connection with the European dimension of the Talent Platform. Collaboration is foreseen between EURAXESS Worldwide international hubs and EURAXESS Bridgehead Organisations/ National Coordinators and centers across Europe. It is expected to bridge researchers working outside of Europe to their peers in the home countries, also to activate scientific communities and connect them with business and professional associations, as well as R&I employers and funders.

The international dimension of the ERA Talent Platform should also be fostered through networking events, information sessions or trainings, as well as online instruments and tools, with a mission, inter alia to:

(i) promote the European values and R&I landscape as a favourable environment for excellent research,

(ii) facilitate knowledge and skills transfer, scientific collaboration and recruiting processes, while lifting obstacles to return,

(iii) strengthen S&T links with home countries through policy feedback tools and dialogues, as well as

(iv) improve data to a better understanding of European researchers living and working outside of Europe, as well as on mobility and research careers policy in general.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3 /2021 - Q3 / 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.50 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 2.50 million from the 2022 budget

8. Observatory on Knowledge Ecosystems and Research Careers

This action is expected to build on the preparatory work of the previous Work Programme, in particular the study “Knowledge ecosystems in the new ERA: a comprehensive analysis of the state of play, the design of monitoring mechanisms, and creation of a toolbox of support measures” (2021), both at the level of knowledge ecosystems, and research careers and mobility. In particular, it should build (1) on the knowledge ecosystems mapping excercise and liaise and coordinate activities with the beneficiaries of the “Testing of the ERA Hub concept – pilot phase” action mentioned elsewhere in this work programme. It will contribute to the understanding of successful knowledge ecosystems across Europe through a recurrent monitoring process and development of an interactive online platform as an Observatory on Knowledge Ecosystems and ERA Hubs testing, endorsing and implementing structures. Next to this, (2) it will need to enable real-time monitoring of national systems of remuneration ad employment conditions, social security policies, portability of grants and pensions, as well as research mobility patterns of researchers, both geographically and intersectoral mobility. The observatory should integrate, analyse and map data related to the emergence of ecosystem actors engaged in knowledge production, circulation and use and will reflect how they interact, network and coordinate each other on common agendas, smart specialization strategies, value chains, etc.

Four main targets are foreseen:

1.Single actors in knowledge ecosystems (higher education institutions, research organisations, business, other actors)

2.Ecosystems (platforms, collaborations, and other structures between above mentioned actors)

3.ERA Hubs (structures and practices enabling interactions between knowledge ecosystems), and how the concept helps the ecosystems to work and interact better

4.Tracking of researchers in terms of mobility, careers, skills, and working conditions

This action is expected to ensure a recurrent stock taking exercise of existing knowledge ecosystems, including, but not limited to, ERA Hubs, endorsing and implementing collaboration capacities (platforms and other structures of cooperation between ecosystem actors) at European, national and regional level. The exercise needs to be based on surveys, data collection processes and tools, as well as analyses that need to provide quantitative and qualitative high-level insights, such as on the available types of structures, functions, expertise, the geographical coverage and gaps in the territory, the broader context in which they are functioning, including framework conditions, investment and key operational characteristics.

The Observatory should function as an online platform and real-time assessment of the state of play, reflecting the inventory of knowledge ecosystem actors according to predefined criteria as set in above mentioned Knowledge Ecosystems study. It should also propose a forward-looking perspective to complement and reinforce the ecosystem landscape and maximize its impact. It should identify challenges and needs in order to fill in the gaps in the territory, any white space where no such capacities are currently active, and the gaps in expertise and best practices with a view to mainstream them. Benchmarking in the broader geopolitical context (e.g. Silicon Valley) should be also provided.

Expected impact: Actions are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

1.Provide evidence-based policy support through recurrent monitoring, data collection and analysis on knowledge ecosystem actors across Europe through dedicated processes and tools.

2.Gain insight into the dynamics and evolution of the knowledge ecosystems across Europe and measure progress in terms of geographical coverage, patterns of cooperation, interaction, networking and functioning at European, national and regional level;

3.Measure progress of testing and implementing the ERA Hubs concept, as well as identify gaps in the territory where such actions could be further needed and stimulated;

4.Gain insight in the mobility of researchers, both in terms of the regional/national capacity of attracting and retaining R&I talents, and flow-through of talents between sectors;

5.Measure progress of countries, regions, and institutions, in terms of acquisition of new skills and competences by early-career researchers, matching skills needs of employers, in terms of working conditions (remuneration, contract duration, social security provisions), and in terms of research careers and career assessment.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3 / 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.75 million from the 2022 budget

9. Development of the ERA Talent Platform: website, proof of concept, online services, design, maintenance, communication

EURAXESS is one of the key initiatives enhancing researcher careers and, as such, is one of the operational instruments of the European Research Area (ERA). It particularly contributes to removing the barriers to mobility and making Europe more attractive to researchers. As an ERA implementation measure, the EURAXESS portal and instruments under its umbrella will be expanded towards a comprehensive recruitment, career development and social networking web-platform - ERA Talent Platform, dedicated to researchers and institutions seeking for R&I talent or willing to improve their institutional talent management policies and practices.

This action will build on the preparatory work under the previous Work Programme, in particular the Study on ERA Priority 3 (“Taking stock, evaluating the achievements and identifying the way forward for the ERA Priority 3 policy measures with a focus on European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers (C&C), the Human Resources Strategy for Researchers (HRS4R) and EURAXESS”, 2020). The newly designed portal is expected to support institutional transformations on recruitment, working conditions and career development of researchers, and it should be aligned to the reviewed European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers, as well as the updated Skills Agenda. It should also be interoperable with other European websites and platforms such as EURES and the new Europass, as well as adopt new functionalities required in line with the European Skills, Competences Qualifications and Occupations (ESCO), the enhanced framework of research careers, ERC panel descriptors, etc.

The primary purpose of the ERA Talent Platform is to create a virtual hub for researchers and institutions, R&I employers and funders. The newly designed EURAXESS website should be seen as an interface that facilitates matching between researchers and employers, candidates and jobs, beneficiaries and benefits, research and funding. The action will also develop activities to provide a new facelift to sections of the website and the instruments under its umbrella, inter alia additional modules for RESAVER and the upgrade of the Human Resources Strategy for Researchers (HRS4R) e-tool based on the Charter and Code future revisions and developments. The ERA Talent Platform is also expected to integrate an additional online instrument - a portal gathering EU and national programmes and schemes for intersectoral mobility, which should provide easy access for individuals who want to engage into intersectoral mobility or want to be employed as intermediate between academic and non-academic sector, notably businesses.

The secondary purpose of the newly designed website is to create tools that facilitate automatized data gathering on researchers, research careers, and institutions (R&I employers and funders), in order to allow the Commission to produce high quality data and evidence in support of future ERA policy developments, relevant legislation and actions.

This action requires collaboration with a large group of stakeholders, including EURAXESS Bridgehead Organisations/ National Coordinators, national portal administrators and EURAXESS Worldwide. It should encompass different activities, such as the development of a proof of concept with the re-conceptualisation of the EURAXESS portal and associated national portals and tools under its umbrella, graphical and functional enhancements, as well as technical development and maintenance. Activities should also include services by external information system provider(s) who, on the basis of inputs provided by the responsible Commission services, guarantee the smooth running of the platform.

Web communication and online promotion activities with stakeholders related to the rollout of the newly designed platform and the portals and tools under its umbrella should also be foreseen as part of this action.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021 and Q3 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.75 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2022 budget

10. Technical support to Retirement Savings Vehicle for European Research Institutions and research performing individuals (RESAVER)

As asserted in Article 22 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, everyone, as a member of society, has the right to social security and is entitled to realization, through national effort and international co-operation and in accordance with the organization and resources of each State, of the economic, social and cultural rights indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality. Nevertheless social security in most member states is under pressure and mobile employees, researchers in particular, experience additional obstacles in accumulating an adequate amount of pension provisions. Most prominent issues experienced by mobile researchers in relation to accumulation of occupational pensions (second pillar) are the vesting period, transferability of assets and administrative burden during accumulation phase and at retirement.

RESAVER Pension Fund has been created with the ambition to tackle the issues listed above by facilitating free circulation of researchers and removing pension as an obstacle to mobility which corresponds to the strategic objectives of the Union policy as stipulated in Article 179 TFEU on the establishment of a European Research Area.

RESAVER Occupational fund became operational in May 2017 and since then the fund has welcomed research organisations from Hungary, Austria, Netherlands, Italy and Cyprus. In parallel with geographical expansion, RESAVER has the ambition to engage in mutually beneficial collaborations with local occupational pension funds for the benefit of mobile employees. In order to answer to the needs of mobile researchers that do not receive occupational pension employee benefits, or receive an insufficient level of contributions, a personal pension product is expected to be developed that should utilise the existing structure to the extent possible. In addition, investment strategy should be fine-tuned continuously in order to correspond to the specific needs of researchers and research performing organisations.

In this context following technical support is needed: pension fund management, implementation of additional countries and organisations in the pension fund, providing advice to the board concerning the legal framework, coordinate the development of a third pillar product, support the project in ad hoc tasks, contribute to the establishment of partnerships with local pension funds and coordination of investment strategy adjustments.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget

11. Monitoring and evaluating the Horizon 2020 complementary support for the European Universities initiative

The European Universities initiative piloted under Erasmus+ and supported under Horizon 2020 offers a testbed for the Higher Education Transformation Agenda to support modernisation of higher education institutions, and explore new integrated ways of cooperation between universities and with other actors in their surrounding ecosystem. In view of the potential full deployment of the European Universities initiative as of 2023, the Commission will monitor progress and identify and address remaining barriers to the transformation agenda.

This action is expected to focus on the R&I dimension of the pilot projects and needs to be implemented in synergy with a similar exercise for the education dimension.

The analysis should include progress made by the project portfolio on areas in the transformation agenda, and in implementing measures for borderless cooperation and circulation of knowledge and talents. Project(s) are expected to provide recommendations to developing future effective synergies with the Erasmus programme and with national or regional funding mechanisms.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3 / 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget

12. Studies and communication

Activities should support the implementation of the ERA Communication objectives and may include studies, support and communication activities that are needed to analyse and enhance the EU space R&I environment, for example

1.higher education in the EU versus needs of the space R&I community;

2.dissemination of scientific results;

3.analysis of the portfolio of EU-funded projects in the field of research careers, universities, research assessment, researcher mobility;

4.collection of project feedback, in particular with respect to key exploitable results;

5.organisational support for consulting the R&I stakeholders community on R&I needs;

6.production and dissemination of communication material and the organisation of events related the ERA, synergies with the EEA, European R&I agendas and Horizon Europe.

Activities are expected to include surveys as appropriate implemented through public procurement, and/or appointing (groups of) independent experts. These limited numbers of contracts may be implemented on the basis of framework contracts, in order to further ensure that the Commission is provided with appropriate and timely analyses, which in turn should facilitate the proper integration of policy studies into the preparation of new policy initiatives.

Cooperation with the presidencies of the Council of the European Union and stakeholders is envisaged and could include direct support to ERA-related presidency events.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q3 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.65 million from the 2022 budget

13. Monitoring gender equality in Research and Innovation - Development, implementation and dissemination of indicators (She Figures)’

The European Commission, in cooperation with the Member States, will continue collecting sex-disaggregated data and monitoring with appropriate indicators, the implementation of gender policies, objectives, guiding targets and actions at institutional, national and EU level. The study will update data and indicators on human resources in Science and Technology, Research & Development personnel, seniority grades, education, work-life balance, the inclusion of the gender dimension in research and innovation content, boards' composition, funds, institutional change, gender and innovation, collected insofar.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q2 / 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2021 budget

14. Service Facility in Support of the Strategic Development of International Cooperation in Research and Innovation

The Strategic Development of International Cooperation in Research and Innovation aims to provide services that support the policy development, priority setting, follow-up and implementation of the strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation.

A new framework contract for services will be launched and it would reflect on the new political priorities “making Europe stronger in the world” and facilitate strategic international cooperation in research and innovation. It would also support the monitoring of Associated Countries’ alignment with the ERA principles, and it would facilitate strengthening the coordination and alignment of the Member States international R&I strategies with the EU.

1.Activity description: international cooperation in R&I is a cross-cutting activity relevant for the whole HE programme. The framework contract should reflect on the new political priorities “making Europe stronger in the world”. The objective is to provide services that support the policy development, priority setting, and follow-up and implementation of the strategy for international cooperation in R&I.

2.Information related to the activity: it is a contribution to the implementation of international dimension of HE and it would facilitate strengthening the coordination and alignment of the Member States international R&I strategies with the EU. It would also support the monitoring of Associated Countries’ alignment with the ERA principles.

3.Impact: The activities under the framework contract should result in in-depth and well-informed policy dialogues, improved framework conditions for cooperation in R&I, strategic priority setting for R&I, coordination between internal and external policies and better coordination and alignment with member states’ R&I international strategies

The service facility will be implemented through a new framework contract for services to be launched and signed for a duration of 4 years, with an estimated budget ceiling for its entire duration of 25 million euro, as well as through other existing framework contracts (i.e. for communication related activities). Several specific contracts will be signed under this framework contract.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: Q4/2021

Indicative budget: EUR 7.00 million from the 2021 budget and EUR 7.00 million from the 2022 budget

Budget 107

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-01-two-stage

180.00

from 01.020401

180.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-02

21.00

from 01.020401

21.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-03

149.00

from 01.020401

149.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-04

50.00

from 01.020401

50.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-05

30.00

from 01.020401

30.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ACCESS-06

5.00

from 01.020401

5.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ACCESS-07

40.00

from 01.020401

40.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-01

80.00

from 01.020401

80.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-02

8.00

from 01.020401

8.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-03

24.00

from 01.020401

24.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-TALENTS-04

8.00

from 01.020401

8.00

HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01

61.50

from 01.020402

61.50

HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01

60.50

from 01.020402

60.50

Other actions

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

168.55

7.70

from 01.020401

161.00

0.50

from 01.020402

7.55

7.20

Prize

0.15

0.55

from 01.020402

0.15

0.55

Expert contract action

1.80

2.30

from 01.020401

0.40

1.00

from 01.020402

1.40

1.30

Public procurement

19.20

17.30

from 01.020402

19.20

17.30

Estimated total budget

456.20

478.35

(1)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0628&from=EN
(2) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(3)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(4)    This can be considered under the category of ‘other direct costs’
(5) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(6)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(7) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(8)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(9) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(10)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(11) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(12)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(13)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/wp-call/2021/information_horizon-widera-2021-access-05-01_en.pdf
(14) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(15)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(16) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(17)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(18) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(19)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(20)     http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12012E/TXT&from=en
(21)    https://europa.eu/europass/en/create-europass-cv
(22)     http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2012:0392:FIN
(23)     http://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reco/2005/251/oj
(24)    Corresponding to profiles R3 or R4 of researchers careers as set out in the “European Framework for Research Careers” provided at https://cdn5.euraxess.org/sites/default/files/policy_library/towards_a_european_framework_for_research_careers_final.pdf
(25)    That can be considered under the category of "other direct costs"
(26) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(27)    The part of the MSCA Work Programme referring to synergies with the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 does not apply to the ERA Fellowships.
(28)    specifically to Topic HORIZON-MSCA-2021-PF-01-01, TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships
(29)    In the grant agreement, the non-academic host organisations must participate as associated partners.
(30)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
(31) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(32)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(33) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(34)    The part of the MSCA Work Programme referring to synergies with the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 does not apply to the ERA Fellowships.
(35)    In the grant agreement, the non-academic host organisations must participate as associated partners.
(36)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
(37) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(38)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(39)    The report is available here: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/47086c5e-f249-11ea-991b-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-153127582 .
(40)    Open science practice includes: providing open access to research outputs (such as publications, data, software, models, algorithms, and workflows); early and open sharing of research (for example through preregistration, registered reports, pre-prints, crowd-sourcing of solutions to a specific problem); participation in open peer-review; measures to ensure reproducibility of results; and involving citizens, civil society and end-users in the co-creation of R&I agendas and content, including citizen science.
(41)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/european-open-science-cloud-eosc_en
(42)    ‘FAIRness’ is the compliance with the requirements of FAIR data.
(43)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/open-science
(44)    Open science practices include: providing open access to research outputs (such as publications, data, software, models, algorithms, and workflows); early and open sharing of research (for example through preregistration, registered reports, pre-prints, crowd-sourcing of solutions to a specific problem); participation in open peer-review; measures to ensure reproducibility of results; and involving citizens, civil society and end-users in the co-creation of R&I agendas and content, including citizen science.
(45)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/730009
(46)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/she-figures-2018_en
(47)     www.embassy.science
(48)     http://eneri.eu/
(49)     http://www.enrio.eu/
(50)    The need for the sharing of data was emphasised in the Commission Communication on the on additional COVID-19 response measures, COM(2020) 687 final, https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/communication-additional-covid-19-response-measures.pdf
(51)    Statement on European Solidarity and the Protection of Fundamental Rights in the COVID-19 Pandemic, European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/ege/ec_rtd_ege-statement-covid-19.pdf
(52)    The full respect of the data protection law with regard to contact racing technologies was reaffirmed in the Commission Communication on the on additional COVID-19 response measures.
(53)    See European Institute for Gender Equality (2020) Covid-19 and gender equality, https://eige.europa.eu/topics/health/covid-19-and-gender-equality .
(54)    Ibid. The Commission Communication calls for a “robust authorisation process” to ensure safety.
(55)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/a1016d77-2562-11eb-9d7e-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-171481573
(56)     http://www.enrio.eu/
(57)     http://eneri.eu/
(58)     http://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/hi/h2020-ethics_code-of-conduct_en.pdf
(59)    Ibid.
(60)     www.embassy.science
(61)    https://ec.europa.eu/education/education-in-the-eu/digital-education-action-plan_en
(62)    Detailed information of the mentioned EU funded projects can be found on CORDIS web site ( https://cordis.europa.eu/ )
(63)     www.embassy.science
(64)     http://eneri.eu/
(65)     http://www.enrio.eu/
(66)    Applicants may consult : https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/what-are-technologies-will-reshape-our-world-independent-experts-identify-100-them-2019-jun-13_en
(67)    Presidency conclusions - The Charter of Fundamental Rights in the context of Artificial Intelligence and Digital Change, Brussels, 21 October 2020 (OR. en) 11481/20 FREMP 87 JAI 776
(68)     www.embassy.science
(69)     http://eneri.eu/
(70)     https://ec.europa.eu/education/education-in-the-eu/digital-education-action-plan_en
(71)    Detailed information of the mentioned EU funded projects can be found on CORDIS web site ( https://cordis.europa.eu/ )
(72)    Ibid.
(73) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(74)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(75)    See COM(2020)628, Commission Communication, A new ERA for Research and Innovation
(76)    A model of cooperation between industry, academia, civil society and public authorities, with a strong emphasis on citizens and their needs.
(77)    Institutional changes are characterised as: 1) a change to how the institution governs/structures itself, 2) expected to have meaningful impact within the institution concerned, 3) intended to last beyond the lifetime of funding (i.e. not one-off activities). See https://op.europa.eu/s/olV2 .
(78)    Particularly relevant projects to build upon were supported by: ISSI-5-2014, GARRI-1-2014, ISSI-5-2015, SwafS-04-2016, SwafS-05-2017, SwafS-05-2018-2019, SwafS-14-2018-2019-2020, SwafS-23-2020. Moreover, this action should build on the evidence base for benefits developed by the MoRRI and Super_MoRRI projects. Projects focused on implementing Gender Equality Plans under SwafS (including those supported by topics GERI-4-2014, SwafS-03-2016-2017, SwafS-09-2018-2019-2020) may also be of relevance. The RRI-Tools project, from FP7’s Science in Society programme, may also be relevant: https://rri-tools.eu/ .
(79)     https://op.europa.eu/s/olV4
(80)    i.e. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/341654
(81)    Open science practices may include: providing open access to research outputs (such as publications, data, software, models, algorithms, and workflows); early and open sharing of research (for example through preregistration, registered reports, pre-prints, crowd-sourcing of solutions to a specific problem); participation in open peer-review; measures to ensure reproducibility of results; and involving citizens, civil society and end-users in the co-creation of R&I agendas and content, including citizen science.
(82)    Responsible research and innovation involves multi-actor and public engagement in research and innovation, easier access to scientific results, the take up of gender and ethics in the research and innovation content and process, and formal and informal science education.
(83)    A model of cooperation between industry, academia, civil society and public authorities, with a strong emphasis on citizens and their needs.
(84)    In addition to relevant national-level initiatives, or even initiatives outside the EU, this includes Horizon 2020 projects supported through topics SEAC-2-2014 and topic SwafS-08-2019-2020 under Science with and for Society; the Horizon 2020 Innovative Training Networks supported through the MSCA-ITN topics as well as the COFUND projects for doctoral programmes under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, and the Erasmus+ European University Alliances and Horizon 2020 top-up pilot.
(85)     https://euraxess.ec.europa.eu/jobs/charter
(86)    https://www.euraxess.be/belgium/jobs-funding/doctoral-training-principles
(87)     https://ec.europa.eu/esco/portal/home
(88)    COM(2020)628, Commission Communication, A new ERA for Research and Innovation
(89)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/a3cde934-12a0-11eb-9a54-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
(90)    In particular, but not limited to, projects supported by Horizon 2020’s SwafS-19-2018-2019-2020 topic, but other relevant projects and initiatives within and outside the Framework Programmes should also be considered.
(91)    A model of cooperation between industry, academia, civil society and public authorities, with a strong emphasis on citizens and their needs.
(92)    Including topic SwafS-19-2018-2019-2020.
(93)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/730009
(94)    She Figures 2018, DG Research and Innovation, European Commission: https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/she-figures-2018_en
(95)     https://genderaction.eu/the-higher-a-country-scores-on-gender-equality-the-higher-its-innovation-potential/
(96)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/gendered-innovations-2-2020-nov-24_en
(97)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/era_fr
(98)     www.embassy.science
(99)     http://eneri.eu/
(100)     http://www.enrio.eu/
(101)    Bonn Declaration on Freedom of Scientific Research, adopted at the Ministerial Conference on the European Research Area on 20 October 2020 in Bonn, https://www.bmbf.de/files/10_2_2_Bonn_Declaration_en_final.pdf .
(102)    Detailed information of the mentioned EU funded projects can be found on CORDIS web site ( https://cordis.europa.eu/ )
(103)     www.embassy.science
(104)    In accordance with the Horizon Europe Rules for participation, due to the specific policy requirements, to the nature and objectives of the action, the type of legal entity and the place of establishment are limited to research performing organisations among legal entities falling under the eligibility criterion on the requirement to have a Gender Equality Plan in place (see General Annexes to the Horizon Europe Work Programme)
(105)    In accordance with the Horizon Europe Rules for participation, due to the specific policy requirements, to the nature and objectives of the action, the type of legal entity is limited
(106)    Refers to the end date of the project as in the Grant Agreement.
(107) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
Top

EN

ANNEX X

“Annex XII

Horizon Europe

Work Programme 2021-2022

12. Missions

Table of contents

Introduction    

Mission: Adaptation to climate change    

Call - Better prepared regional and local authorities to adapt to climate change    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01-01: Better prepared regional and local authorities to adapt to climate change    

Call - Research and Innovation actions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-01: Development of climate change risk assessments in European regions and communities based on a transparent and harmonised Climate Risk Assessment approach    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-02: Support to the regions in developing pathways towards climate resilience and corresponding innovation agendas    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-03: Towards asset level modelling of climate risks and adaptation    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-04: Large scale demonstrators of climate resilience creating cross-border value    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-05: Local engagement of citizens in the co-creation of societal transformational change for climate resilience    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Procurement actions    

1. Building the Implementation Platform for the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission    

2. Climate Adaptation Stakeholders Forum    

Service Level Agreement    

1. European Environmental Agency (EEA) support to the Mission in developing the monitoring and tracking system and visualisation of the progress in the resilience building, expanding ClimateADAPT    

Mission: Cancer    

Call - Preparing UNCAN.eu, a European initiative to understand cancer    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01-01: Preparing UNCAN.eu, a European initiative to understand cancer    

Call - Research and Innovation actions supporting the implementation of the Mission on Cancer    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-01: Develop new methods and technologies for cancer screening and early detection    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-02: Develop and validate a set of quality of life and patient preference measures for cancer patients and survivors    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-03: Better understanding of the impact of risk factors and health determinants on the development and progression of cancer    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Procurement actions    

1. Procurement actions to support the mission on cancer    

Mission: Restore our Ocean, seas and waters by 2030    

Call - Preparation for deployment of ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ and solution scale ups and cross-cutting citizen and stakeholder involvement    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01-01: Preparation for deployment of lighthouse demonstrators and solution scale ups and cross-cutting citizen and stakeholder involvement    

Call - Protect and restore marine and fresh water ecosystems and biodiversity    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01: European Blue Parks    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of fresh and transitional water ecosystems    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine and coastal ecosystems and increased climate resilience    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-04: Danube river basin lighthouse – coordination activities    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-05: Atlantic and Arctic basins lighthouse – coordination activities    

Call - Prevent and eliminate pollution of our ocean, seas and waters    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse - actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-02: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse – coordination activities    

Call - Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins - Low impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-02: Baltic and North Sea basin lighthouse – coordination activities    

Call - Mission Enabling activities: Digital knowledge system, public mobilisation and engagement, dynamic investment ecosystem    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-01: Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-02: The relation of young generations with the sea and water: values, expectations, and engagement    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-03: Piloting citizen science in marine and freshwater domains    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean    

2. Europeanisation of Plastic Pirates Citizen Science Initiative    

Procurement actions    

1. Mission ocean, seas and waters implementation support platform – overall Mission coordination and monitoring; European Blue parks technical assistance; citizen engagement; communication    

Mission: Climate neutral and smart cities    

Call - Supporting the transition towards climate neutrality within cities    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-01: Supporting national, regional and local authorities across Europe to prepare for the transition towards climate neutrality within cities    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-02: Collaborative local governance models to accelerate the emblematic transformation of urban environment and contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative and the objectives of the European Green Deal    

Call - Research and Innovation actions to support the implementation of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-01: Urban planning and design for just, sustainable, resilient and climate-neutral cities by 2030    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-02: Unleashing the innovation potential of public transport as backbone of urban mobility    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-04: Positive Clean Energy Districts    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-05: Global cooperation and exchange on urban climate neutrality    

Call - Research and Innovation actions for support the implementation of the Climate-neutral and Smart Cities Mission    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01-01: Designing inclusive, safe, affordable and sustainable urban mobility    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Grants to identified beneficiaries    

1. Specific Grant Agreements to the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform    

2. Global Mission on Urban Transitions under Mission Innovation    

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

1. Scientific and technical services to the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission    

Mission: Soil health and food    

Call - Preparing the ground for healthy soils: building capacities for engagement, outreach and knowledge    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01-01: Preparing the ground for healthy soils: building capacities for engagement, outreach and knowledge    

Call - Research and Innovation and other actions to support the implementation of a mission in the area of Soil health and Food    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-01: From knowledge gaps to roadmaps on soil mission objectives    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-02: Validating and further developing indicators for soil health and functions    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-03: Linking soil health to nutritional and safe food    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-04: Social, economic and cultural factors driving land management and land degradation    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-05: Incentives and business models for soil health    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-06: Engage with and activate municipalities and regions to protect and restore soil health    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-07: National engagement sessions and support to the establishment of soil health living labs    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-08: Next generation soil advisors    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Procurement actions    

1. Mission Implementation platform    

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

1. Technical and scientific support for the development of an EU soil monitoring framework    

Destination: Complementing missions through national activities    

Call - Coordination of complementary actions for missions    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01-01: Coordination of complementary actions for missions    

Destination: Deployment of NEB lighthouse demonstrators in the context of missions    

Call - Support the deployment of lighthouse demonstrators for the New European Bauhaus initiative in the context of Horizon Europe missions    

Conditions for the Call    

HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01-01: Support the deployment of lighthouse demonstrators for the New European Bauhaus initiative in the context of Horizon Europe missions    

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

Indirectly managed actions    

1. EIB Innovation Finance Advisory to support the implementation of EU Missions    

Procurement actions    

1. Informing citizens and stakeholders about EU Missions and engaging them in the implementation of EU Missions    

Other budget implementation instruments    

1. External expertise for advice on the next phases of the design and implementation of missions for Horizon Europe    

2. External expertise for advice on the next phases of the design and implementation of missions for Horizon Europe    

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

1. Scientific and technical services to the Mission on ‘Climate-neutral and smart cities’    

Grant to identified beneficiaries    

1. OECD Benchmarking Study on Missions Implementation    

Budget    

Introduction

Missions aim to address some of the greatest challenges facing our society. They are bold and inspirational with clear objectives that are time-bound, realistic, measurable and targeted.

Rooted in research and innovation, missions aim to tackle societal challenges with systemic solutions, leading to societal transformations and social impact.

Missions will help deliver key EU policy priorities such as the European Green Deal, Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, NextGenerationEU, the EU Industrial Strategy and A Europe fit for the Digital Age, amongst others.

To achieve their goals and promote societal change, missions will implement the reuse and reproducibility of research results such as FAIR research data and open access to scientific publications. Also, the missions will closely involve citizens in their preparation, implementation and monitoring throughout their duration, also showcasing the added value of the EU.

Missions are a novel instrument in Horizon Europe - the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation. For their successful implementation they will work in synergy and coordination with other missions, parts of Horizon Europe, in particular with European Partnerships and Clusters, and including also bottom-up parts such as the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, the European Institute of Innovation and Technology or the European Research Council, as well as with other EU funding instruments and policies. Furthermore, they will need to be implemented in close synergy with funding, programmes and strategies both at Member State / Associated Country and regional level, as well as with civil society and the private sector.

Five mission areas have been included in the Horizon Europe Regulation (Adaptation to Climate Change, including Societal Transformation; Cancer; Healthy Ocean, Seas, Coastal and Inland Waters; Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities; Soil Health and Food). Mission boards, comprised of external experts with a wide variety of backgrounds, have been established to advise the Commission on possible missions within the scope of these areas. On the basis of reports from the five mission boards, the Commission has identified the following titles for missions in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan, subject to further refinement:

1.Adaptation to Climate Change;

2.Cancer;

3.Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities;

4.Ocean, Seas and Waters;

5.Soil Health and Food.

The five identified missions have gone through a preparatory phase, during which implementations plans were developed, which included detailed objectives, specific interventions, investment strategy and performance indicators for each mission. The implementation plans have been assessed against objective criteria 1 and all missions have now entered full implementation.

This work programme part contains actions for each of the five missions during their preparatory phase, and has now been updated with the full R&I agenda, as missions have entered their implementation phase. The actions included in this work programme have established the foundations and they are now supporting the missions’ implementation phase.

Critical to the success of the missions will be the extent of wide engagement across the EU and Associated Countries and beyond. To facilitate this, an action to develop a network coordinating complementary actions for missions is proposed, with the possibility that this might be extended at a later date with national hubs.

Furthermore, in 2022, additional horizontal actions will be programmed to ensure coordination and synergies across the five missions.

To achieve their objectives, missions may necessitate societal engagement that goes beyond dialogue and leads to action. They may call for the involvement of not only citizens, but also academics, entrepreneurs,social partners and public administrators as co-designers, co-developers, and co-implementers. In addition, they may require changes in societal practices at European scale at an unprecedented speed. To address these specific needs and to promote synergies across the activities and constituencies of the Missions, the Commission intends to set up in 2022 a European Social Catalyst fund. The Catalyst would enlist experts in social innovation and leverage additional public and private money. These experts would select the most promising existing, demonstrably successful social innovations for the replication and upscaling of these social innovations in service of the Missions.

Mission: Adaptation to climate change

In February 2021, the EC adopted a EU strategy on adaptation to climate change that sets out how the EU can adapt to the unavoidable impacts of climate change and become climate resilient by 2050.

Pushing further on the belief that we must adjust now to tomorrow's climate, the EU is launching a specific mission to foster the resilience of all, be it regions, cities, citizens or companies, to climate change. The Mission Adaptation to Climate Change, will enable Europe to prepare for unavoidable climate impacts and accelerate the transformation to a climate-resilient Europe. The implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as implementation details of the mission “Adaptation to Climate Change” 2 .

Rooted in research and innovation, the Mission will set out concrete objectives and deliver tangible solutions to Europeans.

A regional approach

The EU wants to mobilise all actors, such as EU Member States, regional and local authorities, research institutes, investors and citizens to create real and lasting impact.

By supporting European regions to become climate resilient, the Mission will help them to be prepared for inevitable changes and extreme events.

While some regions and cities in Europe are well prepared to climate change, others are striving for solutions to address their vulnerabilities. Less developed regions that are more vulnerable to climate impacts and often have low adaptive capacity will receive particular attention. The intention is to ask front-runners European regions in research performance and on climate adaptation to share their experience and accompany them in finding solutions adapted to their own climatic situation and economy.

The R&I support will be provided in different ways:

1. Provide general support to European regions and communities to better understand, prepare for and manage climate risks and opportunities

2. Accelerate transformations to climate resilience: cooperate with at least 150 regions and communities to accelerate their transformation to a climate resilient future, supporting them in the co-creation of innovation pathways and the testing of solutions

3. Demonstrate systemic transformations to climate resilience: deliver at least 75 large-scale demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience across European regions and communities.

For 2021, the Mission will focus on developing a common risk assessment framework, based on which a first set of regions and communities will be supported to better understand their climate risks and to outline an agenda and a roadmap to build their local climate resilience. A few demonstrations of replicable climate resilience solutions will also be funded.

In 2022, the Mission will concentrate on coordinating the portfolio of climate adaptation innovations and identifying the remaining gaps across the areas of innovation and transformation. It will provide state of the art knowledge and data on climate impacts and risks; support the development and testing of solutions capable to address one or more of the systems identified as key for climate resilience building, and demonstrate solutions, including to transform coastal areas, towards climate neutrality and climate resilience, while protecting water.

As foreseen under art 29 of the rules of participation, the Mission will follow a portfolio approach in its related calls, in that “the evaluation committee shall rank the proposals that have passed the applicable thresholds, according to: (a) the evaluation scores; (b) their contribution to the achievement of specific policy objectives, including the constitution of a consistent portfolio of projects. In particular, the Mission calls will foster the development of a balanced portfolio of solutions across the different climate risks, the different innovation areas as identified in the Mission Implementation Plan and the different biogeographical regions, as defined by the EEA.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01

5.00

14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02

110.00

12 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

115.00

Call - Better prepared regional and local authorities to adapt to climate change

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 3

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 4

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01-01

CSA

5.00 5

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

5.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01-01: Better prepared regional and local authorities to adapt to climate change

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to some 6 of the following expected outcomes:

1.regional and local authorities gear up their preparations for meeting current and future objectives and requirements when it comes to climate adaptation and climate risk management, in the Climate Law 7 - namely in the new EU strategy on adaptation to climate change 8 - and in the Union Civil Protection Mechanism legislation 9 ;

2.regional and local authorities, citizens and other stakeholders improve their understanding of climate risk and have improved access to relevant climate science, data and information from public and private sources and services (e.g. from regional climate projections and predictions, Copernicus, GEOSS and European Research Infrastructures (ERI) 10 );

3.regional and local authorities have access to a range of funding and financing opportunities to create an enabling environment for adaptation action;

4.regional and local authorities embrace a transformative, inclusive and systemic approach, including societal transformation dimension, towards climate change adaptation action and just transition (in the wider sustainability context);

5.citizens and stakeholders are aware of climate impacts and risks, and engaged in the co-creation and sharing of data, knowledge and solutions fundamental for the transformation to become climate resilient (including by building on citizen science, social dialogue and social innovation approaches);

6.regional and local authorities adopt an integrated approach to solutions addressing climate change adaptation and climate resilience, namely no/low-regret adaptation solutions with co-benefits of adaptation actions for mitigation, zero pollution, biodiversity (e.g. nature-based solutions), resource efficiency, the economy, society, cultural heritage, human health and well-being;

7.regional authorities and communities are equipped to assess adaptation gaps in a systematic and forward-looking manner.

Scope: This action should provide services to support regional and local authorities in their preparation to meet the current requirements of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism legislation, and the foreseen adaptation objectives in the Climate Law, underpinning the new EU strategy on adaptation to climate change in terms of research and innovation, data and knowledge, and capacity and skills.

Furthermore, this action should take stock of past, ongoing and future activities related to climate change adaptation, including innovative approaches to climate adaptation plans to implement a mix of solutions – based on technological, non-technological, and social innovations – and to explore transformative pathways. This would give an indication of best practices and solutions already available, gaps and barriers to address climate change adaptation in a more holistic matter; as well as options for transformative and innovative approaches.

In particular, the action should help regional and local authorities to:

1.better understand their climate risks, solutions available to mitigate such risks and ways to achieve climate resilience, including by some of the following activities:

1.facilitating access to services specific to climate risk assessments at regional and/or local level, focusing on particularly vulnerable regions;

2.assisting in the elaboration of climate risk management plans, including provisions for their monitoring and evaluation;

3.providing a tailor-made overview of potential technological, non-technological, and social solutions – in particular breakthroughs, disruptive and radically new innovations – (which includes their effectiveness, inclusiveness, costs and benefits) and establishing close synergies with the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call, in particular the topic on Climate-resilient Innovation Packages for EU regions (LC-GD-1-3-2020), and the topic on developing end-user products and services for all stakeholders and citizens supporting climate adaptation and mitigation (LC-GD-9-2-2020), as well as drawing on the results from relevant projects from Horizon 2020 and the LIFE Programme;

4.identifying and mapping of priority research and innovation areas where gaps exist;

5.facilitating a process designed to co-develop a vision of what a transformation towards climate resilience might mean in their regional and/or local context taking a systems approach (key community systems and enabling conditions), and including an analysis of levers, barriers and tipping points for transformation;

6.jointly (consortium participants, regional/local authorities and relevant stakeholders) assess adaptation capacity, behavioural insights, changes in social practices, skills and conditions (e.g., framework, governance, finance) needed to undergo a transformation towards climate resilience, with the objective to develop a self-assessment tool available to those authorities that are not able to receive the services from the consortium.

2.establish approaches and processes that enable co-design , co-development, and co-implementation with citizens and stakeholders (including academia, industry, social partners, public authorities and regulatory agencies) in line with the recently adopted Climate Pact 11 , through some of the following activities:

1.cross-fertilisation of cutting-edge science on climate change impacts and risks that is locally/regionally relevant and comprehensible;

2.fostering co-production of data at local level and knowledge and co-design of climate services to support a transformation towards climate resilience;

3.supporting the implementation of citizen science, citizen observatories, social innovation and other means of joint knowledge gathering and monitoring to support a transformation towards climate resilience (e.g. the projects on air quality 12 );

4.assisting regional and local communities in the preparation of large-scale living labs 13 for the development and testing of transformative inclusive solutions towards climate resilience (exploring synergies with living labs foreseen in relevant Horizon Europe partnerships);

5.facilitating the establishment of inclusive and deliberative governance processes supporting just transitions;

3.map and facilitate synergies by identifying funding and financing opportunities for the creation of important R&I-related enabling conditions in support of reaching climate resilience, including in the context of establishing close synergies with the preparatory action on Coordination of complementary actions for missions in this Work Programme, (topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01):

1.Data and operational climate services, including National Meteorological Services, Copernicus Climate Change Service, and Copernicus Emergency Management, Horizon 2020 and Europe relevant projects, as well as relevant action of GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems);

2.the region-specific smart specialization strategies (ERDF/CF PO1) and regional operational programmes for Strategic Objective 2;

3.the Digital Europe Programme, in particular the digital twin on climate change adaptation;

4.the skills agenda and the European Social Fund (ESF+) to create the needed capacities and skills;

5.Horizon Europe instruments, including those of bottom-up nature like the European Research Council or the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, and its partnerships and missions;

6.other relevant EU, national and or regional programmes and instruments (e.g. Just Transition Fund, Recovery and Resilience Facility, European Structural and Investment Funds, Erasmus+ programme, European Solidarity Corps, Invest EU, and relevant financing by the European Investment Bank).

Actions should address all the three main objectives under the scope, tackling some of the specific outcomes (sub-bullets under the three main objectives). Therefore, the consortium 14 should possess the expertise necessary to successfully deliver on the three main objectives. Regional and local authorities are not expected to be consortium participants, but to receive services from the consortium; in other words, they are the target groups of the project’s activities.

The services covered by this topic should be accessible to as many regional and local authorities as possible. The consortium is expected to accompany the authorities and relevant stakeholders through the delivery of the services needed and to the achievement of clear outcomes. Priority should be given to regions or locations with the high vulnerability 15 , limited resources and/or low adaptive capacity 16 to climate change impacts. Demand could be higher than what can be supplied within the limits of this action, therefore proposals should include criteria for how to identify the regional and local authorities most in need of these services. These criteria will ensure that a variety of locations are represented, in as many countries as possible, reflecting the diversity in climatic risks in Europe, as well as differences in socio-economic and demographic conditions, and in approaches to mitigating such risks. Such criteria should also take into account the characteristics of the populations concerned and the vulnerability of the locations in order to subsequently understand the effectiveness of the services provided by the consortium.

The project is expected to have a duration of three years. Early in the project the consortium should define a list of regional and local authorities that would benefit from the project’s activities. By the end of the project, the consortium should propose a strategy to maintain the services offered through a platform, entity or partnership with relevant organisations.

Consortium participants should establish synergies with relevant projects funded under this Work Programme as well those originating from Horizon 2020, in particular the Green Deal Call (topics in area 1, as well as LC-GD-9-2-2020 and LC-GD-10-1-2020), should be explored and established during the course of the project. In particular, projects resulting from the calls mentioned above, as well as from Cluster 3 on Disaster Resilient Societies should be foreseen, Cluster 5 on Climate, Energy and Mobility, and Cluster 6 on Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment. In addition, the consortium should draw, when appropriate, upon the capabilities, expertise and data available at the Joint Research Centre in the area of Smart Specialization and urban sustainable development strategies, and the European Environment Agency through the European Climate Adaptation Platform (Climate-ADAPT), the European Topic Centre on Adaptation and the EIONET network of Member States.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of connecting to the regions, local communities and cities, which in their smart specialisation / local-urban development strategies are interested in the priority themes relevant for the mission.

Call - Research and Innovation actions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 17

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 18

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 11 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-01

RIA

20.00 19

15.00 to 20.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-02

RIA

30.00 20

25.00 to 30.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-03

RIA

5.00 21

1.50 to 2.50

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-04

IA

50.00 22

15.00 to 25.00

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-05

RIA

5.00 23

3.00 to 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

110.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-01: Development of climate change risk assessments in European regions and communities based on a transparent and harmonised Climate Risk Assessment approach

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following additions to the general award criteria apply:
The quality criterion shall in addition assess the proposed approach put in place to provide support to third parties, notably the approach to reach out to at least 50 diverse regions (defined NUTS2 by the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics
24 ) and / or communities 25 , across the countries participating in Horizon Europe, as this shall assure that the mission spread knowledge and experience fast by engaging diverse environments.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The minimum amount allocated to financial support to third parties must be 60 % of the requested EU contribution.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300,000 to allow the project to engage local actors / authorities in the regions to conduct a local climate multi-risk assessment using the developed prototype.

Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Other requirement

The multi-risk and multi sector assessment framework tool produced must be open source.

The project must ensure that the data will comply with the FAIR 26 principles for data producers and publishers.

Expected Outcome: The project is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.An operational, consistent and more advanced multi-risk assessment framework tool across scales and levels of governance that can be used by all regions and communities 27 in Europe, so they are better equipped to develop their climate resilience plans (if not available yet) or improve the ones that might be already existing.

2.Harmonised multi-hazard/ risk assessments at the regional scale, on which the development or improvement of community-based emergency and risk management plans can be based.

3.Enhanced adaptive capacity of European regions and communities, reduced vulnerability to climate change, variability and extremes, and strengthened scientific knowledge on climate risk assessment.

4.Needs for further development of standards, implementation support and guidance for standards (e.g. design maps for climatic actions) are clearly formulated.

Scope: The proposal should address two distinctive actions, in a sequence indicated below.

1st Action- Development and beta testing of the climate risk and vulnerability assessment framework tool

This topic relates to the Mission’s first objective 28 : preparing and planning for climate resilience and the need for a better understanding of climate change related risks and their interactions with other types of risks.

The total budget for the first action should be 20% of the total requested EU contribution. The multi-risk and multi sector assessment framework tool should be developed for broad application to all European regions and communities. The harmonised framework and the methodology and guidelines to assess the climate change risks and impacts should be designed to be accessed by non-experts users and the relevant stakeholders, with user-friendly features.

The approach proposed should make an efficient use of the currently available high-resolution data and services, in particular, envisaging an exploitation of those provided by Copernicus 29 , initiatives within the Group on Earth observation (GEO) and EuroGEO, and the ones of Destination Earth 30 , particularly its climate change adaptation digital twin and its way how to involve non-experts. Big data and artificial intelligence should be also integrated in the tool in an innovative way to better quantify and assess climate risks. All developments should take advantage of and where possible align with the JRC Risk Data Hub 31 terminology, indicators, data structure so that newly generated risk, vulnerability and loss data can be integrated in its GIS web platform, as well can be integrated with Destination Earth. The proposal should also work closely with national authorities to ensure the integration of the information, knowledge and experience existing at national and regional level.

While a large amount of data and information is available, there are still significant knowledge gaps when it comes to mid-and long term projections of frequency and severity of extreme events at regional and local level, specific impacts within various types of territories (urban, rural, geographic specificities) and land use, cascading and spill-over effects, and the integration of socio-economic (including vulnerability and the impacts/effectiveness of the adaptation solutions) and in-situ data.

The proposal should provide a benchmark and comparison of the already ongoing climate risk assessment frameworks and identify common ground and gaps to be filled. Basing the results on reputable, quality controlled data such as the one made available by C3S on the Climate ADAPT portal of the European Environment Agency, will be a way to ensure that a common data layer is used by all risk assessment frameworks.

The development of the climate risks and impacts assessment framework tool should be based on the state-of-the-art multi-sector risk framework 32 , with its three components (hazard, exposure, vulnerability), considering the rich available experience in the private sector (e.g. insurance) and public institutions (e.g. UNDRR Global Risk Assessment Framework, GRAF 33 ) and building upon existing risk assessment frameworks, such as PESETA studies and EEA assessment reports and the Climate-ADAPT’s climate data explorer, relevant CEN/ISO technical standards (e.g. the Eurocodes), and take also into account ongoing work on standardisation of climate and disaster loss data.

The proposed harmonised framework should clearly tap into the wealth of existing national and regional risk assessment strategies and methodologies and should be defined after some consultation and validation with the relevant national and regional stakeholders who are normally in charge of the climate risk assessment processes. The proposal should also identify and support ways by which the framework may be widely applied, supporting the implementation of the EU Adaptation Strategy and possibly also by incorporating it in the guidance and procedures of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism (UCPM), or a combination of both, and exploring the role of the data and knowledge services embedded in the Climate ADAPT platform.

2nd Action- Using the climate risk assessments framework tool in regions and communities, to conduct climate risks, vulnerabilities and impacts assessments as a basis for development or revision of local emergency and risk management plans

The proposal should provide direct financial support in the form of grants to at least 50 regions and communities in conducting multi-hazard/ risk assessment profiles or upgrading and refining existing ones, making use of climate services, using the framework tool developed under Step I. This action should start no later than 12 months after the project kick-off. A close cooperation with pre-established regional networks should be pursued to ensure maximum dissemination and use of the climate risk assessment tool. 60% of the total amount of the EU requested contribution must be made available to provide direct support to regions and communities. To implement the support to financial support to third parties, the consortium should include partners with relevant operational and financial experience and viability.

Through the provision of financial support to third parties, the proposal should provide a number of selected local and regional administrations with access to development of their climate risk profiles, guidance for the development of comprehensive risk management, based on the designed framework and other service oriented initiatives such as Copernicus Climate Change Service C3S, the Copernicus Emergency Management Service and GEO/EuroGEO.

Priority should be given to regions or locations with high vulnerability 34 , limited resources and/or low adaptive capacity 35 to climate change impacts. Demand could be higher than what can be supplied within the limits of this action, therefore proposals to this call should include a process and criteria for how to identify the regions and communities most in need of these services. These criteria will ensure that a variety of locations are represented, in as many countries as possible, reflecting the diversity in climatic risks in Europe, as well as differences in socio-economic and demographic conditions, and in approaches to mitigating such risks. Such criteria should also take into account the characteristics of the populations concerned and the vulnerability of the locations. Respective national governments should be consulted in this process selecting the regions and communities.

The proposal should also highlight opportunities for adjustments of existing community early warning systems, where they exist, to consider changing patterns of climate extreme events and ensure rapid responses and the protection of the concerned people, in particular those at high risk such as children, senior citizens, people with chronic diseases and socially disadvantaged groups. It should support local administrations and local businesses (in particular SMEs) to develop or revise community-based emergency and risk management plans to ensure critical infrastructure is safe and essential services operable and accessible under critical conditions and to prepare resilience strategies to minimise the economic impact (e.g. temporary or permanent shutdown) from climate events resulting in further negative impacts for the wider community through loss of income, employment and livelihoods. Citizens and civil society organisations will be encouraged to provide inputs towards the risk assessments.

The proposal should contribute to filling pre-defined knowledge gaps through harmonisation and integration of existing data allowing for generating of trends and effective predictive modelling of extreme events affecting local communities. Furthermore, data enabling characterising vulnerability (population, infrastructure), disaster loss data, adverse impacts of extreme events, or effectiveness of the adaptation solutions shall be integrated in the risk assessment at local level. 20% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to the consortium, for maintenance and update of the risk assessment framework tool, back office support to the regions and communities that aim to develop their risk assessment plans and are using the tool, and developing a proposal for scaling up and improving the risk assessment framework tool. During its duration, the project should include an open support line or help desk for all interested European regions and communities, beyond those that will be selected for direct support in conducting their risk assessments through the cascading funds.

The knowledge generated in the course of the project should be broadly disseminated, made open source, and shall be made public (including eventually developed IT tools), free and open licensed, helping citizens, public institutions and businesses to understand and appreciate their risk exposure, possible implications of climate disruptions on social, economic and environmental processes and key community systems, possible business opportunities. Future actions under the Climate Adaptation Mission should leverage the knowledge generated from this action, in providing support to more regions and communities. The generated knowledge and outcomes should also feed into the improved design and development of this harmonised risk assessment framework.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of making the JRC Risk Data Hub available and adapting it as needed for hosting and publishing the disaster loss, vulnerability and risk data that is collected under the mission, as far as it is aligned with its terminology, indicators, and data structure.

The European Commission intends to establish a network and coordination activities amongst all the projects funded for the implementation of the Climate adaptation Mission, and also those funded under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call 36 and under Horizon Europe when particularly relevant to climate adaptation knowledge and solutions, that will be coordinated by the soon to be established Mission Implementation Platform. The project that will be selected under this topic will be requested to contribute to this effort. Applicants should acknowledge this request and already account for these obligations in their proposal, making adequate provisions in terms of resources and budget to engage and collaborate with the Mission governance.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-02: Support to the regions in developing pathways towards climate resilience and corresponding innovation agendas

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 25.00 and 30.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following additions to the general award criteria apply:

The quality criterion shall in addition assess the proposed approach put in place to provide support to third parties, notably the approach to reach out to at least 100 diverse regions (defined NUTS2 by the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics 37 ) and / or communities 38 , across the countries participating in Horizon Europe, as this shall assure that accelerating climate resilience building by engaging diverse environments

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The minimum amount allocated to financial support to third parties must be 70 % of the requested EU contribution.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 300,000 to allow the project to mobilise local actors with local knowledge on which to base the development of the regional agendas.

Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.In the participating regions and communities:

1.The pathways to a climate resilient future and their corresponding innovation agendas that regions and communities 39 will have developed as output of this project are used to shape relevant research and innovation strategies, and to mobilise research and innovation actions to develop, test and up-scale systemic solutions increasing local climate resilience as identified.

2.The pathways to a climate resilient future and their corresponding innovation agendas that regions and communities will have developed as output of this project are reflected in political commitments to prepare the ground for the large-scale diffusion of solutions, including policy actions promoting enabling conditions, addressing barriers and leveraging funds.

3.The process developing these pathways and innovation agendas to a climate resilient future will have further mobilised and inspired the engagement of citizens, academia, the private sector and other stakeholders, including trough social innovation, in the transformative journey to climate resilience within the regions and communities and beyond.

2.Within and beyond the participating regions and communities:

1.The process developing these pathways and innovation agendas to a climate resilient future will have provided a better understanding of cross-border interdependencies, risks and opportunities, as well as led to an increase in inter-regional coordination and collaboration to achieve cross-border climate-resilience and harmonization of the strategies to achieve climate resilience.

2.The process developing these pathways and innovation agendas to a climate resilient future will have provided a better understanding of how to best structure, facilitate and support the processes of deliberating and co-designing transformative pathways to climate resilience in a wide range of environmental, economic, political and cultural contexts.

3.The communication and sharing of relevant information and lessons learned will have triggered other regions and communities to also engage in their own processes of deliberating and co-designing transformative pathways to climate resilience.

Scope: This topic relates to the Mission’s second objective, and aims to have at least 100 regions and communities 40 that will have formulated their vision of a climate resilient future and the transformative adaptation pathways, plans and innovation portfolios to reach it.

This action aims at providing the necessary knowledge, expertise, and services to support regions in the formulation of their climate resilient future and of their place-based transformative adaptation pathways, plans and innovation portfolios.

Regional and local authorities will be in the lead of the process developing their respective pathways towards climate resilience and corresponding innovation agendas. They will be supported (i) by the overall consortium selected under this topic that will provide the general framework and tailored support to selected regions and communities and facilitate the orchestration of activities across regions and communities, and (ii) by a local, regional and /or national partner organisation with experience of working on climate adaptation, including societal transformation, that will be engaged through support to third parties in the for of grants (for minimum 70% of the EU requested contribution and of the maximum amount of EUR 300 000 per region) for each of the participating regions and communities.

The proposal should focus on building capacity of regions and communities to take leadership on their own transformative adaptation pathways. Direct and substantive support and capability building should be provided to the regions and communities, both by the overall consortium and the local partner organisation. The inclusion of a local partner organisation should ensure optimal mobilisation of local/regional/national knowledge, initiatives and stakeholders and build local human resources and organisational capacity to support each region’s transformational change process, developing local capacity with long-term local impact beyond the project duration.

The development of regional pathways towards climate resilience should build on assessments of trends and projections of future climate change risks (which are not to be provided by this project). The pathways, plans and innovation portfolios should reflect the 10 areas of innovation and transformation outlined by the Mission in adequate proportion to their relevance to each region and community, as well as any other area that may be identified as relevant by the respective regions and communities 41 . They should also take account of the priorities identified in the national and regional climate change adaptation strategies and programmes, national Recovery and Resilience Plans, relevant regional smart specialisation strategies established under Cohesion Policy and other programmes, such as the Common Agricultural Policy.

The process developing the pathways should be inclusive and participatory, engaging all relevant stakeholders, including public administrations, private sector, universities, civil society, social partners, and in particular citizens and vulnerable groups. The process should entail:

·deliberations on the regions or communities’ vision for climate resilience and

·an assessment of the community systems 42 that need to change and of the enabling conditions required to achieve the envisaged transformations,

·the analysis, visualisation and deliberation of different possible futures possibly including different solutions and innovations, that are robust and cost-effective across these possible futures.

·the elaboration of a set of deliberately designed innovative adaptation solutions/interventions operating at different scales and working on different parts of the system, intended to unlock transformations to greatly strengthened climate resilience. The process should provide, for each region and community, indication of the portfolio of innovations and actions intended, including scenarios, intervention points, and the description of a range of concrete innovations and activities including plans and strategies on how to fund/finance these. The development of these pathways should also take into account the cultural approach and the specific social impediment and opportunity for the design of the pathway to a climate resilient future able to involve citizens and stakeholders and create conditions for political decisions.

When designing these innovation actions and transformative activities, particular attention should be paid to possible synergies with other regional, national or EU programmes and funds or other parts of Horizon Europe. As for possibly relevant EU programmes,funds and initiatives the following are an example of what should be considered:

·CAP and LIFE;

·the Renovation Wave to ensure that critical and social infrastructure is climate proof;

·the European Climate and Health Observatory to foster information exchange and cooperation in preparing for and adapting to the impacts of climate change on human health;

·the ERDF and Cohesion Funds (policy objectives 1 and 2) to promote the transformations of more climate resilient regional economies in the context of smart specialisation strategies, including support from JRC facilitating the Smart Specialisation Strategies Platform;

·the Skills Agenda and the European Social Fund (ESF+) to innovate and facilitate the necessary education, training and capacity building to create the needed capacities and skills for a more climate resilient employment;

·the Digital Europe Work Programme, in particular its efforts to establish the Green Deal Data Space and the Data Space for Smart Communities, the development of the Destination Earth Digital Twins, and the relevant Testing and Experimentation Facilities to facilitate access to and better management of data and knowledge;

·Data and operational climate services, including National Meteorological Services, Copernicus Climate Change , Copernicus Emergency Management, and other relevant Copernicus services, Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe relevant projects, as well as relevant actions, projects and initiatives of and through EuroGEO 43 , GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems) and the European Space Agency (ESA) programmes;

·Horizon Europe instruments, including those of bottom-up nature like the European Research Council or the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, and its partnerships (in particular the partnerships on biodiversity, water, and sustainable food systems) and missions (in particular the missions on oceans, smart cities and healthy soils);

·other relevant EU, national and or regional programmes and instruments (e.g. Just Transition Fund, Recovery and Resilience Facility, European Structural and Investment Funds, Erasmus+ programme, European Solidarity Corps, Invest EU, Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation programmes and relevant financing by the European Investment Bank).

The support provided by the project should be accessible to as many regions and communities as possible but should support at least 100 regions and communities. Priority should be given to regions or locations with the high vulnerability 44 , limited resources and/or low adaptive capacity 45 to climate change impacts. Demand could be higher than what can be supplied within the limits of this action, therefore proposals to this call should include a process and criteria for how to identify the regions and communities most in need of these services. These criteria must ensure that a variety of locations are represented, in as many countries as possible, reflecting the diversity in climatic risks in Europe, as well as differences in socio-economic and demographic conditions, and in approaches to mitigating such risks. Such criteria should also take into account the characteristics of the populations concerned and the vulnerability of the locations. Respective national governments should be consulted in this process selecting the regions and communities.

It is expected that the project will have a duration of about 5 years. The process selecting the regions and communities should start as soon as possible. To allow for flexibility and overall balance, it may be considered to on-board the 100 regions and communities in a distributed manner over the course of the first 3 years. The first set of regions and communities should be fully engaged within 15 months after the start of the project. The time estimated for each region and community to develop their pathway and innovation agenda for the transformation to climate resilience is estimated to be within 18-24 months of having been on-boarded.

Proposals should describe how the consortium would:

·Define and implement a common impact framework guiding the work with the regions and communities that is to reflect, among other things, the following

oThe impact created by implementing each individual element and combinations of elements of the portfolio of innovations and activities.

oThe impact of working together on portfolio design and on learning, on collaborative ways of working, behaviours and mindsets across diverse stakeholder groups.

oThe impact of the portfolio of innovations and activities on system dynamics and how to increase the understanding of how to unlock change faster and how to make better quality decisions and to share lessons learned.

·Structure and organise the selection of regions and communities and their local partner organisations.

·Support the regions and communities in the various steps of the process developing the pathways and innovation agendas, including how it would

oprovide third party support to them through grants and means to engage local/regional/national partners to support the respective regional and/or local administrations;

ohelp facilitate the engagement of relevant stakeholders and citizens;

oensure the necessary access to relevant information, in particular on the range of possible innovations or solutions;

oprovide tailor-made analysis, visualisation and deliberation of different possible futures for each participating region and community;

osupport the composition of portfolios of innovation and activities and an underpinning finance strategy.

·Orchestrate cross-regional exchanges to learn from each other, address cross-border interdependencies, and create opportunities for future collaboration.

·Undertake continuous efforts to learn from and improve the processes of deliberating and co-designing transformative pathways to climate resilience in a wide range of environmental, economic, political and cultural contexts.

·Communicate and share relevant information and lessons learned more broadly, in particular through Climate-ADAPT and the Policy Support Facility to be established under the Covenant of Mayors.

In order to implement the financial support to third parties, the consortium should include partners with relevant operational and financial experience and viability.

The project could leverage JRC support to provide guidance and support to regions and communities in the development of smart specialisation strategies and in identifying links to EU Regional Funds to implement their climate adaptation plans and strategies. In particular, the regions and communities supported under this action could tap in JRC support in the development of specific synergetic actions in the area of climate adaptation among Horizon Europe, national research and innovation programmes, the EU Regional and cohesion policy programmes and the Next generationEU recovery instrument.

The project awarded under this topic should collaborate with on-going Horizon 2020 projects, including those funded through the Green Deal call, in view to tailor a Mission Adaptation portfolio of services addressing the partner regional and local needs. Furthermore, the activities of the projects supported under this topic will have strong complementarities with the activities of the research actions that the Mission will support elsewhere. For this reason, the proposal should collaborate with other projects funded by the Mission.

The European Commission intends to establish a network and coordination activities amongst all the projects funded for the implementation of the Climate adaptation Mission, and also those funded under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call 46 and under Horizon Europe when particularly relevant to climate adaptation knowledge and solutions, and that will be coordinated by the soon to be established Mission Implementation Platform. The project that will be selected under this topic will be requested to contribute to this effort. Applicants should acknowledge this request and already account for these obligations in their proposal, making adequate provisions in terms of resources and budget to engage and collaborate with the Mission governance.

In order to adhere to the FAIR principles, the proposals should consider the possibility to leverage the existing open-data and develop the tailoring procedure on the cloud platforms such as the DIASs or the Copernicus Climate Data Store. Through the Sectoral Information System 47 of the Copernicus Climate Change Service (C3S), a large number of examples exist of how climate data could be transformed into user-relevant information for different sectors.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-03: Towards asset level modelling of climate risks and adaptation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Beyond state of the art asset-level models for critical infrastructures will allow for a better assessment of adaptation options

2.Public authorities will be enabled to compare different adaptation approaches on the basis of a model information system on critical infrastructure

3.An analysis of gaps in European data regarding the assessment of direct 48 and indirect 49 economic consequences of damages to critical infrastructures.

Scope: This topic relates to the Mission’s first objective: preparing and planning for climate resilience and the need for a better understanding of climate change related risks.

To fully comprehend climate change related risks, information on assets is necessary. Asset-level modelling requires combining meteorological/hydrological hazard models with information on assets (their location and ideally their construction costs and quality, as well as historical loss data). Assets can be publicly or privately owned infrastructure, including critical infrastructure, as well as natural and land areas or housing areas. This topic addresses the provision of asset-level information to public authorities, on critical infrastructures.

The proposal should consider the effect of multiple hazards (including complex, cascading and compound disasters) and should develop improved assessment models, including improved model coupling. For instance, coupling hazard, exposure and vulnerability, stemming from sources such as Copernicus and its Copernicus Climate Change Service (C3S) 50 , with assessments of impacts and of potential adaptation measures, thereby completely integrating the causal chain from climate stressors to adaptive responses into one unifying modelling framework.

The proposal should consider several critical infrastructures (for example electricity supply, ICT, transport systems) across several regions and how its functioning might be impeded by climate change induced risks. The models developed should include reconstruction costs, the costs of not providing the intended service as well as knock-on effects on other systems. The model should be designed as a decision support tool for public authorities allowing them to assess costs of various adaptation solutions across several regions.

The proposal must demonstrate that it goes beyond state of the art and should identify data gaps and discuss approaches to overcome the data gaps in the future. In particular, the proposal should look at

a) resolution and completeness of data for exposure assessments

b) data on construction costs, construction quality and characteristics (notably protection against extreme weather events) as well as on planned redundancies.

c) data on the use of the infrastructures (for example how many trains, cars or households are served)

The proposals should give due regard to the Commission technical guidance 51 on the climate proofing of infrastructure in the period 2021-2027, notably as regards climate resilience, the climate vulnerability and risk assessment, as well as the identification, economic and technical appraisal, and implementation of relevant adaptation measures.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-04: Large scale demonstrators of climate resilience creating cross-border value

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

A clear written commitment is required from the participating regions in which the action proposed will be implemented, expressed by a letter of intent annexed to the proposal and signed by the corresponding authority/ies.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome:  

Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.Systemic demonstration of a climate-resilient society, fully adapted to the unavoidable impacts of climate change by 2050, based on full scale technological and social innovation solutions on the ground providing reinforced adaptive capacity and minimised vulnerability to climate impacts, in line with the Paris Agreement and the European Climate Law 52 ;

2.Innovative climate resilience socio-technological solutions are scaled up and largely deployed through collaboration and twinning between front-runners and less experienced regions , vulnerable to similar climate risks and impacts; 

3.Suitable solutions for just societal transformation and building climate resilience at the regional and local level are developed and adopted, through tailor-made measures matching the local needs, as climate impacts, adaptive capacities and disaster risk reduction capabilities differ greatly across regions.

Scope: This topic relates to the Mission’s third objective, aiming to deliver at least 75 deep demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience.

Proposals under this topic must deploy large-scale demonstrations of scientifically sound innovative solutions, combining technological and social innovation, with concrete measurable impacts leading to an increase of the resilience and adaptation capacity to climate change across the territory of the European Union and associated countries 53 .

As climate impacts, adaptive capacities and disaster risk reduction capabilities differ greatly across regions, scientific development and innovation should address specific needs at regional and local scale, fully acknowledging place-based governance, socio-economic and identity characteristics and other place-based data, with tailor-made responses and measures, which are required for a positive and just societal transformation towards climate resilience. To get the Mission kick-started, this topic is based on a full openness, bottom–up principle. For this call, no thematic focus is pre-defined to leave each proposal define the most relevant climate vulnerabilities and risks to be addressed in the regions involved, for example extreme precipitations events or extreme droughts.

Inter-regional collaborative actions to demonstrate and scale up effective solutions are highly encouraged, where regions front-runners that are most experienced in climate resilience building would collaborate in addressing interregional challenges with regions less experienced that are vulnerable to similar climate impacts, creating a common place to test and deploy the most suitable solutions and to exchange best practices. Proposals should include at least demonstration in three regions where adaptation actions will be deployed to increase the resilience of these regions to the negative effects of climate change. These three minimum regions must be located in different EU Member States or Horizon Europe associated countries, with at least one demonstration taking place in a less developed region 54 . For each of the demonstrators that will take place in front-runner regions, the proposal should support replication of the successful demonstration in at least two more less experienced regions. The consortium may include other type of partners, such as private or public research organisations and enterprises, to ensure that all needed capabilities are available.

The contribution from Horizon Europe budget to projects under this topic is intended to stimulate substantial additional investments from national and European public funding programmes and from private sources. A written commitment to apply for complementary funding is required from the participating regions in which the action proposed will be implemented in case the project will be selected for funding. This should be expressed by a letter of intent annexed to the proposal signed by the corresponding authority/ies from the participating regions. The letter should state the willingness of the Regional authority to seek (when possible) complementary funding from other national and European programmes for investments aiming at increasing resilience and adaptation to climate change. This will include in particular European Regional Development and Cohesion Fund and the Next generation EU.

To unlock / identify links to EU Regional Funds to implement their climate adaptation plans and strategies contributing to a sustainable and inclusive growth, regions involved in the proposals could leverage JRC guidance and support to EU regions and Member States in the development of smart specialisation strategies. In particular, the regions could tap in to JRC support in the development of specific synergetic actions in the area of climate adaptation among Horizon Europe, national research and innovation programmes, cohesion policy programmes and the Next generationEU recovery instrument.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will also consist of supporting the analysis of nature-based solutions (e.g. biodiversity for climate resilience), which are beyond standard quick fixes and need careful evaluation taking into account regional aspects.

In agreement with the authorities responsible for the territories where the actions will be implemented, the consortium should develop a scalability plan including the diffusion of innovative solutions, and a process for commitments (including funding and governance) in adopting large-scale and long-term resilience building. The consortium should seek guarantees for the non-reversibility, sustainability and continuity of the actions after the end of the project.

Proposals should (when relevant) build upon existing knowledge and adaptation solutions, including from beyond EU, designed and developed from previous projects on climate adaptation funded by European and National programmes in particular the European Union Framework programmes for Research and Innovation (such as Horizon 2020), as well as Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations, the LIFE programmes and the EIT Climate KIC 55 and support the upscaling of successful pilots.

Proposals should be consistent with the EU actions taken to boost its resilience over the past years and in particular the strategies or plans developed by EU Member States and associated countries.

Projects funded under this topic should aim for clear, discernible results in short- to medium-term, embedding them in a perspective of long-term systemic change. Interventions should result in large impact and visible actions, with a focus on rapid scalability and deployment of effective solutions. While the project duration is expected to be 4-5 years, projects should provide a detailed description of the results that will be in place by the end of the third year and the timeline to exploit the full results. Actions are expected to deliver visible results in- situ by the end of the project. Project progress, including its scalability and exploitation plan, will be monitored continuously by the granting authority on a yearly basis as part of the monitoring process of the Climate Adaptation Mission. The project should also commit to sustain longer term results and to follow up beyond the end of the project duration, through the involvement of the relevant authorities, as climate resilience building at large territorial scale, in particular through large scale nature-based solutions, implies that certain results can only manifest themselves longer term.

Proposals should include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with the Climate-ADAPT platform 56 (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) that will act as a central element for the monitoring, support and visualisation of the Mission progress in European Regions. To this purpose, projects will feed their results to the Climate-ADAPT and EEA assessments.

Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Climate Adaptation as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Of particular importance in this context are topics HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01: European Blue Parks and HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine ecosystems. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

The European Commission intends to establish a network and coordination activities amongst all the projects funded for the implementation of the Climate adaptation Mission, and also those funded under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call 57 and under Horizon Europe when particularly relevant to climate adaptation knowledge and solutions, and that will be coordinated by the soon to be established Mission Implementation Platform. The projects under this topic will be requested to contribute to this effort. Applicants should acknowledge this request and already account for these obligations in their proposal, making adequate provisions in terms of resources and budget to engage and collaborate with the Mission governance.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-05: Local engagement of citizens in the co-creation of societal transformational change for climate resilience

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.Well established mechanisms to meaningfully involve and engage citizens and stakeholders in the transformation to climate resilience in the regions and communities participating in the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change;

2.Innovative problem-oriented climate adaptation solutions are co-designed and co-created through solid approaches to engage citizens, civil society, academics, experts, social partners, policy-makers, entrepreneurs and other relevant actors;

3.Empowerment of citizens in contributing to the Mission in their region and community, including by enabling them to collect and analyse relevant data, to act on reducing the effects of climate change, and by limiting the impact of disinformation campaigns perpetrated to contrast citizens’ engagement for climate resilience;

4.An enhanced and increased toolbox of innovative mechanisms and approaches of engaging citizens and stakeholders in transformative processes, and a better understanding of their success factors in different cultural, social, political and environmental contexts;

5.Alliances of high impact, in order to increase the likelihood of long-term sustainability and social acceptability of citizen-led actions in the context of the Mission adaptation.

Scope: This topic contributes to the three objective of the Mission and correspond to one of the thematic research areas described in the Mission Implementation Plan 58 .

With the engagement of citizens and stakeholders at the very heart of the Mission approach, the central aim of this topic is to support regions and communities in the meaningful and effective engagement of citizens and stakeholders in all phases of the Mission and in all steps of the region’s transformational journey to climate resilience.

To ensure this support, proposals should address all of the following aspects:

1.To provide direct support to the regions and communities sharing relevant state-of-the-art knowledge, best practices and emerging innovations on how best to engage citizens and stakeholders and providing guidance and support regarding the implementation of citizens and stakeholders engagement activities.

2.To undertake research and test innovative solutions using the citizens and stakeholder engagement activities ongoing in the regions and communities as case studies to better understand their success factors and to explore and experiment with new innovative ways of engaging citizens and stakeholders in transformative processes, and to feed this information back to all regions and communities.

3.To ensure synergies between the Mission and other relevant initiatives in engaging citizens and stakeholders at local, national, and European level and to share relevant knowledge and experience made in the Mission more broadly.

The proposal should cover a broad range of approaches, mechanisms and initiatives to meaningfully and effectively engage citizens and stakeholders in each step of the transformative journey to climate resilience in both problem framing and solving of the issues at stake, including but not limited to:

1.The engagement of citizens and stakeholders in the co-production of the assessment of climate impacts and risks; in an inclusive deliberation of the regions’ climate resilient vision and the co-design of plausible futures scenarios for their regions and communities; or the communication strategies that mobilise individuals and collectives into greater civic involvement as needed to trigger transformative change.

2.The engagement of citizens and stakeholders in the co-design, co-development and co-implementation of innovative solutions to reach climate resilience, for example through citizen science approaches, as a value-adding, cost-effective, responsible and impactful ways to address some of local and regional communities’ and society’s greatest challenges.

3.The engagement of citizens and stakeholders in the gathering and analysis of relevant data and the monitoring of climate risks, transformational changes and the co-evaluation of the progress of the Mission itself, for example through citizen observatories.

The proposal should use the opportunities offered by the Mission’s endeavour and its activities ongoing in the regions and communities as test bed and should use activities related to local engagement of citizens on climate adaptation across the Mission’s geographical scope as case-studies to:

1.Understand how best to employ the various approaches and mechanisms to engage citizens and stakeholders in different cultural, social, political and environmental contexts and how participatory practices can be leverage points for more effective policy interventions and research in relation to at least one of the three objectives of the Mission.

2.Better understand the role and optimal use of citizens and stakeholder engagement in processes of societal transformations such as the transformation to climate resilience envisaged by this Mission.

3.Test and experiment with innovative approaches and mechanisms of citizens and stakeholder engagement, including the exploration of participatory platforms (such as the one used for the Conference on The Future of Europe) to maintain a continuous debate and co-creation online and hybrid spaces at different geographical scales.

4.Identify and addressed the market potentials and the critical elements preventing a larger uptake of citizen observations, for example building on the citizen observation roadmap 59 developed through the Horizon 2020 project WeObserve, with concrete policy recommendations on how to tackle these elements.

The proposal should ensure synergies with the many initiatives at local, national and European level for which citizen engagement is an increasingly important cornerstone, in particular where these citizen-led initiatives are related to climate change adaptation. At European level, this includes, among others, initiatives such as the Conference on the Future of Europe, the Climate Pact, Education for Climate Coalition, the European Democracy Action Plan 60 , the New European Bauhaus, ESF+, New Skills Agenda, the Biodiversity Strategy 2030 and other Missions, the European Green Deal Call 61 and Horizon Europe Calls for Proposals 62 . In this context the action should, inter alia,

1.Provide opportunities to build partnerships with and learn from existing participatory and deliberative processes carried out (e.g., Convention Citoyenne pour le climat, the Bürgerrat Klima – Die Ergebnisse, the Antwerp experiment to fight poverty and unemployment while reaching city Climate targets), 63 , at national, regional and local levels.

2.Liaise with previous and on-going projects in the context of citizen observations, for example with WeObserve project and the projects granted under the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic 10.3.2.

3.Cooperate with key stakeholders of the EU strategy to tackle disinformation (i.e. signatories of the Code of Practice on disinformation 64 , European Digital Media Observatory 65 ) to limit the impact of disinformation campaigns perpetrated to support climate change denial

The proposal should increase citizen empowerment, in contributing to the objectives of Mission Adaptation, by engaging them, supporting them and providing them the opportunities to co-create actions that they can perform, and by ensuring their access to training and customised services in the partner regions. The proposals should contribute to enhance the capacity of citizens and civil society at large, to affect the decision-making process, at different stages of the policy cycle, from data collection to policy design, implementation and evaluation) and in the spirit of the Aarhus Convention 66 , as well as to genuinely empower citizenry on local matters of care and concern.

For this, the consortium selected to deliver on this action needs to build strong relationships between the local partners collaboration with national, local and regional authorities, social partners, managing authorities and intermediate bodies of Cohesion Policy, stakeholders of Smart Specialisation Strategies, Commission Representations, Europe Direct Information Centres, EIT Climate-KIC regional offices, Erasmus+ Offices, EU Covenant of Mayors Office, Global Covenant of Mayors.

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of analysing the appreciation of ecosystems with corresponding respectful socio-economic behaviour, for which a careful evaluation needs to take into account regional aspects.

The project funded under this topic is strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Climate Adaptation as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-03: Piloting citizen science in marine and freshwater domains. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Procurement actions

1. Building the Implementation Platform for the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission

Under this public procurement, the following services are expected to be provided:

1.Well-coordinated support to the general operation and activities of the Climate Adaptation Mission, as valid service to the European Commission in the broad range of activities involved with the implementation of the Mission and as facilitator and provider of horizontal services for all involved actors and regions along all the actions they will undertake in relation to their climate resilience building;

2.A structured dialogue platform, bringing together all relevant actors and assuring that the actions pre-dating the Mission launch 67 will be embedded in the Mission work plan as aligned towards a common objective, in order to create a common basis on which the foreseen consolidation phase of the Mission will build in the future;

3.Monitoring and evaluation assistance to the Commission, including the establishment of monitoring tools and KPI for the Mission and the monitoring and reporting on progress made, and for preparing the mid-term evaluation of the Mission. This monitoring and evaluation will also support the regions in managing their portfolio of innovations, with the evaluation of their successfulness and possible adjustments and broad sharing of the knowledge generated.

4.Assistance to the Commission with the overall communication on the Mission, helping to identify and create synergies and add value to communication, dissemination and exploitation activities of individual projects of the Mission's portfolio, and boost scientific, societal and economic impacts.

5.Facilitation of exchanges with equivalent bodies established for the other Missions, in particular for the other Green Deal Missions, to exploit synergies.

6.A supporting system for the Climate Adaptation Mission which will facilitate its building phase and which would provide the basis for the supporting system for the full deployment of the Mission after potential review of fit for purpose and appropriate adjustments.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 1Q 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 10.00 million from the 2021 budget 68

2. Climate Adaptation Stakeholders Forum

The following services are expected to be provided:

- organisation of the first Mission Forum, which will allow for exchange of views on the direction of the Mission from a broad range of relevant actors, to receive input from the regions, including on intentions by regions to participate in the Mission, and to make links between Member States’ intentions on Climate Adaptation measures and the use of EU funds under shared management,

- a Climate Resilience Dialogue which will bring together various stakeholders in the insurance sector to develop a common set of recommendations and voluntary commitments to measure, monitor and promote natural disaster insurance penetration and promote resilience-building national insurance regimes.

The service will be procured under an existing Framework Contract.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 1Q 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2021 budget 69

Service Level Agreement

1. European Environmental Agency (EEA) support to the Mission in developing the monitoring and tracking system and visualisation of the progress in the resilience building, expanding ClimateADAPT

This action aims at designing and implementing a support system (as a new feature of Climate- ADAPT) tailored to the specific needs of the Mission with the following objectives:

• To become a key source of knowledge on climate risks and transformative adaptation options for the regions

• To serve as a policy support facility providing guidance and tools for the participating regions (e.g. NUTS2) and local authorities (communities) and creating a forum for the sharing of knowledge and experience.

• To support the monitoring and the evaluation of achievement of the missions’ objectives

• To communicate the mission progress enabling the visualisation of the impacts on the resilience of the participating regions.

• To harvest/leverage former Service Level Agreement with the EEA in the domain of unlocking data and knowledge for climate adaptation

The action should be implemented through a Service Level Agreement with the EEA, as foreseen under Article 59.2 of the Financial Regulation.

Type of Action: Service Level Agreement

Indicative timetable: Q1 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.08 million from the 2021 budget 70

Mission: Cancer

The goal of the mission on cancer is to improve the lives of more than 3 million people by 2030, through prevention, cure and for those affected by cancer including their families, to live longer and better. The objectives include: Understand; Prevent what is preventable; Optimise diagnostics and treatment; Support quality of life; Ensure equitable access in all aforementioned areas. The Mission on Cancer will address all cancers including poorly understood cancers 71 in men and women, cancers in children, adolescents/young adults and the elderly, cancers in socio-economically vulnerable people, living in either cities, rural or remote areas, across all Member States and Associated countries.

This would be through a health-in-all policies approach 72 ; through infrastructure support, regional, social and citizen community development; through investments, support and commitments from public and private sources, including from Member States, Associated countries and industry; through cooperation with third countries; and through synergies with other existing EU programmesIncluding EU4HEALTH, EURATOM, Digital Europe, Erasmus+, EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work 2021-2027 and others and initiatives related to cancer.

The Mission on Cancer is coherent with and will be an essential and integral component of the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan 73 . It will provide directions and objectives for research and innovation and effective Commission policy to alleviate the burden of cancer.

It also relates to the European Green Deal, including the Farm to Fork strategy 74 . The mission proposes research and policy directions and objectives to identify effective strategies for the development and implementation of cancer prevention, including on environmental factors (e.g. exposure to workplace carcinogens, air pollution, unhealthy diet, nutrition and low physical activity).

Furthermore, it is also in line with the industrial 75 and digitalisation strategy 76 . The mission proposes a further upscaling and digitalisation of services, innovation in diagnostics and interventions, and developing living labs, contributing to the positive impact of efforts by industry and SMEs on the health of citizens. Envisaged opportunities are in the fields of: cancer biomarkers; cloud computing and digital applications, smart apps/sensors. The mission also supports the integration of AI, machine learning and deep learning approaches to facilitate a better understanding of cancer, to improve prevention screening and early detection, diagnosis, clinical decision-making, administration of combinational therapies, and clinical management of patients living with and after cancer.

Calls for proposals and procurement actions under this mission should contribute to setting out a credible pathway for implementing the Mission on Cancer, thereby contributing to the mission objectives.

The implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as implementation details of the mission “Cancer” 77 .

In addition to the calls described below, the Commission envisages several actions that will be included in a future work programme update 78 : In the field of prevention the Commission envisages an action on implementation research on cancer prevention. In the area of diagnosis and treatment, the Commission envisages the implementation of clinical trials on treatments, using personalised medicine approaches and a focus on improving quality of life. The Commission further envisages actions to support the creation of a Network of Comprehensive Cancer Infrastructures (CCIs) with a focus on integrating the research dimension. In the field of quality of life, the Commission envisages to support the setting up the European Cancer Patient Digital Centre and to further expand on actions addressing unmet needs of cancer patients and survivors. Furthermore, actions are foreseen to create National Cancer related Mission Hubs, to support the monitoring of the Mission’s implementation, citizens engagement and communication.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01

3.00

20 Oct 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02

125.65

26 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

128.65

Call - Preparing UNCAN.eu, a European initiative to understand cancer

HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 79

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 80

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 20 Oct 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01-01

CSA

3.00 81

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

3.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01-01: Preparing UNCAN.eu, a European initiative to understand cancer

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results will contribute to the following expected outcome: a blueprint for the establishment of UNCAN.eu.

This entails that:

1.Based on an agreed strategic research and innovation agenda, academic and clinical research centres, innovators 82 , Member States and Associated countries including national and regional funding agencies, policy makers, private investors, public and social sector organisations, citizen and patient advocacy organisations, and national/regional health systems, adopt the operational concept for UNCAN.eu described below, and are willing to cooperate and invest both financially and with other resources (in kind, data, knowledge);

2.Clear answers on the European-added value, organizational, logistical, financial, and cultural feasibility, utility and sustainability of UNCAN.eu are given.

Scope: Overall and despite important progress, understanding of cancer remains incomplete, for both common and rare cancers. This requires a new level of investment in innovative research, including high-potential/high-risk projects. Therefore, a Mission on Cancer proposes a Europe-wide platform, UNCAN.eu, utilising existing, relevant research infrastructures and investing in the development of models and technologies interrogating the interactions of poorly understood cancers 83 and their host.

A fully-fledged UNCAN.eu initiative will:

1.Underpin all future Mission on Cancer priorities that require a better understanding of poorly understood cancers;

2.Agree on a strategic research and innovation agenda between afore-mentioned relevant stakeholders

3.Integrate innovative models and technologies with longitudinal patient data (e.g. medical images), samples and biomarkers to deliver concrete benefits for people at risk of cancer, living with and after cancer;

4.Allow for data interoperability and re-utilisation, while guaranteeing full protection for the data subjects and applying FAIR data principles.

A comprehensive understanding of the organizational, logistic, cultural and financial feasibility, utility and sustainability would be necessary before embarking on such an endeavour.

This coordination and support action aims to develop the operational concept for such an initiative.

The proposal should address:

1.Integration with ESFRI European Research Infrastructures, European Reference Networks, as well as other international cancer-centred research and data initiatives (e.g. 1+Million Genomes 84 , SPECTA 85 , etc.), as well as data exchange with national cancer data ecosystems;

2.Sustainable and interoperable data platforms facilitating data access in compliance with data protection legislation and ethical principles, which will be developed in the framework of a future Health Research and Innovation Cloud, a thematic cloud under the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) 86 , which will also address the data requirements of the European Health Data Space (EHDS) 87 and be interoperable with it;

3.Integration with other platforms proposed under the Mission on Cancer and the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, such as a network of comprehensive cancer infrastructures and a virtual European cancer patient digital centre;

4.Mechanisms for determining clinical priorities and development of new models and technologies to interrogate the interactions of cancers and their host;

5.Mechanisms for regular training on operating the UNCAN.eu platform as well as data management to all data holders and users;

6.Potential links with Horizon Europe health cluster partnerships, in particular: the Innovative Health Initiative; the partnership on Personalised Medicine; the Transformation of Health and Care Systems partnership as well as the partnership on Rare Diseases and the Partnership for the Assessment of Risk from Chemicals.

7.Providing a mechanism for regular consultation with EU regions, Member States and Associated countries, who should be engaged from the early steps of development;

8.Potential links with EU4Health actions relevant for cancer;

9.Links to federated data spaces of genomic data and medical images under the Digital Europe programme;

10.Equitable access. Broad representation, in particular of less-developed regions or regions from countries striving to boost their research and innovation potential, is highly encouraged;

11.Engagement with citizen and patient advocacy organisations;

12.Utility, feasibility, sustainability;

13.Due consideration to newly EU-funded initiatives such as HealthyCloud, EOSC-Life and the EHDS Joint Action. Links with topic HORIZON-INFRA-EOSC-2021-01-07; objectives are encouraged as well as with topic HORIZON-INFRA-SERV-2021-01-02 objectives. 

Call - Research and Innovation actions supporting the implementation of the Mission on Cancer

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 88

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 89

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 26 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-01

RIA

60.00 90

4.00 to 15.00

10

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-02

RIA

11.00 91

Around 11.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-03

RIA

54.65 92

4.00 to 15.00

6

Overall indicative budget

125.65

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-01: Develop new methods and technologies for cancer screening and early detection

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Prevention is the most cost-effective long-term cancer control strategy. In EU-27 and Associated countries, population-based screening programmes exist for three types of cancer (breast, cervical and colorectal cancer), which are often not risk-based. Screening and early detection should become faster, more precise, accessible and affordable. This requires new, sound methods and technologies, including data analytics tools and computing capacities, as well as a robust communication strategy.

The COVID-19 pandemic with its detrimental impact on cancer screening and early detection has demonstrated the need for new and improved screening and early detection solutions.

Proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed at and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes

1.Healthy citizens and cancer patients will benefit from faster, earlier, more precise, personalised, accessible and affordable screening and early detection of cancer.

2.Health care professionals will be able to deliver earlier, faster, more precise screening and early detection of cancer.

3.Health policy makers will have the evidence to review population-based screening programmes and screening and early detection methodologies in everyday medical practice, and to include new, evidence-based screening and early detection methods, technologies and solutions.

Scope: Research is needed to develop and validate non-invasive, or minimally invasive cancer screening and detection methodologies for everyday medical practice and population-based screening programmes 93 , including enhanced participation of the target population. These programmes should become faster, more precise and personalised, affordable and accessible.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Based on weaknesses, gaps and possibilities for further development of existing screening and early detection methods and technologies (including those used in population-based screening programmes), develop and validate non-invasive (or minimally-invasive) cancer screening and detection methodologies. This includes ‘integrated diagnostics’ 94 based on, for example, imaging, tissue, fluid or exhaled breath gas biomarkers, and agile screening methodologies including digital technologies (such as self-sampling, mobile screening units, digital apps or smart wearables, sensors, telemedicine and remote monitoring technologies combined with sophisticated data analytics tools), duly considering digital and health literacy of people.

2.Proposals should assess the potential uptake of these methods and technologies in national health systems, clearly identify the target population and consider implementation needs (including health workforce skills). Applicants should also consider aspects of effectiveness, affordability and accessibility when proposing solutions, particularly to enhance participation of the target population.

3.Proposals should consider the use of living labs or other implementation research models that use open knowledge and (social) innovation systems and support end-user engagement.

4.The influence of age and early-life factors and determinants; genetic risk; socio-economic status; behavioural, including lifestyle risk factors; environmental factors; as well as social, cultural, sex and gender aspects, including inequalities, should be taken into account across all aspects mentioned above. In addition, differences within and between countries and regions should also be reflected.

Expected stage at project start: Technological Readiness Level 4 and above.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Due consideration should also be given to other relevant EU-funded initiatives 95 . Successful applicants will be asked to liaise with these different initiatives where applicable 96 , with the Commission acting as a facilitator.

The funded actions should build upon resources made available by the Knowledge Centre on Cancer 97 , and complement actions under the future Innovative Health Initiative, EIT Health Knowledge Innovation Community initiatives 98 , and the Digital Europe programme (Cancer Imaging Initiative, Genomics) 99 .

Furthermore, all projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other ongoing projects under the mission on cancer and other cancer relevant projects, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01-01, “Coordination of complementary actions for missions”.

The Commission may facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and project duration. In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-02: Develop and validate a set of quality of life and patient preference measures for cancer patients and survivors

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: The selected beneficiaries must provide the results from the survey, including validation of the metrics, within two years from the start of the project for the purpose of developing EU policies and programmes.

Expected Outcome: Cancer patients and survivors have specific and currently largely unmet needs. These require deeper insights into quality of life aspects, patient preferences and unmet needs so that health and care systems can better address them. This will improve patients’ and survivors’ quality of life and ensure that they can achieve personal and professional goals, including return to work if they wish so, while respecting individual, social and cultural rights and values. New metrics, self-reported evidence from the perspective of those who are affected, and an expanded high-quality data collection and analysis, using appropriate digital tools, are needed to adequately capture quality of life aspects of cancer patients and survivors. This should serve to orient clinical practice as well as health, social care, and employment policies with the goal of delivering innovation and improving the quality of life of cancer patients, survivors and their families to the highest possible levels, and facilitating their return to work and active participation in society.

Proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes

1.Cancer patients, survivors and caregivers will benefit from enhanced quality of life, more effective and less burdensome treatments with better supportive care and counselling approaches.

2.Health care professionals, supportive workers, counsellors and industry will be better aware of the (unmet) needs, expectations and preferences of cancer patients, survivors and their relatives and be compelled to address them.

3.Regulators and institutions will have a set of metrics, which they can include in decision making about risks and benefits of new health interventions.

4.Health Policy Makers will have a set of metrics at their disposal, which they can include in their health information and performance measurement systems.

5.Labour market and social protection policy makers will benefit from additional evidence to consider in the design of labour market and social protection policies that are facilitating return to work and active participation in society.

Scope: The long-term goal of the Mission on Cancer is to support the development of a framework of newly defined, harmonised and systematic surveys, as well as to collect new and update existing quality of life data and registries information, using appropriate digital tools. These surveys should be launched regularly across all countries and be reviewed with researchers, care providers, health insurance companies, industry as well as policy makers so that more timely, supportive and affordable care can be provided and relevant policy measures can be taken.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Conduct analyses of existing quality of life data from studies, surveys and registries together with patients and with a particular focus on patients’ needs, including return to work. These analyses serve to identify problems, fill gaps and validate sets of minimal quality of life measurement tools and approaches for different types of cancer.

2.Set up collaborative approaches with patients, communities and multidisciplinary research teams (for example in the form of living labs, making use of citizen science, social innovation or other participatory research methods). Within this co-design process, quality of life measurement tools and approaches should be developed to capture key elements of quality of life from the perspective of those affected by cancer, which are not captured (adequately) with established metrics.

3.These metrics should cover subjective perceptions of the positive and negative aspects of cancer patients’ symptoms, including physical, mental, emotional, social, cognitive functions, disease symptoms and treatment side effects as well as needs for palliative care.

4.Prepare and conduct a pilot of newly defined, harmonised and systematic quality of life surveys across the EU-27 and Associated countries, reflecting both its diversity (social, cultural, geographic, demographic, health and social protection systems) and unique differences in incidence and mortality of cancer indications. The surveys should gather data using established quality of life metrics and serve to validate the newly developed metrics focussing on cancer, making use of digital tools for data gathering and analysis where relevant.

5.These surveys should form the basis for a comprehensive comparison of the quality of life of cancer patients and survivors across and within countries, as well as between different groups, and prepare the ground for future regular, more extensive high-quality data collection.

6.The influence of age and early-life factors and determinants; genetic risk, socio-economic status; environmental factors; behavioural, including lifestyle risk factors; as well as social, cultural, sex and gender aspects including inequalities (e.g. access to care), should be taken into account across all aspects mentioned above.

7.The most promising quality of life and preference measures and metrics should be validated.

This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

Due consideration should also be given to other relevant EU-funded initiatives 100 . Successful applicants will be asked to liaise with these different initiatives where applicable, with the Commission acting as a facilitator 101 .

The funded actions should build upon resources made available by the Knowledge Centre on Cancer 102 , and complement actions under the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan 103 , and possibly Horizon Europe Partnerships 104 .

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other ongoing projects under the mission on cancer and other cancer relevant projects, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01-01, “Coordination of complementary actions for missions”.

The Commission may facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and project duration.

In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-03: Better understanding of the impact of risk factors and health determinants on the development and progression of cancer

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 54.65 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: This topic will contribute to the achievement of the mission’s goal through a better understanding of the impact of risk factors 105 and health determinants on the development and progression of cancer (including metastasis). The focus should be on poorly understood 106 cancers and cancer subtypes, including in children and adolescents. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes

1.Researchers and health professionals will understand which risk factors and determinants spur the development and progression of cancer and how. This forms the basis for the design and optimisation of prevention, screening and early detection interventions for poorly understood cancers and cancer subtypes, including in children and adolescents.

2.Researchers and innovators from different disciplines and sectors will support the development of the UNCAN.eu 107 platform by producing, integrating and correlating comprehensive data from multiple sources (ensuring accessibility and re-usability of data, models and tools created).

Health Policy Makers use the improved understanding of risk factors and determinants in the design of cancer-related health policies in the EU-27 and Associated countries and beyond, including for prevention, screening and early detection.

Scope: Despite important progress, overall understanding of cancer remains incomplete, for both common and rare cancers and the growing number of cancer subtypes, including in children and adolescents. This requires a new dimension and level of investment in innovative research, including high-potential, potentially disruptive and high-risk projects. There is a need to better understand which risk factors and determinants affect the development and progression of cancer and how.

Proposals should address all of the following:

1.Develop a systematic understanding of cellular processes with a focus on the transition from a healthy state to cancer initiation and progression, at the individual or population level.

2.Demonstrate access to and use of multiple comprehensive databases in and well beyond health research and health domains, such as lifestyle, omics, clinical, indoor and outdoor exposure, environmental, urban areas and sprawl, climate, agricultural crop and land use, geo-positioning, and remote sensing. Proposals should build on longitudinal cohorts, case-control studies, biobanks, registries and many other initiatives 108 , and use state-of-the art digital tools for data analyses and modelling, wherever possible.

3.Analyse and integrate existing knowledge and high-quality data from biomedical and clinical studies, using advanced technologies such as computer modelling, AI and machine learning with the objective to identify factors and determinants triggering the transition from the healthy state to the initiation and progression of poorly understood cancers and cancer subtypes, including in children and adolescents.

4.The influence of age, including in utero and early-life factors and determinants; environmental factors; genetic and epigenetic risk; socio-economic status; behavioural, including lifestyle risk factors; as well as social, cultural, sex and gender aspects including inequalities, should be taken into account across all aspects mentioned above.

5.Due consideration should be given to newly EU-funded initiatives such as the Knowledge Centre on Cancer, HealthyCloud, EOSC-Life, the European Health Data Space (EHDS) Joint Action, 1+ Million Genomes / Beyond One Million Genomes (B1MG), the future Innovative Health Initative and EIT Health Knowledge Innovation Community initiatives 109 . Links with topic HORIZON-INFRA-EOSC-2021-01-06 objectives (FAIR and open data sharing in support of cancer research) are encouraged as well as with topic HORIZON-INFRA-SERV-2021-01-01 (Research infrastructures services to support research addressing cancer). Successful applicants will be asked to liaise with these different initiatives where applicable 110 , with the Commission acting as a facilitator.

6.The funded actions should develop synergies with the Partnership for the Assessment of Risk from Chemicals (PARC), the “Human Biomonitoring 4 EU” initiative (HBM4EU) 111 and the European Human Exposome Network 112 .

All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other ongoing projects under the mission on cancer and other cancer relevant projects, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01-01, “Coordination of complementary actions for missions”.

The Commission may facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and project duration. In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Procurement actions

1. Procurement actions to support the mission on cancer

Description: Complementing the intervention area Understanding and Prevent the preventable, procurement actions are foreseen in the intervention areas: Optimising diagnosis and treatment, and Quality of life. The fifth intervention area, Equitable access, will be systematically addressed in each of these procurement actions. Results of procurement actions are expected to provide clear and quick answers to fine-tune bold yet realistic mission actions under preparation, including implementation, timing, infrastructural challenges, and governance.​

1.Optimise diagnosis and treatment 

A study on the comprehensiveness of cancer care infrastructures in EU-27 and Associated countries to assess both national and regional capacity to support cancer control, including quality standards, staffing and resources (such as training of healthcare professionals, digitalisation and equipment), and economic aspects.

1.Quality of life 

A study on feasibility, utility and sustainability of a virtual European cancer patient digital centre (with references to the European Health Data Space, Digital Europe, ESFRI 113 Infrastructures and JRC Work Programmes).

In addition, a number of specific contracts may be signed under existing framework contracts in order to: (i) support the dissemination and exploitation of project results; (ii) contribute to the definition of future challenge priorities; (iii) undertake citizen surveys, (iv) carry out specific evaluations of programme parts; and (v) organise conferences, events and outreach activities.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 4th Quarter 2021– 2nd Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget 114

Mission: Restore our Ocean, seas and waters by 2030

This Mission will provide a systemic approach for the restoration, protection and preservation of our ocean, seas and waters. The objective of this Mission is to restore, protect and preserve the health of our ocean, seas and waters by 2030. The Mission is designed to deliver on the European Union’s 2030 quantified and measurable targets for protecting and restoring ecosystems and biodiversity, for zero pollution, and for decarbonisation and net greenhouse gas emissions reduction towards climate-neutrality, within the EU’s ocean, seas and waters. The Mission will support many Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): in particular restoring our ocean and waters related actions will directly contribute to SDG 14 - Life below water and SDG 6 - Clean water and sanitation, as well as to SDG13 - Climate action.

The Mission will also contribute to the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development 115 by fostering research and cooperation across European sea basins, including the EU Outermost Regions and beyond, and mobilise scientists, as well as citizens for a sustainable and healthy ocean, seas and waters.

The implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as implementation details of the Mission “Restore our Ocean, seas and waters by 2030" 116 .

The Mission Work Programme, under Horizon Europe, will contribute to the recovery of our ocean and waters by 2030 and more specifically to the following objectives:

1.Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the EU Biodiversity Strategy 2030 117 ;

2.Prevent and eliminate pollution of our ocean, seas and waters, in line with the EU Action Plan Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil 118 ;

3.Make the sustainable blue economy carbon-neutral and circular, in line with the proposed European Climate Law 119 and the holistic vision enshrined in the Communication on a new approach for a Sustainable Blue Economy 120 .

The Mission will be implemented in two phases:

1.In the first ‘development and piloting’ phase (2022-2025), research and innovation will lay the foundations for implementing the three Mission objectives and enabling actions, paving the way to further citizens participation and engagement. Research and innovation activities will support transformative and innovative solutions to be tested, piloted and validated. Enabling activities will generate new knowledge, observation and monitoring data.

2.In the second ‘deployment and upscaling’ phase (2026-2030), the solutions will be further deployed, replicated and scaled up.

The Mission on ocean, seas and waters supports research and innovation in a system of European and national funding programmes sharing policy objectives. To foster synergies between R&I funding instruments (European and national), align R&I investments, ensure access to excellence and translate research results for the benefit of the society and the economy, applicants should consider and actively seek complementarities with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes for a sustainable blue economy, notably EMFF/EMFAF, LIFE, ERDF, ESF+, JTF, CEF Inland Waterways or Maritime and InvestEU, as well as private funds or financial instruments. All actions of the Mission are expected to disseminate their results according to FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles compatible with ongoing EU initiatives such as the European Marine Observation and Data Network (EMODnet) and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC). In line with this approach, specific actions within the Mission will be devoted to widening access to data and knowledge of oceans, seas and freshwater through the Digital Twin Ocean.

The Commission envisages developing a call in 2022 with the following set of topics 121 and/or actions

in the areas covered by the objectives of Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ and will include this in a future work programme update:

1.Environmentally friendly and sustainable fisheries,

2.European Blue Parks,

3.Danube River Basin Lighthouse - Restoration of freshwater ecosystems,

4.Atlantic and Arctic Basin Lighthouse - restoration of marine ecosystems,

5.Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse – Actions to prevent, minimize and remediate pollution from excess nutrients and chemicals,

6.Blue carbon: nature-based solutions for climate change mitigation and adaptation,

7.Lighthouse in the Baltic and North sea basins - Coordinated approach for algae production,

8.Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North sea basins,

9.Biodiversity monitoring in the European Digital Twin Ocean,

10.Dynamic investment ecosystem leveraging private funds from philanthropic donors.

All proposals submitted to the calls listed below are required to show how their proposed activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01

5.00

14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02

57.00

12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03

19.00

12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04

19.00

12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05

9.00

12 Apr 2022

Overall indicative budget

109.00

Call - Preparation for deployment of ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ and solution scale ups and cross-cutting citizen and stakeholder involvement

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 122

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 123

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01-01

CSA

5.00 124

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

5.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01-01: Preparation for deployment of lighthouse demonstrators and solution scale ups and cross-cutting citizen and stakeholder involvement

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced preparation for an effective deployment of the mission research and innovation core in the Member States / Associated countries and communities: improved capacity to identify areas and solutions for effective ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ and improved capacity to identify solutions for scale ups, comparability and coherence of outcomes across Member States / Associated countries and effective and timely deployment and de-risking of scale ups to fully and timely achieve the mission objectives;

2.Transformative and systemic portfolio approach to solutions addressing the challenges which the ocean, seas and waters are facing, fostering collective social responsibility and demonstrating implementation of ecosystem based management 125 ;

3.Increased awareness of stakeholders and citizens about the mission’s objectives, programmes and tools and about the possibilities for their contribution to the mission, as well as improved access of stakeholders (scientific community, businesses, local and regional communities, NGOs and others) to programmes and instruments supporting restoration, conservation and sustainable use of the ocean, seas and waters;

4.Full and early uptake and support of the mission by the governments of the Member States and Associated countries, regional and local communities, scientific community, businesses and other stakeholders and citizens.

Scope:  

This action aims to prepare the implementation of Mission Ocean, Seas and Waters, with a particular focus on providing support for effective and timely deployment of the mission research and innovation core 126 and for crosscutting citizen and stakeholder 127 involvement during the identification, design and implementation of the mission.

The research and innovation core of the mission should aim at discovering and identifying novel solutions and innovations needed to address the societal challenges at the core of the mission and demonstrating through a network of ‘lighthouse demonstrators' 128 their effectiveness and feasibility, for their future scale up and full deployment. The mission research and innovation core should be developed in line with and deliver on the Green Deal priorities and also contribute directly to the digital transition.

In close co-operation with the Mission Core Network 129 , this action should prepare the ground for effective Mission deployment and for the identification, future scale-up and full deployment of these ‘lighthouse demonstrators’, including the following activities:

1.Develop, test and pilot methodologies for:

1.the identification and selection of place-based ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ (to test, pilot, demonstrate, upscale and de-risk solutions and innovations in specific, real conditions), building on existing European innovation assets and R&I infrastructure 130 .

2.assessing the feasibility of the scale up of projects, actions or already ongoing initiatives, existing solutions or infrastructures focusing on ecosystem restoration and ecosystem based management, on zero pollution in marine and water ecosystems and on decarbonisation of Blue Economy sectors, including a systemic perspective and allowing for input of various types of expertise 131 and promoting multi-actor and multidisciplinary approaches.

3.preparing for the digital transformation and integrating the ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ with the European digital initiatives 132 .

4.the development of inter-connected ‘lighthouse demonstrator’ networks allowing efficient exchanges of expertise and best practices and close cooperation to explore synergies, complementarities and solutions and innovations for deployment and scale up.

2.Develop, test and pilot a set of methodologies for inclusion in lighthouse demonstrators and national mission hubs. These methodologies should be twofold. Firstly, they should enable the ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ and national mission hubs to achieve high quality and fit-for-purpose demonstration and ensure efficient preparation for scaling up of innovations from TRL 5, including digital solutions. Secondly, these methodologies should enable the co-creation and management of actions and projects with citizens and relevant stakeholders, based on co-creative working methods to ensure the highest degree of deployment of solutions and their fast and effective adoption by the beneficiaries. The action should also identify areas where use of such methodologies and approaches would be most effective in achieving tangible results.

3.Develop and pilot a concept for an EU-wide network of citizens/stakeholder assemblies to bring all key actors together to ensure a successful implementation of the proposed mission. This would also require the necessary facilitators 133 to ensure the most suitable delivery of bottom up participation and ownership. The action should develop a roll out plan for this network, including other resources needed to enable effective citizen and stakeholder involvement in ‘lighthouse demonstrators’, national mission hubs and other related activities of the mission resulting in tangible contributions from these actors to the mission. This concept should include trainings and qualification requirements for facilitators, as well as best practices on how to manage and resource this network.

4.Map and facilitate synergies in the context of the below initiatives, by identifying opportunities for the creation of important R&I-related enabling conditions and skills in support of reaching the mission objectives:

1.the skills agenda (ESF+) to create the needed capacities and skills;

2.The ERASMUS+ programme;

3.Horizon Europe instruments, including those of bottom-up nature like ERC, MSCA, EIT KICs, as well as its European partnerships and other missions;

4.the European Innovation Fund,

5.the Digital Europe Programme;

6.the Space Programme; and

7.other relevant EU, national and or regional programmes and instruments.

5.Contribute to the mission outreach, dissemination and communication strategy and plan by providing visionary visual examples tailor made for various audiences of what a successful ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ could bring to communities in terms of public goods solutions (e.g. how would success look like in 10 years’ time, if those envisaged solutions would be successfully deployed).

The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of connecting to the regions and cities, which in their smart specialisation / urban development strategies are interested in the priority themes relevant for the mission. This includes how the deployment of ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ could be co-created with these regions and cities so they contribute not only to the mission goals as such, but also to the transition to innovation for a green economy and local jobs under a place-based approach.

Call - Protect and restore marine and fresh water ecosystems and biodiversity

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 134

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 135

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01

IA

17.00 136

Around 8.50

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02

IA

17.00 137

Around 8.50

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03

IA

17.00 138

Around 8.50

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-04

CSA

3.00 139

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-05

CSA

3.00 140

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

57.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals for topics under objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity should set out a credible pathway for the Mission on ocean, seas and waters to achieve its objectives, in line with the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Spatial Planning Directive (MSPD), thus contributing more specifically to the following impacts:

1.Protect a minimum of 30% of the EU’s sea area and integrate ecological corridors, as part of a true Trans-European Nature Network;

2.Strictly protect at least 10% of the EU’s sea area;

3.Restore at least 25,000 km of free-flowing rivers;

4.Provide evidence for new legislation and the implementation of the existing ones, e.g: through enhancing tools for monitoring and assessment;

5.Support international cooperation among countries, regions and other key actors to enable global transformative changes for our society and economy needed to achieve green and digital transitions;

6.Support WFD, MSFD and MSPD implementation, which provide indicators and mechanism for assessments and measures to achieve Good Environmental Status (GES).

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01: European Blue Parks

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 to 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Expected Outcome: In support of the implementation of the Green Deal and the Biodiversity Strategy. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Protect, restore and sustainable use of marine biodiversity, ecosystems and related services, including blueprints for the creation of socio-economic benefit and required socio-economic transition processes through innovative solutions for ecosystem-based management;

2.Enhanced integrity and resilience of the ecosystem and restored European blue natural capital;

3.A blueprint for the extension of marine protected areas or their status shifted from “protected” to “strictly protected” and creation of ecological corridors as part of a blue Trans-European Nature Network, and a strategy to build such network;

4.Connected support for well-managed marine protected areas;

5.Reinforced EU leadership in international efforts to combat biodiversity loss in line with the EU key priorities and international commitments, including through the protection, conservation, restoration and sustainable use of marine ecosystems and biodiversity.

Scope: Proposals under this topic will focus on innovation actions in protection, conservation and enhancement of the EU's blue natural capital that have the potential to be up scaled and reproduced at European level and beyond. Proposals will develop a strategic approach towards identifying needs, sharing innovation and transferring solutions between initiatives to create well managed marine protected areas. Proposals are expected to focus on marine biodiversity hot spots 141 and enable ecological corridors leading to a truly coherent and resilient blue Trans-European Nature Network 142 , and promoting and supporting investments in infrastructure that “builds with nature”. Projects will test and demonstrate novel methods, business models with revenue streams, social innovation to enable flexible socio-ecological management of protected areas to cope with a rapidly changing environment for coastal, offshore and deep-sea marine ecosystems, taking into account their connectivity and the need to preserve their inherent natural dynamics. Management and governance will ensure the sustainability of aquatic ecosystem protection initiatives. The proposals will duly consider national, local and regional protection and restoration initiatives, including relevant activities carried out under Regional Sea Conventions 143 , to ensure effective management and governance of such initiatives and facilitate dialogue with all relevant stakeholders and show options to link such initiatives in a mutually supportive network 144 .

Based on scientific evidence underpinning the extension of networks of marine protected areas, activities to map EU marine biodiversity, highlighting the high biodiversity value or potential ones, and assessing coherence of the existing networks will be carried out. The action should not be limited to specific areas, but rather be a large-scale activity that supports, inter alia, also the implementation of marine protected areas (MPAs).

Proposals will build upon the existing digital knowledge systems for access to data, monitoring and forecasts and knowledge dissemination. MPA networks developed within regional seas conventions could also be considered for further actions. The proposed innovation actions for the Blue Parks will focus on the best-suited and most effective protection that will enable conservation and restauration, as per the biogeographical area or marine region. Identification of the best suited areas for marine protected areas under strict protection would be welcomed. Any proposal for new protected areas needs to concentrate on areas of very high biodiversity value or potential 145 and be consistent with the Commission Guidance to Members States on the designation of additional protected areas, including a definition of a strict protection.

When identifying additional areas to be protected, particular account needs to be taken of the links between its ecosystems functions and their capacity to offer a wide range of services, in particular to contributing to mitigate and adapt to climate change, which are particularly vulnerable to the impacts of climate change and need to be made more resilient. Priority should be given not only to the protection of coastal biogenic habitat based carbon-rich ecosystems, but also of pelagic and benthic ecosystems, which have a more extensive coverage and therefore can provide a significant contribution restore ecosystem processes and functions including to mitigate climate change. Such ecosystems have inherent capacity to store carbon, but may also need to be protected to avoid the release to the atmosphere of the carbon that they currently store 146 . Particular attention should also be given to creating the adequate conditions for the movement of species or habitats and more generally for increasing nature’s capacity to adapt to climate change.

The projects will look at all ecosystem functions and processes using a coherent and systemic approach and avoid the risk of trade-offs of focusing on one or very few ecosystem services at the expense of others.

Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Ocean, seas and waters as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-04: “Large scale demonstrators of climate resilience creating cross-border value”. For this purpose, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

A strong cooperation is expected with Cluster 6 topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-12 (Improved science based maritime spatial planning and identification of marine protected areas).

Projects funded under this topic would benefit from networking and exchanges of information with the projects funded under other Cluster 6 topics: HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-10 (Demonstration of measures and management for coastal and marine ecosystems restoration and resilience in simplified socio-ecological systems); HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03 (Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services); HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04 (Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services); HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02: Understanding the oceanic carbon cycle as well as with activities supported under the H2020 Green Deal call, notably LC-GD-7-1-2020 Restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services.

The involvement of national and local authorities and coastal communities will be required in order to ensure that the solutions designed are best suited, co-created and with the necessary ownership for their successful implementation. Citizen engagement is a pillar concept for the Mission. Activities should, therefore, promote a proactive involvement of local communities, innovative management practices, developing adequate facilitation and mediation skills applied through a proactive approach that targets local populations and land & sea use planning decision‐makers, MPAs managers, and all relevant stakeholders, allowing for co-creation of solutions. Citizen engagement related activities should also be gender-responsive and socially inclusive.

Proposals are expected to contribute to the implementation of the existing legislation, notably in relation to Marine Protected Areas, by addressing environmental or anthropogenic pressures.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of fresh and transitional water ecosystems

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must involve and include partners from at least three countries of the Danube river basin in which demonstration activities will be taking place.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 to 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each “associated region” is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed in the “associated region” 147 within the project. Each “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Restoration of at least 25,000 km of free-flowing rivers, in line with the EU Biodiversity Strategy, the EU Zero Pollution Plan and the Water Framework Directive as well as other EU instruments and policies that concern freshwater ecosystem protection;

2.Reduction of artificial river flow barriers, improved eco-system connectivity in the Danube river basin (Danube river, its delta and its main tributaries), enhancement of water quality, enhancement of management of riparian zones and optimised sediment flow to the Black Sea;

3.Enhanced restoration of freshwater ecosystems in the Danube river basin with nature-based solutions, including on the Danube delta and the Black sea;

4.Increased population of the main fish, mollusc and other freshwater and Danube delta (transitional waters) species, especially emblematic species such as sturgeon;

5.Improved protection of local communities and ecosystems from extreme events (flood, droughts, storms) in the Danube river basin and its delta, in particular with nature based solutions;

6.Support the scaling up of ecosystem and biodiversity restoration in the ‘associated regions’ within the Danube river basin and Black Sea;

7.Increased share of local revenue and business activities from the restored ecosystems in the overall local economic activities.

Scope: Proposals will show an effective and economically profitable way to freshwater ecosystem restoration and their sustainable use in the Danube river basin (including the transitional waters of Danube river delta), focusing on the reduction of the impact of artificial river flow barriers on wildlife movement, restoration and protection of biodiversity and valuable ecosystems (biodiversity hotspots), protection of inhabited areas against floods, measures to reduce impact of drought on freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity as well as sustainable management of river sediments. Nature-based solutions for freshwater ecosystem restoration and sustainable use will be at the forefront of the proposals. Successful projects will at the same time show the way to profitable and sustainable use of the restored freshwater and Danube delta ecosystems and demonstrate how sustainable local activities can be built on and connected with these restored ecosystems and biodiversity to ensure socio-economic benefits to the local communities whilst adhering to the 'do not harm principle' for all activities including pollution.

Proposals must:

1.Carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Danube river basin, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries;

2.Identify areas and locations where the solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the ecosystem and biodiversity restoration solutions and actions.

The proposals will focus on demonstration of active and passive restoration of freshwater ecosystems, including in the transitional waters of the Danube river delta at a large scale. The demonstration activities will combine measures to increase ecosystem connectivity and ecological flow of the Danube river and/or its main tributaries and delta, improvement of protection of communities against floods using nature based solutions on the Danube river and/or its main tributaries, mitigation of the impact of droughts on freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity using nature based solutions.

To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 5 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once. The partners will proactively reach out to the associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement freshwater ecosystem restoration solutions in their territory that contribute to achieving the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include the provision of technical advisory services necessary to the prepare roadmaps, plans and projects to restore freshwater ecosystems in the associated regions addressing possible barriers and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions.

The maximum amount of Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100,000 per ’associated region’ for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness.

The proposals are expected to integrate actions to support the social and economic transitions towards sustainable, inclusive and long term management of the restored ecosystems, including natural, social, economic and cultural elements and business models for generating revenue from the restored ecosystems and involve for that purpose local business communities, in particular SMEs, investors and other business stakeholders.

Training and communication activities towards stakeholders, including regional and local authorities from the ‘associated regions’ should be included in each proposal. Local actors, including where appropriate, the European Volunteer Corps and Mission Citizen Assemblies, should be involved in the demonstration of ecosystem restoration activities and any actions for social and economic transitions towards sustainable inclusive and long term management of the restored ecosystems, like citizen science.

The proposal may include actions to prevent and reduce pollution from different sources (such as chemicals, excess nutrients). The proposals should build on research and innovation developed in the frame of related projects in the current and previous EU framework programmes, such as Horizon2020, including Research Infrastructures and the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for the Black Sea (SRIA), LIFE and national and regional programmes in the Danube river basin as well as the activities of Water4All Partnership and Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership and the Common Maritime Agenda for the Black Sea, in particular in the framework of land-sea interactions.

The projects funded under this topic will:

1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the lighthouse and its area to maximize synergies, as well as with the European Blue Parks, other Mission lighthouses and their activities;

2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Danube river basin lighthouse support facility and platform, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area as well as with the Blue Parks technical support platform;

3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to biodiversity monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine and coastal ecosystems and increased climate resilience

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must involve and include partners from at least three countries of the Atlantic and Arctic sea basin in which demonstration activities will be taking place.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 to 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each “associated region” is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed in the “associated region” 148 within the project. Each “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Implementable blueprints for making communities climate-proof and weather-resilient, in particular by adapting to extreme weather events in coastal areas and sea level rise and other climate change impacts;

2.Technological, logistical, social and economic innovation for the restoration of marine, coastal and river ecosystems;

3.Blueprints for implementing such innovation through basin-scale cooperation in the Atlantic and Arctic, including through transition arrangements that create socially and economically sustainable propositions for local stakeholders;

4.Contribute to the implementation of the European Green Deal, the EU Adaptation Strategy 149 , the EU Biodiversity Strategy, as well as the Galway Statement, the Belém Statement, the OSPAR Convention 150 in connection with the implementation of EU marine environment, biodiversity and Arctic policies, the Atlantic Action Plan 2.0 with the aim to work for the benefit of all communities of stakeholders around the Atlantic and the Arctic and the Arctic Action Plan enhancing collaborative efforts to address the challenges in the Arctic;

5.Contribute to better informed citizens and decision makers, for a better governance.

Scope: Proposals are expected to focus on marine ecosystem restoration at a large scale through:

- reduction of pressures (e.g. from fishing, pollution, extraction, barriers, and other human activities);

- application of ecosystem-based management, nature-based and building with nature restoration measures boosting resilience to climate change (e.g. sea level rise, floods, loss of permafrost in the Arctic) and mitigating its impacts;

- other effective locally adapted restoration measures and appropriate combinations of all the above.

The proposals should focus on demonstration activities for the restoration of marine and coastal ecosystems through nature-based solutions that boost coastal resilience, such as oyster reefs, kelp forests, wetlands and salt marshes. The proposals are also expected to explore different pressures and climate change adaptation needs in a systemic way, such as the soil erosion and its impact on coastal areas resulting in marine ecosystem pressures.

In addition, combination of nature-based restoration measures with sustainable and circular technological solutions, as well as sustainable aquaculture practices may be considered.

Proposals may involve coastal communities particularly vulnerable to the risks of extreme weather events and sea level rise, including islands and the EU Outermost Regions that urgently need restoration measures to adapt to climate change thus ensuring their population safety and climate proof and weather resilient infrastructure.

The proposals are expected to involve local actors and communities in active and passive marine ecosystem restoration and protection and holistic socio-ecological management of restored and valuable ecosystems, including where appropriate European volunteer/solidarity corps and citizens science activities in the restoration activities. Citizen engagement is a pillar concept for the Mission. Communities need to undergo significant changes in order to become climate-proof, and measures need to be co-owned in order to be best accepted. The involvement of local authorities and local communities will be required in order to ensure that the solutions designed are best suited, co-created and with the necessary ownership. Activities should, therefore, promote the involvement of local communities in order to hear from them the impact of intended actions, and to co-create measures that meet the Mission’s aims while taking local communities’ needs and values on board.

Proposals must:

1.Carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Atlantic and Arctic basin, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries;

2.Identify areas and locations where the solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the ecosystem and biodiversity restoration solutions and actions.

To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 5 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore marine ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once. The partners will proactively reach out to the associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement freshwater ecosystem restoration solutions in their territory that contribute to achieving the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include the provision of technical advisory services necessary to the prepare roadmaps, plans and projects to restore maecosystems in the associated regions addressing possible barriers and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions.

The maximum amount of Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100,000 per ’associated region’ for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness.

The proposals should build on research and innovation developed in the frame of related projects in the current and previous EU framework programmes, such as Horizon 2020 (e.g. the ongoing projects and activities which are part of the All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance 151 ), LIFE and national and regional programmes in the Atlantic/Arctic basins as well as the activities of the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership and the Atlantic Action Plan 2.0. Projects may benefit from the expertise and knowledge of the Joint Research Centre, especially in the areas of large scale monitoring and assessment set-up, technical input on harmonised methodologies and making links with relevant policy frameworks.

The projects funded under this topic will address all following issues:

1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the lighthouse and its area to maximize synergies, as well as with the European Blue Parks, other Mission lighthouses;

2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Danube river basin lighthouse support facility and platform, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area as well as with the Blue Parks technical support platform;

3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to biodiversity monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Ocean, seas and waters as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-04: “Large scale demonstrators of climate resilience creating cross-border value”. For this purpose, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

Similarly, projects funded under this topic would benefit from networking and exchanges of information with the projects funded under Cluster 6 following topics: HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-10 (Demonstration of measures and management for coastal and marine ecosystems restoration and resilience in simplified socio-ecological systems); HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-12 (Improved science based maritime spatial planning and identification of marine protected areas).

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-04: Danube river basin lighthouse – coordination activities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following additions to the general award criteria apply:
The capacity of the proposed approach to systematically link up, coordinate and network with projects under future Work programme topics to ensure effective project portfolio management within the area of the Mission lighthouse throughout the lifetime of the Mission. This is necessary to ensure effective coordination within the Mission lighthouse as a part of the portfolio management of the Mission.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of freshwater ecosystems.

Evaluation and award procedure

The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Structuring effect to consolidate and engage a wide community of relevant stakeholders across the entire Danube river basin, including its delta, able to ensure an effective governance structure for the achievement of the Mission objectives;

2.An effective governance structure ensuring coherence and alignment of policies, initiatives and actions at EU, national and local level;

3.Well-coordinated activities underpinned by a consistent monitoring framework to assess the implementation and achievement of the Mission objectives;

4.Effective provision of technical services, governance and business models to support and guarantee a sustainable socio-economic development of the entire Danube river basin, including its delta;

5.Well-functioning basin scale innovation ecosystem attractive to investors and businesses;

6.Increased awareness about the Mission and involvement of citizens in its implementation in the Danube river basin and beyond.

Scope: The Mission Ocean, seas and water WP part under Horizon Europe, defines “lighthouses” as “hubs and platforms supporting the development and deployment of transformative innovative solutions in all forms – technological, social, business, governance, ensuring fast progress towards the achievement of Mission objectives and important impact on society in the river and sea basins through science and technology”. The Mission lighthouse should adhere to the lighthouse implementation charter, ensuring its political commitment to the implementation of the lighthouse.

Proposals under this topic will bring together complementary public and/or private organisations and networks, and integrate heterogeneous expertise to support the rolling out of a “lighthouse” within the Danube river basin, including its delta, and provide a broad portfolio of services ensuring the development and deployment of innovative solutions addressing the objectives of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters in the lighthouse area.

Building on and bringing together existing governance structures and networks and relevant existing activities, proposals are expected to address all following activities:

1.Danube river basin lighthouse governance and networking: liaise with the Mission secretariat 152 to ensure a coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area; contribute to the implementation of the lighthouse charter 153 , consisting in a political commitment of MSs/ACs, regions and, whenever relevant, of third countries and other stakeholders, for instance through workshops and other gatherings, networking and provide support actions initiated or carried out by the European Commission services to establish the lighthouse implementation charters; set-up and support and effective and participatory governance structure for the Danube river (including its delta) basin lighthouse involving key players (public and private entities, including SMEs, civil society organisations as well as citizen representatives/citizen assemblies and local communities) at basin level and ensure cooperation and networking of stakeholders for achieving the three objectives 154 of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters; provide networking opportunities and exchanges of good practices within the Danube river basin and with other HE Missions and HE Partnerships; liaise and network with other Mission lighthouses to ensure exchanges of good practices and sharing of innovative solutions (cross-fertilisation); liaise with relevant projects implemented by other Missions in the lighthouse area and ensure exchanges of good practices; support the alignment of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects with the Mission objectives and explore synergies between the Mission and Smart Specialisation strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects;

2.Communication, monitoring and contribution to overall Mission implementation: design and carry out at basin scale communication actions to promote Mission Ocean, seas and waters and its activities targeting different stakeholders and the general public, both at basin scale and at the regional/local level including in the ‘associated regions’ 155 ; contribute to monitoring of Mission implementation in the lighthouse area (including a liaison with projects under Mission lighthouse topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of fresh and transitional water ecosystems) and provide relevant information and data to the Mission Implementation Platform (see Other actions, Public Procurements, topic Mission Ocean, seas and waters implementation support platform – overall Mission coordination and monitoring; European Blue parks technical assistance; citizen engagement; communication); carry out quantitative and qualitative analysis and studies in relation to the Mission and other relevant activities implemented at basin level; liaise with the Mission Implementation Platform to ensure coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area;

3.Develop and foster Danube river basin innovation ecosystem: identify R&I needs at basin level; liaise with the ocean and water knowledge system and foster sharing of observation data, information and computing toolboxes; disseminate and raise awareness about suitable innovative solutions to address these needs, (at least 2 dissemination activities per year at a basin level); organise demonstration and testing activities for the innovative solutions (at least 2 activities per year implemented within the basin area); support access to finance and mobilise suitable investors, through e.g.: pitching events, networks of investors, venture capital funds, local Entrepreneurial Discovery processes, etc.; support knowledge and technology transfer, including through training and skill development (at least 2 activities per year at a basin level); support cooperation of lighthouse projects with ‘associated regions 156 ’;

4.Support mission implementation with technical expertise and know-how: develop a coherent catalogue of services providing (on-site or remote) technical expertise and know-how for testing, validating, scaling-up, reproducing, customising and deploying innovative solutions under the lighthouse objective, ensuring interoperability with the Ocean and water knowledge system; develop, make publicly available and curate a catalogue of projects and initiatives funded at EU, national and regional level and to the extent possible, include also privately funded initiatives and projects;

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its activities and services to the citizens and local communities and to targeted stakeholders, including to relevant industries and SMEs.

Proposals are expected to build on and integrate all relevant existing governance structures, networks and capacities within the Danube river basin and its delta, such as organisations involved in the Macroregional strategy for the Danube region and/or in the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for the Black Sea (Black Sea SRIA); the International Commission for the protection of the Danube river; European Research Infrastructures 157 , with a view of ensuring comprehensive and inclusive lighthouse governance.

Due to the transboundary nature of waters, basin-scale coordination and cooperation across regions, is required for solutions to be effectively implemented and to resolve shared problems.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-05: Atlantic and Arctic basins lighthouse – coordination activities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following additions to the general award criteria apply:
The capacity of the proposed approach to systematically link up, coordinate and network with projects under future Work programme topics to ensure effective project portfolio management within the area of the Mission lighthouse throughout the lifetime of the Mission. This is necessary to ensure effective coordination within the Mission lighthouse as a part of the portfolio management of the Mission.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine and coastal ecosystems and increased climate resilience

Evaluation and award procedure

The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Structuring effect to consolidate and engage a wide community of relevant stakeholders across the Atlantic and Arctic sea basins able to ensure an effective governance structure for the achievement of the Mission objectives;

2.An effective governance structure ensuring coherence and alignment of policies, initiatives and actions at EU, national and local level;

3.Well-coordinated activities underpinned by a consistent monitoring framework to assess the implementation and achievement of the Mission objectives;

4.Effective provision of technical services, governance and business models to support and guarantee a sustainable socio-economic development of the Atlantic and Arctic seas basins;

5.Well-functioning basin scale innovation ecosystem attractive to investors and businesses;

6.Increased awareness about the Mission and involvement of citizens in its implementation in the Atlantic and Arctic seas basins and beyond.

Scope: The Mission Ocean, seas and water WP part under Horizon Europe, defines “lighthouses” as “hubs and platforms supporting the development and deployment of transformative innovative solutions in all forms – technological, social, business, governance, ensuring fast progress towards the achievement of Mission objectives and important impact on society in the river and sea basins through science and technology”. The Mission lighthouse should adhere to the lighthouse implementation charter, ensuring its political commitment to the implementation of the lighthouse.

Proposals under this topic will bring together complementary public and/or private organisations and networks, and integrate heterogeneous expertise to support the rolling out of a “lighthouse” within Atlantic and Arctic seas basins and provide a broad portfolio of services ensuring the development and deployment of innovative solutions addressing the objectives of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters in the lighthouse area.

Building on and bringing together existing governance structures and networks and relevant existing activities, proposals are expected to address all following activities:

1.Atlantic and Arctic seas basins lighthouse governance and networking: liaise with the Mission secretariat 158 to ensure a coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area; contribute to the implementation of the lighthouse charter 159 , for instance through workshops and other gatherings, networking and provide support actions initiated or carried out by the European Commission services to establish the lighthouse implementation charters; set-up and support and effective and participatory governance structure for the Atlantic and Arctic seas basins lighthouse involving key players (public and private entities, including SMEs, civil society organisations as well as citizen representatives/citizen assemblies and local communities) at basin level and ensure cooperation and networking of stakeholders for achieving the three objectives 160 of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters; provide networking opportunities and exchanges of good practices within the Atlantic and Arctic seas basins and with other HE Missions and HE Partnerships; liaise and network with other Mission lighthouses to ensure exchanges of good practices and sharing of innovative solutions (cross-fertilisation); liaise with relevant projects implemented by other Missions in the lighthouse area and ensure exchanges of good practices; support the alignment of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects with the Mission objectives and explore synergies between the Mission and Smart Specialisation strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects;

2.Communication, monitoring and contribution to overall Mission implementation: design and carry out at basin scale communication actions to promote Mission Ocean, seas and waters and its activities targeting different stakeholders and the general public, both at basin scale and at the regional/local level including in the ‘associated regions’ 161 ; contribute to monitoring of Mission implementation in the lighthouse area (including a liaison with projects under Mission lighthouse topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of freshwater ecosystems) and provide relevant information and data to the Mission Implementation Platform (see Other actions, Public Procurements, topic Mission Ocean, seas and waters implementation support platform – overall Mission coordination and monitoring; European Blue parks technical assistance; citizen engagement; communication); carry out quantitative and qualitative analysis and studies in relation to the Mission and other relevant activities implemented at basin level; liaise with the Mission Implementation Platform to ensure coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area;

3.Develop and foster Atlantic and Arctic seas basins innovation ecosystem: identify R&I needs at basin level; liaise with the ocean and water knowledge system and foster sharing of observation data, information and computing toolboxes; disseminate and raise awareness about suitable innovative solutions to address these needs, (at least 2 dissemination activities per year at a basin level); organise demonstration and testing activities for the innovative solutions (at least 2 activities per year implemented within the basin area); support access to finance and mobilise suitable investors, through e.g.: pitching events, networks of investors, venture capital funds, local Entrepreneurial Discovery processes, etc.; support knowledge and technology transfer, including through training and skill development (at least 2 activities per year at a basin level); support cooperation of lighthouse projects with ‘associated regions 162 ’;

4.Support mission implementation with technical expertise and know-how: develop a coherent catalogue of services providing (on-site or remote) technical expertise and know-how for testing, validating, scaling-up, reproducing, customising and deploying innovative solutions under the lighthouse objective, ensuring interoperability with the Ocean and water knowledge system; develop, make publicly available and curate a catalogue of projects and initiatives funded at EU, national and regional level and to the extent possible, include also privately funded initiatives and projects;

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its activities and services to the citizens and local communities and to targeted stakeholders, including to relevant industries and SMEs.

Proposals are expected to build on and integrate all relevant existing governance structures, networks and capacities within the Atlantic and Arctic seas basins, such as organisations involved in All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance as set up under the Galway Statement and Belém Statement and all relevant partners working on the actions in the frame of the All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance, as relevant, as well as on the efforts under the Atlantic Action Plan 2.0., with a view of ensuring comprehensive and inclusive lighthouse governance.

Due to the transboundary nature of waters, basin-scale coordination and cooperation across regions, is required for solutions to be effectively implemented and to resolve shared problems.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

Call - Prevent and eliminate pollution of our ocean, seas and waters

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 163

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 164

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01

IA

16.00 165

Around 8.00

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-02

CSA

3.00 166

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

19.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals for topics under objective 2 - Prevent and eliminate pollution of our ocean, seas and waters should set out a credible pathway for the Mission Ocean, seas and waters objectives, and contributing more specifically to the following impacts:

1.Reduce by at least 50% plastic litter at sea;

2.Reduce by at least 30% microplastics released into the environment;

3.Reduce beach litter to less than 20 items per 100 meters of coastline

4.Provide evidence for new legislation and the implementation of the existing ones;

5.Support cooperation among countries, regions and other actors to enable transformative changes for our society and economy needed to achieve the European Green Deal objectives and the Zero Pollution Action Plan.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse - actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must involve and include partners from at least three countries of the Mediterranean sea basin in which demonstration activities will be taking place.

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 to 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’.

The maximum amount to be granted to each “associated region” is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed in the “associated region” 167 within the project. Each “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Reduced pollution from litter, plastic and microplastic, in the Mediterranean Sea basin in line with the objectives of the EU Zero Pollution Plan and the Convention for the protection of the Mediterranean sea against pollution;

2.Reduce beach litter to less than 20 items per 100 meters of coastline in line with the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) requirement;

3.Accelerated uptake of innovative solutions to prevent and minimize litter, plastic and microplastic pollution;

4.Effective monitoring of marine litter quantities, in line with EU methodologies, such as Single Use Plastics Directive and assessment of the impact of implemented measures;

5.Support WFD and MSFD implementation, which provide indicators and mechanism for assessments and measures to achieve Good Environmental Status (GES);

6.Empowered citizens taking action against pollution.

Scope: In line with the EU Zero Pollution Action Plan for Air, Water and Soil, proposals should demonstrate scalable breakthrough innovations (technological, business, social and governance) to prevent and minimize marine and freshwater pollution from litter, plastics and microplastics.

Following the zero pollution hierarchy, proposals should focus on demonstrating replicable solutions to prevent and minimise pollution in the Mediterranean Sea including its major river catchment areas and taking into consideration land-sea interactions through measures, such as:

1.Upstream prevention of litter, plastic and microplastic generation by design;

2.Substitutes or alternative less polluting substances and materials (especially alternatives to plastics and microplastics) for the most prevalent litter found in freshwater and at sea;

3.Circular design of fishing gear, including improved reparability and durability (while improving selectivity to reduce discard of bycatches and improved energy efficiency) in close cooperation with the business community in the respective industrial ecosystems;

4.Solutions for identifying, tracking and recovery of accidental loss of containers and fishing gear;

5.Efficient collection (incl. in ports and coastal areas), sorting, recycling and re-use of waste, waste water treatment and adequate port reception facilities.

Proposed solutions for pollution prevention, elimination and remediation shouldn’t increase the level of anthropogenic underwater noise.

Proposed solutions should be in line with the EU taxonomy regulation and delegated acts.

Proposals must:

1.Carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Mediterranean sea basin, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries;

2.Identify areas and locations where the solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the pollution solutions and actions.

To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 5 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to to prevent, eliminate and remediate pollution to prevent, eliminate and remediate pollution in the associated regions addressing possible barriers and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions.

The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once. The partners will proactively reach out to the associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement freshwater ecosystem restoration solutions in their territory that contribute to achieving the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include the provision of technical advisory services necessary to the prepare roadmaps, plans and projects to prevent, eliminate and remediate pollution in the associated regions addressing possible barriers and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions.

The maximum amount of Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100,000 per ’associated region’ for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness.

The proposals should build on research and innovation developed in the frame of related projects in the current and previous EU framework programmes, such as Horizon 2020, including the activities funded under the Green Deal 2020 call, LIFE and national and regional programmes in the Mediterranean sea basin as well as the activities of the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership 168 , as the sea basin initiative WestMed 169 and the macroregional strategy EUSAIR 170 , with thematic networks, as well as with the BlueMed Pilot Action on Healthy Plastic Free Mediterranean Sea 171 , the implementation of the Union for the Mediterranean Ministerial Declaration on Sustainable Blue Economy as well as projects and actions funded under the PRIMA Partnership 172 . Projects may benefit from the expertise and knowledge of the Joint Research Centre, especially in the areas of large scale monitoring and assessment set-up, technical input on harmonised methodologies and making links with relevant policy frameworks.

The proposals will demonstrate novel methods and social innovation practices resulting in holistic socio-ecological governance and management plans that address the transfer of innovative solutions into the market and economic value/supply chains, by creating commercially viable and investable propositions. The proposals need to build in capacity to reach local/regional and national systems of multi-stakeholders and to enhance their interconnections at basin scale. Multi stakeholder engagements will require active participation from academia to research performing organisations, from citizens to civil society, from young innovators to start-ups, industry, SMEs and other businesses. Activities focused on citizen engagement should also be gender-responsive and include groups at risk of social exclusion to promote a wider uptake of the developed solutions, where relevant.

The projects funded under this topic will address all following issues:

1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the lighthouse and its area to maximize synergies, as well as with the European Blue Parks, other Mission lighthouses;

2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse support facility and platform, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area as well as with the Blue Parks technical support platform;

3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-02: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse – coordination activities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following additions to the general award criteria apply:
The capacity of the proposed approach to systematically link up, coordinate and network with projects under future Work programme topics to ensure effective project portfolio management within the area of the Mission lighthouse throughout the lifetime of the Mission. This is necessary to ensure effective coordination within the Mission lighthouse as a part of the portfolio management of the Mission.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse - actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution

Evaluation and award procedure

The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Structuring effect to consolidate and engage a wide community of relevant stakeholders across the Mediterranean sea basin able to ensure an effective governance structure for the achievement of the Mission objectives;

2.An effective governance structure ensuring coherence and alignment of policies, initiatives and actions at EU, national and local level;

3.Well-coordinated activities underpinned by a consistent monitoring framework to assess the implementation and achievement of the Mission objectives;

4.Effective provision of technical services, governance and business models to support and guarantee a sustainable socio-economic development of the Mediterranean sea basin;

5.Well-functioning basin scale innovation ecosystem attractive to investors and businesses;

6.Increased awareness about the Mission and involvement of citizens in its implementation in the Mediterranean sea basin and beyond.

Scope: The Mission Ocean, seas and water WP part under Horizon Europe, defines “lighthouses” as “hubs and platforms supporting the development and deployment of transformative innovative solutions in all forms – technological, social, business, governance, ensuring fast progress towards the achievement of Mission objectives and important impact on society in the river and sea basins through science and technology”. The Mission lighthouse should adhere to the lighthouse implementation charter, ensuring its political commitment to the implementation of the lighthouse.

Proposals under this topic will bring together complementary public and/or private organisations and networks, and integrate heterogeneous expertise to support the rolling out of a “lighthouse” within Mediterranean sea basin and provide a broad portfolio of services ensuring the development and deployment of innovative solutions addressing the objectives of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters in the lighthouse area.

Building on and bringing together existing governance structures and networks and relevant existing activities, proposals are expected to address all following activities:

1.Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse governance and networking: liaise with the Mission secretariat 173 to ensure a coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area; contribute to the implementation of lighthouse charter, consisting in a political commitment of MSs/ACs, regions and, whenever relevant, of third countries and other stakeholders, for instance through workshops and other gatherings, networking and provide support actions initiated or carried out by the European Commission services to establish the lighthouse implementation charters; set-up and support and effective and participatory governance structure Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse involving key players (public and private entities, including SMEs, civil society organisations as well as citizen representatives/citizen assemblies and local communities) at basin level and ensure cooperation and networking of stakeholders for achieving the three objectives 174 of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters; provide networking opportunities and exchanges of good practices within Mediterranean sea basin and with other HE Missions and HE Partnerships; liaise and network with other Mission lighthouses to ensure exchanges of good practices and sharing of innovative solutions (cross-fertilisation); liaise with relevant projects implemented by other Missions in the lighthouse area and ensure exchanges of good practices; support the alignment of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects with the Mission objectives and explore synergies between the Mission and Smart Specialisation strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects;

2.Communication, monitoring and contribution to overall Mission implementation: design and carry out at basin scale communication actions to promote Mission Ocean, seas and waters and its activities targeting different stakeholders and the general public, both at basin scale and at the regional/local level including in the ‘associated regions’ 175 ; contribute to monitoring of Mission implementation in the lighthouse area (including a liaison with projects under Mission lighthouse topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse - actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution and provide relevant information and data to the Mission Implementation Platform (see Other actions, Public Procurements, topic Mission Ocean, seas and waters implementation support platform – overall Mission coordination and monitoring; European Blue parks technical assistance; citizen engagement; communication); carry out quantitative and qualitative analysis and studies in relation to the Mission and other relevant activities implemented at basin level; liaise with the Mission Implementation Platform to ensure coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area;

3.Develop and foster Mediterranean sea basin innovation ecosystem: identify R&I needs at basin level; liaise with the ocean and water knowledge system and foster sharing of observation data, information and computing toolboxes; disseminate and raise awareness about suitable innovative solutions to address these needs, (at least 2 dissemination activities per year at a basin level); organise demonstration and testing activities for the innovative solutions (at least 2 activities per year implemented within the basin area); support access to finance and mobilise suitable investors, through e.g.: pitching events, networks of investors, venture capital funds, local Entrepreneurial Discovery processes, etc.; support knowledge and technology transfer, including through training and skill development (at least 2 activities per year at a basin level); support cooperation of lighthouse projects with ‘associated regions 176 ’;

4.Support mission implementation with technical expertise and know-how: develop a coherent catalogue of services providing (on-site or remote) technical expertise and know-how for testing, validating, scaling-up, reproducing, customising and deploying innovative solutions under the lighthouse objective, ensuring interoperability with the Ocean and water knowledge system; develop, make publicly available and curate a catalogue of projects and initiatives funded at EU, national and regional level and to the extent possible, include also privately funded initiatives and projects.

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its activities and services to the citizens and local communities and to targeted stakeholders, including to relevant industries and SMEs.

Proposals are expected to build on and integrate all relevant existing governance structures, networks and capacities within the Mediterranean sea basin, such as the Union for Mediterranean 177 , the BlueMed initiative 178 , the UNEP-MAP 179 , the macroregional strategy EUSAIR 180 with a view of ensuring comprehensive and inclusive lighthouse governance.

Due to the transboundary nature of waters, basin-scale coordination and cooperation across regions, is required for solutions to be effectively implemented and to resolve shared problems.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

Call - Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 181

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 182

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01

IA

16.00 183

Around 8.00

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-02

CSA

3.00 184

Around 3.00

1

Overall indicative budget

19.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals for topics under objective 3 - Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy should set out a credible pathway for the Mission Ocean, seas and waters objectives, and contributing more specifically to the following impacts:

1.Eliminate greenhouse gas emissions from maritime economic activities in the EU and sequester those emissions that cannot be avoided (net zero maritime emissions);

2.Develop zero-carbon and low-impact aquaculture, and promote circular, low-carbon multi-purpose use of marine and water space, thus contributing to the EU Circular Economy Action Plan;

3.Provide evidence for new legislation and the implementation of the existing ones legislation and policies;

4.Support international cooperation among countries, regions and other actors to enable global transformative changes for our society and economy needed to achieve the European Green Deal’s climate and the Sustainable Blue economy Strategy objectives.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins - Low impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must involve and include partners from at least three countries of the Baltic and North sea basin in which demonstration activities will be taking place.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 to 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each “associated region” is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed in the “associated region”
185 within the project. Each “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Optimal and carbon-neutral use of marine space in these two European marine areas with high concentration of maritime activities;

2.Increased sustainable and environmentally sound aquaculture production, particularly of algae and other low-trophic level aquatic organisms;

3.Ensure safety of farmed seafood and increase consumers’ trust;

4.Data-based systems enabling a market-wide monitoring and data analysis service for aquaculture;

5.Increase share of renewable energy consumption along the full value chain of aquaculture and minimise its dependence on fossil fuel;

6.Enhanced knowledge to minimise the carbon footprint and environmental impact of aquaculture;

7.Advance professional skills and competences of those working and being trained to work within the blue economy.

Scope: Proposals will show the way to profitable and sustainable seafood farming away from the densely populated coasts of the Baltic Sea and the North Sea. Such farming will not depend on fossil fuels; a focus should be on low trophic level species; increased production will not lead to increased pressure on the ecosystem, therefore will not compromise the achievement of Good Environmental Status. Aquaculture farms will also share space with other offshore economic activities in a synergistic way. Proposals should demonstrate solutions for increasing circularity by the production of low-emission, zero- or low-carbon and toxic-free farming of aquatic organisms in an optimally used marine space. They should test and demonstrate novel aquaculture methods and techniques, spanning from engineering and robotics to breeding, and from spatial planning to a holistic governance of multiple maritime activities. They should include viable concepts for market access and commercial operation, and outreach to consumers and investors, to avoid that innovative solutions stop operating once grant funding stops. Proposals should also explore options for creating eco-friendly and sustainable artificial reefs in or near the wind energy and aquaculture premises, offering suitable habitats and shelter for fish and other biota. Proposals should also work on approaches for efficient and cost-effective monitoring of both the inputs of the aquaculture industry (such as water quality) and its outputs (such as emissions, including the reporting requirements under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change). In particular, proposals should focus specifically on developing data-based management systems that offer services, including risk analysis, to individual aquaculture producers for monitoring and minimizing diseases and alien species, managing inputs, optimizing sustainable production and demand management.

Proposals should include case studies in promising sites both in the Baltic Sea and in the North Sea. At least one case study in each proposal should include a commercially viable pilot farm for seaweeds within wind farms. Additionally, at least one case study in each proposal should include a commercially viable pilot farm for molluscs within wind farms. Additional pilots for farms of other marine organisms are not excluded but are not a requirement, including use of Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (IMTA). Proposed solutions should be in line with the EU taxonomy regulation and delegated acts.

Proposals must:

1.Carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Baltic and North Sea basin, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries;

2.Identify areas and locations where the solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the pollution solutions and actions.

To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 5 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scale up of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions for low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space in the associated regions addressing possible barriers and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once. The partners will proactively reach out to the associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement solutions for low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space in their territory that contribute to achieving the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include the provision of technical advisory services necessary to the prepare roadmaps, plans and projects for low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space in the associated regions addressing possible barriers and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions.

The maximum amount of Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100,000 per ’associated region’ for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness.

The proposals should build on research and innovation developed in the frame of related projects in the current and previous EU framework programmes, such as Horizon 2020, LIFE, EMFF and its continuation the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, and other funding streams as well as national and regional programmes in the Baltic and North sea basins and the activities of the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership. The proposals will demonstrate novel methods and social innovation practices resulting in holistic socio-ecological governance and management plans. The proposals need to build in capacity to reach local/regional and national systems of multi-stakeholders and to enhance their interconnections at basin scale. Multi stakeholder engagements will require active participation from academia to research performing organisations, from citizens to civil society, from young innovators to start-ups, SMEs and other businesses. Activities focused on citizen engagement should also be gender-responsive and include groups at risk of social exclusion to promote a wider uptake of the developed solutions, where relevant.

The projects funded under this topic will:

1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the lighthouse and its area to maximize synergies, as well as with the other Mission lighthouses;

2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Baltic and North sea basin lighthouse support facility and platform, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area;

3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

A strong communication component and an active involvement of stakeholders, including from the aquaculture and energy industry, fishers, consumers and NGOs, in a co-creation approach is essential for the uptake of the produced outputs. Training and education activities should be included. Market analysis and commercialisation strategies (customer identification, distribution, branding etc.) will be a strong asset.

The outcomes should address the European Green Deal 186 objectives, the Farm to Fork Strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system 187 , the EU Bioeconomy Strategy 188 , the Communication on a new approach for a Sustainable Blue Economy 189 and the Guidelines for sustainable and competitive EU aquaculture 190 , the Marine Strategy Framework Directive 191 and the Maritime Spatial Planning Directive 192 .

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-02: Baltic and North Sea basin lighthouse – coordination activities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following additions to the general award criteria apply:
The capacity of the proposed approach to systematically link up, coordinate and network with projects under future Work programme topics to ensure effective project portfolio management within the area of the Mission lighthouse throughout the lifetime of the Mission. This is necessary to ensure effective coordination within the Mission lighthouse as a part of the portfolio management of the Mission.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins – Low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space.

Evaluation and award procedure

The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Structuring effect to consolidate and engage a wide community of relevant stakeholders across the Baltic and North sea basins able to ensure an effective governance structure for the achievement of the Mission objectives;

2.An effective governance structure ensuring coherence and alignment of policies, initiatives and actions at EU, national and local level;

3.Well-coordinated activities underpinned by a consistent monitoring framework to assess the implementation and achievement of the Mission objectives;

4.Effective provision of technical services, governance and business models to support and guarantee a sustainable socio-economic development of the Baltic and North sea basins;

5.Well-functioning basin scale innovation ecosystem attractive to investors and businesses;

6.Increased awareness about the Mission and involvement of citizens in its implementation in the Baltic and North sea basins and beyond.

Scope: The Mission Ocean, seas and water WP part under Horizon Europe, defines “lighthouses” as “hubs and platforms supporting the development and deployment of transformative innovative solutions in all forms – technological, social, business, governance, ensuring fast progress towards the achievement of Mission objectives and important impact on society in the river and sea basins through science and technology”. The Mission lighthouse should adhere to the lighthouse implementation charter, ensuring its political commitment to the implementation of the lighthouse.

Proposals under this topic will bring together complementary public and/or private organisations and networks, and integrate heterogeneous expertise to support the rolling out of a “lighthouse” within Baltic and North sea basins and provide a broad portfolio of services ensuring the development and deployment of innovative solutions addressing the objectives of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters in the lighthouse area.

Building on and bringing together existing governance structures and networks and relevant existing activities, proposals are expected to address all following activities:

1.Baltic and North sea basins lighthouse governance and networking: liaise with the Mission secretariat 193 to ensure a coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area; contribute to the implementation of the lighthouse charter, consisting in a political commitment of MSs/ACs, regions and, whenever relevant, of third countries and other stakeholders, for instance through workshops and other gatherings, networking and provide support actions initiated or carried out by the European Commission services to establish the lighthouse implementation charters; set-up and support and effective and participatory governance structure for the Baltic and North Sea basins lighthouse involving key players (public and private entities, including SMEs, civil society organisations as well as citizen representatives/citizen assemblies and local communities) at basin level and ensure cooperation and networking of stakeholders for achieving the three objectives 194 of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters; provide networking opportunities and exchanges of good practices within the Baltic and North sea basins and with other HE Missions and HE Partnerships; liaise and network with other Mission lighthouses to ensure exchanges of good practices and sharing of innovative solutions (cross-fertilisation); liaise with relevant projects implemented by other Missions in the lighthouse area and ensure exchanges of good practices; support the alignment of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects with the Mission objectives and explore synergies between the Mission and Smart Specialisation strategies and Next Generation EU initiatives and projects;

2.Communication, monitoring and contribution to overall Mission implementation: design and carry out at basin scale communication actions to promote Mission Ocean, seas and waters and its activities targeting different stakeholders and the general public, both at basin scale and at the regional/local level including in the ‘associated regions’ 195 ; contribute to monitoring of Mission implementation in the lighthouse area (including a liaison with projects under Mission lighthouse topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins – Low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space) and provide relevant information and data to the Mission Implementation Platform (see Other actions, Public procurements, topic Mission Ocean, seas and waters implementation support platform – overall Mission coordination and monitoring; European Blue parks technical assistance; citizen engagement; communication ); carry out quantitative and qualitative analysis and studies in relation to the Mission and other relevant activities implemented at basin level; liaise with the Mission Implementation Platform to ensure coherent and timely implementation of the Mission in the lighthouse area;

3.Develop and foster Baltic and North sea basins innovation ecosystem: identify R&I needs at basin level; liaise with the ocean and water knowledge system and foster sharing of observation data, information and computing toolboxes; disseminate and raise awareness about suitable innovative solutions to address these needs, (at least 2 dissemination activities per year at a basin level); organise demonstration and testing activities for the innovative solutions (at least 2 activities per year implemented within the basin area); support access to finance and mobilise suitable investors, through e.g.: pitching events, networks of investors, venture capital funds, local Entrepreneurial Discovery processes, etc.; support knowledge and technology transfer, including through training and skill development (at least 2 activities per year at a basin level); support cooperation of lighthouse projects with ‘associated regions 196 ’;

4.Support mission implementation with technical expertise and know-how: develop a coherent catalogue of services providing (on-site or remote) technical expertise and know-how for testing, validating, scaling-up, reproducing, customising and deploying innovative solutions under the lighthouse objective, ensuring interoperability with the Ocean and water knowledge system; develop, make publicly available and curate a catalogue of projects and initiatives funded at EU, national and regional level and to the extent possible, include also privately funded initiatives and projects;

Proposals should include an outreach plan to actively advertise its activities and services to the citizens and local communities and to targeted stakeholders, including to relevant industries and SMEs.

Proposals are expected to build on and integrate all relevant existing governance structures, networks and capacities within the Baltic and North sea basins, such as organisations involved in HELCOM, OSPAR, BONUS, BANOS, EU Macroregional Strategy for the Baltic sea, Arctic and Baltic Ocean Monitoring and Forecasting Centre 197 , with a view of ensuring comprehensive and inclusive lighthouse governance.

Due to the transboundary nature of waters, basin-scale coordination and cooperation across regions, is required for solutions to be effectively implemented and to resolve shared problems.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

Call - Mission Enabling activities: Digital knowledge system, public mobilisation and engagement, dynamic investment ecosystem

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 198

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 199

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-01

IA

7.00 200

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-02

RIA

1.00 201

Around 1.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-03

CSA

1.00 202

Around 1.00

1

Overall indicative budget

9.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals for topics under enabling activities should set out a credible pathway for the achievement of the objectives of the Mission Ocean, seas and waters, and contribute more specifically to all following impacts:

1.Boost the R&I capacities and knowledge in the marine and freshwater domains including a better understanding of social and economic implications;

2.Increase observation and monitoring capacity, integrate data and modelling;

3.Increase citizen participation and engagement in the transformations needed to achieve the European Green Deal objectives;

4.Enhance cooperation at international level to address global challenges to the ocean, seas and waters;

5.Enhance competitiveness of the European sustainable Blue economy sectors and contribute through investments, smart specialization approach and interregional partnerships into novel solutions underpinning their transformation towards sustainability, circularity and climate-neutrality;

6.Provide evidence for policy-making;

7.Support cooperation among countries, regions and other actors to enable transformative changes for our society and economy needed to achieve the European Green Deal objectives.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-01: Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Technology Readiness Level

Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 to 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

1. LC-GD-9-3-2020 (Iliad, action number 101037643)

2.HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-01: Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean

3.HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean - under Other Actions "Grants to identified beneficiaries"

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.A suite of models, including at least a high-resolution global ocean circulation model and coastal models at the land-sea interface ready for configuration and simulation;

2.Interoperable standards and APIs so that the twin models can be interfaced with Copernicus models (coupling, forcing, boundary conditions, …) or external models (hybrid twins) and run in conjunction;

3.Enhanced on-demand ocean forecasting and ocean climate prediction capacities;

4.Scientific toolboxes to be used in a (co-)working virtual environment;

5.Improved capability to support EU legislation on the marine environment;

6.Capacity to support the three priorities of the Mission (biodiversity, zero pollution, zero carbon) and supporting the lighthouses;

7.A sustainable and integrated set of models and services that contribute to and benefit from developments in the Digital Europe Programme, contributing to Destination Earth;

8.Significant contribution to the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development.

The outputs of the project should rely on the state of art of science in ocean modelling and digital tools, existing assets at EU level (e.g. from EuroGOOS, Copernicus, EMODnet, Regional Sea Conventions, etc.) and EU and international data management standards.

Scope: The objective is to prepare the next generation of EU digital ocean models (Twin Ocean) complementary to the Copernicus marine service. They should be integrated into the architecture of the European Digital Twin Ocean, a public infrastructure (linked action with topic “EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin”: EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean, included under Other actions) to ensure access to required input and validation data (e.g. from EMODnet, EuroGOOS etc.), high performance and distributed cloud computing facilities. It will support the development of the Mission lighthouses and will be aligned with developments of Destination Earth under the Digital Europe programme. Projects may benefit from the experience and knowledge of the Joint Research Centre in the areas of marine ecosystem modelling at European scale that is supporting impact assessments by dedicated scenario simulations linked with policy frameworks.

The project should address all activities and tasks as described below, in cooperation and complementarity with the linked action 203 and other relevant actions:

1. Ocean twin: The project should develop the reference models suite for the European Digital Twin Ocean and should include:

1.the preparation and development of model and data assimilation schemes, enabling simulation and development of what-if scenarios based on, but not be limited to, a global high-resolution kilometric ocean physics model from the IMMERSE project 204 , that complement the Copernicus forecasting capacities and support on-demand simulation services;

2.a suite of configurable coastal models to reach the local scale, as part of the twin ocean suite or the toolkit (see below) in line with state-of-art science proposed in the UN Decade of Ocean Science.

The project should ensure that these models can be used coupled with biogeochemistry, marine ecosystem models (including higher trophic layers) and other integrated models of the marine environment/human activities, etc., used already by policymakers and their scientific advisors. It should be based on state-of-art science, bringing significant innovation to existing EU programmes modelling capacities in support to policy making and implementation (MSFD, Habitats Directive, Common Fisheries Policy, etc.).

2. Developer’s toolkit: the ocean twin should be complemented with a toolkit to favour its exploitation including by additional models or software following specified quality standards. It should include:

1.a scientific software library with open and free, easy-to-use software, models, AI algorithms (e.g.: addressing coastal circulation, particle tracking, aquaculture cultivation and emissions, ecosystems, hydrodynamics, etc.) that can be enriched progressively;

2.a virtual development environment, dedicated to scientific validation where groups of users can assess their results, develop validation and product quality campaigns for their models and explore what-if scenarios;

3.tools to retrieve data and products in suitable form for producing indicators for EU reporting (e.g.: Application Programming Interfaces for MSFD 205 , Habitats, Birds directives reporting).

3. Use: The Ocean twin models suite should enable the development of what-if scenarios and simulations to support the Mission Ocean lighthouses. Therefore, it should be demonstrated and validated end-to-end with beta-testers on one what-if scenario in line with the Mission priorities and representative of the complexity of lighthouses.

For all of the above, the proposal should favour access to public-oriented models and algorithms free of licensing restrictions. The necessary service pre-operations, should be put in place including at least an online scientific helpdesk (cascading to Copernicus Marine Service and EMODnet if needed). The project should set up the required scientific governance and technical coordination to link closely with the project related to the twin architecture (topic “EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin”, linked action, included under Other actions), Copernicus and EMODnet for the implementation, with the other components of the Destination Earth initiative, with the EC/ES Joint Earth System initiative and with the Mission lighthouses to develop fit-for-purpose solutions in the frame of the Mission as well as with projects funded under the Green Deal call in 2020 topic LC-GD-9-3-2020 Towards a digital twin of the ocean. The Mission Implementation Support Platform will support and facilitate synergies between the lighthouses and the European Digital Twin ocean developments and ensure appropriate communication.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-02: The relation of young generations with the sea and water: values, expectations, and engagement

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Provide input and evidence-based outcomes for shaping future initiatives, policies and strategies that address societal changes, future needs and expectations of young generations with regard to the sustainability of aquatic ecosystems and enhance ocean literacy among them;

2.Better understanding of the connection of young generations with the ocean, seas and waters, ultimately leading to new products and services, thus supporting the innovative potential of marine/maritime related sectors;

3.Provide insights and help sketch social interaction blueprints for novel participatory approaches and networking opportunities, aiming to bring the younger generation closer to the sea and water and create or fortify their emotional link with it;

4.Contribute to the objectives of the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development.

Scope: A forward-looking perspective (foresight study) on cultural and emotional relations of tomorrow’s generations with the sea and freshwater, based on surveys, testimonies, contributions, observations of and evidence-gathering from this specific social group, would contribute towards shaping transformative marine/maritime policies, guiding future initiatives in this field and allowing innovative solutions for aquatic ecosystems, addressing the future expectations of the youth for them, to surface. The study should be gender and geo-sensitive and consider socio-economic differences and inequalities between certain social groups in its analysis.

Proposals under this topic will address both aspects below:

·Provide an analysis by exploring a future being shaped by changes in our lifestyles and behaviours, climate and environmental concerns and the emergence of new socio-economic values and needs, to better understand the cultural and emotional relation of the next generations with the marine environment and freshwaters;

·identify expectations and develop future perspectives, highlighting their implications for future strategies and policies, socio-economic activities, including education, and future investments; consider different youth variables such as gender, age, ethnicity, education, socio-cultural and geographical aspects, etc.

Proposals should contribute to stimulate thinking and relevant action through the production of an evidence-based study and help reshape and recalibrate initiatives already in the field and future related policies and strategies; interaction with all relevant main marine and freshwater research and innovation stakeholders (public authorities, companies, universities, research facilities, citizens, etc.) and networks or initiatives on the ground, through whose input visions and strategies can emerge and converge, is sought.

Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-03: Piloting citizen science in marine and freshwater domains

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Evaluation and award procedure

The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

a.Up scaled and continued excellent citizens science initiatives particularly targeting young people in all EU Member States and Associated Countries;

b.Increased citizen awareness about the challenges faced by the ocean and waters;

c.Mobilised and empowered citizens to take actions to improve the monitoring of the health of the ocean and waters and to act against pollution;

d.Promoted digital applications and testing kits enabling citizens to collect data and observations;

e.Promoted (digital) data collection and participatory research involving citizens for the monitoring and restoration of ocean and waters;

f.Standardised protocols, standardised testing procedures for citizen reporting, and locally-relevant programmes;

g.Contribution made to a special data layer for data provided by citizens, including real-time recordings of discharges and levels of pollutants and litter for different sites, to be harmonised and made publicly available through EMODnet and hence the European Digital Twin Ocean, and aligned with the Destination Earth initiative of the Digital Europe programme.

Scope: Proposals should connect EU citizens and local communities with the ocean, seas and waters, facilitate broad ownership and education and co-design the transitions within the communities that will allow the European Green Deal targets to be reached.

Proposals should also help to create a stronger emotional connection between society and aquatic ecosystems and collective responsibility, as well as elicit interest in taking action. To change hearts as well as minds, proposals should develop communication actions to inspire awe and wonder, and connect with the things people deeply value. Actions should seek to address the emotional connection, rather than simply attempting to ‘plug’ the knowledge gap.

Proposals should empower and activate citizens, in particular young people, to take action, promote the practice of social innovation and ocean and water citizen stewardship, where appropriate and possible involving the voluntary European Solidarity Corps 206 . They should leverage social innovation throughout the co-design, co-development, co-implementation, and co-monitoring of solutions for sustainable use of the ocean and waters. To promote better public understanding and engagement, the project will support education and training activities, and launch regular citizen science campaigns together with the Member States and Associated countries, building on and enhancing the EU’s work to date on ocean literacy. To create stronger public connection and engagement with the ocean and waters, the Mission will draw on the power of arts, media and culture.

Proposals should identify and pilot best practices in citizen science to restore our ocean and waters and how to upscale them across the Member States and Associated Countries. The data collected should support the monitoring requirements under the Water Framework Directive 207 and Marine Strategy Framework Directive 208 and follow their specific monitoring guidelines. Collected data should be made accessible across Member States and Associated Countries.

Activities should include the development of standardised protocols and standardised testing procedures for citizen reporting, as well as locally relevant programmes to demonstrate their application.

The projects should feed data and knowledge to the Digital Twin Ocean and EMODnet 209 and be designed and predispose a data layer fed by citizens’ observations to allow for a transfer of scientific findings to policy making at the EU, national and sub-national level.

Proposals should contribute to an increasing understanding about the following issues:

1.Effectiveness of citizen science for participatory research and innovation;

2.Impact of citizen science campaigns on citizens’ behaviour and knowledge and their relation with the ocean and waters;

3.potential contributions of specific stakeholders, such as fishermen, sailors, recreational divers, etc.

Differences in gendered behaviour around ecologically conscious and sustainable practices should equally be taken into account and addressed, where appropriate.

Proposals should build on activities implemented by the EU sea basin strategies Atlantic Action Plan 2.0, WestMed Initiative and the Common Maritime Agenda for the Black Sea and respective priorities on Ocean literacy, including those promoted by the Blue Schools initiative. They should create links with macro regional strategies and in particular with their pillars dealing with aquatic environments.

Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Ocean, seas and waters as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Of particular importance in this context is topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-05: “Local engagement of citizens in the co-creation of societal transformational change for climate resilience”.

To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grants to identified beneficiaries

1. EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(f) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation. The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

The objective is to integrate existing EU ocean observing and monitoring programmes, such as Copernicus Marine Service (CMEMS) 210 and EMODnet 211 , into a single digital framework, with a view to providing public access and use to the widest possible range of ocean observation datasets, data products and services and prepare a co-working environment for knowledge creation. This should form the digital backbone of the European Digital Twin Ocean (DTO), a public infrastructure be aligned within the Destination Earth initiative of the Digital Europe Programme to host existing and new sources of data and modelling capacities for oceans and freshwater. It will support the development of the Mission lighthouses while preparing a robust infrastructure that can be scaled up to an overarching knowledge system.

The action’s results are expected to lead to:

1.a sustainable digital architecture that integrates Copernicus and EMODnet services into a European Digital Twin Ocean to be aligned with the Destination Earth initiative of the Digital Europe Programme, which enables the Mission’s objectives through: seamless navigation and use of ocean data and data products; facilities to upload, configure and run integrated models; interoperability with other programmes, providing additional models and data (including international programmes, industry, citizen data, etc); and users’ profiles management, including their assets (data, models), and configuration for scenario development and assessment;

2.support to implementation of EU legislation and international commitments;

3.a (co-)working virtual environment to use data and hosted models, targeting to start with the 3 objectives of the Mission (biodiversity, zero pollution, zero carbon) and supporting the lighthouses;

4.the architecture for the oceanic component of Destination Earth Developments built under the Digital Europe programme;

5.significant contribution to the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development.

The outputs of the action should rely on state of art science for preparing and running models’ configurations, organising an ocean data lake compliant with EU and international data management standards based on innovative digital tools.

The action will be a linked action with the actions funded under topics European Green Deal Call LC-GD-9-3-2020 (Iliad project 212 ); HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01-07: Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean; and HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters.

The following tasks (from 1 to 4) should be addressed:

1. System architecture: the action should design, develop and pre-operationally validate an integrated and robust digital framework and new infrastructure and services, based at least on Copernicus and EMODnet, addressing at least all the following items:

1.a platform providing users with access to all services that can be smoothly and seamlessly integrated under the europa.eu domain and standards REGULATION (EU) 2019/517 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 19 March 2019 on the implementation and functioning of the .eu top-level domain name and amending and repealing Regulation (EC) No 733/2002 and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 874/2004 Consolidated text: Regulation (EC) No 733/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 April 2002 on the implementation of the .eu Top Level Domain , http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2002/733/2008-12-11, (current version 19/10/2019) Commission Regulation (EC) No 874/2004 of 28 April 2004 laying down public policy rules concerning the implementation and functions of the .eu Top Level Domain and the principles governing registration, http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2004/874/oj , (Current consolidated version: 16/04/2015)

2.an ocean data lake linking all existing data with the capacity to exploit them with innovative digital technologies;

3.a DTO engine to configure, schedule and run suites of algorithms and models, including through a European cloud and high performance computing capacities (HPC);

4.a co-working environment where users can register, navigate seamlessly across datasets, access, use and develop digital knowledge services.

2. Improved accessibility of data. The action should address all issues that follow:

1.provide access to all data, data products, and model outputs through: the ability to search, view and use data and model outputs according to the FAIR 213 principles through the platform; application programming interfaces allowing efficient access through Machine-to-Machine communication and applications of Artificial Intelligence, big data analysis and High-Performance Computing techniques;

2.use accepted European or international standards;

3.work with EMODnet ingestion services to prepare the infrastructure to incorporate data, taking into consideration the need to translate to European standards from: EU biodiversity repositories (e.g.: geographical nodes of OBIS); EU freshwater data repositories; (assess the need for developing new standards; and Major non European repositories of interest for the Mission;

4.shift data access from shopping basket to instant access, particularly for large volumes;

5.speed up access to data;

6.prepare Application Programming Interfaces to deliver data for EU reporting (e.g. the European Environment Agency’s Reportnet).

3. DTO engine: Improved accessibility to ocean models and software:

The project should develop a working environment to prepare configurations of runs on-demand: with combination of models or software, necessary input data, assimilation schemes or ensemble configurations, for the purpose of what-if scenarios (capacity to run nested, coupled models, ensemble configurations etc.) that includes all the following aspects:

1.protocols and interfaces to access and use to hybrid (cloud + HPC) facilities;

2.optimized data transfers, computing time and costs on cloud and HPC between Copernicus, EMODnet architectures and external IaaS infrastructures used for cloud and HPC;

3.ability to draw on users’ own data and data from Copernicus and EMODnet;

4.standards and APIs, to host and run external ocean models using external data sources ready-to-configure and be run in the DTO engine;

5.compatibility with ongoing developments within Copernicus and this Mission;

6.protocols and interfaces compatible with the developments and technologies under Destination Earth, Copernicus DIAS, EOSC, GEANT or initiatives such as GAIA-X or EuroHPC.

4. A Co-working virtual environment where users can meet, discover and exploit data, software and models easily; this environment should be both easy to use for non-experts with innovative user experience, as well as efficient for scientific experts with additional functionalities if so-needed, such as:

1.manage users in terms of characteristics, specific allocated assets, online support possibly cascading to Copernicus and EMODnet for expertise;

2.ensure that users can create sessions of work to develop what-if scenarios / simulations based on the DTO engine and data available in the system; and share it with restricted access with identified collaborators;

3.scientific standard tools to visualize and exploit results of algorithms, software or models applied on data by the users, for the purpose of scientific validation and assessment of what-if scenarios;

4.socializing tools to facilitate co-design, co-working practices and knowledge sharing, to facilitate the uptake of the future architecture by the lighthouses.

For the above, the necessary service pre-operations should be put in place. The action should be compliant with Copernicus, EMODnet best practices, and with INSPIRE, FAIR and OGC standards. The action should set up the required scientific governance and technical coordination to link closely with Copernicus and EMODnet daily for the implementation, with the other components of the Destination Earth initiative and with the EC/ESA joint Earth System science initiative.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals;

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (f), Innovation Actions;

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million;

Legal and financial set-up of the grant agreement: Subcontracting is not restricted to a limited part of the action.

Indicative timetable: Q1/2022

Legal Entities:

1.MERCATOR OCEAN, 2 avenue de l’Aérodrome de Montaudran, 31 400 Toulouse, France;

2.Vlaams Instituut voor de Zee, Wandelaarkaai 7, 8400 Oostende, Belgium

These two legal entities, namely Mercator Ocean International (MOI), implementing the Copernicus Marine Service, and the Flanders Marine Institute (VLIZ), key implementing entity of EMODnet have been identified because of the high level of technical expertise needed and because they are already implementing the two infrastructures expected to be integrated for the Digital twin development. These two legal entities are expected to closely cooperate with one another and form a consortium to implement this action.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (f)

Indicative timetable: Q1/2022

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2021 budget 214

2. Europeanisation of Plastic Pirates Citizen Science Initiative

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(f) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation. The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Expected Outcome: The results of the action are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Tried and tested EU wide approaches to using citizen science to understand and monitor plastic pollution in European rivers, coasts and seas.

2.Increased capacity to collect, organise and verify (imperfect) data in research hubs for transnational cooperation.

3.Tested replicable best practice models for linking excellent science and citizen engagement for the Mission’s objective of restoring our ocean, seas and waters.

4.Pan European cooperation with citizens and in particular young people on plastics in the aquatic and marine environment.

5.Citizens engaged and empowered for the challenges posed by the twin green and digital transition, and increased society participation in the European Research Area.

The action should support the scale and rollout of the Plastic Pirates – Go Europe! 215 initiative launched by the Trio-Presidency of Germany, Portugal and Slovenia into a pan-European citizen science initiative. The action should thus respond to the Council’s call “on the Commission and Member States to further develop and implement the ‘plastic pirates’ citizen science campaign as the ERA pilot action to foster ‘interaction’ within the ERA in order to raise awareness among citizens, in particular young citizens, on the impact and benefits of R&I in their daily lives [as well as] encouraging cooperation with the proposed Mission on Healthy Oceans, Seas, Coastal and Inland Water”.  216

The action should implement a federated approach that allows the participation of all Member States. The action should support a synchronised and coordinated litter sampling and collection campaign across the EU during 2022, accompanied by corresponding communication and media activities at local, national and EU levels. The available resources should be used to support the collection campaign across the EU at local level as well as for the accompanying communication measures.

Citizen science is a rapidly emerging mode of research and innovation that shows huge promise in terms of collecting new qualities and quantities of data, harnessing collective intelligence, improving science-society literacy, and improving the relationship between science and society.

Citizen science initiatives can reach a more complete potential if implemented on a transnational level, collecting vast amounts of cross-country data in a harmonised and standardised manner. The action should therefore apply standardised approaches to sampling, data collection and storage with open access of data in line with the FAIR 217 principles, which extends the existing data collected by the Plastic Pirates initiative across Europe, linking freshwater and marine. It should contribute to a more comprehensive assessment and monitoring of the sources, pathways and hotspots of plastic litter in Europe’s rivers, coasts and seas. The action should thereby support excellent science and support the implementation and monitoring of EU policy objectives such as the Zero Pollution Action Plan for Water, Air and Soil, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive and Water Framework Directive. The action should connect to existing European data portals such as EMOD-Net and feed into the development of European Digital Twin Ocean to ensure long-term availability and relevance of the data collected for research and policy.

The action should increase transnational cooperation in citizen science and develop a mechanism for working with local partners in each EU Member State and Associated Country adapting and translating the already existing outreach and educational material for schools in local languages and ensure a European-wide coordinated approach to data collection, sampling and validation.

Legal entity/entities:

Deutsches Zentrum fuer Luft- und Raumfahrt e.V. (DLR)

Linder Hoehe

51147 Cologne

The Deutsches Zentrum fuer Luft- und Raumfahrt e.V. has been identified, due to its high level of expertise, network and administrative powers. DLR Project Management Agency already coordinated the following European campaign “Plastic Pirates – Go Europe!" which was developed by the Trio-Presidency of Germany, Portugal and Slovenia. Within this campaign, DLR already acted as the “neutral” secretariat coordinating all actors from the Trio-Presidency states. Likewise, DLR already coordinated the predecessor national campaign in Germany – called „Plastikpiraten – Das Meer beginnt hier!“ on behalf of the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF), which has been successfully running since 2016. Due to its experience in the predecessor campaigns, BMBF mandated DLR to support the European rollout the Plastic Pirates. DLR has ready-to-use information material for teachers and students (e.g. developed and annually updated material and practical guidelines for field trips and teaching, in English and German), which will allow an immediate start of the sampling.

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (f)

Indicative timetable: Q12022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget 218

Procurement actions

1. Mission ocean, seas and waters implementation support platform – overall Mission coordination and monitoring; European Blue parks technical assistance; citizen engagement; communication

Public procurement for the Mission implementation support platform, which will provide a one-stop-shop to assist with the overall Mission implementation, including knowledge, science to policy advice, financial advice and technical assistance, assisting with capacity building, support to outreach, scale up and dissemination of information, knowledge and innovations at all levels. The Mission Implementation Support Platform will in particular provide access to knowledge to all citizens, as well as support and technical assistance to Mission Partners that will implement the Mission. The Mission Implementation Support Platform will set up the Mission implementation monitoring and reporting framework, integrate monitoring and reporting from Mission activities and ensure quantitative and qualitative analysis, and focus in particular on planning and tracking progress towards achievement of the Mission’s objectives.

The Mission Implementation Support Platform will support and integrate citizen engagement and communication and dissemination activities for the Mission overall, in cooperation and coordination with the Mission lighthouse platforms. The platform will be expected to set up a process to allow actions and solutions from partners and other actors contributing to Mission objectives to integrate in the Mission (e.g. through Mission label or pledging platform) and to integrate this process in the Mission lighthouses, in cooperation with the lighthouse platforms.

The platform will foster and coordinate across the actions and lighthouses, the collection of observations, data, knowledge and digital solutions into the ocean and water digital system. The latter will ensure for the Platform data dissemination, digital knowledge development and technical assistance.

The Platform will build, organize and assist a group of private and public investors and donors designed to facilitate and design investable propositions and trigger investments across the Mission’s activities.

The Platform will also cooperate with regions across the EU and participating countries, and with relevant organisations of regions, local authorities and stakeholders, including those sponsored by the EU, in order to prepare and effect the transfer of approaches and results from the Mission’s lighthouses.

The Mission Implementation Support Platform will comprise the European Blue Parks platform, a technical and scientific assistance mechanism for local and regional initiatives implementing the Blue Parks (more effective marine protected areas, new areas under ‘strict protection’ and the creation of new marine protected areas or their extension), such as:

1.guidance for biodiversity assessment and monitoring

2.advice on ‘blue carbon sequestration’ and climate mitigation potential of passive and active ecosystem restoration

3.technical and scientific assistance in designing, setting up and governance of local and regional protection initiatives, identification of sustainable economic opportunities and access to sustainable finance

4.technical and financial assistance and expertise for the design and implementation of innovative and sustainable business models and business plans

5.advice on and support building a community of engaged and sustainable investors and socio-economic actors benefiting from ecosystem services with view to their contribution and a pipeline of conservation investment opportunities

6.support to networking and knowledge transfer between projects and areas within Blue Parks

7.education, outreach and citizen engagement;

8.ensure monitoring of implementation of the Blue Parks and quantitative and qualitative analysis.

It will provide expertise for the scientific basis for the expansion of networks of marine protected areas, including studies, mapping and assessments of EU marine biodiversity and of coherence of networks of marine protected areas. It will support the decisions over active and passive restoration in marine protected areas and effective management of marine protected areas through innovative approaches to assessing and managing most important pressures. The platform will support the creation and integration into the Ocean and water digital knowledge system of data, monitoring and forecasts as well as knowledge dissemination that supports the Blue Parks and cross-fertilization among the actions of the Mission.

The Blue Parks platform is expected to closely collaborate with and build on the activities of the EU Knowledge Centres and Observatories such as the JRC knowledge centres for biodiversity and for territorial policies.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 1st Quarter 2022 – 2nd Quarter 2024

Indicative budget: EUR 5.34 million from the 2021 budget 219

Mission: Climate neutral and smart cities

This part of the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022 is dedicated to the implementation of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission. In line with the provisions under the implementation plan of the Cities Mission that specifies its goals and objectives 220 , actions envisaged by the topics of this Work Programme will provide a strong and direct support to cities 221 that will commit to climate neutrality 222 and enable them to roll out their climate action plans and achieve climate neutrality by 2030, in synergy with significant progress towards zero pollution. In turn, the cities benefitting from these actions will act as experimentation and innovation hubs for other cities to become climate-neutral by 2050.

Climate neutrality for cities is associated with important co-benefits and urban qualities such as reduced air and noise pollution, improved health and well-being, reduced urban environmental footprints, enhanced urban greening and improved water management. It is also associated with policy coherence across sectors and with participatory and inclusive decision-making. Therefore, in addition to a significant contribution to the objective of the European Green Deal 223 to make Europe climate-neutral by 2050, the actions funded will also contribute to the UN Agenda 2030 224 , the EU Zero Pollution Action Plan 225 , the Fit for 55 strategy 226 , the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 227 , the EU Strategy on adaptation to climate change 228 and the New European Bauhaus initiative 229 . In the process, they will support cities in their twin green and digital transitions.

Topics under the call “Supporting the transition towards climate neutrality within cities” aim to strengthen the operational capacity of the Mission Platform 230 that provides its services to cities participating in the Cities Mission, to support the setup of national mission networks and to foster collaborative local governance models. Topics under the call “Research and Innovation actions to support the implementation of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission” will provide support to innovative approaches to integrated urban planning and design, to large-scale demonstrations of Positive Clean Energy Districts, to activities that strengthen the innovation and inclusiveness potential of public transport and urban mobility, and to the setup of a platform to coordinate the international dimension of the Mission. Overall, the actions funded under the Work Programme will also foster the engagement of citizens and urban stakeholders as well as the mainstreaming of social innovation and of user-friendly and secure digital services.

Proposals should demonstrate, as appropriate to their scope and size, how they internalise the principles of the Cities Mission, notably: (1) the contribution of the action to an overarching strategy aiming at climate neutrality for cities, (2) the place of the action within a holistic and cross-sectoral approach to climate neutrality, and (3) diversity in terms of geographical location and size of cities.

Applicants are encouraged to show how their proposals take into account and build upon existing programmes and/or the results of previous R&I projects. While addressing the particular challenge of a topic and ensuring the doing no harm principles, proposals should also contribute as relevant to the following cross-cutting priorities: (1) zero pollution, (2) sustainable digitisation and green ICT, (3) interoperability and shared standards, and (4) affordability, social inclusiveness and accessibility 231 to leave no one behind. Due attention should be paid to solutions addressing housing affordability, mobility poverty and other distributional impacts of the transition, notably on households in vulnerable situations.

Proposals should emphasise systemic approaches by integrating, for instance, energy and mobility systems, carbon-free energy vectors and storage at district level, sustainable and carbon-free/low-emission built environment, diffusion of electrical, alternative fuels based, carbon neutral and efficient mobility and of vehicle-to-grid technology. Strong contribution to the implementation of the Cities Mission is expected from relevant Horizon Europe partnerships 232 such as the European Partnership for People-centric Sustainable Built Environment (Built4People), the European Partnership towards Zero-emission Road Transport (2Zero) as well as the European Partnerships on Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM) and on Driving Urban Transitions to a sustainable future (DUT). The European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), with their experience in delivering holistic, transformative, citizen-driven and systemic solutions and innovations to specific global challenges, will also contribute to the Cities Mission in particular EIT Climate-KIC, EIT InnoEnergy and EIT Urban Mobility.

Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the main objectives of the Cities Mission, and more specifically to the following impacts:

1.Capacity building among European cities, in particular the 100 cities under the Cities Mission, to design and roll out their Climate City Contracts 233 and reach climate neutrality by 2030;

2.Sector integration, cross-sectorial collaboration and synergies, supported by digital solutions, new value chains for increased energy and resource efficiency, better performing grids, resilience in cities and surroundings/ urban areas, communities and infrastructures, and enhanced competitiveness of the European industry;

3.Deployment of inclusive, replicable deep renovation, renewable energy, demand response, heating & cooling as well as system integration solutions including for different building types; establishment of participatory system integration projects, renewable & citizens’ energy communities and intensified city-business collaboration in related energy transition planning and implementation, prevention and reduction of energy poverty;

4.Deployment and increased modal share of inclusive, clean, shared and alternative mobility modes and services in urban and peri-urban areas while internalizing the negative externalities of transport such as traffic congestion, air and noise pollution, road collisions and accidents, as well as contribution to avoid mobility-poverty;

5.Establishment of innovative and inclusive local and/or regional governance models and institutional partnerships and frameworks to increase the innovation capacity of local/regional administrations and foster integrated cross-sectorial planning approaches and accelerate the take-up of innovative smart solutions in key areas such as energy, transport, spatial planning, environment, industry and SMEs, digitisation and (big) data handling;

6.Development of new co-creation and co-management methods and approaches based on co-creation that ensure a better engagement of citizens and stakeholders, longer-term planning certainty and a better integration of their needs within the community's strategies and plans;

7.Establishment/development of interoperable, scalable and replicable digital innovative solutions across the Mission’s cities, using shared standards and data models, open Application Programming Interfaces (APIs), and open source software where relevant;

8.Contribute to the availability of relevant data in the European common Data spaces for Mobility, Green Deal and Energy to enable further reuse of information to support the wider community;

9.Increased synergies and complementarities with all the relevant EU policies, programmes and initiatives linked to cities, in particular the DIGITAL programme and the Covenant of Mayors for Climate and Energy.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01

4.00

14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02

117.00

26 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01

42.00

06 Sep 2022

Overall indicative budget

121.00

42.00

Call - Supporting the transition towards climate neutrality within cities

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 234

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 235

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-01

CSA

2.00 236

Around 2.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-02

CSA

2.00 237

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

4.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-01: Supporting national, regional and local authorities across Europe to prepare for the transition towards climate neutrality within cities

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.National, regional and local authorities in EU Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe are well prepared for the transition towards climate neutrality within cities by national capacity and knowledge building in close co-operation with the Preparatory action ‘Coordination of complementary actions for missions’.

2.Accelerated systemic transition to climate-neutrality for European cities by preparing local authorities to meet the overarching objectives of the European Green Deal 238 and the specific targets established by the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy 239 , the upcoming New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change 240 , the Renovation Wave for Europe Strategy 241 , the European Climate Pact 242 and the 2030 Climate Target plan 243 .

3.Enhanced synergies and common action points with the Urban Agenda for the EU 244 in the areas of better regulation, funding and knowledge through interactions with the Urban Agenda Thematic Partnerships 245 as well as the European Urban Initiative 246 .

4.Identification of country-specific challenges and opportunities in terms of regulatory framework, funding and financing, urban morphology and governance structures promoting exchange of best-practices.

5.Enhanced synergies with R&I national/international communities and partnerships (such as the proposed ‘Driving Urban Transitions to a Sustainable Future’ Horizon Europe Partnership), including the City Science Initiative network promoting evidence-based policy making.

6.Define user requirements, while disseminate and promote the use of self-assessment toolkits and mappings adapted to national, regional and local challenges and opportunities.

Scope: Cities are at the forefront of the transition towards greater sustainability. An increasing number of European cities are active pursuing the transition towards climate-neutrality, aligning with the objectives set by the European Green Deal Strategy. Furthermore, the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy, calls for having at least 100 climate neutral cities in Europe by 2030. The Communication on the European Climate Pact calls for a large engagement of all relevant actors to build a greener Europe and support the achievement of the Agenda 2030 on Sustainable Development Goals 247 , bringing together regions, local communities, civil society, industry, social partners and schools.

While willing to commit to start the path towards climate neutrality, cities are also being confronted with national, regional and local specificities, which create both challenges and opportunities. Member States and Associated countries are characterized by inherent diversities and needs when addressing legislations and regulations, funding and financing needs and opportunities, as well as geographical, climatic and socio-cultural peculiarities. The uniqueness of the European cities requires tailored national support, translating the European objectives into the local ambitions while keeping citizens needs at the core.

Specific national networks for these cities will support translating and tailoring the goals of the European Green Deal Strategy and all relevant initiatives launched within this framework to the local specificities in close collaboration with national and local authorities, stakeholders and citizens.

The proposal should:

1.In coordination with the ‘Missions Core Network’ 248 , support the set-up of dedicated national networks for supporting cities in their transition towards climate neutrality in the form of multi-stakeholders national platforms, promoting collaboration, cross-learning and training, exchange and replication of best practices between the European, national, regional and local level.

2.Mobilize and support a large number of urban authorities in engaging in climate-neutrality transitions in line with the overarching objectives of the European Green Deal, the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy, the upcoming New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change, the Renovation Wave for Europe Strategy, the European Climate Pact and 2030 Climate Target plan;

3.Disseminate and promote the use of supporting material for cities developed by the Direct Action grant Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre – Mission on ‘Climate-neutral and smart cities’, included under Other Actions in Annex 12 of the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022 and other relevant initiatives (e.g. relevant material developed by the one-stop-shop to be established under the Horizon 2020 topic LC-GD-1-2-2020 on ‘Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities’ 249 ).

4.Identify country-specific challenges, best-practices and opportunities concerning at least:

1.Regulatory Framework: including interaction between national, regional and local legislations/regulations relevant for the transition to climate neutrality at city level.

2.Funding and financing: through direct/indirect application of National Energy and Climate Plans (NECPs) 250 , Cohesion Policy Funds and Recovery and Resilience Facility provisions.

3.Urban morphology: through the mapping of geographical, climatic and socio-cultural contexts.

4.Governance structures: through analyses of citizens’ and stakeholders’ roles in decision-making processes, existing living labs and hubs for innovative participative governance.

In order to support cities in evidence-based policy making for climate-neutrality, such investigation could benefit from the experience of the Joint Research Centre and relevant initiatives as the Community of Practice on Cities 251 and the City Science Officers Initiative network 252 . The results should aim at supporting local authorities’ capacity building through dedicated activities such as: trainings, webinars and peer-exchange.

Applicants must take into account and assure that national hubs build on planned or ongoing national, regional or local activities aimed at achieving climate-neutrality in cities. The action should substantially raise the capacities and extend capabilities of existing national networks and hubs.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-02: Collaborative local governance models to accelerate the emblematic transformation of urban environment and contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative and the objectives of the European Green Deal

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: The action aims at contributing to the objectives and impacts as set-out in the mission introduction, specifically focusing on the renovation of urban spaces combining sustainability, accessibility and aesthetics in a human-centred way. The action will also provide the ground for reflecting the values and principles promoted by the New European Bauhaus initiative 253 into climate-neutral urban quality transformations, identifying co-creative governance models where citizens and stakeholders’ needs and expectations are at the centre. The New European Bauhaus was launched in the frame of the Renovation Wave for Europe Strategy 254 to act as design lab, accelerator and network at the same time to support the effort of making the Green Deal a cultural, human centred and positive, “tangible” experience.

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Accelerate the transition to full climate-neutrality for all European cities aligning with the objective of the European Green Deal, while contributing to the New European Bauhaus initiative;

2.Contribute to the objectives of the Renovation Wave for Europe Strategy, the upcoming New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change 255 , the European Climate Pact 256 , the 2030 Climate Target plan 257 , the Davos Declaration ‘Towards a European vision of high-quality Baukultur’ 258 as well as of the objectives of having 100 climate neutral cities by 2030 as targeted by the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy 259 ;

3.Increase awareness among local authorities and citizens on the New European Bauhaus 260 and the benefits of a climate-neutral urban transition as an opportunity to re-think and co-create qualitative, sustainable, inclusive and aesthetical urban spaces.

4.Support for local authorities and citizens’ in identifying emblematic projects to transform the quality, sustainability, inclusivity and aesthetics of public landscapes, building upon existing initiatives at national level.

Scope: In order to contribute to the European Green Deal objectives of climate-neutrality, sustainability, prosperity and inclusiveness, cities will have to undergo a rapid and radical transformation and come up with creative, sustainable and collaborative solutions. Urban areas are characterized by diversity of resources, services, communities, interests and needs, which converge into public spaces design and management. A well co-designed public space provides the unique opportunity to improve its climate-neutrality (i.e. using bio-based and natural materials, nature based solutions, introducing new green spaces and circular economy concepts all across the construction life-cycle, new forms of work and commuting patterns, renewable energies, energy efficient lighting, smart digital services etc.) while increasing their attractiveness and social inclusiveness. As promoted by the New European Bauhaus initiative, a systemic co-designed approach to ‘quality climate-neutral urban transformation’ can create living space, where the best technical performances meet citizens’ social, emotional, cultural and aesthetic needs and values.

Proposals should include the following activities:

1.Developing innovative and collaborative models of local governance to engage with citizens and local stakeholders in order to identify urban emblematic projects that simultaneously address the three dimensions of sustainability (including circularity), quality of experience (including aesthetics) and inclusion (including accessibility and affordability).

2.Supporting cities in engaging with e.g. schools, universities, culture and arts professionals and institutions, citizens and civil society to harvest the needs, trends, challenges and expectations of citizens and communities in terms of quality climate-neutral urban transformation, in line with the New European Bauhaus initiative’s objectives and to start exploring how to match those needs with the existing possibilities.

3.Promoting the New European Bauhaus principles among national, regional and local authorities, citizens and stakeholders through dedicated local initiatives (i.e. events, contests, citizens’ dialogues, living labs) and the development of a dedicated platform for sharing of experience and good practices on participatory governance and co-design at local level.

The project should work in close co-operation with the Horizon Europe Preparatory action ‘Coordination of complementary actions for missions’ (HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01) and with the one stop shop platform to be established under the Horizon 2020 topic LC-GD-1-2-2020 on ‘Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities’ 261 while embedding citizens social, emotional, cultural and aesthetic needs and values.

The project should as well work in close collaboration with other complementary support actions that will be established in the frame of the New European Bauhaus, such as the technical assistance 262 to be published indicatively in Q2 2021 under the European Regional Development and Cohesion Funds.

Call - Research and Innovation actions to support the implementation of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 263

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 264

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 11 Jan 2022

Deadline(s): 26 Apr 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-01

IA

35.00 265

11.00 to 12.00

3

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-02

IA

40.00 266

12.00 to 20.00

3

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

FPA

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-04

IA

40.00 267

15.00 to 20.00

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-05

CSA

2.00 268

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

117.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-01: Urban planning and design for just, sustainable, resilient and climate-neutral cities by 2030

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 11.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

Each action must include pilot demonstrations in at least four cities 269 situated each in different Member States or Associated Countries to demonstrate how urban planning and design can be optimally deployed to develop and implement their climate action plan to achieve climate neutrality and significantly reduce GHG emissions 270 by 2030. In line with the principles of the Cities Mission, this topic targets cities with more than 50 000 inhabitants with enhanced replicability and up-scalability potential.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

Collaboration with the Mission Platform is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

The following cost categories will be ineligible costs: funding for major infrastructure works 271 which could normally be funded under other EU programs (e.g. EU Structural and Investment Funds).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribution to the implementation of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, the Zero Pollution Action Plan, the Biodiversity Strategy, Fit for 55 Strategy, Circular Economy Action Plan, the Urban Agenda for the EU, the New Leipzig Charter, the European partnership on Driving Urban Transitions for a sustainable future (DUT) and the New European Bauhaus Initiative, in line with the European Green Deal ambition and objectives;

2.Transparent and efficient decision-making processes for people-centric urban planning and design for climate neutral cities achieved through innovative collaborative methods such as co-creation, living labs, crowdsourcing, crowdfunding, collective intelligence and collaborative economy in combination with technological innovations, data-driven approaches and enhanced cross-sectoral integration;

3.Effective management of trade-offs and ownership of transformative changes through the engagement and empowerment of stakeholders, citizens and inhabitants, paying special attention to vulnerable and at-risk for precarity social groups and communities, including people with disabilities, older people and youth;

4.Innovative urban planning and design practices, harnessing, compiling and mainstreaming local knowledge, creativity, ingenuity and design quality, triggering behavioural and lifestyles changes and fostering co-created approaches, holistic responses to interlinked challenges within a city, and effective use of digital tools, such as Digital Twins, for solutions drawing on cross-domain data e.g. through data shared via data space for smart communities and sectoral data spaces;

5.Solutions that ensure a more equitable, just, synergetic and optimal use of urban spaces integrating well-balanced built/green/blue/accessible infrastructures and biodiversity-friendly nature-based solutions for attractive, circular, healthy, resilient, secure and liveable cities with thriving citizens, communities, ecosystems and biodiversity and reduced urban environmental footprint.

Scope: Global challenges such as climate change, biodiversity loss, pandemic, pollution and irreversible depletion of natural resources demand cities to engage in urgent and decisive systemic transitions towards climate neutrality, sustainability and resilience in line with the European Green Deal.

Current urban planning and design practices, governance arrangements, business models and institutional settings tend to favour sectorial rather than systemic interventions that are in line with holistic urban ecosystem planning and policy agendas. This often results in the deployment of conflicting solutions and interventions, with wasteful use of investments and resources. However, the transition to climate neutrality will require significant reductions in GHG emissions across a range of sectors such as urban mobility, energy efficiency in buildings, water and waste management as well as the (re)design, adaption or retrofitting of urban spaces/cities, building stock and infrastructures along with the development of more efficient management strategies based on sensor data and novel analysis methods. Retrofitting of buildings is an opportunity to, simultaneously and in a cost-efficient way, improve aspects related to health, safety, accessibility and overall quality of life.

The overall aim of this topic is to support a diverse range of urban areas across Europe (e.g. small and medium sized, port cities, cities with different geographical, climatic, socioeconomic conditions, levels of preparedness etc.), their urban authorities, stakeholders and citizens to identify, plan, design, fund, roll out and replicate solutions and measures in order to achieve climate neutrality, sustainability and resilience and significantly reduce emissions across the most relevant sectors by 2030.

Long-term integrated, visionary, people-centric urban planning and design practices are needed to enable the transition toward just, sustainable, resilient and climate neutral cities. This requires the setup of new collaborative frameworks, novel inter-institutional settings and innovative services and tools harnessing local citizen knowledge, social innovation, new technologies and digitalisation to ensure cross-sectorial (e.g. infrastructures, transport, energy, water, built environment and natural environment) interventions, full engagement and informed participation of citizens and communities and trigger necessary behavioural and lifestyles changes.

Proposals should set up innovative urban planning and design practices that result in flexile building/design regulations and instruments, that harmonize high quality place making, mix-land use, compact urban fabrics and well-balanced densities with equitable access to amenities.

The new urban planning and design practices and tools should aim at climate neutrality and a significant reduction in emissions by 2030. They should also aim to respect the urban form and typology, its aesthetics, character and identity while facilitating circularity and the use of innovative and clean building technologies, materials and construction techniques, in line with the guiding principles of the European Green Deal and the New European Bauhaus initiative. The resulting practices and tools should seek to maximize the economic, social, environmental and health benefits for all groups and communities, including groups that are vulnerable to exclusion, while averting spatial segregation, urban sprawl, gentrification and real estate speculation and increasing resilience to climate related hazards.

Proposals should use as necessary existing or improved state-of-the-art tools and methods for visualising, modelling, predicting, stimulating and analysing scenarios, assessing feasibility and cost-effectiveness of solutions, integrating existing and emerging data and tools, including under relevant EU laws and initiatives (e.g. air quality plans, Sustainable Energy and Climate Action Plans, Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans, local digital twins etc.). They should deliver evidence-based guidelines and practical recommendations for the effective and optimal use of urban planning and design practices.

In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the EU Biodiversity 272 and Climate Adaptation 273 strategies, the Circular Economy 274 and the Zero Pollution 275 plans, the portfolio of the proposed solutions should prioritize to the greatest extent possible the deployment of biodiversity-friendly nature-based solutions 276 and ecosystem-based approaches to harness their multi-beneficial, cost-effective, environmentally friendly, biodiversity, health and well-being enhancing potential.

Each action must envisage pilot demonstrations in at least four cities 277 situated each in different Member States or Associated Countries together with at least four replication/follower cities, to demonstrate how inclusive, accessible (including for persons with disabilities), integrated, cross-sectoral and creative human-centred planning can be optimally deployed to develop and implement their climate action plans to achieve the climate neutrality and GHG reduction objectives by the set timeline. This should include (re)designing, adapting or retrofitting urban spaces/cities, building stock, neighbourhoods or districts and infrastructures that urban authorities commit to implement during the life of the project to achieve sustainability, resilience and climate neutrality, and drastically reduce their GHG emissions by 2030 as compared to an agreed baseline established at the start of the project to enable monitoring and assessment of the progress.

A strong and transparent monitoring system using established tools, practices, methodologies and agreed KPIs, and the advisory services of the Mission Platform 278 should be established to measure and monitor progress.

The replication/follower cities 279 should be each situated in different Member States or Associated Countries and should commit to a strategy of climate neutrality as soon as possible and of course no later than 2050. They must be fully involved in the project from the beginning and commit sufficient resources to develop under the guidance and mentoring of the leading cities and deliver by the end of the life of the project their integrated, inclusive, and cross-sectorial urban planning and design to achieve climate neutrality, sustainability and resilience and significantly reduce GHG emissions across the most relevant sectors as soon as possible, and no later than 2050. Unlike for the leading cities, actual deployment of the solutions during the life of the project is not expected from the replication/follower cities.

Actions and applicant cities will be assessed according to the dedicated support to replication/follower cities and the level of their ambition and commitment for inclusiveness in the co-created planning and design elaboration processes and the actual deployment during the life of the project of the solutions jointly decided during this process. To this end, actions should provide the necessary evidence, such as commitment letters by the competent urban authorities that they will honour the planning decisions and commit necessary financial resources for their implementation during the life of the project.

To facilitate replication, upscaling and up-taking of the generated outcomes and to foster capacity building/upskilling of public authorities, local actors and communities, actions should engage in ambitious outreach, communication, dissemination and training activities in coordination and complementarity with the Mission Platform.

To facilitate replication and reuse of the solutions developed as part of these actions, use of open source software, open standards and technical specifications 280 re-use of building blocks and interoperability solutions 281 and sharing data through EU data spaces are encouraged if and where appropriate.

Actions should explore opportunities and plan, undertake and report on activities for synergies, collaboration, clustering and possibly twinning activities with other relevant like-minded projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics in this and future Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission (hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission) work programmes and calls and initiatives undertaken by the Mission Platform, the European partnership on Driving Urban Transitions for a sustainable future (DUT), the upcoming European Urban Initiative of Cohesion Policy, the Urban Agenda for the EU 282 , Living-in.eu and the New European Bauhaus Initiative as well as smart specialisation partnerships in relevant areas.

The projects funded under this topic must establish a collaboration agreement, to identify clear links among themselves and ensure complementarity, coordination and exchange on relevant linked activities. The selected projects should also foresee active collaboration with relevant and related projects funded under this call in order to address synergies and complementarities between the projects of the Cities Mission portfolio. In particular collaboration with the Mission Platform (HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03) is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan. Detailed description of the specific activities and common actions that will be undertaken is not required at proposal stage and can be further defined at a second stage during the lifetime of the projects. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

Inter- and trans-disciplinary consortia combining expertise and capacity from public authorities, urban stakeholders, infrastructure providers, knowledge institutions, planners, cultural and creative organizations, entrepreneurs, societal actors and citizens are necessary to address the challenges of this topic. Inclusion of social sciences and humanities, behavioural sciences and gender issues as well as expertise in planning and design is essential.

To support project implementation, applicants may seek possibilities of involving the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) in order to valorise the relevant expertise and physical facilities of JRC in demonstrating and testing energy, buildings and mobility applications at the JRC living labs and research infrastructures.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-02: Unleashing the innovation potential of public transport as backbone of urban mobility

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Applicant cities must have a Sustainable Urban Mobility Plan (SUMP) 283 , fully developed or in the preparatory phase, and project actions should link to it.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

Collaboration with the Mission Platform is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded through the CIVITAS initiative as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

The following cost categories will be ineligible costs: funding for major infrastructure works 284 which could normally be funded under other EU programs (e.g. EU Structural and Investment Funds).

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Contribute to the objectives of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission by accelerating the transition towards climate neutrality in cities;

2.Develop and implement a convincing approach to explore, test and evaluate the resilience and adaptability of urban public transport and promote its accrued use in line with the priorities of the European Green Deal, as part of the wider integrated urban and peri-urban mobility system;

3.Using innovative co-creation methods involving a wide range of stakeholders (e.g. public transport employees, passengers, the city authority), improve the overall public transport offer and its attractiveness in line with users’ needs and expectations, including affordability, inclusiveness and ensuring equal access for reduced mobility;

4.Using simulation tools and data, understand and trigger behaviour change in favour of public transport;

5.Understand dependencies between public transport and active travel modes including requirements towards multi-modal hubs and access-infrastructures;

6.Increase the share of public transport (modal split) in the modal distribution of motorized transportation by approximately 30% 285 in the cities involved in the projects 286 compared to their baseline at the start of the project and cover different market/customer segments, aiming at catering for specific needs of specific target groups, e.g. a better social inclusion and healthier lifestyles, envisioning a social optimum and the concept of Mobility as a Right;

7.Increase user satisfaction with public transport by 25% compared to the baseline;

8.Identify lessons and mutual learning at European level facilitating replication, upscaling and up-taking of the tested blueprints;

9.Put in place or update a local policy framework for public transport, in line with the Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans (SUMP) guidelines and spatial planning, including clear commitments from the relevant authorities to implement it in the short and medium term.

Scope: The European Green Deal demands ambitious decarbonisation and pollution targets and a socially just transition to mitigate related pricing policies. The Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission, will support at least 100 cities in becoming climate neutral by 2030 and use these cities as innovation hubs for all cities to become climate neutral by 2050. Achieving this objective requires a systemic approach by the cities to reduce all GHG emissions, in particular in the mobility sector.

Public transport should continue to be the backbone of urban mobility, offer access and remain accessible at a reasonable cost. Public transport concepts also need to consider and include the needs of pedestrians, cyclists, scooters etc. Urban public transport needs to be understood in a broad sense including peri-urban areas and commuter belt. At the same time, Covid-19 and similar events can undermine trust between operators and passengers. Attractive, safe and secure mass transit accessibility is essential for cities that expect sprawl, population increase and economic growth. Public transport not only helps achieve environmental goals, but also plays a key role in the economy and job creation and in promoting territorial accessibility. In addition, public transport is intrinsic to the EU pillar of social rights as regards “Access to essential services”. As such, it should cater to the widest possible array of user groups and their needs. This includes persons irrespective of gender, age, disability, income, education level, and digital experience. Moreover, where public transport is widely accessible, there is increased road safety.

The objective of this call is to increase the uptake of replicable public transport solutions in the living labs involved in the proposals while facilitating joint lesson-drawing and learning at European level. The funded actions will contribute to the objectives of the Cities Mission and to the priorities of the European Green Deal, which stresses that “transport should become drastically less polluting, especially in cities. A combination of measures should address emissions, urban congestion and improved public transport”.

New approaches and financing models are emerging. A secure, efficient, clean, reliable, attractive and affordable public transport is essential to address the variety of mobility needs. At the same time, it can become a silver bullet for reducing transport’s negative externalities.

Projects should enhance the public transport share in the modal distribution by 30% compared to the baseline defined for each experimentation site at the start of the project and against which progress will be assessed. The call invites proposals from consortia composed of living labs in at least four cities 287 from different Member States or Associated Countries together with at least four twinning cities, where the responsible local authorities, public transport providers and other relevant actors team up to test and implement packages of technological and non-technological innovations and policy-based measures to improve the public transport offer in line with citizens’ needs. Twinning cities can be from the same Member State or Associated Country as the lead cities.

Proposals should aim to improve the competitiveness of public transport by implementing in the living labs integrated, complementary and reinforcing packages of urban mobility measures. The packages should combine “push measures” (e.g. congestion charges, parking charges or reduced parking supply) with “pull measures” (e.g. safe and secure transport hubs, bus lanes, new zero emission rolling stock, Mobility As a Service (MaaS)/multimodal ticketing/digital payments-related incentives, facilitation of combining public transport with active modes, and an improved integration and interoperability with new mobility services).

The projects associated to this call topic should produce a comprehensive topic guide accompanying the SUMP guidelines, on public transport promotion, planning and inclusion into SUMP processes.

The package of measures could include newly-emerging technologies and soft measures such as marketing, real time information and awareness raising campaigns and co-creation of user-oriented solutions– with particular regard to the specific needs of diverse user groups (e.g. related to gender, age, disability, income, education level, and digital experience).

Proposals submitted could test the establishment of new operating and business models, where public transport providers and shared and/or on-demand mobility providers cooperate to offer services addressing user needs following the area’s typology and characteristics. Drawing on digital solutions such as AI, Digital Twins and High Performance Computing, the research could look into public transport policy evolution, users' behaviour over time, free public transport and institutional and collaborative frameworks. Proposals could also consider new business/operational models to exploit the unused capacity of public transport passenger vehicles for freight and parcel transport (cargo hitching), exploring e.g. combination with active modes and silent, zero tailpipe emission vehicles for the last mile/metres.

Proposals should ensure that an appropriate geographical balance across Europe is achieved (also ensuring the inclusion of cities in less developed and peripheral regions) to maximise impact without leaving anyone behind, and by demonstrating commitment of cooperation with concrete activities.

To allow for a thorough evaluation, a clear baseline of the use of public transport should be established in each participating city from the start of the project including a detailed analysis of present and future potential user groups. Actions should provide qualitative and quantitative information on the results of the local solutions implemented. The effectiveness of the proposed measures in achieving the objectives set out by the topic, the local policy objectives should be evaluated against the baseline and the possible barriers to their broad take up, and deployment identified, together with recommendations on how to overcome them. This should be accompanied by mechanisms for common lesson drawing and learning, within the project, between the projects funded under this topic and through the CIVITAS Initiative.

Proposals must plan for an active collaboration amongst the projects selected under this topic - for dissemination, evaluation and coordination - facilitated by and within the CIVITAS initiative through the signature of a Memorandum of Understanding. Proposals should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work-plan. Detailed description of the specific activities and common actions that will be undertaken is not required at proposal stage and can be further defined during the grant agreement phase. Collaboration with the Mission Platform (HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03) is essential and should take place through the CIVITAS initiative. The latter should establish, through a collaboration agreement, clear links with the Mission portfolio for synergies and complementarities.

Proposals may include demonstrations, preparatory, take-up and replication actions, research activities, as well as tools to support local planning and policy making. A demonstrated contribution to the implementation of the cities’ SUMP is expected, as well as integration with relevant other plans, such as air quality plans and noise management action plans 288 .

Meaningful results can be shared with the upcoming European Urban Initiative of Cohesion policy and the Urban Agenda for the EU. Proposals could also engage with relevant smart specialisation partnerships or EIT Urban Mobility.

To facilitate replication, upscaling and uptaking of the generated outcomes and to foster capacity building/upskilling of public authorities, local actors and communities, actions should engage in ambitious outreach, communication, dissemination and training activities in coordination and complementarity with the Mission Platform.

Actions should envisage, as appropriate, collaboration with other relevant projects on testing integrated shared automated mobility solutions for people and goods (topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-01) funded under the European Partnership on CCAM.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform

Specific conditions

Type of Action

Framework Partnership Agreement

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

The evaluation committee will be partially composed of representatives of EU institutions.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-01

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-02

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-04

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01-01

The collaboration between the Mission Platform and the projects funded under the above mentioned topics is essential to identify complementarities, avoid potential overlaps and ensure synergies among these projects. The collaboration should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects starting date. In the case of projects funded under topics HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-02 and HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01-01, the MoU should be established through the CIVITAS initiative.

Expected Outcome: This Framework Partnership Agreement aims at contributing to the implementation of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission, and its objective of achieving 100 climate-neutral and smart cities by 2030. This partnership will build on the precursor action funded through the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020: Towards climate-neutral and socially innovative cities 289 . The Framework Partnership Agreement will establish the necessary framework and collaboration for implementing and scaling up the one-stop-shop platform dedicated to the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Mission Platform. The Mission Platform will cater for the needs of all the cities that commit to the objectives of the Cities Mission and start the transition towards climate neutrality in a systemic and smart way, as they engage in the co-creation and subsequent implementation of a Climate City Contract, hereafter referred to as CCC. The Mission Platform will assist those cities that will be identified and selected as a result of the open Call for Expression of Interest which will be launched and managed by the European Commission during the last quarter of 2021 290 . Cities that are not yet able to commit to the Mission’s timeline but are willing to commit to accelerate their transition towards climate neutrality within the timeframe 2030 to 2035 following the Cities Mission basic principles, will also receive basic support from the Mission Platform.

The Framework Partnership Agreement is expected to create the framework conditions and engage the needed competencies to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Operation of a fully functional Mission Platform that provides a wide range of tailor-made services to up to 150 cities participating in the Mission. Services cover technical, regulatory, financial and socio-economic expertise as well as assistance for developing and implementing the CCC and should complement and scale-up existing services developed by the project funded under the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020: Towards climate-neutral and socially innovative cities.

2.Consolidated science-based indicators and a common monitoring, reporting and verification framework for the cities participating in the Mission. This should build upon existing methodologies, including those already developed in the action funded through the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020, while ensuring coherent use and reporting regularly on the progress of cities towards the CCC.

3.Smart and customised access for cities to the best available research, expertise, tools and technologies that can enable them to quickly identify and implement portfolios of innovative, high-impact interventions on a deep decarbonisation pathway.

4.Establish and follow a common CCC process for the cities participating in the Mission. Share experiences and good practices and engage in mutual learning, including through twinning opportunities open to a wide spectrum of cities such as those in disadvantaged and peripheral regions.

5.Calls for proposals are launched to support large-scale pilots for the deployment in participating Mission cities of systemic solutions working across functional silos and thematic areas (mobility, energy systems, built environment, industry, SMEs, material and resource flows, natural areas and nature-based solutins, cultural/social/financial/institutional systems, and accessible public spaces), in support of transforming systems.

6.Web-based services and assistance to cities that are not yet in a position to commit to climate neutrality by 2030, but are ready to commit to accelerate their transition to climate neutrality in line with the Cities Mission principles. These cities will have the option to co-create a CCC with all stakeholders that will commit the city to undertake in a systemic way all actions needed for reaching climate neutrality in the period 2030-2035.

7.Close coordination with the European Commission to ensure that advice and support provided to cities remains aligned to the latest policies and initiatives and makes full use of available tools and services provided or supported by the Commission.

Scope: Building on the concept developed through the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020: Towards climate-neutral and socially innovative cities and on the setup of a one-stop-shop platform as a first building block for the Mission Platform, to provide advisory services to cities committing to the transition towards climate neutrality, the Commission calls for a Framework Partnership Agreement to establish the necessary framework and collaboration for scaling up and implementing the concept and activities of a Mission Platform and to fully integrate this platform into the Cities Mission. Partners should possess good knowledge and expertise in European urban programmes and initiatives, urban planning, technological innovation for climate neutrality, social innovation and stakeholder engagement, knowledge valorisation and transfer, and funding and financing programmes such as Horizon Europe, EU structural funds, EIB, EBRD etc. Partners should build on the experience developed by European and international umbrella organisations and networks such as the EIT-KICs, C40, Eurocities, CIVITAS, POLIS, ENoLL, Covenant of Mayors Europe/ Global Covenant of Mayors, European Digital Innovation Hubs, ICLEI etc.

The partners will be responsible for defining and enabling the framework conditions that will allow for the development of a fully-fledged Mission Platform that will be focused on delivering the Mission objective of achieving 100 climate neutral cities by 2030 and ensuring that these cities will act as innovation hubs for other European cities to follow, thus accelerating the transition to climate neutrality at city level. The Mission Platform will provide tailor-made services and targeted support for the cities participating in the Mission. It will also offer web-based assistance to European cities that are not yet ready to commit to climate neutrality by 2030, but are ready to commit to accelerate their transition in line with the Cities Mission principles.

Partners should develop a draft action plan to broadly address the main building blocks on which the FPA will operate, in particular: 1) Development, up-scaling of the concept of a Mission Platform and plan for the implementation of its associated services; 2) Co-creation of Climate City Contracts for the cities participating in the Mission; 3) Assistance and preparation of tailor-made investment plans, project preparation and finance for the cities participating in the Mission; 4) Launch and management of calls for large scale EU R&I demonstrators accelerating city climate-neutrality solutions.

The partnership will fulfil the following objectives:

1.to fully develop and scale up the concept of a Mission Platform as the main delivery mechanism of the Cities Mission, through a demand-driven approach catering for the needs of up to 150 cities, providing tailored assistance and services through technical, regulatory, financial and socio-economic expertise as well as support to cities for developing and implementing their CCC including related investment plans, drawing where appropriate on existing tools and resources developed by the Commission, and ensuring alignment with evolving European policy developments and actions;

2.to coordinate the group of cities embarking in the CCC process, defining and implementing a common framework for monitoring, reporting and verification of progress;

3.to further facilitate the sharing of experience, good practices and mutual learning between cities, including additional twinning opportunities, thus enabling participating cities to act as experimentation and innovation hubs for other cities to follow in view of urban climate neutrality by 2050;

4.to provide web-based assistance to European cities that are not yet ready to commit to climate neutrality by 2030, but are ready to engage to accelerate their transition in accordance with the Cities Mission principles;

5.to launch large-scale pilots to act as demonstrators for the deployment of R&I and other off-the-shelf solutions with potential for scale-up, moving from singular, customised pilot programmes to city-wide initiatives, also replicated in other cities, thus accelerating their capacity to deliver on climate neutrality;

6.to establish cooperation and regular exchange, formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding, with the R&I projects that will be funded under the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission Work Programme in order to identify complementarities, avoid potential overlaps with the pilots supported by the Mission Platform and ensure synergies where relevant, to the benefit of the participating cities.

To ensure a stable framework for the development of the Mission Platform, to avoid disruptions in its services and to deliver sustained support to the time-bound objective of the Cities Mission to achieve 100 climate-neutral cities by 2030, only one Framework Partnership Agreement will be established. The cooperation between the European Commission and selected partners will have a duration of five years. It will cover the period 2022-2027, until the conclusion of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-04: Positive Clean Energy Districts

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

All applying cities must have a Sustainable Energy and Climate Action Plan 291 (SECAP) or similar, validated by European Commission’s Joint Research centre (JRC) at least 1 month before call closure (a fast-track procedure can be requested if needed).

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

Collaboration with the Mission Platform is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

1.Contribute to the objectives of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission by accelerating the transition towards climate neutrality in cities;

2.Large-scale demonstration and implementation of Positive Clean Energy Districts 292 to prove their feasibility and cost-effectiveness in a real world environment, i.e. they will be fully integrated in the city context at all levels;

3.Projects will be at district (project defined 293 ) scale and will have long-term strategies that address the (at times conflicting) needs and requirements of inhabitants, energy, mobility (both passenger mobility and freight transport), ICT and environment at district scale 294 in order to make cities more liveable, healthier, resource efficient and climate-neutral. Projects will include different social and economic areas at the district level;

4.Collaborative structures that bring together all important actors needed to realize Positive Clean Energy Districts, i.e. cities/metropolitan areas, industry/SMEs, property developers/financial actors, R&I organisations, energy service providers, citizens associations, energy agencies, etc. They will closely collaborate among each other and with the Horizon 2020 Smart Cities and Communities Lighthouse projects cluster, the supporting SCALE service contract and the Smart Cities Marketplace;

5.Widening and consolidating the Positive Clean Energy cluster of practitioners and strengthened links with financial actors enabling the mid-term Europe-wide uptake of tested solutions for Positive Clean Energy Districts;

6.Paradigm shift from demonstration project to mainstreamed long-term city transformation;

7.Evidence of decreased investment risk for - and acceleration of - the rollout of Positive Clean Energy Districts;

8.Well-proven and documented packaged solutions that lower the entry barrier, create trust and shape the market, ultimately leading to further large-scale investment;

9.City alliances that include also small and very small cities as well as cities in less developed and peripheral regions - to enhance opportunities for accessing knowledge, technology and funding, and in turn provide a factual contribution toward meeting the climate targets.

Scope: The topic addresses the objectives of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission, to (1) support, promote and showcase 100 climate-neutral and smart European cities by 2030 and (2) make these cities act into experimentation and innovation hubs to put all European cities in a position to become climate-neutral by 2050. The topic will thus contribute to the twin green and digital transitions promoted by the European Green Deal and will lead by example on how to speed up the necessary transformation towards urban climate neutrality, including in a human-centred way.

Cities are natural testbeds for innovative integrated solutions and for showcasing the different possibilities for achieving climate neutrality and zero pollution objectives. Early mover cities towards climate neutrality and zero pollution by 2030 will pave the way for all cities to follow by 2050. They should therefore lead the way towards an overarching strategy aiming at climate neutrality for cities.

The concept of Lighthouse and Fellow cities 295 pioneered under Horizon 2020 yielded good results and a similar project structure is encouraged 296 .

Since Positive Clean Energy Districts are a crucial element of the climate-neutral cities of the future, the concept of scale and of representativeness of the various socio-economic contexts/groups of citizens are of highest importance for effective and impactful urban transformation, taking into account cross-sectoral impacts, interdependencies and co-benefits. The expertise acquired at district scale - by facilitating and analysing the intricate interactions between all involved layers and actors - is essential for subsequent scale-up to city scale. This is again paramount if we want to meet the 2050 climate and zero pollution goals where cities play a pivotal role. The scope of the projects will therefore be to:

1.Test large-scale Positive Clean Energy Districts under real life conditions and analyse:

1.The main aspects of successful conception and roll-out of Positive Energy Districts;

2.Combinations of demand measures (e.g. energy efficiency, demand response and user behaviour) and supply measures (e.g. onsite RES and storage, including from EVs, building/district management) at district scale to identify the best cost-effective mix;

3.Synergies between the built environment, energy communities, active and e-mobility (e.g. integration of smart and/or bidirectional EV charging), smart grids (e.g. heating/cooling, electricity) and energy storage. Inclusion of resource efficient smart water and waste management is also an asset;

4.Key elements of replicability for scaling up Positive Clean Energy Districts (in the same city/region and also beyond), for example the use of open standards and technical specifications and open source tools is encouraged.

2.Demonstrate different combinations of technologies to achieve Positive Clean Energy Districts and analyse the most cost-efficient combinations.

3.Develop business models and governance structures that are best suited for Positive Clean Energy Districts (e.g. studying the most effective incentive schemes for behavioural change, development and integration of sustainable energy communities).

4.Test and adapt different management systems/platforms and citizen interaction and related co-creation and communication strategies that facilitate the implementation of Positive Clean Energy Districts.

5.Optimise on-site energy storage systems (e.g. thermal, electrical) linked with local non-combustion RES production (including excess energy from local/ regional industry), use of low carbon materials, and e-mobility (both passenger mobility and freight transport).

6.Integrate low to zero pollution heating and cooling systems (e.g. solar thermal district heating plants) making best use of local assets.

7.Test Positive Clean Energy District grid solutions, demand response and other smart energy management strategies that help to optimise the larger energy system. To address the cybersecurity aspect, the task will be implemented in close collaboration with the projects funded under the Horizon Europe topic C5-D3-ESGS-06-2021 addressing the reliability and resilience of the grid.

8.Establish a project structure that actively involves the local city administrations and mayors of other cities in co-creation, inter-city peer review process and formal collaborations based on officially adopted shared principles.

9.Involve owners/inhabitants but also financial actors as consortium partners already in the development phase, with the perspective to scale up from project to real city transformation.

10.Apart from implementing their own innovative approaches, projects are strongly encouraged to build and capitalise on the wealth of proven solutions of Horizon 2020 Smart Cities and Communities Lighthouse Projects cluster 297 and advancing the chosen solutions towards the necessary mainstreaming on the mid/long term.

Projects are also expected to collaborate with and contribute to the specific objectives of the SET Plan action 3.2 - Smart cities and communities - focusing on positive-energy blocks and districts (PED).

Proposals are expected to demonstrate very good knowledge of the European Smart Cities and Communities ecosystem and to pay specific attention to synergies with relevant policies such as the Renovation Wave and with other relevant initiatives such as the European Partnership on Driving Urban Transition for a sustainable future (DUT) 298 , the European Partnership for People-centric Sustainable Built Environment (Built4People) 299 , the Covenant of Mayors, the Smart Cities Market Place 300 , Living-in.EU, Clean Energy Transition (LIFE), EIT InnoEnergy, the upcoming European Urban Initiative of Cohesion policy, the Urban Agenda for the EU, as well as relevant projects such as the Lighthouse projects of the New European Bauhaus initiative and relevant smart specialisation partnerships.

The projects funded under this topic must establish a collaboration agreement, to identify clear links among themselves and ensure complementarity, coordination and exchange on relevant linked activities. The selected projects should also foresee active collaboration with relevant and related projects funded under this call in order to address synergies and complementarities between the projects of the Cities Mission portfolio. In particular collaboration with the Mission Platform (HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03) is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan. Detailed description of the specific activities and common actions that will be undertaken is not required at proposal stage and can be further defined at a second stage during the lifetime of the projects. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

To facilitate replication and reuse of the solutions developed as part of these actions, use of open source software, open standards and technical specifications 301 , re-use of building blocks and interoperability solutions 302 , and sharing of data through EU data spaces are encouraged where appropriate.

To facilitate replication, upscaling and up-taking of the generated outcomes and to foster capacity building/upskilling of public authorities, local actors and communities, the projects should engage in ambitious outreach, communication, dissemination and training activities in coordination and complementarity with the Mission Platform.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-05: Global cooperation and exchange on urban climate neutrality

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Facilitate the management and transfer of global knowledge on the topic of climate action in cities, helping cities move closer to climate neutrality;

2.Increase the visibility of the EU and its cities as frontrunners and collaboration-minded partners in urban climate action;

3.Contribute to the implementation of EU policy and international commitment (European Green Deal, Global Approach to Research and Innovation).

Scope: Climate neutrality is a global challenge that requires international dialogue and cooperation, including among cities. Cities account for more than 70% of CO2 emissions and over 65% of energy consumption worldwide. As such, they play a strategic role in climate change mitigation as hotspots of challenges and solutions. They are also uniquely positioned to reap multiple co-benefits from climate action such as reduced air and noise pollution as well as less congestion and more active lifestyles, leading to improved health and wellbeing for their inhabitants.

Many cities across the world have climate action plans in place and are looking for solutions on how to best bridge the implementation gap between their climate neutrality goals and the pace of current transformation. These solutions can often be found via cooperation and exchanges that transcend national and regional borders. To advance this process, the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission, aims to set a leading international example, with at least 100 climate-neutral cities at the heart of a wide international knowledge and practice network focused on delivering urban solutions for climate neutrality.

In line with this ambition, the coordination and support action will set up a Global Knowledge Exchange Centre on emissions reduction pathways for urban environments. This global platform will coordinate the international outreach activities of the Cities Mission, thus expanding and complementing the geographical scope and reach of the Mission Platform 303 . It will cater to a wide spectrum of European and international urban stakeholders such as local authorities, representatives of international organisations and other policymakers, researchers and urban practitioners, representatives of the industry and the private sector, civil society and citizens.

The platform will establish a geographically and thematically structured online repository of evaluated best practices 304 , complemented by a moderated learning community, to facilitate the two-way exchange of experience and practices on achieving climate neutrality between the cities under the Cities Mission and cities worldwide. The goal is to accelerate learning, replicability and scaling-up of solutions by helping cities to learn from first movers and tailor their approach. As part of these activities, the platform will provide support as relevant to the cooperation and knowledge exchange actions of the global mission on Urban Transitions 305   set up under Mission Innovation. This will include coordination with the Commission and the Global Covenant of Mayors 306 as co-leads of the global mission.

The platform will also set up and curate an online database of advising and funding actions undertaken in EU Member States and Associated Countries (at national level, but also at regional and city level) to support the climate neutrality of non-European cities. The database will inventory as well the advising and funding opportunities at international level that could benefit cities in the Europe.

In the process, the platform will liaise as needed with the Mission Platform, the dedicated national mission networks 307 , relevant Horizon Europe partnerships such as the Driving Urban Transitions to a sustainable future (DUT) partnership, and other relevant information and dissemination channels that can increase awareness on the global landscape for advising and funding in the field of urban climate neutrality.

In addition, the platform will communicate experiences and milestones under the mission to international audiences via regular and targeted communication campaigns and activities. This will include support to the Commission with the organisation of an annual event on the international outreach of the mission.

Under all these activities, the platform will take into account the work already done by global city networks such as the Global Covenant of Mayors, C40 Cities and the EU’s International Urban and Regional Cooperation Programme, by international and multilateral organisations such as the UN-Habitat, the World Economic Forum and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, by international associations such as ICLEI and by global initiatives such as the UN Race to Zero Campaign. Linkages should also be ensured with international networks that promote piloting activities such as the European Network of Living Labs (ENoLL) and with the initiatives for urban climate neutrality under the EU’s Neighborhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument.

Call - Research and Innovation actions for support the implementation of the Climate-neutral and Smart Cities Mission

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 308

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 309

Number of projects expected to be funded

2022

Opening: 28 Apr 2022

Deadline(s): 06 Sep 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01-01

IA

42.00 310

8.00 to 12.00

4

Overall indicative budget

42.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01-01: Designing inclusive, safe, affordable and sustainable urban mobility

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 42.00 million.

Type of Action

Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Applicant cities must have a Sustainable Urban Mobility Plan (SUMP) 311 , fully developed or in the preparatory phase, and project actions should link to it.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

Collaboration with the Mission Platform is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded through the CIVITAS initiative as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.​Contribute to the objectives of the Climate Neutral and Smart Cities Mission by accelerating the transition towards climate neutrality in cities through the promotion of zero-emission, shared, active and human-centred mobility;

2.Increase the extent and speed of the take-up and upscaling of innovative, best practice and replicable safe, affordable and sustainable urban mobility solutions in the living labs involved in the proposals 312 (at least four cities/project and four follower cities, considering geographic diversity including in terms of regions’ level of development) while facilitating the common lesson drawing and learning at European level, in order to contribute to the priority of the Zero Pollution Action Plan's objectives, the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy and the EU road safety policy framework 2021-2030 for a 50% reduction target for deaths and also for serious injuries by 2030;

3.Solutions for at least ten unsafe areas/living labs in urban/peri-urban areas using innovative planning, design and implementation approaches, including but not limited to co-creation and/or citizen engagement, modelling and AI, digital and smart enforcement tools, dynamic space reallocation, with a view to reduce road safety risks, reducing exposure to air and noise pollution and the perceived feeling of unsafety for pedestrians and cyclists;

4.Re-assess road and public space quality responding to needs of diverse groups (examples include but are not limited to: women, children, people with disabilities and older people); actions may include but are not limited to improving data collection for foot, bike and e-scooter traffic as well as the mechanisms for reporting pedestrian and cyclists, e-scooter injuries and deaths;

5.Address proactively potential risk raised by expected increases in cycling and e-scooters;

6.Rebalancing the attribution of public space to different modes of transport so that it better reflects the actual or desired local modal split as well as support reaching Vision Zero 313 and zero-emission objectives, thus increasing road safety and quality of life in cities;

7.Public space redesign actions targeted by the awarded projects should consider the circular economy principles, adaptation to climate change (in particular heatwaves), cross-sectoral synergies and not come at the cost of removing or deterioration of parks, trees or green recreational areas.

Scope: The European Union is facing a multitude of interconnected demographic, public health and environmental challenges: the climate is changing, road deaths are stagnating, urbanization is increasing, air quality standards are still breached in over 100 cities, obesity is rising and the population is ageing.

But there is an increasing recognition at local, national and EU level that boosting the levels of active mobility, particularly walking and cycling, can play an important role in overcoming many of these challenges. Such a policy will also have economic benefits. Based on conservative estimates, even current levels of cycling in the EU produce benefits valued at around 150 billion euros per year 314 .

During the Covid-19 pandemic, larger cities in Europe announced infrastructure changes to promote cycling and walking. For instance, they temporarily widened or created new cycle lanes to allow safe overtaking with physical distancing limits in mind while also implementing more 30km/h limits or 20km/h zones. The scope of this action is to support local authorities in accelerating mobility changes and address a significant concern, namely that people returning to work after the lockdown will seek out alternatives so that allocating public space, bicycles, pedestrians and public transport and reducing the space available for cars will encourage people to cycle, walk or use public transport rather than take the car.

Taking into account where possible the Sustainable Urban Mobility Indicators 315 , projects should collect data on differences between patterns, behaviours and habits in relation to the mobility of various categories of vulnerable road users. Such data should where possible, be integrated with cross-domain data, to ensure interdependencies and co-benefits are identified. Projects should identify specific mobility needs and public space re-design needs, taking into account actual and perceived safety and security of women, children and accessibility for people with disabilities e.g. blind people in shared spaces, people in prams, wheelchairs and other supporting vehicles. Measures should be taken to implement necessary changes within the timeline of the project.

In addition, projects should also provide clear guidance to cities and Member States and Associated Countries on how to systematically incorporate the vulnerable road users dimension into infrastructure planning, including aspects of safety and security, accessibility, digital and smart tools for enforcing speed limits and vehicle access, design and operation or services and public spaces, including mobility hubs, public transport and shared mobility.

The projects associated to this call topic should envisage cooperation with the SUMP coordination platform, ELTIS 316 and produce thematic a comprehensive topic guides stemming from the projects and accompanying the SUMP guidelines.

Projects should also take stock of lessons learnt during the period of imposition and lifting of Covid-related restrictions and propose suitable solutions for the future when it comes to resilience, safety and accessibility of public infrastructure.

A thorough evaluation, with a clear baseline in each city, should provide qualitative and quantitative information on the results of the local solutions implemented. The effectiveness of the proposed measures in achieving local policy objectives on safety, security and accessibility as well as on climate and pollution should be evaluated and the possible barriers to their broad take up and deployment identified, together with recommendations on how to overcome them. This should be accompanied by mechanisms for common lesson drawing and learning, within the project, between the projects funded under this topic and through the CIVITAS Initiative.

Proposals must plan for an active collaboration amongst the projects selected under this topic - for dissemination, evaluation and coordination - facilitated by and within the CIVITAS initiative through the signature of collaboration agreement. Proposals should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work-plan of the proposal. Detailed description of the specific activities and common actions that will be undertaken is not required at proposal stage and can be further defined during the grant agreement phase. Collaboration with the Mission Platform (HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03) is essential and should take place through the CIVITAS initiative. The latter should establish, through a Memorandum of Understanding, clear links with the Mission portfolio for synergies and complementarities.

Proposals may include preparatory, take up and replication actions, research activities, as well as tools to support local planning and policy making. At the same time, projects would be expected to share their results and good practice with the upcoming European Urban Initiative of Cohesion Policy, the Urban Agenda for the EU and relevant smart specialisation partnerships e.g. the Safe and Sustainable Mobility Partnership or EIT Urban Mobility with its objectives to deploying user‐centric, integrated eco‐efficient and safe mobility solutions in urban areas.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Grants to identified beneficiaries

1. Specific Grant Agreements to the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform

The consortium of the selected Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform is invited to submit a proposal for a Specific Grant Agreement (SGA) for the first period of the partnership (2022-2024). The expected outcomes of the SGA should be in line with the scope of the FPA.

One single proposal for SGA should be submitted. This action aims at implementing the first period of the FPA action plan addressing and developing in details the actions needed to implement all the building blocks presented under topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform and broadly outlined in the draft action plan to be submitted in this context. In particular:

1. Develop and scale-up the concept of a Mission Platform and its associated services

1.Develop and scale up the services and support offered to cities through a Mission Platform in order to accommodate for the needs of the whole group of cities selected to participate in the Mission through the Call for Expression of Interest to be launched by the European Commission;

2.Expand and regularly update the open-source services of the online platform, accessible to all cities, such as a city dashboard with relevant data for a given city, including its Climate City Contract (CCC); progress on metrics; an innovation readiness self-assessment tool; contributing to a smart repository of relevant knowledge (data, reports, good practices); annual barometer synthesizing the progress achieved by all cities participating in the Mission; a collaborative space for cities participating in pilot projects; a peer-based “community social network” to facilitate peer-learning between cities;

3.Provide web-based assistance to European cities that are not yet ready to commit to climate neutrality for their city by 2030, but are ready to engage to accelerate their transition in accordance with the principles of the Cities Mission.

2. Co-creation of Climate City Contracts

1.Engage with the cities participating in the Mission and steer the process of co-creation of their CCC, in close collaboration with the national/regional authorities, all relevant stakeholders and the European Commission;

2.Support cities to explore and adopt innovative governance models, building on the experience of relevant initiatives, to help develop, implement and monitor progress of the CCC, and in particular local key stakeholders such as civil society platforms to engage with citizens, involve and empower them to be active participants in the co-creation process;

3.Coordinate the group of cities committing to the CCC process facilitating the sharing of experience and good practices and mutual learning between cities regarding setting up and mainstreaming co-creation processes engaging all relevant actors for the framing, deployment and assessment of their vision, strategy, and an action plan to reach climate neutrality and increased sustainability while ensuring shared ownership;

4.Support cities and local communities in testing solutions (including new technologies, non-technological, nature-based and social innovations) that stem from European R&I. This should entail a matching of cities’ and local communities’ needs to R&I results through various means e.g., matchmaking, coaching and brokerage hubs.

3. Tailor-made investment plans, project preparation and finance

1.Provide information, consulting services and further support cities to develop a tailor-made investment plan, including with financial and technical advisory services, to support access to public and private funding and financing as part of their CCC and their implementation;

2.Taking into account and building on the good practices developed by global, European and national initiatives and programmes and ensuring complementarity with services offered by the EIB and the InvestEU Advisory hub, support cities in the preparation of specific investment projects for the transition to climate neutrality and provide tailored advice and coaching on how best to mobilise sustainable investments by the private sector;

3.Explore the use of the possibilities offered to cities by pre-commercial procurement (PCP) and public procurement of innovative solutions (PPI) under Art. 26 of the Horizon Europe Regulation;

4.Develop innovative tools and educational programmes and identify methods to measure, optimise and demonstrate the value of the co-benefits of climate neutrality projects as well as to critically assess trade-offs.

4. Large scale EU R&I demonstrators accelerating city climate-neutrality solutions

1.Launch and manage calls for proposals to support large scale pilots for the deployment in participating Mission cities of systemic solutions combining, as appropriate, technological, nature-based, social, cultural, regulatory and financial innovation and new business and governance models to underpin the climate transition, taking stock of existing best practices and already available solutions;

2.Establish cooperation and regular exchange with the R&I projects that will be funded under the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission Work Programme in order to identify complementarities, avoid potential overlaps with the pilots supported by the Mission Platform and ensure synergies where relevant, to the benefit of the participating cities. This collaboration should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding with the relevant projects and initiatives;

3.Support activities dedicated to twinning and mentoring of at least two other cities from different EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries facing structural disadvantages or with a population smaller than 50 000 inhabitants. Activities should also aim for an equitable inclusion of cities in less developed and peripheral regions, which are willing to embark on a climate neutrality path with a target beyond 2030 and are willing to engage and develop their CCC and implement it in a subsequent phase with an ultimate target of 2050.

The Mission Platform should build on existing actions, including relevant ones developed through Horizon 2020 projects. It should collaborate closely with successful ongoing initiatives that have developed knowledge and expertise, in particular with the Covenant of Mayors and their methodologies and processes co-developed with the JRC, and the Covenant Community Group of Cities Practitioners. The assets of the Smart Cities and Communities context (including Living-in.eu, data space for smart communities), the Smart Cities Marketplace and the Common Services Platform should be factored in, with regard to engaging public, private and civil society stakeholders to support project financing and implementation as well as the promotion of shared standards and technical specifications to facilitate data exchange and to ensure interoperability of solutions. Synergies should be ensured with the upcoming European Urban Initiative of the Cohesion Policy and with the Urban Agenda for the EU and with actions funded under the DIGITAL European Programme.

Specific conditions:

This action allows for the provision of financial support to third parties in line with the conditions set out in General Annex B – Eligibility of the Horizon Europe Work Programme. Activity 4 "Large scale EU R&I demonstrators accelerating city climate-neutrality solutions", includes the launch of open calls for proposals to support large scale pilots for the deployment in participating Mission cities of systemic innovative solutions. For this purpose, beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As a derogation to the standard limit of EUR 60 000 per third party entity set in the Financial Regulation 317 (Article 204), the Commission considers that in order to increase the impact of the pilot projects to be supported under the call(s) that will address the deployment of systemic innovative solutions and in order to achieve the objectives of this action, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 1.5 million. The Commission considers that the size of the pilots should range between EUR 0.5 million up to EUR 1.5 million, depending on the expected impact of the proposed projects. The selection of the third parties to be supported under the grant will be based on a review of the proposed work by external independent experts. The scope of these calls will be further defined building on and ensuring complementarities with similar initiatives developed by the project funded under the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020: Towards climate-neutral and socially innovative cities 318 .

The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts D and G of the General Annexes.

This action will be implemented through Research and Innovation Actions (RIA).

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 81.00 million from the 2022 budget 319

2. Global Mission on Urban Transitions under Mission Innovation

At COP26 in Glasgow, Mission Innovation launched a global mission on Urban Transitions 320 . The Urban Transitions Mission is co-led by the Commission, as member of Mission Innovation on behalf of the European Union, and the Global Covenant of Mayors. It aims to support establishing and/or accelerating the design, development and implementation of integrated urban energy systems in different world regions by 2030 by testing affordable and cost-effective solutions in key emission sectors such as the built environment, transport and mobility, and industry, with the cross-sector integration of renewable energy. Activities will include urban living labs, deep demonstrators and enhanced R&D investment that take into account different forms of innovation and challenge-based typologies of different urban environments.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals to the legal entity identified below as the Global Covenant of Mayors. On account of its technical competence, its high degree of specialisation and for its role as co-lead of the global mission on cities, the Global Covenant of Mayors will provide the services of the Mission Director, responsible for the coordination of mission activities, the involvement of Mission Innovation members and partners, and the engagement of stakeholders towards the successful implementation of the mission statement.

Legal entities: Global Covenant of Mayors as part of the C40 Cities Climate Leadership Group Inc. - Park Avenue 120, 23th floor, 10017 New York, USA with exploitation seat at Boulevard Charlemagne 1, Mezzanine Floor, IPC Building, 1000 Brussels, Belgium

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (f)

Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.37 million from the 2021 budget 321

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

1. Scientific and technical services to the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission

The Joint Research Center (JRC) is providing scientific and technical support during the preparation and early implementation phases of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission. The purpose of this action is to provide continued scientific and technical support towards achieving climate-neutrality in the cities participating in the Cities Mission by 2030 and in all other cities by 2050, in line with the European Green Deal 322 objectives. The activities will provide extended data, methodologies and analysis for accelerating the transition towards climate-neutrality throughout European cities while also assessing the progress and overall impact of the Cities Mission. This activity will be implemented in close coordination with the Commission’s Mission Team and the Mission Owners' Group.

This activity will focus in particular on:

1.Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission 

The JRC will elaborate the methodology for assessing the GHG reductions achieved in the context of the Cities Mission and their impact in view of achieving the European Green Deal targets. The methodology will further include an assessment of air quality and health co-benefits. A tailor-made tool will allow cities to assess the air quality impacts of their GHG mitigation measures planned and undertaken as part of their Climate City Contracts.

The JRC will provide the methodology for establishing a coherent emissions baseline across all participating cities entering phase 2 of the Cities Mission and prepare a baseline report as reference for mission progress and impact monitoring. The methodology for calculating local Emission Factors (EF) will be refined, particularly for electricity. Vertical integration between cities, regions and Member States, comparability of GHG emissions accounting methodologies and data will be ensured.

In continuation, the JRC will elaborate bi-annual progress and assessment reports.

1.Methodological development 

Gaps in existing guidance materials and methodologies will be closed, adapting and expanding on existing resources for cities. This will include tailored guidance for cities on assessing and addressing scope 3 emissions in the mission context. This work will be undertaken in close collaboration with the relevant international fora, including the partners under the Global Covenant of Mayors for Climate and Energy (GCoM).

1.Provision of guidance, data and tools for follower cities (with targets after 2030) 

Based on the analysis of current levels of preparedness, remaining barriers and assistance needs under the current direct action grant, the JRC will identify priority areas of support for the follower cities and elaborate selected tools and services (e.g. the JRC Handbook on Sustainable Urban Development) in view of accelerating their climate neutrality transition. The application tool developed for the purpose of the first call for Expression of Interest can be transformed into a tool for systematic self-assessment for cities, at different stages of their climate neutrality pathway. Proxy emissions data, including sectoral breakdowns, will be made available for less prepared cities as a starting point for their climate action planning. Tools for the assessment of scope 1 emissions in smaller cities will be reviewed and refined as relevant.

The listed activities should ensure the uptake and capitalisation of the existing European urban initiatives and policies, in particular the Urban Data Platform Plus and the upcoming European Urban Initiative, while also considering the necessary interaction with the one-stop-shop established under the Horizon 2020 topic LC-GD-1-2-2020 Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities 323 . The action should last indicatively two years.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget 324

Mission: Soil health and food

There is no life without soils. If soils are healthy and sustainably managed, they provide food, clean water, habitats for biodiversity and other important services while contributing to climate resilience 325 . We take these services for granted, but in fact soils are a scarce, non-renewable and threatened resource, all over Europe and globally. 60-70% of EU soils are unhealthy, mainly because of unsustainable management practices. The effects of climate change are putting further pressure on this key resource. The mission intends to support Europe’s path to sustainable soil management as part of the wider green transition in urban and rural areas. The mission’s goal is to establish 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030 for food, people, nature and climate.

To reach its goal and objectives, the identified mission foresees actions across sectors and territories (rural, peri-urban and urban areas including across borders). It will therefore have wide-reaching impact on practices in agriculture, forestry, food and other industries (e.g. biobased and waste) as well as on land use planning. The mission will also tap into the expertise from international partners and contribute to soil health globally.

To be successful, the Mission requires that stakeholders and social partners along the whole food chain, including farmers, land managers, industries, consumers and society at large acknowledge the wider societal and ecological value of soils and actively contribute to soil friendly practices including through consumer choices. Many of the actions to address soil health have a direct impact on the goals of all other missions: carbon sequestration in soil supports climate mitigation (Climate Adaptation Mission), targeted nutrient management will lead to improvements in water quality (Ocean and Waters Mission), soils are the foundation of green infrastructure and nature-based solutions, e.g. for flood protection in urban areas (Climate-neutral Cities Mission), while a reduction in soil pollution reduces the risk of cancer (Cancer Mission).

Proposals for topics under this mission will be part of a wider portfolio of mission activities and should contribute to laying the foundations for a structured roll-out of mission activities. They should set out a credible pathway to progress towards to the mission’s goal and objectives, and more specifically to several of the following impacts:

1.“Soil literacy”, awareness and societal appreciation of the vital functions of soils are significantly increased and result in wide societal engagement on soil health.

2.The links between healthy soils, nutritious and safe food and a healthy environment are better understood.

3.Land managers 326 , industries, consumers and society at large work together and take effective action on soil health across sectors and land uses, as informed by best available science, thereby significantly alleviating not only the immediate pressure on soils but also on the surrounding environment including water bodies.

4.Robust soil monitoring programmes and common definitions are in place (based on common, harmonised and comprehensive measurements) and allow land managers and public authorities to take effective actions based on up-to-date information from all Member States and Associated Countries.

5.The successful implementation of the mission supports several EU policy and international commitments, e.g. in relation to land degradation neutrality, food and nutrition security, climate and biodiversity (e.g. SDGs, UNCCD, UN CBD, Green Deal including the Farm to Fork Strategy, Biodiversity Strategy, new Soil Strategy, Zero Pollution Strategy, Forestry Strategy or the Long-term Vision for Rural Areas).

The implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as implementation details of the mission “A Soil Deal for Europe: 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030 327 .

Projects under this call are expected to liaise closely together with the mission secretariat and actively contribute to the development of the European Soil Observatory (EUSO), hosted by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC).

Under the Work Programme 2022 call of the Soil Health and Food mission, the Commission plans to fund amongst others actions to 328 :

1.develop and improve tools and methods for soil monitoring

2.for practice and policy-making;

3.preserve and substantially increase soil carbon in different types of land use;

4.reduce soil contamination and increase capacities for soil remediation (e.g. through knowledge, strategies and cost-effective methods and technologies);

5.enhance soil relevant education and access to information.

Specific requirements for multi-actor projects:

Proposals submitted for topics requesting to follow the multi-actor approach should meet all requirements listed below.

The multi-actor approach described here, aims to make the R&I process and its outcomes more demand-driven, relevant to society and socially innovative. A multi-actor project ensures the genuine involvement of different types of actors. The choice of the key actors participating in projects will depend on the objectives of the call topic. The actors are essentially the (end-) users 329 of project results. In the area of agriculture these can be for example farmers and farmers' groups, foresters and foresters’ groups, advisors, food processors, businesses, consumer associations, local communities, citizens, civil society organisations including NGOs, social partners and government representatives. The genuine involvement of different types of actors should take place over the course of the project to ensure co-creation: from participation in project planning and experiments to implementation, dissemination of results and a possible demonstration phase. This is expected to speed up the acceptance and take-up of new ideas, approaches and solutions developed in the project. A multi-actor project proposal should describe:

1.how the project proposal's objectives and planning are targeting the needs/problems and opportunities of the (end-)users of the project results;

2.how the project concept and in particular the composition of the consortium reflects a balanced choice of key actors who have complementary types of knowledge (scientific and practical), and will ensure a broad implementation of project results;

3.how the project intends to include existing practices and tacit knowledge in scientific work. This should be reflected in the number of high quality knowledge exchange activities indicating the precise and active roles of the different non-scientific actors in the work. Thanks to the cross-fertilisation of competencies and ideas between actors, this should generate innovative findings and solutions that are more likely to be applied;

4.how the project will facilitate the multi-actor engagement process by making use of the most appropriate methodologies;

5.how the project will result in practical knowledge, approaches or tools, made easily understandable and accessible, and how this free material for practice will feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by the (end-) users of the project results in the countries and regions

For topics working in the area of agriculture and forestry (linked to Intervention Area 3 of Horizon Europe Cluster 6):

1.practice oriented knowledge resulting from projects should be assembled amongst others in form of ‘practice abstracts’ 330 in the common EIP format of the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI) 331 . Involvement or cooperation with EIP-AGRI Operational Groups funded under Rural Development Programmes should be sought, as appropriate 332 .

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01

5.00

20 Oct 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02

62.00

24 Mar 2022

Overall indicative budget

67.00

Call - Preparing the ground for healthy soils: building capacities for engagement, outreach and knowledge

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 333

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 334

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 20 Oct 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01-01

CSA

5.00 335

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

5.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01-01: Preparing the ground for healthy soils: building capacities for engagement, outreach and knowledge

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Expected Outcome:  

Project activities are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Enhanced capacities for effective mission deployment in close co-operation with the Mission Core Network and eventual national mission hubs supported through the topic ‘Coordination of complementary actions for missions’

2.Increased networking and knowledge exchange between communities across Europe at regional/local level on soil health taking into account various types of land uses and based on the work undertaken in existing and new living labs and lighthouses;

3.Decision-makers from policy and the private sector are better equipped to answer to questions on soil quality across land uses due to increased insight into the status of soil health in European regions as well as improved capabilities for assessment and analyses and soil monitoring;

4.All sectors of society are informed and/or can make informed decisions regarding soil management through integrated on-line resources in all Member States and Associated Countries and improved access to evidence-based information, data as well as resources and examples of best practices in education and training;

5.Virtual, cross-disciplinary communities on soil stewardship are created using social media and making full use of the potential of digital tools.

Scope:  

Life on Earth depends on healthy soils. Soil provides food, clean water and habitats for biodiversity while contributing to climate resilience including an increased preparedness to extreme weather events (both droughts and floods). As the largest terrestrial habitat, soil is a unique ecosystem that is critical to aboveground and belowground biodiversity yet it is the least studied. Partly as a result of an increasing urban lifestyle, there is very little awareness in society on the importance of soils, their functions, the threats to soil health and what can be done to preserve this valuable resource. A lack of education and understanding often underpins land degradation and a loss of soil capacity to provide the functions on which we depend. Both land managers in rural areas and urban planners need improved access to ready-to-use knowledge and to advisory services that can support them in their efforts to manage soils in sustainable ways.

Living labs (LLs) and lighthouses (LHs) 336 are emerging as places for engagement of communities to co-create, test and upscale solutions in various domains. However, LLs and LHs working on soil management are not yet widespread and information on existing experiences is scattered.

Proposed activities will lay the ground for rapid take-up of mission activities following its formal approval. Proposals should therefore:

1.identify in close cooperation with regional authorities, stakeholders and communities existing “soil needs” (e.g. status, main problems and priority areas for improvement) in a number of contrasting regions in each Member State and Associated Country so that different land use systems are addressed. Insight on the status of soils and the main challenges to soil health should be a starting point for recommendations on priority actions and activities to be implemented in living labs and lighthouses;

2.develop tools to support networking and knowledge exchange of communities working at regional/local level on soil health and create Communities of Practice (CoP) in the respective regions. This should include a mapping of current and emerging Living Labs and Lighthouses targeting various types of land uses (e.g. in agriculture, forestry, urban and natural areas). The mapping of living labs and lighthouses shall ensure that a variety of locations are represented reflecting the diversity of soils, land uses as well as socio-economic and demographic conditions. Results of the mapping should be displayed through an interactive map showing relevant information, for example on context (land use type, funding sources, etc.), activities and partners involved;

3.develop “model business plans” for Living Labs and Lighthouses (e.g. specifying ownership, funding, goals and activities) taking into account different regions at NUTS 2 level and different land uses.

4.improve the knowledge base required to assess progress in monitoring soils and meeting the targets proposed by the Mission Board Soil Health and Food. Activities should be undertaken in close collaboration with Member States Associated Countries and the EU Soil Observatory 337 . They will depend amongst others on harmonised and regular soil data collection, common definitions and possibly thresholds identified for each Member States and Associated Countries for the mission’s proposed soil health indicators;

5.connect existing on-line resources on soil information to provide a single point for access to this information (a one-stop shop for soil literacy) in each Member State and Associated Country. In view of taking a systemic approach to soil health, the information should extend to sectors/activities that have an impact on soils (e.g. sources of pollution) as well as information on wider impacts of unhealthy soils (e.g. on water bodies). This one stop shop or platform should connect diverse organisations, projects and people that contribute to the sustainable management of soils by promoting soil advocates in different fields/roles/regions. It should also help identifying “agents of transition”, i.e. people supporting changes in perception, values, attitudes and behaviour towards more sustainable practices and management of soils while promoting the economic benefits from restoration opportunities;

6.link this one-stop shop in each Member State and Associated Country to “best of” online material to inspire and connect citizens to the topics of soil health (e.g. films, websites, apps, games, educational tools). The material should target different groups and be displayed in local official languages. Links should also be established with good examples for online material in Europe and internationally;

7.promote and reward on-going or recent examples of soil education and social innovation in the area of soil health to increase understanding of soils by the public at large.

In carrying out the tasks the project should tap into the expertise of partners from various sectors (e.g. research, land managers including farmers and foresters, education, communication, citizens and civil society, food and non-food industries, spatial planners, public authorities) and address soil health in the context of various land uses. This is in line with the approach taken by the proposed mission Caring for Soil is Caring for Life.

Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs, also through close collaboration with the JRC’s EU Soil Observatory.

They should build on existing activities and ensure cooperation with relevant projects under Horizon 2020 such as the SMS project and the European Joint Partnership EJP Soil. Activities should also take into account the implementation of living labs under a possible future partnership on agroecology which is under preparation. This should ensure compatibility and cooperation between living labs associated to the mission and the future partnership.

Activities should also support the objectives of the upcoming EU Soil Strategy, and other major initiatives in the area of soil health.

If projects use satellite based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS. Other data and services may be used in addition.

Call - Research and Innovation and other actions to support the implementation of a mission in the area of Soil health and Food

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 338

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 339

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Dec 2021

Deadline(s): 24 Mar 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-01

CSA

5.00 340

Around 5.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-02

RIA

12.00 341

Around 12.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-03

RIA

7.00 342

Around 7.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-04

RIA

10.00 343

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-05

RIA

10.00 344

Around 5.00

2

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-06

CSA

10.00 345

Around 3.30

3

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-07

CSA

3.00 346

Around 3.00

1

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-08

RIA

5.00 347

Around 5.00

1

Overall indicative budget

62.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-01: From knowledge gaps to roadmaps on soil mission objectives

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome:  

Activities under this topic will contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.improved understanding of main gaps in our knowledge as well as of causes and consequences, drivers and barriers to soil health in line with the mission’s objectives 348 ;

2.improved capacities to assess potential trade-offs between the mission objectives;

3.establishment of dynamic roadmaps to support the development and coordination of a coherent portfolio of R&I and other activities for each mission objectives;

4.increased capacities to develop, monitor and evaluate the mission’s activities based on a common understanding of needs, identified priorities for action and up-to-date information on new knowledge emerging from mission activities and other programmes.

Scope: For effective coordination and implementation of the mission’s activities, it is necessary to have a detailed view of already existing knowledge, main knowledge gaps and drivers of soil health along with a common understanding of pathways (R&I and other actions) to act on soil health in line with the mission’s specific objectives.

Such “roadmaps” for action for each of the mission’s specific objectives should integrate the needs from different disciplines and sectors and address various soil types, land uses and climatic zones across Europe. Particular attention should be given to identifying R&I needs for land uses other than agriculture that have received less attention in the past.

Proposed activities will

1.provide a comprehensive, practice-oriented analysis of drivers of soil health considering different socioeconomic dimensions, including public policies, and cultural diversity;

2.take stock, integrate and synthesize existing knowledge and knowledge gaps in relation to the eight specific objectives of the mission. This analysis should be constantly updated throughout the project as evidence from new science emerges. It should also allow to display the overall R&I efforts on soils geographically distributed across Member States and Associated Countries, proposing additional actions to overcome an unbalance, where relevant. Activities should result in structured, easily accessible and up-to-date overview of major recent and on-going R&I projects and their results in relation to the eight specific mission objectives. The overview should consider projects funded by the EU (e.g. under the EU R&I Framework Programme and the LIFE programme) as well as at the level of Member States and Associated Countries. Major international initiatives should be taken into account, as appropriate;

3.develop roadmaps for mission implementation according to each of the mission's objectives. Roadmaps should include interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary R&I priorities and expected results as well as the technical and socio-economic options to reach each of the mission’s specific objectives, both in the short-term and in the long-term. The roadmaps should provide a timeline for action, including expected outputs and outcomes, and suggest measurable R&I key performance indicators to monitor progress towards each of the specific objectives. The roadmaps should be continuously updated over the lifetime of the project and feed into the various phases of the mission.

4.provide an operational framework to oversee, monitor and assess the mission’s evolving R&I portfolio against the identified objectives and expected outcomes, within the proposed timeframe.

In carrying out activities, projects should

1.build on available knowledge and activities of ongoing Horizon 2020 projects related to soil health;

2.involve a range of actors, e.g. researchers, land managers, policy decision makers, economic actors, civil society, social partners and other stakeholders to identify and prioritize the knowledge gaps and R&I needs;

3.capitalise on the potential of digital technologies including artificial intelligence (AI) and the internet of things (IoT);

4.address synergies and trade-offs across the roadmaps (and mission specific objectives) to provide an integrated assessment of pathways towards healthy soils.

Activities should be undertaken in close cooperation with the mission secretariat and the Mission Board and build upon existing national and European resources such as of the Horizon Results Platform, the European Innovation Partnership EIP AGRI, relevant Knowledge Centres of the Joint Research Centre and the emerging EU Soil Observatory.

Project duration should be a minimum of 4 to 5 years to allow as much as possible the constant update of the eight roadmaps with input stemming at least from the mission’s induction and pilot phase (2021 - 2025) and partly from the mission’s expansion and innovation phase (2024 - 2030).

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-02: Validating and further developing indicators for soil health and functions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (taking into account possible limitations on their use by international partners). Other data and services may additionally be used.

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.progress towards a harmonised and cost-effective framework for measuring soil health and for developing a soil health index, based on a widely agreed definition of soil health. In the long term, results may support a harmonised soil monitoring and reporting in Europe, as aimed for by the new EU Soil Strategy;

2.significantly improved capacities for soil health monitoring and for assessing the effects of management practices and policy measures based on a set of robust set of indicators for soil health (state and change) and of proxies that are applicable to various land uses;

3.support to policy development and to the creation of incentives for sustainable soil management through increased evidence on the links between soil health, soil functions and ecosystem services.

Scope: A priority for soil monitoring concerns the development, harmonization, reporting and scaling of robust indicators to establish the status and changes in soil health. In turn, these indicators determine the operational aspects of the monitoring system in terms of sampling framework, sample collection and preservation, laboratory analysis and temporal aspects.

The selected project will help develop and implement a harmonised reporting structure at EU, national and local levels for soil health. More specifically, activities will

1.test the eight indicators proposed in the mission implementation plan against their suitability to measure in a reliable way the status and changes in soil health, in particular in relation to progress towards the mission’s specific objectives;

2.identify alternative indicators where the ones proposed in the implementation plan of the Soil Mission do not prove to be appropriate (e.g. sensitivity to change, critical thresholds, response time, feasibility of pan-EU operation) 349 . The indicators recommended (be it the ones indicated in the implementation plan or alternative ones) should be measurable, realistic (e.g. easy to use in particular for farmers and foresters, urban planners), unambiguous and scalable;

3.develop a methodology to combine proposed indicators into a coherent soil health index;

4.identify proxies for soil health, which are “easier” to monitor or more reactive to change. These "next generation indicators" could be based for example on observable land use and soil management or on data on the uptake of practices rather than direct measurements of soil properties;

5.demonstrate the link between the proposed soil indicators, soil functions and ecosystems services supported by soils (taking into account the various types of soils and land uses);

6.harmonize and benchmark the proposed indicators for a range of soil types, land uses and climate zones in the EU and Associated Countries and define the acceptable limits or thresholds;

7.update indicators as a result of feedback following monitoring campaigns or data inputs;

8.develop recommendations for an integrated sampling framework including measuring frequency and density to be implemented in the upcoming LUCAS campaign (planned for 2025/2026) and available for policy implementation (e.g. related to EU-wide soil condition assessments, registers for contaminated sites, LULUCF greenhouse as inventories);

9.support the development of a Soil Health Dashboard under the EU Soil Observatory.

In carrying out activities, due account should be taken of the potential of Earth Observation and digital technologies (including Artificial Intelligence) for soil monitoring (see also eligibility conditions).

Activities should be undertaken in close cooperation with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre, the European Environment Agency and major R&I initiatives such as the European Joint Programme EJP Soil. The JRC’s contribution is particularly relevant in view of further developing LUCAS Soil and the Soil Health Dashboard under the European Soil Observatory.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-03: Linking soil health to nutritional and safe food

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.Improved understanding of the soil health and food nexus to promote the development of a coherent portfolio of food systems R&I activities in line with the FOOD 2030 initiative.

2.Further understanding of the interlinkages between farming practices, soil health and four food quality-related characteristics of agri-food products: nutritional composition, tastiness (palatability), their technological properties (i.e. soil health impact on plant characteristics such as protein quality that may affect technological properties and subsequently the final food products) and safety (the level of residues of pesticides, metals or mycotoxins).

3.Support R&I to facilitate the transition towards healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour. It will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food.

4.Improved knowledge on how soil health influences food quality (including nutritional composition, tastiness, technological properties and safety) and which methods and tools exist to determine this.

5.Best practices linking soil health to food quality and how they can be deployed along the food system.

6.Engaged stakeholders throughout the food system, increased public awareness and business interest on the connection of soil health and food quality, via interactive learning/experimentation through living labs throughout Europe.

7.Improved links and knowledge transfer with the EJP Soil 350 and other soil-relevant Horizon Europe instruments and initiatives (IBF Microbiome Working Group) 351 at EU and international level.

Scope: Soils are essential for the global food system and regulate water, carbon and nitrogen cycles but are put under pressure from population growth and climate change. Maintaining healthy soils helps ensure nutritious, tasty and safe foods, which are essential for achieving the Sustainable Development Goals and in particular SDG 2, Zero Hunger.

Soils are an important element in a holistic view of human health. A great proportion of our food comes from terrestrial environments, in which soils play a central role. Soils have an indirect impact on human health as essential soil compounds are taken up by the food produced on it. Unhealthy soils decrease crop harvests and produce crops with reduced nutritional value. Soil contaminants can pose a threat to food safety, malnutrition and human health. Little is known on interactions between nutrient and microbiome composition of soils and the plant (including its secondary metabolite content) and health effects on human diets (including the gut microbiome).

The quality of the soil plays a central role in determining food quality as it provides the substrate and building blocks for the growth of plants and their edible food produce, which are then harvested for consumption. Soil health and soil quality represent a fundamental requirement for food safety, and therefore for animal and human health, even though this relationship is not always acknowledged enough. Growing evidence links farm management, soil health and plant health; but the relationships between soil health, climate stress, food and crop nutritional quality, tastiness (palatability), technological properties and human health are less well understood.

While information already exists on the interaction between farming practices, soil health and food, a structured synthesis is needed to obtain a comprehensive and up-to-date understanding of the relevant achievements on this field, in order to support the implementation of the soil mission. A clearer understanding of the possible links between soil health, plants, food and people is the key to improving the quality and healthiness of foods grown in all types of farming systems, including smaller scale urban farming. There is a need to build on the existing knowledge resulting from the latest EU R&I activities and infrastructures that elicit the link between soil, food, diets and human health.

Proposed activities will:

1.Further develop and strengthen legitimacy and robustness of the nexus food quality-soil through an engaged, broad and effective European interdisciplinary community of scientists (including medical researchers), innovators and practitioners, while recognising regional and national specificities, contexts and needs.

2.Elucidate the current state of knowledge deriving from former and still ongoing Horizon 2020 projects and other relevant state of the art research (e.g., EJP Soil) falling under the the nexus of soils, farming practices, food and human health and identify research and innovation areas where gaps need to be filled.

3.Catalyse interdisciplinary collaboration as a holistic perspective, which is necessary to address the issues related to the topic.

4.Seek and integrate qualitative and quantitative scientific evidence through in situ and lab experimentation and testing, literature review, surveys, analytical modelling (etc.) to support farming practices that positively influence the link between soil health and food quality.

5.Develop easy to measure key performance indicators (KPIs) that elicit the connection between soil health, and four food quality-related characteristics (nutritional composition, tastiness, technological properties and safety).

6.Adapt, integrate and demonstrate innovative methods to continuously measure the developed KPIs.

7.Investigate how well current funding opportunities at all levels (EU, national, regional) address soils and human health research and innovation needs.

8.Build upon existing knowledge and solutions designed and developed from previous projects such as the EIT Food initiative 352 that addresses the challenge of soil health in a holistic way, from farm to fork, involving multiple stakeholders, highlighting their stakes in soil health and identifying potential drivers to motivate them to take action in collaboration with farmers [1]  Regenerative Agriculture | EIT Food

9.Summarise the known factors influencing water, soil and plant health and how these are linked with food quality and human health.

10.List the potential mechanisms for improved food nutritional quality through soil health and evaluate the current evidence.

11.Provide conclusions and recommendation for future research and innovation.

Proposals are encouraged to build on past or ongoing EU-funded research and innovation projects. Proposal should also seek collaboration with relevant initiatives, and in particular deliver on key objectives of the Horizon Europe Soil Health and Food Mission.

Proposals should explain how they will deliver co-benefits to the four Food 2030 priorities as well as the EU Soil Strategy for 2030.

Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they should collaborate with other projects selected under this and any other relevant topic/call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities and channels.

Proposals should bring together multiple types of scientific expertise in health and natural sciences, and social sciences and humanities. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-04: Social, economic and cultural factors driving land management and land degradation

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.increased evidence on the main factors driving land management and land degradation as a basis for actions by policy makers, land managers and other stakeholders;

2.availability of a toolbox for policy solutions to shape conditions and promote practices that are conducive to better soil health and avoid land degradation;

3.enhanced capacities for risk assessment and risk management through increased awareness and knowledge on hotspots of land degradation, in particular in Europe.

Scope: Avoiding soil degradation and fostering soil health is for a large part conditional upon the land management practices implemented by land managers, together with pressures on natural and semi-natural habitats. Those practices are framed by several factors (economic, social and cultural) and by the policies applied (agriculture, spatial planning, environment, economic, land tenure, etc.). It is necessary to understand those factors and the manner to influence them, so that farmers and other land managers in rural and urban areas are supported in implementing practices that are conducive to soil health and related ecosystem services.

Proposed activities will:

1.study in-depth the role of the following factors in soil health and land degradation: (1) economic factors, e.g. in relation to subsidies and other policy instruments, the polluter pays principle, payments for ecosystem services, costs and benefits of prevention, price of agricultural products, income, land markets, land tenure and prices; (2) social factors, e.g. in relation to civil society, social cohesion, income inequality, population density, farm structures, rural economy, farm demography; (3) cultural aspects, e.g. in relation to values and norms, strength of governance and public institutions, environmental awareness, product preferences, representation of soil and land in Member State rural cultures, education;

2.identify the most important aspects that drive land management and land degradation with a view to elaborate integrated approaches, policies and (funding) strategies contributing to lifting the constraints impeding soil health recovery and land improvement and enable sustainable land management;

3.develop and test (interactive) tools to assess risks as well as identify and visualise hotspots of land degradation across Europe;

4.provide testing grounds for the demonstration of solutions in response to specific types of land degradation 353 .

In carrying out the tasks, projects should

1.take account of the diversity of land uses (agriculture, forests, abandoned land, residential, mining and industry, recreational, etc.) and of geographical diversity in the EU;

2.work in an interdisciplinary manner and involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines (including economics, sociology, history, geography);

3.include a task to collaborate with other projects financed under this topic;

4.take due account of the potential of digital technologies including artificial intelligence;

5.capitalise on activities and results from on-going, relevant Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects such as projects financed under Horizon 2020 RUR-03-2018 (CONSOLE 354 , Contract2.0 355 and EFFECT 356 ) and under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-13 “Modelling land use and land management in the context of climate change”.

While having a main focus on Europe, activities should tap into international expertise and encourage international cooperation, as deemed necessary to implement the above listed tasks.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-05: Incentives and business models for soil health

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility and admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.increased awareness about the value of investing in soil health and its various co-benefits for land managers, businesses (incl. the financial and insurance sectors), local authorities and civil society;

2.increased opportunities for investments in soil health across value chains;

3.novel opportunities for developing and diversifying income for land managers;

4.enhanced cooperation and new partnerships across different sectors to significantly improve soil health and support the manifold soil functions;

5.emergence of new value chains and products based on sustainable soil practices allowing consumers to make more informed decisions.

Scope:  

Healthy soils are the basis of many ecosystems services that we take for granted such as sufficient and safe food, clean water, clean air and an abundant biodiversity. They also underpin sustainable and resilient value chains (food and non-food) and contribute to our quality of life in urban and rural areas. The importance of soil health and the wider environmental, social and economic risks and consequences of land degradation are increasingly recognised across society (e.g. land managers, businesses incl. the financial and insurance sectors, local authorities and citizens overall).

The business case for investing in soils is diverse. It can include increasing revenues and developing novel income streams such as from Carbon Farming, reducing or avoiding risks and costs, enhancing reputation, open up finance opportunities and others. Investing in sustainable soil management and restoration is a long-term endeavour. Incentives are therefore needed to help sharing risks and costs, provide innovative finance options and/or reward production and consumption that promotes sustainable land use. Payment for ecosystem services such as carbon capture, clean water, clean air or biodiversity are possible mechanisms but many more are being applied and developed in accordance with the various needs (e.g. crowd-sourcing, certification schemes, funds for impact investment or from citizens and philanthropy).

Proposed activities will

1.highlight the multiple dimensions of business cases for investing in soil health by the private and public sectors;

2.provide a detailed analysis of existing models in Europe and internationally for creating incentives and for generating revenues from healthy soils. Financial and non-financial incentives shall promote a) sustainable soil management across various land uses and climatic conditions, b) products based on practices promoting soil health, c) consumption and certification practices conductive to soil health, d) the reuse of land and e) sustainable soil management in the context of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation;

3.showcase “good examples” from Europe and internationally for investments in soil health and other types of incentives as well as for “innovators” that lead the transition towards sustainable soil practices, taking into account along with the context in which the presented measures work;

4.co-design with stakeholders (e.g. businesses, citizens, local authorities) new models for promoting soil health where existing ones do not sufficiently cover the manifold needs;

5.provide testing grounds for soil business cases and identify avenues for scaling up action on soil health, thus making sustainable soil management more profitable for farmers, foresters, businesses, municipalities and other actors;

6.develop a comprehensive toolbox of incentives (existing and newly proposed ones) including recommendations on innovative ways of blending finance streams and policy measures. Tools shall be tailored to the needs of various stakeholders (incl. farmers and farmer organisations, foresters, businesses, non-for profit organisations, municipalities, civil society) and address the delivery of various ecosystem services (e.g. carbon capture, clean water, clean air, biodiversity) and land uses (e.g. agriculture, forestry, urban areas);

7.provide recommendations for policy measures at EU and national levels to support the development of business models which promote soil health;

8.establish communities of practice/roundtables for environmentally and socially responsible soil health “investors” (including civil society);

9.develop material and carry out promotion events or campaigns to raise awareness regarding opportunities for soil investments;

10.explore the potential of digital technologies to support the development of business cases for soil health.

In carrying out the tasks, consortia should build on existing studies for carbon farming, in particular those carried out under contract by the European Commission, such as the recently published “Technical Guidance Handbook – setting up and implementing result-based carbon farming mechanisms in the EU" 357 .

Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach, thus ensure the participation of a range of stakeholders with complementary expertise.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-06: Engage with and activate municipalities and regions to protect and restore soil health

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.
The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

Eligibility and admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome:  

Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.increased and more structured dialogue on soil health challenges and solutions at regional and local levels with involvement of a large number of stakeholders and citizens with balanced representation of interests leading to the co-creation of public (including policy response) and private solutions, in coherence with existing EU strategies;

2.substantially increased awareness and understanding of the value of soils and soil health challenges and their drivers (both bio-physical and socio-economic dimensions) across Europe;

3.increased cooperation between public and private actors, co-implementing solutions aimed at the protection and restoration of soil health;

4.more effective exchange of experiences between municipalities and regions across Europe, sharing effectively experiences through an established forum or other mechanisms, also in view of making best use of opportunities for sustainable soil managements provided by European Funds (e.g. EFRE 358 , EAGF 359 , ERDF 360 ).

Scope:  

In line with the European Green Deal priorities, with the European Commission’s commitment to democracy and equality, and the role that Horizon Europe Missions play in engaging citizens in R&I activities dealing with grand societal challenges, the successful proposals will involve and activate local, and regional (when applicable) authorities to co-design strategies and actions for the protection and restoration of soil health with citizens and stakeholders, including through social innovation. The successful proposals should contribute to the soil mission specific objective 8 soil literacy 361 .

The main objective of this topic is to create spaces and practices for regional and local dialogues on soil health and land management, in order to develop a shared understanding of the nature of the challenges and co-create public (including policy response) and private solutions for the protection and restoration of soil health.

Creating effective and societally desirable ways of changing land use to achieve soil health outcomes will necessarily be locally specific, dynamic and allow for co-design, co-implementation and co-assessment with citizens and relevant stakeholders to make solutions more aligned with societal needs, values and expectations and ensure longevity.

Proposals should enable citizen participation both in the local and regional (when applicable) decision-making process and in the implementation of activities related to soil and land management.

The proposed activities will:

1.support a large number of municipalities and regions throughout Europe, and related networks, including across borders, to identify, mobilise and engage a critical mass of relevant actors, stakeholders (e.g. farmers and farmers’ association, foresters, land managers, urban and spatial planners, civil society organisations, bio-industries, market actors and research institutions), citizens and existing networks of citizens for substantially stepping up the protection and restoration of soil health in all ecosystems (natural, managed, rural and urban);

2.explore with regional and local authorities opportunities for making better use of EU financial instruments for sustainable soil management, taking into account programming options taken at the level of Member States and regions;

3.enable and support municipalities and regions to co-design strategies and actions for the protection and restoration of soil health with citizens, in coherence with EU soil policy and regional strategies for smart specialisation (RIS3 362 ) and for smart specialisation for sustainability (RIS4 363 ), as applicable;

4.develop and implement effective participatory processes which enable and stimulate an extensive dialogue on soil and land related activities at local and regional (when applicable) levels. For these processes to be effective, participants should be equipped with appropriate tools and information, they should be strongly connected to decision-making bodies and they should be empowered to reflect, deliberate and propose public (including policies) and private solutions for sustainable land management and spatial planning at their local or regional levels;

5.enhance knowledge sharing among municipalities and regions on best practice processes and outcomes, matching knowledge needs with knowledge produced;

6.strengthen inclusive and extensive European networks of municipalities and regions (e.g. the European Land and Soil Alliance 364 ), in interlink, synergy and complementarity with other relevant networks, pursuing citizen-identified soil related objectives, engaged in peer-to-peer learning and co-implementing the co-created solutions;

7.substantially increase the capacity of these networks to contribute to meeting the objectives and targets of the Soil Mission;

8.include a task to collaborate with the other projects funded under this topic to ensure complementarities, synergies and clear communication to stakeholders around the open calls for third party funding.

The successful proposals will ensure that regional and local governments and administrations are closely associated from an early stage in the projects’ lifetime. The involvement of the Committee of the Regions (CoR) and of the Council of European Municipalities and Regions (CEMR), as well as of other relevant networks representing regional and local governments should be sought. Clear channels for the uptake of participatory outcomes in decision-making processes should be identified at local, regional (when applicable) national and/or EU levels and feedback to citizens should be ensured.

Proposals should seek for a balanced representation of regions across Member States and Associated Countries, covering a wide range of geo-climatic zones, socio-economic conditions and land uses. Vulnerable and marginalised categories of the population, minorities and various age groups, including both youth and the elder generation, in urban, peri-urban and rural areas, should be adequately involved and engaged in the process. Gender balance should be ensured in all activities.

The proposals selected under this topic should dedicate the necessary resources to work closely together to maximise synergies, in particular with regard to the geographic coverage of regions. They should cooperate as well with the mission secretariat and the project funded under HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-07. In addition, proposals should take stock of publicly available results obtained by the EJP Soil 365 on the knowledge and use of citizen science across Europe and engage with relevant innovation networks (e.g. Smart specialisation platforms 366 , EIP-AGRI 367 , Climate-KIC 368 , EIT FOOD 369 ).

Consortia must apply the multi-actor approach to include expertise in deliberative democracy, civic participation and public engagement. The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium in particular to bring in expertise from its Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy 370 .

Applicants should be flexible enough to accommodate for some adjustments that may be requested by the Commission before the grant agreement signature to ensure complementarity of activities between the three selected projects.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-07: National engagement sessions and support to the establishment of soil health living labs

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Evaluation Procedure

The European Commission should be part of the evaluation panel.

Expected Outcome:  

This topic contributes to the Soil Deal mission’s objective to set up 100 soil health living labs 371 by 2027 that will co-create innovations (all types of innovation including social and technological) to improve soil health in all places, hence helping to restore ecosystems and biodiversity and sustainably manage natural resources. The successful proposal will ensure an effective launch of the first soil health living labs and lighthouses by preparing and supporting stakeholder communities across Member States and Associated countries and ensuring land managers 372 , industries, consumers and society at large work together and take effective action on soil health across sectors and land uses.

More specifically, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

1.a common understanding of the concept of soil health living labs in relation with mission objectives among potential applicants, including awareness of the selection criteria established for living labs and lighthouses in the implementation plan of the soil mission and of the most pressing soil health challenges in the different parts of Europe;

2.increased awareness and skills of potential applicants on how to setup and run a soil health living lab and improved access to a pool of capacity building material;

3.a varied range of proposals to future calls received in terms of geography, soil types and uses, actors involved and coverage of mission objectives, addressing the main soil health challenges faced in the participating regions; and

4.high-quality, collaborative, multi-actor consortia selected to create the first soil health living labs that meet the criteria established in the mission implementation plan, effectively bringing a range of different actors together in joint proposals within each living lab area or region and across borders to create complementary transnational clusters of living labs.

Scope:  

The implementation plan of the Soil Deal mission 373 provides for the gradual creation of 100 soil health living labs in 100 different European regions. The first living labs will be funded through annual calls under the Horizon Europe work programme 2023-2024. These calls will support collaborative projects, each of the projects assembling three to four living labs located in three to four different regions and countries. At the same time, Horizon Europe will also support the creation of a European network coordination body to support stakeholders in creating and running soil health living labs and to organise exchange of knowledge and innovation between them.

The success of the soil mission will depend on how well the community of stakeholders and actors is prepared to implement living labs, in particular the first ones following the 2023-2024 work programme call.

The successful project will organise a stream of support activities including two sets of national engagement sessions complemented by hands-on support of potential applicants based on capacity building material.

The project should work in close cooperation with national and regional authorities, Horizon Europe national contact points (NCPs), mission national hubs, on-going projects preparing for the implementation of the soil mission and structures established at national level on or with interest to soil research and innovation, especially in the context of the European Joint Programme EJP-Soil 374 . It will, in particular, build on the mapping of existing living labs and lighthouses carried out by the Soil Mission Support project (SMS 375 ) and on the identification of priority challenges and regional needs for living labs identified by the project to be funded under HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01-01 376 .

Through national engagement sessions the project should:

1.raise awareness and build ownership of the soil mission’s objectives as well as the definitions, concept and criteria for soil health living labs and lighthouses, as foreseen in the mission’s implementation plan 377 ;

2.raise awareness on key soil health challenges identified in the different regions and steer a conversation on the regions or areas and sites which would be most suitable to set up the first living labs in each country;

3.provide key information and capacity building material on the living lab approach and how to start and run living labs, including a range of different inspiring examples from the EU and beyond;

4.provide coaching sessions to potential applicants to start testing and improving their initial ideas; and

5.identify potential applicants and facilitate matchmaking between applicants in various countries to support the creation of transnational proposals for living labs.

To ensure equal opportunities for stakeholders in all countries, these engagement sessions should be organised in all 27 Member States and participating Associated Countries in national languages. The sessions should ensure the participation of a diverse group of actors who are most suitable to take part in soil health living labs, covering various land use types and climatic conditions in a balanced manner (e.g. urban, industrial, forestry and agriculture). In addition, engagement sessions should take into account the mission’s eight specific objectives as described in the mission implementation plan and the diversity of soil challenges in each country.

The two sets of national engagement sessions should take place ideally in the first trimester of 2023 (for call 2023) and in the last trimester of 2023 (for call 2024). A well-developed plan for the organisation of the meetings should be part of the proposal, so that the consortium selected for funding can start the engagement sessions immediately following grant agreement signature. The proposal should include options for physical or hybrid sessions with a digital-only option as a back-up. National engagement sessions should be complemented by a series of capacity-building webinars.

In addition to the national engagement sessions, the successful project will act as a helpdesk to provide on-demand support to stakeholders involved in developing proposals for soil health living labs. It will also produce capacity building material capitalising on the national engagement sessions for future use by other entities engaged in supporting the creation of living labs, notably the aforementioned European network coordination body (to be set up).

The consortium should demonstrate outstanding capacities in terms of participatory approaches, facilitation of groups composed of multiple types of stakeholders with varying backgrounds and expertise, and running of living labs and support networks. To this end, the consortium should be composed of partners with varying expertise and capacities to engage with the relevant actors expected to take part in future living labs. The consortium should also include members with a sound understanding of the subject of soil health.

The successful project is expected to last two years. In addition to its collaboration with the Horizon 2020 project SMS and the project funded under HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01-01, it should work in close coordination and synergy with the mission secretariat. The project should also engage with relevant innovation networks (Smart specialisation platforms, EIP-AGRI, European Institute of Technology and its knowledge and innovation communities (KICs), Enterprise Europe network etc.). Applicants should take note of the content of the mission’s implementation plan and be flexible enough to accommodate some adjustments to developments that will have happened between the publication of this call and the grant agreement signature, especially on living lab definitions and selection criteria.

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-08: Next generation soil advisors

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

Type of Action

Research and Innovation Actions

Eligibility and admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

Expected Outcome: Project activities are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

1.advisory services are strengthened in their knowledge and skill base to provide impartial advice on soils and their sustainable management, based on a thorough understanding of soil functions and ecosystems services supported by soils across land uses and climate zones throughout Europe;

2.new forms of advice are tested and established, making more effective use of digitization and new models for advisor-farmer-data interactions;

3.land managers (including owners leasing their land) and other practitioners in rural and urban areas (e.g. farmers, foresters, local authorities in charge of managing green spaces and natural areas) have increased opportunities for access to tailored, practice-oriented knowledge and for exchange of experiences on how to manage land and soils in more sustainable ways;

4.the farming sector is better equipped to contribute to meeting targets from the Farm to Fork Strategy 378   379 and the new EU Soil Strategy 380 , in particular with regard to the management of nutrients;

5.more interactive and effective agricultural and forestry knowledge and innovation systems are in place;

6.local/regional authorities are in a position to integrate considerations on soil health (e.g. reuse of soils, reduction of soil sealing, management and increase of green spaces in urban areas) into spatial planning and decision-making.

Scope: Land managers and land owners (including farmers, foresters, gardeners, local/regional authorities, spatial and urban planners) often do not sufficiently apply or promote practices that maintain and/or restore soil health because of a lack of knowledge and tailored advice on locally adapted practices. Impartial advisors with ample theoretic and practical knowledge on soils, their functions and management are key to address this gap. It is therefore essential that advisors’ knowledge is constantly updated, standardised to some extent and responds to the evolving needs of land managers and policies.

The objective of this topic is to promote the emergence of specialised “soil advisors” and to strengthen the skills of existing advisors and in view of promoting the uptake of innovations for sustainable land management practices by farmers, foresters and other land managers and owners throughout Europe.

The proposed activities will:

1.identify, map, and connect – also within the framework of Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) - the main actors relevant to the development, acquisition, exchange and application of knowledge to improve soil health related practices. This can include advisory services, farmers, foresters, other land managers and land owners or land managers’ associations as well as relevant civil society organisations, researchers, and public authorities;

2.screen existing educational resources and tools (i.e. digital tools, networks, educational resources etc.) applicable to the various aspects of land management and the prevention of soil degradation;

3.develop, test and share best practices on curricula, tools and methods to strengthen the skills and competences of soil advisors taking due account of novel approaches for interactive innovation and of the potential of digital technologies for acquiring, exchanging and disseminating knowledge and know-how;

4.create testing grounds for new forms of soil advice and (digital) tools, peer-to-peer knowledge exchange and practitioner-driven experimentation, in particular on the management of nutrients, soil organic carbon and biodiversity. This task should be undertaken by making use – where available - of the FaST tool developed in Member States as part of the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and by assessing its effectiveness and benefits (in economic, agronomic and environmental terms). The future Regulation establishing rules on support for the CAP Strategic Plans includes, within the provision on the farm advisory services, the Farm Sustainability Tool (FaST). FaST has to provide on-farm decision-support for the use of nutrients, based on the available data and knowledge and compliant with the existing environmental legislation. The legal text mentions that the FaST has to be implemented by Member States and that “the Commission may provide support to the MS in the design of the FaST, in order to ensure a level playing field between farmers and across the Union”. The FaST has to be implemented no later than 2024;

5.develop a comprehensive toolbox of resources in various EU languages for the training of soil advisors and their interactions with land managers and propose strategies (including financial models) to sustain and update training outputs and tools developed and compiled throughout the project.

Proposed activities should take due account of the different situation of advisory services in EU Member States and Associated Countries and ensure wide access (also language-wise) to main resources for soil advisors across Europe. While focusing on agriculture where advisory services already exist, activities shall explore avenues for introducing soil advice into management and decision-making regarding other land uses (e.g. forest and urban land), taking into account different pedo-climatic and socio-economic conditions across Europe.

Projects are expected to make use of the opportunities provided by the European Innovation Partnership “Agricultural productivity and sustainability (EIP AGRI), national AKIS and the EU Soil Observatory (EUSO), e.g. with regard to dissemination of project outputs and exchange of experiences. They should build as appropriate on existing education programmes and training modules (e.g. from EIT KICs) that provide a knowledge resource relevant for the protection and restoration of soil health and of soil ecosystem services. Similarly, they should take into account results of relevant Horizon 2020 projects 381 .

Proposals must apply the “multi-actor approach”, thus ensure a balanced mix of actors from various sectors and include expertise from behavioural and social sciences.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Procurement actions

1. Mission Implementation platform

Main tasks: to assist the EU Commission (in particular the mission secretariat) in the implementation of the mission. This will include

1.support to the overall coordination of activities under the various building blocks of the mission;

2.developing KPIs and a framework for monitoring and reporting on the portfolio of projects and activities;

3.monitoring and assessing activities funded under the mission in quantitative and qualitative ways and tracking progress towards achievement of the mission’s targets, objectives and overall goal;

4.support to reporting on progress of the mission, in particular in view of the mid-term evaluation which is planned to take place in 2024;

5.reaching out to stakeholders in Member States and internationally as well as support communication and dissemination activities. This will include the organisation of events to promote the involvement of a range of stakeholders in mission activities.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2021 budget

Indicative timetable: 2nd Quarter 2022 (initial contract duration: 2022-2025, with a possible extension until 2027)

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2021 budget 382

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

1. Technical and scientific support for the development of an EU soil monitoring framework

The JRC will

1.provide technical expertise and operational capacity to support the coordination of activities and exchanges with Member States, Associated Countries (AC), ESTAT, the, the EEA and scientific community;

2.oversee the mission’s activities in relation to soil monitoring and update approaches as new science from R&I activities become available (e.g. on specific targets or new methods, technologies and metrics for measuring indicators);

3.engage with Member States/Associated Countries in view of further developing the LUCAS Soil Module and developing a shareable soil information system that supports a harmonised EU reporting structure for soil health monitoring. In doing so, the JRC will work closely together with the project selected under topic Soil-02-03;

4.use data from activities funded under the mission to feed into the EUSO;

5.develop an integrated sampling framework to be implemented in 2025/2026 (tbc) by the LUCAS campaign and be available for policy implementation (e.g. related to EU-wide soil condition assessments, registers for contaminated sites, LULUCF greenhouse gas inventories);

6.make use of the potential of Earth Observation, digital tools and AI as appropriate;

7.build on INSPIRE principles to ensure interoperable data sets and compatibility with Global Soil Partnership Global Soil Information System (GLOSIS) initiative.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: 2nd/3d Quarter of 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget 383

Destination: Complementing missions through national activities

The goal is to develop a coordination network to engage Member States and Associated Countries, and in particular their respective programmes and actions, in support of the missions and towards achieving mission objectives. Missions are rooted in research and innovation. However, EU-level research and innovation actions alone will not be sufficient to achieve the societal impact they aim to deliver. Complementary actions from Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe will significantly increase the chance of success of missions. This network will facilitate alignment and where possible coordination of these actions, in support of the missions and increase their impact.

Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the Destination’s goal and objectives, and more specifically to all the following impacts:

1.Increased commitment at institutional level in EU Member States and Associated Countries to implement complementary actions in support of missions;

2.Facilitate exchanges of ideas and knowledge on how to achieve mission goals and how to support them through national, regional and local actions;

3.Increased preparedness for mission implementation.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01

2.00

14 Sep 2021

Overall indicative budget

2.00

Call - Coordination of complementary actions for missions

HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 384

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 385

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 22 Jun 2021

Deadline(s): 14 Sep 2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01-01

CSA

2.00 386

Around 2.00

1

Overall indicative budget

2.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01-01: Coordination of complementary actions for missions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute the following expected outcomes:

1.Cooperation between national officials on implementation modalities of complementary actions across the European Union and Associated Countries;

2.Appropriate mechanisms are in place to facilitate the multi-level deployment of complementary actions for missions;

3.A common vision on the achievement of missions objectives is shared at a national, regional and local level across the European Union and Associated Countries.

Scope: This action aims to foster cooperation and coordination between EU-level actions and complementary national, regional and local actions in support of the implementation of missions.

The mission concept aims to deliver societal impact. The missions will require commitment and a sense of ownership across the European Union. The support of Member States and Associated Countries, regional and local actors and actions that are complementary to EU level action is needed to deliver on the envisaged societal impacts of missions.

This action should also leverage opportunities raised by the digital transition. It should enhance the missions’ potential for rapid testing, piloting, demonstrating, scaling up and de-risking of large place-based R&I projects/initiatives, after the conclusions of their preparatory phase 387 .

The above described expected outcome and scope should be achieved by establishing a Missions Core Network that will:

1.Support alignment and where possible coordination between national, regional and local initiatives for the implementation of missions;

2.Exchange best practice on how complementary national, regional and local efforts and related funding can contribute to missions objectives;

3.Facilitate engagement of regional and local actors in support of EU-level activities or complementary national activities in support of the implementation of missions;

4.Map the relevant national, regional and local, stakeholders, civil society organisations and institutions, which are key actors to support the implementation of missions and can support delivery of their objectives.

5.Map different existing funding streams – both at EU and national or global level (including private sector investments) and explore their mobilisation and possible combining in support of mission implementation;

6.Prepare for potential hubs at national level. The core network will have the role of advising the specific mission hubs, as missions will need new implementation modalities. Each mission specific hub will be linked to this cross-cutting network.

7.Develop the basis for a governance model supporting the coordination of complementary actions to implement the missions.

The consortium should include organisations capable of coordinating national level representatives (e.g. representative from relevant Ministries or national agencies, academia) and relevant regional and local actors (e.g. representatives from city councils).

The network should also deliver specific events, in consultation with the European Commission:

1.‘Meet & Monitor, Missions’ event as part of citizen engagement and supported through the coordination network;

2.‘Annual missions innovation fair’ – gathering relevant stakeholders such as ERC, EIC grantees, industry, charities, EIB, among others to meet around mission-specific thematic areas.

​These actions should be developed in close coordination with the European Commission. The European Commission will identify targets for the specific missions, after assessment, and will communicate the specific missions to the Missions Core Network. The European Commission should be an active member of the Missions Core Network.

The European Committee of the Regions and the European Economic and Social Committee should be closely associated to these activities as sources of reflection.

Destination: Deployment of NEB lighthouse demonstrators in the context of missions

The New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative wants to make the European Green Deal a cultural, human-centred, positive and tangible experience. It aims to improve how we live together in the built environment 388 , by fostering innovative solutions that articulate the three NEB core principles of sustainability, aesthetics and inclusion. Horizon Europe missions aim to solve major environmental and societal challenges using ambitious, creative, inclusive and interdisciplinary solutions, bringing the European Green Deal closer to citizens.

Missions share many objectives with the NEB initiative. Through a mutually supportive relationship, the NEB and the missions will collaborate on key shared challenges. Missions are ambitious and daring, closely involve stakeholders and citizens, and aim to produce public goods on a European scale. There are therefore numerous similarities with the NEB initiative. The goal is to launch five lighthouse demonstrators for the NEB initiative, providing valuable lessons and knowledge for the missions’ deployment.

This destination will showcase how a co-design process, with architecture, design and culture at its core, can deliver highly innovative solutions to address environmental and societal challenges at the territorial level.

Proposals for the topic under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the Destination’s goal, and more specifically to all the following impacts:

1.Strengthen connections between the missions and the NEB on key environmental and societal challenges;

2.Increased preparedness for mission implementation in a multi-level and multidisciplinary approach;

3.Demonstrate the benefit of applying an NEB approach (combining sustainability with aesthetics and inclusion) to territorial transformation.

The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this mission:

Call

Budgets (EUR million)

Deadline(s)

2021

HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01

25.00

25 Jan 2022

Overall indicative budget

25.00

Call - Support the deployment of lighthouse demonstrators for the New European Bauhaus initiative in the context of Horizon Europe missions

HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01

Conditions for the Call

Indicative budget(s) 389

Topics

Type of Action

Budgets (EUR million)

Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 390

Number of projects expected to be funded

2021

Opening: 28 Sep 2021

Deadline(s): 25 Jan 2022

HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01-01

CSA

25.00 391

3.00 to 5.00

5

Overall indicative budget

25.00

General conditions relating to this call

Admissibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex A.

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B.

Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

The criteria are described in General Annex C.

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D.

Documents

The documents are described in General Annex E.

Procedure

The procedure is described in General Annex F.

Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

The rules are described in General Annex G.

Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01-01: Support the deployment of lighthouse demonstrators for the New European Bauhaus initiative in the context of Horizon Europe missions

Specific conditions

Expected EU contribution per project

The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

Indicative budget

The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

Type of Action

Coordination and Support Actions

Eligibility conditions

The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

Award criteria

The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

The following exceptions apply:

1.The quality criteria will include the following additional aspects: demonstration of broad engagement and consultation of citizens and all relevant stakeholders to define the needs analysis and the understanding of implications of the challenge in the given territory (e.g. neighbourhood, district, ecosystem) in terms of sustainability (in line with the European Green Deal), inclusiveness (including accessibility and affordability) and aesthetics (including functionality, comfort, attractiveness, etc.).

2.The impact criteria will include the elaboration of a two-year programme for further design and implementation of the whole or part of the complete territorial transformation plan as well as demonstration of the long-term vision and commitment of territorial agents to implement the transformation through partnerships and integrated funding.

3.To ensure a balanced portfolio covering geographical areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in the order of ranking but at least also to the projects that are the highest ranked covering different parts of the territory of the European Union and Associated Countries, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

4.Given the nature of the action, Option 2 of the model grant agreement will be applicable:

Purchases of equipment, infrastructure or other assets specifically for the action (or developed as part of the action tasks) may be declared as full capitalised costs if they fulfil the cost eligibility conditions applicable to their respective cost categories. ‘Capitalised costs’ means:

* costs incurred in the purchase or for the development of the equipment, infrastructure or other assets and

* which are recorded under a fixed asset account of the beneficiary in compliance with international accounting standards and the beneficiary’s usual cost accounting practices.

If such equipment, infrastructure or other assets are rented or leased, full costs for renting or leasing are eligible, if they do not exceed the depreciation costs of similar equipment, infrastructure or assets and do not include any financing fees.

Expected Outcome: Through a mutually supportive relationship, Horizon Europe missions and the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative will develop connections on a wide range of topics. For example, there are shared objectives in areas such as climate-neutral and smart cities, adaptation of the built environment to the effects of climate change (while respecting existing aesthetic and historical values), including flooding and sea level rise, sustainable use of soils through better spatial planning, urban greening and nature-based solutions, and cancer prevention and quality of life through healthy lifestyles and a healthy living environment.

This action will offer opportunities to engage with communities on an environmentally sustainable, socially fair, and aesthetically appealing transition, using architecture, design and culture as core resources for a sustainable society. These shared qualities between Horizon Europe missions and the NEB should be capitalised on, leading to increased impact for both initiatives, and providing guidance and insight for the missions’ implementation. Horizon Europe missions and the NEB both emphasise the importance of involving citizens in the green transition at the local level, in pursuit of broader societal transformation. Linking the two initiatives can help solidify the concept in the public’s collective conscious that the missions embody research and innovation’s capacity to positively impact their daily lives.

Proposals are expected to demonstrate all of the outcomes listed below:

1.The projects should have a clear expected transformational impact both on the built environment, and on how people live and interact in that environment. The pilots will fully embrace the mission objectives and NEB principles, acting as "lighthouse demonstrators", serving as test-beds for the implementation of Horizon Europe mission objectives and innovative solutions.

2.Deliver, by the end of the project, ‘tangible’ and replicable results, leading to benefits in the long-term.

3.The grants leading to the design and deployment of the initial implementation phase are meant to catalyse substantial additional investments (e.g. partnerships of national, regional, local public and private sources, including EU Structural Funds) to ensure the implementation of the full-scale project after the design phase.

4.A clear demonstration effect in relation to the operationalisation of the triangle of sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics, serving as reference for the broader implementation of the NEB initiative, as well as for the uptake and support of the Horizon Europe missions by national, regional and local authorities, other stakeholders, and European citizens, thus enabling a rapid scale-up of Horizon Europe missions’ activities.

Scope: This action will contribute to the Delivery Phase of the NEB, by deploying mission-oriented pilot projects that will act as ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ across the territory of the European Union and Associated Countries. They should embrace the key principles of the NEB initiative (sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics), using architecture, design and culture as core resources for a sustainable society, and the mission-oriented approach (impactful, measurable, targeted) in an innovative and exemplary manner. They should address one or more relevant challenges that represent the wide scope of the NEB initiative, such as:

1.Environmental and climate adaptation challenges, environmental and climate risks, prevention and resilience

2.Economic and territorial changes linked to the green transition

3.Social challenges (poverty, segregation, social exclusion, etc.)

4.Challenges linked to the use, preservation and reconversion of existing infrastructure and heritage

5.Demographic challenges (ageing, migration, depopulation, changes in property market due to tourism, etc.)

Proposals should include:

1.The development of an ambitious, mission-oriented, quality co-design process, based on citizens’ and stakeholders' participation and multidisciplinary (e.g. arts, architecture, design, heritage, engineering, physical and spatial planning, manufacturing, technology, environmental and social sciences, etc.) and multilevel collaboration (e.g. civil society, public and private actors), also capable of addressing the relevant objectives of the Horizon Europe missions.

2.An ambitious and credible executive plan that identifies and analyses the challenges and resources of a given territory (e.g. neighbourhood, district, ecosystem) in terms of sustainability (in line with the European Green Deal), inclusiveness (including accessibility and affordability) and aesthetics (including functionality, comfort, attractiveness, etc.).

3.The detailed outlined, through feasibility studies, of highly innovative, cutting-edge solutions, associating meaningful, inclusive social purpose with strong aesthetic values and sustainability, in line with the European Green Deal, to address emblematic environmental and societal challenges at the territorial level.

4.Deployment of an initial set of solutions as demonstrators within a two-year timeframe, accompanied by a rigorous impact evaluation methodology, measuring the impact of the adopted methodologies. Involvement and testing of the demonstrators with international experts.

5.A detailed roadmap for implementation, with a sustainable financial plan quantifying and identifying substantial additional investment based on involvement and partnerships with different actors (national, regional, local, public and private sources).

6.Evidence of developed relationships and partnerships with responsible authorities and/or representatives (on planning, permits, property rights, financing, impact assessments, etc.).

7.Exchange and dissemination of co-design methodology at European Union and Associated Countries level.

8.Contribution to the outreach, dissemination and communication strategy and plan of the NEB and of Horizon Europe missions.

9.The NEB initiative, launched in late 2020, will undergo rapid development in an open community. Potential applicants are invited to join this community under [ https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en ] to contribute to the discussion on the application of the NEB principles in the 21st, and their role in the twin green and digital transitions, and recovery from the COVID-19 crisis.

10.Projects are expected to participate in European-level networking opportunities in the context of the NEB initiative.

Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

Indirectly managed actions

1. EIB Innovation Finance Advisory to support the implementation of EU Missions

Expected Outcomes:

The action is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes, tailored to the specific needs and activities of each of the missions that enter the full implementation phase:

1.Increased investor engagement;

2.Development of new/better financing ecosystems;

Expected Impact:

Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to several of the following impacts:

1.Financial viability of missions: Long term financial viability of a mission through the European Multiannual Financial Framework and the mobilising of other sources of funding which will together enable the missions to achieve their ambitious objectives and societal impact. This will be enabled through effective use of appropriate financing tools, instruments and models.

2.Sound financing of large projects: Sound financing of large, complex demonstration or flagship projects, which are expected to play an important part in achieving the missions’ objectives.

3.Missions implemented through a portfolio of different activities planned over time and building on each other.

Scope:

This action supports initial Innovation Finance Advisory services for the first year of the implementation of the missions under an advisory agreement with the EIB Group for the implementation of the InvestEU Advisory Hub, or any other contractual/legal agreement that is deemed appropriate by the implementing partners. The scope and budget of the activity will be aligned to reflect the Commission’s decision making with regard to the full implementation phase of missions and the cooperation between the European Commission and the EIB 392 .

EU missions, rooted in research and innovation, aim to deliver public goods and societal impact. In order to reach their ambitious objectives, significant financing needs are expected along the entire value chain, including basic research, high risk innovation, demonstration, deployment and market penetration.

Part of this financing will be come from funding instruments under the European Multiannual Financial Framework. However, these will not be sufficient and other sources of funding will need to be mobilised.

Taking into account other relevant actions in particular those being supported by Horizon Europe, the Innovation Finance Advisory services will support the identification of investment sources and outreach and engagement with potential investors or other types of funding models and mechanisms including through social innovation. This will contribute to the development of a pool of public and private actors and a variety of approaches that contribute to achieving a mission’s objectives. Special attention will be given to identify investment sources in those Member States or Associated Countries that are lagging behind in terms of such investments. Relevant existing and new financial advisory activities will be taken into consideration.

The foreseen advisory services will contribute to the understanding and use of appropriate financing tools and models and instruments of actions, including the development of blended instruments under InvestEU, ensuring effective financing to reach mission objectives. For each of the missions (and their implementation teams) that enter the full implementation phase, based on their specific needs and activities, the scope of the advice and assistance will be:

1.identification of investment sources and outreach and engagement with potential investors or other types of funding models and mechanisms including through social innovation to contribute to the development of a pool of public and private actors and a variety of approaches that contribute to achieving a mission’s objectives;

2.mobilising of the EU Multiannual Financial Framework and other sources of funding including Venture Capital, Corporate Venture Capital, National Promotional Banks, Private Equity, commercial banks and strategic investors;

3.Identification and dissemination of knowledge on the use and development of financial / blended instruments, investor interest to catalyse private and public capital and investment gaps;

4.Making recommendations on financing models which specifically target the delivery of public goods;

5.Providing upstream financial structuring advice for mission demonstration/pilot projects and other funding intensive mission activities;

6.Acting as financial advisory to individual (complex) flagship projects and other investment of mission activities.

The use of an indirectly managed action on the basis that the beneficiary, the EIB Innovation Finance Advisory, is uniquely placed to deliver this wide range of financing advisory services, which will be of high added value to deliver the missions’ objectives, has proven capacity to make the required expertise available, building on the track record developed under the joint EC-EIB InnovFin Advisory programme.

Legal entities:

EIB Innovation Finance Advisory, 98-100, boulevard Konrad Adenauer L-2950 Luxembourg

Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget 393

Procurement actions

1. Informing citizens and stakeholders about EU Missions and engaging them in the implementation of EU Missions

 

Description:

The success of missions depends to a great extent on the engagement of an informed community of stakeholders and citizens. Therefore, the objective of this action - a continuation of the current communication and citizens’ engagement actions for missions - is to inform and engage citizens and stakeholders to be able to effectively launch and start implementing the missions. Actions will include:

1.a Europe-wide, multilingual communication campaign to raise the awareness of missions among relevant audiences;

2.a series of interactive offline and online events in the Member States, EEA and Associated countries;

3.setting up of a digital platform to ensure transparency and to facilitate stakeholder and citizen engagement, including building of EU missions community through a multilingual approach.

Form of Funding: Procurement

Type of Action: Public procurement

Indicative timetable: 2nd Quarter 2021 – 2nd Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2021 budget 394

Other budget implementation instruments

1. External expertise for advice on the next phases of the design and implementation of missions for Horizon Europe 395

Objectives and scope:

Subject to the decision to launch missions to the full implementation phase, and in line with the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, the objective is to create five new expert groups (mission boards), with up to 15 experts in each, to provide advice which will support the work of the European Commission in the implementation phase of specific missions for Horizon Europe.

These specific missions are based on five mission areas:

1.Cancer

2.Adaptation to climate change

3.Ocean, seas and waters

4.Climate-neutral and smart cities

5.Soil health and food

Missions are currently in the preparatory phase and subject to confirmation will be launched in full by the end of 2021. The scope of work for the expert groups will be centred on the whole of the Pillar ‘Global Challenges and Competitiveness of European Industry' under Horizon Europe.

Type of advice:

The experts to be included in the expert groups will be required to provide advice based on deep knowledge on fields corresponding to the implementation of mission oriented programmes corresponding to those of the missions that are proposed above, including knowledge in business, economic social and environmental programmes, research and innovation and expertise in cross-sector/cross-border collaboration, governance, citizen engagement etc., as well as country and regional interests. It will include advice on achieving synergies between Horizon Europe missions and other EU programmes and policy areas, and with similar style missions at the national level, taking into account the international research and innovation field.

Description of the mandate/tasks

Each informal expert group will have the same set of advisory tasks, relevant to its mission. It will advise, without having decision-making powers, the Commission upon the following:

1.Input to the preparation of content of Work Programmes and their revision as needed for achieving the mission objectives, with input from stakeholders and, where relevant, the general public;

2.characteristics of project portfolios for missions;

3.adjustment actions, or termination if appropriate, based on implementation assessments according to the defined objectives of the mission;

4.strategic advice on the profile of independent expert evaluators following the provisions of the Framework Programme, briefing of expert evaluators and evaluation criteria and their weighting;

5.framework conditions which help achieve the objectives of the mission;

6.communication, including on the performance and the achievements of the mission;

7.policy coordination between relevant actors at different levels, in particular regarding synergies with other Union policies;

8.key performance indicators.

The advisory role of the mission boards will be very closely managed in support of the dialogue with the Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe, and to respect conflict of interest and confidentiality notably when pertaining to the Horizon Europe work programme and on evaluation aspects.

The mission boards will provide high-level advice to the Commission of such a nature that without their input the implementation of missions would not achieve the desired large scale and breadth of impact. In light of this, and as highly qualified, specialised, independent experts who will be selected following a public call for applications, on the basis of objective criteria, it is justified that the members of the mission boards will be remunerated for the services they offer pursuant Article 21 of the horizontal rules.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day for each full working day spent assisting the Commission in terms of Article 21 of Decision C (2016)3301 will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: 3rd Quarter of 2021 to 4th Quarter of 2022 (to be extended subject to the confirmation of the missions in the implementation phase).

Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2021 budget 396

2. External expertise for advice on the next phases of the design and implementation of missions for Horizon Europe

Objectives and scope:

In line with the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, the objective is to create five new expert groups (mission boards), with up to 15 experts in each, to provide advice which will support the work of the European Commission in the implementation phase of specific missions for Horizon Europe.

These specific missions are:

1.Adaptation to Climate Change: support at least 150 European regions and communities to become climate resilient by 2030;

2.Cancer: working with Europe's Beating Cancer Plan to improve the lives of more than 3 million people by 2030 through prevention, cure and solutions to live longer and better;

3.Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030;

4.100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030;

5.A Soil Deal for Europe: 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030.

The scope of work for the expert groups will be centred on the whole of the Pillar ‘Global Challenges and Competitiveness of European Industry' under Horizon Europe.

Type of advice:

The experts to be included in the expert groups will be required to provide advice based on deep knowledge on fields corresponding to the implementation of mission oriented programmes corresponding to those of the missions above, including knowledge in business, economic social and environmental programmes, research and innovation and expertise in cross-sector/cross-border collaboration, governance, citizen engagement etc., as well as country and regional interests. It will include advice on achieving synergies between Horizon Europe missions and other EU programmes and policy areas, and with similar style missions at the national level, taking into account the international research and innovation field.

Description of the mandate/tasks

Each informal expert group will have the same set of advisory tasks, relevant to its mission. It will advise, without having decision-making powers, the Commission upon the following:

1.Input to the preparation of content of Work Programmes and their revision as needed for achieving the mission objectives, with input from stakeholders and, where relevant, the general public;

2.characteristics of project portfolios for missions;

3.adjustment actions, or termination if appropriate, based on implementation assessments according to the defined objectives of the mission;

4.strategic advice on the profile of independent expert evaluators following the provisions of the Framework Programme, briefing of expert evaluators and evaluation criteria and their weighting;

5.framework conditions which help achieve the objectives of the mission;

6.communication, including on the performance and the achievements of the mission;

7.policy coordination between relevant actors at different levels, in particular regarding synergies with other Union policies;

8.key performance indicators.

The advisory role of the mission boards will be very closely managed in support of the dialogue with the Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe, and to respect conflict of interest and confidentiality notably when pertaining to the Horizon Europe work programme and on evaluation aspects.

The mission boards will provide high-level advice to the Commission of such a nature that without their input the implementation of missions would not achieve the desired large scale and breadth of impact. In light of this, and as highly qualified, specialised, independent experts who will be selected following a public call for applications, on the basis of objective criteria, it is justified that the members of the mission boards will be remunerated for the services they offer pursuant Article 21 of the horizontal rules.

A special allowance of EUR 450/day for each full working day spent assisting the Commission in terms of Article 21 of Decision C (2016)3301 will be paid to the mission board experts and their chairs appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

Type of Action: Expert contract action

Indicative timetable: 1st Quarter 2022 – 2nd Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2022 budget 397

Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

1. Scientific and technical services to the Mission on ‘Climate-neutral and smart cities’ 398

 

The purpose of this action is to provide scientific and technical support towards achieving climate-neutrality at urban level, in line with the European Green Deal 399 objectives and the proposed mission on climate-neutral and smart cities. The activities will provide extended data, methodologies and analysis for accelerating the transition towards climate-neutrality throughout European cities.

This activity will focus on mapping and supporting European cities’ needs and ambitions to achieve climate-neutrality, through a mission-oriented approach. It will increase cities’ awareness and preparedness, aiming at widening participation and tackling entry-level barriers. It will also increase knowledge on European cities wide challenges and support the definition of incentive schemes for a wide range of cities. This activity will capitalise on existing proved R&I solutions and packages of measures assessed against existing or new ‘climate-neutrality’ indicators, and will ensure conditions for their transferability between different urban contexts. It should therefore propose a set of indicators to assess impact of solutions, especially to prevent rebound effects and support positive spill-over and it will identify pathways for achieving climate neutrality. Such criteria should also include reflections on climate adaptation spill-over positive and negative effects, contributing to the upcoming New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change. 400

This activity will be implemented in close coordination with the Commission’s mission owners group.

The activity will be structured around three main outputs:

1.Development of a ‘Self-assessment toolkit for cities’ climate-neutrality pathway’;

2.Mapping of European cities’ preparedness level and ambition;

3.Mapping of proved R&I solutions and conditions enabling their transferability.

The listed activities should ensure the uptake and capitalisation of the existing European urban initiatives and policies, while also considering the necessary interaction with the one-stop-shop to be established under the Horizon 2020 topic LC-GD-1-2-2020 on ‘Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities’ 401 . The action should last indicatively one year, starting with the mapping of European cities preparedness level and ambition as an intermediate milestone.

Form of Funding: Direct action grants

Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

Indicative timetable: 2nd Quarter of 2021

Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2021 budget 402

Grant to identified beneficiaries

1. OECD Benchmarking Study on Missions Implementation 403

Expected outcomes:

The action would be expected to provide:

1.Principles and measures of performance built into design of missions’ governance, notably between national and regional and local actions;

2.Adopted process and procedure for portfolio implementation, including selection criteria;

3.Diffusion and extension of pathways for inter-connecting missions at national, regional and local level.

Expected impact:

1.European eco-system for sustained mission performance.

Scope:

OECD to provide a benchmarking of practices in relevant countries.

This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as the OECD has unique access to countries where missions have been developed and expertise in the study of mission oriented innovation policies, and the proposed action would build on the recently completed study.

• The governance of the implementation of missions (allowing in practice to manage/steer a portfolio of activities/instruments);

• The processes related to the implementation of a portfolio approach (what selection criteria, what mode of portfolio management);

• The connections/interlinkages between EU missions and EU Member States, EEA and Associated countries related activities (e.g. joint governance, international cooperation etc.).

Legal entities:

Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, 2 Rue André Pascal, 75016 Paris, France

Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

Indicative timetable: 3rd Quarter 2021 – 3rd Quarter 2022

Indicative budget: EUR 0.15 million from the 2021 budget 404

Budget 405

Budget line(s)

2021 Budget(EUR million)

2022 Budget(EUR million)

Calls

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-01

5.00

from 01.020240

1.00

from 01.020250

2.50

from 01.020260

1.50

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02

110.00

from 01.020220

1.33

from 01.020230

2.60

from 01.020240

10.78

from 01.020250

63.59

from 01.020260

31.70

HORIZON-MISS-2021-UNCAN-01

3.00

from 01.020210

3.00

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02

125.65

from 01.020210

92.35

from 01.020220

1.48

from 01.020240

31.81

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01

5.00

from 01.020250

2.50

from 01.020260

2.50

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02

57.00

from 01.020220

0.74

from 01.020230

1.44

from 01.020240

5.98

from 01.020250

35.27

from 01.020260

13.57

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03

19.00

from 01.020220

0.25

from 01.020230

0.48

from 01.020240

1.99

from 01.020250

11.76

from 01.020260

4.52

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04

19.00

from 01.020220

0.25

from 01.020230

0.48

from 01.020240

1.99

from 01.020250

11.76

from 01.020260

4.52

HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05

9.00

from 01.020220

0.12

from 01.020230

0.23

from 01.020240

0.94

from 01.020250

5.57

from 01.020260

2.14

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01

4.00

from 01.020250

4.00

HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02

117.00

from 01.020220

1.46

from 01.020230

2.83

from 01.020240

11.75

from 01.020250

69.35

from 01.020260

31.61

HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-01

42.00

from 01.020220

0.90

from 01.020230

0.86

from 01.020240

5.46

from 01.020250

25.63

from 01.020260

9.15

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-01

5.00

from 01.020260

5.00

HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02

62.00

from 01.020220

1.37

from 01.020230

2.67

from 01.020240

11.10

from 01.020260

46.86

HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01

2.00

from 01.020210

0.29

from 01.020220

0.09

from 01.020230

0.07

from 01.020240

0.58

from 01.020250

0.58

from 01.020260

0.38

HORIZON-MISS-2021-NEB-01

25.00

from 01.020210

3.67

from 01.020220

1.16

from 01.020230

0.85

from 01.020240

7.28

from 01.020250

7.28

from 01.020260

4.77

Other actions

Public procurement

See footnote 406

from 01.020210

2.29

from 01.020220

0.35

from 01.020230

0.58

from 01.020240

2.69

from 01.020250

9.84

from 01.020260

6.89

Service Level Agreement

See footnote 407

from 01.020220

0.03

from 01.020230

0.05

from 01.020240

0.20

from 01.020250

1.20

from 01.020260

0.60

Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

See footnote 408

from 01.020220

0.07

from 01.020230

0.14

from 01.020240

0.56

from 01.020250

3.31

from 01.020260

1.29

Specific grant agreement

See footnote 409

from 01.020220

1.73

from 01.020230

1.65

from 01.020240

10.53

from 01.020250

49.43

from 01.020260

17.66

Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

See footnote 410

from 01.020220

0.07

from 01.020230

0.13

from 01.020240

0.56

from 01.020250

2.19

from 01.020260

2.05

Indirectly managed action

See footnote 411

from 01.020210

0.29

from 01.020220

0.09

from 01.020230

0.07

from 01.020240

0.58

from 01.020250

0.58

from 01.020260

0.38

Expert contract action

See footnote 412

See footnote 413

from 01.020210

0.22

0.22

from 01.020220

0.07

0.07

from 01.020230

0.05

0.05

from 01.020240

0.44

0.44

from 01.020250

0.44

0.44

from 01.020260

0.29

0.29

Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

See footnote 414

from 01.020210

0.02

from 01.020220

0.01

from 01.020230

0.01

from 01.020240

0.04

from 01.020250

0.04

from 01.020260

0.03

Estimated total budget

606.39

124.50

(1)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/assessment-criteria_en
(2)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/climat_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
(3) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(4)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(5)    Of which EUR 1.50 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 2.50 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget.
(6)    See scope section for more details on the outcomes and objectives to be addressed.
(7)    COM(2020) 80 final
(8)    COM(2021) 82 final
(9)    COM(2020) 220 final
(10)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/european-research-infrastructures_en#initiatives
(11)    COM(2020) 788
(12)     https://www.eea.europa.eu/highlights/citizen-science-on-air-quality
(13)    User-centred, open innovation ecosystems based on a systematic user co-creation approach integrating research and innovation processes in real life communities and settings.
(14)    Possible participants: experts from a variety of sectors (private, public, academia) with experience on the services to be provided by the topic. National, regional or local authorities could also be part of the consortium if they possess the expertise required to deliver the services outlined in the topic.
(15)    Vulnerability is the propensity or predisposition to be adversely affected. Vulnerability encompasses a variety of concepts and elements including sensitivity or susceptibility to harm and lack of capacity to cope and adapt (IPCC, 2018 – SR Global Warming of 1.5 ºC).
(16)    Adaptive capacity is the ability of systems, institutions, humans and other organisms to adjust to potential damage, to take advantage of opportunities, or to respond to consequences (IPCC, 2018 – SR Global Warming of 1.5 ºC).
(17) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(18)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(19)    Of which EUR 5.76 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.96 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.47 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 11.56 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.24 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(20)    Of which EUR 8.65 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.94 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.71 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 17.34 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.36 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(21)    Of which EUR 1.44 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.49 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 2.89 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.12 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.06 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(22)    Of which EUR 14.41 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 4.90 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 1.18 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 28.91 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.61 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(23)    Of which EUR 1.44 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.49 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.12 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 2.89 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.06 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(24)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32003R1059&from=EN
(25)    as defined in the Mission Implementation Plan https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/climat_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
(26)    FAIR founding principles for data producers and publishers- Findability, Accessibility, Interoperability, and Reusability
(27)    Following the definition of Regions in the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) classification, regions are considered to be the territories at NUTS 2 level. For practical implementation purposes, the concept of ‘communities’ has been added as groupings of people with social ties, shared values or interests, engaged in joint action. Communities can be of different size and are not always geographically confined.
(28)    Please consult the Mission’s Implementation Plan for more information on this
(29)    More specifically, Copernicus Climate Services, C3S , which already provides free of charge quality controlled data about the past, present and future climate for Europe and the whole planet to its nearly 100.000 users. The recently signed contribution agreement between ECMWF and the European Commission ensures that such an operational climate data provision will remain free and open for at least the next 7 years.
(30)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth
(31)    https://drmkc.jrc.ec.europa.eu/risk-data-hub#/
(32)    Recommendations for National Risk Assessments of the JRC: https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC114650
(33)    see https://unfccc.int/wim-excom/areas-of-work/crm-approaches
(34)    Vulnerability is the propensity or predisposition to be adversely affected. Vulnerability encompasses a variety of concepts and elements including sensitivity or susceptibility to harm and lack of capacity to cope and adapt (IPCC, 2018 – SR Global Warming of 1.5 ºC).
(35)    Adaptive capacity is the ability of systems, institutions, humans and other organisms to adjust to potential damage, to take advantage of opportunities, or to respond to consequences (IPCC, 2018 – SR Global Warming of 1.5 ºC).
(36)    This refers to projects granted under callH2020-LC-GD-2020, topic LC-GD-1-3-2020. The projects are still in grant preparation at the time of writing. They will be operational right at the official planned start of the Mission. In addition to the development of innovation packages improving climate resilience, a Coordination and Support Action will foster their adoption and wide reapplication in at least 10 vulnerable and low-capacity regions. A Coordination and Support Action is already included in the Horizon Europe work programme 2021 to provide additional support to regional and local authorities
(37)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32003R1059&from=EN
(38)    as defined in the Mission Implementation Plan https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/climat_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
(39)    Following the definition of Regions in the Nomenclature of the Territorial units for Statistics (NUTS) classification, regions are considered to be the territories at NUTS2 level. For practical implementation purposes,the concept of 'communities' has been added as groupings of people with social ties, shared values or interests, engaged in joint action. Communities can be of different size and are not always geographically confined.
(40)    Following the definition of Regions in the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) classification, regions are considered to be the territories at NUTS 2 level. For practical implementation purposes, the concept of ‘communities’ has been added as groupings of people with social ties, shared values or interests, engaged in joint action. Communities can be of different size and are not always geographically confined.
(41)    As per the published Mission Implementation Plan https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
(42)    As per the published Mission Implementation Plan https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
(43)    The European component of GEO (Group on Earth Observations): https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/knowledge-publications-tools-and-data/knowledge-centres-and-data-portals/eurogeo_en
(44)    Vulnerability is the propensity or predisposition to be adversely affected. Vulnerability encompasses a variety of concepts and elements including sensitivity or susceptibility to harm and lack of capacity to cope and adapt (IPCC, 2018 – SR Global Warming of 1.5 ºC).
(45)    Adaptive capacity is the ability of systems, institutions, humans and other organisms to adjust to potential damage, to take advantage of opportunities, or to respond to consequences (IPCC, 2018 – SR Global Warming of 1.5 ºC).
(46)    This refers to projects granted under callH2020-LC-GD-2020, topic LC-GD-1-3-2020. The projects are still in grant preparation at the time of writing. They will be operational right at the official planned start of the Mission. In addition to the development of innovation packages improving climate resilience, a Coordination and Support Action will foster their adoption and wide reapplication in at least 10 vulnerable and low-capacity regions. A Coordination and Support Action is already included in the Horizon Europe work programme 2021 to provide additional support to regional and local authorities
(47)     https://climate.copernicus.eu/data-action
(48)    Costs for re-construction of the damaged asset
(49)    Consequences on other systems if a critical infrastructure is not functioning
(50)    see https://climate.copernicus.eu/climate-data-sustainable-infrastructure
(51)    Commission Notice C(2021) 5430 final of 29.7.2021: https://ec.europa.eu/clima/sites/default/files/adaptation/what/docs/climate_proofing_guidance_en.pdf and https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_21_3943
(52)    COM/2020/80 final
(53)    adding the reference of the official HE document where the Associated countries are listed
(54)    defined as those eligible for cohesion funds by REGULATION (EU) 2021/1058
(55)     Deep Demonstrations - Climate-KIC
(56)     https://climate-adapt.eea.europa.eu/about/climate-adapt-profile-final_2019.pdf
(57)    This refers to projects granted under callH2020-LC-GD-2020, topic LC-GD-1-3-2020. The projects are still in grant preparation at the time of writing. They will be operational right at the official planned start of the Mission. In addition to the development of innovation packages improving climate resilience, a Coordination and Support Action will foster their adoption and wide reapplication in at least 10 vulnerable and low-capacity regions. A Coordination and Support Action is already included in the Horizon Europe work programme 2021 to provide additional support to regional and local authorities
(58)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
(59)     https://zenodo.org/record/4646774#.YVbDG5pByUn
(60)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0790&from=EN
(61)    E.g. European Green Deal Call topic LC-GD-10-3-2020
(62)    E.g. https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/wp-call/2021-2022/wp-5-culture-creativity-and-inclusive-society_horizon-2021-2022_en.pdf
(63)     https://nws.eurocities.eu/MediaShell/media/353-green-web_final.pdf
(64)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/code-practice-disinformation
(65)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/european-digital-media-observatory
(66)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/aarhus/index.htm
(67)    Horizon 2020 projects, in particular the Mission-related projects selected for funding under the Green Deal H2020 call
(68)    Of which EUR 2.88 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.98 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 5.78 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.24 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.12 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(69)    Of which EUR 0.09 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.03 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.17 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.00 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(70)    Of which EUR 0.60 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.20 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 1.20 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.03 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(71)    Includes refractory cancers or cancer subtypes, at any stage of the disease in any age group and part of society with a 5-year overall survival that is less than 50% from time of diagnosis.
(72)    Health in All Policies is an approach to public policies across sectors that systematically takes into account the health implications of decisions, seeks synergies, and avoids harmful health impacts in order to improve population health and health equity. https://www.who.int/social_determinants/publications/health-policies-manual/key-messages-en.pdf
(73)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12154-Europe-s-Beating-Cancer-Plan
(74)     https://ec.europa.eu/food/farm2fork_en
(75)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-industrial-strategy_en
(76)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age_en
(77)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/cancer_implementation_plan_for_publication_final_v2.pdf
(78)    The listed areas for potential actions are tentative and non-binding.
(79) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(80)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(81)    Of which EUR 3.00 million from the 'Health' budget.
(82)    Innovators turn research results into new and better services and products in order to remain competitive in the global marketplace and improve the quality of life of Europe’s citizens.
(83)    Both common and rare cancers, or cancer subtypes, at all stages of cancer, any age or part of society.
(84)    https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/european-1-million-genomes-initiative
(85)     https://www.eortc.org/specta/
(86)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/goals-research-and-innovation-policy/open-science/eosc_en
(87)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth/dataspace_en
(88) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(89)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(90)    Of which EUR 15.19 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 44.10 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.71 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(91)    Of which EUR 2.79 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 8.08 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.13 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(92)    Of which EUR 13.84 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 40.17 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.65 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(93)    Refers to secondary prevention
(94)    Combines information from radiology, imaging, pathology, genetics, genomics, phenotyping, laboratory testing, information technology, artificial intelligence, machine learning, etc.
(95)    Such as HealthyCloud, EOSC-Life and the European Health Data Space (EHDS) Joint Action. Topics HORIZON-INFRA-EOSC-2021-01-06 (FAIR and open data sharing in support of cancer research), HORIZON-INFRA-SERV-2021-01-01 (Research infrastructures services to support research addressing cancer), HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-01 (Improved supportive, palliative, survivorship and end-of-life care of cancer patients), HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-02 (Data-driven decision-support tools for better health care delivery and policy-making with a focus on cancer).
(96)    Applicants are not expected to contact these initiatives before the submission of proposals.
(97)    Especially through the ’European Guidelines and Quality Assurance Schemes for Breast, Colorectal and Cervical Cancer Screening and Diagnosis‘, and the ’European Cancer Information System (ECIS)’, see https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/cancer_en
(98)    https://eithealth.eu/who-we-are/
(99)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32021R0694&qid=1623079930214
(100)    Such as HORIZON-HLTH-2021-DISEASE-04-01 (Improved supportive, palliative, survivorship and end-of-life care of cancer patients), HORIZON-HLTH-2021-CARE-05-02 (Data-driven decision-support tools for better health care delivery and policy-making with a focus on cancer).
(101)    Applicants are not expected to contact these initiatives before the submission of proposals.
(102)    Especially through the ’European Guidelines and Quality Assurance Schemes for Breast, Colorectal and Cervical Cancer Screening and Diagnosis‘, and the ’European Cancer Information System (ECIS)’, see https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/cancer_en
(103)    Including the planned Cancer Inequalities Registry, see work programme for 2021 for EU4Health Programme at https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/default/files/funding/docs/wp2021_annex_en.pdf.
(104)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe_en
(105)    Relevant risk factors include both internal and external ones, such as genetic predisposition, those in the environment, at work, because of pollution (chemicals, noise, air, radiation, etc.), lifestyle, diet, physical inactivity, obesity, nutrition, microbiota, infectious agents, etc. At all stages of cancer, across all age and societal groups.
(106)    Includes refractory cancers and cancer subtypes, at any stage of the disease in any age group and part of society, with a 5-year overall survival less than 50% from time of diagnosis.
(107)    Under the mission work programme a Europe-wide platform, UNCAN.eu, will be established, utilising existing, relevant research infrastructures. The platform should enable integration of innovative models and technologies with longitudinal patient data, samples and biomarkers for identification and translation to patients.
(108)    Many retrospective, prospective cohorts, case-control studies and initiatives -in health and well-beyond health- at local, regional, national, European and international level, exist.
(109)    https://eithealth.eu/who-we-are/
(110)    Applicants are not expected to contact these initiatives before the submission of proposals.
(111)    https://www.hbm4eu.eu/
(112)    https://www.humanexposome.eu/
(113)    https://lifescience-ri.eu/home.html
(114)    Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'Health' budget.
(115)     https://www.oceandecade.org/
(116)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ocean_and_waters_implementation_plan_for_publication.pdf
(117)    COM/2020/380 final
(118)    COM/2021/400 final
(119)    COM/2020/563 final
(120)    COM/2021/240 final
(121)    The listed areas for potential actions are tentative and non-binding.
(122) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(123)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(124)    Of which EUR 2.50 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.50 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget.
(125)    Ecosystem based management [defined in CBD (2000)] is a management and resource planning procedure that integrates the management of human activities and their institutions with the knowledge of the functioning of ecosystems” (“a resource planning and management approach that integrates the connections between land, air and water and all living things, including people, their activities and institutions” (cf., Farmer et al., 2012, for a review of the concept of ecosystem approach in marine management). EAM is the underlying principle for environmental management strategies as formulated in the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD), Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), Maritime Spatial Planning Directive (MSPD) and the Common Fisheries Policy (CFP).
(126)    It is noted that the Mission objectives should go beyond the Mission research and innovation core element that consists of a network of lighthouse demonstrators and stakeholder and citizen engagement. For a full achievement of the Mission objectives an effective and timely scale up of the solutions and innovations from ‘lighthouse demonstrators’ would be needed with the involvement of many industrial, business and civil society partners and with large scale mobilisation of resources and actors throughout the European Union.
(127)    Examples of relevant stakeholders include public administrations and utilities; private sector services and industries, including small and medium enterprises (SMEs), scientific and innovator communities; financial intermediaries; civil society and philanthropy.
(128)    ‘Lighthouse demonstrators’ should be understood rather broadly as topical, area-based or other demonstrators that would have the capacity to substantially, effectively and timely contribute to the achievement of the Mission objectives in particular by discovering, identifying, testing, piloting, democratising and de-risking innovative solutions to the societal challenges that are within the scope of the Mission, with emphasis on systemic approach and ecosystem level solutions.
(129)    As described by the Horizon Europe Missions Work Programme 2021 call: HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 - Coordination of complementary actions for missions (HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01)
(130)    Such as, Copernicus marine and climate change services, EMODNET, ESFRI research infrastructures, ERICs, H2020 projects.
(131)    Such as, natural sciences, social sciences, landscape planning, commerce and industry, law and regulations and policy.
(132)    Such as, Destination Earth ( https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/destination-earth-destine ) (Digital Twins on extreme events, climate adaptation and ocean), EOSC and Green Dataspaces.
(133)    Citizen assemblies are typically supported by a team of impartial facilitators who guide participants through the process.
(134) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(135)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(136)    Of which EUR 4.05 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.78 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.43 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 10.52 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(137)    Of which EUR 4.05 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.78 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 10.52 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.43 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(138)    Of which EUR 4.05 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.78 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.43 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 10.52 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(139)    Of which EUR 0.71 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.31 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.08 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.86 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.04 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(140)    Of which EUR 0.71 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.31 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.08 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.86 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.04 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(141)    EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030
(142)    idem
(143)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/international-cooperation/regional-sea-conventions/index_en.htm
(144)    E.g.: https://www.mpas-europe.org/
(145)    For example, significant areas of carbon-rich ecosystems should be strictly protected.
(146)    For example, in the marine environment the extensive shelf sediments provide significant potential for carbon sequestration if they are healthy and left undisturbed. Similarly, coastal wetlands and seagrass meadows store blue carbon and offer natural solutions for coastal defence.
(147)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with similar ecosystems (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different river basin) and/or less-developed regions, to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once.
(148)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with similar ecosystems (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different river basin) and/or less-developed regions, to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once.
(149)    COM/2021/82 final
(150)    Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic
(151)     https://allatlanticocean.org/whoweare
(152)    Mission secretariat consisting of European Commission staff, is located within the European Commission services and is managed by the Mission Manager, for details on Mission governance see Commission Decision of 24.6.2021 (2021) 4472 final.
(153)    Lighthouse implementation charter is a political commitment of Member States/Associated Countries and regions to implement the lighthouse objectives.
(154)    Mission Ocean, seas and waters objectives: 1) Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity; 2) Prevent and eliminate pollution of our oceans, seas and waters; 3) Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy.
(155)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of freshwater ecosystems
(156)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – restoration of freshwater ecosystems.
(157)    See https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/strategy-2020-2024/our-digital-future/european-research-infrastructures_en
(158)    Mission secretariat consisting of European Commission staff, is located within the European Commission services and is managed by the Mission Manager, for details on Mission governance see Commission Decision C(2021) 4472 final of 24.06.2021.
(159)    Lighthouse implementation charter is a political commitment of Member States/Associated Countries and regions to implement the lighthouse objectives.
(160)    Mission Ocean, seas and waters objectives: 1) Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity; 2) Prevent and eliminate pollution of our oceans, seas and waters; 3) Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy.
(161)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine ecosystems.
(162)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine ecosystems.
(163) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(164)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(165)    Of which EUR 3.81 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.68 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 9.90 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(166)    Of which EUR 0.71 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.31 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.08 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.86 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.04 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(167)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with similar ecosystems (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once.
(168)     https://www.jpi-oceans.eu/climate-neutral-sustainable-and-productive-blue-economy
(169)     https://www.westmed-initiative.eu/?lang=fr
(170)     https://www.adriatic-ionian.eu/
(171)     http://www.bluemed-initiative.eu/
(172)     Home - PRIMA (prima-med.org) .
(173)    Mission secretariat consisting of European Commission staff, is located within the European Commission services and is managed by the Mission Manager, for details on Mission governance see Commission Decision C(2021) 4472 final of 24.06.2021.
(174)    Mission Ocean, seas and waters objectives: 1) Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity; 2) Prevent and eliminate pollution of our oceans, seas and waters; 3) Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy.
(175)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse - actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution
(176)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse - actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution
(177)     https://ufmsecretariat.org/
(178)     http://www.bluemed-initiative.eu/
(179)     https://www.unep.org/unepmap
(180)     https://www.adriatic-ionian.eu/
(181) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(182)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(183)    Of which EUR 3.81 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.68 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 9.90 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(184)    Of which EUR 0.71 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.31 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.08 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.86 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.04 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(185)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with similar ecosystems (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the view to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. An “associated region” must benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once.
(186)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(187)     https://ec.europa.eu/food/horizontal-topics/farm-fork-strategy_en
(188)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/environment/bioeconomy/bioeconomy-strategy_en
(189)    COM/2021/240 final
(190)    COM/2021/236 final
(191)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/eu-coast-and-marine-policy/marine-strategy-framework-directive/index_en.htm
(192)     https://ec.europa.eu/oceans-and-fisheries/ocean/blue-economy/maritime-spatial-planning_en
(193)    Mission secretariat consisting of European Commission staff, is located within the European Commission services and is managed by the Mission Manager, for details on Mission governance see Commission Decision C(2021) 4472 final of 24.06.2021
(194)    Mission Ocean, seas and waters objectives: 1) Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity; 2) Prevent and eliminate pollution of our oceans, seas and waters; 3) Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy.
(195)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins – Low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space.
(196)    For the concept and role of “associated region” please see topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-04-01: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins – Low-impact marine aquaculture and multi-purpose use of marine space.
(197)     OSPAR Commission | Protecting and conserving the North-East Atlantic and its resources , HELCOM , About us - Bonus EEIG (bonusportal.org) , BANOS CSA - Bonus EEIG , EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region - Regional Policy - European Commission (europa.eu) , Arctic – Monitoring Forecasting Centre (ARC MFC) | CMEMS (copernicus.eu) .
(198) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(199)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(200)    Of which EUR 1.67 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.73 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.18 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 4.33 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.09 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(201)    Of which EUR 0.24 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.62 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.03 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.01 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(202)    Of which EUR 0.24 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.03 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.62 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.01 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(203)    linked action with topic “EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean”, included under Other actions of this Call
(204)     https://immerse-ocean.eu/
(205)    Marine Strategy Framework Directive
(206)    See European Solidarity Corps | European Commission (europa.eu) .
(207)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-framework/index_en.html
(208)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/eu-coast-and-marine-policy/marine-strategy-framework-directive/index_en.htm
(209)     https://emodnet.ec.europa.eu/en
(210)     https://marine.copernicus.eu/
(211)     https://emodnet.ec.europa.eu/
(212)    Iliad project, action number 101037643
(213)    Findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable.
(214)    Of which EUR 0.71 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.31 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.08 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 1.86 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.04 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(215)     https://www.plastic-pirates.eu
(216)    Council conclusions 13567/20 on the New European Research Area: https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-13567-2020-INIT/en/pdf
(217)    FAIR founding principles for data producers and publishers- Findability, Accessibility, Interoperability, and Reusability
(218)    Of which EUR 0.48 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.21 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 1.24 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.03 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(219)    Of which EUR 1.27 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.56 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.13 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 3.31 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(220)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/cities_mission_implementation_plan.pdf
(221)    The Cities Mission targets entities whose local authorities or their mandated representatives represent one city defined as a Local Administrative Unit (LAU), or a “greater city” or metropolitan region, taking account of Functional Urban Areas (FUA) where relevant. Entities of more than 50 000 inhabitants may apply. To maximise the impact in terms of overall greenhouse gas reduction, applications are encouraged in particular from cities where the majority of the population lives in an urban centre of at least 100 000 inhabitants.
(222)    Climate neutrality is defined by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) as a “concept of a state in which human activities result in no net effect on the climate system. Achieving such a state would require balancing of residual emissions with emission (carbon dioxide) removal as well as accounting for regional or local biogeophysical effects of human activities that, for example, affect surface albedo or local climate.” For the purpose of the Cities Mission, climate neutrality for a city should be assessed based on: (1) scope 1 GHG emissions, i.e. emissions within the geographic boundary from buildings, industry, transport, waste treatment, agriculture and forestry and from other activities, and (2) scope 2 GHG emissions, i.e. indirect emissions due to consumption of grid-supplied electricity within the geographic boundary and indirect emissions due to consumption of grid-supplied heat or cold within the geographic boundary.
(223)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
(224)     https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda
(225)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/zero-pollution-action-plan_en
(226)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_21_3541
(227)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/biodiversity-strategy-2030_en
(228)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/adaptation/what_en
(229)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
(230)    Being set up through the project selected under the Horizon 2020 NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519 selected under the Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020 “Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities”.
(231)    Including for persons with disabilities and older persons and ensuring access to essential services for all, in line with the European Pillar of Social Rights
(232)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe_en
(233)    The concept of Climate City Contract (CCC) was proposed by the Mission Board for Climate-Neutral and Smart Citites ( https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/climate-neutral-and-smart-cities_en#documents ). The CCC is meant to enable the city authorities to develop clear plans for climate neutrality by 2030 and to signal their firm commitment to mainstream these commitments into their overall city planning processes. The CCC will include an investment plan to scale up and deploy innovative solutions for delivering on the commitments.
(234) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(235)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(236)    Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget.
(237)    Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget.
(238)    COM(2019) 640 final: The European Green Deal_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML//?uri=CELEX:52019DC0640&from=EN
(239)    COM(2020) 789 final: Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy – putting European transport on track for the future_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0789&from=EN
(240)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12381-EU-Strategy-on
(241)    COM(2020) 662 final: A Renovation Wave for Europe - greening our buildings, creating jobs, improving lives_ https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/eu_renovation_wave_strategy.pdf
(242)    COM(2020) 788 final:European Climate Pact_ https://europa.eu/climate-pact/system/files/2020-12/20201209%20European%20Climate%20Pact%20Communication.pdf
(243)    COM(2020) 562 final: Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0562&from=EN
(244)     https://ec.europa.eu/futurium/en/urban-agenda
(245)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/eu-regional-and-urban-development/topics/cities-and-urban-development/urban-agenda-eu_en#:~:text=The%20urban%20agenda%20for%20the%20EU%20addresses%20problems%20facing%20cities,pass%20better%20laws
(246)     https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/brochure/explanatory_memo_eui_post_2020_en.pdf
(247)    A/RES/70/1: Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development_ https://www.un.org/ga/search/view_doc.asp?symbol=A/RES/70/1&Lang=E
(248)    As described by the Horizon Europe Missions Work Programme 2021 call: HORIZON-MISS-2021-COOR-01 - Coordination of complementary actions for missions
(249)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-1-2-2020
(250)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/energy-climate-change-environment/implementation-eu-countries/energy-and-climate-governance-and-reporting/national-energy-and-climate-plans_en
(251)    The Community of Practice-CITIES (CoP-CITIES) is an initiative of the European Commission (co-led by the JRC and DG REGIO). It is open to external stakeholders such as cities and networks of cities, international and intergovernmental organisations and research bodies. https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/communities/en/community/cop-cities
(252)    The initiative aims to develop and implement and Urban Science Academy to better connect universities-cities and businesses. It is currently framed in the context of the Community of Practice on Cities. https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/communities/en/community/city-science-initiative
(253)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
(254)     https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/eu_renovation_wave_strategy.pdf
(255)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12381-EU-Strategy-on-
(256)    COM(2020) 788 final: European Climate Pact_ https://europa.eu/climate-pact/system/files/2020-12/20201209%20European%20Climate%20Pact%20Communication.pdf
(257)    COM(2020) 562 final: Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0562&from=EN
(258)     https://davosdeclaration2018.ch/media/Context-document-en.pdf
(259)    COM(2020) 789 final: Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy – putting European transport on track for the future_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0789&from=EN
(260)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/FS_20_1894
(261)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-1-2-2020
(262)     https://ted.europa.eu/
(263) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(264)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(265)    Of which EUR 9.46 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 3.52 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.85 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 20.75 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.44 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(266)    Of which EUR 10.81 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 4.02 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 23.71 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.97 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.50 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(267)    Of which EUR 10.81 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 4.02 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.97 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 23.71 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.50 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(268)    Of which EUR 0.54 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.20 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.19 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.02 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(269)    Their local authorities or their mandated representatives may represent one city defined as a Local Administrative Unit (LAU), or a “greater city” or metropolitan region, taking account of Functional Urban Areas (FUA) where relevant.
(270)    A GHG reduction by at least 55% by the end of the projects as foreseen by the EU’s Fit for 55 package of climate and energy laws is the minimum ambition for the cities participating in demonstration actions under this topic
(271)    Infrastructure deployed to improve the long-term functionality, sustainability, resilience and liveability of the city (such as e.g. constructions works, road works, urban renovations, construction of buildings and other major public works) well beyond the R&I needs of the project.
(272)     Biodiversity strategy for 2030 (europa.eu)
(273)     EU Adaptation Strategy | Climate Action (europa.eu)
(274)     A new Circular Economy Action Plan (europa.eu)
(275)     Zero pollution action plan (europa.eu) , notably Flagship 2 that aims to “identify key urban greening and innovation needs to prevent pollution, including indoors”
(276)    Taking into account as relevant the knowledge produced under the portfolio of Horizon 2020 projects on nature-based solutions, see Nature-based solutions | European Commission (europa.eu)
(277)    City, district, or other relevant urban scales with enhanced replicability and up-scalability potential
(278)    Conceived through the Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, selected under the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020: Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities and to be scaled up through the topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform
(279)    Replication/follower cities do not have to comply with the “more than 50 000 inhabitants” population criterion that applies for the leading cities under this call
(280)    For example, the Minimal Interoperablity Mechanisms (MIMs Plus) developed by Living-in.eu (https://living-in.eu/groups/commitments/technical) and the European Interoperability Framework
(281)    These include the assets and solutions available through CEF Digital Building Blocks and ISA2 and which will be made available on Joinup under the future DIGITAL Europe Programme Work Programme 2021-2022.
(282)    The upcoming European Urban Initiative (foreseen Q2/2022) will offer coherent support to cities by addressing the wealth of support and tools available for cities under Cohesion policy and beyond, and will also provide support to the Urban Agenda for the EU ( https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/newsroom/news/2021/05/05-10-2021-a-new-step-towards-setting-up-of-the-european-urban-initiative-supported-by-erdf )
(283)     https://www.eltis.org/mobility-plans
(284)    Infrastructure deployed to improve the long-term functionality, sustainability, resilience and liveability of the city (such as e.g. constructions works, road works, urban renovations, construction of buildings and other major public works) well beyond the R&I needs of the project.
(285)    The call acknowledges that reaching the suggested target share of public transport will be difficult for cities where a large portion of the population is engaged in active travel modes, and it would be counter-productive to the climate-objectives of the Mission to move these active travel users to public transport
(286)    Three cities acting as living labs from different Member States or Associated Countries should be involved/project, together with three twining cities. An appropriate budget should be reserved to the twinning cities to deliver on their objectives within the project. The living labs should cover the full local transport catchment area or commuting zone of an urban core (or functional urban area). The key elements of living labs are: active user involvement, multiple-stakeholder platform for innovation in real-life contexts, multi-method, and co-creation approach.
(287)    City, district, or other relevant urban scales with enhanced replicability and up-scalability potential
(288)    Under Directive 2008/50/EC and Directive 2002/49/EC
(289)    Horizon 2020 Work Programme 2018-2020, Part 20. Cross-cutting activities, Call - Building a low-carbon, climate resilient future: Research and innovation in support of the European Green Deal: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-1-2-2020 .The Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519 was selected under the Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020 Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities and started its activities on 1 October 2021.
(290)    Soon to be published on the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission webpage : https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/climate-neutral-and-smart-cities_en
(291)     https://www.covenantofmayors.eu/plans-and-actions/action-plans.html
(292)    Refer to definition of Positive Energy Districts as elaborated under SET Plan IWP 3.2: https://jpi-urbaneurope.eu/ped/
(293)    Based on existing city-wide diagnosis and strategies, to enhance coherence and alignment with the city' urban transformation long-term vision of, as well as acceptance among citizens.
(294)    In this context, a ‘district’ is a designated administrative unit within a city that is managed by a local government.
(295)    Indicatively 2 (leading) Lighthouse cities and 2-5 fellow cities. However, if deemed more appropriate also other constellations are admissible)
(296)    Horizon 2020: LC-SC3-SCC-1-2018-2019-2020: Smart Cities and Communities - https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/wp/2018-2020/main/h2020-wp1820-energy_en.pdf .
(297)     https://smart-cities-marketplace.ec.europa.eu/scale
(298)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe/candidates-climate-energy-and-mobility_en
(299)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe/candidates-climate-energy-and-mobility_en
(300)     https://smart-cities-marketplace.ec.europa.eu/
(301)    For example, the Minimal Interoperability Mechanisms (MIMs Plus) developed by Living-in.eu (https://living-in.eu/groups/commitments/technical) and the European Interoperability Framework
(302)    These include the assets and solutions available through CEF Digital Building Blocks and ISA2 and which will be made available on Joinup under the DIGITAL Europe Programme Work Programme 2021-2022
(303)    Conceived through the Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, selected under the the Horizon 2020 Green Deal call topic LC-GD-1-2-2020: Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities and to be scaled up through the HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform.
(304)    Also building on the yearly mapping report on EU Research & Innovation for and with Cities. See the June 2021 report at https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/1a11dc10-edba-11eb-a71c-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-220624832
(305)     http://mission-innovation.net/missions/
(306)     The Commission will provide funding support to the activities of the Managing Director of the global mission on cities through a grant to an identified beneficiary under HORIZON-MISS-2022-CIT-IBA: Global Mission on Urban Transitions under Mission Innovation.
(307)    Set up under the Horizon Europe call topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-01: Supporting national, regional and local authorities across Europe
(308) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(309)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(310)    Of which EUR 9.15 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 5.46 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.86 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 25.63 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.90 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(311)     https://www.eltis.org/mobility-plans
(312)    At least four cities/project and at least four follower cities. An appropriate budget should be reserved to the twinning cities to deliver on their objectives within the project. The city partnership in the consortium should be cohesive. There should be special attention for cities coming from countries where the road deaths and serious injuries are high.
(313)    The Vision Zero or Safe System approach requires a combination of safe infrastructure, safe speeds, safe road users and good quality emergency response.
(314)    European Cyclist Federation, The benefits of cycling, http://bit.ly/36L0zV0
(315)     https://transport.ec.europa.eu/transport-themes/clean-transport-urban-transport/sumi_en
(316)     https://www.eltis.org/
(317)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX%3A32018R1046&from=EN
(318)    Horizon 2020 Work Programme 2018-2020, Part 20. Cross-cutting activities, Call - Building a low-carbon, climate resilient future: Research and innovation in support of the European Green Deal: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-1-2-2020 . The Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, has been selected under the Green Deal call topic "LC-GD-1-2-2020 Towards Climate-Neutral and Socially Innovative Cities" and started its activities on 1 October 2021.
(319)    Of which EUR 17.66 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 10.53 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 1.65 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 49.43 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 1.73 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(320)    See mission-innovation.net/missions/
(321)    Of which EUR 0.10 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.04 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.22 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.00 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(322)    COM(2019) 640 final: The European Green Deal_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52019DC0640&from=EN
(323)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-1-2-2020
(324)    Of which EUR 0.54 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.20 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 1.19 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.02 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(325)    In line with report of the mission Board Soil Health and Food the Mission's implementation plan, soil health is defined as "the continued capacity of soils to support ecosystem services".
(326)    The term "land manager" includes farmers, foresters, urban and spatial planners and other decision-makers in the public or private domain with regard to land use and rural areas.
(327)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
(328)    The listed areas for potential actions are tentative and non-binding.
(329)    An“(end-) user” of project result is a person who is him/herself putting the project results into practice.
(330)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/eip-agri-common-format
(331)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en
(332)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/about/operational-groups
(333) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(334)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(335)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget.
(336)    The mission report Caring for Soil is Caring for Life defines a) Living Labs as spaces for co-innovation through participatory, transdisciplinary and systemic research and b) Lighthouses as places for demonstration of solutions, training and communication.
(337)    The EU Soil Observatory was launched 4 December 2020: https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/eu-soil-observatory
(338) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(339)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(340)    Of which EUR 3.78 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.89 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.11 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(341)    Of which EUR 9.07 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.15 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.52 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.27 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(342)    Of which EUR 5.29 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.25 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.30 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.16 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(343)    Of which EUR 7.56 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.79 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.43 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(344)    Of which EUR 7.56 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.79 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.43 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(345)    Of which EUR 7.56 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.79 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.43 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(346)    Of which EUR 2.27 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.54 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.13 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(347)    Of which EUR 3.78 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.89 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.11 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(348)    see Soil Deal mission objectives in implementation plan: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
(349)    Soil Deal mission implementation plan, section 8B: https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
(350)    https://ejpsoil.eu/
(351)     https://www.bioeconomy-forum.org/index.php?index=15
(352)    see objectives of Soil Deal mission: https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
(353)     https://console-project.eu/
(354)     https://www.project-contracts20.eu/
(355)     https://project-effect.eu/
(356)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/10acfd66-a740-11eb-9585-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
(357)     https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/de/funding/erdf/
(358)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/find-funding/eu-funding-programmes/european-agricultural-guarantee-fund-eagf_en
(359)    https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/erdf/
(360)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
(361)    https://s3platform.jrc.ec.europa.eu/home
(362)    https://s3platform.jrc.ec.europa.eu/s4
(363)    https://alpinesoils.eu/gspesp/elsa/
(364)    https://ejpsoil.eu/
(365)    https://s3platform.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
(366)    https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en
(367)    https://www.climate-kic.org/
(368)    https://www.eitfood.eu/
(369)    https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
(370)    Living labs are collaborative initiatives to co-create knowledge and innovations. More precisely, for the purpose of this mission, “Soil health living labs” are defined as “user-centred, place-based and transdisciplinary research and innovation ecosystems, which involve land managers, scientists and other relevant partners in systemic research and co-design, testing, monitoring and evaluation of solutions, in real-life settings, to improve their effectiveness for soil health and accelerate adoption.” These living labs are collaborations between multiple partners that operate at regional or sub-regional level and coordinate experiments on several sites within a regional or sub-regional area (or working landscapes).
(371)    The term "land manager" includes farmers, foresters, urban and spatial planners and other decision-makers in the public or private domain with regard to land use in urban and rural areas.
(372)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
(373)    https://ejpsoil.eu/
(374)    https://www.soilmissionsupport.eu/
(375)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-miss-2021-soil-01-01
(376)    Reference to specific objectives in mission implementation plan
(377)    https://ec.europa.eu/food/horizontal-topics/farm-fork-strategy_en
(378)    https://ec.europa.eu/food/horizontal-topics/farm-fork-strategy_en
(379)    Reference to be included once strategy is adopted and of November 2021
(380)    See e.g. projects NUTRIMAN Thematic Network: ( https://nutriman.net/project ) and Best4Soil - Boosting 4 BEST practices (https://www.best4soil.eu/)
(381)    Of which EUR 2.27 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.54 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.13 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(382)    Of which EUR 1.51 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.36 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.09 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.04 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(383) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(384)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(385)    Of which EUR 0.38 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.58 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.29 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.58 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.09 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(386)    The European Commission is assessing the implementation plans of the 5 Mission areas and a decision will be made on the basis of assessment criteria set by the HE Regulation.
(387)    The ‘built environment’ encompasses everything people live in and around –materials, products, buildings, public spaces, infrastructures, service networks, and districts and settlements up to villages, towns and cities. The term includes attributes linked to physical and mental health (through accessibility, bikeability and walkability). It also includes the process of working with land, planning and designing its use, managing existing structures, and final stages of demolition and recycling. Source: https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/40541/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/pdf
(388) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
(389)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
(390)    Of which EUR 4.77 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 7.28 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 3.67 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.85 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 7.28 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 1.16 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(391)    The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.
(392)    Of which EUR 0.38 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.58 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.29 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.58 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.09 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(393)    Of which EUR 0.38 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.58 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.29 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.58 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.09 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(394)    This action was not implemented in year 2021 and it will be implemented instead in year 2022 with the action HORIZON-MISS-2022-EC.
(395)    Of which EUR 0.29 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.44 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.22 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.44 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(396)    Of which EUR 0.29 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.44 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.22 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.44 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(397)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(398)    COM(2019) 640 final: The European Green Deal_ https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52019DC0640&from=EN
(399)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12381-EU-Strategy-on-
(400)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/lc-gd-1-2-2020
(401)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget.
(402)    This activity directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of evidence base for R&I policies and supporting various groups of stakeholders is excluded from the delegation to Executive Agencies and will be implemented by the Commission services.
(403)    Of which EUR 0.03 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.04 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.02 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.04 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget.
(404) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2021 and 2022.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
(405)    To which EUR 6.89 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.69 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 2.29 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 9.84 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.58 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.35 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 22.64 million for these actions.
(406)    To which EUR 0.60 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.20 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 1.20 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.03 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 2.08 million for these actions.
(407)    To which EUR 1.29 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.56 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.14 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 3.31 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 5.37 million for these actions.
(408)    To which EUR 17.66 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 10.53 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 1.65 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 49.43 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 1.73 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 81.00 million for these actions.
(409)    To which EUR 2.05 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.56 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.13 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 2.19 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 5.00 million for these actions.
(410)    To which EUR 0.38 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.58 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.29 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.58 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.09 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 2.00 million for these actions.
(411)    To which EUR 0.29 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.44 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.44 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 1.50 million for these actions.
(412)    To which EUR 0.29 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.44 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.44 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 1.50 million for these actions.
(413)    To which EUR 0.03 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.04 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.02 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.04 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.01 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.01 million from the 'Culture, creativity and inclusive society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 0.15 million for these actions.
Top